Digitized by

Google

AN

HISTORICAL GREEK GRAMMAR

JANNARIS

Digitized by

Google

"

Digitized by

Google

AN

HISTORICAL

GREEK GRAMMAR
CHIEFLY OF THE ATTIC DIALECT
AS WRITI'EN AND SPOKEN FROM CLASSICAL ANTIQUITY DOWN TO THE PRESENT TIME

FOUNDED UPON THE

.ANCIENT TEXTS, INSCRIPTIONS, P.APYRI .AND PRESENT POPUL.AR GREEK

BY

A. N. ]ANNARIS, PH.D.
LIICT1JIIBJt 011 I'OST.cLAIIICAL AJID MODBRII GRBBIt AT THR UIIlVU8I1T OF ST. A.DREWS, AUTHOR OP All AJlClBIIT GRIlU LIIUCOII .oR GRRBRI,' A MOIIUII GRRB AIID IIIIGLIIB DICTIONARY,' A MODER. GRBBIt GRAMMAR .oR GERIIAJIII,' IITC., R'rC.

J.onbon MACMILLAN AND

1897

CO., LIMITED

NEW YORK: THE MACMILLAN CO.

Digitized by

Google

TO
THE MOST HONOURABLE

TH E MARQUESS OF BUTE, K.T.

THE GENEROUS PATRON AND PIONEER

OF
GREEK CULTURE AND SCHOLARSHIP THIS WORK IS INSCRIBED

BY

THE AUTHOR

Digitized by

Google

Digitized by

Google

SE

c:

PREFACE
TROUGH the Greek language in its claaaical period has been, ever since ancient times, a field of almost constant research and study, 80 that the grammars and treatises written on the subject, if merely catalogued, would fill up many bulky volumes, an 'historical' grammar, tracing in a connected manner the life of the Greek language from claaaical antiquity to the present time, has not been written nor even seriously attempted as yet I. The reasons are not far to seek. First, the origin and prehistoric stages of Greek are matters of vague specu. lation. Next, the ao-ca1led 'poat.c1usical' or Alexandrian and Roman periods have been at all times overshadowed by their smpaasing 'classical' predecessor. Then the poat-Christian or Byzantine and mediaeval ages, far from meeting with any sympathetic interest on the part of classical students, have on the contrary at all times been branded with unmerited reproach and acorn. Finally, modern Greek has not even succeeded in assuming a clear and definite. idea in the mind of classical scholars, or is often made the object of ridicule and discredit. It is true that considerable interest has of late been awakened in 'poet.clasaicaI,' Byzantine, and even modern Greek, and that a number of valuable articles and treatises have appeared
I PKretachmer'a recent volume Einleitung in die GlI80hichte der GrieehiachenSprache (G6ttingen, 1896) is not what the title proteasea to be. It is virtually an attempt to fix the original seat of the Aryan (lndoGermanic) race in Europe and particularly in Germany (p. 60), and then an etbnologicallltudy of the various non-hellenic r&eeII (BGpfJopot) which in prehistoric timea ocaapied the countriea north of Greece and Asia )linor. Aa a matter of fact, there is not a single paragraph in the book about the Greek language in ita historical period.

Digitized by

Google

PREFACE.

on special points; but the history of Greek remains still unwritten, and cannot be written without a previous thorough knowledge of popular Byzantine or, which amounts to nearly the same, of Neohellenic speech. It is obvious that the task of such a work devolves upon native Greek scholars (witness the labours of EASophocles, JlMa.vfJOfl>p~, and GHatzidakis), such native Greek philologists as are equipped with classical education, trained in critical research, and, what is indispensable also, emancipated from national prejudices. I have ventured to undertake such an essay, and having devoted to it more than five whole years, now lay before my readers the fruits of my arduous and unremitting labours. The plan and method of the work are simple. I have collected and critically sifted all information available, and eliminated, as far as possible, all theoretical speculations relating to the Indo-European and mythical stages of the language. On a similar principle I deemed it unsafe to enlarge on the Greek dialects, seeing that not only their actual number and mutual connexion are still matters of speculation, but that in many cases they have not even left adequate relics to illustrate their individual character. As a matter of fact, by the side of Attic they appear to have had but a temporary and local existence, and exerted no consequential iniluence on the subsequent history of the Greek language. These eliminations narrowed the sphere of my investigations principally to the Attic dialect. Not however to the Attic dialect of the fifth and fourth centuries B.O., as the term 'Attic' is generally understood to imply, but to that Greek which has been evolved out of the Attic dialect; and since the entire Greek language from its 'classical' period down to the present time forms an unbroken continuation of classical Attic, the scope of my research still remains wide, covering as it does the whole range from classical antiquity to the present time, and thus includes modem Greek. But referring here to modem Greek or Neohellenic, I must distinctly explain that by this term I understand the popular speech which survives in the mouth of the Greek nation, not the literary or artificial style, which, as far as it deviates from popular speech, has been partly transmitted through the literature, partly revived or created by Neohellenic scribes and journalists, and as such, though indispensable for vi

Digitized by

Google

PREFACE.

practical purposes, possesses only a relative historical value I. I have considered or rather laid under large contribution popular Neohellenic speech, first because it constitutes a lineal and unbroken continuation of c1assical Greek, preserving all the fundamental features of ancient grammar, in its wide sense, and thus throwing much light upon many problems and innumerable details of c1assical Greek; next because, unlike prehistoric or Indo-Germanic Greek, with its conjectural data, modern Greek with its actual data forms a sure basis for scientific or critical research; finally, because this often misjudged language proves to be the oldest living tongue, and thus deserves far more consideration than any Romanic or Teutonic tongue, however old, can claim in matters of comparative philology. My original plan was to adhere as much as possible to the methods and theories generally received in our leading grammam, adopting even the Erasmian pronunciation (to which, when an undergraduate in German universities, I had become a sincere convert), and merely to subjoin to each rule its postclassical and subsequent phases or vicissitudes. But I had not advanced far in my research when I began to light upon phenomena which would not fit in well with the received theories. And as these anomalies steadily increased in number, myoid beliefs, especially that in the Erasmian pronunciation, grew weaker in proportion. For I now began to see clearly that many a theory, old as well as modern, enjoyed almost canonical deference not because of its intrinsic merits, but rather because of the absence of a better theory. It is in this way, and not by a preconceived plan, that the range and system of the present work gradually grew in my hands ; and with my present experience, I am not sure whether it might not have been better still if I had gone even further in the direction of emancipation. For though I cannot claim to have everywhere established my own views to abeolute certainty, I do not feel much surer of many a doctrine now generally accepted as an old established fact. For after all the grammar of the Greek language has not been written. The ancients
1 The proportion and mutual relation of the two forma of diction is synoptically illustrated in my Modem Greek DiotiolW'1 (London, 11195, John .unay), p. ziii f.

vii

Digitized by

Google

PBEFACE.

began to write grammatical treatises on 'classical Greek,' that is on the artistic form of Greek which had perhaps at no time reflected faithfully the living language of the people. Those treatises on the one hand were conceived in a more or less philosophical (Stoic) spirit, and on the other considered only the artistic form of the language as portrayed in classical poetry and prose; or, to be more correct, they emphasized only such peculiarities and traits as were present in the standard poets and prose-writers of days gone by, but absent from the ordinary or common' Greek, in utter disregard of the actual speech of their time. These brief compendia then soon rose to canonical eminence, and 80 began to be copied generation after generation down to modern times, when the Greeks, with the capture of Constantinople, lost their national unity. Some learned fugitives among them then came over to western Europe and introduced the rudimentary Greek grammar inherited from their ancestors and laid the seeds of the 'Westem' schooL The first act of this school, still in its infancy, was to do away with the traditional pronunciation-which reflects perhaps the least changed part of the language-and then to declare Greek a dead tongue. In this way, being cut off from all direct connexion with &Q.cient Greek, from all aasistance and advantage offered by the surviving tongue, and finding utterly insufficient the traditional compendia handed over to them, they began to construct a Greek grammar on a novel basis, by laying under contribution the mute ancient texts and adapting their system to the principles and the spirit of their own tongues, that is to the principles of alien languages; just as we are now constructing a grammar of old Egyptian on the basis of the hieroglyphics and after the spirit of modern languages. My deviation from the current system, however, must not imply that I have built my work upon the speculative principles adopted by recent philologists. For while these neogrammarians can duly claim the credit of having overthrown the time-honoured but fundamentally erroneous theory that language is built up on a philosophical system, and that every grammatical phenomenon reflects an operation of the mind, they seem to me to be committing an equally serious mistake in another direction: for philosophy they have virtually substituted Indo-Germanic speculation, and in their zeal to

viii

Digitized by

Google

PBEl'ACE.

prove or uphold the unity of the Indo-European imaginary , Ursprache' or 'Grundsprache,' they are apt to emphasize the little that is generieally common to the whole grouP. and overlook the inDumerable apecific differences and details which after all constitute the real individuality of each distinct language; so that YOUDgel' or ordinary students are often tempted to reduce, by fQft8Cl methods, every deviating detail back to some Indo-European principle. I have considered Greek in its distinct individuality, and striven to the beat of my ability to search the causes of each phenomenon or anomaly rather within its own domain and history than embark in alien and often indemoDStrable specuIatioDL Aa already indicated, my work is based essentially upon classical Attic, and 80 conside1'8 in a concise manner all eI!88J1tial points or rules contained in our school grammars. After the Introduction and the chapter on the Pronunciation which, I trust, wm prove acceptable to many an earnest and unprejudiced student, I take up every grammatical phenomenon and follow its gradual evolution down to the preseDt time. As a matter of course, where it has withstood the in1luences of all put times without notable change, my f;jask has been comparatively easy, since I had either to attest its unbroken continuity through all ages by proofs taken from the intennediate periods, or merely to state the fact-when there could be no reasonable doubt-that the phenomenon under consideration still obtains in modern Greek, meaning of course the popular language of today, in particular 80uthem speech as defined in the Introduction (030 f.). In all other cases where the thread of continuity did not reach the present period, my task has been more dilicult and often very arduous; for I had to search through each succeeding period either for its recovery or for its substitute. It often happened also(as e. g. in the case of the future, the infinitive, eta. ) that its substitute was again lost sight of, and had to be retraced until I reached the ultimate tenninUL It further occurred that I lighted upon such novel phenomena as appeared to be foreign to both the antecedent and subsequent ages. In such cases I had to ascertain whether it was a real novelty or a relic of ancieDt speech studiously excluded from the literarycompoaition. It will be seen then that my main object has been not to pl'OV'e, or to attempt to prove, that ancient Greek is living in ix

Digitized by

Google

PREFACE.

modem Greek, but to show how much of the former is still surviving in the latter, and how much has become extinct, endeavouring at the same time to indicate the period, cause, process, and other attendant circumstances of such a loss. or change. As a matter of course, I do not presume to have said the last word on all or most of these points, seeing that, even in the case of modem Greek, I cannot be reasonably expected to master, in all its details, the entire vocabulary and grammar of every single Neohellenic dialect, and I shall not be surprised it' future investigation should prove that many a phenomenon, designated by me as extinct or peculiar to a particular dialect, still survives in one or more localities of Greece or Turkey. All I can say is that I have carefully studied every detail, and that my constant aim has been to carry on my investigations in a spirit of absolute fairness and candour, without bias towards this or that form or stage of the language. I have therefore made no preferential distinction among classical, post-classi.cal, Greco-Roman, Byzantine, and Neohellenic forms of the language, but throughout considered it in its unbroken continuity, where every single stage or form is entitled to the same regard and appreciation, whether it marks, in the literature, a stage of growth or decay. If I have enlarged more fully on the later periods, it is because these stages, being lees explored, presented many points which were partly dark, partly new, partly debatable, and had to be established. Speaking of modem Greek in particular, it will be remembered that besides its intrinsic value for the history of Greek, it possesses the merit of having been the very language spoken by nearly all the commentators and copiers through whom classical literature has reached us. These' Byzantine' senDee (excerptors, commentators, copiers, ete. ), it is well known, often deemed themselves competent to slightly revise or correct the MS before them, and so studiously or unconsciously imparted to the texts copied or commented upon the spelling and diction or even the grammar of their own time, so that an editor or critic now cannot well atford to dispense with Byzantine or modem Greek. Let it be clearly understood then that it' the nature of my subject has brought into evidence many simi larities between ancient and modern Greek, it has been very far from my intention to plead the cause of the latter. Had x

Digitized by

Google

r
PREFACE.

I wished to do so, I should not have excluded from the sphere of my research the written style, but should, on the contrary, have selected this very form as the standard. The striking similarity then betwsen ancient and this form of modem Greek would have served my purpose and, moreover, greatly facili tated my task. But, as already emphasized, I have not subor dinated my work to any preconceived plan. I accepted the facts and reeuJ.ts as they came, with complete equanimity, with equal gratification and pleasure, whether they tended to confirm or destroy existing prejudices. In founding my work upon classical Attic, and discussing that phase of the language at a certain length, I may be charged with having embodied in the book much matter which is familiar to Greek scholars. ~ however, cannot constitute a serious objection, since the book is intended not for the limited-very limited-number of specialists, but for the wider class of c1aasical students, including clergymen, who would gJadIy have their memory refreshed by a summary repetition of haIf.forgotten details. This method was, moreover, the only practicable one in a work professing to give a synoptical and connected history of the language, for it thus brings out in a clearer relief the traita and relations of its various stages and vicissitudes. Besides it will be found that in numerous cases c1aaaica1 Greek receives new light from its post-claasical and even modem phases. To enumerate here all the new features of the work, or seek to justify them as well as some novel terms (80 g. phonopathy, metaphony, trisyllabotony, tonoclisis, synencIisis, antectaais, revection, secondary subjunctive for optative, ete.) introduced for the sake of precision or convenience, would lead to an unduly long excursus and serve no practical purpose. All these new pointa have been more conveniently explained in their proper pJaoes, and their nature and number can be easily traoed through the copious indexes which have been prepared with great pains, and will, it is hoped, be found very serviceable for all purposes. The only point which requires some explanation here is the adoption of a few abbreviations indicated by the capital letters .A B G H M N PT (see p. xiv and 03). The need for precision and convenience led me to divide the long life of the Greek language into periods larger in number and therefore xi

Digitized by

Google

PREFACE.

narrower in extent than is generally the case in works on Greek history and literature. For I have rather preferred to assign a precise date to a grammatical phenomenon with the risk of ooouionally erring in some detail, than to follow the usual broad periods and thus shelter myself behind such vague generalities as 'classical,' 'post-classica1,' 'Byzantine,' or the like, terms which surely do not convey a quite definite idea. Whenever no precise date was obtainable from the general literature, from the inscriptions or papyri, in assigning to this or that period the first appearance, the spread, or the retreat of a phenomenon, I was guided by a combination of observations. Thus the occurrence of a neologism in one or more writers and its subsequent spread, its deprecation by the Atticists or by the gramma~ its presence in compounds or nicknames, constituted a fairly sure criterion of its having already been current in the living language of the time. Again its growing infrequency in literature, its absence from the unscholarly compositions, its misapplication by the scribes of the time, its frequent replacement by some synonymous neologism, its zealous vindication by the purists, appeared to me unmi&takable signs of its decline or even disappearance from the &poken language. Another point to which I desire to call attention is that I believe I have consulted, in almost every portion and detail, the latest authorities, and duly indicated their share of contribution to a theory adopted or discussed. But in a work covering such a wide space, and containing an immense number of details and references; a work which moreover embraces the living language of to-day, it may well happen that in some of my views I have been anticipated by others not expressly mentioned. In such a case, I believe myself entitled to leniency, especially if the omission lies within the period of modem Greek, because, this being my nativ!il language, it would be unreasonable and even pedantic to expect me to quote previous authorities-provided there were any-on minor points which can be readily and independently explained by any Greek endowed with some training and intuition. To conclude, I am far from presuming to have adequately dealt with my subject. There may be cases of inconsistency, errors of judgement, and errors of fact. However, consideriDg xii

Digitized by

Google

-~~

---

-----~~----

PREFACE.

the nature of the subject, the heaviness of the task, and the multitude of details involved therein, 88 well 88 the scantiness of the material at hand, I venture to believe that, with all its shortcomings, the present work gives a fair picture of the history of the Greek language, and will possess 88 such a considerable amount of interest. At any rate, it represents the fruits of a long and arduous labour, a labour I have undertaken and performed throughout with earnest and unabated zeal in the interest of science and truth. As the MS has been prepared, almost entirely, in the Reading Room of the British Museum, I gladly avail myself of the occasion to return my acknowledgements to its officials of every grade, for their friendly and ever willing assistance in all matters of inquiry. I further own my gratitude to several other personal friends, for their occasional help by way of suggestion or rectification, especially to Mr. William Wills, of the Inner Temple, for reading part of the proofs. Above all I desire to tender my grateful thanks to Miss O. O. Sandwith, a former pupil of mine in Crete, and now a proficient Greek scholar, who in times of great pressure very kindly volunteered to copy more than half the MS, and gave me the benefit of many a valuable suggestion. I finally acknowledge my great obligation to Mr. Horace Hart, the Controller of the Oxford University Press, whose ungrudging willingness to have the entire MS set in type enabled me, during the print, to improve the book in every respect. A. N. JANNARlS.
TIOI UalYJUIIIlT1'.
SL AIIIIrea, N.B.

Digitized by

Google

Digitized by

Google

CONTENTS
p.a.
PBD'ACE
ABBBBVIATIONS EXPLAIlnm PBmCIPAL MODBD WOBXS CON8t1LTBD

NO'l'ABLB P-N TBXTB 1NTRODUCTlON

QUOTBD

xxii xxiii . uxiii

Attic period (500-300 B.o.) Hellenistic Period (300-150 B.O.). Greco-Roman Period (ISO B.0.-3OO oLD.) Transitional Period (300-600 A.D.) Neohellenic Period (600-1900 A.D.)

3 5 6
8
11

PART FIBBT.

PHONOLOGY L PHONETIO SYXBOLS

21
AND TlIEIB

Somms

A.. Script (Alphabet). . Short History of the Greek Letters ~C:ca1 Table of the Letters cation of Letters. C B. Pronunciation I. Pronunciation of the Sonants The DiphthoT in larticular A.. PronunciatIon 0 the Sonants I, B. The Diphthongs av and w IL Pronunciation of the Consonant. A.. Aapiratae and Mediae B. Liquida and Spirants Reading Marb (fI'pocT.,3iOl) Breathings. Accents or AccentualMarb Accentual Terms Accent and Ictua Quantity

ib. ib. ib.

.', V,

'I,
0&

24 27 31 36 42 47

~
61 62 63 65 67 70

SS

69

xv

Digitized by

Google

CONTENTS.

11. PHONOPATHY I. General Phonopathy Cl. Syllabication b. Tonoclisis (Proclisis and Enclisis) Co Grammatical Principles n. Special Phonopathy Cl. Introductory Remarks b. Amplification of Words c. Retrenchment of Words do Metathesis A. Sonantic Phonopathy (Voca1ism) Relative Power of Sonants Synizesis (Contraction, Antectasis) Metaphony B. Consonantal Phonopathy (Consonantism) A. Initial and Medial Consonantism G. Mutes
b. Aapiratae c. Liquids and Nasals. tl. Spnant 11 ,. Primitive Semivowels i and F B. TilI'Ininal Consonantism Cl. Constituent Final Consonants b. Euphonic <Movable) Consonants .111, (11:)

Pd. 71

ib. ib.

lb.

l8

76
79

72

81 83 ib. 84
86
90 91

ib. ib.

98

93 94 97

!J9 lb.
100

PART SECOND. MORPHOLOGY L AcomBNcB A. The Noun (General Remarks) Inflection of the Article. Decleneion (General Remarks) Principal Rules of Accent First Declension (A-Declension) Historical Remarks (P-N Sing. and PI.) Inflection of N Feminines First Decleneion Inflection of N :Masculines First Declension. Contracted First Declension . Specimen of )!opular N First Decleneion contracted Second DecleDBlon (0- Decleneion) Substantives. . . Specimen of PO'pular N Second Decleneion A~ectives of First and Second Declension. . N mflection of Adjectives of First and Second Declension. . Contracted Second Declension Second Attic DecJensilln Thini Declension Historical Remarks .Consonantal stems Sonap.tic Stems.
101

ib. ib. 104 ib.

105

iti. 106 108 109 ib.

III

ib. ib. 114 lIS 116 ib. 118 ib.

119 121 123

xvi

Digitized by

Google

Accentuation of the Third Declenaion I. Consonantal Stems. Cl. Labial and Guttural Stems. P08:'~ N Infl~tion. of ~b~ an~ Gu~t~ b. Dental Stems c. Liquid Stems Remarks. Popular N Inflection of Liquid Stems Syncopated Liquid Stems II. Sonantic Stems Cl. Substantives in -U' (G. wr) and -lIS', -v (G. -UO~) b. Substantives in -I~, -lIS', 'V, -I (G.....~) Co Adjectives in -ti~J -ti, ...ia do Substantives in -fti~ .. Substantives in -oW and -aW f. Femininea in ... and -*,r (G. -GOr) g. Maaculines in ....r (G. _ ) . m. Elided Claaa 1. Substantives. 2. Adjectives in -'1r (G....or) 30 Proper Names in -~ Anomalous Declension. Caae-like Adverbs. Adjectives (General Remarks) .Ac!.jectives of 1'1m:e Endings Adlectives of Two Endings Adjectives of One Ending Metaplastic Ad..iectives Comparison of Adjectives I. Comparison DY l.r'por, t..r_ IL Com~n by -t.", LlflTor III. Penphraatic Comparison Adverbs of Manner. Pronouns. Personal Pronouns Reflexive Pronouns Reciprocal Pronoun P088e&8ive Pronouns Demonstrative Pronouns Interrogative and Indefinite Pronouns Other Indefinite Pronouns Relative Pronouns Numerals. I. Ciphers. II. Cardinal Numbers. Synopaia of Cardinal Numbers III. Ordinal Numbers. IV. Numeral Adverbs V. Other Numerals B. The Verb (Conjugation) Remarks. ClauifIcation of Verbs

....
123 124
ib. ib. ib.

126 12 7 128
ib. ib. ib.

129 130 131

ib.

132
ib.

ib.
133 134 135 136 1;38 139 141 1:43
ib.

ib

144 148 149 I~ 156 158

ib.

146

ib.

159 162 166 168

..

164
ib.

169
173 174 175 176 178 180
181

bl

Digitized by

Google

CONTENTS.
P.t.GB

I. Common or 0- Conjugation I. Sonantic Verba A. Barytone Conjugation. . Accent in the Conjugation I. Prefixea 11. Infb:es Ill. Person Endings B Contracted Conjugation Verba in -a." Verba in -I". Verba in -60. Peculiaritiea of Contracted Verbs Contracted Conjugation in P-N 11. Consonantal Verba. A. Mute Verba . B. Liquid Verba 11. Verba in -MI P-N History of Verba in-p& A. Verba in -{.. )ItVI" B. Reduplicated Verbs in-p& Other solitary Verbs in -p& Irregular Verba I. Anomaly in the Conj1l!{&tion 11. Anomaly in the Meamng

181

ib. ib. 1 84 ib.

196
20'/
ib. ib.

195

214 215 216 221 226 232 234 235 237 248, 250 2.5 2
. tb.

ib.

11.

EnMOLOGY

282 287
ib. ib.

A. Derivation I. Substantives a. From Verba b. From Substantives c. From Adjectives 11. Adjectives. a. Common Adjectives b. Ethnic Adjectives Ill. Verba . a. From NOUDa. b. From Verbs (also Adverba) IV. Adverba a. From Adjectives b. From Substantivea and Verbs B. Composition. I. Compoaition Proper A. First Conatituent. Peculiarities of the First Constituent B. Second Constituent. H. Copulative Composition
PART THIRD.

288 290 295

29.6 lb.

299

3!X'b I 301 3?2b I

ib.

30 3
ib. ib.

30 5
30'/
310

SYNTAX (GBNEBAL RE.AlIKS)

COLLOCATION 01' WORDS CONCORD .ADJECTIVES

312
ib.

31 3

315
xviii

Digitized by

Google

PAGII

(Introductory) 1. Demon8trative Use IL Ordinary UBe m. E~)~~~a1 Use IV. Pee . Use. Tm: CASES (Introductory) Nominative and Vocative Accusative. Double Accusative Genitive . I. Genitive Proper . n. Ablatival Genitive Dative. I. Datiye Proper n. Dative of Association, In. Instrumental Datiye IV. Locative Dative.
T:tB ABTIOLB bOBOtl'NS

317
3 18 ib.

322 323
32 5

328 331 3~ 337 341 342

32 7

345 347

344

Personal Pronouns Reflexive Pronouns P08868IIive PronoUDB Determinative PronouDB Demonstrative Pronouns Relative Pronouns Assimilation or Attraction of the Relative Interroptive Pronouns Jndefimte Pronouns
VOIOES 01' TBB VBBB

ib. ib.

350 3.!iI lb. 352 354

349

3M.
ib.

356 359 361

362
360

Active Voice Passive Voice Kiddle Voice Reciprocal Verba. . Short History of the Future and Aoriat )fiddle TBB PARTIOLES (Introductort Bemarb) A. Prepositions

'a.ra, dtrO !P4!i, a.a

.1, (Is) J. .
~f.(//()
..-&

&4.

368

365 ib. 367

373 376 379

380

,...,a
..apci ftpl.
";,,,

anl

382 384
386 388 392

..pO

..,or wo.

393

. WE,

., (with AccUllllrtive of Person)

397 399

396

394

398

xix

Digitized by

Google

------------

------~

CONTENTS.
PAG.

B. Conjunctions I. Coordinating Conjunctions A. Copulative B. Disjunctive C. Adversative II. Subordinating Conjunctions CaUBal Particles. Emphatic Pa.rticlea A.saeverative Particles Interrogative Particles. Declarative Particles Consecutive Particles Final Particles Conditiona.l Particles Temporal Particles C. Particles of Negation I. Morphology of the Negations n. Use of the Negations IlL Idiomatic Use of the Negations TIIB1'o8.l:8 Present Imperfect Aorist Perfect. Pluperfect Future. Effective Future Durative Future Future Perfect

400

401

ib.

406
~

408 ib. 409 . 411

410

412 414 416 419

421

42 5
ib. 427

432

433
ib.

4)6
ib.

438 440 441 442

~
445
ib.

)[00D8 IN IXDBPDDDT CLAl18B8 (Simple Sentenoea) A. Indicative B. Primary Subjunctive (Present and Future) C. Secondary Subjunctive (Optl!.tive) Imperative )[OOD8 IN DBPBNDDT CLA118_ (Compound Sentences) Declarative Clauses Call1lllo1 Clauses. Consecutive Clauses Final Clauses Conditional Sentences (General Remarks) Peculiarities of Conditional Sentences Conceaive Clauses Temporal Clauses Peculiarities of ..p;' Relative Clauses I. Definite Relative Clauses n. IndeBnite Relative ClaU1811 lDdirect Discourse Interroptive Clause

450 451
ib.

446

453 iD. 454 455 458 461

~b5 1

467

468

Anawermg a Question

ib. ib. 471 472

479

Digitized by

Google

--

-----------------------------------------------------

PACDI

IlU'IlUTIYB

(Introductory) Subject and Predicate of the Infinitive L Substantival or Articular Infinitive n. Verbal or Anarthroua Infinitive (Historical Survey)

PABTICIPLB

Attributive Participle Predicative Participle Circumstantial Participle Temporal Participle Caoa&l Participle. Conditional Participle Conceaaive Participle Final Partici~1e :Modal ParticIple. Historical Survey of the Participle APPENDICES : QvANTITY IB GBBBX TJ:BJlIBAL COBBOBA.BTI8J1 A.BD ITS IBPLUUOB OB TBB P-N IBPLBOTIOB IV. TmI FtrrURK IBDIOA.TIVE BIBOB.A TnlBs V. TBB MOODS CKIBPLY smOK .A Tnlu VI. TmI IBPIBITIVE OHlBJ'LY BIBCB .A TIJlas

481 482 484 489 420

lb.

480

498 SOO 501 50:3

ib.

503
ib.

504 S07 519 541 5S 2 560 568 581 698

DISCUSSED.

n.

L ACCD'l!

INDICES:-

I. IlfDBX 01' NOTA.BLB GBBBIt WOBDS IL Ilm:u: 01' Stm.TECTS lIT. PA.S8A.GBS EJlDDBD OR CRITICA.LLY

734

Digitized by

Google

ABBBBVIA.'l'IOliS lIXPLA110ID

IN order to avoid repetitions and save room, the subjoined abbreviations in italic capitals have been resorted to (cp. 03). They point to the various periods during which a grammatical phenomenon was current. For obvious reasons, the periods thus indicated are to be taken only roundly and approximately. It is further to be bome in mind that the opening and closing parts of each period show only a sporadic occurrence of the phenomenon in question.
A

L-CUSBla..tL ANTIQUITY.-LITElU.RY STYLE. Clusical Attio period (1100-300 B.o.) IL-POSTCUSSICAL ANTIQUITY.-CHIEFLY LITEBARY STYLE. HBe1leniatio period (800-160 Lo.) Q Greoo-lWman " (Lo. 160-800 A..) T Transitional" (800-600 A..)
m-NEOHELLENIC TDlEB.-POPUL..tR SPEECH. B Byzantine (or NI, i.e. 1at Neohellenio) period (600-1000 A.D.) M Mediaeval (or 112, i.e. 2nd Neohellenio) period (1000-14110 A.I).) N 8rd Neohellenio or Modern period (UII0-1800 .1..11.) [~4th Neohellenio or :Restorative period (1800-p1'8L time).]

A denotes: c1aaical Attio period or diction.

B
Q "

H M N

P T

"Byzantine " Qreoo-Boman" " Hellenistic " "Mediaeval " " Neohellenio" " Po8t-olauical" " TraludtiOD&l

" " " " " (ohie1ly since 1000 A..) "

SUPPLBXENTA.BY SIGNS.

"

..

l &till fully IUl'ViviDg in present popular speech. atilllUl'Viving, but only partially or in a modiflcation. o extinc~ in Modern Greek (preeent popular apeeoh).
t .I..D. :t about.

It. U't, ml!.'-, IVtI, etc., me&llll ut, and, srd, 4th, e~, centurr. . . In phonetio tranBOriptionB ~he vowela 11 i 0 " are to be pronounOBd as in I.u-, and i as GermanJ (Bullish. in rea, vou). Referen08l in &quare braoketa [ ] point to the footnotee.-8ee aIao p. 581.

* ooDjeotural form.

un

Digitized by

Google

....

L PRINCIPAL MODERN WORKS CONSULTED

ABO (XIV~t), see WWagner in p. xxx. .A1:ad. WISB.-.Akademie der Wissenschaften, Wieta. .Akademie der Wissenschaften, M~ A .... Jour. PAiL-American Journal of Philology, Baltimore. Amer. Phil. .A88.-American Philological Association, Hartford. Arc1t. GlotL-Archivio Glottologico Italiano, Roma, 1873, ate. GI.Ascoli, Iscrizioni inedite 0 mal note, Greche, Latine, Ebraiche, ate. Torino a Roma, 1880. MH"" Athens, 1889, ete. 'MHNAlON, Athens, 1872, ete. FD..4.llM, On Greek versification in inscriptions, in Archaeological Institute of America, vol iv, 1888.

AlkImberg, Grieehische 8chulgrammatik, Berlin, 1890. C~ De titu1is Attieae christianis, Paris, 1878. AHBell, A Popular Manual of vocal physiology and visible speech, London, 1889. FGBenstler, De noIninibus in &r- W pro &01 aor (Diss.), Leipzig, 1870 (=GCurtius, Studien ill. 149-204). HBer:9, De participii temporum U8U (Diss.), Bonn, 1884. ABefyaigfrt-VHenry, Manuel pour 6tudier le Sansorit V6dique,
1890. GBerManJ" WillseDSChaftliche Syntax derGrieehiachenSprache, Berlin, 1829. Paralipomena Syntaxis Graeea&, HaIle, 1862.
~ColleetiondesancieD8AlchimistesGrecs,

Paris, 1887-8. ABueemberger, Ueber die Sprache der Preussischen Letten, GGttingen, 1886. Lettieche Dialektstudien, GOttingen, 1885. FBtri:lein, Entwickelungsgeschichte des substantivierten Infini tiva in MSchan2's Beitragen, vii, 1882. FBlcuB, Palaeographie~ ete. (in DInner's Handbueh), MOnchen,
189 2 - - Pronunciation of ancient Greek, London, 1890' - - Grammatik des Neutastamentlichen Grieehisch, Gottin gen, 1896

Digitized by

Google

I. PRINCIPAL :MODERN WORKS CONSULTED.

FBlass, Griech. Gram!, see K1lhner-Blass. ABoe1mer, De Arriani dicendi genere (Diss.), ErIangen, 1885. EBoisacq, Lea Dialecte& Doriens, Paris, 1891. Bova, see APellegrini SBrief, Die Conjunctionen bei Polybius (Progr.), m Theile, Wien, 1891-3. EBnlcke, Die physiologischen Grundlagen der neuhochdeutschen Verskunst, Wien, 1871. KBrugmams, Elements of comparative grammar, London, 1888. Griechische Grammatik', MQnchen, 1890. Zum heutigen Stand der Sprachwissenschaft, Darmstadt, 1885. FBnmot, PNcis de grammaire historique lran9fLise, Paris, 1886. JACBuihon, Recherehes Historiques, Paris, 1845. . Bull. Oorr. HelL-Bulletin de Correspondance Hell~nique, Ath~nes, 1871, ete. EWittBurton, Syntax of the Moods and Tenses in New Testament Greek, Chicago, 1893. AButtmaM, A Grammar of the New Testament Greek, Andover, 1873. By Zeit.-Byzantinische Zeitschrift, MQnahen, 1892, ete. POauer, Dell-Delectus inscriptionum, etc., Leipzig, 1883. - - Hom.-Grundfragen der Homerkritik, Leipzig, 1895B01umdler', A Practical Introduction to Greek Accentuation, and ad. Oxford, 1881. WOhrist, Die verbalen AbhAngigkeitscomposita desGriechischen in Akad. Wiss., MQnchen, 1890. Geschiahte der Griechischen Literatur I (in Dlt1ller's Handbuch), [891. Grundzt1ge der Griechischen Lautlehre, Leipzig, 1859. Metrik der Griechen und Homer', Leipzig, 1879. Olass. Bet1.--cIassical Review, London, 1887, etc. BOollit.e, Bammlung der Griechisahen DialeJrl.lnschriften, Gottingen, 1883, etc. W~, Ueher Aussprache, Vocalismus und Betonung der Lateinischen 8prache', 1868-70. WECrum, Ooptic Manuscripts, London, 1893. OOrusius, Die Delphischen Hymnen, Gottingen, 1894. GOumu8, Griechische SahuIgrammatik, Leipzig, 1888. - - The Greek Verb, London, 1880. - - Principles of Greek Etymology, London, 1886. Curl. SW-Studien zur Griechischen und Lateinischen Grammatik, Leipzig, 1868-78 80uBa, I diplomi Greci ad Arabici di Sicilia, two vols., Palermo, 1869-82 HDDariiBhire, Re1iquiae phllologicae, Oambrldge, 1895.

Div

Digitized by

Google

L PRDiOIPAL MODERN WORKS CONSULTED.

RDtwesIe, Inscriptions juridiques Grecques, Paris, 1891, etc.

EASDtHOtS, Pronunciation of Greek, London, 1889.
Greek Aspirates, London, 189 BDelbnid; Einleitung in daa Sprachatudium, 188 Vergleichende Syntax der Indogermanischen Sprachen, Straaaburg, 1893. NDosBioB, Beitrlge zur Neugr. Wortbildungalehre, Znrich, 18 79. ADmeg~, Historische Syntax d~r Lateiniachen Sprache, Leipzig, 18'18-81.

ThEcl:iftger, Die Orthographie Lateiniacher Worter in Griechi achen Inachriften (Disa.), Mtlnchen, 1892. AJEllis, The English, Dionyaian, and Hellenic pronunciation of Greek, London, 1876. EEttgel, Die Aussprache des Griechiachen, Jena, 188'1. 'E+HIl Apx.-'Etfn1I"~ 'Apxru.oNry"q, Athens. REtdM, De Aristotelis dicendi ratione (Diss.), G6ttingen,
1866.

Quaestiones Grammaticae ad Polybium porti. nentes (Progr.), Crefeld, 1889. Ubster, An Essay on the nature of accent and quantity in Latin and Greek, ete. 3M eel. with Dr. G[ally]'s dissertations, London, 1820. KFoy, Lautsyatem der Grieoh. Vulgaraprache, Leipzig, 18'19. CFnmke, Griechiache Formenleh1'e (bearbeitet von A. v. Dam berg, uta AuJlage), Berlin, 1890' Element. epigraphicea Graecae, Berlin, 18.0. JFtIer8I, Gloeaarium Gr~Hebraeum, Strasaburg, 1890.

F~,

unzu,

V~ Griechiache P~graphie, Leipzig, 18'19. FAfhtJaerl, Hfstoire et th~rie de la mQSique antique, Gand, 1875-81 PGtla, Jlanual of Comparative Philology, London, 1895. HGZedUc1a, Metrik der Griechen und Bomer, in IMoller's Hand bueh, ii, 2nd ad. pp. 679-870' GQoGe, Hermeneumata Paeudo-Dositheana (in Corpus Gloss. Latin. voL ill.), Leipzig. 1892. LGoeUelw, De Polybii elocutione, Warzburg, 188'1. Quaestiones in Appiani et Polybii dicendi genera, Wtlrzburg, 1890, WGoocJeoifI, Syntax of the Moods and Tenses of tbe Greek Verb, London, 1889. A Greek Grammar, London, 189 CG6ltlirtg, Allgemeine Lehre vom Accent der Griechischen Sprache, Jena, 1835-

er.

~v

Digitized by

Google

I. PRINCIPAL J(ODERN WORKS CONSULTED.

SGGnen, Handbook to the Grammar of the Greek Testament, London, 1892. TSGreen, A Treatise on the Grammar of the N. T. Greek, London, 1862. Glhiiber, Grundriss del' Romanischen Philologie, Darmstadt, 1886, ete. HGutscher, Die Attischen Grabinschriften, Leoben, 1889-4}o.

JHo.4l8g, A Greek Grammar (ad. by FAllen), New York, 1881}. W Haricl, Bcitrige zur Homerischen Pro80die und Metrik,
Berlin, 1873. Homerische 8tudien, in Wiener Studien, vols. 76. 78. JAHartwAg, Lehre von den Partikeln der Griechischen Spnohe, Erlangen, 1832-3. EHatch, Essays on Biblical Greek, Oxford, 1881}. GHatsidakis, Einleitung in die Neugriecbische Grammatik, Leipzig, 1892. MHecht, Orthograpbisch-dialektische Forsehungen auf Grund Attiecher Insehriften, n Theile, Leipzig, 1885-6 HHeller, Die Absichtssatze bei Lucian (Progr.), Berlin, 1880. V Henry, A Short Comparative Grammar of Greek and Latin, London, 1890. - - A Short Comparative Grammar of English and German, London, 1893. - - see alao ABergaigne. IGHennatm, De emendanda ratione Graeoae Grammaticae pars prima, Lipsiae, ISoI. Hermes, Berlin, 1866, etc. JHilberg, Das Princip der Silbenwlgung, Wien, 1882. HHirt, Der Indogermanische Akzent, Strasaburg, 1895. OAHoJfmann, Quaestiones Homericae, Klausthal, 1842-8. OHoffmama, Die GriechisehenDialekte, ete., G6ttingen, 1891, etc. FHol#weiasig, Grieehisehe Sehulgrammatik, Leipzig, 1893. FHultsch, Die ErzIlhlenden Zeitformen bei Polybius, ete. (in SIch. Geaellsoh. Wiss.), 1891-3.

OJaeo'by, Spraehe des Dionysius von Haliearnass, Aarau, 1814. MBJames, Apocrypha Aneedota (voL ii. no. 3), Cambridge, ROJebb, Homer: an Introduction to the niad and the Odyssey,
Glasgow, 1892. J&IIr. Helt Stud.-Journal of Hellenic Studies, London, 1880, etc. J&IIr. Phil.-Tbe Journal of Philology, Oambridge, 1868, ete.
1893.

FKaelker, Quaestiones de eloeutione Polybiana (Diss.) [=Lpz.

Stud. ill. 211}-302], Leipzig, 1878.

GKat'bel, Epigrammata Graeca, etc., Berlin, 1878 ; see also IGS in p. xxviii.

Digitized by

Google

L PBINCIPAL MODERN WORKS CONSULTED.

HAKetMIedg, Sources of N. T. Greek, Edinburgh, 1895. EKing, Introduction to Comparative Grammar, Oxford, 1890' JEKi"" Principles of Sound and ln1lection in the Greek language, Oxford, 1888. AKtrcA1toff. Studien zur Geechichte des Griechischen Alphabets, 4- Ad, Go.teraloh, 1887. FOKirchltoff. Betonung des Heroischen Heumeters, Altona,
1866.
KKo'NToc, r~al1l'flll4"'~'f, Athens, 1882. AKopAiic, "ATfIIl'I'fI, Paris, 1828-35~KOYMANoYAHC, l_~

>.Jt(OW dD-qaavplanw

lJ,

"oK

"Ell~i

.A..turoiio Athens, 1883.

GKraIt, De Appiani eloeutione (Dias.), Baden-Baden, 1886. FKrebs, Die Prlpositionen bei Polybius (Progr.), Begensburg,
1881. Die pr&poaitioD8&l'tigen Adverbia bei Polybius (Progr.), Regensburg, 1892. Zur Reetion der Casus in der spAteren historischen Gracitlt (Progr.), Begensburg, 1885. P~, Die Griechlschen Vaseninschriften GQtersloh, 1894. - - Eiflleitung in die Geaehichte der Grieehischen Sprache, Gottingen, 1896. KK",fJIbt.&cher, Geschichte der Byzantinischen Litteratur, Mnnchen, 1891 ; also 2- AWl. 1897. FKnmabholr, De praepositionum usu Appianeo (Dias.), Jena, 1885. RKiiINacIu, Die Trishtubh.Jagatt-Familie, etc., Gottingen, 1886. Rbythmus und Indische Metrik, Gottingen, 1887. Utihtl6r, Ausfflhrliche Grammatik der Griechischen Sprachet , Hannover, 186g-72. Kil1ttter-BZass, A1l8fohrliche Grammatik der Grieehischen Sprache, ler Band (n Theile), dritte Auftage, Hannover, 1890-2. FKursc1tat, Grammatik der Lithauischen Sprache, Halle, 1876. KZ.-Zeitschrift for vergleichende Sprachforschung, etc. Berlin, 1852, ete. SLampros, Collection de Romans Greca, Paris, 1880. ALong, Homer and the Epic, London, 1893 .ARLaflge, De Substantivis Femininis Graeeis (Dias.), Leipzig, 188 5. SLa BocM, Beitrilge zur Griechischen Grammatik, Leipzig, 1893. WLar/eld, Griechische Epigraphik (in Illnller's Handbuch), 189 2 E.Legrond, Biblioth~que Grecque vulgaire, Paris, 1881, ete. Collection dea monuments, etc., Paris, 1869, etc. 'Wlf.lMItlBGr, The Latin Language, Oxford, 1894. Lp.. SW-Leipziger Studien, Leipzig, 18'18, ete.

uvii

Digitized by

Google

L PRINCIPAL MODERN WORKS CONSULTED.

CLis1cotJius, Ueber die Aussprache des Griechischen, Leipzig,

18 2 5. RA.LpitA8, Grammatische Untersuchungen nber die Biblische Grlcitlt, Leipzig, 1863. Acta Apostolorum Apocrypha, Leipzig, 1891. CALobecJ; Pathologiae Graecae sermonis elementa, Berlin, 1853 A.LudttJich, Aristarchs Homerische Textkritik, Leipzig, 188.-5.

JNMadtJig, Syntax of the Greek language, London, 1880. TMalitza, De dictione Polyaenea (Diss.), Berlin, 185 MMathiae, A copious Greek Grammar, London, 1832. ~IMAYP~pY~HC, ~oJ.p.uw la-roplo.'/l 'Iii'Il 'Ell'1"~ 'Y~' lJ, l.p:UfW'O, 18 71 FMaa: MalZer, The Science of Language, London, 1891. AMei"9ast, Ueber das Wesen des Griechischen Accents, etc., Klagenfurt, 188o. AMesnil, Grammatica quam Lucianus secutus est, Stolp, 186 7. GM. .', Griechische Grammatik, Leipzig, 1886; also 3te Ad, 1897. Albanesische Grammatik, Leipzig, 1888. LMeger, Vergleichende Grammatik der Griech. und Lat. Sprachen, Berlin, 1861-5. Griechische Aoriste, Berlin, 1879. - - AA.. un Griechischen, Berlin, 1880. WMeyer-Lilb1re, Gram. d. Romanischen Sprachen, 1890- FMistelli, Ueber Griechische Betonung, Paderbom, 1885-7. Milth.-Mittheilungen des Arch. Instituts, Berlin, 1876, etc. TMommsen, Beitrl1ge zur Lehre der Griechischen Prlpoaitionen, Frankfurt, 1886-95. DBMonro', A Grammar of the Homeric Dialect, Oxford, 1891. GMOI"08i, L Studi sui dialetti Grechi della terra d' Otranto, Lecce, 1870. IL Dialetto Romaico di Bova di Calabria in Arch. Glott. iv. 3-116. RMt1cke, Zum Arrians-und Epiktet&Sprachgebrauch (Progr.). DfeId, 1887. FMullach, Grammatik der Griech. Vulgarsprache, Berlin, 1856. HMt'iller, Du VerhAltniss des Neugriechischen zu den Romanischen Sprachen, Leipzig, 1888. HrMtUler, De Teletis elocutione (Diss.), Freiburg i. B., 189 1 HCMtlller, Historische Grammatik der He1lenischen Sprache, Brill, 189 1 JEPMtlller, Handbuch der K1assischen Alterthumswissenschaften (IL Ad), Nordlingen, 1891.

lIMtZller, see Jla.x Mtlller.

Digitized by

Google
....J

.....

L PRINCIPAL KODERN WORKS CONSULTED.

Newe JaAr.-Neue Jahrbtlcher der Philologie, Leipzig.

H~, Die Hymnen des Rigveda, 1888. HOsthoff, Zur Geschichte des Perfects, etc., Strassburg, 1884.

'Epa.tTI"/(c,,, &.'II'08c{b_, Athens, 1889. HPaul, Principles of the History of Language, London, 1888. APellegrirri, n dialetto Greco-ca1abro di BoY&, Torino, 1880. GJP~ An Essay on the Pronunciation of Greek, London, 18H 'AiCTOlp, Athens, 1861-3. P1tilologus, Zeitschrift for Claasisches Alterthum, Gottingen, 1869, ete. BmL Btwd.-Phonetische Studien, Marburg, 1887, ete. nAATOlN, Athens, 1878, ete. SPorliMs, Grammatica linguae Graecae vulgaris, Paris, 1889. Tb.Pt-eger, Inscriptiones Graecae metricae, Leipzig, 1891. WPrelI.toitI, Etymologisches Worterbuch der Griech. Sprache, Gottingen, 189 2 JPBidIGri, Eaaais de grammaire historique n60-grecque, Paris,

8nAlIAA"'I''1''PCUC&rov~, B~

,w

~ ~ 'Ell,,~ 'lrfXXl>op4fJ

1886-9. SReiMch, Trai~ d'Epigraphie Grecque, Paris, 1885. BmIe de PAilologie, Paris, 1877, ete. Bet1ue des Etudes Grecques, Paris, 1888, ete. BiM. MtI8.-Rheinisches Museum for Philologie, Bonn. Rllein1Iardt, De Infinitivi cum articulo conjuncti usu Thucydideo (progr.), Oldenburg, 1894. JRitter, De titulis Graecis Christianis, Berlin, 1880. ESRoberls, Introduction to Greek Epigraphy, Cambridge, 1887. 1lRoehl, see IGA on p. xxviii. LRoss, Inscriptiones Graecae ineditae. Naup1iae, 1834-45. VRost, Griechische Grammatik (7te Au1I.), Gottingen, 1856. ABiJ.ger, Die Prapositionen bei Pausanias, Bamberg, r 889. - - Studien zu Malalas [Prepositions only], Bad Kissingen, 1895. AA~KMAptOC, T4 KlnI'puII<4, Athens, 1890-1. AIISayce, The Principles of Comparative Philology, London, 188S1lSc1uua6, Beitrlge zur historischen Syntax,Wtlrzburg, 1882, etc. J8che.ftlein, De Praepositionum usu Procopiano (Progr.) Regensburg, 1893. lI8cAitadler, De attractionis pronominum relate usu Aristotelico (Diss.), Breslau, 1892. SCScAirliU, Anleitung zur Kenntniss der Neutest&m.entlichen Grundspl"aChe, Erfurt, 1863. Grundznge der Neutestamentlichen Grlcitat, Giessan, 1861.

Digitized by

Google

I. PRINCIPAL MODERN WORKS CONSULTED.

WSckmid., Der Atticismus, Stuttgart, m Theile, 1887-93. HSckmidt, De Duali Graecorum, Bresslau 1893. KEASckmitU, Beitrll.ge zur Geschichte der Grammatik, Halle, 1859. Ph8chmitU, Syntax des Histor. Herodian (Progr.), Gtltersloh, 18 9 1 PhSckmidt, Die Rection der Casus (Progr.), Gatersloh, 1893. PWSckmiedeZ, see GBWiner. FrSckoe~ De accentu linguae Latinae, etc. (in Acta Soc. Phll. Lips. voL vi.), Leipzig, 1875-6. HEM&huckardt, Ueber die Lautgesetze, gegen dieJunggramm&tiker, Berlin, 1885. Der VocaIismus des V uIgIlrlateins, Leipzig, 1866-8. ASchfJtJ!, Historia Alphabeti Attici, Berlin, 1875. LSchwabe, De Deminutivis Graecis et Latinis, Giessen, 1859. FHABcrit1ener, A plain Introduction to the Criticism of the New Testament, fourth edition, by EHiUer, London, 189 ESeelmtmtt, Die Aussprache des Latein, Heilbronn, 1885. ESeUlel, De usu praepositionUID Plotiniano quaestiones (Dies.), Nissae, 1886. HSeiliflg, Ursprung und Messung des Homerischen Verses (Progr.), Manster, 1887. ThDSegmou,., Introduction to the language and verse of Homer, Boston, 1889. ESivers f , Grundztlge der Phonetik, AWlage, Leipzig, 1893. WWSkeat, A Primer of English Etymology, Oxford, 1892. ANlKIAC, IIc,x ~ Kp,.".~ &aAi1CTOV, Athens, 1891. Soc. }hoL Lit-Society of Biblical Literature and Exegesis, Middletown-Boston, U.S.A., 1882, ete. B&koloosky, Die Musik des Griechischen Alterthums und des Orients, r887. I(J)KpATHc, Athens, 1874, ete. N8~iaflO8, Grammaire du Grae vuIgaire (before 1550), 2nd ad. ELegrand, Paris, ISH.

.te

EA8op1aocles [real name E~~ A,"""*~], Gloss. A Glossary of later and Byzantine Greek (in Memoirs of Amer. Acad. voL vii.), Boston,

1860. Lete. A Greek Lexicon of the Roman and Byzantine periods, New York, 1887. Grrmt. A Romaic Grammar, Hartford (U.B.A.), 18.2. Grrmt.1 A Romaic or modern Greek Grammar, new edition, Boston, 1857. FSpohr, Die Priposition8D bei M. Aur. Antonin (Disa.), Oasael, 189

Digitized by

Google

I. PRINCIPAL MODERN WORKS CONSULTED.

HBteintkaZ', Geechichte der Spracbwissensehaft bei den

Griechen und Romern, 2 te Auflage, Berlin, 189-1. JSIiih, De Polybli dicendi genere (Diss.), Erlangen, 1880. - - Quaestiones in Appiani et Polybli dicendi genus, Wl1rzburg, 1890. FrBtoll, Lateinische Grammatik t (Lautlehre und Formenlehre, in Dl11ller's Handbuch), M11nchen, 1890' - - Historische Grammatik der Lat. Sprache (Einleitung, Lautlehre, Stammbildungslehre),Leipzig, 1894. JStonn, Englisehe Philologie, lleilbronn, 1892. GStraehler, De caesuris versus Homerici cap. I, Breslau, 1889. WStudemtmd, Anecdota varia, Berlin, 1886. FStun, De dialecto Macedonica et Alexandrina, Leipzig, 1808. FSusemikl, Griechische Literaturgeschichte in der Alexandrinerzeit, Leipzig, 1892. H8toeet, History of English Sounds, Oxford, 1888. - - A Primer of Phonetics, Oxford, 1890.

FTec1mIer, Phonetik, Leipzig, 1880, ete. EMT1Iompson, Greek and Latin Palaeography, London, 1894. A.T1tumb, U ntersuchungen l1her d. Spire Asper, Strassburg, 1889. - - Handbuch der Neugriechischen Spracbe, Strassburg, 1895 [Accidence only]. HUSetIe1', Acta S. Marinae et S. Ohristophori, BOnD, 1886. Der heilige Theodosius, Leipzig, 1890. Altgriechischer Versbau, Bonn, 1877. Ueher den Homerischen Vera, BOnD, 1886. Legenden der heiligen Pelagia, Bonn, 1879. WVeitch, Verbs irregular and defective, Oxford, 1887. PV'tereCk, Sermo Graecus, Gottingen, 1888. WVtetor, Phonetische Studien, Marburg, 1887, ete. JV'tItau, Etude sur le Grae du Nouveau Testament, Paris, 1893. GVogrlu, Grammatik des Homer. Dialekts, Paderbom, 1889. JWackernagel, Altindische Grammatik, L Lautlehre, Gottingen,
1896 BWagner, Quaestiones de epigrammatis Graecia grammaticae, Leipzig, 1883. WWagner, see p. xxx. WWattenbach, Anleitung zur Griechischen Pa1aeographie, Leipzig, 1895. Alb Weber,lndische BeitrAge zur Geschichte der Aussprache des Griechischen, in Monatsherichte Akad. der Wis& zu Berlin, 1871, pp. 613-632. OWeise, Die Griechischen WGrter im Latein, Leipzig, 1882. OWesselg, see p. xxx. BW~ Al1gemeine Metrik, Berlin, 1892.

Digitized by

Google

I. PRINCIPAL :MODERN WORKS CONSULTED.

Die Musik des Griech. Alterthums, Leipzig, 1883. Theorie der Musischen Ktlnste der Hellenen (m Theile), Leipzig, 1885-93. JBWheeler, Der Griechische NominaIaooent, Strassburg, 1885. WD W7&ittJey, A Sanskrit Grammar (2nd ad.), Leipzig, 1889. Wien. Stud.-Wiener Studien, Wien, 1879, etc. UWilamowits(-Moellendorf), Homerische Untersuchungen, 1884. GBWimr, A Treatise on the Grammar of New Testament Greek, Edinburgh, 1882. GBWiner-Schmiede~ Grammatik des Neutest&mentlichen Sprachidioms, ~ttingen, 1. T.hell, 1894. JWinteler, NaturIaute und Sprache, Aarau, 1892. JWitr.lens, Betonungssystem der Griechischen Sprache, Teschen, 1889.

BW~~

OZacket', Die Aussprache des Griechischen, Leipzig, 1888. EZamke, Die Entstehung der Griechischen Literatursprachen,
Leipzig, 1890.

Zeitsc'hrijt fUr vergleichende Sprachforschung, see KZ.

xxxii

Digitized by

Google

NOTABLE P-N TEXTS QUOTED

. . In this list inscriptions, papyri, and only such P-N texts are f!:n as might prove unfamiliar to general students. On the other d, such texts (inscriptions, papyri, etc.) as are sca.ttered in various modem works and periodicals are given in the list of ModIm . WcriB consulted (p. xv. if.) All missing P-B authors are those given in EABophocles' Greek Luicon of the Roman and Byzantine periods (New York, 1887)

.ABo, Das ABO der Liebe (XIV-XVtat), WWagner,

18'19 .Abgari ~ (T-B), in RALipsius' Acta Apost. apoor. 1891, P279-28 3 .Abra1w.n, 8vcrla.m'A~pa4p.(1535t), ELegrand, BibL i. 226-268 .Acta Attdreae (T), MBonnet, 1895. Nem (T-B), HAchelis, 1893. -Pauli (V-VI~t), in RALipsius' Acta Apost. apoor. -Paul. et TII:laB (T-B), in RALipsius' Acta Apoat. apoor. 1891, p. 235-2'1 2 --Petri et Pczuli (V-VI~t), in RALipsius' Acta Apost. apoor. p. 1'18-222. - - Pilati (T-B), in CTischendorf's Evang. apoor. p. 210-332. T1aaddaei (T-B), in RALipsius' Acta Apost. apoor. 1891, P2'13-8 --Thomae (It), MBonnet, 1883. - - Xantlaippae et Polyxenae {m-IVtat),in MRJames's Apocr. aneed. 1893, p. 58-85. Aelian {210t}, BHercher, 186.-6. Agat1&ias (560t), BGNiebuhr, 1828. AlcheMists, Greek (parts I-IV [=p. 2-319] T-Bj part V [po 321 fr.] B-M), MBertholet " ChBuelle, 188'1-8. AfJItJIOfri08 (39ot), Leipzig, LKulencamp, 1822. A~ra Pilati (T-B), in C'l'ischendorf's Evang. apoor. p. 'US..9 AtIfIa CotMena, see Cornnena. AfIIalficista in Bekkeri Aneedota, p. '17-1 16. Apoc. .Mar., 'A7rOKdAvt{I,'I: Tij'I: 'A'Y~ ~onSKOV 'n,M. "iIW KON1ucQlV (T-B), in MBJames' Aneedota, p. 115-126. Apoc. 8edrach (T-B), ib. p. 130-137. A~, 'An.cOll'O'l: m M~ (1534t), in ELegrand'a BibL ii. p9.- H2 Apollodoros of Athens (1.0 B.e.), JBekker, 1854.

Digitized by

Google

11. NOTABLE P-N TEXTS QUOTED.

ApoZloni08 Dyscolos (150t), JBekker, 1813. A~hthegmata Patrum (500t), JMigne, 45. Appiataos (140t), LMendelssohn, 1879-81 U'APABANTINOY, lvlloy?, 8-qp.w8Wv tf.rrp.rI.TWV 1'7jt 'Hntpov, iv 'A9r/vlur. 1880. Aristicles Aeli08 (16ot), GDindorf. 1829. Artemidoros (180t), RHercher, Leipzig, 1864. Asin. lvva.t&pwv TOV T'P-7}p.Cvov yaMpov (XVI~), in WWagner's Carmina, p. 112-123. Asin.~.,ra8&pov .\6KOV Kill ~ 8"'1Y7JCT,c;~paIa,in WWagner's Carmina, 12 4- 14. Athenaeos (200t), GKaibel, Leipzig, 1887-9. Babri08 (m'tt), MGitlbauer, Wien, 1882. Barnabas' epistle (7O-130t), in JBLightfoot's Apost. Fathers, p.243-265. Bekk. An.-mekkeri Anecdota Graeca, iii voll. Berlin, 1814-2 r. Belis., -P,p.&&. 'ftp). Br.\w-aplov (xvt), in WWagner's Carmina, P34 8-37 8 Belth., a,~c; ltalpnw BE.\6&v8pov TOii 'PflJp.alov, in ELegrand's BibI. i. p. 125-168. Bull. Cow. Hell.-Bulletin de Correspondance HelMnique, Ath~nes, 1877, ete. B0i8s. AfIeCd.-Aneodota Graeca ed. JFBoissonade, 5 vola. Paris, 1829-33 Callim., TO. KaN Kalllp.axov Kal XJI1HTOPp07Jv(XI-xnt), SLampros, 1880. OalZiniCOB Vita s'Hypatii (45ot), Leipzig (Teubner), 1~95. [Callisth.], Pseudo-Callisthenes, in the V ten SupplBd. der Jahrbtlcher ft1r Class. Philologie, Leipzig, 1871. Cananos, loannes (1430t), mekker, Bonnae, 1838. Cedrenos, Georgi08 (1060t), mekker, Bonnae, 1838-9. OGL, Corpus Glossariorum Latinorwn, ill, ed. GGoetz, Leipzig, 1892 Ohoeroboscos, Georgios (=550t), AHllgard, Leipzig, 1894. Ohromcon paschale (630t), LDindorf, Bonnae, 1832. OAron. Mor., XpoIflKOV TOV M~fIJ<; (XInt), in JACBuchon's Recherches Historiques, Paris, 1845. Ohtysostom08, Ioannes (390t), JMigne, 47-64. OIA, Corpus inscriptionum Atticarum, Berolini, 1873, ete. OIG, Corpus inscriptionum Graecarum, Berolini, 1828-77. 0imIam0s, loannes (1160), AMeineke, Bonnae, 1836. Clement of Alexandria (195t), GDindorf, 1869. - - of Rome, I. Epistle (95t), in JBLightfoot's Apost. Fathers, p. 5-4. Olementina (mft), PLagarde, Leipzig, 1865. HColla, Sammlung dar Griechischen Dialectinschriften, GOttingen, 1883, ate. xxxiv

Digitized by

Google

n.
VConIaros,

NOTABLE P-N TEXTS QUOTED.

Omattena, Anna (1130), vol. i JSchoppen, BODD&e, 1839; ii.

AReifTerscheid, BODn&e, 1878. (1520), Venice, 1713 [and frequently since; editions issued in Greece are worthless]. JAOramer, Aneedot& Graeca, Oxonii, 1835-7.
"Epwn)ICp'~

Didac1ae (9o-uot), in JBLightfoot's Apost. Fathers, p. u 7-22S. Dig., ~,~ AIC(JlTO.<; (XII-XIn~), ELegrand, BibL vi. 1892. Dig.I" " in SLampros' Collection, 111-237.
Diplomi Greehi, see SCusa and GSpata. GDiUeflberger, Sylloge Inseriptionum Graeearum, Lipsiae, 1883, etc. DIIeas (XV~), JBekker, BODD&e, [834.
'E~HIl~<; .AfXcuoMycmJ,

Et. M., Etymologicum magnum (B), ThGaisford, Oxford, 1868. Athens, 1883, etc. ~tos (So-I30t), HSehenkI, Leipzig, 1894. Eppanios, Bishop of Cypros (37ot), FOehler, Leipzig, 18S9-6I. -vitae (V-VI~), Migne, 41. . Ewlngelium Thomae (T-B), in CTisehendorf's Evangelia Apocrypha (2nd ed. 1876), p. ,,0-63. EU89bi08 of Caesaria (315t), LDindorf, Leipzig, 1867-71. Etdhymii vita (:900t), C. de Boor, Berlin, 1888.
~nieon

(Soot), NNiclas, Leipzig, 1781; alsoHBeekh, [89S. (XV~), in ELegrand's Bibl. i. p. 169-225. 9ANClT&lCOV nj<; "P080v in WWagner's Carmina Graeea, P3 2 -5 2 Gwgios Monachos, see GMoraac1ao8. GIB, Greek inscriptions in the Br. Museum, London, 1874-93. Gloss. Laod., Glossaire Greeo-Latin (MS IX~), par JMiller in Notices et Extraits, xxix. (1880), p. 25-230. JlGlNCdB (lIsot), in ELegrand's BibL i. p. 18-37. (JntJI Lmwre P~s (3[ot), in CWessely's Grieeh. Zauberpapyri, ADd. Wisa., Wien, 1888, P.44-u6. Grtgori08 Naeianzen08 (37ot), JMigne, 3S. tmgOri08 of Ngssa (375t), JMigne, H. Gr. ~ Br. Mus.-Catalogue of Greek Papyri in the British Museum, ed. by FGKenyon, London, 1893. Gr. UrTr.. Berlin-Aegyptisehe Urkunden aus den k6niglichen Museen zu Berlin-Grieehisehe Urkunden (parts [-XI), Berlin, 1892-3. EGtotyillAs BVHead, Historia numorwn, Oxford, 1887. B_, Herodian08 the grammarian (J60t), ad. ALentz, Leipzig, 186 7-70 H_ Hm, Hel'Odianos the Historian (u5t). Heliodoros (39ot), in GAHirschig's Erotici Scriptores, 1856. Berraas (14ot), in JBLightfoot's Apost. Fathers, p. 297-402.
XXXV

Digitized by

Google

II. NOTABLE P-N TEXTS QUOTED.

"Epp.oV&4ICoV p.er&cfJpa.tn<; Ti<; 'I.\ui8o<; (13233S), ELegrand, 1890. 1GA, Inscript. Gr. antiquissimae, 00. HBoehl, Berolini, 1882. 1GB, Inscriptiones Graecae Megaridis Oropiae Boeotiae, 00. GDittenberger, Berlin, 1892. 1GB, Inscriptiones Graecae Sieiliae et Itallae, etc., 00. GKaibel, Bero1ini, 1890.

Hermon.,

KOJO'TCIVI'{vov

JacObi protevangelium (1'), in CTisehendorf's Evang. apoer.

p. I-SO.

Jan". Kreta's VolksliOOer in der Ursprache mit G10ssar von

ANJeannaraki (=Jannaris). Leipzig, 1876. Ignatios, Epistle of (IV~t), in JBLightfoot's Apost. Fathers, p. IOS-134. 1njort., A~ 'IIY1f'1YOprff'u<Ot 'll'fpl 8vaTvxta<; "Ill rimJXta<; (Xll:xnI~), in SLampros' Collection, p. 289-32 I. 1t-enaeos (180t), JMigne, 7.

GKaibel, Epigrammata Graeea, Berolini, 1878. (See also IGS.) FGKenyon, Classical Texts from Papyri in the British Museum, London, 1891.

C.Leemaras, Papyri Graeci. ii, Leyden, 1885. ELegrand, Biblioth~ue Greeque vuIgaire, Paris, vi vola. Paris,
1881-1892 Collection des Monuments, ete., Paris, 1869, ete. Leo Diaconos (980t), CBHase, Bonnae, 1828. Leo Sapiens (890t), JMigne, 107 .Leontios of Neapolis (6sot), Vita Ioannis, HGezIer, 1893; Vita Symeonis, Migne, voL 93 .Lesbonax (II-mft), LKulencamp, Leipzig, 1822. Louvre Papyri, in Notices et Extraits, vol xviii. Paris, 1865. JLydos (S2St), JBekker, Bonnae, 1837.
Macari08 (:l:39ot), JMigne, 34. JPMahaJfy, The Flinders Petrie Papyri, Dublin, 1891-2. JMalalas ( 550t), LDindorf, Bonnae, 1831. RMeister, Die Grieehisehen Dialekte, etc., Gottingen, 1882, ate. KJlei8terMns', Grammatik der Att. Inschriften, Berlin, 1888. Meander Hist. (590t), LDindorf, in Hist. Gr. min. ii. 1-131. Michaelis Archangeli miraculum (:l:soot), MBonnet, 1890. Mitth., Mittheilungen des.ArchaeoL Instituts, Berlin, 1876, ate. Mow (:l:200t), GAKoeh, Leipzig, 1830. GMonaeh08 (8sot), JMigne, 110. JMoscho8 {:I:610t}, JMigne, voL 87 ill. M_ Gr., Musiei Soriptores Graeei, ed. CJanus, Lipsiae, 1895. Nanatio Josephi (P-B), in O'l'ischendorf's Evang. apocr. po 459-no.

Digitized by

Google

Do NOTABLE P-N TEXTS QUODD

.NClt"f'atio ZOBimi (V- VI~t), inMRJamee' Apoor. aneed. P.96-108. Nilos (420t), JMigne, '19. NOMOCanon (109ct) ad. CoteleriU& Notices et Extraits des manuserits, etc., Paris, 186S, ate. NT, New Testament, OTischendorf.Gebhardt, Leipzig, 1891. Olppiodoros (4sot), Bonnae, 1829. PallGdios (420t), Historia Lausiaea, JMigne, 6S. APassoIo, Popularia earmina Graeciae reeentioris, Leipzig, 1860. PTaotios (890t), JMigne, '101-104 ; Le:ricon, SANaher, 1864-5 .P1m.ustzes (14'1'1t), IBekker, Bonnae, 1838 .P1&rynieh08 (18ct), GRutherford, London, 1881. PlJsiologos (XIV-XV~t), ChGidelELegrand, 18'13. Picat., 'I.wov llUCCITWpov 7rOlTJJ14 (XVI~), in WWagner's Carmina, p. 224- 2 4 1 Pilati acta (T-B), in CTisehendorf's Evang. apoor. P.210-332. - - ~ra (T-B), ib. p. H5-49. paradosis (T-B), ih. p. 449-55.: ~s (180t), WoelfBin, 1860. Polgcarp's Epistle (IS5t), in JBLightfoot's Apost. Fathers, p. 168-1'13 Poric., a,W~ llfllpuM.Oyov (XII-XIIl\l.'), in WWagner's Carmina, p. 199-202 Porphyrogennetos, Constantinos (950t), mekker, Bonnae, 1829-40 Prodaoros (soot), ThZahn, Erlangen, 1880. Procopios (S40t), GDindorf, Bonnae, 1833-8. Prodromos, Theodoros (XII~), in ELegrand's BibL i. 38-10'1. ProteImlgelium Jacobi (m'2t), in CTisehendorf's Evang. apoor. p. I-SO. JlPsellos (IOSOt), JMigne, 122. Pul., llov~ (XIV~t), in WWagner's Carmina, p. 1'19-198.

Quadr.,

a,W'~ ~~ TWV

ftTpawO&"v (""V (1365), in WWagner's Carmine, p. 141-1'18.

Boboam, at&rl

So>.o~ (XII~), in ELegrand'. BibL i. 11-16. lIRoeAl, see IGA. LRoss, Inscriptionee Graeeae ineditae, Naupliae, 1834-4S.

&diL, ""~ la.xAlq rpat/* (XVI~), in WWagner's Carmina, p. 62-106Sol Ps., .~ lo.\o"wJITW (S0-6o Do c.), OGebhardt, Leipzig, 189S &puaginta, CTisehendorf, '1th ed., Leipzig, 188'1. J81cyZiUee (1080), mekker, Bonnae, 1838-9. ~(XII~), in ELegrand'sBibL Lp. 1-10. /J.poK., A>..ct{ov Kol'V7JVOV 1r'OlTJJ14 7rIIflCI&VETucOV (XIII-XIV~), in WWagner's Carmina, p. 1-2'1.
xxxvii

Digitized by

Google

II. NOTABLE P-N TEXTS QUOTED.

Spa...' ditto in I1u..Tlo" ~ 'IO'TO~ "al "E6vo.\oy~ "ETcuprlar, v. 17, p. 105-121. G~a, Diplomi Grecbi, inediti, etc., Torino, 1870. JStaphidas (MS of '384t), in ELegrand's Bibl. ii. 1-27. WStudemtmtl, Anecdota varia, Graeca et Latina, Berlin, 1886. GSgnkeDos (805t), GDindorf, Bonnae, 1829. 8gnesios (430+), JMigne, 66.

Test. XII., Testamenta duodecim Patriarcharum, J1rfigne, 2. Thdn., Theodotion (IIz:t), J1rfigne, 15. Theodoretos (457t), JMigne, 80. Theodoros Lector (525t), JMigne, 86, I. 77reodosios of Scythopolis (553t), JMigne, 86, I. Theuphanes (800t), O. De Boor, Leipzig, 1883-5. Tk~hanes continuatus (950t), JBekker, Bonnae, 18S8. Theuphylootos (I loot), O. de Boor, Leipzig, 1887. Thomas Magister (ISIO), FRitsehel, Halls, 1832. FTrinchera, Syllabus Graec. membranorum, etc., Neapoli, 1865. Teetees, loannes (U50),ThKiessling, Leipzig, 1826.
Villois. AfIeCd.-Aneedota Graeca, ed. mGVilloison, 2 vols., Venetiis, 1781. Vita Eptt>hanii (V-VI~), JMigne, 41. - - Euthymii (~oo), O. de Boor, Berlin, 1888. 8A, vita S. Andreae Sali in Acta sanctorum, mense Mai t. vi corollarium I"-Ill".

WWagner, Das ABO der Liebe

-

(IV~t), Leipzig, 1879. Mediaeval Greek Texts, London (in Phil. Soc.). 1810. Carmina Graeca medii aevi, Leipzig, 1814. - - Trois pOOmes Grecs du moyen Age, Berlin, 1881. dWessely, Die Pariser Papyri des Fundes ElFayun in Akad. Wiss., Wien, 1889 (voL 31, 2). Grieehische Zauberpapyri (3IO+), ib. voL 36, 2 (1888), p. 1-208. - - Neue Pariser Papyri (310t), ib. voL 42 (I89S). - - Einige Urkunden des Berliner kgL Aegypt. Museums, Berlin, 1890' Prolegomena ad pap. Graec., etc., Vienna, 188S.

Zonaras, loannes (1118), LDindorf, Leipzig, 1868-76Zos.im08 (425t), JBekker, BoJlD&i, 1837.

Digitized by

Google

mSTORICAL GREEK GRAMMAR

INTRODUCTION.
OL h all ooontries and at all times it has been observed that natural, local, social, and other manifold influences lead invariably to varieties of racial type, character, and language. This phenomenon manifested itself also in ancient Greece: her populations exhibited many well-defined di1ferenees in every 1'e8p8Ct. The Greeks themselves were struck by this fact, and sought to aooount for it by attributing their dissimilarities of race, character, and speech to a dissimilarity of origin. Aceordingly they invented a mythological genealogy calculated to satisfy the popular mind. Three legendary heroes, they assumed, Aeol08 and Doros, sons, and Ion, grandson, of Hellen, weN the progenitors of all Greeks. Aeol08 gave birth to a distinct nee of Greeks, named after him Aeolians, Do1'08 to another ealled Dorians. and Ion to that of the Ionians. Each race was naturally made to speak a distinct dialect: the Aeolians Aeolie, the Dorians Dorie, and the Ionians Ionic. Some time after, the Ionic branched o~ so they believed, and gave rise to a new dialect called Attic. .

os. These beliefs, once aettled in the popular mind, passed

into history, and assumed the sanctity of a religious canon through all antiquity. They were accepted as a matter of unquestionable authenticity, and every particular phenomenon was adapted to this national legend. It is only since the beginning of the preeent century that philological and historical eritieism has called these traditions in question, and eventually compelled elaasjM1 students to give up the old theory so notoriously refuted by modern ecience. Indeed, when we found our re&eal'chea on the critical emmination of direct evidences (chiefly inscriptions) and other allied field., we are forced to the conI B

Digitized by

Google

02-08.]

CLASSIFICATION AND NUMBER OF DIALECTS.

elusion that the Greek language once formed not four (Aeolic, Dorie, Ionic and Attic), but numerous dialects varying more or leas considerably from one another. In point of fact, in prehistoric times and several centuries thereafter, each Greek region and community had a dialect of its own. At the same time these various dialects, when compared to one another. exhibit some common features which enable philologists to group them under two leading heads, the NonIonic and the Ionic. The chief criterion for this grouping is afforded by the observation that the NonIonic head, on the whole, shows , long' a where the Ionic exhibits H (though cp. 29; also App. ii. 6 " 14). Thus the assumed prototype Indo-European word, *sistami 'I place,' sounded rcrro.p.& among the NonIonic dialects, and UrrqJU in the Ionic group. 08. The two Ilroups of dialects referred to, &8 well &8 their varieties or subdivisions, may be roughly illustrated by the following classification.

A. NONIolUO or a-dialectB.
I. Done: (I) Laconia; (2) Heraclia and Taraa; (3) Keaaenia; (4) Argolia and Aegina; (s) Corinth and Corcyra; (6) Megaria and Byzantium; (7) Crete; (8) Melos; (9) Rhodes; (10) Achaia; (IJ) Doric isles of the archipelago (Anaphe, A stypalaea., TenOB, Cos, Calymna, etc.). II. Achaeic Dialects : A. Northern Greece: (I) Epiros; (2) Loeris (I); (3) Phokis (I) ; (4) Aetolia P) ; (s) Acarnania [I) ; (6) Phthiotis. B. (.Aeolic) (I) Northem TbeBB&ly (I); (2) Elia [1); (3) Arcadia [lJ and Cy pros(1); (4) Pamphylia; (s) LesboB (Aeolio); (6) Boeotia.
iuoriptiou.

B. IONIC or H-dialects. I. Ionio: ( I) Decapolis; (:I) Cyclades; (3) Euboea.

1L ATTIC:
I. OLASSIOAL PIlBIOD

(500-

300 B.o.).
2. P08~L"88IC"L PBB,10D :

(Cl) Hellenistic or Alexandrian Period (300-150 B.o.). (b) Greoo-Roman Period (150 B.0.-300 .LD.). (c) Transitional Period (300600.LD.).

11) Popalar cUaleot.a of which we

- - - - - - ------------------~ no zep%W8Dtative literature, uoept

2

3. NBOBBLLE1fIO PBRlOD (6001900 A.D.). (a) Byzantine or First Neohel lenic period (600-1000 A.D.). (b) :Mediaev81 or Second Neohellenic period (1000-1450 .LD.). (c) :Modern or Third Neohellenic period (1450-1800 .LD.). (d) Preeent or Fourth Neohel lenic period( 1800-1900A.. ).

Digitized by

Google

~~~-

- - - ---

A'l'TIC DIALECT AND LITERATURE.

[04-015.

ATTIO PERIOD (500-300 B.O.).

04. Whatever may have been originally the actual number of Greek dialects, it lies in the nature of language that local, political, social, and cultural factors should favour this or that dialect, and give it ascendency over the rest, so as to eventually supersede them. In the case of Greek, it was at the outset-so far back at least as history can tracethe Ionic group which rose to pre-eminence and became the received language of early composition (Homer, cyclic poetry, Hesiod-then HerodotoB, Hippoerates, ete.). On the other hand, the Dorian conquest (' Return of the Heraclids' IOOOB.O.) could not fail to lead, in progress of time, to the rise of a powerful rival in the spread of the Doric dialects. However, with the close of the VI~ B.o., the dialect of Athens, the ao-called Attic-one of the Ionic group-prevailed over all other sister-dialeets, and eventually absorbed them [I). It was the Attic, because Athens, particularly after the Persian wars, rose to absolute dominion over all the other Greek communities, and finally became the metropolis of all Greek races. Once having gained the hegemony, she leads in every line: science, art, literature, trade, manufacture, fashion, wealth, and all other political, military, social, and educational institutions are started and developed in Athens, and from Athens spread in all directions through the ancient world. The entire nation, in and out of Greece proper, streams, for purpoaea of business, knowledge, pleasure, ete., to the national metropolis. Younger people, also, eager for education, repair to Athens, as the universal or Panhellenic seminary of culture Hence Periclea himself could well say of her: mwlpxCTfU. & &c\. pkyEf)os ~ ~ llC 7r~ yij~,.a ~ (Th. 2, 38.) 06. It is during this period of supremacy of Athens (500-300) that the Athenian or Attic dialect attained ita highest stage of development. It is amply reflected in the contemporary works of Aesehylos, Sophoelea, Euripides, Aristophanee; the historians Thucydidea and Xenophon; the philosophers Plato and Aristotle; the orators Demosthenes, Aeschinea, Isoera~ Lysiaa, etc., then in numerous inscriptions of the time. The language of this period is also styled the classical or Attic Greek ptIf' ~ But, Speaking of Attic Greek, we must not infer that all Athenians and Atticized Greeks wrote and spoke the claasieal Attic portrayed in the aforesaid literature, for this
Pl Thia is evident17 the meaning ot[Xenophon) when he Ia78 in 'AIfpI. UoAIT , 3t 8 01 "ill "EU'IIIff lilt ,..&AA". ml "Ill aaalT'(l ml tlXltp4T1 XJ1&rraa, Alt'jttoioc ~ "."".,.I"1} It oln""", riiw 'EMtP- KIll fJapBGpow. The 4nt to re-

<t-i

..... Aeolic (hence later Greeks attributed to this dialect the theD.extinot cligamma f), nut Ionic, and last Dorie. NODe of th_ dialeote hu left any u - iD p r _ t Greek except Dorio which IIti1l liD,era ill. Taaconic, then in a few 1Olita17 worc18 elaewhere, as 1) IIlAATO (Crete) for anoient 1rIiAcwor.

t~

Ba

Digitized by

Google

OS-OlSb.]

LITERARY AND POPULAR GREEK.

Attic is essentially what it still remains in modem Greek composition: a merely historical abstraction, that is an artistic language which nobody spoke but still everybody understood (05~ fr.- 020 [21 4: 20). Nor must we imply that, because the above writers have been styled classics by posterity, they were both the creators and finishers of Greek literature. They rather were the continuators and perfecters of a work relegated to them as a national inheritance. Their own productions, therefore, are both in matter and form emulous though free imitations of ancestral models[t]-I08t to us-and as such re1lect the genius, subject, practice, language, and technical tftatment of preceding ages (29 fr. App. ii. 9 fr.) under the unavoidable influence of their own time. Accordingly what is generally styled the classical or Attic period marks not the start of a new era; it rather forms the crowning age of a glorious history, an age subsequently raised to ideal by ita excellence oftr all posterity. The literary XDasterpiecea of this period then do not repreeent the language as actually spoken at the time; they simply reflect the traditional or received style &ltistically tempered and adapted to the exigencies of the age (11. For in ordinary intercourse both the educated clasaea and uneducated multitudes could not rise above the simple colloquial or popular speech, in many C&888 degenerating into a vemacular or even rustic idiom. The co-exiatence at all times of an artistic or literary style, and a colloquial or popular speech. (to pass over the rustic idiom) with an intermediate conventional language, is a fact indisputably established by the foree of logic, by historical investigation, and by modem analogies, 88 well as by daily experience.
06b In Greek, more than in most other old languages, there 1f88 a difference between the artless or popular language and the literary, especially the poetical language (written and artificial dialects); .. difference whicll, in view of our insufficient knowledge of the artless popular speech, we C&D onq conjecture but not clearly define. For even the oldest Greek extant, the Homerio poetry, waa an artificial dialect which exhibits forma of various times and widely different idioms commixed, and so can by no means have been the l~ of ordinary intercourse. This la.nguage then has inftuenced, in .. more or less degree, the entire poetry of subsequent times. The mi%ture of the flialects having become, through the Homeric standard, .. ao-to-y constituent element of the poetical diction, appea.ra to he been carried to greatest lengths in lyric poetry. Among the older prose writers, HerodotoB and the oldest Attica show the
PI Hence the frequent sharp disorimiJlation iD Attio rrammar between poetioal '(alao epio ') and PI'Oll8' Greek.-ThU also u:p1aiDa why Healod and Pindar, though Boeotians, have not writ_ iD their nativ" dialect. Again, .Al~-. Bappho, and the ~ though emplo7ing on the whole the noeived language of their 001IDtI7, frequently borrow Homeric f~ and the olaorio paN of the Attic pla7B are OODveDtional17 iD Daric.

Digitized by

Google

__ -::ss

-.,

A'l"l'IC AN Ilft'BRNATIOliAL LANGUAGE.

[Oa'-08.

elelftlt dift'erence from the collOCJuialla.D.nalle, th01lgh that difFerence e&IlDot [11 have been vety conBlderable:- 'l'Owarde the cloee of the vt ac. a Panhellenic literary lanr&.g8, founded on the Attic dialect, ea.me into existence, which graduallllost touch with the popular language.'-KBBUGKAlfK, Or. Gram. p.:u; 80 too p. 76 footnote.

08. But apart from these facts and considerations, it is within daily observation that no writer whatever uses the same diction both in writing and speaking. On the contrary, every penman makes it a special point to clothe his thoughts in a more or less elegant expression, and we all acknowledge that a literary composition is likely to meet with more favour on the part of its readers ifit rises above daily common talk (020). Accordingly the classical writings of the Gl'98ka, which excel in elegance of style and diction, are of necessity artistic and artificial productions di1ferent from the common and popular, .. well aB from the plebeian or l'WItic speech. 07. Facts, then, analogy, and modern experience, force us to the recognition, at all periods of Greek history, of a literary style, and a colloquial speech in the Attic or national language of Greece. It now remains to say a word OD the literary productions extant of these two forms of language. In the case of the literary style the material at hand is very rich and surpassing; in fact, the whole Greek literature, the glory of ancient Greece, is composed almost exclusively in the li~ diction. With regard to the colloquial or popular speech, it 18 hardly represented in the written monuments extant (cp. 030). This is a regrettable vacuum, but its occurrence is not surprising. For all colloquial compositions of the time, being of temporary and private character (private correspondence, notes, etc.), were co~tted to skins, leaves, waxboards or tablets (cerae, 1MI1a.. &Ana), and papyri, which, being single copies, have all perished in the humid soil of Greece. But even if the material were of lasting substance, we must remember that every scribe, the moment he tries to commit his .thoughts to writing, instinctively shapes them in a. more or less artiatic form and thus unconsciously rises to the conventional or literary style (05019). In these circumstances the colloquial or popular language, especially that of the classical period, has left, and could leave, DO representative specimens to distant posterity. B.a.). Greek becoming t.m I~ LMfguage. 08. With the close of the ac. a. new era opens in the history of the Greek language. With the final subjection ot Greece to the Macedonian rule her glorious days closed for ever. At the same time, the rapid and vast conquests of Alexander the Great in Asia and Egypt threw the East open to the Gl'98k populations. :Multitudes of them soon made their
HBTJ.BlIJIrrIO PERIOD (300-150

Digitized by

Google

08-010.]

FOREIGN INFLUENCE.

way into the various territories of Asia, Egypt, North Africa, Southern Europe, Spain, France, the Euxine, in short, along the C088ts of the Mediterranean and Black seas, \n many cases penetrating into the far interior. The Greek language then, already Atticized, gradually conquered the whole ancient world, and became the medium of international communication. At the same time, the rapid expansion of the Hellenic race over alien regions naturally led to novel conditions: new Greek communities sprang up in Asia Minor (Smyma, Rhodes, Antioch, Pergamon) and Alexandria, which soon competed with the metropolis for supremacy. The balance of culture and learning eventually I!Ihifted to the East, Alexandria becoming the principal centre of classical education and learning (hence this period is often termed the .Alemndritm period).
09. The conditions created by such political and social changea are naturally rellected in the contemporary literature and language: the Greek populations which had settled abroad among alien races (such as Syrians, Persians, Egyptians, Ethiopians) as soldiers, colonists, tradesmen, and the like, formed only a minority among the natives. They had to accommodate themselves to altered conditions: novel (oriental) life, new avocations, new climate, foreign culture. Such changes in life, coupled with the absence of a national centre and a uniform or systematic education, called into existence a sort of colonial or Levantine Greek which soon began to t~ll on the language of the already declining metropolis in Greece proper, inasmuch as the colonial and foreign spirit asserted itself against the ancestral 01" classical culture. In this way a Panhellenic Greek sprang up which, while always preserving all its main features of Attic grammar and vocabulary, adopted many colonial and foreign elements and moreover began to proceed in a more analytical spirit and on a simplified gl'&DlJXlar. This modified or cosmopolitan Greek is generally designated as the non-Attic or Common Greek (Ko&"q or "EU'll'&~ &.4M~), that is, the generally received Greek (Panhellenic). It is this Panhellenic or new .Attic that marks an already advanced stage in the direction of Modem Gnek.

GBEoo-RoKAN PBmOD (B.e. 150-300 A.D.). 010. From this time onward the Greek language departs farther from classical Attic under more and more varying conditions. In the fi1'8t place, while the cultural and aocial competition between the new Greek commonwealths in the East and the ancient metropolis (Athens) of all Greeks was still in prooeea, a foreign unwelcome master interposed: the Romans came upon the stage and put an end to the political independence of all Greek communities, both abroad and at home. However, 6

Digitized by

Google

A'l"l'ICI8TlO RBAOTION.

[OlO-Oll.

we must not imply here that Greek made room for Latin; for the Romans, instead of Romanizing their Greek subjects, were Hellenized by them-a fact deplored by the Romans themselves.
Hor. Bp. 2, 1,156: GraedG CGPIa/mwn 1Iictorem "11iI t1I art. IfIIvlit.lGtio..-Orid Fast. 3. 101 Iq.: IIOlIdvm Ir/Jllidmat llic:tu17ictoril1ua ort.s Gra:ia. -Lh'. 34. .. : iIIm ia ar-iGm .A~ tn.IJuamIiitllus 0tII1I1'bU8 libidill_ illet:dIrV npetaa, et regiIu etiatll altrec:tamus fIIUIIJ8 j eo"us IIorreo lie illtu tIIIJIIU ,.,. _ ceperitU qlllltII _ illa& Oic. Arch. 23 quod GnwctJ.IItur ill otnllil1ua fire ngicJIIi6u, I.Gtm/J suw jlIIibu.!, cdpis - . ClDIItiMIINr.~d cl1FOA.wc,. 'PCllpai'H .,. .,...,paTG .",."."a.r- 'EUtrr.- cba.A'lriErr'fr, said Oato the elder (P1ut. Oato JIaj. 23. 3) [Il.

OlL On the other hand, it is equally true that the Roman administration, notwithstanding its surrendering to Greek culture and education, did not fail to influence the Greek language: a large number of words referring to Roman associations and novelties, especially official (administrative, military, and judicial) terms, social grades, titles and dates were adopted in a more or less Hellenized form. At the same time the Roman rule, essentially military as it was, reduced intellectual life and culture to a lower ebb, and thus on the one hand brought into disuse and oblivion a considerable portion of the Greek vocabulary, and on the other left freer play and scope to the colloquial or popular speech. Now as the language developed under such conditions and influences ClOmpared unfavourably with the Attic of the glorious olden times of Athenian hegemony, many scholars now, and after them the great majority of their BUeeessors, acting in a tacit conspiracy, endeavoured to check the further progress of this 'Common' (i. e. unclassieal Attic) Greek and revive the ancient pure Attic, a circumstance which gave them the nickname of Atticists, i.e. 'purists.' Not originality, but imitation and form: K'L'TCU; 00 '''L'TCU i-was now the motto of all seribes!ll, and their general conspiracy systematically excluded from the literary compositions all the new elements daily cropping up, and thus prevented them from reaching posterity Ill. The effort and example of these purists, too, though criticized at first, gradually became a sort of moral dictatorship, and so has been tacitly if not zealously obeyed by all subsequent scribes down to the present time.
[lJ Cp. al80 8eDec. ConaoI. ad lIelv. 6, B i JUV8D. 6, 184 i IS, 110 i QuintiL i I, 12 i Ari8tid. i 294, 10 i Aote 21, 37 i Joa. B. J. S, $, a i Bpict. Frg. Q. PI Thus A.ri8UdeB (Bhet. a, 6) prid. himaelf OD being able to state that he .... ued Dot a word which 18 not aanctioDed b7 claMiOal writen: pl IpI"JlfCl- TOt/mOll Ar 4rOl"., p/rr. 4rdpan p/rr. /JipaT' ~ &Mot. d .., nU ~. _ BcSAI-. -See also J'BJa. Pron. 10 t (SJ The ad1Ial st.ate of pabUo edv..tioD at this period ~ be puced b7 II1lCh cIoGameDtaq !!p6Oim_ M: (Gr. UrJr. Berlin 13' [Juq ... 289 ..], -23) a]w~ .""""'. ,... XCII,.. I'.BaTo. -lpcITM' .,ptWlnG fIG .awr...,,,.,. . . . , aF_ (for .u,,1.&0I ~,.,.,-., d"e) x"',.. NtI'TGw cIt,fllltl. h' a6F'" ~a pi) flu-. ,.,,..,,,,. Inr~p cWriiI'), where the ftmDal and 1ltaDd.iDc ~ of the IIIpature b7 procuat.ioD would have 1ed 1111 to expect a mora eoneot~ __ amoDC the unedaoated_

s--. 0IaIuI. 42;

a.

at....,,,.
7

Digitized by

Google

Ol.S-Ol4.]

ATl'ICISTlC AND COKKON SCHOOLS.

011. But despite this purist conspiracy of all post-eluaical acribee, which is amply illustrated in the Attieistio productions of the time, the unlearned inscriptions and papyri, especially those of a private character, show an eaaentially different com plexion, which reflect&, though dimly, the popular or colloquial language, and at the same time signalizes, 88 stated above (09), a distinctly advanced stage of modem Greek.
018. Generally speaking, in the literary productions or this period we can distinguish four different strata of the language : (I) The Atticist8, who adhere rigidly to classical Attic, copying both its vocabulary and grammar (Dionysi08 of HaliO&l'D8S8oa, Dion ChryBOBtomoa, Lucian, Aristides, Paueanias, Aelian, Himerios, Themistios, Libanios, Phrynich08, Moeris, etc.). (2) The COtIUHOfI or COtItIetltioflal school consisting of writers who in their compositions follow the received or Panhellenio lan guage, that is Attie with many concessions to the spirit of the times (Polybi08 rbut cp. 1771, b), Diodoros, Plutareh, etc., also Joeeph08 and PIu'lon). (3) The LevaretUte grou~ represented by Asiatic Greeks and those Hellenized foreigners who in their compositions adopted the Greek language (many contemporary inscriptions and papyri, then the New Testament, less the 8eptuagint which is Rabbinio Greek). This Levantine group is sometimes wrongly termed the HellettistU:.-From these three aehools which represent the tDf'itIetI language, we must distin guish 88 (of): The colloquial or popular speecA, which is dieeemible in the analytical spirit and modernized diction of the Common and Levantine Schools, ad particularly in many of the contemporary iDsoriptions, and papJri. The last-named IOUrce, espeeially that of the papyri, is now being daily multiplied by discoveries in Egypt, where the dryn688 of the climate and the solidity of the temples and tomb. afforded to )[88 and otil.. documenta an everlasting shelter.

i'lwmTIONAL PBmOD
tJ.

(300-600

A..D.).

OItristiatIis'atiota of the Gnek lMJflfUl98: Gnek body, Christian soul, Modem AttiR.

014. In this transition stage of the Greek languase, another agency, mightier than any previous one, manifested itaelf and JeD10delled ita character: the conversion of the Greek race to Christianity. It W88 Chriatianity, indeed, which had the most revolutionary effects OD the Greek history and culture. Christianity originated in Asia lfinor, which was ruled by Rome but spoke Greek. . It came not from abroad as a foreign invader and eonqu8lOr, but sprang up in the midst 8

Digitized by

Google

INFLUENCE OP CBlUBTIANITY.

[Ol~18.

of the maaaee as a friend and saviour. Once set in the hearts 01 the people, it became part of their race, part of their nature, Uld turned them not to subjects but to zealoua agents. The ebasiea1. or Hellenic spirit now makes room for new ideas and doctrines, new education and life. In their religious ardour '8Dd enthusiasm, the Greek multitudes abjure their ancestral beliefs, their history and literature, and therewith that part of their vocabulary which was associated with unchristian principles. The Greek temples are zealously transformed into Christian churches or deserted as haunted spots; the traditional customs and beliefs are abandoned and disowned; the reading of pagan authors, that is, of Greek literature altogether, is religiously shunned 111 j Hellenic colleges are abolished as pagan institutions; in short, the old Hellenism is Christianized in a modern spirit, and thus undergoes a proeesa of transubstantiation.

0115. The work of Christianity in the transformation of the Greek language received an additional impulse from another momentous factor: with the division of the Roman Empire into Eastern and Western, the seat of Greek culture and learning removed from Alexandria and Athens to ancient Byzantium, now rebuilt by Constantine the Great, and named New Rome (later Constantinople). Constantine himself having adopted the Christian faith (first Christian Emperor) raised it to a State Church and made New Rome a metropolis of the Eastern Empire, which was now composed chiefly of ChristianiZed Greeks (cp. 085). The new capital was situated in the midst of mauy heterogeneous races and alien influences; the administration and court ceremonial were entirely novel; the spirit of the times was mainly religious and martial All these influences affected daily life and imprinted on the language a peculiar and, .. it were, composite stamp which is conventionally termed the By64fltme style. 016. To sum up, partly the Roman sway,-whether it proceeded directly from Rome proper as in the first centuries (1-45 &0.-330 A..D.), or from New Rome, her Hellenized successor and rival in the East (o85)-but chiefly the rapid transition from Greek culture to the ascetic fervour of Christianism, had the most consequential and permanent effoc-ts on the Greek language. Thousands of words and terms associated with science, literature, history, mythology (now ealled idolatry), philosophy, and all such vocabulary as was associated with Godforsaken paganism, paased into oblivion 11). Even the name of ' HelleD,' the
(1j OlemeJltiBa.., la I,.lI ricra,. 'BU9- -a.lu ....u Ial"two. ~ '"I" 6ril1J'. dPal poplC.. CollA Apo.t. I, 6 ri -,6.p IJOl .u A.lft, ,,. Tfi "6",, ToU &feW .... ",. . . . . .,a ''''6""", 6''''IJfJ' ;

Digitized by

Google

018-018.] EARLY CHURCH SAVING GREEK LANGUAGE.

traditional and hereditary designation for a Greek, being now associated with heathen reminiscences, was repudiated, and the appellation 'Romaios' rPQl~), that is, citizen of the Christian metropolis, New Rome, or 'Rome par exceUmce,' was universally adopted instead. In this way the formerly copious stock and vocabulary of the Greek language was now consideraLly reduced and modified in a Christian and modem spirit.
b. The Church saving Literary Greek from E%tinctiofl.
01'1. Here, however, misunderstanding must be guarded against. It is true that Christianity while ousting paganism obliterated Hellenic culture and with it remodelled the Greek language. But on the other hand a reaction followed: once Christianized, the Greek language found a mighty support and shelter in tht' Christian Church. Not that the latter was in actual sympathy with the Hellenic language as such, but for other practical reasons. Apart from the very momentous fact that the Old Testament had been translated from the Hebrew into the conventional or Atticizing Greek (013), the then international or cosmopolitan language, the very founder of Christianity (presumably) and His Apostles (certainly) had preached and written in Greek; the New Testament, the foundation and fountain-head of the Christian faith, had been promulgated in Greek; the earlyecclesiastical writers ftDd Church Fathers had devoutly imitated the Biblical diction; in short, the Christian Church had been founded upon the conventional and universal Greek of the time. In these conditions it was a foregone conclusionnay, it was almost pre-ordained-that all subsequent religious compositions should be guided by the sacred language of the Church, whose diction and grammar, having once received a canonical sanction, continued as a fixed standard, appropriate to the lofty and earnest subject, to influence in every way Christian posterity. 018. It might be reasonably objected here, that secular writers of the Christian era, whose number is considerable, though ChristiRns themselves, were not, by any means, compelled by religious eonsiderations to frame their compositions after Biblical or patristic Greek. This is true, but, as already explained (010 ft'.), for pagan or secular compositions, the old classical Attic diction, sanctioned as it had been through all previous ages, still stood as the only model and standard for all composition. Thus it came to pass that all literary compositions produced since the Christianization of the Greek race, if religious in their character, were adapted to ecclesiastical Greek; if secular in their tenour, were moulded on the classical language. As a Inatter of course, either form goes back to the same original, claaU.cal Attic (019). 10

Digitized by

Google

KODEBNIZATION OF GREEK.

[018.

NBOBBLLBNIO PuIOD (600-1900 A.D.). tL Bg.rantme Period (600-1000 A.D.).

018. With its Christianization, the Greek language had entered on the path of distinct modernization. We have already seen that, since the Roman dominion, ancient culture had made room for Christian worship, and education for ascetic renunciation. This state of things naturally led to general ignorance and darkness, a circumstance which greatly loosened the mutual touch previously existing between the literary style and the colloquial or popular speech, and thus left an unhampered courae to the latter. It might have even led to a complete disconnection and separation between the two forma, had not the literary language already permeated the popular idiom. For it will be remembered that, just as clasaical Attic had served as a model for all ptre-Christian antiquity, so eccle siastical Attic succeeded and continued as a fixed and sacred standard for all post-Christian literatu.re. As a matter of fact, ecclesiastical Attic was now the diction of every reading book; ecclesiastical Attic was the language of the ritual daily read and heard in the Greek Church; ecclesiastical Attic was the diction of all schoolbooks, the entire course of education being religious in its spirit and bearing. Likewise the oJliciallanguage of the Emperor and his court, that of the vast administration, of the law courts and the numberless clergy, was essentially ecclesiastical or modernized Attic. Even the language of the uneducated masses was crammed and infused with an immense amount of phraseology recognizable as ecclesiastit'&i expressions, oJlicial terms and standing phrases. In short, all compositions as well as polite language were moulded after the same pattern: the ecclesiastical or modernized Attic. It is true that, in his daily life and intercourse, every Greek was at liberty to speak the colloquial language or even his own dialect; but as soon 88 he proceeded to -cGmmit his thoughts to paper, he was compelled to follow some grammar (07). Now there was but one grammar: the Attic. It was Attic grammar that every penman, whether highly or poorly educated, had learned. Attic grammar then naturally suggeest;ed the traditional orthography and vocabulary associated with it (z5e). It must be also bome in mind that educatiQn was limited almost to the clergy-the great majority of penmen since Christian times-who read chiefly, jf not exclusively, the Bible and so knew it by heart. These monks and priests, then, whether they treated religious subjects or secular matters, gave them a scriptural colour. They made it a pio~duty to copy or imitate the sacred language of the Church. fFrom whatever quarter then we may start we always gravit&w towards the same central fountain-the Attic grammar and stock (018). Thus 11

Digitized by

Google

019-011.]

POPULAR PRODUCl'ION8.

there was 'at all stages of the Greek Janguage, since classical antiquity, a general conspiracy of agencies in favour of the Attic dialect, which caused nearly the whole Greek literature, whether pre-Christian or post.Christian, to be clad in a more or less artificial Attic attire varying only with the degree of the individual education of each scribe. 020. Under these conditions it is not surprising if the colloquial speech is hardly represented in literature in its genuine form. It never obtained recognition or favour among the educated &et of writers (05 fr., 25 fr.). On the contrary there has been at all times a general prejudice against it, and the writem and scribes of the time made it a special point of honour and pride to make the least possible concessions to the popular vocabulary and grammar. It is true that the spirit of the popular language breathes through all post.Christian compositions, still in every case it is very carefully disguised under the veil of classicalism. It is only now and then that we light upon a purely popular expression which has forced its way into the text owing to its untr&nslat&ble nature, but even then it is branded as 'common,' that is, exceptionable or vulgar, and the author intimates to us his reluctance and aversion to such 'vulgarisms.' A curious specimen of such Greek, exhibiting the literary style mixed with colloquialisms, may be adduced here as an illustration. It is a satire against the Byzantine Emperor Maurice, in the year 600 "D. (Tbeoph. 283, 19-23.) E~P'I.. .,..qv &..p.a>J8a. c11n1A., (.al T~~) Kal ~ TO KCU"oV clM~v nWrr1 (1)~[lJ. Kal brolflO' 7I'fU8la. ~ 1'4 tvAoKOOKKov&, .al oll&l~ ~ NWjau&, &M' ~ l."rp.oxnv. -A"('i p.ov &1'" t/xJp.~ .al 8wo.-rJ, &s arm; .a1'4 Kp4VUw P.V .~ Kll"w ~ TOv poW TOv pA-ya.v fl'poqo:yO.-yw c~ ririv. OIL This specimen of mixed Greek, which represent. two languages blended into one common stock, or rather one language embodying, like a composite picture, the features of two languages Ill, is very characteristic. Taken in connexion III The readiDc oCthe tut isTG."." ....;,a.,.fl', both againat themetre and the

rva

OODBtruotlOD oCthe word. The form I .......... (_"",a&i) III required both by the cIatin ~ U1cl the..... Op. Ariat. Ho A. !, ..... Plut. i1, !1I D. AJaJaem. S50 ISo III 8imf1ar ohan.cteriltica are ~ble in a.lmoA all literrq produotioDa datiDc Binoe the VIl!,t or our 81'&. Whether they are bued upon the cIaaic&l dicti.0II&I7 Uld 1ftDIJIW', Upoll the popular 1Ip88Ch, they do Iloi mirlrGir the IIoCtaal ...... of the laDpap. In the Com.r caM, which em"- wellall literature doWll to the ~ and the createI' JI6l't produoed Binoe, the langaace, looked at from the 8tandpoillt or jp'IUIlIII&I' Uld vooabuJatoy, is _~ Attio, while in ita spirit &Dd obanotu it reflecta the popula1' oolloquiel 1l)8IIOh; virtuaJq it JIla7 be liter&lq p&1'&Pluued into modem Cheek. On the other hUld, all oompollitiona which proC_ to be CouIlded 011. the popular laDpap are infued with a literrq waabulary &Dd phrudoar 10 00DIidembJe that thq are ~ but eqIOIlIIIlte or the aotual..-oJa. III

mch

12

Digitized by

Google

FORBIGlf I1fVASIOlfS AND TBBIB IlfFLUDCE. [OIl-oB.

with the Alchemiatic texts and some more serious or pretentious writings of the time, like those of a Oallinicos (450 A. D.), the two Vitae Epiphanii, lIalaJu (560 A.D.), Leontios of Neapolia in Cyproe(620), JoanneeMosehos (620), the Ohronieonpaschale (630), Theophanee (810), Constantinos Porphyrogennetos (950), Theophanes continuatus (960), and others, leave no doubt that the popular language at this time had very closely approached that of the present day. This was also to be expected not only from the general character of the preceding or transitional literature, but even from. that of the New Testament and such of i18 sequels M the DidachG and the Testamenta XII Patriareharum.

oa. It has been argued that the political history of the Greek race during the Middle AJes had sweepiDg effects on the Greek Ianauage, and that the Slav mvasions since the VII~ pve the finishing stroke to ancient Greek. Tbispart of Greek history, it is alleged, record. the sad fact that SlaV8 [ll, Franks, Veneti&Ds, aDd Turks succeeded one another in the formerly cl&ssical soil of Greece, and have swept away all features of Greek culture a.nd language left behiDd by the Roman sway. Each foreign race, it is aaaumed, naturally imparted the stamp of its regime to the language of its Greek bondsmen, so that the final product of this successive or periodical havoc was the submerging and extinction of the original language. In other words, all the above heterogeneous elements were blended together and produced a bizarre idiom, the 'Romaic' or modem Greek. Thi. line of reaaoning, however, so fair in its semblance, does not stand the test of critiCal reeearch. It is founded upon a superficial comparison of modem Greek glossary with ancient Greek lexicon, that 18 UpOD a parallel of the vocab~ of preaent popular speech with the arl.jkial diction of claBllica.l literature (oS f. 032), and not, aa it should be, upon a comparison of present Greek grammar with ancient Greek gnammar, the true test iD the critical or scientific study of language. Now such a. comparison will easily show that 'present (POpular) Greek presenea almost faithfully the phonology, In all its e8BentiaJs the morphology or accidence, aDd to a considerable extent the synta.x of ancient Greek (031): three umistakable criteria. of ita being a lineal descendant and direct representative of ancient Greek. Were it a new, that is a. diBtinct or separate language, formed, as erroneously believed. during the above stormy times, it would iDevita.bly represent the result or conglomerate of all their heterogeneous iDfluencea; it would be an essentially Franco-Slo.vonic idiom, aa English is ADgloSaxon, and thus preserve onIl such Greek (chiefly lexical) elements u English does preserve Celtic relics. But the reSults before U8 tell a very different atolY. They plainly show that, in its character &lid ,.., ~ ..,. be DfII17 OOD.tended that, with the exception oC the popular BODgI

iliad the epie . . , . Brotoarit.oII oC the Cretan poe* Comaroe, no literary production worth.v of DDW, wheUaer ancient or mcdern, JIdacU the eolloq1dallupllp oC the time iD ita pure and rennine 1brm. fI1 In peaing by the inftllioDS previoUl to this time, oC the GothII (396-1), BullI&riana (sfo), and Slaw C.~lb), I neither ipore IIOr di8pute th.a m.torioaI. facta, tint the ~ce of the above I'8C8II in Gnek territory wu too transient; iD point at fact, thae incidents mark mere predatory iDcumODB which oould DO$ lea~ Jutinc or percepaDle tracaa on the Greelr.laDcuap. Thla lB a1ao proved by the iIIct, thattherelB DOt a .mcleSlav word in modern Gl'Mk, 1I'hioll C&D be traced lIMIt to the ~oe ofSl&w in G _ (lI~o, o,c &; [2}).

13

Digitized by

Google

021-024.]

FOREIGN ELEMENT IN GREEK.

structure, present Greek is still $'enuine Greek, and, in all ita essentials, can be traced back to ancIent times. The phenomenon too. though very remarkable, finds ita explanation in the natural law that the language of the more civilized race remains supreme, whether that race be the conqueror or the conquered (\1. Now the culture of all foreign rulers of Greece-Romans, Goths, Slavs, Franks, Venetiana, Turks-was certainly inferior to that of their contemporaneous Greeks, especially in reference to language. For, to begin with the Romans, they were a nation of great racial strength and military genius, but of avowedly inferior culture, as compared with their Greek subjects. Accordingly they received more from, than they imparted to, the Greek lanlf\l8oge, since it wu already far richer and more cultivated than theirs (010.025). They imposed on it only such a vocabulary as was peculiar to their superiority, or new to the Greeks; that is to Bar, a vocabulary expressive, as we have seen, of Roman associations and novelties, especially official and administrative terms or titles (OlI. 023). 023. The Roman dominion was succeeded by the Byzantine Empire, which was an esaentially Greek regime. For even the emperors themselves, though originally Roman, 800n adopted not only the Christian faith in ita original Greek form, but al80 the Greek language and nationality (015); nay, they identified themselves so much with the Greek race and cause, that they even disclaimed all connexion with old Rome, and carried on against her a constant reli~ous war. Now what were the characteristic features of this Byzantine period apart from ita devotional spirit (019)? Religious strifes and military struggles. The religious hatred which ensued between the Roman or Latin and Greek Churches (and remains alive to the present time) has kept the Greek and Latin races. through all times, apart from each other. or rather, in constant antagonism, 80 that neither (old) Rome nor her Romanic descendants (Franks and Venetians) succeeded in converting Greece to their faith. or in inftuencing her language in any perceptible degree. Aa to the Latinisms-military, judicial, and administrative terms originally adopted from the RomaDll-ao far as they had not been Grecized, they were naturally displaced by a corresponding Byzantine-that is, Greek-vocabulary, Greek being the language. not only of the people and the administration, but of the emperors themselves, who frequently even aspired to eminence in Greek literature (015. 028).

b. Mediaeval Period (1000-1450 A.D.). OH. With the opening of the next or Mediaeval period, we are
faced all at once by all those chansea which had been effected since Christian times by a long and grac:lual but hitherto latent procesa : here we witnesa the complete moderuization of the language. A whole series of compositions, especially metrical, are written in undisguised 'modem Greek.' This ia the more significant as the earliest of these specimens (Spaneaa, Theodoros Prodromos, Michael GlykAa, etc.) were composed by 'learned' scribes or champions of ancient Greek, and at a time noted as the period of zealoua reaction in the apirit of clasaicalism (028). The language of these productions
(11 A strildDg illustration of this law ill aft'orded by Boman history. From the I.~ . Co to the IV! o\.D. Home WIIII the ~ ofGaul and Spain on the one hand and of Greece on the other, yet with very dift'erent reeul.t8. For whDe ehe 1I1l00eeded in completeJ.y BomaniIIiDg the Gaula and Spanjarda, in G _ ehe . . HeIleniad by her aubjeotl (010).

14

Digitized by

Google

TUBIUSH RULE AND ITS EFPBCTS ON GREEK. [014-0B'7. then marks not the beginniDg, BB commonly believed, but the completion of the proceaa which claaaical antiquity had been leading to 'modern Greek.' 026. The Greek termB of administration, titles, and military grades, introduced by the Byzantine regime, had a peculiar history. In the capital (Constantinople), and those eastern provinceB which escaped all foreign dominion during the Middle Ana, they remained in full force and continuous use BB ltite as the XIV~,when the Turks came upon the stage. In Greece proper, however, the Byzantine terms were expatriated. and replaced by a new vocabulary of the feudal ~me of the Franks, chiefly bearing on chivalry and pllantry. Still, these erlraneous and alien novelties. which had nothmg to do with common life and thought, never struck root in the character of the Greek ~ple. so that, through pop-ular unconcern and time, thelsoon passed mto oblivion. Similar con81derations appll. to the ancceedmg dominion of the Venetians, whose Romanish instItutions, like those of their predecessors, never became popular in Greek provinces. They also anbstituted their own (Italian) terminology-military, administrative, nautical, commercial-for those of the Franks; but dissimilarity of race, and reliRious antagonism between Rome and Constantinople, or between the lloman and Greek Churches, kellt the two races apart, or rather in antagonism, and prevented a free mtercoune and inftuence of real consequence (023). A striking illustration of the failure which attended the efforts of Venice-the most civilized and mighty of all foreign rulers in Greece-to assimilate her Greek subjects, may be found in the I.'reaent state of Crete. That island remained under the Venetian dODllnion, and formed a dependency of admirable organization -it waa called the Kingdom of Crete (Regno di Candia)-for an unbroken aeries of more tlian 450 years (1210-1669) P), yet with all that, hardly any native Cretan Romanist is to be found on the island, and the Cretan vocabulary of to-day does not preserve fifty words which can be traced directly back to the Venetian domination (I).

moo

mut.enmore thanOUC8, forit has pe-.d from the Venman. directlytotheTurka, bar PlWUlt n1eaI, who cannot claim. oivi1batiOJ1I1l~ to that of their prede-

e. Modem Period (1450-1800 A.D.). 096. The subjugation of the Greeks to the Turkish rule had a peculiar effect on the Greek language. The Turks had no affinity with either their predeceBBors (the Byzantines at Constantinople or the Venetiana in Greece) nor with their Greek anbjects, but were totally alien in race, religion, and culture. Their policy also waa directed, not to BBsimilate their bonadmen (for which they neither cared nor had capacity), but mainly to keep down their Christian objects, and enort from them the greatest poBBible material benefit. The Greek Church waa even respected, for fear lest her numerous and powerful flock might be pushed into the arms of the Western Chnstia.n powe1'll, the formidable foes of the Turk. Hence the Sultana not ouly spared, but also recognized, the Patriarch of Constantinople &8 the 'spiritual head' of all Christians in his dominions, so that the Greek Church exercised a sort of national a.uthority and power. 027. The appearance and establishment ofTurkiah rule in Europemuch BB it may have proved obnoxious to civilization and the Christian (I) ID G _ proper the Venetian domiDiou laIted onq half as long. ~J TJU. is the morelltrikiDg ....hell we remember that Crete has not llince ohanced

Digitized by

Google

02'1-028.] ACTUAL STATE OF MODERN GRBBX.

IoIl1 other foreign regime miRht have proved, IIOCe, notwithstanding ita

cause-looked at from a Greek point of view} appears leaa fatal tha.u

barbarous character, it has proved leaa injurioua to the cauae of the Greek Church and language. For, having an aversion to all European civilization and religion, the Sultana fenced their empire against all acceaa from Europe, and thua barred out all Western influence on their subjects. Thia policy, though obatructing the progreaa of the Greeks in proportion to the Western Europeana, had a beneficial etrect on their IaDguage, inasmuch as it guarded it against Western (Romanic) influence. Again, the open contrast and hostility between the Chris. tian faith of the GreekS and the Mohammedan ~on, kept aloof the Christiana who looked for comfort and IIalvation m their Church. Be it further remembered that the Greeks of the time, degenerate though they were, still preserved a degree of culture and education superior to that of their Mohammedan masters. In point of fact, they haahardlyanything to learn from them, .ve aome novel administrative terma and a amall vocabulary referring to oriental dreaaea, meals, and other Asiatic noveltiea. The grammar and main stock of the Greek language was not materially affected, since the Greeks, having been left to themaelvea, continued to ~uraue their ancestral vocationa as agriculturiata, tradesmen, artlsana, shepherda, priests, or monks, and employed the very same imf.lementa and means as they had inherited from time immemoria. At the same time it was inevitable that this stationary condition, which barred out the influx of foreign elements into the Greek language, led to another aerious evil: a groaa ignorance enaued, and the remaina of education, acience, and knowledge, which had been preserved from the previoUl times, now came to an end. All the terms then representative of such cultural notiona were forgotten, so tha.t the fJOCII1ndary IUStained a further depletion and change. On the whole, however, in grammar and .spirit, the language remained purely Greek; and in lexicon, eaaentially Greek, for the reasona given above (023). 028. Under these conditiona, the Greek of to-day, as spoken by the people (not the abstracl-acholarly andjo1l1'Dalistic-Greek, which ia ancient Attic modernized), is a direct aurvival and development of claasical Attic, impoveriahed and aimplified in a modern spirit, and under the unavoidable influence of various agencies, mostly internal and peculiar to Greek hiatory. These may be briefly IUmmed up here. Claasical Attic, having once attained ita fullest development, furnished post-classical antiquity and posterity with a 8I1rpaaaing and inexhaustible literature, extending into almost every line of thought and action. This advantage secUred for it an absolute 8I1premacy and authority in the ancient world: it made it first .. standard or national, then an international-though always an ab8InIct-~ (0,). When the period of Greek away had gone, inatead of VaD'shiDg With the glory of ita native soil. it met with exceptionally favourable chances: no superior or even equal culture followed in Greet lands to supersede and extingWsh it; all races which occupied its claaaical territory, however strong and mi9:ity in military genius, proved inferior in culture. Hence the Greek has Bucceufully reaiated all foreign predominance. Looked at so om the internal point of view, it withstood, more aucceaafully tha.u any other language, the mighty stream towards rapid change and moderniaatiolL This 8ingular phenomenon ill due to varioUl factors peculiar not only to the nature of the Greek language (cp. 320 tr. 81. App. i. 9), but alao to the Greek hiatory.

16

Digitized by

Google

--

-----------------------------------------------------------------~

J[ODERN GREEK DIALECTS GROUPED.

[018-019.

To begin with, the Atticiats (B.O. 200-100 A..D.) were the first to raise the BtaDdard of claaBicism. and their efforts did not fail to further the cauae of the lauguage, by influencin~ allsubaequent writers. Second in order, but foremost in importance, IS the mighty support which it received from the Greek Church. Whatever may have been the motives which actuated her, it is indisputable that her shield proved a veritable palladium for the language. Another impulse which also furthered considerably the caUB8 of the language is to be found in the revival of cl&BBicism at the imperial court ofthe then metropolis (Constantinople), duriDg the reign of the Comneni (105O-I2OO) and Palaeologoi (1260-1450). The literary taste and ambition oftheae emperors, and their zealous and commanding efforts to enforce, through the administration, ancient Greek upon common life, did not fail to refresh and enliven the language. The fourth and last agency need not be emphasized: I refer to the regeneration of Greece, which has naturally led to the revival of the language. In ~int of fact, the national zeal displayed by the present Greeks dunng the last seventy years, though not always in the right direction. has already made up for well-nigh all lencal10BBes sustained by the ancient vocabulary duriDg the last twenty centuries [1]. OlSb. It results from the foregoing sketch that the hist~ry of ancient Greek literature is not the history of the ancient Greek language, and likewise, the history of modem Greek literature is by no means the history of the modem Greek languT' Ancient Greek literature-an artistic product of psychologicar actIon and mental reflexion-be(fins for DB With Homer and closes conventionally with the end of paganlBm, its subseqnent continuation being a merely artificial and scholastic reprodnction of ancient models. In the B&DJe way the ancient Greek laDguage begins with the origin of the Greek race and closes virtually with the present day, or, so far as it differs from present speech, with the end of paganism. This inter-relation of literature and language is more pronounced in the case of modem Greek. For the history of fIIOdwn Gruk litenlturIl- i. e. of those compositions which reflect ~pular speech - opens as late as the twelfth century A.. D., whilst the hlBtor,y of the modwn Greek langua~ is virtually as old as the history of ancIent Greek. or, considered in Its distinctly modem form, goes at least as far back as the origin of Christianity. 019. In its present stage, that is not in ita abstract or literary form, but as adtuJll1l spoken by tile uneducated m688e8 during the last hundred years, modem Greek consists of a great number of dialects and idioms which are distinguished from one another principally by lexical varieties. At the B&DJe time their phonology is not quite identical throughout, but varies more or less according as a locality lies further lOuth or north. A line drawn along the 38th degree of northern latitude would (according to GHatzidakis 342) divide all dialects into two general groups: the norl1aern, which would comprise Continental Greece, Euboea, Epiroa, Thess&ly, Macedonia, Thra.ce, Pontos, and the northern Sporades (Asia Minor); and the BOtdhwn, which would consist of the Peloponnese (Achaia excepted), Megara. AegiIla, the Cyclades (except TenOl, partly also Andros), Crete, Chios, Cyproa,
(1] It ID&7 be oomputed that more than 40,000 new words have been coined within the Jut 100 years either to supplement the rMUced atock, or to replace the foreign element. ~ a matter of COUJ'IIe, a very great number of these new fbrmatioDa were never naturalized, but after a abort life paaed into ob1ivi~

-----

17

Digitized by

Google

0:18-080.]

MODERN PHONETICS AND SPELLING.

Rhode .. up to the southern Sporades (Alia Minor), then Southern Italy, especially Otranto and Bova (Byzantine settlements of the VIIIt-X'f), which laat, having been cut off from all other Greek dialects since the XIt, in lome respects preserve the pre-media.evaJ. morphology and vocabulary of modern Greek.
080. The fundamental difference between the two groups lies in the higher or lower stress of accent, inasmuch as the more north we proceed, the stronger the stress becomes, at the expenle of unaccented syllables, and conve1'8ely the more south we return the le88 the difference becomes between accented and unaccented syllables. Accordingly in sou'hern speech all syllables, whether stressed or unstressed, are well defined and almost isochronous (half long), whereas in the northern dialects the effect of the strong expiratory or dynamic accent has been to leasen the stability of tlie unaccented parts of the word, whether following (post-tonic) or preceding (pretonic), that is to reduce unaccented vowela to a minimum, often even to nil. The chief vowel sounds affected by this northern phonetic principle are i, fI, e, 0, in that southern flnaccented e and 0 are reduced to abort i and fI rellpectively, and southern i and" frequently swallowed altogether (1). The natural consequence of this phonetic tendency is that, while southern speech, like ancient Greek, is averse to consonantal accumulations (123), and in case of need even develops interconsonantal vowel sounds, dropping also any final consonants except tT and .. j-the northern dialects generally, but especially those of Macedonia (e.~. Velvendos) Ihowadecided fondne8B for consonantal sounds, whether lDitial, medial, or final, and drop weak vowels (146 ff.). Thus southern lprJp.or deserted' in northern IIpeech changes to lp'pour or lp'pour, /tnvX~';'" 'work' to /t')..vOl or /t'). .iou, "!CVA; dog' to a,,')., or tT,,'Xi, .,pd water' to ",pd, tra&/tito rr' at, "OVIlOv,.., ' gnat' to ,,'lIOiill", 8upAk wrath' to (J'p.dr, X,ttQ3& meadow' to X'f3tjIl', "o'p.oiip.o' sleep' to ,,'p.oiip.', '"I"';'." , lift; , to tT'"..I/OV, trovX.., , sell' to tr'A", ,,~, 'head' to ,,'q,dA.', trOTall' 'river' to trovrd,1, 1Cdvff. 'Y011 do' to 1t&"'Tl, I~ 'I' to ly", '~ir 'we' to l~ir, ~ me' to ,.u, p.q 'don't' to ,u, {!JovlJtlr 'dumb' to (/3'IJ&r) 'fjOr, tTTovrrrri 'flax' to (tTT'tri) tT'"t,-In other words, the reduction to a minimum or disappearance of unaccented ", and the change of unaccent.ed e 0 to i fI, have altogether transformed the language, the ancient rich sonantiam (124) having made room for a new and odd sonantiam, and the ancient poor CODBOnantiam (123 f, 169) for a strange succession of consonants, whereas the declension and conjugation, so richly developed in ancient times, now appears stran,frely reduced and almost irrecognizable. Thus northern (MacedonIan) speech changes southern 1S).1Iyor to OV XcSyovr, TOU ).~ to T' M')", Tour Myol/r to T'r ).oSy'r, cS ulcfJnlr 'thief' to ob /C).ItIw'r,-8E').., '...nI' to (JE').OV, trovXoii,..~. we sell' & brol/Ao;',..o to ",'Xoiil", ,",3iiT~ you jump' & Itr"aiiTf to 1I'/tiiT', IA./YfT~ to 'A/Y'T', pin to 'yVP'(1", 8a. "ouArjtTfTf you will lIell' to IJQ tr'X.qa'T', IJQ trov)..qtTOVII 'they will sell' to 6a. ,,').~tT'-T'" .tA).' T' ,upa &8ov,.,.CIJ'.j Y.aill1J T' tU roV It/.',. 'r...w ltoT/l/IA'ov tU .tAX'r "I'ni.'tT'r ,,' ,,'noiier'.., for southern

I.,v-

III .Aa a ~ of OOIU'IIe, th_ phonetio peouliaritiM of northern IIp8Nb. are modern and have nothing in common with the reputed ancient' quantity,' otherwise the p~ would have aft'eoted the entire Greek phonology and led to the disappearance of all the formerly 'abort' vowe1& In all likelihood, ~ ph.. nomenon is tnoeable to (oreicn iDfluenoe, the more 80 . . Alba.DiaD pholl~ IhowalltrikiJlg analopea (op. G.Ileyer in GGrilber'I Gnmdrill, i. 8la ).

18

Digitized by

Google

lIIS'l'OBICAL AND PHONETIC SPELLING.

[Oao-on.

,... AlIJI' (n}.) ~ ~ '" .IA)..r ~,nSwcnnr rc' i,,/_

4"',.-

,')'I'I'Gim nu 1"

"

-/""Ipa 'Ir rc\ mn't-

thern and southern grouptl, especially towards their extreme boundaries

(e. g. Velvendos in Macedonia-Crete), exhibit a very marked dil"erence of sonantiam 1124). It is further evident that the ~eogr:a.phica.I position of the several localities, their isolation or their viclDity to foreign races, their political and internal history, have, to a greater or lea extent, conduced to shape the idioms at present spoken in the Y8.l'ious Greek communities. That these various dialects have Dot the lBIUDe historical value needs no special comment. Thus while northern apeech haa been influenced by alien (Albanian, etc.) phonology, the dialects of Pontae and South Italy bear unmistakable traitll of Turkish and Italo-Venetia.n influence. Now as phonology in every language is intimately connected with morphology, it inevitably follows that the grammar of the above specified (northern, Pontic and Italia.n) dialects haa been, within Neohellenic times, considerably afFected by extraneous influences. At the lBIUDe time, a careful examination of the southern group will show that, for various reasons, these dialects have withstood foreign influence with far greater success than the northern, and so preserved the ancient phonology, substantially al80 mO!"phology ud syntax (022), with such (chiefly morphological and syntactical) changes and -rici.itudea only aa would be inevitable hom the nature of the case and the culture or spirit of the time. It is for these reasons that students of the poat-claaaieal and subsequent history of Greek, in looking for information in the present stage of modem Greek, should direct their attention not so much to thf' northern aa to the . .o.- group of Neohellenic dialects.

08L We see then that, hom a phonological point ohiew, the nor-

[082. As an appendix to this introduction, it may be well to remind young students of a fundamental error often committed by investigators of modem Greek. These Neo-greciBta are apt to rashly draw an unqualified parallel between cla8Bkal Greek, in its artistic u well aa artificial form, taught through the Attic grammar (05-06), &Dd prumt 1H'PtWw speech, especialll northern. And the evil is Bffgrafited by the practice of rel'resentmg present popular speech ID itt. p'lunedic spelling, while retaining etymoUigical or laiBtoricol ortIaogropJ.g for ancient Greek (25). The natural consequence of this compaorilOll is the creation of luch a wide chum between classical and modem Greek aa to render the former almost irrecognizable in the latter. This method, however, ia utterly misplaced and misleading. A phonetic parallelism between the ancient Greek of the texts and the popular speech of to-day would be jU8tifif'd only under the three following &BBUmptions: that the pronunciation of clll8Bical Greek (V-IV~ B.C.) had been incontrovertibly the Eraamian i that the anoient Bellens wrote and spoke the same langnage, that is they used the II&1Ile vocabulary and grammar whether they wrote or spoke i and abovp all that they followed the principle of phonetic spelling. Now as theae premises can never be establiahed, to contend that classical tWr (allegedly 1"h.os-) has degenerated to Bidr, tl'caAo.os (rl/l~oiO,) to ..alj6rt~ (dlaait.,) to ~io, ora,,,..,,. 'Y~"".iu and T"o-yA",,'o tGJ>.vtrp, l1li1 cb to -i h, orroior (howoios) to &rr~iOf or "'int, p.1o to ,..,ici, ciA)..., to GAiiw, ete. is not only to disregard ancient phonology- that is the cJaaracteriatic phenomenon of II1naloephe (synizesis. contraction,craaiB, elision, etc.), so common even In classical COtItJIfI8iUoru,-but to ignore the very physiology and actual structure of language. No doubt 19 0 la

Digitized by

Google

08a-08a,

HISTORICAL AND PHONETIC SPELLING.

modem popular Greek is tM form to be considered in an historical and CritiCal study of the Greek languar' but to appll historical orthography to the ancient period an phonetic spelling to the modern, introducing even novel and alien symbols into ordinary texts, is to forget the elementary fact that such a parallelism would distort any la~age, whether we should compare two different ages of it or the wntten and spoken fonne of the same period, Take as instances the following specimens of modem French, German, and English, as given phonetically by HSweet (Primer of Phonetics, pp. 92. 100, and 81 f.i.
French.

parle vu fraIJlIIB? alJ pe. 31U,l se 3yst ase pur mm flBlBr kOIJpraalJdrh. iI loo pari kuramalJ. iI ekri 1 fralJlIIB kom sa proprh 1aa.J.Jg. kml mmr lilt il ? iI III trwwz moor e dmi. save vu si t1it moor 01) de3110 lane? vule vuz lIota&!Jdr el) el)atalJ?
ParJes.V01I8 frazu;ais P Un pall. J'en I&ia j1l8te . . . . pour me faire oomprendre. n le parle 0011l'&lDJD.8llt. n 6crit le fran9&ia comme 8& propre l&Dgue, Que1le heure e&t-U P n 8IIt trois heuree et demi.. Savez.yOU si huit heuree ont d6j~ aonn6 P VoaJu.vou attendre un iDBta.nt P

"Zustu, 'foler 'moontnJain! -uum ;letatn :mu.al -auf :mlloine pu.in, :deen :i9 :zoo 'mange 'mitemaxt -an :diizm 'pult her'a!JfJ9:vu:t ! 'dann :yybar 'bYY\lam -unt pa'piir, :tryyp'zeeIjer 'froynt! er'JilDat :duu :miir. 'U, 'kmnt -i9 :dox -auf ;bergesheen -in :dlloinam 'liibn 'li9ta 'geen. -um 'bergeshaela omit 'gaiatem Jveebm. -auf ;viizn -in :dainem 'demer 'veebn, -fon 'alem ;visnakvalm ent'lau.dn -in 'dainem tHou ga'zunt -mig 'baadn.
:00
80

Ger'mtJn.

BUID let&tenm&l aut maine Pain, den fob m&Dohe Kitternacht an diesem Pult here.ngewaoht I dann I1ber BI100ern und Papler. trIlbeel'aer Freund I 8I'IIohi8Dllt dn!Dir. Ach! kilnnt' iOO dooh aut Berpahilh'n in deinem lieben Lioote phD, um Bergeahilh1e mit Geiatern IIohweben. aut Wiflll8n in deinem DAmmer webeu, von &llem WiaeeDaqu&1m ent1aden, in deinem Than geeund mioh baden I

o IIII.hat du, voller KondeDIIChein I

Engli8lt.

:pijrl 'juwa -ta :~iJ.Jk -~i 'aa~ -wez -Cl :ku.ind -av 'fuet 'keik', -wi'li -'lie '8ij -0 'raund -it'; -bet -wij 'nou -nau -at -ita 'riali ;raund', :laik -a 'bal'--not "kwu.it :raund', -bat -a :IitI 'fuetnd', :laik -an 'orin3'.
People used to thin1r. the earth WII8 a kind of flat oake, with the _ &ll round it; but we know now that it is reall7 round, like a b&ll-not quite round, but a little Wtened, like an orange.

-an iJ.JgliJman -wez 'W'IIDS -tnevlig -in 'tJu.ina' -huw 'kudnt :spijk :tJIIoi'Dijz'. 'WVJ1 'dei' -hij -wez 'dainilJ -at :1I1IDl 'ijtilJ:haus', -an -'lie 'weita 'brot -im -a 'mijt 'pu.i'. -ez -ij -waz 'Veri 'h'8J)gn', -hij 'et -it ''Bp', -an '~at -it 'Veri 'gud', -bat -ij 'kudnt :meik 'aut' :whot -it owes 'meid -DV'. -sou :when -a :weite :keim -ta :kliar a'wei', -hij 'pointid -et -1& 'emti 'pu.i:dif, -an 'kwlllkt -laik -a dak'. -l6a -weitar -et 'W8oIl8 :Jut -iz 'hed', -an 'baakt -laik -a 'dog'. -an 'sou -~i :ilJgliJman 'Djuw -ijd -bijn 'dainil) -on dogzflef. 088. It is therefore absolutely unscholarly, or arbitrary and misleu.ding, to contrast modem Greek, especially northern) in ita phonetic 8peJling, with ancient Greek (especially artistic) in its historical orthography before we ha.ve gained a full insight into the actual phonology and gra.mmatical structure of classical and aubsequent &Dcient' Greek. To contribute somethina: in that direction is one of the primary objecta of the present work,J

20

Digitized by

Google

--

-- -

- - - ----

---~

PART FIRST.
PHONOLOGY.
L PHONETIC SYMBOLS AND THEIR SOUNDS.
A. SCRIPT (ALPHABET).
SHORT HISTORY OF THE GREEK LETl'ERB.
1. ALTHOUGH there is every probability that, 88 far back aa the earlier part of the XVI'" or XV, B.O., the then inhabitants of Greece were acquainted with an aboriW,nal syatem, however crude, of pictographic or even alphabetic wnting (AJEvans in Jour. Hell. StucLxiv. 270-372), archaeology and classical scholarship are erenerally agreed that the Greek alphaliet handed down to us waa received from the Phoenicians, most probably before the XII~ B.C. This is borne out not only by tradition (5), but also by the significant fact that all regards form, name, and order, the two alphabets show a striking correspondence. a. (I) 4='aleph' (ox), A 6Acpa; (2) 4 'beth' (house), SI tJij7-a; (3) ) 'gimel' (camel), 7 yOl'fUJ; (4) 4 'daleth' (door), A 3'Af'a; (5) =I 'he' (window), =I El (? cp. 9"; later; t&>.d,,); (6) ~ vau ' (nail), Lt al-yap1M'; (7) 1: 'zayin ' (?), [(8) J:f 'cheth' (fence), 8 fra ?] ; (9) (D 'teth' (serpent?), E9 8ijTa; (10) -:t 'yod' (hand), ~ lQrra; (11) Y 'kaph' (palm), ~ 4mra; (12) J.,. 'lamed' (ox-goad), V >'dIJc'a; (13) "'1 'mem' (water), 1\1 "ii (P&); (14) ~ 'nun' (fish), .., "v; [(15) 'aamekh' (prop?), Eii]; (16) 0' ayin' (eye), 0 ~(?cp. 9c ; later &, still later 6 ",pd.); (17)? 'pe' (month), '1 lI'ei (lI'i); [(18) /"" 'taa.de' (?/, f4' IFlU'll'i]; (19) <P 'goph' (ape ?), <P dtrtra (Q Latin); (20) ~ 'reah' (head), 11*; (21) W 'shin' (tooth), ~ fliylM'; (22) 'tau' (CroM),

*,,,,.a;

T "av.

8. These Phoenician symbols are traceable in the oldest Greek inecriptions recovered up to the present time, which go aa far back aa the middle of the VII~ B. o. There is, however, one important difference between the Phoenician and the Greek systems. While the former has no signa for vowels, and a peat variety of aapirate and sibilant consonant., the latter, even in its earliest specimens found, shows an already fll11y developed vowel-system, and contents itself with one sibilant and one aapirate representative respectively. Thus the Greeks probably evolved out of the Phoenician consonants akph, lie, yod. tlyifl, the vowels a e , 0, and moreover invented v (5), aa a twenty-thin! letter. On the other band, the Phoenician symbols~, cp, p, f:f, fell into desuetude aa letters (I I I and remained only aa numeral ciphers. namely mu ~ or 'I, or otherwise tligammtJ F (i. e. double gamma, now shaped 9)=6; ltoppa cP or 9 (now shaped C;)=90; and tuk I'" or ..,. M (now sb-.ped i or ~ and since M miacalled flUII'i from :N fT/",

21

Digitized by

Google

3-4.]

GREEK LETTERS AND ALPHABETS.

",i, i.e. like a tr) = 900; so too t:f which lingered the longest in the form of H (as a rough breathing?) was retained in A as cipher for 100 ICp. II. 616). Again for the lOunds X 6 q, the Greeks at first resorted to the digra}:?hs KB TB n8 (Them, Mel08), then gradually devised their monohteral succeBSors X $ respectively (6. 12). 4. Together with the letters, the Greeks adopted from the Phoenicians also the retrograde mode of writing from right to left. Accordingly the ea.rlieat Greek characters look to the left. Bomewhat later the direction is fjOVtTTporp"a;." (plough-wise), that is to say the lines proceed alternately from right to left, and from left to right. But before the close of the VIl~ B. c. the practice of writing all the lines from left to right had been initiated. The Greek characters therefore appear, in this archaic period, looking now to the left and now to the right, according to the direction of writing b. The absence of all engraved menuments and inscriptional reeords in Greece from the XIII~ to VIII~ B. 0. dCJe8 not neceasarily imply that the Greeks were unfamiliar with the art of writing. Thi8 absence i8 the natural concomitant of the then Inbal and erratic condition of the Greeks, 1\ condition quickened Arst by tbe Doric invasion. tben by tbe colonial dispersion which kept the Greek races in continuou8 stir. In view of this 8tate of things, which rendered uncertain the nearest future of every community (1), the Greeks of this period, like their trade-pursuing predeCMBOr8, the Phoenicians, had neither opportunity nor de8ire to record on stone their publio or private afCairs. Neverthel-, the practice of tile art of writing among tho Greeks throngh the above tribal period ia 1lIIiciently borne out by the following data. (I) The presence of the Homeric poems, and the high age attributed to them by all antiquity. (:I) The very frequent occurrence in them of IIIeIric8l j/OIUiofI between two colUleCUtive worda-with frequent interpunctu&tion-which pre8uppoeea tbe use of the . , and cannot be well explained on the phonetic principle. (3) The direet mention in the Diad of writing (Z 168 f.): 'np." If ~ CHMATA ArrpA I rpA't'AC N niNAKI lTTYKTlfJ. (Cp. ib. 176. 178. H 175.187.1890 l (.. ) The exi8tence of school8 in variou8 Greek towDBhlpe during, if not prior to. the VIIV,' B. 0. (Aelian V. H. 7. 15), and the impoeaibillty of school illMtruction without tDriUm texts. (5) The presence, even in the esrliest Greek inscriptions, of the nonPhoenician characters u X "'. which are Greek inventions, falling within the tribal period, at any rate previoua to tbe XIII~ BoO. (6) The teatimon,. of Herodotos to tbe effect tlaat he saw at Thebee a Greek iDBCription dating from remote antiquit,.-Hdt. 5, 59 TUVfCl !JAllrl",. .r., All ...fa At\io" TIW AASadJrou (about the XIII~ B.c., aooording to the legendary chronology; at any rate conaiderably earlier than the Trojan war). (7) The express mention, in an EliaD inacription of the VII~ BoO. (ESBoberta 365), of an IIfICiIftltr VII"i#m law (IGA no, Ill) TCl l\JLra.a -eT] Ta rp~ TAPXAioN .r ....

Digitized by

Google

-.j

ECLElDIAN SPELLIJI'G BEFOIUI.

(8) Tho pl'M8lltl8 iD the VWl' .. 0. (in Orete, Thera, Meloe, A.ttica, ete.) of public aDd private iD8eriptionl, nay eTOn lopg oodee (GortYD law of I 2 col~ with about 12000 letten), and othw publio ordinances, all of whieh PftlllllPpoee a readi.ns public.

a. The earliest Greek m.criptiona mow that, in it. primitive stage, the Greek alphabet .... iDoomplete and defioient, very often a1BO iDCOD81'1l00t!. This circumstanoe plainly indicates that the Phoenioian alphabet foUDd it. way iDtO the various Greek communities Dot aJ.l at cmce. but by degrees, at variOUl intervala, and by various private channela [11. ThiS is moreover oonfirmed by the fact that several eymbola crept iDto the variOUl 10caJ.itiell iD diffelellt forms loud with different phonetic values [I), and explaiDs the phenomenon that tbe system of earlier iDBcriptioDII exhibits a variety of 10caJ. or epichoric alphabets (10). In their archaic stage these epichoric alphabet. have one common feature among them, that they all show the PhoeDician letten from a to r, and <moreover vasa Greek addition (3). But iD the caee of + X 'IP. they exhibit several peculia.rities, in that, BO far as they do not ignore these ~bols altogether (as does )(eloa, Them, Crete), they uee them in .. different order and phonetic value. ~. '" )( ", or JC 41 a contlWon which apparently arose from the then current mode of reading either from the left or from the right (4). It is this inverae order aIld phonetic difference that led archaeologists to divide the Greek alphabets (apart from those of )(elO8, Thera, Crete) into two broad groups: an Ia8tern (Ioni&oJl), which comprises Asia Minor, the islands of the Aegean Sea. the Boaphoroa, Macedonia, the Ionian islands. then Corinth, Megara, ~OI ; and a II1UterIt, which comprises Iniddle Greece (except Attica), Euboea, Thessaly, the PelopoDn8BOB, and Italy (includiDff Rome, which received her al'phabet from the Chalcidian colonies In Italy; whereas .Attica OCCUpies an intermediate p1&ce.-The eastern group UleS phoneticaJ.ly X as X' 'It as and the Phoenician aamekh ~ BII ~; the western employs X IUI ,'It as X, and either ifPlores ", or expresses its BOund by a new symbol Again, the AttiC alphabet, like the eastern group, U88B + and X as ~ and x, but shows no ~ nor t, these BOunds being expressed by the digraphs XS and +S (6. 12). 8. The Attic alphabet, which is represented chiefly by Athens, shoWl, in ita archaic stage, this deficiency as compared with the eastern or Ionian group, tbt it lack. the symbols 'I and _, their place being supplied by K (which stood both for e and .,) and 0 (which stood both for 0 and CI) reSpectively, and the conBOnanta E and their place beiDg supplied-aince the time when KH and PH had been replaced by the simple X and + (3)-bythe digrapha XS (KS) and+S(nS) respectively (5).

+,

i'

*.

+,

[11 AccordiDg to ancient tradition recorded by Herodotas <so sS f 110 too Piut. ii. ns a) and :Dioclora. (3, 66 f. quoting Dionysios of Kiletoe i then 5, 74. I), it . . . imported &lit to Boeoti.a (WLarfeld 501.11Q1P11t11 Delphi) through the Tyrian c.dDu. (hence in Hdt. 5, 58 KaII,..,,"1 or +011,,,,,,,"1 -,pti,./I4ra, cp. IIlso CIG 3044 k ... 1 ..".& BC. -,pti,./I4ra. .TOIl. Apion. I. 2. Olam. A. Hr. I. 306. Ba1dt. An. 71b. 783> 10. Heqoh. . v. +O&MOC' -,ptil'#flJtT&). and thence it aprea.d all over Greece. Victorin. vi. (HXell), 23. 14 i Ig6, 13. Audaz 325, I. Plin)' N. H. 7. 56 (57), 191 Cp. aJeo Tac. Ann. 9, I4--See aJeo Dekk. An. 781 it III ThUB'" generally- .., but in )[e1oa=tJi C in Deloa and EJia=B. but in Rhodes, )lepra, Phooie, etc. - -" and in Crete =.; f'o generally - -" but in Paroe -A; B or it genera1J.y = /l, but in Corinth and Corc~ - for.,; IJ or 8 gen~ _ A, bGt in lWI- at; 110" in Tvent - A, but in Rhod. - A. i XPJlerall7 '" x, but in Cpene, eto. -E; 10 in Euboea and Boeot.ia ... E.

""""'&11

23

Digitized by

Google

8-9.]

FORMS OF SCRIPT-TABLE OF LE'ITERB.

It was only in the latter part of the fifth century B.O. that these symbols found their way into the ordinary composition, and only in the yeu 403 B.O., during the a.rchonship of Euc1eides [l), that they were officially admitted into the received or Attic alphabet (27 W.). Consequently all literary productions written prior to the middle of the V~ B. o. must have been composed in the old Attic alphabet, that is without 'I, ... (also without E, +); they must have shown-and so inscriptions actually do show-E wherever we are now wont to read either f or 'I, in moat cases also El ; and 0 wherever we are now wont to read either or ..., in most casea alBo OIl (12). 7. As a. matter of fact, previous to and during the adoption of the above (scholastic) orthography at Athens:E stood for r, 'I, " i and 0 for 0, "', ou ; 80 that:BOAE stood for fJo).ft, fJov'Aft. fJov'Af& (cp. PI. Crat. 4200). EYTYXE~ ".wIIJCi~, fWvxrir (n, 01), 'Wvxft~, (,wllxlir),
AOrO~,

-ON .. ..
It

1f'A80I'fJ',I>.8..I'fJ" trpOxov ('"~.)' trpdx". ("''''.), JrPoiixw (trpolxo., trpOfixo.), trpovx". (trpoiX"'.). 8. Aaauming then that an Attic scribe had to write down the following sentence: ,"oWo IA'IXfIII,s,IA'tfOf IlnIs A" I.PElI 'It/JGAAOIII 4AAovs ""'"' ~IAOV Pl, he would haTe probably written in the 'seriptur& continua' (35'. 79) and spelt: (11) Previous to and during the vnI~ B.O.:

tJ. 0 A 0 N EA80MEN npOXON

'AOycM,-o., 'A~ "acl).o., aoii>.o., ad'A",., aofJ'A..., aov'Aou..

'A~,

"wvXflf

W\\0 L-A ~~ W8>1 <1 A \\ A W0 '}8 W0 \\ ~ ~ 0 \\ A8>1~ M 0+0+-] ~1<8AL-0t"r8W~r80~6.~~0]

(b) During the VI~ B.o. :

-TOTOMEXANOMENOl:OrOl:ANAPXl:EIAAOl:EI< OME6.IO<l>El:<I>NOAAB
(c) During the V~ B.o. : _TOTOMEXANOMENO~OnO~ANAPX~EIAA(A)OY~ EKBAAONCIt~ECltOItJ.EMO. (d) During the ~ B.O. :

-TOYTOMHXANnMENo~onn~AN APZH' AAAOY~EK BAAAnN 'l'HCltn, tJ.HMOY

SYNOPTIOAL TABLE OF THE

I.Jn-nms.

9. Since the time of the Eucleidian spelling reform (6) the Greek alphabet (b or '9 d.>..~7fTOi from ~ p;".a.) has shown twenty-four letters. Their form, as printed in books, is conventional and dates from the middle ages (cp. 8).
(I) For the history of this orthographio change 888 App. iL 12 [.). III The I18ntenoe is not altogether o1asBioaJ (though op Pl. Phaedr. 239 B), but ma.Y conveniently aerve to give a rough idea of the striking ohangea which took place during the pre-Euoleidian and arohaio atagee in the _ of the m08t abaraoteriltio 11Dlbola.

24

Digitized by

Google

FOD AND TABLE OF LETTERS.

[9. -i
P80lfUIICIATJOJl.

I
I
~

CBAUCUB8. NAJIII.

AlICWat.

ModeNJ.

(_2.-6g.)
"".,t

f1 IB' I- -!.I. -sE:- :..; - .!I 8

~

{~ ~.~ 'it
>

i'~

A
6

A
~B

-a
~

t 1 ~
a

1>.1/>0

~n Ji~ "3 l.!l --.

a
v

~.!I1 028,

~.!'!c!

.8

..4 B

lA
b

P
'Y
8
.~

f39-ra
..,aPp4

~
~

<t4 A
~E

"r r

['Y

r
A

gb,l th ('6)

g
d
~

8
e
n7f
(J~
I

3;A'ra
; (",aAo,,)
CJj1"Cl
~a

'I

:t:
~

(Y F) I
H 0
I

E F

z
H

Cl. z
H
8 I K
A M N

F
'1

,
,
(J
le

e
lost

f3aV, 31-yappa

lost
le

z
i tb (t) i

Ea
>I

a
I
K

e
t

6ij'ra
lG>ra (1)

i, I

J<K
\lA

lMmra
A&(p)tl3a

k,i
1
m n

k
1
m n

l-ft

"Mo
N

A
UIl

A
P-

"" \1
I
0
'1
cp

M
N
:~

yv

pv

*"
0

~ 0

E
0

s
0

"
0
o~,

..v
Ev,

E.,

I I
I

kB
0

kB
c'S

&("",pJ,,)
!CO-a
fX
.~

'!rID
~p

n
p
~

7t'

..., (II'&)

(9)
ra
1

I>kp P W SI. c

et

Cl p
tT
T V
~

P 1081
r

P
lost
r

,,;,-yp4 ("J,,)

B
t

B
t

+
V

Y 81 <Del) <I>
9>1 M

T YV

T T

'l"av

(+cAo,,)

i
f

u,a

!
I I

cp

tJ
X

;
X

f/J.' (q,i)
X.i (xi)

r
cb
pe

X
't

)(

ex
00

kh,ch
pi

'I'

",
co

",.i (",i)

I
I
I

:, (pJ-ya)

i)

Digitized by

Google

gb-1S.] NAlIES OF LE'rl'ERS-PRE-EUCLEIDIAN SYlIBOUI.

gb. All twenty-four letters (which are conceived as indeclinable neuters) still survive in N with the sounds assigned to them in the last but one column. (For some dialectal discrepancies see 24 c.)
9". The ancient _ of 0 11., !Pe .1 cl I ~ reapaotively (11. The t _ I ",.Aa" (ZoeimOll 4, 13) and IJ ",.Aa" JD_ limpl4t (La. DlOIlolileral) I and 11, in contndiatinotiOll to the biliteral homophoDe8 a&-, f., Cl. The lattu _ orijrinated durintt Q in the need of facilitating orthocraph;y when dictating to pupils and KS copiers. For Bimilar reaIIOI1I 3 was oalled 3 La. 8IIIIIll 0, as dlItinguiahed from ~ ,w,o., La. large Ill. On the same principle N often deldgnatel as 1,...," (l,..pot'), and" as ,...,dAo. (For a di1ferent view Bee KEASohmidt 48-75-) On the names .1 and d for I and 3 _ App. ii. IQ. 9". Also the ancient nam.. of the lattera !Pe still preserved in N, but thoea andiDg in -4 !Pe now often conoeived as fazninin.. (cp. 26 338), .. : TO..,Gp", <348. 369), TO (so !) TO ,w, rU, Eii or Efl, 6,...,0, TO 1I'El, {IIiI, TO (34& 569), TO Ti (not TUY i. .. ,.aj :119), TO ""'1.0", TO +cl, XII ",.. TO 1I ,..-,4,Ao,.... .... but TO .... H4A1IfIG ('3') TO"" H JJijt'a, TO"" H 3/A1'1"11 (131). Tcl .... H C;;Ta, TO .... H k 1fTra, l&iTa, .G1I'1I'CI, AGJJaa (247 ).-Note further that the initials;y1lable alone (probab1;y SUU8lted b;y TU ,w, rU, E" etc.) is alao popular as an indeclinable neuter, .. : TO JJij, li, 3/, I, C;;, Bij, ICci, Ai, ,,&.

,...,,0'"

,,,,.>..0"

,.a

"t.,,..

a. ,.a

10. The four columna figuring as ancient in the Pl'eceding page, give the average form of characters as found in the inscriptioll8 and MSS. However, many of these characters exhibit a variety of forma accord ing to the locality and time. (S" [2].) 11. In the above list of letters two symbols have been ill8erted and marked as 'lost': raM (~aj,) or from its shape F digamma (a'yn1Y'4t i. e. double gamma, which might ,0BBibly represent a relic of a prePhoenician indigenoulI lIystem 0 writing; cp. I), then Iroppa (9). Both disappeared in the earlier ~ of the language (3), but left some traceB in a few dialects. Besldes F and Q, another symbol i (god or jod) ia fl8lltjmea for the phonetic development of the i-sound in primitive Greek, but as it has left behind no direct traces, its former existence is aimply deduced from cognate fields and kindred languages (cp. 29 f. 123. 209 ft'.}.-None of these lost signa lived to play a part in the classical' and subsequent history of the language, and ifthe, are considered in modem gramman.it is because they dord a theoretical explanation to a number of grammatical phenomena. 12. Previous to the V~ B.C. most of the Greek communities had no complete alphabet, but used to represent aeveral sounds by one and the same symbol (6). Thus in the early Attic alphabet, the sound of 'I El was represented by simple E; that of 0 .. 011 by 0 ; cfJ primordially by DH, later by to; X primordially by KH, later by X; Eby KZ (XJ); '" by DJ (toJ); 8 a.lao apparently by TH. Accordingly in archaic Attic the symbol H performed two distinct functioll8: on the one hand, it stood for the aspiration h, and on the other, represented the second constituent of cfJ " 8, then symbolized by the digraphs OH KH TH ret'pectively (3. 6). This ellpedient was to some extent resorted to in several locaJitiea even after the general reception of the complete (Ionic) alphabet in 403 B. c. (6. 23). 13. Final sigma has since M assumed the 'conventional' form so, as: fRUTp.Ot.
(I) ID Plato'. time Itill I 6 Ill: (Crat. 395 D ) . ITt'ClX.t- clria m ,.,,6,.,.,..; 1.1-,0".", dAA' oinr ft ITt'OCx.&a 1I'At}" ,.f"ft,."" ,.oii Md ,.oil y ..u TOii 0 _ nV f. But alae 1 as OIA iv. 4~' before 340 11.0. (Op. at/'" [2].)

.wra ,.a

26

Digitized by

Google

LE'.1"l'ER8 OLASSlPIED-VOWBLS.

[14-18.

14. In a compound word, the modem form of final is sometimes used, at the instance of HStepbanus lthen FWolf). at the end oh constituent, &8 3vsrvxJjs, 'lrpostlHpoa.

16. Capital letters are now ~, used: (I) after a full stop; (2) at the beginning of a quotation; (3) as initials in proper names (and their adjectives). (8.) CLASSIFIOATION 01' LETTEBB. 18. Of the twenty.four Greek letters seven (". 'I ' 0 v .) are tJOtfJds (cI*rafcrru) &Dd the remaining seventeen ~ (n"",J'4).
18~. From ita remotest traceable period down to the closing decades 01 the V! B.C., the Attie alphabet shows only five vowel aymbols: 11 f , ". which evidently represent (Ior the earlier antiquity at least) the five normal BOunds 11 i .... oor~ndln8 to the Latin and N vowel-llJ1II;em. This paucity of vowel BOunds [ J finds ita pbysiolosical explanation in the t.4 that, unlike most modem languages, especially English and German, Greek w .. a polysyllabic and infieotional language, and thus couid confer upon ita lengthy words a distinct individuality and perspicuity without ..-rtio8 to the phODetio dillerentiation, that is to the developmeot of the rioh and Tariepted qualitative and quantitative phonology observable in the monosyllabic and uniofiectionallangusgee. 18". Aa a polysyllabic and _ntiall:r infiectionallanguage, N preserves tile five ?Owel BOunds "of earl:r Greek (16". 124; cp. 35" &; 144).

a, ,

Vowm& 17. The seven vowels are traditionally classified and called respectively: ., 0 IIhorl (ppo.X1a.) ; 'I. III long (pmcptJ.) ; a, " v fXlriable (also doIWtfol, COfMIIOfI, 8l)(pOVfl, even frrptJ., 4p4lfJoAa, Jl.CTUfJo>.ucrt., Sext. adv. gram. 621, 19; ef. also Schol. Dion. Thr. in Bell. An. 800f.). (88.) 171'. The symbola" and .., in numerous cues a.1Bo" originated at acltool

as mere compensatory marks, to represent positional or 'thetie' and 0. As time went on, however, their ayatematical application caoaed them to be considered aB regularly long vowel. (28 f.). Hence the term 'long' is to be taken not phonetically but tldanicall" (metricallyand grammatically), in that '1, ",0, &, v, BoB well &8 the diphthongs (20), represent a length due to the effect either of antectasia or of the ictus (29). ~n, any vowel not long in thia aenae ia conventionally called 'ahort '"I. See 86 ff. and App. H. 9-15.
18. In certain oombinations, the vowel. c and " act as consonants (32', 30 SI.111~). This phonetic b:r-function, however, never caused them
[I) Henoe Seztaa' juat reproach w the pmmariaDe (adv. gram. 6.$, 14): ~0I1t1 " " 01 "rpo/Ap4-r,,,ol "al -ra c&.cUAovlo. aln-oir 01'1 tlIWOpiiltl' Aflcwnr bnl.,.....u.na ~..., nNTt: aWNOON ONTOON npdc TllN ~CIN (cp 29"" [.]).AI w modem laDgaapa, his Primer (p. 20 ) B8weet enumerates W,...., elamentary v01Nl.aunda, eighteen of whJoh ~ preMut m Englleh alone. ~ Compare Priacian I, 3t 7, 10: vocales apud Ll&tinoa omnes suut anoipitea vel liquiclae, hoc est quae facile modo produoi modo corripi PCllltlllt: sicut ew.m apud antiquisaimos erant Oraeoorum ante mventiouem 'I et. 01, quibua mveuti&, . . . 0, q_ ante anoipit.es eraut, remanaerunt perpetuo brev... '

27

Digitized by

Google

DIPHTHONGS-SYLLABLE.

to be reckoned among the consonants also, the theorists being guided by the prevalent (vocalic) character of the symbols in question (I9b ). In the lIaDle way the Roman grammarians, copying their Greek masters, invariably classed I and Y among the vowels, notwithstanding the fact that these letters very frequently acted as consonants} and " (19b. SI). [As is well known, the consonantal forms} and" date only since M.]
DIPHTHONGS (3D)' 19. Two vowel-sounds fused into one make a diphthong (a{4>(J~). In Greek such diphthongs arise only when one of the vowels (1 0 or their po&t-Eucleidian associates ." and Cd (all of which are styled prepositifJ6 vowels, c/>CIIvr,(VTfl npOTAKTIKA) is fo1Jnwed by, or v (called postposititJe VOtDels, 4>. ynoTAKTIKA); further the combination of the two postpositives VL. (App. ii. 2, d.) And according as the postpositive vowel is or is not sounded, the diphthongs are called proper (,wptlU) or spurious (K(1TO.XP'IO'TLKm, 20C) and written as follows : a. Proper diphthongs: IlL (Cl( 19a) L OL
(1V
V

ov

'111

CIIV

b. Spurious diphthongs: q. 11 't' VL (for v). 1.9&. In early Greek the diphthong lit was written Uf, and the change of Of to aL seems to have been IIlUfgested by the ana.lo~ of n, 0', VI, where L is established as the only postpositive vowel (20 b That the case is so appears :-(IJ) from the present pronunciation 0 IU as t, which, considering the peculiar principles of Greek phonology (32 if.), could not have resulted from A+I; (b) from Latin tu, the exact and regular equivalent of lit; (C) from the express testimony of ancient authorities, as Terent. Scaurus, 16, 10 (HKeil, vii): 'lJ"tiqui quoque Ormeorvm hanc s111abam (ai) per tu (i.e. af) scripsisse traduntur'; (d) from the frequent occurrence of Of for lit in earl, Corinthian, Boeotian, and even Attic inscriptiollll, as: 'AE' 6pa (Attica) PKretBChmer 126. AE6.II, 'A6uAE'a, DfpAE660 (Corinth), ib. 33 f. 'AEux",,"afl~, AapLaAF:OI11, AVcTdPCAE, 'AfjAE6&"p"r, 'A'I"L/IOcAfIAE, Do>.u"i3AE, etc. GlIeyer 113. FBlass Pron. S6 f. ESltoberts 222 f. OHoffmann ii. 368111_It folloW! on the one hand that in the spurious diphthong, the , subscript is hysterogeneous and apurious, and on the other that the casual occurrence in earlier Latin of lJi for does not actually represent the old spelling, as commonly held, but rather points to an attempt to imitate the Greek fashion of replacing af by lit. liar. Victor. 14. 1 (HKeil, vi): 'tu syllabam quidam more Graecorum per ai Bcribunt.' (For another imitation see 53.)

a,

19b Proper~ or historioally speatiDg, the term 'diphthODg' originated in the eombination 3i</lfG"'('yOf IIIIAMIJi" od thus mes.nt a vow~l-pair forming one qllable. The q\lelltion, therefars, as to what the ancient GreeD meant by a diphthong, considered from a phonetio point of view (that is whether it consisted of two suCC8llllive but distinot vowel -"'" or of two sucoeaive t!OtDelI blended into one simple sound), is ineeparable from the definition of a 'syllable' by the ancients, as well as from the actual pronunciation of such diphthongs in antiquity. While referring the latter point to the notion of pronunciation
[11 It is the inSuence of ~ Of that _ to account for the few lullta1'7 _ of o. for CH: XocplAor~. iv. :113 j KpoIcror, Maipaxor, w,a..or. 6a,-. If'Toc,4LmI7OC DoAuapci-roc, GKeyer' t 116.-To &SIume here, on the Btrsngth of Latin 08, that CH also ..... originally spelt Of, would be unsafe conaidering that Latin 8y8tematically e postpositive for Greek L postpositive. (Cp. 53-)

mows

28

Digitized by

Google

DIPHTHONGS-SUBSCRIPT.
UO j[), _find that the anaimts give a diphthong a mODOphthonpl Ylllue, thM is a limple I01Uld. [..&.rm.] Poet. 20 avUalI~ 1177" """'"' ImJpor (read Aflflpor, i. eo ,..,.,sa"por(ll), It ~ov.al """,",,, Ixo,,'rOf. Dion. Thr. in Bekk. An. ii. 632 av~ laTI II1IplOlr IIdUWar avJ4lwov (v. 1. av~) &'Tor 4 ~OlI', ol"" KAP, Borc' IIGTGXJIIIfITI_ a~ .al " It Ivclr ~fl'Tor, _ At H. Sohol. Dion. Thr. ib. 819 avU~ 'aTI adll""'r nJAlflJwow .... ~ 4 """,,"TOlI' Ira TWOI' aJ , .. .....vl*' AAIACTAT(a)C &.,.."1",,. That tIUa _ actuaI1y the received view among anaimt profeBaional grammariaD8, appMrll also bom its literal adaptation to Latin: .PrIaoian L 44 (HXeiJ) ayllaba

m'.Tor

t.,.

"eTa .,...,;,..m

. . aamprehenu literarum CODII8q118D8 BUb uno IICC8Dtu et uno apiritu prolata; abuive tameD etiam aiDgularum vooalium BODOS ayllabu DOmiDam1lll. pouumU8 tamen et llic de1lnire ayllabam: ayllaba IIiIt vox literalis quae sub uno accentu et 1UlO apirita indistaDter proiertur.' Though _ have no earlier tecJmica1deftnition of the ayll&ble than that of Aristotle giveD above, the term avAAD./l1, occurs from AeIIch7loe downwarda. A8IICh. Sept. 468 rpAMMAT(a)N ... lyMABAic. .PI. Ont. 390 )I TcI rpAMMATA nl Tar cyAAABAC, 80 ib .f24 B. Theaet. 203 A. al "l .. cyMABAi Av,o.. ,,,_, TIl a~ CTOIxeiA lAooya. ib. 6. So Dem. 24, '/00 AMChir.. iD CteIIipb. J.4O. A oloee ezamiDation of the above Jl88IIIIIlII and a stud7 of the G-B grammarians will show that the expression avlla/llt generally appli"d to the external oreoncrete symbol8 (2.$"). Aocordil1gJ;v the term diphtlumg (M""".,.,,,, lie. av~) also applied from the outEet rather to the e)'8 than to the ear (Il, and th_ ~ IlUlADt a biliteral vowel-eound, ' the coD8ODlUltaI byfunction of I aud having been left out of account (18. 32t.. 7811). The V8r)' same phenomenon is atiU !DON strikingJ;v witn-.i in Latin, where, though V8r)' frequentJ;v acting ea - t a , theletten I and V are never cl8IIII8d among the coDllOnante (18). 10. The ,-adscript or mhllcript of the apnrioas diphthongs originated, in ID&D7 at a proeodio mute mark, in that the vacancy left b;v a b t BOund was, for rhythmical p~ indicated by lOhoolmutera and rh;vthmici an with a stroke analflllOUS to our sign of the apostrophe. This stroke then came to be annexed in the form of a mute I to the preceding vowel Hence the mute. was written, .. far .. it _ written, in the same line with the relit of the1ettera [henee it is termed. adsoript)--a.nd it is not until manuIIOripte of the ~ ~.D. that we meet with written a little higher or a little lower (.. G.), not until those of the xnt' with , mhlcriptum' (FBlus, Pron. sa. Cp. Xtllmer-Blus 1. tb, a-a).

I.., ..

iOb All diphthongs, whether proper or spurioUB, are theoretieally long (I 7b }-except finala& and ot, which, so far as they do not close the secondary subjunctive [optative], count short. (705 ; cp. 52 5b.)

..u,

8gure u (AE)AJ m tu and

SOC. The diphthongs, 11 9' which in the ill8Oriptiona and earlier MSS (aE)GI '" /ill, are called epurioua (lfaTG)(P'IIITI19\ beeal188 their, has no phonetio value of its own nor does it affect the BOund of the preceding G " ... but is absolutely mute. This ia borne outto pa88 over the precepts of the ancient grammarians (U Dion. Thr. in Bell.. An. 639, (3)-by many facta the principal of which are: (/I) In A metre the spUriOU8 diphthongs" 11 9' are, unlike the diphthongs proper, neTer diaIIOlved into their constituent elements ai '" M, but &re invariably treated u simple vowels. (b) In the Attio (also Thessalian, Aeolic, and Ionic) inscriptions the, ia, ever since the VI~., very often either omitted tKiihner-Blaas i. 1!l3 f.), or wrongly added, as: T8 for TQH HRGhlS03 twice ;

(1) For the term ptW/Jflflpor _ Kar. Viotor. de rh;vthmo a (vi. 42, 171 HXeil) and BWlliltphal Theori" i. "09 This palaeographic miReading of tIfIfI"OJ OUIIlI'Il three times in the above e;hapter of Pseudo-Aristotle where he de1lnea the rir3ttTpor and iplpoI', and has naturaUytaxed the ingenuity of the editors. PI 8chol. in Dion. Thr. ii. 80.3 onot A4-,ornu , ....3It lido ~

....IIlTUl'TGI
S2O,

fIOnoc

a~ lfaAoWrGl /laTa p.ova.d..

25 (TGaisford) IIE""onOl A.i-yoI'Taa a.a ~ ~ -,cl, A.i-ro,.... i.TGUIa TIl

..~ (as".)

Ta

TA rpAMMATA. Cheer. munor aVrGw 'xE... lido ~fPT_

M-ror

'If

MII'Ta, . . ~ .a" PIt

29

Digitized by

Google

soe..a.]

INTERSONANTIC ,-CONSONANTS.

at,.. for ."., ... t'A ftpd-"

'FA ftdAfl.Tapla for -Iq, nl,tlA for..p, fr. for .... tni6H for .fp, etc. (KlrIeisterhans" 53. u; eo.....a. 302-349; FBlaea Pron. 45 ft; OHol'mann i. 186 f. ii. 439 ft l:~ 'f";. KoA,,",'e ... ","I/IIfI' ;'_la9', .,..,.,.al,., ~lt. (KlrIeiaterhalUl 530 13; cp. GMeyer. 35); M 7'~ W-. Ifnp;ow CIA iv. 630 b (34 11.0.); Gr. Urk. Berlin 260 (t90) 4ftfXOH.I.3clHr0H,'aTOII, X';P IIG'rGltfX"'fHal"""" (c) Strabo testifies that many systematically dropped the I of these spurious diphthongs, because it has no aen88 whatever: 140 41 ftollol XDlpU nii I ..,p/I4ooua, Tdr IoTurGs . . (add MroTGltT,.nr). l.fj.!MOUf1, ~ Te) "Of~,q., alTla.. ON 'Xo... l()d. For the genesia and phonetic Talue of the ,-subecript. 888 30& 29ft 10-. Alaociated with the practice of discarding the , ad80ript (now subscript) is apparently the widespread phenomenon in the in80riptions, of freely dropping any intersonantic MrOTGltT,.e).. I (29). a oaae which naturally occura most frequently in the endings oCIIOJ. flO.. -otor (-'1'or, _or). Here, 888ms tc act as a compensatory mark or as a mere divisor between heterosyllabic vowels (l9. App. n. 9-15.) Cp. 'A",.ala & "'Ga, IAala & IAGa. al.i &; 4.1.-4(/)'T6r, O pa(.).tSr. 'AAIl(.).Iir, BDlpe(.)", 11".(,)<1. woArrl(l)a, x.pI(I)a. ~lf(')a, ftAI(i)_, TIA.(.)o '_m;II.(,)or. aTo(,)4, trO(,).r... _(i)e.". u.o(i)II..,lIG'rfll..,u(i)a, onv(,)d, lI{,).s.. A&i(,)o..,a&l(. )or,IJDI(,)&I (-tlMrDl), clI'3pi(i)or, OOlJlh(I)Il., )(110(')'" &(.}a or &(')a, All'f(i)Il', AlI'.(.).mu ..,pap.JIIlTi(i)OP, 807a'\&)0I', etc. (KlrIeisterhans l 24ft 31 f. 44f. ~ t ) ; _ further, in the 'scriptura continua' (25") many_ofcrasis, as: (_[,)...,.., o~ ally ...,...19") ..,.., (n[')fPOC or _ffpoc) .l1pol, (_[,111T111 or _f'TIII)""" (_[,)... or -[.lw) ... llitth. Di. 249,6, etc., expreaiolUl which, owiD8 to their frequency. became Btanding formulae. Compare further (po(.)ea.....) ~.fI (Ar. Vesp. 34), (IJO[,]ftIT') (Aeaoh. Eum. 9 13), (1Iowa(,)u) /Iowa.. (Ar. Lye. 45), etc. SlO'. Conversely. the licence with whioh intervocalio I was dealt with could not but lead tc the misconception that it might be inserted between any two

,,,,,.,.,.u.

T,,"

.dcn,

non ,diphthongal vowels 88 a mere ornamental adacript (29 fr.). 88: ~al[,]a, 1[,)llllToii, JjaIJ,Ai[,)a, Z~[,j... ~1Ii[']'1TIlI, ~AI[,]o"., "(I]". Ae[I]GWTl. lot, oII'oX6[,)", 80['J'1/1,o,.'-, O[,)ijfo. L\6(1)'1 (JO(eiaterhana' 3$ fr. 4S f.)

':'JcW.

m. Eaeh of the two vowels, and v. when it is not postpositive and thus does not fonn with a preceding vowel a diphthong, is marked with two dots placed over it (i, ii). This is eaJled tlicletwil
(op. J58), 88: AXt1I.a., lliiAor. SUb. In this book a simple vowel or a diphthong will be Rene-rally called by the common name BIHIClnl (cp. Diom. 422, S. HKeil), for brevity'. sake.
OoHSOIUNT8.

The seventeen consonants (r 6) are commonly classified according to the following, table:

sa

GufI&uraJ (velar, palatal)

/I

Dental

Labial
tI'

Smooth (tenQ8I) Middle (mediae) Aspirate (upiratae)

7'

'Y
X
y

a
(J

{J

4>
p.
p

Nasal. Sibilant or Spirant Liquid.

,
~

rr

30

----

Digitized by

Google

CONBON.ANTS CLASSIFIED-PRONUNCIATION.

[23-24.

518. The three consonanta C f commonly but wrongly eaJled doable,' are compoulld: , being generaJly taken as equiv&lent to.,., (Gp. 2Ob 69), f to fT, to trlT. (Cp. 5 12. 23b.)

+,

ab. The ancient o1...Ul.cation of the eoD8ODant. ill 8eD. uv. gram. 621 f. TOw tIV~ Td ,.~" 4,.t.p.u..a

thUII 81IJDmed up by

."..." 1'.
""I.'''''

[p.6u1 nldnp T~ z e 1\ M Nip c III X '1', jf. " TIP." XGJPlr TOii e _ III _ X. .,.a AI..o,..... am. ~ U lIlT. nl IIVUtt./lM .... IIIUTd _tiP ~ ,..,.. jfx- ra.dn]TIlr, cWft a~ ,.6"oP pen} "."....,at,ptN. mlGff.p BrA. It. 1f TZ jf, .., I~IOI, - To) e III x. _ PI" ...m , . . , . (1V~ trdA .. .,.a ~" ~.. /IIItIfcl M"fOIHI' .,.a ~ 1/ItM. _ IIlri& ~" e III x, !/Ma & It. "T. ,.61'0" al fall' To) P a.Xftllll, ,gTfpoP, au.m,TIl _ I/tlAfnvrll. A~"fOIHI' al TII'Il TOw tlllJIIPiw_.al a..Aa, IIIlB4ffl, Ta z I '1'. tlWf-,ltp fatll Ta "~P z k ToIi C _, A., Ta a~ I ,. TOO It. _ c, To) a~ 'I' ,. TOO n _ c. (Cp. aJao 55.) So too Prisoian n. 11, 13 (HXeil) sciendum tamen quod
fl.OTtAla. ~Ilt

ToW .".,.,..TowW, or rather 2ftM.m).,.a ~~. ...i HMilll(O)N. ,.~" l1li'. a,' 4 tI.,,,. 4 "..,.,,.iw jf TaN trapmrA~IOI' ;JxOl' _n} ~ l~tll"

'IIT. _T' Il~ToW (i. e.

"tr..,..,.,.su-

hie quoque error a qulbuadam .. antiqnill Gmeeorum grammaticis" invasit Latin.., qui .,. et (J et X _iweal88 putabant, nulla alia e&UIIa Did quod IlpiritUII iD &is abuDdet, indueti.' So too !It 12. ViotoriD. vi 6, 15- Diom. i. 4Z2.2. (Op. 25 [I] b. s6, 8 &; [I].)

B. PRONUNCIATION.
24. The pronuncia.tion of ancient Greek in the manner of the pretleDt Greeks had been traditionally accepted at all times, before and through the middle ages, as a matt-er of unquestionable fact. The tint objections to it were raised towanis the beginning of the XVIUI, the principal arguments brought against it being three: (IJI ita Ilt~ ing mcongruity with the Latin -the then academic and international language-in such words as IIiA.'IITUa (pronounced ekklifta), ~8&_ (it1tilroBJ, DA4Hifjrrros (IJlpMlIitoB),as compared with their Latinized forms eet:II.ri4, 1t1ricI, alpMWtt.m; (b) that 1t BOunded many Bonants alike ('I, '. v, n,o., CII == i; f, a& = e; 0, '" '= 01; and (c) that such an o~ho graphic variety presented practical difficulties. A bitter controversy enaued and BOon divided Greek scholars into two hostile camps, the one led by DeBlderius Erasmus and the other by JReuchlin, and called E.-iGu and lUtM:1&li,.iIJflB respectively [11; they are also frequently
(I) The Erumian pronuneiatlon wae not propounded but tentativelyeagpsted by Enem1l8 in a diakJgue between a bear and a lion, entitled De BM:ta LatiIIIi OnNCiqwe _ _ ~ publiahed ftrat at Bule (aJao Paria) in 1528, and the origin of the doctrine receives a euriOUll illnatration in the aooount gi_ by a - t l Jan Vc.e (or 'V08IIi1l8' 1577-164\1), a leadi.nc Dutch prof_ and promoter of BrlMmianiam In hie AriMat'CA... litle er. aralllmMiell (AmIIterdam, 16l.~), thie earnest aeholar explaine how Erum1l8 came to write hie now f'amoUII dialogue (qvo modo BrI.utnu tcripeerU diGIopm er. f'IICto pronutat. UoM) by the following narrative : , I believe that it ill known to few in what circumstances EraemUllwae indnced to write on the correct pronunciation. Therefore I have deemed it beat to 8U~ join the account which I ~ written, eome time ap, on a pieoe of paper by the hand of HenrioUII Coraeopetra.euB, a moet learned man and well known to eaholan. It reads a8 follows 0-" I have heard K. ButprUII Beeohi1lll, who WIll! prof_ of Greek in the Bnaleidan (Bualidiano) Coil. at Lonvaln, and my ~ptor of revered memory, relate, that he WIll! in the Lilieneian School for about two years at the ..me time a8 ErumDl, who oooupied an npper room,

-wu.

while he had a lower one; that Henry GlareanUII [Henrio1l8 Loritua, a Swiae aehoIar, born at GlarDI (J4l!8-ls6a), whenco hie lUZ'DalDe GJarean1l8], havine

31

Digitized by

Google

24.]

ERASJrlIAN AND TRADITIONAL PROl't'"UNCIATION.

designated &8 Etaci8t8 and Itacisfs (or IotadBlB), according as they pronounce .,-the ca.rdina.l point of dispute- like e or (iota). It must not be implied, however, that the new or Erasmian school substituted a different pronunciation for each single letter: in the great majority of cases it adhered to the traditional or' modern Greek' (&8 it haa been ca.lled since) pronunciation, viz. in the ca.se of a, ~, ., a, ou (=u); ".~' p, ", E, fr, p, U, 7", ",; substa.ntia.llyalso in the case of 4>. J(, (. The dispute at present turns mainly on the aapiration ('), which is unknown to N; on the 'quantity,' of which N makes no account but pronounces all sona.nts absolutely isochronous and half long (except in position, 137, App. ii. 1 & [2]\; and on the pronunciation ofthe diphthongs ai, '1, 01, VI, av, w, of the vowels ", "" v, and of the consonants #, 'Y, If, cp, x, e, inasmuch aaal is sounded (2) by Erasmiana a + i, by modern Greeks e in emit ' ,"" " e+ " " i or English i (" n 0 +i " ,. i " " i
Ut

QV"

tv"
""

" a +""

il + i

,t

""",,

v"

or at I (SI) et""" et) or et ~ "i " , , ' or English I , , 1 1 (or u ) " ", " " I
all

..

arrived at Louvain &om Paria, W88 invited by Erasmua to dine at the Collet!e ; and on being asked what news he brought with him, he said-which WlI8 a story he had made up on the journey, inMmuoh as he knew Eraemua to be inordinately fond of novelties and wondrouely oreduJ.oua-.that some native Greeb had arrived in Par:i8, men of marve1Ioua learning, who made uae of a pron~ tion of the Greek tongue entirely cWferent from that generally ~ved in th_ parts; for instance, they called S, inlIleed of Yita, Beta, and ." inetead of Ita, Eta; ai, instead of (1/, ai; 01, instead of i, oi; ud 80 on; that on hearing this Eraemua wrote BOOn afterwards the DiIJlogtM on the right pronunciation of the Latin and Greek tongues, in urder to appear M_V CM m-tor of CM m/JU4r (ut videretur huiua rei ipee inventor), and offered it to the printer, Peter of Moat, for printing; but, 88 the printer declined, either ~ he was engapd in other work, or at any rate beoauae he said he was not able to produce it as IOOD as WlI8 desired, Eraamua sent the treatise to Froben at Basle, by whom it was immediately printed and published. Eraamua, however, having found out the trick (practised upon him), never afterwards used that method of pronouncing, nor did he direct those of his friends, with whom he was more familiar, to follow it. In proof of this ll. Butgerua used to show a eoheme (.;'brlllulGlR) of pronunciation written by the hand of Eraamua himaelf_ copy of which is still in my [Vose'a] poaaeaaion-for the use of Damian de Goes, a Spaniard, whioh in no way differed from that whioh learned and unlearned uae everywhere for that language." (Signed) Henricua Coracopetraeua Cucoenaia [Henrik Bavenaberg van Kuik] Neomagi [Nijmegenl 1s69, the eve of St. Simon and St. Jude [27th of This incident then ezplaina on the one hand why Eraamua did not treat the subject in a direct and earnest manner, but put the diacuaeion into the mouth of anim.a1a, and on the other aocounta for the fact that he continued to abide by the traclitionai (or modern Greek) pronunciation of Greek to the end of his life. The whole subject bearing on the genesis and history of the Eraamian doctrine is ably and lucidly set forth by JGennadioa in the N . . .tmU& CMtvfy (voL uxviii f.), to whom I am indebted for the above extract. PI Aa a matter of course, regard is had here to that Era.amian pronunciation only which Eraamiana believe to be the ancient and correct one (as advocated, for instance, by Prof8880ra EVArnold and BSConway in their pamphlet bearing the rather misleading title: TM f"I!Iton!cJ' [meaning the' genuine Eraamien '] Pnmunci4tioft of Ondt: IJfId Latift, Cambridge, 11I9s), not to that which they actually practise, since this is English in Engliah-apeaking oountri-. German in Germany, French in .France, and so forth. This incouiaten' AnrJo.German pronunciation therefore is eDtirel,y disregarded here.
October~'

82

Digitized by

Google

SOURCBS FOR DETE1UrtINING PRONUNOIATlON.

[M-H.

fl is BOunded by Eraamia.nR b 7" "g

of tJ

" " "

by modern Greeb ,,(b) " .. glt W or English glt C,) .. tl " .. tJ or tit in 't1ten' " p ... It .. J . .. C -t- I t " " kit or cia (x) " I ~ A" " tit in 'lAin'

24,' .Add, for thll sake of complete~ that IOme Eraamians give' the complex BOund of . , while Greeks pronounoe it invariably as a simple Toioed. in zeal (~). Oonvenely, while Eraamiana sound., It X invariably as pttural fI k cA, Greeks pronounoe them 10 before consonants and 11 0" only, but before the palatal Towels. i they palatalize them to j l le. (54b. 60. 91). Me. All a _ttar of 00IU'II8, a few N dialeatII, in particular those which lie in, or border OD, alien - . Ihow BOme phOJltmO dUcrepanoies. Tha, to leave uide the peculiar phonology of northerD 8p88Ch (C9 If.), Taaconic ezpl'8ll88ll , by ,. (instead of tT, as in ancient LacoDic, 56"), while South Italian hu replaced ., IS' ~ t by Italian 9 d sI dIIf. (031. 1741>. 1841>. 187"). In a mlDilar way, the Pontic idioms have adopted the eonants 4 IJ Q from the Turkish.

215. The criteria and other data which at the present time each echool adduces in support of its doctrine are: linguistic and dialectal JI8o!&llels ; etymologies; the procell8 of contraction aDd crasis; information derived from the works of ancient writers, in particular the old grammarians; plays on words (puns); imitations of the cries of anima.hi; transcriptions from and into Latin; and above all the orthopphica1 confuslon occurring in the spelling of the inscriptions and old papyri. It is obvious, however, that the great m~ority of these tests, notably the linguistic and dialectal parallels, etyma1~8II, cues of contraction and crasis (J S6 W.), imitations of animal cnes, and most of the transcriptions into and from Latin, are unaafe and often misleading, especially in the case of the Honants. Nor is the information derived from ancient writers and theorists more valuable, aeeiDg that in most of their remarks-which are incidentaltheee a.uthorities do not so much consider the actual pronunciation as they do the concrete script (2S C ), as fixed by historical spelling (2S 8 ). In the case of the grammarians, moreover, it must be bome in mind that they a.re post-Ch~tian scribeB (excerptors, commentators, copiers) and CIUlJlot Bpeak wit.h authority of the pronunciation of 'clasaica1' Greek. As a matter of fact, their }lrecepts and theories on this point are just as 'Worthless as is their mformation about Homer's authorship and penonality w. Be it further remembered that, as they are not actual

Digitized by

Google

sa-ssb.]

ANCIENT TESTDlONY ON PRONUNCIATION.

gra.mmaria.ns but mostly commentators of claB8icGl texts, they hardly consider orthoepy (2S0). and that moreover they specuJate too much and represent phonology not even as it was in their own time, but as it ought to be or could be in their judgement and taste.
16 b Gf'amrJllJr', as now generally understood-the art concerned with the principles and rules of language iD lpeaking and writing-was viewed differently among the ancients. For, .. already intimated (05 If. 020. 25), the lpoken or oolloquiallanguage was, even in .A, hardly considered by writers, and utterly ignored by theorists or I phUologera.' With the ancient. then the study of language was the phUOIOphical etymology of words. When in the course of time the Stoics took up the IUbject of philOlOphical or higher grammar and finally the term made ita appearance, it was conceived .. the art dealing with the rp"'MATA, or litteraIurG (as the earlier Romans rendered it), that il with the tm'iltm compositions of I clallllical' antiquity. Hence the technical definition given by the 'oldest grammarian,' Dionysioa Thrax (I~C.), il rpap,.",,~" pUa ftir trapd "O"lt'GI; _ ~iitr,,, ch 1 ,.a nA~ Af'YOp.J.."" that is I grammar is the knowledge of the ulUallUbjeot-matter and diction found in the (cluaical) poet. and proaaistl' (cp. Serl. adv. gram. 611 If.), and is literally repeated by the Romans, ~ quill G tIDbis littIrrattIrG diciCur, sci;mUIJ " , _ _ flUIJ' G poGU Ailltorici& ~ dil:tcftM' ID: JIII'W lIIIJioN (Varro in Jrlar

.".,.,.,.un,

.",,, .,....

,.oii .."f'6,.t'Of oyl".t'Gl '""~

_Errfl IS ~xor. 'tl](GT'O" ~ ~ .,.a r [po 166] ftpl ,.cM &36"",, oydp IfpO-r'la,r ""oc-ro,.l"ov ,.m; m,.,.or _ 0/,,, 'trtA4I&..".,.,o",.., (....1JaI1vr6..,...t ftir X.,AIow ,.a. ~XOl'. Ta.. M Bf'AXEWN oYMTpON ,u" cYHXON, ~"II~ lIv,",x~r.,.a 0" IIJ".,."., oydp .,.a m"If"';~ 1a.,./pov, ~ ~ .Am" Aall(J4".. ftpl n)r 4",..,par p&J.Aor. b. Pollowing this atraDp principle that the euphcqr of a IOUDd is ID. pr0portion to its volume, Dionyllioa further enumeratee (lb. p. 166) AMNP c and z ! 'I'

&ra ,.t) "".~,.,., ..oUt) AI-trrac, /Ir6,.'pCIl1~ 31111 pla9l, aut. II~ 31111 """t). ,..wra ,u" ..,ap n)r law;;'" 1ItWapc" Ix" ,,0"1", 'I'd ~ llaa'a _ n)r T'OU ""'~JACI,.or 'an IyyW ,.OU ,..A,,&nrra ftMIC '''fCPCI. (Op. alao 69 (I].) Co Still more abeurd is DioDsBioa' contention that the eameatn_ and dignity of Thucydides' and Plato'1 diction ooIl8iIt ID. the rhytbmica.l noce.ion and alternation in them of metrioal feet. c. 18, p. 25. I; p. -36. d. Di~' tute .. to the relative euphouy of the vowel_dB is evidently aharad by lIermopnes the rhetorician. In biB D.pl lIt&. a' p. 291 (LSpenpl), the latter argues that DO word is IOn01'011l UDleII it 8l1I the mouth: AIE,r ~ a.,.n, riG'a ~" ...Aa,..ia ni 1I,D'YIfOUI1G ,.a _M n)r .po4Jopd7 ,", 010" Inp ...,,.,,a.tfolHll "'Jlfr, ,.oiif'o clI'4-ync.afac .oc.g, ",~" ,.." AIE- dnW. ,.ocaWac ~ #flU &Mac pl" ,.",er, II~ 4l ,.~ a _ ,.. l1li .A.""", (read .A"Cm&) XJ1&IJAfI'at, &r .ov _ IS [Phaedr. 244 D] n)r olOIr,",q" t!-,",q" +'1a,,, 6ropGmu ,.,I'dr 4_.~ ,.a l1li. _ pl ,.oii a A/'YO'''' h ,., T'OCoiif'OI'. IS oydp 8t6lfPC"or 4X16,...6" ,._ 'II'ffrDltJ1f' a..~ollaatr .,.",.,.Elllcd,.a n)r ~",,.~ a 'I'd.A.ilma X/'OI" pl_. p/AAJ11t'G ~ 'I'd ""'Xfliz t'GIma, ,.a l1li _,.a a, lleaip.. ,.. _ lleo-ym,.a" A6-yor .1 Ifa~a Mr ,..Aamalar .r" auMa/3t1r ftir AIE'-, olOl' 0 MEN lit MErloC H['EMWN ~N oYPAN4) ZEic mHNoN lpMA. ~.w.,.., n a.JII'~ A/fflr 4l W ,.m; 0 ITt'CNXtlou m'I'1l "orar .rr ,., ~ lfat'4Ano-, 0101' 'OpoNTHC, _ 4l nir pupae;,.. _ 1Ie~6rt1Mr .A_4C0III141, _ III 'I'd ,.tAfIIftfCI I. 71Itlnu 'XOIHIat, ~. .1 1ItI8' ~ ~11t'G "'''"''' .octi' n)r AlE'" .AtGPUal1llJl. I1IH1t'/AAfI oydp piMOI' _ "I/1'I""'at 1Ie~ R . ., . .,.a nil,.,.. (Op..J> (,,),)

.. I9mi-vowela (25b) of which z ! 'I' are double, and then d901_ (p. 168): "ov a.) ,.otlnw Ifptl,.,.OI pl" 'l'd1le..Aii ,.;;", 4..AIiw, ' ..fla.) MEizONA ,,.Ipow _ ,.iiAAOI' 1Ioni' nir ,..A.I",r .,.,.., ~ 'I'd d..Ai Ilea ,.a .Is IJpaxvrl""." ClbnUr ,.6l'0III ~1TItu ~l(o".-A.nd reprding the mutllll he naturall7 ooll8iders the Upiratee far the beat (p. 176): IfpG,.,"a~"oII.

'nE,,,,,

'11t'I

'11t'I ,.;;",

'n-

,.a"

'a,.,,,

.."ol1fi,,..,,.,

,.6,..

11T'O,"",'"' _

"6,.

'E"""". 1IA4,._

.AGm""

.A., ,.

<4>

a""a

,.a "",,,'To,

I _.i',

34

Digitized by

Google

--------

~----------

----

-- -- -

--~

------,

VietoriD. i. I, 6 - BKeil 'ri. 04). The various part. of mob a grammar ware, according to the said Dion. Thrax: (I) dvq..-" IIITpcS., nnl .,."""..; (a) 'im17&r _nl7'M mlllipx_ _",..., 7',m-; (S) ,,/AalI7. - n nllrropcGw flp6X.'pot dd3ocru; (04) ''I'V~ ftlpel7&r; Cs) clNAooylllr '1IA0'ptI,,0; (6) Itpil7.r flOUIp.!7'OW. And these requisites of a 'grammarian' are thus defined bybi8 ecboliut: (p4por) lcopB.".,. . (i.e. correcting one'. own copy>, bcrp..nlt6v,It".."".&dv, 1t(1l7'_; and by tbe RomanI: fj'I"IItl&tII/.IUcxN 0/IId4 -.caRl iA J'I(If1ibu8 ~, ldotIe eftIIfTGtioN ~ ., itlllicio (Diomed. ii. 4a6 HKeil).-Theae principles were more or 1_ adbered to by all ancient and Byzantine 'grammari&nll' down to very recent times. (Cp. oa" Preface p. vii t)
16-. Another very important point, wbich eannot be too strongly impreaaed upon the Btudent, iB thi& While nowadaya a written composition is iDtended Bnt for tbe mind, nut for the ear, and laet for the eye of the reader, in tbeir writing. the ancient Greek. bad reprd maiDly to the ....--t pert of the language, that i. to tbe miDd and to tbe ere, heediDg but iDcidentaUy the acoustic side of the diction. Hence they wrote all words in a continuoUl liDe-a mode of writiDg called now 1CripNr'G _ " - a n d thi. unbroken liDe theT often treated, especially in vene, a. a text unit, ecmetimes even subjecting it to the phonetic principles applicable to a single word. Accordingly when we peruee ancient texta for information .. to the phonetic value of a letter, syllable, word, accent, and the like, we must aacertBin whether the informant refere(I) To ita grtlllHlll.ltilll ftmc:Cion; (:11) to ita external form, that iB to the . , . .. it appears to the ere (19b ), the commonest cue; (s) to ita 1OUtIIl. Compere Sext. adv. gram. 631 nl" TplXcDc A..,o,..uov 'I"Oii trroIXftov.7'oU 7" "'fI'G+O,u- XfIIICIIt7ipor nl MOll. Ital '"if 7'0W0u BuN,....". nl,7" 7'oU 6v6pIJ'rOr, rpoa,l- m 4 ,,",111l p/Wtna fI'pl n;r 1Iw4,...." (grammatical function) . " -rdp nl 1tllpU.r trroIx'" 'ftp' d7'O" (i. e. ,,0& -'flGpp4,,_i or 2-"r) "'~III. Cp. Arist. de part. animo :11. 16, 660 a :11. a. I, 66. b 104: woAAIl .-pM n)v .,wfl7." ftn, rpAMMh(l)N 01 flp61J'6WC ftn, 616rruo fIV~. -See fIu1.her 19b. 041. 20Sb. 851 f. i. 6 [I] " 1!It'. 'In fact in this eDtire theory (ofvowels and their cl . cation), writing rather than BOund has evidently been the guide.' FBlau Pron. 19f.

"..!r,r..

26d In face of these facta, the only safe criteria for the determination of the pronunciation of ancient Greek are the contem~rary inscription. and papyri. But even here we must draw a line of distinction between public and private documentl. inaamuch BB official and literary productions preserve the etymoklgical and ltiBtorietJl spelling. whereas private recorda (inscriptions on stone or on vases; sepUlchral, votive, and honorary memori8Ja; corresJ?ondence; notes, etc., on papyri), being the work of unscholarly artisans, are of especial value to us as throwing a sidelight on the actual atate of the la.Dguage.
51&-. In order to realize the full aigniflcance of the ~ or hiBtorical orthography, be it remembered that, in ancient times: (I) grammar was the foundation of all education and the indi.penaable companion of every aeribe. 8ext adv. Gram. 607. 041 dd ...,.,6n,rllr 17x'lc)" n1 'It tnan6-- 'YpapIIGT'., 1117" 7" atm, 010" ~ 7" fI~' n)v ftn, &Mow p&8rp.v. (2) Every public place teemed with inscription. which eerved as orthopphic standard and guide; and (S) not only all current school-texts (rcl 7tpGm"'lI) bad to be copied accurately and in the received uniform 8p8lling, but, wbat ia moat important, in the maJority of caaea, a reader was also a more or 1_ profeaaional copier, inaamuch be had to copy his own reading matter. In point of fact, the ancienta were more familiar with tbe received or hiBtorical orthography than iB the caae with us nowada,.., and QuiDtilian could well aay (Inat. Oral. 1,7, I I "30); ~ fUII!III' ~iAi IIInIU. (Jp. 7'7 [I].

.apa.a.u,..,

36

Digitized by

Google

S8]

PRONUNCIATION OF VOWELS,

L PRONUNCIATION OF THE SONANTS. S8. The absence of." and Ill, and the multiple value of E and o previous to the adoption of scholastic spelling (6 f. 12), clearly indicate our starting-point and the proper method of investigation to be adopted: as long as the vowel symbols ." and "" together with their combinations 11 and 'to 'tfIJ and l1l1I, did not exist, they cannot claim a sound of their own (29b). Even after their adoption it came to pass, in consequence of the tenacious adherence of the Athenians to their ancestral (historical) spelling, that the old orthography continued to be used, for a considerable time-sporadically downto the III' B.e., and in the case of and ." down to Byzantine times,-side by side with the new system (cp. 41), so that, during 450-300 B.e., we are confronted by a constant confusion of these symbols as well as their combinations with their predecessors. This confusion may be illustrated by the following specimens:
I. E and El are very frequently interchanged from the part ot the rvt' B.C. Thus standa-

VIt'

to the latter

nUI3M, 'XITllA'fa"'o, 's,.. op. alao 4); (over thirty tun.., PXretaohmer34); aA~Io., ib.; katAarlGA91;..aIo ib. S04 (on Attio - . PXretachmer 109 f.).; ncf6".or tor DflHwecOf (OSolrmann ii. 13.).-J'or ~ropD_ El (~9 ft'.): 'Ecr-r,a.lt. 'o...pwit, .."....,.aJlCf CIA ii. 872 (341-340 B.o.); ilia".., a.1II, ..... ..pllI/Jo, /SouA., JUA.aal..., dm,,"," (lUleiaterbans' 5 t. I; 16),-not to mention the frequent _ where is tollowed ",. another vowel, as: S.ior (tor law) on a .A red-1lgured vue (PKretaohmer 136), ,<,)., a.,,,,(,)a, .,.IA.(I)or, ete. ate. (see 20"). b. El tor E, rarely: dx'poAlow OIA. ii. 2836; dX" for IXec, ib. 3OD4o . . . fAIN' tor XI,.,- OD a A red-B.gared vue, PKretschmer 136. Op. 20" f. 2. E and H interchange times without number from the V1J' B.o. down to the IXI;!' ~D. (~). 11. In the Attio iZIIICriptioDl the two symbols are written interchangeably, but f, M the ancestral repreaentative (~9 1), occurs far more frequently for ., than convenely. )'or the period anterior to the I~ B.O. _ KlIeiaterhana' 26[11 (alao GlIeya~ 88 f. and FBI8811131 f.)-and add among other inatan08ll of fqr .,: TecplllaCOI Xf*1TOr OIA. ii. 4112 ~ B.O.); CIA iii. 281: I.pion I .... Sarrfpor 1_ 'AlcMir 2ontlpu. OIA. ill. add. 1114& E~u. OIA. in. 11440 ii. IS ElpllGior. 2936 TfP,-,ITWf. 2063 BIll. Apalov. 2856 M'..,lIol. lIf... rrpG'NJtI Df",,~. Gr. Urt. Berlin 261", 26 f. r..a Beuollitt. I/AA;' for -~11J b. H for E from the beginning ~ B.c.): +cAoE"v'l UKllhler in lIitth. So P. 363- 'H/IO'fIlAtJ ib. KAlo""",,, ib. 36+ IIl00000A~r OIA. ii. 2731. 'MAl..." wHor (",on), 'H..,B6Ato, PKretaohmer \)11. JIHAl.,.., id. 107. ARII(J,or CIA. U. 3134 (IIlll B.o.), A.,tMHJI{c...,r ib. 1081, 48, ill. (31-54 ~D.), Louvq Pap. 41 (160 B.o.); _(for Iaw)ib. S3,9t 39f.-IIi.OXOf (tor IJI-)Gr. Urt. Berlin 9-,7.

lrAia.,r, rinu, MO'A'Ilt, (FBI8118 30 note 3;

11.

E for (orilrinal) El:

6>." ... (beside 'oAflCIW),

ncwcaa..

."r".

.,.,Bt'ta.,.,.

(1) Compare id. p. IS, 6, b '., Jr.ann biB ~SO n. Ohr. noch mit f verweohBelt warden' adducing many inaoriptional vouchers from 117-2119 '&.D. [but for -.AllTlr read -.AllTlOr].-FBI. . 36 'Th_ II01U1da (., and .) a180 are, It is true, frequently oont011lldad by the papyri, and on the latter .. wall .. OD lnacriptiODl no 1_ than., is used tor the arisinjt from GI' with ret'uenoe to Louvre Pap. No. I where 1_ flllpoaUr (tor ~), twioe; IJ 0""""; u ..Ntl; no. 40 d~; 41, IS Bull. Con. Hell. U. 341 IIIWcrltrlOJl and 'Epri/Sou (Del08).-Add: df",,"" OIA. Iv. 630 b <34 B.o.), 18; driI.... Gr. Pap. Br. MUll. p. II9t 4 (161 B.o.); ,-rpM CIG 4J6s. JcroflUlit 4788. 'ftRptW ~39t &to. eto. .

IT"''''':

".,plonu.

BeIT_

36

Digitized by

Google

INTERCHANGE OF VOWELS AND D1PRTBONGS.

[se.

Digitized by

Google

27-28.] INTERCHANGE OF VOWELS AND DIPHTHONGS. 27. The above direct evidence (all from inscriptions and papyri) could be easily multiplied, but the specimens given may suffice for our purpose. The whole phenomenon may be conveniently illustrated by the following synoptical diagram in which the arrows indicate the direction of interchange, the black lines the frequency of this confusion, and the dotted lines its infrequency. lE : : lEt, and o.~ .. ov, and ot.~'t'.

l/i.!. illr
'I ...... 'D

01

From this diagram then, which gives a synoptical survey of the frequency and direction of the ' misspelling' occurring in the inscriptions of the VIt....:....IV~ B.o., we see that the , misuse' of lE for 'I and lEt, and the 'misuse' of 0 for 01 and ov, are by far commoner than conversely. But what is more striking is that while lE very frequently stands for 'I and lEt, the latter two symbols are rarely interchanged; and in the same way, though 0 is often misused for 01 and ov, the latter two symbols are hardly interchanged (26, b, c). In face of these facts, it would be very unsafe or uncritical to draw conclusions as to the pronunciation, in the Vt-IVt B.O., of the above 80nants from their frequent or casual interchange in the inscriptions, before we have first investigated and detected the cause and process which have been at work in producing this irregular phenomenon.
18. It is commonly held, especially among Erasmians, that the oftlcial adoption of '1 and AI in 403 B.Co W88 due to the crying need of expl'888ing by these speciflo symbols primarily MIll aotmd8 whioh had in the course of previous times developed out of E and 0 respeotively, and then a difference of quanIitv [see the following note]. This theory, however, though sanctioned by long and general belief, cannot stand the scrutiny of either historical inveetlgation or close reasoning, 88 Appendix II will show, and the following considerations corroborate. G. In adopting '1 and AI 88 vowel-symbols, the Athenians must have had in mind either a JIAotMtic (i. e. qualitative or quantitative), or a tMorelical (metrical and grammatical) principle; that is to 8&y the adoption of '1 and AI can have been intended to graphically symbolize either pre-existing specifio hitherto imperfeotly or not at all represented, or ...wict&I and gratJlmtJtical phenomena developed in the comae of time. Now the former 888UDlption is precluded by many and weighty considerations. In the flrat p~ had there been developed. prior to the Eucleidian spelling, any new BOunda for whioh the original five BOnant.. fI, f. C. 0, (0)011. were inadequate, there ia no plausible reason why Athens, the foremost leader in thought and action, who then teemed with writers, philosophers, painters, sculptors, musicians, architects, etc., who moreover, in view of her mixed (chiefly Ionio and Dorio) dialect (04), could not be reproached with great excluaiviam, shOUld have been 80 slow and tardy in contriving or borrowing new and apeoific symbols for th_ BOunds, the more 80 88 she had already contrived BO many mwicGl notes. If '1 and AI had been adopted as rep.-ntativ88 of apeoiflc new -filii, is it pOBBible that such an event should have been pa.ed over in silence by all ancienhuthorities? (App. ii. u[a].) It is also unaccountable how, if

_w.

38

Digitized by

Google

LONG VOWELS AND THEIR ORIGIN.

immediate popularity_ did t and ", from the very outaet-and did not zemain sharply diatinct, precluding all oonfuaion with other 8Onante(cp. 27. 41). To argue theNfoN with FBlue (ProD. 25) that '" and CII weN adopted to u;pn. the open [Le. '] and open 0 NBpeOtively,'-80unda which

OIlCl adopted to Npre.nt apeoi1le and realaouncU,,, and CII did not meet with

'~, "Ep.xtMb, Df".A_cSr, d~ nIx, -,paPP4TC'i, fr.." A"u", eta., taken as rep~tatlYe8 of their eta., .PPE'ar apelt: during 400-300 B.o. nther with m than with El; during p-200 B.O. rather with El than with HI; and during B.O. 200-100 A..D. rather with HI than with El (26, 5). ID partiaaJar ... 1Ind that, _ in the 'publio' .A inlcriptiollll, the dative of the lat and pd deelenaiona and the subjunctive Ihow the tbUowing interrelation in the 1188 of m and Blnepeotive1y : lit declenIion. srd tleoIenaion. nbjunctive. 'If... 1J"'" ""~ ... During
B.C. 370-1JOO 188 .. .&;0-200 I~ " 1;00-100 OD. 54

avowedly diappeared very _n afterwarda, that is eYen hefON Aristotle's time and WON the aymbole for them had met with general receptionbut that 'none the 1_ thMe aymbole weN now reteined for di1feNnt ( .. quantitative .') pu~ (11,' is to my mind rather feeble and improb. able theory. For if phonetic distinction had become by this time, and not hefON 403 B.o., a COfIdUiD 9UCI _ which neceBBitated the Ntention of" and CII AB marks for a long foBOund and a long o-BOund respectively, theN can he no NABOn why no NCOune Was had to the natural expedient augpet.ed by the then eurriYing poetical (Homeric) method of doubling the vowels, but on the oontrary, double vowele should have been by ~ time eyatematically abandoned. le it probable that ignorant ecribee and ston_utters should haft never been miBled by their ear and 80 sub. stituted H for 'long' 'I, and 00 for 'long' III Y Or is it poBBible to conoeive a ltmg II-aound (011) without the presenCl of a parallel Mori .sound Y Be it farther oheerYed that if " and III denoted or ClIme to denote the quantitative length of and 0 in IJIM:A, it is rather strange that they should not immediately meet with general acoeptanoe as NpNI18ntatiY8B of long. and 0, but should do 80 only at a period (350-200 B.o.) which clearly marks the beginning of the dieappearanoe of quantity. B_ the very name " MirA (though later) is irreconcilable with' quantity: which would have oertainly augested "awcpON. Add ftnally the very IIigniflcant fact that the spurious diphthongs '" and.,. (lI and ,,), in which " and III Yirtually did the work of quantity, aN almost indiBcriminately replaoed by.& and 0& NBpectively (26, 5" 8). to ID th.e diphthonp where the &is mUff and thu n-.srlly thro_ upon a ., Of the entire work of quantitative distinotion, t:be Attio as weU as lonio _d Doric iDBCriptioll8 and papyri mow throughout antiquity an almost indiloriminate interchanp of ft with '1', and 0& with.,. (in the ease of 'I t:bere was DO oecui.on for oonfuion). ThUl the word! .Ack,1ftIIIOl, MITov"ft., AI:!~,

.M

CId_

..sA.,

44 MIll
133

.,

17

18 6

IS

15

(See JUleoht i1.; cp. Klleiaterhanll2B-31 " FB~ Pron. 44-50-)

10

D. Now let DB turn to the ~ (metrioal and grammatical) prineipJe. It will he shown eleewheN (123) that the character of archaic Gnelt welJ. JuatiJleI DB in uauming a richer coDBOnantiBm for the primitive
(1) FBl_ Pron. 25: I The diltinotion between B and Eo n and 0 was originally one of quality, and the only qualitative diatinotion which can have been intended fa that which the lta.liane make prominent both in pronunciation _d in grwnmetiClI writing in the _ of th_ two YOW8le, and only th_, namal7 the diatinction between open and c1~ and 0. The quantitative d.iatinotion _ to p88I aocidentalq and -darib',' etc.-And 31 : 'diatination of quantity cannot be reprded in thil _ [of f and hysteropn_ fa] or elsewhere in ancient timea as the caUIB of cWl'erenoe in writing.' Theae are of _ _ _ _ ~ bMed on subjective opinion, not on facti. Op. ~ ~

39

Digitized by

Google

LONG VOWELS AND

. . . of the laDguap than appears in .A, aDd that the 1088 of OOIUlOnanta had led to a oorreaponding chaDge in the language. When ther. fore (in the VII~-VI't B.c.) a lIpirit of national education awoke aDd the aDceetral literature-then all in _was adopted as the buia of the educationaJ. system, schoolmasters found that the ourrent tuta had been dected by the loss of the aforeeaid OOIUlODI.Ilta aDd thUB ezhibited certain metrical aDomalies, which had to be removed in the intel'88t of their pupils. Accordingly tesehen aDd oommentators bepn to mark the dected syllablel with oonventional SignL In Aohaeic or Aeolic (03) oountries the conventional marks resorted to were either a doubling of the succeeding OOn80naDt (11''''', llAo#I"..., 1t,.",,0I, In,""." tp8iPflOl, X'PPOW, (i""os), or an epenthetic I, the latter being intended as a visible but mute guidtlsuggested by the I adsoript (30" It). In this way, original G 0, when occurring before a loet. lOund, came to be written AI '1 01, aDd thUB led to th_ ,,~ or ~ diphthongs whioh naturally retained for a time the phonetic qualtty of their simple parenta G I 0, as: ftas lJp}(!Jlor for Tan apxon, .aar for A.s-r for *A~ "lAs.r for "lA.olfr, .,.ae"1 for *'I-T"a, lar for (flr), .,.a.r for -reS", (.,.0"), lxoan for IX""IJIJ, pIIl"G for *".,.,-rja, ~ipoa"l for "'fIOI'T"l (19i. 303. UI1r.) .Actusted by similar oonsiderations, the IoniaDa also adopted certain marks, viz. the .Aohaeic fl, then 011 for Achaeic oa, while 11 was retained unaltered, as: fwHI ..dr, (.wor, .f..._ .,.oiIr .d,aour, ",waG, 'X_I, but..aall, "lAII., ~l. In the _ e way Doric dialects adopted" (identified with El) for. (41&l for *I",.." for '''':Oflr), aDd 01 (n) for Achaeic 01 or Ionic .... (-.. .. p/ittsa). .At !ut .AtheniaD achoolmaaters also BaW the ezpediency of such conwntional aymbols and 10 adopted the Ionic fl aDd 011 for oompenaated or theti.c aDd 0. In this way, every poatpositive I, especially when prevocalictherefore every intersoDl.lltlc I _ e to be oonfounded with I adacript intended to gnphically Bymbolize IOme lost sound (oonIODI.Ilt), aDd thUB effect or indicate metrical position in the form of 'natunl 'length. The eoneequence of such a confueion was that the said, began to be freely dropped or freely ineerted (30" t:). For fuller partieulan aee .App. U. !)-15. ua. The relative inlluence of theory (prosody) and physiology on the orthographic system developed, eTen in the dialects, ever since historical times, is Btrikingly illustrated by the Tarious methods adopted in .Achaeic (especially in its BoeotiaD form), the mCllt oonservative of all dialects. Here we find: (1) originally poBitional or 'thetic' 11 developed first into ar (.,..w..r, Tair 1Ii_.), then either yielded to .Attic 11 (T4AaS, .,.u 3Urar), or was phonetically transcribed to, ( -.: It.P for Xflp, "9/1a for trailla); (3) originally thetic f developed IIrst into d(-rElfl,.., I'fl), then either yielded to (Ionie-) .Attic" (Tt",,.., 1nI'I'~p, JAIl), or was phonetically transcribed to " (rip, ~"..) or by I (- fa: 7,.." """"'); (3) originally thetie developed IIrst into 01 (.,.olr "4,,Aoas, pIIlaG, ~poa"I), later replaced by 01 (rii, adl'Ol, u'''''''')' then either yielded to (Ionic-) .Attic 011 (-tl: .,.oiIr "4,,Aovr, ,.."un, ~potHII), or was phonetically traDlICIibed by the simple u-symbol u (aaAv, rir lAAur, rii ad,.." ,.vera, ~1pv"1) ; _ mode of spelling which found its way also into the received or panhellenic orthography (36).-All these modee aDd ataaes of spelling are amply represented in the respective insoriptiona. lI. The procea jail; deHDeeted Ihowa then thM the above nnltant. diphthoDp are not origiDal but .~ (1JIIIrlove), and ., cannot, in their as

*,'" *_"

.r

d""".

n.,.',,.,

IJtafIe, claim a lO1Uld di1Fel'llDt from that of their simple pred_m However.
AI

in procea et time the,y came to be B7BtBmatica1l.Y applied, it. wu inevitable that pupile and pneral readera Ihould have padualJ.y oonfoanded them in ewr.v napect., and that fIom nadiDg the oonfa8ion .,..ad into oommon life. (0,. 211J'. App. ii. u.)

19". Regarding the adoption of the symbol" as a separate TOWel, the promoters of the spelling reform were evidently animated by the wish to remove an ambiguities and anomalies in matters of law (GGrote Gr. HiH. 'Vi. 534 It), and more particularly to eimplify the reading at eehool and elsewhere of the Dational literature. then chiefly metrical, and to

'0

Digitized by

Google

BYSTEBOGBDOUS DIPRTBONGS.

UUa end merely l&DatioDed the ooDTeDtioDa! I17stem alreacly initiated &Dd cleTeloped at 1IOh001. AooordiDgly that partioular was tnDscribed by, which, thoup Dot diphthongized to hyaterogenooua" (29). appeared in wree as 'long' (uaua!lyunder the ictus,II9); or. to put it another way. that was transliterated by" which in the other principal dialeote already figured aa'l, and furthermore that which in Doric (and Achaeic) oorreapGnded to a, but in Ionic already appeared aa 'I. except after P where the Doric (and Aehaeic) 4 had established iteelt in Attic and 80 was retained, e. g. :
PaDhellenio: "'Iw.6s. .A..u., -rAPIR. .~ ~r. p(w. ~~'" 3on, ''orOllTCI, _~ITOIolHpG, ~ 'XPMOJ. --. 1J'/JAJIptU, 'a/ltwfHII. ate. Attio and Ionic: ..AV (Dori.o ..A.G,,>, " (ph), 1Jd&rp1 (1Jda.,,), pAX'I (p/JXG~. 4A-iYIJ (I.AUlliTCI), """'17/ (prId,..), a."... (a_a), wAm (..A4,a). ",aor (...or , 4nrt (~), ~ 1TT,.nrt6r (...,.ss), .,.., (N-), 16'1' (16-. fI'P~ (oTCIr), ete. ButDorio and Attio: p,. (Ionic x4Ip,,), "."t., ~"..""t'lf).a~i4 (J'I), "filii (fWP'IE)' .,.n,p (.".".,,), (.,.",xw-), ..puaOJ ( ..p~aaOJ), ".ap4aOp.tJI ( ...~ao,...), "aTpGI' (,i.".,.pOII), ,...), AGI", (-',,), AIta" (At'l")' ete. I9c The rapid spnad from the outset of the qmbol 'I-not .. H (-1) but .. an additional B7JDbol or n_Ietter (with a new name, 72}-W.. apparently due to ftorioaa 1U1like its aa.ocJate fI, it prevented phonetic confuion with original and real diphthongal d i it wu thought to graphicall7 B7JDbolise its progenitor, H beingtabn for a oombinationofEl (or ER P) i and it had aleo become widespread, apart bom Ionic, in Doric and Achaeic, including the adjacent Boeotian (op. xi for XOp, "AJ,or for '.fiPor, .,.",u for ~""" for ~,...". Atrw for AXfI for ,lXff; fc~ for fcA.t_. KAHI1I4"'1f for KA.""4...,,., "llpUAHrM for -,,1.""'01, As for la'J"tfAllJ' for 'a.,."A.", 4tnrpos for fnapor,.t.c.). This frequent ooncurrence of 'I and .. then ineTitabJ,y led to a CIOIlfuion, and obacured the speoial use for whioh eithtr new iIy11lbol had been intended, the Athenian public at large imagining that 'I had been iDtroduced .. a monoliteral and OOllvenient ~ equivalent to its biliteral pndece.or and a.ooiate .. (11. Now .. fA by that time had aeaumecl the - a of. CM), it happened that 'I began to be popularq read like I, while &mOIlg theorists and tra:ned nadem it must have retained, for a considerable time, the IICIUIld 01 its pred_ E (op. 29- 48). In other words, H was teohnicall,y inteDdecl for 'long' I, but pop'lllarq mistaken for fl, whioh fa by thia t i _ ,.... pl'Ollounced .. i. 18"C. Aa espeoted. the innovation could Dot fan to C8uae oont'wdon betweeD the old and new system. At the same time the novel symbols were reprded, for a long time (41), aa a sort of aliens and mere graphio alternatives for the ancestral e and 0 respectively PI. This circumstance alao aooounta for the striking phenomenon that, whereas the primordial aDd traditional E and 0 are used times without number for 'I and OJ re..,.avely, the latter, having t'riginated as concrete marks of compensated and 0, and so being IUbeerTient chie1ly to speclaliate, are on the whole rarely misused for the former (27). It is only since Q times that Hand n _ve been oompletely identi8ed with E and 0 respectively, and thus very often take their place (26, 2 & 7).

till.,....

A.,

... t,...,

v.a-).

.,.,.)(WtiJ

ahr.,,.l-'' '), .,,.w (.,,,,w), ,.,... (c""'"

ea_ :
.l.or,

",,,,Is.

,f.,

I') Compare PL Orat. 418 0 01 p~ .. d.PXGl6.,.4TOI Ip'''''' (Ip- 1) n}1' 11"'"", Mw, 01 ~ (fllTT'por) oll~ 1Ip.4,.". Cp. 41. III B _ iu an Attic inlcription of the J:Vtl [before MO} a.o., found on the AcropoIia (CIA". 4Sal, S )-whioh ha. nothing to do with ltenograplay-w la c.lled theftjIA or' the voweJa, .,.,) ~ .4p.rror"';;'" ~4~'J"OJI' T-an expreaion whJoh obviouq aoludes'l and ., from the list of proper lettan. Even in an IGDJe abeeedari1un of the V~ 11.0. (lISBobert. Po 19), the symbol8 'I and OJ aN

.1,..".",

,.a..

a~

Cp.1~(I~

tl

Digitized by

Google

DIPHTHONGS JrlONOPHTHONGIZED.

194. To sum up, in Greek sonantism, as exhibited in cIa.saicaJ. Attic, the so-called long vowels and in the greatest maJority of cases the diphthongs f& and av, represent not original, physiological or specific sounds; they are hypterogeneous and accidental symbols portraying prosodic phenomena developed within historical antiquity, but previous to the IVt B.O. The succe88ive stages of this evolution can be distinctly tra.cel1 in the case of " and ov by their spelling in the contemporary inscriptionl and, under direct Greek influence, in the early Latin orthography also. Here we can distinguish four broad phases of spelling: the primitive, the scholastic, and the phonetic, out of which arose the fourth or received (post-Euclidian) orthography current in our texts. See App. ii 9-15. Primiti.. Sc1wlastic. Plwttetk. BlctiWld. I. E El or H El or I El

'J(OI Ir {/Pr)
xpla dnos
VICOS

ft~fr(Ur

'X~III, dr, qr

'X""

n.

{jM

I'Wrov tnlcia. tnlcia plus pious plt&& ludex lotW.ex ludex lee. The foregoin~ historical facts show plainly enough that, at the time of their adoptIon, the vowel symbols " and QI had no phonetic value of their own, but served as mere technicaJ. (metrical or grammatical) varieties of and 0 respectively. It is evident then that the JP'adual development of the Ionic orthography initiated prior to the "I~ B.O. and finally adopted or legalized 6y Athens in 403 B.O., originated not in the need of spD:bolizing pre-existing sounds, but in the need of symbolizinff metncaJ. phenomena. In other words, the new or scholastic spelling was not the result of previoul phonetic growth, but the very t:atult of the aubaequent (post-Eucleidian) phonetic aystem. It is therefore misleading to start from the B8Bumption, for primordial Greek, of sounds which were not symbolized, and to treat them as concrete teata by the side of the old symboll for phonetic research is aurely a false method. I'm
,.~OV,TGnw
'I"OVrov

d,ivos vricos M, slive (.1, ~r") OYorO {jour, {jilr onClllo

ftpllT~, -fJ"r x~ia, XPo1a

'X'III, 'X'" Jr, lr

ft"c".fJa, -{j&r 1("ca, xpla divus vieus li, live OY {jour

'X"" dr
ftp'".f3"r. xp.la divus vicus si, live OY {jour

The Diphthong, in ~ (19 if.).

80. The diphthongs cu, 0&, V&, a.v, V ('IV occurs only as augment and QIV mainly in Ionic) are 80unded by Erasmiana diphthongally and by traditionists monophthongally in the sense explained above (24). Now judging from the striking frequency of vowel sequences in Homeric (also post-Homeric) compositioDs ( I 24), and the rareness if not absence of contraction and crasis in them, we are warranted in &8811Dling a diphthongal pronunciation of these vowel pairs in 80 far &8 they are , original,' that is in 80 far &8 they had come into real existence

"

42

Digitized by

Google

JlONOPBTBONGIZATION OF DIPHTHONGS.
&8 early

[80-32.

as in Homeric times. But when we descend to classical Attic, we find a very ditferent phenomenon: the process of COfItmction (as represented in 156-165b (appears fully and systematically developed, and the so-called hiatus, either within a word or between two consecutive words, is generally avoided. Now 88 non-contraction (d.avvcupcul4) of the diphthongs and contraction (including crasis) 8I'e two opposite processes, we are bound to assume that the diphthongs in ..4. had long become monophthongs. This is also proved by the fact that no diphthong ever shows a partial elision (14Ib), and the papyri-unlike the inscriptions, which were engraved not phonetically but at first (in ..4.) O'TO&~v, later (in P) mechanically (9 I )-never dissect a diphthong to its com ponent parts at the end of a line. Further very conclusive evidence is afforded by the inscriptions of the Delphian hymns to Apollo (composed after 146 B.o.), where the diphthongs, when they happen to stand under a 10fl{J note, are not dissolved into their element&, but repeated in their entirety just like simple vowels (OCrusius 92-94), whereas the natural way of prolonging the sound of a diphthong would be to draw out its dominant element: ~aov(twice), l"'pOfIoupc~ .TIiA, Maam., "iOlflov, fJ-poiOllTW, ch~, ApoOou. So again in Bull. Cor. HelL xviii. 3491f.: 3 KAcIaTVv; '1 (Jl~; 1'1 (p. 352) c18ciacw[I); 23 ~alongside with 3 17~; '1 ,),Avdaf; 10 al6Ibtp; 13 6ap.rlxu; 15 -yCICL\f ~], Tp'TCIOCIOV~; 19 _p./Jp/nuv, 2 I TW'l~;' 22 ~; 26 lI.ap.{Jp6ra.I.; 2'1 AaanM.
8C)b. Regarding the oocarrence in the lAid hymns (OCraaiua 94) of lov63pov for f~lI, and 'fGOI'Ipow for Nilpow, such an artifioial analyais was a matter 01 abtJolute necessity, since the alternative rendering by means of repeti. tion: -vriNlpow and TGIIII.s,-. would produce ~potI and ft_pow, or at least .1/IpoII and ~, and thus render irreoognizable the original sound.

d."" -., ;

8L As to the spurious diphthongs f, 111 ." Vl-originally written (AE)AI, El, 01, VI, later AI, HI, 01, VI -in so far 88 I here is original, or a genuine phonetic symbol, they evidently came into existence at a period when, 88 in the case of the proper diphthongs, either vowel was still sounded separately, the process being that the first prevailed over the second and ultimately swallowed it.
8lL The phonetic pJ'OCll88 whioh brought about the monophthongization of the diphthonp (IM> tu, ou, fl, CH,II., 90 1/, ", is oommonly explained by the theory that before reaching =sreaent (or N) monophthongal sound, tb.e vowel pain muat have through certain intermediate stagea of phonetic gradatioD, that is through a gradual phonetic Pl'OC888, the ultimate I'88Ult of which was that in some _ . 88 in G& '" IIN, the preTIle _tUatIOD ,..-r_.fu., ~,.., eta. _ m M . czescendo utter,..1I1ch u IIPIut the falling (d_ _do) nature of ~t. Moreover, if AftIIIIpd _der m1l8ioal JlOIiation, the above wwds woa14 l'1Ul thu; ","'-TH
(I) ADe8

"" ...,w .. ,... ate.

43

Digitized by

Google

8S-82b.]

)[ONOPBTBONGIZATION OF DIPHTHONGS.

positive 'long' vowel p1'8TaUed over ita poetpositive 'short' aaaociate and produoed the spurious diphthongs, "" tFBlass Pron. 43 ft:), while in other Cl&II88, as in (11.)"', OIl, t., 01, Ill, it was the poRp08itive vowel which, though short, overpowered ita prepositive associate, and produced, u i i i respectively [ll. This theory however, though simple and prepo!E8lling, is a fanciful explanation. Moreover 88veral weighty objectiou ari88 agaiut it: (r) The same cause acting under the same conditione could surely not have brought about different results, as shown by the case of '" &; , lnow ... , &; 0), &; " (now - i &; 0) &; 11 (now-i). (a) The transition of III from +. through 4 to '; of 011 from 0'" u to u ; of El from. +. to i ; of 01 from 0 +. through tl [I) to i-to paaa over the poat.Eucleidian combinations '1' or 11 and "" or ,,-naturally preSUppo888 a long period during which the first vowel BOund must have struggled with the 88COnd for the preponderance (bUp4Tflll) ['I, a period of slurred pronunciation which ought to have shown a confusion of the two contending vowel-BOunds: 11 and " 0 and v, and" 0 and .. etc., whereas such a characteristic interchange does not actually occur ['1.

o.

(3) The originally composite BOund aBBUDled must have stood somewhere between the first and second constituent of the diphthongs in question, and then from BOme 'unknown' causes the compound or diphthongal sound in certain cases advanced towards the second constituent, and ultimately was absorbed by it, while in other cases the proceBB was res-1ve, and 80 has resulted in the exclusive prevalence of the fi.rat; constituent, as shown by the spurious diphthongs Ill, '1', "" (Il, 11, ,,), where the , has become mute and therefore subscript. Such a progreBBive-regreBBive or oscillating proceaa moreover militates against the very constitution of a 'diphthong' where the first vowel always predominates over the 88CODd vowel, which latter thus aBBUDl88 a l8Dlivocalic or rather consonantal function (18. 19b 32') 78. ESievers 3114; KBrugmann Gr. Gram.t 33.
Sib. The monophtbongization of the diphthongs in Greek lies in more _ than one, which will be better understood when we have ~ taken into conaideration the peculiar principles operating in Greek. We have before us three di1Imm.t c1_ of diphthongs :
[I) Speaking of , 11 " ("" _>. J'BJa. in hi8 Pron. 4\ 'la,. down' as their original valne.u ,. IH III IJu, and argnes that 'th_ eemi-diphthongB &le one UI.d all 'inoonvenisnt' to pronounce, ~_ the component parts do Dot coaleaae to a proper nnity, and hence the tendency of the langnage either to fa8a them

_ _ cloaely together by ahortening the first element [this is ~ hyp0thetical), or to aimpWY them by rejecting the 88OODd.' Nevertheleea, Prot m.. contrives to ahow (ib. 48) that this ' inconvenience' wall withltood 88 late as the I close of the m~' B.C when the Remi-diphthon~ Il "" ~me mODopbthoDg8 by 'rejecting' the ,adacript. But granting for a moment that th_ vowel pain bad really ever bad the value laid down by Prot: BlaaI, if that value wall or bad become inconvenient in A-Ptimea, how could it have been 'convenisnt' from the outset down to A antiqnity, and 10 have had an actual existence P PI J'BIa. holds (Pron. 32 f.) that the hyat8ro!reDeous 011 wall in 378 B.e. ltill 0, bDt that in 3631.0. it bad changaci to u by 'rapid advanoea,' thna implyinc ~ one and the same penon at Athens in the IV~ ..0. witne.ed, within twenty-4ft ~ craduallUOOellaicm., from one anoiher, of all intermediate IOQD.da I,ying between 0 and U, after which the . . - of phonetic obanp &topped for ever. Again, an Athenian who happened to leave Attica in 3,.s, on his return home in 363. found it difticnlt to understand his fellow-oitiselll. To II1lCh a ItartIinc theory it wonld haft been wozth while to adduce a parallel from the hinory of
wq~

P) The treq_t omlaIiOll of interYooalio , in inataII.oea lib U, 11,-, ..3"01, trOt;' etc., is irrelevant. See Id'.

U.,-vs,

44

Digitized by

Google

)[ONOPBTHONGIZATION OP DIPHTHONGS. [8Ib.-g1i.

L Diphthonp la which the prepoeitiYe vowel has overpowered aDd ._rbed its poetpoaitiYe _iaM., as la" " " (in early ..... written AE [later AI] El 01, 19" &: 31) ; 2. Diphthongs in whioh the poatpoaitive , has orverpowered and abeorbed ita prepositive auooiate, as in ." 01, VI (now all = ~ ; 3. Diphthongs in whioh either ot the two component vowela has nearly p~ed its own _nd with a decided preponderance of the prepoaitiYe .. or f aDd a coneequent labialization of the postpoaitiYe V, as in flV fV (now GfJeflOrfl/.t. 24& 51 tt).

ago. Each of these three cl&8888 has its apeeial eauses, aDd must be oonsidered separately. To do this adequately we must constantly bear in mind the following four fundamental prinoiples :I. Beside Sanskrit, Greek is the moat; inftectional of all languages whether dead or living; hence it exhibits aD infinite number of au8ixes aDd prefixes (127 ; op 16b) [1). 2. Greek is based on the peculiar principle of triayllablo aeeentuation (~) with a decidedly regreaaive tendenoy (3,d. 84b ). 3. The eminently infteotional character of Greek involves a constant flW&y to and fro of the accent within the last three syllables, in particular from the antepennlt (which veryoften coinoides with the root or stem) to the penult, and conversely. 4. Of the five original vowel sounde (16 b), fl is the relatively strongest, Den comes 0, then U, then .. and finally i as the last in order and weakest of all (146 1).

8.... A careful study of the above four prinoiples will show that it ia the operation of one or more of them, In ~rticular the influence of tbe accent -and by accent we mean stress (77 .85. App. i.)-that has brought about the monophthongization of the vowel paira aI, fl, "', VI ('11, on). It was the accent, aoting as a dynamie agent from MriOUS point. (seats), that led the procesa, the start having evidently bean made from the root or stem of the words. For it will be remembered that in a given word the root or atem ia the primitive element, while the sulBxes and prefixes are hyaMrogeneous aeeretioDL!, so tbat the root or stem must bave originally been the seat of accent, and probably of a considerably stronger accent too (App. 1. 17 & [I]). When in proceaa of time primary (mostly RIftixalj and binary tmoatlyprefixal) accretions began to smplify the words to polysyllables-a case so common in Greek-these bysterogeneouI accretions naturally fell under the Iwayof the accent and so led to the development of the system of triayllabio accentuation (trisyllabotony), peculiar to Greek. Now as long al the total number of syllables was kept within three, the aecent generally retained its - t , but as soon as that number _ exceeded, or extraneous (grammatical, analogiesl, etc.) influences came into play, the rhythmical balance of tbe word was disturbed by drawing the accent out of it. original seat over to the penultima or even to the ultima (op...... 1..1.,0,.,,,, Af"t6,.f9a, AryoplpOIJf-/l'lIJ""a, I"A[""ar, On the other hand, when one or more sullb:al syllables went dropped, the accent generally receded to its original seat (-r,,..,,,,,,6/Af"or, .,api,tlo,.fY, -rl,.""o", -rlJUl-.a..:fIOIfI, fj8&o,,). Again in case of prebal acoretions the accent, in coneequence of its recessive tendency, often shifted ita pmtiOD even further back than ita original seat in the root-syllable when the prefix either carried emphasil or had eoaleaeed with the stem to an iDdiatiDp18bable whole (""O/IM, d-Ao-,w, .u- ...., "poW.,..).

,...,-"iiw).

Ai..,.,

"(I041t.,.",

(I) The Greek verb' alone shOWl no _ than soli sndinp (finite alODe 249 8piut 245 in SaDakrit), whlle Latin ahibita 145. and Gothic 38 (GCurtiua Gr. Va3e:),

Digitized by

Google

8Sd-aSc.]

PRONUNCIATION OF I, El, Y, H, 01.

On this principle we have, taking into account simple words only and indicating the seat of the aooent by a capital letter :'Afpt 'AfptW but Uptn a.,o"." clBpCII hence at,. (I!t)
AD1I'f AJI&1I'OII "Aflll'Q"

lBaor TB&xor aocAor 6p.ocos "Yla

A.AllaTlII 3af3or dJi:rTo"." 1I'polpaS

'-"0"

,,'noo

Aflft"..

AA...y_ 30fII clETT. 1I'POlfJf

6p.ocOll' "y_

ArOIAOII'

,,'I'fll(_ "IIOIAOO

TflX_

'fI_
" "

,~61'O1OO "p1IJAr

IIO~

61'0hence

"AfA........." , , 3....30 "

, , 'AfT'l'O" ,,1I'POCpa

Tfexor .oc'>.or 61'01_" /SJ'O'Or "va i.e. I'iia AtAllwila " .qi 3ci'r (I~)" Ijr
IIOIAovr "

'flour" , ..Or
"

Afl_"

Atl_

'A''I''I'f" 1I'pO'pa"

frrol

'l'oYTOII "T0YT" TOI/'I'O) In the cue oUhe spurious diphthongs (,aia [ie. Ilia], /!fr, ",.pg, X";C...), we must reckon as _Ilcient factor the relative strength of the constituent vowels, in that the prepoBitivea a f, as stronger BOund., have overpowered their poatpoBitive attendant I (a', + 146 d ,. 82r. The above illu8tration., taken as repreaentatives of all clallllea of stem diphthongs (eullul and prefixal diphthongs being due to gramma tical and analogical influences, a,4), &how that the monophthongizatlon of (a.)cu, fI, 01, lit, 011, a& ~ -q), Ill, M, originated ohiefly in the II)'IItem of trieyllabotony whioh ehifted the accent now to the prepositive now to the poetpoBitive vowel, and thus rendered both forme equally familiar to the people. A further consequence of thia alternative accentuation was a corresponding I lengthening , of the accented, and I &hortening' of the unaooented vowel, 80 that when in proceu of time popular epeech futed the accent on one seat rather than on the other, the unaccented vowel was further reduced and econ swallowed up altogether. It becomee olear then that the monophthongization of the diphthongs AI I1 01 YI ay (HI 0)1) was not, as generally believed, e1fected by a I slow and gradual' prooeee, witneeeed within historioal or even 'poato1uBioal' timea ; it rather points to the conourrence in primordial Greek of diphthongs with an alternative accentuation (cii a: at, It a: it, 6'1 a: ill [6ti a: il1I], etc., cp. nth. as ai-fAIr and i-fMr), with the natural consequence that as time went on one accentuation prevailed over the other and obliterated it. Acoord ingly there was no intermediate gradual proceea, no compromise or blend ing of the two vowel BOunds, no progreasive or oeoillating phonetic proceu which led on the one hand to the proper, and on the other to the spurious diphthongs, but both forme are virtually oo-eval and 80 back to primordial antiquity. At tbe same time the monophthongization in question W8B not efl'eeted all at once, but the proceea afFected each diphthong in each cue or word separately and at a diJferent time, though all certainly in preclueica1 antiquity. It ie further clear that in the spurious diphthongs the muteneae or phonetio disappearance of the poatpositive I (I adeoript, later subscript) is not due to the preponderance of tne prepositive vowel (a 11 Ill) by virtoe of its length,' but the very reverse: the disappearance or muteneae of the poetpoeitive I acted as a 80rt of compeneatorylengthening on its prepositive &I8OCiate. [Compare AB or AI-A-E(II) in flaW..., aY,.., .",,,..,, T ~ a: ...... a,., tI'1pa"Q,. T"papQi-l~Hra, Apa. .."qI'fU'G, h-1.1oIHpa. So further ~ .".,~i., -XIII ,",X...., AIl_ et", I,...". otla 14,..." or ler".". ete.. 168.86+ 1 821. Durerent ie the cue of the diphthongs a ...II (now=atl.., oraJ~. Here we find that either vowel has retained its individual sound. with prevalence of the flrst <aa", 3), 80 that the composite resultant 6u or rather A'I ..) finally became all cri or.., ef (El). --

XPfICo"."
(TOt/TO

XJHIC,"

"XPJItC.

"

)(pi' C.

"Xl'iCOI

1I'P9ipa

age.

..

An.,.,
'6

(u.

Digitized by

Google

PRONUNCIATION OF Y AND I.
8111. From the above general remarks it becomes clear that, Btrietly speaking, Greek, since hiItoriea1 times, knows nothing of real (phonetic or acoustic), but merely graphic diphthongs, the only exception being afforded by the vowel pain ClU and fU ('I", _), and that only previous to the complete COIl8Onantization of their poatpoeitive u.

A.

PBoNUKOIATlON 01' THB SoNANTB I, el,

Y,

H, 01.

83. The vowel symbol " whose pronunciation as at all times cannot be questioned, has interchanged, ever since the VI~ B.o., first with El, then with Y and H. The following inscriptional data will illustrate the nature and frequency of their confusion and the degree of consequent homophony among them. 34. I. Iraterchaft{J6 of I with el. (Cp. 30 & c ) The following specimens, among Bumerous others, may suffice for the purpose. (But cp. 28, c f.) ~ B.e. ~&O& Roehl IGA381cB ISdl~ 4wrc;- 'As;,lI. E' 419,
10, 1

CIA U. 465, 105 CI4>117T- ib. 104 & 105. 'H4>lIrr- ib.). ZaAa,.J",or CIA ii. 482, 11,3. .13la~ PKretschmer 36. 450 B.O. Zr~omJ& CIA i. 230. 447 B.o. Zrcryloira& ib. 2340 892 B.o. 'EJrtJf/>[!da- CIA ii. 482, loB. 'A4>~ CIA ii. 482, JJ4 (beside 'At/>poalrr- lb. 110). 878-88'1 B.O. a.. CIA ii. 678B 47 (3IEptlrr,..,- ib. 651, 4; 695, IS, &c.). IVt B.e. M~IX~ beside M,wx.l Bull. Corr.. Hell vii. 507 & 509. d~aMtor CIA ii. 681 (dp.lx- ib. 751, b, 21; & 765. 24-25). 832 B.O. 'ApctI~ou Bull Corr. Hell m. 254, 14. 820 B.O. f'AAfl," CIA ii. 835, i-I 86. 292-1 B.e. dtro~alm'lI& Lcci_ 'A/Jljll. H' 294-5, 9. B.o. M.a&a~ Koupall. 'Etrl')'p. 1835. Znpl.Ur ib. 1153. &1#" ib. 3151,5. 'Htrtp&ns ib. 167$ & 1679. Irrirr~CIA ii. 603, 9- 237 B.O. 000&').,.11 MahafFy, Petne Pap. i. 14. S. 164-3 B.O. 'A4>pO~:1III Gr. Pap. Br. Mus. p. 8, 37. 163 B.e. ';rro~.TfI ib. p. 32, 18. Ifacn~....oii ib. p. 10, 5. Kpl/TG ib. p. I 1,37 (Kprtrl w.48). rpatr.Ccirou ib. p. 16, 7-8. lnroKyMlIIIIIlI ib. p. 10, 21. 161 B.O. rro&~1m (for -rrm) ib. p. 21, 10. irr.~~ ib. p. 17, I 1. ro~')'po~ ib. p. 17, 15-18 twice; alao p. 19, 17. ~~rr' ib. p. 23, 8. 9. IS. 26. 30. dJ,n~"""""'lIOU ib. p. 19, 4-5 - and eo on ever since. For maDY other examples see GMeyerl 115.

(4uSn~ CIA 201, 1014. 1029, &c.). dtro~ CIA i 9, 28. MI~&~:O 4&. EfInI,.. 'APx.. 1889 p. SI (Mf&>'- CIA 1122,&C.). EicfJlaTC4~

,.,paru

ur:

Interchange oly with I (or its ~ el and H). Dealing with the sound of u, it is diftloult to trace the physiological procesa which led to its change from its original "BOund (J6b ) to its preeent i-sound. Still, BB in the absence of any explanation (that of tHl-i being a fanciful hypothesis irreconcilable with Greek phonology) even conjectures are allowable, I believe that we can detect a plausible explanation of the phenomenon in the generalization of the above principle of the monophthongiZlltion of the diphthongs (33b 1r.). We have Been there that, under the BtI'8llll of accent, the ptepoeitive vowel of the diphthonga .. and lit became early mute. With this change of every (original) DU to and every ... to i, the I&-sound came to be expre8lled systematically by .. and occasionally b,. the (rather uncommon) original simple u. Now BB in progre88 of time, DU, already the principal representative of the I&-sound, pined in frequency through the _ _on ofhyaterogeneoua (compensated) _, it may be conjectured that it gradually appropriated the whole field of the ,,-sound, while u, having already been 8880Ciated with ita comMb.

n.

47

Digitized by

Google

PRONUNOIATlON OF Y, I, 01.
panion I, gradually went further in that direction and ultimately ended by being systematically either read &8 , or tranecribed by ou. 86. 800-660 B.O. JUlCffWP beside J~wW&" IGA 452. V'l B.O. 6&6l11lTor, &1101llITly.1""r, MovlIIXos PKretaehmer p. 119 (on A red-figured vases). Tup",fJ& ib. 64- 90. 408B.O. Ku~&ijr CIA i. 230 (beside K~ CIA i. 240). 878 B.O. 9/lUITII CIA ii 17 a 45. 874 B.O. , AI4&1C'1'11GP'" CIA ii. 54 (beside frequent -/CT'i-) KMeisterhans' 22. 8SO B.O. J;~AAa CIA ii. 835. ~ B.O. TIT/l~POfor 'IIT,,-, PKretsehmer 31. KI/Jpir for Ktt- ib. f. 279 B.O. XoipuAos Bull Corr. Hell. I89O~. 3H9. IIIf B.O, E~rlxis CIA ii. 2935. 280 B.C. ij/lU1TII Mahatfy ii. XVI. 2, 9ISO B.O. IWAuX"'GJI, KVllSuIUji Kfthner-Blass i. 70. XGlpuAos Bull Corr Hell, iv. 13,81 & 21, 164n'fB.c. ijl"'1TII Gr. Pap. Br. Mus. p. 22. 6-10 (thrice); 80 too 24, 5; 25, 15-17 (twice, (but ij/lllTlI 46,24, ete.). 168-7 B.O. npXGrr'pn,1I Gr. Pap. Br. Mua. p. 41, 121 (beside ~XlllfT- ib. 97). ~~ B.O. Mu ...i,os 'EI/>"", 'ApX. ill. 1884 p. 100 (M, ....IC'os Bull. Co~. Hell. YJll. 154 [45 A..D.1). 98-98 A..D. TUTOS Bull. Corr. Hell. VID. 154- Il~ A..D. Aurr':'.. (for A&tI'-) CIG 9727; GKaibel Epigr.73o, 181189 A..D. Tu{3iplGS CIG 1168. Q>al"uAias Bull. Corr. Hell. xii. 490 no. 115 (t/HJ.".Aias ib.). AI/lUAla Mitth. xii. 170 no. 3. A~pulCa..os CIG ada. I999b Bn,,~AAf&a CIA iii. 127. 170-180 A..D. UG,..miA&os ClG add. 3822 bl. K..mA,Gs CIG J738. Z/pfJuAAa Archives de miss. iii eer. 111. 244, no. 7J. ~uAG'HI..os CIG 1967. Ju""Al&GS Arch. ep. Mitth. xi. 32, no. 31. Tufjlp&Gr CIG 1168. II-ml A.. D. CLeetnaD8 . 95,6 (beside /l,,";''' 21). trO~1S for trijEcr, 97, 47. IJMpa for 8upa 107, 20. ,.....ve& 131, 19. A/lJIJIITa for {,/l- 13 I, 40. lIHU'"Ipj",,, J 35, 39fJapfs for fjapvs 83, J5. nit for rijr, J07, 12. ITlCOrrrpOll for IT,,ij- 97, 21. 1TVPI/N~lTas for -'/nItb- 109, 5. trV"pias for tI'&lC- 121, 45. dm!p1tPos 109,33 ,,_oii fltt8Gii for f:lv8~ii liS, 2J. "axft.. for -xV.. lJ7, 39. IIp2 A..D. poArfJ~" Gr. Pap. Bnt. Mus. 91\, 432; also 113, 926 (besrde /laAllfjoU" ib. 74, 304, and /loAufjoii 76, 358: IVth A..D.). 21& A..D. BflSwdPX'ls (for -Bv.-) Berl. Akad. 1888 p. 888,61, 10. wfv8...", CIG 2824, J8. m-~ A..D. BH'a...,.lou CIA iii. 3483. CWeasely N. Zaub. 77, 1 1!JAall7'l/plG..,dAAGIClllo-G"", a.IJ'II'IM,r, oIp1~,tI'aptlTTo.uo. (for -rTlI), au (for 1T'1), U/lfp'..oll, ISulCar (for 18"lIIas), etc. ~ A..D. ~PU""'o" Great Louvre Pap. 513 (~P&IC7'- ib. 266. 1460.3017). II"A.Jfjqll ib. 2466 (~ufjoj,p ib. 329). 4.uAvP&"o. ib. 2695. mA", ib. 2138. IV-V~ A..D. poA.lfJaiip Gr. Pup. Brit. Mus. 122,30. AplTfpor (for ;',,-) ib. p. 108, 746A..D. kl"ia (for ICUp-) ib. p. 1240 14 (lWpia ib. 20). 487 A..D.l"alll:Tu.s.os uweasely Pro1. 65. V-VI~ A..D. mrliAHIT' CWessely Akad. Wiss. 1889 p. 115. dJrGA'ITM'nI ib. p. II4. pn/WHP;;' ib. p. 115. dEup'.xGS ib. p. 106 ill. twice (beside frequent -pu.,.. ib.). ,,;;,.... fllJPTHpo," ib. p. 112. / VI~ A..D. icrroypd"'ar Gr. Pap. Br. Mus. 82. JrOAUTla. CIG VICo A..D. 6,.w. (for ~,.w,,) 8643, 10. U/l"r (for "1'-) ib. lS6SS. CWessely PlOl. 64. Gr. Urk. Berlin ~08, 13 Jp6~.a 9. 7Tprm...., .., ~o<. d.ci>.11T1S ib. 608 A..D. poVITlICU (for -q) CWeasely Prol. 64VIlth A..D. pa,m.(JCIII (beside -f'Vp"') CWeasely Prol 64. [B]afjlA..... WE6rum Coptic MSB. no. 53 (beside BafjuA.tiw ib.). dAu8,..os ib. 39. fP& (for ICV". i.e. "upi",) ib. 12.15. 42. tl'PGIT"H...;a[G],.... ib. 8 (-VI'23)-and so on ever since. aaa. ID. later ~aD8krit, Greek u is 1iraDBoribed almoat .. often b,y i .. by ..

,,"*OIIITa

!l!.

Pv;fJ:

but then oariou17 Greek, is oftAm van.oribed by" .. well (AlbWeber 615 I; 6.. f.). Ccmvene17 SaDakrit i is UaDeoribed iJl~ GnU n_ b,y f& now by
1/

4.XWpa, T'ipl for .,.."t, nats on a mere fallaq, whether the teetimony prooeeda

(ill. 628, App. i. 11 Cs]). aa'. The allegation that the Eraemian pronunciation of 1/ 88 Aor French " ill heard in such N iuatancee as (northern) rip4 for 1.)(4,. for

1nl,.,

48

Digitized by

Google

PRONUNCIATION OF H.

[81"-87.

from Gvman (Doy Lautsyatem GKeyer' 93 ; FBlua 21) or Greek - . For the former authorities are mialed by the palatal BOund of the preceding" Y )( (cp. 5610. 57. 9I) which they mistake for part of the Il11O-mog u-eound, and the latter make it a patriotio or pleasant duty to bear MetimoDY to the pl'8II8rvatioD' of ","BOund in N, since they are told that it is 'cIUllical. AI a matter of fact, N knows abBOlutely no other vowel IIOUDda than "., 0 " (16"), all well defined and isochronous, except in poaitioD (App. iL I " [I]). 86. UkewiM the h l r _ drawn by J'BJaa (39 op. PKret.chmsr 68) bum the ~t name of Kum' ancl 8NrII (KcWPIJ. ~Toiipa) for the ancient Kdp" ancl ::ir,n,., .. to the pronunciation in A of u .. '" cannot b3 accepted, BhIce th_ modam forma menl,y point to the infiuence of the LatiIlo-Venetian adminiAntlon.

s.;

88. Under Aeolic (particularly Boeotiu?) influence, the BODaIlts 0& came to be regarded among G-B scribes as equivalent, and thus were almost indiscriminately substituted for each other (29), as: 160 B. o. dNynw Louvre Pap. So, 7. tl..uy. ib. SI, 7. I70i Myol (for ".v Alyp,) Gr. Pap. Br. Mas. p. lOO, 675. IlNtei.". tIN"ltco". docu~.s, CWeuely,Abd. Wise. 1889 p. 115. I: A.D. , . (for pupa) FGKenyon, Claaa. Texts p.9J (-r 517). oltrptJ'}'paT.vOptlN Arch. lDlIt. Amer. ii. .16. harpVr/N (for -ap{40l) FGKenyon Class. Texts p. 106 (=0 21). W (for &&.) ib. p. loB (-0 648). Tei lUJrci CIG 2824, 6. Imf"'pal 2826, 23. dIIOEaI,.z a; TU' tlriEI ib. 1933 6-8. 168 A. D. TVaW'l" Gr. Urk. BerliJlIS3, 18 & 35. d4>lAI "" for dtll.lAfI pO& 155, 5. ib. 183 (t 85), 21 ri fplaG ,Jpor. 276 (t II-IIlf), 20 ".u" aV, etc. ete. sasK4 A.D. n_+WJIG CIA ill. I197, ii. 17. ~ A.D. dIIO~ CIA ill. 1427, c. 4- dIIU~s ib. 1428,3. OCUl&'l'iplO" ("err often), iltefTqplO. (for olqr-) KKeisterhana' 46, 10. br,,,,",, ~I~IOV Mitth. xviii. :ao6. 86 b The frequent Bubstitution of -ci. for -vi. in the feminine of the perfect participle active is apparently a.na.Iogica.I, due to the influence of the adjectives -lir, -U, -i., as : Ipprryda (often), Itrl"en>.fUia, fGTlltr.Cia, CJ'lIII'CI'YGYOXEia, a&fppGlycia, M MInia, YtOOOia (often), vu.apape:ia, ElA...6e:ia, etc.-8Jl in old inscripUoDL G. Meyer' lJO.
., and

a. I~ OfH toiIA I (or El. Bee 26, 28 fl'., 32 f., 3.). as B.o. [K]apllpijr CIA i. 228, 12. vta B.O. Efc/HI3os for EIl4nIfJos (on a red-figured vaae) PKretschmer 138. McQlXO~. MJQaXOS', MI~,xos (on vases) ib. 133 f. & 233425 B.o. 'HlI'oIt,.,.", Roehl IGA 26. Juc&I1Ara. CIA i. 37. nlaaa7js CIA i. 37 (rr"a.. 229, 232, 231, 233). 422-419 B.O. vufJH.r, CIA ii. 170, 19.; a1ao 172, 18 (420 B.O.), and often aince. 490 B.o. KaptlPqs lb. 263, 9 (KapIp"r ib. 237, 11. 239, 52. 240, jJ. 256, 17). 8'78 B.O. Z&It...tmal CIA i. 17, B,31. 849 B.O. SvaLiJJIl (for -"'I) CIA ii. 755, 7. 880-817 B.o. tl~Htroaa CIA ii. add. 834, c 4,2. 828 B.O. dct>ctu CIA ii. 811, c, 119 (cld>ijtef" Bull Corr. Hell. xiv. 163, 13-21 often). am. B.c. t"J}" 3l alJl CIA ii. 1059. 9- 806 B.O. '}"fIC7HtrOalvpa CIA ii. 63, n4- 1fanIT_ ib. ~ B.O. THSr, (for "i,,8r]) CIA ii. 836, c-k 43; also 992. Em}(os TV}(ItnI'iaov 'HpntclfGWlr CrA ii. 2936. tMoJourn. Hell Stud.. Megalopolia 126. ~If)lll}(a eq9~ (for e,,8ala) CIA ii. 2998. 'EtrIpemU lfor -,,1.) .ll.."os JI&."la CIA ii. 3222. t/ntM Berond. Nim. 4, So. ~"'p&OS BulL Corr. Hell. v. 168, no. 33- XPI- 'EfII"", rlp}(. E 23, twice. 188 B.O. A.ov (for ..u.ov} f9 B

37.

w.

_Mal

Digitized by

Google

I'BOllfUNCIATION 01' H.
Lo1m'8 Pap. SS, ll-IS, thrice. IJ:If' B.O. 'IW XpGlJTfor ~ GIB 477. 400 120 B.O. ,., (for nj.) plall' Loune Pap. IS, IS. AlI,w.iar (beside AIJp.;Alov) Mitth. xi'~. 114,72, 3-6. ~trpta ib. 110,66. f/lNAJwa. ib. 105, SI. Al.MOU CIA it 1049A. SS. 89-82 B.O. d.cn-fBH.ocn CIA ii. 470, 71. 80 (beside -niJ"I(-, 153, 7; 835, c-l 4S; 403. 38, &c.). If B.O. miJAA!C1W CIA ii. 470, 20. 4& B.O. PatJNPwr Bull. Con. Hell. vi. 608. 39 B.O. KaAovNcnor (for Calvisius) Bull. Con. Hell. xi. 226, 7. If A..D. TtttUp'or CIG 2739. 84 A..D. ~o, eIG 5045. rA.-'X/,-UITI" for ](pw.,.. FBlaas HermeD. 1390 9S A.. D. tr~.IJa, Gr. Urk. Berlin 11, II: U~ A..D.llJvt.,. FGKenyoD C1aas. TextS p. 104 (='1' 751). nIJI.cSra lb. p. 106 (=0 20). I&O A..D. 4&0,44", CIA ill. 11 19, I. 1', 190 trl},." GKaibel Epigr. 998. 1&2 A..D. rO 'A(mG.,os. Gr. Urk. Berlin 153,32 (beside 'Aprra#r) ib. I~). ,N tlnillr for ,.1} ,13vl", ib. 38. 1&8 A..D. KAipOu'(&ar Gr. Urk. Berlin 160,3. 181-9 A..D. 3urdp&G Le Bas 243 (twice); FBlaas ProD. 37 Dote 5. 184 A..D. '~"" Mitth. Dy. 92, 15,3. 170 A..D. Xo,.w.or CIA ill. 1133, 49 it 184 A..D. 'Apa{3tut"u Gr. Urk. Berhn 199, 23. 180-200 A..D. Z,,*, (for Z!Cii,f", OD a coin!) Imhoof-Blumer Abhd!. xviii. (1890) p. 628. brHftI CIG 28240 2. dr I. lToptl. ib. 6. nU' for rlr ib. 2826, 17. aUJap..pl CIA iii 73, 24, S. t"a.;. "" A lAa{3fr ..0 ITf/luplr, Gr. Urk. Berlin 241., 5-6. A,m lToSIt, (i. e. d tU,. .,..",1," [for which Wl'ODgly crJ.j1T"~) lb. 223, 3; 230,3. r.a &0.0""" pd. (i. e. r... "&lJlCO~ ~"....) ib. 261 26-21. oUli.. A ,...) ft. ",COJI ib. 12-13. ti5 A..D. rijr ,..o>.Nniar Berl Aka.d.. 1888 p. 888, 61, 12A..D. KpMr !Col Kvpl!lrrr Kv..,M).,or CIG 2588. '"",.Ntr"lM 2790. KaA~paror ltoUNTVXl7 d...iuc, 6672. 'ryllJw nr ,.,. amv Bull. Con. Bell. 1893 p. 528 f.-and 80 OD ever since. 88. The interchange of " and n in the endings -f&or and -fIG, 10 ftequeDt in H-G inacriptiOD8 (B.o. ~IOO A..D.). as: mi{JND. Up., ~ pta""", (Loufte Pap. p. 370, 18 ....,M,,), 'ApamKANa, 'HpdWta, .&AdKANa, Af/Ifl.tta, raAdnca, 'HMa, AGe~-'.br.",*, r,PptJ.z-. ~p".., e.;1TNa, KaatrQPNa, .,Apttor trdJor. 'A~, ~OS'. M"'_ (K)(eisterha.na l 37)--haa hardly been CODsidered here, since a prevoca.lic i or /I can lead through a wea.1t i to CODIOnantal i (155, G. cp. FBla.aa. ProD. 35), notwithata.nding that this cannot well apply to paroxyi;on88 (iJ.patrHa, ~ -Ma, 'HMa), where the a.ocented. t-aeund is '"" wea.k.-See also 'Mi".

rf

m:

_&3.

'.-7*0,

88". On the other hand, the fNc&U8Ilt QDoopation of words like Al-,ilos, OM_ (from .,,11Jor), XoAl/Jrpl frolll ."ta"... Aaroupyla from A",r., which 0CCll1' in the ill8Cl"iptionB Bince the It A.D. (KJleiBterhaJlaS 30, 6), ean be explained oal)' on the usumption of Jlomophony between., and '(Cp. 148 t) 80. The mMt u.mniItakable evidence or the pronunciation of " AI la _ by Erumiana in the two fragmentary linea where Cratinoa and Ariatophanea repreaent the sheep Of')' by ~ M and M I'8IIJMICtlvely : 6 r tAll'" II"".p -r~0J0 Bti Bit A.I-t- ItaIltC". Frg.U (Tltoot) and Ha.. '" ,"AA.. .al.",Ma BM A,."O'. Ar. Frg. 6.~ (lb.). Compare Heqah. Bit AI-ya' lJA"xATal: and BHBHN' wpOStnort. BUlt. AD. 86, I BN' -rpoSlw-IlA'Iri. 'ApcIJT"..", Ht... /A' tlTA. Bt. J[, 78. 40 N BM Inp ...taIIrina& Lrr, ~ -rpoS/nov. But even ~tll18 that it was univeraall)' Mlunded AI at the time of ita adoption (29 f.), I have el.where (Am,er.lour. PbiL XVI. [111951 .f6-SI), that neither Cratinoan or AJiBtophanea are likely to have marluid their own vel'8e with the proaodic IJIDbol " that they wrote B.B4(.) and 114(.) respectively, and that th1a IIfB4(.) d_ not rep~. the Bheep ~. ht deDOtiel, la the lllIllWll8 of infanta (and Cratiaoe l8 ricUwUne IOIBe

.....xfi1or,

"1,.,,.

mown

50

Digitized by

Google

PRONUNCIATION OP H.

L--.o

Digitized by

Google

PRONUNOIATION OF 01.

rax. ,.a" ~. cletl)(~ (JoiiIr==PON), eto. eto. AooordiDa17 the only fnference to be deduced from the abcmI &oDd a.ny other .imUar paIApII iI that the Athenian. iD Plato'. time had not yet become quit. familiar with the ne... ortbopaphy, but mOI8 or J_ IIdbend to the &oDoeetral or aoholMtio mode of IlpelliDg (6. ~), &oDd, what is aleo very lignfftoant. that they made no IICIOO1I.Dt either of the aepiration (72 d) or of quantity' (28 ft. 86 d App. it). ThilloCOOUDte aleo for the very frequent JDfIlpelUDg of ,.0. &oDd ~ for ,... &oDd 11) in IDOIt of the archaio &oDd o....ioal tezte. (1744 f.)

.u. b. Interchange O/H tDith E. (See 26 f. 28 if.) On the other band, the aame A inacriptions from the tint appearance of 'I in the V~ B.O. down to Byzantine times show a far more frequent interchange of this symbol with I. This phenomenon has already been fully investigated in 28 ft'. 48. Regarding the almost regular practice in Latin of transliterate ing 'I by., it now becomes clear that the Romans could not be expected to use for it the letter H familiar to them as If, or to provide a special symbol for Greek H, the more so as this comparatively modern sign was so unsettled and abiftingamong the Greeks themselves. Having adopted the Greek (Chalcidian) characters more thaa two centuries prior to the spelliner reform at Athens (5), at a time when E was the only rec~entatlve of its claaa, they continued to abide by the old system 'liar to them. just as they still adhered to the old E for n (29 ft'.), as well as to the old digraphs PH, PS, CH, unmindful of the fact that in Greece these pairs had been long replaced by the simple symboIa ., "', X (5 f. 12. SJ. 56).
'"' IV. Interchafl!Je 0/01 with I (or El and H, cp. 28 if. 3 2 ft'). U9 B.O. "will (and often since) KHeillterhans'124- 810-800 B.O. oLa (for oflro,) Kiihner-Blau i 135. .aA'fPCI (for -poi) CIA U. 768, i 24n.p&8cl"~

(for .8ol"~) Bull. Corr. HelL 1890 p. 62. 30B B.C. crv.&_'/V'II, GDittenberger 1.)4, 5. 188 B.O. AJIOv (for ofJlOV) Louvre Pap. 55, 1I-15 (thrice). 181 B.e. crv...,,,Mov8'!lCdToa av, Gr. Pap. Br. :Mua. p.9t 13-141815-1&8 B.O. "&OLc".,.OIl HCollitz. IS29t 2H. 01.,.0 ib. 1339- (Cp. 45.) 101 B.O. "air Ao.rrcfr CIA ii 467.12 f. A~ucrroi_ Le Bas vi. ... 2388. 'AICvAof_ CIG 7284D-m' A.D. 01 trpiinc CLeem&nl 117, n. 131, 30 fJ'II'O..a6. for -alj.. 135. 44 n\ MarG for Ao&ft'G. 137, 9 Tin- 11'011. III' A. D. ~ (for -,cc) FGKenyon Claaa. Texts p. 9$ (=r 262). tMlIOU Gr. Pa~. Br. Hus. p. 93. 268. avi A~ (for aV ib. p. 106, 675. III~ A.D. LcolltS,..or CIA iii. 1444, 4d",.,~CIIf (for ~o&r) FGKenyon Cla8a. Ten. p. 86 (- B 378). (for -pol-) ib. p.88 (- r 144). alMor (for alaeior) ib. p. 88 ( ... r 172). dJltuco3o"';CI'CIJIt'OI Bull. Corr. Hell. ix. 210 f. d~illW Great Louvre Pap. 3100. 1~ A.D. tmIIJ/I)V (for ",.".) Gr. Pap. Br. }lUl. p. 24- oIpitr for .;"or CWeseely N. Gr. Zaub. 77, I. ),0iII' (for A.I') Gr. Pap. Br. }Ius. p. 87, 101. ,'trOf.. (for ;rrY.II) ib. p. 87, lIS. V~ A.D. "wo.: >..pur,1I "erOIl UWilken BerI. Akad. 18H? p. 819, 9. V-VI~ A.D. ventre: cJlia. (i e. lCo&A",) Louvre Pap.4b p. IZ V - ~ A.D. cniXI (for CJt'i)lO&) CW_ely ADd. WiBI. 1889 p. 115. ollCClla (for oilCia) ib. &40 A.D. ,.OV rrpolCGfU18fPrOt CIG 9277. &99 A.D. ~II CWeseely ProL 68. 818 A.D. ;lIflCl (for ;"UtlO.) ib. p. 64. i.wov lb. ~/ (for cpocf:J[a,.,...l ib.) nfr a,ITft'om,r t'Oir Ihlar ib. i\ ft'pGIC.I,.."o& ,"~8';'tM8a Gr. t1rk.. Berlin JOB, IS. VUlt A.D. t\ ~8a",." (for 01 atln/",..r) Apocal Petri 17. 34- ;lIOf_ I, 2. 780 A.D. Japaaow611 (for -"'/IItS,,) ib. p. 5.66-

4>0""""

Aim>

tJv,.""

61

Digitized by

Google

--------------------------~----------~~---.~~~~--~

.... ..
~~

~~:

PRONUNCIATION OF AI,
~11'"

[44-48,

iDdi..ted 117 Thucydides through the term ." I'~" " " ',."lIOIIIIequent17 then _ but one phonetic venion of the old aqing; (2) that thi8 orlgiDa1 venion".. _dentoocl to mean ",pM, tile Datura! ooncomitant of war, ainea if tile alter_tive McpD. were in the mind of the people, ita very realisation a.fterwardl _Id D~ pouib~ h~ve oauaed nrprille and therefore a di8pute, tile more 10 . . DO A&pDr i8 mentioned by Thucydides during the liege; Cl) tllet the appear&DOe of ADCpD. for the expected AapDr led to the Q poatmon lubltitution of the latter for the former iD the vemon given by Thuoydidell;-a oiroumlltanoe which nrely ftuesU a eon of homophony between 1 and 01 in Thuoydides' time. The CODteution tllet 'the very dispute' ahout the worda ill question pruYe& their hetelOphon7 (XIlhner-BJa. L 5, 3 [ID, is utter~ indefensible, .moe the .,., ".. D~ D~ carried on phoneti~ but throqh the ."aiIIg (ep. the Bngliah Ht formula How do 70U 1p811 it' '), a ZOUDdaboa' p . - which the 1UUIIfata.kable .aript rendezed 1Uledl_ for ThuoycUd. to mention. Bqua1l7 1IDtenable 11 the aqr1UD8Dt (Xllhner-BJa. i. 53) kived from HeL Op. a.u, where Zeu is represented to idiot UPOD mortalll ~ l"w .. ADC", I88ing that, unlike the above oral Ia7ing (t_ ".."",,>. Hesiod', line ".. IIIriUen (even .. a private advice to hi8 brother Pena), and 10 ".. meant for the . , which oould Dot pouib~ milltab the two wordI. A llmilar oollooatioD (ADC,..,w _ OC01U8 in Dion. H. Al'II rhet. 17

<_) after the plague had bI'ObD OIl., aiDce tile altemative wODld have been

6ft .,., 1ftIAcIcW 4AA&l AwM. .."."... ai III Ti np6JIT. ,k6TWr AOIMdN .zpiidaa. .. W "",... .par a 'rtaiI)(OI' n}II """"" mxomo. .. 14 -r-, or"." ftT' IUor IIfn'fIAUv 'I'M' GttTfpor .cai ppS; .,.,,4daa AIMON, anl ri tkck ofroIr ft/OIl"". l!'or the IJU8III9 only mow.: (I) that the '''' .,1".,.0

Th~cIH 2, 54t 2: I" li Ti - (peR) olea 'lftr ....P1atr,- .cai TOV& 'rOu , _ foG...",... 01 'IIpflI!Jvnpoc riAa, lB....... 'IffC AMpuutor ftAfptlf _ AOIMCiclp' alITi.' id" oz. .,., 7'OC; V1p6ntocr ". AawlIN w.op/Ari

So fmtber "pGI'la (for -...x,) CIa 9111, 4- I" MAm, 9113 & S. -yfJlfrO. I" cA"., 9115, 10 (also 9121, 9. 9124, 4- 9128, 9). " cOAtrIf 9131, 8. ~dIJ.or WECrum Coptic }lBB. 13" (",,).- ib. 12. :lOo 22}. qui" ib. 22 (1I'0l1"i" ib. 13). fIcoll"'"" ib. 5. )..,..0" ib. 24- JO. (>-- ib. 14- IS. 22. 25). OplOf ib. Ap. v. i-and 10 on ever since. 4&. The argument for the monophthongal pronunciation ef 01 in.A finda support allO in the frequent absence of the augment in verba be~nning with 01, as: 01,,0401"1"'''''' (four times during the I~ B.C.), beside ,;tr.oa- KMeisterhana l 137. oLucoaTpdfIxw. Aeaeh. Pera. 768; Hac. J2; olotlllCono Xen. Hell. I, 4t 14; 5, 4t 17; 01_".._ regular form from Aristotle onwards. (716.; however cp. 26, S.) 48. For the strikingly frequent interchange of 01 and v in G-B times see 29 and 36. 47. The phonetic interrelation of DC and , in tile yt B. 0. i8 D~ eleer~ 'borne oat by the popalar oonfuaion of "DCpD' and Aa~', .. rioorded 117

' ' ' .,,0

T. '.If

..sA,,..,,

AM,..,

,16-

aacl ., too Luke

21,

JI

1\'1'01 _1 "0I,.ol.

",pow)

V. AI (AE) and E iftterc1umgetl.

(See 191, 28 If. 33 :If.)

48. We have seen above (I~) that ea. was the oriaina1 spell.iJur of the diphthong aa, and that it eJ:changed its poatpoBitive vowel. for , after the analogy of n 01 Il1o This (grammatical) modification in the mode of writing, having been carned out systematically, did not affect ordiDary speech, so that ea. from the outset retained the BOund Of (that is la 1] f) of its predeceBBOr (32d). Hence CI& in..4. admits of another independent, after it, as (V-nif B.c.): 'AS"IIO&ltr.or (i, e. "u.,...ilr6r), 'AS"N&ir, 'AA:CIU"O', iWca,l~'Jf, 'EPl""ltr.o" KOptlJJICIluc6r, II).ea~, IIflpcawr6r, II'rO).'l'CI&lr, &c. (KMeisterhansl 26); cp. Boeotian lInnSra for 1mrOraa, Mpyt'f'Hr for -TCI&" dcfHa>.hH for -Ta', dtroypd4Hu8H, ad6xfH, e.41H.,. for e,,/ldor, "a for lUll, "Hp' for etc., (29".

""'p',

53

Digitized by

Google


48-8()b.]
PRONUNCIATION OF AI.

48b ; Cp. GMeyer' 113), where H stands for E. This aaaociatiOB of termiDal I would be UDaCCOuntable for A, if we were to aaaume anothe rlndependent I before it, that is if the , of the preceding diphthong contained a distinct poatpoeitive i-sound. 48b That the vowelpair (eft)1I& had become a monophthongous e (41) before 400 B.O., appears also from the fact that, when" found ita way into Boeotia (cp. 5 [I]), this simple symbol took the place of the diphthong (OH) a" as: 'Apiunc~, 'H~ol",f, I1'11Ji"n'~, "HX,.. 'H~,,&Or, oHll'l'IIr, SfpGmwn, XHpiM. xAp'. -ra,JH (for -al), ..[rro,...., "~'III (~), 'A8allAo"etc. etc. RMeiBteri. 238ft'. cp. id. 8d.-See 2'/"&48. 49. 2. For the proDunciation of GI as &iDce A compare: II).C'rCIIiS", .lJ1Cfvr. Bl'jO"Ctur, Un,.ur, '~coUlT_, Kv&aSt,-vr, Ni. (for JICIlf",), McpmmIPIo,PtJ, , AS"PIoS", &c.-and conversely 'Epc_Ur, l1&OpGMvr, Tp'",...,.fVr, Aalov (for fA/ov), 'ypato (for ~yr.0),ICCIIM.V'rl (for "iMVS,); further ~1T').fu.,.Orrc (for dlTf).,vITOP.-II&), 31q,t11pcr (for -pa,r), IT1INril/, 1/Ii31f1D., &c.&c.-a.ll in CIA (KMeiaterhana' 27). So further M3U1 elL iv. 2269. l"sd3aw,ah-.. ib. 733. 188 B.C. w..ry.n: (for -'ral) Louvre Pap. 50, 7. 166 B.O. !Spinll (for -'r') ib. 1,386. 168 B.C.,",,,. Gr. Pap. Br. Mus. p. 38, 23. 39. 45. 40, 66. 164 B.C. d3ijnu Louvre P~I" 43, 4- 'p~ ib. 43, 1-4 twice. If A.D. ).v~,.,.._ FGKenyonClaIi. Texts 76. v.a. ib. 105 (-01). iy&i. (foral,... ib.l06 (=0 34). (Jou). .,.s' allI'~" (for - .,.s' ~amn.) ib. 106 (-0 39). H~ CIG 628 twice. " - (for aoaH&I') CIA iii. 171, ii.I-2. fJ,-ao,"I' ib. 14- yj yv...a. ~, 'l'1li,,'-, .. tfOr _') Gm 177;-and 80 OD ever since [cp. also 299]. 4910. GOartI... aDd with him 1PBlIIIB (ProD. ss) olaim to have cUacovere4 un ~ble avldence ot the pronunciation or G& . . II-i In suoh eMS or orMia _

" " (tor Mal '.), clnWoJ, _TW, and the lib. But thill phenomenOD, whloh OOOIUll ohleft7 in V8r118(16t), It! iJl88parable1'rom the1ridespreadpraotice In .A or t1"eely dropping every interaonantio I (20". 29). seeing that Mal not onlJo' It! a Pl"OO1Itio but allO tOl'Dlll an lnaeparable part or the (metrical) line in the IOriptura continua (79- 159- 16s1tj.

,,"'a,

M - . in

No safe argument for or ~ the pronunciation of cu_ lbe IIIf B.O., caa be denved from the famous epigram of J(a,)]jmach08 (A. P. xii. 28) : A~, ri ~ Haixl . _ dUG ftp}, .ZtniP
f"OVro IT~, ~X. ~".,.[ T"z, t1).).~tx..

ao.

.cIr'

where to PalX' the echo lIeemll to respond 'X'&' that is Mchi -teli, seeing that the reply of the echo is, for metrical reasona, given in inverted order (1Ial~ "aMr-t1).~or 'XII). On tbe other band1 the contention of at&unchEraamians that the echo re,p.liea to wor by oI).).or (FBIaaa is ProD. 64f. and Kllhner-BlaaB i 54/"IJ) ia untenable, sinoe oxytone and &Iller paroxytone, so inat the two words could not well lend themselves to parecbeaia.

w_

150". A pnaral survey of the pronunciation ot the in t1Ia V-Vzta A.D. ia domed by a YS in oapital8 ot the IX~, publilhad b:v ABouoherie In the N~ XXIII (1B72) pp. 27'1 ft. and 291 tt'. It ia entitled 'BPI'IJI"(,JIA-ra, ancl WIll oompoaed by Pollu: (207 A.D.) tor the 11118 ot Greeb wiIhlDc to leam Latin (ib. p. 290 note: tllllf4"'fPG1/ia 1I'Iirra 'rIl fill"",",. . . 'ITa lrf>tA.r ...,pclmHr flNAlJ7'II&; riir AIIA&4r n;r) 'Pcu,.,r.i!r). Our copy Ja the 'WOrk of a t'oreipar who knew hardly au;rthlng more than the Gnak lattere, and thu _ t e d a maohaDioal replOductlon or the ][8 Wore him, whioh _ to .... belonpd to the V-VIt (ib. p. ~), tllat we IIl&T oharp moat of tile bl_clan In it to his pred_r. Here then we And (ib. Po 300) ~ tor .. 79 tim.; I SO tbn8I ; , tor 0& 811bDe1; , ~ 11 66 ~_ lac ,

10__

<

10

re.: " _

6'

Digitized by

Google

PBOlmNCIATlOlf 01' AY, eye

[1041.

6 " - ; far 41 tim-.-fI b .. ti-.; " fur v _ (...,w tbr for 11 5 tiauII.-v , . ft :I times; v b . 10 times; v fi:rr " (,HuJ,lar); v ibr oc 3 times.-t tbr a& 54 times; f fi:rr " S'I _ <- above 43); 'I for f 7 times; 0 ibr., 75 times; ., tbr 0 22 timee.

-nM).-

VZ-V'J,I B.O. NaftruTu.,ro(Lokria) RlIhl IGA 321 (Nallll'- ib.). 'F6(CoriDth) ib. 20, JOI. dpurr.FfWTa ib. 343, 4- dF'rou ib. 409- JfGFv ~l'r. dp}(. J888 p. 173. dFwrip ib. J890 j). J3O. dfT'oia. Rohl Dial. Ina. 1267. dfror (Crete), DComparetti MuB. Ital. ii. Zll no. 63. dFTG J~ 32; df<r/w 217 f. 77-78; 'A.p.;''''a231 BqCJ 83-4 (CP .lJFf'r'II'r HCollits 1Q40. 1041. 1267,7,21 dF'raMr', IFtr.~r). See GMeyerl IZI. a:ao EtSaio_ CIA ii. 836, 40nIc. B.O. lv3olOro CIG 1$ 3. lv3o* ib. 1845, 47. 180 B.O. Alalor BulL Cor. Hell. VI. 38. Blaaor ih.43. 169 B.o./p/lAlvrrunr (for-+llI'Tfr) Gr.Pap. Br. MU&. p. 38, IS. 1&8 B.e. pau30w Louvre Pap. 40, 33 &: 41, 26. ISO B.O. ~tJoun CIA ill. 1104t I. ICCIflITICi8aa. CIG 3693. dtr,'Ai"",'por (for -'A.vB-) ih. S9Ub ;~, Weecher-FoucartlBacr. (1863) p. 31z. UQ8'Aos Rev. Arch. aer. z6, p. 382. B.o. 20-30 A.D'Aa&or CIG SZ39 &: 5331. eta. (fouw) CIG 96sJ. B.o.It-mr A.D.'AJkciroaor (twice), 'AJa&cu.Or (thrice), 'A8i&or (11 times), 'A8i'ror, "AJaor (thrice), .a8Gwaor, .'Ao8&o..or (28 times), ~'Aa&Uor, otM8&o&- (144 times), .Aa8cIWtos, .'Ajjlor, ra8&oJoOr, ralt1aor, rci8allos, roa",s (thrice), 'OlCT'll8ttuoOr (4 times), 'OlC'ra&or (12 times) 'Palina, &c. (ThEckinger 16-17). 42 A.D. Zelijpor ; z.&,plIIPH, 26piaror, &0. ib. :z8.

B. THB DnTmOlfGB AY .urn EYe (See 3zb, 3. 3ZI.) aL The diphthongs /IV cv are now pronounced in N aB at1 efl, modified to af if before hard consonants (7rT, t/Jx!J, 0') (z 3zb, 3. 91). This is also the natural result, in accelerated speech, of the original composite BOund au and flU (cp. Latin " Uld tI, 18), or rather a'4 and e- (3zl), and the phenomenon of Jabialization is very old, aB Inay be seen from the following inscriptional Bpecimen& (Cp. GMeyer' 119ft:)

"0.

61'. The OODllOD&D.tal aoand of v III .... and. .. is further borne oat IJy the phenCJlll8DOb that in oompoeition initial p is not doubled after d-

(186. 712 J, -: d/*nos, dpollf (b;,. the side of ~os, tI,poor). Ho_ _ _ also 64 Jt and App. ii. 8 tt. & 14-

as. FBI... (PIon. 82 f.) is wrong in aaaerting that 'the Greeks 'represent coDlODantal " by ov, even in cues where it is pre ceded by", .: 'OIC'rQov,or, Z.ovijpor; aDd Bide byl.lide with this appears 'Olmiior But the fact that Cl., aDd", are writteD from the second century [A.D.] onwards with av and .u, though Dever before r?], auggeate '*hat the modern Greek pronunciation h8d at that time"begun, and Datorally flnt before vowels. For my part I have the~eateat , heBitatioD iD &8IligDiDg cv - eJ ad t/J - I to the time of Hadrian; 'tor before con80nants, according to what has been said before, 'the modern Greek l>roDUDciation cannot have prevailed eTen iD 'the time of TerentiaDlII Ma1U'U8 (end of the IlIf).' All this reucmiJIg is refuted by iD8C~j)tioD&1 evidence, as: Bi8&or (fifteen timee, Del08) Bull. Cor. Hell. vi. 29 tf. (18&-180 B.O.), Ba'A;,.. (thirty-niDe times, Athens), otiAiutwp i. 288 (II!fl B.o.), ota"AJaor (eipteen Gythion), Le Bae, ii.4t 242 Cl (88-80 B.O.), &c. (cp. SI). Aa & matter ot fact, Latin (IfI is tra.nacribed iD the If B.e. three times by - . aad three timea by afJ; iD the If A.. D. twenty-six timea by CIOV, ~ times by av, and twenty times by afJ; iD the Ut.. A.D. forty-nine timeI by - . aix timea by av, aDd forty times by afJ. '1"I1e actual state 66

_ea,

Digitized by

Google

62-&1.]

PRONUNCIATION OF ASpmATAE AND lIEDIAE.

of things re~ng the transcription of Latin tI preceded by a vowel into Greek 18 illu8trated by the following summary table drawn by ThEclringer 89 :

av
S
GOU

ev
afJ fool", ./1
'1 011

--- -011

iv -rtf3

ov
0JIj

uv
oS 011011' 011 011/1

I- - I
01011

&eV

au

1011 IS 00II 011

a./J

B.O.

III~

- - 10 24 3 5

1I'/t
I" G.
.... D.

-11 3

- - - - - - 2- - - - - - - - I - -- - - 3 - - - - 6 - - - - I 7 2

2 2 3 2 8 I 98 21 26 3 20 100 49 6 40 27 9 5 I - 1I'/t 234 6 3 31 83 1742 2 3 2 III~ 65 4' I 6- 7 2- I 23 17 IV~ 1 I V~ 5 I I After500 6 5 - Undated 319 203 10 7 38 136 35 19 18 4 15

If

-- -

- 2 - - -- 4- - - -- - - - - 1- - - I

,-

1,- I 1 I
I

I,

1 ~

3
I

Sum } 779 400 196 43 229 149 47 ~ total

I~

6u

1 2

3 6

9 10

11I7
6

5 10

II

34 , 7 18 20

68. The prevalent transcription of Greek 't (11) through Latin V (,,), and conversely of Latin V through Greek 't-then of Greek B (S) through Latin B (b) and conversely-repreaente the traditional or historical apel. ling. and has no direct bearing on the pronunciation (254 f.) ; while the regular transliteration of Greek 011 through Latin " ia a matter of n _ lity. On the other hand, the oocasional appearanoe in Latin of QV i, an attempt to imitate Greek 011 (19" Bc [ID, analogoua to that of copying III through ai, fl through If, and eN through oi. (Cp. 19" [1] 294 .)

n.

PBONtTNCIATION OP TIIB ColfSONANTS.

A. Aspiratae mad Mediae.

Mo As there is no real dispute about the pronunciation of the

consonants, except in the case of the&8piratae IJ.I.. sounded by SErasm~~ &8 c+ A, t+ A, R + A X 'f', l TraditlOniBts &8 cA, 0.( =P),f d d b I Erasmians &8 ordinary I d b and mediae 'Y 0 fJ, SOUD e y l TraditioniBts as tlOiced lA d tI. we ahalllimit ourselves here to a brief examination of these symbola only. The method to be applied cannot be identical with that adopted in the case of the 80na.nts, because on the whole there is no frequent interchange among the consonants. But we can arrive at safe results by remembering the principle of syllabication (91 fr.) which aasigns these consonante to thefollowing syllable, so that their sound is determined by that of the next following 8ound; then by laying under contribution also the often equivocal testimony of the ancient gram. marians (25f.). certain J.>honopathic phenomena, and the transcriptions into and from Latin, bel1dea the occasional confuaion in the in8criptions. 66

Digitized by

Goog Ie

PRONUNCIATION OP ASPIRATAE.

[5IS,58.

a. AspirGtae X e <1>, 58. The aspiratae X IJ ~ are sounded according to the Eraamiana like two separate elements k-A, t-A, p.A (sometimes symbolized by .:", yo', ,,'), while traditioniata pronounce them as simple cA, eA (11), f, ibat is )( is sounded by the latter, before the sonauts /J 0" and the coll8Onanta, like cia in Scotch 'locA,' or German 'nacA,' 'docA,' and before the sonants .. i, like palatal cia in German 'BleeA,' 'icla' (91). The Eraamian view (which by the way is not unanimous, FBlasB, Pron. 104 f.) reata on two considerations: the existence of kA, tA, ph in Saukrit (Wh088 pronunciation, however, is still more hypothetical) &Dd the transliteration into Latin of )( 8 tp by cA, fA, pA, respectively. But auch arguments cannot be seriously entertained in the face of the following data: (I) Latin I is always transclibed in Greek b1.' (2) The Latin digraphs cA, tA, pA are a reminiscence of the original Greek digraphs ICH 'l'H '!rH (43), which in Greece were subsequently given up in favour of their monoliteral substitutes )(, 6, tp, undoubtedly coined for the special purpose, becauae their predeool8on ICH 'l'H WH were felt aB simple sounds and the aspiration It had long become

67

Digitized by

Google


158.] PRONUNCIATION OF ASPIRA.TA&

extinct (12 f.) [t]. (3) If 11. was heard in 1( 8., the monoliteral repraeentatives of primordial -11. ",,1 ",-1, it ia uD8CCOuntable why the. ahould Dot form metrical length aB doel the corresponding Nargtl (allO the tmUBtJiirtJ and tJ"ii1Ia8iktJ) in Sanakrit, or RI do t the representatives of archaic /UT (XV), "'IT (ct>a'), act (s f. 12). (4) Even prevocalic or initial A, though easier to pronounce, had beeD giYeD up already in .A (72 if.). (5) In the .A inacriptiona the prepolition I" remaina unchanged before le T "" but before ~ 8 is often cbanged to lx, as: IX XaA ..i&s, IX 9nTaAlar, IX 8'17'0,11, fX.'P'" (KMeisterha.na' 82); which would be physiologically impoBsible as lie + A-le + haAlCi&r. lie + A-T+lt.]To,lI. (6) Prevocalic and intervocalic K 8 rp, as representatives of le-A, 1'-11, tr-h, ought to intercha.nge inevitably and frequently with le T tr reapectively. (7) LatiD, though preeerving the &8pllatioD h, ioea not admit of CODlOD&Iltal pain witli A as second constituent, for cl th p1l. with Romana were iDe aymbola only for Greek werU, according to the archaic mode of 'Writing (43)' (8) According to Senul (adv. gram. 622) and Priacian (i. 11, HKeil), the ancient grammarians (Stoica) usually included X 8 tIJ among the ~"itllll or """ifXltDfl8 (23b)[I]. (9) If et> B X were aounded like p+1I. t+ k+h, there is no reason why popular speech should have simplified words like z_t/H, 'AT(Jir, Bdlex.cw to ucJxl>G>, 'AB8is, BaxXor, lince the converse caae (~"', 'A'rTis, etc.) 'Would have been far eaaierand more natural. (10) Were. pronounced like p-A, it is unaccountable how v in the diphthongs QV tu should have ever been confounded with tIJ and not WIth '11' (SI if.), (11) The nasal 11 is sometimea dropped before 41 &Dd B, but ha.rdly before w, as: df/ll, 'At/xTpirtt, NUcp'l", NUquar (PKretechmer 162 f.), ".lIf/lipoVfT& (ib.193 f.). (12) Combinationa like +to.-, cr'1IJI+tflpat, xf't~, ~ Sa.... 'A'Ifir, 'AetW, ;fpxtr,., tiAeYxtrI.., ' .....,.., lxfpK, that is, p-1H-A-6POf, C7VJ'p-1I. +e-1I.tipt, k-1+~, 2ap+p-1Ht, Zap+1-p-Acil, Arl + 1tk, 'At+1-t+1tk, ;f,k-AH-ra.,.., ~).f.y~1H-hr,v, ate., &re not only incompatible with Greek phonology (124- 169 if.), but conatitute a physiological impoaaibility in any actual language lIf. See also Bekk. An. 810.

e,

(1) I It _ _ .ay IItI'&1lp that, if. X we" reaDy spoken .. uploei... followed by an I 11,' the Greek, lIhould have felt the Deed of IIAIW IDIIU to ~

them-if DB, KH ~ deJwted their phonetio value, w~ WIll! thi8 writiDc abandoned and another adeptH wlWlh did not cl....1y "~t their mund' It _ _ a need18II8 and rather ~ innovation on the a.umption thM and X were 1IIIpaate.; if they were Qirante, it q eaaiJy oomprebuaib1e.' EDa". Gr.A8pir. SI. Were X I <I> aounded like k-h, t-A, 11-11 re.pectively, how q it poam'bJe to uplain that never 0Jl08 in Attica before the time of Euoleidee whilsI; B IItffi = 11, nor in any other dialect, .. for inatanoe in Herculaneum where they had a speciallign I- for .. 11," do we flnd on an tnacription of any kind, lell, TII, W'1a writflen in eUaioll8, 0_, and compound _ _ for X, I, .,. reepeotiveJ,y?' ib.,s. ["] ThaN few (TCPU) grammariau who ot..el X - t r ~e""'" (Sea. adv. Gram. 6aa) 01' ezplaei.... were guicled IoCOCriinc to Haeillthal (1. 2$6 &; ii. 195) by the obeervation that, 1lD1ike the other or .,.,.,... tI P Po et '" O. the three aapira... X I <I> were never found at the encl of Greek ward. Priaoian i. 11 (lIlteil) quare J 1000 mu... ponatur, iDUor baDo inter Hmhooal. ~ I artlum ICIriptorell': nihil eDim aliuc1 habet haeo litera HmiftOalia Dial nominia prolatiOll8Dl q _ vooali inoipit (i.e. ef). I8d hoc poteetatem mutare llterae Don clebuit: aI enim ~ aemiwcalia n _ i o terminalill nominum inveniretur, quod minime reperiea. P1ln11tanoeelike upTaRZ, pot1aM'fI, lllock~ eto., are ~lutely irteleftD.t, l!nee here p-1a, C-h, N are not only heterolyllabio, but even be10q tIo two aepuat.e wordI.

I.,.

_tin_

58

Digitized by

Google

---------

--------------

PBONUl'{CIATlOl( OF JlEDIAE.
..... , and had _ e d in . . . . . . . earJ7 .. the of} [-lA fa tAia) aDClfnqeotive!F. Jror the fInID8tioD of' wlUob _ tab place ~ on the _P'ion of. apbaDilie p"n1UUliation of the two _ a n i l , 8lJPI&1'8 "eoted aInad;y fa an epichorlo iD8criptioD.: +&TAA02 Tan. 49t aI80 +.rraAor Theb. 21" acrainat e4naMP n..p. 27.. which Jut preaerveI the received speUiDg.' RJ(eiIter i. 260. ii. sa. &elt lUBt as X i. palatalized before the IOnanta,i, 10_ is IOftened in Nto nor'; (not"') before, iwhich phenomenon is ancient (60). This palataliation is strongest in insular apeech, particularly in Thera, Amorgoa, Naxoa, Ohioa, Pontoa, Crete (eapecially MItem), and South Italy (where it is altopther_imiIMed to Italian c),as: _-JU, __ -traM,W-I~"', 4-ii ... ."a;. see. In 'l'8aoomo ape.h , lOunded like tI, . . : tlfPC ,I,..), ftI1uHc6 .... ''1'he _
~ B.G., U1. .~nd

So"

(for~).

<_

(34G.)

b. Med_ r A 8. 57. With regard to the mediae " a (J , EraamiaDa proDouBoe them paerally as g tl b, whereas traditionista sound them as fIOi.cl g}t, lA (), ., except after a .....1where .uncultivated N 8peech sounds them .. " ~ b, the natural faaion of ,,+j, .. +a, ,,+,., as: S'YJIfAos, htlp., ,..Dclalos, aElfflpa, yapbpll,;, 1JapbI.... (cp. 61). The latter proDUJl.ciation is clearly bome out by tAe fact that in the .A iDlCriptiOD8 the 8top re appears very often chaDged to "I. before' and a, as: Jy{Jt1tr~ /y{Jo'A". !Y Bvtaft'tou, lyaocnr, ly30ri, Iy AtjAou, Jy ApupDV (KMeUterhansl 82 f.). Now the comliiaationa ~ and yI canaot symbolise tlae 80unds of gb and gd, since before the labial stops b and ., the mu~ , is much more inconvenient to pronounce thaJi is.. On the other hand, easily paaaea to tlOiced y (gA or 3) before a tIOice4., or an interdental b (a). 6'1'>. At the same time it may be reaaoaably averred that g, d, b being actually established as medial limpk sounds (57), cannot be declared jJUUJmjuible at tite beainJaiq of a WON (as traditioniata that the claim), unless OB the plea of absolute nece.ity, altemati.e digraphs ,..{",,), JOT, "." can never atand at the beginniDg of a Greek wOrd (62. 64). Aa a matter of fact, both pronOllciatiou , tl 6 a.ud". b 11 are supported by ancient evidence, aDd the waole caee will be better i11uati-ated if we consider each media separately. IS. The media '1 is sounded byEraamiana like ordinary g, but before guttural , '1, X like tI; TradUioniata " velar gA " " " " " (189); ~n" the SODanta ." 11 (60). Thu EraamiUIII a.ume a twofold, and traditionista a thJoeelold lOuud for y (cp. 189). 18. Leaving aside all theoretical speculation, the traditional .-oiced or hard guttural BOund !fA or 3 is supported by the following i1IIcriptiOllal data : /I. Before a liquida, ." often replaces , a phenomenon hardly uplicable if we give" the IIOUDd of J!.alatal g, as: IrA;.yew, IrA"";;r. lr 11,,,._, ir MOIe4iao.lar, If' ~t7_, If' Pv,..aV, ir 'Pciaov, &c. (all in .A inacriptiou; KlIeisterhana' 82-85). The same sound of velar g1a ill indicated by ~r (i.e. '1r)'O-), and miaspellinga like Into-r, Iu- Mvppwo~, 'ne DopaUk 11'Ir~4!vcrari. (all 369-300 & c.), ib. 83 & 84 f. 6. An interchange of" and le appean in ~ (Vlt & 0.), rNr/Mio. (IVt &0.), K ...... ~ B.c.), r.LII>-. (nra:-llIf a.c.), ,.Aaryl-ral & ~.. UpOwoMr & ar,01I'0Mr, ro",.v- B: Ko",.v-, lUleiaterhana' S8. CoIDpare f'tuother (since 300 B.e.) yir/lO~ " ~ yt(r)NcTat, OA&(r).".., dAl(r)os, .,(r)uM, ib. See alIo Glfeyei' ~18.

""0_,

nz.

59

Digitized by

Google

'UHI8.]

PRONUNCIATION OF lIEDIAE.

'lnTel"

Co Latin c is not rarely transcribed either by y or by Ir, as: ~ (aarracum), 1J'I"d).'1 (scala), rdl"ruw (ClIoDtiua), Ii'rp.or (Decimua), 'Ioiiwor (Iuncua), rap.ovIM'i1lG (Ca.murena)-wuc, lraAuct (caJigarum), w,K&P&Of, KpofjcWP&Of (grabata.rlua), K&ior (Gaiua), 'AJcpUcMor (Agricolua). (ThEckinger 100 8'.) 159". Llkewi8e such miaapelliDp 88 ItAIor and '.'T'II!} for ItAI-,or and (155), can be uplained only on the aaaumption for., of a hard 8Ilttural sound: 6Algllo' Wor. eo. On the other hand, that the palatal pronunciation of yas i, then of /C IIoDd )( as ;. IIoDd before the paJa.tal aoDlloDts i is ancient (155 f.), appears clearly:-(a) from the inadmiaaibility at the end of a syllable of y Ir X (54. 91), these conBOnants being aaaigned IIoDd accommodated to the Den following BOund; (b) the unequivocal teatimony of Ariatid. Quint. p. 89 Meib.: ,... dl/>o..." f'a ,u" a,a f'''. X").". 9~jf'a, p.d..... f'oii frIIufM1SOr nj" 1I4paf,. aw.,,, Irora ,MtTO" 1fj&aC0J"IIOtI, .liS' f'1t B m1 f'4

rowov

;"*;

& 25. T~r&a..sr GCurtiua Anecd.Delph. 1843 p. 73 (t98-II7). mloii for vloii 8Sterret, Arch. Inst. Amer. fu. 331 ; also i. 85. npo[ii] dcrftov for "poii &mov CWesaely, Nene Zaub. p. 213 (+ 300 A.D.). This is moreover conceded by Eraam.ia.na too (FBlaas 110). eL The remaining two mediae a and fj are pronounced by ErasmiB.Da invariably as d and b respectively, while traditioniata sound them as buzzes or voiced tA and tI, except after a nasal, where J?Opular N pronounces them, like the ErasmiBoDa, as d IIoDd b respectively (cp. 57) Pl. Apart from this partial agreement, it is almost certain that, like y, alao initial a IIoDd fj were in many casea sounded like d IIoDd b rea~ectively (57). On the other hlloDd the existence of interdental ~ (ie. Il lD I t1ten ') IIoDd labiodental tI is sufficiently borne out not only by its presence in N, but alao by the tolerably clear teatimoay of Plato, who speaks (Crat. 427 A) of "is' If a6 rov a ",.."lFffilS' mi nU ... /Cai dnIMlfTf. rijS' y>.Ot.rr'"1S" [especially if we read m1 "is' roii ... d...p'icrfIt;]. See also 194 f . In the particular case of (J which, above all consonants, has been the aubject of controverar, there is conclusive evideDce of ita having had the twofold pronuncIation of b and tI in claaaical Greek. For the former. we have no criterion in the fact that Latin b is regularl, transcribed b, Greek (J, and conversely Greek fj by Latinb. since this phenomenon 18 due to the influence ofhiatorical orthography (5~), but we have an unmiata.k:able proof in the phonetic representatIon of the sheep-cry by means of Bij (or rather Bi.) 'baa.' in a ~ent of Ariatophanez (39), an evidence which CIIoDDOt be refuted b, the flimay retort of some traditioniats that the sheep-cry may be vanoualy heard by the varioua nations. The only reasonable objection that could be raised is that the spelling (Jij (fj(.) may have been necessitated by the inadmissibility of the alternative spelling p.Jrij (,.11"'_), seeing that , . can never stand at the beginning of a Greet word (57 b. 64). ea. On the other hand, for the pronunciation of fJ as labiodental tI, a whole aeriez of evidence can be adduced. First, the common

lE THC *N nApEI4C inOCAlpoyCHC, ToY lE nNEYMATOC rrpoi,p.fIlOIJ, wc Tt' r KAi TA (read KATA) TA KATipoM:E AK'pAo all of which takes place when we pronounce y /C X as palatal (c) from misspellings, like Zoparr.r~ for Zaparrlfl, Louvre Pap. 40, 10, & 41, 10 (156 B.o.). TpnnlallOv Gr. Urk. Berlin 68 (t1I3-4), 12

pay3'. ml de nMToe

fl'fp&flrf"rcd' TA

Pron.

(I) For A oompan: 'A",.",..;;ru OIA. H. 789. a, 64 Cs73 BoO.) IIIUl ~m'" ib. .It, 6 (P3 Boo.).-See aDo OBoJrmazm ti. 4$ &

60

Digitized by

Google

--

-----~--------------------

PRONUNCIATION OF LIQUIDS.

[88-8'1.

108111 absolutely refuted Dot only by general linguistic conaidera.. tioDB, but also by the very presence of the digamma F in archaic Greek and ita almost total replacement by fj or consonantal v [1J ; nen we have the interchange of av and fV with a/J .fj in the inacrij). tions (SI. 52); the frequent transliteration of Latin intervocalic fI by Greek fj (ib.); the occaaional dropping of" before fJ (193); and finally the pronunciation in N of (:I aa tI.

theol7 that the BOundsl and fI were alien to clauical Greek phono

eab B.

LIQUIDS

p.

A. M, N, AIm

SPIB.\HT8

z.

Though there is no dispute aa to the nature of the BOund of the above consommta, it will be advantageous to consider them briefly here.
PBotroROIATION OP

p.

M. It ia unanimou81,)' conceded (FBl888 Pron. Sg) that the ancient Greeks, like their deecendants now, pronounced , with the tip of the tongue. Cp. PL Crat. 426 0 ,.1\ ~ lpol .,_ t#Ial""" Iw, 4na....,.", "';;r KINHC(J)C ~ oN' .frto,.w [?] Bc' 5,'1'1 'XII ,.oWo ....opa. ib. D ore) 03.. /M ,.1\ I1'I'OCX60,. .ClAW '30'" &p'p"0J' IT_ ,.;;r KI NHC<UC. ib.. u,pcI -,d, n)r .,,..,.,.,. ".,.~ ("9i /M) 4-1TTCl 1'1-, pGAlllft a~ CIOMt NHN. ib. 434 0 Tb pcj) orj fopf wl KINHCf:1 nI II.A'Ip/rrrrr1 .'ollloa..... Dion. B. De comp. 79 B. ( a~) '1'1\ p riir .,Al.xtf1f/l A1TOPPA1TIZoYCHC ore) ""flipa" .pbr ,.1\.. (palate) rrrC TWN OAONT<UN 01l1TCl1'4"'1r. It waa therefore alveo Jar, 'ribrating or trilling, like Scotch, Italian, and RUB8ian r; hence when it atood alone or at the beginning of a word, it W&8 felt &8 a double r (a _ more or le811 applicable to (~ 11 also, 61). This is al80 ahOWll by the fact that in verae it very often makes position, and, what la equallyaigni1icant, in the ICri.PfwII c:ontmuc& it sometimes actually appears &8 pp (Ktlhner.BlABB L 311, op. KBrugmann" 65). Now &8 in the ..pe.ration of words no double consonant was admitted &8 initial (op. nit. 6:z), one of the two ,'s was iae'ritably dropped, and thia omission was later on indicat4ld by the sign of the apostrophe inserted in the shape of the spiritus aaper (711t. 140). When, however, through composition, it happened to come after a vowel, the original trilling or double , !ftppeared, &8: WTO""'OI, lIaHppoor, tlftOPf*E. 'PfIIOJ', ipftOlll'l'or (but .fpour, _'"..",.01, i.e. evrua, evroatoa). (Cp. 51b. 1115 ff. 712.) [The common theory ia that initial" represents origiual 111', but op. 73.] ea. It t. this trilled oharacter of alveolar " espeoialq when it begiDa qUable or is terminal, which aeem. to aocoant for the rdgnal avoidance of termiDa1 -PH in A, inaIImuch &8 the trilling with the tip of the tongue in-.ol". a back paeition and ea'rity in the month from. which it t. inoon'ftDient to JIIII8 immediatt>17 to the front paeition required by the palatal and i IIOUDdI, .. : 4p1PA, dp7l'PA, n/1GpA, "'pAt, i.4pAI'CI, .,..,.p (186'. 269.

.1_

oil,..,., .,..i.,...

ea. The parallel, but le88 frequent, phenomenon of IIIdricGI poIiIiotI in the _ of A lA .. 11 seema to point to a different phonetic proce.... in that these consonants, unlike all other consonants, are c:oaH"UM, that ia they admit of being drawn out or prolonged at will and 80 act &8 ahort or long (cp. 92'), i.e. simple or double con80nants, &8 occasion requires (cp.IAAa/l., 'AAaX-, 87. ID N speech there are, properly IIpIIBking, three dffIarent IOUDds of A prod.-l by the re1ative position of the tip of the tongue. If it faib, out of hIIIin-, to reach the palate, it prod_ an imperfect or indi8tinct , which can be eaaiq minaken for guttural. r; this 0001UII chiefly before the back BOnanta

... 839. 8g2).

'lA,...")'

SI,.,., 11"'01,

(I J

......, ."...,. iwMa,

Tb... LNbian oll", - Dorio -= A.ttio "4,. So too 1I,,",r, BolITlar. BcONu. ~. d,.,IIDattllo. efllIGA."r-IJ_. 'liIx .. ete. (X6hnerBlaaa i. 80, 3 I; b).

"'xoc.

I.il",

."0""""

61

Digitized by

Google

87,70.]
Cl 0 .....

BEADING JIABKS.

In 8ph&1da of Crete (187"), If it to.ohee ~ the )I&Iate, it ~ the oMiDary HoaDd, univezDl In Greece. But if it, or ftIther n. blade, ia ~ ftatJ,y upon the pelate, it produce. a thiclr. , analOP1l8 to the :au.iaD bud JI, a lOund alIO not lUlknoWII. in Greeoe Ca. g. at :Ileeka in wartem Orete).

88. Before fJ y a '" the apirant IT (-88) changes to '( ...), as: u.>.aayrUI' Le Du iil22 (1V't B.e.), ff'~Ov 'Et/>",- dp~. 2118, 4- Zp.V,... zfJ/lfJN/J& often; ;~ur 'EtI>'1JAo apx. 188,3, p. 125, l" 12. 'E~ CIA ill. 15$3. xp."azp.dl' BulL Corr. Hell. v. 228 (Cos). +#1ZfIII CIA ii. 468 (tlf), ztuipay30r 'Et/>"J.l. dpx 1280, 8 (45+) So~, Zl"p&r"A'or, ~~ zp.uM" ~&OII, etc., Ben. adv. gram. 638, 19: rronflOl' a&~ roV z yparrr/Oll 1".,.1 r~ ITpiAlort ml til' Jluerou ~ &" rov fr. Luc. J Dd. Voc. 9 r rrrra C~OI' mrocnrolTallf"& .at ff'_ d~"Ao~". til' ~uproaI'. Many more eumplea in GMeyeri 2:z6. 89. For C Eraamiana aaaume the BOund of.,] or dB (FBlaaa Pron. 11512~) on the plea. that the grammarians make it consist of 0" + a. But this proves only that the grammarians refer to the actual occurrence in written composition (25.250) of the combination O"a, which naturally imparts to 0" the voiced B-sound (cp. Bekk. An. 815, 29 iF.), wherea.s the complex aO" is a1tol{8ther foreign to Greek. Nor does the other Era.smian argument which rests on such etymologica.1 speculationl as Ipa. ptC., aat/x-dr, ~C6r,' A8qJNJ-C., etc., deserve any serioul consideration (2S).-That C from the outset represented a sirreplc sound appears pla.inly from the fact that it figures, even in the oldest inscriptions, as a simple or monolitera.l symbol (in the shape of :I), whereas the alleged double BOund Id or dB would natura.lly have led to the digraph a3 or 30", just as Eand were repreaented by ;to" or ItIT and t/>tr or ff'0" respectively. And that thl8 simple IOUDd of , was no other than fIDicItI is evidenced by the above inscriptional and other data (68): UMOa')lllCOI', rrpq/Jwrov, Z~proa, z{!JfWUI&, I~ur, z~r, etc.-and further corroborated by the testimony of ion. H. De comp. 14 (p. 112 Sch.): rp'o,. a. rill' c1"A"A_ ~J.lpcir.1' et a~ &ft'"Aii lta"A.iraa n z ~o. ~au..& ~I' dlto~1' ro,l' hi,.. (.vion. takes strong objection to the 'animal' BOund of 0" Ill). n /J tap 3", roV I[ n a. " a", nu n rOl' O"1IfHypAl' d",03l&.cn, +'>';;1' &rr.1' al~Mlp.l', rowo a; ~avxi ... fl'WU~& aaO"Ul'wa& (read CYNHXei ris voiced besides] n; rrnUptJ'I'& aafT1ll'fTCd ,.., for the mea.ningleas and contra.dictory ~O"1Ixi aatTUHra&).

r.

rc.,

RJw>I5G

lLuuts

('Ir~).

70. Associated with the letters proper are a number of complementarysymbols which serve to modulate or regulate the voice in expressing a word or sentence. Leaving aside "I and w, also , (17 b), such readifag marks are generally absent from the Greek inscriptions and the earlier papyri, and though we can trace at all events some of them to the IV! Do c., tradition ascribes the genesis of the whole system to Aristophanes of Byzantium, a great philologist and librarian at Alexandria dwing the Ulr Doe. This system of complementary symbols gradually embraced ten signs, called at Bl_ 'Ir~ and included, besides
(11 De Comp. 170 &)(fIp& ~ m2 cl~r ,,) a .al .1 d.toNlI'''f lI'~apa A""; ",,,.1L3ovr ..,ap m2 clAcI-yov pilMOI' A07&dir '4Nl....Eria& ao..r.".".;;r cl Bow .. a III by far the CIOJIIIDODeIt of.u _ _ in GnU-it ia twice .. " . q1l8llt .. 1', the na:d OOJIIDlOlleft _ t - t h e GnU laDpap must be, in D~ opiDlcm, 8tted be"- fw _ _ than for men. COp. 85[1], 861, et !!CL>

ntH.,,,,,,.

62

Digitized by

Google

READING MARKS

BREATHING!.

the readiJag signa properly 8OoCaIled, also the breathing&, accents, and quantity marks. The whole system eonsisted of the follow ing symbols: the two signs - and v to denote pantity (i. e. length and shortness, cp. l'I b ) ;, the three accentual marks 1\ " (now shaped , , -); the two breatbings (' and ') ; the comma (,) ; ad. the hyphen vI. BreathiDp: SfttOOth (' spirituslenis,' .,,&A-4. originallyi. shorter 1 or .J ). as rlva, br, , rough (' spiritus asper.' &w&, originally ... shorter L), as Wo, PeG) AOO8I1ta: ' t.ICtIte (~u., originally'). as ~ Tl~ , gmtJe (fta.pu., originally,), as ~ "'.. - circufAjIe:& (11'pT7f'fIJpm" also ~PJp.ca, ~~. ~",rM~. originally I~ MA then rounded ,... in order to avoid confusion with the letter A). as ~ "'w 3- stope: , comtn/J (Woa-rt'Y",-4. originally later oi shorter 1 or J ), as t/Hflu later t/Hfl&' period or full8~ (TlArla). as ~f:fl'. colott (p.C0'11 aT&'Y",-4), as t/Hfl'. ; iftterrogatiofl (lpom,p.a.Tuc6v), as t/Hpa; 4. Quantitylluka: - the p.tJJCp4 (se. rpoatt8la). App. ii. 16.) , v the PpaXf:UJ. (se. rpoc1'fll8la). App. ii. 16). So Other Sips: ( ) ~ (~fT&r, 80) - diJs1& (mUiA.a., 80) ! ~_ (fJa.v~, 80)
BBBATHINGB.

(a-.-14 and +aA7) [BO. fl'po~la]. later a.lao frNii,. 3arri and +aAd)
7L Every _it sonant is marked with either the smooth or the rough breathing. The smooth {'}, called spiritus lenis, has at all times been mute. The rough Ci. called spiritus asper, is now sounded by Erasmianslike h.. (See 'la if. ; cp. 56.) nb. Also iDitial p is now marked with the rough breathing (64), while pp may be written either pp or more commoruy simply pp. '12. S~ of the breathi~ it will be remembered that they Defti' found .. place among the letters (70). . . they figure in the alphabeta of other nation.. Their original form, .. mown in some old papyri Applied with suoh ligna (e.g. A1kman, lliaa of Bankea), was .. and ~. very BOOn wom down to L and 1 (the latter also .J)-Bince the XI~ A.D. to the modem' and '--and it is alleged that they originated in the biaection of H, the first half f- repreII8Ilt~ the rough breathing (') and the second half -I the smooth bnatbiDg (") Pl. Now it is true that in many archaic inacriptiODl H
(ll Bekk. AD. li. . . : I'll """..01' ~ _ _ trot T.) &"m,.""" TOil H I'll M Nil_ rl~........,,.c) li IT.,.,. TOil dToii ""'~tlou &xmJlflJIA T.) hi ftl '-~. D4 Po 706: _UG nnaTopt." 'I'j \lIrA; mor TOil

HlbwtA"""o:t.

68

Digitized by

Google

72-74.]

BREATHINGS.

appears still lingering as a Phoenician reminiacence (3', acting as a sort of breathing, either initial (tJllpinition), or medial (ifltlrtUpiratiort., but in the principal dialects-Ionic, Aeolic (84), to a great extent also Doric-it does not occur at all Aa to Attic, its pre.Eucleidian inscriptions show a great irregularity regarding this aymbol For very frequently it ia abaent (1), still oftener it is added, but even then not alwaya in the right place, according to our present notions; sometimes, too, it ia put before erJWy initial vowel (as CIA i. 324) (1), and again it often accompaniea the consonants Po )., ')', F, a case preclnding the poaaibility of any aspiration in actual apeech; finally, with the cloae of the V~ B.O., it diaappears altoff8ther from the inscriptions. This anomaly admits of two explanatlona: either that as early as the VI-V~ the Athenians, anticipating our modem Cockneys, dropped their la's, and eventually, with the close of the V~ B.O., the aspiration was altogether done away with, and that even in the polite and literary l&n~, as a uaeleaa encumbrance; or, which is more probable, that H ~red as a mere Phoenician antiquity and so was now discarded altogether. This is moreover shown bl_ t!te significant fact that the rough breathing, whether initial or medial, nner P"""'" elision (rrop' 00, 0'-030,", frdp-~, etc., forms which cannot proceed directly from _f.III+1aoii, dJICI+Wor, frapa+laoclM, etc., 170 f.1 P ], nor actually affects the sound of any preceding consonant, seeing that the case of the tenues is no real exception (171). A further confirmation is finaHr afforded by its never being considered or mentioned by Plato In the very frequent occasion offered by his etymologies in Cratyl08 (cl" 41),; by the testimony of Aristotle, who states that the distinction between o~ and 0;' consists in ",..., and makes no mention whatever of aspiration (El Soph. 21; so too 4 & 8); and finally by the absence in A of even a name for it (2go). See 84" App. i. 4" [1]. See also ESRoberta 104 f.
71-. The II01IDd 11_ CIZpI'eaecl m old AWe 1lDtil 403 .. 0. by the H; W. evaD iD. earl7 &I1tiquitJ' aD 1lDoertaiDt,. pnvaila iD. the _ of this . , partl7 owing to the weak prcm1lDoiatioD of the 801lDd, partlJ' owing to the irruptiOl1 of the Icmio alphabet, 11 beiq freqU8I1t17 omitted, oocuiouall7 also (at leut m the late iD.8criptioDl of the V~) erro~17 added. Thu, &11 iI18criptiOD of .p8 B.o. omitAI all .'B lava iD. the 'wonl lfpJr, whioh 0001U'8 four times. Couvane17, m aD iD.8criptiOD of 408 11 ia pre1lzed iD.diIorimiD.&ie17 to almo.t eYHJ' iDitial voweL' lOleiaierhaDal6s-67 (where DUlD8l'01III iD.ai&DCl8II &re cited). 73. Koderu philologUta &re ceDera1J,y acreed in traciD.g the orlgiu of the upiratiOl1 iD. Greek b80k to the ID.do-Buropeau commOD stook. But it; i8 a curious ph8l10D18110D, oommODl7 overlooked, that just thOllB _ where Greek traditiOD i8 1lD&I1imoua iD. the _ of the apiritu &&per, &8 in the iuitial It- &I1d h the &8I11Dlad IDdo-Europ&&l1 protot1P8 mOWBDo aapiratiOD. Cp. HDDarbi8hire 24 f. & 55 ft'. (64),

,,0.,

74. Our present practice of marking the rough breat~ originated during H times (/'0). Like all other frpocnfllicu, thiS Iifrn was devised by the grammarians and placed, as a diacritic mark, above the initial 80nants of certain words which, judging from their effect in composition, were originally aspirated (lId..,o" do,", '4>""",,,,
PI ID. about 150 iaataDC8II, aocordiD.g to PCauer in Curt. Stud. viii. :033 it PI Thia iD.aoriptiOD (408 B.O.) teems with CODfuiODl: Hour.o. pMIIim (bemde olo.), ICfIT.CfTia, IlfMI" (OfteD), Ht. (for ...), HllwO, Hurpiol,.a, Ho~. H.nOs, 'ppa, H.)('6,.."or, HtP'YIICo,.l.fHf, Hf~lIofor. 't,Hllf, .; (for .), &to. [I] 8olit&q ill8t&DC8II, llJr.e wdpMlpor, n6111w." (440-400 B.C.) (J[][eiaierhaDal 67) do Dot teatif7 to the aotual preII8I1Cl8 of iD.ierallpiratiOD at the time, but JJl8reIy point to aD arWloial oompromise of 0riCiD.al pezathetic ' wrya.-INlpof, ICfITII-ItGnp. with OOIltempoDl'J' .a,..lpor, 1CfIIIO...,. (Cp. 1110, .."s.)

,'ni.",

,."BM.'

""Im.

"f/J.-...."

6f

Digitized by

Google

Aa time went OD, this practice met with favour among their Byzantine BUCC8II8Ol'II, and ultimately found its way into our MSS, though its syatematic application date. only from the VII~ A.D. (76C). 71. The sign of the BIIIOOIh 'lJreatAiflg or apiriltu len.. ( , ) is never found in the iDlcriptioDl and papyri, nor in the oldest MSS. Like ihe rough breathing, it is alleged to have been invented by Alexandri&n gra.mmariana (70)' It iB only Bince the VII~ A.D. that it has been syatematically applied in the MS texts aa a mere tugtJti" &ign, that is, to emphaaize the abaence of aapiration.

:.r..,,.).

AOOBR'l'B

OB AOOBllTUAL KABKS.

78. The Greek language, though it unqueationably indicated the accent at all Dea, BhoWII no marks for it either in the inscriptiODl or in the earlier papyri (72). NevertheleBB, aa early aa A times the theorists had observea that not only every word is stresaed, but that every Byllable bears a relatively higher or lower .tresa [tl, and endeavoured to expresa this streBB ])y conventional aigna which we may call here 'accentual marks [YJ.' Hence the ayatem waa adopted of marking IfJW1Itcfl8l1'U8t1d (or rather lower BtreBBed) syllable with a bar Blanting from the left to the right , and called fl'pGfT.,aia lJapfia (Latinized ac:c:mIv8 fI"In.), while the one bearing the dominant atreu waa marked with a bar alanting from the right to the left / and called ",poa.ala ~.ia (La.tinized ac:c:mIv8 GeMtw). Thus :-

eiOAbP6z droMENot MHZAMENot tDhUYONTO,

a practice which is atteated by aeveral instanceB in the Harris papyruB of Homer (I~ A.D.) PI. When two conaec:::rllablea, thus accented. were contracted to one, the theorists in . the proceBB by joining the Wo Blanting bars either at the top or at the bottom: KEEDO:s

Kim02, .AOS .Oz, Mize60MEN Mlsecft'MEN, tSTA6s tuSis, M12eOollteA Mbeo"YMEeA, and called the reaultants A and V "'.ptanJ"m, (ci"*~) and d.ra.aU.IIII,u,,'1 reapectively (App. i. 19 g'.
(retaining it only aa far aa it wa.a contained in the circ ex A, 77), BO that the above worda came to be marked &imply thuB:

to be use1eBB and cumbrous (820 }, and BO acribea dropped it ~!tr.:!ther

78b Aa time went on, the regular addition of the grave waa found

eEOAAPOZ AEroMENOI MHSAMENOI EDEUdoNTO .4z MlzedYMEN E2TOZ MIZeOYMEeA [fl.

.. -to with th.

PI well known among phOJ1etio1au that each single II)'DabIe iD a WON has cWFerence, that one particular II)'Uable among them beara the nlatiwJ.y hJcheat or domInaDt etreu. The prominence th1l8 given to ~ ~ II)'DabIe hM led to the popular p1'&Otice of oalUng thia.ue. the aacent fJtW . . . ., - . while all other (lI8OOJ1dary) ~ of_to being owrpowered 117 the domInaDt, haw been bf; Bight of. Hence the common laying that each, wcml bu onq one MCOIlt, meaninjr by it the dominant aacent. (Cp. 81 &; App. L 3,

It.

Kllnoz

L 11 .; K1lhner-Blaa, I. 318). (11 The Iix ftptHl~ attn'buted b;y Va.n:o (iv. 550, lIKeil) to Glauko. _J1ot an appq to lIOOUtio _to In faot all thOIIe term.-daof&~, ,uflfl. 'ftnTII,."" uMtI,u.", ~'o,u", or ~.,~, npltl7lGfllr (otherwise . ."...".,,), IlTtWor, ~Ia-refer to the three Inphio II)'JIlboll l \A, eDd 10 haw no !!p8ClI4o value. See App. L 1&;5. ti. 16. Pl The pnctiee 01 _ppqiDg the .,.Dablee with MCOIltual marb In A.rfatot1e'. time la alluded to by him . . . kind oIllovelt;y (BJ. Soph. ao, 3): 4", ftapGfIfI,..

J"Aav- and 'YAau.o.. SO"" and ialff&' (App.

416.), &Dd other OOI1temporari., who di8tingaiah between ,A,l tfHA'" and Al~cA.or,

9[1J.-V~oflllChaoouticMCOlltarementiODedallob;yPlato(0rat.399.t.-j

_--..

['I IPhDoponOl Top. . fltltl'&TPApaTII p. 6: 1Id"~ All.. ." JIlt 111IAAaI!;

(See App. L 1-4>-

6&

I'

Digitized by

Google

ACCEN'l'B.

7SO. The systematic application of accentual marks to MS texts dates only since the VII'l A.D. (cp. 74 f. 80.).
77. The above historical sketch of the development of the accentual marks makea it BIllloiently clear that, for practical purpoeea, the ancient Greeks, like modem phoneticians, recognized two degrees of accent: the atreaaing (rising?) or acute ( I), and the reluing (falling?) or grave ( \ ), while a combination of the two, tlie circum1lex. ( 1\ ). waa a merel7 CODcrete symbolization of the rising and falling (better of the atreaaing aDd relaxing, or percl188ion and remission, 8Slt) of the tone present on two BIlcoeBBive BOnanta like f6l1s and Iwrit previous to their contraction. It is evident, however, that as BOOn as such aucC8llllive BOnanta had, under the influence of accent (atnaa or ic~us), merged to a simple aound, be it in the form of a simple vowel (c(lAr) or a diphthong (I ..d), involving_ position of the mouth, the accent was of necessity reduced to the dominant or acut~ and the retention of the unstressed or grave mark as an appendant to it (76b) was merely intended to symbolize graphically the phonetic process which had taken place on the resultant or contracted BOnant. The absolute identity of the circum1lex. and acute is moreover shown by their equal treatment in the operation ofthe tonocliaia (J041r.), as : ~ T., .,." .".,." ..wIr T., MIA,s, 'er"." [I). The theory therefore that in ..4. the acute denoted a rising ( f ), and the grave a falling ( ~) of the voice, ia, in a certain I8DB8 (App. i. k), correct, whereas the belief that the circumflex. denoted a rising.falling (! ~ ) of the voice, is only BO far admi.ible as it refers to ita original fomt (1\), when it claaped CIGo I8JICIf'/JII vowel., but as BOOn as these two vowela had 1 contracted' to one BOnant involving _ position of the mouth, the contention that the circum1lex atill continued to denote the original rising-falling of the voice ia a purely theoretic speculation, utterly impoaaible in actual speech and without parallel in language. For the appeal to the Sanakrit -ua is a demonstration of i~ ".,. ~[I), and the few supposed analogues adduced from living languapa are either irrelevant interjectioDB (reallr?1 jG 1'l) or imaginary - . 77 b On the other hand, it must not be inferred that, because all th~ accentual signa ( I , -) came to symbolize one and the _ e accent, the hig1wr IItreu or acute (their ab.nce indicating the preeence of the ' - '
-rll."... &Efia" npall'ftl,u'"l", I~ Tai. Aounu; cruAAaBaR ~, ~Off I., -rf .~.,4Atlclr (7) Itwlp4 cruAA4/HI &EWl7'w. al a~ Aonral fJapWorra&. .1 I., Tf A.Uo&"cls 7) "4",, "'pacrwci'rlll, 7) I~ .pWrq IIal 7) -rp"" 1JatW.-. (Compare Noticea XVIII. ii. 417.) Schol. ad Dioll. Thr. in BelIk. An. ii. 688 17) /lapeCa Il'flMoPlltar TWO. fern, 'rOwl",,, ds n}If cruMo/Jfjrf n}If p1} ' X - Ta" nptO" -r6_ IfIl"lIH'C11.' 'rnoeI"...or cS plTGw trpoII'~ -ra" A6-ycw trOlo.s"."or a.1J'r1 IAI'Y'To trapIl -roi'r dpxalOlr cruMo/J",a. -rcWor t tJap.ia, ..,alP WI 1ft """, erllAAa,Sijr rijr p1} Ix.,w"r n}If &Efiu 'TIBl7'o. '" N .... cS AI.,.", m riIna cruAMlN" x.plr riir lI'VAAalIijr rij. 'xo.scn,. -r"" npcw T6l1W, n}If tJa,.;a. "n&lX.TW olor e~' .,,) 8611al ora ACI) IIal n poc /Japti '''XOJf7'o. Ta.,. 0 .... n. "Off -r6""" .tx'. dpaor ai nSlIor MIA.iTGl 7) &ERa m I.I-r." n}If.,...... ,1Ial lijAo,,; lW, naa, al cI.Ua& avAAclSal al p1} 'X-W .,... 6t.ifw, Inll'l" Una.,... aI-rfIu, cln3cWr ac' ... 06 -rIBI'rIJI "" hi .a""r II'1IAAIIMr t /Jopfi'a ~E,,' '1.. p1} Hf'IIxapUer_ onl Pa/JAla TOih'o"" 06 .,t.rra&.' [I) Race Plato iclenWlea flU and in eV8J7 reapeot: Orat. 4011 0 &pIQr 1.1 a. cS n AN """. IIal aId fICIA&iJf n AN alfl6Aor Op. Uo 85 r. 8s" (but Uo -.s"). III 'The independat -"fo, which III everywhere of & biDar,y origin, -w-n .. the 1lJlion of &JUgher with _lower tone within &II7JJable. ID ita natura therefore it III identiaal with the Onelr. circumflex, bat it. origin III dH'enmt one. Pur it COIIIDlODI7 appean 0040 there where a abort or: loDe wwel is followed by

'If

'X_w.

.68.,

nu.

If".

an I or: ... provided with the udaCtG and IICItiDc ... and reapectiftQr.-The ideDwtaatiOD of the independent -"cl in tha ~ft diIJue with the afrcumSa in Onelr. Ztii, .. ~nted b7 BnapIaDIl in hili Grundria i. 5390 III hardl7 ten.ab1e.' lIHirt., I: ., too IWacUmapl , ..... 1IoIId PKntachmer BinL 7&ep' .A.pp. L u raJ,

66

Digitized by

Google

['1'141.
..... or,"*, ~; cp. 75), Gnet aceen' in claalical antiquity ..... lu e'Yery I'8IIp8Ilt identical with modem EngUah or German BOC8Dt; it .... rather similar to modem GNek and Italian or Spanish aceent which, as is well known, is 1_ intenai'Y8 and consequently does not o'Yerpower or pereeptib17 reduee (ByDeop&te) unaceented syllab1ee (App. LIt'" [1]. 17 &: [I]).

78. In a diphthong the IeCOttd vowel conventionally receives both breathing and accent, as; dl9Dr, d, dpuw, ,IXOV, cfHOyc, "Ipa, .-" __t.o6, o6nIc, TOOro.
7~. This practice, which dates from lI, la both historically and rationally wrong. For whether we admit a 1'8IIOI'Yed or a mODophthODgat pronunciation, in ineoriptiona and papyri, 80 far as they show any breathinga, the sign H or ... la regularly plaeed before or abot1e the jInt (initial) 'Yowel of a diphthong word. This naturally applies with equal force to the aocentual mark. when plaeed O'Y8r the mute or conaonantized element of a diphthong (as in i" '" 0"-11 '11 'fII cw), or when placed OTer the PClltpo8Ui'YeTowel ofa diphthong pronounced In theErumian fashion, I88iDg that in the uniOD of two 'Yowel. in what EraBmlana call a diphthong the flnt remainB dominant and the 88COnd performa a _ieonaonantal fttnction(18. 19.33,3.33'). Thi.laalaoahown flntby the very ecmsUtution of the cireum1Iex " whioh litre.... the prepoalti'Y8 'Yowel, and then by the ~t aound of _ .11 as l1li '" or aJ.to which could proceed oDly from . . Iv (_ ..], U8'Y8r from tN eM: .riiptW ..,.",-"hptW .6."",, Dot "';;ptW..wn,r. (Cp. further nzr, Ifrr, etc., and the spurious diph. thonp" , ... in 19 fr. 31 fr.) 79. The four stope (, . ' ;) (10, 3) are generally absent from the old ilIIc:riptionB papyri (10), the CURom with the ancienta being to write a1I wonia in an unbroken line. called tcriptuf'fJ contintuJ (2S0).

ana

When the neceaaity for such stops arose amonfr AleDlldrian grammarians, they resorted to the U8e of the full-poInt in a threefold but J'8'Yen8 B8DI8, that is, the high point or Y"fAna ""Y"", which denoted the complete close of a sentence, waa placed at the top of the la&t letter (u in ypd,.".'); the l"!"I fIT'1";', which corresponded to our semieolon, waaa simple pomt m a middle position (88 in yptl,."..), whereas u'e point on the line (WOfJT,,),,.q) W8B equiTalent to our comma Ill. The form of our modern comma e,) W8B also known and called imo&acrroAq or (~pax.ia) a_roM, but aerved in the 'scriptura continua' to aepam&e two words liable to confusion, 88: EJTlN,On and EZTI,Non. It is atill sometimes used u a diBtinetive mark, u B,TI-' whatever.' Ira-' that.' In proceas of time the ,du" disappeared, and about the IX! A.D. the regular comma (,) took ita place. 80. The English colon (:) is rendered in Greek by a simple dot C'), called pi"" aTI.,,,,, (19. but cp. 20~2). The note of i~",itm dates from the IXUJ of our era. In their preB811t form, the note of 1IIIDl".".". y IiMa (ancienit marked by a aemicol:!~' ), the parnt1teN, the tlaih, aDd the ~ tIIt.II"fts (20~2 ), were own to the Greeks; these signs have been introduced Into the Greek tens b1 eritice of the present ceatury, chieJly by FrWolf. ACCDTtl'AL TDIUI.

'"'11'''

[I]), which, in consequence of its dynamic nature (85 f.), is restricted to the last three syllables, and can never recede beyond
III DiOD. Thr. in Beklt. An. iL 630 fIT'.,ptJl fill' Tptis, T.A.1a, ,MtIJI. 6tro-

8L In Greek every word has one, and only one, accent ('[6 "

vrry,.lt.

tIJI"a.

fllfftptl.Y"Of , "

..u. ,".
dM,'

TfA.1a

Dr,prUlJlirtl"

IT,

""oW"r

""11'. 'IIT' Itarolar dttrtprUl,M"'I' ""''''';111'' ,MII'I

fIOpaAap./JaPd".."OII
".,,"";011.

1nrofIT'''I't} ~ ,."U_ For more cletaila _ SchoL ib. 758 fI.

J':I

"_olar

3~

81

Digitized by

Google

SI-88.]

ACCENTUAL TEBlIS.

the third syllable from the end (tri8glltJbotong). It is chiefty this system of trisyllabotony that accounts for the development and t>reservation in Greek of its eminently inftectional character (3aC if. App. i. 9~. Of the three accentual marks now usedSIb. The acute (') can stand over any long or short ') syllable among the last three. If it stands over the very last (ultima), the word is called cxqtone, as 1fOpM; if over the last but one (pentdlima or penult), the word is called porw:ytone, as ,,0/1.01; if over the last but two (antepenuU(ima]), a case admissible only when the ultima is 'short,' the word is called proparozytone, as ~/I.OI. SI. The gtYJfJe (') can stand only over the 'last syllable as a substitute for the acute, when the latter would not be immediately followed by a pause (stop or comma), as: ~ cm]p, and

~p~.

Stb. This practice seems to relt on the analogy of I1D&CC8nted (barytoned) syllab1ea and proclitica (94 fF.). Just as unatresaed syllables, now unaccented but originally marked with the grave (76 f.), stand in the relation of dependency to that bearing the dominant accent; just as the procliticI attach themlelves to tne leading word. for which the,. formerly received the lecondary or grave accent (95 f.): 10 ordinary mngle words in a aentence, as constituent parts of a connected wAole, are treated as if they were proclitioa, and 80 are marked with the grave accent, conceived as the sign of continuation.
Sll". Compare SohoL lid Dlon. Th. iD Bekk. AD. iI. 674 ~ t) lJa,.ia ~ TWos 'nE, _41m.. fit ~ I7UUa,8I)r n)r ,a) Tcl.. _pc"" 7'6.... 'd T4Ao11r ITE,wo. dU' r..,a) lfGTG](GpUflOWTOA ft StPJa, TOVrO ..w - .p...nu, dU' fl. ,w ~ Tiir &.tar ". Tj """Wflt .,.Ehra&, oltw AN8ponroc 1lAA6c. IW -,dp .lr ri AOi IrnWBa 1T4", .. &_ Sr, nAOIIf .6p4fr,. Idr at KAAoe AN8pconoc, lW c5I. .It T.) Ao. ,.,..'" I) 1Ja".ua &.-, twrG ra1inI .6""" .,..) h'ponor.-And 689 cbrAM .,.lfWOA .. Stlpflia rI. ,w T6_ Tiir 6EtUi., du' fl, '"fW. ',.,s.",. ,w I. ~, A""""';lITIr .6pcflll6pA1f1W, l1li2 w~ .. , _ U-nVtrOA IIAA' "",,4fl1C1, troa ,.aeft n)r 6EtSr",.",. Ail,,, .6plcr_ l1li2 ''''''' AlE". . . 6go "",,'nIG .,o.p 'fir, .. t1V..,,~ Ail- l1li2 tIVH..,.."fI" . eMflfI'" ,., TIf lurrl ,.~ ...1 r4Aov, "" 4fvr6.au AlE_ f"pt.t1IfO,.m,r, " ' - lJa,.ia. 'fir", oW .l..fa. m I) n"Y,a) l1li2 I) driwalltlcr .,.;;, ~ If Sa"aTfffl'ioac, d.Uol IIpt.JIItI'f'lIIWf""", fr' .nn- .f_, n)" Alt", d.fP"flleo,.4.", 6Ib.ttIa& ft.m,.. S,de'NI. 06.,0., ."'" '.,.Ipa Altcr hlP.",,.4.,,, rPG tlV"fllflA""hJ TcW f](tIP Tiir 6E.m. Cheer. lb. 'fO'1, 2'f 'tl'f'40.. a~ I.,., tni6a Ailfl' &tSro"o', ... rj """..... 4h- ". rjf/plitlfl (read tIII/'4IpGn'), ~ 6E.i"" fl, /JatHiar XOl~ roii rE, hi ~ .,.i nr6.., ..pori-",., ""'fIlr " ,a) hnfIfW"U tI'f'C'Y'" ~TUI6r. Idr .,a,. 1.,~/prrrGl 1m'Y,a) ~.,.,.a.. 06 I) 6E.ia Saptia...

'x-

-x

er..,.

'n,

.,.",

ram '"

_11

'I'

-",e..

-"te-

.1,

S8. The circum,1'le.1: {.... or -} can stand over a 'naturally long' ultima or penult. If over the ultima, the word is called ~ as ~; if over the penult, the word is called
~as~.
G.

For the origin and value of the circumflex lee 'J6 fF. b. A word having DO accent over the tcUiffIG is caJ1ed barylotN, becauae the ultima. was originally marked with a {Japeio or pve accent (76 f.). [10. AJn. 6, 15 /Ja"vr- 1IfIA_ra. ft npottSr_ ... ..~ ... ",on","'"", 3ct(.,.,). nA.lI'f'IIIa.,.o6nw /JapIIrnu.)

68

Digitized by

Google

------~--

---.

ACCENT AND ICTUS.

M. AeoUc OD the _ hand cu-rded thelpbitu IIIp8l' (?a), and OD the other c1nw the _ t .. far back from the ad .. poIIibIe <!Koept in the _ of prepoIIitioIu and ooD,jUDatiou .. toDoclitio8, 94), . . : cl, oWor, 4AU--fl6TGpDf, awor, &Aor,.&aAor, ~,ISWIrror,'/a4lp63&T'II, /llIl1lAfVf, A.Mor, crd.fipor, cr~, 'poe, .o.IS. Th.a two peculiaritleB of AeoUc are deeigDated .. peilo.u and lImw-....:. (fiA-IS, ~crlS). Op. ApoD. de contt. 38, 127 (Dekko) GUOI p~,. '"Eu'1"8 a..n..-I ft ~ AloAlir a~ o6Bca,.a;--.nd Schol. lid Diem. Thr. m AD. Bekko 716, 9 - - . . .,. cl Ar,- ~, of .&loAm I,. TCII' llI&us Altlcr, .,., lllacr"" 3A.r ~"" Bdn. ii.1b5. of .&loA." tnicrar A4i'" "..~,

"s-

-'hi,..,..

.ap

(BK...... L

.pi,. cltw-

'11'7' '

,I .

OBoJrmazm i1. 526 .)

~,

I,

x-tJlr No

-rpol4cr_ _ orW

Nb. Tojudgefrom old Indian (Vedic and Sanskrit), Law, Aeolic Pl, and numero118 inatancea in Attic (cp. 2S7b 704), the Greek accent on the whole was rtCIII8iN, th118 tending to baljtoneaia or rather proparoxytoneeia (32C, 2).

AOOBlft'

AND

ICTUS.

86 .As in all other languages, so in Greek accent was and still

is I dynamic' denoting stress (3,d. 'l7 b, App. i). It appears under two different forms, according as it applies to ordinary speech or to tJerB& CL In onlinary..- accent is the percusaion or !!tress put on one
among several ayllables of a 'Word. The syllable thus made prominent ill fixed by general COD881l81l8 and 10 appears natural to 118. It may be termed the 8fJeaking tJCCetIt or tonic b. In fJU'Stl or rhythmical composition accent is the percuaaion or emphasi8 given to ODe among several syllables forming a rhythmical p or measure (",olir). The syllable th118 atreased is selected tlie venifier and ita place determines the nature of the rhythm. kind of accent apJ,l8&!8 as artificial and is diatinguiahed from Datural accent as 'metncal (or rhythmical) beat,' as icttII. Reciting according to it is called _""'ng or 8CIIfI.Bion. 8&". SpeeJdDg acoent and ict1UI then are idatical in Dature but cWrerent in

lit,.,.

iE

term--'

application. In this WIIiY, while 8}I8IIoII:inc _ t fa the IIOUl orJulae of ~ ict1UI fa the IIOUl or pulBe of rhythm (metre). All .. matter ooune, pamIIlar CIOD8idenI 0Dl7 thellp8aldDg accent which it deelpatel by the simple

sac. The identity of ~ with metrioal_t (of*- with ictus) OD the ClDe haDd, and the identity of the acute with the oiI:o'caIdex OIl the other (77 & [ID, belli .. 8trildDg mutration m the uecdote told of Bur. Or. 279 ill KyMATQ.)N rAp AySle AY rAAHN' opci): __ IS ni"or W 'BoyiAoxor yclr n-p'+' "-,Gp fHcr- "Ari., n)r ~, .trIA~ 7'Oii ..,... "..,... 7'OIf "",.".OIr ~ a6tu (if DOt 'lot.) ~,., n\ Cfor &AA' e6xl ,.a~. trfIAAcN,q,.oI'. aWe) 3&4-1IIl'" No 'A~, &to. (10 too M. BaD. 303)-wllere ~' ('calm ') _ mfataken for ,aAiir ('cat' or w.-l'), aDd thua oaued a derildon (.._,..."..., 3&haftar). To attribute tile deriDm to the intel'mllmon of tile elialon or to the mkpronunclation of the _ t (-yaA'" ~), .. illIOIIl8timeB argued, fa to forget that IIIlCh .. dil~ or jan:iDc in enunciation would have oaued not derJaiOD but di. ~ .. hazdJy appI'Gpriate point for popalar fun. Op. 77 [I). 8&4. The idatity of the speaking accent with the ict1UI fa farther evid8llOed Sat bydireot anclentteltimoll7 (Quint. I, 5, lIS; Victor. ,I, 17; Auaon. 4t 47),&lld .... by t.helr _plet.e atUWv in both 1IIIC8and e8'eat,and it would DOt be .. bold

""a.,.,..

-,...;w.

(I) APJIMIlIIt17 C7priot abo, .. : OJlol'l'rn_", ii. S320

d,Ca
69

for

_pIla,,,,,,,, nmr,
for

etc.

Digitized by

Google

QUANTITY.

QUAImTY.

88. Technically (metrically and grammatically) coDSidered,

a syllable counts 8horl when it has a 'short' vowel followed by either another vowel or a simple consonant. (17 b. 89 App. ii.) 87. A syllable counts 'long eitherI. by position (6ilTf&), when it has a 'short' vowel, but this vowel is followed by two consonants or a compound consonant, OIfto.., 'IJ'~. (App. ii. 5 f.) as 2. by flGture (f/Vac&), when it has a 'naturally long' vowel or a diphthong (17 f.); 88. A syllable is called common or doubljW (also tHlriable, 17). counting either short or long, when it has a Daturally short vowel followed by a combination of one mute (y, P. 8) with the liquid Pt sometimes also'\' (Cp. 6. f. and App. ii. 5 f.)

om,

poeiIiAm.

88b Original and genuine (Physiological) quantity is that e1rected by What we are wont to call 'natural quantity' i8 really hysterogeneou and eoIDpeDI&tory. having developed from loat position' by uti. 8.cial means and for metrical purposes. For the historical development of this phenomenOD -119 and particularly App. ii.6-15. 89 .Aa a matter of OOIIBB, pNVioaa to the adoption of" and ., (6), the Greeks kMw not.lUJlc of the teolmlaal tenu 'lone vowela' and 'Ihort voweI&' In reo1tiq 01' nadiDc - . the prnaIant ldnd of Jiterature ~ oultlvMed (ajI t), the,. _ pided by the rh7thmical_t (8s, b) which in thoae time. ,.... indioated b,. the audible puttlUC down and raising of the foot,-the """ (also SMIS) _ 4pftcr nU ..oIdr,-the "1111 corresponding to the rh7tbmical 1IeU 01' peroumOll (iatuB) and the Ipa" to the remlaaion 01' fall, a pmotice which origiDated in the arobMtlC8 and fOl' the dealpatlon of a metrica11Ulit eR ~ b,. the term nVr (pu), foal. In this"..,. "I1&r (BC. roil ..oIclr) came to be equi-. lent to the rh7thmiea1ly _ t e d and conBequentq 'loIIger qUable,' while the IpaIf (BC. nU wuIbf) indioated the rh7thmioaIq 1UI&CC8nted or 'MorfIr 8,.1lable' of the nW, with thJa farther peou1iariq that, as movement begins am .". 11/Nttr the foot, the ournnt formula,.... '(HTII . . "11., Dot con~. ID other won1B, a . , . , . ,.... conceived aaocriing to ita pl_ in the . . . 01' measure, either "I1C& ,..,0 01' 4(HT., IJpaXEia, 11'_ _ the 'IIOIIIIIe themNl_ ,.... not ~ in point of ~ This old and simple II1IItBm, whioh eaplaiJlll the VIIl7 common _ of metrioalleucth under tile ioQa (8$!. App. l. 16b), ,.... dtlturbed wllen" and., found their "..,. lato _ .. viable ~ to ~, inMmuoh .. .,.nab'" with " 01' ., _ appzapriated the tenD. of nat1l.l'alq lonr qUableB (","- ,..,.,), while the ZMt, Uaat is ~ with MI7 oUaer vowel, __ ccmtndiBtinp.iahed a-miac to their place in the 'NU _ l.pI1ar of the " , "11ft pIIIIIGl, i. .. '1onr ~ PC8ition,' .. IJpax8ta i. .. 'ahort,' 01''' BlXJIIWOt (""oAot, ate. 17 f.), i. e.lhiNnr 01' ' doubtfal. '-l"or more partlculan _ 891r. and App. fi. 6-15- (Op. also BWeatphal, Theorie' i. 102 ft) 88 b It aur.Y be furthar JUIted that wllen in p . . - of Ume that m. .aN uta attained a hlcher developmeat, the 1188 of the foot ,.... found to be inconvenian' for the aiDcen who needed aleaB di8turbiq and 78t perceptible 01' tIUIble mark of the rhJthmica111l811111U'B. Hence the raiBiIlc and puttlDc down of the foot ~

aoooa.n.

70

Digitized by

Google

PHONOPATHY-8YLLA.BIOATION.

IL PHONOPATHY.
I. GENERAL PHONOPATHY.

80. Phorropath,PJ, or pathology of sounds, deal8 with the process and nature of cbangee which sounda (including accent) frequently undergo when they are brought into immediate C<lntact with one another. Thus phonopathy investigate. under what conditiona and how far letters and accentual marks, as representatives of sounds and &trees, are affected by their mutual contact.
Cl.
SYLLABIOATIOIll'.

8L For the diYiaiOD of a Greek word into syllables, there ia no eatabliahed rule, and the general custom followed by grammars rests on a number of inconsistent and contradictory precept. handed down to us by Byzantine grammarians (op. Ben. adv. gramm. 6,38 f. Bk., and KGhner-Blaaa i 350, 2 f.). Nor are the inacriptiona in any way afer guides, aeeiDg that they are never engraved phonetically, but either 11TOC~.. or mechanically (30). Almost equally unaatiafactory ia the 18lllOn to be drawn from the ancient papyri and MSS, because they follow no hed rule. Indeed the value of all these sources is problematical, and the only safe inference to be drawn from all these 101U'CeII is that syllabication in Greek has no reprd to the logical or etymological constitution of the word, and 80 the question must be d.etermined by the phonetic principles of the lanauaJre. that is, by ihe actual constitution of a syllable in Greek, &8- uliibited in the llameroUB monosyllables... : & , J.., ;'" f .., a., w, _. fr, .Jr, .lr; ,.a, n, 'ri, .. ri, " ' t'Oii, ~ir, piJr, rif, aoaVr, z..ir, woW, "AM; "Ci'" apCil-, p/J'" 1pW, -All.: ,.sp,.".,; y;"", Al+, fJ~E, mE, ,.pE. For here we have the plainest mdication and criterion that a Greek word, conaequently a1ao a.,zltlbk. can begin by almost any 80nantic or conaonantal com-

rp'""

P) I have ooiDed thl8 term M a ool1ectlve d8lligDation of all thoee phouetio priDcdp" whioh are oommoDly oalled 'phonetio lawe' (the German ,!Aut. . . . . '). And I llave clone 10 ftnt, beoa1l8ll thII term (formed on the III1&1ogy of . . . - - , . , . , ~, ~ j Gp. aUo,paIAl/, ~, eto.) leuds *-If _veDiaDt17 to futber fomaatiou (M phonopeth-lc, -kaUI/, -UL, eto.), IIII.d &beD 011 - ' of the mitlMCIlnguoUou OOJlveyed 117 the C1IrIIIIIt hlgh--diDc MnI1 'pIumetio '-.' For 'law '18 _ iIIalterabla ~ proceediDg from_ apedor auth0rit7 _d admitting of uo aoeptiOllB or iluctuatiolY, loaal or periocUaal, nab M .... oommoDly oblerved uot oDly iD every language but iD fIftrT dialect _d period. Equally iI1appzopriate _ _ to me the altemati'fl Mrm phoaetia ~,' ooiDed, I believe, 117 Prof. Kaz MilDer, linea ~ 18 .-.aiMed with dapueratiou, _d Daturally naeete a teDdaDC7 tcnralQ or ....-ob to 1Dalit7. Now, DD .gu.bman 18lllulJ.y to admit t.bat the Bnr1l8h olto-daTor that ofBbakeepean, oompared with that. of Chauoer, ahoweaphODetio u.,..' ... a mMter of filet, it marb a mere ohaDp, _d that not ~ ~ r. the wone.

Digitized by

Google

81-84.]

SYLLABICATION-'lONOCLISIS.

bination admisaible in the laDguage, that it can close withanylOnant, but that it can never close with any conlOnantal group whatever; not even with a simple coDlOnant with the exception of JI', p, a, since in words like yiIt, ~+E, the labial or guttnral consonant is sheltered by the succeeding 8lbilant (218 ft'.). The same holds true of the rare sequence '"'YE (atl>l1E, ","puyf, cflciAayE), for here y virtually represents a nasal weak JI' (9). Accordingly in divid!ng a Greek word into syllables the following rule may be laid down as the one moat rational and compa.tible with the character of Greek phonology.

82. One or more intervocalic consonants belong to the

succeeding syllable.-Only pr6Consonantal JI' p a (perhapI ). also} can be assigned to the preceding syllable. E.g. --P!'-).ij, po-{33or, 1-pn,-a8'1J1', ,",,",cl, "'pG-YI'G, dfH-8".&r, l-x8pdr, $irrrpoII', A~'r, Ja-rrf/Ht-dp-xI, (or d-PX';), Ip-a". ( or d-ptr'IJI'), da-(3GU.. (or .l-aBau_), h-8or (or 1-.), ID..-/III (or '-)./111), n.-Elf (or l-).f&r)-Ita-nx-, d-4--".-6 (foaf, W-UaTC, "...-r:"'ailroii, It.a-ILlI,,& 851". Aa regards double COI1llODaDta, like aa('IT), pp, AA, "'" W, ...., 'n, Ht, xx, etc., the cue is lneeparably connected with the queation of gemination in Greek. U we admit an actually divided pronunoiation for each letter -a cue which the practice of the .A inacriptiona (K][elaterbana' 71-78) and Greek phonology render on the whole very questionable (cp. alao ESievera' 5~8)-the paIra a", w, pp (perhaps alao AA) can be eeparated, because siDglea,., p, (A). isadmiaaibleat theendofaword~18), as: Na" _p/MI-trOl. ,HAI"-"",, .,AGHI-IIa. T'a-aop... .,..-0,.,..,.,,0.. , ".",.. IAAot,p.lA-AOI (cp. (6). In the remaining _ (that is, in 'IT. p.p., ..... 'n, Ht. XlC. etc.), however, we are not juaWled in separating the two letter&, since their aound is inadmiBBible at the 0I01e of a word, consequently alao of a ayllable (91). We should therefore divide rather: ri-'l'TOl, p.'AI-'I'TG,.,AOI-TTG, ""-TTGpff .,ptl-/AIMI, t'IA".",..,. r-w'lrOfJ &-yy.Aor. cnl-._, Bcl-XXo.. 'A-H,s, 2a..,., Jla-Hai'ar, etc., than ri'l'oftl, p.IIUT-TG, etc. 88. In compound words, the flret coDBtituent of which 010_ with a p, two _ must be diatiDguiabed. U the latter component begins with a aonant, the preceding CODBODaDta a JI' p, being admitted at. the end of a Greek word (91- aI81r.), can retain their final position in the flrat conatltuent.though the above fundamental rule (9~) haa proved 80 undiacriminating aa to a1rect even these caaea. Accordinglyla...,. et .l-ri.,.. dII'-G'n""'- et
"of1GTrf1Ja,
tIfIIf-4'}(!

","P-OXo. et 6w1-poxar. ~ et -."a.,.. np-alot &; ....,.. U on the contrary a p are followed by one or more other oonaonanta, then, aa long aa they retain their proper sound, both rational and phonetio coDlliderationa justify us in aaaigning them to the preoeding ayllable, as: .'a~. Sa""'" ~~. III1-np, nAl""""",",, np-fidpor, fII1P!IOA.a.. But as BOOn as they have been phonetically a1reoted, or have aaaumed a new BOund. inadmil8ible at the end of a Greek word-a _ applying chiefly to and a-they have, by the fact of their phonopathic accommodation to the next following col1llOnant, lost their hold on the preceding ayllable, and attached themselves inseparably to the auooeeding one {189 fL 301. 30a"l. as: '-p./JOAM (or ...~), I-P'/NXo. (''''''''), -~ ~, ~,." - " , . (or ......,..). --"..,ala., n-Ur,. (or .."..A-). II-a/UJ.NI (or .Ia"'). tl-tru., &6-.,.".. (pronounce -cs-, -(1-, "",", whereaa -II-!J-, -a-a., -a-".. would BOund -aa-IJ-, -a,,-a., -IIa."..).

et

-paa'" -"X"'t et ..

po-".... 'l"", et '-4-,., 1va-dpt1l'Tot et Bv-adptnor.

(PB0cLI8I8 AND ENCLI8I8). 84. Syntactically coD8idered, that is in connected speech. certain unempbatic little words-mostly monosyllabic, but a1ao disyllabic and chie1ly oxyton~play a aecondary part, and an 12
b.
TONOCLI8I8

Digitized by

Google

TONOCLISIS.

[84-102.

uttered 80 rapidly as to appear to form part of the succeeding or preceding word (cp. 1138). Hence they are unstressed, or half-stressed (~"'nwa,. 76 & 106), and aecording as they attach themselves to the succeeding or preceding word, they are generally called JWOClitics or enditic8 respectively. MlI. The whole phenomenon will be called iD this book tonoclids (t"OlOO4Wcrla), a term intended to include the two varieties of proclisia and enclia18. On the lIIUIle principle proclitic8 and enclitica together mar be termed tonoclUieB. 9&. L Proclisis (' reclination ') is the close syntactical attachment of a monosyllable or disyllable, called proclitic, to the succeeding word. The proclitic then is as rapidly pronounced as if it were an integral part of the succeeding word.
M. Though the ~ of prooUala Iaaa 11J1doublledly been at work through all ..... of the Greek Jaupap (op. 101b>, the older grIIDIJII&I'iaD did Dot iDdioate It by anylpeoiallWlle, but treated proolitioa as 0l'diDar7 independent wom and Applied them with the acute or grave, as the _ might be (82 AooordinN ~ wrote or 6 for ., , .. or ,,, for or .1 for fl, eta. Our modern )InIICtioe of ~ or lJI80IaUslng prooUtia. from malitia. dates from poBtchristian times and the V8J'7 term LprooUaIa' ".. onq reoentq (iD 1801) coined by GBermann (De emend. rat. !!6-101).

I... er

.).

97. Proclitics areG. All forms of the article, both prepositive and postpositive (606); also N Orov or rn (608 f.) and ~ (623). b. The oblique cases of the personal pronouns (527) ; Co The prepositions ; d. The conjunctions I, (l)cIv, (.q,,), ~, mi, Wa.-N "a, 64.; eo The negation ~ (~x, ~, N 8iv i-then ,,:q, p4. 98. Of the above proclitics 80me are conventionally written without accent and called tJtona (&TOJII&). These areG. The 80nantic forms of the article: a, ~, of, cal ; b. The prepositions .11, lP, l~ (lx), ~; Co The conjunctions .l, ~ j d. The negation ~. 89. But all atona are accented: (Cl) when th81 Bml8X an enclitic (102 .), &I: lu, dYE, ofhr(J); (b) when ther bear the emphaai8 of the .entence, .. : .; Ix ..pdltlTlr the preposition IL' lOO. The negation 011 receives the acute when it closes a sentence, .. : ..' 4 aY; .yeat thou or DOt?' (224-) 10L n Ettcli8is (lyxAw&1 'leaning on') is the close syntactical attachment of a monosyllable or disyllable, called enditic (94), to the preceding word. In this case the enclitic is pronounced &8 if it were an integral part of the preceding word. 10111. The term encliaiaia olancient date. (Apoll.De pron.268A.,etc.) 102. Enclitics areG. The oblique cases of the personal pronouns (9 7, b. 5 2 7) ; b. The indefinite pronoun nI, 7'~ throughout {but &1TtIr S88) ; c. The indefinite adverbs wvV, wo&, -roSlv, riv, wj. 'INJ'rI ;

18

Digitized by

Google

TONOCLISI8.

tl. The Present Indicative of clpl and "p.t, save in the 2nd person singular ct and # (982. 975 b ) ; eo The postpositive particles plv, "'"", BC, 'Ye. Ti, TOt, m, ftp, ..u, ICi(V), p&..
_~Vf!ll

10Sb. Under thJII heed _ to fall also the 1IIlfIl:l[ -B.. whieh is attached to and to demonatratift pron01lDll, .. : ol_a., 1111., 7'tia., 7'01Fclcrllt.

108. Some enclitics have, like the preceding oaf, altogether coalesced with the preceding 'Word, as: ofMOl, ODTIC, oDnon, SA!!, ,..ouerAe. 104. In connecting an enclitic with a preceding word, it must be borne in mind that Greek accentuation admits of no longer termination than one of dactylic rhythm, that is, no more than two post-tonic syllables can be left without accent (81. J05e,.). Accordingly an enclitic loses its accenta. After a perispomenon or an oxytone (81 b), also after a proclitic, the oxytone and proelitic then receiving the acute (not the grave, 82 b f.), as: lp;;, TI, crorf*r TlNOON, ~ TIC, ~ TlNEC,

cf nOTE, '11',,0.; ME, .qv TINA, 'II'OV elcl, ~ cf>bCI. b, After a proparoxytone [technically also after its equivalent trochee, 105eJ, which then, in addition to its own accent, takes over on the ultima the accent of the enclitic in the form of acute (8zc), as: 8.yyU.4 TIC, .q1C1JIIOi MOY, 8.v8ponrot e!CIN. [So too eommonly: flp6.-ypla,.., (_ flpdJa.,pIa 7'.), '"i"cS" "" ..11 (-114._ flI'II),
then, according to aneient theery,

by extension ~M4,... like

105)].

,... (so

teo 61.J.Ds ,.." like cnilAd! 7'''; but _

10&. After a paroxytone or a properispomenon, a monosyllabic enclitic loses its accent, but a disyllabic enclitic retains it, as: A6yor TIC, A6yov TINOC, 'Y~ TINi, uWpA n like u,f,pA"'''' 8oii~ ltrrlJl, ",-ijAa. ,.,vd. (See 1050.) 10&". In encliais a long , ayllab1e counts short' in regard to accentuation, as: aoiiAor PO'(, JIOiIr ,..1P<Il" (both - v"'),
lOa". The operation and etreet of eneUala after a paroz;ytone or properiapom_ i8 ott- minDclenteod or miarep_ted in modem gr&mmaI'II, and thus eal1a for a few remarb hare. In la7inc down the ruleII of eneUaia the anc.feDill were evidently guided by the in8tinet of three physiolocioal prineiplee : (I) No word ClaD haft two BUClCl..tve eyllab* * - d , otherwise thia woo.ld
break the unity of the word (108) [11 ;

(lJ Compare Charas in BelIk. An. 1149 I" "" A,if" . f t crvr4X- No di- 01 tlllAlu02 01111 '7'110... lIIJ.IIOC#lOn'iaJI.,ap _oWl' .,.cl oW AN8pfllnoc TIC ....a 1JVIr4x""" clAAcl p.fIFoA.Il/J.i fJllpeia. (UD8C08Dted) 'I) I. 7'. 8pm av~. c0t6c TIC' "sa ,_ ditia. 'I) .,.cl oc ... Ill.. p.4~ 01 UfI&fJlir d. '41F.. "'poXIll_'Xorrll 360 didas I.-Efir AMoc TIC' _f~ dpxt)r.,;;,OhcrIFtlar & ApUr7'llPXGS 01111 IfJo.A.ltfr/loWlll fls ,..cl ANApA MOl 360 differ. clAAi "sa Is n\ AN, """'_ '1" dpxj _.IF_ ttapGAo"'fOl' 011 ,,~.) _tflFl,'-He_ the eymbollution (Xlllmer-B~ L 342): 1F-1,.4,... for rillM' 7'f. rill,.a.fN'I" for er",. '",.1., has no real. esiatenee in IUI7lanlfUBPt .eelngthet BIleh G41rman or Buglish para1leIa .. V4ntUcI, /lmMhen, bIefWa, lph111, eta. in reality 00DIIi8t of c.o
diatiDet wordII graphioalq linked tepther, and that UllClOn U they have~ ~ into one word, they have aIao loat their I8ClODd aoeent, .. 6hreDmaa, pntleman, hI6oJtben7, ~pence, n6b0d7, eta. (Op. IG8b.)

." . .

'/Ift

7~

Digitized by

Google

TONOCLISIS.
(8
I~);

[lOSe-10'1.

(,) No mon tbaD two poat.toDio qllabl.. are admIadble in GnleJr. word
u) No enoUtdo admlta of aJIUtrophe, othenri8e tm. would ohanp the moUtio to aD emphMio aDd ~ oriJI.otoDe word (op. 10\1) I (Compare T. with Ar,.r.,-~pow T. with .4pon'.,~l T, with ... T',

__ T' with leST' aDd .",wrt,~Aor 'Im. aDd clU&w TII"'" with &..,.", dIcSar.) Now .. in the 87811 of the old grammarians. proparoJ:ytone oompl8J: (~"'''', _ 1It1o"., "'or TI) _ pneticaUy or theoretlcaUy equivalent to properi8pOIII8D0ll (- "" . . 301,.... dj.or). the latter _ drawn into the clcmaIn of the n1e aDd thu led to the treatment of ailpa T, like *16opIl T., hen08 a&ipG T., aDd la,. TII'CI like *a.sojNl n.a, hBD08 I&pi T_. OJl08 adopted, this principle _ ~ uteaded fIam natanl Uoahee to Uoahee by poeitioJl, the _ ~ .. accentaDdmetriaal iota _ iclmti8ed in _(11.51>), theohialnad,y aDd nGnD of the theorlatI. A.rc. 146, 1 6p.oi..,. d ftptrr'pcllri.,.,. Wpo,p.4", Uf" "'.A.T&nV .....pop.4.OII ~. ,.., ,..,.a ,.., ft.pctlftOlp.4",I' ~,olo... OTKOC TIC, ~K~ON YE, KNHMON n' .a.. '/IafIOEWoaTO TPOXaZ.q 0&-11' MAoc TIC, fcTi nc, ENe.i. nOTE. To pat it lIhorily: proparoJ:ytonee attncted their equivalent properi8pomena aDd th_ &pin... rep_tativeIJ ofnatural apcmdeea, attracted

Mor'

the _aiDing apcmdaio puosytcnee. lIen08 the ancient aDd ratioDal accentuation: ~ T, (like fiiM T.), W.p4 T., TVf8lami T', ,",, T,r. ftOTI. ,.;'T4 n. n"tw ft, hapa pIIC, nlnp ate. (A.rc. 141. 30 145. 11. Hdn. ft... lA11430 Cp. Ktllm...ma., L 34 ) In face of th.a facta, modem gr&IDIIIal'iaq oacht eWaer to carry OIlt ooJI8iateD.tl;r the principle adopted by the ancients and write acoordingly &AAcI, T.r, tnl"..,w TIPa, and even f/NJt.or T", cl.UM _ ..,1,." ..,... (to whioh there iI _ ancient parallel In. 01 289, teetified by SchoL Ven. ad loo. A.rc. 1450 16; Oharu 1154- 11,57), deBpite the _ption taken by BOme old thacJriN (lJ ;-or to adopt the only ratimlal_d p~ principle that the accent aannot poIIIIibly &.Il OD two 81lOCIeaive qUabl.. of the aame word (loB), _d .,tr..t encJiUc. following. properilpomenonjut .. they treat them after a paraz;ytcne: I&pcw T. like fJ6&w TI, and 60Ipa nri like fJOk T'I'II,-further ol.or T", cijpuf T .;;p.,f T'~r .poc;'cf AIIi"1t.1II{I 'IIT'.,-. ayatem which will be followed In t h e , - t book, for the plaiD reaIOn that ciroumfleJ: and acute an pb,Jwiol~ idantioal (77), dUrerJn.g oDly in form, and that a properiBpomeDaIl IH!lng'rirt1lAll,y the _ .. a paroJ:ytODe, requiral a IIimilar treatment

'""I',

,..a

'",i".

(.,o,a TI, .,wll Te" - "';'11 T., ".j,g TwU).

however, tJda inatIonal by the th8llllelveIJ (10 by A.ri8tarohoe W. 1154- SchoL Ven. H 199>-

ita -.titutiaD. or lI. r, T"fU 11..-, W "'111.. Generally, aooentuatiOD, .. : &pG_ life., ,.,eG and.e _ deprecatedAD. theory !pored .. anatent. in Ch-, BeJr.Jr..

ODe Gl' of two

lOSd. According to old gr&IDIIIal'iaq (Aze. 140 f..4,5. Hdn. w. I. lA1143- Sohol..Ven. Z 367), the aooent of pron01lllll beginDlDg with ~. whether of qllablee, ja nplarq thrown to the precediD.g word irreIIpeotive of

_e

108. In cases where the attracting word, besides ita own accent, has drawn on ita ultima that of the enclitic also, the jrincipal streas is that of the attracting word, while the transpose accent of the enclitic plays a secondary part or no part at all (this possibly being th~'"I ftrav'f3ta of the ancients. Thus &ifaft MOl, Op" TINA are pronounced 3tlEa-r'fIO&, 6".,.1I'a. 10'1. m. 8ynenclisiB. When two or three enclitics succeed one another, their accentual rhythm is adapted to the trisyllabic system of accentuation (104), thus inevitably leading to dactyls

or trochees:

ICCL\Os

re TIC (=m.AOcry(-n~), ~ TINEC MOl eiciN

75

Digitized by

Google

107-lB.] ORTHOTONESIS.

GRAl[. PRINCIPLES.

(=f/JlAOf.Tt-wl7'p.o&.l-rnv)r noy Tic TIN6. f8o& (= .r'lrOV ncrn1lU. f80&). This process will be termed in the present book 8gt16f1CUsi&
lOS. The grammarians teach that when several enclitics succeed one another, each one takes an acute from the nen following, so that the lut remains without accent, aB: .f w/p rj~ 17'1 lUll q,FJul war.. But this precept is physiologically impoaaible, since in no lanIluage two consecutive syllables in a word can have the same atreaa; this would break the word into two words (105, I). It is also to be noted that an accumulation of enclitics, such as appears in the above example, does not actually occnr; this very example being a fiction of the grammarians who coined it fOl'the purpose (Arc. 146, 15) [I).
10811 Tonoclisia bean certain aualogy to the aeoondary _ t iD BDgli8h po~Dabl.. and German compound words, aB: udert1ke, olmtndiot (..,ar _p6,); mlgniftar (a",,.,..d. rll) ; 'ft'abWty (""ponrol .,......) j dldioAte (lA"" JItH); 1IOh6J.diriotor, cltmoomtio (.,~pJ.. T'); l1tit1\diDArIan (.fftp TEr If' ptJl
~,).

IupwfaeDhAftigkait, ISberappel.lati6Doht. (Cp. lOt', 1 [I] &; u,s8.)

108. 2. ORTllO'l'OnBl8 (dp6arOJ'71CTI.~). Tonoelitics are syntactically accented or rather retain their accent, and 80 are called
ortIaotofle-

a. When they are uttered with emphasis, ss : clAM ci >..I:yoJ 'I mean t1ae&' AmW&CTp.oi MHN 'the conjunction p.",.' b. When they begin a sentence: TINEC Aiyovu... 4AMEN ..ot1lVV. c. When the 80nant which wss to receive the accent of the enc1itic is elided, ss: TaW' imv (for TaVru imv). do When they precede other tonoelitics (107). eo When they are disyllabic and follow a paroxytone or properispomenon (105). no. A number of disyllabic prepositions are oecssionally put after their respective words. In that case they shift their accent from the ultima to the penultima, and this shifting is called anastropke (cbuCTrpo4n1), ss: TOW_ nepl for npl ",v".,v. (1138.)
llL In A prose anaatrophe oecura only in WIll' (with gen.), &wo ( ... & ..8...), ,,,& (='",,",), and wdpa (==wdjHlIT& or wdpt&IT&) ; in A poetry also in Irn, dra, innp, ihro, and pJra.

In studying the history of the Greek language, we find that ita gradual evolution has been determined b:r variou8 agencies chiefly internal (cp. 028), the nature and extent of which will be duly explained in the courae of the present work. Some of these agencies, however, are of such a fundamental and general character aB to require an explanation here at the outset.

us. Introductory ""'""*.

C.

GR.UlIlATICAL PamCIPLBS.

ci Moi 4j>Hci "OTC' d

"A.t- 6nINoMCAI' ci "ip Tic ci ~.fft& W ~.....~ roii "ip, d I~ mp Iul d Tic, Tcl ~ Tic W rcl ci, Tcl ~ c6 W rcl Moi, ri ~ Moi Iul .,0 4j>Hci, .,.cl N 4j>Hci W Tcl ,,0Ti, lHrr. 'fNlf}r ~-It .. _ CI'IIIboaIll' W,., nU uWIM'ror fTIIri (Op. CGOtt1iDc ~ It XGJmer..B18II i. S4lo)
[lJ Obazaz iD Bekk. AD. 1157 IJwaorcl.. ~ _

,u.. -,dp

X-.

76

Digitized by

Google

[118-122. U8. AttGlogg is the very frequent paychologioal phenomenon by which an item (sound, accent, form, word, meaning, construction, ete.) is adopted as a standard or pattern either for coining a novel item or for remodelling one already existing.
U6. In this ID&Dner the leading analogue iD1luencee or attracta other items, and 80 aerYeI U a norm tor new imltatiYe tormatioD8. Thus wio,... .~,.", nr6r are due to 1101"1& tllfOT.,,6. 4'w. It. wA~,. TW6. and n8' 131"" d4Na. &Wo,... P ok: ImYx-' to ..t ..".6" olIX 6,,&" ~,. .,tro,... Jlitth. '9. 328,6 ~~B.o.],andofteDliDoe,thenNT Luke 17,22 olIx """.... Ph. 20 a3"""'. .. 29 ,..... 2, 7 IW. I Cor. I, 8ol1X 136n-... Gal. I, 19 ~x tlb. Luke 1,25 ...,,,.,,. Acta 3, 6 oM So Aota l2, 18 oIX ~ after olIx '-'". ~fI'nIMa (often iD CIA 300-200 8.0.) alter ~~ eto.--""'1Tor (~"OI) after ,.' or If' IIfI8' '''01 4: d ' bol/llml" alter"'" &; "", 4,uflG". ".1onIpI"a, alter ftJIiM after naxM.-N ,,~ (for .,.w,o.) after (Cp. 665.)

"*".,,,6.

"x""'.

,..

T_'

.x

'fITI

hdpx.,.

'fIG"

'fIG"

n,...

.,.lfIG". "''''fdfllr6..

11&. Both the term and etrecta of lIoDalogywere known to the IIoDcienta. 118. It may happen that kindred models existing side by side ~ve
birth to a third formation. Such cross-influence ia termed conIamuaatiOfl (intermixture), as: MIC8ooc:i.NTGII" x ",",SGIIUMOOCAN - MIC800cANTCIlCAN CIA ii. 600, 4S (300 B.o.); IIpa x ~pa ... apa; G-B J x & gUT.)

,-c.

"Opm,paaXflP'''ATi)=tI'Op!l'OTii, fJOlIGx;opQ-~ (Crete, etc.), 'at'f ft., x . . . . . ."'I1T'IN'1'Of a' ~1994). 117. Auociation is the connenon oftwo or more cognate items (11 3) with one lIoDother IIoDd the consequent prevalence of one to the gradual elimination or even extinction of the others, as: 'Y.lIpa+oyap-oyoip. 118. On this principle, aaaooiated items first interchange, then ~erally coalesce, under varioua-often contaminatory-infiuences. Into one representative, usually the moat emphatic or moat familiar in the whole group. For illuatrations see 1487-8. 118. Strictl:y .peaking, &I8OCiation is a generio term preceding and comprehending analogy. For two or more items must be fil'llt aaaociated with one another either in 1MIU8e (u NAOI ~o/MU) or in form (u 'lA. ,.lJ.M) and then undergo the pl'OCMa of analOlY (~Mor 411ovA61"1"-4fU..or f,..uc.). Hence man:y grammarians identif,y IIIIIOCiation with analOlD'. DO. Next to lIoDalogy, aBsociation has been the moat potent factor in the history of Greek: (App. ill. I.) Wo ~iMt is the instinctive or studioua diaconnenon of two or more kindred or lIoDalogoua itema (113) for the sake of distinotion, perspicuity, emphaaia, or IIoDtithesia. Thus the aM person plural-

(NT), a".a. x .pa"".,.-p..a. <,but cp. 40), tmCOnJ x d(<<)",H")iLaS,." & cLaSpa (in South Italian N -1'9), MH4i x oYM""o",,31 (626),

frv Bc I/trr., 4. x 4ol,,"'37' dq>* x '_ ... dct,.;;" KA8AipGII x uBapizoo"'a6cu-

'a'TGII==(gT.

P d_1D' lAaIIar fA"'" 4AwCID' ..~ are d!atinsuiahed b:y diaaooiation from the lat aingular: 787-794.

from

and

...

.A .~ ..

'AaIJ<,,,

fABor
dw.

4Aw,Cor
lai

.rw.
77

era. S

'wA.fIIM" l 91 3 fl

US. DfIaoeiation ma:y degenerate to aA'eotation when it aims at origlnalit:y. In this wa:y, futidious writei'll or apeakel'll are apt to introduce new GpI"II8IiaDa which, uamatterof oourae, are often tranaitoJ'1. Such DBOlo-

Digitized by

Google

111-1115.]

PHONOPATHY-ASSDlILATION.

giama, if they have not, or .. long .. they have not, become popular 'With the _ _ , but are merely oharacteriatic of a certain aet at a certain time, may be termed NJlhuimu or IftIIMIIf"iItIu, .. G-B: dn. (not ,ltreS.,I). A~o 1."tfI..".., for ",,/, A4!J 1."tfI.')", and m dtnlT', &rE +vri, for 3tv .r... &r_ ~ (1988), I.fier. for <435 Ifj13)

'ne'"

11. SPECIAL PHONOPATHY.

a. Introductory Remarks.
1U. Judging from the cha.racter of archaic Greek, as portrayed in the early comp?sitions &D;d inacriptions extant, as we1.l as from t~e phonology of kindred ancient tongues, anch as old Indian and Latin. the Greek language in its primitive stage muat have p'08BeBBed a. richer consonantal ayatem (COtI8OfItJntiBm) than it does exhibit in its matnre or claaaiea.l period. In particular the structure of early Greek vene and the diction of archaic inscriptions lead us to diacem the quondam existence in the language of certain mostly inte"ocalic consonllllts (as F. i.;-; see H. 2!)- 124lf. 209lf. App. it 7 IF.) and consonantal combinations (as ""', "IT, PIT, ete. 197 f. 180. 206), of which the elfects are unmistakable in the claaaical period. This tendency towards droppinJ consonants-the last to retreat were combinations of a liquid + IT-la furthermore witnessed even in the subsequent history of the J.a.nguage, seeing that here a still smallAr nnmber of them is admitted eitlier in the body or at the end of a word. (App. il. 7.) 1M. Turning to the vowel system (t7OCtJliBm. or rather 8OftG.m.., 21 b), we find that it was from the outset limited to the five fundamental sounds Cl. iou, expreaaed by a f & v reapectiveJ] (16" f.). However, the gradual elimination of the above and poaaibly other conaonanta had the eWect that in very many cases two or more vowels were brought together and thus caused the phenomenon of a. frequent vowelsucce.. lion, a peculiar trait of archaic Greek (cp. 0&01", M", .lm/a, 4",oio, cldcn-o.., yoGo"..). Here too, however, as the language gradually attained a ~her stage of detelopment. the frequent occurrence of vowel succeBBlons interfered with rapidity in speech, and thus was felt to cause a discord (XGITI""4la. AiaIuB). A phonetic accommodation was therefore lought in some expedient, and this consisted chiefil in the aacriflce of one or more of the interfering sonanta. See App. li. 9 W. 124b. The principles ruling in the accommodation of sOlWltic aa well as consonantal complexes are laid down in the following aectiODS of phonol'athy, chiefest among which are contraction and antectuia (156-165"). In perusing these principles, however, it will be well to bear in mind at the outset that the phonopathic phenomena dealt with in eve~ case are not neceaaarily the roduct of phyaiolosical agencies acting every time anew. Thus It is not true that m .A " a 6, when followed by a dental, change to IT, as: clPllCrl1ijJrG& from eLM-., ".acr6ijJrGI from "fUl"" (176). In tlte Jfl8&t maJority of C888II p'honopathy had completed Its work in preniBtoric antiquity, and Its subsequent application does not necessarily impl]' its iegular repetition. but rather an unconacious imitation or analogical f0rma.tion. (Cp. Il3. 1l04; KBrugmann Gr. Gram.l lS.) 1215. Assimilation is the process by which a sound-a sonant or consonant-is rendered like (J8~ proper) or lees unlike (accommodatiotl) another contiguous sound. (Cp. 169 if.) A .AN.nroK~ for 'A..\onrc~"", &po~ for t,pu.M; "ptAMrrOpoi for 7"pfAIICOVNpOr, Op)(Op.oOr for 'Epxo~ ~ for

1-8

Digitized by

Google

.AllPLIPICATlON OF WOB8.

[111-180

b.

AxPLIJ'ICATIOJl' 01'

W OBDS.

1S7. A word is often ama!!!ed for the Bake of convenience, perBpieuitr. or emphuia, by ad' an expletive letter or syllable at the beainninR. in the middle, or at the end of a word. In the fint caae ampfifl.cation is specified aB ~ in the second aB epe1IIhuis or o_pty.riB (also aearab1latki), In the third aB pIIrtJgOgVe,- and the element added in each caae goea under the name of ~ i'fflz, and lIfIifoi; (or pq8Ifo:) respectively.

the

us.

Although iD moat. _

8UCIh ampliflcatioD8 originated iD

need. for

paIIIIIio1Iity and emphuill, they have gradually loat. their oriciDal forae.

lI9. Prothesis is the prefixing of a vowel (commonly u 0) to a word (generally beginning with (T P ~ po F) either by analogy or for the sake of convenienoe, euphony, or emphuis.
I-pi 1-x61,. Ipl4* &.-pWf1Gi1 &-.pI1G 180. A very frequent variety of J'rotheaia is pt'OfIUliofl. (progreasive protheaia), by which a final letter 18 unconscio1l8ly carried from the end of the preceding word to the beginning of the nen word (Il. Thia is due to popular misconception, and occurs usually in N proclitics, IUch aB ds, !"cb" nj", riis, !"OVf, cl, ~, !"cS, !"G, but more part.icularly iD nil, !"~'" !"Go'" .JIG, ,Ja, "as, f1ar, N", h, of which the closing sound is misappropriated by the succeeding word and th1l8 acts as a parasitic or mtr1l8ive prefix (App. iii 24- cp. ISSb). TbuI,j-f1/C4&p. d-pdcrO'GiI &-cmlXVS'
.A ftpua, has led to ftOpulCOI

Th1l8 A

PI ColD. . . Ule BDcUah 1Iiobame, newt, for ~

_act.
Digitized by

79

Google

BPBNTHEIS

PABAGOGt1B.

Digitized by

Google

RE'l'RENCHJ(Elft' OF WORDS. al.. (for al., App. iii 24 f.), lp ;-or ~ (,peratMIic), developed \ far c1earneu' sake, as: "cS.. yMplC- I know him (,.0 'Y"'plC- I know it); ~ ;lIyU at. Ipye (Crete), ".11& avo for ni. alio (ni a~-"o 3vO), a/.. ".-p& (whence EJIIf~ti) or JllfOP. (whence at. ~'''l'optP (as Span. 230 , I eannot.' (So too perhaps 41., EtU".., HtUJKo a'lI& *crrG.o".. ~,",lb,OfUl' ~'!..) This last kind of paragogue often appears as rw:tiH in that, though virtually constituting a prefix to the nen following word, it is mistaken for a auflb: to the preceding (moatly proelitic) word, 'and so is transferred to it (cp. 130), as: ,,0. lfj)....a 'Iwu aeeing him,' ro.. fj)..tm. 'I see him '; also ih (from iE >11"av6.p) current even in Mo as: Prodr. 3, 242, and Put 237 (cp. 208. 725. App. iii 2.4 ft'.).

a..

a,.,

C.

BBTBBNCllXBBT 01' W-oBDB.

dropping one or more letters from the b~ning, middle, or end (initial, medial, and terminal retrenchment). In the first case the retrenchment is conventionally called ap~(also prodeliBkm), in the second 8fI1ICIIPI (with kW~), in the third,lieion (with apocope). 138b ApItaeruiB oecura chiefly in poetry and popular apeech. Thua A tMI ~ ~ E#'OII lpAia8A.'1- G-N awo. Ilt.t"become 11'~ ',wU pAiatlA'I .. "0. a~. 184. In N a~' is due chiefly to popular miaeon:&~on, the part dropped mistaken for an alien element, or to the preceding word. UB unaccented initial a-, 0-, 1-, N-, and above all __, is dropped owing to ita bein~ associated or identified with the ftnal - , -0, -', -., -- of some proelitic like 1110, pia, 6, ro, ~, roN; ai... "dN" (pacr', crocrt)-or for the augment 1- (208.723). Aphaereaia then is the reverse of provection (protheaia), and affects particularly nouns anel Terba of more than two syllables. Thus..
,,~_

l83. A word is often shortened for the sake of convenience by

".. IIIiI&aJwl for

~".

.. ,,' IInx~~

Wyos

~,,)

..
..

JJ

"

..

y' ~""

~ ~""" ~ ~o.

-I ~

-I """arl"..
y'
y'

y'ltdla""

".".,.ta..."

.. .. "

. "
.. ..

"

..

ffaA'" ....zw""
11 11 'At"(Of ,,0 'ri)(~""
,.0
N'~I""

II'~

aDd produoecl N

.. ..
..

faA6r
A1"(Of

FaPpM
~

"

..

..

.. .. ..

yO 'poAcJ.ra N '."a,.""

'.piI&""

..
..

_put6."

..

.. ,..,lfdE"" .. ""lfcul.....,... "

.,. dcwuW" ma l)(l'dpc "
tI. iDitlall-

6acI"'''''..

.. ~..

"n,."Alw .. n,.'Ahano.
..
.. ..

"

..

N ."JlCN N 'U",W

'Eaa."" N 'tT,.,.a."" 70 pA"_

,,0

N 'PVCI""

..",a,. ..",...

,,~, ~ .. /JoA6'p

.. Et'" .. err,.il, ..,.",

.. ..

1'

_,..6"

..

IN ',w,aaAw IN 'fInIII6r,
IN ')(I'dpc
a1lFDllll'

..

IN hcla",.....
..

..

..

-lEmlC.... .. ...""...." ."1,,.. . "

,..n. '''''''

,.

..

..... " .
..,... "

.. .. ..

..

.a.... .'
'7'.
81

r.a '..sa""a

" "t1f'1Idr .. xNPc

..

~-)Cf'O ~

'AE'"

u;.,.,

....sa",..
~~

,... 'Emie'"I".. ' ,.....(..

!'D, ',.",.

.. ..

.. .
.. ..

..

JAIpa
')'tlIi

Eme..
,~

..s..(-.,.)
0

Digitized by

Google

SYNCOPE.

So _ ill CGL 65Dt 9 'Xy.. r.J AmODtr aaci8ILta the term cnry..,q Is wider, ill that it maul the nd_ t.i0ll of .. WGId b7 the IUpp~ of .. --to OODIOnant, or whole qUable. [I) SO ......ly .. ill 1 1 _ ., flf,.,,,", al80 Porph. Cv. 660, ~ ('I So __ ia Proch. ., 4'90 J'or t1ae IDltIal fI- . . . 1300
(1)

82

Digitized by

Google

lD:l'ATBESIS-VOCALISJI.

[l8'1-1"-

187. All Towels iD Greek having been almost iaochron0118 (~3Sb. App. ii. I Br [I]) ad the accent (Btreu) much weaker than iD thOle modern languages which distiDgUiah 'l.1Wltity (English, German, etc.), a bala.Dce of quantity WB8 thus mainta.ined, which grea.tly checked the opemtioD of ayncope. (App. i 11.) 138. A variety ofayncope ia ~ (140"""") which coDIiatB iD the droppiug of a IODaDt before or after another homophoDoua 1ODa.Dt. For examples Bee 148 f.

189. Eli8iott (WM/ns) is the dropping of a final BOnant when the next word begins with another 80nanl The final 80nant thus elided is indicated by the spiritus lenis ('), called in this particular case ~ "..-r' 1p.a'U for pATA lp.oii, III drf for M dti, yWow' 111 for yOoaTO 111.
l~. The ~ whOle form varied floom a cane to a atraisht _ t or even a mere dot, waa very generally placed in early JIBS after a foreign name, or a name Dot having a Greek termination. aa, for eumple. 'Alfpa4~. and after a word endiDg in a hani OOD8ODaDt, aa - XE"" and al80 ,.' (ElfI'hompaon 72 t) (Op. 4) 141. In A eJiaioD 0CC1l1'8 in words, eapeoially particle&, ending iD ... -., -0, -a, ..... -0&, ucept in trp/l a.nd tr~pl (43). In N it a.trecte aJl 8OD&Dta according to 146-15414111 Ooa.IdariDg that elIaion 1 1 _ partial but In'Vlldabq toW In tbe_ of iDal cu and 0., ... may IBleq iDler that t.h.- cUphthoDp hacl 'fIW7 euly

- . c l a JDOIIophthoDpl ~CL f!D.)

142. A variety of elision is AJ'IOC(!Hl (cl'll'OOll"rJ'), which consists in the dropping of one or more terminal80unds notwithstanding that the following word begins with a COfI8OtItMIt. It occurs rarely and only in ancient dialects and N speech. (Cp. App. i. 16.) '" n ,,4'X'!", for .w f t ,,4W, "". tr"~f for cW ,"~, dy' ~ for IIIIII'1l ,.s.u, rip' niP for ftapIJ fiJ_N dtr' ti ~o or ~ ti muaAa.

cL lDrA'rlIB8I& 148. Melat1Iesi8 (p.mWc"t<z) is the transposition of two letters,

one of which is commonly a liquid. accompanied by dissimilation (126).
Thua A (J,lfHTo, SVpfJpor nv.a.a become Spdaor IJptJpfJor D"';g then ~. l~ "IUIfWIC. dpA,.. "fJpdpr,r ~"'/MI in N .",.mC. ~ fTfCpotrlC. .~.".,. ~ Likewiae 1fJal.. f!i. trIItp6r become iD N fJya1.tt (m,;,) W trpucdr 14,811. For a. met&theaill or quantity' Bee l68b

It may moreover be

dp""'"

.A.. BONANTIO PHONOPATHY (VOOALISJl). weal_ coDBisted originaIly-and 80 does still in N-of the five fundamental BOunds a, 0, U, e, i (x 6 b f. 3Sb). These are divided into83 e2
I4&. Greek BIHICItItism or

Digitized by

Google

144-148.]

PHONODYNAXY.

Three guttural (' velar' or 'back ') sonants (a, 0, u): a, 0, ov. Two palatal (' dental' or 'front') sonants (e, i): ., cu-c, "I, v;
." 0&, v&.

RELATIVE POWER OF SoJlABTa.

14&. Phonetically or dynamically considered, guttural sonants are stronger than palatal sonants, while among co-ordinates, accented sonants are stronger than unaccented sonants.
Thus in tbG-ve, "la, ~.'" ~oum, sa,&, ~ the black-faced BOnanta are stronger than their neighbours. (This phenomenon applies atrictly to P-N, but oannot be clearly traoed in .A and earlier Greek owing to the then anomalous oonatitlltion of the alphabet and the lnoonaiatenoy of the orthography.]

148. Therelative powerof the above five sonants (phonodgnamy, brucpJ.n:w.) may be roughly represented by the following phonodynamic scale :

a,
a+a
0+0

0,

U J e, i,

in which, the absence of any interfering consonant given, each sound, propelled by the dominant accent of the word, overpowers and absorbs anyone of its successors, and conversely is absorbed by any of its predecessors. Thus0

u
e

u+u

e+e

i+i=i

'=e

i=o i=u

u e

e '=a

1~7. This phonodynamio aoale, whioh has wrought fIlndamental ohangee in the language, partieularly since .A times, was flnt detected, for aught I know, bI EASophooles (Bomalo gram. [Bartford, 18.2] p. 13; op. alao new ed. [1857] p &; 20). In recent times, it has been fuUy inTeatipted, independently as it appears, by GHatzidatis (30.-305). It lD8y be OODTeniently memorized by the word i.ftIfoVpnot (speak ~J-or oonTeraely 6tnBotlAMnl (~). According to this phonodynamic principle: 148. A. Two contiguous 1Iomop1loMuB BOnanta are contracted or syncopated to one (by "1IP~, 138. IS7), as: no~w,..m nob",,;, VIIVI~ B.O. PKretachmer; P "III'Hioll ". .loll,' ABpaal' A{:Jpd" (BO WECrum. Coptic :HSS 46 et 29), raIJp'.)~ raB";'~",. If either was accented before the contraction, it i8 thi8 BOnant that prevaila and 80 determines the reaultant accent. Thus.A I'f~,.". aGIor AotSo.wl become 1'fAA'rJtIIItr";fa 11&r AoiHJ, .,p.fIP and 'AMi" . B.....a.,r DflIXI'M eopalM K_.w become 'AAM " ...111.." DEIpfllr eo'" Kurm 10 too P-Q nu IIIIAl..II _""111 cI+l.ar "rH.... become ...iP(.u.) DA.& woi'I1a&(,..;;_> ......, .,m. and in N AW&r mS.,r vifl' cA.I.., _""war become ~ftr Plr cARt ",.""., further N AWl .,n., )(pHI cA.1a 1IfII'IAw. become A.t' .,..i ')(pfi' lIAR ..,.". 84

'!:PI"

A."

Digitized by

Google

PBONODYNAllY.

. [I) )[oujs 345 "ri"CI ATT&ftif. hyca 'EAA']O'..&ir. )(ark farther that in the m.criptioDll the proper _mM are in-variably apelt "l''Yfia and ~o, (twentyfbar different _ ; "1'71"'; cp. the lDd811 to OIA W. Po 376), PI lIIIDce the oommoD derivatioll of the N word r~ 'water' :from ",,~r indUputable, wbenu that :from (10. .p) freeh water' (cp. Louvre Pap. Po 126 [ t V-VI If] aqua Nn) '), which latter I advocated (~ .. DI7 cnm) in CJa& :Hav. (viii. 100) and to which UDdue olaima ofpriority haw beeIl railed (ib. 398 r. and B)'L Zeit. Iv. 188), is improbable. The matter bu beeD fully in "Y8IItipted aDd oorrectly ezpJained, lODg time Doe, first by EASophoclea in his G~ (Boeton, 1860) p. 440 f. ',",p6r. fw IQbBtanti'f8ly ft ,",~" 10. . , . -cere r,pW ID8cr. [-CIG) S072, 10. The ~OD ,",~r m8aD8 ~ -cer, the "'pClTuUOI' . , of the earlier Greeb and the . , of the 8eptaaciDt aDd N_ TeatameDt. ID the time of Phr7Dichoe, how8'f8r, it meant ./reM -'er. in the _ of tIICIt4!r juIIt brotIgAt :from the fOUDtain; that is ,",~" .,_ CODfoaDded with 1'. . . fSlJoIp [the latter _ a ICholalltlc parapb.... of the former which _ awided .... COIDmOD "l. ID the CCIUII8 of time, IiIJoIp , . . dropped, and ,",pW became a mbBtantiw. ADd [when quaDtity diaap-

D_

,..,.,a"

.p

c.w

peanId) ,",pW _

written aDd

pl'ODOUDCed

r,pIw, which -.-r,p4r. oii, ...6,

ft A ,I, B A4-ra r,p4r.-

43 ,",pW ...a 'II'M ncp6r }'reM, juIIt brougAt, ..

Apoph~ J08Il. Coleb. 7 [= Kigue LXV _ B .,,411'r7/ ..." "pttlBw."", IoiN& ft ~OJ' ...oii r,poii). Porpb. Adm. 77, 130 Cer. 466, 17. Et K. 597,

,w,ar

fna.). f,""" 4AAour. nriI"OII4tn) ft NfCIItI'ri dP"1FfIu

Ammcm. 1".1' rtCIAoiir .al ,,~ ~" na".,.w 1',.".1 /IOp&ri~r Aotp.' So _ earlier in his Hom. Gram.' p. vi.-Oompare alao CorMe' ftI1I8 apecuJatiODl in his A'I'UTCI JY.349 N,pW N",.w " Napclr 'xu.,r. 'roiinI ~" ch "oii No.. ft [8ic) _I'd tl'6-prpcat1,r "1J1I7~ 7"oii N ~7"oiiN4f111' (n-t,

I1y,-,. .. ...
cl.a "a

..,op "'" . .a

_ter.

l111l'4I- ...pllfama

/MI,"

""pCIT..a.

(_wlleIMnI~.

85

Digitized by

Google

laOb-U515.]

PHONODYNAMY--SiNDDSUL

110'. Scmetimel tU _biDafdOD _ prod:aoeI 0, thoach eIald7 iD. northern N, .. : nii 'X. wG 'X., IMIii 'I'XmII "G PXWGI. l.I5L <>therwUa. + a, when pra~ lIDd. . . . Q'IIUeIIa and ---'ja, .. : 'fWp6r fFp6" faAor jaAl, da i.4 (155. 11). l.I5l. 2. The G-IOUDd preYaila over i e u: /WIc I; IJ6i3c S6Ic or lli/II. ~;;""II ~a6r1'11 or ~1MrTa, Ta elm oreS ..... (_804n-) -Unorllo Ta lxTO 'X (Ai'YO') AI. AW (863)'e?:~oii T' ~P'I*'oV, Wyunfp. WfI'IITI,w, flllnta ftma, JlMin;' M-ir, l4Jpow (727), "fOtlflo. fIOtIflor (u Barn. 1 I, 3)l e.dI.por ed3ctror, ~ IM " (M) PI, ~ ...,. (g6o), _ &pI,,, .' &plC", 'I',,&(oy)m 'l'pfW. (So further Rio, _0', 2ppniOr 2~ 155, c). [but'rlfl" (ELegrand BibL ii. 217' I; 237, 118 138... ~.), now 1'/'I'flG, and for 7. . . . 'JOIIT.w.1 the alternative of 'JOIITfEa *'ronlA and bydlwimUation apin 7'f'I"u, is admiaeiblealao. 1 lIS. 3. The u-801lDd prenila over i, e: (Gp..A AoWn AWn. '1'06 ' ' ' ' 'I'Oi 'poU. AtMria& Miiriw, cltrIAow ddAov, P -tWfl'ltl1I ofP'lIlG) UoNt, Uoiir, ....,. " - (OJ..eemlnl 135 [ll-mttl, "'9 for _), dnWn MoOn, ... fttIIU nii 'tICU, roW h_ woii 'N, woii ffflow trOll 'flOIIIf, woO IiIfA., trOll "fAo, .,..; ftn floW 'n,...o;,~...o; 'ftrra. (So too _IIOV 155,e..)

,..,pfI ,.".,

1'/'1'-

thoufJh

1'/'1'--

a...a.ou

ltK. + The e..ound generally prevails OTer 1, but often also conYel'll8ly : 'fAta 'iA' or 'lAta '"i"", ..tfl' trMlfl' .AIIi Ale7)'" Ai" AI(7)R AI, '1'1 'Xfl."" 'Xflr or n 'xta., 3.'1'1 '](11111,'1'1 'X- or 3,'1" 'XOI, fI~ flk ". 6 ; 10 too n ,,,. '1'4 nrl'll (592 f.). (So too ""'td,,... ""Atd 155 c.)

wc_

'ph"

'ph"

_i,

""'i"

laa. s,nuests. Two suecessive syllables, of which the first commonly ends in a palatal and the IeCOIld in a gatttual BODaIlt (144 f.)-or conversely-may be 80 rapidly uttered, under the inAuence of the accent or ictus, 88 to form but one syllable. This is oaUed synUe8ts (cnwtl'F'S, belter C111N/(~I.S) and oceora chiefty in verse and common speech. (162. App. i. 14.)
11. When the first of the two syllables thus merged ends in a. palatal IIOIl&Ilt (t, ,), it DaturalI,. glides into shod t or rather into the semivowel i (which can even be gutturaJized, ISsf.ISSb). AccordiDgI,.in N"SU', pi, lA are-.decl l j,Sj,Il,pj.pI,u: l'(.fa).l' (W),IJl4(a-), e, lie, If, "., .. S pII6. (,u), IIf1ior (lIpIUo.), ..,.. (I"). ri, f!i, If,.,;, ..... .. .. l rfci, .Xi. ~ (IRA-

.., ... lit, n, .......

..

....) .... (nwwlpc.).

'X', "'*"

..: 'fc.o."

Compare ancient Ca- from &0- (U2S), 8&/)r for 8m, (Laconia). f'.,nlll. for mm (Cyproe), 8.&0-. 8&0- (Boeotia.), (KBrugmann Gr. Gram. 38); furtherSapaw...." TpcIrIaII8r,npo[v} &f1'I'fOV (60); Cl'u1ior~ABC243. b. Of the two 80nants thus meraed or eontra.cted the stronger (146 f.) usua.ll,. receives the stress of the syllable: .A ''&' "Ue. xp6trf9" ~T4IfW, ~,w6Af!' or WAt.!", 'fIX!!, ~, t,06., 'Usao,.,...-H (161 B.e.) 'I'll. Gr. Pap. Br. Bus. p_ aa. 35_ ib. 28. 22 ;-161 BO. 'I'Oi Or. Pap. Br. Bus. p. 28, 2.-9 fIII~ (triayllabio) GKaibel 560, 6 (tlf).-N AO"fGI1f!!p"or, 471...!f, ~, Co If the palatal IOnant was accented before the qniaeeia took place, the accent is genera.ll,. removed to the succeeding stronger

_lAf.
10

_tAt'"

.w.e',

'X.,....

AIM.W ~ . , . me In ..,,,., So too _ ..4. 3, '" 411rom Ut 16.. ..... : A.ah. 8ep. 68& Bum. 367. 8cph. lb. 866. ~ O. B. I..... O. 0. 1639Bur. BeL 11.... ](ed. 95$0 PI. Rep. ilL aM ... 'I'll A au,-. Z 1700 ] ( . . f11~ t 153- Bd.. I, J05.

fACIa. !pat. ad 8mJ'm. SIt

(ll So _

iD. NT GaL 6,

&,' oW " (ubi male 1IIr)

........

_"a. 'XO"f" '""'__

Ai..,...

86

Digitized by

Goog~e

'''-' ~.a for ~lar treu&oii for _3,-\ tnu3aJ. for trGaala, I"IMG for ,..,Ma, __ for troCor, ..,..... for p..,w., 3uO for 3Vo, ,..(Jv;, for ,.BV., ... for ft_ C996m), tfWui' for 4HAI" hss).-But alrla, oWla, r1paprla.
i. In many pt-, ho_er, moh .. Camae In Euboea, AegiDa, llalna, TsaooDia, PODb, IODian hIaAU, South. ltal,., the ~ is still often 1"88iated (371), .. : fcA1-a, JlflAi-a, -at-OIl, _li-a, Ad..." IFE-., etc. .. ID IIII'I'8D1 iDaular, I!IpeOiallT -them, dialeoUi, inoludfD, that of eutem 0nM, t.be aibilant Q'11able -aI- lo8e8 iUi I before a eoll&Dt iD the same word, .. (ft .ptJAri 'wiDe') ToV .ptJlloV. Td .pGtT6. (re. -cnoii. -a1Ci)---nl ."crci, IFAoVcTOI

I1Uab1e, RI: "It (..It) for "_, Mallaadr for MaMaio, (11111), 1""0 for

et.o.,

(for IFAG&nor), 101 (for cft,or),

.,.yvr

tIT"",,,",,, (.ipxoI'Tic1) dpxollCi, (00..,.101) dNIi_bllt aM., 1IkIa, d,...,.,1&. ~-In N the need for pe~cuity or emphaaia JD&ylmlD. prevent phonociynamic fusion by developlng an interaonantic -y-. ftnt pala.ta.l (il. then guttural CD"'; cp. 60. 860). as: (u.al~ in Louvre Pap. IS [160 B.O.], 61). tra&3orro&ria. IBtapb. 242. 1rov~A.BC 3t, 10. 83,25. dyl(JO$ (for dJpur i.e. d~p). trAfy., & trAt,. (.A._), A~' Bc Aw,.. (A.w.), cLcolltn et d.to~, 1CpaVy.. JI~ (1IOIii), (trpau.), &yovpor (&'por),-6-j-,l, (6 ,r,) .,.-is-, &"")'"O'd, (6 olor) ')'O,d, (612. 6IS), ri-j:al"" -,a'ifllJ, riof-wl (b.t.,.,) 'P.l, d-j..f3aor ~3,_, ft-.y-on, (oIA_),';""""",,-GpI'II (op. 155, a). uae. 8tlpprvaiora 0/"'" gwltW'Gl8 'Y, ]t. Comenely Nspeech often droJ!l intenoDantic 'T fi or gh). bY' ateneion a.lao -/1- ana -x:-. either bylUDple yolatrJiaation or by mistaking them for an intrusive element in the above BeJ118 (155"; cp. 863). as: ..a ~ 4JdrJ ~ pQ trd.(Y)u. Ai(y)e, Me (thence A.), ..a .(-Ym,..a .(y)., 'W". &(X)" cnni(y)w ..AG(Y)or, m(y)EC", na(x)vRpov (Cre~, 1('1)'" c1(y)_I", (&.,..) apt! -~ go' et,.. &. A 'let,' ~~. Sw,) al".._ go '. (Cp. Louvre Pap. 26 163-2 B.o.], 9 dAl.l.. ; lb. 14 d'Alor. ib. 63 -h6S B.ci"l 10:1 cIAlovr :-a.ll for dAly-.) CLeemana 23, 4 1CIJT/trITaq. 59> c & 60'-;.

before a IODIUlt (op. r81 f.), .. : (.-lTIa).,......, (TInHor) T480101, tIT~,

pDIIG/d. (tbr -14), 1lAef!G (for -!f!c6. Le. tcA~). before a IOlI&Dt (r550 a. J 55'? .. : ~ *xllI'P) X"fJKw. (ncclr)q6r, (Tpia) TpeG, (Kupcadr) KupKlldr _ ID Cretall Q88Oh, ma-w ri ohaDpe ~ Ii. aJlCl _ t e d m to 2i,

f.

00D~~

in

en,. t.be HJDi'fO"tr8lj1leooaull

1&&".

...:.c-p.

115601. ID the dialect of 0tz0aIIW IIhi8 ezUaIJon ill often extended eV8ll to iDtencmIm.tio 'f' IS IJ r, .. : 'f'Oiio for .,oiiTo, M., for 1i3ol, /Jp6.o for /Jp6.3v, 1FpD.ra for.,o/Jll'nl, , io for ,0.0. (HJ'ToBer in J'ov.m. HeD. Stud.:L 1&)

1&8. amtraetion is the phonetio or graphic fusion, originally under the iniluenoe of aocent (8511'.), of two 8ucoeesive 80nants within one word into one 8OnaDt, naturally intensified (' lengthened ') at the time of the contraction, but soon afterward. unconaciouely redueed to the level of normal or oommon 80nanta (124b. App. it 14). The process of contraction, however, 80 far as it appears in the acript, is indicated, for theoretical (metrical and grammatical) purposes, by treating the resulting 80nani as 'long' (165f.).-Contraotion is either written or unwritten. 188". L In writtm COfItrtJdion two cases muBt be distinguished: (I) Plttmdic C01ItnJction which occurs within the fixed ])art (Item) of a word. Here a 80nant overpowers 80Ild absorbs another sonant chiefly under the Btrees of the accent, as: Ao.priov AoPTUw, 4iao, ""101, "lITpOlOI ftGTpfor. More es:a.mplea in 1560. See App. it 14-

87

Digitized by

Google

CONTRACTION-CRASIS.
(2) Gra_matical contractio,. which occurs chiefly outside the at.em of a word. Here two or more concurrent 80nanta are fused into one monophtho~ 80nant determined by gra.mma.ticaJ (inftectional or analogicaJ) Inftuences, as: ",.sAm ",.sAns, !/I,"A,;.,.. !/I1A.l", .,.,,.001"1' """'''''' .,.dXflI "')(1'1. v,J- vpM, ,...lCoor IAflCovr. See App. ii. 9-15. UfJO. Thus are (phonetica.lly or grammatica.lly) contracted (16511) I. 11 + 1 to 11: .,pal8c0rl .,1141&0" 3- 0 + 11 to Of: cal3cSG callOi + , "fa: .,mr -,l1"~ 11 + 0 .. . : 1'Il1401"'' "~I"" o + 1 "eN: dalJ6..& calloi 0 + 'I " Of: a.,AcSrr.re ~

2. 11 + 11 "

a: .,4pGf1 .,4pa + 'I " 'I: ~4,," fH>Jin 'I +. " 'I: TIJIfI.I'T! 'ftpijrT, , + I " r: XilOJ XiOJ
0+_" .: *!~,
A

'-IS (Ill? 78") d IlAl,I'fKR' aAiBfKR' ., + , .. ,,: ..:rpMOJ flfJ'f'Por

IU:

,+u "

'I +&

.. ,1:

+ 11 + f

- + 0"

.:

a_ -

ffpCIIII 4"., 'ftpAn' 'ftpilT' 11 + 'I " 11 : TI,..a".,.. TlpGT' + 11" 'I: .,w," Iqw """ 5. +. " 1&: ."tAff 4HAfI. lIfI4>Iu f1II4Itir, "XOrI dxfW .+0 "DU:.,wfOJ.,wow 0 +. " DU : .ptNX- .,.wXo + 0 .. DU: ..dor roiir.
., + 11"
"

.+."

Of: ~_, ~I
.: 11:

-,I"",

lJ57. If the constituent ~ had, previous to their contraction, a similar aound, and the resulting aonant is a.1ao homophonous, the contraction is virtua.lly AgpltaereaiB or absorption, inasmuch as the stronger IOnant has prevailed over the weaker 80nant (148). aa : (xIaOJ) Xlilr, (~I) Mr" (a&ior) m, (xpW'ffII) 'XJ'IHIO'' '.
1157". This is the only kind of' oontraction ' obtaining in N (1..,8 f.).

157. But i~ previo1l1l to the contraction, the constituent parte were heterophonous. the resultant may be either homophonous with the stronger 80nant (as tI>W-, !/IlAoiHr,), or dilferent from either (as a.,"A.6D 31JAoiiI', ";".11 yi"", fJafrlA;'f $urlAijr, {JturlA.ir). In the latter case the resultant points not to a dilferent proceaa of phonopathy during ..t, but rather to dialectal (Ionic) inftuence or to a.na.logy (1656. App. ii. 14).
1158. The omiaIiOD of oontraotiOD which is peculiar to IU'Obaio and ~ Greek (124) is oontradistinga.l.ahed. .. ~ (clcnnoa.plaEII), Ja. ciorreot
diaetuia (21).

apeech and in the 'scriptum continua' it is virtua.lly identicaJ with contraction. Hence it follows the rulea of contraction (156 ff. App. ii. 14), and is moreover indicated b:y the spiritua lenia ('). put over the resultant and ca.lled in this apeClal case corrmi, (lCOptlNlir). as : ,.a d-,cIBG TIl-,da, .,.a 6I'o1'fl nMJACI, .111 .,- d~ (20"). r9i d1ii ~.

169. A variety of written contraction is Orasis, that is, the blending of the final 80nant of a word (chiefly proclitic) with the initial 80nant of the next following word. (App. ii. 14.) Go Though craaia unites ttDO separate tDOrd8 into one, in connected

180. The reaulting BODaDt of the cruia is conventlona11yaupplied with aD , aubecript-ln capitals adacript (20". 31)-ifprevioue to the contraction the -..cl component had an" sa: (_ ftM) -4Tf1 (lop oT"",) (20").

rwJllll

1aL b. Written craaia occurs chiefly in verae, and that only after very common words, in ~rticula.r after the article, the relative pronouns, and the conjunction u1 :
(TCl 'pA) .,...,. (Ta ' -....) .,..,.,..".1." (A .,-) .t}41

88

Digitized by

Google

18lb The coronia ia omitted when it coincides with the 'PiritUI uper, &11: (d WJ*lrO~), WptMlOff. 182. IL Untorittetl contraction. Very commonly contraction (including crasis) is Dot symbolized by the script, but is none the leas indicated by the rhythm or metre. This kind of contraction which takes place in pronuneiation only, and 80 escapes the eye, goes by the special name of ",."esis{cnw~'IJC7'&~ or 0'1WC/C~"JV'~), &nd has already been dealt with in 155. (Op. App. i. I .... ) 188. A.nBc.rASI& Most frequently one of two or three eonsecutive consonants which thus form metrical position, is phonopathicallyextruded (169) and the metrical position leads to a metrical compensation by lengthening or diphthongizing the rhythmically affected syllable (Z9 if. App. ii. 9-15) [11. This phenomenon, which is commonly known as 'compensatory lengthening,' will be called in this book ontectasis (clvr(ICTIUT'~). Thul a becomes i (also H): lI'a~ Aw-& '.'111f1 AII."j.. (from *trarrr *AwClllrCl'& */+OII(I'a) *A,I"K) ... .. (alwaya): }(api.&t .l~ 'crntAa pi,roJp (from *}(ClpUIII'S' *In *luftAua) *prrrop~ .. 0 " QV: &30~ "'POW' ~niovcn .,."." (from *&30111'S' 7powcn *trII&3,"ollrG")*YtflCllll'S' " .. i: l"P&IIa l"i'Aa 'rrlpa (from *~-r&Wa *lTtAua ~,pua) (from *4-rr *3f&1OIV1IrG'& *'iI'VI'O'a) 184. Go In the nominative cue of the third decleDBion, and 0 become 'I and. respectively (337, c), &I: -i+' (from *.OCl'8'f)~ Ial".", (from *1Ia&poI'S). tJrrOJP (from *1trroPr). 1U. b. Strictly lpeaking, antectaaia ia the compensation for any 10Ba Ill, whether of coDBOnanta or aODanta, and so virtually comprisel all kind. of contraction. In fact antectaail goel back to the first atage of phonopathy and so forma the baaia of all prosodic length or quantity,' inaamuch &11 the geneBil of nearly all long vowelB and all the hysterogeneoUl diphthongs (29b)-a very r;eat part of Greek phonology and the whole ByBtem of 'quantity in Greek-a.re the etrecta of antectasia. That these effects were never phyaiological but technical, and that from school they ~ through the ICript to actual speech, haa been already explained in 29 ff. and will be more fully treated in App. ii. 9-15.
18&11. Conaidering that contraction and antectaeia had completed their work much anterior to the adoption of the echola8tlo IIJIOlling (6. 39 ir.), at a period when there'W811 as yet no mcha 'vowel' 88'1 orlll in theAttio alphabet, and when I and 0 performed a variety of functions (6. 13), it illllOlfevident that p-eat number of the eaBeII of contraction ('I + I, CII + I, I + 'I, '1 + I, 0 + Ill, 111+0, 0+'1, .+ .. 111+11, 0+'1) and anteotaais are virtually speculative. (See however App. ii. 9-15.) Hence it is hard to tell how much of the contraotion and anteotaaia is actually due to the phonetio prooess, how much to grammatical principles, and how much to the p r _ of transliteration from which it has pa..l through the script into eommon speech.
pt

"u

"

ii :

4M

a"oW&

fl'VIIa

GelIiu If. A. if.17.S 'detrimlllltum Utter8e procluotione 1,Ynat.e oompen-

-*nr.'

89

Digitized by

Google

JUlTAPHONY.
In e&ot, a great many of the above euee of contraction and ant.eo&uis (156 It 163 f.), 10 far as they go back to 811"11' A times, are probably due directly to Ionio and Dorio inJluenoe. To put it more plainly, those phonetic and grammatical phenomena which A mares with Ionic and Doric, were mostly, if not whoUy, fIomIINd directly from those timehonoured. dial8Cltl (04) previous to the riee of Athens to pnMtminence, and thus, once sanctioned, 88rved as pattel"lUl for IUbeequent formatioDl as well (124"). It is therefore erroneous to speak of contraction and crasis as a phonopathio proceu actually goiDg on during 5~300 B.O., and still more ventureaome to seek to determine, on the strength of such a proce., the prouunciation of the IOnanta at the time referred to (20.3.141..... 165").
ME'l'APJIONY.

188. Metoplong is a phonopathic process by which a vowel underwent, in prehistoric times (1246), a change under certain conditions. This change appears either 88 qualitative when the sonant has altered its nature or quality; or ~ve when the sonant, for theoretical purposes, has altered its quantity only.
[lee". I have mbatituted the tractable term tMtapllont/ (l.cfTO~ after ......ic&. lIV~la, etc.) for the C1UDbrou and unpliable German Ablaut(1IDC), IlOtwithltanding that ancieDt I'f'nl<lM"';" had a di1ferent III8aniDg 111.]

187. QutUitM"" metap1aon, is the change of a IOnant into another heterophonouslOnant (cp. 22411). Thus we meet with an interchange ofa and" : ~, Filt~; f1TG'r6~, tni-; 7'Ipd., 7'11'Iicr " " w. O'p~, GfHi'Y'I. " 0 and _ : . ~~., 7'pOrnw, hpdfrr,II; aTfU., 1J"I'dA.~, JunfA". ;
~tp. (."a'p),

t/>8opti, Jf/MJP'I'" 188. QucmtitMiN metap1aon, is either the (metrical and grammatical) lengtheniDB of a short IOnant, or the (metrical and grammatical) shortening of a long 80nant. Thus we meet with an interchange ofiI and
GO "

a: ~,., '140,.,,; _4_~""

0: _ , . ,

"

r: 7'pl/J., 7'pl/Hf; 1iAIJ,i" IrAtl1lf; -fI:HI,~. " G: UII., Aelllf; &prip&, &""/AW. a " r: dior, l3Hir; A"_,. AI...,,,; Irfi~ Irl'-M (3a'). cv" i: ".IX., '"'Xf;"; ...,.,." ~ (32 ).

"

"

.: /l8or, fllle.; ~., Bmr; "OI~., woW..

IdJA6r & dA6r. 1ftIt'6r; 1JMJw, wrfIP; IIouAllHrw, IIouA6ot.

'-""(01';

10,.,."';

1681>. A ftriety of q1l&1ltitMive mata~ III the _ wlaen two CIOMfpoaI hatezolyllabio veweb intarohanp q1l&1ltity for metdeal ~ ThfII 111_ monly called tneIGthaia 0/ ~ (lJnp/JIfJatl,q, 7'Oii xpwov, Bdn. il. sSl " 625). Bee App. ii. 140 and cp. 143. /JatIaA4(J)f /latnAiior !JGllaAla SGllaAHG; 10 too I'Af(J)r (Mor.

111 I Ud aoined t1Ua term for the ~ referred to, more than before the publication of Pro( VllanrTa 07Iapw. a-ar of BIIgfiM aN a-a.., where be ft.rst introduoad it, topther with apophOll7' (p. 43. 74 of Ilia BDgliIh varaion), for the German. term Umlav4 Th1lll I can have neither claimI to priority nor raIpOD8ibWty for the coiJuIce. I only rajoioa at the fact thM a Iimilar idea lIhould have CICICU1'I"ed indapandentJ,y to two diB"arent 1ltud8llt&.

two,--

At the _ time, I must conte. Irq inability to fonow Prol. JL in hi8 app1ioation of ,...,.1IoIttf to Umlaut' and IJPI)JIhonJf to Ablaut.' For wh_ I'm in Gnak _poRtion can mean a c:AGtIge,- t'61111 cOrrespondiDg to German ..and abo, Gnak d...o- can mean oal7 a dzoppiDc' or IICIIIIethblg bad' ( e - . .
........). lIence while,...,..".,,1G can mean ohanp of .oaDd,' that fa AblaU or Umlaut, tl. . . .la 'WOIIld mean either droppiDg of a 1OUUl' (Lantabfall), or a bad IOlUld' (ialaut or UebaUallt), and th1lll be a ftriety of CIMlCIlIhOII7.'

90

Digitized by

Google

[189-171.

B. CONSONANTAL PHONOPATHY (CONSONANTISH).

A. brn.u..um XBDIAL OOXSONAftI8JL 189. As already explained in 123 f., Greek numifested from the outset an UI1IIlistakable aversion to oonsonantal accumuJa.. tiOIl& Should therefore two or more inoompatible consonants meet together (by in1leetion, composition, or derivation), an accommodation was brought about either by their commuta tion or by the sacrifice of one or more of them (cp. m: q, lv, de). The main principles governing in this phonopathic process are laid down in the following paragraphs (170-217).
188b Thia phonopathic prooellll _IllS to underlie alae the chaDge of the aspiratae X I . to their co-ordiDate tenu T tr before a dental or lA (172. 177), iDumuch as the aspirate hare drops ita II8CODd constituent B .. " (J71) before a OOD8OlWlt under certain conditiODS, u: *3I3IUTfU 3131_, *trflTlpA *trfITJIII (NaJIII), *'rr1pulrraA .,1"(pGtrTfU. See 171, 172, 177 &; 178.

a. )(uu:s.

170. When they occur befOl'e a 80nant originally aspirated, the tenues I( 1" 1r are changed into their co-ordinate aspiratae X (J '" (ie. K.H TB nH) by misappropriating the initial aspiration (H) of the succeeding word (171). Thll8 O~I: HOtIiaIr tra ... HcSva dtr' Hoii h'-Hoadr

i. e.

become

~KH om.r ~X 6"t.r

treUlrH 6aa
trh(/

dOH oii

IOH oadr

wa

dtfJ' of

ltfJ-03or (1)

17L .Aa the aspiration was hardlyperceiYed !mm in earlier A (72 t), the abe" rule c&II.Ilot ha" applied to A-PGreek, either written or spoken. .Aa a matter of fact, the phenomenon reprell8nta not a ~honetic but a graphic union of. + A, T +,., tr + 11, th8118 pairs being mistaken, m the ~ eonHnua for the old biliteral collllOllantaKH, TB, DB (i.e. x, .,.; cp. 3.6. 12). ItwUi be remembered that in primiti'Ye Greek the aspiration" wu reprell8Dted in the IOript by the symbol B (72),80 that combinations like the above ware written in the lGripura COIIIiRIuJ: OKB02l02, DANTBOU, IlETBIEJO, AIIBOAO:z, EmlOA02, AOIIlBJII. We farlher know that B, besidee ita phonetic value u,., formed the II800nd conltituent of the then billtera1 eoDIOJI8nta X, (KIf, TB, DB; 12).. In progreu of time when the apilation became mute (72), ita aymool B began alae to be dropped from thelCript everywhere except after ., T, tr, with which it _med to form a natural and familiar cUsrapb. Accordingly in oilX claIM, - I ' Oc7a, IAfIl'l"" . , d, Ifo&n, ~'1"" and the like, there il no phonetic change of the tenu T tr into the upiratae X I .. but a mere mechanic revection and incorporation of the initial B into the preceding final tenuia, juat as it la mechanically done in the cue of two words apoken by two diJl'erent persona, as in dialogue (cp. Bopb. EL 1502 : OP. LU "'. AI. ~ where no man can contend that Oreatea had anticipated Aegistb08' reply and 80 matched his opening"; cp. App. ii. 5). In all other where the aspiration .,mbol R oou1d not be graphically blended with the preceding letter (cp. tIb-Ho3or, trdp-BoIor. 1-B030., tr."t-Bo3or, TpiS' hoVTM, Art' hIT"., oW h'l/Afir), itwas altogether dropped even in pre-Attic times!'),

I,.

<")

_s

(1) HaM the zvpetitiou of the aapiratiou (" + ') .. irrational, and we oqht to apeil: oiIX MM, De' &na, .. cl (if not 06X 0(1(0", '""'" dcra, .,. oii). (SJ Bven Doric, which p~ the Bip of upiration (H) the lonpIt, dieeuUd ... nle in the _ at. T tr, acoordinr to Dion. CoIIlp. 335 B: 4l...,uar TIl A..,...a 3ccl ~tMw OTlI1TolX_ TIlr ~ KcII ntfM't/t '1IpGtrA.,

_.mu.

91

Digitized by

Google

171-178.]

CONSONANTISM-MUTAE.

notwithstanding that in moat of th_ caMe it WIll! far eaaier to pronounce than after the tenuee ....&o3or, RT-IIoIor, which phyaiologically are explosive aspirate., thus containing in theml8lvee the aspiration (ap. 56 &; 73 ).-See Dion. Th. in Bekk. An. 631, 351r. &; 813, 3ft

171b Should a tenma /C " 11' be followed by an aapirat&, it is often phonopatbically aaaimilated to ita co-ordinate aapirata (if not drop-peel, 179- 19S). This is regular in P-N speech, as: Bci"Xor Bcixx.or, AT84'A681r, MarSaior MJ8aior, ~ ~ (8ee also S68t S61i.) 172. Should a labial or guttural be succeeded by a dental, it becomes co-ordinate with the dental. (169b.)
The only combinatiolllt admissible here are :Thus (JT and .", become d IJ."I " ." IJ /ll IJ TT "XT IJ d IJ (xl) IJ '" IJ'" IJ
1Cf',

ya, x.6--r, {j3, f/JO.

1IT: (*Tnpc/lnu) TITpctmU

tJ8: I*'YPlltrAlrJr *'Ypatra"..) .,~ iff: *'1.,,""") 'Ad.""",

IC'I': *MAf7TII& *AIAldTIK) ).lA_

y8: *trA.m,r) trAI-,a.,. X': (*lA..,.".,) 'Aixfllr 173. The preceding rule holds good only for literary..t. On the other hand, the frequent occurrence, in ..t inscriptiona, as well as in papyri, of combinations likeIx Irp-Ix IfiVA" Ix XaAIrlIor Ix 8tnaAlcar Ix tUtI/lov I-,Ba,.". '.,-,0&'01 (-Iq-) 17Arr-

'x.<IJo""""""
f-,lofl..,
'~Aor

l.,tIoA" I., BIICGlfTtov

I., raP'fJl"i.",

.,AIIII""G
I., 'Pv1'Qii

,., A4t1/lov

.,ptJlCTOf

I-, 6flv1'Qii and many othel'll (KMeiaterhans ' 82-84), then -E](f'6'Ip OD ..t 'f8oBes (PKretBChmer ISS & 235)-all dating before the Ill': B.c.-8how that even ..t speech deviated from literary usage in the direction of consonantal accommodation. as illustrated in the following aectiona (174- 176. 179) of N conaonantiam. I-, JW'(IWw
'"
17'- While retaining the groups .,a and /ll, uncultivated N speech haa changed rr and xf into Xf', and 1FT and flI into ."" 80 that it does not admit of the concurrence of either two tenuee or two 88piratae. Should .~ch incom~tible con80nants concur, the reaultant ia alwaya an aspirata With a tenUll (cp. 885), aa: )(Thor, XTIC." IJGXnSA&, ~, IX "'. (for I. "w, 1571) ; <IJ'rOIX6r, ..,.lfWG, ""f,6, ~.llAlf/iTrlr, ..".. or 16at} (1.80 .~, 80 even in Vita SA. 8- B), ."...,." (l)trpoXf'4r; (CItlxf/IfTft) C""DT.r (Acta Xanth. 60, 33), ft/Af'", (*""'I). tr~. 174.1>. The comhinationa rr f t Xf' and 1FT or .", are treated cWl'erentq in South Italian Greek, the OtmntiJle ic1iom ohaJlcIng XT (rr) to ~, whlle that of Bova turna .", (1rT) to tIT, BB : "<IJTO for "Xf'G, Icml for Ifw4 (Im).

~-

"xftI,

17S. Before p., a labial becomes".: (-ypo.t/Jp.a. ft-ypa:lI'hp.a.) ypJ.p.p.o.. " "" guttural" y: (-&o,,,~) 8wy~. " "" dental " 0': (-nJJp.a. -""'''hp.a.) nwp.a..
178. On this principle, the change into tI of a dental before another dental is not phyaiologioal or phonopathic, but analogioal (U4b). Thus the change of *IIT. *tr._1nu *,--.,." into I'fITf rcrfl t r l _ '.,.lriv, ia due to fCM... traCMflG, (Cp. 1691> &; 196.)

*"',

.,.Ie..

Digitized by

Google

OONSONANTIS](-ASPIRATAE.

[177-181.

177. But actuaJ. Rpeech of all times changes the combination as to

fI'r

(cp. 1730 885), &8:

A1H1UrQlIGA 109. III. 117.119- UI. au, 16 ,UI1TIJ&. au, 191 la, 26,28 xricrTa&. 'A..... B' 417 'AAtnIlTWov (iv-iii~ B.o.).-IOO-Igo LO.IlCTWP GDitteoberger 294, 68. ~TII& ib. 194, 55.-161 B.Cl. ~ Gr. Pap. Br. ](UL P. 141 of. 26, of.- ISO LO. W'IIfIII'rtI'ICTac GDitteDberger a2a, 11. 140 Lo. _'"XICT- ib. 23a, 65.-91 BA rloyt(CTQI( -rl')'lricu) ib. a88, 28.If Lo. . . . .'/CTQI GDitteDberger a79, a; CIA iii. 7a, 9-10 ; 74, a.-"'n(AaCTac Bull Corr. Bell. 1894 p. 14.- 197 4.D. 7'~CTG& Gr. Urk. Berlin IS, :II.-m~ 4.' oytP/cTQI, rl""~CTQI, Kitth. ziz. 250, 27,83 (Ath8D8)."""CT.for 1.troIlIIBac, ib. mn. 64 (Athoe).-313 4.. /H",CTQ/IIWtu Gr. Urk. Berlin 34a. 5.-80 too generall1 in old Loorian, BoeotiaD, Th~, Phocean, BUan, and ~an. So now dcrr"', p&f1'f'6r, 'pXlcrrt, ete. 17710. In the laDle -1, the combination"x becom811 "., as IGA IU _ _-now _ _, then f1Xl,QI ".l'QI, I1XoARor v.oA.1d (174). 178. But IOmetim8lla guttural before a dental remaiDa unohanged in ,d, .. : a./4, ."..,.,..4., (Cp. 1 6910.)

179. In uncultivated N speech .. guttunJ is 11811ally, and a labial always, dropped before ,.,., &I: ruAI,.or (even in Et. M. 773, 5) but a.1ao rvAry,w"-_(y),,oP', ~(y)pi."r, trpci(y)po, 8ripat1lla (from SauptiC.), ;;114 (p.Vpa) , (mowiipa) PJ ;-whereu a dental either beComes upirata., changing at the aa.me time " to P, &8: d'J(l'llr for ')",.or, dpit/)..,...or for dJinptSp.'IJ"Of, crrdf/l." for crrU"", traJP'l for traSfto" from trdO"" (MOOris356; Geop. 15, 4. I) for~.., ;-or develops a sona.nt between 7' and ,.,., &I: GlOBB. La.od. 66 nro,w" dro~C. (for dt-,wr, dt-~,.); so too now ~pa (for r~ cp. CGL 414, 55 pra.eeisum est tetimemenon eatin, Le. """"pi."" Icrrl,,), , Dchvo (for DeW,",,), ete. (Cp. 131 & 187.) 180. Followed by 0', a labial producea(12.b) "': (*np7IV&i) ftpt;&i ., " "guttural " ~ : (*'rpa:yow)7l'pdtw. " ., "dental is dropped (169) : {*n&8O'w)...taw. l8Ob So still in N, loB: r,xt' ICpdl.t, cAe--.then ~pJ""', 3ouAf+-, A~ rrdf., ~,,"*,, for XopflIo-., 3ouAnicr., EAnIO'Ura [135 b], rra_., cAaUlFlt,/CIJwtr)-since ere QV (51 tr.). l8O". ID. South ltaUan Greek, the 1diom of Otranto ~l__ ", to ff1, .. :

.'"Idr.

'""I'll

111-" ""

~.,~(~).

l8L The syllable 7'1 (and "I) is often changed to 0'1, especially when followed by a sona.nt (l24b). This is ca.Iled f188ib11ation.
Thus *w-AourlOf, *rl3_Ul, *"r'pDllTUI, *At'YO"'.. become wAoWaor, d.IuNcrfra, ,.fpovcrfa, AI,.oIlCrL 18110. J'or a dant.aUatlcm m.te.d of aIIlbIlation ID N _ 15$, ,.

nif/nnea and Tls"", for """"''"' and Sas"",. (But see 184 f. and cp. 730-)

b. AsPIBATAE. 181. Two contiguous syllables in the same word, beginning with an aspirata, undergo the following dissimilative changes (U4 b 126): Go In reduplication, a tennis is substituted for the upirata., &I:
PI AInmin/r that in their actual apeeoh the anolente dJd not praotiM

pmiDatlon (~b), but pnmounoed "pApa (,.,a,.) for,.p6.,Apa, 7'17',.,- for -w-. e are jutiAed in appl7ing thi. hiItorical orthograph7 to N as well, and 10 write: ~r, ~p4p&, w,a"pa, l6.pptMs"a, ~""., ml'l&

,1,.",J-.

93

Digitized by

Google

181-18"1.J

LIQUIDS AND lUSALS.

b. The imperative endiDg -8, becomes ..., in the first aorist pulive : (>,vS.,S.) 'AVS",., (808.92O) Co The stems 0.- ad 8v- become ~f- and "'" in the flnt aorilt paaeive: (*lo.8rpI) IT's,,,,, (P i8U8rpl) hUSrp.-Cp. 176.

183. In monoay11abic stems beginning with T and ending in or 'Xl the aspirata (., X), when removed from ita place, is transferred to the beginning (124b) : ~p'xd~ .ptE, IpcEdo Stem TP'X" t'CIxt'CIxW .&crcr.." or ton.. ra# t4n... .. Tp/r ~".". .~ l84. That the two preceding rules of diaaimilation (182 f.) did not hold good for pO)lular speech even in A, appears I1rlIi.ciently from the

,. *

ancient inacriptiODB and papyri, &8:

~xor

IJ'fauIGi; ...."",

......or (beside Du.a-)' '}(!Mw (belide XI"") M'xapxOl', fpo+(n, ls (for '""") xvlpir (beeide xwplr), fia>MSuw.

(for KAlAxor),

If"""Axwr, x'

XaA~

terhana l 78-82; Blaaa-Kllhner, i. 277 f.), are anterior to the III, B.o.-Compare further 14>SJJ' oWor Aeach. :&mD. 458; f!esr,t Wo.

184b These inacriptional evidences, beside many others (KKeil-

."all, .,..ba8&.

(Iyt B.o.),--1IoIId

Eur. Or. 134S; 61Jffb8.Ur, Pt PoL 310 A; S~ GKaibel 71, 5 the regular forma ixVIP, lo."AxSr,,,, l~ ~,

!M". lDflaeDCl4lll by Iw.liaIl phoD01ocr, tlae Idiom of OtIaDto ahaapI iDltlal , to T, and IntenollADtio' to tI, 18: TI1.OI b ~.lACII7t1. for /W.\aIr.., TDlpW tor tmJtTt b t1frfJIl, A..ript. for A..'., ~ tor' ...,."..o.

"pW.

,u..,

c.

LIQt7IDII AD NA8AL80

18&. Technically initial P is tI8fM.Illg doubled when, by inflection or composition, a abort vowel is prefixed to it (64), as: /Ilnw, lpp'trrO", IUJTtJfIplfI'f'Gf-p",.or, Mr6pprrrw. Bee 64.
l8I5l>. In the ICript this rule haa heeD conventionally adhered to throqh all P-B antiquity, and la Itill obeerved in N. 188 The doub~ of p here it believed to have originated in the presence, before initial Pt of a primordial For " which W&II aaaimiJaled to p. Thus Fp",.or, Pf1'l"or, p".,.(Jr. The phenomenon, however, it ~ bably connected With the trilling character of Greek po (Bee 64. and cp. SIb. 209 f. 712.)

(op. A .,4pa -rfipar). but t1fJVpl, .,upl, /lmupo, KupcGq, fllTUpW, ete. 188". Par the almClllt replar appearanoe of .,.. for .... or -rl, In laftpa. fInvpa, ",pUOI, ~, ..."., etc., _ 650 (Op. aIIo 269. ... 8a9o 1191-) 18"1. Before a conaonant, P-N uncultivated speech changea ). to Pt or interp088l (131. 179), as: E64pa/ITor CIA. iii.1:I02. 'Epn3lou 3466 (beeide 'El..- 3415 and 3475). 'Bp....., d3.~ 3536. TIIP~tlI (tor TCIA"'.I) lour. BelL Stud. 1896 Po 2:16, 2 ...-1ff4IaAa...r4"'" Great Louvre Pap. 137.~r PhllOltorpOl (4'5 ..D.) ~8 BA; d.. CGL296, ~ "..,.,..pyiII. w"., for Np&>.pr,Alcbem. 348, ,.-lIenOl 'f'O".,., ,.,.",., CIA 1iL 14~Jo . So DOW: dppNpIn, "..,., .",.,. (~6r), 1IIepfItr, loa-

188". 'l1Iat < - t e l l ) InItlal and mecUal ". ~. . . In Q-Ir, hIS 1IeeIl aplaiDed In 401 when add: for npIa (Le. npla), ,"pi tor ",,'""

"}ye." It.,.

T01.'"

84

'A"""'"

Digitized by

Google

LIQUIDS AND NASU&

[187-l.M.

in"Aa. lA. IizIlIlM phonetic pheDomenon III witneaeci In 8plJMi& of Crete, when A befbn 11 0 tI ~ pttural, thu app~ r (67)' . . : ...,.a, flror, ~, .r6A;-tha at LUIroi of Oanea wh41f8 A lIat'ore 11 0 "Ill 18d1lOOCl ta a IIhori l18D1iwca1lc 1ft ~Ih to, . . : . - cfIl100rt _ _ (wAos, i ... 3Aor). __ ~ (-.Ai nvAAotIpcG).-Apin in Ionian the qDabl.. AI and ri are, UDder Italian iDlluence, palataUHd _nding like Italian ". 01' and gI. .. : .,,. ~
0 . . . . : I'll

i. e. 'AJ.IJg/), (.JScyUt.., 739), ~ & fJ/wa1/Mll, tI6pfot (~_ ' lap,' 'bay'), llfapTM (afaAT4s), etc.~"" cIAtfa, eta. 131. 187'. : a - , the aombiDatiou ~ IIoDd oAr- aft DOt UDpop1l1ar, partioaJaJrqin DOrthern and Levantine ~ .. : ~, "4AN1, SaAphot (op. 904). 187. In 8amothraoe the liquiclll A , aft dropped altoptber (cp. 863), .. : "r", ,,'M, X&J'a, TV" So Iarthe1' ID TtaeoDlc, oDlT betbre

.AJ.Spm,s

w'w.,

,.'ur.

the.

188. Between liquids and nasals, a consonant is sometimes phonopatbically developed (epenthesis, 131) to facilitate pronunciation. Thus is developedbetween" and A, and l' and p, a {3, BB: p./JrfJ-M-, yap.-f!-pdr It It P a 3, BB: JI...a-pa. 188. Before gutturals, ., is usually, by phonetic accommodation, changed to 'Y uaaa1, tba~ is to a weak ,. (58, 203b). Thus l.m:u, ~r fI1I...X"'P!' ri;".11 become iytuiA_ ~II fI1IYJf!III* Ny qpv-. 190. So still in N (58). with the oDly difference tbat in UDeul tiftted speech ., altogether dwindles awal before .. X, E (193), BB: tT1I-X"P-, tn/>'xrOr (for fI1IY}(DJp&, tn/>,.,.,.6r), avEvXor.
18L This phonetic departure, however, ia of no recent date. Cp. RA.., .,.. CIA ill. P. 312. IA4' (for "-4-,t&) 8ept. .Tea. 2, 4 (M). IA4tf' U, 130 fIaI,I' 57, 5. fItt~I' .Ter. 9t 17. adAnt,. I lIaoo. 6, 38 (M). "oM Cant. 5, 16. MM .Tohn 6, 30. 13, 11. Pa. 5, 10. Bom. 3. 13. RAnt I Cor. loft 8. .LnrAflXJ'O' GIOll8. Laod. 65. A~ ib. 88.

lea. Before labials, If cha.nses, by phonetic accommodation, to po, and is usually so written (203b).
Th1l8 /r-hrr. l~ fI1IIIII>I{* 'I'tux", but also l_iflT'OJ l ..twf7VII-4#>.ptt '.-+vxor l83. In N the combination ,. ati11 holds good, but in those of p/J, "., ,., ,..-r, uncultivated lIpeeeh drops the lA- However, tbia phe. nomenon -which by the way point. to the pI'ODUDciatiOn of fJ and aellllmd/(6s. S~l)-can be traced back to ,A-Ptimes.

Op..A A4(p)/l1a j EvlJ/lAA..afG4 CIA ii. add. 52, c,8 (368 B.o. ).-n+l,..", Gr. lnacr. Br. MUll. 477, 33.--rijr aw/llov CIA ill. 3510._/1/1" nS/lt,a,T, Gr. Pap. Br. MUll. 117, 38-39 (t~).-riJ ~ lb. 117,48 <TlV\I:').-Afl\ficir" (for ~) Pallad. 1105 Bj alao Heeych. ,.. S.AT CW_ly ProL 29 (tVI!f).-N ''''''' rip._, Ip.tI~,; but n/lOflAo., a~po, ~r. ft+ttxor (d,...,. *"-"1) ft~. tOp. 190-)

184. Before dentals, If holds its own in .A composition (though ClG 129WI' ~,), but in P-Nuncultivated speech it is generally dropped before 9 and 8 (because of 9 and 8 P and it, 561. 61). :Moreover vB in N al80 appears 88 w.

nit a..a,-. Gr. Pap. Br. Mus. 41, uS f. (158 B.O.). d8p1ttrovr CIA ill J71, ii. 4 (tI~).-.a8ap.. Great Louvre pap. 65 nit a~ ~pG Gr. Pa.p. Br. :Mu 119,loo._ _mSMo. ib. U:I, 33 (tIVt). Porph.Adm. I ..... 11 fI1I~c8yIa.. 95

Digitized by

Google

194"-101.]

LIQUIDS AND NASALS.

"in", Ta; 1IcIC1.lA.., 4:0. (beside cultivated Ufcii, """"Pt ft.. "61', ftp . . . . .
_ (1c)1IcIC1.lA_)-&rrpar.

1Mb. 80 too now in unoultivated speech: dIGi, lIOAoftI., nlIa, ft 1t6", nl

m- (I..U-). ~ (~..,,), crfl6PTt1Aor.

19&. Beforer. or a liquid, "is usually asaimilated (or dropped? 171b. 179 & [I 201). Cp. 203b. fTVllry. fTVp~. Ta ).~" 4p ~ Thus J".pi... . beside J...,.... fTV...~ fTUl'-pan. ri.. ).~" a.. ,."
But also ~pl"""'... CW_11 Akad.WiaL 18119,p. 115. l"I"I"tCW_Jy Prol. 64' .ls RI "'TpII3oIpw (for TcW IL), fir Boppi "",4 ib. CLeemane paaim. 80 N a,,(p)~ fora.. ,..(Span.' lo8)-Tcl(p) ,,;;..., ft(A) Aiyo, Tcl(p)~, &c.
18lb. J'or partioulan reprding the irequenoy ofpermutetion, in the A pIlblio iDlOriptiODB dminll' the V-~ B.o., of 1lnaJ. .. before Jabiala, ptturala, and liquid8, _ JOlb and lUIeoht L 5~ 181. Por IIu.iBzal or term.iDal and movable "'" _ 2191 221, and App. IlL

198. The combination "1& becomes fTI' in the perfect paaaive and in verbalaubstantives haring a ...thematic(897-on the analogy of 176?).
Thua become

*wtfarpGI

ftFp.GI

*Fp.a f/wp.a

*JlMPp.a

"t-,.

adjectives. For the perfect paaaive see 688, 1875, &: 2140. 197. Final.", when followed by 0', is usually retained (201) ; but medial -". is dropped with (Prosodic) antectasis in the following cases (0 29 ft'. 123. 202. See App. ii 8-15) : a. In lome nominative&, aB: (",).o"r) ",?ir, (l",) .fr. b. In the accusative plural of 80nantic atemL
ThWl become
Co

1Mb. This is applicable to N alao, aB far aB regards verbal

xWPcm xdJ,as

*A-.

Av..

*~

A6orow

..,.,.. .or

In the verbal ending -IIII'C.

ThWl ......a.-, become ......':OUIII ThWl ,uluaJOIII become ,.4AII6,

*AAumH,
Ad..s.a.n

*Ic/JoaJOIII 1c16icr,

198.

I.

But in the dative plural, " is dropped without antectuiL

-,.4cr,

_"w".

W,",", Wpocr,

199. 2. The preposition J" retains (by constraint) ita -JP unchanged before p, fT, C, aB: J"phnw, J/IfTf/_, IJO{.uyrtv"" 200. 3. Metrically the prepOlition aV.., when followed by a simple fT, generally a.aaimilatea" to tT (but cp. 195]; but when it is followed by a combination of fT, or by C, it generally drops ita".
ThWl beside

"w-ll,nr -""Tor

lI1III-IInuoiC. /IVoII&.va.C.

""""CvorlG "",C.".

10L The precediDg rules 197-200 deal with a proceaa initiated and completed in pre-claaaical Greek and subsequently repeated in literary atyle by mere analogy (124b). On the other han~&.ular speech, . . tea" before both ancient and modern, mvariably drops or fT, p, C (19~; cp. 190- 193 f.). This is shown (1) by the inacriptiODl and papyft of the time (beiaterhana' 86 f.); (2) by other cuua.l instances where .. is dropped or aaaimila.ted even bI A authon; and (3) by N coDlonantiam whiCh does not tolerate" before fT, p, C.
ThaI in A, beside 'JP -'&

ooour

, ...tIc

'",,",""I
~

I., 'p~ '(P) 'PtSIp

~.w ~, ri(A)~.

96

Digitized by

Google

-------------- ----------

LIQUIDS AND NASALS-SPIRANT

(1'.

[101-107.

201. The consonantal groups vr ..8 ~ before u are dropped with antectasis (29 if. 123. App. it 9B. 14).

3130va, 108. Strictly speaking, this rule applies only to archaic Greek, for the occurrence of combinations like ~, .aa, "su had become impollBible eveninA-Pcompositions (124, 16). In Nspeech, however,BUch occurrences are not rare, first owing to its foneIne. for syncope, and then in consequence of its adoption of foreign elements havmg the consonantal combinations referred to (cp. 205). In all these cases then N drops and the resulting sound is TV' (i.e. tB) and -re or", (i. e. u). Cp. 205.
rnrfiu6)
S08'. .As shown in the public inacriptionl of the V-mh B.o., the actual condition in .A of fiDal ., 8IIJI8Cially that of the proelities 1'3'. n}. ftip ... tT6P, before the labials, guttural.,liquida, and the sibilant", notably of enelities, ia illuatrated by the following synoptical table (based on MHecht i 6-27). Th.at many of the cas., especially those between lengthy and independent words, and above all those between elaule8 leparated by a paUlle, do not l8pJ'eII8Dt a phonopathic, but a mechanical or analogical proceSB (25), due to the ~ COtIIinua, is more than probable. Cp. ~ (.f.60 B.e.), 'O'T'M ..pt (,.00-350 B.e.), "'..,.",,'r Irai (before 376 B.O.), 1'~M ..,aGAoa (235 B.o.), ~OIH1'M' +&A6&rJpot (323 B.O.). KMeiaterhana' 86, 2. Op. GIB no. 925, ... 12, 15, 20, ete.

become W'acn

Thus

*'r1lW0"

*~.6)

*3.30107'0"

-,oa,.

Final.
before aaaimil. Dot ...

!.du.I.a
D

.:I~
51 2,.

G~
25

97

2021161,.6

-;s -;; -1-8- (I) I - -6 - - - - 8 14 28 6 18

(1)

I ~;.!! ~ AI Hip
LIQ11JIl8

SJBIUft
]I

3 3

1 3 ,.

'1'

15 30

d. SPIBANT u. S04. Interconsonantaluusually dwindleaaway ( 12 4b 884, c:i). Thus *nTapnx0'6. *'ycypat/Hr6a& *A.A.XO'S. */unAulJa& become 1'tNpaX6. 'Y'YtWl/llJa& A.AIXS. IfTTaAlJa&.
~ or Pt'~

80 still in N, the only combinations tolerated being 1''' (- ts) and (-u) (203) .. : .a1'a. (from n,'''f, i.e .all"f [136] .. "a""o.), 1'1Iii (from 1'r i.e. n;r 562), 1'''Ua. 1',,6xa, x""Cfir, cfrrCa (ie. &dCII). 5108. After a liquid Ap. the sibilant u is generally dropped,

soa.

/to""'''",

and the (rhythmically a1fected) preceding syllable is compen-

"p,

sated either by inserting into it a (silent) " or by doubling the liquid (29 ft 215. App. ii. 9B. " 14). .
Thus */fTTfAua */l/>6tpua */"PfTII *11Cp'IHTG become 'fTTfaAG ,t/>6,1pa '"&f.III 'lCpW or Aeolic 'fTTfAAa 't/l8.ppa ''''l'1'li 'ymta ~. Old Attic 6dpuo~ x.,uo~ X.pu6"'1uWlth New & P Attic 8dpp. XfPPO~ XfPpO""O'O~ 510'7. The results of the two preceding rulea 206-7 are applicable to Nalao.
III CIA. i. 324. 0, 21 n}r 'P"" (408-7 B.o.) .....

97

Digitized by

Google

108-11&.]

BEJIlVOWELS

AM)

F.

208. Note finally that, in the case of .I, (1554. lI), and of the procJitic pronouns 7'OJI T'If" ,...."" TCM TIl. p4' ft. TOur (TOIf), inatead of dropping their final 11' or tT, or accommodating it to the following initial conaonant, popular N speech very frequently inserts a protective or revective -f (133 f. 536. 7:1 5), tor the sake of perspicuity, .. : TOI'C IoJp/iI, 71JI'C SAIot., tTA" XWfIITf. R1" XP/WUl woAAG, C~ 118A6-lov tTOII, ''In W (Tp.), ..irn) ete. BLegrandBibl. ii. [)[8138.~.D.], 233 fir ..w01l' . . dei Siixu. ib. .37 dei (IV.~. CGeorafllM Const. .71 N TONI EIPCC6Httn. 473 N :ACI fO/Tltlfl. 49:1 N TONI~. 546 .a TONI ",qtTITf. 1195 licl 1IAfIpoII'o"w, ~. 911 N CACI lcop8Olt1f1. (ib. 929 awn TIN. oYKC tTaAfdfTCIt t)

"'tr,

e. PRIXITIVE SEXIVOWBLS i UD F. (See App. ii. 9 ff. & 14-) 209. Remark. Of these two lettera, i never occurs in any Greek dialect; it has been recently &88umed or deduced by philology from the cognate fields of Indo-European languages. and naturally refers to primordial Greek only (cp. I I. 29 if. App. ii 9 if. & 14). On the other hnnd, Fis found in archaic and dialectal Greek (3. u).-Aa a matter of course, neither i nor Fplays any part in the historical period of the Greek language, 10 that the following remarks (210-1117) refer to primitive and archaic Greek of which we have no adequate literary relics in their original or genuine spelling. 210. The semivowels i and Fappear to have interchanged with their cognate vowels, that is {with, (first silent then voiced, App. ii 9 if. & 14), and F with v and fJ (51. 63), or to have dwindled away when they happened to stand between two 80nanta (App. ii 9). Compa.reSOut Sw.. SoF-or SoF-, (bovi)
II'AUt Jlllii-II'

"'IF-or

(navis)

"'IF"

(naTi).

Ill. The semivowel ~ when preceded by a palatal, presumabJy became uu OUT (App. iL 9 if. & 14). Thus the 8I!IIUD1ed forme ~..p *T'CIpM-fGI ~AX-i-

or TT.

or ..,AliTTOl TA"'"",, ~. 212. Sometimes i was apparently blended with a dental into
n,MrtTOl ,(aplftTtTCI. 218. The combination Pri. apparently became U (cp. 2(2). Thus *W'CIII'T-jII *AuI.JI'TojCI *d.on--jII became ritrA AulfttTCI Invtra.
Thus *wAIIT-ibecame ..1iUtr.
*nplll-f.oJ *xaPlfT-jII

avowedly became

~AD.tTtT.

TApMtTOI

HtttTOIP
tT'tT

214. Preceded by 3 (and sometimes by,,), i apPfUently became C (App. ii 9 if. & 14). Thus *'A..,3-ioI *.3-iopaa *ol".,.,..fGI became 'blC. rcopaa ol"",., 91&. After a liquid }. 11' p, the semivowel l is dropped and the (rhythmically affected) preceding syllable is compensated either by inserting into it a (silent) &, or by doubling the liquid (29 if. ~ App. ii. 9 if. & 14). Thue *"fAv-jCI *.--fGI *~ */UJp-jII
become p4AC1tJ111 and *&Ator (aliue) become 4AAo.
Again beoome

.-01
98

XII,..,.. but in AeoUo X'''''''

*Xlp-t-

pii.AMtf lAM,.". . . . .-f:O/ *~ *oIn1p-jol 411ttp., ",..,., cUTtp. . .",. #rA'- oltrrlp,.,.

*JIIIA-p *dA,-iopaa (salio)

pUrupA

poipca

Digitized by

Google

TEBJUNAL OONBONAlfrISK.

118. Initial F was apparently dropped. Cp. o'Lror or.or 'P'fOI'

with 1IiCUI
._

(-*)

217. Iutenonantic j and Fwere apparently dropped. Thus /Jotor tatFor *"A._
became
/Wn

talor

"Al.,

B. TBmoxAL ConoRAlITIBIL
a. Constituent.Fitaal ~ 218. A Greek word can close with any 8Onant, but no other CODSOD&Ilt is admissible at the end of a genuine Greek word, than cr, ", ,--also ~ and '" 88 combiDations of cr. (91. Cp. [Arist.l Poet. 1458a 8 cll ~ oMQ. o.oJl4~) Any other final CODSOD&Ilt is simply dropped.
Th1lll

become

*lIGdl

.,,;

me b. So too in P-N (but Bee 219 f.). Even Biblical nouns (Scripture names) familiar to the masses, notwithstanding Christian piety, conform to this rule, inasmuch as a final consonant other than IT, ., p, is either dropped, or, more commonly, the word is Grecized by anl1enng a familiar ending. Only in ctlltifXlted speech iB it retained. though even here its pronunciation appears rather affected. Compare: ~ 'Jda.6or. 'A3Il,&'AIIapor, N 'Aaa,..... ~~, N 2#t1. (134011).
'llJAwG89 and 'AMII'~and
ra/JpJ,A, N ra/J"'A",.

..?<:"ft.>"

N ")CAVAo. and "XdA",. 'EMII'Mn, N AMII'd/Jea. BaJKNxBapotlxcar. (Cp.A.pp. vi. 35 [I].)

5U.8 0. The two particles Iw and 06w are only apparent _ptiolla, inasmuch aa, beiDlf proc1itica <97 t.), they generally attach themll8lvell to the next following word. 5U.8 4. Labiala, however, are sometimes allowed at the cl_ of a word. 8Ip8CiaIly in excIam!ltiolla, aa: MS.. j cp. /lcall'1A.v, .,pcaii (where ., j 51-53).

u.,

.,..iJ,

:118. The above leading rule, 218, which is peculiar to Greek alone, haa been in full force thro~h all st~8 and Periods of the language in written composition. But in popular speech it began a.a early a.a H to receive further limitations by the BUccessive dropping first of p, then of also, BO that present N speech admits of no other terminal consonant than IT (but see 221), then of " in procliticB followed by a 80nant or 11:7'' . Only the dialect. of the northern Sporades show a fondn88B for final" (221), and Taa.conic for final p. [See a.lao 219'.] For further particu1a.ra see App. iii. 11-15.
S19l>. On the other hand, owinl to fundameutal chanpB iD their pbonolor.v (0,0 f.), norlhern (Bpirotic, Tb-u&D, lIacedonian, eto.) and Pontic dialectB can 010Be a word with aD,. ooll8ODant, aB: .,AW for .,AI".. (lJAlfIf') 'he _ , ' 'eY8Din&'" d/A' 'to do,' 'lA" 'thou wilt,' .. df to cut,' ,,"Mp' for ....w,. , toaJ.,'-Alwrd.p' 'lioD,' I'fIlar ' ~bl.,' U~ for hi,.,.."., eta.

B'"

m.&e. Oonftrl8ly, Tuconio ll;yltematioall,. d~ ftDal of. Tbia fa DataralJ,. the __ with South Italian Greek aJao, owinc to ItaUan id_ee, .. : niC,,' '.,.., for -Co. .,..cl for '16

11.,.....,

99

!l la

Digitized by

Google

220-214.]

.OVABLE CONSONANTS.

b. Euphonic (Movable) Consontmts ),. cr, (le).

220. Before a 80nant or full atop, certain endings may annex a final _called movable or )'1~cW. These endings are-

a,aoiiu,", A.I-yovu,-, f#JfJfIl".

I.

The nominal verbal and adverbial ending -en", as: lI'iiu,-, 'AS;'""er,",

2. The verbal ending -'. as: 1A.ry.", .1",.., J",al3fV1J''', .fpr,ltf". 3. The words ttUt.ou," and ",cwrcitracu". 4- The word 5. Sometimes the 3d person singular of the pluperfect, as: fan", 22l. The preceding remarks do not strictly apply even to A, inasmuch as, to judge from the inscriptions, papyri., and earlier MSS, movable .. is almost indiscriminately appended to the above endings (HIMaaasen in Lpz. Stud. iv. 1-64), and frequentlystanda even ~ metre (FAllen in Arch. Inst. Amer. iv. p. 158; RWaguer 6? f.). In the course of P-B times, tbis tendency for annexing eupbomc .. steadily increased, and gradually led to the identification in the popular speech of the intrusive element with the constituent final .., and its consequent extension, especially since G, to almost every verbal ending, as: l~p;,6-qtc 6 rads, trln'pi .. a; IM" ~N, &rr.... cnvrro"UN- since B even to nouns, particularly neuters in -pa, as: O"TCSpaN, SlA.'1fMlN' This practice was very general in M speech and is Htill surviving in several dialects, particularly in the insular group of the northern Sporades, Cyproa, Rhodes, Cos, Calymna, etc. up to Ic&rOs and Chios, then Pontos, ete. (219).-At the same time, when the use of such final" had become 80 common and indiscriminate, a reaction set in which gradually affected every final .., whether movable or constituent, and eventually led to ita dropping from all endin~ so that it has almost retreated from N speech except in the few dialects just referred to. For more details and examples see App. iii 16-30, 222. A movable er is attached to the adverb Mill [and the preposition lit], in P also to pAXP' and 8.XP't which thus become ~,[/~].

1_,-.

P pAXP&f, 8.XP&f.

223. A movable It appears in the negation by the spiritus asper, becomes ~X (170), as:

o~

o;'X 116. Accented or emphatio oil (not 06.) stands before a stop (100), as: lurJ/OVr70 -,dp aY. oW, '/IN&rror o6UN (Ken. An. 4, 8. 3).

followed * which,..when &"0'" d-yca8O ,

100

Digitized by

Google

PART SECOND.
MORPHOLOGY.
L AOOIDENOE.
A. THE lfOUll.

GDEa.u.

RBJu.RXs.

ZIa. h the Greek noun (and by noun we mean any substan tive or adjective) there are conventionally m,tinguishedA. Three decknsions: First, Second, and Third. (238, 253.)
228. All three declenaioDS are atill substantially preserved in N, but the latter shOWl a frequent interchange and MSjmUation among them (256. 264-8. 338-346). 22'7. B. Three gerulers: :Masculine, Feminine, and Neuter, -all still preserved in No 228. O. Three fttIfJIbm: Singular, Plural, and Dual. 229. The dual refen to two, as: d"sp/wfll >'~'" 'the (two) men speak.' Whether it W80II univeraally current in preAttic speech is an open question. This much however is certain: that it was abeent from Aeolic and Ionic; that, with the close of the v~ B.O., it generally retreats from the .A iDICriptions; that even .A writen make a limited use of it; and that at the end of the IV~ B.o. it had entirely disappeared from the lugoage (63Ib. 633. 668; cp. 315). S80. The singular and plural are still preserved in N. 28l. D. Five CtJ8e8: Nominative, Vocative (both distin

7'.

guished 88 caSNB recti); Accusative, Genitive, Dative (called a&8II.9 obZiqui, or oblique cases).
282. All the casei are still preserved in N except the dative, which hu been replaced part]y by the simple accusative, partly bl the genitive, rarely by a prepositional circiunlocution (1242-7. 1348-95.) [288. Literary N has to a certain extent preserved or revived the dative, especially in prepositional and adverbial e:l}m!aaions, as: aw 'witli God's help,' ill 7'0';"0"' 'with all that,' I .. .; 'while,' 1I'fJ1PI'1 ",,", ' with all one'. power,' III or h' dJl6par' ' in the name,' , in behalf.' Several of these turns have pUled into popular speech. See alao 1247.] S84. Identical in form are :-(1) The neuter nominative, vocative, and accusative in all three numben; (2) the plural nominative and YOCative of masculinea and feminines; (3) the dual nominative, WlC&tive, and accusative of all genden; 10 too the dual genitive and dative. 101

e.,

Digitized by

Google

281-1415.] DECLENSIONS -GENDER OF NOUNS. 2815. E. One definite article with three distinct forms for the three genders: c\, TO, 7j, 'the' (A masculine,...o neuter, 7j feminine).
283 b. The article atillsurvives in N (251 f.).
838. Originally the article was a demonstrative (558 t. 1195~), lite the English eM, the German der, dM, daI, and the Romanio il, le, 10, &0.

5137. The function of the i1llkfini14/ article, as represented in English by a or an, was commonly J.Mlrformed in A Greek by the mere absence of any article (624), and thls usage is, on the whole, still the one prevailing in N. In many cases, however, its place in A was taken by the indefbiite pronoun ''IS' (525). On the other hand PGreek introduced, besides ,"w, the numeral .lr 'one,' which, under certain conditioDB, has ever since remained in similar use (594 if. 622 if. 1206. 1448 if.). 288. F. Modem granlmarians-since the XVII~ (239)further distinguish: t1wee Declensions: First for nouns ending in -a or -H ; Second for nouns ending in -0; and Third for nouns ending in a COfISOf'UIfIt, also -I or -u (253). 289. Ancient grammarians distinguished no 1888 than ten declensioDB. Some also trpated each gender separatel:r, and laid down thirty-five rules for masculinea, twelve for feminmea, and nine for neuten. Our present BIBtem of d~hing three declensions has been adol'ted since the XVIr~, chielly throuf!:h the grammar of Jac.Weller[usJ, issued first in 1634 (cp. KEASchmidt 283). 240. The gentler is determined in Greek partly by the sense, partly by the ending of the nominative singular. According to the sense241. MtJ8CfIlim are words denoting males; also names of

toitIds, rivers, months. 141. Feminine are words designating femaJa and trees, both conceived as frui~bearing beings j also most names of eotmlries, islands, and tOIDfI8 ; then abstract nouns denoting a quality, state,
or action.

148. Neuter are the names of .fruits, and those of most dittKtw-

tives; also indeclinable words conceived as nouns.

K4. Of common gender are nouns which may be used with either the masculine or feminine article (A, 7j 6E~). Conversely names of animals usually admitting of only one form of article for both gende1'S are called epicoefI6 (brUcowa), as: I> ~, H ~ '(he or she) ass, bear.' Ma. All the above remarks respecting the determination and qualification of gender (241-244) are still substantially applicable to N. The only aigilal departure therefrom is that names of trees in -or, which in A were feminine, now very often appear as masculines (cp. 292). This change, however, goea, in many cases, back to P times:.lI6pt1pOf, P 4 ... N 4 IWISp4por. 'II,,"or, P-N 4 'II~ (even Ar. Ban. 859) Ipiir, P-N41piir (or N 4 ap;;r, 343) SQ7"Or, P-N 4 IJ- 'II~

P-N 4 'IIA-. ~""""or, N 4 (d)fJfNl'Tllpor. .lfIIripcfJfJor, N 4 /l-. fJxi-r. P-N" (cp. GBatzidakia 24).--80 further. iMn" N 4lM.,or. ....". N 4 'IIMot. N /l,wOlf, N 4 .plvor (cp. 24910).

0''''

102

Digitized by

Google

GENDER 01' NOUNS.

He. The disorimiDation of sender by means of the Mdi1lfl of the Dominative singular must be l8se"ed for the respective sectiona of the decleDlion (252-666). Here suffice it to state broadly tbatM7. N01lD8 eDding in a (~ -I!i 218) are mainly ma.eculine; noUDS eDding in a IOU'" are mainly feminine (261 f. 248); while aceptiona fiom ma.acu.linea and femininea make up the Deuter. MS. Thia broad aDd general rule aaaumed. e'ler .iDee .A times, a more

eoIIItmIJ'" .....

ra P-N ra (ra "'A_. .. BT..,a"a'AB.i".w.B. Cor".... N ,,/, for. "'fICII.or, 11-15 , __ ~ra -Xfl,..). ""A_, Q-N"a @or( then ffiem. often. 6, 1& 2. !It I "/,.,, IQ...,. 4101' "Aor). ",pij.or, N"c) ''''.os (.,a v.aiipa). Tb f4paP, P-N ., HptII (" -".,.. /1XWor, ~"5~). "a ""pG, P-N " ripra (J) RfGA"), "daaAor, N ra "'-v1uI' (ri HroiiP)." .t.1hwor. N,,/' trl.3wo" (ri .dior, ft "",JMI). ,,/'.&iAcw, B-N" .w.or (" "".,.,.6r). "Aadr, N "a Aa6r (ri "AijIor). "A.'~, N. AftriN (t rIM,. ftnIplcms). ra Adlf-w. N alH , A.~ (& .._p6s). "",0'161, N ri ",;:;6- (.,a 'Ator .,a 1lGA6"). "pwA6.. N ft ~- (.,a trpUiw. ~"). fA4A.", P-N ""wAor. "a ..wAw. P-N ,..wAor. Iq. P-N ,,/, ";_or. ""701. N "a "701 ("a .,6Of, "a "uSP,) " _p4BftO'Of. tnlpGaturo (" .6Aaa&r). "';;xvr, "'XfI (" ..Ba"" ......lP'l) " "Aeiiror. P-N .,a _AMOf. "a Ii'for. N " 1'701 (" fIIIptr6r). "aEB"por, p"a .lJqpIW (N "a ala.po"). "tIfI*. N" tIfIAfjN (" ."ale). &a~. N. ~ & .rina or ~ ."TtG (. tAl""...). " aril', N ..,..... (t .,,'(0). ~. T-N" ..,G/JAor (" l...w). "..,~or, N "a ..,,..,,- ("a trflllAAoii,., OK' at.ooiation from "Z"~Of). ,,"'*". N" ,,"'*" <" "ocX or). rFrrI. P-N ra "pVyor & "T__. ., "up. P fltSPt N ~ (. _Er or .. feminine of ~AAor) pt : " X6pror. N"a x6pro" (alao Bap. aea. I, 19t" v. LJ (ri AG)(ID'CIJ'). .~, N ,,/, ~ (ra al/lar). '!tiAAa, P-N " ~AAo.

~.T-N"a /Urw1W("h4xuar). "~,Nra N /Hfos (,,/, 1lG1or). &adnv.\or, P-N ,,/,IcUrvAcw. ~or, N BpHor 1tpiJos). P-N

and more definite ahape, the popular tendellcy being to diatinguiah the pnder by 80me external (terminal) criterion. A. IJUggeetive buis wu alnady dorded by the ut declension which distinguished .igmatic maecaliDes (-ar. "",) from voealio femiDines (.... "'1) [a61 I.), aDd thua dered a pneral prinoipte of claMi1loatioJl. O8oe staited, the prooeaa of this terminal dietinction received additional impetua in the fact that in the vd declension numerous feminines in ... -ur. -["JtJr), 0win8 to the homophony of their terminal IODaDt with the -" of the 1st dec1eneion (~9". 37 11.), lent themaelves eaeily to &IIIIimilation by aimplydropping their ilnal-, (cp. rr,Bt_"pli_pdE,,; ~-Ith. ete. 343), thus -r being preserved for maaoulines only (2630 338.343). Accordingly in N all mllllCulines end iD ... all feminiDes in a _ _ (exoepi. 'ria I), whereaa neuterl may end iD eiUutr a 80DaDt or ill of (aIao in .; cp. ~41. an. A.pp. ill. 12). . . . So far, then, the above proceaa has not materially deoted the gender, nohrithatanding the long history of the Greek laDggage. which would lead us to expect a radical tnn.formation. The chanpa etleoted are, apart from oertain loceliame and dialectal peculiarities. neither very cousiderable Dor very diJIlcu1t to explaiD. They are the relNlt mainly of analogy and uaociation (aIao diaaociation) of meaDing. ](any of them CaD, moreover, be traced bacIt to P times (cp. GHatzidatia 354-73) ..... Oompare-OIIC~: .a6ori, P-N.,/,.3yor (ngeatedbyra#nos). ~. B-N "a 1J/uI- ("o.-s.). "lJlor, N "a lJlor ("a "Aoiiror). t

<"f',

/lo1w6.("Uporl. "/JtMr.

a.,_.

N.

N.

(~wc1 .. tbe male

of. f/ia;') iiJ.

Digitized by

Google

2150-2158.] 2150.

ARTIOLE-DECLENSION.
llO'LECTIOH 01' THB

AaTICLB.
D17L.

SmGULAB.

PLUBAL.

1Iasc. Neut. Fem.

Nom.
Ace.

'rOIl

c\ ,

Gen.
Dat.

TOii
Tf{i

.... " ....

TO

-+

niP
~ 'fj

lIasc. Neut. Fem. , a1 01 'nl T4i ~

...&i.,
~S

K. N.I'.
..;

..... TCUi " ... .....

,-f'.

,.;.

..

..

2&1. The interjection I, Oh !' aervea .. a vocative of the articl~ for all genders and numbers. However, besides this z" G-N speech, particularly since T, often uses (written also I), an ejaculation now very general in N, .. : Apophth. 280 0 at at 3o&po., tl'oii T'piX..r; Leont. Pachom. Mon. 13S A Neap. V. B. 1708 0 I ~ ,-pdr for&' dSfJG .1>.A.0&,u. ri &, II:~&M. brlpfl'll"'t a>.A.0& 3' 11..,.1 T'OVI'OV T'O I. (Cp. 136b.)

ar

261". Alongside with' we find in A-P compoeitions eometimee, in Q-B oftener, and in N epeech very frequently, the term ".,~ CA "... or ".,.., 257"), ueed .. a mere exclamation in the eenee of A " or , oliror, .. : M. Nub. 397" M , ".". tW 1I'r1<. Bur. Ked. 61 Xen. Kem. I, 3, 13PI. Leg. 857 J). NT Matt. 5, 22 6r I' a. 1IaIpI, '.oxor '11'NI&. Epict. ~ 22, 85 'pO) lToe, ".,pI, nlcw ~.. II'rA. So,3, 2,3, 17.-In N this ".,~ {fem. ".,pft, but also "."H .. an adverb), which stands for ...... (hence "cl ".,pc)- ....uw, IJ~r), is often ehortened in Oretan epeech to ,,',4 and in northern unally to IJpI, dJpI or simple 'pi (136").": ~ ('~) 'Ihn, - , '1_.", ".,,n, (or IJ]~) ~fI'" ~ IJJ/N .oi.-The lI8IIle flDlction is performed in N, eepeeially in politer parlance, by MIA~ I .y,' ueed alao .. a crystallized adverb (in eastern Crete it is even ehortened to simple.a or ad, ao...s [2]), .. : mA~ MlD'dJA'I-' ~A,MlAl ~.p, MlAi 'XpcnllD'ol- ~ 'Xpcn_ol, mA~ 'P'''Woc -, 'PtT'''''''. MIA~ 'Ft Ahf; 'laneyl' 'indeed I '-Not different from this is the uee in (northern) N epeech of.1I or a_I I 'I .yl' 'What is your name Y' (1)

.r.,' ' por.

('>

"'c'

"ha-'

51&1. The article is substantially preserved in N (23S b). For .. few changes see SS9-S62. Cp. 1248-I2SS.

DECLENSION.
GDBBAL Rnuura,
2152. The various cases of a noun are formed by adding certain eMHtg8 or terminations to a fixed part called the stem (or theme), of which the closing or final BOund is called the chafV.lCler. The stem appears in its genuine and full form by dropping the ending of the genitive case. 268. The stem character of a Greek noun can beG: 1st declension; 0: 2nd declension; a ~ also I or u: 3rd declension.
(lJ

Cp. GB....","" iD B)'S. Zelt. iv.

,,2 L

104

Digitized by

Google

ACCENT OF NOUNS-FIBST DECLENSION.

[1&3-181.

Accordingly the stem character of the 1st and 2nd declensions is always a sonant (a, 0), while that of the 3rd declension is mainly a consonant (238). 2&4. When a sonantic stem is succeeded by a terminal vowel, it undergoes a phonopathic change (contraction), and 80 does not show its genuine character (342). On the other hand, consonantal steIns generally show their true character. 266. The 1st and 2nd declensions retain throughout the same number of syllables, and are on this account called parisyUabic (luouVll4/3Of.); but the 3rd declension generally exhibits an additional syllable in the oblique eases, and is therefore called _pari8gllabic ('n/XTTOf1"6ll4{JOi). 268. In N the lilt and 3rd declensions have been, to a large extent, fused into a single declension, the sinlfUlar of which substantially corresponds to the sinplar of the anclent lilt declension, and the plural to the plural of the ancient 3rd declension (226. 338-346).

Rules of .Accent. 267. The accent remains in its place, as shown in the nominative, unless the constitution or quantity' of the final syllable calls for a change, as: ~ piAurav.v, piN.uua.t.~ 1:yyWw, d~-but p.U.lcratt'1, d:yyD..ou, dyyl>..wv.
967'. Generally, however, in exclamations (and interjections), it lies in the nature of 1angaage to stl'88ll the j/TBI II)'llable uttered and reduce the end. Hence the vocative aJao, &8 tile case of exclamation, has the tendency to throw the accent &8 far back &8 trill)'llabotony admif.a (81. 429), as: (~) -yWa&, m"" ~'p, h.p, Ul7ffOft&, AltI"'lT'P, /1;;' ...1', A'Ip/lriwu, 2MrjlllTU, "AtrOAAo." 'A.,a".",OI', D&,...301', .Aa.poI' (353), 10 too p&pa, ...,pa, ,JJ)(Irp, 1Af/IJ'" Cp. Rnli, rlna, TlnCl. 168. The above remarks partially hold for N also, but in the

1&,..,..,

~ority of caaee the accent generally conforms not to the quantitative' but to the qualitGtiH changes of the endings. Thus, whenever the terminal BOnant of the nominative singular is retained throughout, the accent also remains in its place (cp. 311); whereas a metaphonic change in the terminal BOnant often draws the accent from the antepenult to the penult, as: .; /Ul.lITfTa,"';;" pfA,afTu; 0 .tyy.).o", 7'~" Ine>'o -but TOii ay,.'Aov, 01 dyycl.CII, Tit., dyyf'A (BO even in Prodr. 0*0lIl"

.,.nS.u,fTU, aQ.,.WP'I'" fTI(ovl'frpatrriAfllWMrratnov).

1&9. Geuitive and dative endings, if 'long' and accented, have the cireumJlex.-This applies also to N .0. Nominative, vocative, and accusative endings, if accented, have always the acute.-So atill in N.

FIRST DEOLENSION (A-DECLDBION).

28L The first declension comprehends onlyFeminines ending in ea, "'I ;-and

Maaculinea

" -cw, -11'1' lOG

Digitized by

Google

S~187.]

HISTORY OF FIRST DECLENSION.

Efldi"ll' 01 tM Firlll Ikt:lenriora.
FBJlININE. MAscULINL

Sn.
Sing.

G.

V. A.

N.

-'I

-11

-'If
-'I -'I.
"-OV
" -4 w

"D.
"DuJ N. V.A. G.D.

" -'I" -'1r -1I

" -a.
-ar, "-'If -q, -1I

-ar -a -a.

"-OV

-1I

PIu. N. V.
A.

-al

...

-,

G. -OIl' oD. -aIr 188. Generally speaking, in maaculines terminal "' is the sign of the nominative singular; in femininea, it is the sign of the genitive singular (cp. 247. 27 6. 339).
HIBTOBICAL REJlABX8.

-cir

S84. Greek declension began to manifest, as early &8 A time&, a tendency towards simplification and lIDiformity in its terminal vocalism.
(I.

P-N Sif!l{lUklr.

S815. Thus, if we look at the si"fIVlm' of the above endings (262), we find that the preva.i~ vowels a and " have attracted and eventually assimilated those of their co-ordinate eases which had an heterophonous sonant. Accordingly the consonantal masculine vocative -Go the genitive feminine .-'If, and the masculine genitive -ov, have been assimila.ted to the uniform. vowel of their other co-ordinate cases, and so become -'I, -ar, and -'I retlpectively, after the modelq piCa, It PlCa, e,Ca", rijr plCar, (~ ;,C,)-6 POw'If.1 PO,"", ,,0. POW'I"t ..oV PO,"", (". "aVTfl,. This phenomenon signalized itself as early as A, but owing to the Atticistic and scholastic spirit of all P-B scribes (011), the assimilation of all terminal sonants appears full1 established only in M-N speech (277-284). S88. The simplici~ and regularity thus obtained of the 1St declension rendered it peculiarly appropriate to attract and assimilate other c1a.sses of nouns, especially those of the 3rd declension (338 f.).

1.

b. P-N Plural.

S87. In the plural a more atriking and fundamental chanse has taken place. Besides the presence of an identioal senitivepluraI __ in all declensions, the 1st and 3rd declensions genemJly had in the accusative-the most familiar of all cases"":"the common endina -ar. This coincidence then associated them with each other, anc! led, as earl, as P, to a confusion between them. Such an. interchange was moreover to be expected since, with the retreat of the dative (1348-$1), there remained only one varying case, the nominative, which ended m -al (for the 1st decl.) or ~r (for the 3rd decl.). Now the homophony of CI& and _both sounded like, (48 tf.)-was in itself sugsestive, and the question at issue was which of the two forms should prevail over the other. It was naturally ,"*r, since this ending was far commoner,

106

Digitized by

Google

FIBST DECLENBION-FEJOl'UNES.

[S8'7-S']g.

and therefore more famili..... It had aJeo the advan~ of a aibiIant dOle (-r), a sound very popular owing to ita presence m moat ofthe other plural cues (-ar, -our, -oar, -cur). (Cp. 69 [I].) Accordina'ly -u met with general acceptance, and gradually supplanted -al. (Cp. Pallad. Vita Chrya. 330 ytJ'J'Iia.c for,..,a&u. Kal. 170, 3 Al....a&,. 331, 7 D'pa-u. Apoc. JIar. 120, 32 01 I!'lpyapiru. Leo Gram. 78, 14 Sri&r, as v. l. Attal. 254. 15 1mr6ru). But as already explained, this proceu of levelling became manifest as early as P times and ap'peara complete in B-JL popular speech (see 332 IF.). For the accuaative plural see 332. 16'7.. Considering that the resultant common ending -er (-ff) is greatly due to the homophony of aa and f (ripen X.;;"), the nominative spelling JlC-, r,,.,u, "plpaIf, ~, troAlTCIU, etc., now commonly followed by Greets, is not altogether unjulltifiable, since U may be argued that aa in this ease has been not ohanged, but ......._ and amplliled to -aa' by borrowing Anal of from the ard declension.

268. I.

FmoNIlfES OF FIRST DBOLENSION.

~

Sing. N_ V. A. G. D.

'house' ollCl-ci

/He..;;.
~..

'root'

'honour'

,; 'bee'
".').'11'11'-4

r",-rj

oUd-ci.

allCl-ir
oUel"f

plC-h plCl ' piC-lI

PIl-

rll'-~.

".'AWfT";;'.
".).[11'11'-",

ry&-ijr

ry&-;

".)'Wl1'-lI
~_

DaaI. N. V. Aa oUrl..

G. D . . . w -

PI.

N. V. oUel_
A. G. D.
oMir
ohcl-aar

oIICI-..

"C-.. -0"
piC

PlC-o. PlC-fir

7.,..4 7.,.....
r",-al

,w.Jmr"

r,w" r,,,-aw

""..ar

".'AlfTfT-a&

".Aiaa-ir
",)',tTtT-OI.
".).ltTtT-a&r

289. In declining a noun of the ut declension observe thatI. The vocative and accusative singular agree in accent and quantity.-So too in N. 2. The ending .(i~ counts 'long' throughout; " .(i " in the dual ; " -cii1' has the circumftex.-So too in N. 3. The ending "'I remains unchanged throughout the singular.
-So atill in N.
.

4. The ending -a, when preceded by a 80nant or p (in which case the -a is called pure), remains unchanged throughout thEl singular (cp. 65); but when preceded by an ordinary consonant (1& impure), it counts' short' and changes to "I in the genitive and dative singular.
170. ID popular lpe4!Ch, ever sinee the
tI~,

both ... (whether pure or

the aiJI8Ular (277) I7L A.greeabl)' to 155 b-c, in N nearly all paroxytone femininee and _ (-la, ..Ea, -la, -ala) have become oxytone, .. : (lrGpMa) 110",.0, Il&.ui, --...,..a, (,rla) "&G, (prfAlG) P'lAfIi (or ..0). au" (or -ut), IIovAf.a, tJrrpal&, (yA_ila) "Awlfla. Nevertheleea the paroxytone form is alao fairly oommon In the dialects mentioned in 155 11, eapecially in Ionian speech (whioh III moreover in1luenoed by Italian -icI and -fa), .. : npIU&, P'lAla. 171. N femininee in ... (ch1e1ly namee of a-) appear also under the form -L This III due to the oircwD.Btance that with the eetabliahment of

impuft) and the accent are retained unchanged through all the caMe of

In.

107

Digitized by

Google

272-27'1.]

FIBS'l' DECLENSION-KASCULINES.

-er in the plural as the normal ending of the lit and

aM declensions (267), the presence ot another (thematic) , betore the ending gave riM to hyphaereaia (-10) -4. (]48. 157), and this accented plural now oalled forth a novel nominative singular in -', on the following pattern: t) /Af1A1 pl. "",AI-o "",AI-r new nom. ling. +"",1..1
n.1 " nn-" nn-r

.fTpfla" .f-rpl-O .fTpI-t "".. .,-rpl IMlA .. 1NU:-" 1NU:-r (or 1A4-.) " " " 1A.al or 1A4. S78. A. further ooneequence ot this prooe81 was that teminin81 in __ affected maacu1inee in -4tU and reduced them to -4. 10 that IOme N dialecte (as Crete, Chioa, lcaro., ete.) admit ot .5 tIao"A~r beside tIao'&AItU .5 I~r beside I"tU, .5 lIa~r beside ~, etc. (407). S78". That in popular N the whole plural otthe let decleDlion follows the plural ot the 3rd declension, has been already explained in 267.

11""

n.4

914. Inflection of N Feminines 1st Declension. Sing. N. "V. aI-rCa(ISS,C).apW pea .,.,pI,
A.. G. "D.
aI-rCa" aI.,.Car

.,ar

-,w"

P(o."

petU

.,..pI,"
jf.

.,.,,.

For the plural _

267, 3] 2,

C, "

332

276.

n.

MAscULINES 01' FIRST DECLBNSION.

.~Ear
.~Ejj

, 6 young ma.n ' '6 citizen' 6 Skythian Sing. N....GJti-oS' rroAt.,."S' zte.,r ...pi-ca rrMN z.w8-ii z/Cv8-.,,, A. ...GJti-i" rro)J'f'-"" Z,Q,IJ-ov G ...GJti-ou rro~lf'-Ov

v.

.~EP

D ... p/...

4IIAA (sic!)
~Et

rro)J'f'-lI
nAlM troAl..-

ZlCV8-'Il
2onII-4 2dI_

Doal N. V. A. ......l-cl G.D.........

Pt N. V. ...GJti-a,
A. ...alli-a, G...._-... D....pi-uw

rrMi'f'-m rroM-r-iiS'

..M,.,.....

Z.wk z.w8-fi
ZICV8-t;"

rroAi7'-lllS'

z/CV8-_

278. The declension of masculines essentially agrees with

that of feminines (262), the only deviation being thatI. The nom. sing. ends in 10 -So still in N (263). 2. The gen. sing, ends in -av. (For N_ 265" 277 t.)

S77. In .A barytone eubstantiv81 in -ar pure (269. 4) occuionally formed the genitive aleo in -a (after the Dorie inflection). as: 7'oii InI'f'paAola. /JpP'Io8It,., ptI1Ilp4-,6p, 4aplJltA4a (CIA. ii. 968, 3o-n~ 11..0.). 'OpW'rG, "TAil, 2tSAAa, 2dwa, 'Anl/Ja. 'A.,plfln. 'AriAa, XlpIJa. rI"., Ka&.&a, r6J..8a (ThEckinger 129)' This torm gradually affected all eubstantives in -tU and soon became a ruling princip,le which hu ever since remained in tun force, as: .,.00 'All'rl.a, /yha, BafwUa, JlaTfla, 'Iotlaa, KaiGfa (all in the NT; great many more eumpl81 in Bdn. ll. 64865); .,.00 '~, 'ANPla, 'hH7la, 'upl'f'll, fiXAla, .,.apCa, &C. (10 in N .,.ov X~. IJMa, 7'oii Xoxa. etc.). The popularity ot tbia practice llince H is moreover expreesly attested by Berodian, who in the tn'l' teaches (ll. 665, 10) that the genitive ending -a had beoome _ : itri .... ,I, __ /Japvrlll''''' Id. .,..., "r -a ~ .,......., 01'01' 7'oii _ . nii 1IfIXACa, 4&IJpI";' ~ AI-to,..." T'1 KOINq llAMICTCP CYNH8M reNoMiNMN

""-,0,

108

Digitized by

Google

--

---

---

------

FIBSi' DECLENSION-CONTRAC'1'ED.

[S77-S81.

(with Dumero1l8 examplee iD pp. 648-54)' lIoeria 241 .,atOW 'ATTIM, Ikcllla '1'6 '1', ~a.. ..u 'l'a 'EUrpf..a". Por ~ in -clt or -cIs - 287-290S78. The same tendency for equalization IOOD a4'eoted a1ao eubatantiwa iD 1f, whOle A genitive -011 was autmDated to the .." of the other endings (~65), .. : .....v DaIl'IoCp&n, (CIA. ill. 3519. 3459. 3464), 'I'Oii 'E",;;, AXIAA.Eaq, obraiTrl (for MWOW CIA. ill. 3513,3 4IO ~D.), 'A,alocAf1, ~, EVrix'7, "ATrI, 8..-,4"", W'ptIl'Jlwn; (CIG 5366, 170 ~D.), (cp. Theoph. 373. 21 f. 'l'oii AGraW'p',44raG"l'p' [cp. 298&301]; Theoph. cont. 427, .. -.u"W'O'I'a,..,v)-and thi.form i8 nowruliDg m Nspeech. (430. App. Hi 15.) fiB ]!'or ocmtnot.ed or parispomeDa in -'I'seel8ll-29Qo

m.

'E.,""',

4&0,..""

S79. 3. The vocative singular ends in -4 when the nominative ends in ~ 88: ~ tnW'I'IIo -So too the vocative of ethnic nouns (1030) and compounds, 88: ~~.rooa, llipau, ~plpa..
280. Popular speech 8ince B has lUl8imilated the terminal vowel of the Tocative to that of the other _ (265. 432, (1).

S8L The vocative of &~ , master,' is , 8icnron&.

a.~ hu been preserved through the chuoh in the _ of 'bishop,' whUe the vocative 34tnoT11 (title of the clergy) hu giVen birth to a novel nominative cl '11I'ffOTfU 'the Reverend.' (Op. 386.)

sa. The form

S88. :Masculines of the 1st declension in -CS' are mostlyappellativea and. proper namea (due partly to Doric influence, 287), as:
,..,.tar, IIOXAiAu, cl&wTllII, -PXapllll, '_roplar, _tar, _.pa"III, EI~r, 11''1'1.,,,,m-, (cba}tlolzAaPTlcu, pIUIT'"f"!s, Evpia.r, Ipvlpia.r, 'l'pavIl4Tftu, ~"'III4"III, X'lJlllTlcu, 'Xl"l1I4'1'ltt.r, 1nI1I'Wiar- A,alftu,'A"",a-,6pa', 'A,.rWras, 'Ap'X,ltt.r, BptIG'13cu, rAawlar, rOfl-ria'1 'B1rGfH...w3cu, 'Bptulcu, 'Bp4a., K.\,wltt.., A_lla., J/IapfTtSar,

IJcrwaaolcu, IlfADlriIar, Du6a-,6pt1f, .,114., .,Aiar-Il4Aar, 'I6.\ar, ..oAIII, etc.

S88h. Those iD
-nJ", as:

-'I" are very numerOaB, especially appelIativea in

'Aplrru, Ba,...asa., Zaxapiar, IlaTllIII (1la1'TlllItt.r), 'IIAlar, TOII/Itt.r, 'Io4Ia" 2dnr, Tlpiar, ':r-Itt.r, OlIpia.r, 'ANrlas, rdAJllII, 'B'Y'1I1'IIll, 'I.ptpUu, 'Ar.pIar, KlAar, AwulAr, 1IaJoTIar, ~Tpia.Z 'oNrar, 1IGA.Aor, XtJIJpitt.r, M,CI'II'ciAar-'IMbo"",.-N rtIJ""., BaG'tAt]r, 'AI'CIC7'r'GCI't, etc. (Cp. 301.)

ete. ete. S88". Since.if common speech has added considerably to the number of proper names in - 8 and -q", and made either claas very popular, as:

~r,

AlfIxlntr. 'AAIrIScU.,r, 'ApcG'T.Eaq., 'H~A.I"'" D4pG'1J1, -""IJf-7'OI,MTP"I', nAt,..,., r,xvI,..,., ~4frnIs, G"I'paTI"",,, ~, W'poMn,., '".,a'l"1" n.,pI,..,.-OI.,.,., uAJpi" -p'~ "'~" "Mir, tI,pt...., ~, Al1ni.,
flGl&wpllJrp,

SM.

IftjIection of N Masculir1e8 1St DecleMon.

Sing. N. 'ArarItt.r, .,.6Aar, ",,'par, _rpcap'X'T', _p'njr, ..v,..,r pt6.,,'pa, .aTpcGpxq, _pcnj, I'll,"" V. Arultt., A.. 'Ararltt.', .urcSAa', pIz-,.pa' n:rpcGpX'1', _pcnj', 1'11,",,' ~ G. A...., p/rty.pa -Ipov, 296) _'I'pclJPX'1, -PCTrl, 1'IIImJ.

.cdA.,

.,dAa,

(.t

:a84h For the plural see 267 & 332 ff.

CoKTBAOTBD 1ST DBOLBKSION.

S81. Some stems ending in ..Qa and ..ca. contract ..Qa to -ii, and ..ca. to ~ (but -pia. to -pO. 369, HI), and drop a. or. before a 'long' 80nant (but see App. ii I.). All resulting contractions techDicallyand conventionally receive the circumflex. (7 6b.77.) 109

Digitized by

Google

S8&-S88.]

FIBST DECLENSION--CONTRACTED.
c1 SoppIu 'north wiDd,' c1

'I) "Ha 'miDa,' 17M4.. 'fig-tree,' 'Bermes.' Sing. N. "."a ITVlOi V. " .. A. "."a. ITVlOi. GIl" ITV.

'lr9l'i1lf

PL N. & V. """"

D. IM'9

ITVtefi

fJoppa, fJoppG fJop"o. fJoppfi fJoppf.

:EpI'2

'Ep~~

Epl"l" ',EpfM!.V Epl'1l

D. l"'Oi~

A. ~ G. "."."

avmi

'E","" 'images of H.'

:Ep,m Eppiiw
'Ep",u~.

ITVM ITV..
O'VICO"

sa8. As expected, popular speech, ever since A, being UDcoll8cious of the nature of contraction (I ~6), treats contracted forms like ordinary cases. NevertheleBB historical orthography requires us to follow the ancient accentuation in forma common to .A and N, as: (;, z,) </Hucij, (;, z,) 'ri; n," f/lalCij", -r," 'ri"; -rijr f/>aij~, -rij~ !!ir; cS fJofHM (from fjoplGr. not from fJoppfi~. 155, Co 407) d" fJofH"", -rot; fJopta. So too all'Aij, a&II'Aij [11. 1187. In.A the number of oontraat.ed Dl8BC1llines in -Gr coDBilted in a few mmples traceable, as it appea1'll, back to Dorio in1laenoe (a77. a83). ThIl7 were mostly shortened proper names (petnames and nicknames), or appelIatives designating a character or occupation, as: Z'I"eir (for Zrpod ), M'l'rplir (M",.p63oIpos), M"..as (Mf/J'6&por), (RTCI)<tIa,..u 'glutton,'~, 'I'pcueir 'coward: Xlueir cacator' (cp.IAlrif, dAAi"a.ti., 'I'p'M, -rl'l'pir, 'EtU -G. -V-ros). Gradually, however, this 0liliiii of substantives, owins to their ahortneas and vigour, met with great popuIarity. which they have everainoe maintained in common 8pe8Cb. Thus P 8.o3cir (for 8t~), '~('A,. M1I'3por), 'A1t.'Eeir (,AA41II'3pos), 'ApN"cU ('ApT.pl3oJpor), Naw"cU (NaftpaXOS). A.-.ir (A_tb), A""cU (A"p./rrp'os), 'Emflpir ('Emflp6&-ros), 'Bp"cU rlr9~ IIoIpor), 'cm,uGr (,OJo4u'IlOS), Nu".. (NU,....sa.POI), 'OAulltrcU (,OAIlp.n6&pos), IkPIlIN. (lkp"...l",,) ....ar (+-lMo) ;-furtber G-B Aovair, K'l'fHi KAomis. 2-r..,...eir. 2..-r, :k.vir, r_'rir {compare CIA. ill. IU. 10-13 ::Icu'rir, AlOII1lcr&os, ZM7&poI, 2~, +oc1los, A'r'r_. ZQ/(1,,,er. :r.Im,,), Xp/HIeir ('I'oii XptHti Gr. Urk. Berlin 6,11 f.-t 158-g) ; 2apIJcir XpII(1i -roii 2apBi (ib. a4), 'IIpuAir (ib. 21, 5-340 A.D.), eto. etc.-~ (for ",,",-"(6po.r), ItOMeir, .,AMr, X'lAir, l1CI.... eir, 'rfIIhIAeir, iHrrpmair, au..as, Aox-ar, ., .....eir. (1)(OCPir, p4XGOpir po/kl'l'ir, I1CIl"Bapir, AoI""rfOr, ftpo.'Tir, 'Afllcir. lrfIGI1ir, SfAo"''' n-frir, U/JI".,a" dBSeir, ~ir, ""Aeir, hABr. ItOp/Jo.Nr, pa,.".",ar. etc., etc. (for great many more apecimena _ Bdn. i 648-668). -N ....eir, Xf&Acir. 'YAGIO'ueir, ~, "4N"cU, ArAfllir, dp.nAir, llI'Tf11ir, _tn..as, u''rOpir, ItOA.oo 1nIBis. IIfIOflPuBlif, mAapapcir, C.."..u, eta. etc. (cp. Theoph. Cont. 1911, 11 ICpclrir. 656,:Ia K~r. Cedr. i. 47a, a4 TpGX'lMr. ii. 607, 3 II&~ nioknamea.) (Cp. 1043.) 1871>. All these P-N formations, thoup not aotttally contracted, but merely abbreviated, are treated as contracted noUlUl, that ia, they are ciro oumllected after the analogy of .A (....,...)cIIqir, SoppcU, eto. The same holds true also for the P-N proper names and appelIatives in -fP, whioh may be traced back to Ionic in1luenoe, as: A';;., Tpijr, 1Iov(V)friir, ~ 'I.cri)r, "Wi" 'IapB~ - N 2-r1.,.";;', KaHJ'riir from Ko{r]lI"rID'7'iir (- X-lM'!W'r;;'os), A&o,,;;. (-A,OII1lcr"r), Ma,;;r (-MopWos or ,..or), NIRA;;. (-Na.cSA_), etc. For the spelling KGIO'TIII"rlr, AlMr, Moplr, etc., _ a98&: 301. sa8. Since G times also circumflected shortened names (mostly petnames or nicknames and appellativesl in -ii~ and -ijr (-it, -w; 343) are occasionally inflected after the impariayllabic or yd declension, aa :
PI The aocentuation ~ (u Kart. Petri., beldde XJIIIf7i'l'po..I,,,) ia both Jnatlo.Da1 and iDconafItant.

110

Digitized by

Google

I'IBST DECLENSION IN N--2ND DECLENSION. [188-181. hV BotSi3or. 1k7'Tfilor, (Brdn. i. 51: ii. 657); m; 'Am a: 'AniJos, 'A.-oUi a: 'AnAAAiIor (CIG 3353), a:'E..afpiIor, ElJIIII'Ii a: ~, z-a a: ZMn'iJor, .".,. a: _".aaor (CIG 3143 ill. 10), z-a a: ~ 6&owni (CIG 3137) a: 6&0I'IIni30r (CIG 3343), 'Bpi a: 'S"aa.r, Borni a: BoTTiIor (GDittenberger 172, 4-m~ 4..) (also 1IcwTcWor); .,.. +aMriJ& (C1G 3393); '-ill Arch. IDlt. Amer. il. 1I.----roV 'Bp";; a: 'E"n;IIor, 6&cwA9 a: 6&od.ijIIor. KaAA.u.;; a: KaU.u.;jIIor (GKeyerl336; XflhnerB.... i. 136, 3). S88. This imparisyllabic inftection naturally aaggeated an imparl-

KIt,...

"E"

111l&bic plural in -ci&~ and .ij&~ (ao far as a plural form was admiaaible, as in the case of appellativea 290b ), and thia impariayllabic plural has ever since remained in common use, and even gained a wider popularity, as :
fcI~r,.--GIft (cp. and _waBlT(,.. found in 'literature'lmce 500 A.D., IIllejun. 1909 B wa..atT(",), pari3f., d/JBi3ff, "",,,p&I.., fnrt8&r, .ff/IGAti3ft,-N,.oAij&., 2"~r, llf",.M)lIfr, x-n;Bt., .te. (3gob.)

wawa.

n}" ~ ";;' <t-ij. ",}" /Jopti" "oii /Jopra N" +a.,tr' t'oii +a..,a ",}... IffI1ni" m ....a ,,/r IlMiIrij" "oii 1lMiaf; ~ Kw";; ,,/w Kwpt' "oii Kw'" The plural follows the ani decleuion (367. 333 fr.) : 01 (4Pl) ..,piJu & ..,p&aft rir ("~r, nlr) 01 Boptillfs & /JoprGJu t'Olot IJopr8Jft t'iiI' /JoptlJlo/' 01 tf>a"JGIIft & ."....,aa.r -roW tf>a"JGIIft ,,0/' ~ 190". Compare ImIOIIC others: Theoph. 4450 30 (d/JIJis) d/J/l43ottI. 451 ..d,.,pSllfr. 451, 23 .,."p&aar. 445. 30 d/J/JIa&w (op. 405. 30 .... cIAAaat &nib 4"," ,..a1Ju .. v. L). CoDe. Oout. iv. 869 0 /Ju.o.am (op. 908 0 d/J/JdIIcw). Porpb. Oar. 67... 13 d/J/Ji&ar. Theoph. Con" 145. 19 . .C,,.aa-. 438. 15 a: 439t I & 6 dT(.na-. 1"lriDch. 171 (tu41) ItollG'caaTCi3ft. 441 (h68) a: 451 Kpt/J/Jania-. 458~. 480 +Aoop..u_. ChJoD. )[or.Prol.I049"cMRt'G_,.",.aIIfr,ADd 80 OIl fmlr.mee: xoprunillfr, 3caAaA"riatr, ~r, If_iltr, ~r, eta. (up. 2119- GBatmda1de 385).
cS /Joprir cS ".,...,.. cS waftS cS ~,,;;r cS Kwpij.

180. 8peci_ 0/poJMlar N Jilt decleMcm contracted. ,; ..,pii 'mietreIa,' ~ ~ 'lentill,' cl fJoPfa, 'north wind,' cl ~ 'glutton,' cl ~ 'pneat,' cl MlIIl1icrij~ 'Moaea,' cl Kov"ij~ 'Jacob.' SiDgalar : Nom. Voc. Accua. GaD. 4 ..,pa & ..,pa "' .,;;r ..",ar

4~

&~ & /Jopti & ."....,a & wan & 1lMiai; (1)

..,,,aa.. ""'..,,a..-

SECOND DECLENSION (O-DBOLD8l0R).

I 811B8ToUTIVES. leL The 2nd declension comprehends all nouns of which the Dominative ends in o()i or ofW. Those in ~ are mostly fJIGBCUline, rarely feminine; those in _ are all fI6IIter, I9B. This rule on the whole atill &ppliea to N. However, femininea in -os". few as th8f were even in .tt, have been farther reduced, one
after another havmg either changed gender (by merely adopting
(1)

80 _

iD tbe Sept. Num. 9t 2a-

111

Digitized by

Google

IBa-IBe.]

SECOND DECLENSION.

the article 6) or exchanged the ending -" for that of -or (245. cp. 310), as:
.A. 11 (beelde t) cLrriAaII., IIpl-,vor, /Jt1.,.., P 11 "xh, "Ad.,..., 3odr, /J'I'fllmr, "RPOf,41{tw6Of, iU,.Ior; B 11 tNtOf, 1/+IIor, /lGJAot; N III.1A1'Of (besides t I.I'JAO), -"palf6r. RtnIjHIf, ,6A.Of, (-y)~, .lIpor. ""A6., ~"".; -P t dd6A.'1. ~, '2upa; N t npIJl.a, 3attftA.a, etc. (cp .A.-P I) .a,&ntor " I1ripror " -'I'f1, pIri. " -Iq. (lJfIfJIOf " -"'1, ""p.,- " -Fl, I.trlJoAot" -A'I, ete. GHatzidakia ~45 f.) llb. Aa a consequence, N now prelMlrve8 only a few feminine8 in _. and that 8ubject to rules 347, 263 and 338, &8: t I.p.p.o, /Ip6I1o, ~pIIo (K6paBOf),KU.rpo, ~o. MijAo, JM ("I6,). D4Two (IIci1'por), X&6, 'P61o, K4cro, eMo. (Cp. Chron. Kor. 137 "';;r ~I"rior. ~47"';;r DlAm...""Of.)-8ee al80 41+ I9se. Nevertheleu the ancient feminine form -or to linger Btil1 in 80me iaolated idioInB, &8: (Icaroa) t l./Ja1'or, tJ.p,-, XAor, 'P6Ior, Z4p.0s

"p'''.,

-6...,.

_ma

~.

298. .AJJ regards 'quantity,' the neuter ending -cl always counts short, and this still holds good in N, as far as regards accentuation.
11 word '

Sing. N. ).6yor V. A. ).6yo1l G. ).6yov D. ).0,..

M".

11 'people' bijpor aijp.r

a~poII

a~1'

a"pov

11 'man' hSJ'fI'6O'" hS/*rr. hSp."roll d.8pe.rrov

.,..) gift. U,POII ..

It

ao.pov

d.8pOttr'l'

G. D. MYPlural N. V. ).6yo,

DaaI N. V. A. A6)IIt

........
aijpo' a;p.ovr a",..

..,...

w,..;.. w,..m..
11ll6fHl11rTO&
h8pittrow h8pe.rr11I h8pe.rro&r

3itptp ... ......

aipa. .. ao./*II

A. ).6yovr

G. ).tSy.1I D. ).6yo", a~po", a.po", 194. The 2nd declension, 801 illustrated in the above example&, 8till survives in N, the only deviatioDB from A being that: (a) proper names in -or 8ometime8 preserve the 0 in the vocative, as: (li) NUro, D;.,.po, f'.a.pyo (from 6 r.a.pyor); (b) owing to the influence of the accusative and genitive plural (cp. 379), the nom. and voc. plural of proparoxytone 8ubstantives accent the penult, and this accentuation 18 regular even in South Italian Greek, as:
N. " V. Pl. ~'A.oc after dnfAoIII, dnfMw (cp. dn1Aov) " ftoAlp.oc" "oAIp.our, fIOA''- (cp. fIOAlp.ov) " UpiinnH" U,..OIII, U,.... (cp. ~v) " p.a-rfpOl" ,.."pour, p.a-rf,.", (cp. p.a..,.tpov). " d~6A.O&" dft0l1'l"6Aour, dftO/1'l'6Aaw (cp. d1rOl1'l'6Aov) 5. The _tuation dlp4Jwoc. advooated by some recent IIOholan, Is unteDable, since the queRion at iaue Is not about the uatlU8,' but about the JIltIu of accent. The plural of the and declenaion, taken in conjunction with the genitive 8ingular, has attracted, aince Jl times, a number of polf8111abic muculines in -af, which in .A. were in1Iected after the vd dec1enaion. Their accentuation naturally follows the above rule (39+ cp. 346), &8: 01 _p/JIto&, dpx6rroc, -,.p6rroc, p.apwpoc, 1lcup.6_.-'I'oii _plurou, dpx6Prov, .,.pdIl'l"OU, "".".upov, 1lcup.6_,......,.oii dM..,.dpou (CLeemans ii 33 [tUI-I~]). -nom. Bins- 11 dpuat, I.pxormu, -y4pt111'1"G1, pdp'I'vpar, 3alp.OIlGl, dJWnOpu (339- 346).

.e.

112

Digitized by

Google

SJIOOND DBCLBN8ION.

[IS8h-801.

S8e'>. OoD..-ly, the popularity of ma8llUUIle I1lbttantivea m -er (339) and the beed of diaorimlDatlon between sUbstantives and adjeotivea in _ has recently led to the ohange of many proparoxytone IIlIUI01lliJlee ia __ to those in oar, as: p./rpptB (for ,w,.cpor), Il'fIOptB, lIdIJovpar (riBft.por crab ,), frroNr, nWfMr (nW7JAOf)-with pI. ptJ"yIpoa, ,,."poa, "a./JoVpoa (:196). S97. A couple of neuters form, besides the regular plural, an imparl. qUabio plural after the pd deolellllon: &. .,., 'dream,' pI. &...,.,. 11: .... fIJTd; w~ 'faoe,' pL wp6ft_ 11: ~Ta. This cdudoal peculiarity .un IIUrrivea in N, the aboTe I1lbetantivea having even received a further -.,mon in the B-N word ~ 'horae,' IIDd ..veral neuters in _ (4:14): pL ~ 11: ~, ItipIrrra (beside ,,4pIr,), /ldprJnI. (beIlde ""), etc. 198 .Just u the muouline ending -at of the let declenlion hu called into existenee a multitude of shortened names, both proper and appalJa.. th'e (287 fr.), BO too tbe lIllIIIouline ending "'If hu Jiven birth to many corresponding shortened names. 'I'h1ll 1'Il';"1', flGTpta,xr,I, II'xoAcipX'1', eto., Apaf1TfilrtrAAItls.aa.,r, ZoI"pd"1', '~. ' Apll'u"r--!A~, Al&t,r, 6&o~"r. DoAva.liqs, 6&oyl~II1i."/MHI'I""r, 'ApafI'T"""r, 'Apall'rOTIA"r, and all the rest ending in '""(I""r, -JIWf/I, of1"~, ."pG,"", eto., which had a1read, been identified with the lit declension (432), attracted proper names in -108 and lIhortened them to -is, that la to the familiar ending "'If of tbe 1l1li declension. TbJa hall bean partioul&rly the 0888 with proparosyton811 iD ('flOf) ....hich. hem, polyayllablo and oambrolll. 8IIIil,lent themll8lyea to abbreviation (1040). .Acoordingly 'A.~,.,Of became firIt 'A.oa;;,...r, then 'A~,."r (CIG 957:1) ; AWlor Av_ AIiqs; ~paor Serrij",r ~P'l.r; ~)(cor &,ttIx" ~; A,,,,rP'Ol Af/,.i(r1M 1Ii.",..",,; 'Anlfwcor'.briiI<cr 'An""r; Do,. Dofl4'Upar Dop4Nr.!'; 6&OII1'H7cor, 6&";11'11, 6&OII1'H7f/r; BMlAfcor BacrlAfcr ~. So further AwoAA&Wcr, 'A",I,...,. 'A~",cr, DUx'" rdir, KoV",,.. ADWcI, Aowrpfi'rcr. 11;;111'. 'OAtS,."er, DaptJl"er, eto. <an in CIA ill, index); ...,...,." BlllI'IlIMr ib., A6pfjAcr BITct\Hr (C1G 5700); 2",.&q" 1(0"",[.",; 2"",..,or 2T1l"pdIt.t ::t1'Qllpd."" etc. eto.---So also proparoxytone appe1latlvea in "Of [paroxyton811 iD -lor having becom.e ox;ytone ..6r 155, c). as : .upaor ripar (and linee 2') ftl"lr (then u proclitio title 'Xr. reduced to indeclinable rip); Wfp8urdpcOf ftplurdpcr w.~; 'AwplAcor 'A.pIA" 'AftplA".; tiprlor I14prcr JIci"",r; 116ror, Jldtr, IIU".,-aad the T-B nicknames IttWTOXI"", "XJIIIfI'0XI"", _oyl~, "olfTO"vr"rAaT1llr63rJt, AfI)(OtSa"., fl'TpalJo,.v.-"" etc. (AJlaupofpVa"r 4:14).-That the whole proee81 may have been initiated by neuters in -c, will be aeen in 30a t. see. Corresponding iDfiuenoea of analogy affected BOme P-B proper names in ..,0'/ u: 'AtJ~or 'A~CII' (1IoJIIz"II'CIIor, .cM6ljl'Cllor ....I'CII.), Elpt-.Of m,..CII', ApltlTCllor'A~r 'Ec7Tlacor 'EI7rlall, Hpacor "Bpacr. AftlflUor or ~ ,_" lIotSaacor IIOIIII'CIII. However,a nominative ending ... ('11, -CUI) being abnormal and alien to Greek declension never became popular. [This circumstance, b, the way, is an additional proot that neither 'I ...... then BOunded lilte e, nor CII like a-f, 37 it 48 it] 800. The N ending ... tu -+It oofftJe,' _rrlr 'clunoe,' "Mer OOIUlt ') is fbreign ancl of ~t origin tin Chron. )(or. cS lhC,.,Jr, 'FIlii NTC,.,J ~im. 44$5, etc.] 80L :tnatead of EfIota."r, lli.c-:.,."" 'APT"""", lIOIlle IClholara (I), following the

.,..3""

"or

.-f1"II

,,-..,Ir

pre..tent lIfelling of the iJlllClriptiona, write ~I".r. 6&0"';11'11, 'An"'1I (or -&rll), etc., on the _ptWn that the ending "or hu been reduced to 'er tlmJagh the men c1roppiDg of _. a phenomenon without parallel in the Greek langaace. ()tben l'l _ in th_ lIhonanecl forma a Roman influence, and contend that ~r, A6,.Acr, ,~r (BO aoeented 304), etc., have been formed dizectly after the Latin ...".., AareUt, AntoIIi& But to begin with, it may be even diBputed whether th_ Latin forma are Dot due to Greek infl1lllJlce, the more BO ..
(I)

EASophoolea Glo-. 82 f. &: La. p. 36 f. ;

1li.M4tI~,tSIrtr

15-

M GBatddakis 183 11: 3111.

113

. Digitized by

Google

301-308.]

SECOND DECLENSION.

they 1lrst appear not 10 much in Home as in Greece proper, and that at a time (t I:> when corresponding names in -q are not ourrent in Latin. Then thia would be the only _pIe of Latin inAuence OD Greek in1leotion [for -Grof _ IOS2], and dord no uplanation whatever of the lUlIIlosous formation of diminutivea in -,I' from -101' (as 'E,..n-,I' from 'EpOtr'ol', 301). Lastly, even admittiDg a d.irect Roman inAuence in this case, it is to be remembered that the Latin ending-q met with popular favour among the Greeks just because it lOunded like -'If, a termination very familiar with them. Whatever may bethe oontention, popular feeliDg identified the ending ... with the -'If of the lilt deolllDlion. Henoe the ourrent spelling EU-yi""" A'IJJlrrP'lf, BaalA'If, which also occurs not only iD B-1( compoaitiona, but alao iD inaoriptiona, as: ~Hf, K.p.AAHr, MapTtGAHr, M'pNovpcGAHr, Dpoll'I'K&GAHr, BaNAHf, ICOIIpotSAHr, 'ICoWtlTpHr, '~OHr, &c. (ThEokinger 4\1), d.ervea unquali1ied preferen08. Forms like EVyo,ar, A'1JJ1rrpcr, BaalAm, ptJvpG"f'I'.,r (/COICICwo-yll'm, eta.)., with a genitive TOii EVyo", A'IJJlrrpc, BaO'IA.., ptJVpG"fo,fI, /CO/O/O'I'.,.,'I'''. etc.), besides their oddn-. are alien to the genius of Greek infleotion, which since .A began to show a oonatant tendency towards aimplilloation and uniformity (265-7 &; 327), reduobag nominal declension to the simple pattern of substantives in _, -'If, and -os (op. N ~, ffpo'O'TOr, with genitive 7'oV ArryoV, ffpo.tlToli-for the A Aa~, "PMO'rM, with genitive TOii Aa~, ffPOftrrWrOf);

'EpcW7"I', XD.pi7'l0l' XD.pi7'll', XpvO'lOl' XpuO'lr, "B1W-7)pllllIlIAal' (on a coin of .A.egion , 146-143 B.O., Or. Coins Br. Mull. Pelopon. p. 18), I"'IPnpcl', O'TdIlur, dpO'fI't.al' (cp. 1040 4: GBenaeler) i 10 too Jl-N 7'pa"'CI, .0, or )(fIr'" (174), /NGIt'", ffOTii,.", filii.", clrc!rr"" or hWr,, rfN)(d.,.", ete. (App. iii. 7.)

302. The convenience a.IForded by shortened 'proper na.mes a.nd a.ppellatives (287 IF. c~. 298), led eaaily to a.n a.naJOgIcaJ shortening also of their diminutives ID -10. (whether feminine or neuter) to c", &8:KaAAlO'7'IOI' KaU.lfJ7"., +tA'Ip.47'IOI' +tA'I"&7'II', 'AprI""OI' 'AprI""I', '~_

n'I"

808. However, considering that, when the above shortened neuters in

appeared, terminal '1' had been identifled with movable or analogical-I' (uIl, we are warranted in assuming that the formation of this olaes of diminutive neuters was 1irst auggested by the preeence of corresponding familiar neuters in ... (39!)f.), such as: ".IAa (with I1ffo"..A" 'AaceS"..Aa, I"'IAO/A'1u, ",...o"tAa, 6u",,~!:,"'" crlMa, tTOpc, ICUcl, 1Coii_, 0'Ti,u or tlTE,.."." .,wG/Japc, ffmpc, O'lfJ.Aa, , 7'&111"., alraff' CN fJ,.iitr&), O'u'J(ofH, _pc, eta. (for many more examples 888 Choer. ed. AHilgard 343-5)-(cp. allO .,.a 4O'7'V, ..an, pUv, plO'v, -XPV,lJUpv, 41"'O'V, eta. [where v and , are homophonous, 35 fr.), and 7'a i, "" xl, ".0, rV, to,I/tii, 9).-See a110 298. ... 804. Some reoent acholan, at the inatanoe of EASophooles (La. p. 35), accent shortened subetantivea, whether proper names or appeUativea, just as if the7 still ezhibited their full form, as: 2am7PIf (like ~pc"f), 'Arr4wcr, A""JrTpcs, ICtSpcr, ral,. (== l7'aipcOl'), tfla, (- 6.;&01'), .""",pc, O'lrOvA.\7,.., etc.; but such a practice is arbitrary and incompatible with the principle of Greek accentuation. Cp. 301 4: 347.

...1' 1irst

30&.

Specimen oj popular N 2nd declension.

cS u&pdS'. ' weather,' 'time,' ijtror 'garden,' &",,0S' 'wind,' ,.0 crii..o 'fig,' X-P'o- 'Vlllage,' {IvdIa" 'brook,' rr~l" 'child,' cIJ,;,}&" 'upper room,' ,""Ac" 'honey.' Sing. Nom. Gen.

.;;.or

-,dr

II."or .,un"
~.

_Ill" ".g.,.

..".

-- -..
114

-= _- ...
=

_a _..=
=

Digitized by

Google

.ADJECTIVES OF 1ST & 2ND DECLENSION.

[308-310.

ADJECTIVES OF 1ST AND 2ND DECLENSION.

308. The great majority of Greek adjectives end in ~, and lollow the 2nd declension. The feminine gender ends generally in ..." or -ca, and so follows the ISt declension (-441).

Sing. N.

,
wl
wd.

2ND DBOLENSION.
J

1ST DBOLENSION.

G.

A.

v.

aM..
+- -

1C/I~6..

D. DaaL N. V. A.,,~ G. D. Mai.

W,;

Moli

"

"

+- +- =
4-

allUllor alo&e aUca&o.. alalov auuJ,p

.......
.....

~Uca&o"

.....

,.

..

w.;

awJa

...

+- -

" "

+- +- =
+-

wD
IIMd

" w';" wqr

.u..r.

" &IUIW.. &alar

a&lC/I~

.urala
'ur.la,.,

Plural N. V.
A. G. D.
8OGII.

~...

~ow

wol

Md "
+-... +- -

Mow

almlO& 3llUl&a alalovr " alol... +- a&IUIlolf +- -

m~al

w... waw

a~

3Lcaw& ! a&mlor a&o;'.. allrolaar

(but

The above rule and infteetion holds substantially also for N

cp. 2S8 & 3 U ).

307. .AB regards accent, the nominative and genitive plural of the feminine follows the masculine gender (contrary to
26 9,2),88: Maac. aUca&OI' 'jUBt' Fem. awJa

Nom. PL 3Ucmoa

GeD.

[not &ulli..]. 308. A great number of adjectives in ~, chiefly compound, have a common ending and inflection for both ilie masculine and feminine gende1'8 (communia), wllereas the neuter ends regularly in -oil. Jl. & F. cJn6r, f./"por, rfauxor, m_r, fllT"por N. dpytS.., '11"PO", fuv)(o .., m_.., fIlT'IPO'" 309. Many of these adjectives, however, OCC11l' IOmetimes with two, sometimes with three endings, li0ii: M. N. F.
fJlfJtuOl' 'aecu.re' il"ljIM 'desert'

"

"aw&o& [not allUlicu]

a,1UIl... " a.....

fJlfJtuo.. f31fJa&OI' & f3-fJala ip'Ir o" 'P'lpM & 1p.;p.'1 ](P'IfT'p.OI' useful' JCP'IfT'PO" w'por & ](P'I1Tlp." cbainor 'guiltless' cbal",o.. hal"lOr & _"la. So further: p.G"a.or ' vain,' *IH').&por '1l8eful,' ~la&Or ' violent,' '''Olpor 'ready" haylUlior 'necessary.' 810. This terminal fluctuation, noticeable even in A, not only in adjectives, but allO in I1lbatantivea ending in -or (cp. 245 tr. 292), UI11med, in the co1Ulle of P times, greater pro,POrtiODB and eventually led to a complete aaaimila.tion of all femmmea in -01', whether adjective or substantive, to thOle in -'L or -a pure (cp. vita. SA 40* 0 ~i&" rr6pl/G& rral d&d"potral). Hence N now noWl adjectives of tmee endings only. &8: &ypG~r, lypa9o', lypat/nJ 'unwritten,' al_OI'

iIu,,,,.

<''-,Ola. 155, 11), 3Uca&0', 4Lcaia 'j118t.'

116

I 2

Digitized by

Google

8U-318.]

COlftRAC'l'ED SlID DECLENSION.

SU. A further peculiarity of N is that, irrespective of their termiDal 'quantity,' an adjectives retain the accent on the -.me I17Uab1e throughout (cp. 258), as: ~fJtI4T., indefatipble,' Mo{,pac1TOII, ~, UoVpatlToc, UWpal1TOtlf.

312. N

mftedioft

of ~ 2M aM lit clecletuiott.

~IP" evident'; 1LciUc0s,

mAdf, GAG', -., good '; clEWf, 1Ew, ~ able'; cLca.co, 1Lt/JIUI innocent.'
Nom. SiDg. IlllAcIt

..

!/xJwpdr, !/xJwp6",

Plur. IItIAot

--

""'''t '-or
+- = +-= ++- = +-= +-'" +- =

1,01

1.01 .,.,.pol

=
+-= +- =

_... _a
_'"

+- '" +-'"

+-= +-=

--+- '" +- ..

Sing. IIIIA.

Piu. After the 3fd declension (267. 332. 357"). IlllAlr +- .. _ .. (I; ..0.) Ilft ... '" +- .. (I;-ar> fu.p/r - .. +- ... (I; -dt) ...... +-a ..... ,1;_)

Ira ...."

.,.,.".

-..

+- .. +- '" +- ..

c. J'.annna. RA.

Ira" .,.,.1'4.

,.".".

OONTBACTBD Ind DBCLliIN8ION.

313. Stems ending in 10 and 00 contract to ov throughout, but drop I or 0 when a long' IOnant succeeds (op. 285 " App. ii. 9. 14).
6"," I mind'; ,.Il ~ 'bone'; 6 I) _ _, N " - 'faYOarable.' Sing. N. POVf doTcriiJl d_ ri1JI01W V. JIOii " d_ " A. POiiJl " mow " G. JIOi doToii d_ +- -

PI. N. V. IIOi
A. JIOiir G. .... D. JIOif

D....

danl
daTa
" doT..

.yNOII("",,,) cYNN I ,,_ " "".., - -

....

-- -

dcrroir

116

"""

Digitized by

Google

CONTBAOTBD 2ND

D~OLEN8ION.

[818b..a2l.
'pow 'report,'

cireamnavigation,' ri _POWII baaket,' etc. 8l~ After dJHW dllOUII are inflected ma1l7 adjectives, 801: 36cnoovf ill-aifected,' -s.o..r ' hoatile,' c1tr011f fooli8h, , ~ 'l.Wlttheaded.' (c1r)._) "')..." 'wmavigahle,' "ul'"AOVf 'Bailing togetlier,' .~povr 'fairly flowing.'-So too adjectives compounded with trOVI foot,' inaamuch as they form in 1'00/1 the N. V. and A. singular neater, ofte,D also ~he A. s~ar ~e, and f~iDine, as: (7'0) _ _ {lpa!vrrovlI, 3iJrOVll, tro).vrr_; ~ 3irrOVII, "'PltrOVII, a._OVII, belideB ~.).. 3ltro&a, .,.pltro3a, a. 31&. The dual does not occur even in A (229.633). 818. The uncontracted forms occur only in Ionic and AeoUc. 817. In adjectives of two endings compounded with W'NM-, MM, "'IrVO~ 8poiJ<;, the contraction is omitted in the N., V. &: A.

.s ;ow 'flow,' cS Bu,arp&30iir' grandaon,' dw')'oiir Davigation,' cS npiwAow

81811 So are clecliDed: cS

~).I/H30iir

'nephew,'

cS

plural neuter: ni. ct-. 318. Simple substantit168 and adjectives take the circumflex over the ultima through all the casee, but COffIPOUfIds retain the accent of the nominative singular throughout.
819. Contracted and, IDt)r&Over, perispomena thl'oughout areI. Adjectives ending in ...or, which denote material or colour, 8011 :
(:xpIlttfOS) XJMItM, XfNtlaUr, )CJ1Ut1fj 'golden.' (4".$,-.) dp-ppo&r, 4rtvpli , of silver.' (".ot) _ _, dark blue.'

Yvru" -;; _oW.

-i'

2. 'Multiplicativea ending in 1')._ (Latin "1''"). (653. I), as:

(41rMot) uAoiir, 4"AoW, uA;; 'simple.' (III"Mo,) IIIIrAoiir, III"Aoiir, IS,,,A;; , double.' SiDg. N. }(JIIIfTfIVr .oiiJ, -ij dpyvpoiir A. ](pIIfToiill " dpyuPOUII G. ](pIIfToii ... ... -2f GpyvpoV

Aa ..,. .. .... the iDftaotion of D01ID8 of the 2Dd declension (wbeUler eoatraeted or n_) cobWdea with. thU of _ _traded adjeoo tiTea iD all the caa. ucept the DomiDaiive and aoeuatiTe 8iDgalar. Thia eoiDeicleD_ co1Ild not to IIIIIIOCIiate the two ~ with eaob otber, ad thus lead to the UIIimilation of the two deviatiJlg _ _ to the nplar fOmlll of the 2nd declension (654)' TbuaIIaADii ~ot, MIIAoIit. nlGiP, aaAGir 1II"~Aoi'. III"AM. /ktrAMr Ikd.oU led to 1II1rA6r. IIItrAO"; XJIIHIoii. XfNtIf-XfNtIrX, XJ1f1f1Oiir, ~. XfllHlOIr XJ111116r. XPfHT6". 82.L Compare P ISoMI, Ik"AO".poI, 6."AOnpor, XJ1IHT&-r.pos, ffO(ltlllll,M1npor (Ktlhner-Blaaa L 401 &I 559).~""lI6t Sept. Cant. I, 13; J4.5. I. 8, I. Theoph. 140, 31 (also 159. I ; 187, 33; ....5. 1). (654-) Xfllltl6r Sopbron. 3597., coin. '/op'yvpIw Tbeopb. Cont. 734,3. dtrAor Porph. Car. 379, 30.,-wp4nISoP (from .,...,.p4n1Sa) CWe.ely Gr. Zaub. p. u8. [Cp.lIoeria 360 IHrroirf ATTUIIft, irrlw '~. 336 'r{ll"Aa, 'rrrpa"AB. 'fl(IIntOIphwr al

no.

D. XJIVfT' PI. N. XJIIHTei A. xpwou. G. JiPIXT.II D. }(PVfToir

- ... - -

.. - ..

-71 -si -fir

- -

dpyv'" --iy,.,poi
4PYvpoiil
~pcill apyvpoir

-oVII " - ..

-cir

-a -a..

,.

-ci

__

...ir

... -

- -

- ...

-oir.

r.n

.."AIIi.

117

Digitized by

Google

811-318.]

CONTRACTED 2JlD DECLENSION.

all. A. further peculiarit1 of N is that, irrespective of their termiDal 'quantity,' aD adjectives retain the aeoent on the same II1Uable throughout (cp. 258), &8: o.oIIflIIInS 'iDdefatipble,' dnlipacrTOII, o.fllljlClCJTrlf, ditoVp4tITOC, o.mlpGllTOllf.

;a"fP9 evident '; &caof, CLca.co", /LcGICJI 'innocent.'

.. JiI.uo1n.nqa.

inflect_ of ~ 2nd and 1st declcfvitHt. ~. GAG', ~9 good'; ~-, Iltw", &fu.a ' able'; ~"pOr, tPawpi',
312. N

+- = +- = ++- = +- ... +- = +- ... +- =

Sing. ..,...

-'"
Co

+- .. +- '"

....
+- = +-

--++- .. +- ..

+- ... +- '" +- =

J'.ammn:s.
IIfIAI(

4/G
....' "

Ilea'"
..",,"

...." .. I.traInI" Plur. After the 3rd declension (267. 332. 357 b). 1IfIA4r +- ... +- '" (& -cia)
4H'fp/,
......

+- ...

lit..

_ ..

+- ,.

+-..

+- = (& - ) +- ... (& -cB) . . .. ,&_)

CONTRACTED 2nd DlilCLBN8ION.

313. Stems ending in 0 and 00 contract to ov throughout, but drop or 0 when a 'long' IOnant succeeds (op. 285 & App. ii. 9. 1-4).
cS ..nit I mind'; Ta &c1ToIIr 'bone'; cS" . . ., N " - 'faYOlllllb1e.' Sing. N. IIOW daTov.. d_ d_.. V.IIOV It It A. It M_ JI G. ... dcrToii d_ - -

..,ii..

d..,,,

PI. N. V. lIOi A. NUr

D....

danj dari
..

.... -eYN011("",,,) cYN04!

dllOW d..... .. --

G......

D. IIO~

daT. dfn"Oilo 116

tbow

--

Digitized by

Google

OON'lBACTBD 2ND DECLENSION. 813". So are declined: .5 cl3t->'4H30w 'nepbew,' .5

[818b..aIJ..

" PoW 'flow,' .5 Brr,arp&30w ' grIoDdaon,' .5 ..MW 'navigation,' cS ".pitrAow

circll1DD&vigation,' ri uPOli.. 'baaket,' etc.
81.... After " - ,,_.. are inflected Dl&1I1_ ~fIi.ea, u: aaicntov, ill-aft'ected,' ICcucdJOOvr ' bostile,' &!IOUr ' fooliah, , ~ 'liR1ttheaded.' (&..>._) b).8t/f '1lJlD&vigable,' uVl'"AoVf 'Bailing togetaer,' .~jJOVf 'fa.irly flowing.'-So too adjectives comIJOunded with foot: inasmuch aa they form in ...,,-OVII the N. V. and A. singular neater, often alBO the A. ai~ar maaeuline and feminine, aa: (orA) _ _ {Jpa!{",-ov.., aiJrOVl', "o).wou.. ; ~ .,.plffOVII, 01III,

'pow

'report,'

frO"

beaidea ~II at"".' Tplrr03G, &

aur_.

318. The dual does not occur even in .A (229. 633). 818. The uncontracted forma occur only in Ionic and AeoUc. 81'1. In adjectives of two endings compounded with 1I'MM, l'Oiir,~, 6~, the contraction is omitted in the N., V. &: A. plural neuter: ,.a~ .u.-. 818. Simple substlmtifJ68 and acijectWes take the circumftex over the ultima through all the casee, but ~ retain the accent of the nominative singular throughout.
819.
I.

Contracted and, moreover, perispomena thPoughout &reAdjectives ending in ...or, which denote material or colour, u :
()(JIIxs.fIJ) )(1IIIIOUt, 'XflllHlaUr, XP"ii 'golden.' (drt6fH o,) dnvpoii', d.pyvpoiiI', dnvpii , of silver.' ("for) auuoiis, AMIJ'OW. - i I 'dark blue.'

2. Multiplicativea ending in otrMor (Latin -plea1). (653. I), aa: (4lrAcSor) 4lrAoUt, 4lrAoiil', aAiI simple.' (/Ia..A&o,) a. ..Aoiir, a.lrAoiiI', 1,..AiI double.' Sing. N. ~ -oW';; dpoyvpow ..oii.. -i A. )(pIXToW " -ijII dpyupoiJII " -a.. G. )(pIXTOV ....... ddf'lt1~ -.. .ar D. XPW .... .. -11 PYVP't - ~ pt N. )(pIXTei ... -ai dnvptJi -i -ci

-2'

A. XJMTow G. )(pIXTiJ.. D. XfJVfToir

..

-if

dpyvpaii.

t.

__

- ...

so

-air

so

cl,PYvpcW!

apyvpotr

... -

_...

- ...
-oir.

Aa -1' lie - , the iDfIeotion of n01Ul8 at the Ind declenlioD (wWher collVuted or not) coiacidee with that fII _traoted adjeeo tivee in all the cas. except the nomiutive 8Ild aoeuative lingalar. This eaiDGiden.. C01Ild Dot to UIIOGiate the two cJa.ee with eaoh otller, and thus lead to the UIIimilation of the two deviatillg _ _ to the regular forma of the 3nd declension (654)' Th11&-

no.

r.n

led to /Ia.. a..A6"; ](JIIH1oii, ](JIIH1f-'XJIIIIIIoc", XJIfItIf1Ur, ~, XflllHlocr XIfIIIIM. XJ"HI6". 8S1. Compare P Ioputl, a...A6".por, 4..A&npor, XJ1fH1n.por, npt/ltlplrrfpor (ltlUulerBlaa 1. 401 11 559).~16. Sept. Cant. I, 1 3; '4.5, I. B, I. Theoph. 140, 37 (alIo 152, I ; IB7, 33; 445. I). (654') XJWIIM Sophron. 3597., a coiD. 'ArfvpOr Theoph. Cont. 734, 3. dhrAor Porph. Car. 379, 30. nrp4wo1tw (from T.,.plnk) CW_ly Gr. Zaab. p. liB. [Cp_ Jloam 360 HTfIir 'A1'TUIIIIh, HTIoII '~. 336 "PI..AB, 'f"ft'IIGlrAci 'fIf/IIntDlpl- nl

MGAoii ~&'tJAol, IUIADtIr. ~ &CIA ....AcJ, a...Af-lllrAoi', /lalrAoiir, "-MW

hA-oft

M,.

117

Digitized by

Google

821-828.] 2ND ATTIC DECLENSION-3RD DECLENSION.

""""" 'Arr",Ow /Jpax- 'EAA"._. 365~'" xaAd) dluupihlS 'ATT..&r XGM.or XcWt1a"EU"n.. XptlIlOU. . . xpurii 'Arr"&s vH.or xpuIIla"EAA".u. 376 xaAd)Ir. xpucrij.., 'Arr",fiIr IIuzA.AllpI_ Il~ -EU".u.) 811. The only nominative and &CCUBative singular which appears to be a genuine IIUl'Vival of A contraction ia ..cM, ..oW (with a modern pL 01 ..oUkr). The inflection or ..oUr ia followed by the rather dialeotal 6 ..a~ (..4....0S). Cp. also 6 'I'llioU

SECOND ATTIC DECLENSION.

828. The 2nd declension includes a few substantive and

adjective stems in -Cd, generally preceded by c, This Ill, which stands for 0 and ov (6 f. 26 & ib. 6. App, ii. 9 if.), remains through all the cases and becomes 't' where otherwise 01. should result. The vocative is like the nominative (349. 377). 824. As regards accentuation, the terminal Cd counts short throughout (327. 393, App. i. 15, b). 826. This inflection is peculiar to ..t, and has for this reason been called the (2nd) Attic declen8ion by ancient grammarians, evidently because they knew it only from A writings (327; cp. Kllhner-Blaas i. 403).
6 . . . 'temple,'

rAoI',

(A._ 'gracioulI"
tMy..

Sing. N. V, ",., A. 1'f.1'

G.
Dual N. V. A. ...

D. "'

w.

7>._ (1rf. & F.) 7>.1' (N,) 7>.11.1' " 7>... -7>.' _ i"_
~

G. D. -;.

_ -

7>.... - 7>..4pr - 828. So are declined: d ~... 'people,' d Ifd>..r 'rope,' M.I"'>._ , Menelas '; and the adjectives 'whole,' "AI..., fl'A1... (with fem. fl'Ua, 1st decL) full.' 'lCfI'~f."t 'ICfI'A.... 'completed,' dlroXP'-, ~,dXP'.1' 'worth,. of credit'; then compounds In -'"'p6)r, -',.>...., -yqp.... Finally,,;... ' dawn' with an accusative n)1' (J) I (412).

Plural N. V . ..., A. G.

w... w... D. "r;..

n,,,,

7>.'

iAeo!

"

IT.", IT...

817. The 3nd Attic declenaion, if ever uaed in A parlance (Gp. HAc. 689, 6 (350 B.o.); alllo 01 .GAQII .. if from 01 ~r. like of 4,..,r, "15; 4t,axpI_IGB 3073 [II't B.o.], 37), retreated from the Ihiug laJ18W118 in the COUl'lle of P times, making room for the replar declenaiOll in -or: -SS, ArryW, 6,.0., .GAor, IInxpfor, etc. (Cp. 3(1). [Phryn. 162 ~ 6 'A'M'UhI Ilc4l ,.oU 06 ..... AIryO Koerla 351 ~ An...., fcAo'rIMrrff 'EU".,.&is.]
'Xflltloi CIA if.

THIRD DECLENSION.
828. The cas&endings of the 3rd declension are : K.!!'." N. M. &F. N. 14.&F. Dual Sing.N. V. -s Plural -cv A. -cz,(.,,) -If,["]f " " -Ill)' G. -Of ......

D.

.,

--=

..
,.

N.

-(1',.

118

---

..a "

Digitized by

Google

mSTOBlCAL REVIEW OF

3RD

DECLENSION. [829-382.

828. Mark that: (1) all endings begin with a. vowel, except the Dominative and vocative sinQ'1lla.r maaculine and feminine, then the dative plural of all three ~nQers. (2) The neuter has no distinct caae-ending in the N. V. A. aingular.
HurroBICAL RBlIARKS.

830. I. In the Singular the accuaative ending -a ia attached to con

tion to the general method of indicating the object case in the ~ by a final -If. This peculiarity, aPl>lying as it did to the minonty of DOuna, came to be felt as a certain anoma11. since forma like MIfG beside ra,JaN, )(.ipa beside .ripaN, &>..,e.j b881de dya~N appeared incomplete and naked, and 80 called for the finishing -If. The earlieat traces of lOch aaaimilation go back to A antiquity itself, and the start waa aPearently made by contracted nOUDa, notably ).!roper names, ending m -~, which were asaociated or rather identified with subatantivea of the 1St declension. Thua "'~If H~, Ii&oy;"",., liql'''"" ~, Ap&lT'rarArjN. etc. occur even in A beside .,.,}If Impci"l. Ii&oyilfq. 1hI"",,6iIfrj. 'Aplt1TariAq. etc. Soon hereafter, if not aimultaneoualy, appellativea followed, as: "'P&9f1'/H, .,.wpqf1'/H. beaide "'p'qpq. 'rf'rpqpq, and 8lDce lOO B.C. (if not earlier) proper Dames in -lCAij... as: M.wlCAijN, A_&lCAijN. etc., beside Z",p:&To/C).ia. li&olCAia. etc. (431 if. App. iii. 3-10). From the III~ B.C. downwarda the instances become 80 frequent as to warrant the asaumption that popular speech closed every accusative singular with the finishing -If. (App. ill. Sf.) 8801'. Compare Sept. tlni.",.... daplllllN ...s........ irytijN, al'JGII. '&1,.-, Xf&pa.. IlatTIAIaN, pcwoyoijN. etc. - NT x.ipaN, 'Arnoxlorc, 4laN ..v.naN.
dtTfllAijN, etc.-lnlCriptional : ha,.... ~N. fvya.,.lpaN. X.lpaH. dlfaptfa.'FIIN. 4pXonaN, ......,aa... xdpc7'Glf. Ifl~ Olal.oaa.., &c.-end 80 OD down
80nantal stema, and the ending -If to aonantic, 80metimes alao to conaOo nantal, stems (3S8). The former then appears to constitute an excep-

App. ill. 3-6 4: 30. 38L Similarly neuters like ~au. y).v/Cu. vri,.&, I'f).l.,.&, etc. aaaociated aa ibey were with lC"'fl-. trcuMaN, fu).ON, etc. appeared naked and thUl ealled for the analOgical finishing -JO, as: .,.e) .."... "AIION. ".Al.,.IN, nijuN. iJllllal/JlAlN, JIII."rof/lN, "&.... ',","1,-,
For more particulars and referencea _
~N,

to Jl8peech.

etc. eto.-80 fwther .,.e) .plpaN. ete. For more details and references _ App. ill. 7-10 4: 30. aaa. H. AB to the Plural in P Greek, the two case-endings -ff and -as- of the nominative and accWJative masculine and feminine .hoW' a tendency towards complete equalization, due to their aaaociation (267). For apart from the identity of these two cases in all neuters (fvAa. 7lpG-y"""'''r m>.&, 'xovra .,.a, a .,.&.a. '/C~ilfa. etc.), sonantic .tama of the 3rd dec enmon exhibited identical endings in the maaculine and feminine alao. the proce88 beJlinning with contracted nouns of the atem character .. (391. 394) ancf gradUally extending to the other IOn antic &tema. Cp. al-nb tr6Af&r, 01...... "'Xllr. 01...... 1latTIMit, 01..... al-Telr NW <Phr1n- 147), al-rir .,pafIr, oI-TOW IS,." [11. oI'ToW -'AM [KlIeiBterhanat 101) ___..aJ....~ dA",ti'r, "A.,..ar, ptlCCM. 01....0"8 ."'0111.

-.,..,.111, 'BAAG3cN, 'HUN. etc.-and T-B

'I,... N ""paN,

~Ca,..., /nfIGpIN, .O....a,.N. dcriilllN.

')(fUr.

,u"'""

(I) Compare l'br7n. 137 01 IS,." oil AI-,-IIf. dM' 01 ISfllllfr TflltlVAMS.,, 1ft ~ ..... aJ'rIIITlM'fir ~. TOW fII-' I.ttal S-'-ir 'Aot~ he) Toii 01 IS"", (op. 327)

.t

119

Digitized by

Google

332486.]

STEJ[S OF

3RD

DECLENSION.

88lb. With the opening of G, CODlOD&11tal stems followed the proceaa initiated, the start being appa.rently made by the aecuaative of those propa.roxytones which liI.cked atreu on the ultima.
.,.em IAcltT.Ol'tr, f1V"fIOA.";'_tr, "...a-~, .,.cm IaIJ"OIflIlAaar(Ach&i& AFick m Bez. Beitr. v. 521; .,.oW AI'(OI'7''' Louvre Pap. 315 (153 B.O.); .,.lWs 11"'1""'" .,..AOWTtr, 6fjoAem .,./"tlGptr, IfIIII)(JI4r .,.1.t1Gpfr, 1",,/11 IX"'" ItnBtr, GKaibel 134 (Attica); "" ,n;l'fr ,', ,.".Iptr ,,' ib. 483. "vpuSltr Tpuuto.tllr (III~ B.o.) .,.ow .,u,."f' (often) .,.cm I'Vnr (often). JlcurflWu; ,,;;"u & (often), (all from mlcriptiona: RWagner uS; GHatzidaldI139); 1ptJxp4S'rI.tlGpt, I'lmden Petrie Koptoll p. 37. 28 (1"90); 'rlliIr'ff, &AAtr. GIB 358 (tI-II't). CIA ill. 48, 39- Louvre Pap. 333 ."wr _7fr; 3u (fts) -r-cm; Gr. Urk. Berlm 177 (1'47), of " 7 .,4f1111r T'1I1t1Gptr. 46 (tI93), JI &..crvr ""."lIptr. ib. 62 (tl99), 7 'fIIII)(IMU ....... 290 (tI50), 10 If1II'I("~ ""I1I1I1pt.. 301 (1'157), 10 "(,par .,.1I1 r. GIB IU (tI-II't). 43 'POIJAGlOc 4oyov1J' MaAI.,lIIIor (for -It.) ",AIar. 33 CtII-WJtl), 18 .,.oft ... or....o..nr. 164 (tII-IIIrd), .,.cm ,.,oi.ovr .ov ......,. 338, 4 IfIIIIXP4r 0')'loI;""11 .,.111.aptr. 261 (tII-fIIs,d), 15 Il_u I . . IJTIITijp.,. 268, 3-3'f1111XJMl .,.lvl1Gptr (twice). 322 (tII nI~), 5 ,.,.as boylat.,OlfTfS, ' .,.u.IIXms. 276 (tlI-W~), 2[0 ",.as .a..ns (twice). GIB p. 106, 6J4 (tIn~,.,.em '..,..>.1_ n . (Cp. Jrlat. 223, 19ft& .Ac!ncr [read.AMn]; Tbeopn. 405, 30 "" ,..".. as v.t. Vita SA 18* .&. 'I"GIr IvITbo ISlopdltr.) (See a180 367 I.) 888. This phenomenon, though totally auppreaecl m the lISS of ancient texts by the classicalist and echolaatio Ipirit of the times, haa no doubt been all along m operation and progress, _iDg that with the flrat appearance ot popular M compositions (m the XI~), matan_ ot the nominative for the accuaatiye reappear almost witfiout number (op. Prodr.6, lor). In point ot fact, the phenomenon already constitute. the rWs, and every eubaequent atap MO"" a further retzeat ot the ... ending oar. Ne'Yerthele88 the prooeas, tholl8h it originated m H, haa Dot ye* come to a c1oae, for eeveral N idiolDl (al Chios, Iearoe, etc.) IIt.ill preIIUV8 the ... torm oCU.-For the nominati'Ye plural_ 267.
[In~ B.O.]).

I,,,,,"

,."lptr
pt,.

&_"" pt"

-&""'pt.

834.. In the 3rd decleDBion, the first point to be considered is whether the atem ends in a consonant or in a sonant. This generally shows itself by dropping the genitive ending -oc (-s-). It then appears that tht' 3rd declension oomprehendsI. CONSONANTAL stems, that is, stems endiQg in a ooDlOnan~ which may be ata. LaIMl or ~ ('-1

11.

/Je1fIqJ ('"
(~,

c. LiqtHd

a, 8);
., p).

/3, ~-, y, xl ;

(roctJlic) stems ending in(11), 11, GII, QV ;-ftI ;-1, .; v, .;-0, ... IlL ELmBD stems, that is, conaonantal .tema droppiJlg their final consonant before certain endings. 881. The stern character of the 3rd dealeDBion generally eoaleeces with the caseoendinga, and the resultant form fa determined by the two following phonopatbic principles : I. Only certain compatible conlOnanta can atand together (16g). 2. Onll a lOD&Dt and the aemieonanta ., Po r e&D ,tand at the enel of a Greek word t2IS). 120

11.

SoNAlft'IC

Digitized by

Google

mSTORY OF

3RD

DECLENSION.

[888-888.

888. From these two ruling prineiplee it follows that coneonantal stems retain their character whenever they annex a 8()0 DaIlUC ending (<<Np4~, Np4T-&, ete.); but they change it when it is not compatible with the succeeding terminal consonant, which here happens to be always rr- (t/lM/H, t/I>.#; vVlrM, VU"",, vVt); and they drop it when it is incompatible with the terminal "1, or when no ending whate"er i. annexed (180). 1Ja'1. Agreeably to these phonopathic principle8 :
.. Labial and guttural stem8 p~oduce
(lIDpaIl+er,) IlIIpaE' (180). b. Dental Items are dropped, &8: (,"11.",3 + r) budr, (&p"'6+ r)3pm (18o). Co Liquid stems eject er and at the same time commonly lengthen by
~, (;",op + r)

+and E, as: (4)A.fl3+.) 4>>",+,

antectaaia the precedingf to ", and 0 to. (164. 168.197),&8: (A.'I"II+r) too Items in -ollr-. . . (A.'OIlr + S. A..ON) A./.".

"It,.-So

HISTORIOAL REM.ARKS.
I. OoNSONANTAL STEJIS (App. iii 12 f.). 388. Since A, consonantal stems shoW'the most far-reaching change. and greatest 108888 incurred by Greek declension. With the gradual dropping of final P. +, E (219- 221) and the identification of final 11 with the accusative case (330). nominative forma, like "uTqp, XfI,.,., ~".., .ropaE, afE, q,A.I+, 13aer&l..fuf (- 980IIileti 407), WOW (= ypaq,f). became unpronounceable and there remained but three alternatives open to them: (a) either to make room for synonymou8 terms, &8: q,plap for "..".,a,(0JI), IlIiA'E for .,onjP&(o.) etc.; (b) or to adopt the diminutive ending -&011 (-Ill), &8: 3J1t1E &""XIO., d,,&.. d,,3cl.'OIl, ~p Sr,plOll, "pt. ..p&d._; (c) or-and this is the commoneatcase-to adaptthemselve8 to some other nominative t~ more convenient and familiar. Such a popular type was found In the 8Onantio (1st and 2nd) declensioDl, wmch had &cfopted -r for all JIl&8CulineB (2~l~;nd a IOnant (particularly -a or -i) for femininea (247). Acco . 1)" the cl&BBical final consonant P. er (E, +) being now inconvenient had either to make room for the received ending (-r masc., -a or -" fem.)-as actually happened in a number of nounB (cp. 439). &8 :""", for &p"", Great Louvre Pap. 361 &; 370, also CIG 1464010; 11 .,4,.. for -,I,.", (cp. 1IfIA/rtt,.. even in Pallad. 1058 8, Callin. 1% 26, e~.; Allflflr,.por Vita SA 9* B), X4por for X~, tp/JJror for a,a.-., a.Gaor for W- (Q-B fonn for hlcol1Or). u}(III'0r for &rx!l,.ti#. llAGwor for IIAlw [cp. JIaL ua, 19 TOir ..AUa.r (read "Ad .,); Tbeoph. 405. 30 TOi, I'vpcUi'J, dAA.Of for ~, ..,-tlTa. (G. -nW) for "po,tTT4Jr (363). W'IIIelr for""" i 'SGplTos for ~. Tel ~4po' for l1V~pOII. Tel .."..,cl" for ..p4'f1011 (as Com. A. 518), ,. xr. 6A.SnJ, I.m, for,. xr, ~, I..m,r (361) i cp. ,..,.,... beUW .,.,....;Or the more convenient ending -a had to be adopted. The latter

alternative had a far better chance of meeting with popular favour, owing to the presence of -a in the accusative (Telll "OT/pa, Xflp.6i1fG ; yiPOPTG, Ip~~,:;, .ropGICa, /3acr&l..Ia; n). al,a, rpA./fJa, dJcpi3a, ~M'1Ta). Thia vocalic en' W1UJ moreover the moat frequent-the accusative havingto .. great extent Rplaced the dative and genitive (1247)-and coDl~ent;l1 allO the moat familiar of all caae-endinga (Ta" x.'JI!M!a, and WIth prepoaitioDl .ls-, ftpOr-, _-, _0-, 3&0-, 1'"0-, "apci-, (citrc}-) WG-, /nrip-, .inee T times aJao -0, pno- [ - with], itt.-, riII-, ri. X",...,.)

121

Digitized by

Google

838-848.]

HISTORY OF

3RD

DECLENSION.

and the most perspicuous, since it showed the fullest (impariayllabic) and therefore most vigorous form. It was the accusative ending then that lent itself above all other ex:pedients conveniently to the eJ:igency; in fact it was already a fiDlshed nominative feminine: n}.o1yo, 8vyUY'fpO, RlCpl3a, IIUICTa, o~.m".o,-q 0110, 8vyarfpa, dICplaa, "1CTa, dA6r'lTO. See App. ill. 12 f. 889. As to the masculine gender, it was very easily obtained by simply annexing the normal ending -r (263.276), as: TOIIICOPCUCO, rraTlpa, }(!'~IIG, -yiPOIITa, IlPXOIITO, fjaal).fo-o 1C01'fI'C1IC, frOTfpac, xn~"ac, -yiPOIITac, ipXolITQc, {Jaal).fGC (cp. 'l,pcucGf Vita Epiph. 57 B &: 60 A, twice; 0 eiryar Anon. in Porph. ill. 358, 9). Aa a matter of course, such new femmIne and masculine formations in -0 and -ar went over to the parisyllabic ut declension, the more 80 as their respective accusatives bad already adopted a terminal-II (330. App. iii. 5-6). 840. In a very few cases the dative, owing to its frequent use as an adverb, gave rise to a N nominative: (Tfj aoBfJ4T9') 7',} tlGBfJ4Y'o, (Tji 7'f7'pci&) 7'.TpU., (so even Theoph. Cont. 430, 1 .t 19 TfTpU.,,, nl wapacrICtv9,,). 1395. 841. Only in a few isolated and mostly dialectal cases is the ..t genitive singular still met with, especially when it is ozytone, as: 7'oii "..",6s. dnp6s, .,.;;r oywa&ICclr, I'1IXTcIr (op. also ~6s-dlllI'TOv, after fnrt6t-,."u; 354). This occurs further in neuters ending in -or, as: TOU I&rou', .AMou',

/J4Iovr, 1/19>.._ (-Iollf from (II)",,>"'}, after /JUor). 6pov'.

11. SolfANTIC STEII8. 842. 80nantic stems annex the endings directly and without change, but if short vowels should meet together, they undergo grammatical contraction (156b, 2 f.).
HISTOalCAL a_uaKS (cp. App. ill. 14). 848. In 801I4f1tic stems the process of transition has been much simpler than in consonantal stems. Forms like apvr, &/Hr Slim, TciE&r, rrpiE", owing to their terminal VOWel-I or -v being identified WIth the terminal-" of the 18t declension (261.298.395), were easilyaccommodated: that is to say, the few instances of the masculine gender were changed to the homophonous -'If (298), while feminines first dropped their final -r (which was the characteristic sign of the masculine, 26~) and then changed -I to -". In this manner, masculine. and femlnines alike have been assimilated to those of the 1st declension: ~", rr"oh (cp. ~ xa"" 396; ~ Y""q beside ~ ')NI'Gica, d &/>"r, apijr, ~ 338); so further ~ 1If.m" 0).0"" rrA_IOr" beside ~ oA.m".a, rr).ouaWr",-a, etc. (338). 844. In the!le N nominatives IOme IIOholara _ DO uaimllation to the 1st deolension, and cling to the spelling 6 &1xr. 6 Ipiir, I) &fe, nitl, triiXV. imagining that this mode of writing Uluatratea better the historical oonnuion with A Greek (301. 304). On this principle, however, they ought to write also I) 7'.,.,0.& and Y'i 11a/J/JO.,.. for I) 7'..,.pU., and Te) aa/JfJ4'f'O

&+", . .

-pit.,

(340; cp. 301).

846. On the general formation of the plural since A see 267 & 332 &'. 848. Aa early as H times, a confusion between the plural of the 3M and 2nd declensions arose, and the process has gradually resulted in remodelling many (mostly polysyllabic and barytone) masculinea after those of the 2Dd declension (296).

122

Digitized by

Google

ACCENTUATION OF 3RD DECLENSION.

I;

[3&8-3152.

Compare vocr x",p4T01~, lupllfOCr, waftJ,,4TOCr, 1'06,,0", "fO..1wl1'" IGS 1-117 1787, 8 (cp. KilhnerBla.. i. ... 7); vl..wr RCollitz 149, 5; lu7O,4011 !4IS. I at 3; dp)(Mwr J415, 2-1; &TW~ ~for iHrl Phrpt. (1188 433, 15). IF Ap/IIJo&. Alchem. 346, 10. 347, 11. VOll .~.wOlr lilC. CP Rist. 29, 18; IIA4wovr Apoc. liar. lJ9. 33; vm p.rfIlTT"-r Syntippa i. 7, 82, 8Q; Vfl1ftpoc SCusa 151 <+1175); Vfl1Rpovr 616 (+ufS); vwr "(OPfovr F'I'rinch. 99 (+1 I 1-1); Vfl1110POC Chron. Mor. 5221: VfI1t14p011. 668; 670; 672; 4818 ; voW 'JUn.0IIf 737; ol 'YflVcWOC 7108 i-and 110 now 01 I1_A~, p,opnpoc, ..,a-. ."woe, 'YfpcSnw, "X6PT01, ete. (296). 847. Since the singular of the 1st declension h .. attracted the singular declension (265). the question ariaes whether the numerous of the nonna ancientl,. belonging to the latter are to be treated. in regard to aecentuatioD', after the analogy of the 1st or of the 3rd declension, that ia whether the endings ~ and ~ should be treated .. gr&nImaticall,. 'long' or 'short.' This is very essential, inasmuch .. it must be decided whether forma with a 'long' and accented penult, like ~ ~ wpat, (if correct 3#; cp. 34), al'l"l, 11 P"IPOr. iJ'IXU. XII,..",', ~ l1~pa'Y,3a, etc. should take the acute or the circumflex. Some BCholara, following the anal087 of the 181; declension, write ~ .,.,.,alm, o'I-,a, 11 ,J,/ItlS, iMlxor. xa,w.o. But this accentuation is indefenaible seeing that accusative forma, like n}r ~ af-,a, va .. ,.",.., IJII'XG, XflpOwo (with their plural .,.,.,at.... o'I'Yf~, ,....... ete.) are formationa of which the terminal ~ has not been borrowed from the ut declension, but is the very ~ of the declension (cp. P I) M,/Af1T,a from '" n}r 6,,.,,,.pa 384b); and since that -a was anciently 'short.' there is no reason whr it ahould be lengthened on ita transference from the accuaative to the nominative case. Moreover terminal -a in the Jst declension was not alwaya 'long' (op.pot"'" 'YNiKTl1a, ~.,a, and N 11 _panr, 'YfPOP7G', 'YfITOPOr. etc.).

am

11"""

am

Dumerous clB88 of neuters ending In -pa (369) and -~ (424) still preserve in N their ancient form and (at least partial) inflection. as: va mpa, tMf/,.", 01,., nar,po-va /JUor. wAGvor, 4101, wQo'Yor, IJ/Apor, ",or, Mvor, '4por, .4,&, vlAor, ete.-So too va.pIu (420).

348. Of all substantives formiIlfr the 3rd declension, only the

Wo,..

848. The vocative singular is identical with the nominative

if the latter is oxytone or has a labial or guttural stem, as: c\ v,.,., :, typ.tfw, c\ alfJ,OI/I :, aJ.()&OI/I, c\ IC~ :, IC~. In all other instances the stem generally serves as vocative (3 2 3. 3'1'1). dental stems naturally dropping their final .,. 8 () as unpronounceable. (I80. 33'1.)
ACCBJtTl1ATIOl'l' OP TBE

3B DBCLBlI'SIOl'l'.

8150. Monosyllabic stems,al80 syncopated liquid stems (383 fY.), accent the terminal 80nant in the genitive and dative of all three numbers.
BilL a. The follo~ monosyllables, If. (gen. a,acSt. 150, rl) 'torch,' oZr (1ncS. .f330 15) 'ear,' wan (wa&a.s,) 'bo,.o' girl,' TpcSw (TpMl~) a Trojan,' v6 f>&r (f*T6r) 'light,'-ars paroxytone in the genitive plural and dual: 111ilia-, tnala- walIoo.., etc. 8111. b. Monosyllabic participles accent the stem, .. : (h) G. &..Tor, D. h ; PI. G. D. oItT'; ('''s) 'inor, '4n,; PL ,frrrwp, '.il1&.-So too ... 'e'Yery,' th0118b only in the plural: wdn_, ritJ, (whereas sing. G. wan6s, D. '"'"t)o

&PT_,

123

Digitized by

Google

3&8-818.] CONSONANTAL & DENTAL 8TEIIS 01' lar, ('A-,a,d"".",) ~ 'A.,.,..,.".". (~) dfaltr (257 b).

3RD

DEeL.

"8. In compo1Uld barytolUlll, the IICCent reeedea In the yocative DPAI:

364. The accentuation of the 3rd declension has aince .A timea naturally shared the vicissitudes of ita infiection. That is to eay, the plural and those few iaolated forma of the aingular, which still survive, preserve also their ancient accentuation, as: ,..ijw~ ",,~.', &.rp" QlfrpGt", 1"lfGias ')'11.,.';'", X&A&G&, x&~&aa,;," (659); m; """0,, 4IrnO. (but G. PI. 4l';"Tft,,), mpds (then p".,os "fM, anil after it "aii ~ 341). Aa to the singular, on tlie whole ita assimilation to the singular of the lit deClension has led to a corresponding change in the accentuatIon (343. cp. 347).

L
31515. L

eoxSOlU.NTAL

8TBJIS.

.Labial aM GuttNral8tem8 (11', p, t/t-K, Y, x).

6 AlII,.
I

(Allcow) A1lthi.oplan'

,+ fA~) /6 ~Ml (~AffJ(fIIIAu-)

I

yein '

'watchman"
'~

,. riAftI.,E) 1 (IhIX> IHtE (4FCiA...,.,.

trumpet'
"000gb'

Sing. N. & V. Al8lat

A. Al8iorr-a

~I+

D. Al81Gtr-,

G. Al8latr-o

4>).f{j-o, cpUA...,.. 4>)..fj-i 4>6).01(-&

~.fJ-a

;t).al
,+01>-'
~

ad).,..,yE
17&>'II1,.,..a

f1IIE

Dual. N. A; V. AiIio.... O. A; D. AII..s...o..

'+"',..
~

...

1TA"",.,..ft fhtX'" ITA,..,,.,.., l

fj"x.fF4Aft'l'\'"f
",.....

fjijx-a

""""...

I~ -.~
fjijx--'

Plo N. & V. Al8lotr-.,

A. Al8i.tm. . G. Al8.orr-.1I

D. AlS""",-

4>Aifj...r 4>V'1UMc-., 4.ifl-a, 4l6>--ar 4.ifl-iw 4>v).--."

ITAII1YY-ff
~,yea"

....

~Atr,yy-aI'

~"

aa>.w'n-II fJ'Ix.....
fJ'IEi"

fJijx-ar

8&8.

The vocative is identical with the nominative (3.9).

8157. Popular N ItVfection

of Labi4Z and Guttuml Btmu.

~

"it ~1/Jar;-6 ~r, W~Atum, .,.a" ., S'XU, .; Bfixa. ,,; JHixa, .,.OD IHixa.

Singular, after the 1st dec1euaion (365 f. 318 f.): fAlBa. .,.-

"oD ~AGIIG & ~AMou (a!)6);

fIAll1c.

Plural (a67): 01 (or ~ [ti] 560) ~IBff. " ~ISff. -NI (.,.~r, ~, 561) fA'lJ. ~A./JGI":-oI cJlvAd.o& (294. 296). "~IN, nM ~AAl.our. 'f'iI' fNM-";cl BfiXfr & S;;xO&, 11 Jlfixff & lJ;;x", Bfixu .,.". 1hIx&'.

....w

81571>. For the development of this popular idectioll of labial ud guttural stems in P-N apeech Bee 364-7 & 338-341.

h. Dental Stems ("" 8, 6). 8158. The accusative singular ends in ." (instead of ~) if the nominative is a dental barytone in -&" or "119 (330), as: .q xdpq 'grace,' n,.. x.&Pw; .q Ip&s quarreJ,' n,.. lp&,,; .q KOpvi 'helm', "'" Opw. 8158. But deat&l o~ea ill -lr or -w take -a ill the accuaat.ive
Iingular, aa:

"awls-' liope,' ""IIIA,..laa;

124

,; x'M.p.v, 'cloak,' "'" x.AapNk

Digitized by

Google

"", c""..)
SiDg. N.
,.~

'b& ('A,"I-) , labourer' hope'

14

I"cl aDlII4 <l11li114"-)

bod,.' RpAI

'old man'

tS -yJpw (~porr)

I AII6cI, (A"'...,..'
~U&i,

'looeed $

/Mr.

V. " A. 8ijy-fl G. Ir,r-6t

0]).

Br,r-t

Aft' .'Aft,a-a yi,PO"'d ~Jj;.,.a " .'Attl3-o, a/DptJ'M1f "P,POIIT-O' ~tJIN.,.o, Awia-, Av6ivr-, 'Y'PO""

"

""pm-,

.Da&L If. V. A. f4-_ G. D. .."......

Plural N. V. ~ A. iJijy-ar

oD. Br,-trl"

G.

iJ'P'-&1I

.'Aftl3-t, .'Arri3-ar .'Atr,a- .'Aww-,

".pD.,. "",.-a," y,poll-a,' ' Au&i-a,'

'Y'pIwr-".

""par-a ..

"",po",.."

AvSf.,." 'Y'poJ'r-Gr I )'vSlw-or

).1I6i".,._

880. So are inflected nouns endinll in:-I. -'1r (G. -.".~.like iJ,jr) as: Kp';r' Cretan,' yvtnlJr 'light-annea,' f"Gff'Ir' carpet,' I"fh)" dresa,' fJpa3vr.j& & -(,r-qr 'alowne88,' ,.a~ & -Vr'lr 'Ipeed,' &E,6r'lr 'skill,' IT,"",,",' 'awkwardneu,' a&JCcucIT'I' 'jUlltice,' ).a,..~r 'splendour,' ",.6np 'fidelity,' and mlUlY other bar,ytoD88 in .,.", (-en,r and -irr'Ir.)

ft,-

laughter,'.n.r 'helot,' lpolr 'lo1'e.'-80 too all participles perfect active ending in ~r (neuter -clw) whioh, however, have -Mor in the genitivel. as: )..Av_ 'having loosed,' G. ).,).v6ror, wffr8l8.r 'confident ' u. ftfff0l66ror. 888. In N this ala. of nouns, 80 far as the1111U"riVII, have moat}y gone OYer to the lit deoleDsion, AI: " flpema', lpema, (339), rarely to the :rod
declemion,
AI: "

an Of this cia. of _bttaR". . onI,. abstract feJnininea in -Irrqr still _!'Yhe, and that in the modified form -cS"I or -cS""", (338), AI : 1MnJ, . " , d.oucr.on, (& ~), TClft'~ (& ~), ~ (& ~,,). 88S. :z. -.r (G. -oII'or, like iJJ/r), as: lape' 'perapiratiOJl,' 'Y''><.

"potfI'I'6t (318).

G. trll&~; 80 too woV' 'foot,' G. tI'036" with its compounds, as: tro).v.revr, 3ltrovr, rpl1rtlllf, ","pGlrol'r. 888. S. 1r (G. ~30r, like .'Awlr), &8: x>..op~r 'cloak.' 887. The number of oxytone nouns olassified under 36H which WII8 Dever great, has been considerably reduced in N in consequenoa of 338. 888. Like vOJp.o. are declined netdmJ ending in -p.a, which ate very numerous, and all barytones, 88: "pi..". 'thing,' .,pfll'P4 'letter,"Gppa 'coach,' 'blood,' trrijplll 'pos~on,' Sl10pIII name,' Blpplll 'akin,' anP4 'mouth 'lesson,' .vI'" 'waTe,' flYpA,.fllplll 'army,' XP9P4 thing' (Pl. ;;;iII4T11 'money'), 7'poVP4 wound,' etc. ete. So too !"A' 'honey' (G'/'fA'f"or). 888. This class of neuters in -pAl hili been preserved and even iDereaaed (348) by the accession of a great number of abstract femininea formerly ending in -11" (1024), as: 6t'A'I" (-S.'A9fTIr) 'will,'

-Por N " +*vris lea ~87 & 367. 886. 4- -ff (G. -l30r, like Awlr), &8: df1'fflr 'shield,' wair 'boy, girl,'

864. 3- -cir (G. -a30f, like .'Awlr), as: ",vyar 'fugitive,' '>.Aar 'Greece/ >..a"war 'torch,' "A4r, 3vdr, "pw, etc. (6S8).-In AGpnJa, "EUdaa ~H8), cl~Ad&a for doytAIU 'cow' (80 even in FTrinoh. 171 [tlJ49]).

N.

an

"f".

pAs",...

126

Digitized by

Google

881hT1&.] DENTAL" LIQUID STEJIS OF

3RD

DECLENSION.

'purpose,' d",fJatr"" (=cW/Jaa'IS), IttJ'l'_fJarr"" (... ltG'rcl,9aou). They form the genitive singular in .:QV (l~aroxytone) after the analogy of the 2nd declension, aB: rov II'pa(y ,..arou, ICTfJ,A4TOV, clllO,A4rOV, 7'OV IIft1l,.,mv (CLeemans 33 [tlII-IV~J , dara...~,..arou (Chron. Mor. 338S).
370. The great frequency of the above neuter ending -". in the lingular with ita corresponding plural ending '-".ft, made the occasional preaence of -". in the plural ("c,,,,,, ,,,,,.) appear abnormal and inauIIlcient. Hence when -". occurred as a plural ending, it was generally amplliled to !.".TG. after the analogy of the numerous claaa in -". (aWpa., .""pa). This proceaa naturally affected all those verbal or abstract proparoxytone neuters in .po. (1022) which made their appearance after T and became ever ainee very common. 371. The infiection of this new claaa of neuters may be iUUllf:rated by the following example: Sing. N. V. A. d.AAd/,po., G. dAMtpov" -o.Tor (B D. dAAatE". " -aT1). PI. N. V. A. dAAdl.". " !.cmz, G. dAAat1pow " -cl"", (B OD. dAAatlpou " !.oO"1 CGL 643. as a,- 4p'j, .MAIIMA 'U Ta lfa,Au.w... Porph. Cer. 157, 14 d.AA.Elpara. 441, S dAAatlp4nw. 779t a dAAatl".ror. 7, 1 " 137, 1 d.AAat1pow.Porph. Cer. 86, 13 pATGO'TUlp.tII'. Acbn. a34, a JIATOITT'GO'lpllTG; 10 too Theoph. Cont. 430, a. 47a, 19 ,..-racmIO'lp.tII'.-Porph. Cere ~3, 9 adllp.tll'.-POrph. Cer. 194, 1 tlTr#".; 10 too aos.... aos, S O'T~p.ov.-Porph. Cer. a,S, 3 " S UElp.oI'. a,S, 6 hEip.ov. Theoph. Cont. J4a, 1 kEI"... 371. In N "Ilu follows the intlection of diminutive neuters in .. throughout (303- 35), TOii ".luoii, nll'llull.

8'18. The popular P-N inflection of dental atelDB (so far as they have been preserved) is indicated in 264,-7 it 338, and illustrated here. 878b Popular N injIection 0/ dental stems.
Singular: 4dAcS",,", dA6"J,rilrdA6"JrrlIA.laa(6".taa 187),", lA.taa, Tijr 'Ariaa.; N " A Ta ,"(pGl'pII, Toii ,"(,."P/&TOV (369.~71);~ 'pomar, Ta. 'poma., TOii 'poma;-d -,lptWTlIr. ra '"('po ....... Toii '"(IptIIIT." '"(.p6.,..ov (296). Plural: 01 (or 'A.II.., nlr (T~r, ....r. 559-5(1) IAtftltr;-nl ,"(pGI'pIITII, .,... ."."p/JTOI';.-l .,.pcSrroe (296). ToW ."plwTovr, TGi' ."p/wnI'.

'"(.ptIIITf'"

t)

Co Liquid stems ([A] '" p) (335 fr.). 874. The only stem ending in A is found in the word nos 'salt,' which in A generally occurs in the plural ~. cl aIM> cl htp4w cl aatpow cJ .oe,. cl II,p 6 fJrr-, (al\ (htl'W-) (1Iac1'W-) (_"...-) (",,.) (firrrop.)
'lip (

Siog.

N. V. A. G. D.

alM>
al';"'-o.
aIQn.-or aIQn.-,

Du1.H.::~:
PI.

:iZ::..

t=:.. =...
Balp.o-O"

ht,.,s....

'pide' htp4w ht~..-a. ht~..-

'di~ty' 'shepherd' 'wild beMt' 'orator" BalJ.WP .001"9" ';'p Balp.tll'-a. .011'1"-0. 9fjp-a. IalI'O""Of ~~ Ialp.ol''' -"",1 V'lr

-I'IP-

!T. V. al... ht,.,s..-.. BalJA'W-f' A. a.lQn.-o.r ht~..oCU Ialpo.,.a,r -1'I....r

G. alcIIao..,., ht~..D. alW-..,. htp/Nn

:=:... :::.. -I'IP"',

Iii,...
liip-a.r

1Iac,.,s..-

_1'1"_ ,.""... _1'1....,. ",p-tIl"

teat,' 1If147ip (ltflll",,.) 'm.lxins-bowl,

875. Further examples: lu,J,l' (A',..... ) 'harbour,' cl."w (cl,.,.,-) '000~p ("OIf'fI,.) '&aviour,' ~p (up-) 'air,' alll,p (alBe,.) I &ether,' . ., ,.-,.) 'thief,'-and I18Veral adjective. ill .., (472), as: cl .,., 'fatherlea, 'motherleBL'

ilI'' ' '

126

Digitized by

Google

LIQUID STEMS OF

3BD

DECLENSION.

[878-882.

RBJuRK8. 878. The nominative singular usually drops final ~ with antectasis, if necessary, as: ('If'Ot~) 'If'Otp..qv, (/nrrop~) /n'rroJp; but (&.\4>'~) 8U4t~,. (la..\apIM) la..\a,..k
877. The fX1C4tive singular is identical with the nominative when the latter is. oxytone; but it is identical with the stem when the nominative is barytone, as : ~ 'If'Otp..q" ~ 1rOI.p..qv, ~ &r1JI-fIW ~ &uj.&cw. (3 2 3. 3049.) 378. If the character is 1', it is dropped before the ending -fA. without antectasis (337, c), as: (&up.o..-m.) &r1fUXT'' (Vycp.o....

en)

ttp.Ou,

879. Popular N injleetion o/liquid stems (cp. 338 ft.):

., ](f.pGwrtr winter,' et kip",' demon,' cS d4pas air,' wind.'

Nom.
Sing.

Voc.

Acoua.
Xf.P.Gw."

Gen.
3al/'OlfCl ok 6I'0Il

XfCpGwar
3alppcu

xpliwa
3alpo...

Xflp.Gwa

d4pas Plural xpliwtH

d4pa
+- +- =0 +- -

3alpoN" d4pa"
XfI,w..Ollf

d4pa
Xf&~

(296)

lI<up.6_ 114,.. ok .ipoc

3alp.6"ollf d4povr

3alp.6".,. d4po1'

380. The inflection of liquid stems is followed by adjectives ending in "fIIY, -oy (especially -p.uw, -p.oY, 469), as well as by the masculine and neuter of the few adjectives in -G11, -41', -QlJId, of which the neuter exhibits the pure stem (446), as: ~, .q cUa.lp.wy, .,.0 d&up.w happy'; ~ p.D.D.11, TO ,"MY, .q pAculffJ, black ' (4.6 f.~. Neuter Fem. Maac. & Fem. Neuter :Masc.
Sing. N.
~,..

A. .Malp.o_ G. dJl1alp.o,,-or D. eMatp.olf-l

DuI N. V.A. daal,aot..
G.D.~.

V. -'11a&".,..

.Ma.p.oll " " +- = ... -

".'Aar

Iff.G1I

"lAa ....

"..).all
".'Aa..a /AfMlI-Or /Af).a..,

..=

...-=

+-=

" " ..... ... -

s: ID

0~
~

2:

PIu. N. V lJI1olp.o...f eMatp.o_ A. .lIl1alp.o.-ar.. G. dJaaJpM-_ +- D. fll3aip.o-"," ... ""

/Af).QI'04r I").~_ /Af'Aa...a r . .

~ ~

Ao

".'Ad....... /Af'Aa.",
+- -

G.

.A contracts the accusative singular, as: {JiA:rlw {but P {Ju.:rlwo.},

and the nom. and ace. plural {Ju..no11<O {but P
{Jt)..T(OIffJ,I1).

38L So too comparatives in .LWI', -lOV, with this difference.that

aea. This cl... of adjectives hAIl altogether dieappeared from Npopular qeech (cp. 3181.

127

Digitized by

Google

888-887.] LIQUID .t BONANTIC BTBJlS 01'

SYNCOPATED LxQt1m

31ID DECL.

8TEJI8.

888. Owing to the dynamic character of Greek accent and the facility of blending T with Pt the following four 8Ubetantives in '"'"Ip: 1lUn1P (1lUnp-) 'father,' p:IP7IP (p:rrrcpo) 'mother: 9vy&.T7IP (Ouya.np-) 'daughter,' and ~p (')'CU1Tp-) 'belly,' suppl'el!l8 the vowel f of the stem in the genitive and dative eingular, and at the same time develop an epenthetic + before the -a". ofthe dative plural. (App. i. 16.)
8aa b The vocative lingular aooenta the tlrat ayDable (257b). Bm,. et ...Tltp. anp. Ta.. "'I'Ipa. 'I'oV (*nnptlr) ......p6t. T. fltl.Tpl; PI. '" flGTlp" rrIl'l'4per. ToW ......4,.. nU. "''1'4,... TOir (*nTtpGal") ......,.. 884. To this class belongs the proper name A'It4nIp, 'Demeter,' viz .; A",,T'IP, :, 4';"""fP, nj. A';"""pa, n;r A';"""paI, TO A~I"I'I'PI.

884b But in A';lrtrpa, after the 1st declension (347). 886. In their inflection, the two words uqp (0",-) 'man,' and dpq. (Gptll-) 'lamb,' also suppress pre-tonic f, the former moreover developing an epenthetic or euphonic -a- (131. 188):
Singular. Plural. N_ ~ ... l.~r lp-." V. h f p . . .. ., A. l.-B-pa Ip-N h-l-par lp-.'JI G. .t.-I-p6t dp-p6r .t.-I-p&;. cIp-..&iI' D .t.-I-pl clp-1If .t.-a-pGac" clp-vcLt," 8118. The popular P-N in1leotion of aynoopated stems has been adapted to that of consonantal stems (338-339). Aooordingly et "''I'lpar (beside an indeoliuble form et "Tip 'father,' zt" (title of monks], from .aT.". found even in Vita Epiph. 76 .t. et .a'l'fP so lb. J); op. 282); t) """Ipa., t) Iv-raTIpa., I) d)')GCr'l'fptJ (Crete). et ha,a. (lrr,at).-AB to 4'11';"""" and ""' the former, after having been remodelled to 4ltptrptJ (a84b), disappeared with the Christianization of Greece (OJ4fr.), 1t'hUe 4pItP (In ita aecuaative form tIpPa) gave birth to a diminutive dpIIfw, which in ita N form dpI'l naturally follows the 2nd declension (305).

p.;

'1"""'.

Do SOliA.lfTIO 8TJI)[S (884. 148).

887. a. Substantives in -IS (G. -&CIr) and -ut,

chtr (<<r-) 'weevil'

...

(G.

~).
Ta)

et /Aur
(pIJ)

et 'xliis (lxHr)
~lxH-)

aa.".,

'mouse'
Iv-r Iii Iii-. Iv-?r IV-'
lu-fS

flah'

t"'i
'tear'
aJ,pu

Sing N. Id-r

IxtN-r (l)(Hr)
liSii

" A. i-II G. ,-0, D. I-t

DulN.V.A. ..... G.D.........

V.

Piur. N. V. i-.r
A. (<<is) G. ,-w D. ,-err'

""Il-
Iii-r

'xBv. lx8i1-or 'X8i1-i

Ix..... Ixev-.

1". I....err'
128

'XBV-er, IX8Vr lxBiir 'XBiI- 'X 8j,.g,"

=:..
3cipuG

aG.pv-,

" aGp....or

"

" aa.pr-.
aGpv-cr'.

Digitized by

Google

SONANTIC 8TElIS IN -tf, -Vf, -t.

[888-888.

pariJ;r been mocWled after the analCIIY of other rep1ar forma of iDiIeotion. been ahaDaed to 11 Ipiir (...s) or rather lpijr (343), while I) ~pUr - ,mm birih to nl .",wa. (.34, b), 11 OT0XV'to,.a cl]aftXI, I) wEnr to 't II'I'I'V4.
'!'h1lll I) .ptir -

888. After is declined only the poetical word Ai. I lion.'-Both /C" and Air M8II1 to have been foreign to popular llpeech even in ..t timea. 888b After JAW and 'X8W are declined: d & ~ ITU, or " fltJW,' d (Jarpw c11l8ter of grapea,' I) &/Jpur 'eye-brow,' ~ ~vr 'loin,' ~ ap~ I oak,' ~ "iTVS 'pine,' d mXW I ear of-com,' ~ 'Ep&..vr 'Fury,' etc. 389- In popular N all alKml aublltAmti'Vell (387-8b) bave partly become eztinot,

880. The neuter 3Upv at.W formlUpuw.

II11rriV811

in ita alternative and more reguJar

88l. b. Substantives in -JC. -vc. -U, -I (G...~). I) 17'r1icnr I) ..sAi, 11 ";;XV' ,.a Gtrrv ,.a fllflfp& I faation ' I town ' fore-arm' city' pepper BiDg. N. crrdcr" ".6)." "'2XW &r,.u mfp' V. crrdcr, ".6)., '"I](V " " A. OTalT'. treSMio "';](V. " " G. OTalT._ tr&Af-1DS '"IXfet".... trm_pplDS (& ',os) D. "den, ".6).f' miXfI cfaT" trm_Pl'
ua1.N.V.A. nUt.

ftM.

G. D. '"""'-'

1I'OAMu>...,xe-.

-u..

a.m.-

&......

......,...

............

PI. N. V. cmicnll ".6).", tr~}(f" &rn, trmp" A." " " II " ", G cmicn-.... ".6).fllO-II "';'Xf-.. cfaTf_. D. "an-IT," ".6)._," "';'Xf-fT, cfaT.-", trftrfp,-tT,' 38S. All nounll of this claaa are barytone. Their stem character in the nom. voo. and accus. singular is .. in all other cases f. The latter

flffn,._.

undergoes contraction, though only in the dative singular and Dominative plural. 383. The endings ... and -.... of the genitive singular and plural counts tiIwrl (324 if. App. i IS, b; App. ii. 9 & 14). 384. The accusative plural is asaimilated to the nominative (332). 886. .After mITIS and treSA.&I are declined all barytones in -ITII, -E'~ r.... MU], -",IS [=trITII], which are very numerous and mainly abstract I'eminines, BB: lepltT&I 'judgement,' rpVITII 'nature,' otlTB"O'lS feeling,' ~ persecution,' ItriSflTII 'attack,' troi'IIT&I 'poetry,' "pOEII 'action, I ,+&1 'looks, I IE'TotTlr 'examination,' trp6t/lolTar 'pretut.'-Further manY' other barytone maaculines and feminines in -cs, BB: ~ cLrp6lroA.ar citadel,' lTfta.,ar ' scarcity. I ~ avJIOpu ,strength,' ~ "llTf'lr ' faith,' t.fJp&r , outrage'-d &1>" serpent,' d ".a.,.,.II 'Beer: 898. Of this numerous clllllll of substantives very man,. abstract feminiD.eB IIUl"vive in the modified form -c, -tTI, -E', -1/1" or rather -., (-O't1, 3043 f.), as: I) ~0't1. flpOt." &fnJ, flpOfaa", Bm".,. ft'"'l ;-110 too 11 &ti&r or rather &FIr (U3). BfY1. After"';;](III are declined only two nouDS: cS JrfAUVl 'hatchet.' and trpltTfJvr 'old man,'-wbile &r,.u is almoat unique. 888. Of these four words N hall changed ';;l(1If to I) ';;](V or rather ~ (3043), fIIA.nr to the diminutive Ta flfA/Ie., while flpI,,/Jur and Itrrv have, for obvious reuCDll, become altogether extinct. 398. After ,..hr'P' (which is a. foreign word and does not actually occur through all the caaes) are declined many other oriental (mostly 129 X

-E", -",.,

Digitized by

Google

899-401.]

ADnKlTIVES IN Vf',

, -v, .

-tUJ.

Egyptian) substantives in -I, which are all fIIUIw. However, both their form and inftection lluctuate, a.a: IT"","I it ITtllfDr' (in N 1T1P1i7r1) 'muata.rd,' TOU ITlPcUr,/IW &: ITIN"'IOf; aJao TO 1TWr,trV &: 1T'JHJ1n/ &: 1S1Tt-, TOV lTivo1l'll_all for the .A Mitrv. Further Ird"", 'gum,' either indeclinable or TOU IrOpp.nof " IrO"",aOf (cp. ltop.",.a'F &: lto"",&a'F). ~i", or /TT,,,,",,, TOU -lfI)f, -f/IW, it -&aor (beside ;/TTip&r or /TTI"""" a.cc. /TTa,.w.). KlwGfjap& (a.lso rlyy<i,9capI) 'cmnabar, G. (beside IS 1r1JllNif3ap&r). UIT.>'I (also IT.').I) 'Tordylium QfficinaJe,' beside ~ IT'n>'.r, G..... Kiltl 'ea.ster-berry,' beside rijr ItUc,/IW. e>.licnr" beside ~ IJAtimtw, -Even """,.pI shows a. variety offorma and cues, a.a: G. frftr'JH/IW &:-cor, beside IS """"PI" A. -IV, G. -,aor, D. -,al; Pt 01 tmr'pla", G. -iatw. 400. It has been already observed (303) that the presence of theee neuters in -I has, in all likelihood, auggeeted the change of neuters in -c.. to those in -," (also -co. in -er or '"'1', 11gB), aDd thus eJrected a wrlform in1lection.

of_

G._.

401. c. Adjectives in -de.

M. Sing N. ">'Vlr~ V. ,.>'VIrV A. ,.>'Vltv.. G. ,.>'VIr'_
Daal N. V. A. G. D.

..v, 4a.
N.
,.>.vlClS

'YAvm, 'YAVlCU, 'YAv.tia 'sweet:

"

JJ

+- -

ete. after the

,.>'VIr"CU'

"

D. ,.>'vlt.i yA"".. y.wu.....

- -

_ '"' _ '"'

ut declension

Plural N. V. ,.>'VICfW A. " G. ,."A.Vltl-_

D. ,.>.v,u-IT,.

,.>'VIt'-o

" +-+- -

401b So are declined numerous oxytone adjectives in -wo as: IeMt 'deep; 1Jap6r 'heavy,' /Jpa3w 'slow,' ,)Hr 'sweet,"~ 'straight,'''''''' 'daring,' ...~ 'thick,' ftP 'swift,' cIrd. 'swift,' /JpoxW 'short,' kcrW 'denae,' '{,pvr 'broad,' ,,w 'sharp,' 3pc,wr ' p~nt,' IfAGm 'broad,' rpaxW 'l'Ough:-So too the barytonea lijAut, IijAv, //ItA (Q-N ~r, lw, .), 'female,' and f$fAItIW, f$,.tlVt ."'erllo half' (Q-B f$/MerM [as: 'BfnIII. drX. 1886 p. 158, 15 ft. f$/Mererov, often; Gr. Urk. Berlin 142, 15 (60 A. D.), rdlfout BVo t,..lerovs], whence N /Mero.; also indeclinable f$/MtIV, BB: Gr. Urk. :Berlin 290 [tI50] & 139 [t202]. 13"sa.. f$/MtIV. 888 641). 401. This 01_ of adjectiVeB in -~r is still aubatantially preserved iD N (as 1Avm [IlIJaTl rAyKicp from 'YAMIM Alchem. 310, 3].1JaHr, .AGm, traXW. /JapfIs, 3pc/AW, Ilau~r. etc.; a1ao .payW i.epaIr (..so), 'tame,' and has eYeD encroached upon other c1aaaeB of adjectivell, as: pGlCp6r (80 even in Kartyr. BarthoL 2) for p41fpOr, 1fIIC,M (and by metathesis Ifpcltrir, Crete, etc.) for ".pOr, d./lptlr for d.3p&r (but al80 converselY'YAv.dr, a recent formation due o If'lr,,.ss).-With regard to their N popular inflection, their itaciatic ending (u"""O has naturally cauaed them to pall over to the pariq11abic lit declension (34a), namelyK. N. F. Sing. N. TA_. ~ TAwt. V. 'YAvtW tt A. 'YAutW" " 'YA: ..I ' " G. 'YAu.(,)oG TAlrIC(.)oil 'YAVlCtciw 'YAvlr,cI, PL N. V. 'YAUN A. 'YAIr)o4r " G. TU. .)IiI' -

"S')ol

130

Digitized by

Google

408. d. Substantives in.... Theae are all oxytone maaculine, and seem to have originally had cF for stem cbaracter.
a{J~

'king.'
Pl. N. ttacrWir &-fir

DulN.V.A. ~

an. ~

D. flauiA.v-v,

V." " A. ttacriAmr, P -fir G. ttacriAi-."

408". After /lalllA", are declined all the Dumerous lDIIIIOUlines in .Ils, as: ' AXlAAfW Achilles. Ifpttlr :priest,' ~ mUJ'derar,' dJllllopttlr 'am. phora,' DflpalM 'Piraeus,' dAifllf fisher,' '03tHrlldw Od:r-us,' .P/A""""'" interpreter,' I_m 'rider,' ~ 'b1ackmrlth,' T""w 'lICl'iyener,' .6AIpIm 'Dorian,' 01 'YO"flr parents:

40&. Substantives in ~ change their original stem character cF to cv (51. 63) in the vocative singular, also before IT. Every where else cF is reduced to simple c, which undergoes gram. matical contraction with any succeeding (short) voweL 406. Also aabstaDtivea having a vowel before fV are often (especially in ear-IYA) contracted in the genitive aad a.cc1Mlative einguJar and plural, as: n'&pG&i"" & nflpcuGir, nf&paWa & Dt,pcuQ, 'EptrPli.." & 'EpR',,",'" 'EP"'p&ar & 'EP"'p.ir.

4.08. For the acc1J8ative sing1alar -iG, P writers and inacriptiODl often show a contracted form -ij, 88: " . ttacriA~ (CIA n. 161, :& [:&80 B.C.], l.~, 'Ypa~. This form, the occurrence of which in common speech is reflected by the Tragedians and even Homer, has met ever SlDce with wider po:pularity, owing to the general tendency towards a uniform inflection (264 ft'.).
40'1. Aa a nomiDative endiDg, -M (that ill ",. SI t) being incompatible with N phonology which admits only a ample final -r (318 f.},-the diJIl ea1ty was obviated. by treating nouns in .t~r like co~nantal stemB (338). Accordingly /Jall1A4. gave birth to 6 /latM4ar and by synizeBiB /IoII1A_ (155, IH:) or rather /latM'Gr (a861[.) [or /1at1wir (155, a)); ,.a. . . .~ """,,ir [ 01" "",,,.or], ,.a" )(GAJrla-6 XaAMGr [or XrzAKlis), &C. Mark, however, 6 'Y'I"7it (nU -yew;; Corn. B 10a).I.pijr (-406), beside 6 ,.plor (out of deference to church) " "plr (273 t).

"a.

4OS. e. Substantives in -oOc and -aGe. cS. " flaw 'ox,' cow'; "ypaw old woman.' Bing. N. {3oW ypM PI. N.V. (Jo-tr V. fJoV yPll! (Jour A. fJoii-" 'YfICUI"" G. tlo-Or ypa-dr fjov-fn"

ypa-tr
ypaiir

fJo".

ypa".
ypav-fTl"

D. fJo-t

"YPflo.t

Da.N.V..A."...

0..,......

".......,

~.

o .& ;)CM eumach,' also cS JIOur

cS pg 'a measure' and in P . '-while the inflection of ypaur is followed only-and that even partially-by, Nur 'ship' (433, 11).

4OSb After fJoVr are declined

=
181

408. ThMe few noUDa have altogether cliaappeared from popular N with the uception of "... wbich, agreeab17 to 407. haa been remodelled
J[ :I

Digitized by

Google

409-4l7b

.J

NOUNS IN -ClJ, -ClJS', ELIDED CLASS.

ainoe H to 'Y(1lUG, that ia N 'Y(1lUa [or .",, i.e. 'Yn' 155, b-c], and then oontracteci to (Cretan) 'YpA (16g. cp. 285).

410. f. Feminines in 4 (also ), Gen. -<m. Vnr.8w persuasion,' Val8Wr shame, awe.' Sing. N. ,mS. al36J~ V. fff&80i A.,m6o, G. ",.6oii~

D. ff.&80i

No Plural. After ",.8. arede.clined many oxytone feminine. in -.. mostly proper names, li0ii: ~ 4}'o, echo,' ~ ~f"o, health,' ~ AfXo, , lying-in woman,' A",*, Letor KM,""", Calypso,' 'EpaT*' Erato,' 2atn/* (Sa~, 56. et 11' I7l b ) Sappho,' etc.-Their nominative and &CCUBative, though contracted, is o~ne. 412. After ala.r is aeclined only ~ 4- ' dawn,' for which, however, .A used ~ t inflected after the :and Attic lIeclenaion (326). 413. The above feminine. in -. and -.~ sometimes form their plural after the common :and declenaion, .. : N. V. Aftrol, A. AIp'o&ir,

m.

.flS

A'1"ci., D. A'1"oir. 414. No appellative example of thia cl... _ to have outlived T (B pI"IJ [Suid. "lfrtnr " pi", and Achmet. 135, a8a Tj pi"] is apparently & acholutic paraphrase of Nor ratherTurltiah pDllAOii 'ape'; A'X. has changed to AfX0iH7a or MlXoWa). However, proper names (inVariably feminine)

G.

in -ell, used as pet-names, appear to have had an unbroken currency down to the preMAt .time, as: P-B "./WJ, KaAAlm. Afcu.TQ" JII.4paI4I, Xapcnlr, .~ .."..,. Ko,."ftl 8fOAtA'1T4I, 8 .,4I-N XprH141, 'ApyvpOJ, Jlapc1* <also "clllap&6,,}, 'A~;J, 'AyytA"', BacraMt. Aa to their inflection, it has been shaped afterthatloffeminines of the popular and decJenaion(ag2b): ,.. +..., KaA.\&C11'&ir, AIarrIUr lcp. Tj Aa".OlG 255... 70, Crete; thoqh cp. 26,).

4115. Masculines in
Sing. N.

4C,

D. '1/HP & "per' 4J.l5b. So are further declined: cS 6.,' jackal,' cS ""per and pJ,rp.~ 'uncle,' Mw_ 'Minoa.'
41S. This small cl... of nouna is unknown to N popular speech. For forma like d ffpMzr, MlNlGr (1st deal.) or lIrfiVor (and dec1.) have reoently been reintroduced into the language through the literary atyle.

G.

V'IE' &"eA. f*G

G. -c.JOi. c\ ;/Xft 'hel'O.'

Dual .,....

'Ir'"~&ifpe

.. .......

ELIDED CLASS. 4J.7. The class of elided stems (334) consists of numerous Bubstantives and adjectivee. The former are all neuter and have in the nominative singular the ending 0(111 and most commonly -OIl; whereas adjectives end in ~, -Ell.
417b Neuters in -or and adjectives in .."" u, contract by analogy.".. t.o
-f1II (inllf;ead of.pG, 65, 186". a6gJ. as: -Td &pH, ("cl. n)r Td)

m.

"AP-

132

Digitized by

Google

NEUTEBS IN

-as',

-or.

I. SUBSTAl'lTIVEB.

418. a. Neuters in -GC (G. -A1W, ~). TO ftpar 'wonder,' TO ICfpar 'horn,' TO tcpiaJ; I Besh.' Sing. N.V.A. ftpt# U{HIf pEar G. T'i~ "ipar-or & Jptfi "ptotr D. "par-I "ipar-' & i(lf pE,
Da. N.V.A.
G. "",,_

n,-.

a,4.... " 1ft,.." [......2.1 .,....[""""'r]

....... "....

"PIt

PL N.V.A. ftpar- & T'ipi Jptrr-a & Jpi ptG G. n"m-.& ~. D. ftpG-fT' "fpG-IT' ..pta-IT, 419. After T'ipG~ is inIlected trfpt# 'extremity,' while i{Hlf stands alone in ita inflection. 420. After piG~ are declined T'~ ITAar 'splendour,' l7f/M'Aar 'stool,' Ihra. 'bowl,' yi{Hlf 'prize,' Y;;{HIf 'old age,' ITmar 'cover' (421. 424); alao "/Jas 'awe,' which occurs only in the nominative and accusauve aiDgular, with ITifJ'I as nominative and &CCUBa.tive plural.

T"".

4SL In the COUl'llfl of P times all the above neuters &llllUlD.ed T' for stem eharaeter, thus following the analogy and in1leetion of .,./"".. and "Ipar, namely: ItpiGs, ItpiGTor, ItpiGn; PI. ItplaTA, It"'-'-, 80, &Aas 'ealt: and 'ripa. (but T'OV 'ripoyc Leont. Neap. V. S. 1677 B; T'fj nP1 Callin. 95, "7 I: u5. 30 ; Narr. Zoe. 10!,. 10). AI time went on, this P in1leetion led to N ItpiGr, Itp1Tov (after .,~au 369) ItplaTa (I: Itpt6.TG from 1tpffb 155 k), It"'"",; 8imilarly'ripar has been remodelled to N ri -,.aTftG " ..,'.l -ppa or -,.pGpv.-ra (<40), while "t"".. Btill 8urvives in the PL ri ,,;paTG (op. N 'Ill"."". , plUlll8g8 '). AlBo IIlt4"as 8urvives in ita P by-form IIlt1nr.

.1111,.;

'T"

4I2b Neuters in -oc are believed to have originally had ; for stem character. According to this hypothesis, the primordial .. has been retained only when it was final; but when it occurred between two 8OIWits, it was dropped (elided) and thus gave rise to contraction (cp. 156 & ..4.pp. ii.9 & .,.0 &poi 'mountain,'.,.o ntXor 'wall' Sing. N. V. A. &pos T'fiXor Pl'&P'1(417b) nIX'!

.0..

I.).

G. &pollS

T'f'XOIIS
nIXn

D. &pt,

{dPffllll) 01*"

(n'Jf.ifllll>
"'~fII"

'pt"."

"'XlITI"

418. 80 are declined all barytone neuters in -or, which are very numerous, as :IIIp10r 'gain,' ItpUor 'helmet,' E7~r '8WOrd,' IIItIAD. <leg,' 'flower,' plpor 'part,' wUor 'BUffering,' 'paBBion,' &II"lJor diagrace,' fDos 'form: _;,or 'width,' ,,;;cor 'length,' 'IIAijlor multitude,' ''''or ' people,' or cuatom,' lGpfTor " Hppor 'courage,' .Ipor 'lIUDlDler,' lfNxos 'cold,' ,,""'Of hatred,' \fIeUIJor 'lie,' 'fib,' 'IIIAa:yo. 'open - , ' ,fu.,or 'pair,' x.i).or "lip,' ...rior uteDBil,' ItpGTOf 'force,' TlAor 'end,' etc., eto. 4M. This claBB of neuters, which are mostly abstract, i8 substantiall, pr.erved in N (M8), and has even re.ived many ..-ion8, by attract iDg other form&. Amol:lf II1lJ'Viving eumples mark: Ta &,0" /lUor, .AciTw, 'T'o" dior, fMppOr, .Ipot, TIAor. ,upor, dAa-yor, "ilros, 'viotory'

.,o.or' gender,' <race,' "or 'habit' Blor' fear,' 'T'or 'year,' lGA"or 'warmth,'

1JGlor 'depth,' SOpor 'weight: /os <height,' pl'Yflor 'greatn88ll,' <size, ,

""0.

.1,..,

133

Digitized by

Google

ete. P-Nformationl : .,.e) MSor ' error,' )(p4or' debt,' wAoWos 'wealth,' "lwo~ 'cover' (.po), ..lfc!.'cloud,'.pfi..or 'lamentation,' 'ice,' p4.,.po~ 'measure.' ",,.v-,o. 'vintage,' ..ailAor 'fare,' 4trr~ (beside 4trrpd') 'star,' "wAAl)("or 'meroy,' 'tendem_,' tPiiAor (from (")"AtSr)-for, ,u,o. (from plUfptS.),.;;"01, etc. So nl 34..a,n, or 34...,.", (FTiiDch. 11 [tIOOO) aoa,n,) for .h3pa.They are now all declined as follows : Sing. N. V. A. G. Pl. N. V. A. 6por lpo'" 6", wAoiinr wAmOtl' .\ recent wAD.!...OtI wAotm,

"')'0'

424". A further N peculiarity of this cJa. of n81lten in -or is that the plural IIDding -11, bavlDg beaD milltaken for -I, that la for a nom. aiD. (P . ), was in IIOID8 _ ampliAed tc -H + A or by anaJ.or7 to -lA, and thuled to a Dew nom. ling. in 1-, as:
.,.c) nfjIor

= it!::::: :: = tt,::: ::
/JUor
Itip~

wAAl.,.o,

wAG.,.our"

"

wAG"",

wAG.,."

/J/llour"

IGppour..

,,/J/llou " ltippov

su"

& ~ntsu.,...a (397) HPf1/I.... HPP"f"I"

~~::

'breast' " "1I4Aor ' leg'

" Xa").o, 'lip ,

...a ~& ~~+a),,~

" ,,/tINi & ".A" + a) ,,/tIAla " XRA" & + a) X.iAAa

.lA"

2. ADJECTIVES IN -HC

.oa.
IS

Go

Adjectives in
K. &F.

~,

G. -cor -Q (Masc. & Fem. ~, Neuter ~).

'kindred'; cS
N.
rTV'("ff.cr

'ha.ughty.

,,~~, rO rTV'("ff"r

9 a.lJ8Ga",.
K.&F. aMG!",

ri aIHWu

Biug. N. rTV'("ffl'ljr
A. C7VYYm; G. lTVyynoiir
D.~i
Dual N. V.A. onon-i

N. dSa3ff

V.~r

ononMPI. N. V. A. ""YY'"l. C7VYYm; aMcia.w aU1ci3" G. rTV'("ff"&.. a~ci3"".. aUAi&-v,' D. ~-"" 4Ub So are declined numerous adjectivel of two eDding&, &8: u,.fHlr ezact,' 1IaI/I.~t 'abundant,' hA"""~' 'expelllive,' ~ 'clear,' claefHlr' impioUB,' clcrfGA.r 'eeeure,' ",..n,s 'favourable,' ~r d_t,' w~P'I' 'full,' dAv""true,' '1'11,0..... 'temperate,' wPfII'V' (65) 'deolivitouI,.
G.D.

---... ....
"

"

alJ8al1., all6ci3., aMtil10vr

a~ci3f1

.HC&...

---

.........

----"

"

... =

~ falae,' ~r

fragrant,'

f~r

'invisible,' "~~ , docile,' f'~ 'happy,' ~ 'simple-minded,' IfJpW3r,. beastly.' &0. &c.
~.,... &8 in

for stem character, which manifests itself in the Deuter, as well

ae.

This claea of adjectivel is believed to have originally had

the vocative singula.r of all three genders (cp. 422).

417. The accusative plural is identical with the nominative.

U7". In fJ-N apaeoh the ~ft Iinplar IIIMG1Iline and feminine _cia liiio in -ij, after the lit deolanalon, aB: XP"1III'rfri Gnat X-V1'8 Pap. U72'"3o w"..,.ofarij, ".,..,..."...,;;, IIMTIxap9 ib. 1794-50 (See 265 & 4J2. a.)

134

Digitized by

Google

A.D.TEC.rIVB8 AND 8l1B8TANTIVES IN -1J~.

[a&-481.

os. b. Adjectives ending in . . contract to .a instead of .;;, whereas thoee in -&~ and -vVi admit of either contraction, as:
(ft., n)r, Td) .w

~ ~ ..,;,.. the accent reoedee everywhere almlpqr ae1f-8ufticient af1rapICU

"'rai .~ ""'rail (llaert. 341 "'rai 'Anu&lr, "'raf)'IAMJI'I-.] 08. c. In compound barytonee, other than thoee in
.HAm

..... 'need,y,'

iWAlISr

',loriou,'

"'ra~ 'health)o,'

~r'oomely.

...

~,

(cp. 257 b), as:

awGpICGll"

fTVf#JrIr common ~3qr 'haughty'

at;iJa3.r

v6J,qiJfr

cnmjtJ."
~P'+I*'"

aMci&.".

418b So too ~P'+" trireme (acoUL -{Jf1, 417b ).

ing the feet,' nlijpu, etc.

428. But ~r 'fragrant,' &" ~cl tUiaer (not dWtrl), tro3tjl"1J C reach-

ao. Popular feeling begAn &8 early &8 .A to identif,y the nominal ending "" with maeculine ~ of the lilt declension (378) and to treat it accordingly. Thus beside ft~ Tj XWfT.iPL Phaed. 3 ..9.&. and et 41im,r. we meet : TW 'Em, 01 n)r .EI.,.... PL Lea. 79.f 0 i .,.", "'pcuovrom.r Rep. 7, 59J .&. i lI'...,.."aorrotlnu Legg. 670 .&.; ml.,.., .6"" Ar. Eq. 1388; !flUids CIA. ii. ,,33, 13 <Vf B.o.) ; 'II'O'I'.Aoii KlrIellJterhan... 107, I .. (lIlt B.o.); "'pcfTf)p BulL Con. Hell. 1890, 163; ...a.. 6ncv. .a..lnpr, ' ...""na/Tolrr"., Dio C. 69, 17; w.....7j J08. Ant.. 15, 9, 773; 110 4 tIVy'f...lr, Wywlr; thell .,.'J4J'f1Cl, xaAn/JOpeca, t)lv4nca. clpT.I,,,,a, etc. (for 4 4pt'Yf~r, xaAn/l4iJtr, etc. Kllhner-BlasII L 5....) In the coune of P, thil conluaion !pread wider aDd eTentually turned all adjectiveI formerly ending in ""I' either to BUbatantiVeI in the aen. just referred to, or to adjectiVeI in -os, the latter alternative having met with greater popularity (_ 1151 ; cp.I'IA'Ol . . ~_ for 'EdJAflr . . ..a..4IAfI', Bull. Con. Hell :u. 33; 10 further ~or for AA...."r, UdA.lI')(or for UoAIa-X'I'), &I : .,.", WywcM Leo Gram. 359; Gr. Pap. Br. KID. p. ..6 (1 ..6 or 135 B.o.), 38; ib. p. 79, "35; Great Louvre Pap. 357.., alIIO Gr. Urk. Berlin 153 (tI53), aDd CLeemua puBim; 4,uIIor. 3tinv)(or, 4SAaIJor, d1rpclJ6r,~; ",tvIcSs Leo Tact. 190 13 ; ~Aor (FTrineh. 16 [tlOI6])' etc. Hence even Latin noUDI in -ie alao -I'et by their Hellenizatlon, remodelled to nounl in -to, (398 If.), &I : ~OJ. WtAAlaptor, flptpA1l'aMp'or, lI'ovAuwipcor. lrOV,wAAcor (curulliI), UTIAlor (hutile), 'AlI'plAcor, A~IOf, lEu".MiAcor, dA~II"or. (algenenlil), 'Al"''''''''or, .~IOf, eto. (TEokinger 133 f.) The ultimate result 01 thll proceII W&II that N now knOWl only adJectivea 01 three endinp (..a8).

.f.fO"

'..u.rr-

3.

PBoPBB

NAlUI8

IX -MC.

43l. Proper namee in """ follow the infiection of adjectivee in -1'IS (425 ft.). However, 80 far as they do not end in (~) -~~, they form the accus. singular in -1J or -1J1', after the 3M or 1st declension respectively (330' 43 2).
l~KpClni

~Kp4~

l"'Kp4"1 & "Ill I l-p&"'CM l",,,pan&.

Digitized by

Google

431b..483.J

ANOlULOUS DECLENSION.

'Eftov.ijs, etc. ;-61~IIIJ" 4101'~a'lr, 4rIlUXT8."'I', 'ApulTOT.A'Ir, 'ApcfTf'6~r, 'ApuITO",,,,,', noAlIpdn]r, 'ICTOpcin,r, noAlI..' . , ~lrA'Ir,

481b : So are declined: HpaV.ijr, 9.p'crroU.ijr, ZCJC/IoM.ijr, 'AyaSoc>.ijr,

TUTfTot/Ifp""r, etc.
432. The tendency to a uniform inflection manifested in the coune of P times (264) led to a gradual aasimilation of all nouns in of the 3rd declension to those of the more convenient and familiar 1st declension. Accordingly P speech inflects all proper names in -'I' after the ut declension (265. 280. 330).

-'I'

'EXIK"arq, 881.,,,,,, (GUatzidakis 77 &I 380) ; """"~' Jr1IKr",,"vii, INnrxap9, Great Louvre Pap. 1794-6. (427b. App. iii. I R .) b. Accua...", for -81 (300-200 B.O.): MWI.A"v,',.".",o.A;;". A1If1IKAvv, E'K>';;" (KlIeisterhanB" 15'; 80 "Etr1K>';;", SE_>.;;' (ib.), 'IIpcw.;;', 4Io.AV", etc. [Compare Phryn. 134 'lIpaK><fa, O.ptK>.Ia, 8./Ul1TfIKA.la,,~ n)tr 'O'xarqv ><f.,I, dMa I'~ 'lIpaK>.ij.. KGI D.pc.A;;' Kal 8f/UO'rOK>'VV.] Co Gen. -011 for -OIlS (400-300 B.O.) XtUpt,.,1v01l, 'ApcO'rOK"arov, 'EpoyopltroP, 'Arrlf4r01l, TlpDttp4r01l, 4'1IMN1,.ar01l, 41.1"011, A'IpD",I..OII, 'EtnrlAov, ~I .,11'011, 'AptO'r~..01I, TlpDO'OO1l, +"0lil0011, A'IpDX4poV, Afl..ottp4rOII, eta. (KlIei&terhans" 106). So further: 'AO'rv.,lv01l CIA ii. II58 (a85-284 B.o.) ; 410'11""" 1745; 'AptO'ropa,01I 1747; 2458; 3131 ; 8focflhOll 1709; A.EI,...."" 1923 (bis); +iA.oK>.I01l 1937; ~14rA4011 1~3; 8.,...,I..ov a067; ''"t!!"OKUOfI 2077; 'Av3poK>.I01I 2145; 4I_0'f1""" 2232 (bis) ; A"I'O",lrov 11358; E91U1'1111f111 2508; JUfoa,I..01I 2844; lII'aO'I'1'rov 2979; 'Ar3porilv01l 3132 ; ~I-rI""" 3183; DpoITO'flvov 3277, ete. etc. d. Dat. -,. For the dative we ha'98 no IJUJ'e criterion since R and , were freely interchanged in P-Q times (26, 5; cp. Kllhner-Bl888 i. 513)e. Plural. 01 A'IpDllloGl, 'ApcO'r~ (Hrdn. ii. 697), 'ApulrOf/har (PL S)'IDp. 218 B).

Go V00. OO>'II.AV BCollitz 1206; 4Io~a., 1210; 'Apt~ 1191 ; 4GorpurAij 1215; 'A-ra'o.AV 1243; 80 81."", l!iltl'OlffE", (Kllhner BI888 1. !i13), Nlo.AV,

ANOMALOUS DECLENSION.
I. "AP'lr (cS' Mars '), V."Apu, A. "AP'I'" G."Apno" D. "Ap''' With the introduction of OhristiaDity, thiII _ , lib th_ of all defti., Daturally feU into oblivion. (015-017.)

483.
2.

-yd),a (reS: Inilk ')'. G. ydAacror, D. yd).acr&;. Pl. ydAacra, G.

It.'rOOP,

D. ~aEI. P-B. G. ~or, D. ~ ete.

ya>.a-

The P-B by-form ,.lA-, ~I, &0., has led to the N declension: r ,.L\a, roii oyaMr01l (369), ra,.L\cara, from which et oycWarir 'milkman.'

3. ~ (reS 'knee '), G. oydl'ClTOr, D. oydNn. PI. yeS_a, G. )'OJ"Iinw, D. oyd/IQm".

In N re) .,waro", zepIar.

V. ~ A.".",.wca. G.'Y""D'-, D.')'1IIIIWd; DII& Pt ')'1IJlGUr.r, A. ')'1IJIIIUror, G. ')'1IMIUCQ,P, D. ~l". Accentuation similar to that of d~p (:a57 b 385), with which it
ywain, G. D. ~;

40

~ (~'woman'),

naturally a.B8Ociatcd. .,.",;;r (ep. Antatt. 86. 12 oyvral clrrI 'fWtUltff, +aAl_Ia.,,' Aa...."'C.tUs : FTrinch. 114 [tll2l] riir .,.",;;r), but ia now obmlete, ita oommon form. at pnMIlt beiDc
.~'lIaWS).

b. Thia subetantive nrrived down to 11 ~ in the form. ~

r;;r

5. Mp" (reS spear'), G. Mparor, etc. like yeS".,. The dlaul8 of the weapon hallIIIturaUy led to the eztfnction of the _

6. Z.ur (cS 'Jupiter,' accent after 9'1CFM, (jau&Am), V. after fI, 9'1"'.v), A. 4la, G. 41cSr, D. 4&l.
For N
_~AprJr

z.v (accent

above (433, I).

136

Digitized by

Google

.............

ANOJlALOUS DECLENSION.

[488.

'/. 8pll (~ a hair '), A. rpl)(G, G. rp'~, D. rP'xl; PL rpl,,'r, A. rplxar, G. rpcxiw, 8Rt (183).

n.

In NI) rptXA WS),

atr A. ICA.u, (P 0.i4a.r), G. 0,,4, D.olwt.

In N ra /rA..at, flom the dimfDutive .MlIl. WS).

8. odr (4 key'), A. o.g, (P o.i&l), G. 1C~.&Mr, D.

o .at;

PL o.i-

9- - I ' (6 dog') V. ICUo., A. ICUI'II, G. 1CVI'dr, D. 1MIl; PL ICUlfff, A. Wof, G. a:vN., D. 1CtI1TI". In N ~ (218), ita p1aoe having heeD t&ken by " I7nA(A)o, (OlD'l'Ult .moe 7'), and .,.~ 17..,"(A)110. p.dprvr (6, 4 'witneas '), A. "aprvpa., G. "aprvpor, etc., but PI. D. p4pnJa," (163).
In

11. Nvr (4 'ship'), A. Jraii., G. D. ""t; DuI o. D........ I Pl. ~f (P Nvr), A. NUr (P PijAr), G. ,,61., D. IICJUITI". (408b.) (Jloeria 244,,1f ch eoulCll3la.,. 'A.,..,.ut&r NW'EAAII] I'or Niir N _ .,.a .",os., from B " .dpa.fJor.
12. Sqp (nS 'dream '), G. " ..lpa.ror, D. ""Fe, etc. (297), beside the regular forms 6 'Iff&per & ,.0 'Iff&pOI' which follow the 2nd declension. Bti1l nrri'riD(r ill the form .,.a &"'po", PI. w.I,..,.A (297). 130 (0, 4, 'bird '), A. &p"'. & 'pl'&6a., G. &pl'&8or, D. &p"'8,; PL &pnthr, ete. D. &pl'&l7'" (G also &P"'E'"). Another plural &P"'" G.

N" ,...,..,."

replar WS).

"'r,

'PJI&,

'plff.I', D. 'p"ITI". ID NI) &,w,1a. (after 338), which In Crete hAUl heeD lIhortened to [&,..'//A] &pia. 136- 194 f.

~4- trpcfT/Jwr;'~ (6 'amb888~or'~, V. -rU, A. ~,G. -rov. D. --rU; PI. frpctrfltlf; G. frpcv{k.... D. fr(ICafjfl7& In N atiIlot, topther with all other termB relatiq to anoient political iuti
$uticIu (012 1t).

IS. cM (nS 'ear'), G. *'nIf, D. Owl; PL.a., G. ,;.,.... (351), D.

ID N

~...

[PhryD. 186 &roe. Ja} A4Tf, In r,", rill' rpAMMATlKtdN, d.AJ..' rIH1L Cp. Koerla a64 dS 'A.,..,.&aiir, irrlrw 'EU"., ]
Itpiirfl _

.,.a Ad.cowtr). anoient Dorio (0Dly P) Air, G. eJrrE, from

AWeS, (op. Rea. Air, aWeS,.

16. D..uf (~ 'Pnp' at Athens). A. D~ICI'G (also Dl'Ua:a.), G. DVoOr (and Dl'ua:dr). 1>. Dvul (and DI'VICl). 17. rip (.,.cS 'fire .), G. frVpeSr, D. frVpi; PL frVpG 'watch.fire.,' G. frVpoiII',

D. frupoir.

N _ I) ~ (He& Aa.,...pEA - &PII4Ta.) flom (tboqh ~ 'I heat,' and " '"'P6/JoAor '1Iint 'J.

.,.,.,.la.

.,.a ~ (G .,.,.,.or)'

18. ai.,.er (6 'corn ') in sing. regular, but in PLmetaplaatie: rQ ai"a..

b. In N .,.a I7cft", (alao I)'Dcopated 17.... 136). [In N metaplum118 0001U1I iD "."u, 'mud,' ri ..,AG (10 even in Callin. 66, 27), "AV,or 'word,' TIl "~&G.; -tbaD ., xpcIrIor 'year,' TIl vW&G. (beeide 01 x"woe), " pua.AcIr '1mrJD,' TIl ~ (bNIde 01 ,.a.Aol), " .weIr 'mloU,' 'tobaooo,' .,. .....i 'tobaooo' (01

'vol_ ofanou ').]

._01

19- rntMp, (nS 'dirt '), G. Cl'a:a.nSr, cr_ _

etc.-P (Phryn. 261)

,.0

a_er, G.

ID N.,.tl tnIII:rcI" ... In SohoL Az. PJ. SOS. 'PI; Pao. 42-

137

Digitized by

Google

488-488.

CASE-LIKE ADVERBS-ADJECTIVES.

20. ,",,&0.. (,.0 'stadium') iD Bing. regular. but iD pt"c\ ,""aUl & 01 aTd3,0&.
(ou~5).

The word became extinct with the retreat of the &1lcient metrio
21.

iJ3acr,.

iJ&.p (TcI 'water'). G.

~or.

D. iJ30Tij Pt iJ3OTa. G. Md,.... D.

of the old colloquial adj.

In N replaced by 'I'a I"I/pOs. - 'so, c &; [2]).

.,pd"

(from

1"1/"&'" neuter

2? ,,~ or ,Mr (d ' ~n .) decliped re~larly a.f!-e~ the 2nd declension, be81des G. "uor. D. "I,,; Pt "l',r. G. ",,,.111. D. "'fcr, In N vIas or rather't'''' (I. e. jps. 'ss. a), after the 2nd deoleDBioD. 23. }(ftp (~ hand '). A. x,ipa, G. x"pcSr. D. x"pt; Du. G. D. x'PO"'; Pt ",ip'r. A. x,ipar. G. D. X(pci". In N. Xlpa (Crete, etc.) &Dd commoner Ta xl", (after 218 &; 3311).

X""'.,

CASE-LIKE ADVERBS.
434. Certain adverbial terminations which denote relations of place, appear to act like ease-endings. These a,re-I, -fTI"

-e. l = at. in (some place),---e. and -I being affixed to

Sgular, and
-fTI.

to the pluraL

the sin-

-.... =j'roM some place. -8c, -ere, -zc=to some place.

WaaRlI

(in what place?)

WIUIKClI?

olitoI", 'from home' 'home(ward)' 1JAAoI, 'in IOme other place .1.AAtI8", from elsewhere' IDoa, 'to IOme other p!Me ' 'AIitrq", 'in Athens' 'A9/t"",,,, 'from Athena' 'A~" 'to Athena' MapallW& 'in Karathon 'from everywhere')I~ 'to Jlep.ra , xaplJl 'OD the ground' xapiil", 'from the ground' ](GII4Ce' to the pound'

ot- (s2s") , at home

or.aae

WIIITImR ?

.....,.06'..

43&. Unleaa we admit N forma like d~oV8. (=tI'aJITaxdSt-..), tl'ovs. & flClNr (=tI'OlI), to be ancient remiDiaeencea, all these adverbial caseendings have become extinct. However, their retreat from actual speech goes back to G times, if we may judge by instances like: 8eft. Job 39,29 K(icE &" ('IT.i TIl criTa. Polyb. 5, 51. 3 dtr0308i,If'IW a' K(lCE 3uatJo"AtOll. Acta 22, 5. Epiph. ii. 804 B. Polyb. 5, 101, 10 n}.. iK(! 3&ei.Ba"", (for I/C.&cr.). Callin. 62. 29 tl'ap4 nit. iKEicE a&~4*". Agatb. 140 .yYOC( for awoii.-Sept. 2 Re,r. 20. 2 Ano omc9(N. Polyb. 40, 6, I An' Nn~N, 80 Method. 400 B,lIa.ear. 541 o. Epiph. i. 276 A An' K(nkl&. ii. 7370 An' Nny9EN, Callin. 88, I An' Nn~N. 55, 19 rij~ KicE ,-.;;~, Also 130. 23, Mal. 117, 22 K NHm09EN 35. 5 K n.I~Ici9EN; SO 429. 4; 237, 16. Porph. Cer, 357. 20 An' EKEi. Adm. 148.9 An K(ic(. Cp, 1516.

ADJECTIVES.
GENERAL

RmuIUt8.

438. Greek adjectives have either three endings, one for each gender; or two endings, one for both masc. and fem., and one for neuter. Very few adjectives have only one ending, and
138

Digitized by

Google

--------------~-----~~

.AD.JECTIVE8 AND TBEIB ENDINGS.

[488-1.

even these virtually act as substantives of either muculine or feminine gender (4'16).
481. For the P-N history of this rule see the following aectiODl 439-478as. In popular Greek, all adjectives of two endinp, &8 well &8 thoee

of one ending, have been dropped, one after another, 80 that preeent N mows only adJectives of three endiDga, in particular the claaa ending in -0-. -'I (or -a), and .w.-6, .tfc& or .,ui (401 ft. 444)'

-0"

439. Of all Greek adjectives those of three endings have at all times been the commonest, and among these again those ending; in __ <-l,-'1, or .a) and 'w (.u, -fIG) enjoyed the widest populanty. Above all. however, those in -or (-011', ." or ea) comprise the great maJority of Greek ~ectives. Their numerical preponderance, their frequency, their perspicuity in indicatin$' each gender br a distinct ending, and the convenience of their pansyllabic infiectlon (2nd and lat declension, uA6r, ~,) ap{'ealed particularly to popular taste, and thus a.ttra.cted manyadjectivea from other (conson&l1ta.l) cla.saes.
Cp. ancient pD..aI'_1IOf for and beside /AOII'6.I'ffV, aLft'tlXOf &; Ill1rT~r, fGBPfi &; mpcxor, "If'JII/NmIE &; ""'~XOf. aL,"" &; -,.a)r &; ",.,-ror, dpl&urpur &: dpcBMpwcw' dpc-llMpvor. nAvr(A)GTGf &; nAn(A)tWaoyor, &X6,.", &; IIcX61II'I"Of. lIc6..np &; lIctl.Topor, &; ",,6IJfM1TO" d,.TFI' &; ~TP'1Tor &; 'pi",.,. flpoIl"" &; flp6lJArrror. Ifpcr &; dpuoor, clprpIft 4; ~cw, qn,r &; lHAa-ro- &; ~, etc. (.338.)

"'/MII1'"

Ill_.

.,.,p

a-,-ro.,

440. It will also be remembered that, with the gradual disappear ance ofthe conaonanta.l inHection (264-7), adjectives of that claas. so far as they survive (430), have been remodelled either after those in -or or after thole in -w (cp. arc/Hfjor for arcp&{J,r, v.uaor for ~qr, dl"BOr for dA"s,r, frPQrOr for and from fWr{Jfffr,r, llurOr for and from fpwor, i.e. fl"tnlr, 40l b, etc.). Aa to the subsequent formations, they have naturally been framed alter the above two familiar tlPeB (-or, -0.., ." or ea and ,ur, u-, -f&CI), so that practically all adjectlveB have been reduced to these two claaees.

ADJECTIVES Ol!' THREE ElIDINGS.

44L I. -, -w, JF/ or -Go Of Greek adjectives (and participles, 2IIO) those ending in - are the most numerous (439 f.) and have a separate ending for each gender, viz. ~ for the masculine, -01' for the neuter, and JF/ or (when a vowel or p precedes) 4 for the feminine (269, 4. 285). The ma.sculine and neuter follow the 2nd declension, while the feminine follows the 1st declension (306).
nrr6r
~6r

dya86r

y-yflG#1+lhrt 'written' 4uiala jUlt ' d8pdor J.Spda collected ' putp6r "",pG 'little' 442. This cl888 of adjective. is atill fally preserved and haa even considerably increased (320. 430. 439). The only N deviation from 139

iI+'1M .~ h' ..&emj fa.i.~'

dya8r,'

od'

Digitized by

Google

442-461.]
-pG,

ADJECTIVES OF THREE ENDINGS.

.d is that adjectives in -por now form the feminine in -P'I (instead of

contrary to 441).
mAOs "",A6r /JptU1T6s
"fpawUfIOr

mAO" "",11.6" /Jptat1T6'

.,paptMfIO

rfnIAq 'high' /Jptt.tTTI, 'boiled'

"fpa",pl""
3[_

MiAq 'good'

3Uracor "".p6r IlGIap6s

ac-o" "".p6" n8ap6"

'just' (311). ~"" 'little' IftIIatJI clean

'written'

443. 2. ~,-ovv, -'1/ (or -4). This class of contracted adjectives has already been considered in 320 f. 444. 3. -~, -v, -EUJ.. Adjectives of this class are considerable in number (401 ft'.). Their masculine and neuter are oxytone (-~, -v') and the feminine properispomenon. Only compounds, which are very few, also ~p.un1i 'half,' and o;A~ 'female,' are barytone. 44&. For the inflection and P history of these adjectiveB see 401 W.
446. 4- -ar, -all, -fU"u (380) iB shown only by the two adjectives /U"Aas (fM"AIIII, I""AII'III1) black,' and 'I'MOr (ni>.OII, 'I'd).mllfl) Wl'etcheci,' and their compounds rrllfA/""Allr veg black,' rr~ and a~II' 'very
.cd clnSap7'o" 'A,..,... EAYTON). .'>.as appears in G-B in the form. /U~ (&8 Gr. Pap. Br. Mus. p. 94 [till:] 301; ib. 105, 607 ""IfT,plb "w...ijs; further Great Louvre Pap. 800 /UAc&Ifijr 'ris; 80 too CW8l88ly N. Zaub. 310. 717), but in N it h&8 been replaced by pnupor (from..t cI,.collp6S), the ancient term. pl>.as still surviviDg in the substantive 'I'a /UA/w, (from G-B"a ",4Atu1, /U>.&ww) 'ink.'

miserable.' For their .d inflection Bee 380. 447. or these two adjectives ,""as is extinct in N (Apophth. 289 C TAAAN

Sing. N ..u _ ..aII'll PI. N. ftnofS dn-a ..acraa A...u.'I'II ....acral' W'I'IIr" ricrar G. _1"I'6s .... = ..".", ~ .... = __ D. W'fII"I't .... = ...all', ..acr,..... - tniacur 449. This adjective is preaerved onll in the incledilllJble form. ..acr. 'every' (621). &8: ..cill'1I ,rr 'every. on.,' _era,Jpa 'every day,' and in the adverb ..drra 'always,' current since T, &8: Apophth. 265 B n dn-a (v. 1. ftnoOT') oGnIlWItfCS;

448. 5. -a~, -av, -Cri is found only in,.v (nv, mi.cnL) 'every,' , all,' with its compounds ct~, cr6p.'If'G.~, 'll'pOwu~, br{'If'G.~, etc.

460. 6. -ci~, -41', .Qri is peculiar to participles, as: ~~ (~""fIV, ~fA/!a.au) 'having abandoned,' laTc~ (iaT4v, loTDcn&) , erecting. '

They are inflected like

wU~.

4601>. In N extinot for reasons given in 338-341 I: 439 f.

"'~" (p,M""'cr) I").''I'oVr. Sinr- N. xaptfCr, xapt.... xapt,tItIII; V. xaplo, ](&IIIlfll'tIa; A. XapEfVTfl, xaptw, xapI'II'flaI'; G. XfI"I'OS, ](&IIM1fltI'If; D. X,..,." ](&It1C1II'f1J. Pl.

415L 7. -n" -fP, -fll'lTll is found in a. limited number of adjectives, a.a: }(&IJJ&.ar (Xaplo, Xapl",._) 'lovely,' f/H.,q.ar (f/HPij.II, c#IeI.;,t-) 'BOunding,' '1""'9'" (r,,,ij'II, 'I"1'9'IIVII) henourable,' I").'",s,,, 'honeyed.' 'melliferouB,' fr'I'fpMcr 'winged,' ITlruHcr 'ahady,' lIu1>6tcr 'mow-clad.' ThoBe ending in -.]t" and -0." admit of contraction, a.a: ('1',1+,,)

140

Digitized by

Google

A.DJEC1'IVE8 OF THREE AND TWO ENDINGS. [4.151-484.

and439

G. 'nIfIJ6fIl'f'OS, do., nlf/>Stl"'lf' and 10 on. (G. Pt lem. n46"ri)

~.

t 4&8. 8. -elt, -lv, -eiau. Thus end only participles, as: ~f{t (~ .,..,.,.'Um.) 'beaten,' nlhit 'putting.' Sing. N. nIf/J8.lr. T'VfIl8.II, n48.itTa; A. ~1IrII, n48'", n4',u"",;
In N estinct. For the 0 . _ see 338-341. 439-440.

SiDg. N. ""I'fir .,.,,..,. ""I'fitSR; A. "",.;;....a, .,.,,..,.,.,pfitStSU; G. "",.n;..,.or, .,..",tS""" eta. 468. This olua of adjeetivea ill eztinct in N for 0 . _ given in 3381r.

xaptm-, ](Gp&ftStSGw; D. ')(GplftSl". xapcltS_,.

N. V. xapl_. xaplfl'nl, xapl.._; A.. xapifrrat, ')(Gplflml., xa",ltStSflr, G.

Thus end a few participles of the present and md aorist, as: &8oVt (&&W, &8oVou) 'giving,' &Vt 'having given,' ~ 'having known.'
Bing. N. 3oUr, 30., 3oUcm; A. 301I'f'a, ad., 3oiicrall; G. adll'f'OS, do., 3ow.,r, aDd 10 OD. (G. Pt lem. 3ovri)
668. In N eztinct for ~nl given in 338-.~41 ell 439-440.

46&. 9. -cM, ..0., -o1iou.

467. 10....., -0., -ovcra. So end many participlea and a lew adJectives, as: }.d.. (}.,iW'OII, }.mr_) 'abandoninff,' nv.. 'atoppmg,' ~~III. willing,' I""'. (I, llfoiicra) 'voluntary, /Le (Lo., h.ovaa) unwilling.'

lII.

Sing. N. Atl_, Afi1rOll, Atl_-'_, ,_, 'niiIJII; A. AfiWOllrG, A.. , __ A.&o.cru-idl"l'Cl, UdII, 'niHru; G. A.ltrOl'To" do., AfI~'.s.ror, do., hroHq" and 10 OD. (G. PI. !em. A.._Gw, 'nucrGw.) 468. Botoooontractedparticipleain -dew (..00., -a-a), .... (-IOII', -I_G), .. : (n,.u.) .,.1"', (.,.,,.,so..) npiiw, (.,.,,.iowfl)n,.&io'G; ('/HA->~, ('/HAIOII)

fc.\Ofw,

(~)

ftAoiiIJII.

418. In N eDfDotfor _

given in 338-340 &

4~

480. I I. -1ft, -itv, -iiou. So end only participles of the present and 2nd aorist, as : Sing. N. a.loVr, a.",M, a.&/fII~C7'II ' ahowing '--4>Ur, ",w, t/JVera 'ha.ving generated'; A. a.ur..v.ra, a.1IfIIW, a.&IfIIiicraII-t/Jlnm1, ",VII, c/>iiuaJI; G. awllfllUlI'f'or, do., a.~mos, do., ",wqr, and ao on. (G. PI. fem. a.1D1IriII, t/J1IG'fw.)
~8L

482.

In N eztinct for reaaona given in 338-340 & 439-440 & 936-7. I 2. ~ -0", -via. So end only participles of the perfect

active, as:
do., "",ol'lcuiar, and ao on. (G. PI. feID.
Sing. N. _01'1'""', ......"",., 1I'f'II'00'llflliA 'ha.ving done,'-.la.r, .lMr, .lhiu 'knowing'; A. W'fW'O,,,,,m, W'...Ol'l.ror, W'fW'OI'IIfIlW; G. W'''''Ol'lccSror,
W"II'OIIJlfl/I.II,

.lau,)

4.83. In N estinct for reaIOnl given in 338-341 & 439-440. 2166.

ADJEOTIVES OF TWO ENDINGS.

4&&. In adjectives of two endings the masculine form is used also for the feminine ('U6), while the neuter has, as usual, ita separate form. As to the inflection of these adjectives, they follow partly the 2nd, partly the ard declension. (For P-N

see 310 & HO.)

141

Digitized by

Google

4.81-476.]

AD.TECTlVES OF TWO ENDINGS.

'peneveriDc,' pI,,- 'mfndtal,' .,...,....., '1IJUDfndtal,' I~,.... 'eo..fal,' tfHAocltTlpllM' oom~te,' I1..,o.,JIIiII' '1IJ1lIaa.:v,' 'idle,' but1iDc,' &c. 470. For the inflection and P-N hiatory of thia clasa of adjectivea see 374-380. Cp. 1074b 47L g. ~ -\'. So end numerous adjectivee for the inflection and P-N history of which see of25-.Uo. 472, 6. -o!p, (.op). So end a few adjectives, which are all compound and paroxytone and follow the in1lection of HrwP (37 of ft.), 88: d.7nI:fWp' fatherless,' d.p.-frrwp , motherless,' .wa.,..." a./rroICpO:fWP, ~ ~, "If'O.JI-P-tTrwP, ~1'fIIpo They hardly occur in the neuter singular, and their feminine is often formed in t.&pG., 88: 'It'tl.p-p.'9n&pG., ~ft&pG.o 478. In N extinct for rea&On8 given in 338-340 et 439-440474. 7. '"'~. -c, and"'W, -v. So end a number of compound adjectivee declined after their second constituent, 88: '&}."w, tiff).", 'hopeful,' G. MMr'aor, A. ,&).".., etc. Il)(ap&r, Ilxap& graceleas,' G. d~",r, A. &~, ete. 1"I)(apIf, Irrlx.oP' 'lovely,' G. lm](dpc'f'Of, etc. ':xopar, ':xop' 'lovely.' G. n,xGPwor, etc. al'"l}(tlf, 3l~' two ells long,' G. &.ix-or &i.:pvr, . 1I:pV' full ofteara,' G. dpaltciyuor 80 too 4AA w,4AA6tro}.& 'patriotic,' G.4AAorr6'AJ&r. ~715. In N eUiDct. Cp. ..a6-.f40 & ..a9-.f.40.

+,u,- 'fntelllpnt,' ....cmt,-

48&. I.~, -cw. So end many adjectives, mostly com pound, 88: a. simple :-/3&pfJapor, ' barbaric,' ;;,.por I tame,' fl11lxor 'quiet,' MAor 'talkative.' b. Compound. 83'lCor' unjust' dShat-or 'immortal ' cl).oyor unreasonable' d,&qXlIJIOr 'perplexed ' &l1Ol'Or 'illegal' &'r&tTror unreliable' &fl'f&por inexperienced' d1fIJ"n" sonorous ' 3wfjaror im~ble' l"a~r glorious' dJ~or hOBp'ltable' wqll:oor 'obedient' 3.dt/>oPOf different' llypo'lCor rustic' '1'7ff1pOr expert Irrt:A.uor 8elect ' "aptDo/AOf UDlawful ' dx~ior 'uaele88 ' OI'OPOf adjacent' "CIJIOvpyor artful' 488. For the inflection and P hiator,y of thia claas of adjectiVeB Bee 306-312 487. 2. ~. -ow. So end a number of adjectives contracted from -~ and ~, for the in1lection and P vicissitudee of which see 313-322. 488. 3. ~. _I'. So end a few adjectives in1lected after the 2nd Attic declension, for which see 323-327. 489. of. _I', -oJ'. So end many adjectivee eepecially in .,-.. (380), 88 : ., t) ..4~, rcl ..11rCW ripe,' ., t) tT~fJOI", rcl ~fIIO" '...n.e,' ..~ 'wf1liDc,'
'lm.owiq,' ..., - '1I.IlderIItandiq,' .,.~pow

nAlIft,..,,.,

142

Digitized by

Google

.AN'ECTlVES OF ONE ENDING-Km.'APLASTIC. [476-481.

AD.JllCTIVES Ol' ONE ENDING.

476. Adjectives of one ending are either masculine or feminine or both. They denote animated beings and as such, they have no neuter at all In fact they are rather substantives than adjectives (436). Such are for instance:IS I) ~, ~r, 'fugitive,' IS t) ~. Grros, 'unknown' IS I) 4nn. ,.", childleas' IS I) clAaC......or, boutfal IS t) p/taP. por, bleaaed ' IS I) ..1"'1'll'/Tos, 'poor' IS t) "fIJF1IS. i;Tos, 'light-armed IS ,. ra,.r, ,or, knowing.'

477. Used as distinct substantives, these nouns have often been modified. especially ainee P times, to nouns of two or eVeJl three endiDga in the Bense of 338. (Cp. Kflhner-BIass i 552, 2.)
478. So far aB they sarvive in N. tbeee adjectives are treated like substantives according to their respective endings, as: IS or commoner .-..,as (after '/IfI"[ir. 287 It a~)

fvorar

METAPLASTIC ADJECTIVES.
(.".~

479. Three adjectives show irregular inflection, namely .".~ 2oe) 'mild,''lnlAw 'much,' 'numerous,' andpAy"~ 'great,' 'big.'
Sing. N. ftpCos A. _P8.OP G. _pdov
D..."..

ftp8.oP
+- = +- ..

..

1I'pa.ia ..pa.iaP ..patEar ftpa.u,

+-=
+-

480. In..t poetry and P-B prose a aingular frpG~'" formed from the plural, is not uncommon (as Sept. Joel 3, 11. Didache 3. 7; Bam. 11}. '" Hermas :Hand. 11, 8. Great Louvre Pap. 1042 Bc 1046; WpaVII 451). ThiB is still preserved. in N in the modifica.tion fl'pay(Jr, wpay6, fr~", (155 b 402) 'tame,' , meek,' which implies that the singular w~r has been current in popular speech through all times.
CJ.

TIo,>,&:

(wo~v,

trOUq).
tJOUo{"

Sing. N. 1I'OAtl, A. nAw G. 1I'OM.oii

D.~

W'Q,\{,

..~

Pl. trOAMl 1I'OMGIr 1I'OM..f

..
+- = +-

ftO.U..,

tJOUfjt

ftO.U.j

+-= +-=

481. So atill in N. Sing. N. ,J,a,

G.,.-,6.Aov
D.
~

=- :
++-

JWra.

b. MrA (pfya, pqi>.'1)' ",.-,4A'I PL p.rrGAoc

=

JWrGA'1'

I'rrdA,

,..;a...ow : = ~ =
++-

prf4Aoc,

+~,.

482.. I>uring P the ampli4ed stem iW'fGAo- began to be transferred &110 to the nom. ancl aecus. singulal' muo. and neuter, and thus gave birth to a reguJar form l'rrdAor. ,..-,dJuw. twPA'I. current since G even among nch writen .. PorphyriOll (v. Plotin. 67, 3) ; it fa now UDiftlllal iD N. 143

Digitized by

Google

4~8.J

COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.

COMPARISON OF ADJEOTIVES. 483. In Greek, comparison is expreesed either by means of

endings or by periphrasis. 484. L By means of endings, and that: I. most commonly byLn~, LnPOJl, ~ for the compat"tJtive L.ra1W, L.ra'l'OV, JI'Ii'"l" ~it.l& 486. So still in N,tbough "nn-or is now retreating before ita periphraaia. (490 f.) 488. 2. Lees commonly by -fA"JI, t.&CW for the ~ t.&O'TOr, t.&aTOV, ..f.aTq for the euptriatit.l& 487. This haa become extinct in N. (506. cp. 495. 503.) 488. 11. By periphrasis, that is by~'mo~'rorthe~~;

~ most'

"

superlatitle.
(511 t)

489. This is still partially preserved in N.

490. The absolute superiatWe which denotes not the highest, but a tJe7Y high degree (1191), is expressed either as above (by means of '-Ta1W, t.&O'TOr, ~), or by some adverb of intensity (' very'), as: ~ >..t-, nvu, dyo.v, ~, 1rOAv, ete. (Cp. 515.) 49L So too in N, aa: ICMmf'or, ~afnnoor, ~,*f'_,-but the periphrastic mode is now the normal. I. COMPARISON BY~, L.ra1W. 492. The endings ~ and L.ra1W are atJixed to the stem, as shown in the neuter, as: ,.."It.Gf (stem ,..>'011) 'black,' ,..>.a.,.,.: ,..~ ,,>'VIfW (">'VIfV) , sweet' ,,>'v.wr.por ,,>'vlfwtlf'Or rra4J;'r (rrnf/Hr) clear' rrat/>/Uf'fpOr rrat/llrrnrror ItDUtI- (1:0+) '~ht' ICOvt/r"por mvt/r'llf'Or >.mTdr (>.mTo) thIn' >'nmSnpGS' >'f'!ITdnnoor p41Cpdr (p.upo) C long' ,-cpd'rfpor ~f'or &ypo'_ (dypou:o) 'rustic dypollC.bfpor dypou:df'llf'Or. 493. For prosodic and grammatical purposes, adjectives in -or change 0 to 0), whenever the p~ing syllable (penult) is metrically shorl (App. ii. 10'" 14). as : ..or C young,' new' "'''por Ii,or ' worthy ~'6rrtpor rrot/>dr 'wise rrotfx#wyor ..o>'fpucdr C warlike ,",>"PUC""'_ but "O"'ltr C wicked "o"'lpOnpor ..pOor (7I'~or) 'mild' ..padf'fpor 'w&!'or C honourable' lllf',p.dr.por ..pd6u,mr ' willing' ..po8vp.drfpor ,.aoEor C ~lorioU8' l.ao~por ..",pdr , bItter' "'tcp/snpor >'fIITCIr fine I >'"",6npor 144

Digitized by

Google

OOKPAllATIVB8 IN -TEpOr.
~
10 always

[494.-499.

The common (a, I, v) in the penult generally count B1turt ; in adjectives en~ in ..for, ..fIC6r, -r,.or, -&.or. But they count ltntg jn the compounds of "'''''' lJVpM, ~ii_, as: &r'J'0r 'honourle.,' ~ 'honourable,' I8vpM 'cheerleaa,' 3W8vpM 'dejected,' .r,(Jvp.or , cheerfuL' So too in ~ 'unpleaaa.nt,' and lcTxiip6r , stroDg.'
~I. It will be remembered that popular IIp88CIh. has in the long run nduced all adjectiftll to the two claesee ending iD -or and -tlr (438-44)' Aa a natural consequence, all N adjectives now, ending as they do iD -os and -0., form their comparative invariably either iD -Iw.por (-4n-.por) or in -mpos. as: lIUIplwyos, B./lallwtpor, olnMrr.pos, hraTd1r.pos,-/Japt'mpos, lJaM,r.pos, -xlrr.pos, yAum.fHI', flNaM.fHI', BpcpilT.pos. ~. The comparative ending -br'por _ s to hne particm1arly appealed to pepular taste, for it has attracted a number of adjeotivea in -os, and has eYeD, b,. a resr-ive P - ' tPYeD birth to a few nM"el pceitive fODDII in -Vs (40a). Thus:-

'lOWS"

(after flNl.nTIpft) 'short' ~'fHI' " .. 1WJdAos 'big' ",..,w.4T.fHI' It " ](O'1p6s 'thick' XOfIT,NnPOS ~ It -xlrr.pos) ~ 'puDC8Ilt' n&#'rfpos .. 'p'piIT.po.) Mp6r 'rough' Upw'JIOS .. TpaXmpos) ~p6s & licht' ~ < .. /1ap(,npos) ..."r. 'bitter' fI,.,wryos (It yAwtVTtpor) 'rAirropor 'rA'I"fOFrefHl' ~ ., TaXw,por) .,.airor '&a' flporrWyor "flptfSBWyos)

,.,.pIw'long'

_6.

Comp.

,.,.p{n.fHI'

{.=;.wve} ~

hioh

....
'0

'0

. ...."

x.W1pft

"

..

) 'paviou'

or ,~, (beBdes '~yos); (op. also dialectal.lfEur 'rie:ht-banc1ecl,' ,.plJtlr '1aft..banded '; dptk' thin ').-Oon'nrEly 'rAv_,po, (efter flUfplrr.pos) from whioh 'rAvds after flUf,or.

. . . 80 farther ..Mr 'fOCICI.' traAmpor (it ~ mMlnpos frGm ftAAaor Le. ~ ss8); ,.vpor' bIaoJr,' ,..,Nr.pos; &npor' white,~"'r.-.por; ~

-w.por

497. Some adjectives in ~ drop _. mtfQle -'f'~ and as:

~pmdr , aged ' traAacdr ' old ' ",~aMift 'leiaIuely' ~pa1Tfpor

~,

~palTGTOS'

';aAalTOTor fI'}(OA,wfpor fI'}(oAa&raf'or ClliAor 'deIII-' ~~ftper (136, I) q,iA.'rTJf'PS'. ~8. Of tbese adjectivea only wMactlr ill etill current with the regWar comparison, flQAaWTfPOS, waAauSTIlTOI. .tAos ill also preserved; but as. 1IIlbet&ntiye : 'friencl.' 499. Not !npor, ",",TOr, but -irrIfos, .lnc&TOS is annexedf to

trG'Aalnpor

the stem of&. ~ectives

in -l1li1',

-GI',

88 :
.ua.",,","fPOS
fS~fPOS

ftW,- 'happy' fS~(I01II 'wiae

b. Contracted adjectives in -ovr, -OVII, 88 :

uAoVr ' arimpJe'

fflrOlll 'well-dispolled

(1lIFA04n.pos) Ilflll.cWfSftpor UADllnIlTor (.iw04fST.por) fiwo(,n.pos QI'O(,I7TIITOS. But in N: dlFA6r, IlflAlwyos, d71A6TGnr (aao f.).

e. Some isolated forms, 88 : '".,phos 'strong' .,,.,,..~6rryor

xYlIS
.4~",

'pleasing' 'poor'

xapoifrrfpor fI.Mcrnpor

146

Digitized by

Google

COlrlPARISON IN -to)ll, lUTTOr.

600. So too P "A'III,ltlTfpor, "ArltlCltITG:ror (507. 533) from "Arltllor 'near, after which the literary but inoorrect Nforma tUJAcltl,"por, tUJAcltl'ru,.or, from MAlo, 'miserable,' and d)(p*,ltlTfpo~, d)(p*,ltlt'Ut'Or, from dXPIior' ahameful.' [Cp. Acta Xanth. 77. 7 tllIl""fIIl",..por aal f6cnrM'Y)(I'CTEpoc.]

60L Similarly -Urr'por, -l",.tm)r is affixed to some adjectives, especially to >'&>'0. 'talkative,' ftT.xOr 'beggarly,' ~-yor 'dainty,' u.ovotM-yor 'eating alone,' ~ 'libidinous,' u/fm'lr 'thievish,' ,..Or'1l' fond of drink' I. COMPARISON BY -WJI,
,~,
,~.

aos. The rarer endings -WJI, !.wv for the comparative, and-

I}Ur 'sweet' 't3law, ~1J,0.. 43etlt'Of " It 'nIxW 'swift' "'~, 16."",, (for 'nIxt-, 183) (1) ftXCtln, " " JrUA6r 'beautiful' 1tfIAJJow, .GAAc0l' .u.u.,,,,.or,, " ollT){P6r 'shameful' ,,111)(1_, "rl1)(cOI' JI1)(CtIt'Of" " Ix'~r 'hostile' 'x'law,lx'co.. lx'ctIn, " .. 60S'. Beside 'x'p6,.,ptn, 'x'p6Tut'Ol. :Mark further P ~por; t)a.m,-. 'I)/Ithu,.or; 'nIX1mpo' (also 'niX"',,), 'nIXWut'O.; "'~fPO" ""'xp6nst'Ofo 608. Of these adjectives ..aAa. and MUrar still IUrvive in N (for whose comparison see 505), also IX'pa. IiX"i*, Cretan U~r, 130) as a substantive. while and "'tlxpar have become extinct. Ta~r i8 preserved only in the adverb" 'nIXb 'in the morning' (after whioh also ,.a /Jpa3U, beside ,.a 8p4&u 'in the evening '), and in the adverbial (but dialectal) comparative form 'nI)(I17'lpov (' earlier '), 'in the morning,' 'to-morrow.'

_6, 'bad'

are affixed to the stem of a few adjectives.

'WTOJI, -tan, for the superlative

These are&u,tIn., !.ct1'r'OJt, -ltrnt

_law, m,w

"ab,

<'X"p6r,

604. Under the above head (soz) fall the following irregular formations of comparison:
I.pct1t'OJ 3 'excellent' SIA"",", 3 'morally good , " ",e""-, It,-i''''Ol' It"""'tlnr 3 'superior' >4-, 11.;;0" l\9itlt'Of 3 'advantageous' 3. MUr6, :bad' 1raId_, mcor &UCtIt'O. 3 .. Xtlpo1lf, xr;po" Xflpctlt'Of 3 'poor,' 'low' " ~. twTw 'inferior' ~tI'nI (adv. 'least') 3 ,w,ur 'great.' 'big' I'flC-. I'fitor l'4-t&tIt'Of 3 + ",It~, 'small ' ",.plwfpor 3 ",.plwat'O, 3 " ,Ac{~, 11.4"",, 'AclX,tlt'OI 3 5 IiAl-tor 'little,' 'few' 'M~,IM""OIf 'MxctlnJ 3 I'ft.a.r, ""Or 6. ftOA.I,'mueh,"many' "A.t.a..., ,,11._ W'Afit1t'OJ 3 7 H&or' ea.sy' H-, f+w Htrror 3 8. dA')'ucSr 'painful' dA.,.",lYrfpor 3 dA.,.cWrut'Ol 3
I.

d.",ur 'good' "

S,Aft_, SIA",.

dpfl_, .c"OI'

.. 9. "h- 'ripe'

dA"I-,4A'Y'0" ntral,..po, 3

41I.'Y'tlt'Or 3 ".7tul7'CIt'O, 3.

,."
I

,.

604b. Beside P d"flllm,-, -brat'Oll'l; . . . .po, (80 even Homer In T 321 & X 106, then P-B proae; G-B cImlt'Ol), XplI'rfpor (x.,-c6flpor, ep.!1J6); ,..por (farther G-B pryaMn-fpor, -cImlt'Ol).-On the other hand, P .".I+n(as PhUo I, ~I; Arcad. 191, 14).

6Ac.,w.

146

Digitized by

Google

IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIV'B COllP.A.lUSON.

[80s-a08.

l.nfHW.

A, teems to have been felt weak and inexpreaive as compared with Hence the latter suffix was superadded to the former, and tbua gave birth to a double com~tive form. This l::nomenon, which ap~ even in ..4. composltioDB (as rl""..onpor Do fr. J 19;,vnpo.. Find. O. 8, 60; PF,porl1l), extended gradually to moat comparativea formerly endiDg in -l6ll', as : -wrfpOS A.. P. U, 7,.f; XflpUrfpor I; XP'1fM-fpor, /l9&hrtpor I; /lq.3&ltIT.pos, frequent; traAAw.r'por {Phryn. 121),80 still in z..'; p,mpor Ap. Rh. 2, 386; p,Cmpor NT etc., later alBo I'flC""'"'poS; even "..,.,itIT.por (Vita SA 6* 0) and ".."tTT6T.por Gr. Pap. Br. 1IU& 1340 49 (tI-n~) [pry&tlTcSo ftlTOfP1,I.>.ax&tTTcS-rfpor NT Eph. 3, 8; .aJtlTflTOf Apoc. 8edrach 134, 14]; wA.flmpor Arat. 6.u, 1005. 1080 (so still in 1t); in Ppoeta also AMT'por and Atp6npor, M"mpor (cp. also IIPntltlM-.por PhryD. 111);and this form finally superseded -loop, tlCM'Of. Hence N now, with but two or three exceptions ("~flcSr, K4).~,or, pM).,or [from ~o .. x meglio 1]. knows only comparatives of the ending -npor. 6Oeb A double -Tfpor is shOWD in vl1Tpc.1Rpor for vtlTfpor (505).

606. As tar as they atillll1llTive iD N, the above adjectivee form a more or 1_ regular compariBon, viz. cI.-ralcSs, d"fGl&rrfpor (so even in Aristotle), -Os, ~-JIOr, ueually Xf'pUr'por (506; xtlpov in South Italy); p.rydAos. PryaA,"fpor{4~); putp6r, putpUrfpor (al80 A), iI>J-,os, 6Ae-,dlnpor (also p), JL pior; ..M"1 ...... ios, and now ..A.,eSs (obBOleacent) or (Crete) ..Amis, from which ..A.,fw.por (506) I; ..AIIM.poS, otherwise "'Pltltlmpos (80 even Fl'riDch. 9 [1'9991 &: 11 [tlOOO]); .aMr, .GAA.or (obaoleacent, trom the neuter .dAA&OP) or (Crete) .aAAlisfrom which ~4mpor (506), ueually -Jnpor or ~por (496); GfI'rtpor, ueually ilnfphrfpor <S06b). 608. The comparative ending -loo", t,o.., limited, as it was even in

807. Defective comparison. Some adjectives occur in the comparative and superlative, but not in the positive. These are :"pUr.por 'previous' ..pGrror (P rp4mtlTOf) 'first' lnrlPT'por 'superior' 6ftpTGTOS (al80 haTOS) 'supreme' GtTTfpor 'posterior' Gcr'I'UTOr 'last' ('t 'from ') 'fTXGTor 'extreme' (..AtJtI&c. 'near') ..A'ltluUTfpor ..A'1tIuU'l'UTOf (500). IOS. In P-B we further meet with the following forms:('- ' up') am.por ' superior' cl.l'hTGTOS ' supreme' <_TIU ' down ') "".fpor ' lower' nftITGTOS 'lowest' ('_ ' within ') '"41f'fpor interior' 'intimus' ('''_ ' inside ') IJ,acS-rfpor" '"IIcSTGTM" (ltOl outside ') IhT.por 't,,",TOf (In" 'near') ~fPOS ~ I; 'TrIt1TOf (..cSp"., , far ') ..opphT.por (..Ipa' beyond j ...polT.por ftpolTGTOf (d..cS or 4_? 'oft') dmepor d...mm,s.

(..".s 'before ') (hIp' above')

'"c1mwor

147

Digitized by

Google

608"-614,.]

PERIPHRASTIC OOlrlPARISON.

&08b. Most of th8116 comparatives and superlatives have been fomed from their respective adverbs (S23).

III. PERIPHRASTIC COMPARISON.

&09. The periphrastic formation of the comparison is effected by means of,u;:MoY (sometimes also ""A~O" (ll) 1 more,' and p.&J.uno. 1 most,' that isp4llov 'more' for the compaf'tltWe, and p4)..urra. 1 most ' " superlative. &10. Such a periphrasis (which has passed through the Latin to the Romanic languages) was sometimes resorted to for the sake of variety tas in 4>lMr, ~~, /l.~, &:0.), or when the positive was unsuitable for a regular comparative ending. This was particularly the case with adjectives of one ending and with participles. Thus :,..aA'AtW f/llAor " .".......ior " &Ecor " ri'A"",

" " dyatr" all. For ~'A.o" P substituted the synonymous and more popular adverb '/r'Alo" [furthered by the Latin plu., the parent of Romanic pIu., pill, &c.] 1 more,' which gradually '8&sumed the ascendency, and having displaced ,u;uo" from the colloquial slleech, has remained ever since in unbroken usage, &8: Arist. Civ. vU. IS, 8 ri'AllI&o" "'Alo,, "pov'i'!0vaa". Ignat. ad Polyc. 3, 2 '/r'Alo" l7lI'ou/)aior y'yJIOu. (Cp. ~Mav pot/lpUl)"r 548.)-For A see above S09 & [2].
In.s. UAIOII or ..A."", has in N, properl,. speaking, two forma ..Aaa- or trAlla- and d . or trA.ui. Though often used Bynonymousl,., the,. are now generall,. so specialized that the former nlfera to time, aa: a~ lupiN".
..A.(1)6" 'I remember no longer,' whereas the latter (..Aeel or ..A.cd which is formed regularl,. after 518" 5U) refe1'll to the dI!gree and thus conellpOllda to .A pJlM.ov, as : ..A'(1)4 p.ryOAor =1"..,aAw.I'Of, ..A. (I)4 ..AoHIOf =..AoK,rr.ptW. 1518. Since H a periphrastic superlative ia sometimes formed in popuJar apeech by simply repeating the adjective twice, with or without an intervening.al (521. J192f.), as: ,.~ p.-yGA9' p.ryOA9' (-I"'rfJT9') Kitth. xix. 21:1-3 (mr B.o.); also Bull. Corr. Hell. 1894 p. 147 (91 B.o.) " 148 (88 B 0.). 'EpJA'If cS JAI-rar .a2 pf"(tU CIG 4697, 19 tRosetta atone). cS JAI..".r I'r,as Zdpa1ll1 CWeasely Gr. Zaub. (1888) A 13. Gr. Urk. Berlin 149 (tII-III~ 1"-rGAov p.ryOAOU (five times). 229" 230 (tll-llIJll) 1'f-rGA0I"'~ 296 (t230) I'..,aAOVI"-rGAou.-Hermas Sim. 9, 17, 1-2lAAoua2 IDor. Eucho!. &)101 p6l1Or &al ~vOf. Leant. Neap.V. S. 168A mAl) mAl) ml dila. Antatt. loS, 5 pJlM.ov p4AAOII clIITl1'oU cid &al pAAAov. 6 AAtl,r D.Covt.u ".iCOII 1"""011, purpIw clarTl TaU A.l.nl 'A'rpoUr9'. (II92.) 1510&. The comparative sometimes stands, especially since H, for the relative superlative, .. : Dion.lL De Camp. 14 p. 1li9(Sch.) TOW..,., ~ KPATlCTA Jdv ,.a ptUt,a xipco If .,.11 /Jpa)(fa. Lue. D. Dear. 204 'I'7}v 11","'/11 JllHp&/I. Die. Chr. 3t 39:

",.,v,

put,v'

'ArT.""'"

PI On the periphrutio compariaon in Greek, .. well ..

OD

the _

of

..11.4. for pAAAov, _ OSohwab in KSchaDs IV, iii. 124" 148

Digitized by

Google

ADVER:s8 OF KAl'OlEB IN

a d _ ftclctdmpor. NT)(ark 4. 31 32 "';'0 .a.-. .,.,. Lub 21. 3 trAuill' ~. I~. IS, 19 IA.fCrir.pot n~ dripdtnw. Eph8L 30 8 Tf lAaXUIT'O'I'I".~. 8, 12 (I: 28, 13> tlr Tcl tI.ons Tcl 'Ehf'.pov. Gr. Urk. BerUn 33' (tn-IIIt>. 4 IS pDC .arr- 'tlTW dw...,_n.pov. Hermaa Xand. 10, t) Av", trGl'T_ -rOw

Aaxu-.

-cor. [&1~18. "",Mepor n- .,.,. fIfty"Mow. ib.

x.....

1DfVpOTGW

9.""" ..-SYCpoc MMAo...,.,. t)Alwawa,.-.) BnDap. 44,nnr. PJlII'r"IfPCB (..",) '157 B 7 t)l1IIXla d.a.-. """fPO"'r- Tbeodoa Can. in Bekk. An. W. 1187 Tell Ac8cNicTepGN WGpx. wd.,.". '#lM"/'"_.
T.r

~~. H8J'OII. Geom. (ad. H1lltloh.) 47 tni.T_ 3~ -rOw """"'- 'AIIXUIT'o. 'tlTI3Unr.\or. llacar. 514 ftAtllHNlTlp4 Inr~p (Cp .Jutin.

~pII

'cm

IrfI1 h,,,OTan,.

A.then. 3, 147 ~ nprGw

614. This miaapplication whioh waa undoubtedly due to the influence of popular speech, has sprMd !ITer since and ultimately established itself in N as the absolute norm (op. Kilhne~B"'" i. 574 'EOI), the relative superlative lIem, now formed, u in tile Bomania languages, by the com~tivep~~theutid~

616. The various modeB of forming the comparilou, explained above ("&3-491. 5II-5J4), may be summed up as under, where.A tI~p4, nn., &,v, Ala.., ril'TOIf, and troAv (490), are replaced in N by troA.\Ii (518):
l'ositi17e A-N t I ' " wile ' 0.,. I A-N tlOtt*npor 2 .A-ppiiANw tlof6r
P-Ntr~.

7'fIftWC!f humble t ....fp6r~'

'rGftIWw.por piiA).oP Tlltr".6.
tr~O/I

Sup.
,t

11.

M-Nft"" " abeolute .A-N .~

"

ftAftll

"
b.

"

" N troAAu .. " :relative .A-JI ."""IITor

(G-N)

.A-P.a.vl:o. .~r

..... 1:0. TIItrfIJ'lS, ...., 1:0. f>tu"p6, .uv 1:0. tIT'now trMAG nAAIl ". (no parl in ue)
7'IIftl..6nwo,

" " TGftfl.waf'O' "

p.i,AAw ....fp6r piiANw trA'_ ft~O/I

ftAeal

tt-~por

tIT'now content'

tIT'n" (459)

" .....~r

"

.A-JI p/WIITra -+6r

6+ ompr.

,.GAMIT'G .,......5r ~".,. fIINp6r ~ tIT'now

" ... ompr

f>tu'.plwo:ror

". . -pr.

". . OlDPI'.

.ADVERBS OF MANNER.
&18. Adverbs of manner, derived from adjectives (denominative adverbs) end in -cor. (1102.) This ending corresponds, in form and accent, to the genitive plural of the respective adjective. __ 'bad' G. pt Imdt", adv. _ _ 'badly' aim," 'juat' " "a,mu..,,, aClraiew 'Juatly' Ihr).ovr simple' " "IhrMiIl, " dJrMlr ' IIlDlp.I}' , ... 'whole' " ""w.,IIJI,,, "w.,..,,' wholly , fl'm/lfrr ' clear' " "fTllt/*", " ~r' clearly'
n,a"l,.. happy' "~MaJ"o-.,,, ,uQI",s_' happily' &18". Cl. So too ~).., 'otherwise,' ow.r '10,' a~p6",..." preeminently,' .llrn.." 'apparently,' 3..,.., 'indeed.'
S17. b. In.A. the adverb ofti-yaBllr 'good' il d (not dya8a;,r) 'well.'
t1IxV~ quick'

"

,,'rax.'.", "

.,.axe-

quickly t

&18. Denominative adverbs in -cor are frequently replaced by the neuter of the corresponding adjective in the accusative singular or (oftener) plural, as: t'ax (for ""xi.,) apeedily,' 'BOOn'; ~. & I"1rp4 ahortly,' ,,0". only,' ","0. 110 much,' "0)." & ,,0).).4 (515) 'very,' ,Jya & ,.".u.1I

149

Digitized by

Google

618-6m..]

OOllPARISON OF ADVERBS OF llANNER.

:.greatly,' pmcpa 'l~n~,' tTUxN,' frequ~tly' (uS? 1266 fr" c~. RKUhner 11. 270 A. u); 10 o~a, .'A.flUIO, tnllCJIW1, oll/>.m.a, dU,uma, aCTlllln"a, etc.-

Many other A-P examples in AMaupo4>pua.,r 684618b Such adverbial neuters, owing to their very familiar endings, their convenient accentuation, and, above all, owing to the presence of a similar (neutral) ending in the superlative (SI9. 1267), met with popular favour 8.8 early 8.8 preAttic antiquity!ll, but especially since A times forcinl{ its way even into Atticistic compositions (WSchmid ii. 36), and gradually prevailed over the regular adverbs. Hence the present phenomenon 1D N, that adverbs of all three degrees of comparison, with a few exceptions in __ (8.8 aAGJr 'well,' d).).ocQw otherwise,' aCx.r 'without,' towr 'perhaps,' wr, ICIIS"r, '8.8,' 'like '), are always identical with the accusative plural of their corresponding neuter adjectives (S22; cp. AMovpo<l>pva.,r 684 f.), 8.8: ICaAd, 1CaICd, trAouala, XO/"/Ad, noW, ~a,

mo, mlllnpa, XOI"IA6npa, etc.

)d-r-I,

58 ,.0X'''' ell "EM".,.. 06 ArplH1', liTTW 14. 59 1Jp6.&.,. -" -roV7'O 'Ha[olor ,u. '1Jp6.&.,. I~ mu.~"aal .,.l.f,,' IIAAT.. I~ -" eou.vata"r -" 01 I61rlJ'OC IJpaIbf,.,.. lloeria 332 ft](lfW oil A~ np' 'ATTln&r. dUll SiiTrfW.) &510. Some adverbs form their comparative also in .ftpGllr, after the positive (S 16 f.), 8.8: rll,a. ' broadly') rlIpwlpGllr beside rlIpmpo. ~A.olc.w ' ridiculously') ~AOIOt"fpGllr " ~A.OI6np.,.

619. Adverbs derived from adjectives borrow for theirComparative the ace. neuter singular of the adjective j S~ive" "plural" ,,88 : "oI/>-r 'wisely' fTOI/>e.nfJOl' ~ fTO~ , clearly' "nt/Ht1T.po. ".fTTtmI ~. ' gla4ly , 43,0. fa,,"o XGpI'lIf'O)r ' gracefully' Xapc'a-rfpo. XaPUfTTOf'O ICOMir 'beautifully' ICdUlW mAAIOTa _GJr ' badly' X!ipo. ](Ilpl"" -rox'.r ' speedily' Bano. ..aXlfTTII So ~ , well ' (S 1 7) &p.1JIIW Ipl"" ,..aAII'very' piAA.o. ,..aA1DTO. 619'. For SiiTrfW orlUaw P1lM8 ftXI.,. and after it 1Jp4&w. (Cp. PhryD.

dfTIIxiA.r 'safely') dtrt/HiAfmpGllr ,,~',,"po. &5IOb So too .'A.a~_ beside IACIfTfTO., ,qmrTtT6_ beside ,cp'-'a."o., ICoAAed..r beside /CdU,o., dA"e."fpGllf, tr'(JIfTfTaripGllf, ete. (<<aAAicrnw Great Louvre Pap. 2443 " 246S).

611. Another popular mode of forming the superlative of adverbs is resorted to, since Q, by !limply repeating the positive (lI13), as: roA~ roAu-..A.i'aTCII'. 'rIIxb -rllxu=ftXUITII. This kind ofperiphraais is now very common In N, as: ..ptt ..,., 8ept. h 16, 21; 10 too 'Theoph. Cont. 694. 7. a+6lflll crf6Ipra 8ept. GeD. 7. 19. "xb TllxU Gnat Loavre Pap. 35 t. &: 8s. ..,.." TII~ 'rllxU lb. 1230 and often i 10 too OIAemaDa 13, 190 alao Ar,. a&"ff a.-rj Ao-p. Gnat Loane Pap. S73 &: sS2 ; 4pn I,n, .., 4a". TIIxb TIIx' ib. 973 '"

3."

1593; 12450 even thrice 11I'ri

aan aln ib. 557-&

,u.

Gr. Pap. Br.

)(11&

9S (tlV)

N Compare the frequent ... of II'OAAIl as adverb even In Homerl .. : :1 4.M troUA pGA' oil. lf4Ao1H1a. B 3sBtIIIUIl All7aoJAb'l. .A~. Pr. 4! ..0M4 ,... . _ Xfl~ 4 1295 i II'OAAIl ~, n.V.Il r d crof9. 8oph. AIlt.
1046 01 n.V.Il luol.

150

Digitized by

Google

COHPABISON OF ADVERBS OF lIANNEB.

[1S21-lSH.

611L AI obeerYed above (518 tt. ep. 1185 f. &; 1366 t), all denominative adverbs in N, whether in the positive, comparative, or superlative, end in -ca, thus being identical with the acousative neuter plural, &8 : 3uJoaoni 'atroDgly , &twrnWrfptA 1I'oU.clllwaTCi (Gp. 51811) T_.cN 'humbly' TaWf&",".ptA 'l'oAAIi T1l1l't&PG nAG 'simply' 6:rrAlrr.pG woAAIl cl1l'Aii Bapa1'hea~' By}nptA 1I'oAAIi BIlP.o. .aM 'wall' nAtSTfpG -AAiTfptA (sos) woAAIl mAA .. &; ~o, also .ci.U.1l oraMla .-ebMq' _hr.ptA Xf&p6nptA (xf,&rr- 40)

..

611'. So !fOAM e much '; ompr. 1I'A..a, 1I'AIo (Otranto) and 1I'Af&6, recent and _oomman 'I'f&a or ....6 (op. Italian ~), 'l'A",".pG ~ 'l'ffM"""T.pG; snp. (woAAli) _pl"o(&P (tor woAAIl trCIAAA 521).
6151". For adverbs in -0IITIl' see 82:1 f. &
1102 b

1SS3. Original adverbs of place, whether ending in -cd (.....,) or otherwise, retain that ending in the comparative and superlative also.
,",' above' R_ below' Iar ' without' '_'within' ",.,. , within ' (P) (chnl or ... , ' from ') flptA 'beyond' 'oyrW 'near' 1I'A""tar C near' J 11'6",., 'far' 11l'pGuOl &; npt1.

_""4,.,
1E_4,.,

dnm,.,

W30T',., farther' clw_l,., 'l'fpllCTI,., further' .,.,.,,1,.,

e e

I"orrl,.,

4"aomclnmi_
.,.,.,,4TOI

'Eomi."omi_

~ nTOl7'liTOl

.pGtI_l,.,

(also 'new Ill} 1I'AfJt1UJ.1T/,., &; -olTfptJII npporrl,.,

'.,..,.n.,pG"

'nmTIl

(also 'nllT7a)

.oppo1T1aTOI 1I'pG"_4_ &; -&rr.mz.

GM. As far aB they still sunive, the above local adverbs form, since T, their comparative by prefiring the preposition f1'llpll- 'further' (cp. Vrr'p 1615 W.). This formation is a.l8o followed by some other kindred adverbs (cp. ancient fI'IlpIll(ll'rc.,,; _~ Apophth. 261 A. & c, trapi,,,c ib. 1570 & 158 A. trIIpIiIItt Leont. Neap. V. J. 1S2, 7). ' - above' comp.1I'IlpCinI (for or dnwl,.,)
.Irrt C below' It- without' (8- [Crete] 'without' . _ 'within' .lptA , beyond' W ' there' 'I'wp6s (or IJpp6r) , before' 1IIIpUIiTOI (for 1tf1n'01T1,.,) wapI. or -pGIEOI (for lE-I,.,) "wv.p6t. for 'E-I,.,) " npi_ or _pal"OI " 'I'IlpfIfllptA (for'l'potIOrITl,.,) " rrap4.'" also fl4pfi' (for 'l'fpacTI,.,) "fl4pffA1ltf or 1I'4pIll'.pM (ISO, c) " flfl(HJ'fIi"OI or npGft_ (150, IJ) " wapIiIIf 'nearer here' (Crete, 564) " ']wo,a, , hither' (Crete). " "

6ft,...,

.1". ' behind' (ch. 'here' A)

"

"
III Phl7Do 165 frpw

'ft Toii ,.,..,.n.fptJIIl"J} Ai-p, clM.' ,..,.,uTfptJII.

151

Digitized by

Google

&a-aS7.]

PERSONAL PRONOUNS.

PRONOUNS.
&26.

PERSONAL PRONOUNS.

1st Person.
Emphatic unemphatic (orthotone) (tonoclitic) Sing. N. A. G. D.
Du.N.A. G.D.

l-y0'I' lpi
1p.rfU

2nd .Pmoft. emphatic unemphatic (orthotone) (tonoelitic) vU 'thou'

lp.ot
. . (1)

.... 00

PL N. ~JU'i<l 'we' A. ~p.O.<; G. ~~

.... ....
CTOf.

CTOV ,

~p.o.<;

D.

~p1P

~p.c.w
~p.t.p

lJJU'i<l 'you' lJp.O.<; lJplSp lJp1P

3rdPerson. unemphatie f'mphatic

a.WcW, 0, ,p. a.broii, do., 7j<; a.lmp, do., V
,or ....

(a.~,

(tonoelitic) (orthotone) 0, '7) 'he, it, she'

a.~, '7",
0

.w~ do. (or .)') do.'

~

..mp,7J,"

a.brov, "If, ov

, {a.brol, 0., fII.} 'they'

a.~,

a.'II'rt.rIP a.W<;, do., cUt;

..

0.,

4<;

a.brov<;, a., 0.<;

~

a.brOf.t;, do., fII.<;.

696b The accentuation 'pol (pM) and O'ol iDlIteed of'PO; (JcoI") and 0'01, _ _ to rest on the theot)" that, unl_ ~ ftoom _traction, 8nal -GC and . . coant abort (.,10). Aa to or wn and or-, their quantity and IICC8Ilt were pl'Obab17 ~ by .... -Xoi', 'Itrf,.;, eta. .,

&~. Beaidel! the 3rd pe~D &8 ~veD above, there iB 801!other fo~ used m the oblsqw caBeB: Smg. A. f,G.d,D. ol,-Pl.A..S', G. tr4*'"' D. af/ll'''-' This by-form, however, is found chiefly in archaio aDd poetic Greek, while A does Dot use it except in the plural aDd dative singular. On the whole, it m&y be questioned whether thiB form was current even in A apeech aeeing that it disappears from the inBcriptiona &8 early &8 395 B.O. (Cp. KMeiBterhana' 120 & Kabner-BI&BII i. 595-8).
[698b Koeri8

-EM".....

310 O'~f 'An,_, awol-EM".,.,. 0'fl0'", 'A,.,.,_, aWoCf 'ATT"', aWor'-EUf1Pff. O'~ 'A,.,.,_, aWw,-EUfII'8.]

&S'1. The emp1ttJtic forma, which generally are leugthier or fuller, occur through all the cases, and are aIwaya acemted. OD the other
[I)

](oerlll44" Iuz.M 'A,.,...&s,

'"OIl I,

.";11'.

."fI' 'EUf1P&.&ir.
152

..", I'1l ~,...

Digitized by

Google

PEBSONAL PRONOUNS.

DO

haDd, the ~ torms are wanting in the nomiDatiYe and bear individual streaa, but are (or ought to be) treated &8 ordinary tonoelities. 94b 97, b. 102. (Cp. Ktlhner-Blaaa i. 339-340, & 501-502.) 628. The ~ forms are used when emphasis or anti-

thesis is aimed at, as:

fMeic iMi htlA.w.n Mol ,"~~. 628b The emphatic forms are also generally used after pre-

cC ~~ , it is tAu I mea.n.' tW lMol d).).o coi d,*,_, 'it pleaaea not - but tAle.' Xen. An. I, 14, 16 reO ,.0. f4" y c ha,.. o"Qlr ai 11111 ....

positions, because these words are proclitic, as: hI lp.ol 'on me' ; pAT4 ui' after thee'; npL ~,u;,v 'on you'; pAT' C&WoV 'with him'; ...,m draW 'to them' i-but ...p6s I" to me. ,
628. The emphasis is still more intensified by adding the enclitic particle 0y, as: 'yi. y, vU y., 'pi y., lpol y., lpoV ,..-.j,..~ y..
618". Owing to their '98t)" frequent UII8 in &DSW8l'IJ (2q$8). the two eombinatiODB .~ .,. (seiL rilplU, tyoiiP'l'. 30'&, "o,"'QI) and 'pal .,. (seiL 3oM") were cnduall7 weakened to IltandiDg adverbial pbraaes I."..,. and lpoa"lf (Heln. U. Z4, etc.), in which the reeeEve aeeent _ probably II1IggIlIIted by the synonymous terms "AAA or,.vu.,. (cp. the voea.tift also 257">. We must therefore distinguish behree the emphatio pronoun '-rhP 1 and the adverb ,..,...,. ,,", and DOt write, .. is commonly done,,..,...,. tor either oue. JWBCke1"JUlgel'B th80f7 (Beitrlp So Lehre d. Gr. Abenfa, 11193. p. 19), ....hioh BIIIIIIDle8 ,..,...,. to be the arigiDal aDd an ~ compJez. is too specmlMift and improbable, .me. it gin. lIIte (mare .A) fonn~a muoh gnater age than it d_ to the Iim.pIe torm 'pI with ita vet)" old derivative ip6t, azu1 moreover l_n. UDeXplained ....hy there ia no nroh analogue of I."..,. .. *fJIMC"", *'~. *crWOcryt. *...,., IMing that these pronominal fOJ1llll are aarel7 vet)" old. (Cp. al80 HHirt 33.)

.,.r,. 1..,.,.,._

180. That the unemphatic or enclitic torms ot the personal proin all three persons were uttered rapidly and without any atreaa even in antiquity, ia expressly stated by ancient authorities. (HChandler' 944-957; Ktlhner-BI&llll i. 339-340 & 591 ; cp. M 204 a6+~ -,Gp awo" [aic] 'XO.,.,.,.. Chara.x in Bekk. An. I1).~; ApolL ProD. 41 Cl; Hdn. ap. Behol. Ven. M 204.) Their tonoclitlc nature and the Jlreaence of monosyllabic beside disyllabic torma, even in early antiquity (lpt pE, lpou POll, 'pol p.a" cp. "DIOr "o11, ,.,,,, "11'; then pAJI, i, cV, oi, utflllS', . ' " t1f/u&.), a.ft'ected the reat and have thus reduced, since G, all unemphatic forms to unitorm monosyllables, the proceaa beginning with aWOl', the commonest of all (cp. 1399 f.). ID this way crWov was shortened to !'OV (after POll, 11011; cp. aJao the article 7'0a.), IIWqr to "If, aWe" to 7'0", aWo to 7'0, aWrpo to "1", IIWOllr to 7'our, aWa to 7'II.J.. aWlIs to "IIS' (still later "'1' 561), .wr-.." to ,,_ (still later ,... 534). Ulat this procesl was furthered also by the li0ii80ciated and kindred article (orcS", 7'cS, nj", '/"Ou, "ijs, '/"061', ,.&, "as, ,.ciI,,) is obvious, since all these reduced torma have become uniform with the corresponding forma otthe article (cp. 546). ClG 86U (after lint), 5 ti' /11111110. , TO'(. ib. 7 ,.;;, ".,C6-yow TO'( 8to..... cw..ty Prol. 63 (1'618) .".,.,.,..""., MQ)N. Mal. 381, I tl'Fp4wra,
IIOUII8
THII (v. L .,..,) &cl pAnou Porph. Cer. 395, 10 IFOM.G TQ)N ... ,",. 80 too 395. 15. Alehem. 36. II , 'm, TO ,a-M." Ilea TObr 1ITQI~OtSr. 31 7, 7 '.EI'Fa AII/Unf TO. 334, 13 u" TO IX-'''. 336,33 N TO .CIC~S /JaDeS. 338, 19 . . trdADo TO /JIW.. 330, I If. hapcw dmj",,, xfor. TO /1dA. TO, npE TO ,mu. ~, /1dA'TO'( tIT.....,,; etc. eto.-80 too in Prodr. Span. GIycu, eta. (cp. ELepaud Bib!. H. P. :n, 107 a, 'Fa MPI"ii ".n1.,HC), and ever since pa88im.

AI,..,.

153

Digitized by

Google

&42-144.]

REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS.

an inacription of Boman times [PCauer Del.- at.]. and is sometimes reduced to b6r rep. TpAuA6r. N TptuM,. TptA6rJ, also hot. and whioh owes ita initial I. to qo" 1uV, u.wor (532. 572), i. also common, ~ oWly in insular speech, and oorresponds in UIIe to cWr6r.-The third. AT6, has been in popular use since Q (cp. JWackernagel in KZ 1893.7; TdT6 UWilken in Bermes 38. 417. tII'lci). But while still preaervins ita .A force in Pontos (al80 in Ioaros and elllewhere), it has generally become determinative, like .A I1w6.: 'lieU' It is now almost a1waya (1.33, b) followed by the enclitio genitive of the appropriate penonal pronoun (546), 88: AT6s /MW' myaelf,' AT6r flau 'thyself,' Am TOIl 'himaelf,' A~ "7' 'herself,' ATol par 'ourselves'; AT6r TOW" /lIlfIwi, or .. /lIlfIWG., Am TOW 'the king himaelf.- '.bl1Tc\S has a similar use but is more emphatio (547. F49).-The last, which, owing to Ita unemphatio nature, is not required in the nominative (op. 116.), supplies the unemphatio oblique 08888 of the arel person, and is always uaed 88 a tonoclliic (14113, c). H8. Oooasionall,y *,,"0' is heard in the colloquial ~0JI8 ..ci TOI 'thGe he is,' and wov .... TOS 'where is he' P Theae phrases, however. are far more popular and commoner in the form ..a TO'" (al80 ~ .. TW", in South ltaUan Greek Ill' TO", where I .. and a.. point to Latin 1lfI=131.1301l), and woV .... TOI'", both beinar apparently due to the analogy of the onrrent phraae hila) IN .,.,.,. , _ him,' 'look at him.' Now as the 8Ilclitio TO.. is inconvenient owing to its final .. (218-219), it had to be either amplifted into TOfff (536), or altered instead to *Tor CS34)' namely ..ci TlWf.1I'o6 .... TWf, or ..a TOt. woV '" Tor. That TOS is a moclliled &CC1III&tive and not a nominative, is farther mown by the iaot that it never appean as aubjeot in the II8Jltence-in that caae it would reaum.e ita fall form I1wclr or ririt-and that the above phrMM, when tumed into the plural, rnn thus: ..ci Toye, 11'06 .... Toye, n _ " TOt. woV .". TOt.

""61,

REFLEXIVE PRONOUN&
1544. The reflenve pronouns which, owing to the nature of the case, are reflexive only in the oblique cases, are composed of a~ and the personal pronouns lpl, cri, and I (526) used as prefixes. In the plural of the 1st and and person each component is declined separately.
Sing. [N. A. G,

D.

'myself' almSs, -7}] 1p;a.11f'6v-'lv 1p;a.11T'OV-7j$ lp.a.vrc; , ourselves '

'thyself'
[~

alnW. -1}] fr{)cumSv, ... er()a11T'OV, -7j$

a(<<)aw;;,

-i

A. .qp4i a~, - aWM lrp4i AWoW, - cWrM G. .qp.&v aWWv lrpJiw aWWv D. .qp.iv a~, - aWaL~ lrp.t."" a-bnxi, - aWaL~ , theniseIves ' 'himself' [a~o~] alrrol tmo&] 1~' , , ' , , 1-1_ (I)a.Wdv, -0, ... atn'Otli, -ca, oofIi. also--C:- A1I7'OW, A _ v ~ (l)aWoii, do., -7j$ I a~, also CTf/Hiw AWcdv (l)a~c& do., -i (l~ do., ~; also cr#ru- A~ ~. 156

PI. [N. .qJUis alwot, -czl]

, yourselves ' [lrJUis a(,rot, atJ

Digitized by

Google

REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS. &4&. The 2nd nd 3rd perIODS occur both in the fullnd in the contracted forma, ns.melYITJVTlI.. a.nd CJ'flvr6'" (l)ovrll.., (l)oVroVr, etc. (IS0, c).

..mm, fI~

1548. The inconvenience of the cumoo1'llOme J>lural t),.a, aWM, "pAr

1IIInft, flfl- almNr, as compared with the short forma (I)a#n'oft, (')aII-.

aWM, .,.... aw.., ,."...

aw..,

fI..",

aw..,

t),.a. cWToii, ",... ..

(')a6nMr, was 80 much felt even in claaaioal antiqaity (cp.ITow, &....w. &nIu. &na. for Wr.I'Or. ete. 610). that even AeaehJloe, Plato, Iaoeratea, Demo-

lIthenes, Xenopbon, and others oeeaaionally CA interiptionll regularly since 400 B.o.. cp. XJ[eisterhanll' no) BUbatitutJe the more serviceable form (')aWollr ete. for the corresponding _ of the Jst and 3nd pe1'IIOD&. P writers. influenced by popular Bpeech, went atill further in this direetion, 80 that PolybiOll knows no 10nge1" any other plural fann than 'otlT'ollr (FK&lker "'77; Kllhner-BlaBII i. 59?), while in NT Greek both the plural and singular forma (l)GlrTa.. and (1)a6ToW lltand also for the 1st and Ind pereona, when this does not involV8 ambiguity (GBWiner, 187). In the farther proeeu of time the use of (')alrTa.. beealne IItill more UDiveraal and ultimately obtained almost exclusive currency in the popular language. At the same time, the emphatic form IotlT'a.. very often appears in Qpopular speech (since 74 B.o.) in the reduced by-form lam (.JWaekernagel addueea 1lfty inatan08ll in KZ xiii. 5-8" 6J ; cp. also CIA iv. 6ao b (34 B.O.), 19; Or. Urk.. Berlin 197 ~tI8'. 5 ~r; u loT.. 18a [t85J. aloToU; UaTj; 19 r; cp. XJ[81.terh..... Ill, 5" IU. u)_nd this popular by-form, iD proportion as it ~e general, sWrered abbreviation and weakening of meaning: that is 'aTa.. was reduced to 4TcS.. (ISO, c). Now 4Ta.. having lost ita originalforee oalled for some compensation, and this was found first in annexing the genitive ot Uae reapeative pe1"llOll&l proD01IIl (J<t-07b). &lid lIub eequenUy in prelixing toitthe article also (543; cp. 5lO). Aeoordinsly:-

....'r, .. ;

lat pers. Ta.. 4TeS.. pDV

."nd pars.

Sirtgtdar.

..... 4+,...,.
..... 4rV flOII

...a.. 4"cS. fltIII

par rircmupar "olIs4TMIJIU Ta,4nb fiar

~4"'-TOIII

"~r 4TM

PIwal.

Tclr4T.b ....... n)II'4hi.. 'f'fjI 147. A I8ClOJld &lid perhaps more popular form of re1laive pronoun ourrent .mea I, is cl_Tlls (542) from I cl....".cSr (549), which is followed by the genitive of panona1 prou0UD8 and in the obliqae _ tabs the artio1e, .. : cllJG"J'6l ,.011 q8IIlf,' cl...,.cSr flOII I yomae1f,' ';pour hOlloar' ;-Ta.. cl_TcS' p.ov. n).. cl_ti" JIIItI; ...a.. flO" ....p cl_.... flOII; "a.. cl_"" "OIl. n)II' cl_rV "Is-PI. T~r &llfG'TlllS. pat, "olIs cltrU'FocSr fiar, mr 4ftn-ocSr...... (Op. PI. Phaed. 2$84 TrN eAyroN It) Ar,.w nl ''Y-,..ciC_.) Ha. On the other hand. Iowa.. and ,,...,...a.. are oceuionally met with in poat-ChriatilUl inscriptions for the 2nd and ard persona (SSterret i. 347. no. 178, 5), and this practice is common in 11 compositions (as ABC 23, I T.w 'lI/1wcS.. I'D" 'my own self,' NSophi&llos 79). These forms are IItill often beard in popular llpeech, but their present _ge is probably due to the in4uenee 01 the literary style. 1149. A.Dother intenaive form ot the reilexive pronoun was anciently effected by the repetition of a~cSr. namely a~llr a6TcS.. (rather aII".s..). awllr ."oU, etc., which aubaequently coa1eaoed into the compound aWatlT'cSr (Kiihner-BlaBII. L 600; cp. ~AOIIf and 'lI/1,"cS..). If this clumsy form was aetually current in the common language one might feel tempted to _ alAU'Vival of it in the N cl_"cSr (547) : *~cSr: *clcfIanr: cl........sr, which ill the genuine reflexive pronoun in preeent popular apeeeh (more genuine than __.w. 548). In reality, however, cl_Tar is identical with 11 and ~nt (chiefly northern) cl_cSs, that is a6...ar curiously atrengthened by the prefix cln- (547).

aM pers. TW 4TcS.. "OD

cba....s

157

Digitized by

Google

ISlSO-aI57b

RECIPROCAL AND POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.

RECIPROCAL PRONOUN. &&0. The reciprocal pronoun earA-otlw which, owing to the nature of its meaning, has no singular, is formed in Greek from ~ repeated in due form: ~ &Mov, dU.ot. &Mow 'one another' and fused with dissimilation to ~. Plur. A. d).).7).01lS au,,).a dllrj).a.. Daal WoiAot G. dll,,)..v +- =+- = ~
D. dllrj).Ol..
+- -

dllrj).CI&..

..

&l50b For N see 1410-1413.

POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 155L (I) Unemphatic: 'my':vpG." a~ti" a~ti" (or _,,) 652. So still in N with thia difference that the monosyllabic (tonoclitic) forma "ov, "'I", "01", "., O'ar (525' 538) are substituted for the disylla.bic a~oii (or rather -Gv), awqr(-"r), awtill{-.,,), q,*,,(_,,), vpG.II(-.,,).
0,

~,

"cS, ;-01, ,,~, al ~ "cS, ,,-01, "a, al ",."

O'ov

a~oii

aWij..

15&3. (2) Emphatic, also reftexive:

'_Y,"

my own.'

(6) l"or, cS", ri ~6r, cS'" rj (6) q,unpos-, 0", a v/U"por, 0", a I5M. Also raw.., 0", a 'own' for all persons (556), which form T-M has modified to l&.wr pov, and finally to the more popular 1]310" (130 ).
564". On the other hand, the A forms ,par O'~ .,u"fPOS _ to liDpr still in Pontos and Oappadoc1a. Thus the Trapesuntian dialect _ T.,.a" for 'my,' for 'thine,' '],unpos for ora,' tli"fpos for 'thine,' and even ')"WiT'pos for 'their.'

"./Ja"

1515&. (3) Re1lexive: 'my own.' ~ .,0, ~ol, ft, cd l.p.o.vroV,

~

O'favroV, ~

l.o.vroV, ~ ft, cd ~p.lnpol (o.lmdv) lJp.mpos (o.lmdv) l.o.wWv, also ~poI o.lmdv. &68. Instead of ~p.lnpol (lJp.lnpot) o.lmdv, the forms ~J&W (lJp.Wv) o.~cdv are also used. Moreover the adjective r&oi, w, a (sometimes also olKt:~) 'own,' may stand for all persons. See l.p6f. .,0,
~-ol,

15&7. (4) Both reftexiveandemphatic(I416): 'my very own.'

6 r3&Or Ip.avroii
(" 6 l,.ar r3,or 01 qp.lftpo, &a,0&

"" " i&0l 01 O'f/IfftpOl ) or 01 t3c0l (.,,) cWr.ito U'1h. For more particulara and eumplea see 1414-1.
01 Vp.lnpOl r&o&

cS %&0, O'fClvrOV cS O'llr &3aor

6 r3&Or

~Clvrov

158

Digitized by

Google

DDONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.

[668-683.

DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.

1568. Demonstrative pronouns are current in .A Greek : J. ~.,.o,.q' this' 2. &ac, TO&, .q& 'thiS (here)' 3. Il~, IlbrO, Il~ 'this' 4. ~,TOiiro, IlWq 'this' 5. llC"~, llC,ivo, 1IC'("'I 'that.' 669. I. A,.,.o, '9, the oldest, simplest, and weakest of all demonstrative pronouns, had even prior to .A lost its demonatrative force and become a mere definite article.
For its form and iD1leotion 888 250; for ita history and use II95-u41.

680. All masculine and Deuter forms of the article still fully survive in N; so too those of the feminine gender except the nom. plural al, which still lin~rs only in Otranto, while everywhere else It has been changed to " that is 01 (if not q rsometimes misspelt ri] after q T~" TiiS', cp. 561). This new feminine plural made its appearance lirat in 11 compositions, but must have been earlier in popuIar use. FTrinch.155 HIIIIClan. Prodr. 6, a74 H "''';..'. Chron. Kor. Prol. oj dD)(6..~III1U, oj 1I000U. K. 1059 ~ nJU#lon'uuf. 4631 ~ 'ICICAfllliu. Belth. 202 oj 11".,7fl'lIStr p.ov, -r-rr1CE. llurl. 110'. 60a rllTOI/To ICGl oj T(Hi, (&lPCUf') i ~Ol oj xQptTfJ, etc. Pul 45 ~ IIGpICE'. 51 ~ fVott"Ia., &\Qlt,-and so on ever since. (Cp. NSophlanOll a7 'I) .H.iG [Le. nom.],.a;., ",AvlfOw ftAfJlhnmICOI" oi.)
~e XI~,

I8L A further departure from ancient Greek is the change ot nb, since flrst to T~J (some write nU, or Tair, NSophianOll a7 'I) alncrr.q

[Le. accus. pl.] _ ",Av_ TAic) through the inJIuence of the homophonous nominal ending -Er (aa:a b), (GSpata 90 [A..I). 109~1 fir TAic "'(Hi, cha/llocr. 124 dft.) TAic d-yxact. Chron. Kor. Prol. 769 TEC titpfllff), then to -r9S (written alao .,.oir, Tlf), a change apparently due to the frequency of the i-sound in 'I), 1i'" Tijr (.,.oi,), ol. This phenomenon, however, is still iD. proeMS of evolution, and has not yet ousted the classical form ftt, nor ita subsequent by-form "r. For the form .,a, still survives iD. several chiefty insular idioms (Ohios, Rhodes, Icaros, Leros, Pontos).
189. Another still more recent change-since the tXV\h_peouliar to aome islands (Crete, Cyprus, etc.), conalsta iD. the change o~ the form rij. to .,.crij through syncope (146), and epenthetioa (Ial f.). Thus rij. (u representative of '"i' and .,af) ~e flrst Tf, then .,.'.+i. T";;. u: .,.t? ...".,n;" Tt? ~....-rcrii /Io~Aar, .,.,,~ /IoVAft. This double prooess BOOn
~e same prooess Tt",,.,.., ~e T&..o.,.II. (Cretan .,.[/JOTIII) something,' apparently also JL-N ''''''' (se. A"";;r), W" then'TII. [cp. Spanish GBi] so' (u IStaph. 437. ABC 37, 6. 51, a. 71, 5. 74, 6. 75, 4.) NSophianoa 8a vat, ET%H, ","IIICf, tiTlC, oImJ.. (Cp. 573. 596[1].)

deoted the masculine accusative mr also, thus producing Ten (written .,.crij, .,.~, or .,.,,01), u: .,.001 da.AcfKWf-TlI d/lfpt/>o~.; .,.In} (or .,.IIM) ..,lpollr. By

...,.0,-,.. br.,,"II4TG

688. 2. &ac,.,.o&, ~8r, 'this (one) here' points to something pmeM or fltiW. It is simply the article ~ TO, '9 (559), amplified by the addition of the intensive particle ~ in its original form 8l(4E, 6. I774b ). The inflection andaecentuation, therefore, are those of the article (:150) with -& annexed to each ease.

159

Digitized by

Google

688-&70.] N. A. G. D.

DEJ[ONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.

Singular Ja, ,.0& 7'0v& ,. 7'0ii8, +- == 7'.p& +- -

Plural ol&...&Br
7'O~u&

684. Owing to in N, the only form extant being" """ (for the of _ 2.8" 339)" TUh ..o,cSr. T,) ft&" ft& .."u,", 'I) Tal." TciIJr W'OIa. ull6d in the B6DII6 of lJfi'lra (600) (cp. also the Cretan adverb .."p&;IJe 'nearer here,' riiIJe 'hither'; 52.). 68&. 3. O~, 7'OVTo, a~, 'this' (person or thing referred to),

+- = ~ ita abnormal inAection, this pronoun has not IIlll'rived

njv& 'I"iju&

..
+- +- ..

'I'j&

'Tfdv& 7'Oia&

is also a lengthened and intensive form of the demonstrative article (559), and substantially follows its inflection.

Singular N. ~ 7'OVTo A. TOiiTov .. G. ro6rov +-.. D. ~ - NA.

OD.

a~
7'tI.Vn,v

Plural
~

Wrol

7'tI.V7u ..

a'-'
+--

7'tI.~

nnnwv

+-..

7'tI.Wy,

oroVToc~ +-..

7'tI.~

delctic force. It was therefore extended to the few cases lackiDg it, and has thua produced the N forma TOWOl', TOiiTol, TO"",, TOWU (cp. the Donc form TOWot, 7'MIIS', also TO&, 7'RI), in Bova t'Oiin-o (from TOWoo x 7'OWo). The uniformitl thua effected can be traced, irrespective of the Donc form TOiITo., TCM'IIS' (TOE), back to P times, as: TOtlT'lII'Gr. Pap. Br. Mua.38, 17 (B.O. 158-7). 68'7. In addition to ita changes referred to, ToUTOf has been recently -ecteel by the accentuation of ita aynonymoua dT6r (539), and thlUl aaaumeel the following N in1Iection (578) :N. 7'oUTOr ToUTO ToWr, ToUTOC TOV1'f& ToUT.. A. ToUT". It TOt?'f TmOllS .. .. G STOWoU(S70) 4 - " 7'oWr,S 7'oiI...... 4- = 4- = '1 T06rou-NOO ...... ToVn,-NAs 7'~ 4 - " 4- = 68'7 11 Cp. CIA n.30S, ]6 [400 B.c.] " RW&gller I09TOiinu ; CIG iv. 8683 ~f 'FIIVn,; Alchem. 38, ]] 'I) ",..",.,,- 'I) kAOlin-) 7'01'In,; 8702""'" TOiiTos. (Convenely oITtI for 7j3t, GKaibel ~, Attica; o&T. Bull. Corr. Bell. 1880 p. ].], Tanagra.) &88. 3. AbnSi', cMo, 4,"" 'thia.' For ita inftection aee 525 & 538 f.; for ita P-N history 542 f.; for ita use 539 f. & 1418-2J.
a~.

nnm... 4- = 4- = ( .. ___) &88. The initial complex 7'OVT-, occurring as it does through all the oblique cases (cp. alBo ,or"f, 'I'OlOWo'" TOaol', ~u:ow..l', ,;il'Ol', &Dd 589), seems to have been, ever since A. identified with the seat of

-me

.... ...

DaaL N.

.... =(aIoo . . . .)

P.

.689. ,

5.

'EE~,

lE'vo, laM,

'that,' follows the inflection of

570. This demonstrative is fully preserved in N. But ita association with 41/TC~~ (542) has gone ao far as to even affect their accentuation. Accordingly the genitive throughout, and the accuaative plural masculine of .1&"0" are accented both waya (567. 577), viz.
N. wor A. '.fWO

G. lPoii +- =

'.' ' 0 '.d"" w.,"

..

-1.';1'0<

...iPiir

'ml'OtSr " ...W'" +- -

ti'Ira

'.';I'ES

..

+- =

160

Digitized by

Google

DEKONSTBATIVE PBONOUNS.

[&71-&78.

m. A I!yDCIOpate4 tbrm I_,s,. 1.,141. , ..!i,(op. _.sr. "hIlllOf) la _etimea heard iD. the Ionian IoIld TIaoouio dfalecta; then I.or iD. Ponid.
IrIS. TIle initial ,. of 1.,rl'Of. _iated with that of I,.r" ('ITV, 'I'fCr, ek. cp. 533), was mistaken for loll intensive prefix, and thus has been transferred, since G (54a), as nab to .kindred words, 'riz. M.sr (aleo ,,,.sr 543) for and beside a ......,s' (543)

'pi,

'....Wros III n h_,

.ft.or

Cm>.

10 far .. to IlUperadd IIf demODBtrative IoIld emphatio prefb: ablltraeted by dioprimilation from. 134. &Dd O1ll'nIIt even iD. 11 IIp88Ch (915), .. : .lfl'Owor 'thia very.' .a..ft~ 't.batwry.IIf,.,scror'lDm1lOhiD.deed(Prodr.3. 432; 434; 441 i 617. 4t429i 435i 435; 44I;!llJlSi 617; 5.73; 161. 6,144i .c56; p[op.4tW&622]. JlGqouQi .gs i SII i Belth. 68; 'lU"cr& ABO 51,8 (op. P}-r.nd1O on ever 1Iinoe.

Jror '''l1li0' _ SS4. 678. The..- of iD.\eJudfloatlon hu pne even

....
..

.. ..

..

"holor ,,&tor

"oD'I'o,

574. Demonstrative pronouns are rendered more emphatic by annexing an aecenteti -l (iota pamgogicum), which, owing to ita strong atresa, shortens a pretonic sonant and suppresses pr.tonic a, ',0, as: Wnxrt, a.lrrijl, TOUT01i~ TfNf't, MW'; iKC&voul, bmMwl, iKfl.Jlalft; Ml, 'f'fH.Cr8l. See 8Sd App. i. 13 if.
iDteDaifled by annexing a 1IUftlu1: -I (analogous to prefixal .. 57a). and oftener -Cl (probably from M [ -19?] or rather IIf 1'4 573) which, however, bean only a eeoondarylltreu: 1t'OiIToC!'.1. lToiITocr-L Should thiB lIu1Ilx be preceded by a lIOunt, a .".. (formerly movable, an) i8 inB8ried.

15715. In N the demolUltrative pronolUlll (')"oiITor and I_"or are often

8iJIc. N.

~')'I'oiITocr-4(r)

G. ('~.Q(,) I.~ _.. I..l..".~(r) PI. N. (')'I'IIiITo&N (1)'I'CM'aN (')'I'oiIT'G'-4(') 10.l1li1'-4 1..a.a...4 100",-4(r) A. ('}ro6r_-4(r)" .. , ..Wow.u(r).. G. (1)'roW.... _.. _ .. 'm--A _ .. _" ..
or (')TOiir'OCI'-I(,) (1)"oiITor-I (I)"w,."...l '.,,~-I(r) , ..0.01'-1 W.."....4,etc. 178. This iD.teDsive .a haWig pllduaUy Ion It. IIUftIDl character. a f!D&l ~

A. 1)roiIT.....G

' ' '0ISnw-a _ ..

<')7'oVraH
"

(i~

, _-4(,) 1 WoN , ..trr,..-A

,.,WoI'-4 .. ..

"

.. pDIII'&Ily IlUpendded iD. th_ _ which 'W01Ild othenriae :require it.

177. N aWd. (,......,s'. 57a; alllO hrSr 54a) la strengthened by repeating the terminal IIOnant iD each _ after having inBIIrted .". or rather in oorporated the formerly movable ... (au). dnIPor (I] .......6J'O a~ Pl a ......O&"1III aimboa ~ " a~ a ......oiwoVs(1l .. " ~ - '" a .........." aVrIwGi' _ = 1577". 80 M,s.,or, .w.wo. .........", then 'I'oiITor, "oiITo, 'rWn, (10 even iD. NSophianoe 78 f.). (Cp. 581 .) 678. The doub1e-aecented forme 0C01I1' with either aocent (570), but the tendency ill in favour of the ultima: a ......owotl. aVrrJ"lr, aVrolWOllr, a~ (also _ _.... NSophlanOll 79). after the simple aWlS,. These intensi1l.ed

_.

161

Digitized by

Google

&78-688.] DDONSTRATIVE I; INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS.

forma have aft'ected a few other abort (mouOll1Uabio or diayllabio) word&, aB: dMowoii for and beaide 1IMou, 1lAA'I,,;;r for and beaida clAAfIS
7'OII7'OIIPOil

,,_ov

(567)

"OIo,,;;r [I)

""
....

"

..

7'0,",011, Tovr_" Ill.. _oii (155, c), ,,_.. ..

..

_ar,

_..

. . . . _..

..

TOIl.,,,,
fto.DI'

679. a. So too .d...OI01/Voii, n1rCl1AlJ'Oii; n .._ " , nftlClw; furtherJoII4I'l7r [IJ for and belide ",ar, ",,,,,oii for and beaida IHr d.AAew.. .. .. W IJvo..&i" .. " ,.."., Uo .. TP'~.." T".. 680. b. Besides the acouaati'9B8 al"6,,0", 1lW4",,", there oconr Il~, drljN' but the latter forma are due to other influences (535).

b.A_,

681. Amplificationa like e&WoW01I Il~r having been miataken for independent varieties, new forma were evolved out of them: Ilwoiitros or fwoii"os, -0, "'I, and IliIrijllor or .tnijIIor, -0, -'I (cp. alao '..0.01, 570), aneologiem found even in Jl popular compositions (aB Prodr. ... 360: IlWoWGI')_ Even 'Toiil'or and TOWor (in Bova'TOWO, Otranto ToWO).

&82. Besides the demonstrative pronouns, there are in Greek demonstrative adjectives of quantity, quality, and age (or Ne), used mostly with the intensive suffix -& (563). Op. 601.

Quantity: v6aOf, T6aOIl, v6a", oftener in the intensive form ~, Toudl!3., Tou~3., '80 much,' '80 ma.ny.'

Quality: f'oior, Toioll, TOla, oftener in the intensive form ~, TOldll"., Tou1l1f, such.' Age or size: T'/~Ucor, T'/'A.UcOIl, T'I~l.", oftener in the inteDBive form f"I'A.,ada3., f"I~&dl!3f, f"I'A.., 80 old,' 180 big.'

dror, viz.

688. These demonatmtivel are atill commoner in composition with

Quantity: f'Oaoiif'or, f'OO'oiif'O", t'OcrG.m" 'BO much,' , 80 many.' Quality: f'O&oWor, f'OlOiin", f'O&Il.m" BUch.' Age or at.: f"IMlWiivor, ~'lI:oVro, ""~&Ilw", '10 old,' BO big.'

aM. Of the above demoDBtrativea the one denoting quantity ia atil1 fully preserved in ita simple form vdaos. On the other hand that deaigDating quality (TOIOr) TOIoVror WaB first modified to the Jl T(o)ITOCor (AMlzvpocfi,*"r 606), then reduced by diaaimilation to the now univereal ,.4TOCor, a form which is sometimes further reduced by fresh diaaimilation to ITOCor (lStaph. ii. 184). (Cp. 136 &; 593-) . 686. .As to the demonatrative of ap ,."Ai.or, with ita oom:tOund n,A&.oWor, it has become extinct in N, the circumlocution 'J'6cj1l "....,aMr haring taken ita place.

INTERROGATIVE AND INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.

&88. The pronoun ns n is both interrogative and indefinite. AB an interrogative, it always stands first and accents the initial syllable (.,.{..) throughout, while as an indefinite term, it is a postpositive enclitic and always accents the ultima.
(11

AlIo TOIIT_&i"... NSopbianOll ,a f.

lIIJ See nok [IJ on p. 161.

162

Digitized by

Google

mT.EBBOGATIVE 11 INDEFINITE PRoNOUNS.

[1587-189.

A. l~iw. B. IrttUfotiU. .M. & F. N. .M:. " F. N. SiDg. N. rlr; 'who?' .,.i;' what?' "' 'some one,' 'any,' ri' something' 687.

DaalK A.

G. n-; .,.oii; D .,.In ; PL N. nwr ; A. n-; G. .,.0."; D. M'-;

A. .,.t.a ;

,,'raN

- - ..
+- +- -

"''''~ n.a ;.,.&IIfr .,."

.,.,..w, .,.DV

"
-

",I'd, &"""a
"

- =

",.,.,u

""i G.D..........

......,..,. .............

n". ""tT~

... = ...._
.... -

+--

"

are always marked like ordinary words.

&88. The indefinite neuter plural form &rra is never enclitic (103, b). The forms 'I"0Il and .,.., for .,.",or and "'p'1 dissppear from the..t inBcriptions about 300 B.o. aBSb The two lO1itary forms .,1, and.,.l of the indeftnite pronOUll are eommcml7 marked with the grave accent, 'I'lr and .,.1, merely for the sake (1f diItinotion from the corresponding interrogative rorms .,.Er and.,.L This is however irrational aeeing that the remaining indeftnite rorms .,.,..d, ""', etc.,

1588. As shown above, the masculine stands also for the femiDiDe thro1J8hout, as well as for the neuter, eave in the nominative (and aecusative) aingu1ar and plural. In fact all the genders, caMS, and numbers are almost identical in form. This uniformity in 80 common a word, uaed both as a substantive and an adjective, was felt to be something abnormal in. the ~~, the more 80 as all,?th!r interrogatives happened to begin With n (_or. WOl1or, '"IAUrOf j cp.1rOII, _ cWf, ftIw, etc., cp. 566). Hence even ..t writers often had recourse tc the normal and cognate form woe"". _0.., wola in place of the interrogative ftr [ll, then later to the numeral Rr .. pla for the indeBnite .,lr (6u t). P speech, bent as it was on uniformity, showed a more decided preference for this expedient, and the _ of _"" for 'fir, Hr or ..tHlr for (inder.) .,.lr, gradwUl,y met with general acceptance, and caused the retreat of .,lr. The ascendency of fr, and .dnlr over the indefinite 'I'lr WAIl moreover soon manifested by the circumstance that the latter, following the prepoBitive nature of eR and ..Jnlr. also became prepOllitive (1'448-9). This proceBII of substitution and interchange, though. of ancient origin, has not yet come to doee, but can be atill witneued in N. See also 597. Span. 160 a. ~ ft1fll7'4 TINAN ,.., .,06 '1'0 a.31tlJlr. 122.cd a~r - ' TINOC ~IAOV, I 4Ir If TINEC MlI11fflfJOlllp' eir .,..)](01" IJfI6ptW, xolt-r I~- fir IIWj) .cd lalllU'oW .,.a.

h'''''''''

1JfI6,.,.

163

.2
Digitized by

Google

690-1915.1 INTERROGATIVE a: INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.

690. ID p _ t Nspeeoh, wblle"";os and ff, (&a,) analmoetthecm.l7mpre.entati.,. current (save In South Italian where .,.E, and .,., IItI1J. obtain), a few older forma an a1ao II11niviDg, II1CIItIy In a II11h1tantival function : ftr, .,.lros.,.1, or .,.1, ""1'6, (596). 69L On the other hand, the A meaning of ..oco, 'which,' 'what 1Ort,' wu transferred during Q-B times to trnnIW"6, (cp. Kattb. 8, 27; But. 476. 13; Apophth. 285 B) [11, and II11baequantly (duriDc T-M) p...a to the neuter 'Ii, uaed. .. an indeclinable word (cp. 0,.,.,610tr.),": n hlpowo,; 'what IOrt of man" .,., /J./JAJa. .4A.Ir; what sort of books do 1011 want" (cp BasiL i. 8 B .,.! ~ t) .,.d1f 1 Acta Xanth. 62, 19 .,.E ,,&or amu 11 6/M1A.n 6 ...pE_To' l .,.! d,....~r iWroii .,.e) ..,du_I.,.! dJ"IJP'I*' ...,.uani.w. .d.fti'Uf 1 10 72, 18; J90 Stud. 1668 A. -rE .a.A1} 1...t1'f'OA1} "if nr,.1I'.Ea., uov 1 CGL 648, 5.,.E ~ia.P 'XII,IantuClt1lcu; pili opu1tGbeB ",utuan1 Ducu NovelL 324 n1 .,.. iEOIIfIUu, 'X" "

.,.,...u,

n.

/Jaq1A.-6, ;

691b This function of.,.i is now often strengthened by the addition of the I18nitive Aon' or (plural) ['11 (pUir A~, ftoMGI' AIryc&i') ~ = what sort; cll81Orla., .,., Aoy.&.. tIN aort.-. ooUoquialiam appanntq due to Italian in1luence.

Aoyw

691. :For the neuter .,.E' what,' now in uni\lUl&l - . some inII11Jar d.iaJectII (.. Cretan, Cypriote, etc.) employ by pzeferenoe fll'1"lll, a corruption or Btreme contraction of B-M Ti NI TA-later .,.E '11" ft, .,.E .1.. 'rIi-' what is that which,'

p'. Cl que (154) PI.

~,

698. That.,.E &. ft(orn .rII" ft)"'" ftIIIt contracted to-rE ',,' ft or"'!P'I'IIand then reduced by diaIlmilation to fll'ft (cp. "or-rill'ft, tmrijrra, 639; &bIl~, 126; .,.4.,.ocor, '.,.ocor 584). appea.ra clearJ.y not only from the ezp~ tMt;imonyof Pachom. lion. (Kigne ~ 1352 A.: Kpij'rrr (AI~III') iNTA '~r clrrl 'f'oii d IIAII' , dd 'f'oii Ti iNI TO, n1 Ti ENI TA, TiNTO n1 TiNT.,,;,, Aft1/Jloc., lE d n1 nptllCp1Jal n1 4AAocr IqIVplJlr .,.cl iNTA), but a1ao from B-M popular 001II.positions .. : .Jlloaohoe 3064 B Ti iN TO 'XII', ..!pt. M6t1X'; BLegrand BibL Intr. lziv. 53 &i". rfNxII p.av Ti iN' TO AI,; Ti iN TO -rAvd I'ana.,.o; ib. 67 " 5 -r.a Ti 'tI TO .. W.,.i; id. 62, " I TiNT d+opp1} u'I/lI_.,,; id. 67, .,,' 6 -rul TiNTA ; id. 68, .' 6 TiN' TA 'n".,,; id. 76. A( I TiNTA Iappf&.

I ..s. III!-r'lf, trIIln, i" d.II'Mr.

0t1ter Imlejiflite .Pronouts8. 694.. For the English a, CIfI, .A uses ns, P cts
.

and N

nr, m" .T

.rs

For some, .A-Buses TwIs, TtN, and N n,.6t1oc or .&p..6t1oc, .&ococ, p.putol. 696. The indefinite pronoun which in .A. corresponds to the EDgliah indefinite article is .,.~r (337). However, there is another repreeentative also, (589. 633), which, though not common, has held an equivalent position,

[11 Phr:Jn. 39 nnl1nlr Ilea .,.oii T p1} .f..", dl6.apoll',o,. IM .,.06 3fAft ~ Ahow ...l-rlll'ollr nlIaW"6. '''''''; e,,/JGlor. 'A",... o,; ,,,.,., -,clp 01011' .,.ill'O' 1Ia...IBou; .._clr aI '''''''11' ., IJO'rG..a, .,.cl" .,.pInrrw .pW.xor; .1I'l.... 1(PD .,z" mM I".,.,.a,, ..OCM .,.1, UIII ao.fi .1... ; - riJ The. in. AoyIw. is of comwe no additional letter, but a meana of ~rViDg

,..'If,

.f_

the original palatal sound of." which would otherwise become guttural (J) The spelling .1VT'11 adopted by some 1Ich0larB is inadmiaaible, thd in. the whole phrue .,.E ft. or rather .,.E I" .,.4 (I". being the form fOr frll'f 985), the interrogative .,.E is the emphatio word and 10 cannot 1_ ita i, while'.' (or .1..), like ita ancient ~tetive (flu;,,). is fIIIClilfc, and .. noh very often undergoell aphaereaie (,11'.) and elision or apooope (.fll"). It IIl&7 even-and this is very common.-hrinlt to simple ',,', aa: ~6 ',,' aa1...Mo IIOOd thia is too'; ..oii '11" ft 1rGI1lcQ; where an the children P' Hanoe the writinc 6"'" is both untaDable and misleading.

.1",

-mr

'fM'I

164

Digitized by

Google

INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.

[698-398c

eepecia1ly mce H times (622 ft). For the sake of clearneaa. subaequent apeeeh prefixed. to it (598), as well as to the other indefinite words and thus produced the combinations.a. or W.&-If4TIf, __ Of, _ _......IIIf, .a1,,_or, ete. All these words, Tts, .ls (Cretan now -pir, 155 b), and ....ar (abIo or /CllII'dr, Cretan _elr or /CUIII$), together with their by-forms TINs, &ID, and ....mu (Cretan _fls or _mu), are now very oommon in N apeeeh (6u ft). As to the plural, their clumsy inflection made room for I14pftttOl (now oommoner _".ftOtSOI.), "..purot. 698. Of the indefinite pronoun Tlr likewise aevenLl forms are still preserved: ftr, T...aS, Tl, TI...!' (590), formerly also TIN. The neuter n ill now current chiefly in the strengthened form Tmw. (dialeotally also Tmwtr, -T1I~, -flr, Tt...orlla, TtSorIIl, 562), which 0CCUl'II even in P writers in the sense of simple Tl, as: Epict. 3, 13, 18 olItOao"..; ft...ore -lTCI _TGIIT~I. 2", 39 ~...."o;. morE. Apollod. 2, 6, 4 _ nSn 'P1W'OFE 1IoW1II'; and so on increaaingly (6Mtwpooppa.,r6u) [lJ._Tl survives further in 1f4'P' (used also for 1CIInJr) or oftener ",T' 'P' (in Crete also _T", Tlr) aomething,'.u. Ta 'every thing:

_.is

.rs

--oc,

&9'1. The oonsiderations which prevented the free use and perpetuation 01 the interrogative Tt. (589), naturally apply also to the indefinite form TH. The absence in it of a normal ending for each gender rendered it

inconvenient in popular speech, and thus called for a kindred substitute. This was found in the nUDlenLl adjective r.., pia, 'a', 'an' (622 A aimilar function was aBBUmed later on also by w.l. ( . fr. 595) and during JL times by _ _" both of which, however, have since become either adjectives, '80me,' or substantives 'some one.'-All these substi tutes are now current in N.

.rr,

.).

598. The oompound partiole ... (-_ Ir), which oocun even in .A as an intensive simple ICCIl 'even' (as Soph. El. 1483; O. T. 615, I; 1078; Plat. Prot. 318 B; id. Rep. 515 B; etc.), has, apart from the

common phrase /Cb.f 'even if,' met with ever increasing popularity since
..A times, and that simply as a strong ICCIl 'even,' 'at least (op. 629).' E. g.

Kark 6, 56 ffGpt~ aWe)., &u KAN ToW lp.aTlw aWoW ~ (also 5, 28). A.ot8 50 15 fl'Q 'Pxopl..ou nlTp01t KAN IIlC10l .....IIIC1Mr1 TI" aww... Luo. D. D. 50 2 ph, 1101. K.tN ,.. 'Yi pl.._1. id. Tim. 20 ofs oM~ K.tN ' ..or "....pt. wMroT. 'not even an _ ' j and with numemlB, as Phllo if. 29t 13 K.tN ., Ta.,;;",

'/Cf'' ' '

II,-,oOw l,q_",.

- - . '.UeutOll8.' Luo. Ver. HUt. 4 K.tN I.. -raP" ToVTO cLU,'f. A.,., this one at leut.' Galan. 6, W,lD KAN ".,ar.".lpar 'for at least 0118 day.' Aota Xanth. 61, I KAN JM/CpO. clI'E~. 77, sS dW Toi frPa. K.tN "..,.

.T'' ' '

"'s (_a.Gfls _.Ir,

or

&98". In it. _1ati0ll with cardinal n1lJD81'll1B, . . grad1l8lly a.umed the forae of marel7 inde8nite particle, as: Apophth. 261 B wVTIIIf Il~ lE ClWW KAN ~N dplUfI alwfj; Leont. Neap. V. S. 1709 B W XPflCl fl'C1 TtW'OFf, KAN MiAN -rap -,.lIlT,." 'E 4}s IX" _OI"COIlUCl abrcl.. lfa.,... 'fPpiow Cbrcm. 7230 20 KAN BAoMHKONTA trGpaIJOI.' some II8ftlltyboata.' 133 KAN IHKONTA IAr'fCl lIOJIle sixty ho.....'-In N apeeoh, it oocurB chieey in composition, as :

nIA.,.,,,....

594), J:n, _ ...OI.or, _"....lxros, "trOT.', ....ov, - - .

tute for oVIftr ~l.) _ 6290 I; 1....9".

&88". For the use of nr oil (or /A1l) and" ft. oil (/A1l) as a popular substi-

PI It may farther be noted, by the way, tha.tTI...orf has given birth to a. number of bJ'-forma: when it came to be OOIlIIidered as a mbstantive (Tcl TWorf), it _ ftnt nmode1Jed to ft...ora (after "'~JMJ), and then ampliAed to TinTas (after ""ms). Apin when ...eST. was amplliled to ...eSTtr (after Tms), fttrOT. became Tmwtr, then plldualq TltrOT&r, ntrClTlIl (562), and by dj_mnMfOll Tt/JOTU' (cp. "'~68It.).

')(1'"

165

Digitized by

Google

&89-807.] INDEFINITE

&;

RELATIVE PRONOUNS.

&88. Another indefinite pronoun, always used with the article as a substantive, which was current chiefty in colloquial speech, is d, 7'CI. ~ Mm 'the maD (or Mr.) so aDd so,' 'what's his name?' This term was treated sometimflll as aD indeclinable word, but more commonly it showed the following iniection : Sing. N. d, T~, , 4iN PL 01 MNr, ,.Q It.iN A. TO" T~, ,.rj" 4iN ToW It.iI'Clr " G. rov, ToU, rijr 4&lIOr riI" MWOIIar D. T';,~, -rii M",
800. So still in N: 6 s.wcu (2.8. 339). Ta 3tiN, pt 01 3tWCH, ttl&i".., nl &iN. Another Nby-form, current since T, ia: 61131._ (130. 612), ft 111....0 1l3I"", (even in (Chrys.] u, 779AToil61ldPOII; BO Porph.Cer. 18,15; 198. 3. etc. cp. CLeeIll&Il8 u9 (tII-Wt], 3. Tcl.. 3Iwov), which may be compared with the form cll4rl'Cl of the grammarians (Apollo De Pron. 75. c; Et. M. 68"" 56; op. ltilhner-Blau i. 615). For ,",31 _clr _ 56

801. Interrogative adjectives of quantity, quality, and age or

siee (corresponding to 582 f.) areQw,r.fllitg: II'cScror, micro", wcScr", 'how much?' 'how maDy ? ' Qualitg: 11'0&01, lI'O&oar, 11'0&0, 'what sort of?' which?'

..4.ge or . . : rnjAilcor, rnjAiIco", rnjAUc", 'how old?' how large?' 801. Of these adjectives, only."Ahros has become eztinct, while ..i"or and ..aCTor are still fully preserved. NevertheleB8 ..wor, now commonly _cS. (155, c). has exchanged lta.A meaning of 'which' for that of -rir 'who.' For thia change _ 589.

RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 808. There are in Greek three relative pronounsa. &r, &, ~, 'who,' 'which '-in T-NIl ..ou, NffOlI b. &rnp, o-np, ;np; '(just) who,' 'which' Co oo,-&r, &,n, ~&r, whoever,' 'whichever '-in N hCHor. hou. 804.. I. Or, &, -ti, 'who,' 'which,' follows the in1lection of Il~ (525; cp. 538 ) and bears the rough breathing throughout.
.

Sing. N. A. 'ar G. d

'r

~4

--

- ..

& "

Dual. N. A.. A G. D .r...

~ I

If"

PL

or

IJ

at
......
IJr

dr ".,

- =
--

"

8015. Mark the .A. standing phraaeII_i &r .~" 'and he aaid,' and r Ir 'said he,' where &r 8tands for aW6r (1.37 ; cp. 978). 808. The form Or~ Ij, is frequently replaced by the poitpositive article (w..OI"IM'rura" dpf1poar) i e. the article in those cases where it begins with ,.. Thus ni often stands for 8, niar for rov for d, r.jar for far, etc. (1438). 808b. The poatpoBitive article 8til1aurrivea in N (1.38), though onl,. in the accusative and even here it ia obBOI88C8nt making room for IiffOll (608).

'1

'P,

807. The relative pronoun Ilr, " Ii, remained in unbroken ~ through all antiquity and partially lingered down to the XVIt. as may be gathered from the M compositious. Since then, however, it has disaFpeared oJtogether from the living language, ita place having been taken partly by the poatpositive article (606), partly by &roU
(608. 1438).

166

Digitized by

Google

BBLATIVJI PRONOUNS.

[808-6lS.

808. Besiclee 'r, ., If, mother relative made ita .ppearanoe ainoe Q. This wu the adverb ' - 'where' (prob&bly sugested by 6..ofor), which took ita place beside the poetpoeitive article (606) md BOOn uaerted itaelf . . . popular eubetitute for'r, 5,11 (I.US). (Olem. R. ad Cor. 23,3 ftptJOl-rolriol ~' t'" t ~ mm, 8noy Al"(fl' TOMi_1* nA.) Apophth. 300 B _ Aa/lwm _ Ta.. clIJ.NfNW onoy .1x' ..,wf aimw ,.... AWr,r. 300 0 ~ .IX.T. TI..OT. TOii al&.cw TotS7OU lA,.", .f ~ />Gflltt. onoy TCl IaMla 'aXIC.... Laont. Neap. V. I. 46, 18 , iPor ilnoy .JJloecha. 2914 .A. tlr 6noy dTar .1.... (op. 2949 B p.tTCl .ilIIaa Ta. ","fII'OI' ~X .~,... [NQA (wherewith) "'IA... ~ Ta.. ","",,01', when la parapm.. of the oolloquial kov). 808 11 Aa time went on, this convenient eubetitute ('-) gained aeoen dency over 3r, 11, and eventually (ainoe the 16\t1; 606 11) eupplanted it. On the other hand, owing to ita proclitic nature, this "'011 gradually dropped its initial 0 and became simple wou. (Cp. fJ,4 N 1766, ov~" If. 1979. and .a.. n. 530.) In both forme, but particularly in that of nil, it ia mll very common-in fact it ia the real popular rel.tive-and may soon dieplace the now almost obsolete postpoeitive article (606 1t).

-rap

.,.a. ''''a a

"a

'pot

' ' ' .,tifHlI....

"a

indefinite .,.{~, each component being in1lected separately, viz.

Sing. N. &Tf'lf A. &""11'11 G. oW'- & ,",11 D. rva & 3np PI. N. fliT'''' A. ~CIT'_ G. M .... (& h.)
8lL Jut
U

809. 2 Omrrp. - . , 1jnp, '(juat) who,' 'which '-is nothing e1se than &r, 0, " strengthened by the enclitic particle '"P annexed to it. Its in1lection therefore is that of ck, 0, ;, viz. &mp, Omp, oTnnp, ete. 810. 3. Oan~, 0,.,." t}n" 'whoever,' consists of ck, 0, ;, and the

&,"1 (lJ " +- +- 4TUOG

fnr

i""'104 an",
T&l'l

D. olCJTur, (& fwour,,

,",,,) +- -

+-:0

""

& 4Tn

a:;".".,
&at'_

Glen-,.,,

+-.

DuI. N. A. """ G. D,---..

Tir hu been replaced by _Or (589), so IIITIf hu made room for 6n&Or or, with dlapJao.d aooent, '-or (615). However, to judge from the JL compoeitiona, 'aTII wu still current as late u the XIVt;ta, thouah in the 88DlI8 of A 3r. Tbe neuter 3,TI, used both u eublltantive and adjective 'whatever: la still univereelly common (cp. Tt, 591), and hu enn led to. 9-B maecu1ine by-form IT.. (u Great Louvre Pap. 236), of which the genitive ITII'Of 'whoeeeoever' still eurviV88 in some dialecte (C,.) and curlowy coincides with the old Doric form """". 811'. In the _ _ WIII7" the interroptive n (or fl'N) often etanclll for woior C593 t), 10 3,TI _ etand for 6..ocOr or ofor whatever 1IOI't.' fWI. Tbe forms 6 6..oior ("a hofOl', 6..ola), 6 "ofor or !rOtOr (Ta ..oia", wrHd) and (6 ofor) 6 of6r or 3-,olor (155 11, 615) are a literal translation of the Bomanic leqwI, iZ ~ (cp. till which). Tbey were introduced by JL ecribee and, being uecciated with the then popular poatpoeitive article (606: xtroV.6n&"'ot, TaXtroV-Ta .-oio.; cp. alao 6 3r, 6 &ror, 615" 1219; 6.Tlr, &.1_, Atwor), found favour among Greek penmen who objected to the
I'J It ahoald be written &ra, but ancient grammarilUlll introduced ',TI-for which modern lCholan often nbetitllte 'rI-to dietingui8h it tzom the oonjlUlOtiOll In that. ' (79).

167

Digitized by

Google

6lS-8l7.]

RELATIVE PRONOUNS-NUJIERA.LS.

.-un.

indeclinable character of &OIl or.oO (608 f.). It is Btill proper to written composition, popular speech always U8ing hew or .00 instead [I). Chron. Hor. ProL 1332 TOYc anoioyc cW ropAiCOITolIS. X. 1440 TA anoiA ft.trrtnl 4831 Ta anoio,. .,a..,ptt.. 5223 Me anoioN IxIC ~VtTiTor. EGeorg. CoDat. Pzo1. ,.a I;;r TA anoiA f1IIp47'G .,~ a.a rr1xov. s69 f. n)r .,AwtltlJf I THN nOIAH a~1I 4av~_..a n)r cilrOKJlCltitlOl. 643 TO anoioN naY .6p.ft nl cWaW Tcl clra~p"0I. 715 7'Cl tlVpJJ&.rra I TA noiA 'tlVr'IJ'ItlOJI. Bella 336 f. A'I,.MvxocAAI,os 'T, ml n'T~ I oi noiOl ~.~OJI. Deltb. 1250 611 'XO,," ,lIl1oVxor I anoioN 'A"4,,T.,A.1I "Po~r cS 411a.. 462 .saw. I TA anoiA I'f7'Cll"lxaair 'I/ciIma-BaohL 49 ri __ TA nOIA '4AICr IIIIIIIVfllI,_d 80 on ever llinoe
818. To similar f01'9ign iDAuence point. tbe hybrid form cS I'aoos the - , ' inasmuch 88 here the article cS ia prohsbly due to the inAUeJlD8 of 6 dTOr, and the meaning _ ' to the Ll.tin idem (MI. 1417).

614. Relative adjectives of qtMJfttity, quality, and age or sUe (corresponding to 582" 601) areQuantity: ~ or ~ 'as much' ; Quality: o~ or ~ 'such as' ; .Age or size: ;AlK~ (or lnrqAlK~) 'as old,' 'as large'all inflected like adjectives of the 2nd declension.
815. Of these relative adjectives, ~l1or is still foil, preserved in N. 'OmScror having been associated with the interrogative cS trdc7ur (134), had to be redoced to WcSlTor, a form which, in the presence of 8.11 identical interrogtlotive, could not bot be droPJiled altogether. Of the two qualitatives oTnr 8.11d Mroior, the former stllllingers in N ~(")')_ (i. e. ,; x o1or, ISSb, 612) 'soch as,' quails, while the latter is still uni versal with the retracted accent 8trOUJr (doe to !SaT"" cp. &ocor) instead of MrIKcSr (IS2. ISS, c), which would coincide with cS ..otcSr i. e. cS troior (602).-'HAU:or 8.11d ~ have na.turally shared the fate of their correlatives (S8S & 602).

NUMERALS.
I. CIPHEBS.
818. For ciphers the ancient Greeks used the letters of the alphabet including three more signs (3). These three signs were-I. Yau, F, later shaped ~ and inserted after. with the value of 6. In G-B times it was represented by q, while the symbol ~ came to be used also as a ligature for OT, whence it was termed OT{yp4. 2. KOJ.!lHI, shaped Gand inserted after.". with the value of 90. 3. Rampi, shaped "' and inserted after Cl) with the value of 900. 817. Thus the units are represented bI the letters a to 8, the tens by ,to G (koppa), the hundreds by p to ~ (sampi, 3), 8.11d the thou88.1lds by a. fresh series of letters.
I'I

"'~609fl.

Por .. diI'_t, but

tozoed uplanation, _

AKopaijr, -ATUnl A' 66, ud

168

Digitized by

Google

--

--

------------ ----------_.....

CIPHEBS AND CARDINAL

NtJl[BEBS.

[818-811.

818. When used aa ciphelll, the letters are marked with an accent-like stroke put above on the right (as a fI i etc.) for all numbers up to 999t and beneath to the left for the thousands (aa ,G p :'1, etc.). When two or more eo-ordinate ciphers follow one another, iDItead of marking each one with a aeparate stroke, the last cipher only is conveniently 80 marked. Thu81C1'(for io')-n, pE-!' tforp(y') =163, ~'=895-,OGoICf(=1897. 819. Another system of ciphelll, used in early Attic, appears in old inseriptiODB (sometimes also in MSS when they refer to lines I. It consists of four single normal lines appended to the initial letter of the term8 denoting 5,10,100,1000, and 10,000 respectively, that is il.ltca, HflrOTO., (old spellingforRub8equent'EKaTdJl), XjA,Oa, MUplo&. These symbol8 were placed by and in one another in the following manner:

"'"n,

X 1000 rllll 6666 4 0 9 XX 2000 JlI 6 10 50 III 3 61 JlI6 I" 5 000 II 60 etc. 1111 4 I"X 6000 611 H 12 etc. 100 M 10000 r 5 HH 66 20 200 rl 6 661 21 etc. fH 5 00 fiil50000 666 30 fH66 520 rll 7 rillS 6661 31 etc. fHH 600 XfHHHHJlI6666rll = 1897. XXX fH H JlI = 3650
1
2

11

n.

CAJl.DDU.L NUKBEBS.

810. The first four cardinal numbers are declined low8:1 ,,: N. Ii plo. V , A. Oa ,t p.t4" G. b~ p.W.i

D. bl

A.1l thetle forma, leaving 88ide the dative (333), atlll survivein N, BUbjeet, of course, to phonopathic modiflcations. Thus .fr is stlll current in aeveral insular dialecta, sometimes unchanged, 88 in the Jl-N expreasions .a.,lr, .ala (or .u.) flr 'every one' ; sometimes modified to (Cretan) ')'fIr (155It). In oUler respects its regular and generally received form is mr (3311). The neuter'" is naturally amplified to (132 It. 219).-The accuative _ l i n e 160" (5371is stllllUliveraal (in Pontos tll'GP).-The genitive J,.,), a1ao IIUl'Vives. but the form '"ov e (Cretan also ' ' oVr, beside ."oiir) is more oommon.-The feminine is still fully pretlerved 88 oxytone ""G (155, c). N....erthel_ for the genitive ""is a recent and dialectal by-form I"ariir ia 00088ionally heard (579); rarely also ""...w for ...s, (579). The feminine ,.to led to the Jl adverb fl). pha" (as Bova 53, etc.), 'together,' which is still 80 current in South Italian Greek. At the same time another form"tl]r ";6" (diasociation from ,,,pJ4) appears concurrently in JL (N80phianos 83), and this byform still survtves in the contraction at Olloe,' 'therefore,' now current in ineul&r (Cretan ete.) speech.

en.

--=

88

fol-

JU4

'N

",..0

169

Digitized by

Google

8D-8:19.]

CARDINAL NUMBERS.

8a Besides its regular function as a distinct unit 'one,' ft~ ill occasionally used, even by classical writers, without any atreaa or antithesis, as an equivalent of the indefinite pronoun ric 'a, an (589595) Hdt. ... 3 erc I1mw IA'E' TGa.. Th.... 57, :a Aa.tlIal,.-to. +/IOIIfId MiA ,.."
".pl n)ar x6Iptu1. Aeachin. I, 180 ."".,..A84w TU .,.~ oh MEr- Mal IlllJxWOV71l& aal 1l.BU:u7u' TW,OIII dc nptUdJP ..,.1... So 165 " I8:a bl)p dc TOw WONTOw. Xen. MeID. 3, 3 &T/lP 'Y' X~ erc ._ TijlJIlt fir tr6A_ 'Yl-pvrcu.

r'"

6:18. In P antiquity this indefinite numeral .r~, which is treated as a proclitic (97, a). met with ever increasing popularity owing to its advantage over Tic of having a separate form for each gender l'rs, ;.,,,.m; cp. 589- 597. 1449b ), and ultimately established itself in popular speech as a kind of indefinite article a, aft; it still remains so in N. Gen. :u, 15 'PP'I{I' Tcl ",BiOI' ilruGTCII MIAC 'AA""r. Polyb. 90 No,.a TOw '~IloEcrr4T_ Efc. Jlatt. 8, 9 "pOfI.ASW Efc "1pt1/IPAT.Vr cWr9i. 18, :a4 dc cl+t'Aln,r ""pE_~. 18,:a8 tip.. NA TOw GWIlotSAoow I1W.N. :u, 19 lllclw MiAN. Jlsrk 14, 47 Efc TOw fIIlI'IlJ"'I-&-"
Luke IS, 26 "poIFlIIIA.f16.I""r NA 1"_ tralllOlll. .Tohn 6, 9 'IJTl ",lJ6.pcor N dill.. Rev. 8. 13 fj_OIIf1I1 iNOC 6.yy4Aov rtfTOp.DolI .~ ,.'flOVparl,paT' A r t - .Tos. Ant. 7, 14, 3 .lIpllJ_.TIll .~ ~ ".sA., .,.".,) MiA 'A/Jff!6.q ToIWopa. Plut. Ant. 5 ~. Il~ ,.... tfN-,6.Ilow eNOc S ..".Movr clIltAf6r. Plut. Cru. 4 ,,,.,..,, NA 1loVAor. AeL Hist. 10, 18 ~ moO nm MiA. Apocr. Acta .Tob. 159 ~JI' 114 T,r MIA _",.,. Epict. 3, :a,10 Efc q.&A&'o+os. JIaL 190, 15 /JIlIJUJIJII'r/r MIAC. Chron. 70, n MiA wap/lWOf ftP'l. 597 dc rMfor. 824. It mU8t be noted, however, that in many, especially predicative (1159) CBBeB, the English indellnit8 article a,l1ft. is indicated, both in ..t and N, by the simple absence of any article (237).

crv'"

.r"..

8:15. Like .k are declined its two compounds oll&(\1 [80 accented instead of oMti!1], oMa, oMt,Ja., and ",',,&(\1 [p.,,&i!1], p.~. p.,,&,Ja. no one,' nobody,'-wbioh have moreover a masculine plural. N. ol.&lr oll31" oM. oMlIIft A.. oMI"" . " ol.~ oMm.c G. 01.&..6r -... oMt",or oMI.... D. oM..,l _ oM."" oMt",
8S8. This negative adjective (especially in the form ,..,Iltls) still survivel in N: olIIlEJI'I1S, ,..,IlIJl'llr. The Cretan dialect UBeII by preference p.o1IfIl14...s, where p.otIrJIl~ is a contamination of ,..,~ and ollll (116. 629b).Other N compounds of .lr are _'ds (_,.ir) and aaSEJI'Ilr or IlII8' mar, Cd..fl~ and m,,4rIlr (op. also"u11 .1, [cp. Spanish cada tiRO and French cA_Ill and tnitTl1 .1r, ,.,,~ .1" 621. 665). which are all infi.ected like .ls and rlW respectively. 8:1'7. By SUbstituting otJn and ,./rn for oMi and p:q3J, P writers,

Ai.,.,II''', IJII I~ (read Ilq) tl"OTP4'IfOv Al.,.,.. 0I.,a,. XCli'o, Ilul TOV A Af'JOlHTU'.] 8S8. No feminine rilep.lA or ".",.". has been found as yet. poaaibly because of the di180ulty of pronouncing -ffl'" or -1"'1'" (dilBimilation).

notably those of the Aleundrian school, formed oUJ.tr. oUN., ,."Bds, These forma. which occur also in Attic inscriptions since 380 B.O., did not enjoy either a very long or a general currency. [Compue Phr7n. 160 olI9.lr Ilul Toii 9 l n1 x,nlfI,,,,,Of n1 01 W' calITcl. oInt

"."s...

8:19. In case of emphasis, oMt~\1 and p.,,&lr can resume their separate form without elision: olo&.k and p.-q& .k not one,'170

Digitized by

Google

CARDINAL IroJmEBS.

oftener olIt-. or ",qn fJfQr,fllG,,...a; Cretan p.ovrJa'fIr or p.ovrJa. ,_ (626).

(41,'" .ls) 06 or ~,

the particle a... being often inserted here for more stress: o(S &.. p..,,8 a... ~t\1, Cnot a single one' (cp. 598 if.). b So too in N: "'~. (/lQr (or ",~1r), "''13. (/IG, ",,,a. ,...a, and 829

err,

..... For a popular mode of replacing, since Q, oMdr and fl'13dr by "cr lee 1#9. 880. Of the forma 06&ir and ,..,a.lr the neuter oNi.. and ~ is still oeoaaionally heard in N as a substantive 'nought,' though .,./l ,.."aw.,w" is the regular dool term for 'nought.' .Aa an adverb, however, oM~ .. ~..) has been in general use through all times with a gradual weakenIng of ita original force 'not at all,' into that of a simple tIOt (06). This attenuation in 10 frequent a word naturally led to procli8i., and procliaia to aphaereaia, i.e. ~.. became ArIIt 061f", then simple aw or rather If" (:n9), a form in univeraaJ. use since B times. For the gradual development of thi8 proceaa lee 1798 f.

88L:I

If.

Dual N.A. 360 (Uo,) G.D. 8voiv, later 3wiv. D. also 8va{. [I]

'-------

88lb The oardinal number for tlllO forma the basis of the dual in Greek. In the nominative and accusative, it has the form aw (for metricall'urposea often written aliot), in the genitive and da.tive auoi.., since the IVt (329 B.O., KMeiaterhanal 124) written 3v.p" beside a_I" (after "pUT'", as CIA ii. 467, 27: aVlI'l trAolo,,-, etc.). On the other hand, aw occurs frequently even m ...4. with the plural as an indeclina.ble word, as: Th. I, 104 ,,&I.. aw ~p&I"; also PI. Legg. 848 A.; Th. 1, 74 atio ~... 7, So aw ~~piiI". 3, IS roir 3w ,u~'m. S,4 JfQulI'l atio, ete. Xeu. .An. i. 2, 23 3tio trAiBpriI", etc. CIA iii. 1443 /"." 3w. See 229rim

882. /Wo survives in N as an indeclinable and chielly oltyt;one word (aN, 135. c): viz. N. &; A. aw, Q ftI' auo.-though ftI' auo.... (579) and aw (for ftj.,. ado, 132b) alao occur, chiellyas 8ubstantives. 883. The frequent occurrence of U. as an indeolinable word, ita dative form awf", &Dd above all ita usual oQD8truotion since the vt a.c., with theplteral both of nouna and verbs (II73) clearly points to the eimultaneoua diaappearanoe of the dual (229).

8M. The inflection of 360 (Uo,) is followed by its synonym

~

cboth'; G. D. d.p.</xi_a term foreign to popular speech since .4. 885. 3

y.

M. F. PI. N.A. .,.pli\1 G. Tpt1DV D. Tpurl

.,.l~

N. Tplo. ---

886b So atill in N (save in the dative, 119. 232).

888. " If. PL N.A. G. D.

88Gb

.,.ICTCTo.pa.
- =
- -

ftavtlpt.lv

flauapal For nll'lI'- early Attio uaed nw-.

171

Digitized by

Google

887-644.]

CARDINAL NUlIBEBS.

887. In Ionic and P Greek the nominative rffTfTQpn, rftlfTaptJ waa often, under the stress of the accent, reduced to rffTfT.pu rffT',.pa (App. i. IS, b), a form still current in N: rffTfTf~r, commoner rlfTfTf~I~ (after r~is, aV8danr, Glo88. Laod. 211 t_riB), and rftltl.pa. For the masculine rffTfTfp.1S another M-N form rffTfTfpol (after adjectives in -01, 3'0"C1"I0I, etc. 346. 6381 is sometimes heard. The regular genitive "_ fTapOW is preserved in its A form only (hence r.tltrGpe", never rffTfT.,.). 688. All cardinal numbers from 5 to 199 inclusive, are indeclinable. The round hundreds from 200 upwards are regular adjectives of three endings (-0&, -a, -o.t.).-80 still in N. 689. AA all tens from 20 upwards end in Lawna and thWl coDBiat of lour or more syllables, the post-tonic ending !KOJITII, being too clumsy for such common tel'lllB, WII8 syncopated to (-.'I'TCI) :I'TCI. This abbreviation appears even in Q inscriptions, and is now the only form current in N. (r".uo..,./l) TfilW,TtIo (La Bas-Foucard Voyage ii no. 137, cp. CIL xii. 5399 trieRttlo), (Tfaacapa.o..,...) *T.tltla.pGPra. tla.pirr4, (~KOI'Tt1.) -n;1'Tt1. (GIAacOfi ... 5; 80 too in .Il), now .f"ijI'Tt1o (593); (1E'.O"TtIo) 1EijrTa., (~JlIo"'K_) IJlIo~"",, (~KOI'TtIo) 6-yIoijI'TtIo (80 even in GlAscoli 17), now ~ or
~,

NnlfttG, pmHntG. a:ifttG, ebdomifttG, ogdointG, mminta, eea.tD, in GIOllS. Laod. 211_

(,,,,,,,.0I'TtI0)

'"0;;''''''' (cp. A '"",KOJITII, INtSalOl).-A1eo Iric.aIIf&,

640. In compound numbers consisting of units and tens, two modes of combination are followed in A :-(a) The units may precede or follow the tens with or without the interposition of the copula lCol 'and,' as: rr',," (ICtIol) .Le_, 'five and twenty' or fLe_, (1C01) rrfWf! 'twenty and five.'-(b) The tens may precede without the copula Kat. as: .UcOfTI rrlrr.=2S. This latter mode obtained general popularity in P times, and is now the one exclusively current in N. 64L In a number consisting of whole units and a Aa/f, the half is expreBBed :-(a) through the ordiMl followed by ~IA" as prefix to the noun representing the unit, e.g. 'two minae and a half' TpiY'o" HMlpHicw. '3i (4i. Si) talents' rfrapro" (rrl","o", fIlrO.) HMlr&rro-{b) by connecting ilie half (fp&tl1lr) with the whole by means of aal 'and,' as : 31io !(Ai ~,"fI.,a ,-, rrmf KAi f",fTU rd>.arro". P-B speech follows the latter practice, but departs from A by first conceiving flA'fTUr as a neuter flA'fTU (se. pfpor), then by dropping the connective Kal and uttering the whole complex under one dominant accent, a circumstance which soon led to the encliaia and abbreviation of f",fTU to 11 '1"fTV, as: Sept. Ex. 25, 10 3w mix" Ka& HMicoyc. Dion. H. iL 681, 13 3c:,a.1C0 1C01 HMicoyc C1eomed. 22, 9 &po Kai iiMICY. 63, 20 mG W .Le_,,, ~,dpa&r Kal HMicl. 98, 10 auO 1C0i iiMICY f:OLpar. Diose. I, 6:a r~ic 1C01 iiMICY 'A.lrpar. Plut. iLl}08 A. & B. App. Ii. 315, 95 I'upui3ar lE _1 liMICY nU.a."..,,,. Galen. ii. ~4 p.-N f/ltloS (300, rfH.ir, rftlfT.~IS, rri~ LcOtT" Tp&Grra) ICAi MICOc (401 ), rptir (rlfTfTf~&r, lE) iiMICY, aucl (Tpla, Y'ffTfTfpa, rrf,,", l~, ltlmi. etc.) 'MICY, 3raa 'MICY, a,lCox:r_ 'MICY, ete. 841. In A the two units 8 and 9t when joined to tens, were often expreBBed by way of subtraction of 2 or I from the tens (20, 30. 40 etc.), the nsual formula being avoi" 3l0I'Trr 'wanting two,' i..o~ aiol'fU , wanting one,' that is, 'minus two,' 'minus one,' as: '48 years' auoa. alo,,", rr~ao,,", ITrj, d~inquagiftla anni. '49 years' IPIJs 3irwrca Jrf~_O ITrj. 'with 39 shlpa'puufll fllGr 3fOVcrO&r Y'rrrapUa:o....o. 848. This clumsy circumlooution was hardly proper to popular speech even in A times. AA a matter of course it is unknown to N. 844. Another periphrastic mode of Bubtracting a smaller from & larger quantity was IIOmetimea resorted to by means of the prepoaition

"*'"

172

Digitized by

Google

CARDINAL NUlIBERS.
Mitt. . (1619 fF~). Hrlt.9, 33 Tb., 8. 29 _:~2 A. ~. 695 ..r~ :I C,;,r. 9.,24 T'!cr.uapO"o"",lI :rrapil pUJ'"
,..~

with ZiCCltRII&ti"ff ouureupuuding to thu

'eucept,' 'save,

convenience thus af!'0~ed met with ~ater ,pop~la~ty d~~g G tlinle#, and eventually DeCliiDlu fii.lIlll18or colloquialism, still very
CO'!lI.l!lOu in N~

~:~: II~;"~:a:: ~=:~M3lrfb~' I:;;Xf;:'; ~ ":::;:O;~f ~~~Th*!

84&.
I
2

IJtvr. IBtR9. 41, 36 ~o8. ~t. 4. 8: I~U:

3 4

~ J'
7 8 9
W$

t, ;:Z:;'"
iJ

tr

SnijI'I3.E:S uP O.*.2IDIBAL l:ittwr"B&. ,la (62 If. 63u) *~{>o-N liveS (63*) IT'Pfi~, IT'pla (635)-N also T'"a for T'pla(rareJy) "4uu~,,fXi (T'iT-) (634 1:), G-l1 T'iUUfpa
**r~, ;".

C:
;,,

*iE-N itf 4; *4m-If

*~~",-lr

IQ

n
lu

fa

, l"I'Ka

*!,,!,ia-N 'wfa (155, a)

,,,.uIt'l or Itl &u1W

(zi4)

(T3~")

(IH)

l;*~;:\(~~~~z t:~ ~UltI:: Z:z~~:~:]d

l~IIKa,

i3tJau

1,3 14
15

13' ,y'

1;I~: ;;::t)(~:la~i*IQ (64 1 :1:: ;31:o

1l

P-JJ Itw ihio.

t.)

aK

S.:nr;uap~ (-pa)
.j. alllI'Zl T"

UUdP'
a

(-r~3)

"at ailCa (640 f.)

16
1'7 , 18

,~'

*C' f t"'eu l...,.a-in N

art'
~av"'1I i),iOtTllf

I~i::~t S

in 1r oft",nu 3I'tO{" o

~mQKal&"a

S.iI~'1 (_ 1)
(#50, a; 114)

{~t:d'!::"in11:"'00"oflener 3tJ~
N
(643)

ofttiner 3f~ (150, C; 174)

19
20

"
ffif

J"tu4JmlbllUa { 1-~i"a ~""'a-~!! 11 lkl!'lJllllt!4 (K~O, c.) '4.0. bf o..,.tlf fUcOO" (64~)

:u
22 23

4ca'

I::t:::'f~;)(,"a,'~)~
S 2lhi" "al fLc"u4 I t.ji,!>u, ~Vo-N fk)(1I~W S 2T'ptl,~ (Tpla) "al
2

f (fJ(Cff'"

(22(b,

fr-, 'IIOr C~ fvca)

ZUOVTpflS

(621),

,.." f tfllcLzu,
'A'
".
I ,

"P"~ (up'z,)- in
":r "'"
Im-

mOO',

3n
40

{T'~:;:;i~';a(~;;:p2)~I~BYdiS8imUationB-M<T"p<l"",,~
".imJeo.Ta-M Wf~1ITtl, now Wfll"i/ll'ra (593 639)

""

9'"

azoo

(136)

60 70

SO

E',

,,'

ts)'. hf~~:~f(::e~::'Z;:;;~~4~X:: ~)~f3t: ~~~I.

Purph. Ger. 478,13 ; G~Kpata9f3 (A.D.1I31)(CP B<Tap!lKO-

~bt:~1;::'~ .l::;~::;" (639)

[41

1&1 JJ-B mW Tf<Tf?iIt,,.ora. 173

(hp.

6,7.)

.r ,,",

I,

Ma,848.]
80 90
lOO 200

ORDINAL NUXBEH&
mrlCowa-N ~ and 6yIdna or ~ (639)
1"m,lCowa-N w",;;..,u (639)

rr'

300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 IC,OOO 20,000 100,000

lllClJ1'cS_NllraTcS (Ill.) ialGlCcS"&O,, a, a& (638 , N al80 "'.&70' (148) TP&GICcS",O&, a, 0' " NTpudv.fM (150, d) al80.,.paftcrfM (1411) u' lTfT'pGlCcS",m, a, a&" N also .,.fTpaftcrfM (148) ~' , f1l'fllTaw&o" a, a&" N also .fllTGdafM (148) " N also IErurcSafM (148) X, li~aICcStT,o" a, a& *11fTGlCcS",OI, a, a,-NI4mur&t.OI (174),also ~fM (148) at *clICTGlCcS",O', a, a,-N 6x-r-do'aOl (174), also 6~fM (148) ~ 11IGICcS",0I (639)-N w,,~&t&fM, also 1""~fM (1411) ,a lxOua" a, a& ,fJ awXiA,Ol, a, a,-N 3W xwG3tf TPWXo..,O" a~ a&-N .,.por xwG3tr , TfT'pGlC&tTXo..,o,-N .,.ltltlfpt.f (& optr) xwGltr etc. 1I'fllTGlCWXo..,0" a, a& ,f l~wXo..&O" a, a& ,( brrGlCl"Xo..,OI, a, a' " " ", clICTaIC&tTX,AIOI, a, a, " ,8 IIIGIC'''Xo..,o" 0, a& " p.VP'O&, a, a&-N IUu x.W&. " awp."pio" a, a,-N.r.o", x~tr ,le ,p 3tOICWP.Vp&Ol, At a&-N 1-" xwG3tr

,,' yI

Cf' p'

+,

' ,.1

IlL

OBDIBAL NUKBBBS.

848. The ordinal numerals end in -T'Oi from 1St to 19th (the 2nd, 7th, and 8th excepted), then invariably in~. Hence they are all adjectives of three endings: ', _ , ""I (or 0).
lat fll'pGn-or, 011, 'I 2nd l&mpor, OJO, a 3rd f.,.plTOr, 011, 'I 4th "'f'I"GpTO~ 0., 'I 5th ""/MfTor, 0", 'I 6th llCTor, 0", 'I 7th 1~4opor, 011, 'I 8th oor, 0", 'I 9th '"OTor,o.., 'I loth aflCaTOr, 0., 'I 11th ,"aflCOTor, 0., 'I 12th aatBflCaTor, 011, 'I 13th .,.plTor lCa} ailCaror, OIl, 'I 14th. TfTopTOr IClli 4flClJ1'or 15th ",fp.rrTor lCal aflClJ1'or 16th '",or lCal aflCaTOr 17th ;~aopor 01 a.lCaror 18th &yaoor lCeU aflCaTor 19th lllfJTGr 01 a'lCaTor 20th fllCOa"I"cSr, cSII, ~ :n at frr or "'pWror lCal .LcOa"l"dr 22nd afmpor lCul ,zICOtT'I"cSr 23rd Tpl.,.or 01 ,LcOtTTdr 30th TpiGICOtT'I"dr, cSII, ~

50th 60th 70th 80th 90th looth 200th

300th 400th 500th 600th 700th 800th 900th

1I'fPT'llCCllTt"dr, cS'" ~ f~'1ICOtTTdr, cS'" ~

f~40p.f/lCOtTTdr, cS~ ~ ~O'IICocmSr, dII, ~ 11If"'l1C0".,.cSr, cS'" ~

flClJ'I"OaTdr, cS", ,;

40th ~""a~,cS~,;

loooth 2000th 3000th 4000th 5000th 6000th 7000th 8000th 9000th IO,OOOth :zo,oooth

"'p,_&OtTTdr, cS'" ~ "'ET'palCo",Oa"I"dr, cS., ~ ",fJITa_&O".,.o" cS., ~ f~, dII, ~ (1I'TG_,ocmSr, cS., ~ dICTGlCOtT'OtTTdr, cS., ~ IIIIJICOtT&OtT'I"dr, dII, ~ xiA&OtTTcSr, cS., ~ 4,,,xiA&Oa"I"dr, dII, ~ "'P'''XiA.OtT'I"cSr, cS'" ,; TfT'pGlC&tTxiA,omr, cSII, ~ 1I'fJITGIC,,,x,}.&OtTTdr, cS., .; (~"xlA,OtT'I"dr. dII, ~ "",cw,,xiA,OtT'I"dr, cS., ; clICTQIC,,,xiA&OtTTdr, cS., 'I I_'''X&A&OtTTdr, cS., ~ p.IIp&Oa"I"cSr, cS., ~ a,,,p.up&ocmSr, cS., ,;

41G1C0tTIOtT'I"dr, cS'"

114

Digitized by

Google

lmJlERAL ADVERBS.

[M84s0.
234 (tr21).

84811 P-B formation:

'f'rrpotEr1IC~6c

Gr. Urk. Berlin

by the article, aB: .t ~Q, " llcWJ.lIII, "'f'pcana.-On the other hand, a few other ordinals survive aB substantives, viz. IlwTlpa 'Monday.; .,plTfl 'Tuesday'; (for T.Tclpn, 'Wednesday' popular speech uses T.TpGMt (3401); .,..", (i.e. wl",""" *wn-r." w~"! [193. 17+1) 'Thursday'; tIOptJlCotirIJ i.e. TWIlllptJlCIIfI"T4 (BC. "'Jf1T.lca) 'Lent' (see 6471; Wf""JICO~ Pentecoet,' 'Whit Sunday'; ...,~ 'a number of hundred' (cp. 'Ml1'OCITIIr 6601.

12 & 17. 847. Of the ordinal numerals, only .,&Tor 1l'!W'por and TplTor are still preeerved in N, all the remaining being replaced by the cardinals preceded

[tu6sJ tI'ptJIIOtITa., )(p6v0l').

64.71>. Dy cUuimiIation .,..tltlopalt0tn6r becom88 B flaptJItOCM"6r Nomoc. 285 .t 286; Dig. 6. 129; hence -t tloptJltOtl.,.. 'the quadrapllimal fUt,' Lent' (645. 40- 647.) So T.tllI.poItOtlT6. i. represented by M tI.ptJIIOCM"Os (aB F'l'rinoh. 438

IV. lfUMERAL ADVBRBS. 848. Numeral adverbs answering to the question Hmi} many times 'i are formed from cardinals by affixing the ending -cUc'~ = 'times' to all numbers from 4 upwards. In compound numbers only the last part receives the ending -cUc~.-Mark as irregular the first throo numbers. 1 &r~' once' 21 ftIComUc&r &~
2
3

.,.p,,' thrice'
.,..,.pdJc"

~'twice'

22
30

rlICtJfTcUa~ 3~

6 iEw 'six times,' etc. 7 flmIIC&r 8 ~ 9 11Ifi,t&~ 10 BrICuW 11 0Br.a1C&r

12 3C1113uu,~ 13 "'puT/CtI&BrrrciIC'~ 14 T'fTfTaptfTICCI&3.lCa/c&r 15 tJ"I'T,ICoc3,w,r 20 ,lICofTalClr

5 tJ'.JlTW,' five times'

'four times

40
50

100 IIClITol/1'alC'~ 200 3uucOtl&Git&r 300 'f'p&aICOCTuUc'~ 1000 xoA,u,r 2000 3'fTXoAwlt&r 10,000 ",vpWlClr 20,000 a'fTfWpW.&r

60 70 80 90

TPUUCO.....u&r TffTfTapcucoJmUc&r tr'''"IICOJITU&r iE'I"0".,.alClr ill40l''IICOJITalt&r dy30'l"0JITu&r '"""ICO".,.W

849. So further tro).>.cW, 'many times,' 'often,' fTVXJ'&IC'" frequently,' times,' fTtrGI'&GIClf 'rarely,' 7"OfTWr or 'f'OfTRvrcIIC&r so many times,' &au,r 'aB m&ny times,' as often,' 'whenever.' 860. Being the simplest and most na.turaJ unit of time. day (,;,,~) suggested itself most conveniently for enumera.tions of time &nd thus was closely 888Oci&ted with numera.ls, both cardinal and ordinal. This frequent associ&tion then gr&dually led to the convenience of dropping the substantive ~",pa (cp. A /Cal' Irrci!1TJlII every d&y'; Sept. Ps. 47. I ~ b.w*pa 'second day,' Mond&y'; so further TpiT'I, Trr&pn" ft',.trTfj, for Tuesd&y, Wednesd&y, Thursd&1.' since G; also IfJ30p'1 'the seventh d&y' of the month, Plut. ri. 1027 B; Luc. PaeudoL 16; Philo i 645. 4t ete.; cp. also 1791), &nd thus ga.ve birth to the elliptical ezpressions pUJ. alio. 'f'Plir, ete., or trpO.wrJ, bwr'pa, 'f'pi"!. etc., m the sense of 'oDe, two, three timu' or 'first, second. third, time.' This ellipsis seems to have been furthered by the NT (Lake) standing phrase pUJ T&l1I ~"'".". (Cp. pUJ 'f'&I. fTafJfJdT and dtr'
d).~w few

.. 1791.)

175

Digitized by

Google

8&O-8IS4.] NUKERA.L ADVERBS-KULTIPLICATIVES.

Pallad. n 79 0 ... "., 7&.. 41'fpOir. but I u8 D Il7IlfCl' ,Jar trapcl "., 'every other day.' Apophth. 1010 '.GA..1Fi I'f "sa" c) dJJ{Ji.r ''"wr 'one clay.' 328 B Tt .lnl 1'0' Tj &AA, 'the other day.' 185 B "" 'YoUr troM,.",fir 'once.' 420 0 drijAI,.. ,.. "., .l. TO IaIp4T'O.. G6rij1 "poaWlturltu. JKoeoboa 2877 0 &; 29490 ,,, IMf. Leont. Neap. V. J. "''''' IS, 10; 48, 'l; 6; 73. 10; 76. 9; et pa88im (beside ,,, "., 7&.. 12, 6; 54. 7: 83. 17). Tbeoph. 182, 28 "rv ~ 1tIIAt.. "polpxoptJl. Vita Nil. Jun. 45 B ,.... TOU xplwou once a year.'-ELegrand Bibl. ii. p. 23. 145 "'" ""WO wo'iT. TO,MGr wl Uo nl T'ptcr wl IIA.If lBtu. ~ cL\~.1CU' ;and so on down to the present day, as: IToii ...6 'n pAd, IToii T6 '..Cl 3u6 'I told you 80 once, I told you 80 twice.' p&A TOU 4HAov ~w TOii cf>lAov T'jX~ cd n)" GII:~" TOV pApa. 85L Another eqnally poet-cbriatian (T-N) mode of expl"8llling the same notion has been evolved by supplying to the cardinal number the word fap6. (dialectalJy [Crete ete.J also IJoM, 116; cp. ltal. wolttJ) 'turn,' 'time,' naturally used mostly in the plural, as: (DioIIo.l Eupor. 2, 2 nlfT. 411 faptlr Ta" ,,;;.ca. .A.lchem. 318, 17 faptlr ~o. 3220 21 II:GTcl ,,11fT. nl lE ",,,,..u. ib.., .l. riIIu fapcl,. IJ' 4 .". 323, 6 mTcl ." fa"'. 325.234"0.' ni llfa"'. 330, 3"tU foplz", eta., eto.-Theoph. 332. 11 wl'Y1"mu ""o,n, fapi [v. 1.1 wriic11f ToU 'P.",.rIl:OU tlTpooTOii. Nomoo. 46 Uo fa"'. TsatL ebB. 13. sa. Nicet. 4590 24"tu (10. faph). IStaph. 1lI3 f. TltltIGpfU faptlr n)r lI"Ipo.r, .alG fapclr ~ .:",.i _ca 84-. Aldn. 32 7 ".ar fa"" 448,u& t/>OfIG. 851h. This expedientis now the one in univel"ll&l use: ,u&~, an (TPfCr, TltltI.ptc., .11fT. 1rTA.., 1fGA.A.~r, o:JAi'rt., ,,&rn, T6C1'ff, IIcrff) fopIl.

.l.

.".pOir

8152. A third substitute for the numeral adverbe, peculiar to Q-JI Greek, is efrected by extending the meaning of the neuter osrdinal (nl) "piirror 'for the:81'11t time' to 'once'; (Ta) 3WT.pGII 'for the second time' to 'twice' i <nl) T'piT'OP 'for the third time' to 'three times' and 10 on. Tbis extension of usage is natural, _ing that what ooeurred for the 18t. 2nd, aM, ,.th, eta. time, must needs have ooeurred once, twice, three, four, ete. times. Conc. Ant. (t 341) 20 adrfpGII ToU bout-air TOii 'Tot/f. Basil. i. :117 B. Cbrys. X. 1:10 . Prodr. 4. 85.-Clu')'I. i. 611 B T,wror riir JIJlJopGaor. Vita Epiph. 28 B; 45 o. JKoeobOl 2865 . Acta Joann. 5. 14; 2 4, 1:1. 35,9; 114. J. Prodr. 5. 64--Basil. iv. 484B rm"",,, . J ,..,.".. 'IJIo,,6k - "ou"",. Cbrys. i. 611 .-JKoeohoa 2915 0 111301'0" '" 3Ar,r riir ItJUpu. -Leont. Neap. V. J. 17, 11 3WT'po.r riir 'lI3opGaor. "'" TpiTOJf cltripXfTG.

V.
I.

OTHEB J.nrMXRAT8.

8&3. From numeral stems are further formed : MfIltiplicatifIU in (-trl60r) -lfloUr. as: chrlot..-, oiiP, ij, 'aimple,' &tr)ovr 'twofold' (beside occasional ~1CJ'CT6r 'double '), T'p&trloiir 'threefold' (beside occasional Tp'ITIT6r 'treble '), TfTpatrloiir four(old,' tJ't!1'nItrloiir ' fivefold,' etc.-Further trOUatrloiir 'm.anifold,' trOCTatrloiir how

manifold.' (319, 2.)

81540. Contracted adjectives of this olass, coinoiding as they do in most of their cases with the ordinary adjectives in -01, were often identified with them <320 f.), sometimes even by .A writers (cp. IotNf6r, "'''''061, IUrPOf, Kpcaftrof, 'Apxcj,os, woPt/>Vt*T.por, "opfNpOnuTOI, &"A6rtpIw, 6."A6Tfpor, ete. 3n). That the pl'OO8lll of assimilation bad, as early ia G, reached an advanoed or rather :8nal stage in popular speech, may be gathered from the testimony of 1Il0lria 336: Tp'''A.i. TfTpG"Ai "'P'tIWQ/""" .. JIIIIIII&r 'ATT'..ur IJpooX'.' 'EAA.'I"I_&ir. Hence N treats them as ordinarT

176

Digitized by

Google

JlULTIPLlCATIVES AND NUVERAL SUBSTANTIVES. [8154-881.

adjectives mOCK: IlwAcSr, aurM" .,."nrAM (cp ..t leererM, .,.pcerer6t). For all other N numben upwards, the adjective Ie.Aa, i, added as a crystallized BUftlx : u..Aut, a8.: "'p!Ie.Aor, TfT"a&..Aor (so even Acta Thadd. trfJITclle..Aos, IfG&wAOI, icfmi&...Aor, 6xTliIe...Aor, etc.

a),

85&. A variety of multiplicativea is effected by the ending -trMcr&Or, which answers to the question: ,..ocrClll'A&crlor; 1aow man, times fJ8 tIIuch? al,..Aacrlor' twice as much,' ,.Pl,..).&crlor 'thrice as much,' t'fTPClW'Aacrlor, ""JIT'atrAacrlOr, IEa7rAacrlor, .IICocratrMcr&or, etc. '4. 5, 6, :zo times as much,' etc.-So further ,..oAAatrA&cr&or ' many times as much,' p;up'atrA.1cr&or 'tho118aDda of times as much.' 8&8. For _>.acraor P Greek often uses _Aacrlo"" (neuter _Adcrllll'), G. -01'0', as: 'rp',..Aacrt..", IlUIT'OlIT'atrAacriol'G.
8&7. Neither ...Aderlor nor ....Aacr_llUl'Yives m N. Present speech, like other modem languages, UIIe8 instead a periphrastic expreasion, Buch as W (.,.".;" .,.Ierer.ptll, ,,411T", eta.) ~p.s "A",".pOS' (.AflaT.poS) or ....pcerer/rr.pot (prraAmpos), etc.

8&8. 2. Abstract/_ini"" in ";r (G. aaor 363), as: p.oarh I unit,' awr 'couple,' 'rpad' 'a number of three,' TfTpOr, ""Far (P tr'lIT'ar), IfQr, ifJ80,u,r lie mar, oar lie duar, J"".ar, &mr, l.,a.mr, a..a.mr, .lICGr, "'p'curDr (G-B 'rp&alCOmr), TfcrcrapaICoJlT'dr, """"IIe0"""', ilCa'J"Ol'Tcir, xtAcar, pvpc,dr, 'a number of 4. 5,6, 7, 8,9, 10, 11, 12, :zo, 30 ,40. 50, loo, 1000, 10000.' Hence 'rp''' IWpadatr = 30,000868". Of tJo__ aubatantlvea ODly a few aurvivB in N, ohidy aB BPIIOifto t.erma, vi:: ;, po..Gk' UDit' (alChool term), 'Aoyia TpcOaa 'Holy Trinity,' T.T"" (MO. 647) 'Wednesday,' 11J3op4&& 'week,' 3 .aaa 'ten,' 'ICCITOI"I'daa' a hundred' (both .. school termB 0Dly), Xu.uiaa, 'a thoaaand,' ,",pedalS 'an immense number.' For tha rest see 661.
869. In..t the two words XIMl, and """,a, accent the ultima in the geni. tive plural: X&Ala3oW, JIIIpta3&ir.-80 still in N (a54).

880. Besides..os (G. -43os), there are a few numeral substantives with the ending -w (G. oWl), as: I) Tpcnt, T'Tpa1IT'W, .,..,.,,-nl, XIA&ocrnSI, ,.lIpIocrrVt.

pbraae,..a

880". Th_ fOl"llUl, which eveD in .A occur rarely, are of courae unlmown to N, though IIOIDe 1IOh0lan claim to have diICovered a remnant of them in the Npopular UaTocr",q, and aooordingly writs I) 'ICCITocrnI (647).

eeL The genuine N numerals, which correspond to the ..t feminine IlUbatantivea in ..or (G. -cIaos 658), ended in B-Jlspeech in -Gp'a, now CODtracted to -o.ptcI or (I SE-, c). Thi8 ending is naturally C1U'J'eDt chiefly iD multiples of 5 (that is in 10, 15, 20, 25, etc.), in conjunction with,..a.

-apco

Now

a.lCCIptG (or -&6., 155. c) IloI3tnptcl a,-trrCIfItG .broeraptcl ,lalll11ffl'Tllptcl T/HlIVTa"tG

erapaJ'TGptc\

ftVIJl'1"IIptcI

IfflllTGpllo 'ICCITollmptcl 'ICaTO(II)"~".a le_ape, eta.

xu.&CiIc&

177

Digitized by

Google

881-870.]

DISTRIBUTIVEB-THE VERB.

882. 3. DistributitJes are formed :(I) By prefixing the preposition uW (used as an adverb)

to

the cardinal number, as: uVv8vo by twos,' oWTPC'$ (oWTpuI) by threes,' rrop,7rf.VT by fives,' O'VV~&KCl by dozens,' O'VVKKal&KCl by sixteens' (written also uW BOO, uW 'J'pc'ir;, etc.). (2) By means of the prepositions clva and KCl'J'&. with the accusative of the cardinal number (J49'1, b. 1589, b), as: clvawlvr 'by fives,' clva UKCl by tens,' KaII Oa singuli one by one,' _ora 8170= ut'",8vo.
Cp. Rev. 4. 8 ~" It.af! I" aWOi" iXO" .Ii'd ".,.Iptrynr lE. Plut. Cat. miD. 68 It.a6' ;"a TOi" ollt.'TOi" every one! Vita SA 9 E IjHpETI p.ot fl1(l 1t.aB' ;,,0. ib. F fill It.of! ''''' (Cp. 666.) 663. For the prepositions ubI' and dMi, N baa substituted partly &d (I SIS), partly jl:OT4 in the modified form _,. (66S. JS9O b).

n.'YO"

864. Like IT~" and probably after its analogy, the prepositions d..d and It.aT'', when used in the above distributive sense, came to be treated in P-JI as adverbial prefixes to the nominative (1589b), as: Plot. Aem. 32 d"a 'rllTlTapcr (like Q,,4 f'pEIC); Rev. :11, 21 Ul'd .lr fglTTOr; Hermas aim. 9. 2, 3 d..u 4uo frup6I_. NT Mark 14. 19 (also John 8, 9) .lr glf flr (so too Cedr. ii. 698. 723," Curop. 689; cp. also Leo Tact. 783 flr frap' Efr; Cf. Rev. 4. 8 I" (l1f I" awOi. Ixo" aN """pvyar lE); Rom. J2, S cS It.al! nr or It.a6dr. So Luc. Pseodosoph.9. Cp. also 15ool1. 885. The frequent eltpreeaions Itd' &a, lnIe'LranOll, i/J1o,.Gk, oHO., ".",.a (cp. . . . &pav, _e' 111'1".", ne"TOS, JSS90b). taken in conjunction with etM' ilia, IlfJlf k, ofT, ilia, p./JT' led to a feminine form .oh ,.Ut. -after olo3cpla, pfJ3cpla, om p.Ea, p~T. plo-and thus called into existenoe

"'0.

1nl"

eee. 3. By repeating the cardinal numeral twice, as: ;11(1 ."'t, "uu. J!ta", 'rp"r 'rpfir, ete. cp. Antatt. J08, 9 plo" plo" d".,.i /en'r;' ,",{a'" SOf/lott.).ijs
Ep,4,. Aesch. Pers. 981 ,",vpu. ,",vpio = Of'4,",vpuJ.1Jor ; Sept. Gen. 7, 12 lie 15 4ua 4uo. 7,2 ;fr'ro. 1 Par. 24. 6 fIr .Ir. Callin. 60, 33 fIr 01 Porph. Cer. 261 dw;PXff'OI MiA MiA frPOfl'lt.1IIIOUlTo. Apophth. 80 A. ~ 0" MiAN MiAN ITvytCOf'ofjat""" 'r01" d3.).cf>oir. Il3 D 1IIro Ayo VfJITTM It.tU 4w fraEo,..a.,.tn 11T6i.. J 16 A. "'I1Tf'fU,'" BeA." Ayo AYo. So too 120 B Ayo Aio IIT6"". (ubi male 4,,\ 4uo). 368 c 1"'1. Ayo Ayo "'I1TT.,.lt.oi C.u,.or IIT6t.. So ib. D. This mode of indicating distribution has Blnee spread widely, and is now the commonest in Nspeech.

IIn indeclinable adjective x68c (simple 1(Q9' being inadmissible :uS This which is often modified by all8imilation to .mill (after mm 621.636), was mistaken for an independent word, and 80 gradually took the place of .as and fXaf7TOf ' each ' 'every' {Cp. -ni, J 59011).

d,.,

if.,.

cm.

.1,..

"'-1"-

B.

THliI VERB (CONJUGATION).

887. The Greek verb has..4. THuB PEBSONS: First, Second, and Third.-So too in N. B. THREE Nl1JlBEBS: Singular, Dual, and Plural.
8SS. The Dual, however, befr.'n to retreat from the ordinary lallguage early in classical antiqudy. After 420 B. O. it disappears from the ...4. inscriptions, and even the orators show no trace of it from 363 B. c. downwards (229- 631 b. 633; cp. StKeck 57; cp. KMeisterbans' 161 ; HSchmidt 2) 889. O. THREE VOIOES: Active, Passive, and Xiddle.-So still

870. The middle voice of transitive verbs (1466) refen the

178

Digitized by

Google

J(OODS AND TENSES OP VERB.

[870-88:1.

action back to the agent or subject, in the sense either of an aceuaative(direetobject), or ofa dative (indirect object), (1467. 1470):

A_ 'I bathe' npl(. 'I procure'

auac.

AOTIVE.

MIDDLE.

A.OUoI'll' (-A.0.I,", 'l'lIw(11) 'I bathe myself.' fl'oplCOfIG1 (=fI'Opl(.. 1p4VfYj) 'I procure for 'I lend' 3awl(o"," 'I borrow.' [myself.' 87L Both functions of the Kiddle still obtain in N, but the indirect function is much more uncommon than it was in..4.. (147:1. 1478-86.)

87:1. The middle and passive voices have the same form through all tenses save in the Future and Aorillt where each has its separate form.
678. However, in N the two voicell h.'9'e become identiell in the future and IOriR aleo, the paIIi...a ha't'ing obliterated the middle (675. 1478-86).

874. In many caaeB the middle and paaaive (medio-paasive) voice hu an tldifle meaning. In that case it 18 called tkponmt, in particular Middle deponent (}[D) or Pa.uive deponent (PD), according a.a it hu a middle or a pa.aaive form in the future and aorist (999 f.). 876. In N both the middle future and the middle aoriat having become extinct (1478-86), all deponent verbs have ofnecellllity become PD (673). Moreover many of the deponents beine- active in senae have aIao, in the course of P-N, adopted the active VOlce,80 that the group of deponent. appe8ol'll now conliderably reduced. See 1000 & 1482-

876. D. TRIm: .ooDS: IndicatitJe, SubjtmditJe (ConjtmctitJe), and Itllperative,-which are called Fif&ite moods, because they distinguiah persons and numbers. (Cp. 680.)
877. The 'lIllbjunetm of the past,' or ~ ~ (69:1), is con'9'entioaally called ~IIf, a term II1J888IIt8d to the ancient grammarians bY' the circ1UD8bnC8 that at their time this mood IUl'Vived merely u a means of expreasing tIIish (19:14. App. v. 3. lOb). In one single _ , however, the secondary subjunctive is formed from the future stem and in that _ may preserve, for the sake of distinction, the name /tIJure optatiIIf (19351). Buteven here it is rare, and appeara only as a substitute for the future indicative. 878. The future subjunctive and future imperative are formed from the aoriat atem (cp. goB). Owing to this morphologica.l connexion, they are commonly clused under the aorist and termed aoriBt BUbillflctjllfl and ~ impwatiu reapectively. Thia is, however, misleading, lince. from a l~cal and syntactica.l point of view, we cannot well conceive a put subjunctive and put imperative, such moods, owing to the nature of their specia.l case, always referring to the future (cp. 1909-22. 1926). 879. All three (finite) moods are still preserved in N, but the eecondary subjunctive (optative) bu become extinct lince G, ita place ha'9'ing been taken chiefly by the prima.ry subjunctive, partly by the indicative al80. (J923 tr. 1934. 203tr40. App. V.6-13. IS.)

880. E. Two VBBBAL NOUlfS: the Injiflitwe acting 88 a substantive, and the Participle acting AS an adjective.-Theee two verbal representatives are distinguished 88 Ifljiflile moods (676).
88L Both '9'erbal nouns ha'9'8 become extinct in N, only put participles in -"'fIO~ atill surviving (822.2063.2110. App. vi. J3-19, 24-27).

88:1. F. Sa:

TBlIrSBII:

Present, Future, Perfect, -Imperfect,

179
5 2

Aorist, and Pluperfect.

Digitized by

Google

888-889.]

TENSES OF VERB.

883. Strictly speaking there are or ou~ht to be three groups ofteDseB corresponding to the three divisions of time, viz. three for the present. three for the future, and three for the PaBt, according aB each division is conceived aB merely performed (effected), aB still going on (COIItinued), or aB standing complete. 884. The nine tenses thus distinguishable would be claaaified aB follows:
I. 3.

a.

I. PBJ'.8DT. IrODi,' do': action merely elrected: EleclifNJ ~ _Di (= ellAl ..".), 'am doing' : action going on : DuratifNJ ~ nwol"aa, 'have done': standing complete: completed present or Ptr/t. U.FvTmm.

... _ " . ' shall do' : action merely elrected : ElIIIJtiw FtItvnI 5. ..ouj17. ( - '170,.", ..oc&iP) 'shall be doing': action going on: DvrtJtifNJ NIInI 6. '170,.", _ , , _ , 'shall have done': action standing complete: Future
Perfed.

UL PAST.

7. , ..ol'lfla, 'did ': action merely elrected : AorisI 8. ' ..olow, 'was doing': action going on : Impw,ft 9. ' ..(_~a.. 'had done' : action standing complete: PlfqJ#r/ed.
REJlARKS.

88&. It will be seen that for the etFective and durative present the Greek language developed no separate simpk forma. both functions being expressed by one and the aame representative: ft"n&o; I do' and am doiug,' while the completed p'resent is conventionally called pwfect: ft""'"OC,,1Ca I have done.' Likewise both the etFective and durative future are expreased by one and the aame simple form trOqaCl) 'I shall do' and 'shall be doing'; whereas the completed future is almost always periphrastic: luopnl ft"(ft"OI"Ir~ 'I shall have done.' It is only in the Ca.Be of the pMBifJe future that A haB in many CaBes developed separate simple forma. one for the etFective, another for the durative, and a third for the completed future: ft"pa}(~T'Ol, 'it shall be (then or once) performed' (etFective); ft"pd~fT'ac 'it shall continue to be, or shall be every time, performed' (durative); and ft"(ft"~fT'ac 'it shall have been performed' (future perfect). (1882.) 888. N has evolved in all three voices separate forma, but only for the elrective and durative fuNr, : /Id Ao'!17. 'I shall bathe once' (eft"ective) ; /la Aotlcu I sball be bathing or sball bathe every time' (durative) ;-6d AotNTT'Di 'I ehaU be bathed once' (eft"ective future) ; /la Aotlcu,.", 'I shall be bathed every time,' or ' I ehaU bathe myself every time.' 887. Ancient Greek then actually developed only Biz simpk ten8a, while the remaining three-the durative present, the durative future. and the completed future-were compovnd, in that they were expreased by means of some auxiliary verb (d"" al80 WrdP}(CI), Y&(Y)IIO,"",, T'V')rXal/CI), IxCl), :2106 f.) and the participle of the respective verb. This periphraBtic mode originated chiefly in the need for perspicuity, but partly also in phonopa.thic causes. (Cp. 736 tF. 764- 8~6.) 888. Of the Bix aimple tellB88 referred to, four still survive in N. viz. : the Present, Future, Imperfect, and AoriBt, while the other two, viz. the Perfect and Pluperfect, have made room for periphrastio substitute.. 889. The completed future, which ia commonly called future pwftel (also third future). and corresponds to the Latin Futurum e:ecutllm, is proper to A and AtticiBtic compositioDs only (1881 tF. 1897). Even

180

Digitized by

Google

CLASSIFICATION OF VEBBS.--O-CONJUGATION. [689-700.

here it occurs only iD the pasaive (rarely intransitive) voice, and then nearly alwaya iD the indicative. (Cp. 1869. 1882-5.)
880. OtbenrilB the future perfect ia uauaIly uprel88d by the combination of 'ahall be' with the perfect participle of the I'8llpective '''0"", 'I ahall have done.' eeL The plJrf:' pnel'IIJJy ~ to theLatinplJrftdva~, and the -we to the .-./IIdIm 1IItCoricII... 691L Of the sa simple tenses, the Present, Future, and perfect are
YWb, 88 : _ _

'''0"",

'1_

ealled pri7llfJry (or piflCipal), while the Imperfect, Aoriat, and Pluperfect are contradiatinguiahed as ~ or Ai8Ioricol (also past) tenses (1932). The primary tenses serve as a 00aia for the formation of the secondary tenaea.
898. For the formation and copJugation of the verb in N, the preaent, the future, and the perfect participle puaive I8rV8 regularly .. primary ten8M, while all the rest 88rv8 88 88COndary tem. (996, cl) : yp.tw write,' "rPo4a-<Ba) rp.l'l'CIl, I-tptl1f!G rpAtoIlAl am writteD,' write Irq DAme, ''Ypdfov~-(fIIl) rp.l4!lTw, ~ '"I-II-rpAMMENOC, .1"", "1fJ11P,w,or, 'XOI 'YfJIIPpWr/'.
CLA.8SIPICATloN 01'

VBBII&

894. For the sake of convenience, verbs are commonl, cl8oll8ified

into three groups diatiuguiahed by the character of theIr 'stem' or 'theme' (252. 756). According to this (.um-) c1uImaer we have89&. J. &mtmtie (or tJOCalic) ..w, i. e. verba of which the stem character is a 8ODant, aB ).v.. 'lo08e,' ",av.. 'atop,' ",cua.v.. educate,' np4. , honour,' "'0&11 do,' a'1)'d. 'manifest: 898. 2. ConsonGnIGl..w, in particularG. MuIe..w, i e. verbs of whlch the stem character is a mute, aB : Wc.' pursue,),ry. say,' ffpOrr. do,' TplX. 'run,' Tpll/H 'breed: b. Liquid..w, I. e. verba of which the atem character is a liquid, as : f7ft"AA. 'Bend,' ~{IfIt 'flog,' HIM 'distribute,' Jt.pW. 'judge.' 897. The infteetion of the verb, commonly eaIled COfIIjugation, is determined not by the ending of the infinitive, as in modem languages, but by the ending of the first pel'8On of the present indicative (in the active voice). This ending shows two modes of infteetion or conjugation. 898. a. The Common tXlftjugation which ends in .(0) and is accordingly eaIled the fl.ctmjugation. In three tenses, the Present, Imperfect, and Future, it att&ehes the endings to the stem by means of an 0 or., commonly called thematic (sometimes also 'connective') vowel (758), as: 8.pX-O-f'O'. 8.p~ stem 8.px-. 899. b. The M&-COtIjugation which ends in -lA'- It attaches the endings directly to the stem, without a thematic vowel, as: fcma..pG', lcnu-n, stem laTu-.

COMMON OB O-CONJUGATION. I. SOlfABTIC VlIlBBS. A. BARYTONE CONJUGATION. 700. The conjugation of sonantic verbs is either ba.,toM (uncontraeted) or contracted. The barytone conjugation is illustrated by the following paradigm of ".w.., 'stop,' 'suspend.' 181

Digitized by

Google

'10011 Conjugation Table of _~ 'stop,' as typical representative of barytone verbs in -wo

1.
INDICATIVlI

ACTIVE VOIC.. IMPERATIVE INFINITIVE PARTICIPLE

Sl1B.Jl1NCTITE

PnHnt

nai-..

-0-".." -fen

.........
-fr

"If

.....
-11

...v-.

__a,"

..,.- -11-..",," - ".... -'1"7" .,-Olr -Ol-n

C-_O"

..

-1Ir

naG..

...,....

oh.
or -f-7'fIHTfJ"

-f"7'f

-0...,..,..

~II

...v..,..
do

...v-...,o_
WDii-o". " tnni-0IItTG, '1'

......,

~
~

Impnfect

_""". -.-n.
M-nav-a -ar, -m-".... -ICR-T'

-'-fOP

-. .....,.
-0"
-..

...v-o&-""
-m-".."

-..... -.""'" ""'

-lC(Jf

do.

-Ol""
-"11 (I]
...".......

;
..
~
f,;j o
C

...
co
lI:I

Pnfect

".""""',
-/lflr

....,... -/la.",'
-11
-a-Inn

nc-naV-lI'.

---"...
nc-naV-Ol-""

."".... -'1-7"

n6-nau-o

"....a'

...

-11 ..,.'

..I...

.-"'.

or -/If-,,.,,a.

-O-TIIIJI'

ne-nav-Oor, dt-Of -/ldr, "..".a.,.."'-_ -nla. af

<go
N"

Plupnf.

&-ne-naV-""

...,..,...,

-Il-".. .. -"-T'

""-TIt"
of'

-Ol-".... -1eO,-n

.Sf

a. "

...v-tT_
JiWure
Inav-c-u

--ICOU'

-_P]

-01-'"

-&-n,.

do.

do.

"d

C)

("i)

tT-o".... -'-Tf

-fl' ...... ...... -o.,..a,"

...v-c.,

.. .
"..

-lIr -11 ..,.,.... .

-'1-7"

-.,.a,"

.....

naG-coO..

-Q"7'f

--

-d-T

...v-C-.,..,
naV-a-fl..

""-G-..,.....

or -G-T."U
trav-a-a,

O..,.Of traii-a-o", " truu-a-Ovtnl, '1f

J
~
~

..4.orlM

....,..,.

-Of

-f

...v-C'III-""

-lIIf or -.,ar -0' or-,,"

-11-"....

-a-".

-d ."" -ul'

--.

-a&-".." -Gl-T'

-.".. or -flail

.........

...v-C-Of, 0..,.0,
../IV-a-u, , lI'all-er-aaa, ",

L..._

[I] Aa given above, the lubjunctive of the perfect and pluperfect active il rather rare. The ordinary ..4. form is periphrastio, u in the medio-pa.uive, voice (764), viz~ pr. ncnAY-!l.I.~ It DII ,}, ,..trau"cIT. ~TO" 4TOII, tr __ /l6T.' 11".... 4T. a.,,'-plpr. nmAY-/l." .L,c "", trif'ft'qUcW r",.ol' .'''''lP, ".mllI.6of .... "',,....r.,.... '''JO'''''.

.r,,1I

~~~~.~- --~---,-----------~---------------~

..------------

H. MIl:IUOPAHHIVI<: VUICE.
IJI'DICATIVB

J1rtNnt

_-0-,.,..
-d-,..Sa

SUJl.JUlfCTlV&

.......... ........
..-rr8.

-11

.....,.&
-0-1'1'41

...u-..,-pa,

-11

-;,..,..ea
nau-o/-J"'.
_ ..~~f8a

......... -,,-a8.
ir

-".,.41 ......... -.-""41

IMPBftATIVB

INFUUTIVIC

ncnS-ov
.........

-I-flI.
-4...."

...u-.-cr8oa

P4BTIOIPLJ: _u-d-,......r
-0.-,......"

lrltpwftct

"'1'ICIU-6-"".

+,..80 ....,Ih _ " , 0 "'__pa, -0"III"'en. -,..Sa -vlh

....
-ov

___

-01-0

-oc-vlh

...... . .. . .
_-TO

-E-fl1h -C-fltJ or -c-v8.tTGII "

-0-,",,'"
do. do.
...-ttov-,""POr -pJpo

1----nc-naV-fl8aa

~ ~
o

-0'-1'1'0

~
~

Pnfect
Pluperf.

...............
-",0

nc-nav- ".POr "

-"'41
-.ro,

.,....

-frO I ~_""" ..... -t"O ....,.

...

,..

co ~llVtu,.,
IIiI

00.::1

-pJa -cri. naU-c:-opa& -1/

+,..Ba

:.

~ AorUt CnaV-c-d-"". -.., e ........... .......,.

-a-t"O

I I

...................'41 ..-alh -0-1'1

-0-1'1'0

-pi- ""'. ,.-nav-"lPiir.iqr .t., .,.... ........ ,I,p.. -".POa .~. .u,aGII -,,-ra, ncni-_-pal -11 , 8 ~ -,.,.~a&

.r".-

t-: .
.,.......

i ~

,..ncIu-ao

...s. .............. -v8. -cri

or -v1.tTGll
do.

-".."
do.
nav-c-d-"."or +pno.

"'lI

.'6,,..,,

...0_

-JIf a

-"."Ih

...........

-a-rr8.

__l-"""
-a/-".Sa

-d.-Jlf8o -a-crl.

_-0 J -11&.,.0 _ ...................

_-as.
-ij-rf -fjr
-ij....

or-~a-S-o.

........... -a-al..
Lr.
oftII'

-d-ri..,

...u-fT.,.a-8a&

-".m, ...u-fT-a-a-811&

a fi
~
~

nav-1H-aG-J'a&'"

-fT,_
oft.......

rIau-8-i1

~IFuture
III

oft........

<go
N"

-aO-JlftJa -a_1h -fT"_

.....,.,...

-, ........

-/U-wo

~ I ~POr 9 -a-IA'nau-IH-crG-p.noor

naU..ftt.n
....

-0-"'' '

-GJ-q,.
-8.1-"

nav-M-cr-,-crlJ/U

-fld-pno" ~

.,..

. . . .I'nW

.Sf

a. '"

o ~
("i)

C)

=AorUt I 1-..w-tJ'I' -tJr,r.... -8" . iI ...,. -6"-".,,-8,,.,.. -8'1-fTo"

~

nav-lhi-'1'

,....,.,.................
-68-'1'

or -eM-IWa"OP,
nav-tA-_

-a-o-"''''
tnJV-8,lr,

~
o
.1#'

Flit. pnfecl

nc-...u-J'a&

-11
of........

..,.a&

-d-Jlf8o -.-a8.

......... -o-",a&

wmall-"'_" Jr d -------.,.,... 4- .... -flf.iJ' 'lA'" ~r. la&"

1-8,;'".".. -8.i-"."

t ....w..

-8.l-'1.,.f -/hl-". a-OII -tJ,i.,.. -11.i-...

...iroll

-IN", -8ii-a-a,

iJlt'Or 'If

,,':i'
0

(W"_II-f1-6-pooor
(1rf~""""')1

-d-,.,...o. -p.4",,)

701~709.]

ACCENT OF VERB-PREFIXES.

70L So are further conjugated all sonantic verbs in -let (-al., ...1.). -~tiClol, as : fltvXIClol 'roll' '"",XUCIoI 'hinder' faovX~v. ' serve ' ' 0'61 ' strike' f>'IIClol close' : lx0/Hv. dance '''0'''61' cover with dust' tBOItpv. weep' '{JOVXM 'advise' t~ti. 'loose' tll'&crT'~v. 'believe' /3au&A~u. ' reign' etc. etc.
-v., -avClol, and the very numerous cla.ss in
701b So further N: /JatT1A1w, 'go dowu,' 'eet,' <#HA. 'treat,''''''''. 'fish,' pu1(lfW, 'depart,' 'gather,' lJ/JaAlwrfW, 'ride,' It"".,.. 'am near,' f1'f/pa3.w, mark,' -YVf'lw, search,' ~fW, plant,' II'''",EW, believe,' X0pOoTffH joke,' 'play,' 1laa1tllA.w, inatruct,' xai3.w, spoil,' ,,,AM' envy,' etc., ete. 702. Since G times verbs in -MI (i.e. -101, -WJ, ..eo.) have undergone hyphaeresis or contraction in the penult (1048), and 80 became lI88OCiat.ed with contracted verb.. (Cp. 857-860.) Thus 1I1.a. """.He" d1.t, N AIlEls ItAI'Elt aAlec IITW. become ni" "IUII;" cLt>.is Afii itAlii aAa ~.i. 70S. When the diphthongs fill and III had 8Nlumed the BOund of IJII or of, and n or if (51 fr.), popular speech began to identify verbs in -cuIoI and -11101 with labial mutes. Hence lX>Pular N treats -a6OJ and -I. as -G/JoJ and -I/JOI respectively (865, I. 8804).

pa',"

AOCENT IN THE CoN.T11GATION_

704. I. The accent of the verb, on the whole, is recessive (84b), in that it stands as far back from the end as the' quantity' of the ultima allOWs. However, it can never recede beyond the augment. Thus-".poua-y., "'pouay.n, "'pOuGyf, ".potraydy.".", ",pou9x8'1a-,-but ".pooii.
fO" (not "'pOuJfYO" !).7~ b. So too in N, 88 : A,.,." IArya, IAIyaI'~. (But "'p&I.X- for II'fIOUl;' p . after 752.)

'lOG. The endings -cu. and - of the secondary subjunctive

~ (infin.), mzl&vacu (imprt.), but ~ (secondary 8ubj.~

(20b ),

and the participial ending -a~ count long (197). Hence 11'11&-

'108.

2. The penult is accenteda. In all infinitives ending in -MU, as : hlvllCOu.&, Av6rjMu.-For

Naee681.

b. In all infinitives and participles per. middle, as : hlW8czc,

as: AVcnu, mu&1icnu.-For N_ 681. '10'1 3. Participles in ~ and -fl~ are accented on the ultima, 88: MAvIIC~r, Avf),{r.-For N see 681. '108. Neuters and feminines accent the same syllable as their
hlv~.-For N see 681. Co In the infin. .or. active,

respective masculine&, as:

_681.

~I', ~, ~-For N

I. PREFIXES.
'109. In Greek, conjugation is effected by meana of prefixes, iDfiseB, and suftixes, all added to the atem. The prefixes consist in the augment and reduplication, the infIxes in the tense character and mood vowel, and the auffixes in the person endings.

184

Digitized by

Google

AUGMENT AND ITS ORIGIN.

[710-71&.

AUGMENT.
710. The augment is the prefix indicating the past, and belongs to the indicatitJe of past or secondary tenses only (692). It is either syUabic or ~al, according as the verb to be conjugated begins with a consonant or 8Onant. 71L A. The syllabic augment consists in an l- prefixed to all verbs beginning with a consonant, as: (7lUVw) Z-7IUVOV, Z-7IUVCTCI,
~K(&V, l-7lUvOl':'1v, 1-7lUvu4p:'1V, l~p.'1v,-So still in N (but

cp. 7 1 3).

7l2. Initial p. is usually doubled after the syllabic augment (IOleisterhans' 73 & 134), as,: (pl1mJ) ipp''ItTOV, (pflll) lp,Mov. For the reason see 64 and cp. 51b.
'lU". Kodem editors- often omit thJa doubting ot p in G-B tezta IIpiust hiatorica1 orthOtp'aph;y, Be: A.ota Tho. 70. 10 Ipci..

7l3. The syllabic augment is still normal in N, as: lfrow", nw", n~,l-yI'G'/fa, IypOta/U", harlfTfT", I{JOTa ..lfTfT.. In northern speech, however, when unaccented, it is drop,P*ld like anT other unaccented COl<> ), as: i.,pa.;a, "p.E" but 'miT fTO, 'fr'p'rrIzT fTa, '~, '.,,,oV'Ta, 'trOTiu''T', '{JarO..lfT'T' (030). 714. B. The te~ augment consists in the prefixing of the syllabic augment I to the initial vowel of the verb and the

"'f...

change consequent on the contraction of the two concurring vowels (156 if.). ThusG. changes to .,,: l."jfI) 'guide' bov " ".,,: v.,7rtJ;1Il 'hope' fjA7rtlov o " "Ill: WAtJ;1Il 'arm' c:m~ov i " " i: lictnVw' supplicate' l"invov ii " " ;j: lIfJptJ;1Il I insult' "vfJp&lov Q& " ,,7J: ~ I disgrace' ~ '" " " 7J: fA 'sing' jOOv G.V" " 7111: G.~t&- I increase' ."uEavov (0&" " .,: olKorlpol 'pity' ~&pOV.)
7l~1I. The origin of the augment la a matter of"f8lUO speculation. the ten. denG7. being to oonnect it with the old Indian augment, which is unitbrmly Cl(op.l.m-...). But when we oonllider that in Homeric Greek the augment is IWl 'nIJ' fluctuating, or rather undeveloped (which me)' be due to the still preponderating fuln_ of the verb-endingll~ we ahall probably be not ver;y far from the trut.h if we a.ume it to be o1oael;y a.ooia, if not identical, with the arehalo fbrm of the lmperfect of fl,.t: or'" (ie. E. EN; op.la,I"..) 'WM.' This pnflull- then retained ita origlnal firm befon all eonlOnanta (the few iDatance. "''Y'II', MA_. 'fWPO"", 'U_, l-w,.,;.., u.,-., ete. are hardl7 _ptiou, 123), while in all other CUM of initial vowel it underwent oon tnIotion on the pnera1prinoiple Bet forth in 156-162: (I + IXor) f1xw, (I +d'JOl') (1+Ibl,w) 4b"or, <'+43011) 13011, (I+dw) ,,3iw. (I+oln,per) or.n,- (later tranIllterated to tllITlflOI'), (I + IJpt/Uor) lJ,HpwII, eta.; then even Cl + h.) V &: ('. k)~. Aa to the few verb-etema beginning with I 0- ""'. their teohnioal (metrical and Ir&JIlD1&tical) 'lengthening' is probably dueto the analog of $he reat (if n~ to App. ii. 9 &: 14). Op. alao m

nw.

m. No visible augment ia taken by those verba whioh begin with

185

Digitized by

Google

715-717.]
'r, - , i-,

ANOMALOUS TEMPORAL AUGMENT.

ovb ),

and

32 otflFP'lfla. Xen. HelL I, 4. 14 ol...,ICo,,7'o; o'L""pt, olltol6l"1f1' , ~, om,n, or.,,",u, otXf7'O, etc. (KiihnerBllUIII, ii. 31). Louvre Pap. p. 321 (B.O. 160) otf7'Ol POauerl 247,9 (B.O. 170) otno; 358, 28 (8.0. 170-160) 01'"1-; CIG 954. 2 b olit-rl",I1 2114 d & 1894bol1tol6p'1f1G,ete. See alao4S -The same holds true for initial Ell ( = IV or 41) which since 300 B.o. dieO8rdB the augment lKMeisterhans2 136, 14), as: trpofv~, ete. Sept. Gen. 17, 20 riAVyr,ltG; 2S, 29 & I Mace. 3. 30oMiHtl'1, tIJf,.".,, Ps. 76, 4 ~", 88, 43 E~r. [718 b Cp. Phryn. 131 .a.,ItIII', .,;1tOI6",,_ &cl 7'Oii _l.patlTf& 'pti" dUo DV W 7'OV 01, ota.,..., ollto36I"1_' Kceria 385 . . , . 'A.,..,.aM, "EUIpt..M. -Hdn. H. 789 Irr.Itp47"1f1' OM KOINHN IJcGA.lr7'o. I) cv al.,.,oTfOr '" 7'phmtItM, of011' "X0"",, Oxol"1l1', E~O"",, ',+pG1.II'0I"1., .lIXapell"ril .ilxaPltff'_, .. rns .lIfawlla, Xope".)

Initial 0' also remains, even in..4., but notably in P, without augment, a circumstance which points to its monophthongal pronunciation (44 if.), Ba : Aeseh. Pers. 768 olOlCOtlTp/MI>otw. Soph. Traeh. 268 olrQ/pl.or. Em. Baech.

.1..iCGI

ne.

v-, .v- (717), (714 frequently also 5.by those beginning with presume' .r.-COII' (lit., but cp. Ipray' "",6,."..
nBa :
1

26,

28, b)-dxopru

0."'.,..,_,

ol.-

717. While the syllabic augment, whose abaolute uniformity and sim plicity (it is invariably") bad rendered it 80 familiar to the m-. was from the beginning felt to be the "f8l'1 representative of the pas' (723), and 80 could maintain itself through all times, the temJ!Oral augment laboured under great disadvantages. In the tlrst place It varied in form and 80und according to the initial vowel of the individual verb (714). Then it was not especially distinguishable, either to the ear or to the eye, in the frequent 0888S of initial I', v-, '1', ..., DV', fl', BOOn (since 300 8.0. if not earlier) also in that of tv, aUo, then 1/1' (7IS1f.). Again a number of verbs augmented initial f sometimes to .,. (fi"1rI'O., fi".Co.. ete.), 80metimes to fl- (.lXOII', dNrOll', ete. 719). Finally in some C8II88 either the temporal augment was replaced by tbe syllabic (iclpua, U,."., idA..u, I_a. etc.), or both were resorted to (~3....a,."." .8011).01"1., U,,,.,,,, l&pFaCw, etc.), In consequence of these restrictions in the great majority of 08868 (I, '1, 11, -, DV, El, tv, av, Ill) and tluctuations in those of 01 and 1'1 which intlueneed even.A writers (Kilhner-Blase, ii. JC~aa), popular P llpeech could not but 10116 sight of the temporal augment in the remaining three C8II88 of initial CI-, E', and the rare 111- (o80unded like Q/ and thUII _pad obeervation [l),
(1) However, .. initial 0- appean zepl.arly aqmented to ... in all P-B litaruy compoaiticma and insoriptioDB, despite t.he ideDtity in pronunciation of t.he two vowels at all times, it is arbitrary or rather p8dantio to depart from the traditional orthography, In which all ancIent IOribes weze more qstematlcalJ,y trained than is the _ with acboo1masters in our d&1II (25"). Rence the omission ot the argument in luch 0118811 .. : 8ept. 'tc,.oNYyfi7'O, IJ,.,II"'PfI\ lJ}(fIpillflall. 4"0,,Att"', 1J1f~" poot*P'I", lW"ft1IINx:qfIfJI', UontlfWf , Il47'cpllo(lJl'l., etc. (J'Sturs 124); I Kaoc. _~, 7 ooU.f.,; &+e1AoJl' or ,..,.". (.er:J' fnquently), Acta Petri et Pauli 6, 16 4p1ill'ftlfla; Km. Petri 114, 19 I)Ji'oxAoiin'o ; Acta Andr. 129, 1$ & 178, 18 lJnitllrJ; Acta The. 17,9 IJ,JA-; ..,. 55 /w6p1J117f1A; Acta Thadd. 268, 6 3&ftIOJI' j Acta Philippi 94, 42 7',) 'pttI/AWW; PJooIaY. 3-. 13. I; 1$, I & 2 ~_pl...,. (BR & APH 4y1t); 24, 5 6AalArC- ( r ~.); A.IIta Pilatl A 16, 7 'Ji'6ptJflfll; B 10, 2 4M~f; 11, 5 aupf7'O; 14, 2 IcI,..flO; 16, 16,.._; Parad. Pilati 5 &+el".'; Narr. JOII. 2, 5 'poA~; Acta Xaath. 63, 36 olhnv 'pDJI'o.fla7'f. Call1n. 109t 7 ItIl'I"fVOaotnO. Narr. ... Im. 22"..,.,. Leont. Neap. V. J. 46, 6 (0) 3pJ&'1fTfJI' j Theoph. 734 {De Boor) aWAoflpWor, &PJ&lflpl.or, IJpeflpill'Of, .xv".,,.lror-6'D.d e1aewhen is ~ the more 10 . . we ftIUlarly follow t.he pnctice of WTitinc Q/ (lJ"."..",ptJI',lIxU""",. etc.), and putting the rough breaUIing, though 11'8 know that it __ Iut.rtllT

186

Digitized by

Google

ANOJlALOUS TElIPORAL AUGlrIENT.

[717-711.

the more 10 . . . and III were homophonOlJ8 with the syllabic augment I- (723). Hence even IIOI'ibea since G are influenced by the common praotioe and omit all temporal augment (723. 736). Acta 10. 110, la . , . . _ . Doroth. 1741 C 'n/,.Cw. Acta Tho. 23, 30 bntnGFfP. CaUin.68, 18 'G(tor .rG). 80, J4~p1",. 119, IJ 17'0l~11". ,p,np,flHlfII. (Cp. 60, 9 d"BCC'7'O.) CW~1 Prol. 65 (1'VU~) 'ARlI id. ProL 168, 11 &; Mal. 168, JJ ,"",oiiro. Leont. Neap. V. 1.13, 12 fd~nUflfll. 48, 19 (F) GI~I1G7'o. 51, 8 (F) ~4.",. 55. J 7 (C) Ipvfpi4. ChroD. if. ..82, Theoph. 195, 15 (G) fdXJIIIA'"_. 32J,:I d..A.,. .",..Of. 184, 1 &; 325.20 IMfII. 40,31 &; 68, 10 IclrA'II1laCor (cp. 996. 74). 433, 11 dp".,.",bOf; 46, a8.M..... CfII. 300, I &; 303, 30 eto. CGL 405,45 emi agoraaa. ib. 47 emimus IIgOlUIlmen. ib. 49 emerunt agoraaaD. 416,4B aalutari apaaamen (ie. dnua""..). 6~2 IA.CI{Ia umd. 718. Aa a matter of oourae, N tgn_ the _ of temporalaqment (ezoapt iD .. few _ 'PO fr.), .. : J!'Trinch. 15 (1005 A.D.) d-yoptUlp.I"",,; 23 (1029 A.D.) I1-,6pcua, .",...,,.1,,,,; J8a (A.D. 1145) dufGA'I1p1",,; 161 &; 193 (A.D. 1180) d,optUl... ; , . (A..D. 1198) dprin,ufll; 119 CA.D. 1101) ~P.fII; sea.. 87 didPuar; 111 r,o,uaT', eto. (GBatsidakia 6g) ;-and 10 on alDOl. 719. A few verbs beginning with 1- (which however was origiDaJ.l, preceded bl For;, 123,2(9) a.ugment the initial 'to.l- (iDatead ofq-,.

;1,;;;

'''''ptII.

' ' pMaG,

.vaI'

These a.re-

%Ix- 'have'

datra, etc.

.".,... 'entertain' - , . 'permit' &8: .lp, .rp,rOIl,

.r-,

In".. 'follow' l'ndC.",.. 'work' tu. (and IAdOI) 'draw' 'AUrIlOl'revobe' .n.IWII, n"AUNTOII, 'lS,CoII, .1pyuC&",,1I (beside 9Pr),

'"COI 'aOCUBtom

I".. (aDd

"C.) 'creep'

710. Obeerve that in moet of these verba the aooeat falls on the augment ft-. This coinmdenoe,coupled with other similar cas. frequent in popular speech (.In.., Jao", P .1_, .laa, cp. fj"..Mor) and with the common occurrenoe of 'I- u augment of initial ,. (fjll.Aa".4#x'7'O, fro, 7fl$P'lH, etc.), seems to ha"e led the uneducated to imagine that accented initial " (d. or .1., fj. or ,.) ..... next to the s11labic augment, a characteristic sign of the put. Hence those of the above-mentioned verba which still survive in N not only prelIe"e their aDment temporal augment, u: .1Xa, ~.AG, .1_, .laa, '1lpa, then .","""'" f7'O", fjpX''''', ete., but have at the lI8JI1e time I18rved u a pattern for - 1 other formations. Aocordingl1, besides the now univeraal fj ....G for , _ (i.e.'",o,,) and the 1_ pneral.Af,),G (i.e.IA.7W. due to .tn), 1DllD1 in sular dialects (Chiae, CarpathOl,_tern Crete, ete.) express the a1lllment b1 ,-(+,.,-) whenever it bears the sttellll, as: fj7'potya, fj<l>Cl7G, fjll"fll', fjlrGlMl, 4l'A-, ete. (IO too 44win felt .. simple, 958). but '7'pbrClP.f, 'fG.')'.Tf, ' n"..., i.a".f7", IfIptT., '/lAW.Ttmap... ~ICap.f", ete. (cp. 713)-IlI"fPJIl& (cp. 4-cpra from wal"".,), iaorlA_, , ..ilea, ',),fMr, etc. Some few idioms (Then, Patmoa, Aenoe, etc.) have gone even further and fused both temporal and syllabic augment into this" ("', ".), &8: trIp"" ~plAflt, ~"'" I)C11TID't, I)"..A.llaJ1f, tr1pal1', 1)_"11111 (i.e. '_"1I1G), "cnln, ete. (cp.

+ftPft.

GHat.zidakia 73).

' ' 1111,

711. ConTe1'll811other inaular Idioms (Rhodes, Cypnu, S1m., etc.) now regalar11 prefix the 111labic augment to all verba, whether they begin with. consonant ora IOnaut, .. : (_ni) 1tni7"lf1G, (d1G...) ,.,..,,1111, (d[II]II&i) (d"COI) (Cp. 723 it) 711. The three verbs piU,.,' am about (to),' {joiJ'Aol"J' 'wish,' 36J1GI""

1,._.

uttered eV.D in A.-ID the ...... way there is no re&IOD for &dorting the apel1iDc rao.. for (u Xart. Paull 117, 3 &; Evang. Tho. A 190 " r80".... ; Acta Pilati A J4t 2 I'JeTf, taoP..1I twice; 16, 6 ran. ib. P. if. I and elsewhere), sino. el- here has heen Dot reducecl but retaiDed, simply b_ _ it bappenecl to aound like i. Cp. 971.

.zao..

ra.r

187

Digitized by

Google

'11S-'124.J

LOSS OF AUGMENT AND ITS EFFECTS IN N.

~z. and l~ov'A.61"1" and 9~lJv'NSI"I'" iav.,al"l" and '1 aWfJ/l'IIII. [lloeria 16r fj,...UOll, I,lIovA6P'1'" I,3VNP'I", f/lItti,.."" 3ul ('A,.,.,..), .11 II~ 'EA.\'I",aiir.] ?aa b. So now fjlfAa., ~'/A'Iaa., though the present is always ,lAM (never

'am able,' can take the temporal, beside the syllabic, augment

!,...Uo"

i/,...Uo",

,.oii.

,.oii"

UIAIII, 723)7aao. The temporal augment of the above three verba (722) la due to their
IUI8OOIation with
I,~"".
II~AIII

either in furm, ae

1]lI~Q1

x 1'1AN: fjl.Ao" fjpfAAOll,-

or in meaning. ae 1]IIAIII x 1I0IJAoptJl: fjl.AOII I,lIovAdP'l" i 10 too

(GHeyer 4220)

I,II~"

7aS. The great perspicuity, frequency, and regularity of the I13"llabic augment (717) gradually led to the imprell8ion that every initial the aign of the put. Verba thezefore beginning with l- or ita homophonoualll. mtained this prefut in the put tenaea, becaW18 it was more familiar and more exprell8ive than the temporal augment ('I- or e,.), u: 'ppl,v.IJOII, ~G'JrlfHCOII. ,.,flPW, 11I"Q't'~'" a1xpaA6n-.uaa, eto. (717; cp. 750) .Aa time went on, initial ,- (also al-) in the preaent and future came to be felt odd or out of place and 80 was gradually dropped, as: UIAM 'IN>>, (0'",,_) 1I"ri-. (,.,pfno(HI) .,mopilll] (cp. 101* ela,s). Preaently verba beginning with j- ('1-, fa-, '-, lI-, 01-, etc.), the normal repreaeDta\ive of the temporal augment (720), were also affected, and the result W88 that nearly all verba (aometimea even aubstantivea IUIIIOOiated therewith) beginning with .-.au-, '1-, fl- (,-, lI-,0I-, etc.), especially when unaccented, have either altogether 10lt or ohanged their initial 80nant (135. 1135), u: ..."s". from "'lhwQI t ..""CQI from It-C. _... "l~ /JoIri"il " .porri"il IIpla"tbpla_ pan",. .. alpa,.60/

.-.u

IIAtryGI
*1I'0pil (13Q (I]) "";'01

..

f~~O"riiI

".firropli
"fJAllol/lOl

AltiCQI

"
" "

~,aC.

I7lIXti(pl ap4wQl fM"IIb,Q1 1'.,opal IIpl,Q1 1I'ti,.,

trtmiaaQl pe,...

II'rtiCQI

,,'III1<11tiCQI

"
It
If

.pe"

1JdUQI (1Ih..)
Ef",.,

AI,"'''''

"lplltJM.

"'~.vfJfp6ol

la,.

+wxw1C.

,...oalC..
lupoiipm """,lCopal

,,11'1I'03IC..
" " Irlupoii"",

,,~.pGJ

IlC.

"

" ..

111T'linl 6p1.,opm dpl,Q1 own '

IJllplC..

'J'4lOlllCoptJl

topiCQI

t.TtiCQI

,,'t.NC" ,,'toplCQI
.. " ..

"lnrcrnia_
It
It

Ipl''I''. "ftnlup& 6{WECQI " lbEC. ftt'tIXal/lOl It 'tnt"V'rX- . . . " "'an. 7aSb For verbalaub8tantives _ 753-57U. It ia ObviOUB that the preaence of initial.- in the N imperfect and aorist indicative of verba like the above (u Inl".ao, ~Ipa.aa, Iq,., h .. Hp.'1G'o, 11l'lt'll)(o, f~A6or1aa (1IlA6.",aa], etc.) ia not conatituent but pre1lul,

nlp"Q1 1I',,.,,a.li(.,)opm nllou~flJ(.,)Opal 1I'f9up& (Prod. 6, 2.p)

.nl,.

"fUIl"Q1 1I'fpatnE,o,-

,,.,,a,.topGI It '1I'.lIovAflJOl dp,.."".1JOI &; dp,...

1I'f~.UOpm dp-p~optJl

""at.. Inrepc&ll1rlC.
Inre"".,."MpaI .ntiCopm

W,.,

"

repreaenting the aylIabio augment. Cp. x-nt. Neap. V. J. 46. 9(B)laftiA&CfII'(from d)l7faAlCQI). V. S. 24t 19B 'crfaA' fTI'4"au. So now dialeotalq '~aa(fortrG.a), '1I01H111 (fj_aa), (pcaa (&pan), 'oyaNx,."aa ('4lG.o.,."n>, '~paaa (t,.,6(H1G'a), 'rrrSpe,,,a (for clwiSpe,ra, Le. cl pe.IIfJ), '1I'6Ial'O (d1l'IfJara, Le. d1l'lfJavOll). eta. (721 i cp. GHat.ldaltia 73).

Digitized by

Google

REDUPLICATION AND ITS FORMS.

[7IG-788.

7U. ID a number of cuea the syllabic augment ... was mistaken for the closing sound of the preceding (proclitic) word and 80 pa888d oyer to it as a reyective (or protective) 1I1lfIb:, as: ao-, TO.... pIMI', ete. (132 f. 208.536.)

718. A few verbs, though beginning with a sonant, take the syllabic augment (cp. 714b. 11 13); a few others again take both, as:
l.8I. push,'
IfJJ01IJI

!.pd. see,' U,p6J1f

."'O/lGl 'buy,' 1.lIGu/l". cLo-olyat 'open,' d"'yov. 7WT. However, P phonology frequentl1 contracts"" to "'-, as: 111_, ,.,..,,~. Cp. Hesych. driicrJUUIAqA. (152.)

REDUPLICATION. 718. Reduplication is the repetition of the initial sound with the syllabic augment interposed. It is the sign of an .mon standing complete and applies to perfect and pluperfec' (also future perfect) in all moods and in the verlJaZ fIOIHI8 (680). Regarding its application observe that718. Verbs beginning with a simple consonant (except 731) reduplicate that consonant with an ( interposed, as:
p

..man. ' educate'

AV. Cloose'

Perf. Act. ).'-).V" Perf. media-passive )"-'A.vJIIU " "rtf-tral&VIt/l,. "fI'f-flal&vpm.

780. Initial aspirates suft'er dissimilation, that is they become smooth (18z, a) by reduplicating the first, and discarding the second, element of their (original) biliteral symbols (170), as:
, . (TAU.) sacrifice' "'-8uIC/I ]COfJflHlll (KAnpQ.,) 'dance' IC'-X6pfVIC/I ciliA... lnAiA/.) 'love' fI"-c/lM'IIC/I (TA'IP'-) 'hunt' f'f-8qpfV/(/I
f"-8uJIIU u-xdP'UfI4'

"'p'u.

fI"-c/liA'IfIII'
f'-8qptvfIII"
COfto

reduplication, as: nlC., 'build'

SOfIa"', or p, take only the syllabic augment instead of the full

Perf. '-lfTuca
+tIf'pilf"WIQ

781. Verbs beginning with two ~ or a compoutat;l

Int.
"

But

rrU/MIA acquire,' haa

Crrr- ' ~ fia"' touch' Ilrr.. 'throw'

tlf'pa:r.w 'take the tleld'"

,,'-C'lfnl-.,

"'P-fH4>G,, .. d-Ir"IJIIU "

d "'-I/11III-,, '-'''"l '-I{IaIIlrlN&

'P-fH~-

'-ntlrlN& '.".,.paf'f".1J,aa

lrf-IrTiiala

781. But verbs beginning with a mute+liquiasuifer dissimilation by reduplicating the mute (cp. 730), as:
.".... 'write'
1JA/arrtl 'harm'

Perf. Act.
.. "

-,I"'(~

1J1-/JAII4>G

Pert. Pass. "r''''(pa/lJUU " " IJI-/JM/l/MIA.

788. Verbs beginning with a sona..t take the temporal augment (as far as admissible) instead of the full reduplication, as:
''''' 'lead'
alplOJ 'take'

Perf. Act.
""

,",alC.. 'reproach' " ilftM" ' am of use' "

" ..

(from I +dXa ? 7J4b) (.. i + alP'l" ? 714b) (Aol'ftacn App. H. 9 &; 14)

Digitized by

Google

7M-788.]

REDUPLICATION AND ITS LOSS.

c~

784. Several verbs beginning with a liquid take the reduplication, as :

f'lA'I'I>G
f'lArJ)(G

instead of

.fP'JerG

.'lA"I'I'ac dAnJMl& .,.""pat .fJl4fiTfU

"",,-elArylMl'

from
"

"
"

>.tJ/lIJhoI ' take >.tJ~... 'obtain '

"
"

a.-elA.",(pat

"

Item /Ie- , say' " /.Ifpo it il fated ' " IB-' am wont' tJVA-M-yot gather' 1c1l0A40y0pat 'convene.'

78a. Some verbs beginning with 11-, CO, 0-, take tbe temporal augment and at the same time prefix to it the initial vowel together with the succeeding consonant. This is called Attic reduplication by the ancient grammarians, obviously because in their time it we,s foreign to the living language (cp. 677):
ko" 'hear'

DAM drive' " " ~A-~Aapac 6pVCTCT'" 'dig' " " 6~JMI& iAfyJt'" convict' " " 'A-ISAryJMl& b-El,. wake' G-p-t/OYOpG . . " 1"'(-"11'1'11&. [Phryn. "4 IIAfllI'7'1U, IIGfttf1lllC"G' 06 XPfI. dAA4 &-rA_taC. n)r ~ IHrnp 01 'A91JvfUOc, dA.ISAfl1M'fU .a.TO"o,pultTfU. 25 T.AfOlr &,,"r xlJl) -,dp 6~.
AI.".... Koeris 22II1GTopOJPUItTfU 'ATT'_, nfttptlltTfU '~'jC&is.] 736. The P-N history of the augment and reduplication h.. been

cU.w"... anoint'

Perf. " " " " "

k~.OIl

cU.~Au/NI iA-,;A_ ~

Per!. P.... (lI.ovCTpat)

""

dA.-ISAlI'JMI&

'JAO.'

determined by various caUll88, but particularly by the principle of dialimilation. The identity of augment and reduplication, or rather the absence of reduplication, in all verbs beginning with a sonant inevitably led to a olose connexion between the perfect and aeriat, two otherwise naturally associated tenses (740.786. 1870-5). The same considerations apply to the numerous other cases of verba beginning with two consonanu. a compound consonant, an ..pirate, or ". inasmuch as here disaimilatiott 8l[cluded a consonantal reduplication and thueled to the lubstitution of the lyUabic augment for it. It is true that an initial mute or aspirate admitted of reduplication under certain conditions (731)-2), but even in th8118 limited caseI, common practice was frequently in1luenced by the preponderance of the other verbs, and dispensed with the reduplication (cp. 'IJAG4>, IIJMiantm, etc. ; also 'IJOIlA......, 'XciA.f1lTlll. '"...,.v..CTTal are cited .. Attic by EuatathioB; cp. G Hatzidakil 7.. [IJ): P Greek, in particular common speech, naturally went much further in this direction, and ultimately led to the total extinction of the reduplication in N (737. 740). The gradual pl"OO8llll of the phenomenon can be detected even in the elevated style of the writers of the time who, despite their Atticistio zeal, cannot help admitting into their compositions such forma .. the followin, (adduced by KJUIITOS in :S-pciT7jf I. I n 1.) : 'IJA4crT'lerG, btnpVy...pat, loyAvl'pfll'or-Polyb. 5,82, 7'TUTO. p. 658 ..,..1'fTP'I-

'"1"-,

[lJ Euat. p. 759 'ICT~fOl' ~ IiT,tt KAKCiCII<.oNiA ToW Ill' tlGpGlCflpboercJ.N&tr>.tJcrlGCTJIIOi , a.' lNAAaoyi)s "pG"w.Tat CTTDCX.u.n. or"" cjIEcbpAAA 1TicjlpAAA, Xf.xeiPIKA KCXeif'KA, Bul trClJl'T'Aoiir clnA.vcr_ [read cl...Aclcr_] 'ToW 1t4T' clpxo}r CTTOeXdov, or.,., eC1TEYKA, ecjl9AKA, 6zHKA, <CTA.-&Ild p. 1750 ml Tcl tfnM ~ ml ....l .....Ie tIV~ ml a""cl IIGM TU'" baM'I-'iClJl', .,wfTIU ml '11' _Toef lUrlaa KAMlcjI(J)NiAC XAPIN KAi qApMOCTiAC AEKTIKHC 411' ~AofjI'fJl' h6,...oe [read hiper 01 drIp-). 'l'OCoWOII' -re) 1TcjI9AKe ml T~ KeXAAKeyTAI li.np ATTlUl tcjl9AKC fGt'Ufa.liX.MxEYTAI. IiJAOlOII'II~ ToWocUa.l T~ BeBoYAEYKeN liT. AexljiBoYAEYKeN. cl"ocrft"'oJI'TGI lIi 6polarr .,A_tar clqricr_ ""'" Tb T4t dflScr- -n,}(fII' n~OI' ml -re) eiAHMMENoc, In).,

.".l

190

Digitized by

Google

BEDUPLICATION LOST OR J[IBAPPLIED

[788-740.

964 /Iat1!Atv.oT". 1115 f1,.flll_1NL 1340 1/wnvxIIn/t. So rKeDA1ldr.1 43 1 ~" Diod. 50 45. 4 'rfOIf"Y'I.bal 12, 45t 4 1I."lIpo"''''II&1"",. 1863. 3 fIfllaP)(fI.'. Bpmologr. eel. Herscher p. 4 11 1I1Ipo1rOflJlpl""". Hermaa ViL 2. 4 '710&,... Athen. 14.65 "AftCll,ullor[II. Apollod. Arch. 16 .P'p4fIp.#JIOJ. DiOllC. i. u AftTMOftI,u""". 811 _T'X"",ullor. Hero Alez. 245, 17 f1.patI,u""". a64, 19 .4""""... PlooL Diad. in EuoL p. 54 ""l."'fI,u-. 145 f1AfJlJufl,u_. Philo v. 4 T'](,IIITtv,"",. Heqch. nnAll(rAI: f1.-p&.;Jl'FIIt, KAlNoyprHKOTA: Ilia flplrypara ',.,atrGI""O". .._IIOT6p..,TIIt: N'(J)TPICTAI. flfflAfl,uIlW: KOCMHMNON. Soho1. OppiaD. 349. 25 IIfCllflTl I4HIII.v,u"ov. Orib. ii. 61 ''''p.CIIp.#JIat 'Fax.lA.,. CIG 11 ''Ypal'lo'4l1at.-Add further: Gr. Pap. Br. Xu. 117. 40 (t~) ~,u.-: ib. 40 But. 1163 T49AaflTIIt: i9AAcTAI ~. d leAACMCNoN f1apa T. 6ftflllOfl.fITj. So 'XpCIIp.GT't1'FO, 'l(,NfICllTO. 'ri, IltpIJlllt1'FO (KKdrTos ib. 153 f). SSterret i. 2$', 32 """",,,,u,,o,,. CI.emau 85 'FfA.flp.("OJ. 119 'YAvp.p.4_. x-r. 137 B 'vp.CII,u"OI. Alchem. 313, 21 A OTp'Il.,,u,,a. 322. 5 _"",."p.llfOtI. ib. 25 AG"fGIH"p.4"ov; et puaim.. Apophth. 120 B <#MAomA.,. phor. J)(0IIch0ll 30111 A. .",_fl'. CW~ Prol. 65 (1"618) 11nq_.., 1nl.,,,.,. 'J.'heoph. 156- 18 fI&a.,pCIIp.#J,or. ~ 16 ICGt1nAACIIp.4l1a. 361. 30 t--'I,MrOJ. 441, u "tJ'Yp.aTCllp.hfoV. 433. 11 tlfl/l4Tf11p.4l1or. 321. 2 tlflA.,ICfV,.IIfOJ. . 87D1. Jlag. 613 tTTpCII",_ .al XaA",.,.p.llfOP. Vita SA 24 A. rlpa flGpafttWTJ/I"'", Porph. Adm. 1490 9 /Jafl'F'''/lIIIOt. Oer. 329, 12 /JovAACllp.4l1Or. Theoph. Cont. 140, 14 p.appGpCll'Fat. PTrinch. 114 /MHpatI,w..,. 315 ,,"p.lllor. 270 (oLD. 1181) Xa ptJll8lp.bl"". 59$0 6 IJAap.,u- (plOper name; cp. GHatddakis 75). 787. As a matter of coUl'lle, N preserves no trace whatever of reduplication, u: "TpCII,uIlOS. C-"IPOs, Tpc"p.#JIor. 'YPap.p.hor, JIDPG/lp.#JIor, "'p.CIIp.llfOJ(1 26). Even reduplicated presents and 8l1bBtaDtiVes have been, on the aame principle, diBBimilated or reduced to their thematic representatives in every cue except where the systematic application of the principle would have led to monosyllables, U : -yp&xs1lOl (Et.M p, 17) 'Y'('Y)"&xs1lOl ~,IJ</JIiCCII IldCCII, II<lI4tTmAor lId"iCaAor (perhaps also na-,ci"yCII b]_q.,), rl9r],.. etc. But /It/ICII,.. /It/ICII (never /IG,). 788. The revene phenomenon a1eo, that fa the eaaual miBappUcation of the reduplication. points *0 its retreat from the living l.anp.age, and its COJ1IIequent nnfamiliarity with the reepeotive writers of the time. "AOramer ill. as6, 6 tlp.apra._," ol Af'YOII'Fff ele"..al f11P/NXa,1I/0" lIul.a9a ".. ToU Co il;. 17111f11w'1x-r. 664 c c.e",..,p.IJ,or. Cyrill. Al. 1108 4 """''''"or. ~ ii. 268 4 flf4l8udJr. JIal. 206, 14 .'''''''/14"". 265, IS 1fMT",p.btTr. Bpiph. i. 203t 18; also [OalliBth.l 3. 23. 2 " Theopb. 480, 21 '.COtI*p.(rOl. 42$0 24 .. KK6nor further cites (~""'pG'F'Ir I 153) C.Cv,..p.#JIos, f11t/N-r".,. .In,,,,,.,. ft1M"Cl&lt1..... (fNm 0hcBI0b.), 'YI'Y"Gf.ip.ba, 1CU'F''''''p(1IG (Hesych.), flffIT.Pv-,.,p.a, (1 K.), eto. 789. For the cocuional reduplication of initial P even in claIBiO&l Greek _ Xilhner-B~ ii. 23 At ... and add from poat-ohriatian eources: Great Loune Pap. 194 "'pcp.".,. JACramer ill. 257 (HJ.n. Or. Phllet. 417) /JlpaJl'FOA, E1UL 50 211 (p. 253. 40) />*P'lB,o"m_(f,. 6. 69 />*~,.rpta. Aota Tho. 39t 17 />*p11fICII,u"". 65. 20 IlcaptpP'rI"''''''. Acta PiL A. i. 15. I /Jlp'fITCIt. "Ko..,hOB lI888 A. />*""fIOJ,ullor. ThBopb. 33 (f) />*p11fICIIp.l"f}; and (KKOnor in ~pG"" 1 sa) I>-[I9&OII".",p.4114, "fPVT'/ICII~, />*P'l'FIlfCII,,",,". ~./lCllphOJ (~OII). OGL 416, 18 ~enon i. e . EvtT",IIW. 740. With the disappearance of the consonantal reduplication. the perfect wu reduced to the level of put tenses and thU8 brought oloaer to the otherwise kindred &Grist (736). The latter telllle, then. retaining u it

.m.c.

''''':''''1'1"".

91_.

.as,.o.

lA,..,.'.

"3.

(SJ It fa eertain, howner, that in IIIIVeI"&l of th_ (J oompositionB the omiaaion of reduplication fa oharpable mainly to the oopierB. who were unconBOioualy carried away by the imluenoe of dUdmilat.ion ., fDll7 e.t&blilheel in their time. To nob an inftnence we may a1eo safely attribute varioaa other _ of CODlpoand wrb8, .. [Ariat.] PNbt ." ., (to ... :110) Polyb. 30 ~ 8 UIJopIJapiHllat. 779 tlll"f1lA p.#JIov. l208lR1T't"QTO. 1244 trIIfIIIIIcSric. Pan&. ... So 5 m-. i. 651 IfllllAIria..

...v9at.

.aTn.,-.

191

Digitized by

Google

'140-'148.] AUGMENT AND REDUPLICATION IN COKPOUNDS.

still did ita full force in the living language, soon succeeded in absorbing the mutilated perlect. In the call8 of the perlect participle, since it did not of itself refer distinctly to the past, its reduplication even in the form of temporal augment appeared out of place and 80 was simply dropped. Cp. the above instances (736): 1J0I11A.11Ir6m, 3vaTvxt1nlt. IwnIX'I.M,,' 3.,,1poIr0ln'J,u"'1', nl9apX'lICUql, TfAflOIpllfOf, AfrrotCOfIfI,u"OS, ~fX"'"""UI, .fpGfI,u"'1", ete. etc.

AUGMENT AND REDUPLICATION IN COMPOUND VERBS. '141. Compound verbs beginning with one or moreprtpOBitiofis take the augment and reduplication after the prepositions (the latter being treated as distinct adverbs, 1138), as:
npOC-TGcrflOl ' command' nAp-6IC-41W ' introduce' Imperfect npoc-I-n&f1f101' " nAp-EIC-;nw Perl. npoc-TI-TGXG "nAp-EIC-t'YIGI-

'142.. In Buch compound verbs the preposition may na.turally appear in a modified form as the result of phonopathy (I7o-200), as:
'I'-~ (191) Imperl. Iv-./Iallov Perl. '1'-IJIIJArtIlG. 'p-pm" (195) 'l'-,upt1llG tlV"f"XOIplOl (189) "tIfW-'XdJpow " tIVy-IC'X,OIfH1IIA 'IC-~ ~ 191) "'t.ll/aAAo,, " ~lt-IJIIJA'IIIG IIV-tITpGTffIOptU (300) " fIW-ffITp4TfvOP'l" "fIW-.flTpGTWIGI tnJp-pOJITOI (195) "fIW-lptJGno" "fIW-IPfiOIIia d..~lJdMM "u-4IJaMoII (139) d..~IJIIJA'I1CfI wapa-/JGAAOI "np-I/IallOl' (139) " fIf1p4-lJllJAf/"" flII"'f"ItfJ.Ta./JtJl"OI (189) "tIVy-IIGT-I/JalVOl' "tlll"'f"llGTa-IJIIJ'In .po-lJca.AVcu ".p~a.IAuOJl (139) ".po-3&aMAuItfJ.

".,,-1,..,,111'

"

tnJl'-flaP"G'lT.tAAu1"
from.~pandlnrlp?)

"

tnJp.-np-a.-4IAAv"

"flvp.-wap-a.-oAlIA.__

748. Only.pa (which could not be reduced to .p) aIld Wfpl (di88OCiation retain their final vowel in all caaea (1-41), as: "p'.~ encompass,' .fp'.llJaAAOI' ; wpo-lJdAJu put forward,' wpo-i/lallo". npa can moreover (though in..4. inllCription8 onlyprevions to m~ B.O.) be contracted with a succeeding 8imple " as: wpo-I/Iallo" (Wp6'/IallOll App. it 9 & 1-4> WpolJ/IallIW (not wpoGlJaAAtw I 159, a), but nev.r in .po-fdJpo1II and wpo-llTXor.
I

744. Verbs not directly compound, but derived from nouns compounded with prepositions, also take the augment and reduplication 4/ftw the preposition, as: from imperl. pert. 'pwoBl'OI 'hinder' ,~. impediment,' mopICfOI 'swear lalaely' 'trl-opor' perjured', , .. ..,pqn
IIGTf/.,opIOl' 8CCuae'
KGT-~

lllronfVcu I suspect'

'accuaer,'

"'".-6&,... ..,paw,

...

IIGT-f/'Y6pow

tca'Mf'r/lptJIIII

Ilw-o,",os '8uspected '

1I...dJ.-rlvo".

'146. A few compound verbs augment and reduplicate both the verb and the preposition, as:
a,-lxopGI 'endure' Imperl. "'''''''X61''1'' , ..-IIII-OpI6OI restore'" , ',,-oXAlOl 'annoy' " ""''-XAow lc-GInW arbitrate' .. (IIGT.).a...g,u.

,..,-c:.p6_

748 b. So..4. WBHpz, P W9apa, in CIA (KMeisterhanet 1,.6, 8).

'148. Several verbs, though compounded with prepositions, are felt as simple and thus take the augment before the preposition (cp. 750 f.), as:

192

Digitized by

Google

AUGMENT .AND REDUPLICATION IN COJ(POUl'fDS. [748-730.

IrIII-lC",

_of.

nl-4Copa& , Bit down'"

D-anuSopa& 'reeiBt'

ut '

'sleep'

Impart~,

"

7.7.

from

748. Verbs compounded with prefixes other than prepositions, or derived from nouns of such a composition ( I 143 ft'.), take the augment and reduplication at the beginning (cp. 751), as: ....a. 'do wrong' Imperl. '4"perf. ~ cl".tffa. 'miBtrust' "'4"lcr.rOllJ',, tPiClT'11tHmIxa. 'am unhappy' " .awnx-" IIt3vcm1x'1mn.Ta. benefit' ".lIen/TOllJ'" rif~ ol.collo,w.. 'build' ",JnII6JMMf"
WDA&o,./1III beaiege'

"'''1''' open.'

~/IA 'Bend' ,,~,,(..):':ude dfifL So P ."CN"JO", +-CHG. ...CH1pa&-beside A ""no.., ...Itta, d..lnJIIU.

"

UcII,COI' aor. """C'Pi"

beeide .-,vlo..
UUcITCI

"l,,~

"

nnAa6,."...

,;.0116,..,,-

749. Verbs beginning with a vowel preceded by the prefix b- or ~ can augment the initial vowel, as: 3vu-apcaTif am displeased,' 8vaH~, ..6-apcaTif please,' ~aTOIIIf, ~ 'benefit,' d-Hpyb-ovv.
730. From the preceding IOOtiODB about compound verba (741149), it will be seen that as long as they were felt to be distinctly compound, that is as long as each component was felt as a distinct

80 even in A, u: iIpIpl.ITa, Iboa_, 1mtn6.,..".., WIlCO", .,.,..".., Wlw/Io", 1I1wij.', a.a.~, f:At1UYX0IfI'I.1"". (XtUmar-Blaa, fL 36). Then s.pt. I Kacc. to, ,cs 80 often in the NT (Acta 7, 56; 12,14; 14, 2'f; 16, 14 i Bev.8, I; 11,19-). 8ept. Deut. 21, 23 K_'"IpG,u..or. 80 again in Num ... 6 I; 24t 9- Num. 31, 9- '-1'fI4III"-; 53 _".,.ptrf1HJ'CI. Katt. 11, 13; 22, 22, ate. '-J!04I6T_. .TUBt. Apol. I, 44 flCfrP"'JTr.lirioa. Phryn. 132 ....UnaTO Ar,. mI ~ Ibtn.,.o.-Acta Tho. 4t 39 (S). 92, 18 ...,-.I'Corro. ChI"Oll. 353, 15 11Ia~. 490J 1:1 ~"IT"'. G1c-.. Laod. 85 .._ So abIo GSpata 36 [A. 11931. Lecmt. Neap. V .T. 28, 9 I; 51, 6 ~"'IT"'. Sym. 1740 B .IIaCHq",; Mal. 6p, 2 'lIaoinw. 6p, 8 .IIaM.. 116, 5 'ptN.PJDIITU {read '/UfOp/lfll1Cll'). Theoph. 52, 16. 109, 12 '/leOUrfI. 136, 6 ..-.7'9fr1. 493t 11 4nl"'16'f. 1700 118 So again 1700 28 I; - . 24. 257, 28 &; 310, 18 Theopb. Cont. 22 'lIVpIl,wA.tH. Apoa.)(ar. 120, 35 'ITw.OI'.
11.

and separate word. both augment and reduplication were invariably iDBerted between prefix and Btem. When the nature of such a composition began to be lost Bight o~ both augment and reduplication became shifting and 80 were now internaJ, now external, 80metimes both, or otherwise anomaloua, according as either the simple verb or the preb was atill familiar, or had lost touch with the living laDguage (cp. 745. 146). When finally auch compounds came to be felt as simple verba they were treated as such, both augment and reduplication (80 far as the latter still survived 736) being prefixed to the preposition, or, in case the prepositIon began with 110 8ODIIoDt, altogether dropped (717-724).
~H,

"'octa...

' ' ' "'111'1'

",,.,,.wor.

b. GK.m1lel9119 dica6tmpn. Luke 13. 13 drotMzlri (d...,p- ?). Great Louvre Pap. 45 clN-y_1L G1ou. Laod. 131 clrG..,t.__ CIG 8664 (tVIIIt "'--'llJ'III'To. KaL 168, 11 bounoiiro (_ 717). Theoph. s64, U 471, 4 h.p,...ICtTO CIG $UP (Silko) dI'CIXIIII,.,..

aacment (717).

Porph. Cer. 'J87 +I>oplITtq. A.nna Comn. 7, 198 'lI<'/'riIT/I,.o. Geoqr. Kon. 265 IlwoSA..... eia.-and so OD in Jl-N Ipeeoh, thOllgh only in the cue of the q11abio

.",tN.otv.

+f!6,._.

InnurnJ-Tf,.

193

Digitized by

Google

7&0-7&8.] AUGMENT .AND REDUPLICATION

IN

CO][P()'UNDS.

c. NT 2 Tim. I, 16 Acta Tho. 5, 1 ItITaC.. (BS). 13, 32 '1I'Icmi,."., (PQ). OalUn. 91, 22 wapa&n,IIOJ1To. CWeasel,y Akad. WilL 1889 p. u6 (t V b"v,par/Ia, d....sAIHICI. Lecmt. Neap. V. J. 830 17 (A) '1I'IlIdDIITo. Anut. SiD. 45 '"IP"fI'It1a". :Mal. 168, 11 lraneMo. CIG 8668 (t'VIII~) '-r,""II",. 9151 A lA'1tIa. Theoph. 60, u 'ftIT"o.."w. 61, 17 'well"6,,fe. 40t 31 &: 68, 10 'uAtJITlaC... 9O!2SIEI",ftTa", 180, 16IffT4~a". CGL409.2-6apm-.apam. . . ~, apacln8ll&ll. So too in M, Ill: FTrinch. 40 (A.f). 1042) '''Xfepl~. 91 Ur,.cpa. SS (tloS9) '"TI",. 116 (tun) IoyICllWIITIIp. 125 (A.D. l1li5) d..oAD./Jfw. 114 AfITf". 147 (A.D. 1131) d,,6IIer.Yf. 327 (A.D. 1196) dwOAallll. 220 dwowatIITCIIMI'. 230 (A.D. 1170) '"e"p4"1tTV. 241 (A.D. 1175) a86 (...D. 1184) dna.-.. sensa 317 'ffT4",.""". 32 d"oAtlBo""", ate. (ap. GHatsidakia 63)-whare the initial vowel of the pzepoIiticm nands to a cart&in aztant al80 for the aUfl'lll8llt (752).

ItratcrxWlrl.

vntl')

'."a4-

11"'....

'-r--

d. CIA it 331, 27 (B.O. 272-z6s) ttaTfUTltfVGlT,u"Ot. Louvre Pap. 6~, 297, p. 370 (B.o. 165), 16 "aptuNlOII"'~r. Polyb. p. 1148 ttaTGwoAf/AYlplllow. DioD.

"'IITIIt.

H. ThUo. 42. ttaTf'lrtT'IlIriittfat. CLaamana 39, 17 ,""Pp.rfITfv,u1lll. 129 ",f1lf11'1tPlot,. L 254, 4 'fIIIm"",pbor. So too Boor. 392 A &: Cyrill. Al. x. 116 c. Athen. 140 68 1-r",IITf!'IT/lI_r. 69 ftpo_A'IpOmte. Xen. Bph. 2, 9> 1 _I. "AtttTTo. Eus. Alu. 333 B ltapm,ullGf. Oodin. 78. 12 tlVlA""",,,4IIGf.

761. A number of verba were augmented even in ..4. both before and after the preposition, obviously becau&e the internal augment alone was not suffiCIently indicative, as: ~t''''''ftx.sIA'lJl, ~~T.s-, ~_&~o,a,..,

~""'-lfl.s>.."ITf, bn,,,.o,plJov,,, a,3'-'JTa., "II-.)'~ov", ~1IT-f3,trn, ~~fITfl'JTow, trClt'-f3,-liTGllJI, a,3e-'1,w"'ltra, IfrOMIIO"" (Ktlhner-Blua ii. 3S). This

becomes more frequent in P-G, owing to the ignorance of the time, as: Sept. Num. 30, I ItIlTCfrp-o/AfIlfTIJI. Mar1i 3. S & Luke 4. 10 dntraTcaTI/. An. Bekk. ill. 128S k~C.s,.,.".; Theod08. 40. 8 kpo&~. EU8. Alex. 429 B "'trtn'-HpcitIA'lJl, "'traf'-HpCi8"... CGL 22S ii. 24 Vita Euthym. i-tr~flB6,.t6a. Byz. Zeitachrirt i. 61S i-trar-CTlSr, (tS04). Leont. Neap. V. J. St, 9 (C) ...~. SS, 10 (AE) Ifr-Cltar-CAafjfII. 66, 17 (A) dtr-emr-Cln-a&l'ftl. 84, 8 (A) "'ltor-dlK'ro. Epist. Abgari 283, 14 kcrilJrt. GSpata 90 (A.!>. 1096) (see 7S3 & cp. 7SS fua.) 7151. As a matter of ClOUl'II8 N treat. compound verba like simple f t.....

.-&-.,,8_.

_poctrpdrcnw.

and 80 II1lppliee the preposition with the ayllabio augment, while the reduplication fa inT&riably dropped (op. 736. 750, c). Apoc. liar. 123, 35 ,,,.,mOll. FTrinch. 73 ,,,p&rraa, IrtpoIIltr'lrOflfff. _ (AA 1165) IIICf41rat..,tTV. 3.~S (A. D. 1206) Itrwpa,n,w,tTV. Il4loyftAftlfJf. m 'CJIIIIdA Aa(a". 't11II1Gp4IT"'aa". 147 (A.D. 1131) ,,,p6~_ 200 (A.B. 1154-) l~ 242 Ittp6ttTafa. GSpata 90 (A.D. 1096) hPOXI~, m,t.AftllfJf (ubi Inr,c. ItA_.,,>. ate. (ap. GHataidakia p. 66). 7n. Only apparent III the augment in N _ l i b cbUawa, cbU']tta. , ..... /JtaIlG, I~tta, atc., tdnea thfs augment-lika + is not proper to tha indicative of put ~ bIIt common to all mooda and - - . and even to n01lD8 derived tharefrom: UfBi-. ttaT.8oI"., (a1&o -TfJ/JtIJ".,). il~, DIB-~ or hifJatt,., ttaTIB-p/>r or "arlp.pa, ttaTflhtt'4, atc. Tha preIIIlnca of tha '1' here is apparently due to dilslmiJation and reduction, in that two otharwi8a h _ phonOllll and ftronr IOJIIInt. would follow ea.oh other: ~.~, WB'Io, 'ItCITciB']tta, ItCITa/JatIla. A .imilar prooea is trMea.bl. in a flIw
epondio inatan08ll of older tim8l, .. : PCa.uar Del.1 128, 37 .....,a~ lUI:ai8tarhana" 138, .6 ~,.. (.46-226 11.0.), drHA4Ittnr, D~ (U~ B.C.); Gr. Pap. Br. MUL 169, 3 (t 78-79) ~Il4TG11Jf. Leont. Neap. V. J. 39, 14 CA, B).and particularly in tha fnlqumt _ oroppiJIc up during .. oitecl in aaotIaer
_ _ by GHatBidakia (65 f.), .. :
(A.Do 1000) b~lII'fJf (for

Dipn.II97'~p6"'Jt1f. 15$ &: 463 'ttaT~. . " '~ft, I'1'riDch. n '~). 46'......... ''-''Eot'otfor . .~).

194

Digitized by

Google

[713-718.

II. INFIXES.
718. In order to form and inftect a tense, we must know its , . . c1ttmJcter. This consists in one or more letters affixed directly to the stem. The present and imperfect, 88 well 88 all second teDaee of all voices, then the perfect medio-passive, have no fixed or speciic character, but all the rest show & characteristic sign. This is-c- in the futUJ'e and aoriat active and middle: _ , 1 _
-K.

...

.. lit perfect and ut pluperfect paaaive: "aoriBt puabe: - S ...,._. (157.) -IHo-.. future paaive: -9Jrr-

"'''II-K, ...._K

Digitized by

Google

7157-783.]

TENSE CHARACTER-PERSON ENDINGS.

767. The character -If- of the aorist pueive appears 'lengthened' to -Irtill the indicative and infinitive. 7158. Immediately after the tense character, a tMmatic fIOwel or t1Nmatic BOna"t (6g8) is added to the stem in all tenses except the

perfect, plu~ect. and aoriat paaaive, and remains through all the moods. Th1818.a. For the,present, imperfect" and future,_ before lA and~, otherWlBe .... :

frl11l-O-".... Ifrav-o-., frav-o-."..r-wa_r., Ifra_r,

fra~Tf.

b. For the aorist active and middle, and for the perfect active -a- :
lfrau/T-a, ifraw-a-"..., ifrava-a-/TSf, ~v--/Af'" frffraV/C-CI-/T,". c. For the pluperfect active _ : i-fr.-trav-a-", 1-fr.-fraV.....-u.

7158. In addition to the thematic aonant, the subjunctive annexes a mood fJOtOe1. In the primary subjunctive, this consists in the mere lengthening of the thematic vowels _ and -.- to __ and ""I" respectively, while the secondary subjunctive optative] has a specific -&- which coalesces with the preceding vowel:

fID~Jlf". ~-Jlf", .nat'.___,u..-V-H-Tf, rtaH-H-Tf, tmnaN-H-Tf .oN"',." _tlero-I-,." .nat'._..,.,-rtaHa+,.,. _vlf4.",. 768 b. All above remarks on the inhes, referring as they do to prehistoric antiquity, are naturally applicable to N alao, 10 far as the verbal forma airected atillBurvive.

m PERSON ENDINGS. 780. The Greek verb has separate person endings for the voices, as well as for the primary and secondary tenses. In their primitive form (930), these wereL INDICATIVE A.ND SUBJUNCTIVE.
d.

AcTI'VB.
Duu.
PLURAL.

SIBG17LA.B.

.Priftcipal: -p4 -,~ &t:ortdMy: -If ~

SmGULAB.
-p.tU

-&

-p.cv -p.cv
b. MBDIO-PASSIVB_
Dvu.
........"""'"

-ft -ft

-Ifn -If

or _

PLUBAL.

Lp.c60. -ale -1'T1I& LI"fJa. -0-8.. -vTO 78L The entire aorist passive, as well as the future subjunctive and imperative passive, have active endings (804. 807).
-1TCU"1"G&

LP.7fV

-17'0

-TO

"""'" " " , .

781 b Nw -n in the aorist passive indicative. (801. App. iii. 39.)

782. The above person endings are regularly appended to the infixes (756 if.), or, where there are no infixes, to the stem. )(ark only that the two endings _ and -0'0 (media-passive) generally drop the (1' when it should stand between two 80nants as: >..w#u& (>"WII&) AYI1, i>..w;o lAwo AYOY; 'lnJ.W;o nAYOY (782. 809)783. But in three IOlitary CI.II88 the Ind peraon singular of the middle ends in -fa (instead of -,): fjoVA" 'thou wilheat,' 'tholl think_t,'''''' (fature) 'thou wilt_; alIOl, (beside I",) 'thou wilt be.' (But - 26,.f.) For P-N 888 773.

of.,

-196

Digitized by

Google

PERSON ENDINGS OF PRESENT INDICATIVE.

[784-773.

784.. The subjunctive of the perfect and pluperfect active, in particular memo-passive, are formed mostly by way of circumlocution (687. 1883 f. 2106 f.), that is by the subjunctive of (~ and the appropriate participle: n"lmV~ or fl'f7nl.vpiVOJ , (is i. etc.). n"lmvpiVOJ cf'lV (cr~ cr", etc.). 80 too the aM person plural indicative medio-passive, when the endings -VTfU and -rro would concur with a preceding consonant: yrypa.p.p.lwx cw-w or ~ (instead of 'Yqpa.t:/wrru., *lyq~vro; cp. 169. 687.886). 78&. In connecting together as well as in the proper order the thematic and mood vowels with the personal endings, the resulting combinations of the common or aconjugation are the following:

Present Indicative (Active and Media-passive).

ACTIVE. MEDIOPASSIVE.

S.... 1 .." I , ' llIdittJti D. (I) De P. t.opu Lrr. ,-,_I

Preaatt

L..........

LA.... -d"..8a

t.optJ,

-D( ..= ,)LoWIIlo ,"8.

Ln a,.

788. I. The 1lrst person aingalar of the active voice .., is the l'881llt of dropping the personal endiDg .1" and the conll8quent anteotaaia of the preceding thematic vowel -00 to .., (163). 787. :a. The aecond and third persons singular of the active voice, .(If ad.s, have arisen from Hr and f-l (760. a), originally from 'IT' and fT' ~vely <930)' 788. 3- The third person plural ,-,,- &l'OII8 from (.III'1'l) _ by expelling -IT with antectaaia (163)' 789. + In the _nd person singular of the medio-paaaive voiee, the torm L, (Ln) arose from original L(;GA byutruding intersonanticlT- (76,).

and fIriddle: -fTO), -In'i, In' and tTOp4L, -av, .1Tft'IJ& -

770. n. Future indicative active mad middle. By prefixing u to the above endings, we obtain the future indicative active

oft"""'. ..,.".." -

-_. _

0(1'01"",

-cnTf.

-fT(TU(TI....

-cr6p.t8a., lnv8c,

-tTOVI'CU.

770.. The middle future has become extinct in N (1478-86).

77L Present and .future Btibjunctive, active mad midtlZe. On the other hand, by substituting __ and "'I" for -0- and -c respectively, we obtain the subjunctive of the present and future active and Iniddle: -"'w, ....'fIi, ....'0, - -"'1Tt1II, -"'lTt1II, - -"''''1"''.....'1", tMn,", and ...."'JUU, ....'0. -"'rpw., _ .........., ."....... - ....:,p.t8a., -"'"v8c,

m.

_.CIWIYU.

-6ir, .tJ.j- -liiTt1II. -9ijTOr- 8~1"'"

772. According to '161, the future subjunctive passive is 6~, .Oijn, -6fiKr,".

atill substantially preaerved in N. It is even significant that the original form .."GI of the second person singular medio-passive (760,

773. The verbal endings eft'ected by the above process (765-772) are

.,.Wh, dn-i m dJlaNal'fJ6.-. IlpAJl';. "potIf11T8 .,.;;s CID I1VAAa,8ijr ~ AI"fOW" 8epl. Buth lI, 14 ..,.flGA (80 too PI. 187, .. ; Luke 17, 8) j Daut. lIS, BP ""ITIIl (10
EMHNIICCic.
ftltplllll6na.

b) has been, since H, restored after the analogy of the perl'ect mediopaaive (AD-vaGI, trnrou,aGl, ICoS"ao" lCfiua,) and such present types as Iw.ua.. TI1TCIaIll .,.tf..Gl, 8l1lxr1ll eto. C183).-Koeria 16: MM ATT...., 6JtpolUtGA
.Phryn. in AD. Bekk. 18, 19
I~

01

cbran,

197

Digitized by

Google

778-7'19.]

PDSON ENDINGS OF PRESENT INDICATIVE.

too S Beg. 17, 4; Luke 11, 8); .. Bc. 14, 6 d.nt.. Luke 16, 25 ~ Rom. 2, 17" 23 &avXil1'" (abIo I Cor. 4, 7). Rom. 9t 18 &a-x".... B-.,oh. it 219 MtHp4tr... (10 too Sept. Deut. 31, 16). Acta Tho. 25, !BlJpiirstll.. 3S. 18 lEo,.. M.... 53, 15 0ful"Uta.. 74, 27 AvrpoWtII.. Prooh. 152, 6 /JO'fJA.I1.... GftC. NM. ill. 27. 0 3taoiitnu. Baail. L 753 A. ".."r&OiHnu,. Oallin. a33, I "fIO/I'aAAaa.... 140, 6 rfA.aoiill'a&. Apophth. 141 " 0, then nl_hOll 3011 0 traA'I"_. Vita Euth)'Jll. 73 ".pcllfliaa.. 79lE4pX.a.... Leo Tact. 9t 40 Wfl~I1/1&. x-a... on. &Ss A 3taoVl1tII.. Porph .Car. 2SO ,111'" (abIo 253; a64; a66). 376. 8 MO"".'" (also 377, 23). 623 vaMp/Jd"'I1al. Buil. Sel. 473 A AvrpoWOl, 14c7t11.,-&Dd 10 on ever alnoe. (Cp. BASoph. Gto.. 93 " 75-) 774. The influence of aualogy in this cue is more strikingl)' br

ov"....

the ciroumetaDce that eveD verba like u.a,-, M,ip4ptJl, ~~,..., aac"pa, TII,,...., Tl9qpl, and the rest of the Ma.cl.... which ..t Greek formed without thematic IOnant, were lOOn attracted and aaaimilated to the general norm of barytone O-verba (936 f.) ... : Louvre Pap. 39 (161 0.). 10 !wo,....; alao Gr. Urk. Berlfn 2~ (tII-IlI~), 10. Sept. Jer. 28, , awJpeBa. ib. 59, 14 ~UIlO""O. 4 JIacc. 2, 20.u"fTO. (996, 54.)

mown

776. These analogical formatiODR indicate the mode and line of transition from the MI-verbs to the barytone or o-class. a phenomenon illustrated by the following examples (936 f. 853):

aiaoJIGI. ete. ,-....,JIGI. eta.

iIIaIit -IC-I ''''''',-, ,JtwuT_Za..NOMIN Za..NITI .. __ " " I1T"",,",..... eta. Cl'l'pImN".". ",,~-cTpoiNNOMIN CTpciJNNITI " c:rpe..- " " x"""JIGI, ate. ~".", x~r_xc:.,NoMIN XciJNNIT1 ......... t. " cltr~, eta. d.dAA.IITf-AnoAAoMIN AnoAMn " ~.." d."t.pIII. ete. OAtH."." d..,.tfTf-A~iOMIN A~iITI .. ,.,. "', 778. Evm a . . . . ...-. can _ .. buia for MW' farmat;Iou; t h _ T&I_a has called forth P T&lia"." ".IGT. aaldul" " .. aaUa,au aaa.!can. (Cp. 930t a. 996. SI.)

aao,-, alaoT_l.i~EN l.illETl

_a

d.tnSU.""'' ,

777. The third pel'llCD. plural active _"_a appearll IIiDoe T a1.Io in the 'J'Daopatecl form -"_... : B1IlL Corr. HelL vii. 309t 7 . " ' . " ' _ . A1chesn. s., 9 N~. 324. 27 NAufoUIo, eta. Nomoc. 47 -'111-. ib. 10'1-"-, IX-. Leo Gram. 359t IJ """,w-. J'Trinch. 34 (tlO34) r... .,.",....,....

11_. 75 (tl093) {IIQ ~,.af Ix-. fllll "'IMOVl'. 78 (tI097) lx-and 10 OD ever aIsaoe. ThiI ablmrtiat.ton, which fa apparesatl,y due to the analoc:v fIE the 00I'I'8Ip0IldiD perIOD of the perfeot (785-8- 793-6), bat beaD ever . _ m popular 1118, aDd N DOW', W'hila Iti1l preaening the anoieJlt fonD _"_," m _ dia1ecta (Orete, Rhodes, Tb-, Cnma. ChioI, Leroa, etc., ap. GBMaidatfa m), OOJIIIDOIlq ~ .lAw, T,-.""" ~. M/Jotl', ~ .,,.,,.,, A",w. eta. or IIIIlpWI.ea to .1Aow" ~,.,,.,... " (ISI~. App. ill..)
778. ID the _ _ wa.J'. the thUd perIOD plural mecJioopMIift Lornu bat bleD iDjIlI8DC8d by the correapcm.diDc 8JlCifDc _. or rather b,y the collfnoted fonDI (-)WI"ta. (ar,A)oiiII'f. (woa ar,A-)-oiirnu. and thu ohanged to N -"WII'rfIj, .. : IfIX---.~, a1f'W""G'. ~,"Of","" (ap. 8SO b.. it). ThiII N tQI'JIII. _ . . . iD the _liIIII popal&r ocmpOllitiou, .. : 81 &PX---, &ardpx___ JTrinch. 313 (A.D. 1123) "'Pcopl'ovrraa.

saa.

"OIJIGIo "1/, "'I"Ia; ""ptfa,

779. Aa recarda the subjunctive forms "", "I/f, "1/; "11"", "v", "_cO"fJ/I'I., "..,...., generally speaking, they have been strletly adhered to by correct writers of all tim8ll. Bowever, .. the dUl'erence between indicative and subjunotive in mOllt of the ca_ ("., "'It, "fI. "0".,,; "01. "11', ft"~ "0/,...; "0,.., ",. "6p.tfa; "O/JIGI, "" "."""') .... a matter of mere orthograph)' (1987 fr.). it naturall)' _peel ObeervatiOD and the homophon:r existing in all th_ cues lOOn led to a complete uniformity. This WIll! obtained br aMimilatinl the few beteropbOl101ll forma of the IIIlbjunotive ("'IT', "_c, "'ITIU. "IJII'I.) to those of the indicatift wIaiob were far more tamlliar. linoe they oaaarred alIo in the lmperathe,

198

Digitized by

Google

PBBS01f BNDIlf(fS 01' IXPDPBCr IlIDIOATIVB. [778-781.

aDd, with Ilight prelul 't'Uiatioa, iD the imperfect and Ind aorist indicative (.,..~ ~., ...~ I .s,.n; 'PX.... 4PXWfe. eto.). AocordiDgl,. the heterophonoua forma appear to have retrw,ted from popular speech .. eul,. as 9, and are, as matter of COUl'll8, unknown to N. liT Kuk 11. -5 Tla-. 31 8 ... 6l"it Gal 4 IN _ _AMl_w. Tit 4 IN 11..".1,01111&1" Oor... 6 11/11 pdIcT.. BerIDIII vt.. 31 '2, 3 la. .."",.den. John 17. 3 r.." 1I.,wCCMIIII. (op. Gal. 15, .. 3711

1Nar.,.......

ni......

John 5, ., IN 1av,.'CT.. Phll. 2, 11 IN IEopoAorillCTCI&. IIM$. 7, 6,...0Tf ~OUIII. nl ~_I.. Act117, 7. f Ifb, lou1.f1lcr_w. llark 15 ., IN f1TIIU"w_I", ](a"- 18. 19 Id. 11U""*",,IIOUIIW. Bev. 131 15 311. . . "fIOII~OUIII". John 17. 3 I"" .,...4Hr/lOUIII... Bev. 12. 6 I"" 'Fp4fOU/11P. 3. 9 IN 4EoulI&P nl trpoII""""OUIIW. 6. 4 IN IItfltiiOUIIW. 4, 9 INar ~&P. !It 20 IN ". "fIOII.....I1OUII... Ac 22 & Berm.. Via. " 3. 2 la. p.errwo/J(1OUII&P. CIG 5128, 22 &xpar 01 d,.l.,ouIJ'lP. Acta Tho. as, 35 rN 81.i_1 ..d ..otIouf1.. 66, 3 3TGII' Aap/lhouIlIP. 59t 20 3TIIP ')(CT'. Acta PeUi et Paali 194,3 IN ". p/wO/f +VpJIIW dAAG nl afl'rJUl7tIlOUII&P. Aota Pau1i -' Theolae 243, 11 (ABO) IDouIlW. 2$6. 9 & 12 fl/ll '111cra&. Acta Pilati A 1. 2, 5 IN ~.VI1OUII&P. Acta And:reae 1&7, 8 3_ ''r...1'IIAf~I1I'' (op. 8SO-I). CGL ~ 25 U. IIi vulti8.-Por other 8DDlpl. _ 19118 ft'. & 1!I9O> & cp. 8so.

...,..acaa.-.at3rl).

'E_i""

"Mr.

t""

779". Bnlllearaed. lUla nauDoh AttiolstI OIUlnot _pe the iDHlI8II08 or

tm. -'II8lOllM: Proo. L 4790 17 droit 336, 13 hwr I1UA1.iN_. if. 71," S- ....."... . . . . . 41. S hwr ". 31GCG ftiIlNIII ---mg that
neh blunaen merely pomt to aohoIaatio reaction. (Op.80S & 1935".)

+- "".

'IIHIII..

780.

Irwper/ect (& 2nd Aorist) Indicative. KlmIo-PASSIVB. ACTIVL 8...cw -cv ... -11",."" (LeITO}-ou l.ft'O
D.

P. t.opo

tn. L.,.

..cw

-6p.r8a Lcu6c

'""'"

......

Lovro
786-791.

781. 1'01' the P-N cb...... in the endiDp . . -G1fP and -fT. _

782. The form -011 of tbe 2nd pelllon eipgular mediopaaaive arose from .1"0 by extruding intellOnantic IT (762. 934). However, the original form .remaias UDChanged in Ma-verba and in the pluperfect, as: fcno(llTO, ;'FiStlT", lala-o, i3tlUUflo, - i3l&ITo,
788. Starting from theee 1'8w remnants, P-B Greek revived and eztended the original form flrIIt to contracted verbs (op. 773"- then to all "rile indiaoriminate1y (op. XillmerBl... ii. 69). as: tllfpoclll'O, '~o. I1.rpl1o, fjPX.1I0. Antatt. 98. 28 ~lfpocillO d""l ~.po&io ,Arr1f>G"'I' E..~rl,.. It .till IlUl'Viftll in South Italian Greek, as: GMorOBi ii. 56 ',..110 for f'X.lTo; 140 '-rp#f110 (op. APeUegrini 26 41 42; alao GHatzidaki.e 61). l!'or all other P-N ~ _ 801 tr. 149 f. 852. Ss9 f.

_0.

78&. By substituting -cI- and the appropriate tense character (-0- or 756) for the the~atico- and ..... the 1St aorist active and middle, and the perfect active as well are effected. The only variation noteworthy is that in the active voice: (a) the first person singular drops final -v in the .orist and perfect; (b) tbe third person singular takee of necessity -c for oQ; and (c) the third person plural has -v in the .orist and -6',. in the perfect. 781. SimJ1arly, if we replace -0- and ~ by .,,,,. or .,."., we obtain the pluperfect active or the .orist paasive reepectively.

-x-.

199

Digitized by

Google

781-788.] PEBSON ENDINGS 01' AORIST INDICATIVE.

ACTIVE. lImDLE.
PA88IVL

Aorist D.

S. -cra

P. "crlJlUII Lcran __ -crap.e8a "cracr8f 'c:xuwo t.8qp.e. t.Sr,n t8qotaN

""- Lea...
"mY'f

t............".

-cr(# -crr",-cra,u,1I

t......... .........

"cr.

-crcn"O, t.S".

t.8q, t.8q
Lit"

u.r-~.

S. -Ita Perfect D Active . P. t./Cap.e"

tcacr,"

Pluperfect Active

!.It""

Lit,,,

""......
'-"ft

-"'"
'UIGIN

'-Itnp.e"

788. There haa been, since A times, a close afIInity between the aonat and perfect. First they bordered. on 88eh other in meaning (736. 739. 1870-5), then both had virtually the same elldings save in the 3rd person plural (o(I,o(If. . ., -alA". -af", -); often even tha 8ame prefix &8 augment and reduplication respectively (731. 733. 736). These common points naturally could not tail to bring about a oomplete aBBimilation. The first 8tep in the proeesB W&8 made by the 3rd person plural, the only varying terminal lIuf1lx, since it W&8 -aa," in the perfect, while the Roriat ended in (a)lD'. U the balance of frequency were to turn the aeale, the perfect would have prevailed over the aorist, but the position ot the latter _ strengthened by several allied C&888 ot -aa., ooourring in the ume person ot the pluperfect ('A'A~.'CIDI) andaorist passive ('Aus.,cm.), in the imperative (AwInHJaI', A1ItI4~, ~a.), and in the eeeondary subjunctive (AtSocaa., AHa.aall, 791 t.). The IIBBiBtance rendered. by the aoriat passive W&8 ot no small moment, since thia teD88 already performed, to a oonaiderable extent, the oll.ce of the middle and active voice (1478-86), &8: 'X..,aa., Il"lW'Y'Iau, ''IiOfHIIrI-, hr,.,..,,.,.af"~, 'tlovA~.",..., ..,lxf!Iau, etc. Accordingly the aorist ending -(a)u prevailed over the perfect ending -aa,", 80 that the perfect active appears ever since the Wit' B.e. a1ao in the form __ Cop. A ,,,,_, .a.-.): KKeisterhana' 147, 8 (B.O. 246-216) npflA'IfaI'. CIG S052 (B.o. 193) Ild~. Gr. Pap. Br. Kna. 10, 23 (B.O. 162) ,fA'1fItJI'. ib. 11, 50 'w,afa.-.. GKeyar , s60 .llIpt_. KKeillterbana" 147, 8 (Id B.O.) /Jiaf'",fA_, mlf'f1lXlD" ,ftlX'lllall, Irnol'lICllII. Sept. I Chron. 190 10 yt-yot'llll. J _ 5, 29 u,fIIJIfGI'. Jucl. 7, 10 1r11tO&lall. NT Acta 16, 36 1l1r411T11Aft11. 001. 2, I u,fIIIIIGJ'. John 17, 6 f"n,,,,_. 17, 7 . " , - . BBv. 18, 3 1r4~. 190 3 Ju. 50 4 "a...... " . . . Batrach. 179 'oP"flll'; alIo Sib. or. 14. 253 (op. CIG 4712 b "'flr",-). peyron, Pap. Taur. p. ~4 IrfltVpt.VIfGII. Sib. or. I, 86 Lyooph. Ala. ISO Ir~"", 8ext. adv. Gr. 213- &110 Geop. I, 6, 27 Hippo]. Haer. rp, 24 3fa6attu. [Jaoob.) 17, I olb. [CalliBth.] L 46, P. 52b 1r4..,_. L 26, p. 27 (0) 3la..a.. Acta Pll. 4 y4."._. LeoD.t. Neap. V. J. 21,12 afa.-.. 80 Theopb. 231, 6 (~), 2, 15 (0) IrfIrOll.... Theoph. 2940 19; 21; ~3; 352, .3 (abo n6, 8 r) .t Leo Gram. 292, U Irftrol'l_. Theoph. 227. 10 (2) "(f1O_' ~Cp. KtlhDer-Blaa ii 49-)-Converasl7: Gr. Urk. BerliD 22, 21 etll4) lw d.,.ON AaxU-. J'orN_7B9 787. This in1luence BOOn extended to the and aorist a1ao <907-916). the more 80 &8 that teD88 W&8 syntactically identical with the 18t aorillt :CIG 2264 add. p"'4axGII. PoJ,yb. 3t 190 5 drrlw,au. 33, 11. I IIIllr._. 8ep&. 2 Beg. ~3, 16 Tobit 3t 9 1l,,1I_. I Sir. 10, 14 ,lI/all, 1+.,."",; 27, lIO ,5pG11. NT)(ark 14, 46 Id/JaAall. Katt. 14, 15 Ir~ABaII. Lake 8, 35 IIA1ar. Rev. 7, IJ ' n _ . Gr. Urk. BerliD 146 (tU-m!.") 'trijAIar. Hermu Via. I, 4t I 4A6cw .al 4pG11 MIll IltrijAIIcw. Ib .3 IltrijMu. IOta Tho. 190 9 nil"""". 93t 3 IE4 11 BsI, 35 1l"'",y_II. Prooh. 43. I fllrGII. 80 43, 7; 48, 14; 18; ~,3- 91, 614t1aAall, ete. A180 Narr. V-. 99t 13 '" 18; 106, 9- LeoD.t.. Neap. V. ;1. u, .. 'Ir,au. Kal. 66, 13 788. Thia torm has ever 8ince been current in popular speech, and is now universal in N, &8: ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' flIaJ"

'14"".

'aX'l_.

"JIrI-.

'AatIaII.

.y-,

'..-r-.

788. The aualogical inftueDce of the 3rd pe1'IIOD plural_ could Dot 200

'traItrIf, 'ye_.

Digitized by

Google

PERSON ENDINGS OF DlPERFECl' AND AORIST. [789-798.

Also 41, 29. CIA ill. 1379, 4 ~par. Hennas V"18. 3t a (M) IftlTI"MITG". Acta Andr. et lIatt. 3 M:ich. Arch. a, 8 8XU.-Eur. Hec. S74 '"A"poVafUf. ClG 1583, 4 .".wufUf. Bull Corr. Hell 1890. S "ajH!lrGAoiHIa". Sept. Gen. 6, f '~fUf. Ex. 33. 8 a-r0ll0iicJa". aReg. ao, ISDooWfUf. PII.5,U'IoA._. Job I, 4'ftOCoiiav. Jw. 19. 13 et 39. a9 IIu".DUl'fUf. 41, 10 1oiHrfUf. Ezech. aa, JI 4"OpoVcrfUf. a Eadr. 6, 14 ';"o3o,,-fUf. Sol. Ps. 8, la '.TOiHrv. a, a nr'IFaToiifIu. 2, 3 1/J.s"AoiifIu. I7,lS'''.lrpcrroiil1fUf. Gr. UrlL Berlin 183 (t8S),6"porrapoiHlv. Hennas 8im. 9. 9. S l80.v0iHru. Steph. Diacon. 1104 D IIIGAI"OaoWfUf. (Cp. 1ft' Acts 17, S Hopu/loiitrall.) [In all these cases the accent was borrowed from wA'/poO/IA", I"A"poOT., flGjH!llllAoiip .., 'BoAloii"..., 'BoA.M., etc. ; not from 1.1....... as GHatzidakis argues in Dapl'GCl'l16s 17, 581-8. Cp. +""prOIlU. ~,'"",OIIu,ete. from +p4pToP'" +pdfwfT.,'.,.o.-,op..,1.,.o.-,fTt, eto. 791.] 790. ThiI fonD has ever mos been O1U'I'ent in popular IIpII8Ch and is Btill 1IIIi~ in N, where it has been tanlferred even to the puBive voice: 11fiO/Iw.TaPfa&to....,.u (- IlfiO/IoWTO, ~O"o). 79L To what extent the ending -(II)P came to be telt as the oharacteristic sulix ot the past, may be gathered trom the tact that it soon began to be superaddedeven to the thematic vowel ot the and aoriat and imperfect, then even to the kindred seco.ndary subjunctive [optative] active, thus leading to !.oI1U : BulL Con. Bell vi. 41-43 (180 8.0.) -jH!AU-. Bphem. epigr. i. 2111 (1108.0.), 41 cb"AIoIru. Gr. Pap. Br. ](118. 23 (8.0. 161), 31 IAaptJQ.,CtIa" (read ,olla,," Bermes -.ill. 433 a..AG/JOtIIIV. Sept. JOII1L. a, 19 (D) ~OIIa". Gen. a, 19 &; 12. 50 alao JOII1L. 2, 8 '~A'_. Dent. I, 25 &; JOII1L. 11, 19 (DJ IAUOIIIIV. Deut. 7. 19 f30crv (write .faOtIfUf, 717 [I]). 32.5 +"","OIIU. 1'11. 76, 17 &; 97, 3. aRo le&. 41, 5 ffaOtlfUf. 77, 29 l.,.o."fOtIfUf. I", 3 .GpoIIU. Jft. 28, 7 ."IOllfUf. Ruth 4t 11 .r"OtIu. Nehem. 3, 5 IftlTIIIX-. 10811. 3, 14 (DJ #Spolia" (for ~par). a, 22 Dau. 3t .. ,,,.tJQAOIIU. JOII1L. 6, 23 (BJ 'nU7Ot1U.-S oymn. 695 'II'JetHIa". Et. ](. 282, 27 IpUouall. Leo Gram. 290t a2 fll1~A9_. cp. CALobeok Phryn. 349 dBolla", ,.,..~, #SAlOIIu.-BulL Cor. Hell vii. 57 (ISo B.a.) ~OllfUf. Pap. Louvre 34 (ISO &0.), 13 1.,.o.I11rOt1U. A... 1'. 5, 209 dXtHICU'. Lyoophr. 21 'IIXIi'ollu. 8ept. EL US. 24 'Aa,..tJb_. 18, 26 ."plIIotraF, "'~poa"', I Kaco. 4, SO ~fUf. EIIech. aa, 12 'AaplJhOllU. I Par. 2a. 4 I<#lpoaa1l. John 15.22 &; 24 dXOllfUf. SoL 1'11. 8, 11 a.",.aC-. 8, as'faocnu,; 190 7 +""prOllU; 17. 16 I~",. 13, 3 .".apapOtlQJI, ITlAAOCIG". KtlhnftBlu8 if. SS 'A1"fOtIv, .~tS-,Ot1u, "'~'" . , _ (-tHla"P). Antatt. 91,14 iArr-CU', ..,~, _ nl3J1111a 'AAta"ajH!u 1.1-,01111.'" AM6t/>pow AA.a.8pt '..&nu AlaCOf' m.a -,fir 'lI'XciC_.' Leont. Neap. V. I. 30, 8 tE) """AlOIIu (ubi "'-w). Kich. Arch. 3, 10 a.~AtIocru. 11, 10 #SAlo".. 79B. As similar macaronio instanees of the secondary subjunctive [optative) note the following C&IIe8 in l4wa.. and t.o."., suggested by_orQl and _ respectively (80S): SepL Gen. 490 8 al"I_".. Deut. I, 44 .oa+rQll1u. Job 50 14 rf!'IAa</tII-".. 18, 7 ",,.Hawall. Ia,? 'AtlOIl1a". 18, .. aA_".. 20, 10fIVpcrtW-"', l'I. 34t 15 .r.._ . 103, 35'1rA0II1CW. Tobit 3, 11 tIlA~Qll1all. Sol. 1'.. 4, 8 a-MraaIlIlV. 4 ., '&&"'fGI llfUf 12, 6 lrA"potfoJA'6I1Q1".. CIG 1699 trapI)(OIf1Q". Hippo!. 283, 47 ~. Phavor. p. 172, a3 .t_IIU. (So CIG 11, 6 dIFOTI,,_; for more aampJes - 8os-) 783. On the other hand, the great frequency (in P-B Greek) ot the perfect and the comequent popularity ot its ending (supported u it was by
(IS6 B.o.), 39 G/Jp'C"" p.

but also 800n aft'ect the only remainiDg past tense, namely the imperfect, the more 80 88 the identity of the 3rd with the at person plural in this tense (780. 794) called for a diaaociation. Thi8 aasimilation then completed the levelling of all tenaea referring to the past : &orist, pluperfect, perfect, and imperfect, whether barytone or contracted. Sept. a Beg. 6, 3 So too 'Eli. dpx. 189a, 41-a. Louvre Pap. 40

nu.

"(IOfI'a_".

_tl.lAOtIa".

tU.

201

Digitized by

Google

'188-788.] PEBSON ENDINGS 01' PAST INDICATIVE.

the -oIIC,. of the other two principal ten.e, notably the p _ t , with which it wu Brntactioally ulIOCiatad), inevitably e:urted a eountarinduence on the invading aorist. Hence we often find the ending -otl, applied to the aorist and imperfect, though hardly previoua to T, u: OJem. Rom. I, 44 (A) (if n~ a.u.u,). Gr. Urk. BuUn ~5 (hi!), 'trVA9ats' 1',...r. CW_l,y Prol 65 (t618) , _ , _ ,.. (or 1). Aota Pilati B 10, 6 (A) 'AG/Jat1&1'. Vita Epipb. 68 I) cl...~,. A.ota Tho. aa, 35

.u.-,

tmrOt,_,.

el_,... Apocr. Xart11'. Barthol 11, a\IIO JUOIICh08 3081 A ~" Damuc. U. 324 A .fntl'''' Thecph. 468, 6 '...qpat1&1'. (Cp. Villoia. AneccL U. u.

n,'feats,,)

PTrinoh. 6o(4.D. 1063) ....p4xTu,... lIS (4.D. 1125) '-4tsats.... 151 (4.D. 1155) 167 (A. D. 1141) IlIA",,"" W (A. D. 117S) aplwQtl&l'. 4.11 (4. D. 1*) 4~".... 413 dxour''', 'tIVI'G&..itl"&I', bitlQtl..., eto. so.. 4.6 (4. D 117) 4ABa1mo, 1mS1'XGO'&I'. Prodr. I, 88 . .u.u.. S04 4'iAatn. " 438 s. JP

'](pd'"''',

'IrOVAoWTacr,-and 10 on to the p_nt tUne. (Cp. GBatai~ 11 ) 794.. Another departure from A oonjugation iB shown by the I.

,,1_,.

parson of put tanaea. The ending -01' of the 2nd aorist and impeJW l8"ed u srd person plural also (780. 7119), and thua J'IIlldered an unmistakable distinction nece.ary. This wu readily found in the 1st penon of the lit aorist and perfect ('A_, ~iA"") : CIA ill. 1656, 5 'tlxa. RWap.ar 119 ~,\'" and oftan. lIlT Acta Ill, ." ...... Rav. 17, 3.na. Gr. Urk. BerUn 261 (n-m~ A.. I).), . 18 'J\aJja. OIA iii. 1379 (m~ .... 1),) ~pca (!)96 tea). a:1O GK6ibal 168, 2 &; J.-KOIICh08 ~ A . . . . . KaI.. 234, 15 1_ OIA ill. IlSOt 4 4"""11. Acta Pauli at TheolM .ss, s .,. ,",TIfvya. So A.ota Tho. 77, 3. Laont. Neap. V. J. 900 III pinX". S7JD. '101 A '-r_1'iAl1lG (ubi ~,\t&1n1); 1:/00 I) 1f'VrGt ,",,'r4ftrta, OGL 3991 a6 alaI (IAA/Ja), 401, 32 edramtJ ('BptJIMJ). 781. This form h .. _ siDoa bean _ t la popular Ip8IIIh ~ is Mill univenal in N, .. ; I4nrra, .laa, IS".", 798. Once established in the ard perBOll plural and the panon ainplar (7119. 794), the thematic -G- IOOD extended to the NJJl&iniDg u& and ard penonB of the plural : (AaaohfD. 11, '76 ......4t1Gp,... ) Po17b. 4, 57, 1 cl...Altrap... Sept. 1 Sir. '0, 14

' 't' fO,

I.

.raa,.... Sir. 191 42 .fd.,.,.....

Orph. Arpn. 119 .faGpn. So NT Acta ... IQ. Luke 11, 35 &; 113, Gpapt... Acta '1, 81$,\lapn. Clem. R. ad Cor, 3B. 3 .'~"lapn. Acta Tho. I, 6 a.tlAapn. 43, 39 &; 44t a6 lffIuMnpn (ubi .A.t..-). CW....l,y Abd. W_ 1889. p 66. (V-V~)'lIxapn. ActaJ>il. A. L IS, l.faG,"". Prooh. 53t 16 &; Aota Pil A.... 5 4>.,..,..... So S4. 21; 59, 3 ; &1, 15 ato.-Proch. 111 1u4A1a,..... So 148, 6; 160, 3 &; 5; 16.,81.~s 'EirAlapn. So 18; I17J 3; 111,2 . 102, 14 103, 18 "IpaP"', 44t Gpa,"". So 86, 9. 101, 4 fi.-apD'. loll, 9 prr.J\G/Jap.JI. Kal. 449, ao "Ipa,..... Acta Pl1atl A L I, 5 fr)(GIA'" So VU.. Bphiph. loB, '; Leont. Neap. V.l. 191 16 (D) dpap.... SPlo 1688 0 '-r,",Te"l..,... (ubi -,\.mapn). Apoo. Kar. 12', 36-7 fllllpn (twica).-Sept. hi. I, 4 I-rM"1'e1..ltra,... Amoa ... 4 f'a1"lIa1'f. NT Xatt. 2S, ,6 ~1". .1, 1 'E4AIan. Gal. S, 4 'E.dtla1". Pol,yo. ad PhD. !It I dBa1" _1" ~~. Aota '1'ho. 79t 11 .ttra7' So 8s, 15. Kart. Patri at PauU 124,10 Ml1',AlIl'll1'. (ubi -All...,..'. Acta Petri et Pauli 191, '-r_1'tAi1lG7'f (-Af'..). Laoat. Neap. s,m. &68. A I-rIalT.M1IG1" (ubi .,\t'tra1'e). OW_IJ' Pzol. 65 (tVI-VII\I.') 1AGScw...

f'IIIII'....

797. Th_ forma have ever since been CUI'reJ1t in popular apeech and are now very common in N, except the 2nd penon plural (47'.), for whfeh the ancient form err. is by far commoner. (Cp. !IT Katt. 23, 2S .."...,...) 788. Under the induence of _..ch an uaimUating procea, it wu a foregone oonclusion that the only remaining Imomaly in the personal endings of put tanaea, the 2nd person aingular, should be removecl. This WaB done by substituting the off of the imperfect and 2nd aorist for the _ of the perfect and IBt aorist :
Sept. Bz. 5t

2. clwlt11'GA<rtr.

NT Aote 21. aa

'AtA"''', lohn 11,

57 . . . . . .

202

Digitized by

Google

PEBSON ENDINGS OF N PAST TENSES. [788-8010

BeY. "3 IrOftan:. lI,4 cJ+ijar. 2,5 .-I.,.,..,.,r. Le BM 2415 oln36/1f1l1n, '..,.110. Gltu"bel 5'/0 (ll't~) .pratlr (10 1GB ~"525). 577" 578 ~u (10 too 1GB 1754). 24',' 1l.-ltlWGllu. 1GB 40; 497a; 578 ',,,lIfr. Gr. Urk. Berlin 261 (II-m~ A. J).~ 14 IIbfr. ib. 23 olafs. ib. 24 ApolL D. Bynt. 1. 36, 37 (abIO CW_q Akad. '889 p. 116)1,),pm/lIr. 37,9 .ap.,M.,. Acta Pilati B. ii. 7 ~... OW-q PNl. 65 (1"608) 'X~lI&r (for -II.S). Leont. Neap. V. J. 43t 14 (0) '"MI.-atm. OGL 400t 10 e~ ('4JA'IlIff). 401, sS edipll_ (13ft....".,0). ib. 6S erJa. (lIpcII.,). 402 epa~ (In,."lItr). ib. 14 erap_ ("""s). ib. 56 ('X.llff). ib. '/0 e. .8_ (~lIfS). ib. IyD8tel'e1n (fIIIIOftiP'lIl.r); et pUBIfn (\1,

W._

"""'ff.

eoh...,

798. This form hae ever alnae been current in popular apeech and ia univeraal in N, as: I-,pm/lfr, ' ....&11, 14JA'I"'" 'IIoHnr. 780. 'Por the P-N morphology of the JliIItll4J Future and AOM, _ onoe for all 1478-1486. 800. On the other band, the ending -ar., -GIIff, owing to the presenae of -fI/ID, - ' - , perhaps also to the phonodynamio superiority of 11 oVlr. (1,.6), has not only held ita own against -CT., -.aB. the longest, but was even transferred to the future imperative and still obtains in several N idioms. 8ept. PL 145, 3 " Jar. !It 4 ~ JOI1I. 11, '9 ~ 'cnimT.. Acta Petri et hull '92, '0 flllIAlaT.. Acta 'l'bo. 13, 20 ".pcIAlaT.. lIl, 29 'tIAlaT'. 95, 19 fllllAlaT.. 490 29 1l"IAIrzT. (even 82, 29 IUr.. I cp. Acta Pit B. 4, 2 ,.,,11 ... _4nT ...s..). OLeemana '9. 15'AIc&TII& for -T'. OGL 656, 12 'Alar. &lit. 6sT, 14 clftABcinI T&r mlll')")'f&Aci_. 80L As recent N does not well admit of a olosing ... (u8. an), the aoriet puaive ending ..",If hae been chaDpcl to ..",.11 (App. ill. 39), where __ has been borrowed from the perfect (786), aa: .A 4AalI"", N'AalI,,_; .A dpllrp., N .6p1Br,n i .A 'xW, N IxGP'I'"'; .A _rI8'l", N .]..,.llJ"... 8011>. In this way, popular apeech baaainae G timea gradually eatablished a UDiform ayatem of person endiDP for all past ten-, inaluding the perfect (the pluperfect having previoualy retreated before ita analytical substitute 1880), in the following manner:ROW

.-.nlIaT..

Irnperfld, Per/Id, GM AorVI in Q.,N ~:

N ~JMN" IU. .A -B l#tfI'

N

L G-N -11 IL.4.-B -01"1"

-411
l.'1I0

of

'-I'f.

~fTO

-0".,.
-Ol'ffITlI

LMtIII'

-.TO

"fIF'

"ri,

taT'" ~CTf ('oaar)

!..owTa.- PI
PI

-Ill'

l.IrJ-

l.8rJr r ""

" .",d

"" t.",

""".." 41,.."..

" .....

l.Irrr. -I9M.T.

" -81,&l1li&" SOl-. Began1ing the N forma given here UDder 11, note that the termiD&l -till' is due chiefly to the influence of the preceding thematio ___ (85~; for the and peraon cp. allO the imperative.asou, ~lJoD, A""'"OU), wbile thia thematio _ is &pin due to the inftuenae of contracted verba (851. 8591. Once established, this form, !.4WJIOVI' t.oW_ or with the prot.eative -. (northern -11) (App. iiL 38), .ft~ attracted. *he aM peraon and under the bUluenae 01 the ard perIOn plural led to _ ...-In the plural -6pw-ra, the 11 ia due to -tIlT. (i........ 176). This form moreover ia changed in northern N apeeoh to t..p4fIT', ~ t.ptI#TfIIf (Epiroa) or t./MMIT_ (Kacedonia), with a corresponding and aDd ani perIOn l.ttrurrf and ,"lIru or (Chi..) i.(r1lflT.If. See alao App. ill. a8.

""""" ""T." .,q_.

-.,.0,

-oIJII_. (_),

(1] OonVlll'lllq bat rarel7: flllijAlcu (due to ,,".A.qAvSar) Great Louvre Pap. 254Qo OGL 642, JIG .ilX'p01r (nIId .-..s,-) ~ABaf 0IIJIGrlv"" _iai. PI BaaaeUm. alIo ~-, "Jdola 0CI01In even la PIodr. 3, 2'/2 kOllAoWnw'

far~.

PI See App. ilL 2&

203

Digitized by

Google

SOI-80a.]

PERSON ENDINGS OF OPrATIVE.,

802.

SECONDARY SUBJUNCTIVE [OPT.4,TIVE].

1). }lEDIO-PASSIVE.
-O'f

G. ACTIVE.

Imperfect S. -0"",, & 2nd Aorist D, PI.

-IT'"

-,u.

--OIn

oQlf.

-at.....

-01

of1i,.,.".

..olp.e8a

......... -ot.rfIt. -O'II'8.-owro

-G'O

-017"0

808. By prefixing to the above endings the tense character

or -/C- (756), we obtain the subjunctive of the 1st aorist and plUperfect respectively: olTO'II-'t -lTOIi, -ITOI, ete.; -uolp:'1v. -crow, -II'CKTO. ete.- -/C0Ip.t, -/cCKi. -KO&, ete. Likewise, the tense character -9qa-- produces the aorist passive: -ffquotp:'1v. -~ -6t1<ro&TO, etc.
804. }lark however that the aoriat subjunctive (active and mediapaBIIive), Ba indicated above, is rare and that its regular and common formation is effected by substituting the thematic vowel -a- for -0(7 S8, b); or, in the case of the &orist passive, by special active endiDga (761). Thu8 the aoriat sUbjunctive has the followiDg endings:

s. --'"

PI. -aGl,... _".

-.......

G. A<l'1'IVJI. ""lIIr or - , -alii or _

-craco ..al.....or_y 1...,01,."" ........ -lIOlpda __

-ITIII'"
Co

b. lIIDDLJI.
~

-Iel"" -Iel~ ....... PI. -I.r,... -I.in -11&;. 8015. Owing to ibl early retreat from the living langaage (679), the 8eCOndary IUbjunctive, conaidered from a morphological point of view, has no P-N history. Its only noteworthy feature is that dolarly writei'll of all P-M ages made a more or leaa correct uae of it according to their proficiency inA grammar, whereaa1U1leamed aeribea either altogether di_rded it or blundered in its uae-especially in the aorilt-being mOBtly guided by what they imagined to be analogy or Attic idiom (817). In th18 connexion the frequency of the ending -(a>- in the aM per80ll plural 18 particularly striking (779. 791) : CIG 11, 6 dftWI._. 2J66, 11 'U (for .IIpoaIV). Sept. Gen. 49t 8 ab>la_.
Deut. I, 44 1J014cracau. Job 5. 141/n1MWGlau. 18, 7 ",pt6t1GlflU. IS, 91A1octIGP. aB, 11 4AlaGlllu. :ao, 10 WVptlMGltIGP. PL 34, 25 .t_D. lOS, 35 _aD. Tobit 30 u ~_. Sir.. 33t 11 eIl",,",u. CIG 1699 .t 1702 ...,IXOItIGP. GCuriiua Anecd. Delph. 50 Ill, 130 51 ttaplXOI. (for XII'.). Porph. Ac1m. 136, 8 'r1"1", [CIG $760 'rptt.v ,..Hat"Pf4 C4a0l1 (write C.."IIJ). Eua. ti. 191 A ~om 6 'HI ~OI. Athan. L 361 D 6 ..ar "pAr IcafVM/OI; Cyri]l. H. Procat. 17 ~OI a~ "pAr fir .,.., nl tIT,.,..v1101 1aw9l. TbeophyL 327, 9 6 btroniOI 1101 tnlrrG. Nie. ti. 744 B 6 . . . ..,M/OI " iWalJfir :-moat if Dot all for -11- See 1955b and cp. 1935-6. App. T.

S. D.

P.uun.

'd" ...l.

'1rA8-

",.ar

a.

,.a.

'uA"alav

4!- Ish.]

[I] However, in this aDd all aucceediDg _ ofmere wish, where the ' optative had liDgered the loDgeBt (1924- App. i .... 15-1s"), it 18 moat probable, if not oertaiD, hat the apel1ing with 18 a pedau.tio tranacription of the "of the primal')' 8ubj1lllCtive which had beaD ClDT8llt ever .m.ee H times for the 'optative' (1919). It la eertaI.DJ.y atn.Dce that the 'optative' should haft beaD piMt.Ue4 ohie87 iD thOle _ where it 18 hOlDC!PhODOua with the ~ aubjaDa&ift (App. iT. Is).

0'

204

Digitized by

Google

PERSON ENDINGS 01' DlPERATIVE.

[808-814.

IL IMPERATIVE. 808. The Imperative has the following endings :-

-8, t
IN

or -T'QIO'C1v' -o-6tv or -a8wau.v 1 80'1. I. The future passive has active endings (761). 808. 2. The ending -8, is simply dropped in the present, as 11'411; but in the aorist passive after the tense character .6-q-, it is changed by dissimilation into -T'. (182, b), as 1I'4vOvr... 809. 3. The ending -0'0 in the present loses its (T, and 0 then coalesces with the preceding thematic f to DU (762), as: (*1I'4W;o 'llUwo) _ _
-1'ftW

ACTIVL

....
_

-0'0 1&'

lbDIo-PASSIVE.

....... -u8

-0&,

.......

810. 4. The 2nd person singular of the future active and middle is irregularly formed in -o'OV and _ respectively: _iicnw, _1icnu (instead of _Vcn [_vcn;o] ",,,Vow). 8lL 5. Of the two alternative endings active and middle ....nw or -T'QIO'CIV, and -o-6tv or -a8wau.v, the former (-Jl7'WV and -u6ow) prevail in A, the latter (-T'QIO'CIV and -u6oJo-"v) since 300 B. C.
8U11. A contaminatol7 form (!vrow X-TcuaD) !1'ftICI'CI.. ja also f01Ul.d Binoe .d, M: ..s.AWnuuIlll'CIAiv. 10411(352-1 B.o.), 17; ",u'-hTwcJaJi'(II6).II'CHrp~, ~IU' Jour. BelL Stud. 1896 p. 235 (bis).

811a. In considering the P-N'hiatory of the imperative, we must diatinguiah between its second and third person. The latter retreated comparatively early from the common language before the subjunctive, and its presence in post-christiancomt>ositious is due mainly to acholaaticiam. (1919-1930. App. v. 1-5. 17.)
818. On the other hand, the NCOIIII peraon active mows nch changes as might be expected from the in1Iuence of analogy. The endings -. and -n., occurring as they do in the present and in the 2nd future (2nd aorist] (~, ..t'rtrre v,., ~.; "pr..e, ."wen), not to mention the perfect (..1_), were far more familiar than the ligmatic forma -'0.., -'aT' (AVIIOI', AHrnf, "pr_, "piNT.). Hence the former attracted and, after a considerable struggle and CI'OII8-inftuence (op.U2, and VitaSA 49*" tnru,oNtltI6rqtr",,), gradually UBimilated the latter, and thus brought about a uniform imperative. This pl'OC8lll of equalization signaUzed itself in Q (LBosa 246 lpvf. SSterret i. 82 3pU', ii. 31 I (ijIIa" i.e. CijII. ; Vita Aesopi 1 &d. AWestermann 10, 27 ..pact. COL 402, 39 hypod_ (lI'Ir63rJllf or lI'Ird3tllf,. 652 _plC_f), but has not yet completely closed, since a few modern Greek idioms (as Pontoe, South Italy, eypros) still preserve the ending -'0.., a8: .,,.,,,., -pAat101', IiBpclIOl', tt1110.., ."r,o.. N. In all other N dialects, however, the only endings known are -. and -rr.: .,p44tt, .,pGrfwre-,,6J/!" (COL 652 cnwdtCT" Ii-,opGaCT.. Gp. 653 cWnl1. cn-be) _AWf,lI'M.fTf (th_ two serving both as present and future). 81'- On the same principle, the ~" endings are Btill fully P"-rYed in N, 10 far as they agree with the present endings -ov Bnd -fill. Aa to the future, in which the middle and passive voices have lIIIIWDed acom-

.,p/IIfIn.

(lJ This 0CC1IIII ohieSy iD. Pontoa and Otranto, though iD. the latter dialect the ancient form surrives only iD. proparozyton88, &8: ~1I0...tllTft/1I0, "pGT'IIIO, etc., but lfAaiil1 Ii~', .,~., IrAfin, ete. (GKorosi i. 1351.1

205

Digitized by

Google

81~SI8.]

INFINlTIVE AND PABTICIPLE ENDINGS.

mon form (1478-86). the ending .tr,T& stilllurvives in Pontos (GHatzidalda 29), but all other N dialects have replaced it bY-l1oll, naturally moulded on the ancient and more familiar form _. as: ~, I"4'""" .1",". The plural !'9rp-. has become A,," by aBBimilation to the cognate hortative subJunctive (App. v. 16 ft. 1919), &11: G',...,.TI, .AufijTf, xafijTl. Moreover this accentuation _ms on the whole to be applicable also to Q-B popalar compositions, as: ~~f, xapiiTr, etc. (App. v. 16, b.)

INFINITIVE. 8115. The infinitive endings &reActive: ..." or -vcu.-Medio-passive: -a8a.t. S18. I. The ending -l'CU is peculiar to the perfect active and .orist passive: ",_vICe-VII&, ",a.~1'a.t. S17. 2. The ending..." coalesces with the preceding thematic ... to -cO': 1I'G.WW 7I'G.wO'. (But see App. ii 8-14). 81S. 3. Instead of -ftW, the .orist active has, by exception, the ending _ , as : 7I'G.Vcra.t. S18. Owing to ita simple and indeclinable chartllCter, the intinitiv8 shows no morphological viciasitudes lince ..t times, except &D occaMonal interchange of ten.ea. Thil confusion, however, point. to the
gradual retreat of the infinitive altogether from the common speech, and therefore ita investigation belo. to the syntax (2063. App. vi).

PARTICIPLE. S20. In the active voice, the participle has no fixed endings, except a terminal character ""'" or (in the perfect) _, attached to the thematic voweL This ..,.. or _ ooaleeces with the succeeding ending giving rise to antectasis(I63. App. ii. 9 ft. &: 14): (7I'G.1IOJIT+f) 7I'G._, (7I'G.vcnwr+f) 1I'IIWwv, (11'11~+~) 11'11~ 7I'G.VoI', 1I'IIVcnw, 1I'IIVau 1I'IIVovaa, ~ ..-.. (11'11v8wr + f) 1I'IIvfhlf, (1I'ft'IIVICOI' + f) ft1I"f1~. 7I'41IiNv, ft1I"f1V1t~.
",a.v8ciaa,

S11. In the media-passive voice save in the .orist passive 761], the participle invariably ends ID -p.fIIOf, -p.oGl', -p.M"as: 1I'IIWp.fllOf (-w, ..,,),1I'G.vcr6~(-oI',..,,), ~(-cw, ..,,),ft'Ir'IIV~ (-cw,..,,).

'll'CllUVItVia..

sa. Re~rding the P-N history of the participle, 1D1U'k that the medio-pa8IIlve, especial11 in the pai'ect form -pn-, still obtains in N, while the active, follOWIng &11 it did an imparisyllabic inilectioa, has uatun.1ly shared the fat.e of the Srd decleasioll (338). However, in South Italian N (GMorosi i. I~ 138. 142), the IICtive form is still lingering in the adverbial termluation -rwrcz, as: ypcif/>olff'cz, ypci4HrrwrtJ.
818. Thia -GPft, which is evidently a relic of a IIII&Ier participle acUve in ..,,, (instead of simple -.), ocoura rather frequently in T-B dictioa, anel 206

Digitized by

Google

CONTRACTED OONroGATION.

[8:18-827.

JI-N participial adverb in -ovro.l (1102~). m-mana 19{tm-IV\t')C.3uw Aa"l.. X.ipa KnTAKOTA, n)r I~ 'T/ptUf [.'.]111',,1.""lXONTA. Vita Epiph. 88 ... Ta ntMOI' ZQ)NTA. 119'" (a')n) Atfo8ANONTA, 6oNACTANTA, AABoNT.. 65 0 Te) "AoiOl' CtrACANTA (ubi doftcrCII'Ta) cl",) To", IC1IP/%TOII'. JlIoBohoe 2948 0 "Aoi"" 0PMoYNTA. :r-nt. Neap. V. J. S. 9 tlTavplOl' clf"(llpou" ciNT" !It" .""'l'CItfE:PIEx0NTA TcW T.wOl' ToUTO". 24,6 IrITTU'OI'tfEPIEXONTA ohwr. 42.21 TcHlI'..,.,..s"cOl'aUToii d.a-y..uOl'imArXONTA. 64.1 ,.r-'OI' tfpocnimONTA - A[rONTA. 88, U T,) nullO!' lTU YnAPXONTA Mal. 38, 11 Ta "up KATlNE:X8NTA. 60, 22 .AijIor oiKoYNTA. 206, 24 Ta "pW 2oAOpM.r0l ONTA.

thus aeems to mark the transition from the anoient participle active to the

....a.

211. 19 T,) /JovAfvn,p'OI' tfE:CONT.. 217.3 T,) t ..b,~OI' MEMoNTA ,",,,,,llfTfU'. '20, 15 T,) A"l/Al'o. CMypNIACeENT.. '35, 12 MIfT';'.. nAPXONT" 367. 14 Ta ar,,,dIl'IW nUONT.. 399t 14 )(GIplo. GNTA (bit). 464. 4 T,) /lIwItw cyMH~NTA. Apoc.

liar.

120, 37

ChroD. 608, n,) .66par x-pior ONTA. Fl'rlnch. 9(999 ....

",pl"" lrTfptaITW EXONTA Tpt" .'/fICIA4r.

124. 34

n ,~ &1J-rrw liNTA nl Belth. 395 8AEnONTA _ T,) v;&0I' '1.1",,/1'11 I'll ItITllI'(J. 57' _ ,,~ ~NONTA, _fi..OI m"ll' AI-r". 885. +adJpodTf1Cl "pa. dT,).. rEA<iiNT' cl'"lA~. I~ 1".,;,. d..""IlIItI. BAEnONTA TOI' .&,q. 1010 6oKoYoNTA 6 B/A'a..3pot otil~.. ~. 1026 AEroNTA. 1311 .. a.~ rYpeYONTA TO".-Clmm. Mor. Prol. 390 11II'1II' brApoNTA (ib. 1274 tJTW 6ono8ANOlN). 1093 tJTO!' lTOtHCONT.. 7747 ~ CTAeENT.. ProL 18 iAoNTAC -rWr' d '1'01. ,8 8pHNrONTAC. 119 KOYPCEYONTAC, kEpAizONTAC. 1048 AIABANTA, ate. ~ Mal .,), IHInp Ipa [83311 Compare Boi An. ill. 164 /hllap/JlJpolrral .,. 01 AtI.w" _ riP .IKA'JI'TCI' TCa-..., n2 tflACONTA _ c4IiloNTA _ AcilCoNTA, nl 4,,11'01' [i.e. '"",w 730] ai +px.s..,."II'CII" _ d.CtW{JI)n,lI'a.. [i.e. 4PXIWTO nl'dICOI'TO), _ aa, 'n, _ alTlnEw-I..['i'] "01', nl611; !lnu /JO,p/JapG 1.1-,-1.]
haarna

.&..D.) To} aNTA _IcCIICtl,uI'W. 34 (1034 .... D.) <I>fu..6",ra M11E:pONNoNT.. ",I' KATAZHTOYNTA nl NOXAoYNTA. GBpata 64 (1176 .... D.) """.oJUU nmpkl\ONTA

D.).".i, BAEnoNTA. 130 (1005

~ /Jo; AErONTA.

Id..,.,..,.

11".'>'0..... ",)

"""",0.. +

fl'll".

'Aa

B. CONTRACTED CONJUGATION.
CoNTRACTED VUBS. 8H. Sonantic verbs the character of which is a., ',0, lengthen this vowel before the consonantal tense character (756), and contract it with any succeeding thematic or terminal vowel. Contraction therefore takes place only in the present and imperfect where a tense character is wanting (756), and lengthening in all other tenses. Verbs of this class are called contracted and their contraction and lengthening are due to prosodic and grammatical or analogical influences (156-165b. App. ii.14). 826. The rule of lengthening is that, before a succeeding consonant, -cl- and .~ change into .."., and -0- into _.

"""s,

L Verb,

ita-.

828. The rule of contraction is that of 156, namelya and. or" produce a-(that is u+. or a+,,=a; a+1I or a+l1 =,.) a and 0 ore produce _(that is a+o orll+e=CIO; a + 01' ..... ; a+O& ....> 82'7. The imperfect subjunctive (present optative] has in the aingular either the normal ending -0&1" or, more commonly, the passive CJldiDg -0",., which in this case is called.Attic (cp. 804, c).

207

Digitized by

Google

828.

Conjugation table ofverba in -a.,: ""pG. .,.,,,;. 'bonour '- (Cp. &lso p.
INDIC.... TIVB StTBJtTNCTIVB

214

if.)

!lO '--'
p,
..,,.,44
Q.

OD

.,.,,.0.Present

aI"
ci.....

""I'! 1"~
""I''!
~'Il.TO"

"'p4"
4."

.Iof' "

........ ....,....
"""";'
Q..,.fU/I """"fU/I 4'"'1-"" """.a.,.f a_, ""I'fMT,

a,vs

.,.,,,..
"

IMPBRATIVB

INFINITIVE

""I'f'

.,.Epa.
4"'1'''

.,.jpa

l1li

E<
o
to:)

- -

" " a-o-I''' 1',,,.a1" a ....,.' """",u" a_I "'"..0',(.,.(pao"

4ff 4"

"

.4...

.......

n".a1'.

....,.

or

W-T. "",mn ca-cS-rT.". .,.,,..,,,,."',, 4-1-...-" or T,,,.o.,.Q)(7'4/I

...,.a....

...

",p4-

"",w.

COl

~
~

00

l mperj.

..... a-o-I'''
",,,

I.,.i"",,,

'''''1''' i .,.....
fTl"",,,

~T~lM'r

Tlp4OIJA' o.OIf

G-O&
.I....... ......",,,

""I' &~" .._

~&.

",p~JI' & -~"" ""p.tj, & ""r

.,.,."",~

e f;;
do. do.

""",,,,,,

0.......

<g N' :l
-!l

hr/eet
~/:t

rt.,.tl"1'fR

In".a.,..

IT'"..,u"

a-<ll-'" .,.,JI(!it" .,.. r,I"1"Q,r Z, If J

.,.,,,~u., -D' -D

0-01.1"

0-01.1"1'

""I"t,u"" ..,,,,u,,
.,.,~.,..

&.

-.1"1

&

~.".,..

T'Til"tf

-'TO)

"""'1"1,,;_
do.

"''''''I''1"o,r
do.
""I'~u."
.,.,p~ua,

i
~

o ~ ....rv

CJ

;T.."'p./J".,,, & .""

T'''~U.

r""'I"1"wr "Il" 'u,r ,f"

1"1"10'0" -a.,.

~,

l'Mhw.
.AoriJIt

-fl'

-11

.,.'tUJufl "
.,.,,,qU4'

1","",,0'4

.,.,p./JU4IJI' 'fl4' -fl'

T'~-OIM"

d-,C-.,) d-ua&
....crfo.

"""","

""I'!","'
.,.,"";"p,80 "",Utu8. nl'&.".a,

TlJW.-Q)JIoOl

"'~"'a&
,."'....10.

d-1I "',pif. d-'1 To , ""Ila .,.aa

,(-~cr9

""liwp.a,

TI~-OU

.,.,,,..
"",wuS.
.~

9
""IMl-OiUI1OS """"'iUIIOS
Q

a-fu8.

""aI79

"'ttfoIf Mfw
a-ouB.
a-fu8."

~ ....
Iloc I 0

.,.,,w.u8a, ",pQuBm

-1"/10"

"'''-1''110''
"'f'I"~"'1

Ptes81lt

~I','a

IJ1 IJ1

4-fl".

"

"

-<I

;:;
::<l
~

--- "" 1'0-61"1"

cl-oil cl-wo
Imperj. ....crfo.

cl-OI'TCU

" 0-&'jA.6a Tlp.o,p.dJa a-'1aO Tlp.au8, a -Q)"Tal "",.,.wII"T"a,

"" /"0-0(1-'"'1" ""p.rfl-''1''

"

",,Utu8. "",wfT8",,, or a~fufJOJfTa" T',wfT8Iua"

~ ~
~

-,u'''1

r.1

CO

---

eJrirJ" a-oJl..9a J",,"";"p..Oa a-.ri. Ir&,UtuO. 4-.01"1'0 I rc""""o

h.,.......,.

''''p.a'''o h",Ufo

';,p.~p.'1" ''I'If'I''

.-

a-olo

~
~ o
do. do.
~

a-O'TO

""fUP ""I-',p.,.o
O

a-olli'OO .,.,p-,pp.t80 a-o,aOi TlfUPtT8.

0.0'1"1'0 'I'I~."0

cio",.601' "'"",riOIl a.-ola8Jr" TtJulaIJ.""

i
~

Perfect .,.,.,.ip.'1p.a&

f'ff"P-fJl'tI1OS
",,,,,.,.,,,uIfOS

or ns J

f'f.,.iP-fJfTO -fT8.

",.""p.qfT8a,

rw,p.",uIlOS

Pi.tl.p'j. 1rrr,,u,P-fJ"
III
~

.1"" ,i"s .1"

.,.iMfTa& -Gri.
-UGl"O

~,

do.
",,u,ufu8a& .,.t,u,rrafT8at 'l'lPi8"r& "'&P-fJ8qfT.fT8a&
T'~_

do.

Fv.ture
.Aori8t

... );l
0 <6.
(J) Q.

~ ~

"",u,rrop.a& I"MfTtlp.""

"",u,rrIp.G'

-n -".,.m

.,.tP-fJfTalP-fJ" -ualo

\--'~"'P-fJ8.is

;
~ i!lD
~

""P-'luap.tIlOS

"11

-!l

CJ

~1"'&P-fJ~0p.G'
.Aorist

/T'P.qs"" .

In.,..
.,.tP-fJ8.i""

~.--

~ ....rv

888. Conjugation table of verbs in .f. : ,,0,1..,

I..

'frO". lfoW 'do, make.'-See p. 214ft'.

IXPBBA.TIVJI Ilfl'INITIVE

,...,

IJlDIOA.TIVlI

SUBJtrJlCTIVlI

.PrIMal

.......
':0'",,,
."ol,o"
feU fef
i+ToJ,
~.

'frOl. Ifouis 'frolfi

W'O~'""

rlXl.

I-r' "'-.,...,..
I.,

'frCM'" 'frOlDS 'frCM6

PA.BTIOIPLB
""';;'''' o;'".,.or

!
9

I!O

<:I

...

i --I,..".

" II'mo;;"f.
tl'OI,iTf

t.p.w
1,,,,/1,
"lXf-ol".,

-....

wolf" ,-I."rIII

'frolfl

;r1X1..,.,

..........

"011-1"

"f''''

1I'0lOiia,

1-"'''1

trO&_''frolol". tl'Olol", 'frCMol"

trCNOirop

" 'fr0l"'''''' 'frOlijTl

or

1I'01li.,.. ...s.".,..... '1'01011""'." 1-1..,._411 'frOlf[7'IItITIJ.

....... I.,.",

rrout".
tr'D&.tt'O

'lrOlt-'"

'frO"'"

treK"""

'-0"

1I'0loii", oii".,.or

1-ollC14 'frOloiicTa, '1'

ItI'otOll"
l'frolflS

ItI'oln
inooifOll'

l-ot", l-at,
Mo.....
Nn,r

~ &;j
do. do.

1-0-,,'"
I-f'7'1

......'711 l'frOlOii",,,
flfOlIl" Irrolov.
~

o <go

.Sf

"

N" a.

Prr/ed

tl'wol,,,a, as, "

o ~
("i)

C)

PI.,..,." ;1fftr0n1I1:II", flS, 11. etc. tl'f7I'm""c:.s 1%"", If"" 11'1, etc.
Nwe
Aomt
tl'OI~.,

-"
-

1-ot.1'fI1 tl'O&oi"." tl'OIOir, '-01'''' tl'OIOil.

-..tn,r

I-ot.".

etc.

tl'ftI'OI.,,,cl!r " Js, J, etc.

tl'ftI'ol"u,

fT., etc.
a"., etc.

frftI'CM'IUIIIU

Ifftl'OUlUS,

.sr, via
" "

i
~

'IS, fI, etc.

etc.

"
'frO'~""
_Iijcra&

"
,

tl'OI~CFIIII, lIS, 11,

etc.

'frOl'lflO.,

tl'O,"', 0., ovcra rrOl"".., a", afTII

Irrol'lfTa, as, "

---

tl'CM~a,," '&as .If

t'
~

'---

....Ollcll

IPIwNtU

t:I

.... ....

!
~

f~,ufa ::6". 1I'0&~1I,..60 ,."",. frCHIi"s. I-ewnal frOloiiWOI hroc .. 6JA'11' IfrocolJp'l" _ ..01"'1" 1-011 hocoii IfrOl.iTO i '-oITO ......u.to. ~,.,.".

,.....

'-Ifti ....... ..........

,.,

,..~,.,..

trOIlI

1101'' . ..,
I'~III
~

II'CHlim&

trCH!,.,.. 1I'0I11 trO&ijtoCH

............

nI'"" ''''lii0i i ......

or

"""'

'-tTO ........

'_0

...,.".

1-.",
l-wro

HP"" Itrolovpf8a
IfrCHficr& nrolovJtro

......u...,

...........
~

- - frffrOl"jllJI, erll&, 'hrfect

.-olp.lBa trOUJlp.,f60

...........
.......irioJ,

11'01,,..811 frOlijer8c trO&.!tr1ll rro&OlJA'l" trCHoio frOlOiTO

....... ,.111.

frO,d. ....u.to.
.....triow

lI'oaoV

IIoc.6,...", ~"-JIOI

~
~
~
~

_1-.CJIaa trCH.ia601

.-4IM"tW frOlOlI,,-IIO"
-1"1,,'1 trO&ov,u'"l

""IIIow ~trCHfl~

trO&.'ia8. trO&fler8."

e &.i
do do.

'-OIa9f
'-oIII~o

frOlOicr8. trOlOlJtrO trffrOt"cro, crS., ete. fr'frCHijer601 frftr'OI'1,u_,

l'fvprf. 1trftr'0I~""", ero, TO,

r41,

etc. frftrOl"p.i.or J, Jr, J, etc. etc. II"ftr'OI"p.i_ .r"", .f"r, .r",eto.

frol~er.jIIJ"

0", '1 0", "

do.
tro'1II'lI&, 1uT8fII, etc.
trO&~.cr6aa

do.
frOI",..s,.._,

m JWurB frol'lerojllJ" ri, fT'1I&, etc.

FI, '1"11&, etc.

i f' ;
!i1
104

.AorisI Itro."er."",er., IIT'O, etc. 1I'0&'1II'alp.'1", CH, CH,""

ete.
trO&~l, T'fII,

..0&~eracr6o&

trOIr,crOJAfI/Or, Oil, 'I

0 <go

N"

III
ail

a. "
'<

0-

E - -............ oIc. \""""

111-

frOl,,8;',

p, i, etc.

etc.

,,0&~.cr811&

trO&"8",..sJAfl/Or,O",,

AcriII

lrr~, 'If, 'I, etc.

"o&"8d,,., rE"r, rE", etc.

W'OI"Sij/lllr

frO&'I8c1r, ill, .ierll

C)

.
~
~

("i)

887.

COnJugation table of verbs in -cS. :

INDIOA.TIVE SUB.'I'tnfOTlVB

'~cS. ''1).i

'declare.'-See p. 214ft'.
IXPBBATIVB lNl'INITIVB

PABTIOIPLII

3t]A6-oI
6-flr 6-fI
1'MenI Hoo.

3'1).i 3'1).0;' 3'1).oi

~

3t]A6-oI 6-lI r 6-J1

0.,-.

3'1>.i 3'1).01' 3'1).0;

">.0-. o-lnI
""11.,
6-.,.i
o-Inri_

3tj).ou
3'1~w. a"Aoilro.

a"AcS-w

3'1).oii"

3rJA6-" 6-011 "cS-oucra

a,,"""
aq).~,"" 3,,).iTf 3,,).Qw, 3'1),0"" 3").oi,,, 3,,),0;,
a,,~

.......

3'1>.i.., oiiJlrOf 3'1).oii.., " aq).oiicra, 'I'

~ ~
~

j
...
~
~

" 6-" 0"",, 3q~oiilM" 3'1).OUT, 6-'T' 6-vu", 3,,).oiicr, IBf)AO-OII 13,).ouII 00" 13,,).ov, 00' 13tj).ou iI7IIJIfTf. .s.-.. ~
6-o1M" 13'1).oiilM" cS-.T. laq'AoUT'

6';:,,"11

cS-tJrt 6__,
a"Ao-ol'l" o-ol"f

a"Wnw 3'1).oiirf

3~OMGilII

or

HTUIaII 3,,)'oWGllCTall

0-01"

~
do. do.
a.3,,).GilUIIGI 313")....,,, 15" via

N"",
o-ol.",,,

...

o <go
N"

.Sf

a. "

hrlfCI

a.3tj)...a, ar,

...cn,.

~.

13tj).ou"
IF,

6-OITf 3,,).oiTf 3qAcS-OIfll 3'1).oi,,, a.3")""u,, e, i"

3f3'1).~,

eS-o.,.w 3'1).oil""
fi, etc.
a.3tj).GilII:" irGil, etc.

.,Aol.",

i
~
do
3tj).GiItI'OII, a:h-Gil, etc. 3").d.t1'f,,, 3'1).icral

etc.

....
("i)

o ~

C)

1'IIJtJWrfed 1313'1)..""
PMN,..

fI', n, etc.

01', 0., etc.

do.
3")..,,.....,0II,ovcra 3"x';""ar, a .., acra

aq)'OnrrJI,

fI', Cl, etc.

--

3"X.crGil, 11',11, etc. 3,,)'':''''/111''. "ar, 'If, etc.

AIWWI

13tj).rJlcra, ar, " etc.

----~-,------

.~-----------------------------

l~,..u

6-1/ Hnu

3,,~oiircll

3,,>.oi

a"~oii,,",,

~,..u

6-1/ 6-",.01

64.....
~

."Aoilcrfw

........ ...-....

3,,'AGlpa' 3,,>'01 3,,>'_01

a.,A6-ov 0-4Il101
6-.111. 0-4",.",

a,,~oVrr8.

a,,>.oii

a.,A0-6"."or 3,,>'06pAlIO'

., ::11 ...
CoO

I i

.s.6-rro
6-ou

0-/,' " pAlo 3,,~ovpA60 6-t1ll. 3,,>'0iia6.

3"~oii",,nl la,,~ovl"l"
13,,~oii la,,~oVro

o-&i/Mla 3,,~;:pA60

0-4......

Hrio.

6-,,111.

~
a.,Ao-ol,.."II

"",,0-6,.

6-IHO 6-fM,.o

1mI'W/

64...............

~6 o """. "~OIJ'" 6-.111. 13"Aoiiu6.0 6-orr0 13-oiiwo

7"'"

o-oll'tIa 3">'01,,,60

.......... ........

3,,>.i;v6. 3,,>..WOI a"Ao1l"I" 3,,>.oio 3"Ani,.0

or

3,,>.oiitT8. 3">'06v6.,, 0-4~ 3,,>'06v6_GII

..,AoiI..... a.,AooIriow

a.,A6-fricu

S
~

3,,~oiiu601

HpA"o"

3,,~oupA_

-pi""
do.

3">.0IJ,u",,

e ~
do.

~
~

~ ~

6-fM1II. 3,,>.0iv8 6-fM.".0 3"~oi,,,,0

o <go

-r-.. . . . . J
[R"'/la.3"~."",,,
VO,

IW/1Ct 1a.3"~.""II' VGI, ,.01, etc. a.a,,~.pJ_ J, ~, U, etc. ,.0, etc.

a.3,,~.pJ_

a.a~>..vo,

vs., etc.

a.3,,~i;v601

3fa,,>..,uIlO', Oil, "

fr"II,

.f"" .f", etc.

3--. driet, ete.
3"~u,,,.I,

do.
~_fV6a1

3,,>. 1'0" ", "me, ete.

3,,~tIMT6pA_,

0", "

AOI'isf 3,,~-aI"l",.,

""', etc. 3"A.valI"l'" 010, 01,.0, etc.

3"MWGfT60,
J]nt, etc.

3">._",",, Oil, " a"MIS"vd"",or, 0", "

a"~.s.l,,

t
M

!i1

.Sf

"

N" a.

o ~
("i)

C)

E"""'"

a"~..s;p.o,,",,, 11, fTOI, etc. 3,,~.si;,

is, N, etc.

3"MIS,,"ria& 3,,>'Jij_

AorUI 13"~"",,,

"s, ", etc.

3"~.s.u,,,,

.l"s, tt", etc.

,.......,

,", .icra

~ ~

819-887.] REKARKS ON CONTRACTED VERBS.

Yerbs in

-Go,

continued from p.

209.

829. A few verbs in -&.w contract to '" those vowel sequences which otherwise would produce 'a. Such verbs are t,cc.. 'live,' tn,vdw 'hunger,' 0](p40p4L 'use,' as :

Aristotle onwards) following the normal contraction: trn"', &+9, xpaulJtJI. [ll. The only exception is ,aQ) which still preserve. its .A conjugation in N: ,&i, 'rill, Cu, ,""".-but 7rfl"y1l a'nll, mui 3,#, ete., whereas }CpijalJa, has become extinct.
880 b. The imperative ending ~(npa), which still fully aurvivee in N, has by analogy attracted a few verbs from the barytone cl8ll8, as: T,Ixa (after qIa) for and beside TpiX" .".6-ra (for and beside ."w,.), 4'evri'" (4'e6ytT.), x'tt- (after pluJa) for and beside X4ttc

C., lAc, Ci, CQipfl'. CAT., CGlI1'. Imperf. IC- ICHr, ICH, 'C.,... ICAn, IC. Inf. zAN. XPMptU, XII@, x~ etc. Imperf. IXt*p#/ff, iXPlil, ete.; 1nl. xpijtrBac. 880. This contraction is proper to A only, P-N diction (from

,,,,,",0,

880. For other P chuge8 see 850-863.

Yerbs in -lw. 881. The rule of contraction is that of 1560, S. ll&Dle1yer produces Cl,

" 881. Otherwise -ca is absorbed by any 8Ucoeeding long sonant ("', 01, cc, 1f, 0&, ov; cp. 146-1 54). 888. The conjugation table of verbs in -it" is given in p. 210 f.
884. Monosyllabic stems contract only in combinations where the resultant, under normal conditions, wonld be -G-, as : wAI." W'Actr, trAct, wAlo,..", tr"ctT., trAiOUt1,-tI'AIoI, trA',r, trA/" etc. trAIOII",
etc.w~,wAI_,wAlov--lwA.o",ltrAcR,~

co

ou.

aM b. But 3ioJ, in the BeD8e of bind,' is contracted throughout: (a) 3cD, (a/nr) Mr, (a,oIM") ao;;JM", etc. (Cp. 844-) 88IS. In P-B Greek the a.bove class of verbs dispense with all contraction (Ktlhner-Blass ii. 138), as: }CH"(Rev. 16, 1 IIC1(ftn), rr~'n"t. 3'lTtJI. (Great Louvre Pap. dl&oi 1101 aftnu); _m. rip ib. 2117 [1,1. So alwa.1S in N, as: fI''A.'nr, rr'A.'., (like iJoDUcr, u.at.,).

K.'

Yeri8 i" -6w.

888. The role of contraction is that of 1560, 5, namelyGC 00 produce ou
OC&

Of]
0lIl

00f."
" "

01

887. The conjugation table ofverbs in -or., is given in p. 212 f.

fn/

co

Digitized by

Google

PECULL\B1TIE8 OF OONTRACTJm VERBS. [818-848.

Q.

888. The rule that contracted verbs lengthen their character or r to 7h and 0 to III before a consonant (824), sutfers the

"pedo,.., -i..""" -c1tTo,n,". But){PlioJMU '-,'1110/*1', -"a"",,, ",,",,". 839". So too N verbs in .p6.oJ (now mostly.pr4oI go6), also -plol. -plaOl, .,.a.., &8: It.pdg." ~plaOl, ')(OIplaOl; further k&A.ao.. 'shrink back': ..w0l, -lIt1t1. 840. 2. Some verbs (mostly liquid and sonantic) preserve the short vowel, but insert in the future perfect and ut aorilt passive a. -IT- a.fter the cha.ra.cter. These are commonly (cp. 846 fr.) the following: l.,-AdOI 'laurh' -4a"",., (P ..w0l) -atS1I _ ; -adVaoJMU -ddJ"" -fiAIOI 'complete' -laOl (or Tu.&; 889) -.allau; 'fcM,aOJMU -lcI"" oalUoJMU -'11OJMU -IcIqII .iJ(Ia -fI ~opraa ~ o.s..J. 'complete' t-tSOI

following modifications : 889, I. Ver~ in ~pd." ~a.,. -&d., a.nd ..oa., preserve -n- (cp. 6S. 1860. 2fi94. 892), but 1eDgtIlen it in the barytone (uncontra.cted) tenses, as : "'pG. 'hunt' -i_ -c1tT.. -40m; -liMIaoptU -4",,, odJMU 'n,a. 'treat' -i_ .acrca -40m; -49ipo,"" -tffi,,, -4ptu.

ML So further: tremble,' o'MW. 'draw.'

-'''' 'loft'

.a_

'drag,'

01tA&u

'break,' dpicl., 'suflce,' -rplOl

~fIIIIU-CIrpI

-mviDa In IT. NI. 3- The verb ap&. 'plough' preserves -0- throughout:

eu". 80atlill ~...-. (. . . .). t.ha~~ofthawho1e"

df6-. _,

-fIfIJr.-BnInet In N. 843. 4- The verb a.lvl." 'praise' preserves ... throughout, save in the perfect passive:
.. : .]....... praise: 11'011&) 'pain,' -itS." ."or. This peculiarity; however, ill of ancient date, 88: Sept. Esai. 19, 10 1fCWlaOl,-&altOlllaOl 996, 48. 844. 5- The verb 'bind' ebnges ... to .",. only in the future
'11'-, . ., . . . -fao"... (P -h.) -_ ..... ; -~OJIIIII -ifqP, but ...,.... 868". N verb. in -,,101 geD.erall,y preserve of- throughout (cp. 8391.),

and aoM active(ep. 834b): u., 'bind' Ma., OHaa-3la..;

ac..

a~OJMU lal. klle,..l"or. In T-N thia verb haa the form U- and preaervea -f- throagb.out : ,"OI, lkall, a."""or.

S.a.

&18. 6. A few verbs (moatly liq1rid and tIOJl&IItic), despite their diphthongal and therefore long character (840) insert fT in the perfect and aorist paaaive:
IAtvcptu
aJaf~

.1.AfI(a)pao

ItfItpov(a),..l1lOr

848 11 So further, 8pdto 'do,'

hpt., 'smear.'

8&7. So too iD N, excepting . M aod ~OI, which have become extinct.

848. 7. The following seven verbs (all sonantic or liquid) exhibit some individual peculiarities :
215

Digitized by

Google

M8-8150b.]
J.
2.

CONTRACTED CONJUGATION IN P-N.

UoWOpIU (P-_). ~_II 4Kov-c~OpIU ~.ml-c-ftJP tIIJflOJ .v-eI,aopIU I~ .AtW-tTOpIU

*d.M' hear'
ordOJ

%nlOJ burn 3. tArAalOJ I weep or aAIiOJ S

C C

'.11'"

'.Aa_1I

l1l'AIOJ'swim'

5. ""'01 C blow' 6. 0,,101 swim

..Anl-flOWpIU ..AfVaoVpIU ...nl-aopIU

".HOpIU

7. xlOJ Cpour'

xlOJ (P-N ~OI) (Px-IN.p-NxUWOI) xv-l'lflOpll.'

CONTRACTED CONJUGATION IN P-N.

849. In dealing with the P history of contracted verbs. we have to distinguish between contracted tenses and uncontracted or barytone tenses (824). The latter still fully survive in Nand also preserve their ancient form (-qO'III, -,,0'11; -aOO'III; -IIIITII; -",MIfOC -r,MPOc), so that they need no further comment here. as:

'flTfC/Mb'OIfICI, l]fIT.....,mor.

"'~flOI. IriJA'llla, T.]T'I"I,.I"or~flOJ. 1ri"l" ...]1I1ITIIpbor~I""".,

&SO. On the other hand, the two contracted t.en.a. the present and imperfect (8a4), as well as their cognate future subjunctive pBlBive (_.... :tijr, ete.) have undergone considerable moditlcationB and 10 require a special uamination. When critically sifted. these contracted forma show a pr0ce88 of &8IIimiiation and equalization analosoua to that obaerved in the indicative and primary subjunctive of barytone verba (773-9). .Just as there the majority of _ have &88imilated the few deviatiDg forma, 10 here in the three c l _ of contraction (.0." -401, -&a.) the more numeroUII and more familiar _ among the resulting IOnant. have attracted and &8IIimiiatIMl the rest. This pr0ce88 is manifested here in two distinct but parallel forme, one in the resultant. 01 ow. and another in the resultant. ., 11 01. In either case the question at iBaue was which of the competing resultant. was more familiar with the maB88II. In the cue of 01 and ow, this was undoubtedly ow. since it occurred in the two c l _ of .4OJ and -dOJ. which comprised the grest majority of contracted verb&. (Cp. -,.oVI'f". WII7'oiiplU, flfll7'tl6pt11a, tnl7'oiirnu; I,Aoii,..... I,AoiirI, a"AoiitI, ; I,AoVpIU. a"AoIinu. a"Aollptla, I,AoVaf a"AoWnu: 1III7'Oii,...., Irirow; 'WII7'ml""... 'WII7'oWro; .3!tAow. 'I,Aoiil'f". 'I,AM '$_; ~ ""... 'I,AMO. 1&r,AoIII'fIa. 'I,AoVaf., ~ j WII7'oiirrff. I,Aoiirrlr, ___ ,.."or. I,AolI"",or, I,A_. a"AoiiaIw ..,.oliar&, I,AoVaa, &So b. Accordingly, popular speech substituted the IOnant -OIl- for _. that is -GI,.." for -oV"''', for -oiicr,-, -GlpIU for .oVpIU. __ for -0-4".,.. -liIIr7'at for -oWnat. and the more eaaily as the deviation was limited only to the initial IOnant...,.. and '011- (cp. 778). and thus obtained the deeired uniformity and simplicity. The earliest traces of this Bimp1i1l.cation make their appearance in H times, but complete uniformity was apparently est.bliBhed during T. and thence subsequently passed into N speech. PCauer DeLl 47, 5 lIa_tll'f"/lo 180, 10 7'tI'OWTfr. Sept. Ez. It 16 17'111' plUoValf n1r 'E/JpaACII Md &er, ..,or ,.. ,.Urrfl". NT Katt. IS, a54p!11row. BeY. a. 17"" "lftu"",. as, a (C) "'~. J"ohn 11, sS 'fA/Jfltpollptl'or. llal-k l4t 5 1/Jp&poWro. GaL 40 17f""wT~r ,,,AoiiTI. I Cor. 40 6 t.a JI&rt7r.Petri et l'auli43 ..AIII'oVpIU (..Aarciaat lb.). Acta Tho. 57, 8 ActaAndr. I~, 14 '1'GfIArOtI". Jlartyr. Andr. 61,28 (CF) b6Apow. Acta Katt. 170 TeA.

_,.oiitI,-;

Iri,._.

etc.,

-&a,-

,..Ia

1.J.::v"toiittft.

Acta Xanth. 7S, 3 IIppll.w 1ft ..... Ba,8~. CW..q N. Zaub. (IIl-rvtJ.') 373 0\ JJlOIChoe JOI7 0 _~ Pzoo. i1. 101, 15 XII
11170

.a~

'nSOow.

216

Digitized by

Google

P-N HISTORY OF CONTRACTED VERBS.

[S60h...S68.

El,....or ~ d "Ipl A,.,.urij, IIlIIIfJIltar .,P/tJ/Jar .,..,u1 ,..w, A,.,.urm .,. ,.pIG "p6tt.n riir ,.pI",f II\IC...,tcu Il&cl ,.aii n >.1.,.1.. : la.. XJ1IIlIiirrtu. ,a.. ~, . . . 117'~. For this m88D8 thalIat the time of lreDaeua <II!' .. D.) the and penon IIIlbjunctive in -&nu (IQ., XJ1IIIIiirrtu) had abeacly beoome 1lDfamillar even to scribes, having long been usimilated to -aij,.cu of the indicative. 861. The other parallel proeeea which.told on the peN history of contracted verbs (850), bears on verbs in -101 and verbs in -601. Here we find that in all caMS where they contraoted to homophonous resultants (10 Of 00 to ow, and I f fll IQ Ofl OV to i [.1. ,1, 01]), the two olasses are regularly distinguisbed from each other I" tile IICrifJt. On the other hand, in those _ _ where the reeultants of contraction are heterophonous the subcurrent prooeBII cannot well be concealed from the eye, and 80 we meet with odd forma like the following: :NT Matt. J3, 3' _ _...... (which is a scholastio spelling for nt'GIIIffI.....) i Heb. 7, 5 d....lrG7'Otj, (..,.Iip) i Damaao. ii 3'0 B 1It'..;a..., ; Pa11ad. .... J073 0 '"'"IltOtf (-lIIS). rSuoh instances as J Cor. 4. 6 fra f>\IIIloWU'I; Gal. 4. J 7 r.. C'IAaiit'., etc. (11'50.) are due to the presen08 of 0\1 in tfHAoiipt.., a.,Aaiiptr, ~ptIa, a.,AoISptIa, ~&, a.,Aoiicr&, ~oii..,.lU. a.,Aoiirra&, etc.

930 14 (AO) aa-lIIlpI... n. a (A) ..uraiipIU. 48. a (OP) '''IWOW. 450 a3 "NnHrtSPIIG. 80, 11 (EO) ~oiHnur. B7JD. l67a .6. CVind.) IIIJTGJIT~. ib. D CVind.) '''''''Iaiicr..... Vita ..&.ndr. Sal. S, 66 (&110 90 85; 16, I", u,pow. )(aJ.. 39. 180\ 54. 11 hi..-. 241. 8 'ptAnow. 861. 1 tS"a,.oVrro. 374. 11 fra #JOI '.-naii7'lU. id. 4,."._, "IKoiWTac-d"rllWOWr_, ,.Ipaiial. Apoo. )[ar. JaJ. 24 11I6ov.; 1190 33 .""aiir7'0. (Op. al80 IrOCpaU Gr. Pap. Br. )[1IL 96 L IVt' .6..D.]. 395. ubi IrOI/PoW.) The followiDc oblervation is al80 iDstruotive: TheodOl. J037. 10

(&110 327. 24 ; 5430 1) ~w. ](art, Petri et Paull 120, IS d.,anWt'., (E). Oa11111. 133. "."ptWl101JI.aii. 121. 4~. Leant. Neap. V. J. 25. 8 (A) 3crWVoWTlU.

,.,a.t.

saoe.

778-9-]
8151". This means then tut, in their contracted forma, verbs in -6., as the 1_ numerous, had long been identifted with verba in '"'" as the more numerous and more familiar of the classes, but that the procea of . .imilation, though already complete, had al1 al!)ng been syetematioally auppn!lllled by scholutio practi08 or historical orthography (250 ). 8152. Aa a matter of course, before they had been completely &l8imiJated to each other, contracted verba passed through a .tage of CI'OIIII inHuence. It is this intermediate stage that accounts for the shifting of such A-H verba, &8: DIU. 0\ olea. El/p4oI 0\ EI/,u" ""vaf401 0\ ~~, ~ 0\ ~, 1I1ffIP"" 11 .""..0., IrllllAl. 0\ IrIIlrA.6Ol, -yvQ., 0\ -,al'llal, 14"(601 " 14.,a. (t' 996.1), Ir.., 11 ~. 0\ ~, 'pl.o\ I,u, (996,.).-For N see 854. en. When, in their contracted forms, verbs in -601 had been assimilated to those in -"'" there arose a striking anomaly and contrast of the two eJaaeea, _ing that, in their barytane ten-, verba in -101 showed the regular endings -IW." -HfW, -"",01, ete., while verbs in -601 retained their anoient endings -c&cr0l, -ooIcii, .coplllOl, ete. Here then a reaction I8t in towards dissociating and discriminating the two 01asses, and the direction of the pJ'OOMa was suggested by the analogy oherbs in -dw(..,., (775. 1090) with which verba in -601 were associated through a common future subjunctive and above all through the perfect participle passive (-dHr.,-ol6&i, -lI)MENOC): .1ut as IIt'pckO>, 'Wcll). XWcll), -fAl8cO -lI)MiNOC led to a pr. 1It',w-oo, etc. 110 ""prDcll). IIIpcdcoo. dp.mcll),,, " " ""pdIIncco, ete. .",.ptiJ:.lI), ."Aflicll), " " " f/UlpdfNfiO, ate. m-man. 115 [II-m~], a8 &urcWW7'CI. Acta Tho. 14, ~4 (P) ,.IA.--'; ss. "9 fot"o",..... Apophth. -76 D , _ _wo Leont. Neap. V. J. 6, 9 (BEL)

liT........ alt 18 fopr6Rm.

Glaa IAIod. 141

clfw-.

87m. Kac- 639. 8 'MIII.,oPOl.

Theoph. Iso, ar IrOplJW..lf. 441. 23 7'11fAcIwew. P~h. Adm. 76 " 79

217

Digitized by

Google

8&8-8153.]

P-N HISTORY OF CONTRACTED VERBS.

~... .aB, 12 fcII~. (Op. Oar. 463, , ,"""",""" boa ..,..,...) Alohem. 21, U n".,..,urrIJA, A.IIWn.... 3as. e",q,,-,. 328,4" 10 xsr6a-. lb. 8 8Tar ~r. 326,.s dvcuIQT_f TO, ete. ete. J!'Trlncb. 54 (..D. 1304) ..,..~ ~.pplwo,.". 60, 99. 104, ete. ~,.",,- 145 "'~1. S94 (A.D. 1232) . . .~o"",,, eta. (cp. GBatBidaUl4Oll}-and _ace in N~. [8Ub In hie BiDlei.t1m (p. 395 " 4011) GBatsidalda mafntaiDII that the N wrbe in .&'... ariae from the IIOriat ending __ after the pattern C 'l1'rpMIa (TT{MwoI, ' _ a "". [this however comes from dono,lJ96, 51], .... ete.' But I for one fail to _ how the aorist _ could 10 ~ lead to a p _ t in .01, since no previous ataga of the lanpage supplies aD7 analogue. An aoriat_a (or rather a future in . .01..,801, and a participle pusiw in..,..,"",) au.pointtoapreMJlt in ..... -6tT_(..sn.), -6C.., etc., bU not one in"". Koreover, as HatBidakis has omitted to explain the . . . . ofhis 'Yery premi-. that ill how IC_a, '(TTptI1I&, I~ etc., have pzod1UI84 "",.., tlTplnOl, ete., hie line of argument 1'8!IOl'Y8B itself to a JIIIIUo JIriIIdpiL) [853 c. Still more feeble appears to me the theor:v of the _ lCIholar thM 11 verba in aDd -101 proceed ao1ely from the aoriat ending -flCTG. Tbat thfs tense, or rather the future (-'40'01) has contributed to atreDgthen the position of the contracted present ill admissible; but to atIlrm. thet it has oalled forth the whole oontracted ayatem is a foroed theor:v. For first other IIOriBt endinp, beaida -,0'11, admit of a contn.ctad prel8llt in ..a., or -I.., ... : 'coriGtTa c01flil (later _"COl), '3t1Ala0'll /leIAl&l, dJ,a rplxlatTa dwtrIMX&&l, .G.\'O'II RA&l, ~ptO'll ~,., ..0.'0'11 ..w&l, '')'IAaCJII ')'fAci), ...Adl-eO'll "Acmii, 'x"ptO'a XOIP&/, 'p&ptCI'a 'a&/acra /llf/l&l, ItrIjIIItIII 1tfp!fGi, hr#pcICI'II np!fGi, 'xQAua ".flO,., .n&aua X/IA(.)O), ~ 7pG/JQ, ixa&,N'I'f/EII (al8o -tJO'II) Xa&pri, 'CWa (...,0'11) CIJT&,

I, ..

,,,-nw...

'C-

'_11,

.a..

".n,

1IJliform aoriat endiDg -flCTlI should BOt ~ ORe 1IJliform present either in .dOI or in .1.., but that two ditrerent forma should have oome into eziateDae. I'iII ..,atruge that Nverba in -IoI,1I1JPPCIfIinc that they are Dell' formatioq, ahould ha'Ye their aact and alms invariable parallel in aaoient GreeIt.-TbM N ooakaot verba ba __ IIo1ld -I.. are direot nrrival8, with mutual inflll8Doe and interohaDp, of the oorreapondinc ancient forms, ill too IIIADifeat. to he in8iIted upon.] S5#.. After verbal contraction had been limited to the two eJue. of .a.. and 101 (851 fr.) a struggle aroee between them, and is still going on in N, with a steady _ndeney of thoee in .aw, which ill favoured partioalarly by northern N apeech (855). .Aa a matter of fact, thill cIasa (owing to the presence in it of the strongest IOnant a, .. : ~. ')'fAt, -,.Nitr,; .",pJitTa&, -l'i~a&, .011';;"" (146) h .. attracted, eapecially in receDt timea, numerous 'Yerba from the I_Ius, eo that the latter, though atill largely repreeented, particularly in lOuthem speech, iB now loaiag ground before ita formidable rival .a... Compare :A-dOI,N-_ ~ -I.., N .a.. : A -IOptJl, N .6.0plll : (al80 -dOl) : I"fT,. et.( )AovIQ ~6oVpIIl iCJII& 4TG1 pa3cii .ir R jei C'1TeU " " 1I0(v)"B&l " , , ' Avrolipm " " .oMQ .. ""O'Q " " III]ftAeU " .. I"]BvjolOiipm " " pDlliiI eR a floAf,. " ".A.-AtpfWOpVJ" ,,7IaPfl"Ol'0iiJ&GI " " flpoulMf8l " "TVpGIfIfcii " " .ln-, dW'IJAooro&~ " " 1]l1li1";; "., pill "" II1II701_ ., "IIAO')'&i("~) " ~, dproiipac "" dIc&nii " " fI',.",., (h....,.)" ,,~ " "

RepftTIJEa(-"a-a) ..epraTGI, IIJ4,mjEa /JaCJT&l, IlIom,EII lIovrGJ. 11Ip6rn1f1l (-tJO'II) llporriil, I~ (ofJf1II) ""aQ, etc., etc. Then it ill rather abnormal that OIl.

'r'

,r,

8lSS. The proportion of A-P contracted Yerba preaenrei in N, roua-h1,1Pea.iing, is : Ol A-P ~ ! lIUl"'Yi'Yea in -&"01, not counting many modem fonnatiODL

" ..., ..

" ... n

"

"

-d.,,,,, " " ....,but even thia smallnorthern hasapeechmostly fraction been ehanged to __ in N (854).
218

Digitized by

Google

P-N JII8'l'OBY OF OON'l'RAOTJID

vmms.

[818-868.

enmet, &Dd partl,. chaDged to barytODel, particularl,. to nch in -C.

8I5fJ. The

nat

(-de about

t; .... t; -n. fer)

have partl,. become

(..fiC., -lC... ; 868J.

867. With the~hanpofOODtraoted varbaia -6. to barytoD811 in ""- (853). the ending 00II naturally disappeared from the dive voice and left the field to the other surviving endings. Among them only -f, -a, and -Il were now admi88ible in the :and person imperative and in the 3rd person singular of put ten_ active (AI.,., TEpa, ftTII-'Af<Yf, ITE,.a, I.hll). Now of these endin8ll... was by far the commonest and most familiar, and -a the strongest (146),80that neither could be dispensed with. On the other hand, as -El ( - .) _ the weakest and _commonest IlUfIlx in the pl_ referred to, it gradually _ e to be Mt odd and out of place, notably when other wrbs of similar (contracted) conjugation were supplied with a regalar -. A similarity of conjugation could not but call for a uniform treatment in the supply of terminal -f. HenceIIIIAlir &vMir (701) nA.,"-;nIAac
lrMla
~

AaA.

AaMi'r MRI ....

AaAf;.....l.GAd

.AH"-d.ic *ft'--'ARB
Xpa"-)cpiic ""'"-f/I6p1J8
...,a~

xpIGJ X,., .,....,."".

.n.;,

IfpllT&

lI"T.ir IfpaTC&r

1tpGT.i'_p&nJB

!.:u~ ,.--

,.

Iter I'GO'tel

I'~M

c;.

JlGa.c-,..oafIB

C;-C'IB

868 ID the __ way avAlll1CU 1C1I1J1N& )(pUN& t~lN& dpniN&, wouI.lIlN&, etc., bav.led to ~ 4WAMnu lJafHcCIII I'GO'lIhrM 1IIITtch, eta. i. .. pAj,l11CU ~;.IN& flan.4N& p4t1j,lN& .av;.lTIII. Cp. Prodr. 3. 115 _Af.ITIIf. Alez. Comm. 468..,..Alllalll. Chron. Hor. lI77 a,.....lalll. IStaph. 273 ~fHlf. Pul. 263 &: 579'lfpliTIl.". NSophian08 661tpC1Toiipa&. KpATEIECAI, KpATEIErAI, Ifparo~ KPATIEC8e, Ifpavoii(na&), etc.
8&8. That the development of the above esmi-eonant j. is a purely phonopUhio renlt (1551"). fartbered by the OOIT8IIpGndiDg ending of pUural verba (--lw, _, -X'), is manifeat. It remains only to add that tile termillalile oroie thus developed WM aooa tnuuJferred to all other pereona, and thua 1841 to an equalization of the two formerly different cIaM8II of vert. in -ieI and -401. Though not yet universal, this phenomenon ill widespread and 00CUlII even in South ltalil.ll aNak. . .E. aMi's &VAe; 1ft/A.oOpn ItVA.i'r. ItVAtov. )~ 4WAeir flAa 4WAoiipfr flAtiT' pAov. 4WA1.. _}' " 4WAtloiip'" " 4WAft ov. ldAlov'" IriAlfS .WAiI IIfVA&o1laa,... 'ltIIAfift iltVAloiiaar Aov'" IqJiAIIEJ Af&E I~ '4WAaT. If'Arunl' " " '+aAflwaap" (ItfHA.uWlrllTl) IflAfloiiaa" Imperative dA.. flAelE, ItVAIlT. 4WAIIT
~

t -...,... 1
~

--Its-

lAlAamu
.,

1 lfW-,....,..,.'nA&W,.-r

fIA..w,-"

fIIAIalTac
IItIIA.lTO-

_Al~,..."...w4tn.

f'WpiIfITfI

.~_

InAlotlaow

lpAuoWow

IfWlllpwn lpA.tOtIpNnI ('4WAIl~') I:mpemtiYe: In/A,oii, 4WAoii 4WAt,ai--aAl'f11'I, flAl.4CTTf.

(I~.",,""",}

IpAtcIvo"

tfHAlEWIS"...,. 11tVA&a~",CTTCI

'1tUM1an ~4n-.

(~...H_)

219

Digitized by

Google

S&9h-S81.] P-N HISTORY OF CONTRACTED VERBS.

815911 In the N endings -tWpDIW -oWtow of the 1St and 2nd person singular of the imperfect medio-paasive. the ultima -pDlW. -tltMI is apparently due to the inliuence of the accented preceding (assimilation 801<). d5ge Mark here by the way, that the above 88IOCiation of verba in -(A)Ht with verbs in -(A}eI has led to their toteJ. equalisatiOll, thou~ ohieS.y iD northern N speeoh : just ae '/MA.lr flA... '/lIA.u,u" t/HAGI, 80 ItVA.1s "M. ItVAoW KyAcii (ItVAGoI), anAft' (a1l'oA"",,) clw6Aw cl1foAvoiiv (dnAGol) AlTOAcii, and FRS (m.er) .T61.,..,.oVv (~) cjlTcii. (Cp. J,.B & 702). 880. Somewhat clliferent iB the ~ of the development of intencmantio ;. (,.) in verbs ending in -101 and (M: ".\1'01.\al'0I. ",",,"'01. nJ./P_ A,w..,poVOI. KOV'OI, 155 b) where. mOl'8OV8l!, the reduction of ' ..M .....\I., 1.,..,.1rAal IAOIIt-AoW. &to., to -,..A -.A -'.At (-'.AQI)--.A. (-IrAal), .'Aov-.Aou, .... ...

-ov-

-0"'"

inadmieeible.

Hence , ..A.,..-1I'AI"t, 'lrAaly.-1Wu7', 'Awyt-Aofiye, &to. (863.)

-.Il0l,

881. Once establiBhed in all sonantic verb&-not to speak of guttural steJDB where it had always been at home (86s, a)-the SuftiX"la (i.e. -Elt)...,. (8~9) BOOn aifected also the numerous class of verbs ending in -vo (--M. .(/101) and changed them to -vyo (oG.".,." -i/J-rOI), on the pattern: '1I'CIvjf: waiij.: 1I'0r: 1I'CIUjE,-nn. ThiB phenomenon, which is now rather common in southern N, can be traced back to the eighth century (if not earlier. Kart. Pauli 115, 7 1I'ItIT~ p). It alao appears in Boya of South Italy in the form -epo, though Otrantine Greek reclu_ It to -EOO, M : 1I',tlT10I for 11',"""01 (11. 'n...,. waIiye 1I'0.s.,." n""'" 1I'Qvi-oo eto.

-f"""',

i/JaalA...,. SalllA...,. /JolllA.".,." ,..ua....,. ..ua....,. _Il.".,,,, .,..s,....,. ,..s,....,. .,.,,..,,.,.,,

''''''''' ,tICiA....,.

'Y'Uy'
tldA ...,.

,...s.,r

tlaA

.s.,."

,..tI1t. .s.,..
tlaA

,..tSroo

tlaA.alroo
-llttSroo

-Il..s.,t,

/Jaa1A,.",.., SatllAfvroo

.,.,,.v.,,,
'AlIJ-rtc
T~'

.,.,,.vroo
Tpl/Jroo 'Al/Jroo .",s/Jroo

&to. &to. &to. &to.

149, 26-8 oyoleuso circito, cyc1eugU oiroitu, 0)'Cll.eugI oiroitat.. cladeert/O puto, oladeugIe putaa, putat.. 407, 76 iubeo oel8l/fO, iubes celngft.

'.pulJ-,. .",s1J-,. .",s/J,.m .",slJ1'fC CGL II4t 67-9 anagol'8ll{/O reoito, ~ reoitu,

"MIJ-,.

'TtHfJ"yf

Tp4"1Jote 'AI'"IJ,..

Tpl/J,.."

'Al/J-rllr

eto. &to. eto.

ate.

clad"""

~ recitaL

88111. So further (according to 877) verbs in -IrTOI, treated in 875. 881. With the change of oontracted imperfeots like 'WTa to I]wdn&e (85~), the ending -. gained such absolute uoendenoy and universal popularlty, that any other inoomplete suftlx-and there wu only __ in ']rlpa .till left-now appeared odd and incomplete. Hence, popular speech now began to a&lx thiB universal ending f also to contracted verbs in ..., and thus oompleted the II)'Btem of abllolute uniformity. This last stage of equalbation, however, cannot be traced further back than JC (Xt), and is still limited chieliy to the northern group of N dialects 1'1.
To arpe with GBatlddakiB (125) that the one verb . ..".,., I8rftd hen model and buia for the wh~ ohanp, would be U81lIIling too much.. Nor would be more probable the aaaumption of a thematic -fW' (reckoning the ending -11 M a crystalliBed oharaoter of the Item), and the OOII88quent ~ tion of -w.,. on the pattern ']X6pflltl-E ']X6ptvl-E 'Jx6,....,. XOPEVpcr XOP."""" etc., for the IangaIIp has at all times felt and treated 8Da1 fI . . the RT' 1l0xV BiDgalar etItUIrg-it has even tran.farred it to verbs in __ (8I5e runiG)-and could never mistake it for a fAenrtJUc oharaoter, 80 M to 81lpenldd to it a B800lld ending. III For the explauation of this phenomenon GHatBidakiB (116 f.) starts from the ~t indicative SIll penon BiDgalar and writes d'J'l+' cllll"q.,1r ~ But apart from the other advantapl dared 117 our interpntatlon (8s7-86t),
(I) M

220

Digitized by

Google

CONSONANTAL CONJUGATION-limE VERBS.

1.Lm..

881-88&.

1nlN-.

I...,.,,...

'Ctm-. Ctm-e (1)Tlla 888. The appearance ofeuch novel uncontraeted verba in -d. inevitably led to 'he de'felopment ofa -j-or--y- between the two IODaDta (155".860), and thus called forth a sreat number of new CODlODaDtal verbs in .0,." current chielly in northern N speech. A further consequence of this proC8IIII was that verbs in ~.,., (whether ancient or recent) and -d. are Dowoften ueed side by side: ..,AG.,., and .".,Ad., 6]..,., and 6]_,...,., aDd fG-and, in _iation with the still surviving forms AGd('Y}..AJ('Y). anei the like (153) : .aflr ("r) for 6]0')'flr, .,.pJJ.1f (",.r) for "~r (.,.,.",.,. Pul. 201, also "''''), <JlI1tIr (I/Iir) lor ",o,",S, f4.ar for f4.a(,),)o (Pul. I ... 323), ~'r ..,Air for ~ar, ialfar _r, nlfl n1 (ABO 10, 8), AI", (Air) for AI'Ym [11, Ai. " AA for M.,., (155).1. for ')(01, a". for .,..- i.e. (1550 ).-011 a similar prinoiple (CP. 1870) M-N'IA.oo, 'IAflr " '4r [l ./Atl" 11, 'IAG,.-" ,4"" IlAov" It'll'- (996,61).

19Wa-.

.t.w .et.... +Waf

..,Mk,

.....

,.i,<II

.,.Am, no.
.. +tHI'i,<II .. CflTA<II ..

"/A'-, '/At"."

D. COllSOllANT.A.L VlIBBB. 884. Consonantal verbs are either ""'" or liquid, accoJ.!cling as their character isa fJltlte -or liquid consonant. In either case, they often show two parallel stems, one amplified or lengthened for the present and imperfect (756), and one shortened for the other tenses (891)njlt.., 'melt' stem 7'U Acl_ 'leave' stem Al'fr cnPw 'make putrid' " cr4'fr ~ 'flee' ,,4Wy ~ 'show' "f/Ib 7'Uc-rw 'bear " ~ 'throw' "PtiA. flTClpfII 'sow' "flTCp.

"It

86i ". This naturally holds good for N alao. phenomenon compare 32. It

For the origin of the

A. IIUTE VERBS. 886. According to their character, mute verbs can

I.

Labial, as:

So too in N, as: A.lftI am sbeent.' /JAI.. -.' Mp- 'shine,' ')',0., wrtte,' ""~ ,squeeze,' nourish,' rrpl/Joo " .... turn,' 1t6/Joo 'cut,' "UJ., 'wash,' "pt/J. rub,' 11.v/Joo stoop,' .pd/JOI 'hide,' etc.-where moreand ..t!.. (703. 861). o"nlr are classed verbs in
2.

tpAbrw 'see,' t.,.plfJ.., 'rub,'

ty~

be:'write' ;-

So too in N, as: /J.X. 'cough,' ",1)(01 'run,' '''. 'have,' ~GI.,., 'open,' ...t.,., suft'oeate,' 11pi.,., join,' ~')'10' shine.'

Guttural, as: t'frAllCfII 'plait,' .",lyc.J' blame,' tpplxfII' wet' ;-

-0'"

'p"""

spin,' .A09ot 'form,' p1'8hend,' ete.

3. Dental, 88 : .",v&'" deceive,' 1rf.l(J..,' persuade,' 0.lvVn.,' accomplish' ;-80 too in N, though considerably reduced in number, as ~ ./fTo' fall: Ifutnw IOW,' #)("01 (996I1T) tbrow,' ""01 put,' dA'900 'grind,' .A4I9.

.,n. understand,' cboa.,n. , read,'.oWiIoJ

COlD-

which holds good for the whole system, it GaD hardly be admitted that the form ITa"; ('YfAt. ",wt, "'14). CICeMIUd /oiromn1iected) as it is, ahould appear 80 faint aDd vacue as ~ call for the auperaddition of a new ending. (I) Pachom. J(on. gII, 1352 B (JJ(igne) KpijTfS '''7'a ec cln-l 'I'Oii "IIlA.ar, nl .,.( Aic I".po' cln-l 7'oii "I A',),I&', I.."" PM c\4Ialptl1", t) cl_G. ". nl "1Il.GI'1}. ~

111IAAa/lGirr m.

"",mu.

221

Digitized by

Google

888-870]. CONSONANTAL CONJUGATION-VERBS

m-(OJ.

a detital character, as: o~fII 'say: *0....."", 'hope,' 1lOp/lfll 'believe,' tra/l:fII 'play,' ete. .
888. This last class of verbs is abundantly represented in Ne The specimens are partly direct survivala, as: dyopOC. 'buy,' IT-ac. 'cover,' ".>'ayu.iC. 'lie down.' 3anlC", 'lend: IT/Coptrl(.' scatter: IT,,lC. tear' /Carnrl(", 'smoke,' /CaSiC. sit,' ](fOplC. 'separate,' uiC. 'build,' Y?nJC. 'grumble,' "(IIfpiC. 'know,' lFTO">.iC. 'dre88,' thf.tC. 'mow' eketc.) ;-parlly P-N formations, as: oa.wc. 'draw,' 'f"'C. 'fill,' o,-.;c. 'resemble,' Cerypaq,tC. 'pa.int,' II]",..;C", 'buy,' I'/IIIfIP;C'" 'lull,' opiC",' role over,' /Tlrov4dC. 'ha.sten,' study,' fJptlavciCn' it ~ts late or dark,' 8vp.i4C. 'incense,' /COt/'IaC", 'toil,' work,' ">.oyi4C'" deem,' fJ'VllII.q,IOC.. 'it ~eta cloudy,' }(/li4C01'G' need,' 'fIIplC", 'tum,' dpxlC", 'begin,' trRlTxIC",' endeavour,' etc. etc. In either case, they 8ubstantially ~e both in their meaning and usage. At the same time, P-NformatloDl of this claaa have aaaumed a distinctly inUmivt, iUmtifll, or factitifJI (eatcBatltle) force (1460), and so bave appropriated flhe office of ancient illUptifJIB or ifldwatifJIB in -/T/C. (1098). Cp. P-B: cLrpodopa& -aCol'G' lud. -at. dpS- -laC.
,wpdol""

888. Many mute verbs, however, show a chMtged, mostly amplified, present stem. Thus887. I. Verbs in '_which are very numerous-point to

d,,8i.

d".p.&.

-lC.

-lCo"," lC.

1CGptrdc,,{... u.)-lC.

1rAW'CS.

-IC.

a~.~. fj>.l.., lIC. fjpOIl'f'a. fjiJf ~C.

yl~ y... ca.

GprV.

-lC.

ode ""u.

/c41Ipa"'dc" ICO'f'pdc"

-ac.P)
-IC. -iC.
-lCop.a&

/C0l'-"".
1:0t/'i4~

ICOCpO.

-lC. -lC. -lIC.

dx.8'.
"..Ip&.

op"';'

-le.
.l(.

"'">.0V'r'. -iC.
lTi~1'G'

.ac. .aC01"I'

.tc. -ac.
-I(.

ITlycl. ITln.

~.( lOO OuIC.,) 0"..,..

I:Vp.G'f'O.

-.iC.

lTtI'~ya.,dc,,-t;.
ITn')"II
IT'f''IIfII

-iC.

ac.

aalp.o.,o.

all".H.

,,,,,x"pl. IptrO)

AIClI.

.lIC.

-tC.

~.

wa.

8v~

-Cc.

-lie.

old. op.o&dc.

P-OxS.. Evp'.

-aC.

llnui.

dtr>.I.

889. This mode of forming inceptive, iterative, or intensive verba, ha become 10 popular since X, that almost every verb now can annex the inceptive ending COI, as : d'JGril -l,0I, /MtlGI .ICOI, &urptSot .11'01, a.",a.-d,0I, n " -4,01, tlI/fJTptxaGi -&COI, IIA.ot -leOl, u.op.a& ofiCop.a&, /JoG, .1'01 or .11'01, /J6f!.., -lC., ..",G1 ..C"" m-lCOI, TV,.".,. -l,0I, .po.... ICOI, dtl'rOxGI-lCOI, *x. (-er_) 1JOMW .I'""~,,., .1,." ~II}tt1& -lCOI, ...lvJAGI (hi" 755) -l,0I, ~"., ...'01 put on,' -and a hoat of othen. see It. For another IIimilar N 81rlBx -..., _ 853 If. 870. An immediate consequence of the above proee88 (868 f.) was that ordinary verba in .'01 were now mistaken for inohoatives, faotitives, or iterativeB, and thus have been remodelled, by a retrogressive p~ to verbs in .a." as: /JaInQC'" ""01, .dpIrG{OI -.01, ~'OI -f'GI, {kanICOI..,..." flleOtwlC..

.a,.

-lC. -lC. -iC. .lC. -tiC. iC.

-aC.

n](lld01'G' -aCopIU

-aC.
-GC.

-ci{.

q,>.-

(/Jol";.

x>.oo.

xrHJJ. .ef.

-ac. -ac

-VC.

-lC..

.le.,

",0II7'G.

l'J Gr. Pap. Br.

)(111.

p. 92 (tm~>. 235 /J,o".,.4,_. ib. p. 119 (trvtl'>' !l3 tJp.-

222

Digitized by

Google

VERBS IN
-.&, /JX~GI

(co, -71'Tc,

-'TTQ) OR

-(T(J'Q).

[870-880.

(tllIO-) oMi, ArylC . ~ d)"faAlCGI oMi,amlC.. -rii, Jdl6C. . lG'PfTlCGI --, etc. eta. 8'71. The three stapa of the lIuoo.aive evolution aDuded to may be

iUUlltrated by the few following exampl811 : 1St :and ard ut ttp*"anU/M 1t,.p/JCOl ItPfp4. l1fmllJlVl" ~ I'tBVCOl dPTUOJ ItI1MOl /tIJACCOl /tIJAaOl kl .."iOl "'IplOl "'IpdCOl "'Ipa., IltJ.l'p:fJOI

:and
afl.."l~'"

arel

".HI

1I'mCOl dtmCOl

..n4OJ
clpT.W

IItJwn!C.,

h,'"

IItJpplM

8'7S. But verbs in -COl denoting a ' sound,' fOint to a fI1'#uml character, as: tpdC.. 'shout,' t.,pCC. 'creak,' OlI''''C. 'lament,' WA.:lC. 'raise the war-cry' ;-110 further fl7TciC. 'drop,' o".,iC. 'prick,' .".",_ piC. 'prop.'-The two verbs K).&C. 'clang,' and ITaAwl(.. 'trumpet,' have yy for character; hence fut. -yE
878. A111O"thill clas!! of verb!! ill Hillllublltantially represented in Nand has even received considerable acceasiollll, molltly from those in -tr"GI (880), as: ItpdCOl 'call,' 'crow,' cbatrTf.,QCOl 'lIigh,' .,plCOl' creak,' mCOl 'drip,' "4ICGI (even in P) 'kill,' ,",pdCOl ' stir,' dAAdCOl ' change,' ~pdCOl 'close,' 'block up,' xapllCGI 'inciae,' ~CGI 'curdle,' 'coagulate,' TI.,QCGI ,'shake off', Tpop/JCGI 'frighten,' IJtfniCOl 'examine,' 'inquire,' tlUJldCOl 'gather,' etc. 874. a.Verbs in -nw poiut to a labial character: in particular ton .. *K').m. 'steal,' *lt6tnw ' cut' ; 8 as *1J).MrnJ , iDjure,' a>.Iitrr. ' cover' : as .{3cin. 'dye,' *IJQJf'f'tJ/I 'bury,'~ 'sew,' *ITItc&rr.. 'dig.' 8715. This class of verbs Hill 8urviv811 in N. naturally in the phonopathic modification ~GI (174), a&: &/wGl, dtI~~. ~, BdlftrGl, ~ (i.e. ~), ~, .&t>-. ~, "t"'GI, ,,~, tllt~l'fJ'. MOH of them, however, appeal'-lIpOradically as euly u Q timell-&lllo in the redueed forms-, u: JU-, 1t,IJ/JoI, "t/Jol, "II4/Jo1, Itd/Jol, ii/Jol (if not _) 'light.' This phenomenon which was II11gg8IIted by the pl'8llenoe of verb!! in -t/JoI, .,w." ...s... (Le. -lIlO, -a1lO. _ ) is now common, particularly in lIOuthern speech: .~/JoI (Sept. etc. frequent PJ), 'P/JoI (ABut. Sin. 209 A), ,,1BeI (due to Tpl/JoI, dl'''''', fJAdlJGI,~, ~... ,,1I4/JoI(or -a{,." due to ft."', 9paaW, . . . . dnAaUOJ) ;-v.1/lGl due to 'YfUOJ, xopEUOJ, IIovAetlGl, etc. 878. 80 farther..,..a."., for ')'I'WhrrIII ( .. oA1I'TOl) aud /Id."., [never /Id/JOII 126] for /ld1l'TGI which are due to ..",a.,... 877. All above (875) verba in ./l., (-I,., -calcu, ....,) naturally appear alao in the form -/l'YOl (861).

.At,.,

878. 3- Verba in ..,.,.., or -ITIT" paint to a gtIIhwYJI character; in particular toCl. K, as: IjJv}.a.,.,Q1 or t-tI'tI'lIII 'guard,' 1t"P;""". or -IT"" 'proclaim,' f/>plTTIIII or -IT"" 'shudder'; b. r, .. : 0"a"... or ._(TIT. ' arrange: o"'p4nw or f-ITIT. 'do,' oman-. or f-tI'tI'. 'alter,' 0",')."..,. or -ITIT. ' strike'; c. x, as: O.,opOn-Q1 or f-ITITo) 'disturb,' "/Jp;""". or -ITITIIII 'dig.'
879. Only a few verba in ...,.,.., (-tr"GI) point to a dental character, u: 0dp",&rro. CH-N -dC",) fit,' lp4tr_ row,' fwdtr"GI 'lIprinkle,' f ..AM_ (in N alao ..AUOJ) form.' 880. Verba in -nw or -""GI have, ever llince .A time., invariably appeared in the latter form o(I"GI, and 110 they IItill survive in N, especially in PJ PhryD. 291 ttptI/lfTG& ~ lea Toii B At-,.", ul ttptI/J.riaI, dAM Bed .,oV 1rT _pt,wTfTa& .al ~ fall.

223

Digitized by

Google

880-888.]

PECULIARITIES OF HUTE VERBS.

ftIAltra." ~p6.t1a." Xapt!tra." "ua." _a." etc. At the same time, as _ was identical in BOund with 0(1., (g2 b), and thia 0(1., happened to be the commoneat and moat familiar ending of the futnre (770), there could not but arise the feeling aa if -(a)a., was the characteristic IIign of the futnre ten...

BOuthern speech, as: clAAdIra."

tJIIAU-, tnI7'd6_, -t*taOl, Tflt*t-,

.,."u_.

(op. goo) and therefore inappropriate in any other place. Conaequent17 aa a preaent ending, o(Ia., had to make room for BOme analogicalaubstitute and this waa eaaily auggeated by verba in -C., (867 if.), which bad a similar futnre ending, aa well &8 a homogeneous character in their abrtraet noUllB. Accordingly verba like :
Itpdt., Itpav-ri ItpiC.,

IIIIIP8t8d atfldl.,
"
..

G"rodtOl
fI'f"lpiOI
a~OI 8&0.

G"r-1pM

trN,"'1""
my"" eta.

G"rmiC.,
a.,."plCOI ani,OI 8&0.

"JIIIAAlOl p/JAD.(.,)"" "dMdtOl dAAa'ri 'FfIpdt0l,..,.x4

a~ cr+'tllt A trraAtI1pM ~ (I a(~)vpIOI a(~)-J",(y)"" N

11'f'GAd.,

ilAMC-

cr(+>,.,q.

~"

..

88L On tbia pattern are further formed in N:

= =r.(, ,),. "

xupGtOl

nit., onN8&0.

ni(.,),. .,.&ra(1),. ate.

881. In the conjugation of mu'te verbs the same formative elements come into play as those in sonantic verbs. The only noteworthy departure is that in mute verbs the blending or the stem character with the tense 'character (where there is any, 756) involves certain phonetic changes. Hence the following peculiarities must be remembered : 888. In the present and imperfect where there is no fixed tense character (7 56), mute verbs are inftected exactly like sonantic verbs (700-1).
884. In all other tenses the stem character coalesces with the tense character or, in the absence of the latter, with the succeeding terminal consonant and undergoes the appropriate phonopathic changes (16g-217). Thus:
G. n, 8, .+a-ti'; + ... 1[19; +~-l'Iq +T-..,.; +1C-fI IC, r, x + a - E; + .... xl; + ~ - 1~ j + T - ..,.; + IC ... X Co T, 8, + a "" a; +. - a'; + ~ - a~: + T .. a.,.; + IC - a. d. Interconaonantal " i. dropped (wo + ai, fJ + ai, ~ + aI - 1[19; It + ai, 1+ as, X + ri - X'; .,. + a', 3 + ri, , + aI- rij 204). 886. Of these resultanta EQ"r f'f' 1Tf' atill hold good in N. On the other hand, preaent speech substitutes t/1r for tIT; }(T' for both x.8 and

1tT; a.nd Q"r for alJ (174- 177). 888. As no consonant is compatible with a succeeding VT (169-

202), all consonantal (mute and liquid) verbs form the 3rd person plural of the perfect and pluperfect medio-passive by way of periphrasis (for -vra&, -nv, 687. 764, 1864).

224

Digitized by

Google

INFLECTION OF JIUTE VERBS.

888-888.

y/*ll

ypG4H. , write,'

'ray 'rei,.,.. 'arrange,'

IWDICATIVB

",,3

",.vao""" 'lie.'

""p~"" '19pc1".-".,8a .~

=.
rf-;,I' ...

.,.,pap-"""

'rhay-""" 'rlnfa'
'r~

""..,,,.."""

"'-.....

'r.,.dy-".,8a

.,.-ypappi", flu"

ft'rtrypi_ flu"
IXPBUTIVB

max-S

:=_.ZI11'

~".

~
JO)""" ...

.,.-y~ ~s. ~.(-S--)

'rln$

nnix-B.

~ ""'i-8-. (.s-a.)
'I'ft"II

max.....

~.;..

I~-B..(-S-_)

IlU'DlIrIYII

JfYpI4-8a.a
JfYPIII'-piJlOl
-JIOII

"",x.-8aa

l+tW-8aa
~pillOf

PABTICIPLB
'rnay-pillOf

-""
Pr. Put. Aor. Pad'.

-110.

-""

-110.

-"".
.,

."., 'OOJ1a.1' .,.., 'do' dppITF'M' .,.,pa 'ezer0i8e' I'OpJa'beUne

-,Inn. -pInfcu 1_,."",.
.,.T1'CU ~p&t.,
"pata

dpJWrdpp/KIcu
~,ptH1a

Aor.P.

.. llotP.

--fIIIP./UU

_4_,..".
,..,..",.
I.

~lw,..,.JIII' ~pptH1-/UU ..,..,vpaa-fMIA

"Iwpaxa

4P1'OMI

.,.,priCcu ""pMCU I-(6fA1'Gt1a

~o,..."Q-N-la
1fd".t1G

.opl,cu

.,.,p,,-

116",.
6",a-/UU

' ' X""",

.,p/KI""", '.,.,pHtt-"",
.JC~

a.o"ta."",

Injlection of ~fed

887. The three verba tn',Ht/Jtt 'turn,' 'rpm. 'turn,' 'rp'tI- 'feed,' change their radical -f- to -0- in the perfect, pluperfect, and aorist plUllive: ltn'fIGI'IMJ" Itn'~, Itn'p.~ (cp. 895 921). 888. Verbs in -(lw of more than two syllables drop the future

226

Digitized by

Google

888-888.]

MUTE VERBS-LIQUID VERBS.

character -u- in the future active and middle, and substitute for it an -f- which is then contracted with the succeeding vowel to -&id. This is called .Atticjuture. (892.)
I'OplCOI 'OO!lIIider' (II0pl~OI, 110",101) 110,..&1, -(ir, -Il: etc., like 1rIH& IIoplC0pDl (II0pl,Opal II0",'OptU) II0",aUpDl, -a", -liTat, etc., like ncaUJIIU.

889. So too fJc{JQC. 'ma.ke go,' IE-TdC. 'examine,' reoA/. ' call ' (but reo'Mu. in CIA since 160 B.O.), ">"1. ' accomplish' (840), IAou_ e~ve' (996,0)' and a few others, among which P urelVCiC. (in CIA amce 200 B. c.)
[Koerls 134 I~ 'ATT_r,IAlUrOl 'EU"",_. IC}8 aaAcii nllwl 'I'Oii (pIAA/WTos) lfGAitlOl ATTuWs' Itri Il~ .,.aU IIIIITTOrror pIw_ .,.0", 'EAA~_ A..,o/W'. aaAcii. 2lI AO'YlliTOl 'Ani., Ao-ylll'f'rOl 253 6p.aUJIIUo 6JA1~ 6p.U"Ol,'A.,..,.. . .
6p/JII'OI, (6"ouflf'), 6PMIf&, 'Eu"IIcrc&r.]

'EAMJ",-.

.,.a

890. This Attic future is peculiar to A and to its P imitatora (Atticists), but hardly familiar to H-T speech. In the NT writen the ordinary future is while the Attic form -w is rather rare and not a.bove suspicion, seeing tha.t, though occurring in about a dozen P8.IIIIageB, it does not in any of them happen to stand in the 1st or 2nd person plural (-IOVJAlII "'''1), but invariably in the forms -I., -illS, 1", or IOtlO'l-, that is in those forms where the insertion or absence of the one letter u makes all the difference, and could have been easily dropped by scholastic transcribers (cp. 894).

-lu.,

LIQUID VERBS.

89L Liquid verbs generally show an amplified present stem (864). Their shorter stem shows itself by reducing -114 -to ..a.-, -E&to -le, and -ll- to -A-. (See 29 ft.and App. ii. 9-14.) 882. Their future active and middle is formed from the shorter stem by affixing to it the ending (-(;W. -lc.J) -ciI, -E'~. -I&, etc. (888), after the manner of contracted verbs in ~I; and the aorist from the future by dropping the character -Cl'" before the ending and lengthening, by antectasis, the thematic vowel: a to ." or (before, or Pt 269,) to a.; f to It ; i, 1i to i, ii : l'B.Ji:BEn BTu: Ftrruu AoBlll'J'
0.,.u1lQl '

show'

*p.ualII.. 'stain' npaillCl/ effect' *II'WIEpcu , BOW'

flflalllopDl 'appear'

fb
..

",Ill

:f,....., remain'
:f.pEIIOI 'judge'

np/bf II'WfP /W'

.p'lII II.P.

l/lOIIaUpDl, a", li1'O&, etc. p.uDIGJ, lir, I~ ete. w.",."." fir, Il', ete. II'WI,., lir, Ii', etc. pft, Iir, .i ete. l lir, 1/, ete.

4JaIIGI, lis, a", etc.

'''''''',

o"lp.OI , distribute'
ll'JAOII4' pasture'

..

o,;..,.,luOl' announce' d...,..,.A

Ipl/IIIo, CIf, I, etc. brlpibla, CIf, " etc. CIf, E, ete. 'JAIl.... CIf, I, ete. .p'..w, l.pfIIG, or, " etc. IIf,.. fir, ti, ete. CIf, f, etc. IIIp.aiipDl, I~ fiTac, etc. Ill""",""" 01, OTO,etc. dn~, lir, .l', etc. frytc.\o, or, f, ete.

.."""a""", ell, o'rO, ate.

CIf, I,

etc.

'11ft.,.,
'""JIG,

893. Several other verba in -0111., besides those in -paitn. and -un-, retain the thematic vowel in the aoriat, as: :fyAvrco1_ 'sweeten, 'ly>..um.a, l,rlp-'o1". 'gain,'lre'p-'iillO; so luXlloilltlli' make meagre,' ,,0&>..0111. 'hollow out,' ").1".0111. ' enrich,' dPyOl_ 'irritate,' o"..,..w_ 'make ripe.' This is .. step towards phonetic equalization of the future and aoriat stems, suggested by the homophony already existing in verbs in -w. and -lillt (ltptJlo. 'replllO, ".>...",. 'n>"vllO, 899). Aa expected, P Greek went further in this direction and soon brought about .. complete uniformity:

226
I

Digitized by

Google

PECULLUUTIES OF LIQUID VERBS. [888-888.

!.,.",.m- l,,;'p.GJHJ, Ihp/I4;." l8IppGJItJ. aSolp. IdSapa, etc.-Only verbs in -dpt have retained the lengthened stem -flp-, but this apparent exception is due to other analogic8J influences (903).
894. How far P speech preeen'ed the contracted future is a matter of speculation. Binoe its practioe, u shown in our texts, is mostly a point of mere accentuation, determined bI intuition, or rather by the tute of modern editol'l. Indeed, when we bear in mind that the future indicative began as early u B-Q times to retreat partly before the prell8nt indicative (1836) and partly before the future [aorist] subjunctive (1921); that contraction in verba wu identified with the present tenee (824); that the diJferenoe of the indicative and subjunctive future in this particular cue conei. merely in the plaoe of aeoent, and that ayate. matieal aceentnetion hu been adopted only sinoe T-B tim81 (76) : we are faced by a complicated problem, _ing that forms like J"l'OJ, E'IfIGI'OJ, "P'''OI, .AWOl, ..tt, oft, _ , . , may represent equally a circumflected (contracted) future or a prospective (futuric) barytone present. They may even. with a slight modiflcation (by adopting " for the alternative and homophonous _, 26, 5) stand for the future [aorist] subjunctive, one of the popular alternativ81 resorted to since Q times to upre81 the future indicative (App. iv. 8). The oJlly criterion in the eircumstanoes would be the 1st and 2nd persona plural and the middle voioe, where there is a phonetic difrerenoe (-J"I', .e'T', -OVjMIC, -ov,...sa, _,-though even here cp. 779). Unfortunately our evidence of this nature is too meagre and fluctuating in unscholastio compositions like the NT writings, to 8NT8 aa a safe indication.!1) (Cp. 888.)

88&. The remaining tenses are formed from the pure

stem

with the only diiference that monosyllabic stems with -c- change this stem vowel to -cl', as : -

*1Tntp.. lrnrapm. lrnrap/IGI 1TfrGPJ1t10p41 Irnrapr,. 888. The four verb. !1CA1".. bend,' !pl".. judge,' %,..)../... wuh,' and .,..u... tend,' drop their character" in the perfect, pluperfect, and in the passive future and .orist :
IIA1nI
v.w&i

:~'U.. ~t..

t!=).m

fr/~

~/IG' ft'4Ha allG'

~~~:!:pa&
~B0pa&

~:8~
I~"

.,.".,

't""" ,. , ;;,

.pa,,;;'

.1.AJa .l.pa.
Tma.G

.1.AljMIC .1.pajMIC
TITfIIMJI

~Q'OjMIC

.pall,l7o,. TG94Q'OjMIC

./tAl"", '.pi"",
IT"",..

Pl No oonoluive evidenceiaaft'orded by forms U1r.e the followiDg: John 16, 13; 14; IS clI1GnIAf.. Id. 16,2S d"GyytAOI. Matt. 13, 42 11 50 fjaAOWll1. )(ark 16, 17 f./JaAovQ'I... Lake 21, 12 , ..&/IaAAOIHIIII. Lake 190 43 ftfpafJo).AOVtl1... Katt. 13, 41 ; 240 31. )(ark 13, 2'/ d.-otITtAlI. Luke 11, 49 a:nd Acts 7, 34 (ElL 30 10) dro8ept. Ps. 17(18),50; Bom. IS, 9; I Cor. 14, ISrfaAt. 8ept. Ps.go(gl), 12; Katt. 40 6; )(ark 16, 18d,oVtll. Luke 12, 18aaBfAol. John 3,36; 14,17; I John 3. 17/A1"f'. PhiL I, 2S J"l'0J n1 av".mfJIIJ"l'OJ. Bev. 10, 9 Katt. 2, 6; Bev. 2, 27 ; 7, 17; 190 IS ,,0<114"" 2 Cor. 90 10 Nor bID the very frequent .pa"OJ and .GTalfp&llOl, .... -0tH1I. Brader's ~); Dor alIIo from d.-Glf...,,(")_. "', -OVII"", -feT., iD face of a p~t dlrOT_.- -On the other Jumd forme like I Cor. 6, 8 .paJlOllJ"l'; I Cor. 3, 17 +8'pt,; JobD. 2, 19 f.,_poI; John 2, 20 ,.,.,..r; J ... 50 IS'"Yfpt,-and others would be conclusive had the,. DO imporillllt ~ts apiD8t them. Neverthelell cp. I Cor. 6, 3.pa.cD/A''', a:nd Katt. 23,54 cltnNrT.I'CiT.; Rev. 30 S ..."./JaA_inac (though &pin the homophOllo11l d"oTI",,~., ."ep&/JllA"f(NM are equa1l7 admisIIible). For '''f';;', f"Yfptir, '-ppt& iD John 2, 19; 3 ... $,IS [IEe-Y'pil Cor. 6, 14], a:nd4llepi'iD I Cor. 3,17, compare 40. 121 IIApp. iv. Aa a matter of 001U'II8111lOb aooentuatiOllU : Protev. Jaoobi 190 3 U. ,.. BMcit "" IQnvA6.. IIIIV oU fttITftll'OJ, is a'-lute),. inclefenaible.

"re"".

<_

.-11.'1"'' ' '

.'.fIGJ"lo

I"l<">

227

Digitized by

Google

897-808.]

P-N mSTOBY OF LIQUID VERBS.

807. In conjugating the perfect and pluperfect medio-p8II8ive, it must be remembered that intereollllOnantal tT is dropped (30+ cp. 88+ 4), and before p. changed to tt, as: (trYtA-I'e) mfA"f, (.4~) d<t--h, (*n<t--I'IU) d~1'IU (1!J6).

898. For the P-N history of liquid verba one peculiaritI common to the whole claaa has bad a determining influence. It is the circumata.nce that they retained the liquid cha.ra.cter in the future (and aoriat) stem, and thus dispensed with the oldinary otT. (-tTa).
899. Considering each clasa in particular, we find that in the Pfuture of verba in -a-. (as E"pabN. ".,.alJlOl, p.'''., ItplJlOl, .Aw.), the IOnant immediately preceding. is almoat invariably a or i (u, IOmetimea I, rarely .,). In other worda the various forms of the P future and preeent show the following relative proportion: Future PreEnt -".., 1 per cent. .,..., 1 per CleIlt. -tT. 3" -IS -mu i.e. -w. 30 l 35 -W. Le,; -w. 19 l 8 " ,,-(f}"'. 5 S " " " -(e)" 9 S 3 " _. 45" al.. 45" 800. This appronmative table shows that the future ends almoet always either in _ . or (-w.), while the present generally ends in _ or ",_, 1_ commonly in -ilJIOI. Accordingly the characteristic ending of the present is -alJlOl. ThiB peculiarit)' could not but gradually lead to the notion that the other endinp __ and "'_ were proper to the future (cp. the case of -lItT., 880), and 10 had either to retreat from the present or to undergo such modifications as to render clear their distinction from the homophonous present. The latter alternative was reaorted. to, and the modification was easily obtained by aimpl)' assimilating the endinp __ and -W. (-WIll> to their prevailing UIOCiatea in -al.... Accordingly 6A&IIHP. and 1tTTh., oyAII.w. and dnAw. were changed to 6A&f1fab,o, and lImzt"., oyAtIItIIlnI and dlnlAalrcw respectively. This levelling tendency signalized itself in H (cp. 6A&tT6alJw. ~, wri8a1J101, dAlalIIf, tTI-,at-; cp. p.4a-.,l14a-., etc.), but the full development of the proceaa escapes our observation owing to the Atticistic spirit of the time. However, with the first appearance in M of the popular productions, it appears already altogether complete_ 801. In the aame way, all verba in -0. with -a-- inserted. in the stem like ,..,,0-, Aa.iAfJ"".,~, have become first p.a8D._ (ABC 88, 4). AaSG-, (190-194), even ...."'- (SachI. 49 p), ..a"'- (ABO 83, 7),-then~, A~, T1I)(ala-., AaXala-., 1rfIIaWoI. 801. There is, however. & small group of verlle in -b. and .... nearly all of monosyllabic atems. which (together with their compoandl) have hitherto I8Iisted the prooe. of eqaa1ill&tiOD. as : ~- (.",a-). {jb """-. tIfIti-, 1tpG.. ItAtJlOl, ..Amu, 1'TtW. (L e.3tW&u), ~and have evenattraated specimens from other clas.., as: (...de.) ....u...' catch,'/laoy"""-' bite,' SueriHI , n111'll8,' )(iIIr:)(even iD Hero 2170\1 CLeem&DB 111 [tII-III~]. 261ft"""")' Ew.. Gpnoaw. d.ttHr. (cp. C)06. 9ISo). Neverthel888 8V\ID this amal1 claas has been, and is sWl being (at least in northern N), &88imllated to the l'8!It iD _ or -alJlOl (900), u: ..AfP., tTfJn, ",41'., ItpD., -r34-. En., (or ..Aa1P., tTSala-., r{IaUtoI, etc.), ..~ (fur the soathem and commoner ..AW.. tTSw., 1/tIr-, /tplJlOl, f*I1I""-). (Op. 9IJ6.) 903. The aame principle has operated Oil verba in -pt. The homophony of the present with the future in the great majority of cases {about 70 per cent.) led to the popular notioD that -poI was the Dormal 228

..

w.

nxa-, Aaxa-

Ew.. ..

Digitized by

Google

LIQUID VERBS IN

N-SECOND TENSES. [90~909.

ending of the future(1J, and thus called for a new representative ill the preeent. This was the familiar ending (cp. _ . , .jp., .a..., ___, ete.), which wu now borrowed from the familiar cl_ in ._ or rather -(lE.,., (900) and 110 led to a modified present in -fII'CII, Accordingly ~pcu, a/"", Itralpcu, (/1I.tpcu, tWPCU, ete., have changed to ~p"., 31f11'C11,I1tralpPC11, tI.lfWOI, ete. This prooMll let in apparently in B timea (Theoph. 22.., 21 1nl,.,.,), but, owing to the general ~on for Atticiam, remained latent down to lI, when it at once I'6II888rted itaelf as an old-eatablished form, u : ~,.,." (for ''Yelpcu), 31,..,~lpIICII (for d.J,~6pcu), ete..-though always XaJpopG&. Aa a matter of COUl'lle, it hu ever since remained in univeJ'llal popularity, aaVG in a few idioms (as Epiroe, Calymna) where the ancient preeent form appear8 to be still preserved; u ~,." .)nl,."

P.

n,...,

.aI,.., 1,...

'hI,....
ail"".

anI,."

804.. Likewise in the 8Dla11 group of verba in Mcu t.he need of diuoeiating the prel8nt from its homophonous future (/Jb.Acu Sd>.cu, ~ tIIGAcu, ep. 880 &; gIlt) brought the former into uaoeiation with verba in P., notably_ (8~3. 900 ft.), and thus led to the modified forms tI~~, then (903) tI'I*_, tI~, tI~,.. (187 f.); (*BdMoI), (even in Alehem. 328, Ig; 332, 11, ete.). 1JaI".,; .~ (~). ttpO/JaIpr., .poJlaEr.; _~ -IAJIoI, -I,.., -m,,; tlTlMcu, tl'f'o.-, tlTl",.,; ~ chant,' ~, (though moat.ly ~ out of deferen08 to the Church) -<4nA_) 4nA&. (859lt) 4trOA1oW, XaAGI xM" 11faA8I tI~ nAciI.aArii. 80a. Nevertheless, some insular idioms (u Rhodes, Iearoe, Syme, Cypl'Oll), which are alleged to diltiJlguiah between A and AA by gemina tion (GHatzidakia ~), still preserve the ancient present form in -Mcu. as: t1ftOM.., /Jb.Acu, ostensibly distinct from the future (Id) tIIGAcu, Sd>.cu, ete. 808. lIark 1IDaUy that cnriq to its great tnq-C7 in liquid verba, the ~t endiDg ..... became 10 famil.iat and IIIDeral- it CCIftIIPODd8 in popularity and fCl'Oll to the IIIl1Ilz and -6w. (868-873. 1Is3)-tbat it " .. uJtimatal,y traD8ferred aJIO to IOnantic and particrQlarqcontracted verhl in -Gat, but above all to thoee with a liquid charaeter, .. : ItlprioJ (Aehmet. 196), pMiI (Apophth. 440 .to; Epipb. Ken. a6s c), ('Y'Ipd.) ..,.",., (If.pd.) El,...., E'](I'iiI (dia1eetalJ.y aJIO xaM- ~, axoAcie. tlltobOl, .,.,plC., cl).,~e.. flfGAIN, cl.etAw. clnA. clnAr.)-d.Gr., tmirot, 1/14.,." niP., (dialectaJq aJIO vl"., AW., ItAtE_, Ew., ","". 1.e. .n.., cp. ~., 960), thouah th-. by-forma ....,. aJIO be due to other (908.)

sa-

r!""

-le.

iDI__

yv,..,

FOBATION OF SECOND TENSES.

90'1. A number of mute and liquid verbs have usually no first aorist or perfect, but a second aorist or perfect. These

second tenses are formed from the short verbal stem (found as in 865. 866.), and 80 have no tense character ('156). 908. As the aorist stem supplies the future subjunctive and imperative (678), it follows that whenever the 2nd aoriet replaces the first, it also supplies the stem. to the future subjunctive and imperative, and thus gives rise to a 2nd future.
SECOlm AOBIST AcrIVB .AIm MIDDLE.

909. The 2nd aorist active and middle has in the indicative and subjunctive the endinp of the imperfect active and middle
l') .cerIa 161 ola. 'A1TIftir~,. 'IW.'1"'* al.oaoQs. (Op. ppcs.s-)

229

Digitized by

Google

909-917.]

PECULIARITIES OF SECOND TENSES.

respectively. present.

In the infinitive and participle, it follows the

910. The future subjunctive and imperative have the endings of the present indicative. (771. 8061f.) 911. As regards accentuation, however, the 2nd aOM (and

2nd future) varies from the imperfect (and present) indicative. in that it accents the thematic sonant in the following two cases:4.

In the infinitive and participle aorist active and middle:

{!laA.a.,

fja).'IT(Ja, - fja).';'". fja).0l"lIOr.

perative on the ultima: (>.aI'fJ&JIO) 'receive') >.afJ' here you are!' I.luplIT/CQ) 'find') IUpC; (lpxofllJ' 'come') 1>'81, (l&", 'to see') la (d...", to say') .l".
918. Theae osytoue forma are due either to diaIociation from the homophon01ll fll. (fie). 11.1. dpt (121), called forth by the commonly initial position of tha imperative in theeenteDoe-or, which is more probable, to the anal.otI7 of lloU '10' behold,' (cp. trp0a9w. ~, 953. c) md thUll contain a eort of emphatic (epideiotic) .ufJIx ~ poIIBibly auaeeted by wll. Illl. (cp. 1Iere )'O1l are I md German Mer! for AalJ4. cp. CGlIttliDg 44).-The UI11Dlption that we have here a relic of IndoEuropem accentuation is abaoluteq improbable. 914. Of theae five CIUI88, MIJ~ and '>.II~ are extinct in N, '>.II~ having made room for 'All (ae ARC 3. 2. 17. 4. 31. 4- 87. 3 cp. 99<1.. &; lit). The reet

b. In the imperative future middle: (:Ja).oV. dtrofja).oV. 912. Five verbs accent the 2nd person singular of the future im-

8urvive and preserve the ancient accentuation alao. On the other hand, owing to their initial aonant, .b~ IIl~ and dtr~ are commonly shortened to '/J~ '3~ and d (135. 723). 911S. From IIl~ .b~ md .Id. N has evolved a fature subjunctive llllil times tra.naformed to 3W Le. IIp. 155. /I) ebpGImd el.&i. often shortened to IlIiI and rii (Gp. 971). beside 11l~ or lilt (from filE, cp. ABO 63. 7), often crystallised
to an emphatic prefix

<_

13,.

'Ilt- Cs73).

918. Iftjlection o/the 2M aorist aM 2MfufMre. Go 2nd AOBIBT.

Active '>''''-01', It, *, ete. M oc,", ocr, oc ete. .. AI ....;. AI....., 6., cMna Middle IAttr-61''11', Oil, fTO. ete. Altr-ol""", 010, 0'.,.0, eto. Altr-4t111a& Aur-6JH1'M, 01', 'l
mlOATIVB

B17lII17lfC71'IV

Li'Il!imtB P.um:ClIPI&

b.2nd FtrruBL
Active AI_, vr. V, etc. AI..I, 4.,.." etc. Middle AI-I'4', V, 'I'r'I', etc. Altr-W, 4a1101, ete. 917. Verbs with a 2nd aorist (and 2nd future) belong mostly to
StrIIlUlfOTIVB IxPJm.I.Trq

ing are the principal:

t>.d... 'abandon' t~ '8.ee ' 0ltrt' lead'

the irregular CM (1}96). Of those regularly conjugated, the follow'AI..ol' (N 1A1~) ,~ (N Ifrra 786 ft.)

'Aln"""
~"".

...-.pdC. p

0.n.n, , beset

' .....0.

fra'yOI'

t~ I throw

, cry out'

o'11'4' 'awake'

n~' kill'

b-i.ptryOI' (N '/Ja).Jw (N 1/IaNa 786 1f.)

'.t-la>

_-4_011

,1JaAj"""
irrP6""".

230

Digitized by

Google

~ND AOBIST AND 2ND PUTURE PASSIVE. [818-811.

818. The '98rb -rpI_ 'turn,' belide ita tegUlar lat aorist '7'" 'turned ' 'put to fli8ht,' has a180 a poetical 2nd aorist '7pG1N11' (.frfNl/la.) md an intraDaiti'98 '7pa.n/A". 'took to fli8ht.,' (Cp. 887.)
,.,~

8BCOlm AOBIBT AND BzeOlm

Ftrrtnm P A88IVE.

818. The 2nd &orist and 2nd future passive have the endings, as well as the inflection, of the 1st &orist and 1st future passive respectively. The only dift'erence is that they annex to the verbal stem not the tense character -~, but only...".., which before the consonants '""'" is changed to -.-.
8ZO. In the 2nd person singular of !.he imperative future the ending -6, remains unchanged (182, b. 808).

2nd ao~. paIL 'iJAdJhIp

,~

BI1BI. Inm. llAallq"a, /JAG/M"" /JAa./Jtl"r 1iJA4/Jri, etc. /JAa./Jtl", etc. 2nd fat. pea 1JAa./Witt0l"" IJAI&/JGI /JAa.II911.11Ia.4 ~1I~or-v lJAa./Jjr IJAll/Httsrnu, etc. 1JAa/Ji, ete.
Ilmlo.

PUT. /JAa./Jtlr /JAa./JI" llAaII.;tra. /JAa./J""6"..,,or 1JAa./J""6"..,,.,

lIAaII""oJAlrrl.

8m.. A 2nd &orist and 2nd future passive is found in the subjoined list of verba. It will be observed that, with the exception oflTV~, all stems with -.-changethisvowel to-a-. (887. 895.)
LrnIBABY..t GUB)[.
I

yptltlN.

27,.,,01

3 rphl.
6r~

4 fIf'~

S .....,,.,

'turn' 'rot'

'turn' 'feed '

'write'

Iy~"" Irpdfr-""

.,,...
'p~

N SPBBCl[ (cp. Sol)

laTpGcf>-1"

hpdcf>-,,"

']lff'pWo/AGI
11f'~

'''~ '1ff',4"'''

10 ADnw 11 ..

7 fAO,rr. 8.,.. 9 tc'Ahn.

'rub' 'damage' 'knoclt' ' .teal'

'~ 'twine' 'gather' 'melt'
' lUft'ocate '
'bu~'

IrrGrr-"" ITplf3-"" IfArifJ-,,"

tra..lC..

"~'"' '(/'f'~
,~

1--"" 1i1u!tr-r,,,

12.).1_ 13 0171l~
14

amn.

1""<1>-,," h">.tUc"'l"
h">.~""
hrl.,-""

hd.cf>-1"

IS tnri

paI

16"~_

_A..,."" hGIc-""
lE- A;1J" chr-">.>.ay-r,,,'

rpl/J(.,).. (861) '7~f'I'j.wa IJMOI, /JAl./JoI ,~~, dB(.,}OI'cut' ,..s.".. IfAi+'rOl, IIAIIJ(.,)OI HfTOl II~, ...,(.,}OI 'II~ .AI_ '.AIX"JR

'Hfr'ID_

('1tA..,.,,_>

o_

~1fO/AGI

.,.,1-,01""

17"-aUcllT,,0I 're ease' 18~.. 'kill'

1_Aq-.

'beat'

'~hten'

clAAAiG'11.. 'chmp'
I1~C"

~=ip. 21 -!/lit".

22 fIf'I"AMt 23~0I

Z4 0",w.opal 25 ;.u.opal

I~"" , 1&,' Iaclp-"" 'BOW' Itnrd.p-"" , spoil' If/J8Gp-"" 'Bend' l""cI">.-"" make stumble' 1~-1J" 'rage' I,."."" 'appear' /410.."" 231

iAMX"I'11~_

.,a..... (i.e. 'dl,..,) ~(n....) m,.,..

~'tan'

'-"""..-"

'1IfGM.

falrol""

..

Digitized by

Google

819-81'1.] 2ND PEBFEC'l' AND PLPF.-VEBBS IN -p.t.

8512. In the followiDg three verba, .A uaea both the lit and md and aor. 'SMIJrtP f,Ji1mll ' hurl' ,,'p~ (N ~-) .. fclU4al1Q1 change' ,,"Wxfri" (N -X"lu) ,,~ 928. In the two following verba, .A distinguiahea between the lit and 2nd tenses: ut aor. ~ 'was shown' from ~'show' .~ , appeared' "ftJbfo"", appear' :and" "~,, was turned' "ypltr" 'turn' 1st " and" 'turned (myself)' " -rpItro"", 'tum.'

aorist passive without difference of meamDg : fllAGlmII 'injure' ut aor. UJ~ (N .."'_)

'ppi"

'y"".""

SECOND PEBn:CT AND PLl7PBBI'BCT

AOTIV&

824. The 2nd perfect and 2nd pluperfect active are formed from the verbal stem without tense character, and follow the inftection of the rat perfect and 1st pluperfect respectively. At the same time the stem vowel is either retained, as:
f~pll1l1.

'shiver'

(~)

ftrpclal1. 'do' (trptr'f) 'CTJ' (;rf14"l) f~ 'flee' (4-"1)

f.,.o,.

trl-trpa..,. ;rl-;rptrtta "1-ftv"tG

d..,._

..... 'ft"""""
'ft-ll""'' '
plimIf

......~"';-

824b Or it changes by way of metaphony (diamm j1a tion 1), viz.a to H: film"", 'rot' (aCltr) ",110"", 'melt' (TU) ~o"", 'appear' (~) cto 0 yt.n, 'beget' (,...)
c!tro-ndllCll 'ldll ' (n.,,) filE,. 'corrupt' (flip) I-ttt,. , awake' (''Ytp) AIl_ 'leave' (Atetr) nl,. 'persuade' (_')

d-CJ7I" y'-"l_ tr......

YMOd

141".'1' '"""_
,~_

AN-nON

to 01

l-rP-Irtopa. AI-AOi.. trI-troclca

I~pa.

'"w6ft... Atr(n6N",
IAiAGl....... ..
11f61*"

.,prf'f6,..,,,

not",..

926. In some caaea there is a ut and 2nd perfect and pluperfect with a difference of meaning:

,,1..,_ ' have pernaded trbroclca Vv.at' "p4I1"" do' trltrptJ](CI have done' "hpa.-,a. have aated ' fal* show' ,,~- have shown' ftWca bave appeued' 828. The only verb which doea not distinguish between the In &Dd and perfect and pluperfect fa .......E,.: a.4fIra or a.l~pca 'have corrupted.'
"tlIOI peZ'll1Ulde

In pt

aDd pt:

n.

VERBS IN -MI.

81'1. Verbs in -p.& dUfer from verbs in .", only in the iD1lection ofthoee tenses which are formed from the present and 2nd 80rist stem. In these cases the thematic sonant is dispensed withhence they are sometimes termed athematic tItlrb8 (cp. 980)-and the primitive endings (760) are directly annexed to the stem. This conjugation, however, appears fully developed only in the four verbs T{6-qp.r., l7Jp.r., &8cop.r., lcrrTJ", (945-966). In all other verbl,

232

Digitized by

Google

PECULIAlUTIES OF VERBS IN -p.t. [9S7-9M.

it is restricted either to the present stem, or to the 2nd aorist stem; in some verbs, too, it appears only in a few sporadic form&
99S. Another feature of verbs in -IM is that they show an amplified present stem. This amplification consists either in an infixal-IN-, also (after a vowel) inserted between the stem and the ending, as Bebc-w-JU, ~IM (938); or in a prefixal-Iwith the initial consonant in the sense of reduplication (presen' reduplicaliofl), as Tf.-6-qJU, ~JU, '-oT7J1Mo The former class occurs only in the present and imperfect, whereas the latter has also a 2nd aorist.

-wv-,

999. Other in1lectional peculiarities of the verbs in -IM are the following: I. The aiDgular of the indicative active lengtheDS the thematic vowel: to '1,0 to., G to 'I, ii to v. 980. a. In some caaes, the primitive endings (760) are resorted to: a. ut person aiDg. -"': 3.boN-I"t "l8.-", ; 2nd" " -,: 3.lIaN-r, rlDJJ-s, 3i&t-,; 3rd " pl_,-: 3.wrV-aa,-, ",e'-aal-, a,BO-aIJ'I-. (776. 936, b.) b..,,, ,,-ITCIJ', in the imperfect and 2nd aorist indicative, as: 13.iDv-IJ'D, ItJ._, IITf'JJ-IJ'D.

98L 3. The subjunctive has the usual thematic sonant and ending., but contracts, as far as possible, the concuning sonantic elements, that is to aayr as in ,,0&1. regularly: (ne) n6Gt, i" fi-e., tJi" 6i etc. o to throughout: (a,acs.) a&a., tis, -~, "tir, &j, etc. a as in Cci.: (lanD) IlJ'f'cii. 111Tjr. lcrrj-crrcii, IJ'f'jr 1Tf'i. etc., but 3.1Ou., -D', -D, ete. 989. The present imperative active contracts the ending r of the 2nd peraon singular with the thematic vowel (cp. 163ft: App. ii. 9-14), as: (Below) Belri, (nOn) .,.{8E&, (8l8or) 8l8ov. (faTar}""",983. The participle active annexes the terminal character -",and forms a sigmatic nominative masculine (820. 163 if.) : 3._+, produces 3.IJ(M ,,&8or+, produces ",e.lt 6t1lf' + , ., tJ.I, &30",,+, " a,&w ,
Jcmu,r+ , ..

'lJ'f'ci,

9M. The medio-pasaive ending -0"4& is retained throughout; 80 is "(1'0 in the indicative and imperative of the present stem; but in the 2nd aorist stem, -a- is dropped and this gives rise to contraction (76:1. 78:1) :
3.iuv-IJ'a&, "i8r-ITG& al30-1J'1U 1cr"G-IJ'G& 1&iDv-vo, hl8r-ITo Jal&_ flJ'f'G-f7o but (Jeeto,I6to) l(Jou, (.&to. laoo) law-imperative (e...,. e.o) 8oii, (&P, ado) aou.

"

1J'f'GS.

233

Digitized by

Google

9815-987.]

P-N mSTORY IN VERBS IN

-JL&.

986. Verbs in -JU. are accented like verbs in -. Mark however thata. The infinitive active accents the penult: 8cucvWcu, .,.JJG-,
(JEWcu j

b. The participle active accents the ultima:

8c~.

nIJJ....

P-N history of Verbs in-JU.o

988. Verbs in -lA' are peculiar to A and Atticistic Greek. As a matter of fact, they belong rather to pre-Attic than A times, since classical prose writers, like Herodotos, Xenophon, Plato, and the orators already show signs of the retreat of this class of verbs before their successors in -QJ_ (JLa Roche 152-160.) a. Compare .A: 6,.,,-601, i1-"~~E~I&S, 6ll.sICS, "/lewW'~ dtroAAw,. KCTG1I'WC, pawvE', 6poP1SfC, "/lwM'~I/CJI.sOtHlI, ,"~,,.fUl""OOvIl'. utrOAA.sOIIClI, 6poP1Soua'If etc. eto.-hlMrw, dtr6M.w, 6pw, iSpIItIInI, 6,."wn~,....s.'If ; 11....-, 6/1'_, dtrOAA_, 6poP1Sorns. ete.~ISI""", dtrdtAAuolf, IIp11V011. lI,.".,.s, '(,,,,,,",s, .lSIl_; trpotl.~, dftn'tw-, IIpwr, ete. ete. (Cp. Kilhner-BI888 ii. 1~ f.) [b. KoeriIJ 10 dtroAAw 'ATTtM, AtroAA_ 'EAAtJ!f..&irj .t 23 dtroAA6at1", 'Anu&ir. dtroAAOOvcrllf .EA.\'1....M. .117 1SI....vcr, trpoft(JCtItrtJI,u- 'ATTcM, ISIIICIfI'.ow'If 'EAA1JM.&is, 1I .."w", II~ 01 IIEw.poI 'A'rT'.ol [930, /I]. 2$8 6ll6at111f, 6"".s-'If. 'ATT'.&is. 6AAV-IIf, 6~'IfEA.\'1lfn. 307/trryINGcr, WTOiia'ATTllaiis,h'rP1Soua'If ~ IiIcrcrOlltT," 'EA.\'1",.wr. aas IlpuGIf 'EA.\'1"lICcUr.] 987. This was also to be expected in view of the disadvantages under which the conjugation in -,.. laboured: for first, it was neither complete nor systematic, not even within the narrow scope of one tel1ll8 throughout, but borrowed the subjunctive from the regular ..-c1aaa ~I> Then verbs in -,.. were too few in number (about So in all) to _ r t themselves against the overwhelming multitudes of their rivals in __ _ The in1luence of analogy, therefore, so dominant everywhere in the evolution of P-N, could not but tell on this part of gramInar also and thua transform verbs in .,.. to verbs in _ The first 01888 to be afrected by this prooess were verbs in -(")I'V"', in partioular those in '''''/M, beginning with the ard person plural ot the present indicative, which in its ,... form (...Qq,' appeared to be quite out of place. The intermixture of forma in -/M and ..., spreads then rapidly during H-Q as may be teetifled by the Septuagint, by Polybios, Diodoros. Plu;;b, Aelian, Lucian, and the rest, where forms in -..w, and -l1li,.,. hold the balance (cp. FKaelker '3 f.). Aa time went on, the remaining forms of /M-verbs followed, yielding one after another to the influence of the initiated proceaa, and so either were changed to verbs in ... or altogether retreated before some synonym of this normal claas. In this way :-(774-S) f"'"l/M yielded to I""a., or """"'-. later 1)cr7i., N tlTl. ; trlpotrA'1/M to .. pM., ffIIItrA .... tpotrAl, trA.~, trArJp601, .t .,.",('01 j npotrP'l/M to ..potr""" trP+lw &; priDoiJlllollT IftIlo, j .,lIr,/M to .",;, or '"'-, N .1.,., j ~ .t "",,"",/M to ~ .t crw-loo; "'/M to /Slit j pdnv,.,. to ..,,0., 1fI~, later "P"" (40) j .,.p/lnnJJM to )6.oI [I]; " IIdwu,.. to " ..M('OI .t cr1IdOI1 /COpIwu/M to /COpI .t xopnl('. j ",w"II,.. to d,..,I('OI or .,.a(,OI .t "'116(11)01; trfnbrrv/M to trmLu; .-nn/M to ~ .t ."01; ('~/M to (' .,.,t('OI j ftIrpv/M to ~ .t 1fIcr- C936, b) j 6"w,,/M to 6r401.t ~AQ, j dftAAlI/M to 4troAA.s.. .t dtr6AAOl (6Mv/M to 6A1a_ .. Proch. Ss. 5) j p.E"fI'1I/M to "1,,.,., (later crup.pl<yol, [136, b]); cr/U"""/M to

.,.p{.
[I]

)(oeris 134

'.,c,."oWro,

,.pa_

"pI.,.,

,,/J.,,n

'A.".. ., '.p1pa 'BAAtJP..&ir.

Apoc.

)(K. 1Ig,

234

Digitized by

Google

---------------~

INJl'LECTION 01' VERBS IN -(JI)VV",," [987..;.941.

Nu, N tI/I&'(,,"'; ~IJAl to ~r,- &: Wp)(!II (f}85". 1845); fnlJAl to AI.,.,; ~ to lWo,-,,,u,,,- to /tUOflll' ; 13_ to la--; IIlvr to IIhmz &I taullG; l-r-r to

;-and 80 OD. How this process operated in each cue will be explained iD the I'&IIp&Ctive I&OtioDa dealing with th_ verbs.

' PftIII

A. VERBS IN -(N)NYMI. 988. Verbs in .(p)JroJU are formed with the infix -Jro- or according as the stem character to which it is aftixed is a consonant or a vowel, as: &lK-Jro-JU 'show,' O'KC8G-wu-JU 'scatter,' O'{l4-wu-JU 'extinguish.' 989. Consonantal stems are mute or Ziquid, according as their stem character is a mute or liquid (864), as: Pfry-vvJU 'break,' Op4lJJU 'swear.' 940. Vocalic stems have as charactera: O'/(80.-wuJU 'scatter' .: O'/3I-wuJU 'extinguish ' 0It: aT~wuJU 'spread.' 94.L Verbs in {,,)JroJU follow the l\f,-conjugation only in the present and imperfect, and that not throughout, since in the primary subjunctive, sometimes also in other forms, they are conjugated like regular barytone verbs in -(,,)vVw (937. 954); thus3I,oW' beside 3tloua, 3~,/Cllw-, beside 3rucvUalT' (930, Cl) 3~.. "3v",,u, 13fUcvu." 13tUc.JItI.

-wv-,

841b The infb: -""- or - _ counts short except in the siDgular incative, where it counts long by analogy (929. I).

941. THB
IImICATIVB

VBRB

31'/(1/11"" 'show.'
SUB.JUNCTIVB IXPBBA.TIVB

A. At:IiN.

..

3,Uc."u-"" 3IUorii-, 3IllClfii-tr,

'-".,

3tuc..u-. 3r'uV-lI' 3t&IC..u-1I, ate.

3fluV 3r&/Cllu.,...
..t...i/.tooo

MaN-"." 3.Uc.rii-n 3I&IC..v..Gcn.

13tiluN-.. 13riluN, 13tllOlii 13rilCrii-"." l3tiluN.,.. 13tUalii-"""

.....u-.
3.UoN-n

3t....u-..,..... or -.,...lTtI..
INFINITIVE
~IIG&

..."'......... ...............
JW.
Aor.

PARTIOIPLE

3t,/CllII', mOl 3.&lCM, "

3f&/CIIUcra, 'I'

PI,,,

PerJ.

Subjunctive, Imperative, Infinitive and Participle as in barytone verbs (7oob).

285

Digitized by

Google

942,948.] INFLECTION OF VERBS IN

-(JI)VVp.t.
IXPEBA.TIVE

B.
INDICA.TIVE

Jled~f)(!.

SUBJ'UNCTIVE

~
~

l:

IoLcI'Uorioto

3E{lCIIii-pa' 3.Uc.u-vo, 3ttm-7'a&

3.,IC,N-fpal 3nlCllV-U 3twoV-'1"a&, etc.

3EUcw-UO 3flICrrU-fI's..
10'-'0. 10.............

3t~.".Sa 3.llClN-a& 3tiICJN-JmJl

; 3fluV-I"I" l3tilClN-CTO 13dDII-'rO
lleLc.-6oP lie"","",.

3tllClftl-fI'S. 3fwoV-rrSf" or -fI'Sotrrrw

t
~
Fut. Mid. Aor. Mid. Fta. PfJ88. Aor. PfJ88. Peif. Plpf.

&'KrrU-ow &,ID'II-o,.,.o, etc.

3'UCJIV-oiJl1l"

INFINITIVE

3.Ucwrr6a&

PA.BTICIPLB
3tllC.N-pnor
-0..

13.l/C..u-".8a I3tUclftl-fI'S, I&{_.,.,.o

..,

Subjunctive, Imperative, InflDitive and Participle lIB in barytoDe verba (7000).

.. Mute Stems (oy).

I

o4oy-1IV1A" break '

11cl'riaoplll Cdf&O-Cnrxf611- P cln-IfT.,w

'lta
U'Y'1"
'CIIG .~.sx. 141'" 'am broken' 'Cwrplll cl..IIfT_
JIlIA'X"

-P....
2

CWynIA" "oke'

-P....

3 ocl'lrO-IfTEI'-IIVIA' 'kill ' 4 ,,(.)toy-I'vlA' 'mix'

pEtOl

!.~
'IA'Ea
.pIytfP
.",~

-P....
5 b-oy-IIVIA' , open , -P81111. 6 ..n-""IA' fix ' -P....

IA'xfiltrOplll b-oexftcroplll
boli-

bIfIlG G '::Jl'PI"

qE-

b-~

clJf-~

clJf-i".,pal ("1"')

7 """"/A' 'tear'
-P....
b. Liquid Stem&. 8 cl...6A.AvlA' 'ruin '

-'ria01'G'

/liE-

la-tllaol'G'

-Pass. 9 &p.-llVlA' ewear' -P....

I" A

cl..-oA&i, .ir (8g2) cl..-oAoiiplll 6poiiplll (893) 61'fJ1111/I1oplll

..Inna 'am firm'

'JIPO"IfI 'am tom'

cl..-oA.w._ 4...6A01AG 'am lost' 6"",,-. 6,.,po(tI)pal

cl..-cIIA.ou

4..41A6"""
"I'OI1G &1,,6(11).

moetI" 1f4"'~/A" Q /IO.,.-d.t11101, also ",..,.._1101, N cnnW .. ~.

3" N

Cw,- (Nomoo. 413).

3" A Uo-IfT.t.... A-N +or., N 4" A ~; (Stud. 1219 I; c);

tIpi..,. from np.pl(

;I;;

tin- (937).

IF""'"

236

Digitized by

Google

---- -

--~------

VERBS IN -(JI)JlVfU-REDUPLlCATED VERBS IN -p,t. [9U-9d.

" G-N+_. 7' Q lIP"., N nu. a: m-. but ,.."C.

'aprin..'
H6. IL Vocw.IO 8rDa:
L 10
-NIIUIII.

S' In.A lDOIItly and in N only .....,.,.

Stem Vowel A: n(lf1_".' mi& '

-Pus.

""","0,...
"TW, "

",.,., "
''-.''

b. Slem Vowel. : 14 0.".,-1"""", clothe ' -Middle

IS 0..,."".", ' aatiaIy'

16

.,I-nv",' utiDgaiah ,
-Put.

-P-

._0"",..... . .".,a:
dfl4tli"

..,.."W "IM"A

~f""" 'have

Oil'

.,."" "/Hp.,,.
,.",.,

c. Stem Vowel,,: 17 C .....,"" gird' 18 01M--v'" '.tnmgth8ll'

,,,,.tItI. '.'" ,./hpI

'C_A

Ittll&".""",

''''''''
i~ npoHlA
'n~"

(937)

,"S"", ,,,1JrI'C"(,,p

C4HI"

-P....

19 n"""""" spread ,

-Put.

tIT,..,

'PfItIII

'''''''''' 'n,*"",

B. REDUPLICATED VERBS IN -MI. 94.&. The conjugation of the four verbs .,.lliqp.& 'put,' r."p.& '181ld,' 8[&"p.& 'give,' T.a-n,p.& 'set up' (927) shows the following peculiarities: 948. The imperfect and 2nd aorist subjunctive [optative) contract the modal vowel -,- with the endinKa to -fl -0& __ re8pectively, and moreover accent the contracted 8y11a'OI8, as: nlhl"", ...&Stin, 8.l"",lhi...., a.3oLr,., &&in. etc. M7. A similar contraction take. place in the following forma of the imperfect: hl8tu, hl8tl; 13l3mw, 13l&vr, 1313ov; dflJl"" (~l.",), ~'II. df/Jlfl. 948. In the future imperative, the 2nd person aingular shom the ending -11 : 8ill, fr, Ur. But iUTrll" in the imprt. has aTij8a.

237

Digitized by

Google

948-864.]

REDUPLICATED VERBS IN -p.t..

949. When in the course of P times the future indicative and subjunctive of the above verba _umed the regular form "IT.. (or '1ITfII), .I+tSa.., Uxrfll (96+ 99611), it was inevitable that their imperative should also become 'lITE, d4>-rIITE, aiiiat. It is true that the .A. form 'ir, 44>-r, IJ6r, is the one practised by all P-B Bcribes and that even present Bpeech often admits of '~r and /lor (though only,.tu I), so that philologists imagine that they have discovered in these forms claBBical relics, but all morphological and phonopathic considerations combine against this assumption. First the 8cholastic practice of all scril_ is in itself no proof of such anomalous and solitary forms having actually been current also in popular speech through all times. Then their occurrence in present parlance rests on a mere fallacy. For though in connected speech uneducated people now BaY, /lOr TOil, 'Ir TO, Ilclr Ta If4XOl/x, '~r ',rer Ta itfIAIJp4P&, and so on, they equally Bay .10a' TO, XOJIT' 70, M' TO, l4>'1IT' TO, and so on. On the other hand before a stop, no one Baye /lOr, 'Ir, 1I'I0a', xw', alT', but invariably .f, 'lITE [11, "uicr" XWf, MI, dttw/1T(t). In other words, the actual existenceinB-N popular speech of forms like Ilclr and 9fr and above all&t>tf, is illusory (180". 1915 f.), their true popular and actual form, in case of apocope or rather syncope, being aiiilT', 'lIT', alT', ~'. That an actual syncope of -f has taken place in these cases, is BUfticiently shown also by the otherwise unaccountable presence of IT in the plural: a&.cr,.t 'hrrt (never 1l6T., 'ITE), ...a.,.,.f, XiiKrrt, ilcrrf, ~t, further ~pl""'f, co...a.r.n, ft6.p'n "p":rt (but more commonly 4-lptTf). See also 1915 f .t 136, J. 860. The infinitive active attachea the ending -POI, in the present, to the ahort atem; in tae 2nd .oriat to the lengthened atem: nIN.--. 3",0-l1(li, IOTa-IICI&-8.i--. &ii-po., 17f'ij-ttol. 86L The leJJRl;hened 2nd .oriat stem I7T'I" of rDTr//oU is retained through the indicative and infinitive. So too in the future imperative (except before ltT) where it retaina the ending -81: DTijl/. (808). 862. The verbs T{6-q,.,.,., l"l""'" &'&0,.,.,., form the singular of the 1st aorist indicative in -m (963, c): 16-qICa., ~ICa., l8wICa., from which stem also plural forms are derived, beside those of the 2nd aorist: ~o-qlCl1.p-O', 16."ICtIoIf, l&:,ICo.p.o', '7I'afH&:'ICQn, i&,ICtIoIf. 915S b Compa.re Koeris 10 .:,,11101"", cl..IIIoTf, clJtlllo_ 'ATTIM- d~, clrrelJldoTe, &.I/lQrcu .&AA'I....&ir.

863. In their conjugation, the verba .,.ilJr,,,,, t'll"t 3ta.I"t ru,."I" are accented like thoae in _. Mark however thatG. In the aubjunctive they accent the contracted ending: T.et;, Li,

3,30>, IOTo" .,.&8Or, IOf, &bcpr, IaTfjr, "'18fi, etc.

b. The compound fOrlllll follow the accentuation of the aimJ!le formL It is only in the indicative and imperative that the accent 18 thrown aB far back aB poaaible, though even here not beyond the syllable immediately preceding the stem, aB : WITTf/II, npl'tr (not ft'fII'O), IT,sttlfTt, ftepl'fTI, ft.'OII, ftfpl'elTle. c. Neverthel_ the imperative of the future middle, when compounded with monoeyllabio prepositions, retains the accent on the verb: ftpoufoW, d4Ioii. (Cp. 913.) 9154.. The primary subjunctive of these verbs always, and the secondary subjunctive sometimes, follows the conjugation of barytones in.w, as: nfiqTac. for TI~ n80l.TO for TI80iTO-lYf"Uo

'II'p/nrrru., brl-IJOl.TO, 'II'pO-OlTO, 'II'pou-lowro.

(1) Compare.Alohem.

(931 937. 941.)

~.

384, 17 sEtON .Ir 4p/jlll. nllalTo. +,.Ipas 'I'

238

Digitized by

Google

..------------------------------------------------------------------..--~..-.~

9GI5.

COnj~tiOD

a&a..", give,'

&ani'" aet up! I.

t,,-I" t,,-,

table of the four verba -r;s."", put,'

t"", aend,'

ACTIVE.
3i&.-", ai&.-r aea_,aao-.....

PRESENT
INDICATIVE

-rl8q-", -rls,,-r -rCtJr,-g,

. ......,.. .

&,,-e,,-

".,. ..
lit;

!;'I'rq-fT'.

" &O'T'f1-'" !en,,-r

-rltH-,.." -rltH-n

-r,Bf-Dlr'-rlS" -rc8fi.., -r,8j

!f-I"" "-n Li-er,-

alao-I"" aiao-n a.ad-Gu,a,a..

a,~,

!an-"."
UlTlI-'f'f

............. .

,,",a-enInj..,

SUBJUNCTIVlI

......... ..
-r,Bij.,., -rISk,-rlS., n6i-Il"

..........
'D'"
~
ii-"", lij-n

ICl"rw

.......
a,ac;
"

Iit;-cr,If"",..
i ......

a,a...I"" a,.,....,., a,36I-cr,ai&u 3,M-'r"

a40-ro..

,,",o,-Il'''

""'''-cr," 'CI"r'I
,,",d-'r"
Lrr ..,.. 1"""'-

lcrrij-'r'

IxPEBATIVE

i.,
,f-'r' "
li-roo.

........

-r&8'_
..o8Mow

-rlDf-n
-r&8I-",.." -r&8I-_

If-".,...,

aiao--r, &36-.,..." a,a6-"CII a,&II" &""OS' a,aow " 3,&iiua, ",

..u-..

1a'I'II-n "

"",a-"".,,

INJ'IN1TIVE

M-N'
Ifl" 'wo,

Icml_,
lanS', dwor

PABTICIPLB

-r&8tl" 'wor -rJH" " -r&8ticra, ",

" "iera, ",

"'"

" ,,",cicra, 'If

" :!'"'"" !CI"r,,-r
in.-

,,",0

DIPEBJ'KO'.r INDIOATIVE

l'rID"."

hiS.,,,, hlDn
hlIMo. e:~.

!"." "'-,
" 'El
iMw

lai&u-" lalaou-r lalaou

WIo-nw f&&4O.n, ..

UIT"

..,ID,-"",

:'''''''

hilh.,..

l-rltH-eru -r,S""." -r,tHi"., -r&8d" '1',. ., .....

-r,S.i-n

!'-"'" "-'r'
"i"." Ifi".,
10......

la&&-I"" lal&-n

" 1a'I'II-1""

Lrft...nt.

&'-au

lal&-era" a,ao"-,, a,ao"., a,aot" a,30i-Il''' a.aoi-ft a,ao.."

taTa-'rf tCl"ra-CI'GJI ICl"rol"., ICI"rai'l

SUBJUNCTIVE [OPTATIVE]

1aTai"."
lcrrai..,..

.........,.

!'l'l ..........
239

doMe Wo...,.

lnal...".

-r&8ti-I"" ..&8,i-..,

lEi-'rE lEi-",

M-Il'"

ICI"rRi-"",

'Cl"rai-n ,,",ai_

Digitized by

Google

9&&.] THE VERBS

T18rll.u, 11]p.t, 8l&>p." 'lurqp.t.

BEOOND .t.ORI8T
IlmICATIVB

r:-r) IBr,t")

(IBr,1UI 95:1)

(~O 952)

.... lB-tu"
..".

".-T. IIJe-fTp

........ oi...". .1-,.1..,..

.!"." n".r

~ IUI-r) 1Ct")

( 0 95 2) l&.a-r) la-ICt")

;".,."...
I".,."..r

!17TIJ

.1-fTGII

130-,13o-n
130-11'0" &'"..

IU-..".

I",."."..

I".,.".."..

'17TIJ-fTGII
".,.at".r

SUB.JUNCTIVB [OPTATIVE]

,./"."

'd,

"',-r etc.

.'[, etc.

ao&".r 30&, etc.

OTO'"."
"'""" ete.

INFINITIVE
lJei-"o&
.l-pa,

&ii-PG&
/In';r, dvro, &1iII " &iilTG."

1J'I'ij-PG&

'0 " S.ilTa,

~

1Je", i",.or

;.,

.. fI', .

PABTICIPLB
.",.Of

a-rdr, UTOf

"

.luo, "

nu, "
".,.iaa,
~

BEOOND FtJTUB.B C908).

SUB.JUNOTIVE

S-

&,

30;

".,.&;

86-'

eo etc.

,-r ete.

3 etc.
M-fW
&1-",.

".,..g-r ".,..g ete.

Si..,.. Si-",.."

........ .......

Si, Si-T.

:.,.,.",.
2-

Ir loT. 1-.... ....... I..,..

IXPEBATIVE

Mr

"'"-' ........ 3doT.

ni-S, ".,.".,..
"tITT'I"'" trrd-_

....;-

MEDIO-PASSIVE.
PRESENT
llmICATIVE

.....-...... .,.",-",80 .,.lIJ.-tTIJf

.,.18.-",.a&

Tl8t-fl4& TilJt-tTa& .,.IS,-Ta&

!.-,aa,

'" Cf-tTlJf ..If-""a&

""'" U-8a

"-fTG' i.."CI&

3l3o-,.... 3130-11'01 3/3o-To&

a.:ao...to.

. .''''''0-11'01 'OTO-Ta&
~OTO-,....

w.-to..

3,3d-I'fIJ0 3l&-tr8. 3130-",.01 240

1".,..j..",8a mo-tTlJf ma-",.o,

Digitized by

Google

'0 " THE VERBS 'T' fJp.L, ''fJp.L,

n8fr.". n8j
~

a'&''1-", UT'I'7Jp.t. " ,

[9151.

Z&.-ptJI

Tc8ij-nu

lr:aa

li

Sl1B.TlnfOTIVB WG.-ptJI &~

niNrl'*lJa

na;,-6.

-,,"'a
Z&.-1/7'Q&

'........

..........

&&It-nu

""--,,,,11 lnj lcrrij-Taa ......

lcrrij-crll lcn-__""aa
~l'*lJa

ne.-_

3~1'*1Ja

&ae-s. 3'.I'I'a,
IKPBUTIVB

TlIh-fTO TaiN-aIl.
~

:e-cTO U-all.
1'.......
U.....

riIw-ritw

TlS.-uIl.

nlJi-lTlJ_
TlJh-uIJaa

:e-crll U-fTIltw

.........

3l3o-ao 3&36-a1ltt

.OU......

1OTCI-fT0 lOTO-all. rn.......

lOTa-crll lcn-o-utJ." lfTTt1-lTlJaa

3l30-ITIh 3&30-d.."

u..a.....

bPIJUTIVB

:e-!TIJa&
01', "

al3o-ullaa
P~TICIPLB

nD;-,._,
,!~IJ;-I"J"
bih-......
~.

U-,._, 01', "

3&30-1'*_, DJ ., lOTa-,._,

0", "

mPBBFBCT
IXDICA.TIVIII
nllh-fTo

ITiS.-TO

r.-n,

Y-P'l" "-ITO
1'.......

I&M-P'I" 13t3o-u0 lat3o-T0

~ .3,M-,.,..1Ja 13l3o-u1h 13t30-PTO

b&IJI-,.1Ja
biS.-fT1h

hUh-1'I'O
T&IJ,{-P'l" T&8ti-o T&8ti-TO

U-"..tJa 'U-crIl 'If-PTO

u......

..............

fcwll-TO r..n.......

!a"-P'I" 1fTTt1-ITO
Lml......
~

lOTa-,.IJII

IOTCI-PTO

Sl1B.JUKCTI'VB [OPTA.TIVB]

nIo'.....,. r&8tl-,.1Ja
r&8ti-fTIh n8ti-lITo

nIoi-<rto..

"& .,01' I."...... Id-,.IJII

,.i-crll ,.i-I'I'o

IAt-P'l" lAi-o ,.i-TO

3,30l-P'I" 3,3oi-o 3,3oi-TO

............

lOTOl-P'I" lcn-al-o lcn-ai-TO

""tU......
Iorral-......

3,3ol-I"1Ja 3,3o'i.-fTIl. &aoi-PTO

Wol-.....

lcn-.l-,.1Ja
lcnai-a&

lcn-IIi-I'I'o

SBOOND AORIST

11li-""" IIlotI IIJe-TO IlJi-,.1Ja IIh-fTIl. IlJe-wo

1-.....

........

i~.

.t-""" ,l-ao l-TO .........

.1-,.8a .1-fI'Ih

IXDIOA.TIVB

I
wanting

136-P'I" 130V Z30-T0

.r-I'I'O

136-".,8a 130-ITS. I30-PTO 241

a....... ........

. ..

Digitized by

Google

965-969.J

T {(JrllJ.l., t1Jp.t, 8l8Q)p.t, tUT1Jp.t, AND CO][P()UNDS.

SUBlUlfCTIVB [OPTATIVE]

(ht-IUI"

Sfi-o 8.i...,.o, etc.

SI-aSa,

f!-IUI"
1&-0

,l-ro. etc.
i-a8a&

aot-IUI" 30i-o 30i-7"0, etc.

wanting

INFINITIVE

3cS-cr8a,
PABTICIPLB

wanting

i-poor,

0", "

acS-I"l'Of.

0". "

wanting

SBOOND PUTUBB (goB).

SUBlUNCTIVB

f. . .a" etc.
Sov
81-aS.

~,-

3'; 3kCI&, etc.

3iJ-,-

wantiDg

IXPBBATIVB

'1,"'-.

H...-

30v acS-aS.

S.-a8f

....... .......

3cS-aS.

8E-a8."

acS-as."
Oft'. pnG', np4-,

968. :Mark the usual compounds of-CT1I~-,

a. """'..... : dira-, dn-, laa-. b-, 1.,-,

b.
0.

cL ~: ....... cbf.., ~, la

&L....... :

t1Jl"': ......, .s.,.., Ia-, IE-, ..., 1UI8-, pd- a~, 1IJIO", "(lOII-. cnw-, dMIo, dn-, la., '.', i,,-, 1.,-, ".TG-, ..,..., ..,...

lItro-,

wpo-, ..potI'.

'+--

IE-, .... nI-, ,",-, np-, npc-, 1IJIO", crw~ 6f-.

967. The P-N morphology- of the verba rts"", r"", 3[3.", flTr'l'" and their compounds has been determined by the general agencies and infiuences indicated in 936-7 and 774-5. Now dealing here with the reduplicated class of pc-verba in particular, it must be noted that the tendency for a uniform thematic sonant (758. 775), and the preaence here of a contracted subjunctive (r,BM, BM, ,_, It, .,.eSit, Sis. b;r, etc.), as well as imperfect indicative (,.,.&8_, -"; 13(30"", -ov), called forth a systematic:aJly contracted coDjagation. Accordingly868. The above verba, ever since Htunea, appear now in a contracted, now in a barytone form : .,.il1l",: fJ-B .,.,I&i, 'fir, -fi; etc.-or rE"", 'flf, -fl, etc. (N ,1_ 959). df-&I",: fJ-B dAf>cw, -,ir, -i, etc.-or .... -tes, -', etc. (whence N ~- gol,

960), ~ (~? 960) ~ (g6o).-Felt throughout aslimpleverb (710). /11.,,,,: fJ-B 3ca&i.t -ois, -or (-fir, -i 251) eto.-or /lIBGr, -flS, -1&, eta. (eo N).

Cnt,,,,: fJ-B IIFftI, +, -t. eto.-or 'IFnbrw and ']....,-, -fit, ..." etc. CN cmatr. 900 f.). 969. TieHMI-TIeQ,-Ti8c.o-N eiTOI.-Owing to it. hard pronunciation

in popular speech, the form rt8. has been cha~d by diwimjlatil)D and metathesis to 8,_ (126. 143), and then modUled to 8f.,.. thloup the iDiueDC8 of such forma .. aiTI, ri8cT., 'kTI. t'rlecn, neuAl,

142

Digitized by

Google

T l/Jqp.t, 11111.t, 818Q)p.t, tUTlIp.t, AND COMPOUNDS.

and popular compound! [11

[889-988.

hikro, 18ETo, and particularly 8CTdr, el,",~. kTcadr with their n1lDlerouI
.. OKaibellCJ96 (-CIO 2732) ban... OreatLouvre Pap. 333I1W1pc1TEI"",. Bermas Via. I, I, 3 I: 2, I, 2 TE"" (or TdJiiI). Acta Tho. 93. 10 .poalTlfhwro. Acta Thad. 277, 20 I.,,,,... Acta hdr. 9 .PfH1TlI-, I.,n"",. Leont. Neap. V. J. 450 46 IIWIpcln',,,,. Theoph. 423, 23 Stud. 1713 c (Cp. heir. C. Method. 1332 C trpfHITtftrn.)

.apaIij-.

I.,TEI,,,,.

860.. A4I-iHM.-~.OO-~ilO (N A4IiNIO gcn)-~oo-~.-The laat form is a. contraction of the preceding d~. (152) [incorrectly accented . . . aa in Luke 5,20; 23.7,47; 48. John 20, 23. 1 John 2, 12] which again ia a. contaminatory product of dq, le (la.)'. (116). the latter having been, since G times, a very popular lu'batitute for ita Iynonymoul but irregular ~"'''' .. Sept. 2 Par. 26,5 & tnnI_; 80 hen. 468; Matt. 6, u I: Luke 11,4 dflop.O'; ]lark I, 34 I: 11, 16 ~ ; Matt. !h 2 I: 5 (D) ~rGl. Bev. 2, 20 d4>tir. CLeemana Pap. Or. ii. log, 4 flGpcltfHow; 231,4 dnl_. Sext. 32, 32 dft&. Socr. 404 ~ ~.p; Apophth. 280 ~ ~,,; 97 C fife'; Ea&. AIu .fOG B ~flP; Doroth. 1632 ~ ~p.w. 1633 ~ ~ (write ILp"J; Leont. Neap. V. J. 78, 5 d.plop.f1l; 30, 12 (:a .) I: 78, a (:a) ~!UP; 73, 6 d.plo_ ; 78, 7 (:a) dfloJ ;-Matt. 13, 13 lIVPloWIl. )(ark.., 12 tnnI'-,; Bermaa Jland. 6, 2 I: 6; II'IlPat. Apophth. 280 C ~f'.
881. 6iACI>M.-A.AOO-AiAIO (eo No 996111)'-Sept. Ez. 2, 21 I: 5, 13; !iT 1 Cor. 11, 23 ...".at3tTo; Acta.., 35 lIciilaero; Apophth. 340 0 trpoIt.... ; Acta Tho. 42, 28 d.oallleTf; 39, 19 d.,31ll1To; Acta Joan. 47, 16 '31ll1To [Kark) Liturg. 307 p.nall..... [Oreg. Nu.] ii. 71241F11pf3lar,r (write -ker); Apophth. 340 0 ...,.Ilk.. GTegent. 600 B trapf3llleTo' Callin. 78, 30 ala. (ubi IIcIWt Leont. Neap. V. J. 62, 23 I: 76, 15 31.... ; a1ao V. S. 1725 ~; 1733 C; V. J. 73.15 bllB,er; V. B. 1733 ~ (VincL) 3111"r; V. J. 80, 3 I: 11 -paIlka. 23, II etc. ala,,; 41, 7 31kT. j V. B. 17, 29 B 1.3110110''''; V. J. 77,4 & 9 ~~r; 62, 17 j 72, ~ j 77, 7 & 14 3111". j 4?> 7 31a-; or 7 1Ica3l_, etc. So :Ell. Patr. J 137 ~ j Martyr. A.reth. 34 ; JeJun. 1913 D j _ finally Theoph. Porph. and N paasim.-See 99611'
862. -ICTHM.-icTANIO (from ICJTdl'll'), N cTAiNIO (723. goo)_1CTHKIO (from IU'Tf//CG 723). N CTK(J) (965)-3"aTo- (P-B),IE'17T't1t. (Sept. NT, etc.), W'apccrni_ (Philo. NT, etc.). CIA iv. 6306 (32 B. 0.), 26 llTTflPfl'E4n1,.. dp". 1884 p. 167-8, 13 (B.C. 48-tIl7) trtIp&CJTalm""o~. llitth. m. 252 (Inl A.D., Athena), 75 trapaaTapiT.! alao Acta 1, 6 (Beza) dwoIfClTClCJTa.(W. Great Louvre Pap. 257 CTT&,.._ (for m-). ib. 1711 W'apaan.r &up.cSIf,op.-'II7t'a. [from mil, -fir etc.] (Dioae. etc.), d4HCTTciGII (LuCo, Teat. Patr., etc.), &cCTTd. (Dion. Thr.), IE&lTTd. (M), 'tfxeJTci. (Dioae. etc.), 11*8",,0.. (Diod. etc.), W'ClplCJTa. (Dion. Thr., Sen., etc.).-See aJao 965 f. & 996llr

p._.

888.

The remaining .A tense forms follow the conjugation of

80nantic barytone verbs, with the following deviations: a. The stem vowel remains short in several cases, as : 8fBop.a.&, Wt1uop.a.&, IUlJ.qv. b. The stem vowel is irregularly lengthened in the forms .Lea, .tp.a.&, TI8YJKo. (P Tl().ucG. after .tKG.), and Tlf).&p.a.t.
Pl A dift'enDt but too elaborate and improbable theory 11 propounded by GlIataidakil in KZ zfii 105-117. Cp 993.

243

B 2

. Digitized by

Google

883 0-887.]

TlO'f/p.t, r'f/p.t, 8l8&>p.t, ttrr."P.t-TEOII'f/tetl.

988 c. The singular of the 1st aorist active of n9?,p4, r."JAI, 8L8w", has -K:- for tense character: 19?,,,,,, ~"a, 1&.1CCI (952).
984.
Ti9HMI iHMI AiA(a)MI iCTHMI

(stem 'f) Future lIt Aor. Per!.

(Item ')

(Item 10)

(Item Im&)
~.,

14.,
.,.11,,_

..,.., .tn

""_ (om)' aiDg.) ~_ (OIIlJ oiDg.)

(P.,.4'fUla) PerC. pue. (.,.I'fellll 963. b) Aor. pall. hllrpFat. pall. 'I'f~0'-

'101_ (oDl111Dc.) ''nII- aet up' 1ITfIfT. 3410rn ltand'

3110/l1li laoe". 3014.0/l1li
~o,-.

"-'

rr_

er.".. 114.0/l1li

Plup. f'"I" 'ItoocI' (P-B Icmz,-) laft."..

984b Inetead of .,.11..,-, .A writere commonly 1118 - ; . (991).

986. The intreneitiV8 perCect (aubj. 11Mi-) hu given birth to a new preeent IJIMi- (found even in Sept. and KT eto.P]), and in UIOCiation with fnllJII \inllJII x 11Mi-) to Jl lni_. Again thill con taminatory form, taken in UIOCiation with .nJ"., (or..,.at"opac), hu led to the further N form (..,.at"., x a~_) .'I'fIlftI or rather 17,,1_ ; mark further (tITtIp.G.I x..,.i_) 1..,.1_ (Belth. 391. 395; 785.845.561 t.""",,). and finally recent N(.~_ x..,.at".,)..,.,;..,. Cp. 9~1l"

'nII-

988. Several forms of the intransitive ICITIJ"a. and (la-nj_ are derived from the stem laTa, without tense character: Perf. Indic. inl_. ftrrG,-", ,,,,.;w't Subj. Infin..,.a_

.,.&.a," Impemt. '''''-/U'' '.Part. 6 ,trr,;,r, or

~

.,.~" " ,n;Wa, 'If

PIpf. Indic. In'YII. lnaaall

Subj. ',""",P.

987. The conjugation of the perfect ICITIJICCI is followed aIso by Ti9vq1CCl 'am dead' (perfect of or 'die '), 8C&&m 'fear' (with no present).
Go T9NHKIo.

*'"" *"'"
SUB.TURCTIVB

Ped.

.,..s."m -mr

IRDICATIVB

-a"
",~'rOf/

.,..s.a"." .,.,IhaT .,..8,,017,"

Plop.

nt.&ftW

.,.,8.",_, -ICyr, -"11 ete.

.,.f8..s, ' die

InINITIVB

IXPBBATIVB

.,..8111i11a&
PABTICIPLB

InSrnJa&ll, -air, -IeU

etc.

n8ner, -imw n8...., -cSnr

n8..&.aa, -'If.

For the paN cODjOgatiOD of ns""m see 736-9 and 91)6111'

(1J 8ept. k

ss D (.~a""'),

14. 13 (v. L). 3 Beg. 8, 11. NT Kark 3t 31 ; &Ill 14... Chr)ot. i. NU, 2S2.L Stud. 1736.L

244

Digitized by

Google

THE VERBS

8/8oLlca

AND

ol8a.
IXPBBATIVB

, SUBJUNCTIVE &at. (&ao,-) etc.

Na,S,

&ai!". ete.

I&&i,"II' or -q

& la~ait".

tis;
~

ladola.r ,,-. &/a.aL r '1S l&aoUm" &I&al"

:=;;

lala'I""

I&&Uc."...

(or I&akaa.

IN&"a,," ,.~. ~ ,/ &awr & afaOlMr

INa,"., . '.

' I...:n...~B '" "'''0.4'' .~, a~&I_ & &&&,P ARTIOIPLB

"

."

af~&&a~, ck-IW

" &&via & afa-via, M

888. In P popular speech this verb retreated before t/IofJoV"", (cp. 937). It does not occur in Biblical compositions and is extinct in N, while .A 4fjoiJ"", is still the universal term in colloquial N.

888. Here is to be classed also the defective ol&& 'know,' which is used 88 a present and borrows its aorist from 1'yrNa-Kf get to know.'

olaa

IXDICATIVB ola8a ola~"

SUBJUXCTIVE
d&i. daDr

IXPEBATIVB
icnw icrro.

'la,."

IlOIXITIVB j&,,,& ia" ,anr or g&laSa & ga"r or iia""ea dad"., ~l&l"r, .la.l" daha, etc. ja. ~~ ........ PARTICIPLB , let.". 11 I.,.". ~la"'r, ck-or :a is; j&,,.,,& la,." daor, " 6&,"&1"" .lavia, pr f&a. Future f7cro"", 'aba.U know or learn,'-Aorist f}NII ' got to know.'
(110. In P-B Greek 0l3a is conjugated regularly: 0130, olaar (also olatr due to .la", as Gr. Urk. Berlin 261 [t23]; Great Louvre Pap. etc.), ~,oidapn, ~, o&aarr,"; ia"", i1a~,r, etc.; future ~la,j_, aorist~ra.,aa ; -the syncopated forms having disappeared during G times. Hence in NT we only once read frracn" (Acts 26, 14), and once frrf"f (Heb. 12, 17; perhapa a.lao in Ja.s. I, 19), whereas the regular P form i. common. Cp. Sept. Deut. 4, 3S tlaijcraa. Philom. 388 .lab-. .a Cbrya. ill. S95 C .lam.. .

'''"

Lrnw

frraa,"

Lrnw

etc.

.la.

frr8afant
&aft frrf".("a)"

oDe ; who boWl"

970.. In N Glk ie extinctL except perhape in the etanding phraae yis

Ka'ljIlOf

CIlilf Heaven bows,'

971-878. See p. 2-47.

246

Digitized by

Google

974. Other verbs following the conjugation of JOT'II'"

STE.

d.u.r,.JI' 'benefit'
2

dllll

O"'1 CTI

..

FUTURB

AORIST
~"ijll'l" (P&III.) ';'"".,.01"1"

PERPSCT

REJlARXS (937)

fZ""CTG

G d"'_A
fffrr).'1K4
fr~ff>"1JCTIM"
fr~rrP'lICG

~f>";'"

N <1>.>"01

d..u.a-I"U (middle i ffi-I'--rr>',,-I" ' fill

~
CD -=I
'--'

3 ."i-JA""fTP'I-I'" bum

ffM ff>""B frpG

5 aVJl'll-I"" , l an 6 brlOTapllO know t

4 o~-f'4" admhe

3:a JfflOTtJ
/1Cpf1M'
<l>ii,

~P1J6

d";'CTapm lI'>'qvGt fr>"'I'6q CTOIM" ffP'ICTI ffP.".,.a;"Opm &,odCTOIM"

~v,,;,CT?pm

lfr>"'JCTG
br).".,.6'1"

A aor. subj. dMll"."". 3l1li10; Infin. 1$1IfUT6GI H fr'F>'o.., A fr>".j8Gt, fr>''1pO... A-N 'Y,,,,CGt H fr'l'"pOl, B-N 7rP~CTICI, A "UI & "ui"" N "ail

lfrP1JCTG frrpijCTB""
- or ?-a,.,,~6'1" ~1OT1JB""

~aB""

frfffP1JCTIM" a.a"""I'IJ'

t.:)

'ff'OT1JCTOI'O'

1/'"

In tb, p~ . nd 'm....r. , .bj..... """ 3Wapru, h,llTTaI'Ol, Kplf'Of'O" have reoeeIlive aocent: 3.l.",1'Ol,

;
~
~
~
tI

;j

Q)

7 lCplpa-pm 'hang' 8 <1>"", '.Y '; lee 975

I"pt~CTOpm <1>"
INDICATIVB SUBJUNCTIVB
+1.0.

I
.,r.6. q,G"i ltP'I
~",'

I1TQtO, " pll'olO ; and drop

''''I1T'''f'Ol,

"pt /AOJI"" , 3_0, the 11 of the endiDg 11O,

'"i

with contraction (7 6l . 78l . 934) : '''(/1'1'''',13';"""

IJrrl/l'l'ftI.-FI- N 3':'01'01, G-N KP'I'O/A0l (77+

g ~

996 .. ),

976, CONJUGATION OF THB VERB ......,.t.

<g N" :l
-!l
o

>

o ~ ....rv

CJ

I
I
~

4>'1'"

<1>", (<I>or)

4>rpl.

<l>G>
~I'f"

q,Gpi"

q,GT'

.,..... .""'.
4>ur <l>ijT'.

IXPBBATIVB

4>p

~fT&.

14>'1" l4>ii1'f"
1"

14>""so (I)
~.w

lq,GT.

l<l>aCTtJII

4>ai'l" </>o,I'f"

........

</>oi",

</>0'' '

4>0-;."

...

cf>U8i (1) tjxiTGt ftT.,,, Ipa.,. ~Gt"

INFUUTIVE

.a. . .

</>at" .,..

4>0,,",
PARTICIPLE 4>O"ICGt" (9969")'

-e..

Kuerla 356 f>a'i 'Arr"';;" .Id 'EAA'I ...Air. '") Ph.,.... ''''''' 'aT. 1'~"wapG ToO. dpXaloe., &AA' W'Y"'" Te) 8~ wA"/lTo",.,."afa.

~,

~ftvMJI.

:145

m i-.

87L In 2'-B aompoeitiou the IUbjuaotive "aw, .llir," &ppe61'Ioaauicmall,y

oar tezta, but iD UDIIOhoJarJ.y pzoductioDa it _ _ to be .. meze DIiIBpe11iDc of Rvr, eta. (m Nlaw, llis) from lkw (Op. 717 [IJ &; 9134.).

9'12. Aa regards ita meaning, the verb rUT'II" is tnmBitifHI in the present, imperfect, future, and rst &oriat active; ifltnmBitifHI in the md aoriat, also in the perfect and pluperfect active and in the future perfect (997, 1). 'get up,' 'atand.' 'setupformysel' 'amaetup.' aet up.'
Pre.nt Fut.
Aor. Pert.

"""I"
~/III

~.OJMU

rna,.u

ffM'IIIAGI

'C1TrJf1I&

Fut.pt

'11TrJI' ,.,.".. 'am .t&ndiDg'

'G"Iif/lll 'shall stand'

~o,.,aa

r.TIIIUU

I~"" -

IITa8fttso,.,aa

IIITdItpo

(ItlTf1a)

('~/III)

878. But P _Irra- (active) Sept. Jer. I, 10; I JIaoo. 10, 20; npltl'ralftl. Polyb. 3t 90ft 7; SeD. 756,6; tlllHlIYGICfI Sut. 485, 5; '<#IfllTG.fI Polyb. 10, 10, 5; d.4f1Tf11r", Sept. 1 Beg. 15, 12 ; ~t1TGJMU Sept. Num. 3t 32 ; lTtWifITG,.. Polyb. 8, 3t 2; But. 312, 23; 216, 20; Kitth. xix. 2490 2 (tm~ Atheus) 'BA.,IIoAciwo. rf (-lll'lllphov); dfI'I1TGIrJ IJloeohos 20080.

'fI'rfIpi-

974, 971. See opposite page. 971 b. When not emphatic, the entire present indicative of 4/,A1 is enclitic .vo in the 2nd perlOn ""'r. (10:&, d. Cp. 982.) 978. Though very common in A, the verb 4>",,1 retreats before A~ in P times, owing to ita irregular "'- inflection (936-7). Even the NT writers make but a limited use of it, and that principally in the standing and parenthetical forme '4/ and 4/fTl", Ieee frequently t/Xuri". (t/>'Ipl only in 1 Cor. 7, 29 10, IS; 19; so.)
878". Aa a matter of course, N preserves no trace of "plo

W'I7. Preeeded by the negation ol., the verb means dm" imperfect form has the force 0 an &oriat: lJ(Iid; hence the real imperfect of 4/pl is 't/>aa1f0l1 from f/>41T/f1lll (C)96.).-The normal future W" and &oriat '4/fTlI are used in the senae of tI88Irl,
~-The
~.

'41""

t"pl

8'18. 9- The verb ~pl , 18;,' i. foulld only in the following forms: ~,d 'say,' 4. tI ~ 'quoth 1 f a' ar 'quoth he,' 4 tI 4 'quotb she.' it 1 occurs chiefly in Plato's diaJoguea, but is foreign to P-N. (Cp. 60S.)

878. Conjugation of 2nd aoriat after IUTfIJ'.

lIO>ICATIVB

;{lr,.

1/ttIr

ill1=:
Iflrrcru

dtN3pa" ,a". ,apa

'l1'li'1Jrrn

I3pGf1f.

,apan ,apatrll.

d-rr-lfTfl'I" 'fT" Irrfj"

'fTfj",..."

'trIJvn

'fTfj'lfTll"

=
a47

~r
,~

z.y...

,aii.
l3ii

,aw/:

g::; ,.,..,....
r.y-"
~

,aVf'" ,aiir. ,aw-.

....
~.

._ _ _

Digitized by

Google

9'19-981.]

AOBISTS Al!'TEB EaT1JlI- ELP....

SUBJUlfCTIVB
(3~)

"

.,

(Jai". (Jai'lS (Jai

tUro-apal". 3pal"r
3pal"

tUro-ufJal,,,. tI'{Ja&"r
tl'fJal'l ""..
.~

yNl".

/Jai.... ".;...,,,

"-

1Jai,u.t

IJain lJaiE.

3pai,..t 3pain apain

Ipai.... Ipal..."

tl'lJai,..t
tl'fJain tl'fJoi..
lNJ'IlnTIVB

...." ...

~~ -r-....

y..l..."

)'PO!,..t )'PO"'" )'PO&..

tAloD

....,.... -,,......,,.
~,

~.

"-

/3ij
{3tU, G.ror

I chro-apiJra&

1tUro-tI'{3ij_

1,..-

rau-

/3dI

" /3Gaa, 'IS

par, a,.,.or _o-tI' ,r,11'I'OS ra" /3e" -3ph,,, -tI'{3;.." -3pGaa, 'IS -tr/3eitra, 'IS

_0-

I'

PABTICIPLB

'Uror law, Wror ')'1'6. " 3w, " poVtI'a, 'IS 3iicra, 'IS

)'POW,

SUBJUNCTlVB

"""'re
.~

flJ. /36r /3D,...

/3;,n /3ittr'"
{3ijB,

chro-3".
a -

tUr-fJ&
tI'/36

,.,.. "
/3;'/3ijt-f

afHIf

tl'f3ir

#If........

apO>tr&P
dd-apa8& -3pcirM

" ape,I"P apan

tI'/3;,rf tI'/3ittr'"

tI'~,..

. ....

" ,.... ,...,.. yNu,"

yMB, ~
'Y""'"

Y"!

3.

aUrIs

aUrJ

" ",",,"I'

" a_,.. aWtn"

aUqrI

......

IxPBBATIVB

.....

/3hr...

-3pcl..,.M. or /3Vr-aP or -3pcirMtI'aP 980. Bee opposite page.

.,...... -3pan
..,..,.."

drr6-tr/3'1" -tr/3~

.."..,..

t.,,/3'1" -tr{3;_ or -tI'fJirnwaI'

""!"" ....,."

"..-

or~aP

auB, aUnt u... an3m 3u.roraw-.

OrHBB SoLITAllY

VBBB8

IX -p.&o

88L
IKDICATlVB

1.

rl,.u 'am' (stem lti', "'18').

SUBJUNCTlVB

) :',., ItI"f"f 'Url" ~ t:.!" ... ItI',..

It It,..

t.

lttr,"

t..

mPBBATlTI

rfTTtll. & ,~
or ',.,.M.
lNJ'lBITIVB

;fTTM ,...."

Il.a&
PARTICIPLE

Ill', ',.,.or -a, otcr"r. U8

SII, "

Digitized by

Google

l!-oB-jliw
&.

~ ~~ III g!:

IS' ~ "
~ ~
aD

.80 .8Ij-vo1'4' (P-N4>8d-) 3 dtro.3~pOcra:lt run away' 3pa dtro-3pdv0I'4'

4 - ' endure ' b. Stem Vowel c: s 0p'_' run,' flow'
,,~o "~~-VOI'4'

Stem Vowel a; , *(10/>0' go 2 J~ anticipate'

STU

/la

~,,...,.,..,, "''-q,e"" (P-N '-.sa'f8ovo) mr..-3pa", as, a dtro-U-3pau

,.,.~""

FUTUBB

2nd AomlT

PBUECT

N .or. 't#w_a cl

ao" .... ~ (So,) '.nata

B. t 8~! f . f f S"'!
i
,z.~oS;~

"'Ii:'~

go. s:;: fr

(P 1nr-'3pava)

"-7'>'".a

P-N flgardC... N /3avr. (870)

ti ~ ~~ ~, go n S;
~ ~ .:: ~

It.. S
!
l!I
~,l:!.1

--.S;~ ~~ 0

~ *xaiP-'rejoice' = 6 vlJl-1'4' 'extinguish' 7

c." Stem Vowel 0:

p.n,-vol'4' I-pp""" (P,....) (PI_) )(tJIH r~"XW p X"PFI'4') vIJ. mro-rTIJ'IrToptl' mr-;-vIJ'I"
pw

I-p"v'l"'--XUp,,a:a mr-l-vIJ'I"'a:a

G-N)(olpol'4"Xat*,Nxopov- w ,...IIO'&xa,pd,..._(=xat".,,)'" N vIJw. or -~"., vIJWIt, Iil v{jvpi_ (vIJ'I-) ~

0

atl&BI

.,..,............

9 o~ p' live' 10 Alua:o"". am taken'

0 <go

"",........,.., 1-,(G-N ')'*OW)

8&0 Ao
{J&ko"".

1.-,-..
(Ik-IJt.-1-aA_Ita

N,..w..,....; -

I-IJl."

ii.I!-~ ~ 'B ~.....

~ III

1
ID

Ii'~ , ~ ~

s;.!"

Ii'JI

AoIHrol'4'
3{,.,,01'4'

1~a>.It"

CT '<

"

N" a.

cl. Stem Vowel v: 11 3wl'4" ~ into' 12 O.U-oI'4' grow'

3v

4Jv

4JV-v01'4'

1-3JJ" l~jj"

ai-3ii-_ rri-f/Jii_

N .1I'I'pIo".

i; if'~II . i
r:t'

" 2:...., ~ - 0'"':"'" ~

i i go
f
.::s
~

I
II\~

is 81 B
!a,~ ~!

~ ~ :

C)
'0

Bij:i~

re CD
~

("i)

.I

881-986 c.] PECULIARITlE AND

ConMualion/..- p. '48.
IIT~IT'f, 11T0,"a&.

P-N

HISTORY OF

Eip.l.

(IITII J63), I,m" (136, 1)-l......... I .....".......JrtdpJa, Aor. Subj. (Optat.] ilToi"."I'. Inl.IlTflTla&. Part. ilT6pnor. 981. With the exception of the one form.1 'thou art,' the entire p~t

Future:

11T0I'4I, ilTn

indicative of f/pl iellftClfUc (102, 11), when it 18"" as copula' am' (U49), but it 11 orthotone when it carriee emphuil and means ezi8t. 983. The 3rd person singular la paroxytone, 'a7"a. when it begine a elause. 11. when it means Uulre exist., tItmI v. c. when it etands for 'Efa7" it v ".",mt.d. d. when it comes after ells, /lW, .I,.u-alao after elided dU' and 7'M. as : rft 'fIT',., 7'oUr' 'a7" id /lilt, dU' 'fIT', 91N. In composition, .Ip! draws back the accent in the indicatiTe and imperative, u: . . .'/4, ...., n,.I77'" ete. . .d.-but npiil, nrir, etc. np.. ,"", wup4w; 'IrG,r;., wapijs, ete. wap4fI7'IK (from waplaf7'G& 136. I). 983. Notable P-N forma of "pI (cp. Winer-Schmiedel u7 1): B-N ~lpm B-N fr".1a (N .r,,'l77'a) Imperatift elafll (773) " ~ld. (ftl77") P-B'ao,Nfaw; P-N'""JI-N'., (1_), N.l (.Waa) [11 " (II'QI), Nel.,(el.lII) [11 ~4nw;~;

'I"

P-NIf"".tsl,B-NIf~ " ~r III "lfaov"" ([Nil] 545 B)

~[I]).

P-N If",Ba (NIf",1mI, also ijpatlT_ Sol"} ,,~7'" N 1Ia7'f (also lfaGl7na. 801) ~~.. " .....,Nalso~. 983". InJl-Ncompoaltiona, chiefly thOle of South Italian G_lt,a curiolll inflnitiTe .1a"" (.lflT'GI) 11 often met with, probably coined by B soribes after the ancient medio.puaive in.flnitiTe. u: Chron. Mor. Prol. 168 &; 4831 'IA" ell77'G&. This form, however. 11 foreign to popular ~h in Greek countries.-Jrlsrk further that in Q-B ~'p! I8rv8S also for Il, and ~,... for 11,... (u Acta Xanth. 60, 3S). 981. In Q-B diction, tiP! heinS felt too irregular 11 very often replaced by 6trcIpxCII, eapecially in theaubj., psrl. and fut. (937. 1845, 2107). Moreover the subj. 11. ir, 'I, etc., often 1UI8UII1C1 the form oUhe indicative (op. 779\
[11 The apelliDg r.f, IItarted by _ N IOribe&l who olaim to _ .. IJI8ta. thesis from I , is nuptory. Equally 1IJlteDable is tha apelliDg adopted by the Great publio at la1'g8 (owiDg to its formal ooincidence with tha A in1lDitive f1.a,) and now accepted 117 GHatsiclatia (:107) who pleadl that the terminal-e (Le. -a.) is due to the two other enclinp .11'4 and .1a-411. But it will be remembered that Greek, whether A or N, mOWl of 11.0 auob verbal 8Ddinp; it is merely aware of the t'all termiJIatioD. -MAl -CAI -TAl. Now ift~ endinp had played .. part in the above p~ of cba.Jlp from I .. to - . it woald haft led to iTAI &; ./TAI, not to EN.I &; .rNAI. Race it is more rational to _ e _ _ imllation of terminal to the precediJIg thematio 1- (aooented .. it is), th1I8 prodllllinc the 11 form iN4!, atW OlUTtIlI.t in 80me dIaleotl (Crete, Oyprm, 801lth Italy, eta.). AI to tha ultimate t'orm d.f (4!n), it hu beeza obtailled b7recre-ift _imllatioll. of the Item 1- to that of all the ran tl- (4!i-pm,

.1_

~i.".~).

i_,

d-,....

PI The form 'aD is due to -"'Ico, fl77'Oco, -"8a" after ftvAlkcoy, mcoy, 7'IIAlccoy.-J'or ~ IUld Ifa.,.., lee 116.-"IIaft &om 1ftIT'CI/.-"87'C1117_ from ~.
011. the lnquent _ iD. G-B of tr- for

"fIT'6r, HTo) a....a7'oW .",w I. IpyllCr, HTo) 4,,",.

tal Phr,yn. 130 HMHN "

'17ftI, op. Clam. B. ad Cor.... 5 "TO) nr 'E"w,w, HTo) rt~r ... ~fI lWr-, HTo) ~
7'GCf .xalar, "-

ni tllplalff7'fll
a6AOIIfOl"

'pfts. w.' ~N
N XIfro ..
I

'''''' Xoerill51 'I). An III Phr,yn. 1-. HC I. Aoyopf

d Ar,onr ~c ... ~.

HMHN 'EMI}I".'

AI'Y' _

NCe..

~.,.,

XoariI16. ~CeA A7'7"

HC 'lW.IJIuM.

250
I

Digitized by

Google

----...;.... -

~--=-.;.."",;.

- - - - - _. -

si tibi auaue eat.'

l1li:

CGL 230, 9 t h

1101

."Bel leTt

'si tibi auaue eat.' 650, 7 h

1101

t)3rS CTtV
I

988. 2. XpV (se. laT') 'it behoves,' is an indeclinable substantive (xpla? 20 e), but coalesces with ,lpl and produces the following forms :

XPi (ie. XPl" ri) JpijN' (i.e. XJH" .well) t"O xpftw (indecl.) xpij" (i.e. x.pCG 4.) XJlfhJ (ie. }(plG dll)
XP'; (ac. lIlT,)
Bc

bmICATIVB

SvB.Jt7lI'OTIVll

INFINITIVE

PARTIOIPLE

-XP9.

ODce in

887. The verb ~ appears to be foreign to P-B 8peech. It oocun only the NT (.Ju. 3, 10), ita place having been taken by)(IItE" 'lIT'" or X,.;"" 'x''''. a aubstitute 8till common in N. 887 11. The form ,b'oxpij (not dft'XP'l) eta. belongs to d~(996llt). 988.3. ,l", 'shall go.' Stems d .. (cp. 929) &: l-(cp. Latin ;'re).

1r,..
.r,...

INDICATIVE

.1

t ...

.len"
I ...

fa,

SUBlUJrOTIVE r,1r ~
I,...

IXPBBATIVE
,rill

i"

Lien"

1.,.,. Lrr.

tGocr,o
INJ'INITIVE

,,,...

u.",

'tot

.!o'np

PABTICIPLE

I."

IcSvro~

lIS" " IoVI1R -lIS

go, Gp. App. iv. 4), but the IAlbjunctive, imlnitive, and participle may refer

888. The present indioative 01 .1"" bu alw8J1 8 future meaning (Mal

either to the p~t or the future. IL Op. PhqD. ~ thrfA.HOp4l 1IID"niWClll', "",U'M"ou' cM. -,dp 01 36.."..,. *o,.r . . . .s,xa/- -,..,ata cM. DAGr_ ft'XP'l"" d.l'rl Il~ "~roV rfj .i:nlMt ](lit n1 nU dl'Ofl34I1'" tIIo-aVr.". icLrt "n.AftlI16/Awor 6.AAor dror 'UpowA;;r: TOVr' oW '1IIIpW 'Ipt63ou +aBalpca.or ~ [xpij. JJ EndtciJN .,...0.. Ri.,a, ' ..1.."" ~ d.AA' 06w fnlfAQI10p4l. lIeeriIII5 4...,11." ATTIWWr dnAf1iII'fTGl

rii""""'
.r""

'w

'AA.,,,,,,,,.
o

888 11. In P..JIliterary production8 the verb ocoun BpOradica1Iy, and that merely in composition (chiefly d..., It-, "". CJIII'-). while N shows DO trace of it.

only

990... '''&pa.& 'lie,' 'am laid,'

w.,...,..., ("i_"", "iD) ".i..",.,"

St1B.JUJ'OTIVB

rcI1J"'nu

_,-",.",

IXPBBATIVB lCfi-cro "Ii. . .

etc.

IXI'IXITITa

"fi-erSa.
PABTICIPL.

"ft..~.

251

Digitized by

Google

881-898.]

KtW7JpaL-VERBS

IRREGULAR IN FOlUI.

99L Cl. Compound.: &N" dn., 11., '-'" '1fI., RN-, . . . 1ft-, 1f~., vVy" In all these forma the infinitive ,"u,1fu retaiDa the aooent on the penult, contrary to rule 70+

ko.".,,,.,.

,4

881. b. K.i"., supplies the paaaive of ner,,,, (964b). Hence OIIp}(fWTff nBlatT' .o"uwr-ol .01'0' Kfil'rCU. lJir.riha n\ Mr~a-n\ MrM mu.
99S. Though common in P-B composition., '"iI"" does not survi" in N, eitherllimple orcompound. It ia true that some recent acholara(GHabidakia in KZxili 105-117) see a direct survival in its preaentNlUbatitute . .TO,.. 'lie down,' and so write ,"1'1'0,.."., but the arguments adduoed fail to carrJ conviction. There is but little doubt that "otTO,..". is directly uaoeiated with . ..", (atill common in N) 'berth,' 'roost,' _ _ 'bedchamber' (cp. wapi'_Tlr,..".-,,~. ,,"flITor, N _nC., and .""., 'go to rooat,' etc.).

994. 5. lKGbr,1U" I sit.'

mlCA'ITflI

1IdIrr"., ..",."II&IIJ.u.,.'I'IU mIIi,....",..",. .u.,.Pn&

or ,.",.".".
nIij"o ......

".,.".,..." .ur,-...al ""'-::J,!~. ~ "",..,.,.. d8rJ.f1f,",-- ..,.",..............

.",.".". .4101-0 dIoa'TO ~ ... etc. p. ___
....., . -

811BlVWarnrJ:

hlPD.t.ftva

t"'
'\1

(")'1'0 I -'" ....... ~n S 'd8rJ-af. '.",""0 I or,.",.,.. /III,..af.

.-~.pda

nIij..,o

-I~:'~ _........-

991. In P-N speech ..",,..,,. is naturally felt BB aimple aDd. lite other llimilar verba (936), has adopted the normal ending -DpA&' viz. "uo,-.fut. ~., or "all"., (also ti6.T".,. from .asltl . " " . 136,3).-_""".. or """I"pl"or ' _ted,' &: 1ICIItWf'f"Gr 'aittilll.'

IRREGULAR VERBS.

ANOJl,AI.r ]N 'l'HB OONJU9,A'l']ON.

Genwal Bemarb. 998. G. The casual absence of a verbal form in A does Dot necel' sarily exclude ita actual eriatence from that dialect; in a great many casea it is a mere matter of chance that it does not occur in that portion of A literature which has come down to us. b. A great many, if not moat, of the verbal forma marked here .. P (poat.claaaical) do actually occar also in pre-Attic or dialectal (chiefly Ionic) Greek! and thua are not P novelties but forma a.lread1 current in previous literature, poaaibly also in .A (cp. G).
c. In order to Bave room in the following liat of irregular verba-which doea not profeaa to be exhauativ_the names of ten_ and moods have been omitted whenever they aeemed aeU-evident. Neverthel88ll, for the aake of abaolute clearn-, the following order haa generally heeD followed, BBIUDIing that the respective verb exhibits a complete series of teD_ : Preaent-Imptlrfect-Future-Aoriat-Perfect-Pluperfect. d. In N the imperfect aDd aoriat are Dot marked BB being regularly formed from the preaent and future reapecth'ely (693), BB : ""palnI 'wither' impr lpa,....-flat. (Id) p.apc'D1OI, _.1".0,-,.. mJd.. &; paa. ptJpOl"o,..". 'fade away,' imprt ,,,,,,,ur-/IIIIfI"-flat. (ta),."",., _. '",,~-p part. paa. p4f1G/Apwor.

252

Digitized by

Google

-- - - . - ---_.

-------:....-.. --

IRREGULAR VERBS:

a:ya.p.a.t.--atUXVIIO'J.

.,

.,

.. For the foJ'lDAtion of the future with or without Bel _ 686 and App. iT..... I. . . In all the cas. where no authority ie given, the reader ie referred onoe for all to WVeitch, or to Kllhner-Bla8a ii. 334-577.

1 'admire '-nal"l-d")'Iicro,",,-nauS.,. (974. 1(04). In P-B rare, ita place being taken bylravpaC.,Ui37),now Ira~C" (179) or eommoner ,.,.Co,.., (llD, 674).
2. O(I:Y"I") lCcmipvp& &: -...

'lGfIA'

'break'--aE-

1CGTl~-lCtIT;OYIA

U".,

Abnormal but hardly queetionable Q-B fol"Dl8: ICGTfdtfUl"l'fr, llaTtcrri, ,",Tet." found in Bippocr. (cp. allO PI. Gorg. 46? D ATfG-yiiN,), Ap. Rh., Epict., Ael., NT (lIIart. Petri 8a, as &: 33 llaT'4EfJ, ATNt-), etc. These forma again haTe led to a new Q-B present RT'(.Artem. 39. ; Athan. i. 733 .... ; 708 0), phonopathically contracted to "., (Cela. in Orib. L .497 :iI; Artem. 18. ; lIIart. Petri 8.., I). (150, c.)

'am broken,' (P -IOYl"")-lCarmY'l. (P -.4X""').

1rfIT8I"'&, Im.,.iira,

l8cov. 1Ix. ,,~ ..,ap A/-,-a, JIoaria 136 flll'ijx" 'ATTur&r,

cl d~ .. Ao.,..

B. *''P 'lead' -4Yo-~ aubj. d)GycIII-(P fER) fyayo., ~"', clya~g" clya-yW_~xa (P dorioxa) ;-/lEol"" (durat.), 8x69I10,"" (eft'ect.)~,",," fl'hryD. VI d'r40x" .r Tar aT' I. T9i flVllfl-r" Avatar ./Xf1'ITG', "I)

.r_.

xri A~.., dU' r.a ~... 3a8 4-ya.,.- _

".Af bfAcW.]

"T..' ....

dtIG'r40x.. 'EAA'I"lItOir.

PhryD. a5a r.. &f- 06 1"mo d I'fTOxl}. f1x.. MltTi. oW &ya.,.. ~ cl-ra,.s.., ."

Mlp.orim,r

4xol1' AI7'"

dU' OH d1'j6xaaa.

..a.v

,u. -..,ap. ,.

In N replaced by ~p(."', otherwiIe aani'riDg in

I..T., 155", OZ.,.. '10,' then in [b)"(,,)., 'go'-iUt. [b]"(,,)., (from b~t [op. u6~ ..when08 a DeW p~t _""'.,), IIOr. ''"ha, pm. pt. nnwu,.l.", (from which another p _ t wrna'-, often contracted to 1n7aW., or ~ 136) &lid
_7'I',.4 -then in (Crete) lecl(,,>- 'dwelL'

I...,.,,.. (DOWII,..) and I..,.,..

4. G;- , take ' - ipov. - alpJjl1. - .lAo. - ;p"ICa- Mid. alpoiiprl' chooae -Upou,.-alp9.ol""-dAd"".,-iP'll""- Pua. alpt6{p-0l""ripi",
0

~B forma: fu" IM (lA...' 1194 j op. afpcu).-IA.iTac (Sat. 577, 21), 't-fAW", (Polyb. IS, 22, 4), wap-.A.'".... (Diod. IS, 62), alpijcrac (DUm. H. 1. 3050 6). cbalp/pv (l'lut. iL s60 D).-aorr>.a--.lAcl,.". (Polyb. 2, 61, 10 ..,odl\.o.,-o. 4,51, 6 &: 37, I, 10 waptEAavro. S, 14, 11 'n.,tAaTO. 4t 4 .iAa.To. .1A4,..... Gr. l1rk. Berlin 362' [tillS], 6retA7p'CIC for i"".'" (Clam. A. 1. 2,.. ....). [Phryn. 116 ~TO /l"oc Ial ToIi Aa AI-,-.. dI1xt1PCWoWl illM' W Tot; Ac

ss.

Al,.tw. l4tU..TO. _

~cAO"""

I.,

AI,.... led nU 0, .w.a "I} Ial ToIi ]

6. *ar,..' raise,' 'lift '-;po-dt* {G-B &".., cp. 894)-~pa-1p4"" _-ijPIla. In N preMrved only in [.]. . .., 'talr.e away' (903)-..dpGI--bipa-wap,.I

6. *alcrtG"I'M feel '-;'I16aIld".".-alrrS;pol""1a66""-fla6",",,.

P-B fOI"Dl8: al,,~o,.., (allO al""""CI'OJMII Sept. Esai. 53, u)-jcrlGri"., (allO j".""". Sept. .Job 40, 18; lIanioh. 1433 B); al"",,,,4.Tff (Vita Nil . .Jun. al".....ls (alalra",.lr ? Acta Xanth. 6t, 35). - T-B pr. al-

.'0,-

Itipp. iv. 3; Leont. Neap. V.I. 65, I itl9fTO-TJtJfJ(u,no'). . . -B);

ffI}(V'Y-' faxv",-.
253

N: ;".,a"o,.., (1311". 176)-;f1..wOVI4OW-no more.

'I. o~ 'ahame ' - nlcrxv"';' - 611xvlfa. - Mid. alcrxWol""-alcrxv-VI"" (durat.), alcr](lW8l,cro,"" (eft'ect.).
P-B fOI"Dl8:

Digitized by

Google

998.-.J

IRREGULAR VERBS:

a.lCovo>-fja,8l,fI).
(998)-flC~oa.-P88I.

d.:OVf1'8,/crOI'4'-~lIoUa-8J,,,.

8.

cl.otlow 148 f.)-ckotlrr., _ _ _,""or.

P-B forma: lut. cIn!Ht.,-aor. '4~,,-pa8& pt 4collflJUl&. pIp! .... rlfA'II'. (dq_ for liqll*'" ADut. Sin. J88 c.) N: ucWo! (cl.oOr for ~f&r 153).~. uoVp", MoW" uow, &; Uoiir for

tcUcoW

'bear'-fllouw--d.:oVcrotMJ'

-UA." (ciAoE"", ciA""c", ciAovr)-IcD._ Br. fA-a ' am seized.'

ID P-N speech replaced b,. ~

9.

0tW.cnc0J&Cl"

am taken'-4A'O'lIdl'~"'" (&>.., IIA,r, &>., etc.)

10 ~ 'leap '-4Ud~oiitMJ'-1Adl"l" (4AdI"l")' (op. 937).

11. o~... 'mise' -;'pA{1r-P-fipopr;,O'ol'4'-fp.apro"-4~ -Pass. 41'4{1r1j8r,-4~-;,""fIJ"I"Jo P-B forma: d.~rI"-ipl.""'tIa. ID N prserved only in the BIbUcal ezp~ fSpapro " poll (Le. fS,.apnw

,.1

poll J4B) I

have ainnecL'

12. "4wAcncw Br. 4YGA6t. 'spend '-d..qA'O'lIo~'O'.-htil_a dIl1jA_.-Pass. d""loiiJlf'O-dIl'OA..8rjO'ol'lu--a."Au"".

1~ ,~,.seeor~~.

14. ,~ 'erect'-Irr-."...p8_ (74S)-d.op6/tcnt-d,,6Ip6-- Br. h".,.pS.cra.-Pass. Irr"..pSu,,-h-'1wfop8tptAo

P forma: '4.,oplJ4uu,,,-I.,-pIoVl''''' (CALobeok Phryn. 154). N: _IJpI6oJ.

15. ('"'-) ITV"-, drr. 'meet '--drr-fJII'njO'OI'4'---fTVI'-, uv....;""1O'a- chr-

ri""llCa.
P forms: .w~u.,.-Paaa. -cl"" fIVI/~""II'G'.

cl.,-,

fIVI/-all'TliiI'G'-CTUII'~OI'G'-cltr""""",,,

N: d.IIIII'TW &;

~x--fut. ~., &;

4t...

16. alYn60jloG' see l"arrWoptAo 17....... ' please '-fp'O'lIo..-dplO'''-fp'O'a-(P dp{yxlfa}.-J[ dpl. fTIIOI'4'-dp'O'OI'4" N: tlpIuu", &; .C",.-4uoo-4,.ua.

-fprnuca.-Pass. dprra0'8ljuol'4,-i"lfrOtTBr,.......,yprraO'tMJ'.

18. t~.. 'snatch,' 'Beize '-fprraCo~orrdO'ol'4' (Br. -M/iI)-;pnua

P-N forma: d."n,,,, &; d.pU (Sept. Lev. 19t 13 dpwf. Hoe. 5, 14~) -lute tIpwGt.,. Bor. fSpnta. N: ..,dC", &; d.pU, fat. -0.,.

19. aVl6._ Br. all.. 'increase '-"tJE-" Br. "3to-~~E,,.,.. "IfE""a. Pass. -ofllJ,-avEriuol'4' (durat.). alJE,,8IjO'otMJ' (eifect.Hv~ 'IflE'lI'41. [0 aor.iJEI/n. CIA. iv. 630 IJ [34 B.O.], 18.]

20.

'+L see 955 if. Br. 960.

21. 4xfot/- am vexed '-dx8fO'fJl'4' (durat.), dx!hu8~O'OtMJ' (eifect.) -~x8fus".-(P lCa,."x8'I"'lI'Or). 22. 0fla,8q.. step,' stride'-lIJQ&COll-tia3aoiiptAo
P forma: /343iUOI'G'. -l_ &; ...u-tJ.#dAIfG.

264

Digitized by

Google

!IS. 'waJk,' 'go '-chro-, ha-, 3ca-, fNlpG-, "po-, I.p;,ro".--, cD-, 1rIIT-, rnw-IfJ.,-fJ'fJrpca (fHfJ'fC- & fJefJt.r}.-fut. -fJlJ- 'shall make go'-aor. -'fJlJfTa. N: a-, cll'.-. lfIJ'rf-fJal_. also ll-trainI (from '1l-IJalrfoI)-fIlt.-s& (imprt. -{JDn. fIvm -/Jc8d.tIfT.)-aor. -I1lIJ-pt. -/JUp.4- (op. /hSGC.). 24. lfi'AA- 'throw '-{Ja).t.--I{jri).o-fJ'fIA'IlUJ. - Mid. -{jri).,wpmifja>.oll'l"-fJlfIA'IIM"P-B forma: IJA""'"o"." 1J.IJAI,tTofllll, active IJUA., (impn. IJ/U.,." Alchem. 32:1. 13 fl. five timee, et JI8IIIIim ubi male IJOMOI/I A: IJ/I)..ow; 333. 27 '''lJaAo~ (imprt.), ete. etc.).-Alchem. 311, ]6 N: /JG).N, commoner lJa"., (10 even Alcbem. 321, 19 A: 332, 11 IJd". imprt.) -fut. /JGAIIJ (imprt. 1J/U.,.)-I8aAa (Ant. )(on. 1516 0 '.-/JI&Aa& for '"lJaAt'" from 1-llJaAa)--lJaApbot (187") A: 1Japp.4!f0f.

*,._

:mm:GULAB VERBS: ~a.l1/O)-~p'XQ).

[998._.

',,-/J6Juu.

d.a-fJtfjGtIOpm & Ua-{J&/JMpm-.'flafJaad~.

25. *NJ&r.. 'make go,' 'bring'- -{3l{Jda. & fJ&{3&- -.fJ&fJaaa.-Mid.

P forma: 1uJ-/Jc8tuI"'/lO/MU~IJ&/J4tT6ri"-IJIIJU34/1'r41. N: 1uJ-. cll'.-, ltGTe-IJ4C also lJaC.. from 'p-/h84COI (m)-fIlt. -lJd/l. (Leo

Gram. 354. 22 -TG/JIuI.Il'''; imprt. -/J4tTTt 136s; op. /JcIlrOlBupra 23), also 1lGA. (from 'Il-/JGAAOJ)-acr. -4/Ja/la (also -//J4Aa)-/J4/1pJ"or.

as

26. (0,u.. 'live' P)-{3,/wopm-l{3l.aa & i{3~fJt.m (pB118. fjtfji.rai 110'). See Cd. 100. P fonu: /h&lt1OJ-cll'a-IJ,.'t'r.

mm

:no lfiA'- 'harm '-1fIAa..,--(3).d+-lfJ>.a,ya-fJlfIAaf/la & ,f!Ao""-Pass. fJ'A.a{3~tTopm & (3).,*"pm-ifJMf/lB"r- & ifJ'A.dfJ'I~-{3lfJ'Aapp4'
& ifAafAlMJ&o
N:

/JM+T. (A: IJA6./JoI175)-IJAm,,--/J1t.tJ~_.

28. ~_' bud,' 'Bprout '-ifJ'A.dlTTol1O~(3).aITTO_fJefIAdtrntt(Q. P forma: 1J~IJAGIITIt". (trana.) It -'4"01lO' (intr.).
29. UW- 'Bee'-(3).f+op",-ZfIA-ta. P forma: (3).l+-fJ'fJ'A..f/la.-Pass. fJ'(3).'IIP"'-poa-tfJ'Alf/ls"". Mid.

"'p&-fJ'A.,yapoor.

N: 1JA1- (also .,AI_)' .... imprt IIJAtn-the rest from ttaw; _ infra 64.

BD. *fW- 'about '-I{3oO)_fJoqo.opm-I{3o'/tTa.-PB118. fJaWllO" P forma : lJoI,/I.-1J.1J6'1"a~IJ~.IJ6ri/MU. N : /loiiI A: lJ_ _fut. Salt- A: IJovltt--r. '1Uria. A: 'lJoV.,ta from the inoeptin lJotC. or lJari,. t 868-71).
81. lfJ&tr-' pasture '-fJoaq_.-Mid. & PB118. fjdtTop"" P forma: 1J000,n,"OJlD' A: """"O/MU-'/J6/1If1}"o, Kid. 'IJOIIlfIJt1dll'l~. N: 1J6tT----soa-Jfid. /J6tTIIOJIf"-IJo"IfI}IW-IJOIIlfl}pJ"or. Oauatin A: Inoeptive 1J000itlC. (868-71).

82. ~ 'wish' (Bou'A." [763], {3otJ'A.rraa, etc.)-I- & 4-fJau'A.oP'l~ (722)- fJov'A~tTOpm- 1- et: ;'-{3ov'A.~8.,-fJrfJou'A.IJPO" P-B: /JotIA'III,,,o/MU. rCWeael,. N. Zaub. p. 3], 343 A: Alchem. 351, 34'. UA,r after "A,r, cp. Fl'rinch. 16 [tloIS] a.. a. .IApr MW /JoISApr.J N: /JWMJID'-lJovMjIGI.

PaIL ifJplx8Jp.

BB. UIP4x- 'wet' (P-N 'rain ')-1fJp'xo-fJfHE--lfJfNE--fJ'fJp.xa

P '1lp6.XV'.-N /lpIX. 'wet,' 'raiD '-IJ~Ilp4X'1"4-/JPC(.,),....

265

Digitized by

Google

IRREGULAR VERBS: Mid.

ya.p.Ea>-810>

B4. *yap.ioa 'marJ'I (aa.id of the man) '-rot. ya";.--ty,,,.,.~,...

rot. yapDiipAJ& (892)----,...yci""ptU.

P-B forms: -raJAtcr-',GI''JG'CI.-lrlid. (laid of the wife) ,.,.....''Y'I~I''1'''-Pass. ~tloptU~"fAI'I,8"... N: (-S,,,4",lutuor-taJAtcr~I''1,"''or.

"fA"

95. f.,.AU 'laugh '-')'fMITOf"I&-Jye'Aacra.-Paas. aor. ;Yf~. P-B forms: 'YfMa-..aTCI..,._Aaa19t10ptU---rrr/Aaam&a. N: 'YfN (alao Iba-, "M-, w.p'-)~t1trt-"fW&tI,..wor.

86. ~ (also Y'I"a..) , grow old '-y"pdtro,- &: -dAr.......-lyl,paarkyeyl,pCllra. P-B forms: 'Y'Ip4ttllOptU &; -doptU, also 'Y'IP/W (as Clement. 30, 7 ToW 'Y'I';'Tor nl AwoICIJ'fi"'XoYTOr)-W'F""I'1/1f1.dr. N: 'YfprG" (40 C)06)-"(_p4ttlil-"ffpClfl"'''or. 87. *Y''Y"f&C" , become '-yt.,q-pn& (imprt. pn& &. yryOJlO.
yeIlOV)-Jye~""..

P-B forms : oy&.optU-'YfI"Il9ttoptU-~"'" &; '.,."01',,... 'Yf'"'I'- (diaooiatioD from. 1-y ...61''1'' and 'Yf"6l'f11Or, whioh wen felt lIB Imperfect and ~t raapectively; cp. App. iv. 5). N: ";'''01'0' (alao .,."optU, _ P-B) Ibecome '-"(fJIiiI &; (10 even iD Acta Xanth. 62, 52 &; 71,37). alao-,(.)lJ1OJ-l-y(-)l""., ,.,(_)...CI &; &a~ Aota Xanth. 71,37]-"(f),_,..I"or &; .,...."'"or, a1ao 'YfN,..."or &; ,.,,(..)oVJHl'Of.

.,4_ ',,_[in.

88. *l\"'" 'know '--yNcropn& {aubj. ')"'iI, ywi~, etc. 979; imprt. yNS&)-I,....1' (aubj. 'Yf'Ol",,; 'Y"MK; }'I'OW)-ly..CI. See 979. P-B forms: ",.--.,.,w.,-I'YI!OJttCl (aubj. N: .",u. (alao ."..,)~.,-"fI'OItI"'-.

m")'

89. f .... ' write '-lypaclxw-,pd+~pa.;a~pacfJa.-Paaa. YptJt/I;,vopn&; yrypd+GpIJ&-Jypt1t/I"" (P IypG4l8r,..)-ylypa"."..

N,,~pGtfioI-"/lflp.pbor.

[B

&aM.,..,,..,,,,I,,,., 1875.]

'aM"" (lIaxfl..rar Callin. 116, aI )-3ra.,xM. N: lla-yltli_ &; 1IattG_, 'bite'~(.,)ltIitl-aa(")&a"'_ (allO 1Ja(.,)ntl"'-).By-form 10.,.... and aaa.-(cp. 900) (so even iD CLeemansuslll-IIItIt], as 1ott61'01'T11)- -Mr." - ...,.....01.
41. O(kpN_) 'aleep '-(DO fuL)-aor. lUJli3apSo_rcana-3r3aps"hlf. 42. 84&a &. 848oI.ICA 'fear,' see 967, b.
48. *~,..' fia.y,' 'akin '~~p&-f3r&pG.-Pa.aa. IMp,,--a.Mp8a&. N: .,11,_ 'beat' (from .".11"." 13,5. 725. 'J03)~p"'- -But 11,, beat '-&i".,-8a,,,,,,or.

a~pAJ&. P-B forms: 3trr~-'ar,tCl &; pus.

40. 8Gawt 'bite '-3~Opa&-l4aICIW.-Paaa. 3"x8f/lTopm-J3;,xer,~

_0-

.3rx8f/lTol"'l, .3rx.8flr.
1T000CIl; .3ra~ITOpAJ'-

14. f~o... ' a.ccept,' 'receive '~Eo,--/3~EG"".-ai3rypa&.-Paa

N: I4xol'CI,-3rp (174)~I4XT'1-'

N: " _ (so since T, Ill: 8teph. Diao. I~ D; wptHllloCll' Acta Andr... KM&. 3 ; ...,-aft Conat. ApoIIt. 2, 20; Porph. Oar. ad, 21)-1I~"""',

31""...

45. aM. 'bind' (834 b. 844)-3ijcr..-l3'IIT0-3f3rCI.-Mid. .3iopa&--3;..3"""",,, P8118. 3r8l,aopa&-Iacs,,_3f3fflG&-J3r.

256

Digitized by

Google

46. -aRt' want,' 'Deed' (cp. 83S)-3';'--J3f'JITa-3,3''1u.-1mpera. &i (afu,&iP, 3(011)-'&1 (aubj. 3fOl)-3f~CTfl-J3f'JIT,.-P&I!8. a'oJlll' ' Deed' (afu or 3ifl, Mnx, etc.)--&~erOJ'lll (P 3f"Brjcr0fMlI)-Jaf~6'1_af3f'lJ'lll.

47. . . .""'- 'arbitrate,' 'feed '-Ut"-.31Ura-3uurrjer_3'1inFa-3f3'li",a.-PUll. 3tal1inlfMl1.-Mid. 1ItJr-,3'lfI"'IIJ'dl"l".-Mid. 3ullr_J'III 'lead a life,' 'dwell'-a'1In."'II'-3&aulJer0J'lll-3,un,s,,_3t3,UrllfMl1. p forma: a.1Iuu""", - Kid. ...ftipaa' lead a life' CfVP.lJcpftft -4.2c~-IJcJTl1pbor.

13cau~'III-3.a&alCcS""fMlI.

48.

"ICM.' 88l'Ye '-I.cS.,o",,- 3_. . . -

3t3&aIS"IftI'. - PUll.

P-B forma: .~"CI. (Gr. Urk. Berlin 361 [1"n-nl,] r.. 843")-IJc.,.o."CICI.-Kid. ..,_flT_IllalCOIfrJC10pa&, .~opa&-IJc""""""""" &; I3&UO"'fC1ClP'll'-It~. N: aca-oiipaa (854) &; IIIaICOIIECopaa 'ber'-IIIaICOIIIClrcii--&a&-OII'pllJOf, -11II'Wor.

........ICI, I"." for -+rJ

.p'..

,'&3afQ,."".- PUll. lalMx.6'Ir-3.3i3a-ypalo

49. "WcS.cn.

'teach '-&~/3i3aEa-3t3i3aXa.-Mid. 31aGioJ'lll-

-ap;., -bP9~, -11";, etc.)-drr-, IE-l3pa11 (-3pai'l., -apcircll, -apa~)-mro-, 3ca-a.apam. See 979. P forms: 3pclO'OI- -:a,.. &; 13pava (also simple: Pallad. 1041 B 11!pac1,.
4
Al-p.r1'ov).

[ID N utinot save iD lMaaAor (for A.McrlCUAor 737) 'teacher,' 1aCl1CUAQ{,),)at t...m' IaCl"QA,pa &; 1aCl1CUA'"M tMobiDg.') 60. -(WpcI.cncw) mro-, 111-, 3aa-3,3pder".' escape '-dtro-3pdCl'OI"" (aubj.

61. ~ 'give,' for A Bee 955 W. P-B forms (cp. 9<iI): aia.. Rev. 3, 9 (ubi .BcU) ; Leont. Neap. V. I. 63, 33; 76,15 ; V. S. I725.a.; 17330. OGL 415, 74 reddo apodido i.e. dwo3Ea... ai~r Leont. Neap. V. S. (Vind.) 1733 A; .../lla." Leont. Neap. V. I. 73, 15. ail.. Apophth. 280 0 [ubi male Itaot all1' "'mds ...1 ~lfl ain-a...p'(la";;]; .apaJilSfI Leont. Neap. V. J. 80, 3; 11. Ill ib. 33,4; V. S. 1721 .a.; ib. (Vind.) 1739 D. CGL 416, 2 reddit apodidi i.e. olwollill... (1I,3clap,. for ai30p,. Orig. ii. 65.a.. hn-lIalI6nl'f" Theod. iv. S8S .a.; cp. 776). clwollillw. Acta Tho. IS, IS. aillwf Leont. Neap. V.J. 41, 7. aia..a." Cor 4&&ouc",. Aota Tho. 53, 31 1Itllow,,, Leant. Neap. V. S. 1739 B. alllr1s V.J. 77,4; 9......3fl (.a.u,,) for ......w" (1) Philo 383, 43; .ao; from 1l13ol" Gr. Pap. Br. Kus. i. 57. It~o (BdM-o) Cor a.lIoI'To Orig. i. 1505 B; 3l30. (due to lI6s) Cor aihv, JJloechoe 3077 D. . . , . (write Bi3) Acta Tho. 36, 31. Leant. Neap. V. I. 63, 17; 72, 5; 77, 7; 1+-4.0-II&30.1r for -lI&lI6.. Rev. 23, 2. aualtu.. (write 3aalIE.....) ActaTho.l~, 15; Leant. Neap. V.J.61, 7. 1l3olloLeont. Neap.V.J .f9, 7.Leont: Neap. V. J. 70, to ; 77, 13. d Leont. Neap. V. J. 66, 9 (0).""""r forlltis Eus. Alu. 361 B. """" (-Cl,.) Rev. 8, 3; Philo i. 182, 13; npea"""" (-O'f.) Sept. Ex. la. Il ; Deut. la. 17 (18) ; Luke l2, 58; [lItI'l for Sept. Gen. 28, 30; Ps. no (131),3. John 15.16; Eph.3, 16.) llMr..,p,,, Mark 6,37 ; d Hennas Kand. 3, 2. IdMnrr. Acta Tho. 88, 2I ; Leont. Neap. Acta Tho. 88, 29. V. S. 1680 c. trapallMr_., Acta Tho. 42, 5. ~ Dion. H. ii. 117, 90 8.-1a..aa for I ..... Apoll. D. 8ynt. 276, I ; .;r,.? Luc. Paras. 836 ; Cyn. 546; a,;" (Un,) Pap. Petrettini p. I. lIoi' from w" (148) Revue .Arch. Ix (1887), 301; Sept. Ps. 41, 3; 3 S. 3, 39-

.Ilt&.

Bi.,

.aMr_.

3.

'I'IlMr_.

(1) Phr,vn. 325 mllle",' TMOV Ta .'nuN" olIIl.lr T " 'ArrurGw tlft Itcl ToW eo dUcl lIecl ~ 01 TCIt,."p.oi 1I~ O,."pos .clr "~,, lIIrcmrn,riir vijT.. IJccl ToV eo Ar,... , d 34 It,. a~ Till ttillIor clpftr6ac: 1111'. 3~ la. 1101 ~ ,,~.,.....riir, o1ITQ/f' '1101 Il~ Tdoa Ilui... IlCl4 .,,111 crjCJ' ....., , - . 0 ; . A}.ftPapoV ToV 2tSpov ClofO'1'oii, nl Ilea,;" ",l"JOl'Tor Toil

a.3ti'I

""'''rt0ll.

(I,"

I Ilc!Iu

.6nUlOii.

rI

",,,0..,,.' 'ft
8

lI9i

257

Digitized by

Google

So IrG(JG-W (i.e. wapa3ot", if not -3fi) Sept. I 1Iacc. n, 40; Kark 'I, 29 <Bee above a,;., for 39i); Sibyll.~, UI ; cllJO-Uia._ Orig. i. 1429 ]I, u",,.w 3tPrrrf' lIoaris 108 3ot",..",3oErrr' ATT,rilr, &fq,.f", &fqTf 'EAAtJl'lrilr.ffGfKJ~aJIft HippoL 829 ]I, UiaClJ Vita Epiph. 52 D ; 9a B. Leont. Neap. V. I. 67, 8. Mal. a6, 4 (ubi male Mua.); ....UH7l11'Tor Leont. Neap. V. I. a4J 2; .... UialU7a" ib. 22, 6. clw0-UH7l11'Tfr JKOIIChoa 30640; .Andr. Cr. 1221 B; Leo Gram. 361,8 (ubi male trr1pII3&aal'Tfrl.-1-l3rro Matt. aI, 33; Kark 12, I.-Cp. 343a.MIII' for 3f3OlIllla&l' [Calliath.] 126, p. 27 (c); Leant. Neap. V. I. aI, 12. (786.) N: 313a. (31&.., 313E', etc.), also 31"", (IOmetimea 1IcW", ie. dofto [853]& CntAIl do x3l3a.: */Jo3QI] 3otla,.,)~QI (IOmetimerl 3"-, due to)-la..... also ao8Gl-.a.ss.,IIII-&qU"or (diasociated from 3a.,.4_ i. e. 1a.,,.4_~ 52. 8011:_ 'believe,' 'think'-lIclfe, (30qlT.)-lIl+ (i3cl.'IITD~ 1lfIIl-Paaa. i30ICqtlrJr-Uboy,.IU (&3cI1CJ1f"J,). N: (Cretan) 3&6X"f' (w.x..f') p.ov ... 3oJrfi pm-3&6" p.ov-'.otl p.aw.

u,.,,,.

'.a.-PM&.

rtrom

59. .ap&. 'do'-1IpGa-.---IllpaITIl-UbpcllCa.-Paaa. Ibpdu6"..-acbpapa, (P &bpalT,MI'O'), 64. *~ 'ca.n,' 'am able' (lIul'CIlTa" also lIu"11; lIul'GT'GI,etc.; au..f"J&' lIu"11, etc., lIiJJIfurSa., av..&".._)-ibv..a,."" " ,/luNIMI" (722) (subj.
IIvl1U;"'1")--&I"quolllU--/c!Iv,,qs,,_b.~"'If"J" P-B forma: 3Wo"," Louvre Pap. 39 (161 B.O.) 10; IOtooGr.Pap.Br.)(u8. p. 36 (160-159 B.O.). 22: whence frequentlyaw" as: Gr. Urk. Berlin a46 ~tII-III~), 10; Acta Tho. 140 3 ,..ciTf aWp; .....clj&fi/cI Sept. lea. 28, a.-

-43t1"OJITO lea. 59, 14; 13.wETO 4 lIacc. 2, ao (cp. 7i4). - ~ao,-13"""aol"1", ,av..aat"". (774.) [PhryD. 337 a.,, Icl" ,.~" ToWO #nroT1I/fT,.a.. i, EAN AYNWMcIoI, AN AYN." ;,plGJr U.,.nu. la" 3~ "p'tlTlrilr T''i nr, AYN., TCJYTO npAI#.I, riX ~ et. nta". ~ -,clp Af-,.,,, AYNACAI ToYTO npAiAt.] N: all"o,"" & inceptive 3w4Co"," (86g~ & IJwacrTW.

55. &W 'dive,' 'plunge'--lIw.-lllvcra (trans.).-Mid. 1100l'1li 'sink' -u, etc. 1I~8,)---Ibv" (979); bii"a,; Mr, IIw, IIwaacavICo.-Paaa. -lIvtJqlTOf"J,-illus"_-II'bv",,,,-Bee 979 & cp. 997, 2-lIwo~, (/Iv., -rls,
IdWQI)'~.'

P forms: awl 'set' (intr.)-fIlvc1a, allO IBvIIa-.,a-f3tlflalll1. N: m- (Le.'1'-3cIMu 135 & 723) 'clotbe'-I'TcIa-"TV,.bor.-80 -rU- (ie.

56. *u.. 'leave,' 'permit,' 'let'_i'oJ-'aIT_1aa-a_fcwa.-P.... i,u,0f"J,_WJ'III-f'lapa&. N p~ 0Dly: &r. (ie. ' " ' 15D. c. 949) 'let;' IUld UfTf (ie. 1Qa..,..) ofteu contnoted to an-. (136,.)' let,' then the edverbialllDgalar as (ie. Ian
949 19 16 .).

57. f'yyva.. 'pledge'-mua-IjyyU'/ITa (also 1...yU.,ITO)-1mU9~YYV'ICf&.-Mid. I~I'O' pledge myself'-,;,.,wI"1" (also iPr(l1Ot,.".)inv'llTof"J'-Ijyyv"aUI"I" (also 11't1!''1lTa )-,yyU,,1l'" (i~MfUI') mv~,." (iyyryv~,.",,).-Paaa. Iral'-, f~-"yyv{j8"". N: Invoii,- (850-) 'pledpmyaelf'-IT'P<,,)Bw-'nu(,,),.4ror. (148'.) 58. ..,.". 'awaken,' 'rouse,' 'erect -IfY',po~pf-Ifyf,pa.-)fid. 4YP6,."" (136, I) 'awoke'-iyp~pa 'am awake'-IYP'IyOPfI' P .... ;""ptI".. (997, 4). P-B form.: 'm,pn-lytnlpit'w,-Pau. '.,.pII,ao","-'''''''''ptMIl . . From '.,pInopa. P has abstracted an adj. (whence N .,~ 'lWift' 134. 126) and thence .~ (even in Ariat.), then .,,,,.,.. Sept., :MT, etc. N: .,1",., (for 90S) 'bend,' 'stoop '--,.E,--"."mor.

,.,,1'

"-[RI--

,.,mo,-

*"""'"

258

Digitized by

Google

IBREGULAB VERBS:
M. -~. 'praise '-iJlf".p./4Co'-/y.pMinpm ~".,JDIUJ.-Paas. ly",."';-fII.I"

et -n-iJlf...

- - '1IfvAG A4..,. . . nI'eo/IDI,IIOI,loiilllM, ~..,IIOI.wflO'Ol.]

61. -. . et (in CIA since
250

60. (Il.....) m8-fCopm 'sit '-imB.C6prfP-mltW""" (cp. infra 114) p fol'lD8: ".,."fl,ttO/MII (Sept. Le\'. u, 5 ; lust. Apol. I, 35) (Lue. it 349).-For N _ re., (infra 114). [PhrJa. 136 """,,,,,,,.,.,.,,,., lIOI.ofitttopAU," .,.a wA"""'" ......-

re.

' ' ' 'riv''

(1)'.~~S.A".,-I,B,A'1"Q-rjS.).rj"fIJ" . P-B forma: 'fA""" (Ignat. ad Tral. 8, l)-t'fl4A,,_-'TfIfA,+"'l1u (Dio C. I.., :a6)-n1fA'+"'" (Greg. Nu. it. 80 B).
flIP

B.e.)

tea.

'wiah,' 'want '-flMo-

~A'+'--""'"

[PhJ'1D. !fIYI TfI,A""lrru' 'AAtEu3pterrurW""",,... W ~- 'AAtElII'IpfVnl Al~r .6, ..",. ~ 80 too Tho. K. 171.] N: 11)'" (,4AI&' &; "r, IIAft &; 11, "(Af)",", II(A')T., "(AOII)". &; ""; 863)

/nrrIOll..,.A"",I'IU.

62. -Hq. 'accustom '-tfl,Co-l8,;;' (888)-ff8&~f8_-p_lm.,,,,. -.'l8ltTpm-tl8lfTJUI.' (Cp. IS) G-B: fT1IVIJ8lC_-iv_-_- -1IfG [fT~lII:. JUltinia.n Cod. I, 17, 3. Clim. 697 A; 900 D; 1095 D.] N: I1IIIfIJIle- tIIII'7JIl,,~,,""".~"l1pbor.

6!J. (EeG).We 'am "ont'-.l'8"

64. (EI60).lBo. '.,,' (lao,,,,, lM.,13 ; fut. 8ubj. 2., tallr, etc.; imfrt. llal 9I2).-ol3a 'know' (969)-i&-'[qopm. (Cp. opcUt infra 186.
N:

For P forma op. 969 ft. .ta. (Dot Ra '/17 [ID-l3l (alIo 1Wi)-l]IJGI1'1Ifor (alIo 3IoIpbor 91$).

65. uGC. 'compare,' 'assume '-I_COlI et .LcaCo.-.Lcdtr.-iI(Qf1Q.Paaa. Jmq6rj110pm-D"Ms.,. (tllfMs.,.)-il(Qf1f11.1' (''''0111'4'). pform: ft-.

E'''C.. ,--"War.
N:

(Le.

IE".oC"

13$ &; 7a3) 'oo~' UDderataDd ';II.aoOl-

66tt-' give in,' , retreat '-flco_~_~ also ffa6cw.

67. (EIKO) Iouro 'resemble' (10["., 101"1",, IOIIC.', also ellC.S, ,zlCor, .z-&a (cp. 723), but ,z,,/Sr 'SUing,' 'fair')-DlCfI,,_fE--

Pass. ,'i.pX.s.,_frp.fpaa.

.IlJ&l' am,' see 981 :IF. 68. 'shall go,' see 988 :IF. 69. ,my 'to .1,' see EIlO (infra 86). '10. -.tpy. et .tPY""l" (also .~) 'pllah,' 'hindel"_~WQ.
67b

cnrt,' 'uolude.' Cp. Bust. 1387, 3 ~C} ftn- in .,.v i-reAd.. '3dIM'OI'.)

[ _ Some write tin- in the IleDlleof 'shut iD,' 'lock up,' and 'abut; ~. nO 1ttkIA~ ~w, 'n 3i

.r,.,.

71(~. ask ')-fut./pIj(l'OfMI'-lrpdll'l". In P-N repJaeed b1 the " '''''''''.

259

.2
Digitized by

Google

998,.-11

IRREGULAR VERBS: ELpo'J-EIIOXAEO'J.

"

,,'

72. O(.tp.' _y ')-fut./p&.-'lp"ICa.-P... p"s;,.O/M", fut. pt cl~pa& -lppqBr,r--.tP"/M"

P form.: 'plall l ) (al80 .pa, [853], as: Priac. 17., 1 P ANEpcdNTEc. 187, I I~_ ipciiNTEC), 'ppI"",. In P-N replaced by AI..,., .1_ (.1n). See BIUl (infra 86).

79w. Bee le.. (Bupra 63). 74. ktcA,.,wc. 'hold a meeting,' 'convene '-IE-c>..""wC", & ~".. fl'ia{o.-iIClCArp,a,,_-'E-d.rpwfl'a & ojKc>.... (Cp. 746.) In P-B a.hIo pallive: 'convene,' 'am read in church,' and Jlid. 'go to

church.' N: d..rpu1Co/lGl (733) 'go to church '-v.."cnarr 75~w. 'drive '-f).avllO/.-I>". (/Aar, ete.; cp. 88c})-f>..AqA_-Mid. ojAafl'ci""-P... oj>..ci8q_'>.~Aal'a&-ojA,,>..a,u,
P-B fOrDll: (pree.), (cp.f"., wpra 73)-4A&cr""I'-IAa(cJ)lIjfIol'"'IA,Aaa /AG'. In N Rtinct, UDl_ fAa &; 'Acier,.. (intra 90) 'oome' be relic 01 it (914).

'MaI

76. iAW- or -TT_, also .1).-, P....l>..lxBr,_.IA'''I'"'-.iAl1"o.

roll '-iAlE--.i>..Ea.-Alao Mid.-

P fOrDll: ~fA&"""'Ol'"' &; 'A&'ricroplU. In N replaced by TlIA1trtltll, CaI (880 j a1ao -,.,)-"rWJt-...nAAC-,),m- (179).

1'1. lb. 'draw'_lMo. (719)-nt_1).a,fI'fl-aS-.lMva.-lrfid. .lNcvucil'''.'-P''' ,AICVf1'8~ol'"'-.CA(""6"_Wcwr,,",,

P fOrDll:
I~AdcJaI-tlAa.-lrlid.

IAlrucJ6,-..

78. .... 'vomit'-Ip.ovI'"'-lIl"fI'a-ll'ql"a.

P-B forma: -,,u"'''-'I''H,O".nu-''''I''cJI'"'' In N nplaced by i'twU (Le. It.pa, 13$ &; 723.

t}06)-i'pcicrOJ-ffPIIII"e-.

Ta.""".

79 .".~ 'oppose' -1_"f1'Ol'"' (p...) - oj.......ws'l.-~_

B forDll: 'J'III'7'.oiiTo (Mal. 168, 11 j cp. 717). N: Wan..wopIU (from d.t.irna i.e. 'PUT", by uaimilation)-tboarr,.",..

80. ............ 'think upon '-I...sII""~",,.-I.,sIlI'~cJOl'"' (durat.), l..su,."6q,,.oPII' (etrect.)-I..6uI'~Br,,,-',,"6~,,,,,,,,,,-i... r.e~I''lTo.- So too rrp06l1,Mo/M" 'am eager '_poIl6vp.o~""_po6v~"o,.a,, also rrpoSu,."s;,. fl'O/M"-trp oll6vl'qS"
&;

N: "'""v,- (Le. '],"",,,,,vplU, .]Iup.oii,- or ,[.]",,,,,vpIU [194], "'""vI'"' 135 723)-"''''''. ("'",cJ,u"or from "'plCaI Le. ''''''lJral 'remind '). 81. O(~), d,4&-I...v",-dI4&G.-~I't/JI."a.- Mid. rI,,4>H-l'a,-dpt/JwfI'ol'"'-ojl4tnr"",,, P forDll : d,......~tfl9ftr. A.leo dJAfHICaI and commoner ~. regular (937).

82. MXM. 'trouble '-~"XA- '" J-x).- (745)-'-x>""-

260

Digitized by

Google

IRREGULAR VERBS:
-i~_.-Paaa.

EtETa.(m--Ei';8m.

[888. __

B!I. ~II 'examine '-JfltraC-IE"qall (& f~;;' 8B9)-Jfltroaa IE"nM78rp-Ifltraapm. P-B forma: .TdC--+-a (~tWa). N: t"",,- ('P3)-t.TGt-l-pbor. BI. 0h1.opdet 'swearfa1aely'-fInClpqa-.-Jtr&6pqaa-h&6,.'11C11 (744). 85. D~' understand,' 'know' (brtfITGvua, hlaf'aroa, etc. hiaY'. '!"'! ftrUrrg, br,~, e~ 'trfa"aao & ftrlant)-+r~" (~iflTGaO"
'IIr&af'1I)-I1runTJaofAD,~,a",8q".

t&aaa; Put. imprt. .7,,01', ,'nf'llll, etc., "nf'llllaGP. N: tT.....f",r 1.... frtap. ... 4ftf", tT_. (dialectal by-form due to L .. ",n&J-P) &; Nicet. ByL 772 ~)-Fut. aubj. .l]ril, .;r. ;. etc. (915)11,,4'. "1,,4T- h a -<,,)la; ~") __('1)l'fl'Or (or tra(,,),.e-). See alao AI..,.. bib 151,2.

86. EJIQ-aor.1tro", also .ltrR ' said' .ltr.r & .1trClr .ltr.. ; .ftrOlp&, etc., allO .frrG&".", .itrall"; .ltrt"', dtr.b (Ut. Bubj. .ftrll, 'arur, etc.; imprt. an, .ltl'QflI), .Lraf'f, tl7l'm_.)-Th& reat- is borrowed from the verba ~"'"' .fp.., ayoptu... 'Al-ytl. P-B forma: .f..., .lwar, .fft, dtllll&l'" tflfClf'f, .7",..; Part. -vnr.

.'nr,

,rtailru

.f_, (..,

.t.,,_,

87.

oCr-) ~ 'follow'-.lrr61"1--ztofAD,-lcnrOJ"lI'.

88. work 4pyaC61''1. (719)-JpyG.,.o,aa&4pyaaa,u, ___fp"",pm, '1f'YG1J'pJ- (CIAiv. 477 frg. 11 8. 477 rlI2).-Paaa. IfYYtJfTSqaol'O&

-.,.,.c0"-'

-,,,,..,6'1.'

P-B forma: I"'; &; ."..,&rta for ,~ &; 'pyGcr.TG& (Sept.).

N: ',..,oCOJlG& &; WCoJlG&--aT&i-""J&4".,.

1J8O....... see .ipopaa (supra. 71). 89........ 'clear out -Jppqa....-fpp'laCl-da-~PP'11C11. 90. %tpxOJIA' 'go,' 'come--'PX61''1-(fut. .:"&[989], fE-, ~lfOfMla, P fA.Vaopu.a, imprt.IAIN 912)-4'A60. llASo&l", IAS."" ."AS"")-lA~vBa .'A'1'AVS"". Q-B fOnDa: a.iipo for '1..4 (Antatt. 88, 19 a.iipo dnl Toii tpxotl IIAcb''''
DoAaTtlCU TpE",,), and a.iif'f for 'AI.7f.
N 'pJ(0JlG&-(IA..) I"., (IACl1bl' 11.'4 914.

(for IpJ(). See 8Upra 75-

'AGn.

&; 'AciT')-.pIG-6PXO~

91. OWL 'eat -faS&-Z30fM1&-I~yO/f-Ja~301flJ.-Paaa. 931all,_ 1IIIT.3rj&apm. PforJna: '1f1~"'" (due to A 1301'111 rU4]. aiaofa-roWJIG&),."r,.UIII, atc. [Phr7D- 301 ~-rofADl ~pw' 1.4.,. 0/1" I30JlG& . . 1CIIT430JlG&' TO,"O "flip AT.....s.. p IJpMloJlG& ...;;r cS +a/JoJpcror' 01 ~ 'Aw'" dn' dToii I30JlG&
~

m- G replaced by T,.,.,., which _ (infra 181)' 92. ~_ see faT'll-'1 955, 962, 965 & 966-

. . nTf30JlG&.]

98. 0 _ _ _ 'treat,' 'regale' - flaf't.. (719) - faY'&Ga1l - flaf'iaaa (';arlaa'f" CIA iv. 630 11 26) - .laf'lam.- Pass. faf'&liilfAD& taTuitrOfAD& (durat.) P, taY'&J;,aupn& (eft'ect.}-tlnuiSq___laTlapm.

.laf','".",,-

94. Iftl. see I~.. (supra 83). 96. D(. .) 1C118-~ 'sleep'-(mB-tii30,,) mB-'1U3f11f & ilCd8fV&" (746) -StV3.ja.-(P II..S.ua"ca).
ID P-N...-h nplaced by -"wJlG& (I. ..

-"GIJIG& 850 .).

261

Digitized by

Google

888,.-10'] mREGULAB VERBS: EVpUTIC~,fUOp.a.t..

~P'l1t4 et dP'l_'up~/(,,,' et '1up~/(".-llid. .,v".",w,.""....-.v~-.,v,.s ~"" et iV~,."....--dp'lptJ& (Mid. et Pa.as.).-Paas. .u".e;,rOflll'~. P-B forma: "G/Hf1.0_,~" '" diP9f1a-.6p&,...,.,--tr6"._ (Babr. 13)-

~~

96 ~ 'find '-iVprlG'. (imprt. iV";, 912 tf.)~"...

et d"..,-

.,I-pl", (Gr. Pap. Br. J(us. 112,864; Alchem. 348, 6). PhJ'7D. 115 dipaafa& 06. '/Kif ftfJOflfllHlvrw- IIcl TOii a, dMd ttapOw.w.r led

TOW"

N: /JpltI- (Le. .16pEo_, 135 '" 723), Il18o SpEx- aad (OreUm) /J,un.. ftnd '-qG/Hf1- '" dpc,,_lJpfiJ (Le. ]6pfiJ ;-qG,., "... '" .G,.,.. ( 6",,J,,or from .]6p&i, 9I5).-By-Iorm -+]EftS,., (from !ut. ']EftS". (Ipb), Uo El,." bow '-4.(u)pa-no more.

.6p1o'ac.]

/1pt""'"

97. dxOfMK 'pray '-dEOpa&-'1UM" et iVEQ"",-rFrJIIII-"ty,... -lP tVx8iiua pass.).

N: .6.00pac \d1l8 to --rapoiipac Le. -.pac)-t6..,.-r~~

II']('IG'O'" (duraL), G'~lI'optJ& (efiect.)-JG'X6,.",,-fG']('IptJ&. P-B forma: for .1XOl' (791; A. P. 5, 309). 'oX- for (Soymn. 695), N: IXOl-.1xa, DO more. 2. dp.rr-ix- sUllOund,' cover '-~E--t;","crxOl'.-)(id. yftJCOfIa& 'have on '-I,~rrf&x.O~'1-a.t4iEOptJI-q"rr....x6,.".,.-AJ.o clprrlfTx.. &; Mid. d~frlrrx"ptJ&4,.lrrXft'O. 3. O(d..-ix.. keep up '-ft.. &: cDall'rirr~-- fTX7ItG).-Mid. d..XOf'G& 'hold out '-,"&x.O~Eo,.. &: ~

98. I. fix. 'have '-.lxo" (719)-;~ et G'xiI- (imprt. G'xis)-III'Xo. (G'~o&.,,,, II'x"., G'x'.)-III'X'lIt4.-Mid. &: PaaI.lxoptJ&-flx.O~"'-;Eo,.. It

' 'X'IfIG.

"x-"

'11)(-

'x-----f-

-".ffTXd~'I'"

4. Vrr-&fTX';0I"l& promise '-inr&fT](IIOV~'1.-VrrOfl'rifTO~a&-lnrffTx.OtuPinrifTX'lptJ&-W.G'x9~",. N: 6]_.opac (App. iv. 3) '" 6]ftOtI.ftS('Y)o,...-6)ftOtIftunii-ftOtIft,.lnr.

99. . . . 'cook '~_~-)(id. itIIfTOptJI. P-B forma: .."loIaad IfN (from ~.)-~-fhta.-Pua. ."""..-

ItfnI,uPor.

N: rf+. (7 2 3, 1/14- or pre.nt If+wu, 853).

&;

rfiaJ- 9Oa)-1+tOl-fl,u.or

(from whioh the

100. f('.) '" 'live' (Cir, ete. [8 29] subj. ,., {9f , C;, etc. i imprt. Cii CiiS&. Cq,-., etc. "., C.,,)-I, (1''1~, "'1, ete.; subj. '';'1'" ,,!,,,s, ete.),9- &; C~o,.. (commoner ~'fT0l"l& IUpra 26)-(I''lfTa) 1{J.".

en,

P-B forma: aor. IC""a-pf. IC",", (C'C,,- JACramer Hi. 2 56, 6). (738.) N: ~ I Uve' (C;" Ci. etc.)-C",.,.-By-form: C". (857), Cir, Ci. C"w"..ICIJOIII"', IC"fr, eta.

101 ,~ &; ...- ' yoke '-C.-I'fVEa.-lIid. & PuB. ,..u,...,-ICtvyPV,.".-CfuEoptJ&-lCf1IEQI"I"; Pasa.IC.vx/Jrpl &; ICv-,.,.-.tC,.,."...
P-B forma: C~C_Iua-,.uxf+"fTac.

N: C.vr- (10 even Nomoc. 4111 [iute114 of C.v,.. 715) '" -'~fpbor.

C (Le.'_[-')N) .....

102 , ....... gird '-le_a.-Mid. C'-uI"l.-IC~.... P-B forma: C.wopac.-P.... 'C~C-,....

N:

C"'(")- (10 alnoe T, .. Apophth. :a76 D '--')-C'--C-"",OI. (715.)

263

108 ....... rejoice '-~.-fo'8'I".

Digitized by

Google

P-B fOl'ma:

",,,dopu (from 5% :I). . 108. ltG- 'burz:'-84V--16a+CI.-Pasa. "..,lTOpa'; .,..6avQpa&hti4nl" (/~)-""SalAp.4" P-B forma: pf .,.ndcfJan, T~ : 10..... (174) 'bary'-~or. 109. *..~ 'admire,' 'wonder '-8ov"Mopa,-I6,wp.4ITf1-n8av. I"IIrG.-P.... regular. P-B forma : Int. law",,",. AlIO Hid. law,.eQpu-lau""""QPU-iIaIlpG . , . .. '''''''-''''' (NT Rev. 1St 3). N: Iap4.CQ"", (179) 'admire '-fgpIMI";'.

~QI"" (eft'ect.)-rini8,,~pa&. P-B forma: 1)nu (.".111) 'coDquer~,,-frn1ga~....-Paae.

101 'am come '-fEet. 4- as P~Dt: 'come '_1'. fEa-pt. 4 .... 105 . . see 1lAi8r,I"" 994. 106. .""'" 8ay,' 888 978. 107. (ftcnr-) 'am worsted '-JjnW,"",_~UQpa, (durat.),

'nu.-

40'''-

110.

%ea. 888 l6'A...

q.IcO'P"or.

reat from ",xX. le apCllU;" (aee infra 278). P-B forma: ,,.. for "" (835).-Int. 'M". ID. .(~ or "1--) dtro-6.r/"K. 'die '-dtro-Suoiipa" "6~Ee d.iS---.,-,8vrpccr, as, ., ete. See 967, Cl. P forms: tnt. "'417""" ",",EQ"",-IIuOl'. N: ~ (IJOO) .. northarn N Iat"" 'die '-chroIdNr ...tldJw...-.dtnSlcuoa ~ .].... uolappIPor" 118. . . . 'sacrifice,' regular, but aor. p .... bVSrpI (182, c), P J6V8rp, (Jlelito 1216 A.; Aster. 436 Bl. 114. ",. 8c l.aI-Lt. 'sit '-Ilci8,CQ_"cr81i1 (888)-lIaSiulI le 148I1TCI (746) - Mid. 'CQpa' " lIaB-l,opa, -lCd,"",,, le 1116,'0""" -m8"r,uopa,11UI8ural"l" (trana.)-pf. lIa8'1f1l'1, which see in 994P-B forms: /CoIlalll .. d,e~a.-dle'1C1-...uu..-Hid. Int. -.IltTQI'/JI aDd ~,oij""'-I'. lnhe.sJl'll'. (See alllO ICQ"",.) [JIoariB 195 d.3ti 'A.,.,.,fIin, _'Ulllf 'BM"..,.M.] N: die" '1Iit'-'lalll, bnprt, (Prodr. 3,431) i.e. (136.995), ('-TO'a PJrodr. I, 131; '''''Ta." I, 199; _.,."111,,.." I, 243, and 10 on nu' lince)-

111. oN. '1'11IL,' race '--ls.---s.vc,Qpaa.-The

"''''''01.

_"a.

l11li".

-_,",-80 lIa8-.

115. t ...... 888 957. 116(tInt) dq,.wrlQpa' 'arrive '--dcfJ'Eopa,-dt/>uc6I"1P-d4>,ypaa, -~''''

I~-.

111. ~o.-. 'propitiate' -JE-Wwap"..- Paaa. JE~.- Also Di.Hol""' P-B forms: lAMQ,",," 'f-ww_IAuap"..-Pau. 'E~Q,..-IA""",. 118. """"" see 955, 962, 965-6 le 997, I. P-N forDl1l : (a) from tf7'r'1"'. P-B forms: ",.,.""'" (also 0'. . . . , cp. flflllGlI'I'III'l.,.. 96a) and llJ'l'd. 'eet up'-cnio'''-'O'TtJO'II-1l7Tua.-N: f1'rIIlI'" (from ll7Th." 7a" a: 900 f.; Dot 110 GBatzidald. in KZ xiii. ~05-1l7, but cp. 959 [I]) 'let up' ~ (fff4ft,,)-flTWpbor.-Aleo ~_ (965) 'let up '-n,O'_(f7'r'1lAi "or).

263

L ..

Digitized by

Google

998111 -

110]

IRREGULAR VERBS:

lCaiJa.iPO>--ICEp8a.illO).

(b) from '8tand,' _ 9fi5 I.-P-B lorma: ~_ &; n.j_ (so in Sept., NT, etc. cp. 973) I'l_pf, '''TGpIU.-N: 11T4_. also IITfltOJlG' la contamination of o~_ x i"TGJIG' or I"TaJlG') 'stand' (imprt. mlt., also IITf", oTtltiT' [830"), part. "nttGpclfOS &; lIT.mpDur)-fI'f"fJ8iI-....uphor.

'''"1''

119....a.. . . 'cleanse '-llCd8a,po" (746)-nBap6I-l"u8'1pa.-lIid. "d8alpolA,U-lCa8apou/UA..-/nB""."".-Paaa. flCa8uptJ,,-IC'ICIi8app.a&.

_'.,..COI or rather tcala.plCOI (116) in Sept. &; NT).

N:

P-B forma : It.mlopn-'.GIapa-~ol'lll.-By.form:

ItGIatAC. (also

1tGIopi'0I 'c1-.uae '_a.Iopl"_~,,,,41fOS.

120 .....
121. 128.

"0.- Bee ;COIQ' (supra 60).

"aIl8~lTo/UA

!.a.8-!t.. Bee rC.. (Bupra 114). !.a.w" .&... (20")

'burn '-m.#..-llCavcra-ICG1'Q-II:i..lIlC11. - Paaa.

122....A ..,..- Bee 994

""VlTo,,", (durat.),
~) -

(effect.)-lmvs"".

P-B forma: fut. - OJlG'-'.GIJ" (nTG_u. Diog. 6, 95). N: 1CGl., 'bum,' _l.,.., (860), al80 . ..s. (from 011l11li>-""" (from

-'1,.4I1Os (from 'leAH....., hence I14vp4"OS fa a

IIGw. ie.

mUIpe11inlf).

124. !.a.Al.. 'call' -fut. ".. ~cii (8B9)-lIC.i~'lTa_fM""a.-lIid. KMav/UA 'invite '-Ut. ~ou/UA-i,,~.,dl'''''.-Pasa, fIlt. ~~, (durat.), ":\~o",,, (effect.); It.tM;,aOIQ,-iu..r,s"..-UM'IICI'-i".,a;,,,,,,,. P form: mA4"". N: II4A&i (&; RA,,&; 857") 'invite '-.AN- mAf"p4"ur.
125.

126.
P-B

,hT_)-.a"-l-JMl-A,,,,"'IfOS.
121. 128.

(Besych.)-'npd,."... N: (m,.".,) w.. 'do,' 'make,' at.o """.., (10 too Porph. Car. 463, 7..".

*.A,,_ 'toil '-tt.alOulO,-IlUIpDll-lt.f"IA'IICCI. forma: (m,."., 'work '): """. (or rather m"" 89..) -1nUo,..,

!.a.I'I'Wt see

lA- (infra. 168).

o.a,.. 'shear '-u".-IIt.'&pa.-llid. It.dpolCl'-upoU".aa-flt.apd"."".-Pasa./tt.dp",,-ult.app.a&.

ha N replaced by P

.-ita- see 990-

_,..s..

-n.. 'mU: '-I"'palTa. -Mid. flt..pauGlA'I"'-Paaa. rtpU89ITolQ,-Jtcpd8".. " flt.,pOus",,-urtpU/UA.-By-form: It.ip'''llA' with
129. *.ep&wvp.a &: paaa. tt.l.ppa1Cl'.
P-B forma: a"a,
-It'patlp4~ur.

&; . " . , .

'POUT out -ap4nl &; up&i-f.'pua.-Jlid.

pGo,....-Pasa. "";;;1'CI'_4pat11'a& (aa,-,... Orib. iit 179t 5).

N: .'''';01 (116. 937 i 10 even Aohmet. 196> 'pour OIlt,' 'Illl' (a aap)_fpa.er

180.

!..,aa.L- 'win '_'paaN-llCfpaaN,

a.I,..,,,,, &; - . . - Pa-. p3qfI,ttopa,-".".""I"ur. By-form: It,palC.,. N: p3al~0I (10 in Crete and elsewhere) &; apllC.-.pW"OI &; npal,,_ in""'11G &; 4p&"G-If.p3a,,,aor &; p3c"pllfOS.
III Hence IfIT'I"CI 01' rather IlfTIJIta-A .,,,.,.....,,: Apopbth. 375 B ,. . , . . .a ''''''''' II4l 'lfAa.&fI1.

P-B forms: uplal...,-apM,aOl- ',"""'00 -

264

Digitized by

Google

_J

IRREGULAR VERBS: IC'XP1'JJl.&-ICPEp411VVJl.t..

fJd,.",.

998ua-uo

191. 0.LXP'P 'lend'-XP'iIT..--IXP'JCT_UXPIJII.- Mid.lClXJIG,...-Ixp'IP-B forms : IftxP/U (Sept.).-lIid. "'vGoI'III 'borrow '-'",](lid,.". BiDoe Q l'8p1aoed b)' A _dC., which Itill fall)' nrviveL
:Mid.~, 'lament '-IIt'A~"".-Pasa. 1C.'Allwmu. P-B forma: iINItHI". - Pus. ~~Ol'/Il - ~ - IrI"AtaIllTI'/Il, "lirAavnu. N: lrAalot, Il18o (860)' W88P '_Ad"", (from .AIIW., Le.,,~.,).-lIid. tWIlol'lll~lIrJplpor (~vpl"os? cp. n:.ra 113) I; 1rAII1'4por (I,so, 11).

182.

ftcAGt. &:

.Aa. (:aoe) 'weep '-IC'ARWO/UU

&: lC'AII~IT.-f'AIIIIITa.

1fAaE.,.,

188. 0MA.' break ' - -lcMua-Paaa. 1"'AMDr,,,-,,I,,'ARITI"J&' P forms: IrA&7_PUIl. dN~uoJ'O', also ha'lrAliuol'lll (Gal. 3, 147). N: IfAAbw 'braak' (CGL S. 13 IrAli""./rartgit)-lIA4ullI-IfAaaplpos.

184. ldeUt &: IrAp 'shut '-''A.IO., 'lC'AlI_IC'AfllT., 'A6v_T"AfllTII, ''ATJfTII-mro-u'AlI#(II.-Mid. 1rtWO-'AllaUP.fIHlS.-Pass. c'AnIT8qv01"J'-ICf'A.UroptJ,-/c'AfllTs"., 1rGT-,'A-ovs,,_I""'flptU, "f'AlIfIU,-/I(f'A.lp." P form: 1r/1rA.lul'IIl.
N: .A';., or IrAfI&; (155. e) '.but '-lfAflu_IrAflupl"os.

185. llrAl...,.. 'steal '-'AI+-, al80 'AI+OI"',-I""'t+a-u"", ,Paaa. 1c'Adtrrp!-,,(c'Afp.ptJ&.

P-B forma: '.~I"AaJll'lll. N: IrA..". i 174), Il18o IrAI/JoI (875), 'atea.l '_At~."pl"or.

1116. llrAt_ 'lean,' 'slope '-'Alpcil-l,,),i.a.-Paaa. IrGTII-IC'AlJ,oI'll'-c'AUIOVpt.& &: '''''''.';17'01'11' - 'AI"'lP-"I'A,I"J" P-B forma: .1.AuIa - 1rA&~OI'lll - .1CAmi,."", .1fAl",p I; (nlfAlu'TIIl Apoll. De Pron. 386 c; 1rAWfot id. Synt. 47. I).
N: JCA&,. 'leaD '_Ab.-IrAc,.nor.

."1.&.,,,.,.-

1~.~ 'cut'-6+--1IC+-U~-Pa.aa. lCarrr,vo,...-/mn,. -lCf"OP.ptJ'-IIflO-IC.6+0,....

Pforms: ~I'III-""""". N: ~I; 1161J("'/).(87s) 'out'-+_,.,.nor.

l11B. lKpGf., commoner It'lCfJf'YII cry '-IlCflCpd.~&. 'cried '-I(fICpdEo,... ahall cry , -/HICp4"fO"'-Byform: "pllvyaC.-"pavydcras. P-B forma: .p6." ...p6."dilrwtp60l'lll,dN....p60l'lll-'d.".""",
11:

,...&""", '/1&0, -G'ro, etc.)-IC/H,..~,....-Pasa. ilC/H/Ada6q".

.pdC.,-.p6". 1lJ9. 1CfIIJ&GfIM hang' (subj. ttpfp.et1UJ&, -rtr,u)--JIC(HpGl"I" (8ubj.

'.palll.
1CfH'

P-B forma: (.p1pol'lll? cp. 774 I; IWal'lllsupra 54)-I.upl,.no (Luke J9, 48 )_upipatll"u, N: .piPOI'/ll 'lwIg '-.,.patI...w-,.patlplPOf (cp. ApoUod. Arch. 16),

140 .,..~ hang '-lCfHpi-l"pfptJITII. P forma: I; -lIid. 'ltpfpatl6ptJp.-For the

)lUll.

,.,..oiirro.] N: .,.,..(..)6..

.pIIMJI'III lKoeria 134

.,.,.""w .,.,...s-.,.,."..
'.,.pd.w_
preceding.

'ATf'&M, 'lrplpa 'EAA",,&M. Apoe. liar. 1190 33

(IO~ .,.,..,., 860), Il18o

.,.,..",,_,.,-plt'or. Cp. preoediDc.

.,.,.C"

(868. 871) 'lwIg'-

265

Digitized by

Google

9881 ,,-150]

IRREGULAR VERBS: ICp{VO'r-I\4V(JaJlO).

141. f-"- 'judge~pi'IICI-"ICpiu.-Mid. tepC",.,..". 'chooee,' explain - &a-uICp{".,tJa. - Paaa. ICplrHJ/I'l' 'am judged' - tep&POii,..". (durat.), tep&8qlTO/I'l'left'ect.)-'tep't6Jpo-ICflCpipa,.-80 Gtro-tepi". 'separate: N: Itpi"", <rJao ItplJlOl 901) 'jucIp-tu.. trpl"",.-'Pu8. Itpiro,--trpc"-trpcpboJ. 2. fcJ.'IrO-lCplYOJIM I answer,' 'reply' (mid.)-chrolCpl"ii"",-GtnICp...a,..,,,
-Gtro"tep,,..,,.-aff',"ICp~,,,,.-80 wr~lCplllO"""

'diaaemble.'

P-B fol'lllll : &_pc"'tTO,- I Bhall &ll8wer '--il1t.Itplfr,... N: dflOltplllo,- I reply -dflOltpc"'.

142. flCpoVu 'strike,' regular.-Mid. IlCpOVll'a""".-Paaa. ~1CpOW6rp-flCpov/Aa, & -lCipovfTpa&. .

N: trpcW(OY)cv (860) '1Itrike,' harl-pcWftl-llpovtIp.II'or.
Paas.IICp~.--ipv~

149. flC~' hide -yU+--f'IfPIIta.-Mid. tepV+ot--l~...-

P fOl'lllll: It"u/Jol-'ltpv/Joll ('tr".",.'t Q. Bm. I. 393)-.or. I.".".. {.Itr,. A. P. 7,7oo)-t1lI"(-tr1Itf1lllt14.-P.... trpv/J{plOI'G' &; ."";'tTo,... ; ,.".".. N: ",v."f'1 (174), .~/JoI (875) &; trp4/J'pJ (861), hide '-Itt*!--tr"."""'.

144. lCftojLCM acquire' -lmjfTo,.."., ICf~O""" I eall ~88 ' IIrF'IuGI"I.--ilCf'",..". 'po88e88 ' (8Ubj.IC'IC~Il&)-lIC'ICn/"", (aubJ.lWCf'jjnl). N: &wo-amr, (..,.01 JlI~ 3065 B~......d...",pher. 145. 01Cft(_ 'kiU'-IrF...e-IIrF.&ItfI (IIrnIItO..)-chr-iICnlM (& chr-.mltlJU) -ciff-flrFcS..fTo ...-By-form: drrD-ICf't...v,,,, or -1Cf'.IVll/A', also 1Cf'{.)u{..)v...

....

-.

P-B by-fol'lllll: clwo-,",'.,.., &; -ltf'Cll",-'n_-&1I'-/trf'O(oy)_-&1I'-UTO-

146. 0,",,,(,,). Bee preceding.

147. *ICVrnt' atoop '-a-ci!+opa,-ZlCl1l/fa-all.1i'"

p form:

fut...""..

N: tt~ot (80 _ X-nt. lion. 621 0) [ftom .Itt..wr.], IIl80 tttW/J. (875)& tt_SOYI (861), 'atoop '-tT~ttltVfAIIhor.

_iArryp.i_.

148.

*A.'YX'-' get by lot -A,Eo/l'l,--nax-a"Xa.-Paaa. .'A'xf!p

_ _ _ '-Adx--MlCGI-

P fol'lllll : A/AO"{Xf&, AIAII)(Il.-Pua. A.AGJ(Ilf'lll. N: AIIxd... (M), AIIxail'ot (900 f.) pt by lot,' 00ID8

1Ai"""
l).afJo-~'L4la-lA,~,...-':Mid. Aat4Jtiwl"J& 'grasp' - iAa/3f$,.-l.-

149. AGPII'_ 'take '-A6+0/'O, (imprt. AafJl912 f., AafJ,u"

AafJIt,,)-

flAiit/>6a&. - Paaa. A~I'CI' -1A#6",,-.fA,,~

P forml : (.'AtdJol')-jAIJI'fI'I" ,... (al80 dA'I/AIM'GI>-"'-"'~mu. N: AaIJ/aoI (M), also AIII'n..... now Aa/Jal.... (900 .) '~.. '-AA,tJ. (lmpri. Nl/Je & Nl/JOII, .. GI'Mt Lo1rml Pap. 2378 & 3191, and Alohe& p~ I'1IIor(wb8DOlAll,BGw.,' bit,' 'WOIUld).

1.",,.,,...-1,,,.,,,,.

("'' ' ' ' ' >-'11'1-1.11.",,-

150. 'lie hid,' 'eacape DOtice'-).+u--nae-~ Mid. dep. (Irr,-.o"",,opa' 'forget -lrr&-A;,n,---IAa86,.-(m-A"fTf'GIo P fol'lllll: ""_)-A'AaIa.-Jrlid. 'A"n,.,.-ArAIJtt- (A- ~ Acta Phi!. In Bellad. 14).-J'ua. 'IR-A""""'o,..-h~.

Aa""_

1..,0,.. (-

N: (AaIa&owtp.) Aaltw, '_penotiol, '8ft'-W~.

266

Digitized by

Google

15L I. O(l4y. 'pther,' ohooee ') crvA-, IIC-Ary.,- -Alt-- .. A.eafJ'IINlAoXG (734)- -A./~I'G' (aUJ-A.IEopn, durat., ~).'~"&ll& effecl)-tA..EQ,."-Paaa. crvA.-A.''ricro#'G'- ..A./1'JI' (et ..Alx.fip1)- -.lA."I"" (et -A..~."I""). P fol'lD8: pf...lA'x-~-A'xf6cropcu. lKoeria 191 "7'aA~lr 'AnUlliir, AuaA'x,.l. 'ZU"...a;r.]

2. aa.y'-A./E---n'~G-(pf. ':P'lAa; see .'lp. supra 72).-Paaa. A..](6I,rroptU; A.')"Eol'Gl-~'x8rI-A..~.,,#'G"-So ~-).'YO/IDI 'chat,' 'disClI88 '-I&aAlppal (dural), a..>..~optU (eft'ed..)-aIf).lx8rI.-IlflA"'l'4l. P fol'lD8: AIA.XCI (-tf""..)-IHAry".. N: Al(y). (863- 155, c) ' . . '_I)nU-tn (.m,.a)-.,)nt,.4- (& ..",,.05, _ III1pra 86 & iDfn. .14).
1DR. ~'lelWe' - dtro->.n+- - &wop - A..~OCII'G -IMMl"" PUll. (ao-.';"'0I'GI-(dtro-i+o"ul (durat.), ao-, Wro-An~;'rro"..
(effect.); A..A..I+o"",-IA..i;8,,_>.A.lfIIIII'--By-form: P fol'lD8 : IA'II}a-fA...,.,.".. [Phr.JD. 343 'lrA.ltfar dJ6infMll', clUcl '" , .......] N: Av..' -Wo' 'am wutq'-A.ff--IA"

lA.,.

eA.,.....

a- (a..Aov, AoiillfP)--IA._a.-Mid.

'bathe' (>.0""", MUt&, A.oVllfP, A.oiirw, A.oVrrl")AoG7'GI, A.oVP7'G1 (A.oiirr6al, A.0.I,,-_ et A.0v6"...HA.oU""-A.oVrropaa-I).OIIf7'4""-A..~ov,,,,.. (Cp. 153.) P forma: AM, AO.!.If, AMI, A,wop.". ete., regu1ar-IAOtIOJI', IAGUff, etc.AoW -Paa. lA." & 'AotStt"",-AlAoWlpcu. 165 lA0u6,., lAofIou, IAoWn, Aowpcu, A,w.TGI, 'A0u6pftla, 'AolloP7'o, AoiltIJfaa' .a.- oIW.. A..pp.f'" UcS"pG. .r I~ 1d.aI'G /I,wA., IWrti -fina 7'0} . . . 7'c\ 0 ~I nl Ar,. Aoiia9cu nl Aoiipcu, Aoiinu, 1A0VI"l". 'AoVro, 'Aovpttla, ''''''0' o&r. -,dp 01 dpxac"'oc AI-yoWI.". Koeria 228 AWra& 'AnUlliir, A,wfna.

158.

.>.cn. 'waah,'

rPhr.JD.

'BMIJ"UIIiir. ]
N:

tI"hor.

Atr6w & Aw,. (860) 'batbe'-AM.,.-KicL

AoII(y)op.IU-~

-l,.;.r,.-";,.,,... . am mad.'
(NI [ONe, etc.]
1~ ....

154. ..._ ' make mad '-1",,_- Pau. pat,,0#'G' 'am mad '-""".iipaa

P fol'lD8: """'tlOp.IU-I~pt""'''''''

p.GI'tC. 'pt aIJCr7'-p.GIfW_,....,.4",.)

d&_' learn '-~-lpnS-pt,..,ffG.

N: pII86nI It (194),1JIIIal- <9oot.) 'learD,' 'teach '-p49_""",plPor.

p/I8rJ_,.,.,.,.4"or.

166. ftuapaL_ 'wither'-/pdpcDoa (65. B92)-,.."apcwpaa. P fOl'lD8: 'p.aprp411'1".-P-. """"'tlOpGl-f,.,.",.-p.tp/lpapJICU. N: pIIfIOl... 'wither' ~ ~pdpDa.-m p.apal""p.IU-papaIGI-I,.-

15'1. f...,..",'- 'testify,' regular.-P8.8II. I'GJWVpl,rrOI'GI (durat.), pnprv~opaa lefi'ect.)--Il(-pGpI'IIPIJrTGllfPfW.-By-form: paprvPOI'G1 attest'

-Jpaprvpci,.. P fOl'lD8: pDfmIpoVpcu-pt,.,nP'lp.IU.

N:

,..""P& (.tW) 'teetJt;r '-~-I'Gf1FWP'Ip.bo,.

Pfonu: "".,p,.op.IU-I,.~ & ,,.x",,,,. N: p/AXOfMII 'btu maUoe.....m-t '-'"dXGUp.ov"-no mon.

158. pAXOf&M 'fight'-paxoiipaa-lpGXOrra"r,-I"pD.X'l1'A'-

267

Digitized by

Google

988111 -

IRREGULAR VERBS:

" /LE(JVU'ICO>-Jl.VO>.

159. ~ 'intoxicate,'lJM!W 'am. intoxicated '-J,J6uva.-Pua. ,..Bim"o,.,,, 'get drunk'

P forma:

N: p.fIvIiI (Iss. c) 'am or make ctnmk '-p.ffhXr_""'"l"or.

-',..SWB,.,. ,..IH"" P.."'fIfI,IIO".-,..p4lrH1p1U.

159b .-1"'1" &: .-yri. see I""IIIV,...

, fate.'
161.

160. o(}...ipoptU) Pus. pf~ 'it is fated,' .lpap,J_.-'; "pap"'""

).~fI'.. -l,..'A}..,fI'O
piJp'f'tM;

*.uu- am. about to,' 'tarry' -'I").)."" &

(&: ;,,.-).-Pass. ,uA)'",o, 'is put off.'

~"").).OII

(722)-,-).-

N. "lUll' la l'8I8rved,' 'la about '-',..Ut-DO more.-PB.. p4u- ( up. precediDc iD P_.); Tol ,..AAoIJp.oo (-T() "luop).

fr-

-J,..A"". -,..piA"".

162.

(tUA- care ') ~ , concerna,' 'is of interest' -;,..)._,..).;".1

So IWI-,..,.0l'l'" commOJler -,..).ovptU-I"..,..M,."", ..,..).o~,.".-m

,..,A';fI'o,,", (durat.)-Jw-'I'.A.,S,II-ml-,..,..,.,paa.-So toe

P forma: '"lA,," (-I~'/Ia)-,..plAlJDf-I'fp.lA.,,,.-'E.-.~. Kid. ,..yg-,..AoV,.-,..Ta-,..A'f/IIfTopac-,..T..p.Aitfrtrl-,.fTG-,.."lA"".. N: I'4AfI/At 'it laofimportaDcetome," I care' (ahiafl7~elPtive: 11,.. p4Aa 'It la Dothing to me ')-Ip.At-DO more. Probably due to lit.eNl'y iDflU8Doe, for commOD apeeoh OOmmoDIy _ iD la P~ ('Y)ocGC.,,.. (-.WCJ&l pIH

'repent '-,..T-.,..AO,.,,_(n 1'fT0-"').'1"u,..IIOII).

1'fTG-"'' O/MA

'"'>-

163. lJlol- 'remain '-I'."o,-',..,.,n-,..,J""ICtJ.

N: "l~1 (Dorth8l'll N ABo

,..1t1_ [or ,..,11_] &."'''-)-ptl".,.

-.w. 'mix ';...,.lE--lI"Ea.-Pasa. ,u"f"VI""

164..,....t-' defile,'

regular-l,uaI'Uo-P&BB./~,..p.lturIlG"

P forma: 'pl'I"G-Pfpca'Y_.-'I'l'~P'pl,.,.".N: (Crete) 'defile '-",w_I'lOl,.wor.

,.,.01

-a.o-,..Xs;,v0IlGI-J,uXs.,,, &: l,u"fFI"-,u,.."Ipaa.

165. ,"1"'1" (or .-1"'1") &:

P forma: p4l'l}(fl~"'plX'l".-'I"l''''''''-I'l-,IttTo".. N: IIpl'YOl (10 too Theoph., NODD. i. a22, 346) [from. ft,.-pt,. 156, a] 'mix,' 'join '-lIpli-I'l('Y),u.,or (179)-

166. O(JIoLl'." or 1'..0-) bo-, (mo-,.."..,"""" 'remind'--~ ...~o. - Pasa. ,..",,;/VlCOptU , remember' - """B;,vol'G' - ,..,...,;",0"... 'shall remember' -/",,';fTB,_,JI''''I1'G' 'remember' (subj. ,u".."",o)-I,..~"."" (subj. ,..~".",,). ID N It liDgen iD the dil8imilMed form """~"., (TriDooh. 220 It 1165)

"'' ' I'G';

".Ia), t.h811 iD few iaolatecl Upr.aiOll8 due to t.he Church: (P)"'tlTflTl".. RUpe. (i. .. ~&). [Por the DortherD form ,....11_ or rather ,."itr_ .. ,un.

P"'IfT--

_ 1'4Il0l supra 163.]

167. lJloY'lll'owv.. 'mention,' regular.-Paas. I""Iw-Wol'G' (durat.), ""'lIGllfuS;,vo,,", (effect.).

N: ,...,,,,,,,,'" 'OOIDID8IDO:rate '-,.".,pOPh1--,...,pOP,,u.,or-due to the iDlU8Dce of t.he Churah.

168. *JIov.. 'shut' (the eyes or lip8)-lIWfTa-pi,w1CtJ 'am. closed.'Commoner "oY'o-,w., also 1CUI'-piJ-, 'close the eyes.

P forma: ."-,w,, 'ahut the eyes '-"",H~a6,.p.lHSa-..""""'" N: _pp.vlil (155, c) & IIIIIIIIINii (from. ."fW 155, 11) JIl7 8788 '--Ilcr.-

'al_

--"l"",.

268

Digitized by

Google

, .,. IRREGULAR VERBS: VEp.tA>--OAAVP.t.

169. vl..- 'distribute'- ..". - '''''IA'' - alll'fIf"P'I'"I' - Kid. 'diatribute among aelvea,' 'paature,' 'P08&e88' - ".,.iJpm - '/If'pnlA'l"""/U1,...-Paaa. 'Hplj8'1'" P forma: "",_",,,"0,,,,,_."""'1101'1/11.

"'"

170. vl. 'heap up'--I"".,a.-Pa&8. """pm. P forma: .'II_w.;tIBfI", .........",-,,1"'1111"1'.

pa&-a-~o-, tIC', P forma: .m_II~"c~-Kid. IItrfioJIIU-."""a,."...-Pua. "'.,.,01"1'
_t~_"b'/AI"I'. N: "t+TOI (174), .l/lOl (1175) (80 even N'omoo. SOS), alao

17L (wtl. C wa.ah ') dwo-, '1C-"lC_ "l",..- Mid. orro-"tC0l'a,-dwo-.l+o-

xara-"",I'''''

"lJJ-ret (861) 'wuh (Qe baDdII or &ca) '-,,~.-)(jd. "l/JoJlill' wash DI3 lumd8 '-",."IiI-r,,.,,..,,or.
172.
p forma: lIVtI"ot_W6a'TGa. N: I'IItITci,OI am aleepy '--I'VtITot_I'1ItITG(7)/Abor (179)

%"""".

'nod,' 'am sleepy'-fl'iHl.,aqa.

vo,., (etrect.).....aN.",., & ,w.,.a--nl''1'"

p forma:

~~f"YG or o"'I{'Xa 'have opened' &' atand open.'Pau. brraHWvlA'I", a-,yo~~F' tdurat.) a-;Eu,., & P aIlO&XSrj-

179. (oi1"'l" open ') ,,,..o(Y""!" & A...otyw open '.....aN."0,, (747)-

'OJlill'-I,,,";""'"
174.

(u..,,,,;;,,,,) I; +-ol"",P-1j"OC7J1i11" N: ....,.' open '---dI'altOl---dl'o'('r)l'bor (li9).

~1W-4"Otta..-)[id. aor. ,nO,."..---dI'o,,,1I)1I0p.ac I; dIIac~.

om. Bee 969 tr.

175. 0ornt,. , pity '-lC'ripa. P forma: oWnlpOl-oln-",.,.-,;n(t,r,tra.- Pus. ol..,.",.,opa, ()[arc. Erem.909 .&.)-.; .,.,p/JIrp-r;"".t"".,..

oft- aee ofol'Gl. 177. o~. 'wail '--ol"';Eo,.,-,.-fa. P forma: olpJxt_ or .rrw-olI'401.
176. 178. oCoI'I'L & o~ 'think,' 'deem' (oZ., 763, oZ..,,,,, oU".8a, o'i.,,8, [& ~ Pap.~f bocr. 8. 119], w.II'ra&)-i61''1'" commoner /U111 (cp. 148) -olr,crol'a'-'18'1'"

P forma :

ol~opa.--;"u4/A'I'"

179. otXOJIM 'am gone '-Xdl"l"-olxflrro,." P forma : fIG"';X'l~"&'

180. ol.MCOJIM 'forbode'-ol...Co.,.,o--olfllll&CTfip"" (716).

P form: fat.

olo..ou,..a..

18L

o~_

& ___ 'alip'-aor. 2nd AwSo".

182. O(Ill""" 'deatroy ') dw-clUvl", alao lE-. a,.6~~vl'&, by form dw'deatroy' - orr'.Uv" & -"~Avo .. - dwoA6i, alii>'. - dtr-"~fcra .oA..a.ICa.-Paaa. dtr-6Uvl'4,-dw-a>'oiil'4,-dw->'6~01l"-6~GMa 'am loat'-dIl"-.~">'f&1I (997, 11).
P forma: I; d.-6AA. (937)-IA"-4AffIII.-Pua. 4.-oA.~ flo"",-4.-oII\""", (1JuwA411", Tbeoph. :199. 17)-OMrAftlJIiII'.

all.

P forma: ~. (900)~""_tIIAlII""'a (also tIIAltlftpa}-tllAlt1",...

.oM"

269

Digitized by

Google

988.._ 1. ]

IRB.EGULAR VERBS: ~p.vvp.t-l4~v..o,.

189. . . . . (& ...v..) 'swear' (impri. ',-, d,..,w, -......)~ &: t.1M'fJO"-d,.v"",-I.pDfT--"pM,-.-P... I.piS(fT)6Ip-cS"',.,,(fT}nK.

"-,,,,01.

"uiM.) N: 6)"".t ..,.". '1IWtIK '-6]p.W .t ~-By.forma : ,w.,.-JIIIItt-

pforma: &pr6. (&",.,.}-II,w.. f Koerill253 &pW~ &pM, &~i"". A,.,..... &p/Hrw, (&,.t&r.II),

"ft.

'BUll-

184. oM""" 'profit '-d~a.-Pasa. d..t.a"",-r.M~ cro,--aor.o,,,q,,.,,,, (subj. d..u,., LaIO; 3J1W1O'6a&), also ~"", (~).
P fOrllls: Iwl., (Theod. Lect. U5).-Kid.lwoii". (cWtfrcu Stob. 68. 6"06",,,,01 [Luc.) Philop. 26)-aor. PGp.rff1. ~ariu ~.TO.
ID P-N spMCh replaced by ~ (N ~). (937.)
trap/tEv"","

36;

185. O('fVwt 'sharpen ')

frfIp-oE,-

'stimulate.' - Paaa.

(ffaptlJEu,,6u&).
p forma: ttap-4It.,.,IffI-lIv/AIMI', "tr-&I{W/AUl. 186. 6pG. 'see '-l';'ptr' (763)-'+0,- (~, 726)-.130" (see EIAO 8upra 64)-l6pau (l';'polCIJ)-lfl/lpG"'I & -It.,,,.-Mid. ftpo-, ~, ,n(J'opio,- - ftpo-*fl/lpe"."" - ~ - ~- I';'f/MU & ''''''" (~
....a&,

etc.).

p forms: llpow (727)-tl3a (see ElAn supra 64)-IIpua. {Kal. Ill, 7 '-polIOiHTu.}-Mid. ~,."".-Pas8. 6pal;,lto/AU&-ftlpd8rfrI .t ';',Mr,v.-Pf. rpo-...,a. afa&. [Kark that in T-Ji compoeitiona the future form 6!po/AU& is very often used 88 present in the sense of 11&cnle eo 11_ p, App. iv. 10'.] ID. N replaced by loop&; (L e. '''''''' 727.152) " ~ ,_,-tut. IIii (.a.o a.GI Le. /Si&i 915) -tlIlu-IIS.",I"Of. See UDder EI.Atl (supra 64).

187. f'pytfl/l 'irritate '-I.py'fI'O.-Mid. dep. fdpylCopm 'get &Jl8I'.Y' -d(YYIovpm (durat.), dpyw6~fTopm (eft"ect.)-ltpy&cr~P')W""'&.
N: WCO/AU& hate '-&y,.~II,uIfOt.

188. .1.,Kr' 'stretch '-I./MEa.-Mid. & Pus. dpiyopm 'stretch myse)f,' 'desire '-(fI/I"~""") o,plxBr,,,.
P forma: ""'tNXU (due to /;p4JfNXU; see 6p(nT. iDfra 19o).-Mid. .t Pas&. &I*/WY",4vor.-B,.form: ""'&i/AU&-6p&'P4crO/AU&-6pc~.

N: 6]p10y0". 'deaire-~xrii.
N:

_-dpvx8ljcro,.,..,
~,.",.

189. 6p86et 'erect,' regular-but see m.op6&",. oornot '-&o".,,_ _pIoJ,uvor. 190. 06pVn. & __ 'dig '-ICIIT-OpuEot - c1SpvEa-(--)dp/tPUXa.-PIUIII.
(/(-pvxflcro,-)--pUxtJrr-dppvy,.,..,-~,-p/tpVI:TO.

.'0""_'

p form.: aor. 2nd &pvyov-.".sX.",.-lIid. ,;,pvta,."".-P-. ~o,..

191. ~vo..- 'ameli '-dlltjlp/Jcro,.,..,-W4>pIJ"."". p forma: 6II~pal ." give to smell;' Mid. 6II~pallfO'" .t 6II~p&;/AU& (or "'~PO/AU&' App. iv. 3)-M1~pGv"'" & M1<t>P'I"6.,."". 192. oVp4tt 'make water'- -fOUpou" (726)---ob,,;,cro,--n...ouP'IfT_ 1"...oUp'IfUL p form.: 06~I7Q1-OIlP'll7u-06~.f&.-Pas&. (7 7. 153.)
N: IffIT-OVpl. I make water '-,",TOU~II_,",TOVP'lpI"OI.

0""""". 2

.16.,

198. o'+-'A'" , owe ' - cISc/>.,'A.ov - dctM&A.~ - ~o.'1(7'II- ~,'A.~ft"" Pan. dtjI.,'A."s.w.-W The 2nd aor. 14.'A.o. (moatlYl'receded by_, (J904 f.).

.z ~p) is used u

a particle of unattaina.ble wish: ICIOtUcI ..,

270

Digitized by

Google

--

~-------

. IRREGULAB VEBBS:

OqiAUTICa.IIQ)---'I(Etpa.. [9981..- m

P fOl'lDa: ~~ (write "+tAlw 717 [I]) '" ~,,- ~ADr : would that.' (In N atiDot, aseept in XJIIffAIrqr i. e. V'~IAI",s 152.)

P.... 14A'ItM_
196. lwaLt ifrawfMl.&.

194.

o~&.". owe '-d4>>';'~n"

(from /MfH>'w)-I4'Arpca.-

P forma: IfAQI (App. iv. 3)-~'11111.

sport,' play '--wopm (998)-ltra&cra-"rauca.-P....

-1....-,""'.
N:

P fOl'lDa: tralio"""

nlt-,.

cuto-ri-Xa.-Pua. -X"'opaa--b.rxf'lr

[PhryD. 217 trail. 11I,..ir 'Cll .,oii .. " ~ 'A.,..,..", nl "alfJaft nl -,."at".,..", loa "TOV v Iptir. )(QIIIU 137 lwaln,.." A.,..,."", ItraIfIIUI' 'EAA". ..... 268 'A.,..,.uriin, -it. EAA"",.&r.]
rral~DI--IrfIl7pl"os (179).t

_iT.

_iT.

_".1_.

196. 0-u.' strike '-fI'aUno & (durat.) tra&q,,-ItrG&fTa-v.r.p-ftmwua. -Mid. (trans.) Itraw4p'I".-P", IrraUrS"" (commoner Itr>'m_pf. trf-

.>'lIYfMI.&). P forma: "haallll .t ...rrat'lm.--Paae. '1'""1_"",. b7 tIIlTIlcrl101 (which _ below 1911).

Othenriee replaced

197.

friox.. sufFer '--1t.UrofMl.&-;tralJrw-rr.tror8a-h.,,611iJ....

P form : waIal"Q1.t pua., also N: ";11_ (l76b) 'labour,' Itrive .-nlDl-....,m.os. [The Corm ..~ .wan of litetWy 1IWlJlIIIimD.] B7-form: (JlIfG(")IhW gcn), crxEC..) ezuleavour.' 198. l-'"'-w strike'-tr~---'mWafa.-Paaa. replaced by rV'

"f/OfI--'_.

-'"C.. (_

W'rOII4& (which see below 283).

P forma: Pua.lfGftcrl1opaa--lfll'rllx"il1opaa--'_,",xfItJ". (Op. tralor.t .,w.,....)

N: ...,&1111.. hara.,' w0ft7 '-ftOl-flG7G(7),u"OS (179).

199. cause to cease.' atop' (but "nv. also intr. atop ').aw_ilrll1lC7O--trftrll1llCa.-Mid. traUofMl.& cease '-traWroll4&-itrawr!. ,.". nW'Cl1lfM"--Paaa. -vSI,frofMl.&; tr."aWro/IU&-itra"er,,, (& haWl",,).

l--

11,.,,,

P forma: clra-..10l' (Aota Tho. 190 :19, if not tiraniioll, AS in ~. ____ (Acta Tho. a3. 40) [or -nu! op. N]-clra-~opaa, drawaW.. (CalllD. 135, :l4)-~' ( ...a'l"). flGijraa (Bermaa Via. 3. 90 1). N: _ _ .t naS-rw (861)-~- Kid. dNoIfGt!(7)Opaa .t ...v(7)o"", (861) rest '-obafIG("y )&i-oba";'1aa-oba"a'l,.l"os.

200 ..et.. persuade '--tI'I"'-ItrnfTa-fl'nr.&ICG, but trftro&6a (intr.) truat.'--P.... ".i80fMl.&-fI'IWoF (duraL), tr.w8Ip0ll4& (eft'ecL~., v6'1'" Irr&80l"I_br.&I1fM1.& &: rrnrotDa (997, 9).
P form: ~.. (AquiL PL 90 11).

,.,,1111

l_v&... 'am hungry' ('lfll";" nuj, etc. rr~&,,;;") rr." hdJmrll"'/ICG (829 f.). Plorma: ...n (""r9r. """;' etc .....a.) __II ..--I...t-. (830 [.t I]).
201.
N: ......., ' . .

lmDpy'_'''_E_I1,u_.

cpaCo""'-I....'O!1lrtr--IIfI,paIIplros.

202 ~ try '--1tnpdfT.-Itr.l.pifTa (65. 892).-Mid.dep.trllpitfMl.& try -fI'.&p4nfMl.&-irrllpavGl"I" &: 1'lf1lp4e".-".".lpofAG&o Pforma: ..."",C. 'try,' 'tempt,' vu'-......tpan--...".,,,,opa&.--I'.u
N: ..,&\01 fnRWe,' ftS -....,-,-(...,.7,m.os. 179) .."pall"....

271

Digitized by

Google

208.

cnro-, wpo-, I"TG"fr''''''P'''- "fri,,+OJUllt/>8r1lf-frfrrtl'JUll.

.,c-,

..11'_ 'send --'''''''-&.~-fttro''---/nrrOl4"".- Mid.

-nr."",a""".-'Pasa. brf,,-

P form : n".."tloJlll'. N: (p)r/pWOl (p..4 0I) '.nd-(p)wltpol-(,....pmor.,.",...."pbor 1052). ..

204. 01npG("'" 'accompliBh '_PON-lfrfpa1lG (65. 89:z).-Mid. /1,.",.pn"&,.,.",,.-PBBB. ffr.pU8'1_fptMTJUll. P forms: npa"9I]tloJlll'-w....papiror.
205. o~ 'carry over.' regular, but fut. pBBB. fr.paaOHroJUll (durat.), w.pnU8quoJUl' left'ect.)-ffr.paaGitO'i". 206. .1np&.' p&B8 -&a-tr.pGu.-&-mpaCTCI.
p forms: .",lpaqa-...",.p<JItG. N: ...""a. (even Apophtb. 440 A.".prf n)P fOpa')1ll; 110 Epipb. Ilon.. 265.) (906), also ol..tpI'CiAI, '~,' 'CroIIII '-WtptUs_",.patlpl""r lalso

uCorn. A 19).

",.,.,o,""s.

207 ....,.~' Bpread (alBO d/la_o",~..)-fut. cboa....~.-mT-nrfTRrro__m0I'R "

p forms: uo-n...a-ftTfttl-&a-ft'ffmu.. N: ...Ta. throw,' 'fly '-",'TO_"rra.(.,)".wor (179).

208. twl'l'OJIA' 'fly'~~JUl' & nquoJUl' (136, 1)-d..-..mS,.,.". (J.U-

frTOITO, GlIo-II'Tfu8oa, fWl-IITOpAl'Or).

p forms: rWTIIJlll'-fut. imprt. d."o.lIT1JIl-aor. ,."."", (d~--trrijNc, ' ... -, aaTII-mr). N: ..lTOpaI 'rely,' 'trut '~",lToupou" (Bcn" f.) -DO more. In the MD.M of flfJ, it has been replaced by wnaOl Rpm 207).

<_

'"T)IfI

209. 'Irii'YWl'\ 'fix'-m7~at-i",'I~a. - Paaa. way9UOJUl'-hUY'I-pf. Wf'stand firm' (997, 6). p forms: "VY"VoI 4; .tlOI (...qTTOI)-fl'ff1JXO.-llid. m,tfip'll". - Pus. ''';')(6rflI-..4,,'l'YpaI. N: ...qtltlOl 4; ~'OI (873) 'ItUfan,' 'ourdle-...q(~(.,)pIlIor (179).-Alao
pttlyyol 4;

,,,,,,'01 ' tbraat,' 'as in '-p."qt-p'ff'l"r"4,,or.

210.
N:

.,.,aa.. 'leap '-'ff1J3tjtlOl 4; 'ff'IIIIE~&qpI"or.

t1MJMw 'leap,' regular, but fut. fr'l"quOI'R1 (9!}8).-Pfrqaq-.

211. O(wtl'wA'IJII\ 'fill,' 1"","frA'II" (126)-I..-w,,,..A'I" (/_,,{,..,,'AfIITOJ') ',,-wiwAoJUl' 'fill for self' -I_A'I"a,.,."".-Paaa. 1,,-wAfllTsquOJUll-l.-ftrA'lTo (subj. I,.'A'''''''') & '.-nr'AqutJq..-I,,-r.iwA'Ia'TOl.
-I,...."A~u.. -llI-nrA.'Iua-.l'1nrA'I/Ca.-M.id.

p forms: .,p",Aa. 4; .,,...A/OI (937; Great Louvre Pap. 581 n ..~) (also wipAoJlll', as 8ept. Prov. 3, 10 "i,...A",.,)-trA'If1f6IIo,.......I'ffA'P"'1KIfA,tloJUll.

212. (..n.,.~ 'burn ') 1"-'lrZ""",,, (1:z6)-/...",,,",,,,..-I,..fr,n,uel..rwp'luo.- PBBB. '_~-'''''''fftp;,.r8Gl (/,,_P'l,.fllOf). p forms: ..,,...,,., 4; ",.,., (937) 'burn,' 'swell '-'p", IrGTCl-w/..~
.IIOJUlC (10 &YOD. Achmet. 71; Prodr. 30 a34) "P1JfITW-'ff",..plJ'or.

""',,"o.-Pas&. wJl'ltl'fI7g0Jlll'.(also 'P"w"'OJlll')-wlwprppal (imprt."Iw",..o). NI (due to dpltl_? also .."'trTOI Cretel 'awell'-wpl,l1...-Paa. wri-

,,""tI_

n8quo/'l1,-Irt68q- frfWOJUlI.

218. twt_' drink '_I"l'Rl (imprt. wi8&)-&lOJ'-tIiw-.-P.........

272

Digitized by

Google

P forma: rut. ....,... Il wE.,... (wE_. ilaprt. _t.)-aor.iDL .... (148)-

.".,.".

l Koeria ~ wto,.." ....... 'A'rTUAir trioV/*U, ..-I (15&,41 ), 'EUlI.ariif.] X: wE_' dl'iDk' _ _ (impn. N 15&,e)-(mll) ~-(720)-1fI.,pbcwdfllimila tioD from .I}nr,.ww Le. tlfrI,H". (ftpm 151, 2) , clrank.'

314. O(1R'II'pdcra. 'sell'; ~ _Ai. or dll'03l&"a&-fut. tr.X". or cltro&iJooOI'II,-aor. Or..A,," or dti-.MIPl")-pf. trltrptuca.-Paa. mtrpGuICn''''rmrpdaol'll,-ltrp/J8rp1-frOrpaptu-/trltrpaTo. p forms: .. sell' (beside naAw)-,wE.pCIG'_o".-Paaa. ..pa#I,IIOI'4'.'wE_PUll (Vita Epipb. 81 B '''('fIpCIG''''= ,nAlJ(Tfv. Vita SA. 14* A BtWf 'fI''fI,.""'''), 1fI'fI,a-Gl.

,,,pdts_

(tnaoD- -iJcr- -A",.WI1r.)

[ID X 1'8pbloed by nrA&i or rather trOIIA&i (10 even iD J'Trinch. 13 [t10051 11143

315. ...t...,. faJl'-7fflTovl'II'-ltrftTo-.m_fl. p forma: fut. ftIlO,..,-t'fl'III1_'rrourff, 'fIl'fIT_.-P.... 1l'flO-.&rroJID' (Prole.,. J'acobi 30. I. .".,.a"" [= ' ...lIf] Il A.chmet. 14+ .aTll-'fl'r......a. Diod. ii. 513. 17; ll.o-rrOlllrr_ Sophronioa 34390).-lrfid. .s"...lfI'an"O (Ey. Petri 18).
X: ..1ftroI (from "'1111 x ftlTTlI),oP. nll1TTfl>Ml, ~ 114) '6IIl ' -. .~.t1".,

316. l'll'A 'twine,' '~lait '-I'II'X'Eo-&ca-1litrXOXci.-PaIIi. I"..X,x.fHtrr,..,-itrAIX"", et 2M .trM.r'l...-.iw-A.,,1'II1o p forme: 'fIAIt_wA'xcz,-lrfid. ''fIAt0l''l''.-Paaa. f1If/f-...AI~. X: 'fIAI_ 'plait,' 'braid '_1.4.-.1..(.,)"4,,. (179). 317. !'II'Al. 'swim,' 'navigate' (trAf", etc. 834)-hX._A.v.,.01'll' &: __v,lIu-ltrMlICTfI-frwA.VICClo-P ... trffrA._pl"or. P forma: fut. 'fIA.~.,.-Paaa. "p'...A.va"lIfT11,-hA""". X: 'fIAl(.,)., (860) '1IWim '_A~ (abIo _AIt-, Orete) __A.,.ww. 318. 'll'A'rrnt 'strike' (in ~ commoner waw, 'IlmT.)-lIC", 1fIWG..A~E---&A~II--trnrA'IY"'- Paa. lIC"ftA'rrrol'll,--trAfJi,ITOI'II' (but ;1I:-trAa'riao,..,); trftrX*0I'fl,-ltrAm" (but ll-, IClIT-nrMyr,,,)--trwX'l'YI'II" P ibrma: .1.41111. atrike'-wAit-&A'lEII.-lrfid ..Ai,1It10plll-'fIM,top.....A'lEo,."...-P-. hA~)(""', 219. -,"(It' blow,' 'breathe '-II1IfVITOiiI'll' (but lI'"DtW0I'II')-ltrHtIfNJ

-IfR...mr/1fVfUJ. P forma: tIer4II. -l'au. "-~1I0pCII--lc-_4f1""'-I"''fImfU(11),...

X: . . .."I(.,}II (860) 'breathe'............,., (from .."..11.)

-1-tw)-Uca"",H". 320. !.."ty. choke,' 'throttle '-d,ro-tr,,~-ltr"'Eo.- Paa. Mo""1'icroiU',-chr-"",iY'l~''"''YI'II'' P forma: ll'flO-'flPEtOpCII (Eanap. p. 24 GFBoiaa.)-'."c(lI.-P.... ""'riIlOplll, 4_Et-"" (Eanap. V. Soph. p. S8)-.,.,,''r'I'' Il Il....."t)(fl)l'. X: ...t,w'obob,"tbow:Il_Et..-p-...t;o,..-,~.m;.,... WI('7)pJ".(I79).

a:

...,,1/11 (frvm

231.

(-faa?).

!-'.

'long for,' desire '-n8~ (& "a0l'll'?) -

hUrt-

P foI'IIIII: fIfIIIoUfIIU .,....""'~t~....."pb'or. If: (fIoH.) ~ 'long tbr'.........~ trOfotJ,.."o ~

.......,...-Jlid.

2n. -'et 'make,' 'do,'-regular (833). p forma: _"crlll, _110"....,. ........" (148). X: ..... (ah'" 1875) rare; othenriIe rep1aoad by _(P;-' 'WhIch_
aboYela6.

213

Digitized by

Google

888__ ,.]

IRREGULAR VERBS: 7rOJlEQ)--P'lYJlVfJ.'.

.,

229. 'labour,' 'Bulf'er'-tI'OIIrj_-ItnI...,cra_1II'6...,m-lW'flro.,qnlI.-Mid. a",W'o.",aU""".-pasa. a,, lE-fII'orlj8"... p forma (8.U "): fIO,,4f101 (Sept. Eaai. 19, lo)-n6ncna (Sept. often).Mid. fIOI'4f1opm. _7'CI-~O'Opm.-PIUIII r~ (alao mid.). N: (ro..4o rcw8) , lIU1rer pain '-fIOI'4ts_ _"...ot (11.13").

l-'.

224. 1rOpIiu 'convey '--rrofnulTfII-lnpnxra- - Paas. W'OtnUoII"" go.' 'wander '-W'optWo,- (durat.), W'optv8'IITop.a' (effect.) -do".us".. W'1W'6p'Ilp.a&. P: ftoptw" - fIOptHp.a, (Pachom. 9"& A).
N: WOfiIt$(.,)Opm (860) (Crete) 'pt along,' 'can nbIiA ' -. .tri.

225. l'll'~ or ...."t.,.... 'do '-'II'pdE--lrrpaE_hrpiiya & (P?) "iW'paxa.-lIIid. W'pdE0(lO' brpaEa",,_nrpay,-.-Paaa. rrpGEo,- (durat.). W'paX8q,,0p.a' (effect.); W'17I'ptiEn-a& (68S)-brpdx8"...
N: ftpdf1O'OI'act,' 'dwell '_pOtOl.

226,..p'-'- Bee

dJwo,- (infra 321).

227. .~' aneeze '-a.or. 2nd P forma: rra,wup& 'aneeze'-tmSpa..Tu. N: f/mIIWtCopm I; ~pplCopm , _ ' - -cmii228.

'trrapo...

4"'.

or.

'lr'l"fJcnru 'crouch '~Ea-',"",xa.

P fOnDa: niE-'"'In.

229.......u-. 'fold ' - d.a-trTVE- f'""'Y,-.-Paaa. a,-m,x8'I...

"""'Ea- -lfid. IrrnEd".,..- a,..

p forma: ftpolT-trrt$Eopm~

290.

l.....v. 'apit '-m,o,--~a.

'hear '--rrrWo,--brv86~,-.

P forma: fut. mO'-'IITtIf1C1-'''''''n.-PIUIII. daou-tlTV~o~~. N I ~ (174. 155, c) I; ~ (from fTl&, 8590) 'apit~"''''_

291wwt&YOJ&G' 'inquire,' Since (J replaced by 'EmiC.,

'pom;, ptlfI"-, eta.

292. l~Gt_'aprinkle '-p,n,;.-'ppilJCl (6S). P fOnDa: 'ppa"'_lfI'~IaJ1II&-~P"CI& (739), .ppa,."hor. N: Ial-' apriDlde '-~.

299. Bew '-dW'o-ppd+- - 'ppata. - Mid.lppa+dl'''''' - Paaa. lppdf/>"" 'ppal'll4&'

N:

n"'"'"

/Id4m (174) I; ~ (875) "_'~

~a"""l'Or.

294~_ 'flow'-p.Utrop.a, (durat.), fn+rop.a& (ei'ect.)-Ippu".-/ppVr,-.

P form: (Hrdn. Gr. PhDet. 417; Hippol Haer. 196, 3). [In Nreplaced by TpI](OI &Dd xWopm.] .

"'pt_

196. ~(a1ao~) 'break'-p.;E--'pP'lEa.-Mid._ca-PPbp.a,--pp"EG",,'-:pr: a,, drt-CP/*"ICI 'am broken.' - PMB. Po-A-JIIU -IppGy,," (997, 7)
P fOnDa: "".,..., I; Mcrf1.-3&IPP'lXII.-Kid. 'PP'lEI."."..-Ipporya.-'Paa. -lpf1'lypm, 4ro-pplf1'll'TCll (U9)-fwl](IfliTa. (KoaN 3fYI~, W TOii a 'AmM. /trrp4_, ... IIIO'O'OVfI'" "BAAr,PLIIIlft.]

274

Digitized by

Google

IBBEGULAB VERBS:

1__ _ ' P'YUW-UU#ll'a,Q).

mw ~ &Dd /JIJ}(TOI;
p forma:

In N npIaced by ,"",(..}ai, "XICOI (which _ below &49); but IG""COI (from ,...,.,), alIo /NJ.tC0I (ISSII & 863) 'cnck -~-,l_lrtc",uIlOl. [Some oozmect N #')(1'01 and #}(TOI 'throw with A !Jrpv/4 and write accordbut _

below tmder #fI'rOI 237.]

though pc~c (PL Phil. 45 B) an! pcr:,mCIIIII (Xen. Hell. 4. 5. 4); lnf. p.yi.. for and beside p.)Ov...-pcyOHr pplyeua.

fl86. .~y&.. 'shiver' contracts to CIII and ., instead of DV and Oc (8~6),

FrI- (Of _ N)--lfIPC"1ONC6n,. [K0eri8 '!PI /le.,titrro, 'AwIM, /le"(Oiirror 'EAA'I"c.&r. 309 /le.,&.. 'ATTCC"', ,..."m _&if, /Jc'toi( .. ) [i.e. /le..,fiP 251.\ App. v. 8"] 'EAA'I"c.&r.] N: /le-,u (10 _ Apophth. a60 D 06 /le.,aT. .\ CGL 399 [JlS. of VIII-IX~t] rigo, rip, rip. rigomen) .\ lnul (from 1,..,0. 13211 & 136, Crete) 'shiver,' 'am oo1d'- -d.tI_-II,u..Of.
237. .~"'"", also pcrnCIII 'throw '-Pl+--tppc';a-lpl";a.-Paaa. cm-o~fTopm~pplt/l6rpl & Ipplt/l"..-lpl"I'I"''' P forma: /lctI+IOJlll'-IPf/oJlll' (Luo. i. 673)-/14"""," (739). N: #')(1'01 & #)(- or /JIJ- (from pifl'rOl x /JIJ('N(J) and p,:..,..., x ~TIT(J)? _ above UDder (tIrpu/4) throw '-Ill. or fillEOI (Apoo. Kar. 124, 14 dp6:r. [read ofpaT4] I" ..2 pitJAn p) [The tmDa Jh/N 'PfH!(ia due to Uterar:y Inft_ ?]-/le",,4..Of.

288~ (also -....) 'strenathen '-h-lPf1CllltTO.-Pasa.lpp~ lP1*pm (imprt. IppClllfTo, IppClllfTlJ, '1a.rewell,' inf. IppliMTlJal)~PpO>""". P forma: ".",n-m-ppdKr_'ppo1I1a.-Paa ~Opll&. 299 ~ 'extinguish,' 'quench '-fTfjifTtll-lfT,9rfTG.-lIid. cUr-

lfTfJ'I" (dwo-crfJijJIGC, cm-o-fT,9rlr).-Paaa. fT(JiIflN/UlI-cm-o-fTfj;,rropm-lfTfjifTs".. -pf. --'trfJ'lca 'am extinguished' (997, 8). Bee 979. P forma : ,,~.-Paa tI/3,.""OJlll'--ltl/3.tlpm. N: tI/J"'. or tI/JIpIoI (northern ,,/JboI9QI) '_tIDguIah,' 'q1UlllCh '_/JVt101 or or tI/J.",u..Of.

.BIp--IJv",u1lOl

, 2!0. %~ 'shake '-fTllfT_uTa."lfTf&a.-lIid. d_".IfTG""I'.-Pau. ffTfCtrBr,.-fT.fTflfT/UI&.

P forma: .tItla.-P.... tlfiopac. N: tI.,., (Iss, 0) ',hake' (tI.f,. tI.i, 148 & 708)-tlta-IIl,tI,u,,0f.

P forma: l~pGI'_tlf~I'G"IIfC&.-lIid. tI'1pG1'oVpac.-P... tI'1"""'tlopac'tI'I"""". N: tI'1,.n.' IOUJld ' (of the ~ptIlfTpw '1I01IJldbIametal,' '1OD8' ')-flIpO"(tI'IJMIII,u-).

241. % . .'_ 'ahow,' 'indica.te'-fT'I~cnIl"11"'1 (& _).-Mid . "'7""..01"1". - Paaa. brl"'"ptA"sqfTOpm-fTffT9ptAfTpa&.

242. crtr- 'make putrid.'-PaaLICGTG-fTo!rJjfTo/Ula-'tlGtr,,_ pf.fTlrnpra am rotten.' P form,: tr#-tmT-I .-P.... 1~-tlltI'1"pac.
_..,t.-.I7CI~I7CI'"I,.4..or.

N: tla"ICOI' mUe or become putrid '-tla,ntlOl.-AlIo pIlL (Crete) t1G1rlC0I'II'-

:U8. eny. 'am silent'-en'Y'/fTOl'0a-l"&Y'/fTa-fT.fTlY'/lCa.-Paaa. fTI')"IIH,trOptAI; fT.tn-p,ITOJlll'~fT.'Y'/IJ"_fTffT;Y'/P.O&. P form: tlen"".

244crwtr&. 'am silent '-fT~110Jlll'-ItnOmrpa-fTffTI"'Ita.

_ _,,1Il0l

N,,"" rare (utI."".tI_a.;), "lIIIrCIl.,., & -'C. 'beoomelileDt'_""a_ "",,- _

~
~for

P form : "",",","01.

152).

275

T 2

Digitized by

Google

"ITICatlnl~-'IT/UJ~'. P forms: -.II""""OptJl-lII.&w.

245.

f " ' - 'dig'-CT,"*--IrM-'CTICII+a-ICar-I_",-Paa

l1li.

N 1I.a.,m. (174), aJ.o liftS. (875), dJc'-crtr6l{lOl_~r.

246(_.a&~ 'acatter') 3ca, 1CIIf'1I-, dtro-_aa.-",-dro-, CT.a. (889)-3,, _CT,3acra.-Paaa. JCTt&1aSr,-lrrJa-pa",

a..-

P forms: t1. .~, II..M. 4; lIt""OI (9a7)-cr/C.au.-Illda....-Paa. 1ca.a..Mwunu-t1/Ct~_. [N ltall/CtM,OI 'am1ll8 '--&all/CtMcr.-&a/lulacr,..h-or la appareiIltq du to literarJ'iDJI,u8DOL]

247.

f(_l~

look about ') od __I", &

ITICorrlopal-l".rt.Orrov~

&

JCTICOJroul"I"-CTlCf+o"",-iCTfVd""_;CTf~,-JCTIC'+~1I& (pUll.). P forml: lI/Cbrrol'fU 'uamine '-II/CO~n""ma-IcJ~""""

'"'I'/U.-P.... k/C'fIIrt" ('_,/C'"", Sept. Nwn.

N 1I/c~1'fU (174) I peader

_r,'

I, 19; 47). thiDk '-fI"..n.-a .,Jror.

248. 0_""",,, mock,' 'HOOf" '-aIC.;..;o"",-lCT-+a.-lIid. J~. -Paaa.IIlIC~~CT.~I.

CTrI.""~I1fI'QCTpa,"- Paaa.

249cnr&.' pull '-CTII'rI.CTet-lCTII'GUII-I--.-lIid. rnralTOplll-lrr-. &O-aftaCT8ipo"",-Jrnrtiriv-Lnratr,....

P form: II'IrIlt1"icro,..a. (.0 even Acbmet. 181) 4; crwU. (906), abo

nu

crfta-naa,u"or.
P forml : 'crlHJP'"'_nlpc&crfaa-nap4croptJl.
N: ".".". (908) 'IOW'-n~or.

.-,01

(868),

'bnak'-

250 ~ lcnr'-cnrt,........,O"Im,..-Pau. J_o,.,.-t-.,-.

251. 0crwMI. 'pour out,' 'make a libation' -ICtmI-cnrt{--'t1ft&'nI.Mid. 'make an agreement '-rnrtluo"",-Jcnrt&CTrl.I"1".-lIid. & pas&. 'rnrt'CTI"'I.
P forms: crnlll___Ttt1'lrfllClllr (Plnt. Seri. 14).-P.... 'anillfrtr.

~-Paas.IrnroUa-""'.

252.

fcnrov8&t", make haste,' 'hurry'-tTII'01I3rI.CTo"", -JrnroU&wa-

pforms: nouMcr-lIIIid. a..fcrwovlaC'.s,..". (An-. An. 7, 23)-1J.a...cnro.aG-

tlOI'fU.-Paae..............,.,-IlI'Ir'OulMcrfIpI. N: crlRluMC'.' make hMte,' '~'-novI!dt. (8n) 4; .'II--'~II (Abo

Il17s)-"""",..wor (Wo ,""""""",'"or).

268. (mu... 'despatch ') - Gwo-, Irrl~A)'. - 'CTn&).1I - hr-, _. 'trrriAICIJ. - Kid. w-funl).al"1'" - PaBB. CTT,'UOpa' - cLro-t7Ta'ArJcrol'll' JCTTtD.~ - 'CTTa'Apa," P forms: IfJ'nIA/CII 4; 2Dd ,CI'TOAa.-P.... 'cmlA",.,. [N Cl'TlllOl, CI'T'AnI (1J04, for CTT'"" 187l,-Cl'THAI-CI'TIIA,ulfOf-poiat. to 1lterar7bdlu_' GeIluiDe popalar nbnitute (p)r/,..... _ npz& q,]
264. ~'" sigh '-JITTbaEa.. P forms: tlTflldl.-'crTfN.,,..wor. N: u-,.. .C'. 'aich '-dNCl'Tmit~oa(.,),w.or (179) wntchEcl.

266. O(crnp4tt, , __ 'defrive') & -.r-"-ITTtpft--JCTTi"".,,.P.... Uo-CI'npoV"" CTTfpunc.,,' & unpo"," -/~- 1Tn"';-'" (durat.), tTn~;,n"," P (ef"ect.)-iCTT.ptj8p.

276

Digitized by

Google

IBBBGULAB VDBS:

aT0PlNJ.U-TElJltiJ.

998111-tt1

PfOrDIl: '"lp-till. (839")-~-Paa. rn,.u"..-tI'rI~o,.,, '"I",,,.., '"lpI(IJIIII.-ri/I' Sinoe P, it ill frequently confounded with, and moatly replaoecl by, 6tlnpl_ (u Pachom. 9-f8 B) which Bee below 387.
256.
-~pTfI

mlM'P' cl:."","""," 'spread '--Ifapa-, Wro-IITOp;. cl: ~

cl: llJTptNTOo-lIilL Wo-cmipIlV/'CU.-Pua.

P forml: fIT,."..

",.. .,.,.,u.("p N:
N

,..,.." (",.,n,-OI).-P-. """"""o,."-n_er",*"",, IrropIerfrtr-4er-ropl.

'8plWd '~""'0I-IJT,.,,u- (775- 153).

",w. 4; lJTCJfIler~~-)(id. trrpIwo,.,,-ltrro-

llJTl*~"

2S1 .....,... 'turn .--dtro-, a.... dN-IJTpC+---lIJTfH+a.-Mid. fut. dtro-, IUlTG-lJTpC+o",,' (cl: pan.)-ICIIf'ftrI'~P-lIJTPO"""" (cl: paaa.).Paa 3I4-1JTpotl>tiaoP'U-(DUt subj. 1JT~)~IJTP'("fJr,. (IJTIM4>thw). Ptorms: flTpl~-bferf'pofM-Kid. 4; Pus. flTp4!f!oJIIII, PUB. "~O/MIA.
I "~/MIA 'tab look at 2S8. ~ aee 1JT6pllVp' (above 256).

'-fIT,..,..

169. l{crt'l.. 873) tr+Wnt 'kill~crc/IaEa.-Paa yi,aopat-mr., 1If'-~ (Jl7f/>dx8",,)-lmfJaypaa.

~-

Pfbrmsl .,....--..t+nt,.~.
NI

"fd\0I 'W'-41fdt-f4(T),"", (119).

'cause to

(dun.t.), CJ1IkaA. . . . (e.ect.)-/~-I~paa.

neuter: ~-'err.' N: (ercfMW.-) t1f4lA"'"
P forDlll I "'fIINIa~'''faAI>,.

260.~

faJl'~~-Paaa. ~tNpa&

..

Orig. 1. 1387 B).-A.IIO

cri _ _-Mid. allJt1'fjcrol".' {"''''),-&., a-~ (_).-Paaa. er"" fTOIIII' (.,...)-Jn8.".,-fTi"""", & P tOrDlll: er..,op.aA....er,;.tr,r.-Byform: er."",w,. N: er.;!_ '_'~&.. ~ ~p" '1'MCb,' 'nIloa' 4; PP(p)lC- (Crete) 'Itop.' (Op. AIl_"- 114, 5 - ..,.1 .,.06 tI.;(.,. 6.&PO.\oxor

I1f4lfII'OI C!la4)-erfI&A-(erfaAl'l_) ".,."u.",. 261. cr+'nw see a4>d!- (above 259). 20. f...;r.. (ne.) '880ve (er.....).....,...,1I ('O'tIIII1II)-ft~a or

'-+-

fT,,,..,.,..,..

,,,..,.,,,..--..,.INr.-By.fvrmI:

.f""-)

MIB.

l.,..,&crcr.. cl: .....,. 'stir' ..... f'apdf. - htipala. - Pa.aa. rapdlo"",

rapax'~eropaa

(durat.).

p form: N:

,.,.,....t

_fT""X--Pul. "fIIIxltcropcu.
md.

P (eft'ect.)-Jf'apGxSrp.-nrdpoypaa.

aIao 'P1IfIGC. (880) 'nir-NjIIft~(.,)pll'Ot (119)-

264. tr'-- cl: ""'"" 'a..rrauge '-~_""afa"""""f'a}(llo-Jrfid. ""., hra'"'"'lo/'CU.-Paaa. rax'tiaol""; ""*,,,,,,-Jnl.x8rI..-riraypaa.

' "' N:ll'....ertIJ )'I .

.ap.r, .,.na,-,.

p tOrDlll:

...o.erofAaA, also vow'-fttopcu. - Pue. b-7'll'ricr0JIIII-

4; TIlC- (880) 'promiae'-ftt.-...a(.,),w.or (119).-Jlid. ftlxnV-n(.,)1'1... promIaed.'

'"ow'-

266....._ 'stretcb ......... --InIPa-rn-alra.-Jrfid. ~lfOupaa-Jm

Paaa.

trapa~paa

(dura.t..),

-8t1aopat (effect.)- .rr08r,-

P tonnl: Jlid. np,opaa.-P.... ,""",0,."-17..5,,,.,. [la N nn__ '*-'oh ' - ___

I'"""'

..,..'01.]

277

Digitized by

Google

266. ....AI. 'accomplish '-T'~&; (889)-ln~,au--t'Wa,g.-)[id. ~ft1lil''''''-Paaa. 'T,).,,j6'1P-nT'fAWpm. p forma: nAlcr_olwo-nM~oplU. nAfflfrp6l'wor. [In N T,AfI""., 1_ oommon TfA.... '1bU8h,' both nplar.]
'"..,..~opm

h,

267. O(.nu. 'accomplish'), a.a""",A~. 'raiae," rise'-dHnw..-Kid. 'order '-l"...,.,~'...,.fniApm. p forma: clN'TITClAn.-Jrlid. ',,nAoVI'III.

268. 'cut'-T'~ (892)-IT'~I"1.a.-lrfid.lnro-n,.ii".",h,,,wI''1'''- Paaa. TI"I8qVo,.&; 7'f7',u",opm-J.,.";'8'1-n-rl"lpm. [ID P-Nspeeoh replaced by.o..,._ (Nalso d/3Ol) whicJa 188 above 137.] 269. O(ft'l'pGt_ 'bore ')-aor. UV""TPIFG.-Paaa. """'P'IptJ'.
p forma: T'.,.pal_ 4: nTpd,OI, allO TO"',. but generally Tpvr&. (regular), which last is still univel'8a1 in N.

""'YI

I
I

270. !riJlCU 'melt' -I-nIPt - -f~a. - Paaa. I.,.,.."" -""""' 'am molten '-I.,.ni"'l" (997, S).
p forma: nil-'ft1la.-Pue. tiEOpIU (durat.)~o,.a& (eIfect.)-hiw -'r1.,..",,.,I.

N: ""'ol'fll'melt'~ov,.-.-Thenet6omA"'(inQ-2'oftenM""-).

271. """'''''

P .,.i8., see 9SS-9 et 963 1'.

272........ 'bear '--nEopm-IftlCO,,-mou. P forma: Tl--I.,.fla.-P.... ""x'IIcro,.a&-'.,.IxIrtr-Tlrrrl'fll. [In N replaced by ~.] 278. !"'f'ocW' honour,' regular (828); Paaa. n,u,a-opm (durat.), nl'~ fTOptJ' (effect.); 7'f7',,,t,uo,-. N: ""p4M 'honour' T'I'~II"II'l_. 274. "(vw (also ont..) 'pay '-.,.u,.-I'f'UI'tI-m-Ig. - P ... I~we"..

-'IC.n.,.lfTpm IE..,...,.lvl"l'"

lIn N replaIled by irA""'" or nther irA"""" (40) 'pe.y'_MpIw_A.,.. I'lPOf.)

276.~ 'woud n-'*"'-P..... .,.p.8;,uopm-ITpi.tJr",--ftY'1*1'D&' P forma: .,...,.~","",.--n-rplwo,... [Since 7' times replaced by IrA".,u.., 'WOIUld' (as Theoph. 136, 30 319- 3Achmet. 77, 8o)-IrA,""",_'wA"""a-aA".,.,I'l"or.]

'-'1',.,.

+41"1. (a.18o tra.na.), 1.,.patr61"1" (intr.) -Paaa. ,.,.plt/>8""..-rff'(JfJIAIUU'

N:

276.!p'-' turn' -f'plt--bfJf'/fa-nf'tx4a.-Kid. f'pf..;opm-lrp.-

P forma: .,4.,p4fIG-"ptIIfII,cro".",; "'Tpdl/lO""". .]..,.plnpIU (733) (-all40l'fll. alcrXiSPOpIU>--'r,."w (lmprt. ..,.,.".).

..,.,-."" ('p'~""'& Pl. PoL 310 A)-Ti8pal'l'D&'

N: .".., (184) 'nourish '~plrfiOl-'P'",u-.

m . orp4+w 'nourish '-8~ {183 f.)-I8fJf'/fa-rfrp~-Kid. 8pirpm (durat.), "PfI~;'ITOptJ& (el'ect.)-l8pnltGl"1"'-Paaa. .,.~,..
278. !-rplX. 'run' -dtr0-8p1fopm (183), 3pap.oiipm-l3pa,- cba&3pri'1'1IIl' (lmprt..,plxa beside .,plx' [83C~ "p'xi.,,)-"I'l- (184)I Ao1riD8,' 'naDlliD&' .,.,.xo/IJIB'Of 'ourrent,' "p'xiror = la.

1"IItIL-Pan. Irr:.&3pGl"J'f'G&.
(TP'~or

Pforma: 'plE- 4: '''''' (or Ipa",? 894), clN-Jpdl'O"",,--("/I$)-Wp6,.,...

N: TplXIII

, rllJU1iDc').

278

Digitized by

Google

IBBEGULAB VERBS:

-rplfJo>---</Hz.lllO>. [988",-a.

m. t."tll. 'rub '-r~pi+a-rTrplc/)a.-Mid. rrpov-rpL+o"",dr, rrpOtT-HJI&",o,..-Paia. -a-.r"rfJ;,vo,-; Irr,--rfrpl+O"", -lrplfJrpl

(also hpl~)-rITp&WAIJ'. N: .,.pl/JtI & Tpts-,. (86ITrub '-rplt{M--rp'I'I'IIIor.

:180.

N: .,.ptC., 'orea1t '-rpltw-'rp&.,phor (179) &: Tp&fI,w,or. fl81. ...,.,.

TPWY"",.

l""'.

(p) , creak'-rplfe-lrP'Ea-rITp&'YG as present ' creak.'

'gnaw,' P alao 'eat' -rpltEo""'-Irpayo...-P.... a,a-rE-

N: T~ (",,*(.,)lIr &apfr86.s& 154) '.'-IG(T}OI-fG(T>-phor(86s- 155")

-Adverbially '"'XIS.. 'perohanoe,'./vrl4 (3125). (Phr,yD..s7l TirfllX' ."".., .,.ITX' .,oii fI_oii "t) AI.,., dAA' .,' aWoii T 1oIrl"" XJIGI 'I'm"".) N: (JC nrxG-, 190) nxat- (901) 'obanoe '-'I'Ilx-.-Compound ')nT1/X.u..., & OOIIUDODer wnYXa&r. (7ss>-w,nlX" & ..nX_'"'XII'pI..or & 'ff'T11](.UpI..or.

282. hit,' 'chance'-r.vf/J"",-InIXOJ'-t'nV](1pCG. Pforma: .,.Invxca. TITIIXG.-AlIo ~/ofAU (pua.)- .....nSxfoIP, tI... rmxfolP (nSXfH'I'O Mitth. m 249. ]35 [III~ 4D., Athens))-d1rO-TiTf1l')'pcu.

.'"'YX'-'

288. 0.,.w.,.' strike'--'I'1IIm/- lmiraEa. 'rrCI&tTa (see above rrll'l'Cicr_ & rrai.).-P.... nnrriao,...,. P forma: & .m.,."". (a1eo 2Dd 'TVII'OI') - ~, TInfG.-Jrlid. ~.-Paas. .nS."." 1Tvrrq",., & l~-ri",.,., & .,fm,.,."pcu. (lIoeris 339 .,...,...,.... 'An,. . . walfI.... cBU,...a;r.) lID Nreplaeed by 14,..., (BM above 43) &Dd _dOl.]

+ - '.

284. 0'"+t 'amoke.'-P.... h,-TVtfRIvo,...,-nSvp.p1",.

285 6ywt_ 'am healthy '-by&G__~1'G.
P-B forma : ~o,.a&-6oyt""'" (~",.,)-6'rtM",",. N: ,..... (7.3~--rua,,(I')IJ'Or.

286. ~OPM see lX- (supra 98, 4).

m. 6crnpltt 'am too late,' 'rsil '-Wnptj..,.

P-B forma: 6f1n,w,oOJ-IHrrI"".. _Frequently confounded with fIT.plo""', aB

"""',w",o"", Bur. I. A.

1303.

NT Rom. 3, 23 ete. .Joeeph. 15,6, 7.-

lHerar7 Iduenoe.)

See fIT."., above 255. (The N forma: 1HJnpoii,.a& am ~' 6f1nprflGl--6f1nf1'lpl..or ..vour of

288.6+.t- 'weave '-~iXI>,,".-P.... ~-&f>av,...&. P-B forma : ~_. ..,_.-Jrlid. ~ & ,."".",. N: fJtIl- (1l4 ft'. 783) , _ye '~-tflap(,,),.,or (1.!IlID (GPo ancient Gfa,.,.)
289. -;. , rain '~-PIII8. II/>-VfI'"Dor.
[SiDce Q replBoed by /Jp~x" which is still univerulln N, 290 . ..,.ty see ,,,,'- (& "".,..,) above 91 (& 281).

above 33]

291" _ ' ahow'-f#Ia.e--lt/>rpm.-Paaa. l~"", 'appear '-1f-oVpm (duraL), ~o"", (eft'ect.)~lIJa"",., (intr.) ~rrf!fl""" 'have appeared' (997, lo)--tlicjlacr"",,-Mid. ~,..., 'upreas '--chrc4a-

_iJ"",---..'JIId,..

NI fGlro"", 'appear'~-IfdnI-. C 783>' make my appeannoe.'] ... 219

[By-ftmD: tfIaI'lCo"", (I.e.

;1"fJfII'l-

Digitized by

Google

fJfHt_- IGI] JRREGULAR VBRBS: q,a.uIC~pl(1'fTQ).

292. -t&-... 'say' replaces f/NIa..-, (975 ff.).

'_/to"

4>",.1 in the participle and imperfect:

298. l+'l"" bear,' 'bring,' 'carry '-l~po-u,._IJ"!rtttlet lJ~or '''';JIOxo.-P&IIII. '''x.8I,a0pa&, also oluBl,aopm---l",ixO""-;"'I"'YptJl.
&Grist also (cp. 903), aB:

-'~.pa-+tp""lIOr.

Since P am.. pepular speech hu exteaded the IIkm .... to Ute tot. aDd Koeria a61 'A7T..&is. +I" 'BAA9"'" ~ ~ -",po (CIG 1379), '.,po (JJloech08 3OO4.A.). N: +1,.01 (903; Apoo. 8ednch 1330 36 U~I"'_ 1Nl~)

of",

'bftJaa'-""

f'IIIxfii-.
296.

294. l+Wiot flee '-f/HUEopm (also 4>nlEoupm)-l4>II'fO-'~uya. P-B forma: ~OI, fV7t1/ip.a. ok "w,o"", PaIL .~

-'+wE" -

N: ~(,pI 'flee' (imprt, .,v,a belicle~, .,...,.,.. bIII4e t/lfVrtrt, (Sso"J)~"II1iTor ... ...,.,.,M, 1052).

....,..,,,.."OS

.+t, see 975 ff.

2.d ,.,.,.
(Damuc.
2,

'fIdllfrpl.

ii. :a68 .A.)~"', ....... lDion. C. 65, 18, I).-Paa. ~o

(4)8oi,,,,, 4>8iI",", ~). P-B forma: .",a--{'.,.Eo Theocr.

296. ~". anticipa.te'~paa-l~

Jl5)-lfIwua,

(lIoeria 360 f/IGw." 'Anll",~... 'lW.".ar.]

N: ~n,., (174) 'reach,' 'arriw '~~""I1OS.

297. +,-[pIII 'corrupt '-.,.,.-,."s.cpa-U&pn (also .~

trane.) -

(effect.)-'4iJdP"I1-l~apl'"' (also a,-t4iJopa intr.). P forma: 'fIopa-'fIajNra.-Paaa. .,.",,,opa'__

a,-t4>8dplCf'''. - Paaa.

&o-4iJ,povIAfI& (d1U'llot.), a",~ptJ'

' ' pp.aa.

4>aA ",.,,.,,s-lr-fr.4>,AOTl,,,,,,ol.

298.

.~~

'am ambitio118' - t/HAor&I9vopm -1t/HA",.,,,;,s.,.,

Pforma (also' beetowupon '): fIAar'~o",~"""W.-AlIIo pus.

So too in P-B Greek. P-Nby-form: ~B.pl'",-fiGS- threat.eD.' N: 'feAr'~~B4",...~/Jc,,"""or from the ~ foIlC",' frilhteD.' The P ~pl'OII1t1ll obtlliu in N iD the _ of'~'

fJiJ8rJ-#J6/1"/AO&-ht4>ofj;II'''~'

299.."., 'frighten' - (/rc-)tI>otJII- -14>dfJrrra. - Mid. ~"'" 'fear.'-ilid. et pass. 4>0/1,,",- (d1U'llot.), t/f;,vop,u (effect.H+O-

fiGS""'"

.cfJop",a""..-Paaa. frt4>op'l"oos.

So(). : . . . carry -4JopFpw-l~p",.o_a-tr~p"...- Mid.

ll-

..""".
80t.

P-B forma: "lIT., (83911)~pt"CI-...~r.-P.... ~ ,.

N: ~plOl' _ , ' 'have OD '~"-"'pll1OS.

- Pass. ~pdx.8".-ftfI>payptJl.
~o,., .~p'''''''
S08.

802. (l+pUvot)

"+P".... declare -cfJp4r.-I4>plWG-n4>ptUCL-Pass. fr'cfJ".,,,.. +P'n- 'enclose -4>pGE.-f.pafa.-)(id./.~.

P forma: fpI&tw_"4"pa.",;.u-~.-Paaa. .,...,.,.~.

N: .,.,,_ ok ~OI (880) 'enal_ '-ffdl..-.pa(.,)""'" (179).

"+tU- et..,.,.. 'ahudder'-l4>P'E-wl4>pirca (u present).

280

P forma: fpl~,..." for "14'Pl-, (786).

Digitized by

Google

IRRBGULAR VDBS:

q,VArJqCTo)-XOO>'

[.....__

!lfJ4. %+uAU- & .... ~'ard '-Iw~I;vMfa-tn~xcz.-Jlid. +vAGtoI"l' (durat.), f/w>.a ,"01"1' P (etfect.)-l;lIAufG,.-~VM.yI"l" -Pals. f/w~ (durat. ~X"",

'p_' (fuAtWr~,""'AGfl fIIAf ~., ate. 863)~~ftlAat.-f/I1IAA('Y),.mr (179)

806. . . . . mix '-Paaa. ".pl"I,,-B,.form: f/wpd. stir '-..,. ~v,-..-Jlid. 1f/wptJtTG,..r-Paas. if/wpG8rpl-rr.;vp"1"I'-

P-B forms: ~.xfllflolM". N: .,..,Adtta"&fI1IAd(.,.>-(880.l$5b) 'pard,'

..,wro.

p forma: If1vpn & 'fllpa.-Mid. .,..,pa4J'f.or.-~ 1111~O~ ~

N: dN-fJ,.., (!IOl) miz,' Itir '~-6~,.- .....p,.mr.

.Wol"'I-l4W-ft~VIUJ

806 .... ' produce '-9w.-lt/Wn.-lfid. &

p forma I

fw4tro,..

ID N ~ by ..".,."., p.w and

,.11". n.- (786).

p....VoI'4"-' grow''ambynature,' itlieBinme'-J.u;va'.(997,3).

.a- or .,.."... produo....

801.

-fC,](Iip'l1UJ (axaP'lI"l')'

x-'l* rejoice '-xo.,.... (durat.), X~"optu P (efFect.)-iX.lp".

P-B lol'lDll: xaJpolM"-Mao/MU (deot. CIA H. 693. b, 13 [ll't . c.] I1WXIY9a-), xopoii,... ; .'}(!1p/p1"" .f](!lllipolf'U. [1loeriII s66 }(!1Ip/pI'If 'Ani. ., X!"~ (read xa~) tJW.lJI'uM. Bc1D.39S xal". Iptn, ri xaJpo,.. d ~ ,.. 4"aMI'" ~'If a..".nllt Moria';'. MT_ TOi D/",.., &rnr .",.",.,.t.fl, ~I xaltfMl', tr~l, or, riiIt 'ATor....]

'Ita

cl"

N:.

xaJpo,..' ~'-~--x-~, "",,"IW'fII(- ... 1).

808.
N:

Pforms: ~-~.-Pua. "XriAUIM".

xcaA&. 'loOlen

-IxdM"a.-lxnA/J""",.
\)06) 'delt1'07,' spoil '-](!1AM"-](!1Aoa,./ItO

xaA4- (also

}(!1""'"

801. x~OfIA' (Mid. dep.) grant ' - ](Op&OUI"ll IC,](dpur1"l' (alao pasL). N: XfJPlC. (80 .ven Porph. Car. S9t 14) I I oiler '-xa,u~)(yaa xapta"..,. [x1ljH114JH.or. I tIDjofable,' 'delightful,' see 2111.]

-i](op_"".-

Fall'"

!10. fx-" I gape '-Ir-X_ill"I,-Ixa_J](I1N gape' ("'~"" imprt. ICr~r, 1C']('INs).

N:
DO

xMlCfII' ppe' (imp", belid. xMft, 8JOb)-lxut14 (dN-xaaqafll), more.-B;y-form : ba-xulll,.. opeIIlIQ' mCllltll '--4N}(!1a.la_.

x--

811. %xll. CGCO-](IfI'OiIJIII' (& /CfITRxivo,.... IUbj. xi-)---'](ffTa (ly-x/fTCIt",)-ly-uXola.-Paaa.

P form: x_w. N: X/C.. _x/~')(~a_X~I1p1ItO

"](IfT"_.

812. 'pour'-t'ut. xi.. ](lW, X.i (834) (lUbj. ~_imprt.ly-X,Q",,) -'](la (Bubj. iy-, fI'1I)'-xfolfl')-IIC."~Ira.-Mid. ](fopt.,-{t'ut.) xroJ'f". -iXtG"."..-Paaa. "".,..}(1I8J,tro1"l' (eft'ect.)-lCiXVI"l' P-B forma: x't & x{nr(.>- (g01)-x".., also XaW <X.;, eto. if Dot X..., XHt.. 1194}-IXWa.-P.... ~" (Berm.. Vi.. s. S)-x"'Qao,..a-'x.Vf'I". N: p(.)At pour'-x"-XV,.... 81S. x6t, 'heap '-xiw..-lxawll-. ..,x.,onr,-PaIa. ~Ol"l' --'X"'s".-"'X""I"I" Pforms: ~ & ~-.id. x-~.
N: p{lr).. (85J)

x-

'1nu)t,' .JWIe'-xW..--X-,u....

281

Digitized by

Google

998314,98'1.]

XPA-cOVEQ).

VERBS OFANOHALOUS lIEANING.

fUI,.-Paaa. 'XpqtTO"".

814. XPA-, XPH-.

P forma: xpiiq'", (Seltt. 6.... 15; 1188 830 [1))"""XPiTO (Dion. B. H. - ~er""" tTheocr. 16, 73).
2. xpit 'give oracle '-xp~tTGt--txp""a.-P&88. ,xp~tr8rt p forma: Xpf, xpU

706)

3dtro-XJJ6j 'suffice' (aubj. dfrtl~ r987b]. inf. dll'oxpij". dtroxpit.)a,..ixp,,-dtroxp~f&,,-dtrlXP'ltT-)(fd. "'"'X1*fUI& 'am content.'
815. %~ 'anoint' ('"XP'tTfUI' J.

XpitTOI -

fxpitra. - Jrfid. 'xpitro""", - rciXJJip.a,

H: xp/GI (155, 0) (alIo vI 906)

p forma: c4VllrG.-Pasa. X/HlIBI,tTOl'IJl.....,XPl""",. 'ancilnt,' ' - '-xpler_1(1UI,bor.

816. O(Xpo"qOl) "01 'colour.'-P&88.I~_'"XPfIIItTfUI&o

P forma: .'XJIOH1I'1Jl'

XJl4-vP'-VOWW-1XJIIICF.-m...ixP-a.-P....

~,.

817. X"",,,", see xclOl. 818. . . . 'deceive,' 'belie '-..w---r"'nHra.-Mid. 'lie '-~ fUl', (durat.~, "':vu(Jq"ofUl& (eft'ect.)-'+.vcra"".-r",nHrfUl"-Pua. +tu-

tr8""ofUl'-",.ws",,
819.

p forma: ~-Pua. fNxfItttOpIU I; ~pIU-IfNfrtP. [)(oerill38a ~ 'ATTIM, ~ "lW.."., ] H: rfN'yoI'oool '-~OI. -PIu. ~---+Vl'(P)lIIor (or ""'.or r.#fIII-; - under If/ioIabova 99). 820. ..... 'push '-l1illJow (726)--&a.-I_a.-Mid.
p forma: u"ua (I53)-1E-'-Il---' -Kid. ~01'lJl (cl.___,... Sept. Beg. n, I.; IERH1acr1fa Vita Epiph. 105 A)-3c-.Il-OJlljcr""'...- p - . It-, (.".",.lr)-4H1,.111or (15 3 ). Ht cl(I')..... I; ",,",X- (abo "". . . .) 'puh'-d(,.&)trW- I; clprifeIr4(p.)_",,,or I; ""rory,.wor (179 Petroa Patrikio. u6, 5 arory",_).

.",uX'l" i+vrcra&.

%+Vx0l

'cool'~-l+vEo.-P...

'",vx8rlv,

and 2Ild dtr-, dr-

1-a"".-I_fUI"~Paas.

"e;",ofUl&-l"'Br,..

--""0,.,.-

".-w""

821. O(lw4.) .";ofUl& 'sell'-l_u"".. (726)---.ofUl&-~""" (commoner Iffp&G""")-l .,,fUI' (also paas.)-l.~o"" (paas.)-l.."u.r.

cl3H,,. STa.. "cl TOii Q' ri -,clp clpp. W ToU H, .....1"1". ,",ero. Iw"To. 113 '",."er""".. .lr A"ror fllpi ToU dpla"';""Tor. lriG a" Jtb a.m,Bir Tcl .plllllh, I~ UPac. "I; Tcl 4" ToV ......vJ&G& "anI. , . i' c\. Tcl 4" rov flpiacrlac. ~TTOV Hftpot'.]
IL ANOM.dLY IN THB MUNINO. 887. Some verba show a fluctuation between transitive and intnmsitive meaning, When this is the case, mark thatthe 1st aorist and 1st perfect are transitive; the 2nd" " 2nd " " intransitive.

Pforma: (152~ __ l PhryD. 5 POI"I" lwacro, cIWGTO .aJPTII

""aw

I. r",."", 'set up,' 'place '-fI'T'~fI'TI'IC"a 'set up.'-rtTTaflll' 'Bet up myaelf' - OTJ]"ofUl' - f".,..". 'stood' -lfI'T"lCa 'am standing' - .",..,;.r., 'was atanding'-l~ 'shall ataDd' (972 996u.)

282

Digitized by

Google

ACTIVE VERBS WITH JUDDLE FUTURE. [887,988.

So ~'" 'eet oIF,' mfJ'nl" 'stood oIF,' 'revolted,' driHfJ'nIltIJ 'am distant ' ; -Jt/Jtrrrt", set over,' br'~ set myself over,' b/Htrrf/ItG 'am aet over' ;-ttn8Lan,,,, set down,' ltanfJ'nl" 'established myself' (but 1UJft~ 'established for myself'), mI'rTTfIltIJ 'ameatabliahed' (972). 2. ItIJTII-M 'submerge '-ItII'I'd_ - tttrriavva-lttmlafbultlJ ; - Ittmlavo"", 'sink'-1ttmI3WopB&-ItClt',a"" 'dived,' 'set '--Ittmlaf3l11tR 'have entered, 'set.'-So 1.3". 'put on,' dreaa -J.3Uu.-1Havva.-J.3Vol"" put on '-/.3woPIII-JHaw put OD (my clothes) '-J.ataVIIG wear,' 'am clad.' (CJ96..) J. ~v. 'produce,' rut. ~v_ aor.l~vfTa.-~VopB& , grow,' rut. ~Wopa, ~ 'am by nature.' (996.0.-) 40 Iy.l,-' raise '-Jy.pit-frynpa.-Jy.lpopa, 'rise '-Iryfp8r,.-J-yplryopa am a'tt1i.ke.' (996..) s. ~ 'melt -niE~.-niItO"'" 'melt ~GIt;"'opB&-bGq. nn,m 'am melt.' (CJ96..roo) 6. ~'" 'fb:'~E-I'"IEa.~pB& 'become flrm,' 'freeze'..crricropaa~.,. rdrr'fYG' stand firin.' (996-) 7. ,/rpv", 'tear '-P*-",pp'/Ea.-,/rpvpa, 'burst '-,Jaricro"",Ippayr,.--tppwya 'am torn.' (996..) 8. 'extinguish ____{3IfT.-dtr-ffTfhfTR._dtrOtTfJO"Vpa, 'go out '-a--.tJ;"'opu,-mr-ffT{J.".-dtr-ftrB'IltG. (996-) 9- ...iD. 'persuade '_"tlg.....-lr'''_mlltO._fl8opB& 'listen to,' , obey'--flfWOpaa-hfws,,_'rrfl"pa, am convinced '_'rro,Ba trust,' 'relie.' (9961000) 10. 4*- 'show'-~ ~~--4HJ.opa, 'appear't/-oVpaa, rt-fpol"',-/~""""" 'ha.ve appe8.red.' (996.1.) 11. dtr-d).}.v", destroy -drro>ui-drr~ffTG-dtro>..MtltG.-dtr6llvpa, 'perish --drro}'oiipaa-mr~6""_cl,,cS).w am 101t. (996t)

--/3brN,..,

ACTIVE VUBS WITH A. MIDDLE FUTUBB.

888. lfany actitJe verbs form & middle future, which has either an active (transitive) or pasSive meaning. A middle future with an acti" meaning is formed by the following verbs among others :

a. 'sing' iLrov. 'hear' "'-a..m. meet' chroAav. enjoy'

tlpwdC. 'lDatch '
~M.

fldlC. step fJoO- cry'

w-.n. .teal.

a.... punue 1..__ 'praise ' 8av,.;c. 'idmire '

ol,-c. lament

laugh ,

Digitized by

Google

DEPONENT VERBS.

regWaritiy, manifeeted even iD early uul A compositions, comes to a full development in P Greek, as: .0';"" cbraw;,r." cbro).o';"., {!Joi,u., ~).ciaw, al".E-. etc.

or/E... f#l8al1et-tUld this tendency for

use, 1loII: fIT., ciptrdae, 4wl1Ee, 'Jra,"-. 1Jav,.,., ,u.;+-, ..A.;.,., 11~'"

899. Many of these verba, however, have also the future active in

tlpap-r"'' '

989b For the furiller cODlKlfluenC88 of this tendency 888 1+78-86.

DEPONBlTT

VBBBS.

9990. For the definition of deponent verbs and their diseriminatioD into middle and passive deponenta (MD, PD) see 674-

1000. Though the A mode of conception regarding the middle form of the verb has considerably changed since (1 86), the group of deponent&, 88 far 88 they still survive in N. preserve also, to a great extent, their deponent character (1001-,,). In many cases, however, they have changed to activee, and in others, they have even attracted a considerable nmnber of verbs from the class of actives.
J. ~

.,8-

in A, changed to Actitie8 ... P-N (cp. 1003).

~B

A 4pdn-o"", seise '

flpt,w,,,,,, 'stink'
fjcaCo"", 'force'
ptUTftopn& chew'
~,,,.,,,,&

alJ8a3l{o"", 'am self-willed'

~"pA&

'acquire'

~..

4,.,.,..,..

alI8a3",C. T /3pa,.. (le -I.)

N d]apixdrra-ri

flaG,.

IErrylo"", 'interpret' .. 'attempt '

]CaplCo"", 'present with ' a.pi0pA& , present with '

2.

Actitie8 in A,

A 31111G,.".,.,. 'am displeased '

lduel. 'avenge'
,'".&IT'r.vo. trust '

~ 'hate'
'1/'&

Rpi.' attempt'

'll'apotIIT"'C... ' appear ,

vpdC. 'wonder'

Digitized by

Google

JUDDLE AND PAS8~ J)KPONENTS. [1001-100&.

L MIDDLl!: DnoWBn8 (MD).

Of"""", P , lee ' ttaAapAo"", 'handle' ilflNa"""" gleaD ' wap4_.IA.w,- 'urge' ado,.., 'heal' nvCao,"" 'w hiDe ' _,.,.,/0"", 'OOD.lOle ' 0Mpocio,..., listen' "AO"fieo,..,' reflect' u.".prpccieopIU "peak freely' 'leap' AMpal"o/fIIJI ' injure' l.w"pa, 'fly' AII/JGo,... 'ou*rap' """,..,~ 'deal with' ..,...,,... 'beIeeoh' 0pa,n,o/fIIJI' atteat' trpo-lldleo/fIIJI 'chanenge' -..copcu , greet' *,.."ao/fIIJI ' chew' 1FpoOffll/feo"," 'prefaoe' /JaGeo,.., , fo108' lJMixopIU 'fight' l"p0ffJ6leo/UJI pretend' GOpAJ' 'bleat' pl".""", blame' /JA1lx /tdopIU 'deli:ver' fBP*'pdopIU , sf;ink ' 0"'7'G4/~/MU' eend for' .1IT0lt~eo"", 'aim' 0.,r,.o"", 'become' 0",,_p4C' bleat' T*,"O"'" 'ahootwithabow' falxo,..., 'receive' o".plOplU' imitate ' *iI"co~lopIU 'promiee' "p10p4C 'present' ....XO/fIIJI' swim ' 1nto-.pl"O/MU 'feign , m/AAopIU 'eDjoin' ".,_"",' bray , 0~30/MU 'apare' "&0"", 'fonow' 063tlpopIU 'wail' 0""/"(10"'" 'apeak' l1n'eop4& 'work' ofXo,....' am golle ~'o,.... gratify' d)Co,.... 'wish' ol.",ieo,..., 'augur from' %Xa17"';o,...,' yawn' ..,.lop4& 'lead' 0410...;6,0"'" 'lament over' o}(f'pIHJ"", 'subdue' -',ao"", 'look' lclpx'o,.... 'skip' 0)CpciDpaa 'uae' lAopaa 'heal' 617,.,40,.... 'smell' ,;",/0,.... 'buy' ,."10",,, 'arrive' 6a<l>pai.o,.... 'smell' 011JpVo,.... 'howl'

"""'0'""'aecuae' 'feel' alT_pIU

looL The commonest deponenta with an flOrist middl6 are the following:-

-MAo,...,

u...,t-,....repty.

'forced' -BIAC8HN 'waa foroed. Of others the perfect haa both an active and a passive meaDing. aa: ff,.,allTfU 'he haa performed' and j it haa been performed '; d,,_I.p'TfU 'he hila replied' and 'it haa been replied.'
1003. The middle aoriat having retreated since G (1478-&6) and ita II1Ibstitute (the aorist; paB8ive. often also the perfect) having generally

am meaDi~g.!Y' : tiT_a"".' accused' -

1001. )(any of the abo.,e )(D verbs ha.,e also an aoriat passive with a JIGlI~TI.;'8HN 'was accused' ; 1111417011'1"

.".,....). eto.

maintained the original passive meaning. several of the above verbs have been mistaken for paasivea and thus adapted also to the active form tcp. 10001, as: aITuialP-B, dIr'OIP./JcaeOl P-N, /JpOI,.,401P-N, ao.,.'OIP-B, Aup"u,OI P, ,..... P-N, o".Ta"l,...,., P-B, 1"T'AAOI P-B, -,.,..""lJeOl P, o}(flp/H P.-On the other hand, the ancient form is still preserved in If}(o,..... 'f"t'1eoJUU, I1rro.,aoptu, ~VltpoV,.... (for A bart""'''''')' _T-apoO".,. (A rraTap01/MU) .,.I'OI'G', JMi}(O/MU, .p0ffJ61eo,..... clpx(fa )oii,.... (859, A a,.}(oii/MU). "/T0I"II. 17ToxlJeopa,. WlSG'}(o"", (oApp. iv. 3, A .,I7)("oii,....). ](.G17"w"", or Xa17/,o"l'f'oii"", CA ](.G-

11.

PASSIVE DBPOWBNTS (PD).

1004. Deponente with an aorist passive in form are chiefly verbs denoting motion, emotion, or thinking. The commonest of them are :-

quest' ;'ra"i)..0I'4& & -/01'4& ipaA>'GoI'4' emulate ' a,a&ni0l'4& 'live 'care,' , attend to' ldpfto,..., 'reCQ88 , auUJoyo,..., converse o',,""al'4' 'know' O&xB0lM" am unwill- a.a.Of0lM" ' meditate /rrna0I'4' 'banquet' ing' avlIG,..., 'can .liAAJ/Jl0I'4' 'beware /~~pu,'oppoee' o'-Xlo,.... 'feast' f!3ovA0I'4' wish '

-ala!;. 'revere'

0&,8,

' admire

a/OI'4'

'need,'

're- o,.supl0I'4' 'coIUdder'

281

Digitized by

Google

1004-1008.]
f~opm

DERIVATION OF WORDS.

'rejoice' o1opa& 'deem,' ,think' 0,,(I0II0I01'4' 'provide' 'If'Tanpa& 'am overt&pylCopa& 'get augry' rr'fJopa& 'revere,' 'recome' op",u,pm start ' apect ' *tylpapm hang' *".&pdDpm attempt *~o". 'appear' 0pat.opa& 'am mad' "Auaopm 'ramble' cf>aAM'&pfopm'li&veam,-ra"iA-opa& 'repent *fropfllopm 'wander' bition o".Ffprcopa& 'recollect' o"pa8vplapa& 'am die- tcf>otJlopa& 'fear' pvrrtiTTOpa& 'loathe' posed imorotrfopm 'BUrIIliae.' 10015. Several of th_ PD verbs form also an IIOriat middle (JlD), especially in P-B Atticiatic Greek, .. : ~'" ,kaci/A'l", .~o,.,..

IJf1"If1GIA'I", A~ti/A'l". '3""1n"."" (& '""",o/A'l", WPI"'Itlti/A'lP, '-ptUTti/A'l". ..~""", ~, 1fcAon,..,.. tlti/A'lP' See also 1486. 1008. The few specImeDB UDODg the above verbe 'Which IItill I1II'rive in N p.-erve alao their clepoDalt form in the nrviviDg ~(14~86), .. : &,.oiillfU. !Jo{,Ao_, awo,.,.., 4JI'III'7'.-o,.,.., ''']'''pov,.,.., .plPOIMI', 6,.,tCo,.,.., frO,oo/MU 'get aloDg,' (vllJopcu), ~oiipGI.

'11_""). .......,." .......

286

Digitized by

Google

11. ETYMOLOGY.
1007. The stock of the Greek language consists of simple words and of words compotmd of simple items. Hence the formation of words, which is called et1JfllOlogy, resolves itself into deri11GtiOft and composition.

A. DERIVATION.
1008. Simple words are derived either directly from verbal stems and roots, in which case they are called primitit16 (also postverial, deverbal), as: yxJI from dp](OJ, ~p from CT~fII. trO&."..n,r from mxc:; j-or from nominal stems and are called detiomiftatit16, as: y~ from YXa. i. e. Ym, 'IrTJI.8..dpcov from ..-a.&8 i. e. 1I"IIir, ~ from CT~. 1009. Both primitives (postverhals) and denominatives are formed from the above stems by means of sujfi:&es which indicate the grammatical oharacter and meaning of the word thus formed, as : ~ 'judge' -pl-crr.r 'judgement -pt-rqpr.OII 'judging court,' 'tribunal.' 1010. The derivation of a word often necessitates, in addition to the suffixes, a metaphonic change within the stem or root of the word, as : ~ '1Iee' gives f/lvri (cp. 32f) 'flight '->.qw 'say' gives A6yor 'word'-Mt7rfll 'leave' gives MU/la.voJl 'remnant,' ~"* 'wanting,' and.\o&mSr 'remaining.'
Accordingly, derivation often neceeaitatea one or more of the phonopathic changea dealt with in I23-U7.

1011. Both the A gender and accentuation of primitives as well as denominatives is still substantially preeerved in N. (Cp. 245-9b 268. 364, ete.)

L SUBSTANTIVES.
10l2. Substantives are derived from verbs, from substan tives, or from adjectives by appending to their stem one of the following suffixes, synoptically grouped according to their 888OCiation of meaning.

287

Digitized by

L.

Google

1013-1010.] SUBSTANTIVES DBRlVED PROM SUBSTAlIITIVES.

A. PRO. VlmBS.
1018. I. Denoting the .AGENT-'IMp (6), .~ (-lJ), as: ,,-"JP 'saviour '-""Ipa t llIIIMr ~ 30rip 'giver' -Mnapa S (0), .!orpa, (,;) as: fTVUIprr.p 'helper'-fTVU.jwTpca.-UlIeOMmmI. ""ftIC (,;), -Tpk, !or,.. (,;) as: II'GC,,",," 'poet' -tl'oc';"'pca } Very ",aA,..", 'harper '-",aArpua al.~'1"ir 'iute player '--J,~'I"pW CltHJIIIIOft. __ (0), !Git, (,;) as: l.p.w 'priest '-UpRo /latT'~fW 'king'-(Jo."Dt.ua 'queen.' -Gc (o~ ,;), as: 0 &:,; do&Ur 'singer,' 0"'; r~ 'n1ll'lle.'-CoIII-'

!,.,

-eom..m..

.Be1flt.l7'ft.

1014.

in -""p, have receBBive accent. 10la. As to the maaculinea in """II' which are the moat Dumero1l8, they are accented according as they consist of two or more syllable&. In the former case, they invariably accent the penult (except I(PI~ 'judge' and ita com~unda with a prepoBition); in the latter. they accent the penult if It be .1torl eithet by nature or position, otherwise ,they accent the ~ltima, 8.11: .a.~:"",?r, ""llFT"r, +ciA"", [n?t ""'''"Ir, ,j,aA~]-..,..s''''''' J~r, nn , Ip..,,,r, II'poMn,r-fllJlrrriJr,
1I'000000r,

NOUDB in -Tflpa, -TpUI

-r,;p, -"pir, -~"r, -61', are always o~ne, while thOle

6ucanir, C,,>,.r,;f.
DOUJUI

.PC~'!=5' but M-flpo-.,t""r).IrIIIap~, -..A~r, cIAtr'Ir, ,,~, ""","",, IIV/H ,1fwWrr,t.

1018. However,

in

-~

are

ozytoDe,

as: .....,. ;-"further

1017. Of the above 8uffizea (1013), -nrr aad -osatill fully aurvi'fe in N. preserving their A acceRtuation also, as: lICI"nrf, """"",I', rcAfllTlJf. rrpot/);,n,f, 3..".-6""" "''''"11', ~",f, IpyGnrf, ".po&sn,r, "..sr,n,r, I(M~~f xo,-uri,r, EHn1r ; 80 too '''Pili in the syncopated form (1 SO, d cp. 645, 3) as : JMJ8;,rfH', x"pWrpCI, 'fi~~-On the other hand -nip, !.rwp, -rplr. and -~r, owinf( to their conaonantiRm (219) and their inooDvenient declenuon (219), have been affected by terminal phoDopathJ and become -r;par, "'.par, -far or -far (-,cir), -Tpi3a respectively (218 iF.. 338 f., 379. 407), as: 11"ptU'f'ijpar (""1"11"';';), A.,;ropar (rcA,;r.p), ~Pf# 'maater,' fjal1lA.cir (~,Vr). 1018. 2. Denoting the .ACTION, also an abstract and concrde

"'pa

notion'giving,' .piif" 'acting,' yfllf"cr} V_ COIJIlIIDa 'origin,' ~""cr 'imitation' - , --Ga (,;): 301,.""l.1 trial,' ".pe3OfTia 'treachery ' - CotttIllOlt. 8_ia&.aa (,;): "".la 'poverty,' ay,..>'Ua'newl,lJaa~fla} V_ CltHJIfltOft. , kingdom.' ".a,3.la 'education - , %-IIOc(O): 3..""or 'peraecution,' 8v,.Jr' courage,' l CltHJIIIIOfI "1fT"or 'earthquake' S' 1018. AI a variety of ta appears the .umx __ whioh comprieea a great Dumber of abatraot femininee derived from verba in - . , .. : (/JafIIAq" /JUIAf-la) /JafIIA-Ra, (IM]ICI"-) (1fO,,40p41) ".,,-. 1010. All these lIttffixes still obtain in N, subject to phonopathy; that is -pM fully 8urvives, preseniJrg ita ancient accent alIo, .. :

-Lac (,;):

3dlrCS'

Fa'",

(_It_> _Wo.

aT,.'""

288

Digitized by

Google

SUBSTAlfl'IVES FRO. SUBSTAFnVES. [lOlO-lOH.

lJv~r, ).oyw,.Gt, (n",~r j 80 too -rrla and -la though generally aa oxytones: -"'1f1 and -&ei (155, c) j-while -"If haa been modified by tarmiDa1 phonopathy to or -"" (343). Examples: ~ ".~" (",piiE,) act,' 'common sense,' lCar'If"IOe'I""" ".tlp"f", '~In/, SA.",.", fl'ra""" 1tpUn"-(".po&aw),,.poBoaid, d!tIJ'CID't,f, 6yPOfTl4 (for ilyP"fTW, 130)-drrp,l4 (Da"la), ",&}old, rtw-Xl4 (also r/wt.Xla), !ov).,ld, d!,ld, a:a1d4-"'flpafTpd~, 1IfM&u~ (Acta Xantb. 61, 27), 'Ao(-y),,,,pdr (155, c), Q.ycacrpdr, ;'p,,6r, !appdr, fT",._,.6r, Ipxopdr, rf>ayotpd" etc. 1021. But a more important deviation of N from .d, regardinfr the above class of terminations. lies in the fact, that, whereas ln od. -fT,r waa one of the commonest IlUffixes and acted as an equivalent and alternative of the infinitive, P Greek, especiall;r G-B speech, in ita disinclination for inconvenient inflexion and OWIng to the homophony of feminines in -If with masculineB in -'I' (338), began to favour the ending -fTin and above all-,.wr (beside ''''' and ,",,.011 [1022 The natural outcome of this tendency waa that -(fT)iG, now -(fT)&ei (J55,C), has become very numerous in N, while nouns in -fT'l or -fT' at present form a rather limited group. In this way, the relative frequency in .d of the above suftixes: -fTIr, -efT)"', -,.0', has been reversed in N to .p6~, -(fT)iG, -fT'I.

)Ill."

-a"

n.

1011b. For aD idiomat1c 11118 in N of -p.6r _

1021.

1839-

Out of -(111+-l1li (1024) T-N speech has evolved a third neutcr 1U1Ilx- 'IM'P, now moat common in N speech, to denote the acticm formerly designated by -liar, as: B..",a""IM'P , writing,' aftllM'P Ireception,' etc. N fl6.+&fUI' 'sewing,' ItAfttJ'pD' 'closing,' 'I'4""'IM" 'behaviour,' 1..06111,.0 , bathing,' ftAr'JI1,lM' 'washing,' &c.. &c. It ia a eontaminatory form !Iaeed upon the stem of -11" and inflected after -pIIo in all the ca_ except the nominative &ingular (370 f.).
1011b BeprdiDgthe IJ'8D88iI of -/'W, IOholanl puera11y take it for alllbIteD.tivilled neuter of the adJective ending "'pDS(I0S4). ThIa view however Is refuted by the eauideration that -IIM'- standi in no 00IIJI8ld0n of meaning with ad,ieotivea in Lc,.os and that B-N IIhowa no parallal DaM of raising, as.A Greek did, the neuter of aD adjective to aD abstract IIIbstantive (loF. 11&). (Cp. B I'fT6.I1nu1", ".TOtrntpllo, I'eTfM1ni11l/'W, l1'rif/llr, l1Ti,.pa, rnilfcpDp.)

1028. 3. Denoting the RESULT of action; also an abstract ro concrete notion-

l-JIII (.;): Y"''''I 'opinion,' rt>~1"I 'report,' I",,,",,,,,, 'knowledge.'Commcm. t-H or -a (ri): TOI'~ cut,' ,.aXIl 'battle,' a:).c"n, 'theft,' rt>SopG 'destruction,' ""ipa 'fate,' {tA~'I 'damage.'- Y.,., COtlttnOlJ. t- (TO): +Uxor 'cold,' ;60s 'custom,' "",or 'hatred,' ".Gaor 'suffering,' ".Aij60s 'multitude.' pArOl 'force.'- Y.,., commcm. 1024. All these four suffixes are .etill fully preserved in N, &Dd that almost in the aame proportion and with the aame accentuation, as in .d. as: yp&""", INA""", J".,~,.", t/>opa, ""ipa, ~,flUor, (Jdpos. The only noteworthy deviation is that -"" now denotes also the aQio,. as well as the tIbBtTact notion, thus corresponding to both.d -/'0 and .d -fTI~, hence it has contributed to the abstraction of -&1'011 (1022). It is also far commoner now in coDBe9,uence of ita gradual substi tution for -fTIr and ita synonymous infulltive l1022. App. vi.. as). 289 u

~-.ua (T6): Y'''''/UJ 'product,' Urlng,' fT&'/'O 'body.'- Yery commcm.

fI'Oi""" 'poem,' pijp.a

'word,'

frpiylM'

.,..,.",

Digitized by

Google

102&. 4. Denoting the INSTBUlIENT or JLEANS; also the pltJce/l(JMpOII 'plough,' .,.a:ij.Tpol' 'statr.'-ComnlOfl. ("d): fj4IJpol' 'base: 'step,' v..ilpw 'bar,' 'lock.'-Noho..",.oJl. t-TfICI (.;): EVa-rpo 'scraper,' fbapl,-po 'quiver.'-Ftlirly COIIIIIIDII. --mplOH ("cl): trotiPCOI' 'tumbler,' da:pocnil-IOII tltlditoritull (cp. 1034).Commtm. 1026. So still in N and in about the same proportion, the only difference being that .....;1"011 has been shortened to -rijp, (~02 fr.) and moreover become still commoner, as: """","po. 'soUDdin,.board,' , gong,' frd",,,,.po , BCovel,' , mauIkin,' .,.ruDt.a8po , poker,' EVn-po , scraper,' frMUrrpa 'cattle-trough,' tnfwpl}(T'pa whistle,' wcm;p' 'cup,' fr~P' ' wine-vat,' ~P' 'loom,' 'shop,' .,."a).,.,.,.ij", 'poker,' etc. 1026b Kindred with -"pa is the II11ffis !Ipa which is peoullar to Q-N, .. :

t"'l'fIOIII (,.d):

-epoN

IIOAvp.lH,lpa 'font,' IJcurnA.'pa 'an iDatrument of torture,' now' Wable,' .,.,..4Ipa 'hook for haqIDg,' dppvpl,9pa (dA,..""pa) ' . plant,' """pa (..,"';'pa) honey-comb.' 1027. llark finally that B-N diction has abstraotecl a feminine ending-le (BC...Am) to denote the 4I!ed produoed by an inatrument (. .), .. : Tbeoph. 318, 271t011"rapffUI (al80 Dig. 6, 504; 510, et paasim), ~ tnraI4cr. In B-M this was still paroxytone (-lea), but has since become oxytone (-.. or ..0) through the natural prooea of 1I,m-ia (155), as: tvAtIa,,.~
~(.,ci).

B. PROM: BUBBTAlf'.rIVBB.

1028. 5. Denoting DESCENT from a father or aneestor-~ called patrtmgmics-and occurring oftener in epic than in .A

Greek"'IMc i.e. -G8Me (6): Alllflda"r, AGfpr&d3"r 'son of Aeneas, of Laertioa.' -l8MC (6) : np,a",,3~, n"A.l3"s, 'HpaV..l3"r 'son of PriamOll, Peleus, Heracles.'- ~ "-ir.oN (6): Kpo..t,," 'son of Kronos.'-UtICOfItmtm. "-le, l30r (.;): Ttm"aA.ls, N"p"tr 'daughter of Tantalos, of Nereu.:UtICOfItmotl. "-18cUc: (6), Baid of tlni"..,.: dma.vr 'eaglet,' }...,.,3M 'leveret.'Fairly eommmt. 1029. No direot trace orthese patronymio BUfIlxea ill found inN, their pJaoe

having been taken, to a great extent, by the diminutive endings ......(01') -d.cr, or .a..,r, and !'..ovAor (I038c1f.). Suob N8pecimenll as: MrI"'l7'''~. rfCllp"yldlltrr, KGiIIIO'7'fUI","tlltrr, N,..wztar,s, etc., 80n of MrI'.,.,.OJ,rf61l"P". eta.; are scholutio revival8 or the ol&BBical U8IIIJe.

1080. 6. Repreeenting a person as belonging to a country or nation-so-caUed ETHNIC or gmeile nouns(6): Zvpaa:cI.,.,or, KopWB,or, 'A8r,lIGior, .ZIWfWG"ior-} eo... Zvpa_lo, Kopw8lo, 'A8r,- (cp. loBr f.) mOll. "-Gc (cl): 'Epf'p..ur, Mf'YGPfUr, nflpo..ur.-Ftlirl, COIIImtm.
.-IOC

f-'l1CC (6):

ZIrCIp7'~, Alo"I~, Z,u}.&8m,r, T~a'"Jlr, }

--Gc, d30r (.;): ~,,}'&dr.-UtICOfItmon. .-le, caor (.;) : n,p.,.lr, ZucUJr.-Ftltrl, UtlCOfltmtm.

Kv3..IIICin,r, 'Hfrf'f1Om1r,-N M~, Kofl4Hdnlr, K,.,.api'"Jlr, Z.}.",~

V".,

COIIItIIOII.

290

Digitized by

Google

*_
3".

SUBSTANTIVES FRO)l SUBSTANTIVES. [1080-1087.

(~): e",ITITCI, KpijITITCI-P hPUrllTlTCI, ~ilt'I7IT_}eo. N P.S.p1I1IwIlTlTCI, XuuMIITlTCI, fifpauM'ITITCI 1IIOtI.

".ne, &3or (~): Z",u.aiwlS', ZtrClptWr", Al'Y'.&nr.-.Fcairl, COtIlfllOfl.

1031. In G-N, particularly since T, etbnica are formed by the softixea-

"'II'a.-V.,_

I. -'INS (6), fem.. Lncrva (cp. Latin ''-) : N ......"'"1t L&1717C1, KopfIcG"", LaITl7C1, K&cnipl"", "I7C1'C1, lI.oAont"", -urn, IIG/pat'"1s "17R, ~ -I7t1G, 'Arrptbn" '&17170, KaI7~ "11'11'0, 'POII"'~' "lI'o-a, D.paWrv, (D'!pCIl'W)

3. -IIUI6I (cp. Latin -iIJm&s) : 'AII'CaJ<6r, 2crpIJ&CII'cS" KaI7_cSr,-N ~6r, Da,...6r, "'fllHarcSr, _ ....- Verrt tnIIINr'OUI. Substantives of this claaa are uaed also as adjectives (1078). 3. - - (1078): NDa,.pc...s., KaI77',.,,6r, 'Ape,,"r, ....-NIII_mon. 3". 'l'heee ethnic substantives are uaed a1eo as adjectives (1078 f.). + '(N'lbosor'(N)cn6s (i.e. -fIOa(155,1I: NSc~(not trom:lE<twcor, which would have remained unehauged), 2I'lIpN&cSs, IIlITcA'P"I'6t, ::IGI'"rOP'l"CU6r, 'PGI~S, 2aA1W...6r.-Fairiy _IIIOIL 4". In all these nouu, which are Dot DUJI18I01II, the freq'lUll1t1y 00C1I.I'liDc I' ill thematio. ~. %.iNos 3 (also ..t, cp. 1080), as: A.ornPor, '.upa'fGl"riPor,III7'II....,.. OS, .... P AAtlua,,;..os, BvCCll'TiPor;-N TPCfO'TiPor, 'AprC.pc or.-Fairiy_mon. .... 6 3 : N Ktnrr..cSr, ,.".,us.-RaTe.

-11:.

lOss. ,. Denoting an -APPURTENANCE or MEMBERSHIP(6), *-nc:, ,aor (~): tro'Ai,."s, ..ClAir" citizen,' a"pDrr,S, a"pMlS' 'burge_,' urparWr"r, urparaiwlS' 801dier.'-NwfllWOUB. 1033. So atill in N, but the feminine ending is LnIl'II'II (131, I), as: I'IWn]r, cl~""" w..",t'"1r, -pi'"1s, XG/pca'"1', UapG'"1' -"clI'lI'II.-N_ 1084. 8. Denoting a PLACE; sometimes also the ut"tmlent~-cfON (,.6): pDlJlTflOI" seat of the muael,' 1t000pflOl' 'barber'a shop,' ,;&iOl' 'music hall' otkum, Ifp.lo. 'victim.'-ComIllOtl. l ......... (,.cS): a.IT,-N,p'OI' 'prison,' acpoanJpaol' awditorium, a",CIIJr9PIO. court of jUBtice.'-ComIllOtl. (Cp. lens.) *...., ...or (6): d.ap 'men'a apartment,' trClpS""" 'maiden's room,' GF'A. ' vineyard,' tr.p'ITrfPf.1' 'dovecote.'-Fairly COtIlIllOtl.
~_

to ..w" (155,1:), as: 1I'1IOAf&6",,,.,..,.,6,urocX.&6";-of..,.,,pco. to """pco"oroom monly"";;pc" (30:1 ft). as: tnW1pc, Itpcn,pco" ;-8nd ofclw to -&iN. (338 f.), or more oommonl7 Hi.M, as: IIIINII'fGwM reed.bed,' flpcO'T'ptGwar, 'dovecote, '''X'pe&.a, 'hay.loft,' eta.

10315. So mll in N with the n8Cellll&l'Y phonopathic modifleation of ";01'

1088. 9. Denoting a DIMINUTIVE(,.6) : trCll3io" 'little child,' S"riOP 'little beaat,' 8tJp'OI' 'little door,' ,.patrIC&o" 'little table,' tM,,3io.. little key.'- Very "UfIIWOU _,,- (,.cS): .".,.ia&o. ' islet,' old3101' 'little house,' ci-rpia,OI' 'little field.'-NwfllWOUB ~ (r6): trGlMp'OI" boy,' dIlSPGll7l'dP&OI' 'manilrin.'-NufllWOUB. D_lcxoc {6) : trGI3ilTltor 'young boy.'-UfICOmtllOn mu3iIT"'I 'maiden.'- Uncommon. 1087. The above two auftixes .i3&o. and -dp&0I' are in reality Dot aeparate terminations, but mere amplificationl of -1O., hence they are actual diminutives of a diminutive, and 10 denote, or at all eveDta origiDally denoted, aomething smaller than what is denoted by -&elll. 291 VI

*_

.o_m (,,):

Digitized by

Google

1087-10880.]

DIlIlNUTIVES.

Similar in formation, though of a more pronOll1lced character, are the following collateral but rather unoommon ..t ampli6cationa: -.;AA. . (-e'XAlo.., -OA(>.)&OI', -11>.>.,310..), -.Iap&o.., -Iaapw.., -apl3_, -aulO.., "4110", -~IO", -lulCtOl', (-IlTlti310.., -IO'ItU3pIO.., -lO'mp&OI'), -'](1'10", __"'01', ___, as: dJ,6UUIO.., ICfJlltl>.>'IO.., ltopGA(A),OI', ".npRlcIIU,3,0.., ,.Au3pIOl', ~f.'O'" Ip.tJT'IadplOll, (J&8AnpialOll, ItOpOalO.., 8.uicf>IO.., dcnrl3,.,.ICto.., XAa..IITItI&OJI, ..fRIII.,.ltu3pIOl', I'fGlllO'mpIO", traa31ITmpIII", ".OA'](I'IOII, IDIAl.~"IO", tn8do&cw, 1TtI'.,,8'1pdKIO... 1088. Owing to their frequent use in common speech, man,. of the diminutivee had lost, 88 early as A times, their diminutive meaning and

become equivalent to their primitives. Hence even in A the diminutive ending does not nece888rily imply a diminutive sense also, as: ",pI"" (=9Itp), 1I17'lOll 'sail,' I".COII, 1IJX{OII, tlT6".Oll, ItpalllOl', Mo.., 4>Ol"lo., "".,[01', 1l.IlACOII, eto. This is the case particularly in G-B where diminutives became unduly numerous, having aasumed the function of their primitives. (138 f.) 1088b With the probable exception of ..w_ and ..w1trJ, aO the above suftlxes are 8till preserved in N, of course in the shortened form -c (303 f.), a8: xaprl, wac31, .oMp&, 1t~1ipc, ".9cipa, ...Uta, E"~ )C01~. m.a, 1nJ'1da. 1J'1,.4l1c, 6}t>tl&, rfo.Al31, 1ttI.ptI&, Ito,.aa., &c. (but also ItOptJlJIO, so too tITOC"..... po.1A6, x01p,6, etc.). In other reapeeta, however, N showa a coDlJiderable departure from A, in that it teems with diminutives, that is with D01Ul8 which are diminutive only in form but Dot in meaning. Thus: xapr& -XOp"," "IM -wacs. 1tI\0111,s,. -ItMw, ".9Gp& =.19Of, ...CIJItI -_ow, 1a831 .. /lGiJ3ot, &c. The normalization thus etreeted naturaOy called for eome differentiation of, or 8ubstitution for, the obliterated items. Accordingly while ." in most of its varieties (-a.-, -pc", -Itl", &0., especially -Gpa4 more or less still preserves (ohiedy in insular Greek) it. original or diminutive force (cp. AllpI littleA';po, '"fGT[ 'little -yOTG,' ...,-pGa. little .4rpa) -a novel suftix -cUr." (also -lit.", -J7It...., -Cna"") was resorted to in G time8. and this successor has 8pread ever since and finally become the dominant representative of N diminutive suftlxes (op. T-B I'OIJtlluc_ C~ mans (t III-:Vf.~) 13, 3 ; 1J".""pUIOI', ~o'" ~IO., .,.",0-01'......tn"a..Oll,IAOllIucIO., tlTe..o..o... etc.). In thi8 way -lutl" now can be not only .ftlxed to any primitive substantive (appellatlve or proper name) ; it can even be superadded-and this is the commonest _ t o any other diminutive su1Bx, all these terminations having more or less lo&t their diminutlve force. 10880. The genesis of the diminutive su1Bx -Iut'OI', -4Itl"", -lira..., to go not further back than 9 times, though it was DDdoubtedl1 a popular termination, 88 half diminutive and half radical, 88 earl,. 88 A, at least in oonnexioll wUh substantives in -E, 88: I/JGE U-lutIOl', IJ-NIt IJItIIA-a..Oll, alA<fiaE a.A~IOI', alAaf dA.a.u., tfNIfJaI I/Nap-lut.Oll, ""paf fb,'p-lutlO., lYaE l.p-dIC&w, /NaE /w-G"'OI', N.tpaf ..,.oa-, ".';trrrJt p.lltIT.u.w, ..i..at ...a.IOII. A4IlpaE AaIlp-lutlO.., .&p.of Itlll'-a..w, 'tDaE ,,....u.OI', xapaf Xap-luclO.., tt6xNlt ItOxA-a..w, ,,&AtE xaA..[ltIw, p/JPI"'it ,..",.41t101', IJhA'1E 1J1tOIA-4It101', "Ip&f 1rfp1-l.IOI', fI4.,E ~"I"", ftl.n1f lJaA.-(naOl', I1VfII-rE lTIIp..[nao", etc. (cp. al80 "I",",,", "'OT-G.aOl', ...".. . . ., ".7T-a..0II). It ill out of thi8 olaaa then that the termiDAl complex ""-_ -alt," was evolved as a diminutive suftlx and 80 extended, since T timea, to almost every substantive, whether primitive or already diminutive.. (Cp. N d.aplutl", dC")'p.",""'", ')'III'G&.I", _a.u.", xepLa", ~', /JolmLr.", 0'CIJI.a.u.", tnlra,.a..-, fM1.)(GIpU,-, ..O"/pdItI", </tIJAAapdIIl", a.u.", Itpeo.,.a..", etc., etc.) Nay, even the very group whiob gave the .tan to this ~ oould not, in the long l'Wl. e_pe its in1luenoe, for N h .. formed from "1..0..01' ..",aICdtt.", from npG.."" ~". from ~ alIAattclIr,", from ,,,.,,u'Oll 'pcllGlfluu", from XapUIOI' ~I', from ,..... from (p.III1,.a..Oll) JIIIIItI'f'Iut'OI' ~I', from le"a.loIII.,IJCUIII5tta", from ](IIAlttcOl' Xo.\&.I", from 1J1tOIA41tlo.. or IJItOIIAfj.," IJ_Arpc6Jn", etc., ate.

anl",

_ms

ftT,..

/NattIut,-,

292

Digitized by

Google

[1089-1040.
1088. AmODg the 't'IUioua iJdluen_ which haft contributed to the mul tipUcation Binae A of diminutiYell, we may note here: (a) their popularity "en in A, eepeciaIly in common apeech, as may be inferred from the diction UIIIId in comedy ;-(b) the inconvenienae of inftection attending their primitivea, particularly in the numeroua _ of con80nantal declension (338 f.) i-CC) the frequent uae, eapecially Binae G, of the BUftlx -os (fem. 'Cl) in an augmentative aen., and the a8Ml8ity ~ therefrom for a cWrerentiation and diaaociation. Cp. XG(IIJIIU 'big xapai, x.ap4lrlOll little xW; AUpuar 'big M,Spai,' Aa/lpOJaor little M,Spa; IlpaM1U' big Ifpai.' (Op. 10430) lCKO. TIle popular custom eetabliahed even in claaaical antiquity, of forming pet namea and nicknames by violently shortening proper namea (387. :11gB; cp. Kiihner-Blaaa ii. :1180) remained in popular favour through all nlMlequent atagea of the language. Thia practice, which ia moreover common to all languagea!'), could not fail to aft'ect al80 foreign namea inVoduoed into common life. Henoe juat u x,4/A1OS, BGaXIOf, NtSIMINOf, m...., ILS..I ..., z.."tSpwr, K.\IdStor, D.w.or, l'VAa.... A..oAAu,or, '~p03""os, 4MwHI..., 'Aprl/Alor, e.oa6cnor, 'OAtS"ftor, A'IJJrrpulf, P-B 'A"039/A1Of, DnilllOS, DaXWpull. B6cm18,OS, 'Ap,.b,os, etc., were shortened to XpO/Alr, DUxes, NtSJUlHr, JU.., KDrrIS,'*fnll"r, KAlO/JIS, Dv6r",l'VAar,'AwoMiWtr, 'A4IpoIllIlS,lit.1oriHIIS (then lit.1orir), 'Aprl",r. &.03.\0'tS, 'OAtSl'ftf, A'IJU;'f'filS, P-B 'A.oa;;,.,f or 'JAf1S, DlTwlr or ..,., DaXOii,.,f or Ll"'lf, B6cm181S or -'IfAp,HII.. or ''If respectively (2gB) : 110 'ArftrllIOf (Antoniua), Dw"uIOf, A'~A&ot, 'IotSAws, T&/Jlptos, KAatSJIOS, JlcIpoos, 'ItNn..., ete., became 'Allriillar, Dn,..",lS, .u~r, 'IoiiAaf, T,/3lptf, KAaii&f, 'l~rIr (then "'Is, :II!)8), ete. Again just as the o1aaa of feminine proper Dam.. which aince A often appeared in the diminutift form "or, aa: 'Aprl/Alor, 'Epll"..., KaAAillTlor, etc., were shortened to 'Ap'f'I,.,II, 'BpliiTIII, KaAAml., ate. (302), and then, taken in connexion with appellative neuters (303), aft'eoted the whole clUB of appellative neuters in -Ior, as : .I"II"I3IAar, ~,.", ,.Ai,"", cml&II, dp4d1tl", ."arpl". 'ftlM'llA&", tvxIJP"', etc. (App. iiL 7)-: in like manner shortened maeculine proper Damn in 'IS (from -Ios) aft'eoted corresponding appellativea in -lOS, the more 110 as, in the course of P-Q times, this claaa of nouDII had greatly increased through the aOC8ll8ion from Latin of numeroua administrative and profeaBional terms in -111.8 (chieft,. -llriua, 811: 'f'POXa.UptOf. ')(,pGp.or, l'OTIipIos, 'f'tI/JlpIIcIpoos, etc. cp. on. ou). The direction and extent of this pro_ of abbreviation may be illuatrated by the following partioular ..... :

114,..,

'.11, xoc"'' ,

A. -6pt0N-ApION x 'CI,,",,: -APIOC, .. : X'pGfilor, dpxdfHos, Tpo-'Ca.M,.....4""''O(J036) ptos, daroWpcor, ~.a,.or, ~, etc. -ApIN: -APIC or -.lPHC (lJ9II-3D1), .. : ,)(G.I' or .""., tpGp.r,

"""pcIpor. dnov6,.r, 3f1G1U1111G,.s, Ift1o/3aMGp&s, 1lfuJw/lt1i-

P'lS (Vita SA. 13* a). B ......-AKION: -AKIOC (currant Iinoe T), .. : Ba.IlIAUIOf, 2nw,o.Ior, 2T-fIG. (qllb) .....01, 'ApaG.'Of, 'IIIU&or, :Z,cr-a.,... (ideDtlcal 'With 2111{"..OS, 811 Thecph. 414, 31).
11.

-MIN: -AKIC or -i.KHC (lJ9II-3D1; Gp. 1041), .. : 8foloTUIf or .q.. JlaprI..a...,S, Jla.1""dqs, BMIAGqS, AwAGqf. 'Joq. v6_ (Theoph. 38s. 10). (Cp. Apo6.trrtr. 'Pa#unls. 'I.Jrvdqr ~Dig. pallllim J, XpulloI'a.IIIIdqr (ib. 6. 4 15). -80 now AIIT_dqs. NwoAGqf, /Ui1"J'f'pa."r, et.c. eta. (with the by.form -AKOC [cp. 1040"1. .. : 'I_inr or rlClIIJ'a.or. 803cu,uor, /Uil"lrpUor). b. -,\TCION: -ATCIOC (Le. -acio), l8duced toe. -ATCIN: -ATclc Cl&' -ATCHC (agS-aol). r-. -.hu, .. : ~r, 1IVpG'f'1Ia.,
hlJpooai'f'lIa.

t) Cp. BzIcUIh.BGC, 6Gb, a., FncI, .at, Nt!U, Pal, na, s-,

n"" 2PI, V"', W'iU.

293

Digitized by

Google

104.0-1041.]

DIJUNUTIVES.

C. -haoN -iKION: -iKloc, .. : d..oAlITw,IW, AlTlUrUrIlW, ptlo"POWWIfW (from dW'oA... (lo38b) "'ItW, AlTllII,nll, ptlo"powe.lSlI) , Kau7apLcIG (Porph. Cer. lIao, 17), l7VYXapiS. 3"11).-.II,",or, KDII"n..or, DlIT'plKun, OiIpIJUt,os, OiIpa_or, 2e",,1Jaor, 2epi/CIor, liftll'ilt'os, ~t.Jor( =GiOfto1lDioio,GSpUa 108 [.LJ). 1141). G. -iKIN: -huc or -iKHC (29B-SOI), fem. -ileA. U: KOIIprt.r,r, na.,.ptqr, lIapllCll, 'Awlm. .

(D"

b.

-hCION: -hcloc (11, all : FTrinoh. 194

Dig... 234 " 235 ne_i,,'IC&. Co -hCIN: -hcIC or -hCHC (298-301), fem. -he. (I), . . : PTriDob. 19 (tloI9) B~npl",.. (Vaocaritia), besidea JIIInpI",,,,",, ib.) l 151 (t 1JJ2)_nIIl""",; 143(t Jl30)lf'Ivpl"Ca; Prodr.

W'Opl"'.OIl,

xlllflll4ll",uI;

(t 1149) W'OlIAdl"t,IW

; lI2$ (t 1167)

","i"",,,, IIT'Gllpfr",", IIGAoyqpl"""', ..poatI'f'i.,.""" "nIt"",", ttGpG/ll""''', ..,..,31"",",ltpoI'I'IIBl.,."""AaxGIll.,.""" &to.; f#KUffOAi",," (Dijr. 6, 737); A'lfT'i",., KAAa".w".. (placee iD Bova and O*ranto);
06 837, 9); e~AI"""t. KaI'/Aw"'Ir, Nllr,,1'OfIl~, ZltvAl,,"'I', iiUl_l,."".; II.A.plT'"r (Dig. 6, 427,
eto.), d'tOllpi""'Ir (Dig. .. 163; 320; 438), ltIIfIl'r"'lr-

_....ai,.,,,. (JJejan.
(ib. lI, 1290 ... 626;

1909 B); 11100 'I.........,,, (r.l'rinoh. [t9&ID. 1Iao'&Al..""r. ~"''''I' (Theoph. Cont.

now npi"".-

TpllJalTIffI "Pa,.ac7..cu4"I7CI,Ba-ti,,"a CDia-4,282),

808), "piT'a (ib. .. 542) Plo D. -o6IaoN: -oYKlON : -oYKIOC, th.n oYKOC, -oYTCOC, .. : lta,..oWtor(l04o'? G. -oYKIN: -oYKIC '01' -GYr<HC, .. : tnlAoiic., "OII~It'IS. b. -oYTcIN: -oiTCIC 01' oYTCHC (I) (29&-301), .. : 'A/IpaJroIl,,"'I' BOIII1fSoVrlfl'lL 1040b. The IIUftlx -aM.os, npportecl by ltaliau: -teio, _ _ (op. 1017, and ciItor 1040, B, G), haa led to N -M"or, .. : AllT'poVrrror, DAlloiiT"or, NfpoV""or j then to the clcKlbJe dimiDutive ad,ieotiv. -oVrcrIltOS, .. : If'tOJIpoVr,lItOr (Dig. 6, 716).1ftIAo6T,,_ (alao iD Bova GMozoal ii. 47) rather pod.'-IStaph. 3 paw-

771 j

""'Xl-re-

-"puI, -",..

poVr"..... 45 fIOIIAfr"", -,dp .," ,wrpoVrC'ItOll (11. ib. 52 IJAryaIlTII_IJAl..,wr,,_. IMltpqfmrlltor 'rather 1IIDAll,' JW'iGAoVrtllltOS 'rathel' JaTp,' 6)AI'yWr"_ 'rather
littl.' (Prodr. 3t 231), mobT'",.or lI1IlIl.oi.nt1;y routed' (Prodr. 50 177), eta. 1061. To the above B-N au1Ib:es we must acid !nouAos, a both remarkable and popular diminutive.. It appears iD our tut. ever aiDoe the aloes 01 T. and point. to ancient ...Aor 'foal,' 'colt,' (N W'OIIAAipc, like A;;.a, Aoupl, ete.), a term which, like p.6IJxor. M,uaAls. "",'1, was oooaaionally ul!8d alao fol' rfGlllas routA (as Eur. Beo. 144; Ph. ~1 j Hipp. 5.6 j Anacr. 75). The earliest eumple 01 thia B-N formation known to m. is Leont.. Neap. V.J. 88, a dSStlJholJAolI j th.n Porph. Cer. Adm. 151, a & 11 (alloOomn. i. 359?) C!PXOJlr6W'ovAor; Cedr. ii. 3.7, 3; 435, 1 lto,ArrrMro.Aoa. In M and especially N epeeoh it is a very common parallel to (__or) -dqs deaignatiDg the png - . then the _. During M it was transferred aIao

pow.,., , __

!W'OIIAor, ! ..oIlAoII,

to inanimate beings, and 10 has ainoe become a regular adjeotive ending: -..oVAa (thil -mAll IIel'Ving alao as f.minine to ~ 1040, B,II), as: nlllll61MllAor' IOn ola priest,' nwa3oJroiiAa 'daughter ofa prieat,'

(I) In B-MteDa oftenmialpelt -iTZION, -iTZloc, -iTZIN, -iTZle, -iTZHC, -iTZA, -oinIN, -oinlC, -oiTZHC, -oYTZ1KOC, -oYTZOC,-a form appa.rent1;y.....-w by -'-'0, .-.. - . but misleading, Bince ,,' - tU, as windo~' and TII'-'" . . ""aIM' piD.-trae. (203. 205-) III Amouc oth8l' 1IOholara, GII.yer mainteins (Abd. Wiaa. Wien 0D:It [18!W 3) that the N endiDg -i""a ill due to Slav iDfIuenoe, addiDg that this ia the cmq Slav II1dIlz that haa been productive in N. But Binoe it mad. ita appearance, .. he admita him8elf and the above referen_ teatify, ftrat in the Greek ofSoatla lta17 (aI8o iD Cnn'osl), and at a time when -l/CIor or -Ido had become ..,., ..,. (.iDo,.Wo), feminin ..,.,....... COIlllGiOll moreover corroborated byth . . - t of the _t---4he OOIltentiOll nnJ.y needs _ IOlid pzootlt. (a.. Ill)

rC.

294

Digitized by

Google

BtnmTANTIVES FRO. ADJEC'l'IVEB. [104.1-1041.

,...U-Ao ' " - of a prieat,' +PC&-rftlroiiM European girl,' ToupnlrOUAa , 10UIII Torb.' IJ"".IJrtouM chicken,' "tf1fIpoVlldftovAo" IlUcking pig,' etc. [I).

1042. The opposite sense of that expressed by diminutives is conveyed by the so-called augmentative "iclmames formed by means of the following suflixes : '-. _ (6): ~l7TfIIN' 'pot-bellied,' IC~ 'thick-skull.'-NoI
ecHJIMOII.

!cm, GlCor (6): aT6pt/>af. bouncer,' "'>'~af ' rich churl.'-RClrl. t-ac, ci (6): I/J~ 'glutton,' 'hog,' ICOPUCci~.-;lairly common.

' - (1039),as:xGpaICarl'big atone', 'rock,' x';xAoICGS 'bigpebble,'ci6"... 'hugeman,' {IAal7TGICOs 'big aprout.'-AI to the periapomenon in-cir (287), it has remained in common use since A times, each aucceeding period haviDg added to ita popularity. It is therefore very common now m Nand ha.a a corresponding feminine in -ou (1067): P-B rOIlGTM (Antigonoa), lC.pcrcis, 3u/CPcir,_'rJHI)(I'I>.cis, IC.Aeir, lTaA.aapar, "'ii~, rp.,1O"a~, MIXtu'lAiis, Baaa>.iir-N I"IEcir, ICoa>.cis &: ICOI>'apcis (=~I7T""'), ,.". &: ~, &]&.rcis, .,,>'lIlITITcis, X.pcir, I/>ct",a>.cis & CIJoI~cis, {lpacw, etc.-N'; f/Iayoii, .,,)."'lToii, purapoii, fAlEoii, IC~a>.oii. (PuL 325 T'1Tpoii, J26 nil' ',.,M..m..)
1OM. Identical in form. but d~erent in meaning, are the still more DumerouS appeUativea in -ir current sinee G, which denote a trode or profl8tlitM and ha"e now a feminine in -oil, as: UaAcir (jaAis J!i I) 'glaBB maker or dealer,' .AIfBir 'oil merchant,' ICpalfiiJ 'wine merchant,' ftpo/JoTii.r 'ehepherd,' cl)!JIopiiJ, dts/J.f1Tii.r, lCT.pas, ft.T'CI1.iiJ4 _IC'VoV, #lvA._ou, #l'Ta(oii, 4HWfW"IIOiI, further I} ICMHJoii. In point offact, these formations correspond in meaning to those Greco-Latin appelllltivea in -fipcos (-anus) or .ap.r (1040) from which they may proceed by contraction suggested by the preceding cl. . inii.r (cp. B I'OT'Gpcos with N POTGp4s).- Cp. also 287.

11'_

-u has a parallel (if not direct aurvival) in the N augmentative ending

1048. Of these auflixea, _. doea not survive in N (338 f.), whereaa

O. FRO. ADlBCTIVEB. 1041. Denoting the QUALITY or abstract natul"&ICOICi'l 'badness,' fU/'p/a 'folly,' .oia 'poverty,' f1,,>.ia friend- Y,,"y "Nmerou. ship,' _""'Ua 'unfaithfulneaa' t'-ll (4): d>.~fIa 'truth,' .rryirflO 'nobility.'-Numerous. -"nIc, ""or (.;): "Or"r 'youth,' lcrOr'1r 'equality.'-NumerotlB. t .... (4): 3I/CcuocrV.'1'juatice,' ITtlt/lpouw'1 'prudence.'-NNIIIWOIIB. --oc, _ (n): ~""~ 'length,' fJQpor 'weight,' '8ize,' t*v3or lie,' 'fib,' nixor ' apeed.' Numerous.

t-Mi

(4):

1TOfJJ/a 'wisdom,'

".ry.Bor}

_ (' coIJ,' then 'fIOU'A' or 'lGCl'). aDd that JII'llu in lAtin m-.nt at all tim811 dIIciIM aDd bad bardJ,y been familiar to the Greek m - , wben the termII in queRlon were am ooiDed: dII/Jr&IOtrovMs, cipxoPTOtrovAor, lfD,...".,MnwAos, .MvT6ffOIIA.os, etc.

[J A .wr_t achanced, tor aurht I know,8.I'IIt by BA8ophooleII(GnmI. 5- al80 1Az.37")aDdadopted by mora recent IIOhOlalW (GBaWdaltiII in DapNI7C1Or U 561-574), la that the ending ..ovAos-or as tbey propOH to write !.ftOIIMoS'_ the lAtin puUu. Th_ authorWee however have omitted to adduce paraUeJa to the efrect that lAtin pulIw _ ever ued in the above (diminutive) - - . .ad tbat. it _ in earq B tim8lla term ~ familiar to the Greek _ iD the fimD woiiM.os or even ftouAAIop. They _ forpt that the word '-or, wwAlor, ~OI' (cp. al80 it. ~ compounds), N;,ovAIJpc, has been at all tim811 in popular use, both in a proper aDd metaphorloa1 (complimentary)

new

295

Digitized by

Google

10.&8-10&2.] COJD[ON AD.JECTIVES FROK ADJBCTIVES.

1we. Mark that abstraot femininea in -IQ are parozytone. and come mostly from adjectives in -os (:lDd declenaion). whereas abstract feminines in .,&4 are proparo1.1ne, and come mostly from adjectives in ...,. (~ declenaion), as: tI from tIo4'6', ICQIrla from ..,ceSs, clA.,fIG from ~, .iYy'.'la from Wy. f. tCp. 1013-)-For a paroxytone-fl/l see 1018 f.

1047. All above five suffi][es are still preserved in N, the only difference being that -la has generally become o][ytone (155. c-d.), and -1''l~ has changed to or ~a (338): cfJ,)..a, II:RKlci-Pfdr,,(f'G), OA&n,(TO) -but a)'~8'la-&lfa'ocrU"I 'Justice,' 8ftMTV"I '~odlineaa,' IAf",-,v." charity,' cly~ sanctity '), 'reverence, '-Ifd8~, {j&p~, ,~, etc. 1048. Another mode of forming a.bstract feminines from adjectives is sometimes resorted to by simply using the feminine of the adjective with recessive accent, as :

-T" e

(lGA'1"6r, ,w."",).,w..." 'calm' (....sf, ....) .a." 'badn8118' 1049. So still in N, al: (,ftlTeSS, ,faT9) "tI'I"/ 'heat,' (X-A " XA.pI,) . XAMpr, 'greenness,' (EfpcSr. Efpla I; lfp{,) t4po I; E4"" 'shore,' 'land,' (~ tI'l'fM) tlTl"l"'l 'ciryneu,' (~/Jfp6r, ~/Jfpla) ~/J4pa 'threatening,' (,.alIap6r, 1'113ap/a),.a6.pa 'mountainous country,' (I/NxpcSr, I/N}(}JI!.) ~xpa 'cold _ther,'
ete.

(afTlot, alTta) a/TEa' cause' (lxfp6s. 'x'P4). 'xfpo' hostility

(clP3ptf"of,clP3pda). d,,3pda 'braven8118' ("PpDf, "pJAII). ,Ippt' heat'

II. ADJEOTIVES.
10&0. Adjectives are derived from verbs or substantives (also

from adverbs) and may be divided into

COtItfJtOft

and et1Inic.

10150. From A down to B times, the 1Ift4ter of any adjective. especially common. is used as an ab8Ir'GCI subatantive (cp. U82), as: TO Ut.cfJpOll (IC. flara& 1) for u.q,povim, 'prudence,' TO ha.3PO" for d.a.apia 'cowardice,' TO .ArV8rpo" for IAfv8fpta 'liberty.' This usage is foreign to B-N speech. exoept in a few cases inherited from antiquity, as: '1'/\ f'AfV8fpGII 'freedom' (AtvS.pla, now AftITf,HG 'deliverance ').

a. 00_.05 ADJECTIVES.
10150 b. Common adjectives are formed by means of one of the following suffixes : 0..ftoc 3 denotiDg (Latin -tIeI_): ypart'~ acri1IfRd.... dcra,T'ior ' to be exercised.'- Fa.rl, COIIIfItOn. denoting poBBibility or lUICIpIibility (Latin -bau); allO, an CJCtimt aeeompliBMd. as: tlpaT'dr' visible,' 3u-vr 'pOlllible,' : PO.,nr 'conceivable,' apr.,nr movable '_Ipndr=pj'!'l"u-TOe , conquered,' "talH1TOr' untouched,' hprurror' undone, _1UT~ unfaithful.'- Verr COIIImott. lOlL In P-N both these aufti.xes have lost their t:terbal force. In particular -T"~ iB peculiar to A and has hardly outlived that period. At least neither the N T writen nor their unsophisticated SUcceaaoll make a use of it, II80ve in the neuter or adverbial form -ri.", and that very rarely (only once Luke 5, 38 (A."r'o.; cp. AButtmann 190); iu work being performed by the more perspicuous and emphatic IIonalysis: 3ft, frpffm, aard;, (or ](pfla) IUT4 and the like, with the infinitive or itl analysis by IJIU (App. VI. 13-18). 10152. Regarding the sufh -1'O~, two cases are to be di8tiDguiahed: as a meana Of expreBBing IH*I'bililg or BIIICIpIibili'" it appean alao iD

... l

tIeCUIit,

296

Digitized by

Google

OOlOlON .AD.JECTIVES FROK .AD.JEcmvES. [1081-1088.

P-B compoaitioDB, though much more rarely than iD .A (in HT only Acta 26, 23), ita place now being supplied partly by the suftbt '-,- (1054), partly by the flDite verb (1837). It is therefore difficult to ascertain how far the suffix -Tflr was current in G-B SPUM as a ~wbol noun; at all events M-N diction shows DO trace of it.-On the other hand, as an ordinary adjective equivalent to the perfect participle passive-accomplished actioR-it has been at all times in common use, but since G it has gained a far wider popularity, partly through the influence of Latin -hur (especially -atw8), partly in cOl1lequence of the retreat of the reduplicated participle (736), as well as of the participle of manDer and means (2162). It is therefore now very common in N speech, as: cl_udr' open,' 1r>'~&aT6r 'closed,' 3,a>.lImIr , picked,' fjpan6s 'boiling,' ~AaaT6r 'laughing;' ](",,,,nor ' separate,' ICiHpiJaT6r '~,' ](IIf'6r 'moulded,' 'east,' ITr/Ir",T6s 'carried,' fjapfjiiT'O,' 'Dot castrated, y."aTOS 'full,' cfltvyGT'OS 'fugitive,' T'p,](oT'or 'running,' ""~T'Os 'fragrant,' d<fJpaT'or 'fresh! It even appears as an elliptical neuter aubataritive, as: T'O d",llI8oT'OIf IOrib. i. 435, 6) 'abainthiated wine,' awe.".6. (se. ~ap) 'liver,' 1OIB..aT'0 'quiddany,' flrt-TIi' 'ice cream,' etc. 1063. As a variety of -T'6r, the au1Ilx -orr6s d_"es apecial mention here, first beeauae it means IftIpplW tcitA, as: 6IcwnmSr 'dented,' 'reticular,' 'lH1f11f01'T6r 'with friDgee,' rn".,.,dr' winged,' N~T_fir 'rih
~

aurruow.

a taRel,' or like a taaael,' IIQ~ 'arched' ;-and then becauae ita feminine form -O)Ttt apreara sinee G sometimes as an ellipticalsubetantive, aa: tllWJl&l7A"'" (110. 10,.) 'coat made of a camel llkin,' ,..,~ 'coat of a llheep lIkin,' (~.,.m,) paddle-wheel,' .. ~ 'a tray with canties l8"ing as bread-pans.' 1064. !woc 3 (Bc 2) denoting a ltI8CeplibilUy (Latin -ttd1lB, English -ble); also a lasting quality: pa](,,,,,r' fit for ~hting,' d~""f 'transportable,' IU3,ptJr eatable,' xFJfT'ptJr 'useful -Fairi, commott. 106&. So too in P-N: wpd,por 'that can be collected,' "A.H'/Aor navigable.'Io"Nt1&p.IIf 'festal,'lIAfnr'/AOS 'stolen,'-N<I'e&("),",'p.IIf 'eatable,' xpl,tI./,o. respectable,' ",pIw'p.IIf, """,fIM, &f'/AOS late,' wplApDr ' early,' ete. 10&8. By superadding to '-pD' the ending -Gior (loSl f.), aa amplliled form "JAClior is obtained, especially in P-N, denoting a lasting qvalUV. as: ""-',-"or '1I&o1en,' lnto/Jolu,.."or 'supposititious,' ml1"rCWpDiOs epistolar, dN3Il'pai'or. iEopctl''''"'os. In N this ending naturally appeara as a contracted oxytone -.,..6r [","fir) (l0'8a), as: .,.,."",.JUU6r (-~)' pTOlDinent,' d.nppc,JA4'''s 'abject,' I despicable.' rootad.'

N" WT'' ' ' '

IC,,..",

1087. Denoting

a CH.AIU.CTEB or feature-

t$apvr heavy,' T'axVf ' swift.'- Contmon. 3tuoOf 'formidable,' Ucalldr 'lR1fIicient,' fT'pHr 'venerable,' dlMuoOr 'mountainous,' T'atI"Clf6r 'low.'-Very commcm. !-AOc: 3: .:o)'6r 'beautiful,' 3f&>.6r 'timorous,' fT'Y'I>'6r silent,' ~6r high,' ci".oA.6r 'soft,' ".axv).{,r 'rather thick.'- Very common. l-pOc 3 : ix8p6r' hostile,' +V)(p6r 'cold,' <fJa"p/,r manifest,' ixvp6r fortified,' AW'Ip/,r grievous,' ".o.."pcSr 'bad,' t/>8ollfpOr 'invidiou8.' -

!-..oc 3:

1-6c 3:

~w' sweet,'

-MC :3: ~ 'false,' >'VfT'T'fA.~f 'profitable,' "').~prji" 'full,' cl~ , unwont,' fll)'fll'J' 'noble,' 3vl7T1Ix,r 'unhappy.'common. 1068. The four suffixes -w, -Mlr, -).d., -""r, are still fully preserved in N, as: yA.vM 'sweet,' {japur 'heavy,' T'a",,,.6. 'modest,' cr'T"or nr.rrow,' fTonuoOr 'dark,' vIn>.6r 'high,' ](aprjA6, 'low,' 3pOfTfpM freBh,' /CllpiJT'pUr ' cultivated,' 'tame,' light,' ,,,..](p6r 'poor' ;

y,,., common.

V,,.,

297

"',.""s '

Digitized by

Google

1018-106'1.] COMMON ADJECTIVES FROM ADJECl'IVES.

- while -~, owinl!' to its inconvenient inflection on the one hand, and its identificatIon with substantivea in -.,,~ on the other, has been changed to -or, as : Q"plfldf, . .uaor, ~."emk-, "l'"Bof (cp. 430. 439 f. 1149). 10159. The .u1Iix 4Aos deserves especial notice here, because such aDcient diminutive adjectives 88: _xvA6s 'rather thick,' ,..lrwAos 'rather 8IDal1,' 'small aDd dear,' 3pc/A4AOf 'rather sharp,' taken in conjunction with Latin diminutives in -'"lIB, have served as patterns for a whole class of N diminutive formations in -ovAds, 88: _xouA6. -_xvA6s. ,..lrpovA6s -putIr,jAos, IAf1ItpovA6s 'largish,' /Jo9ovA6s 'rather deep,' l'fpovA6s 'rather watery,' etc. Furthermore these adjectives, tabn in conjunction with Italian -ullo, gave rise to a ;parallel cl888 of diminutive nouns in -cnlAIJr, fem. -oiIAAI, 88: 6 /Awpo.JA'Is, 1) ,...poGAm 'amall and pretty,' 'darling'; 6 IrWrwA'Is, 1) 1r0000ouAcI 'rather short' ; 6IrVpo.JA'I" (grand) papa,' 1)lrVpoUAm '(grand) mamma' ; 6 Kvpcuo.JA'I' dear Kvpcuos,' 1) KvpcuoiiAtt. ' dear K."....q,' 6 IIGI/Io.JA'If, 1)1t01fuilAtt. 'poor thing: .'p3'lroiiAa, npBoiiAAl (in Bova GMoroei ii.3), etc.-In all these formations the penult complu -ov- i, unmiatakably Latin, while the ending aDd the accent are decidedly Greek.

1080. Denoting the MATERIA'L (p.tTovauwT",C)(-.os) -oOc 3: XPVITOW 'golden,' dpyvpoiif 'ofailver,' 'PfoW 'woollen.' -Fairlg uncommon. ! ! _ 3: EV).lPOf 'wooden,' )'18lllOf 'of stone.' - Yerg common.
1081. The suftbt !"'O' atill fully aurvives in N, 88: mpcJfOs 'of atoae,' E.JAa.1W 'wooden,' ./TIIWOS 'of leather'-but since H appears often in the modification -/i"os (now commonly pronounced -I",os), &8: /ITV""lIror (Phryn.), ftTlllr.of (Porph. Cer.670, 15), fU3fpiwos, potW/JilIror (now commoner II13fpi",OS, /AoAl/l/l'IOS), etc.-Aa to -(.0.) -oils _ 330 t.
P'~

1082. Denoting TIME: 1-1_ 3: 'night-,' lllP'~ , spring-.'- Vety

lf1'lr(p'~ COtMIOfI.

, evening-,'

I'VItT(o

l08S. So mll in N, &8: l'VlrTfPC.6. ' night-,' lTf//Afpcl'6s to-day'8,' ""/Afpcm 'every-day,' dAAoT(ecr)Il'6r 'of tormer times,' .ffllllll.6r 'last year'&,' TIIx""r , to-morrow'a,' TII)(VT,pc,,6s ' morning-,' mAOltGlpc.6. ' sum me....:

1084. Denoting FULNESS or AIWNDANCE!cac 3: I"SvO." full of fish,' v).tj..r 'woody,' XapUu 'graceful,' d""wnf 'windy.'-Not COIIt1IIOft. (1067.) o-cD8Hc: 2: frfSpO.b'lr ' rocky,' 6-qPl.a"r 'full of beasts,' beastly,' w.a'lt 'fragrant,' ).vcrlT&lb'lr ' raging.'-Commo,,G'"~' 'waap-like.'

10815. The su1Iix -&a"r denotes also lima1aritr,

88: G'1A~r

I'Silen-like,'

1088. Both these aufIIltea ('lIS ,\ -"3"r) haTe become extinct in N, in conaequence ot their inconvenient intlection t. ..51 t. 1058).

<.39

108'1. Preceded by -0-, the auftix -fir becomes -flflf and admit. of contraction to -OUf, as: I'f).lT6f1r, 1").lToiir, l'f).lTOjj", 1'f).lnMr melliferoue.' The feminine form -oiicnTa, owing to ita convenient inflection (1st declension), maintained itself through P-B timea, particularly as an elliptical aubata.ntive, as: I'f).l~iiulTa [ac- C';1"I1 olPoiilTITa, TnXloiiu(lT)a, 'Epp'0l'OixrlTO, 'Af1'1O'I'oWlTal (cp. al8aAoiiucra, ""' poiilTlTa, Kfihner-Blaaa i. 529 f.), and atill aurvives in a few N DOuns, as: 'Po&iilTcra, 'A[,,]8oiiu(IT)a, cp. fl"'~(IT)a, 'a stinking inaect,' also 'ladybird,' ).'xoiiG'(IT)a, frf~iiu(lT)a' ttying.' Whether this -oW(u)ll ia the lineal parent of the rather common N -DU (1043), remains atill to be investigated.
298

Digitized by

Google

-,
I

ETHNIO ADJ'EIC1.l'IVE8 FROM ADJEOTIVEB. [1088-107'1.

1088. Denoting a PECULIABLTYor APPUBTENANCEf-lICGc: 3: ltn!'lor6r 'equestrian,' "1I01",,6r ''Comic,' "PO"uc6s- 'tragic,' 'll'oA~1"6r hostile,' ,,0>'I.,.1It6r ' cinI,' {flau&Au:6r royal,' powu:6r 'of the )(uaea,' muical.'- V"., C07IIfIIOfI. (1070.) 1089. The feminine ending -1It9 is often used elliptically (for ."or~ .,.i}(l"l) to denote an GrI, "ro/fIJIIiort or trrMk (thus corresponding to ita English prolJ8.nr -ic or -tu), as: ~ fIOlIO'IIt9 (BC .,.iX"'I) , m aaic,' ~ 'rhetonc,' 'I 11WP"'9 'medicine,' """""'"'''9 'gymnaatica.' 1070. So stiU in N, as: "oA'l"ordr 'WU'like,' d3.(If#)lordr 'brotherly,' .').1It6r 'friendly,' frClTpu:6r 'paternal,' +UXllt6r 'concerning the Il0l11,' "'lCl'T1lt6r 'fasting,' JlVorTllt6r 'night-,' etc.-~ fjOCl'ltl0r9 (sc. "i]("'l or hurn,l'II) 'the trade of a shepherd,' ~ W'0r9 or VaptvTua, (... cl).'flI'f'I0r9J , fishing,' ~ lCo).~P'0r9 ' monaaticiam,' etc.

,,,ropuc;,

1071. In N the neuter plural (rarely singular ..,.&0r6"), which comes from "'"P, often denotes the / .. tor lOme aenioe... : ft b..IIT" fee tor grindiD&' ft ..AIIf7T" ' wuhing money,' ft tI-r'. ' digging money.' 107111 For the proparoxytone II1lIlx '-'r _ 1077.

-T"

1072. l - 3 (which, when preceded by a ~ either becomes -nior. -GIOS, ior respectively i cp. 1081), as: ~p6"&Or 'heavenly,' ,,~ov .'or 'rich,' CUU')alor 'nece8ll&l'Y,' O'"ovaaior 'eager,' ol"fior '-domestic,' (JoIro.f&or 'royal,' le. commonly al~oior 'venera61e,' 'II'G'r"';or 'patema1,' fX 'morning-,' 'easterly,' dP""or 'northerly' i-or drops 1 and thus leads to the endings -aor, ',or, oor [-our], ,..,os [:z08]).- V"., ""mw0u8. 1078. This auftix is still preaened in N, and tha.t in all ita.A varieties except -'or. However, it is le. common in present speech than in .A, and usually undergoes synizesis (I SS, c), as: '!rll~r' wild,' ilEt9f 'capa.ble,' 3.Ees 'right,' 'll'AoUat!jf rich,' _paior 'bea.utif1al ' (also 'PeI" and always 'll'mWPels 'very beautiful,' 1134), dpa9 'thin,' 'rare,' .u~ 'old,' {fJif!Jer 'aure,' ~le9~ 'just,' 0Pe9' 'similar,' Ita~ , pure,' ,"pUrer 'abundant,' 1tO"4>t9f 'empty,' ya).dCf9s 'blue.' 1074. ,_, MON: ").9'-' lUft'ering,' "n,fIIIO" 'mindfal,' l'll'&A9"fM" forgetful'-BtJ,... 1074b Aa an adjectival suffix, this item is extinct in N. Cp. 469 f.
-~_,

0"

b. ETBlfIC ADJEC'l'IVES.
1076. ETHNIC or adjectives are derived from ethnic substantives (1030). ThQY are formed by meaJl8 of one of the following sufBxea1078. "lCGc: (-IKOc, _6,-) 3: AaIttt.uc6s-, u.prruc6s-, Knp&.8aaor6r, KWllt6r,

,.me

er,tJailcOr, El1{JoUcOs, Strap"lCITlltOs, UNwailc6r.-V"., 107'1. In this oqIMN form, -lItlSr is no longer current in N[KWllt6r, ,.",,&medr etc. are rather sublMDtivee], pepular speech having labatituted for it, ainoe B times, a fWOPG~ form "lItor derived from the kindred eth.ic 81lbata.a.tives (1030), as (ZfIIIPHwr) ZfIIIP1IGl&cor, (Z~-o.) z,q,NlIlCor, fIG'~) P.pAlucor, Tovpltlltor, 'Apfjamuor, Metpat.,.u:or, n ..>.t.,.I"or, BNi~ .pd~or, ate. This phenomenon points to the influence of . o-ItaIian LkwB, Lico (cp. Porph. Adm. 72, 2 DGpalltor, if correctly accented), and has attracted, lrince

"""""*8.

r...

299

Digitized by

Google

107'1-1088.]

VERBS DERIVED FRO. NOUNS.

M, also a number of common adjectives, &8: ~uco, (=~,,), yip'l(or 'old: fIf'' CW 'young,' 'new,' .u.rplaTuccw 'manly,' 'brave,' .,.po"l(cr).,.'KO' 'of a buck,' O'IC1IAl(O').,.ucur 'canine,' etc. 10'78. *-NOc (-IAHOC, -"IItS,) 3: 'Acruz..os, ZapaUJ..or, 'A')'IC1Ipcu06., KvC"",*.

-Common.

1079. So too in N, u: 'l'a,..peSr, ~__ , .......,..lU'cSr (_ 1031, 21.). 1080. *-iNOC 3 (1031, 2 If.) : Afo...,.;...,r, 'Al(plI')'O...,.i_, Tapuri_. 'AAfEa"api""" BuCo...,.;"o" Mn"otro...,.jj"". In N it is I'!esened only in substantives (1031, 5), while the corresponding adjectival 81dIix is either -uod, 3 (131, 3) or -i_ (1077), as: llurpuod" KocrTpcHs, AA.-

FpuoO"

Tp'fCT'f'IIlUCO.,

NOtrOA,.,.,.,ICO,.

1081. *-IOC 3 (UBed also &8 substantive 1030): Kopl"s,or, za>.opU.cor. When preceded by 0 f , 1, -wr becomes -aior -"0' -ior -tio, (107:1), as: 'AtI"...-ior, 9'1f:l,,-icw, .1.0pw0-io" KfplC1lPO~, MWW,N-inr, 'Apyf-ior, K,-icw, (Xiaor) Xio" KApor.- Very eotJImon. 1082. This BUffix is still preaened in N. but only in the variety -ai." which properly applies to substantives (1030)' It is DOW commonly contracted to -meS, or -t9f (155, c), and has even succeeded, owing to its frequency since ancIent times, in a.ttracting adjectives from other claaaes, including appellatives (cp. 10s.6), as: M"'~~, Zl'Vp~, ZoAOI'IICfc!, (= ~.O'O'a>.O~UCM 126), Z,~JlfUlir.

VERBS, 1088. Verbs, as appearing in the present tenSE', are derived

either from nouns (detaotniflatit1e). or from verba (postt:erial), sometimes also from adverbs. (lOOS.)

m.

. FRO. :NOUNS. 1084. Dettomittatif;e verba are formed by means of one of the following suffixes, synoptically grouped according to their meaning: 108&. I. Denoting an ACTION or CONDITION (transitive or intransitive)-%-ciw: .,.,,,01 'honour,' fJoO. 'shout,' ~Scil 'am in the prime of
youth,' ol.,.wo,,", 'a.ccuae,' 1'00'40,,"' 'chew.'-NumerouB. 1088. This suffix not only survives in N, but h&8 even attamed a very wide extension (854 f.), &11 : ~".a. 'like,' 'love,' "....a. 'bear,' lCU{3rp.a. 'govern,' fJpollral ' thunder.' - For P-N eu.mplea aee 854For middle forma see 1000 tr.

1087. 2. Denoting mostly a BEING of what is implied by the stem, sometimes also an action-%-_: ~il 'am a ~l>.or (friend),' CT'f'~1 'am a CT'f',..,..,.,. (pneral),' 'command,' Mux'l 'am Mv~ (baPP1).'-Y"7 ............ % : fJoNM 'am fJocrlA.iI. (king), 're~ aouA. 'am a.u.r __ (slave),' ..a,ar.. 'educate,' s.patrfWt ' attend to. - Y"7 "u"..",.,..
1088. Both theee llUfBxes obtain alao in N, but . . ha, coDliderabl, retreated beore.o. (854 I.). whlle ....ppean alaoin the by-form ..,.{Sfh) .. : 1oppftI. believe,' ~ 'kill,' _ _ 'iIl'rite,' ~ (of .tan),

.t

300

Digitized by

Google

VERBS DEBIVED FROJI VERBS.

1owA_ 'aerve: 'work'-but

/lGIIcAft(")t.

S...,

[1088-108'1.

'help,'

nM,.a..

'Sght,' 3ouAf1f(,,).,
(~ive

1089. 3". Denoting a CAUSING or JL.4.KING verba)-

*-cX.i.: 3ou).,{. (' make a slave oC') , enslave,' 3qA.m. ('make maniCest ') 'dec1are,' XJII1fT&. (' make golden ') 'gild,' C'I""m. 'punish.'-Common. --a'- : 8fP"m.,6I 'make warm,' , warm, ' IlOI).al.. ' hollow out,' Vflpa,- ' aignify.'-Common. --u-: fJapu.. 'burden,' ~3u_ 'sweeten,' dE6_ 'sharpen.'-Common. 1090. lb. OC these three suffixes -ne- and -6_ still survive in N, -ne- having even gained ascendency over -6_ (900 ft'.).-On the other hand, -ti. has heen changed to -0,.,. (775. 8S3).

1091.4&. Denoting a FURNISHING WITH; also thepractice of the function implied in the noun(opa& 'work.'-Numerou.

f---: OJlO"aC. name,' fl'aparTll.w(. prepare,' &mC. 'judge,' Jp-ya--.: 6Jr)'IC. 'arm,'
",).01lr'1('.

IMrLC. 'hope,' ]tapiCo"",, 'gratify.'- Very fltmterOUB.

'enrich,' I'IJICOplC. 'deem happy,'

1081. Annexed to fWtJ1W' _ _ and ,UtnlcB, the above au1llxes denote an imitator of or sympathizer with the person or DAtion implied in the noun (1093), aB: ItpcO'. 'imitate the Doriana,' flAnnrt, aide with Philip,' lu.,.,l'. 'imitate the Greekll.'

1088. 4b Both suffixes still fully survive in N, as: &]pa&d(. 'resemble,' lfTiC. 'build,' 'Y ...plC. 'know,' p4uplC. 'make black,' ]t"piC. 'make a present oC' (cp. 1098). But they are never annexed to proper names and ethnica in the sense oC 1092.

b. FRO. VERBS (also adverbs).

f"'-: Itnr.iC. 'crawl about,' fJa~(. 'bark.'-Uncommon. 1086. All these three suffixes are atill common in N, but characterize also iflcepeiN verba (868-870.1097 f.), as: IlpUC6'I (from Ilpa)' crow,' .-C. 'ahout out,' 3.",aC. 'become thirsty,' IT-C- 'become ailent,' a,a.rl{- 'become Cond oC,' ICpGTZC. 'keep back,' 3allpVC. 'abed tear&,' ')DvyVC. bark.' 1087. Denoting the INCEPTION of an action or condition (ifIceptive or tnchoatit'e verbs); often also acting as mere causatives or iftteft8itJe8 (1089)__ : 'Y'IpGlTll6'I MIJe8CO, 'grow old,' ",9dIT- pubuco, attain manhood,' p.t8Ixr_ inwxioate,' ~"&dCTII:6'I ' get a beard.'- Fairl, common. 301

1094. Verbs are formed from primitive verbs (also from adverbs) by means of one of the following suftixes10915. J. Denoting a STRENGTHENING or REPETITION of the primitive notion and called intensive or f~ respectivelyf---: illft'f'dC. 'tollll,' 'jerk,' anNC.' groan,' 'moan.'-Common. f-.: aIrlC. 'beg,' -..IC. 'push to and fro, ~C. 'lament.'Very common.

Digitized by

Google

DERIVATION OF ADVERBS.
1098. With the exception of a few speoimeu, l1li: xht- 'ppe,' riIr_ (i.e. trGl1XOl 177b) 'encieavour,'/3pil1ltOl (i.e. dJpil1_ 733) 'flnd,' "''''11_ 'awell. 'inBame,' /3611_ 'pasture:-the above suB.Ix hili! become extinct in N. ita inceptive, causative, or intensive function having been tak8D up by-!" (867 tt. 880). It ia true that '11_ is now common in several chieBy northem dialects (Pontoa. Oappadocia, Cyproe, Thrace, Macedonia, Theaaly. cp. GBatzidakia 135), aa : pltr- or pl,11_ (111'111_) 'remain,' fJopil1_ 'hurt' ; particularly in the middle and imperfect form (-l1ltO".,. -11,"", or -11l1li: cp. GHatzidakia 415 &I 417)-a circumstance which hili! led some soholara to take it for an Ionic remnant-but before connecting It with clasaical Greek, we should _rtain whether foreign inftuence (particularly Italian -_) haa been or not at work.

~fMa. 'have Bore eyes,' _A",,_ '

1099. Denoting a DESIRE for action (desideratitJe verbe)frOA,,.,.,,,,rllll, -y,A_dlll 'wish to fight, to la.ugh.' - UfICOmfllOll (11. 0._: U'l'parrryuJlII, tt'Aavcrw.. 'wish to command. to weep.'-Rare. 1100. The suffix -Will points also to a bodily or mental ajfediMt, 8011:
o-ak.J:

am splenetic.'

means of '/AOI (/3mlAo".,) .d, as: "AOI (C,ni) I'd -y.MaOl ~,-or by the ordinary middle form, l1li: X/Co"., = A. Xf,'17'&GoI, IfGTovpICoiipac -.4 06prfT&GoI.

1101. Neither -Into, nor -tGa. can be traced in N, their place having been taken (and that probably since H times) either by their paraphrase by

IV. ADVERBS.
1101. Adverbs are formed from adjectives, less frequently from substantives and verbs, by means of one of the following suftixes. (See also 523.)
a. FROM ADJECTIVES.
*-.oc:, N-A. for which see SI6-S22b o''''f for which see 648-652.

b. FROM SUBSTANTIVES AND VERBS.

d-ytA'136.' in Hocks,' 3&altp,36" ' separately,' dmtta..36. ' openly.' LaHN: _opd3'1" 'here and there,' f3d3'1" 'step by step.' o-Tf: I'flllU'l'l' recently,' &.optll1Tl 'by name,' Qp4)("n' without striking a blow,' AloA,url I in Aeolic.' . 0. . . : "a..a'1p.rl'in a body,' "",""w['with impunity:

o_SON:

0......
0....

-8c, -ex, -zc 1l0llb. To the N adverbs of manner in -ca, treated in 533 f., we may add here the participial au1lb: -o1"/'G(1), current since T times (833). It B~ appears in the form -O.TII, then takes Bnal -r and becomes _ _ and
ita preaenation in N is due to the parallel use of the Italian gerundive l1li parla,., credmtt). This adverbial auiftx is now added chiefty to the preamt stem of verbs and denotes _ _, le88 commonly ,,_ (8ynchronous action) and thus correspond8 tothe Romanio (and Engliah ) gerundive, as: ,,,,V"(f Tp1x.01lTll1 'he went otrrunning,' '(7'1,..,w'1ltf .,....aCOl'ftf , he got up shrieking;' "1)6ciiI'Tllf, npc_TOirrar, 9oIpG"'ftu. l1A1rttrras, '4A_ _ Ft 'iAOIfTIIf. 'willy nilly.'-For T-JC examples 888 833.
(-aM, """"

-Cl, ...

}see 434 f.

[ll Cp. IIosriI 189 ""'II1tl.1I' 'Anllt&r,ltIIf1CJTlAIUr IX-

'~.

302

Digitized by

Google

OOXPOSITION.-FIBST CONSTITUENT. [11~1108.

B.

OOMPOSITION.

1103. Composition is the blending together of two separate

words which otherwise would stand to each other in the syntactical relation of either subordination (dependence), or co-ordi_ion (I 70a ). In the former case, it is called composition prqper, in the latter copulative composition. (Cp. 1110.)
liCK. Aa early as Homeric times the Greek laJllUage poueaaed a singular aptne118 to form compound words, and so relegated to..t a very rich and manifold supply of such complexea, which thus served as pattema for subaequent formations. Accordingly oompound words dating since hi. torical times are, for the most part, analogical productions or unoonscious imitations, similar to those observed in phonopathy (12.11). That this is actually the ease appears also from the fact that in many instances the constituent parte, though obsolete or extinct as early as ..t, nevertheless continued-aome oontinue even to the present day-to serve as popular prefixes or auffixes for new formations. Thus in ..t cl or clr-, ho., . - , '".., "'1-, etc. no longer appeared as independent words, nevertheless they still oontinued to serve as first oonstituents for many new formations. In the same way 3.,..." "IAI, 6/1, etc. were foreign to ordinary ..t, yet..t or.o-

a6u.os, cponoAao, lID"", dpBA-a, ~, Nxapmn6s, "..,-.os, ".,w.111116s, etc.-So even to this day: .'TI".-6s, l'f1UAoan6s, UTpontIAoan6s, /loRoAos (..t l/Otll.,s~ot), TVPOK6uoi, 'YYOKoua, '}naAoN6.l&os, au.oAcSros, nuAAoA6ros, ".Tpco8cWil, l/A4I7To).or&), ,'u-yoA6THt, -rai3oupoA6TH., cdI/Nxor, aIfG,,-Aor. etc., though n-, .oA- or trGA-, .0";01, "I,..." ~OI 'UIrotD,' 1..1-,. 'gaI/Nr,' a-6", have long beoome atinct.-See also 1110.

'AA"" '"",,,'

I. OOMPOSITION PROPER.
1101. A compound word consists of two parts, called compo-

nents or constituents, the second of which contains the principal idea, while the first generally serves as a qualifying adjunct.
1101511 This holds good for N also. Here, however, the two oonatituents in a few eases appear interchangeabla, as : Atup.Mrorot and fIOI!6Atul'Of 'throat trouble,' 6,,}JIIITWorO '" fIOI!,s"pGTot 'sore eyes,' 6]3orT,s"OI'ot '" "or63Ol'Tot tooUlaebe,' fHJAWoror '" WO"OIIlfHJAor 'headache,' ,) ~por '" To) -,vpow63c hem (of a akirt),' rfn,a6TVpo or rfnJUr61" '" 'fup6rfit1'O 'bread and ch_,' 6]pu{cS-pAo (ot 'JfIA6tw(0) 'milk rice.'

A. FIRST CONSTITUENT. 1108. The first constituent which is commonly a noun, rarely a verb, is prefixed to the second constituent by means of

a compositional (thematic, connective) vowel, chiefly 0, sometimes also A, H, rarely , ,-or none. (See 1110. 1116.)
0: >'~pdc/lor ' prose writer,' nllCOlldl'O' ' manager, ' tp.)'OT,~ , emulous,' 1j,...p03pd"", 'courier,' E,l/lolfT,sl'fl' 'sJaymg WIth the BWOrd,' ,,~,xol"lxla 'siege,' Ix6vorfJd-yo, 'eatintr fhsh l ' " .... pa"O!I>u).aE bod,guard,' ).&tr07'aEla 'desertion, fIIUOYu.or , hating women, ["opprnror' balancing' a: d-yopu6"".' clerk of the market,' a.f3A'aypd~or ' writer of books' M: iAlJfi,M/3OAor ' shootin, deer,' )."Fa3Ml/ldpor ' torch-bearer' c: 3ad8vpor 'annoying. 'sensible, 'dpxCAao, 'ruler' (1116) I: tI'IIpbr"our 'fire-breathing,' dpXITflCT(i)JI ' master builder ' (1116) DOl1e: trO).v-n).~" costly,' fro).1Mfptity,-,,' meddlesome,' "all-paxla 'seafight.'

'xt>pew
303

Digitized by

Google

1107-1ll8.] FIRST CONSTI'rOENT OF COllPOUNDS.

U07. The oompositional _ ia absolute in N (UIO), as: xapotr6nr 'epiourean,' dllpoA6oy. watch,' fI/iIpfw.tTTtIr 'oreduloUB,' ~pDf 'spiteful,' I~Ao, 'hOllpitable,' aoc.\.cS30vAor 'gluttonoUB,' 'begging for bread,' IfIIItTOIf"ptVfGS 'night-raven,' /CO/c/c,"OYf"'l' 'with a red beard'-but also tTTfWJX"'piiI (though commoner IJT_xePii) 'force' (cp. lIoS).

'iN""'"

1108. The compoaitional vowel is dispensed with in particular when the first constituent ends in -v, -vr, or when it consista of nA.Us. {jour, mur, ;jll'fTVr, also craUr which last appears then in the comparative form croA.A.t- (though ccaA.o- since G 1133), as: 7rTtlA.i-ll'Op8or' sackmg cities,' >'~~t-s.,p'-' hunt after words,' dlJTu-.opor (plebeian N a~ ".s"os) 'guardian of the city,' l~6v-fjo>'or (beside lx6vo-fjO>.or) , catching fish,' .uJiJ-cppOl" , straightminded,' ,,/A.VccV-8VJM!f 'good-natured,' ~3v ",_os 'sweet-voiced,' fjapv-Supor' sullen,' d~V-8upor 'quick-tempered,' /:Ia8v-pp'Cor deep-rooted,' 7ro>.v-cr''''"A.or 'with many heads,' tl'oA..,..U,, loquacious,' ~I"-';A.tor 'half as much again,' ~II'-t{jfAtO" 'a half-obol,' cro>.>.i-rrOlf 'with beautiful children' ;-G-B cro>'O"(N~ 'well-minded,' cro>.O--yr,por (' good yfPfll" '), 'monk,' etc. (1133).
U09. Also in thia cl888 NfolloWB the general rule (1106 f.), except in the cue of nAw (ptuI,u" rarely 13ap{tr), where the .A practice is atill ot.erved, as: "A~or 'sweet-voiced' (so even in CaeaariUB, Dligne 38,1073), nAt'l-AO')'tIr , loquaoioua,' nA........,ua 'long time,' ,.,.,.,.Ml,.,r (,.aIrPO-AcUf&IP) , with a long throat,' ,.aIr,...."m,r 'long-bearded,' p4IC(IO,.,DAA'If & ,.,.pu,.ou., 'with long hair,' ""POXfprff & ""I"'X4"". 'long-armed,' BapGIffIIIIl{OI (,.,... .,al,,.,) 'become despondent.' lUO. Originally oomposition was apparently effected by paratheeis, that is by alllxing the second oonstituent directly to the character of the first. Now as -0- was the commonest character owing to its presence in all the multitudinous nouna forming the 3nd declension, it BOOn dected other olaases and gradually became the normal compOllitional vowel, to the restriction of the remaining 11, '7, " t. AB a consequence, N knows of no other oompositional vowel than -0- (1107) and in some _ -u- (1109), a result which, however, seems to applyaIso to Q-Bspeech (cp. noS. 11 la).

llll. As expected, the compositional vowel is suppreeaed when the second constituent begins with a 8Onant, as: al}tp-a'A._or 'captive' +eva-o,.-vl'Of 'under a false name'
o"a,,-aya8la ' bravery' ",..,a-tft3pa 'sham ambuaca.de' ~-px.or 'ruling alone' ~-7fYOpi- 'vaunt'
Cp. n"..a,X'If with .0,.09''"If

AoX-aycSr 'leader of a section' crtefHa>.-o>.W 'causing headache' c#lu....a,,(Jpewor 'humane.'

(fOlJAAT-fp'IIOpor

WIllIoTpls", 1100JAATOf~ llllI. 80 too in N with the dift'erence that the phonodyDamic

wack,..,pr

ntl-apxOf

.-aoA6-tor.

'lrinciple (146-154) is brought to bear upon compoeition, as: (ft,b'kind of cucumber,' (tI'o>._a8p11t11'or) _A._ ci8Pf't1'or 'scamp,' cca>._o~. hear well,' (dy,,-.A.ala) dyplO-A.a&4 'wild olive(-tree).' ma. Sometimes, however, the com:{,oaitional vowel is retained notwithatandin,r that the second constituent begins with a 8Onant. This is particularlr the ease with Ilfor, ~13or, 'pllor (which are believed to have orifPDally began with F, I 1.209 ft'.), and still more with 1(1"10., lY"'r, Ix."" mnce theae words as second constituents undergo normal contraction to _py-, -OVT-, -CV.\:- (cp. 714b 726', .. : f/Hpi-OlCCOf 'carrying his own houae,' tlpapro-nn,' 'erring in apeech,' &p8o-ftr~'1I 'correctneaa of diction,' ""_ft3~ 'ereaeent-shaped,' 1Ju"... ,,3q' 'high-Ipirited,' JtoAI-opcc1_ 'besiege,' J..p8o-fpyOr &: dya8oufJ1df 304
anovp..) EuA.QyYOVpo

Digitized by

Google

FIB8T OONSTITUDT IN OOJlPOSlTION.

[W8-llD.
'f'p&fI<'

--me' tbirtyyeara old,' t-fJJoV](W 'jadge,' 'beadle,' 3,aoiiX- 'torchbearer.'

1114. The preceding observations (IlIa) do not apply to N, I&ve iD a few inherited eaRl Ia8Wxor, "tulaiinot. ,""l'OtSP"fIor (i.e. '""-P'rit). uu. &metim. instead 01 composition we have a merely cloae union, under one acoent, of the two words which otherwiae would stand in a syntactical relation (~ compoIiIioII\ &I ".w-ouror (tor .."at OI"ot)

'doiDg good,' _ _".,. " ~ 'doing evil,' TJI.-wra-rn" "

'Bhip-ho1ll8,' 'dock.,' n.A_cS"."'JI10s (for n.AOW'or rijO'or) I Pelopl' iIland,' Peloponn-,' Iopl-A","or (for 3op1 A","cSs) caught by the spear,' _EWIIpOt travened by Ihipa,' 6Ioa-trcSpos 'wanderer,' I traveller.' 111l5b This mode of oODlpoaition is foreign to N. (Cp. 1CANmwrw6roAtJ, Xf/IfW.aTcSt, ete.)
PECULIARITIES OF THE FIRST CON8TITUEST.

we.
vowel

When the fi18t coDStituent ia a tI6rb the compositional

-0-

ia often replaced by-

e: 1x:i4>(IO' sensible,' &uce.tivpDr heart-vexing,' t/HpHroPOr I bringmg toil,'l"x~,pla 'armistice' (uoo). a or I: ).va-r~AfGf I avail,' I pay,' tr)'"c-laYror ' filling the Bails,' ").~Ir . . 'striking horaes,' "'~fMHllor 'querulous,' ~ , rhapIodi8t.' web. For P-N see 11 10, W7. When the firat constituent ia a panicle, its connexion with the second constituent ia looser, being eJfected without

eompositional vowel

Such particles are either separable or in-

separable. A. 8qxJrable ptJrlicle8 areWS. I. Prepositions( 113 71.) as: "po-/3J.>.N", AIA"'\VOW, IK~. 1119. 80 too in N: npo-U_, nep.-,.A&, nepi-W'AotIns, erN_or, h ...
fJA./AJIAo l12O.
2. ~ t.idtlerbB, viz. *d 'well,' o...A"., 'without,' o~. 'near,' "&pT. 'recently,' 'again,' 0...&Acu 'long since,' 03&~ 'twice,' Tpt~ thrice,' *x.a-p.ol 'on the ground,' and (chiefiy

:....u.w

in P-B) Ml, as:

dt-Tv~ 'happy,' ",).,,.-,,.~~r 'diacordant,' dyxl-paXor' close fighting.' d,w&-8aA'II' just budding,' ",a).al-4wror 'old-J!lanted,' x.aPD'-It.~pouor dwarf-cherry,' 31O'-,.6p&U& 'twenty thousand,' ~3iofTTO"'" 'two-edged,' f'p'-cr'lt.fMr 'three-legged,' o~i'Gfor 'evergreen,'-P-B oa-,w",ror 'evermoving,' d..-JrdpSe_ 'evervirgin' (1132). IUI. 80 too in N, 80 far &I the compounda in question are Pl'8ll8rved, .. : .G-coAot 'easy,' ll-flYopos 'hr0-e4ged,' YPCtl_NpaYor 'thri_cuned,'

B8 early .. A, between d and wOr OD the one hand, and and lCatr.Or OD the other, DOt only in mea.nin, but alao in compoeitioD rcp. ftI- with mn&, and with It.GlCa- ID lencon], po,.War BpeeCh Legan in G to IUbatitute for ftI- (1126) and the IIald adjectives,

ezcept xa,..- which has become )(filM'" (IIlO), &I: )(GII1JIlAlaW 'shrub,' _omlle.' (Cp. )(GIA4/'OtY';;''' ClAeDWls 91, 30 [II-m~t]," JJ3, 36.) U2S. In consequence of the lUIIIOCiation and aftlnity, manifeated

XfIIID"" .

avv-

avv-

.. more uprellive repreaentativea (cp. 806

avv"poor with ICIIUlppoor, .ocX

Digitized by

Google

l.122-U88.] FIRST CONSTITUENT

:m

COKPOSlTlON.

with /Ut1Cdf/>/H'" 3vatrp6tnnror with IClIlCmrpOcn.rrOS', 3vcrTvxrir with IfCIItMVP [Acta. Tho. 62, 24], etc.). In proces8 of time, when the identity of meaning had become complete, .~ and 3vcr- disappeared altogether as formative prefixes (cp. 1J23), their place haVIng been taken by ltaAo- (1133) and ItGICo- respectively. Accordingly N prefixes the latter representatives to any noun or verb, as :
IlGAO-n/Ja6TO. 'compliant,' nAo-xM-.VTO .... d ....WTOf, _-vSatITor 'intractable,' _oX.w.wo.-IhlI11l'f1n'o" IIGAoavIJ4CoJUU compl}' easily wiUa: IlUAtnr.",;, 'live well,' ItGIIO...."";, 'live poorly,' llUAorA.porrq., _A.~r (' one who pay. regularly, irregularly'), good, bad euatomer,' etc. 1118. Another mode of ~ faciUlrl or tl(IIeuUv in compoeiticm ill effected in re.nt N speech by preilzing .wClAo- _d MiIoAo- to IIDY adjeotiYe or verb, .. : .~lIOAocdpGl7'Or '..uy done,' I f.aible,' IltlCl'IIoA6tna17TOr I dillcult to

x~ with IfCIAdnlXOS', etc.-further Jlw-p&rwith Kuoi).&or, 3~ptK with IUJ~",-, 3UaTpmrOS' with ItGItMpmrOS', 3vlm3~ with ItGIC0f&3~r, 3~

with hUlC_, tlryNfIIIW with tui).vy.;,,.,,, d " ... with RXonW, drv-

catch,' WIIOAorf",;'.. 3vailoAtnrf",. I p888 with - . diIlcult7.' ThiII altemative, however, rather aavoun of literary influence, in that N IICribea are amdou to diaoriminate between good _d ..., contained in 1IUA6r, _d bad _d d(#IaIU contained in -.sr.

UK. B. Ita8ep(.lrable particles are"1125. I. IntmBire: 6".-, ip-, za- or Ba- (from 3111 or 310, I SS, a) very, ' -all proper mostll to A poetry and foreign to P-N lIJIeech, aa: dpa"pm~ 'very COnsPICUOUS,' magnificent,' Ip,-fJ&).II~ blg-clodded,' CaltarOS' 'very angry,' ad-crlC,or 'very ahady.'-UncomfllOft. ll20. 2. 8ue- 'difticult to,' 'mia-,' 'un-,' aa: a-csPfllTor 'difficult to pass,' impassable, , 3_vW ' unfortunate,' 3W-8v,- despondent,' atJfT-fA4Xor 'unconquerable.'-Yery COfftmofJ. For P-Nsee II22f. U2'1. 3. Jbu- (from ri""",,,) 'half,' as : ~pl~fJfIWOf 'haJf-ea.ten,' " , . C'half-aaa '), 'mule,' ~,,"-nA'If half-fi~hed.'-CommotJ.
1118. When fj",1IVS had become (fj",l7or) ",a6r (40lb), 1)",- naturally mad. room for ",ao-, as: ",aOl/>G"fO',u"ot 'half_ten,' IIIaOftAflllll,..ll1or"I)",nA'4r, , halt-finished.' Now as the notion of 1I4lf and "..""., Uaen the form. ",utar and ,u/lot, are naturally 8I8OCiated, ",170- i8 very often confounded with fUrlo-, as : /U17o-fG"fO',u"OS', l'.ao-nA.IIiI,ul1Or, pMlO-, /U170"7paJ1ol'lllOt 'half-

written.' ll2e. 4. a- or (before a 8Onant) _ prifltJli"" verr frequent: 'tcll-,' i"",' '-le88,' as : ci-3u..n-OS' 'impoSlJible,' ,,-a,lCor 'unjust, cI-tralr' childleae,' dMI'O'OS' 'unlike,' cil1-~,","os 'incurable.'-MNt commo,,U80. So still in N, aa: ll-ICuOS' ',wlele... ' .t-3ouAor 'slothful,' ci-~.....".. , unborn,' .t-trAvTor ' unwashed,' a-nwptvrOS' '1lIlIJlaITied,' ci....aE,ot incapable,' "nOS' inactive,' 'idle,' S-tratITpor 'unclean,' etc., etc. ll8L ,. A- colltdifJe or intmBifJe: .t-Aop bed-fellow,' d-8pcScw 'collected,' a-7'09r intent.'-Ba",1181. This preftxal d- _ apparently even in A miBtaten for a con.1tuent part _d 80 P-N speech IhOWl no actual trace ot it. lThe N adjee-tive d-dplfl1ot for nplillOt is a phonopathio contraction of M,-n,...(U20. 150, tJ), a term applied chiefiy to the Holy Virgin. and therefore familiar to the people through the church.] U38. Aa first constituent of a compound word-

*KAAOc appears in the form xaAAi-, G-N lfaAa- (IUggested by &R1t.... noB)... : aA>J.utor 'with gloriouB victory,' tui).AiaOflOt 'beautiful-

306

Digitized by

Google

SECOND OONSTITUENT IN OOJlPOSITION. [1188-1141.

haired,' tUiA'Alppow 'beautiful-flowing' i-G-N m'AonpI3f1fjAor 'giving good advice,' IUIAdXp6)Or IDa.maac. 95.244.A. (IMigne), m'A~"fIIIW IN m'A~por) 'noble-minded,' m'At5y'lpor or t..y". , good ylI*",' 'monk.' !Jl84. TTAc UluaUy appean in the form ....... (P also tnJ",...-). aB: 110_"'11010, _HA~ & tra..w.JJpor 'utterly ruined,' 'all-destructive,' -pyla , roguel)',' wdroA.vr 'vel)' numerous,' "'0P-f!"la 'openn-.' trdyaAor 'all-beautiful ; ".cuoro3vJIII,.or, ,",,"OItpGntp omnipotent' i N wu-/tpa&or 'vel)' beautifuL' (1073.) .113&. rH appean commonly in the form.-- (but Palso ,."..), aB: .,..pJrp~ 'landmeasurer,' oy.'A~or (y';~~) 'hillock,' 'huBbandman.'

:.,..PJIS,

n,l88. KpUc appearB in the form ICpIO- (P KPCcr). 'eating flesh,' "p.oarri_ 'cut in pieces.'

aB: pf~u'Yf'r

B. SECOND CONSTITUENT.

1187. Generally speaking, in all classes of compounds the second constituent retains ita nature and form when the I'IBST COllllf.tlTODT is a preposition (cp. I I I 7 f.). This is moreover the only case of direct compoaition admitted by Yerba. (Cp. Il54.)
1,.-/ldMoI tIW-a.,.t,. 1188. In reality this iB not compoaition but juxtapo.aition or pamtAuiB, which ayntactical1y mv be compared with tonocliaia (94- J08 b 1110). Hence in archaic Greek the llrepoaitiona are generally treated .. adverbs and thUB can be separated from their verb "fllUiB. ana BIropM), a disju~on ayBtematicaUy {lractiaed also in ..4. Greek in the caae of the a1JlrD1ent and reduplication (741). .
1188. Analocou. but without hiBtorical OODDeZiou with tIrl8 phenomenon the oocaaional adverbial use in. N of ,..nl (lOJDetim811 /AOrd. by MUmila.tion) _d taN in. the _18 of oHlf apiD.' This 18, howlmll', rather rare and peGIl' liar to DOrthem Bpeech, M: (/AfTIHi'&&, EfIIOjI'fi'aa aw lIpiD. ') flk /Af'" IJuaTA)
,,~or

ft1H'pailf lled'TOllf

--/lair.

~or bd-Awn,

, ..AlHllf

1ft,....,,." Ilea..".,." d~ rr,-.,pal'lMA Itrt_ wp6.nJ..a& 'n.TjIO"u".. dw.iXfII df-aIploI ffpH". fff,ltAaWol.

'.-TOT.

_ tuG. ~pIa ,...,. (pAnl) or tm 'came again.'

1140. Verr frequently, however, the nature of the preposition is lost sight of (746. 750 f.) and the compound is shaped after the analogy of some other formation having as first constituent an adverbial or other prefix. Thus-

I;Y-parlJr
".P'-*'rupor crvp-tiaBtjr wnp-flap,r rY4&"Y"fH,ICGT-'f'IOP'-

--'1"-

".;,,,., dvrt-3ucor from

~"'I

is due to the analogy of ~-3ucor~

""fXJT':"" d"_,, ,,'"JI4"

.. .. trGBor" /3dpar..

" " ..
" ..

" d....rufOS .. d-wo"Jr

"d-~ptjr

,,0117'-,,"_.0.-,,"001.
d-,...of-

"

a;"P'f"/'.,

~" " ,,3'1JrFfY0plU41. ConverHly, adverbial and other nonprepositional prehea are occuionally. since Q time.. identified with prepoeitions, and thUII leave the second conBtituent unalfected (paratheeis). Bumplea in 1155.
..

"rHO..

..

..

307
I

X 2

Digitized by

Google

11.0-1148.]

SECOND CONSTlTUENT IN COJlPOSITlON.

1142. Irrespective of the nature of the first constituent, the initial vowel of the SBCOND OONBTlTUBNT, if metrically short, is generally formed from the augmented stem, as: UT'p4'f'o1r('fOi (&ye.,) general,' ~ (cLcov.) 'obedient,' I(~ (cl~) 'accuser,' clv-oWu~(cWop.4)'anonymous,' ~(d3Wrt) 'painJ.eas.'
So too in N: clpx~r 'chief,' ttaT-1f'1Op/iJ 'blame,' ete.

a preposition, the 1148. When the ftrst constituent is second COfIBtituefit is generally liable to some terminal modification in order to indicate the gender and nature of the resulting compound (cp. 748). In particular1144. .A. If the second constituent is a subslartlitJt the resulting compound can be either a fresh substantive or an adjective. G. It becomes a fresh BUbstantiH, in which case it retains also ita
former ending, as: +,.L-fWor mule,' ap6-nAu 'citadel,' ..Aqt-aMor tl'llD8V6l'118 lute,' r...o.. IpopDr 'chariot-road,' raoe-courae,' d.,pc6-)(O&fM1' 'wild boar,' A.~. 'lion's head,' f/IevB-.,,4Ipa 'sham ambllecade.' Ufl5. This olUI of oompounds is not numeroull in A, but spreads, in the OOUI'IMI of P times [_ d-tpco- in lexicon, and cp. PIuyn. 171 " . .. . ....."...11 '","",all .,.oijTO aotlo-car "'0"", Al-yo"." (or AI.,.,,.... 1) nl ,Jail ~ acam,,-] and eventually appears in Nu the most popular grou.p, as: u...""",-;- (cp..( "fII""''''-Ip) I masculine woman,' bep/;-"w.or I wiad. mill,' ,"AMla6-trqfIOr 'apiary,' .,..,.0"01 dry lOil,' 1t'~6-w_ t CGL a96. 6. Morr_ic&) 'head-aohe,' trCIAa&-Upenror '-.up,' X,or6..yo" moll"

fIO'

commoner, the second constituent undergoes, jf neceaaary. such a terminal modification as to clearly indicate the gender of the n!8ulting adjective. The endings thus resorted to are moat commonly -GC (r&rely by-form _), very often -MC, sometimes -CON. rarely -etp, _ . -ar, as: d8V-a_ (alq) 'juat,' &1'.oor (nOD) 'cbild1eaa,' k.,.., (f"~) 'diahonoured,' &-a...opM (cmlpa) 'mouthleBlJ,' "_'pM bloodl....'

water,' p.oIICIXoWc6r 'onl;y IOn,' ~_... 'adopted child,' _ItI7O-](OI'" 'red earth,' dm....,pal'1M' 'addreal' (01 a letter), etc. (Op. 1155.) 11,,8. N diminutiftll in .... when they _ u _ d 00IIIIitueDt, pneralq _ e the endiDc -0", u (wadl) trCIAa&6-tnuIo", 'Daqht;v ohilci,"1UIIhiD,' (d. .) d.,pc-dtnlo" 'wild pear,' (d.,.,wpc) ""~po". (ltpaal) ...pt.-.paao". 1147. b. It becomes an adjeclifJ6. In this cUe which ill by far

-= (__):

/AfYClA6-tuxo~

~ (yij) of a. poor soil,' d-y;patr (yijpM) undecaM.' -MC: f~.;s.,~ (~8or) 'aimple-minded,' ~>.~ (o1~~o) 'uaelese,' Ulto-cTlf.>'1jr (cncao~) 'with bad lega,' 3111T-f'Vxljr ("'XII) unfortuna.te,'

'maguanimoua,'

lCIJIt6-~ou>'or (~ou>'lj)

'ill-adviaed,').urr6-

d-"arjt (+,01) disagreeable ' (1148). -CON: ~." (4),+0) 'of sound mind,' frO>'V1pJ.-y".. (frpiiy,.) , ofticioU&.' -cop (-n}p becoming ""ftP): 4>a>.o-rrdT.p 'loving his rather.' motherless' (1148). -ye: a-3Qitpw {alutP.") tearless.' Ie: 8....w1t (dAaIj) impotent.' So further: kczar childleaa,' pmtp6-x.ap loug-armed.' at...., biped,' ete. U~8. Compounds in "'If generally haft U I800nd oonstituent neuter in os or m adjective in -w, as: .,-,,,,, ~'or. d-~ J)IISs,-while compcJUD41 111 '-P have U _Dd oonstituent a maaouliDe iD -f", as: fcAo-........

d-,..,

308

Digitized by

Google

SEOOND CONSTITt1ENT IN OOJlPOSlTION.

[1l49-1164.

1148. The above rule 1147 appliee aubatantiaUy to N aJao, with thia dift'erence that the number of words coming under this head hu been reduced, and that the only odintp now admiaeible are chiefly (then -HC U IUbltantive with rem. m -.) (4,300 loS8), while _., -.p, -W, -er' have become extinct (469-475), u: a-3ucor 'unjust,' oi-n_ 'chi1dlelB,' rn,..,-yu'A._pdtr.rror 'round-faced,' IC~JIIIlT'" 'aho~legpl,'IIIJVt-poUvraor 'with black mouatachea,' 'A.cryouU......paor 'easily aca.fed,' 'timoroua,' PO_Ml'fI/Wor 'of one pieee,' bl-trft'or 'of two store.,' 'f'p,-lUIf'Iiorapror 'with three maata,' ~xor ('with aeven 80ula ') 'very tenacious, '-rnpa/jO-trdbr,r 'with crooked lege,' MpGlCo,,;,rr,r 'with a roman nose,' "'-'xro-~/,. 'cloae-handed,' liwro-'A.al,. 'ahod-neeked,' ,..v~ WIth a black beard,' eta.

-=

1160. B. H the second constituent is a tIIri, or contains a verbal notion, the resulting compound is a verbal fIOIItt, r.hiefly adjective, ending mostly in -oc, frequently in -MC, sometimes also in the aubstantivalsuftix -HC (-4~), rarely in -to as: tJ. &..,.potpor 'unfed,' 'A.,Bo-{1d'A.or 'throwing stonea,' tMv-rropos , going straight,' 3ixT-poxor ' unconquerable.' A~_ 'prole-writer,' rnpar-".,o, , general,' lhip-builder, ",w."px.o' , admiral,' -f*i'rrlr 'aeaman.'

-=:

-".,0, ,

to I". So too in N, as : ~por 'dree.d in black,' ](op'I'IM~ 'gathering greena.' ~')'OI '8g-eater,' 'oriole,' ](0"...0_ 'epicurean,' lIa.o-SoAor
- lun6pwrt11, fnn,o.~](or 'tremendous sleeper.'
:I. o-HC, -ff:

d-,..s;,r , ignorant,' aw-ap"'If '8uJ1icient.'

s.a-q,&'A.;,r

'loved by God,' fir.pD8{Jr 'quick at learning,'

Il1S1. In N this &Dd the preceding group of verbal adjectives (I-a), which are moetl, paaalTe in senee, have become either regular adjectives in -or, .. : '-IJa4or 'lIDdyed,' &-/lNJIlot 'uniDjured,' &-.,.,,01 'unseemly,' IpU.M & ....""~Aor 'negligent,' ...o-"Mrrror 'dimcult to learn' (11 J a) j-or,

more oommonly, the _nd coDBtituent has been replaced by the put participle in -","01, as: _pa",pl"or 'ill-bred,' "'~P"'"or 'new)y ~ed,' , new-comer,' /Japo-fotml'Wor heavy laden,' woA',..,''''''f"MOf 'much-prailled,' pav,... ."Mor 'dreeaed in black.' 116S, e. t-HC (aubat.) and rarely o_AC (gen. 011), u: IIOpo-6t'f"lf 'legie-

lator,' al-on,r 'wiDe-drinker,' I'VPtMrio'A.'If 'perfumer, '~f"'f'P'I' 'ge0meter,'-,.-apxrlS 'chief of a village,' 'burgomuter,'dpM6o-fJ9par'fowler.'
115 ab. So too in N, as: .'po-pla7"lf 'turn-coclt,' xoptro-fIGl')(Tfp 'gambler,' .,..,o-~ 'wine-drinker,' ptJ)(GIpo-ll-rJ.,nvr 'rowdy,' /IA'JO'(')-a,x.,r churchwarden,' ....~fIo'I'l 'peregrine faloon.'

116& 3- 0. . rarely: ~A* ox-goad,' 1CVGpo-'f',eE 'bean-eater.' In N eUinct. (338.)

'

1164. It is only from or through the above verbal nouns (I IH-5a). either actual or implied, that compound verbs, chieBy in -efl). aJtd abstract feminines chiefly in -la. ('cui from""", 1046), can be obtained, as :

.. ,.1$
., Itn

_ _ 'f'ptf/>-

&rrrOo'f'pOfI>or
Ih_~;,r

BmiIr "'110".,.,

CIfIG' 1Id,-". riJr IP'J'IiC.".

'A.'~" thpUo

-"axor d-.nn'lf IIOpo-6t'f"lf

MO. ~

..a~
dIGI-tr6por 'A.'E'-6rJpar 'A.nro-niImJr

inno-Tf'01ICfI) 9o-cEBCfI) N"Y-IlAXifl) CY-Eprmfl) NOMO-8ETifl) lTAN-oyprifl)

O~1TOpCfI)

inlTG-TpocIIi" &Eo-cckl" N"V-MAXi" ci-cprcci" NOMO-8Eci" IT''N-Oypyi... o.\ol-lTol'i"

Acll-Ihtpl",

Acll-9Hpifl)

'A.. ." niE",

AInG-TAlCTefl)

Alno-,,,Ii,,

309

Digitized by

Google

1166-1U57.]

COPULATIVE CO)lPOSITION.

llU. In this particular caae (1154), G-N speech shoWl a sip} departure from A uaage. For although in several Cl8el the anCIent pattern is &till followed in N, 18: wrrpo-fJo>..&' throw stones,' x.opro->..ap. gather greens,' ~).o-IWII"&; cut wood,' beat, dyKo-",.x.&; pant,' +Vx.opax&; am dying' (though even here the derived verbs end moatly in -d.., 850 & 854)-on the whole G-N treats each constituent 18 an inde,Pendent word, 80 that the compound appears to form not synth88l8, but parathui6 (I138. I141). Thus dpnAvr41"'0I Gr. Pap. Br. lIuB. p. 181, 375 &; 18a, 431 (t78-79), 'pvotr/ntnI ib. p. 171, 8; 173. 105; 177, 145. lb. 'pvvrw.. often; AflvrplSfTGl Alchem. 319, 6 i-now /lDflXOpMplCOI (Dig. a, 179 I'OII'X.O"."II,un,. 1151); IrIIAo-pDIal_ (_nAcl paSal_) & _paSalrOl (co'- paSaI..) 'pt 8poiled,' lIfIIIo-"f"o.,.., ( - . . . .,,,0.,..,) 'write badly,' tIV'K,IIO-"pbrOI ( .. f11IXI'Cl .,.,..,.,) 'eat frequently,' tI.,~COI (-tl"rpa/Jd .mC..) 'look aakanoe,' E-aovA.w, (==E'- 3ouAtw,) 'work for otber people,' etc.--80 further 8UbatantiV88 in .",. (7'6), also -pin (6), for -1111, 118: nAo-~"", _ - , . . " , . (or -pAt) 'getting spoiled,' .ad. .,pal'l"' 'bad writing,' ~,. 'f1"e. quent eating,' lI.,paIJo-ftftpAJ, E.vo-&NAf"", etc.

310

Digitized by

Google

COPULATIVE COJlPOSlTION.
lU571. GK87er (in KZ uii 1-31), and with him 18nzal other phllol~ deDy point-blank the em.tenae of dftJldva oompo1UUU in ancient GIeek with the ~e aeeptioD ofrux.'-llpApo'II of the NT(2 Cor. 11, 25). The;yarguethatA-P fi:mDatioDa like IrAavm..,.Mw, ~-yo.r6'f'ror. wAoul-vyl.U&. {Ja.TpaXO,.vo-pIIX"" 6i6-I'.AA, ncl-a..a-rq, 1...1111-1,.""", 'ptJ8po-"Aar, and all the net, denote GIN reII1Iltant or miztare, ODe iDtermediate item, Dot two items. Thia Al'I'UJIIAIDt, however, .. well .. the nbtle interpretatiOD8 foiated iDto each iDdiTiclual-. are far too elaborate and artiacJal to aPJll7to aD7aotuallangaap like that spoken by the anoieDt Greek DatioD. It ill al80 herd to ooDceive how a llAa1117I"'7'Mw ClaD be ein 1Iche1D unter thrb.en ' where either ooutltueDt point. to a bill ap.-iOD offeeliDg: Ol7iDgfollowed by lauchter.' Equal.l;v untenable ill the iDtelpreWiOD of 1a~JMII'TIS .. an ,..,.pdr ~lS; IaTpdr iIIt attn"butiv will __ IaT""" -iuteM. of the_pie and oDl;v oornot mterpreWiOD: a man who ill both Itrr,as KM pG..TlS. 80 too ~~plTor (or ."vPfTOJ') oaDDot be a miz

Itrr,.,.",..,.

,,.,,,,6-1...11_.

",-..,or p:reoedea and WllpIT_ fOllo-. Jumce ~~plTor ""ptT6s. J'urihar cl.lrptSo-MncO!, eta. do Dot apre. OD8 intermediate quality, but ItDo qualiti. appl,yiDc to ODe item. Nor ill {Ja.TpaXo""'''''X1a. a ,..an- {Ja.Tpaxo,mo,.ar a PVO-pIIXitt. m/JaTpll.x_, eiDoe thiII would be an mOODoeivable moDlltrodty, but a pan TOw /JaTp/>.XOl. KM pvDw,like nA.po! vW 'A"",..Z- !(Ai n.Aowo...."ai_.-Aa a matter of fact, if GK878r'. argument. tioD be aooepted .. oorreat, _ might .. well d8D,y altopther the eziateDoe of aD7dvaDdvaformation iD aD7.periodoftheGleeklaDguap,iDcludiqNapeeoh. F.- iD tm. manDer _ 1fI/)(I-./l'po'II mJcht be a:plaiDecl awlQ' .. a 1lDit, or GIN period ccmaiatiDg of a Diaht and a da,y' (wxtIII"po'II ](pIwoll), fG.'rI"'.W6lr," _ banquet where people eat and driDk,' r~".,. _ mUture of ftp aDd DUta,' ~.G.lllll"_ poup of women and children' (not two 18parate groRpa) i dp"'M-~ _ eatate conaIstiDc of dptr4AAa. .d XOl"'a.' i H"~""a.AItt. ODe (or at J.at ooDceived... ODe) admlnilltratlve district COIIIIRiDaof"Bncpor and 8wf1G.Ala,' and eo OD allthe l'88t.
8iamltaDeoub', but
Mol _

~ ein fteber mit

heftiaem froItaehauer,' einoe "'70s and WllpIT(Js never oome

.""pO-A.vll""

UI

Digitized by

Google

PART THIRD.
SYNTAX.
GENERAL REMARKS.

COLLOCATION OF WORDS.
11158. As nearly all parts of speech are inftected in Greek (having special endings for each individual case, cp. 32e, I), and 80 of themselves indicate their mutual relation in a sentence, the syntactical position of words is not tied down to fixed and detlnite rules, as is the case with English and other modern languages (cp. 234). Therefore-a sentence like the/ather loves his 80ft may be expressed in Greek, according as the stress lies on this or that word, by, trllnlP j-Cp. Th. 2, :l ftrrryd'}'Ol'TO ~ roiIr er,/3alovr Ill hI~ ftr nAar IIAflt'CU/..... ha",r, Navuda"r ul ol pn' aWcni. 80 still in N.

, ..cm)p f/li).f'i A .. vLS_or f/laAfi , tremlP m. vLS.-or n\r wo. tflcAfi , ""1P.--+aA,'i , trcm)p I'D vLS.. ; , ..cm)p <#Ali A.. vLS.. ; A. vU. f/HAfi

11159. An adjective or participle may refer to a noun either as an attribute or as ..pretlicat~. In the former case it commonly stands between the noun and its artiole, if any, and the ass0ciation is direct and close j in the latter it stands after or before the articular noun ( 12 36 ) and the lUIIIOCiation is e1fected by means of a copulative verb (.r..cu, ete. 1249) either actually supplied or understood (1236).
A""""W nlGIiot&: (/~ ...., 01" ...., (/~ 'a wiee man.' (/~ or a ...., a ~ 'the wile man.' }(6Ipa oIav,.m, 01" (.) cUov"m, pP. PntIialHw ,.elatioft:

....,

'the (an) inhabited land.' a U4, (In,) (/~r or (/0+6r ('IM'lI') a Utt, 'the man u wise.' .. xdJpA '1M'lI' oIav,.m, 01" cUov,u"" (mu') }(6Ip4 'the land is inhabited.'

11159b A noun or pronoun is often defined or described by means of another noun put in the same case without any connective particle. lllNrpCi'M]r (, CPIAOcocpoc, ,,~, ToycEAAHNo.C. ( 1211 ). This descriptive co-ordination, as well as the noun 80 co-ordinated, is called apposition. 1180. The subject of a finite verb stands in the nomin&tive (cp. 1313): Kfpoc cipx".-So still in N.
1180". Por the IlUbjeet 01 the iDftnitift Me 106. 312

Digitized by

Google

VERB Olln"lED-OONOORD.

[1181-U89.

The Subject Omitted. U81. The subject of a finite verb is usually omitted in the following cases : U82. a. When it is a pronoun of the 1St and 2nd pel'8On, in

which case it is sufficiently indicated by the ending of the verb (1158) :--ypJ.,,*, 'I write'; iC7T7lKCIS 'thou standeat'; dKoUcrcm 'hear ye.'-8o atill in N. U68. But it is added whenever an emphasis or antitheei8 is implied (cp. 2066): cy,.. r ml "lICic. erw,u. >.lytt, cy a.
yp#f,~.-8o.till

in N.

.>.)."

11N. b. When it is implied from the context (cp. 206S): XeD. AD. I, 4, 5 Kv~ ,.. ..Air "..,."l".+ana &rr., 6tr>.lra~ drrO{Ja/JdlTfIf. (IC. 0 Kiipos). So IIDl in N. 11815. Co When it refers to people generally (cp. 1182, a. 2070), or when it is impersonal and indeterminate : 4-r1 'they 88.y.' .tp~a,' it hlB been said.' ~~.,.;;~ A/HU 'it waa late.' w'xn 'it il well' a,i 'it muat.' 'E'I1TI 'it is poaaible.' piAn it is a matter of concern.' Ira>._ 'X" ' it is well.' So &till in N: Jw y>'nopa 'it il (too) early.' f/Jai.,TGI 'it appe&n1.' ](IMaGC...GI 'it is neceaaary.' 1188. d. When it refers to the state of the weather or to natural phenomena : U'" ,it rains.' dcTrpdrrrfl' it lightena.' IfJpd""lfff' it hlB thundered.' . So &till in N: fJplxn, X'O.lC", fJpovr,. ~,' it iB windy.' 1188h Such natural pbenomena beiDg regarded IB actiona of God (Z.w, Ihdr), the &fency WIIB in .d occaaionally eJ:preaed in the form of object: Zqc "'" 'ZeDI mina.' The Verb Omitted. 1187. WhenE'Ver it is not emphasized, the verb of a sentence is or can be omitted :CJ. If it is readily implied from the context, aB: ~ ,u. ",,,.po ,..>.v8a "v ai XS., (BC. '>';'AvtJal). b. If it should be the copula '11T~ a caae very common eBpecially in proverbial aayiugs, then after nOUDB like dMiyIr", &pa, and verbal. in -rl_, aB: Eur. Or. 397 o-ocJ>d. T'OI TO o~ ri I"'~ o-af/H~. Pt Rep.
435 C XaA.1I'Ii

ra 1rIIl&.

o-a"",

IJ.87b. So too in P-N, IB: NT Rom. 8, 6.-N '''- ~p6a "';'".fX' Ir' In ;",1,. I/lou>.. 0 JOOiir &'Aci, 0 .0' .your head will never save your leg&.'

OONOORD. 1188. A finite verb conforms to ita subject in person and

number: ~".. 171Gl.aVMCN 'we approve.' oWor J.yc'>.ac'N 'this man laugbed.'-So atill in N.
118~. But when the subject is a "mder pZtwal, the verb usua1Iy stands in the singular : Trag. Frg. ad. 462, I, N Ta ~ 3itpca ,.;;, f/KJ{Jo. EX'" Pt Aleib. 115 A. treina ri ahca&a m>.G lCT''''

"']('I'

BIB

Digitized by

Google

ll70-1178.]

CONCORD OF WORDS.

1170. This peculiarity, however, refers chiefly to A. hence it i. called ITxijl'4 A'fT'cS.. Nevertheleaa it is Dot rigidly adhered to even . by A writers, a.a: Xen. An. I, 7. 17 fla"a i1CAN . . r....1I/II' . . dJ,fplnow iXNH woAAG. Th.5, 63 trENONTO lE awIW dotI, . . '_"cW TAAANTA. Lya. 35, 3" ha n;. "pcaICorra rErENHNTAI Tji ...cIA., (n. B 135 tTfIdpTa A4A_). CIA. ii. 467 (ItB.c.),
23 u.BM nTATTON awoar TA 'l'HcjlicMATA rilr SovA.. (Cp. Dem. 18, u8.) U7L Aa a matter of COlU'lMl P writers, eJ:oept A.tticists, foUow the com-

mon language which in their time had establiahed a uniform standard of agreement between subject and verb (1168), and this general norm has been relegated to N. 11'12. In the case of one subject iD the dual or two subjects in the singular, the verb may stand e1thel' in the dual or in the plual. Xen. Mem. I, 3, 14 TOO AN.\pt "WroI ~., ~,pqn1nI .J.IrtrfaJrNic8HN. An.... a. 10 'Ape"';""', Tfj S........' ...pot1l"PfXON .\yo NUNiCKCO. Mem. I, 2, 33 KAA6CANTlC 3 ". Kpc"w .u & XapclCA. "f "cSPIII' t'\EIKN"(rHN aim; .u "oa; "oa, AnI1rTHN ,.,) a.aAl1'l7fa&. U78. In the absence of a dual (239.633.668), N naturally a1wa;ya the plural.

..s.n.. "w ::r..c"'"P',""

1174. A collective subject in the aingular in the plural :

Baft;".

mGg

have ita ...erb

Th. I, 20 A8qIltll.." TO nAH80c oiONTAI "Imrapx.o"

aowJfTtr.

"panG" ma a.-

80 too in P-N, a.a: Evang. Tho. IS, 2 3X~- a. trO~~r nApICTHKtCAII Callin. 130, I t Xepo 4w~a,.,.-a oWe EIHpxONTO. So 104. 26. Apoc. Mar. II9t 26.-N: "pS_" I/'Ot.~ AacSr, 'there came crowds;' 1178. Two or more subjects connected by "Ill 'and,' require the verb or the predicate (1159) in the plural: E('pv~'&w caa2 ~M.;;r ECTpATEYCAN' A d&A~ "Ill A ~ eiciN ArAeoi--an8

if they are of dift'erent persons {1st, 2nd, ard), the verb is put in the predominant person, the 1st taking precedence over the 2nd and the 2nd over the ard. PL Theaet. 154 D .\INoi f'f u1 cocjIoi tyro f'f u1" ~N. !.egg. 888 B oil c:Y olla. 011T01 t/JiA.o& ftpfWo' f'GVn," ( ,,~. ?) acSEa" 'lTX"'f. So atill in N: Iy. u1" tJG ft.",,."''- dAl-yo". "u1 aWk I4-NCf,...
U715 It. Tbe place of .al is ver;v rareb' taken b7"..,u with pnitive or lIT __e of it. I)'JlOIl1D10U8 partlcipl88 (11611.), u: Tb. 30 109 1I.'111D1IfInrr MItTA riHo EIItIf',.,..,...,.", 'AIcv.p6nw cnN.\oNTAI Luc. D. D. Ill, 1 'Pica nApAAABoYcA ml Ko,.&/Jarmu .,.." nepmOAoYC1N. Tbia CIODArac"-. which is common ill LatiD with _ (u N Bp. 190 .. " Demostben81 eM'" CIIeMria ill allium .".,., t:ZpIIlIi), reappelU'll iD. G B, thouch rather as a LatiDiaaa, ill that ..w is m08~ 1III8d for _ or ".ri, as: Callin. 71, 19 .) "" 'Ttnmos cYN ,.. T,,.,I.. inETlNAN ,.." Itt.",. 750 3 & 1fOII/J&IIWAdpcOS ciN "" ao,....,.". i.\61AzON .u Hc:n.zoNTO. 69. 11 & ~ T,p/J"os crN f'Oir cIAAoq .AaIow.. iZHTOYN.-Cp. N: & ~ ME ,.a" fjAco CYNOpiZOYNTAN.

"m

"I.

MUT.".w..

1178. Often, however. the number of the verb is determined by t.he nearest or most prominent among the subjectB. Xen. An. 2, 1.16 c:Y "."BM".. eT _ t,.it. 7.7, 16 IrQ) ACre _ ~ nl cMG. A.th. Pol. I, 2 'AtJ4...,.. .u 01 ...m".rr .u 0 .\HMOC .A_lXII - . ~ .u ...Aout1law. Dem. 18, 218 01 ',.ol ...Ahoa .u 7'aAa&..,ta& .u TA
noMA 'l'H4>icMATA ToWO AnlprAcATO.

314

Digitized by

Google

ADJECTIVES, BOW CONSTRUED.

L 1177-1181b

1177. Two or more nouns having a common predicate (1159)

require it in the predominant gender, the masculine prevailing

over the feminine, and the feminine over the neuter (op. 1175):
A8IICb.in. 2, 118"

nx..u & +lA&1nfOf ,,,_ ..wIn- KYPIOI.

ll77b But in case they only denote lAirtgI, their common predicate stands in the neuter : Xen. Mem.3. I, 17 >J8o& ,.. al .AWo, 01 EVM ",,1 It'papDI, clnirtt-." ipPIMMiNA, oMi. XpHCIMA IUTW. 80 &till in N, 88: E.iAa Ital faa. ANAuTWMiNA,-though it is commoner to sum them up by the plural of the neuter adjective 0>.0, as: ~, 01 x.oipa& Ital 'i""s,s, OAA &,.XOII ~oBlal'illG. 1178. Masculine and feminine appellativea are often con ceived in their generality (as one abstract whole) and thus have their predicate in the neuter Bingula,.. PL Rep. S, 4SS B 1ft, rriiaw AcIkNicnpoN 'Y'I"9 a.apds. Xen. Meln. :z. J, I 01 TOW';"" &"sptttrnn XPHCIaac:,TEPON lIG,",oua, xripa,.G ~ d&A;Ow. ll781t N generally IUppliea the word rrpaYpa (al&o IfIIln or rt&n ~,), .. : ,A~f&a ~_ _0 ftpia>pa.

ft'' ",

1178. A pronominal subject or object agrees in gender and Dumber with its substantival predicate: AfTH ID." ...p/xIw.Xen. An. 4. 8, 4 or,- I";'. TAYTHN If'fITpi3a ~r...&. Mem. I, 2, 42 .a.r.s oYTOI ""'" .la,. o6r ,.0 .Ai;80s UVl'fABO. 01 301t',..,,. 'y~ f/JpaCOII ~. &i 01 a lA'" PI. PhiL 40 A A6yo& ,,;,. I ~ ,,... lc
7 - __ ".t... ~ .H AyTH flft IIII01JC'CCL AyTA ,u. Avr&aTOU_po.
cn~

'~80' m , as: -,-!~,.al!N.0'".' RU.I

_i.

4r.

.lac.

ll80. Sometimes the fIeNter (singular or plural) is used by way of djaajrnUation, as in English: Xen. An. I, 3. I8/",,_~ 1J,~"l TAYrA ~~ .z-. This is alway. the case in definiuoDl, 88: PI. Iren. 71 D Ti 4IDs clptrrj..r,., ; 80 atilfin N: AyYA,l_lborJalo. ToYrO t/MinTa' 1r00000d,.

ADJEOTIVES.
118L An adjective or JNU"ticiple, whether serving as an attri. bute or predicate (1159. 1236), must conform to its substantive in gender, number, and case : lilWOC ~p, KM"N yullGirta, MErlCTA 'p-ya.-hapar J1Oii1o iXONTAC, nu.
IAoYNTCON,

11818 So &till in N88 rega.rda (pariayllabic) adjectivel, 88: KMH rtd,." MlKp.i na&d, noMoi ha,.,.
1181'. But "ha the ImparlQ'Uabio daolaulcm bepD to ~ from popular apeda 1108. "66-70)' a _ _ _ mmUlbl,yfo11owed duriDg the period of the *aaIe.": Acta Tho. S, 11 aI a.lo X"p., KH pYCCONTC (PQ). 41, 39 nANTcoN .,., 'n/lv,.,&;. (p). 48, 19 EXONTCON "",p. 52, all ~r ANAnCMnONTC. 66, 17 nANTCON~. 7'Dt30 nANTCON .,.,,,...,. 'P, 15 .~ .u.ACTAC. 75. 19 .,.., inANIONn. (Cp. Acta Xanth. 114. 14 .Gpopn ri. WtIflI'- .,.tl ZHTOYNTAC trAoco...) Theoph7L .15, 15 trA"'" cypPCYC.\NT_ ~. S3II, 11 W &+t". nANTCON tlllG& lOKOYNTCON /laAnAuliw

'p.,.

eAYMAZciMlNAo

we.

"",.w..,.,,,,

"_t,,...

"."..,.".

..w

315

Digitized by

Google

1181-118'7.]

.AD.TECTlVES, BOW CONSTRUED.

1182. A substantive quali1ied by an adjective or participle is often omitted; the omission then raises the adjective to the position of a substantive (ep. 1050&. l207~ This is the ease notablya. When the substantive, if supplied, would generally be the word man or thing (cp. 1165): 15 ~s 'a wise man,' 01 tT~' the wise,' 15 ..AoVcrIGS 'a rich m&D,' 01 JI'>.OVcrIO' 'the rich,' o"rGUol the muae8,' ft lra).ch, the beautifal,' nl 3'"1011 'juatice,' ft >'~"'IIO. (-Ule thiDa said) 'the common aaying,' "A (ie. 1fpG-yIlMG) t"ijs Jl'An.s 'the afI'aira 01 the city.'-Tb. 3. 82, 4 TO Ccil~PON Tor ANANlpoy tl'pOcrX'lI"L (Cp. 1:&07.) So atill in N (but see 1225 if.).
lraM 'beautiful things,' "c}

b. When it serves as regular accompaniment of the adjective, and 80 can be readily supplied from the nature of the case, as :

ri &Eui (aco }(fip) the right Mnd,' ri dpltTf'.pa the left hand,' ri ~ l'pa/Aparwi, P'I"Op',; (BC. rf}("", 1069), ri 01_"."" (80. n), ri I"IOWra (BC. ,,"!Po), ri iHTT.pala, " .".,rl*"''''' (80. l'Oipa), ri W6.ia (BC. d30s), etc. So in N: ri &Ecd, ri obeov"''''' the world,' ri &vripo, rptn" f'G}(ui (ac. ri".pa)-ri {JOlTlr.lr';, 1/foPIlr'; (BC. r/X"" or 11f""",,,,,). etc. 1183. Designatiou of pl4cI, ti_, tllGfJft4!1'. ~ and.frrnu of Mind, which English expreue8 moat)y by me&D8 of adverbial t'lll'Dll, are uauwly exprellled in Greek by predicative adjectives (11591 agreeing in every point with their re8pective nOUD8 (1I81). Among mch predicative adjectiv88 temporal numerals ending in -aios (J~) are the commonest:Xen. An. 5, 6. 2I .Inf"oG".. ynAi8ptOl '" Tj NE.', Th." 49 ....~ 01 ..Aaour ENATAiol ..i1 iBloMAiol Inn) f'oU '"FM .."sptlTOf. I, 63. 3 "'" .._paW ynOCnoNloyc Xen. An.... I, 10 .lr nh ,.".. 41'1 CKOTAioa. 1, a,. ,:;. 6r " + 6, 3. '4 ACJKNOI .lIa. ~ _ ....,..,.. Imr.p cla4iAf>o1Sr. 1184. N alao U888 theae turnIJ. lnlt leaa frequently. and hudly in de8ignatiou of place: lpxua& ."pGwos .",Cdf, {JlGtTf'lICds, etc.

.,war.

_r'S--

U8G. Neuter adjectives, partieu1arly in the plural, are often used as adverbs, especially in connexion with intransitive and passive verbs (1266 f.) :lUopa' Y'l'HAA, 8AYMACTA IIt.'If'A;,rrofMJI. M~r:A (oli) +"rto,.., {Jot., Arr-.

lily (UKON) 'Cn., ..ErA "'paNi 1188. In the course of P times this usage met with eVer increasing popularity in the common language. and eventually ended by becomIng the regular mode of forming adverbs of manner in No See 522. 118'7. Comparative adjectives and adverbs require, for the second member of the comparison, either the particle or a genitive (1328; cp. 1615). The former expedient is nece&o sarily resorted to when the second member must stand iD the nominative or accusative (cp. also 1189) : ,..'COIllUll ..AdOl 'X.1s HfyfJt. Tl., a.. "o>.Ao. "'1tTf'.Vcra,,,, Htro1 i ~_

'MoY ItTf'''' Ilr.iIIos. PL Rep. I. 338 D roiiro Ill ri,u. Tois frrwur l.w..or Evl4'po., Tb. I, 8 IE.tTf',. ri",1I ,,0>.>'0. b~PfI>N lUll' ritrvxlar {JovAtw". 'I, 71 q3" Tins Ill/lr 3'lIIOrt",.. H rou.& ItT~

316

Digitized by

Google

AD.TEOTIVBB-ABTICLE.

[USB-ues.

..."a, 644 &

1l88. IJUJtead of 4or itA! equivalent genitive, a prepositioD (such as 1615 if; ,}""I, 1501; ftpO, 1647) ia IOmetimes 1l88d. This practice has gradually reeulted lD establishing in N frapG a.a the iegular meaDS of exprellling the second member of the comparisoD, especially between two clauses (1615 if. 1734).

use. When two properties referring to the person or thing are compared with each other (ratAer-Uum), they both stand in the comparative : aT~i nAcioNCC HB&.\TioNCC, rather numerous than good.' CYNTG__IPON Hc.cnpoN 3&aMx8ij1i'G&. 1180. Sometimee the comparative denotes simply a relatively or somewhat high degree (naIAw) :-Th. 8, B4 Ay8AMcTCPON Y& ao-

Uel. The superlative denotes the highest degree either among a class of more than three representatives, or absolutely (490). In the former case it is usually preceded by the article (the most .-' relative superlatjY6 ~~"IIbd followed by a partitive genitive (1307 f.); in the latter, it stands without article (most or fJety - ' absolute or el~ superlative' 490) : oCo+cOTATOC "'P 'D~;""p, the wisest of the GreekL' Kiipor tlAoIlAeCTATOC

So still in N. 1192. Since G times the elative superlative, 8llpecially of adftl'be, is often formed. in leu cultivated dictiOD, by repeating the positive with or without intervening lCIIi (513- 521). a.a: CIG ~7. 19 Bp";;r ., _rAt ui _rAt (-., ""'lITOr). For more m .. tratiOllB _ SI3 Bc SU. 1188. Thia la commoner in N, and that withont _ (cp. IIS6): noW noW =< ..A.Uma. 01 _rAAOI _rAAaI - ,,1-,&/TToc.

~P.

ICAMJCTA

~~'r.

U94. The elative superlative is raised to the highest po&able degree by placing before it eft .m, U' aleo~, and sometimes W~. This peculiarity 8e8Dl8 to have originated in the dropping of SWau6cu or ~ ft:cix: (BC. olo. " ~P or 13WarD) 'I'GXICrTII. Wpar OTI fr~tlaTo"r. OiON ~P. PL Leg. 812 JI 3ti on pA&cma .lIptJ8.ir .Loca, "n" JIWI. Th. I, 6, 2 iN Toic "p;,ro, 3J 'A8rp.aioa rW "tar,,- 1C1I...uJ.I"I'O.

x.,uw

Similarl,. iD N: oan.'

aeON

Td (or TA) ,.",.it "fArrrotMf,.. I u quiollJ' U ,.on

THE ARTIOLE. Ifltroductory.

118&. Originally the article 6, -nS, ~, was a demonetrative pronoun [2)6. 558 f.], lIB is shown by the Homeric poems! where it is almost exclusively 80 uaed. On the other hand, ita artIcular force and UI8

appear fubyeetabliahed in allsubeequent dialecta without exception.

fI"'l*, and particularly in Plato'. philosophical

Nevertbelea, ita final development becomes af!';nt only in A age, where ita presence or absence shows the fiD8It differentiation and diatinction

317

Digitized by

Google

119&-l200.]

THE ARTICLE.

between individual and general notions.' As to the language of ..4. For the higher ita claa or kind, and the "higher above ordinary speech. the leas common is the use of the article. Conversely. in proportion as the character of the diction standi in closer relation to common life. the ule of the article becomes more and more frequent. Hence the usual phenomenon that the m.rher atrata of lyric poetry. as well as the tragedies (in particular their lyric parts), rarelY' employ the article, whereas in iill other kindl of poetry, which take their subject from actual life or stand in closer connexion with it-a case eapeciallyapplicable to comed,-the use of the article is analogous to that of Attic prose.' (RKtihner ' it 551 f.) 1198. The preceding remarks also hold good substantially for all P perioda down to the present time, inasmuch as Atticiatic style adheres more or le88 rigidly to the norm established by ..4. prose. whereas unacholarly compositions and popular speech make a .till more liberal use of the article.
poetry the caae is clliFerent.
FuNCTION 01' TIlE AlrnOLB.

I. DetfIOMtrative use 0/ the Article.

1197. In its original or demonstrative force (236. 559) the article still appears in A, 88 well 88 P-B compositions (sometimes accented &, ro, ;), in the four following combinations :

tI. d ";,,-.3 41 (also &,u--' 41) 'this-that,' 'the one-the other.' through all the cases. Also adverbially TO ,u.-.-N 4/, Ta r!,,-n 4f, 'partly-partly,' 'on the one hand-on the other,' II'~nii formerl,: Xen. An. 3. 3,7 oi MEN ITdEnIO", oi ~ Iaf/HJI8d".". 4t I, 14 ho~ TA MEN TI pa}(dl'flfO&, TA 16 01 cll'G'll'awl'flfO&' b. d 41 (& 4i). ~ 41 (~ai), TO ai, 'but he, me, it,' introducing a new' sentence with a new aubject. Xen. An. I, I, 9 KiipoS' 3ia--1 K~fdpX ""plow aa,xlmVS"" lE 'A~" ,.0 ](/JVfTw" vrpdnvpa tTVHA.Et" dITo TGUn." T~" JtP11,AAT.". Co 01 Td", 01 njll, 01 TOVr, or TO" ai, nj" U, TollS' al. These are personal accusatives serving as the subject of an infinitivaJ claule (2064fF.) having the above d ai and u1 6S' (1437)for their nominative&. KAi TON ,zIT.W. TON lE,..'Acicrcu. Xen. Gyr.4t 2, 13 KAi TON ~

'A/'Y""0&' d. rill lenl Td", TA 01 Td,

lI'Olijo-al

-yap TO KAi TO Ai TO lA'; ITolqual. 1198. The demonstrative force of the article ltill aurvivea in N in the expre88ioDl: ri 01 Td, Ta 01 ni, this and that,' and 11',0 roii or rather ITponii, 'before,' 'previously.' 1198b On an elliptical and a relative ule of the article see 1225-9 and 1438.
II. Ordinary NB/l o/the Arlicle. 1199. In its ordinary or articular force the article marks either an individual item or a generic class. 1200. The individualiring article singles out a particular item : ~ ,",,$ (' the one boy in question '), 'the boy' ; TO 8l.3pcw ( 'the one
318

to avoid the specific name of someone or something. LYI. 19, 59 01 pDl lrIi'Au TON Ai TON. Dem. 9, 68 i&1

u1 ni, 'so-and-so,' 'thia and that,' used

Digitized by

Google

THE ARTICLE.

[~110'1.

tree under consideration ,), 'the tree';

'the justice of the king.'
Cp...oUoi 'maDY

.q &KcuocrtM, -roV ~,

oj II'OUoi 'the maues' (1207) dAl,n, 'few' oj d>J~ 'the few' (1207) ..~.lo", 'more ' oj "~.ID"' 'the maJority' ..>..ioTo, 'a great many' oj ..~.ioTo& 'the great majority' aou~OS' crou 'a slave of thine' IS aou~o, crou 'thy slave.' So still in N. 1201. The gmeric article raises its item to a representative of a whole class. Hence it is put, contrary to English usage, before nouns denoting a species, jamily, or class of any of the kingdoms of nature; further before abstract nouns of tJirlues, ftcu, sciences, and the like : o""pewOS' 'man,' 'mankind' ; H'Y"I"i 'woman (as a CM) , ; 0 larpOS' 'a physician (as a typical representative of his CM)'; 0 7W'W'OS' , a hone' (ie. evel'1 hone); 6 uWor 'com'; If d~ 'virtue'; H tn4i4 , wisdom '; If 'drunkenn8lll'; If ciA~'&a truth; " 'YW..pnpla geometrr '; H .....la' poverty.' So too 1n N. l209. But abetraet noun.. incl1lding those of virt1leB and vices, often diIpenae with the article:

I"'er,

Xen. lhm. of, 3, 14 Iwf,w- ~ ,,00 ,.t"., ".,.IX.I. Th.2, 87, " f/I/Jos pl,P'I' ''''~''''' ~ u dA.;jr oH~. ""A.i. So too in N: f/IofJIpa ri. &IGO'f, _cl ..u croV 'p8r/, ..6110, IM /Cpat'.i.

"'X""

1208. The article is further useda. Before appe1latives in order to indicate a proper or usual eonnexion otherwise expressed by the possessive pronoun (1415) : alaoiiptU TON ..anpa '"" father'; tu/a.. ~ii cf>i>.o.. Xen. An. 2, 5. 38 nlap~o, lwwl Irrlo",u.. 14-"" I~f& THN aUc'l" 'hi. due punishment.' I, 8, ~ Kiipor .M'_~~17GS' d..o TOY 8pptllf'OS' TON 6iIpalUl. ,,,eau IIal dllfJj:JUr hl TON fmro. TA trM"d tI, TAC X'ipaS' aa/Jt. 1204. b. Commonly before geographical names : If 'EUd~, If 'A""unl, THN Af.yvrrn., nic Ai eij/la&, TA Mryapa. So too in N. 12015. C. Before proper names already referred to, generally known, or standing in the pluml : :Ien. An. I, 14. 77'OW U7parw,rar awe;. ffapa K~lapxo. drr.~8d_ .u. Kiipor TON nlapJ(O/1 11('''' d DM"... '(the well-known) Plato.' oj mdr.._ (men of the stamp of Plato) 'the Platos.' 1106. In N the article is put before everylroper name, whenever the indefiDite J_, __ 'a (certam) 'wow be out of place. (See 237. 594-7, 622-4. & 1448-53) UO'1. cL Before adjectives or participles used substantively (1182 f. 1241, a): d .&OS', TO ~, oj ailUl.lD&, TA d-)ta8cL oj troUol 'the maaaea.' oi ~, (the minority), 'the oligarchiCal party.' 0 fjov'A.0l'llIOf 'whoeverwiahea.' IS ~iy.... 'the speaker.' oj ff~'~;::' 'those coming 'nt.' oi /C~~' ,those who incmTed a .' 319

Km',

Digitized by

Google

1108-1117.]

THE ARTICLE.

DOS. So too in P-B, RI: Callin. II9, 11 oi 3,.0I'l'Q. 131, ,6 WOI'I'" oi f/>&).oiil'l'ff awo... 101,8 TO rin/Jriuo,.....".. 80 further iD N RI
far RI adJectives, a.lso participlea in the rema.uung participles see :u66.

-os, are concerned (II8I b).

For

1909. That the article before the participle reappears when the latter is reaolved to a finite clauee, will be MeD in 1219 &: aI03-S'
cS (".or 'lrarr,p or cS Jran,p 0 (por. ~ v,""pa oMa or ~ ollCla H v".npa. So too in N, RI: ni 3aai t"OV X.pd4>14 or .,.0 x-pdt/t14 ni tTtIII.

1210. eo Before possessive pronouns:

aura

lID. f. After pet'8OfIal pronouns specified by an apposition (11 59b 1255); as: ;'"~ oi "Ell'fI'E~. ~ (\ .,.A",-.-So too when the pronoun is understood, as: Xen. An. 2, 5, 25 d (fJo{iA.,,(N P'" (se.

t/lpcS,,,pDIo

v".ir) oi ~ crrP07'll')'Ol ~n..l ~i ~'!.Xf~yol'A6f'f!" ~,p,. (Cp; 125?f.). So too m N, RI: ryoJ 0 IUlV"."or, lunr 01 mpflflllpfPOl, UcSVI7f7'f pDV 01

12l2. g. After the demonstrative pronoUDS ~ ~,

'nU-.

P-N a.~ (=o~), then after IJ.~ oWos 0 h6pf7roS Or 0 lI."SH!!"!r oWes.
nJiiTa TA fJa{Ala or 1"4 fJaIJ~la

d.~fJO'1o

Uar&.oc.

&,4e T<ai ~po TA crrpam.3a. wa. So too in the N representativee: InUter cS tha.t,' a.UwW cS this.' :Mark further: 41 oi aw both,' lUll 0 Oar lUll ;, .tllos both.' 1214. In A rarely, but in G-B compositions often, dt4Onpoa is a.lso preceded, instead of bein~ followed, by the article, after the analogy of oi 3lio with which it is Identified :
PL Tbeaet. a03 0 TA ~1fJG tTTlNxuia (bis). NT A.cte aa. 8 &~".,,, TA 4,46npa.. Eph. a, 14 TA d".oTfptIo Narr. Zos. 98, 5 TA ~f" 14..".. Theopb. 171, a8 T.ic ~Ipa&r nAfu,... Vita SA 6*. TA i ,. pi".,. ib. 8*. oi 6.JMII/rr.po&. 51* /WIWi~ "'" ~4".".

Tawa.

'"ipa,

and l/C41'f/1OS: oi Xp&..o, or oi xp6PO&

D14". So also before in T-B, where cl aWos=~ IS (14:30), RllIal.39, 25, et paaaim. 12115. 1&. Before cardinal numerals denoting a part or fraction

.wos

of a known quantity: Th.2, 10, 1 Ev"li.uOP TA aw~" 'two-thirds.' J, 15 ~CfW U-;~ niP 'lu6p,/)" Toic aw ,JptUIl'. Xen. Hell. 1, 5, 10 ~tTIJ/f "M. AoX-

M3.m a..,loI" oi "p.'ir. we. In N this relation is expressed by an a.nalogous turn, RI: 4.a ri (or .l.a (pAprl.v.) TA a.io ('two part8 out of the 8ft') '_0tlfth... dd nl (or 4d 1IIiI.) 31...4..,. TA '4/15.' 4tn} nl tor dI.) "pU;rra TA 4/30' ;-but a shorter designation is more 00IDDlGIl ; tlin) (-'le) .Im Iv6 C a/s,' dd "pia IN, 'one-third..'

_'f) ....,.

"I"".,.

"I"".

.a

1217. i. Sometimes before the interrogative pronouns n~ n, 'Ir'OioI, either in direct questions asking for a specification of a preceding term, or in indirect questions introducing a whole proposition : PI. Pha.edr. 211 A. " " 31} IlIfi". fa", z, .mapt, 3uN,at8a plnut. .&1. TA
lIOi.; Lach. 193 JI (fJo1i)." "", , ~r,o".. n&,.6a ri ,. TCIO"oiirw; AA. TO 1fOiOfl 31) f'OiiTO /Cui "w& "p&rn,; Eutliyph. 12 JI ap;. aq II1II1 '"' '''- .... a,3ciEa& TO noioN ,JpOS' f'Oii &ulou Icrrw. Crr.t. 388 0, D.

&.,"'"
820

Digitized by

Google

THE ABTICLE.

[WB-lI28.

ms. So .till. iD N:
1118

0 nws; TO Tt; For a further eJ:tenaion of this of the article lince G. l8e 2041.

W9. When relative pronounl came to be miaueed for demon8trativea (3038). the article naturally found a place before relatives aleo. This was moreover 8uggested by the preeence of the article before relative participlel repreeenting aB they did relative cla1ll8B (1307 fr. 2103 fr.; cp. 612). Ariatid. 34,6'U.U5 TcilN 4".p 411,wA.II'f. Ken. '95.10; 4'9.3; 430.3 TA Ilia. id. '93, 15; '98. 16; 32 0, :la ; 331, 9; 323, 7 Terre /)1101. Zoe. ..... IS TcilN l1li01. Aptb. 1375. TcilN ka. J305 TA b6cra. Leont. Neap. V. 1. n. 15 TON oIcwoW ",fIfW .'11)('''' :190 13 THN oluoW. lIIal. 10'.3 f. 4"1.,."".,, aim}r6 'AxlAAm IHTcl ToY (add _) I+6ptI _,lOll . . WTI '''I~f hl TON (a.) .lX' ..,or.vn)r 41:1. 17 THN ota..~. 4Talia". Aptb. 1 '70 D. 1:175. Ta... OU '"p1x'r1. 1305. TA d,,6cA ''''YXUCW ':'poA~t. Cadr. i.'990 la TON I"",,, 561. 23 Tare 11101 (thrioe). 60s, 10 T~N 11101. AJuJa Coam. i. 265, 5 TcilN ..... PTrinoh.34 (tI034) nl XOI~a TA a.p IRK 'xo".". 150 (1133 .. D.) TIt '"olf/O'''' IIA~"', Belie. I TON TtSX'I .,.,'" 'n."Au", 6 f'ldror. 765 TON &" tyQ1IIIr. tao. In prooeBll of time the frequency of thie uap led to the CIOn.,.enienoe of dropping the relative and transferring ita force to the preeeding article. This phenomenon. which appean in compollitioDB lIince T. enjoyed a great popularity in M Greek, but is now obeole808nt (607-8; cp. . . .~~f 660), uoept in proverbial eJ:p1'Mlione: TA +4p"'" PpG, 11 )(p6ror 14" Ta +41""1. For more eumples_ 143S.

,'*""

""p

&""

1221. k. Before the infinitive or any other indeclinable word, even before a whole proposition, conceiTed 88 a substantive
(1241) : ~ Mytl" speaking.' TO MAdCflrfal being punished.' TO 11".-w 'the word ;,,...i~.' ti 'lrf/!' (ac. 'lrp66uu). TO y,,;,sl cram" 'the _ying .. know thyself",' Xen. Oec. 7, 3 'luxcS,.,.~ Jyt~. /".1 TcP Tt ".0"''' _o~ lIa,.o6Or IItU'/fTOI. Pt Rep. 352 D 01' rr.pl TOU i'lfI"nlXoPTOS cS Uyo~ aUa pi ToY O""II'G TpO,rOJl Xpt, ,~". Ariltid.4S. 12. 20 ,;,..,..o,,~ ToY Tt &i "Olf'''' ib. 65.84 06 I/>,Vy.1 t:~.. TOU Doi' IJ,TT' 11TT1" , fJoVAfTOl {JGuo_. Pallad. 1042 D 9 &"m (read ofos TIS) a~,..OT' fr. "&/TT...... as TON eN ci AATpEYCU. Callin. SS. 27 TO a.~",. 56. 24 Ta... ,..,x. I~oii. 58. 20. 68, 2 TA ia.. 68. 4 TcP.n", a~. tall. So too in N: "i TO trlJl'fPO IRK '" TO aGpao, TO drllla IRK 1tfH'4/Ja. TO .,.. 'Aa. Tol,..-o!AAo TO.a ~I}"...,,";' clAAo TO rd,.,) 'IAp" As to inftniti't'8ll, they are, of CIOune. resolved into their respective BllbJUDctives or indioatives by .a or nit (2072. App. vi. 13 f. :15 tt.) : "i TO Nil. flllIT.W, 'by tl'llsting you I have inCl1l1Ted 10000ll: (See 2072 [2).)

".ll

.''1""",,,_

1228. L Before an adverb of place or time, also before a preposition with its case, to indicate persons or things associated with these items (1241) :
oi "ei" (ac. 3""..) those of the prelent time.' oi 1P6G3,. oi ill.i, 'thole here, there.' TA ir6Q& atrain here,' oi IyyvrdT.. the Den of kin.' TAfi, TO",..O)..,.,." 'things belonginf{ to war.' d/l/>' ~,"", what lie8in our power.' oi;" 'fj "An 'people ID the city.' 01 _pci N'lIloll' thOle coming from N.' oi II/>' ~",;,,, , our contemporanea.' Mal. us. 15 oi cYN 71"', 'i3. 6 TA ".pi TOii ,,0).4,,011. 79, 14 nl UTA 'UcrCWII IRK r~.

321

Digitized by

Google

THE ABTICLE.
11114. This does not apply to N speech, eJ:oept in the cue ofa few adverbs of place (cp. IUS), as: TA IEQI 'outer parts,' TA ,..llIa 'the inBide,' TA_QI the parts below' i-though even here either the noun referred to is generally supplied, as: TCl tEQI (,..I,.,,), or the adverb is turned to a substantive, as: & <_...WQI) _T .o.or or _TGwVor (Fl'rinch.5 [t975] captain '). So 17; 19; ete.

III. Elliptical use of the Article.

122&. The neuter article is very often put elliptically before a genitive. It thus supplies a general notion of whatever is &88OCiated with or concerns a person or thing :
TA T froX./,[,.,., TA rijr frclX."", 'the affairs of the enemy, of the city.' TA rijr nix".. 'the dispensation offortune.' TA T 'A8""ai",,, ~po"'" .to aide with the Athenians.' TO TO~ t.",..0tr8fI1OW the aayinlJ of D.' c1a"Aa TA T." froX;I-""'" PI. Farm. 136 B 30. 1"1' TO TOU 'ltJua:nov imrov _.8"1121 what befell the horae of Ibyk08.' Eur. Phoen. 1202 "M.

Cp. 1228. 1338. When an articular noun should be repeated with a different adjunct (the and that of or cm, in. at, etc.), m Greek it is sufficient to repeat merely the article which thus corresponds to the Englilh IIIat :
& .,..Il. ~Aor &al 0 roll dlIfAf>oij llOU. TIl',.,w tlVp+lptlll &al TO Tj Symp. 8, 13 .oAlI "pflTTOW NTW 0 "ir ~ris 0 TOU h,..aTor

TA ml TA Tijr ruX'l' ;Xn, 112& h. This usage is unknown in N.

T." 81."

f,.,.,..

.6)....

XeD.

1317. In T-N ecclesiastical diction the title of a dignitary (/frinorror, dpX&flrluICorror, /Io'ITporro).iT'l", 'IrtlTp&4pX'lr, rrafrar) is generally omitted,

and the article ci stands elliptically with the genitive of the city, province, or diocese.
AAtv3p.Iar the patriarch of Aleundrla.' 0 P&i,.". the Pope of Rome.' 0 2muou 'the arehbiahop of Jlount Sinai.' 0 Zp.tJ""". the metropolitan of Smyma.' Carth. us6 0 TOIFOTfIP'JT'Ilr ToY 'NI,.."... PaUad. Vit. Chrys. U ., TON 'AA'EGlf3pdas 8fcSlfl<Aov. &er. 153 A EiI"llIflOf 0 Nurop.,&lar. Theod. iii 888 A 0 n;r 'AAtEGlflpdar 'AAlt-lpor. Theoph.:n, 18 MaaGpcor ci 'lfpHoA',.. &al 'AAIEulpor 'AAtEa.aptlar (read & 'AA- or at least 'AA-). Ja ,AAiGlflpor 0 Toll BIICallTlou. 77, 8 0 KCIIHTGIIT,,,OII1IISA..,.. In present eommon speech the title noun is generally aupplied, .. : & I"ITponAlTf/S rijr ~Tf/s. 11111'11>. Or, 18l1li commonly, with the omiaaion of the article &: Athan. H. 808 B Eilfllllcor .oA BlnlAA- n;r raAAEas, 'AtlTlpaor DaT,. Tijr 'ApaIIlar. Socr. 1,6 'ntIToAl} 'AAtEu3pou 'AAtt_a,.lar. 153 A 810.,.... N,lCaiar, MOpar~. 11118. On a similar principle, Byzantine parlance uaed Ta (se. pi,.,,) with the genitive of a name given to a oertain quarter of Constantinople after IOme resident, .. : ChaI. 1409 0 Tci;N Dpo"oftov. Stud. 1073 A TA 'A,aloIl. Theoph. Cont. #3, 3 .. Toic 'AptltlTpaGllOu. So 688, 5; 8, ... ,+ 836, 8 TA 'A,,9.plOIl, TA 1'a,..a8101l. This practice gradually extended to other parishes and boroughs, 10 that many abodes mansions and villages at present bear analogous appellations, as : Prodr.... 57' TA B'Ytou (i. e. TCl E~moll); 10 now (in Crete) TA eoa..pou, TA N.potrotJpou, ft ::I1II'.pa-,oii, T' 'AA,,,,_oIl. The article TCl CAn also be dispensed with (by di8limilation), .. : Toll'A.o3otS~ov, TOU Ka,...a..", .,.... KaA.'YftW. Hence the altematift practice (in Crete) of fonning from the proper name topographieal

o'

322

Digitized by

Google

THE ARTICLE.
adjectbe iD - " , 'quarten,' 'neighbourhood': TCl Dalr1rdcaN ne priest'B quarten,' 7'tl &oaa.PCIII'Q 'TheodoN'B quariel'B.' lU8. LikewiBe in N, Bpeaking of a ..int'. day-a nry frequent method of deBignating a date (1276)-the term f,Il4pa (or f,p4fHJ1') is dropped (cp. 650 ) and the genitbe Btanda elliptically: Toii tl'Ylov BAcnAflov (commonly T' tl'Y'oii BlICI'aA'loii 'on Saint Baeil'B Day: Toii tloylov '1_ _ IT'tlt rlllw&oii), TOU tl'Ylov MjllJlTPlov (T' tl-yaoii Ar,I"ITPCOii), Toii tlorlOll ~lII'Tl..ov, Toii XpccrToii, "it DCIII'CI'Jlat. In the _ offeminJnea, howe't'er, the om.iaion of f,ll4pa la rather uncommon,88: (n)lI'f,ll4,a")"it tloylar Dapczt1';;t, rijt tl'YtQ. 'J'pcGIcu. rijs D."'IftCJT1;f.-See also 1:176.

IV. Peculiar use

0/ the .Article.

cate when the latter stand. aa the item principally referred to, or
cl a~Or ' the aame' : PI. J(enex. 348 .A WTot 'O'T1.. ci u61+,.,.., MO' ci .a"..in u1 +,cS...,.,. Xen. An. 3, 3, 18 III ..aptIcr1.. oi _oiiII'T I,T' a..,., TIIi't ~xaa.~. Tb.. 3, 61. :a l,w 1l~1I' ci dTcSr .I/AI, IJIl.ir II~ ptTaS/JAAfT'. So &till in N: " . .'tJl.G' ci GIltA~r Toii .,.aov crOll. 'nil' TA JUlltlpllI'A TOIl 'he did 88 uaual.' For participlea Bee further 2103-5 A; 2166.

"rii... tJ'A,a.la fJporoir. 80 still in N: aunr uNoe, 1'Y"'" eTpATlcirrHe, .1,...., npcilToe. lS81. But, agreeably to EngliBh, the article precedes the predi-

1280. Contrary to English usage, the article is omittedI. Before thepredictJte (1159) Men. 44911'OU." cl ~ ylpmaa .\1.\AenAoc. 275 KAAAIC:TON IflTl

.r..

"hen it ia a relative participle (1209- 213); al80 in the expreBBion

l282. 2. Before abstract nouns and the like. For illustrations see 1201. 1238, 3. In general statements of measure, origin, and taame (cp. 1269 f.), such &8,wy.80r 'in me,' fjdeor 'in depth,' .;por 'in width,' II'Aij8or 'in number,' yfll'Or 'by birth,' 311'0,.... 'by name.' lSS811 But in P-B Greek the article is generally added heN,88: Callin.
117. 8 A&luoII' liVe """,. TO BA9oc. So too in N, but of _ . only : 7,.;, 6j1'Y111~' Td Bdhr. II'MTOf. \UiAot, ,.upot (1270. 1305).

iDg:

1284. 4. In standing adverbial expressions, like the follow-

"*",6r 'by night,' ;'p.lpar 'by day,' I".' Z, 'early in the morning,' &,.a' ;')J, ,Mux0Il'T' 'at aunriae,' d~' 1_lpar 'in the evening,' ,"xP' anA", ,till Jate in the afternoon,' I" II'o,aor 'from childhood,' ,M"o, iNleT" 'midnight,' ""Ta yij.. "al "ara 80~acr"CIP 'by land and by sea,' I.. a.E" 'on the ~ht,' I" dplf1T'pf 'on the left,' "aia.. ml j'VIICIUrff 'wife and children.
lSSl5. So too in many corNBponding N eJ:preaaioDB : dll'oulI'4,ar .....

In/,a', II'lIIaca u1 'YWIII....U. tlll'3 Il'lllIli - ,. II'CIIll6r, ete. 1288. When an articular substantive is accompanied by an adjective, the latter may stand either between the article and its substantive, or, in ease of emphasis, after the substantive
323
ya

Digitized by

Google

l288-lHO.]

THE AB'l'ICLE.

with repeated article. In either case the adjective is attributive .59). On the other hand an anarlhrous adjective following its articular substantive is predicative (1159).
(1

a. 0 clyaOOi clnjp }. , . 6 &vr,p 0 d.~ the good man : attributtve;

b. 0
d
~p

d:ya.6at; 'the man (is) good': pmJicati1Je.

lJI88b So too in P-N, as: Callin. 6g, 5 TON ';''''ponrw TON W;"y.. 70, 11 ToY nplOll ToY AaA4erGrro,. 91, 13 HIJpiiHrtr H4/HTpo,.-N H"fTp4 ti #W1f'WI.

r.a..r,r 0 drr/M.OIpbor.

1287. This attributive position may be taken in Greek by any adjunct (adjective, participle, adverb, a genitive, a preposition with its case, cp. 1223. 1241):
H p4JtpG 636r ti .s-6a6r oi nlTt &"pomn THN ToU "'3par dpnir d ,.a;., ffOAt,u- ~lJor ti ,. Ti "apWr' l7"'"1pla

ti cJ&). ti .soi &""""01 oi T6-r. THN dptn)P THN ToU cWp6r

H &Mt ti

p4Jt~

o~1J0 .; TOw ffOA.,pi.w

ti I7f1TfJpUa ti ", orf ..,..,.,.

ftp

For N compare

1223 f.

peated D.,.......article, as: ti "'" DtpIT'" dprl or ,.a;., D.pIT'" ti dprl or ti dpri

laS8. The attributive pnitive may preoede or follow without a re-

So too in N, as: nl n,.,..,. TaU Stephen's deeds.'

2nfaJi or ToU Z"fCIIi nl ..,.".,.

1238. The adjectives 1Lcpot;, ,uow. 1UXC'~, ~, also CI~ and ,mS', have a di1ferent-but never a predicative-seDSe, according as they hold an attributive or predicative position:
TO Upop &por, the high or projecting mountain.' TO &por &.po" or MpoP TO &,or. the top of the mountalL' &. ti ,,117fJ nAc" 'the middle town,' the town between.' ti "6.1.,, "ltrIJ or ,,417fJ ti w6Ac" the central part of the city.' c. ti '11Xcm, ,,;;ero., 'the furthermost ialand ' ti ";;170' '17xGn1 or II7X.", H.,;;.,or, the extreme part of the ialand. 11 .; ,w"or IIlh, the only IOL' d via, ".wor. ".wo, .; IIIM, ' only the IOn.' ci dTclr /JaIT.)...tf" 'the aame king.' .; 1J_c>...Vf cWnSr or GWclt .; /JGI7c>..tt$., the king himaelf'Cs40- .4(9). In N: (G) TO dltp'pGla IJ-O-H Mpa (or "o~) ToU 1J0IIII0ii. (&). ,....... n>...T.lo-ti "l17fJ ~ (c) TO dltp'pGla .".,t-ti .,. TOil "".,.0&. (11)'; ,","Xot~.ss-d "J'Y'a'I'OPGXM. (e)';"or IJGI7&)...as-O /JGIrc>..t&r &nSr nw.
G.

,,0).,""'..

1240. n.~c (strengthened cl_S' and a-UfA-S'), also 0Mr have the following meaning: A. With article: 'all," to1lole :
PrttlUxltiNl,: ricr~ HnAc, o~ ti tr6A" rift 1'the whole city.' alIO /lA, H ..s)..&r or H nAcr /lA" S "io-ac A ..s)...tr or Ai tr6A'tr .a-, all oiti. In N I ISA, Mx/Ipa or Mx'Pa /lA", 'the wlulle towa.'
1.

324

Digitized by

Google

,
r
I

oriI. oi ""er in all'

C01lDted together.' in all: ol ....,.., 'CII'r6 a h1lDdrecl in all.' oriI . .pO, the IUID total' H ...,. w6Ac, the oity taken u a whole.' In N: THN nacur b.....a or lA". 1'HN b.....a. I ~e whole truth.

2. ~_, all

B. WilAoYt amcle: efJtr!I:

naa, every city.' ..... tr6.\fcr, 'whole citi.. ; all kinds of citi... In woArrfta or ,p"a, I fIftr7 city.'

....a w6Acr or

.6A., N"'"

lMl.. Every word or group of words can be raised to a substantive by prefixing the article to it (1223). In this way

OI~OC.

there are substantivized.. Adjectives and participles (1181 f. 1207 f.): 1'0 4~, oi .AM.oe, oi 1JVII6nu. 01 awGpt.,oc,oi trAdo.,,,, H 3..a. cl Al-pw,
For N _ n08 and 2166.

6. hdbritivea (1221) :

lien. 387 .Ioc, TO fla-yiI" .,aTTfW For N _ nu, 2072, and App. vi.

'm ToY AaAf",.

20-

T;' . , . Ta. tr6.\fptW.

o .lAat, oi ...... oi

c. Adverbs aad prepoaitioD&l coDBtructions (1223): trGAcu, 01 npi 'Apcali"" oi Tfi mfl, oi TIAfI,

,,,,,,,,,PfI",

lien. 584 TO ,..". _a. rifI.I" TO If hwr. nVTO Ar,t. So too in N:. ...". TO '" JIIItI .fft.

tl. Whole clauaea, especially indirect questiODB (1221.2041) : 'm XJIIIrnPOII. Dem. 3, 10 ITa a.; S.iJI

THE CASES.
Ifltroductory.
UU. A J)&lallel examination of ancient and modern Greek shows that of the live cases used in A. the Dominative and vocative still fully obtain in N, while the oblique cllo8es exhibit considerable changes. This difference consists in the total 1088 of the dative, in the extension, in a ~ measure, of the a.ccueative at the expense of the dative and genitive, and in the restriction and partial modification of the genitive. The proce88 which ha.a brought &bout thiB reBult is not of recent date, but started in clauica.l antiquity itself. Indeed, a comparative study of the history of this chapter mows that whenever in .d the a.ccUl&tive chanced to be more or less equivalent to either or both of the other oblique ca.aee, it JI'l'Bdually gained IIo8cendency over them and ultimately BUoceeded in aiBlodging them from common speech. ThuI the temporal a.ccuaa.tive gradUally prevailed over the correapondingtemporaldative and genitive (1274 t. 1287.1342. 1392f.). Similarly, verbs which in .A were neuter (1455 if.) or govemed the genitive or dative, but also admitted, in a more or leas aynonymoul Beue, of the a.ccUl&tive, IUch 1108 :
.,.,..Ailll, IJAAftTI/I, ItSptC_AapllG.." ."..,. "nd--Aa~ "'7x....... 1IA'IIfII'O~PU. TOt--...",lopu, W." 4~, 4......,

..w..

825

Digitized by

Google

l.SD-1I47.]

THE CASES.

lItrun,&C_alfJ'lcbro"",-",""'crnpGt, pllfJpAWM-t>pOPf'lC., 'Wll'fAIo,.,.., 41'fA41111, ,",~po" __ICpG ..I., "'P"""'f~XO""', etc.-AlHao,.,.. JIOA.pI.., '''f3pe!l.., In,.,... MTpe!l..-I"l't/>OpIU. ""II"W. 'lR1I'A'9CI'fJIIII, "'oxA4.../TT4".,." 4'Y'1-. etc. (For many more exampJee from subeequent times see ~MuIJP~p6~ 502-523 end GHadzidakia 220-222.)

such verbs made, in proceBB of time, more conceBBioDS to the accusa tive and finally resulted-BO far as they still survive-in transfening to it all their syntactical conatructioDS. (Cp. 1286-1395.)
l243. An analogoaa phenomenon is exhibited by prepositions constructed, in a synonymous sense, with the accusative and one or both of the other oblique cases, inasmuch as the accusative gradually superseded its rivals (cp. hl 1583; rnpl 1633-43; VrrO 1687-99) l.244. Meanwhile other claues of verbs, which in A were regularly aSBOCiated with either the genitive or dative, or with no case (neuter verbs, 1457), were drawn, one after another, into the transitive or accu satival construction, 10 that the domain of the genitive and dative respectively has been gradually reduced. Compare P-N:
t dAO"I"IIII, 3t~PIIII. '""p'rro,.,... 'lRSUt"lIII, ICA'IPOIfOI"., 1I'pGT.pftI, 3tupG'f'W, ICtlTU'P"'tCo,.,.., ICATIlIX_, "TA1I'0If'., UTACI'TpG..."..,.lIII, lI'ApfIIIpGTW, npa.'f',.,,", 1I'A.OIffn'lIII, bp60J (after ICAa.to. 1GB 581,3), etc.

11'._3/. I'm\, 1I'PfWOI"1", tlTpAT'_ T'..a, xom- T"'ci 1'1"', Itn",.,.,.",.. '""'" etc. lS46. But the greatest impulBe-the impulse which most efFectivelT promoted the cauae of the accusative-waa given by the-alternative, open to numerous verba, substantives, adjectivea and adverbs, of taking, besides the genitive or dative, a preposition with ita case : Cp. -ylYllOfI4i "IJIOS and 4rnS "'lIOr, f'A.~fP&. or rniCIIII "wOS and Grr6 or Ill: ";&JIOS, &l!xofAAl ..",-,or. and cid o~ l/C ,,&IIOS-pd~fAAl ~"" ~d. rrp6s "'.... dnA0v8., or nrofl4& "'''' and fTW "'''', xa).ft!'a,_ "'''' and ,,,., 1""" ,,~ plofAAl nJlOS and rr'pt f~).O\I and dri or It( t~).ov (1331), etc. lI48. For such a prepositional construction, whether it aerved as a complement to a verb, subStantive, etc., or whether it stood independently in the sen8e of a l008e adverbial expreBBion (cpf or ft' dpxijs, It( rral4.,., 4ff'9, br1 4,a ,uCl'Oll, etc.), sooner or later led to the elimination of all varietieB of cODStruction, and finally to the abBolute predominance of the simple accusative (1242- 1256-85). ThUl it came to p&BB that the accusative gradually lucceeded, one way or the other, in extruding the other two cases altogether from the domain of the prepositions (1493b), and for the moat part from the govemment of verba. Ita work with regard to the vema has not yet reached its completion, since many still cleave tena.cioaaly to their ancient construction. (Cp. 1295. 1327.) 1147. The final outcome, then, of the long struggle among the ob!~~: cases was that the accuaative, as the commonest and mod fa - r case, has gradually dislodged the ~nitive from well.nigh all ita usages excepting thoae of the gemtive proper (aubjective and objective genitive, 1286fF.). As to the dative, notwithatanding ita long recorQ in written composition, especially in connenon with f., it has been completely efFaced from the living and popttlar language, except in a very few cryataJlized phrases (233), at: 40fa COl 6 /H6r ldue to church influence), fTt'ovpi /:Io;,fIf, MOl (a echool 326
1",

2".lIpe_, 30 drroA'Ipi.. T'''a.

rrpocr'x..

,,,,,,,,,,l1li

n, &t>8a.A,.,&IIII

",JIOS-i-f14

TOw..

Digitized by

Google

NOJUNATIVB AND VOCATIVE.

[1H7-lBS4..

term), etc. One remiDilcence of it, however, 8eem8 to still linger in a N phenomenon: namely wherever the dative denoted a perlOn, especially an indirect or remote object, and ita change into the &eCu.tive would neceaaitate a double accuaative (thu8 causing a confusion of direct and indirect object), the prace. followed waa a double one: 'iJl8Ular and continental Greek (the former always, the latter generally) turned the indirect object repreaentiDfS the ancient dative into genitive (daliflGl ,enUI.), whereaa Levantine (Conatantinople and Aaia. Minor) and northern N resorted to both alternatives, with a decide4 preference for the double &eCu.tive. This total or partial indication of the indirect or remoter accuaative accounts (or the phenomenon that the pentnIfIl &eCu.tive of the claasica1 double a.ceuaative (a,aaCT". 'f' TIN", 1279 f.) appears in N 80metimes in ita seemingly ancient form, lIOII1etimes in the form of a genitive (TON i"",e. y~'fa and ToY IpJ. ypGl'I'I'ra).

NONINATIVE AND

VOCAT~

1MB. The nominative is usedI. As S1Ibject of.a fiJrlte verb: 6HMoc9ENHC Aiyc", 1aT& geoc. 80 too in N. 1H9. 2. As,predicate (1159) of copulative verbs, namely_ 'to be '; WrYX'''' 'to exist '; Y&Y"tr8ar. to become '; 4>a;"'CT8a& , to appear'; ml..ilT8cu, dlfO,-CflT8a" 'Ary.tr8ar., _OU"I' to be named'; alpticr6a&, XflpoToHiCT8a&, 'to be 'elected'; IfO",CflT8a&, ICplHCT8o&, to be considered,' ete. (But cp. 1552.] 80 too in N: tfHil",rru KAAot, yl~ma, 41PONIMOC, U:oU'& NlIlCiAAc. 1280. The nominative (commonly without the article) often takes the place of the vocative, especially in connwoD with owor: Sopb. Ai. 89 W oiToc AiAc, 3tw.pW tI. trpotIlfGAiI. PI. Menel[. 2U A lE i"fOpGs ,,610 MNil'NOC; Xen . .An. I, 5, 16.
UJaL This vooatival1l88 of the nom~tive (with or without the article) is peculiarly frequent in the NT compositions and their subBequent imitatiolUl where the pronoun .v (6,..ir) _mB to be understood. as: JIatt. 27, 29 X.c,. 0 BAtIMYt n;., 'IouW.... Lde 8, 54 ti nAit ...,.., CW_Ir N. Zaub. 78 iii. hiipo lUll cS Mar".,.",. eeOt. Acta Xanth. 60, 27 ".,.,."..,.", "poll" npcl 0'0&, 0 Ikoc May. Apophth. 420 B 0 Ikot, 10, lUll ItlJP.. Vita Epiph. 49 D ri, 0 _rAt 'EnlC~ANIOt, 0 MErAt PHTCIlP, n ftIpf-,I,,"; Callin. g6, J 8 et 1__, lUll cS Ikot. Leant. Neap. V. 1. 6. 11 .v nAo'(tlOt.' 23. IJ .vt" 0 nATpiKIOC.-G-N l6a tlo& cS 8fOt 'glory to thee, Father,' , thank God.

tnS,..

11151. The t1OCt.It1ve-eommonly preceded by :. (N a1 or I, 251 f.) -is used to denote a person (or thing) addressed: 6, ANApec A9HN.uOI-cLcoVc,~, AicXiNH; 80 too in N.
12&& A-N, especially since G times, frequently dt8pen888 with the interjection (.L, af, i, 251 f.), eo that its J,lrea8DCe in poet.christian compoeitioDl UIWIoll1 add8 a certain 80lemDlty or emphaais. 12K. Similar is in N the use of ita substitutes at (I) and pIIIJpI (P'pI, J4 1361>. 25JI: r,caiprH! Ai r,caiprH ! MCIlpe (M'pe, (>) r'wrH I

327

Digitized by

Google

ACCUSATIVE. 12&6. If the yocatiye is followed by an adjunct in apposition (1159"), thil iI put in the nominatiye with the article: cf, h3pn oi np6If7'''. Xen. Cp. 6, 3, 41 DptE... _ (lie. 6,..is) 01 &uoc 01
~ff,

flGp6rtnr

oi E~PJIIAxoc.-So too iD N: KMma r...." .. oi MAl.

...

fC1TI II,TI

_.iT..

Th.

3, I1

hI,.r

n.~10& _

ACCUSATIVE.
1168. The accuaatiye still fully mrviyea in Nand hu eyen gained a large extension at:the expeDlle-ofthe datiye and genitiYe (1242-7).

1167. The accusative represents the d"t object of a transitive verb. Hence all transitive verbs govern the accusative:
IT","". TtlN rHN, ilT(Jlo~" APTON, ~Ou.n TON law.." nAlipA. oIE).N,llIl"'llTa" Tore TTpc:AC. So too in N: ypGtfHt rp-', (IAbr. roYc NArree.

1168. In many cases, however, Gn>ek di1l'ers from English in that it often views 88 transitive many verbs which English conceives 88 intransitive, and 80 oonnect&- them with a preposition. Such are, e.g
~ trO&/~

l TW .v'nuI. S ' do good to'

ICG..... ICGlt.ovpy-..

tr~. l"..d 1 do en1 to '

d ).il" T'.o, ' Ipeak well of' lIahJr)./ytt, lIatt.a>.oyI. T'''', !peak ill of OpVIlOp.tJ ftI'G, ' defend myself againat ' allT~cillOpGl, al310lAai "'''0, ' atand- in awe of' In~, In_a. T' 'keep ailence about ).u8G.. "",' eacape the notice of' t/Ju)'Gn-o".,u T,,,a, ' guard myself against ' TIJICi, 'rely on ' tr).,. (Jd).GITITO., ' lail oYer a lea.' E~)';.y. TON d MrcNTA. Men. 582 ~.I, trU" ...",,~ >.a.8Gn, &ON. Xen. AD. 2, 3, 22 9ITx.W6rI,.." lea; &aYe 1CG1 .&N8pti1nayc. 1169. ObaerYe: 3pPUpl TtNA 'near by' (&I ",v, 6.cWr). ''''''''' TI 'near to,' affirm by oath (u cnro..aGr, 6.." op....). inoptt,l. TINA 'Iwear falsely by,' u: Men. 253 (J,O" iwaop",," p~ 30." ).~JIIII&. In N: (,..w,.) ie THN na-yla, (,...w,.) optco. 1180. So too the nearin, particlel (1745 tr.): (also negatiYely), Ill: NM (IIGlMA) .:\&11 'ye8 by Zeua'; .."alieel" as: MA",v, S.oi, no by the god..' Hel. P-N common apeech alwa71 _ ,. iD either caM (17of6), .. : Theoph. 99t 11(0 MA THN {.(J)THpiAN (IOU Ifa-,OII a6,-6. So now Nl (6XI) MA TO 810, Pal MA THN nieTH May, ..al MA n}r clAIj6f1a.

'

Bap".

"""fI"

6,,-.,

6,-,.

a.fli,."..,._,
or

lHl. For the oocaaional omfuion and repJaoement

of,. -

17~ I.

1188. Many verbs, originally intransitive, have become itive from being compounded with a preposition : 1TIt.. TI"Q,~apG&

trans-

'flatter.'

311J/Jal.. fJ'O'f'apd", .apa~ TOV' ""pour, aJpxopGl~" X"'pall, dtroWpci(1II.au...), 3"E/p}(opaa 'go through,' Wrlp}(Ol64l

So too in N, .. : 1&aIlal...,...,."v, dI./Jai...., (IIIIT.Ifal-) ~ (ladAa.

828

Digitized by

Google

AOOUSATIVE.

[UM-ll7L

lie.&. In many eases. a Greek verb is used now in a transitive, now in an intransitive sense :
olu6a.o",,1 TI or TINOC perceive" 1POX>"'. TINA or TINI trouble.' IJI8u""o""t TINOC or TI (1294 1'.) consider.' "'140"". TINA or TINI blame.'

118&. Many verbs, which in other respects are usually intransitive, take an accusative of the same or kindred stem or meaning (U82), 88: f/wwM f/wMTTW 'stand sentry,' ~ ~fIIU pay tribute. This COfJfI4Ie ~ is mostly accompanied by an attributive adjunct:
WON eproN 1~'f!T8ac, nAcAN nIMEAlAN Ifr&~.>""iv(Ja" '1'0" iCpON noAEMoN .,.".,..vvaa. Men. 186 Criv." BioN KpATICTON 9" 8v~v ICpatjr. Aeach.

Pera. 748.

1J8IS1>. So too in P-N. aa: Callin. 75, 13 OAYcIN OAON. IU, ~o h ..... IJAIMIAN lnAlAcYeH. - N: 1I:00aUTAI lUNO /JGH",~ .. iCDTAllc MCrAAO +TAilIMO",
'pt.GTQ) nUll 'PWTHMATAo

1188. The cognate accuaative is often omitted, and ita attributive adjective then aaaumes the (adverbial) form of a neuter plural or

rei 4AAa nlp.Afirial ~aw xpOIlIG' tlOI rei ,u"fUITG .r"p.Afii1flu ,wy",lJoGr. lien. Frg. 359 AnANTA IoI'Amll' 6 IoIiMt ,....,.... 697. wANT' Vt}, ftHJcuPCWfl".

lingular (SI8 f. JI8S): (=.;a;,., ~AQH'a) ,..>"0. all... (0= a""I). ~fJpt.~ lIfljJICu .. 'o>"vp"ca (= O>..vp"IGICI).. ..la.,..) 1/UCa. ram (-'I'cWnp '1'1).. GPtiyIClpl) dPcrylC&Cf!T8al. So ..s..na .laU ~a~1' ftHwrlC.II'
~a;,

'tI'I' ' mer

1187. This 1181189 ia very common in N also, and has doubtlesa largely contributed to the formation of adverbs of JIUUU1er from the neutur plural (518"-532. 1I85): fMu'TWlC. MErAM, .,.M; noW, IF. AYNATA, tli XGIpf'FGJ noMA _ AKPIBA.

1188. Analogous are the .A pluaaesIW'I' rei 'BpUA.1O ('" Tdr lvtllar Ta;., 'lIpaIrA.l_)-#Ufll' .iJan'Alo, tlon1,pca, 3uJ/JGTItpca. ....;;.. """""'" fJl..,..-,.,lx,,1' ma.w, etc. 1189. The accusative is further used with verbs, adjectives, and substantives, tospeeify the particular part of a whole referred to (fJOOII8tJtM of ."ecifict:ltiott or reference, or fheek accusatit1e) :
m~ TlIN KecjlAAHN, TorC ocjl9AAMoYC, 'have

pain in the head, in the

. ,'

'As.,..aior re) riNOC 'an Athenian by birth.'

1J70. So too: (,.cl) &"opa by nam~' (,.cl) .,wor by birth,' (,.cl) .lIor in appearance,' (,.cl) .;por, f'nI,or, salor, IFAijlos, nullf in width, height, depth, number, beauty,' etc. lCp. Ia33 f.) lien. 75 /lIAr. . CroMA .,' 'I'Yl(e4N ./10";;'. Boph. O. T. 371 'rIII/>AOr TAT' rbTA TON T. NaYN TAr' OMMAT .1. Xen.llem. .. 6, 7 nANTA tI~ olIx 01"" ~. hi,.,.. .f_.-CalliD. 138,18 M.T6pos THN TiXNHN.

'tI'I'.

"11'1L The specification or reference is sometimes, though rarely, expreBBed by the dative: Xen. Cp. I, 3, 10 TAic rNQ,MAlC nl Toic CQ,MACI tlfdAo,uvovr. (4. J, 8 329

Digitized by

Google

1271-1278.]

ACCUSATIVE.

&~p8a, TClr oyvdIpAS.) 2. 3. 6 ,~ cM. noeiN .lp& TllxW om XCpciN z.x.,6r. So often Tcjl Tpomp, Tcjl AOrIP 'as regards manner, speech.'

"l1l711. This construction becomes uncommonly frequent in Biblical Greek and ita subsequent imitations, as: I Cor...... 20 p~ 1nI0Ilill -'".11'. TAic 4ipEciN, clMcl T~ KAKi4 ",,"'OCfT" Rom ..... 20 'I'.Bwa,.w., TH nieTc!. Luke 24, 25 Ilpdfir ~ KApAi~. Aota ... 36 KWpaOSTIj) rENcl. 18.311q,._ol T~ T~XN", Callin.60, 13'App/l'lOI' nji riNEI. 72. 16 ~ppcIH7T'l T<P CtOMATI.
11173. Neither the accusative nor the dative of specification is known to N, their place hlWing been taken either by .Ir or more frequently b,. a subject nominative, as: '/lo",IfII 'c Tll XEPA, 'c TC>N noAA (Cretan), 'I hurt my hand, my foot.' p~ 1I'0I'oUI' TA MATIA MOY (nom.)~clAoy& TcM ~ptM.

1274. The accusative servilB also to denote ea:tent of 8ptM:6 or time, then time generally, thus answaring to the questions far? 1ww long'Itohen '1-( 1242).

'"*'

Xen. A.n. ,3, I, 2 Tijr 'E).).daor e~ ,..._ 4 MyplA CTAAIA ix",. 'Th. 6, 49 tJPG If/J" xpijlla, trGlficr8m, dJr'xovra SlIpaKOI/fJWII oIJrt nAorll noAYN otW. OAON. lien. 547 .flla6,..._ o~a.lr ).1I..eGIIf. nOAyN XPONON. Xen. An. 5. 8, 24 Tour KVIHJS Tour XaAftI'oUr TM: "'" HMEPAC a.a,ag, TAt a. N'(KTAC o4xGU'. Aeachin. I, 9 cS lHIJIo08iT"r alllpp;'B", 011'03.1_1" iiN WPAN II'pou;,.r.. UIHJ' ,.4l" lI'aiBa ,.4l.. lA.fvD,po" ar ro lMaulI:a)..i.,..-G Philologus 52. 161,6 ikON Cir tf1alllOV (read ~palllOll)[II, ,."B'" &A.O)S uU A.VII'Oii (&A.r TI? cp. A.cta Tho. 3, 16 f.). So too in, as N: 'npft,.,,- AIAKOCIA MiAIA. ,.e} xeupce} .7... TpiA MiAIA ptUt",a. 1t0lp4nu OAH" THN HMEpA". 'Afl1nI TPEic tBAoMAAEC. fllfe TO BpAAy. TA MEcANYKTA.
IHJvtmJ8"oll

M'r

11"-"""

l:a76. This use 'of the accusative aasumed, in -the eou1"B9 of H times, a wider extension until it has ultimately established it&elfin N as the only meana (besides adverbs) of expreaaing apace and time in the senae of 1&otI1 far' holD long' and then also limply w1Nre, __ , (1528, cp. 1391). Sept. 43, I:; ptr' 'peW .,ap f#lG'YO"'IU 01 Iriptrntoc I.prwr TatN MECHMBpiAN. Ex. 7. IS /IUolltW .",;" h,.. Td np(Oi. Dion. H. i ....8, 15 fIr A6-ywr 'AIU i,.ol THN nAEYTAiAN I1I'l ,",.,.011'1I0Il cYNOAON. Jou 4t.Ji2 xflt. Wp.... IiBAO"'N ~ oWrcW 4...,,.,.6.. Just. ApoL 1,67 THN N ToU ~AlOll HMEPAN 1t0l"; tnbrru n}II """IAfIIII'II' ffOCfnSpt9a. Acta Tbo. 3, :I flit" IIWe}. 1I'tpnraToWna TO MECHMBpINON. Conat. Apoat. 7.30 THN ANACTACIMON ,.oU KuplOll HMEPAN, THN KYPIAKHN f4IUII, "",,4px.t19t da&llAti1l'ftlr. Callin. 79, 8 TtfN NYK'I'A TAyYHN u.. 1101"1" 11.. Mal. 405, 5 lIfIl-,lrmu WPAN TpiTHN ~ ~,Mpa.r. 80 tea now: ~". TO MECHl4epr, ,.a...lk ~N KYprAKH", C.""";C- TO XEIMcONA, . .

-,..x!A

11178. In statements of time useciated with a Saint's "y_ very popular method of dating since (J times owing to the great nUIlIber of Sainta-the aocusative ~" ~,Mpa.. la generally omitted, and the name of the Saint thus standa elliptically in the genitive with the article (1219). 0.0.7... T "I'lor XApMAMnH, ~plt raY MlXAHA 'ApxArriAOY, ...w. dH TcOlI 'l'YXcO"; THC nCNTHKOCTlic, THC CTAyponpOCKYNHCHC, eto.--See alao 1229.

III The inllCl'iption bears the mealliDgl_ reading ,,*,,011, bat dfpcJ_ la required by both the aenae and the Tplll'lpaf vWor of the m1l8ical n. tion.

330

Digitized by

Google

ACCUSATIVE OF REFERENCE.

[11'1'1-1179.

..t by.".,."'" with the accull8.tive, while the question "nee

1I'1'l. Obaerre t'urt.her that the question '1Ioro old?' is anawered in is lUl8Wered by the simple a.ccllSllotive of the ordinal numerals: ,.pcMw.,. '"' 'Y~f thirty years old '-N ,.",PM )(ptWOI'.

ID"""

,.pi,. "''"'P'''''' '7'0" "0U7'; three or tom years ago '-N ftJpa nl 3110 ,.,.,. -xp6row or (cl,,)'" ni W ,.pia xp611U1. (Op. 1834).

'''.",..It,ul'''' eight days since '-N .rH (tr-) &xrW It,u".,.. W.",.. 7'11""," Itl'lpu" a week ago '-N ,n,/MP' &)(7'"

,,"A.

1178. A great number of accusatives of the cognate relation, limitation, and extent (1265. 1269. 1274), have crystallized to mere adverbs-adverbial accusative ~ dpx,," oil 'on the whole not,' oliU" not at alL" , not at all.' clAryo., ("'''',0., {jptJXu, a little.' ""I'7'Oxlanr. (BC. 63o,,) 'the quicHat woAti by far. way.' lI'Olla in many waya,' frequently.' """ wMtia" ' straight. ' ,., 'somewhat.' M trOAAa for the most part.' ,.1; 'in what respect,' 'why" (M~ ..a.ro 'altogether.' ri trpciro., (,.",,) trp&rrr,,,, '-at &rat.' ,.IN ,.pono,,; 'in what IDIUlner , .. 1Jw.-.po". ,.pl"OII, in the second, ,.oii!"Oll ,.A" ,.pcltro. 'in this way.' third place: mill7'll "pOrrOll 'in every maDDer.' ri AlHno" for the rest,' 'in fu- trpcS;aalP ' ostensibly.' ture:' IJflllpta" , gratuitously.' ri ,.Mf1I7'IIio" at length.' 7'1IxO" (2125 f.) 'perchance.' &aOll 'as far as.' ri trpU. before.' 1Jl,,'I" ,.&PcI~ 'in the manner of.' ri"v" 'now.' ri ,.,m 7'G~ 'hereafter.' x.drA. nlfM 'fOl' the sake of.' ,.DV AcIyov XaplP 'for the sake ef argu,.". dp~ 'at the beginning.' 'at last.' ment.' I";,,, x.GP'. 'formylliloke.'

~ri

DOUBLE AOOUSA.TIVE. 1179. Two accusative&, usually one of the pel'8On and another of the tbing(u47),are often required by verbs denoting teac1atng. GSIMg, "",",",ittg (1297), clothittg, hiding, depritMag, and the like, as: a.&icr_ ,.,", n, 'teach' dl"lx'-I", 1..3;"', 'clothe' IICIJU., 'undreaa,' 'strip' tra&IJ.v. ' instruct' df/Nupfopaa, drroa.,..p;., 'deprive' ,,~, ~inr7'o",o" '~e'
cura-, vrrol"I"'TJfT_, r.8Dllnd '

_".".-, 01";_, ,.uU "', 'uk' Xen. An. 3, 2, 11 d.a~ iue /COl ToYc ,._ trpgyd",.. KINl.YNoyc. Ar. Nub. 641 oil TaYT I"..,.., ee. X-ell. Mem. 3, 1,5 fpia,.o el a&IJGaa,. THN cTpATHriAN. Cyr. 1,3, 11 TdN iawoii XITWNA bliNoN Lya. 32, ., T"N eyrA1ipA IICpllfrTC TdN eANATON nu h3~. 831

(.'a)w-pdTnt,(da}trpcl7TOp.a" exact'

avM,. 'deI!poiL'

(1321).

,,,4*".

Digitized by

Google

DOUBLE AOOUSATIVE.
lB8O. So too in P-B, .. : Callin. 58, JO m.ta._ AiTON TA rpAMllATA. !H, 24 TAyn Illwlrt" t)pGr. 101, 19 CAKKON AirON 1.aHas.-So fI1rther ill N, at least partially: Ti c '''''"''''; TON 1rrv/TGJf KOKKINA po9xA, THN hwhw. 4jlAp.u.KI.-For the moat part, however, the p81"11Onal or remoter accaative is now expressed by the datival genitive (1347).

:ua81. The above verba, when used in the paaaive, retain the accusative of the thing, but the personal a.ccuative becomes aubjec\ nominative (cp. 12HSb. 1462), as: PI. Kenex. 336.A. MOYCIKHN ,u" 6d AJ.","pov _loIetr, PHToPIKHN .. "... An.flGw-ror. Xen. Mem.4, 3, J4 THN O'l'IN ~Ta.a. Callin. 58, u fllleTO nAIMiAN. 122, 20 nAlbEiAN '1rGI1lf1iBrl. See al80 1383.

'&M.

1182. Other transitive verbs may also take a second, cognate accusative (1265), 88: PL Apol. ]9 B M'A",.6r ME THN rpA4IHN.....m,.. ']1. brousht this impeachment against me.' Th.8, 75 GJpItOHI'fIII TorC crpATI&,TAC TarC MEriCTOYC OPKOYC they made the 801diers &wear the most 101emn oath.: Xen. An. 3. J, 18 HMAC TA AicXICTA alaC.TIII. ])em. 18, 28 Au.aa.p.hux noMA TliN noAIN t)""'" ~&..j"fI' nl MEr......

'.,fI#a:ro

1188. When ueed in the paaai'fe these verba retain the cognate accusative, while that of the person becom.ea subject nomiDative, .. : PI. Gorg. 5200 AMHN qEPrEciAN tW""'""tlr. Phaed. 255'" nACAN kP.Mi... "pGftv6".."or. See aleo 1281.

1184. Two accusative&, one aernng 88 the object and the other 88 its predicate, are required by verbs denoting to call, tkcltwe, 8'hoto, pt'Of)tI, tJIOke, cAoo8e: dllO"aC-, ).Iy. ,.urd ,., call one IOmethiDg
conaider, deem' prove, make, render' alp/opa&, ,""",",,,, choose , appoint' rapix.w/p.avrd.,., make myself.' Men. 673 ibiAC "",C, ,.." 4>-- TAC CVM4!OpAC. Xen. An. I, I, 2 /aapti~ KypON CATptitHN Inlf/'" lCul CTpATHrON drr/a.~ Tb. S. 8z 01 IITpar"""& MKIBIAl.HN CTpATHrdN o. Xen. An. 3, 2, 5 ApI.iON ~s.'Ao,",'. BACIAiA mSacmWcu. Cyr. 2, I, 22 ,.1\. la..".". X.P9 iAyTON rrapC}(f" qnll8H "oir I1p1f.olHT'
drro~lvlJ""

lIO".IC., ;.ylolW&, "Pt....

_I.,

trO.I., woJOp.tll

.n.o....

trhr...

lJfKb. So too P-N in all above verba or their substitutes, aB: Callin. 65, :12 06xi l.oYAON UyTON 'AfoyfII -' 'Tft,._; 70, 9 lIGn34ano AlIa..... IX". nATpA TON' TnATION.-So too !lOW: Ar,. call'; IIpl_. ')(1'1. 'oonaider,' deem '; __ make'; ltf1TfIIITal_ render'; 1aaA1'P" ae1eot,' chOOllll,' etc., .. : To.. ft... KAe4jlTH", , ..".4 ME nAoYclo". 1181. In Biblical compoeitions and their imitations, the _Dd or pr. dicative accu..tive is frequently expressed by the prepoeition ,Is. See. 55'.

1I86b When turned to passive, the above verba (1284) become copulative (1249), and thus change both accuaativea to DOminati'fe8, one {the Dearer or personal) to subject, and the other (the remoter) to predicate (cp. 1281. 1462), .. : 'A),,/3&03'1r IIT~ ,pi",. So too in N, as: cl N&lCdAar (/&opltrnpcc) ~r.

'y""

332

Digitized by

Google

GENITIVE PROPER.

[IIS8-1I8O.

THE GENITIVE.
19S8. The Greek genitive has two fundamental functions: first it serves to determine a noun and the nominal notion inherent in a verb (of); and then to denote the emanation of an actionjroM somewhere. considered in the proper or metaphorical sense. In the former case it is a genitive proper answering on the whole to the English of, in the latter it is an Gblatit-e answering to the English from.
ISS'7. In its function aa genitive :proper, it still fully obtain8 in N (1242 tr. 1288-1315), while aB an ablatival genitive it haa been replaced either by the accusative (1316-1346) rr by- prepositional con8truction ll245 f.). I. QENITIYE PROPER.

!SSS. The GEKITIVB PBOPBR may beA. SUbjective genitive, denoting the poII88SI!IOr or author in IlUbstantiVee, adjectives, and the copulative verbs dvcu, yly"rrfJa.&, ~ W'IJICirr6cu, ete. ( 12 49). ~ Kypoy IJTpanG-nl ToY IoA(J)NOC-rG TOON 'EMHN(J)N-WpM ~ THC
'ATilllloc-Ki"... MlATIAloy-U'p&v.;;r cS :AN8innoy. unola.. f/IlfH'" oil nANTOC, QA).' ANlpOc c~-Xen. An. 2, 1,12 {:loac).,w ~iraa v"ar eAyToY ..1..aI. Men. 121 &r JEal"'Pftu, realm!. oillC ANlpOc c~_.ia6ac 7" eAyToY. So further: ,3Ior, ~ior, ICOI~, QA)..wp&Or TINOC (but also 7"'" 1371), proper, pertaining, common, foreign to.' So too in N, .. : ,) ToY nAllloY-.J . . , TOY UcrcAAoY-TiNOC .... 7'tl i.,.nr4Al; (EAI"llHMHTpioy.) U88b. Anociated with this genitive is the UIIe in N of .r~ with a verbal aubetaDttve, chiefty in -,,0., to denot.e that a person or thing ...... or i4 aboIII to autrer the action implied by the substantive, .. : .rlM" ToY CKOT(J)MoY 'I am or deserve to be killed.' .llM" TOy An08AMoY I am dying.' .llM" ToY CKOINloY KAi ToY nAA'I'(KIOY 'I deaerve to be hanged.' .l/MU .... mADIr,,,,a, I am very tractable.' lS89. The 8ubjective ~nitive often 8tands elliptically after the prepositions .lr. ;", sometimes allO after 1". In that case it refen to IOmething poase8sed by the genitive (generally Muse, 8C1tool, Umple, fJltue, etc.), but oJnitted owing to ita great frequency (1517 b f. 1553 b f.

"""fJf'I

1565 b),
I.

7'",,), ,lr Aloy (IIC, 7'.swrw)-+X7'a. ,Ir lllACKAAoy, .Ir tiAoy (10. 07_)-.lr' AnoM(J)NoC, "r 4,Oc (10. l.pIw). into the temple 0(: I. KI8ApICToY (se, Jq.). I. lllACrcAAoy (10. from the teacher's: lI88b SolltDlngalarq in Nwith .lr ( .. elraDd iJI 1~47) and 11w6 (-I. 1506), .. : (Iwihu ',"'N) ,ic ToY lllACrcAAoy. ,ic ToY rlTONOY, dc ToY rrANNH, dc

aB: ~lOY (10.

0'1_>

ToY npAMATeYTH, ,ic ToY &cloY

4HIIHTPH, Ano THC krAc TOY.

T_

('p}(f'rGI) "no Tot lllACKAAOY, Ano ToY

1990. B. Objective genitive denoting the object atfected by an action or emotion. . This is commonI, With verbal substantives :
~

THC nATpiloc

INTIJpla-~

;frllllpia HloNOON-cS cfI6fjor TciiN nOMMi(J)N-

cS 1A.8por ToY CTPAToY-d_ TOON tiA(J)N-citropla ciToy-dctlop,.q Epr(J)N.

333

Digitized by

Google

lS9l-1298.]

GENlTIVE PROPER.

1191. Though le88 common, this usage stilllubataDtia1ly obtains in N: .; dyU,", ToY KPACloY-cS .,rosor TOO" rpAMMATOO"-& q,ofjor ToY nOMMOyre} I7ICOfll'O TOy KHnOY-TO "'""'"' THC Ni.HC-TO o,u.,p4TfJ coy. 1191.
2.

With verbs, substantives, and adjectives referring to

judicial matters, to denote the cause or crime : alll:,. 1'&.0 TINoe 'proaecute ' 01n6ll"" 1'&" TINOC 'amuae' pt". TwO TINOC ' try , -ypciq,opa&" " ' iDdict ' olpl." " 'convict' dAlmcolUlt TINOC 'am convicted ' q,fVy_ TINOC 'am prosecuted' _oq,e{,y." ' am acquitted' .; aUcr" 'Ypaq,~ 'charge,' indictment' ,,0 l-ytr.Aqp4' crime' OfT&"r, '"o)(or, w-oalor ' guilty d..at"Ior ' not g'Ililty' Xen. Cyr. I, 2, 7 01 DfflITO& acmCoVCTI.. AXAPICTiAC. Lya. 27, 3 01 rrplIT{3fu ~WpOON ;"p;,s"lTaP. Xen. eyr. I, 2. 6 -Y'r,TO& 1-ytr.A~1UlT0 ml BiAC If.al AnATHc. Eur. Frg. 633 noMwN "0 xp~p4T' 011'&' d"spci.ltrocr KAKWN. 1995. This genitive is foreign to N, seeing that the judicial ayatem of Greece haagonethrough many changes since.A. times. (Oll. on 027.) [Such N expressions as atTio .,.oli BaNTOv, etc., belong properly to 1390 f.]

1194. 3. With verbs and adjectives denoting expert in, eoger for, mindfid of, caring for, ruling over-and their contraries.
Soph. Frg. 63 ToY ZHN .,op rroMr ek cS 'Y'Ip'ilT..... 11'9' Men. 438 0 rpAMMATOON (Jrmpor oV 8A''lTf& flAbr.II. Men. 8 h8ptMrOr &I.. "I/A"'IIJ'O THC KOINiic tYXHC. Xen. Mem. I, 4t 17 .; TOV 8.oii q,pO"'IlT&r &po nANTooN br&1">"&1'01. PL Rep. 579 0 eATToY ,L. dtr.pciT.p ';MOON fn}(f&pti /lp](f"" Leg. 721 B. 8"0 too: i<fJ/'pGI' desire,' IJpI-ropoc, .,Aixopoc 'covet.' 1196. In N thil genitive survivel iD the caae of a number of verba, aa : 8vp.ovlUl& (i. e. l..8vpov",o, 13';. 723) 'remember,' o..OlTTop()Uf'O& 'recollect,' ITVUoyov"a& 'think or.' clJAqfTf'O..... E.J(.... 'forget.' So further: ""D.. 8q1'or THe ~OYA~IAe, dllljEtvpos ToY tWcMOY, etc.-In the remaining caaea. it haa been replaced either by the accusative (1242-7. cp. 12(}6), 118: Callin. 71, 11 q,po".,.iC- TA rr"or TO ij... 96, 29 lrr.""A.iTO AYTON. CGL 643,24 rro q,po.,.tC. C~ non curo u. Acta XB.nth. 79. 13 I"P'~rTf& 68fUr lCal TA rr.pllToii mr al TA 'IT.pl"a~T1'/r rijr ECV11r-or by a. preposItion (1245). lI98. 4. But verbs ofmMtllberi1lfl andforgetti1lfl can have the object, when it is conceived aa a general thing, in the accusative: TA nApAHAy80TA ""'1f'O... wI_cl"''''II'Oll';''' TorC AaroyC. 1197. In.A we may aay dPa""ePlT/c. "1.0 TINOC betlide ,,&.0 TI (1279), , I remind one of something.' We muat further distinguish between ;,.yco~ TINOC (e. g. ITTOOTf~f'OTor) 'I lea.d,' 'command,' and ;,yio,"" TINI (e'I' IIGVCTL.,) 'I conduct aa a guide'; then /Cpo"c. TINOC 'rule over,' an /Cplrri. TlNA, 'conquer,'

1198. 5. With verbs denoting tasting (eating, drinking), enjoying, partaking, when they refer to a part and not to the whole (1310): ;".sw TINOC 'eat of' rrtllOll 'drink' l'Ua. n.o TINOC 'trea.t' 1fVop4i TINOC 'taste'
","aAa~

&~ TlNOC 'benefit from ' 'partake' p.rrC}(CII, OIN"'., 'have a share ' I"Taata."" "",t TINOC I give a share.' "r' Xen. An. 4t 8, 20 TWN KHpiooN &ro, ,~ rra.,.,r ilq,pollfr _ -poPTO. Mem. 4, 3, 11 tllToAa~". nANTooN TWN ArA8wN. Pt Leg. 721 B rO -yfllOr f'fntAqq,r 8ANACiAC.

_oAav.. TINOC 'enjoy ,

08,.__

334

Digitized by

Google

GENITIVE PROPER.

[1~1808.

1189. InNthla pDitive iarepJaced by the aocuaative(1242), mostly.imple, as 14-,0'" (I' 'am fond of you,' but 80metimea preceded by the preposition tl...cS (1313) : .,,.,.,., 'I'CIlMi 'eat bread,' XOprablOl ~A/'i 'get food enough,' TaU ...... AnO TO Kp..ci 'gaye him of the wine.' So even N8I'I'. Zoa. 107, 17 'rf1lnllla& A"o oV EvAov T,r COJijr.

..,a..

r.an

1800. 6. With verbs denoting: touching, taking hold of, _ing, hitting, reac1ting, fnis8ing i-trying : Men. 314 iieoyc lluioy f/HJi.;~... ~ .vaw, >.~. Eur. Hipp. 1326 ~T' 1(fT' lral aol .....a. CYrl'NOOMHC TVXfU.. Th. 4. 85, 2 ,~""." nic chrci rou '",i fto>../pov 101HC. Dem. 18, 253 nr .,"'" d"6pW.,, o~ "OMooN UKooN
frfftfl"arlU ;

l80L In Nthia genitive also has been rep1aoed by the accusative (1242).

HMEPAC MAKPAC ftA.uiir-pu76cir TeCCApCllN MHNooN-auc" XIAiCllN lpAXMooN.-(fTpci.,rvpG l1CM'(piCllN citrA.'''';'JO-OTcSMr 1I1AcociCllN NewN. So too in P-N, as: Callin. 59, 16 eTooN ;S"lIma 1RIlltftJ.-N: .,oiicor W.ft 0PrYloo' .,,) tijAor. Tp!WN "HXoo" ~-...I""f lPAXMoo' "..N,-II- XpoNoo" dP'l-TPloo' MepW' IIpcSllor. 1808. Convenely the thing measured or weighed not rarely stands in Gppofttion (1159") : Hdt. 8, 4 ',"1 1"ITBt; t'P'9/CO/ITCI TMANTOICI. I, 14 ITt'ROfl)" '"o...,u t'pujlCO/ITO TAAANTA. LYB. 2, 21 ft,,,.,q/Co...,a JW.p.a3ar CTpATIAN. Xen. An.3, 16 1Jao'aA.&a~" CTPATIAN 3"/It/CQ flvp.a3ar.-Alchem. 312, I A.a~" YllPAfNPON Al.,~r y', /Cm tf'CeNIKoN AlTpG/I a'. 313, 25 A.a~" XAAKON ,...all fIIR", et puaim. Theopb. 447, 12 o'"OITt">.A.f& 6 /Cup,r Bov>.yaplar ,tJ ",A..ab MON. 4P, 23'11" 3&io x&A&d3tr" ApAlkc. Porph. Adm. 232, 19 cXoAApiKIA Cvy~" fMtU'. 233. J ~" 'VY~II TA cxoAApiKIA. 243. 8 AOrAplON Iff".",,,apaa,, i". Cedr. 2. 19 Iypoyc' 'AKCIl8iT..c ftA.q80r .oA.v.-FTrinch. I J (hooo) iAAiAC at.3prr /Cl. 1804. So too now invariably and universally: lItSo xwdlltr APAXMC, t'p.i'f IaaIIn rAM. 'nT,) 3pcS.pua u"Nci". 1306. In like manner G-B writers sometimes, and N speech always, use the accusative (instead of the genitiv~) in designations of measure associated with the adverbial expreaaions p?,wr (N pU/C"ar) ~por (trA.Mur), vvur (N +ijA.ur) (JdtJor, ,JyttJur, etc. (1233b). 108. Ant. IJ, I, 3 olIfollo~(1_." ailt'')'' Glf-Of "~,, 'EqlfOJ'Tll ""Xt:lC, T;'I' 11' ailTiiw /J08or cmaAMAC Uo. _ t',) .lIpor. Porph. Cer. 473 SoN: .r", /SW OprYIEC t',) SUOf (...A4TOf, "upor,IJijAor), or'Xf./J4Ior(...AtiTor, p/utpor,IJijAor) /Iv,) 0PN.eC. 1808. On the other hand, in Daming a place or country, B writers substitute the attributive genitiye for apposition, a practice which has many parallels in Homeric and .A Greek, but is foreign to N. (B 1:13 "Aioy ftToA.I,Bpw. a 3 TpoiHC ftTuAt.Bpo". E 642 "Aioy ....sAlII. also Ear. Bel. 1560. 6 103 .ls &aTV ZeAeiHC. B 301 "pl" AHMNOy 1G'Gr br4d,u. Bdt. 7. 1~6 KAMApYNHC.,,) &nu. 7,42 KANHC Spar. Th. 4,46 I" t'fj 8pt, Tiic "CTOONHC.) Niceph. Conat. Biator. 53,14 n}v w6A&II XepcOONoc. n. 16 tii tnSAf, N,uiAC. 64 ,""~(lOI/tliic t'.&qpaual 9Hp..ciACnAovllll'ar. Theoph. Cont. 295 wpM .,." 'GVTOii xcllplU'Tiic I>pArKiAC. 313,18 ...sA&. AMANTIAC. 320 d 1IIlII'r,. NAynAKTOY. 463, 21 .,fj 6pt, ToY OAYMnoy.

~P&9pt'

1801. C. Qualitative genitive denoting the eztent, measure or fItHJIber, tDeight, Ne, tICIlue, or age :Xen. An. 2, 4t 12 Tfixor f~P" .LcOCT' "olooN, ~or 3. I/Caft". 2, 6, 20 DpO~_ ~" h, d,"/6"111T/C'" bOON .,p,a/Co".,a.-TPlooN HMepooN

.1'

'x-

335

Digitized by

Google

l3O'l-1314. ]

GE1'ilTIVE PROPER.

ol "o+ol nilN .N9pcin,lOII-o IpctlTOl .nANTCI)_m YMWN; IMftr AiTcillIeij~ THe BoltoTi"e-nii riie; 'where on earth THe "M'Pole 'late in the day'-clr Tc.VI' y8pCI)C 'to such a degree of licelUle.'-'1'h. 1, 65, 1 ('ApttlTm) t,lU.ual awe}nc.UN M'"OITUlI 2, 56, .. ol 'AIIpa.'Oc 'n,... THe rHC woM.,. 2, 56, 6 ~o Ir Dpa". . . THe Tt riic 'T.,... . awe} Te} .6",,,,,,,.

1807. D. Partitive genitive denoting a whole, as contrasted with its parts :-(cp. 13 14).

"-IJ/fI'

nv-

.r-.

,fA"".

1308. When the govemiDJ. word is a q1J8Dtitative adjective, it 1UIII8lly takes the ,mt/er of the gemtive (cp. 1191) : ci ~O&trclr TOY xpoNoy-nic rHe Tq" ..oU~_TOi ciToy ,w 91"1TVJ'. 1809. So too in N, especially with certain acJjectiftll deu"'ing a part. as: o aB4Nr MAC (534) 'each of WI,' pO"". fUlII' by th8Dl88lvee,' 3AG& MAC 'all of 118,' Mal or av.s Cole both of you.' (Cp. 53+) 1810. Agreeably to its usage (I 307), the genitive partitive

stands also with verbs of tasting and partaking. See 1298. l81L For the sake of greater perspicuity, the partitive genitive.
ellpeciall,Y when depending on a numeral or on an articular superlative, is 80metlDles strengthened by or lE (1504- cp. 1299.1329', as: Bdt. 1,1g6 TiI" ,Wff1TGT1I" EK _Iow. 5, 87 pWrIOI' el avr-. '1'h. 1, 110 OAtlO' And Xen. lIem. 30 6, 17 ToW 1a1l"".'opl_EK ,... p/WtlTa .".ttTapI_. Th. I, 116 ~ '4._ I'CIiir .nd Ta. 'foPPII (Cp. I. rao lK ",p,T_ wjIOTtl'w..n... )-Sept. Ps. 105 .rr El aww.. 06x Callin. 77, 3 .rr If EK ~ waa-. 78, 16 el..... ib. 19 IN El ..... 121, 20 ft.~, .nd ~ UtA4*r. 125.20. 109, 27 OAtlfl EK .,. ,,,,,..,,..,. 18lS. In the COU1'll8 of P times thie periphrasis became more popular, 8I{l8Cially in connenon with numerals, like ,r" No etc., then Tt"t', woAAoi, oAJoyoc, &Mw, after which the prepoeitioDl ' dd, eometimee aI80 ... (prompted as they were by the parallel usage iD Latin of ez, itIter) ..... felt as an _ntial requleite. .AI time went on, thie prepoeitional ClODlI&rUotion became an a1moet normal feature of common epeech, and finaII,.. reeulted in the N practice of expreeaing regularly by .I.. (after I. hid become extinct, 1570) the relation of the partitive genitive and ita cognate comparative genitive. See 1504 If. 1818. Aa an abbreviated or elliptical form of this partitive relation we may consider the case where the numeral T'''''' is omitted as selfevident. The simple or prepositional genitive depending on then aaaumes ita syntactical function and 80 is treated like a eubject DOminative or object accusative (cp. 1514 f. 1569; RKflhner'ii. 290 3) : Acta 21, 16 """1"/01' mi TcilN M,,9HTWN (IC. T'''~') .,. . .",-... lohn 16, 17 Clwo" 0;" (BC. T'''~') E TWN MA9HTWN awoii wpM cLV.4ACM. "tth. 23t U K El AyTWN (BC. Twds) awo.,.....iTf Mal El "iTWN "".,,71""''''', John 7. 40 iK ToY OxAOY oW llC. T.,,~r) MoWaPT" .,. 1..60(.. 'A."fOI'. 2 John .. nr,.,eK TcllN TKIIUlN "011 (IC. Twclr) ft/H1r1lToWras I" Acta '5.7 E'II vMiN (for Tt"or ' 6p&.) '."IGTO 0 1.61. Leont. Neap. V. J. 88, 12 quoted in 1793-Cp. RKtlhnerl h. 29, 3. [In lohn 3, 15 we might read: "rI"fTO ''+THeir (TICl")'. T'" pafrrrGw'~,wN 'IovIaiOll.]

no

woU....

'.' ' 01'

.f,

w.A""".

wG"""

TI"''

dA.,I""

1814. The partitive genitive further stands, in a more or less partitive Benae, after adverbe, particularly those of place and time (cp. 1307): TOii TAc rHc; 'where on earth?' 1rVTUp n1 C r~ c in every part of the globe.' cI_ Tof nOTAMoi' 'above the river.'-'IJ"On THe HMepAC; 'what time of the day?' TP'sTOi 336

Digitized by

Google

GENITIVE, ABLATIVAI..

[181.4-181.8.

MHNOc 'three times a month '(cp. 1342), "~T'NOC 'withouUhe knowledge of some one.' 80 stand: ".ov, ni, "Mh", wh8l'l!,' "".l,' early'

whither,' 'wlaeDoe' &.raf, bk, T'pir, ete. 'once, t/wiee, ilff'Gv8a & I,CI;' '''M" lailJo, 'there,' three times, ete.' 'taither,' 'thence' tritr iJPIS Tile rN<i)lIHC; 'what is traIff'G~Ov everywhere' lOur opinion? ' oMapov 'nowhere' ., (o~_, W, ip&C1T'G) i""" TOy Bioy ivrdr 'within' >'d8j1!1, /cp~, 'without the know.". 'inside' ledge of' 11rT'6r, I~, 'outside' 1(dplP 'for the sake of' ",",~v 'between ' 3~ , in the manner of' ~.,w., Iyyi.r, 'near' "~'1. 'except 1p7rp0a8.. before,' in front' X,.pk , apart , &rr,,,.s.. behind' .u.v 'without' turraJfrllCPv opposite' ;Plg 'for the sake of' ,,""&/cR, when' Il](plo, IM}(P', until.'

..

".w.,

l8l6. 80 far &I they stillmrvive in N, the above adverbs and their IUbetitutes but rarely UJr.e the genitive, &I: /CPVt/JIJ ToY ~iiN'" &rr{q"" MOY, _d.,., MOY, 110"'0 coy, ,;",.;,cp,",; TOW'...aft MOY, bG,.aa TO, ~yd tlAcii. They are much more commonly followed by the :preposition';"'o or .lr and the accusative, a pheDGlllenoa, however, which is of ancient date, as: lbl. 66, 6.t I ...., 10.s.CU iN. 81, I N. So a45, u. 98, 15 '",rtpori'. ,No 113.7 clrTlipIS dc:. aI6, 347, I .s.. dc. 353, 9 la.. dc. N ,JaG dc (,JUG 'c) n)o ICGAtllM ... mdr rijr 1IIIA/JrIS. 4(.) And TO-lE. T'9ii. UGpWG dc T'OW-PfTatilTGw ..mu And ft (i. e. "" ft 1508) -_TCU ftn, Cop. JW.. 4aI, 6""'"" lid 7Il "",,.,.). .,.,.a +-.ptlfa rijr. xcuplnoN= le.' ToW.

u" 'a.

"nd

U. .ABL.4TIY.AL GENITIVE.

1818. The ABLATIVAL GENITIVE stands 88A. GeDitive of separation: I. With verbs and adjectives denoting a ~iott, f'ImOtIfJl, relet.ue, di8ttMce,-then itIlpedimetll, yieltlWtg, as:

x.plC. TUG TINOC separate'

dnA~Rrr.,

Av., i>.w8fpd_ T',1'Ii TINGe 'free

",;c. n,o
'Yield'
TINGC re-

G.'Xopai TINoe

_?_ TINoe ' am distant from '

x""pI.., TINOC (also T'IIC)
' abstain from'

_Ix"" mG TINOC 'keep far from'

'yield'

.!not nl'li TIIIOC ',Prevent

lieve'

.lrr. T"'"

TINOC

.'>...VIh,.' free from '.

u8apdr TINoe 'pure from

1817. For the .ue of greater penpiouity. this and the ~nowinl class of yerba and adjectives frequently take before the genitive the preposition 4b,) or It. aa: 'A.vhpoW (d....v.4T'TfI". atle."" dtr.l,.,.. ", ~.s.'''' nU.,,,) drtcS or I. T'_.-In the course of P times this alternative met with a wider ~noe. especially in the common laDgU&ge and ultimately established iteelf in N as the nurmal popular oonstruction: ')AfVT",...,. yAVTa",CU. d]latr03lC., a,;c........rtcS.

1818.
~

2.

With verba and adjectives denoting toilldfYItoGl, need, jiUiffg or ftMfte88, and the like, as : SS7 z

Digitized by

Google

1318-181'7.]

GENITIVE, ABLATIVAL.

drrotrrf,H. TINOC 'deprive' '"'popal TINOC am deprived of' drrO,.OI, fTfI'RIIlC. TINGe am in need' '" TINOC empty , fr).",,&o fill ' fr''''If destitute ' i.au,~ TINoe needy' IIf"" empty' yuplllw TINoe naked' &f4aJl6r deprived of' 'P'lf'D~ deserted ' fr~~P'I~, "..a"or, full.' Soph. Ant. 13 AyoiN AAA~iN l,",p~s"".. aw. Antiph. Com. 265 o ~fll da'lIo;" orANOc &rrCl& NGMOY. Men. Frg. 441, 2 rroAA." ~ MECTON I"", "0 cq" cjlPONTiAtoN. 1319. This construction is foreign to B-N speech (1317), the &ceuaative having taken the pJaoe of the genitive, as: Apopbth. aSI ... A~ .,.pl. COJITII ~II 1111,..,Ao" TA t1".v". 3S B TGAca..,,&i m xo"v. APTON.-N .,.plc., .,.3 tmJpl NPO, Ix6".,oaa 'l'toMi.

",lid

a67-"

1320. Obeerve the peculiarities 0131.-(0) &r pot TINOC (e.g. +po+-) , am short of,' need'; W oAirOY come near being' ; noMoY IJrr' it is far from being' - (b) 31., nOAAoY am lar from being'; ToeoYToy '3b,aa 'I was eo far from '-(c) 310pal TINOC 'stand in need of'; 310pal TINGe TI 'ask

IOme one for'; ToYTO YMWN 3'opal I ask this of you.'

[Acta Xanth. 82, 29 ~

.,.oA."" It lpavriir 3trjfii_ COl,

_niam. Cp.IS2.s.)

1821. Verba 01 dqrillittg admit also of &double aceuaative. (1279.)

Hell. 2, 2, 13 '_IIfTQ"ol'A~ T,pNJo" TiieeTpATHriAC. Ev. Med. 1211

,,","0 8PHNtoN 1IG1 rOtoN Ifrowa"o.

1321. 3. With verbs of begirmiftg and endirtg : Xen. Cp. t, 5, 13 fr.pi"!' aW "oir 6."," Ipx,,,saa nANTOc Eproy.

1323. In N this genitive has made room for the acc1lII8otive. (1242; but cp. 1327.) l31K. There is &dUl'erenoe between IpX. and 1,)(0,",,: &px. TINOc am the first to begin: 'open'; 4pxopal TINOC commenoe ' (a!eo cl..s, ,,,' from ,), as : ToY AOroy 'he opened the discusaion '; fllEan ToY Aoroy .5h he began his speech thus: (1471.)

.P'X'

132&. of. With verbs denoting an actiota 0/ the senses : UoWl, tnnt8cil'OptJ&, hear'; al,,8&I'OptJ, perceive,' 'feel'; I{. 'haye a amell,' amelI'; ~pat,opm , amelI';. Upoo;pm 'listen,' &tn-opm touch, 'feel.' PI. Apol. 17 B dow-acr8. lMoY "'00'0" "~,, d)'~6flCl". Euthyph. 4 C frfl'fm a"af!l frflXropno" ToY iHrHToY B,,,, ](pfl" ..OI'&". Eur. Hee. 991 '" "q,-a /3oIlA" a.mpoII ptJth,,, EMoY ; [Acta Paun et Theelas 253, 8 ~X m",7'Ol MOl fffcptlll,.M,alllMM'OJliam. Cp. I~.) 1328. In Ntbis genitive has made room for the acc1lll8otive.. (1242; but cp. 1327). 1327. When the above (1325) object is not a pel'llOn but a tlti." it generally .tanda in the tJCCUBatire. However observe: un';' and ala8ol/O"'" TI == 'hear something'; .0Wl aDd altr80I'OptJ, TlNOC (penoll or thing) ... 'listen to ' : Xen. Au. 4t 4t at cltrcnlaGl'f'o TON 8oprBON o6x lnrI~f_. lien. 566 cLrow nANTtoN,IIIA1"fOII r A av~p". 384 IIlar cfn, cl"oW." Tci)N rEPAn-EptoN 80 too iD N: &.ow. TA AOrlA pIN, &.owl MOy, ,...,,cC,,. ToY AIABoAoy. (Op.

,lA,.

1398 f.)

338

Digitized by

Google

GENITIVE, .ABLATIVAL.

[:ur.aS-I837.

Ins. B. The oomparative genitive stands with adjectives and verbs containing the notion of superiority or itiferiority (1187):
Men. 477 a,,., war' 117Tla, alpmrrripa AOroY. 528 rfAA.i a' EAYTOY ..A.io. ou.if oM'JIG. Th.6, 16, I wpocr"a, 1'0' "allo. ETPWN (=~ .,.iPOlf) IlPJPIII. PL Menex. 237 D 1l"s/*7tflf ElIJIiaft Wrtpf~, TWN A""WN. Th. I, 91, 5 oYMNoe i$l7T.po& "fN>1'1l ItlnS""".. ~".if. PL Lach. 190 D .,.l b trpoiAoi".6a TcUN .,.ijr dpfrijf MEpcUN; Dem. 2" 211 01 ~piT,pO& ..p6-yol1O& ",..,.oxaal.6nANTWN apeTD. More examples m 5141829. For thia genitive N h.. aubstituted ..,a and in with the _ t i v e (u88. 1311).

1880. The gmitW6 of material denoting the substance out of which something is made :
Dern. 22, 70 0117TltfJa- tMc iWN

4 POA(J)N 4aaP dUa XpYCioy.

1881. The genitive of material may be replaced by the adjective derived therefrom (J06o) or the preposition i" or I. (1245). The latter (prepositional) alternative met with popular favour in P, and N aocordingly G~ the genitive in queation by i.a with the accusative.

1882. C. The genitive of cause accompanies verbs and adjectives of emotion :

Ilyapni ,.uori TINoe 'admire lavpti{. ,.,..0 TINoe 'wonder' ~popjCI, pnlCapl(. 7"&..0 TlNOe
'deem happy'

Soph. El. 1027 ("Au. In ToY Frg. 25 eo+iAC cf>60Pijaa& pi).Ao.. 4 nAO'(yOY mAd-8avpGalOr ToY KAMoye, .Mac".. ToY Tponoy 1CG1 TWN AOrWN.

"'l4o""C.,.,Pi TINOC 'bla.me. NoV, THe at AElAiAe aTVyu.. Agathon

ol.,.l/* .,.,..0 TINoe 'pity' {"AOo., q,60... .,.,.0 TINoe ' envy , &pyl{opnl .,.,pj TINoe 'am an~

1333. For this genitive of cause (1332), hi with dative, a,a with accusative, and other prepositional constructions are also current in A (1389), and these alternatives have gradually led to the exclusive practice in N of expressing the above relation by &ci (now yui 155. 11) with the accusative (1336). 1884. The genitive of cauae stands also in exolamations to denote the cause of the feeling: o'lJIDI KAKo,N. ofJlD' TAAAiNHC, <t>ri TOY ANApoe, ~ ToY &AY_TOC.
1884 1>. In G-B oompositiona, interjections are often oonstruoted with. the dative or aceusative, .. : Sept. EccI. '" JO oWl ,wTfj. Esai. I, .0,," dpaflTOlAIw. Jer. 6. 4 oiled 'I)"'..... Epiot. 3,19, I olIa JID'. Baail. ill. 645 -' o'l/UH n}I' I{IGA.... Acta Xanth. 59. 21 &; 6", 27 ofJlD' Tji MAlt- Apoc. lIIar. IU, 14 &; 123, 27 oiled nM dpa.porGlAo&$

''''or

1886. Sbould the pwson towards or against whom the emotion i. felt be expresaed, it uaually stands in the dative (1355): 6upova6a&, dpyC{.a6a&, xM,woi...,., I'"11T,_i.. TINi TINOC.
1888. Aa expected, this dative ia expresaed in N by the (datinl) puit.ive (1247. 1356, 1583,.) :

Iv""', l'OI'el, XOA&GeQl, trapm-v""" "nEeo"," ToY A6iNA PA ToYTO. 1887. The of datp is proper to the articular infinitive, for whicll. __ 2077 &; App. vi. 23 f.

gall''''

339

Z2

Digitized by

Google

1838-1M4.J

GENITIVE, ABLATIVAI..

1888. The pniti..e of prioe accompanies verbs and adjectives denoting buging, .elli1tg, tHJltring, renting: dyopdCOIII 1, ,b ' wOIII"11III, "'WpGalf. n TINGe '1I811' ';'"opal S7" TINOC uy ,},r031&",d 7'& TINOC '11811 ' purIJd. Tllla TINOC 'rent ' ~.o. 'deem worthy.' Xen. Mem. 2, I, 20 T~N miNO>N ..OIII'AoWIII Jjpill mi...a t'8' 01 tJ.eL Pt. ,Phaed. 9~ B ~ a. Otr.3UI'll" lTo,uoy t'Gr .'A...I&r. Apol. SIC) B lTOcOV

cl,MO'IC" ;-Wf,," MNWIII. So further: wO""OV 'dear,' &>.&')'011 'cheap.' t'1,w t'1 nOMoi (ciAiroy) , I value a thing much (little).' 1839. Beside nAAoii, .A. commonly WI8II ft.pl nAAoii (ftfpl ftAftIlTOII), npl
1RII'T6r, in the oaae offtOlfi'riD, 'value' (1643). PI. Crit. 48 B 06 t'o \till ITpi lTAicTOY ftOl",.4oI- dA.\4l 're) tI
184l0.

c;;...

For the genitive of price, 4rri is a180 adJlliaaible (1501 ; iD (I abo lift 15I1). As to P-N, elr is not rare in post-christian compositions (1553), while N UB88 tile simple accusative (so even Porph. Adm. 232, 3I

IlfT',.,,".cd a67cl AiTPAC a4n).

1841. The answering to former case, no attribute, attribute :

genitive of time stands in a loose coaneUon the questions either When? or Since when? In the it refers to a general division of time and has in the latter it is accompanied by a specifying

G. JIIIms ICal ~,Mpar 'by night and day,' 8lpovr 'in summer time,' ](fl,wwor 'in winter time,' t'ov illlallt'oii 'each .,ear,' TOV fIII..dr 'per month.' Aeachin. 3, 24 lToioy MHNdc ICal III "'''' Jj,JPf 1x.'&p0t'0~ Ar,pDfT811111r ;

, in future.' lH3. The above relation of time may al8e be expreaaed h7 tM aoousative, as: . CIA ii. 1055 (345 B. 0.) "'~JlTa 3110;" apax"''' rdM ENfAyrON. So too 'Et/nI"" apx. 1883, p. 123-4 (329 B.O.). 70. Tbiaexpedieat is exclusively resorted to in N speech (1242. 1274 f.; op. Apophth. ~80 A 3ir TON MMHA. 1314), the genitive being still UII8d only m some lSOlated adverbial expreBBioDB, as: nv "olwoii,-t'Ov ](pOIlOII, nu lCmpOii, 'next year.' 184l8. On the other hand, N sometimes exp_ the _ _ by a 1 _
genitive, 88: IITlfllir cd .,.oii ftfAG')'OII, ....aft 'riP .1Il rmi lGAatracw, nii pMfIDII' 'lengthwise,' .,.oii ftAG7'OI/r 'breadthwiae,' t'oii ~Aov', (TOii) 'TIIlJClll' 'TIIlXOII 'along the wall,' .,.oii .a.0II 'iD "ain.

6. troUoii (If>..lcrrpll) X.pdllOll 'long aince.' five, ten days.' t'a.m,r"ir JIIIlCTor-rijr Jj,Mpar

If....., Ua ''''F,--v Jj".piw 'within (se. JCPd-)

~lHlfoii

1844. Peouliar to P-B Greek, especially since G times, ia the extension of the above temporal genitive to cases where the accusative with or without fwl or ilia + genitive would be more appropriate, that ia in the seD118 of (1527. 1574). LUG. ii. 571 , _ ~ ",,.aiiBG aaaTplI{II,,, TpUUN 4 ft'''" HMp~N. PhU. P2

d",",.,

Clement. I, 1 5 HMP~N a~ Lat'plr{lar. 358 Ctlnlcrct Trl~ '-~N. 12, I MIAC HMEp.c i Callin. 64, 9 MIAt 'rOW H.pAt 6 'Tftnor """ ftoA.",,9tls. 67, 19. 70, 2 ~" -,Gp HMP~ '" 'YfI/fJlipnor. 12a. 1 HII'pciiN ~ ~ T'"as 06 "..,.4A08,,, f'IHHIIiir. Porph)T. Vit. Plot. 52, 12 .r.OCJI_' Er"'N OAO>N ,,, Tj 'pc(,,,,, aaat'plrfar.

HM~N a~ "'f7'7apG0I'7CI aailA'x',lr ,,, 'OAw""",,

",&ran...

365 ~yoiN ,....,.~s

".pi.,.,...

hoiN.

340

Digitized by

Google

DATIVE.
lMI. Elliptical ie the 1188 of the Mint., on which 888 1376.

[lMa-1M8.
of

pili"". in COIUleDon with _

lMe. The gmiUf1t often accompanies also .erbs compotmtkd tDith prepositiotts, which prepositionS ot theln8el.es govern the genitive. Such are in particularAnG : dflO'rpl_ TINGe cliauad. from' ~.,."M TINGe 'remo.... ' '11: 'c~. T'N TlNOe ' expel ' Iti"'"lpl T'N TINoe 'remove' !lATA: _~M. TINGe deride' aT"n;', iIfI:r1IlOfJfw tlNOe 'accuse' IIf4TGItpl"., TINGe 'oondemn ' ItaT1IlIcmCOI TlNGt sentence' np.;: w~ TlN6c ' preside over' w~ TINOC 'proIIect' w,-lX. TINGt 'e:leel' Wpollpl.,OI, ."pon"" T'N TINOC prefer.' TINGe despair of' TINOC d __ from ' TINGe' am dri....n out' 'flllTflpai TlNOe am turned out '

tltrO'Jl".
.nftrT.
~f1.,.".I

1ta~.,10I TlNGC 'despise' ltaTry,"fI'~COl TINGC 'condemn'

11,-""". TINOC ' prefer'

nTflJ/ttRJCopai TINOC vote against w""",,,pI TlNOC put before' l1poc,..&w.&a1 TINoe 'run danger ror ' wpurpl)(.Ol TIN6c ' run before.'

IM7. Aa upeoted, thie oonatruction ie almOBt unknown to N, llinee U1e rorce of the preposition hu long faded awa,-. For ltaTapoVlM" 11011 and U1e like, it any, are felt ...imple (cp. J336).

THE DATIVE.
l348. Generally speaking, the peratmal dative, that is the dative which indicates a. person (or a thing conceived as a person), may be repla.ced by the prep08ltion frpln or .If, aometlmes also IMTU (RKUhner iit. 423 A. 2, " 6, 7, 9. 12). This prepositional alternative, though not e:lten81vely used in ..4., gains popularity in the course of P and particularly G times, notably in connenon with fir (AMQv~",' 511-521 ; GBWinen66. 268; AButtmann 172.188; cp. GHatzi . 225 f.). With the opening of T, the preposition Elf (or rather'r, 1554) begma to be drop~d. and the simple acctUKItive appears henceforwa.rd as a frequent aubstltute for the former personal dative. (Sept. Ex. 31, 6 la..- AYrON .cd TW 'EA.d,8 Ta., ToU 'Axwo,.ox .cd ""1 CJWft'".,au, ... 3~ mw,.,.) Acta Petri et Pauli 43. bti AYrON ToiiTo SI'CU. Acta Tho. 28, 35 (8) rfnll AYraYC 6 dwclllToAor. 42, J9 ml n"CAC AYrAC .ad riiP 1M- &a6_ dwlllT.AM TC1 8& 26 (8) , ., .,a, AYrAc 6 cltnScrroAot Ta MlITpa .cd n)., .. XpcIlT" a~&ao. So 87, 5. 891 5 II~ ~ "."".u-r Me Ta IIW 6.,opo. 9& 31 (R); 95, 5. Acta Xanth. 85, 13 3pa".", ~'.1riTntIA, TtiN :'N8innH" n)., _pot/aIM rijr no"IIfI"'lf. 59, 33 6 cdMl! ri,., OafTc)" ..6"... TW ...1 ~CL Alchem. 305, la ...urroWTn TNt.! TOw ~AlAN. Apopbth. 296 B .l.,,~ TON yiON pIItI llIoachoa 2876 B ~ ..;rON cl -,l".",. Aftipo ,.,,~. 2877 4 '39~.. AYrON I'.pl30 wI,." n;r oWoii c._lu. 3068 B ",,,. AYr ON 3ccl ~ow. lIal. '73, 6 /JowAtv6,...,_ TC1 w.~ nU nA4,,- '''''''''' .y,.ON TaB.".,as TOVTCL Theoph. 321, I ,,.AOIc7. TON tTPATON ,..; llcupt11liiN illO 1IOA.,Jpr.f11 11.. Porph. Amn. 740 5 6 /JcuTlAf~ "'''Oftoui VMAt .".,.,.;.,. 15& TaYC .y,.aYc IfpBAOYC m rau. 208, 10 rlfCl I..."", '11' Tj NAR col .&fIr roN BAtIAu 6a ctJrocrrtlA, .cd _PaM/JV Tcl rinflOl' "..,.

""'T' 'lfl.

.If""pOw

If."'';''.

5'lot.

.r,

M.,,',i.,.

109J 9 'owoi,II' TON BAtIA'""", TON ArlON ToU d1l'llf1T'Mcu Ill, 1 wpotlv".", IIoiinu Ta mllTptW cWTOV ,.au. TON BACIAu. 6 d., At&IJi3 n)v iauToV x.*,. oM Htb 'ON BAtI"'.. 211, IS 06c '''''''' TON rrpQ)TOCrrA-

_ora. w,.,...

341

Digitized by

Google

lH8-18&8.]

DATIVE PROPER.

8AptON . . . . . T_ """,,"GIII.&npo.. Cer. U, 12 . . . . . . . . . . It,.. qInqr, 4-,-. Io"wn-, TO 1u/hAA4,.. TON kcncm.II. 398 ~ UoCTOtII ~ Ifirtar. /lat").'"' 5'0, 5 Ar,ft TON AAIIINCOYANOtll dnU...,. .uMoa TU. AoyoI'TfII'. Leo Gram. 35', JI To.. nATptApxHN AA.. 1r, AM II'IUII'3a1J'nGl t.A nlS ddl'US. Cp. 13:"3". 1848. Thiadatival ace-nn. Yer7 common iD 8~ ~ _d all otber Il-N popular compoaitioDa (1247. cp. GB.-wki- 222 f.).

.,Aoi

l8IM). During B, however, a third wbstitute for the .A datiye made ita appearance in the simple genitive, as :

Porph. Cer. 376. 3 mA+coy (beside 599. 10mAUplpa",., Ipx....n ) ...... Theoph. 311, 18 lnrarn,IJCIP7'ff ToY P,,"'" CTpAnYIlATOC; 80 3,-0, nNOC 'as Acta Xanth. 63, 10). Apoe. liar. rao, ao 6 Iou)..w.r ToY CIG 91 n, 5 C...p. ToY KOcIlOY XGfIUIo.JIBtIf (:n JJ and [I ]). l.360". Thia noyelty seems to haTe appealed partiea1arly to popular taste, since we see it rapidly spreading daring the BUCeeedin8 11 . . . . while the aceuutive with or without fir (IUS;, though.till popular. is reoedinc in proportion. PTrinch. 65 (.LD. 1010) ~,. AyrwN ...... mA/rri".,... III ( ....D. 1034) 1hJt/AIW ToY npcByTipoy. 189 (.LD. 1146) iJIG ~ AyYoY Tlflfm. seu.. 306 .7_ ToY tmCKonoy. 417 la."nll' 6 ..,..,....01 .,..." nNoc /1ot3cOll', TINOc &Ar,tw. 444 THC HIIETPAC dnpflJnl IIf.rAMIOTHTOC. Prodr. 1,35 "If Ici& (read 1J6E,) TCDN. (Cp. GHatzidakis 333.:

.,u,.

N.or.

,..u,.,,,

1860". In point of fact, with the latter part of Mo this ~nitival representative of the ancient personal dative may be conSIdered to have attained an indisputable ascendency in the popular speech, and become the role, wch as it is now witnessed in N. (1242-7.) l.8I5L Aa to the dative denoting a lAi", (instrument, aaaociatiOD, cause, manner, measure, time, relation, &c.), the tendency has been, ever aince .A, to replace it by a prepo,t!ition ~~ropriate to the aenae of the case, wch all 11&0, 111', nil', IWI, iE, cLrcl (KKilhner iil. 42S A. 2, 3S,6, 8; ib. 416 A. 2,4), and above all 1'"0 (1606 ff'.). The special cases of this phenomenon are treated in the eectiona of the respective prepoaitiona.

18&2. The Greek dative performs four fundamental functions in that it denotesa. the indirect or remoter object: doIice pnIJ'Ier (English 10) ;
IJ. an

e. the instromeDt or mADner: i~ tlatice (Engliah tIIUA); tt. a looal relation answering to the queation '-'ice cIaIiDe.

aaeooiative relation daHce of CIIIOCiaIioIt (English wiIA, /IW) ;

18&2 b. In its last three functions (lHI), the dative corresponds to the Latin ablative, and thus may be termed the ablatWal dative.

wNr.,

L DATIVE PROPER. 18&8. The DA.TIVB PBOPER indicates the indirect or remoter object (to, towards) and aecompanieeA. I. TratlBitwe verbs denoting to give, setId, 1IGf, proIIIise, adfJi8e, entrust, order-and their verbal 8ubstantiVes. lien. 224 +".pla Ill.,.,,,, AN8pIOnolC ad. Aeech. Prom. 612 rrvpH
BpOTOic

80

"'(110"""

IIotlp' lS";f fipoflZ/fNa.

npfX-, ~ WrIfT}(HOpaa, Ot/MtA., etc. TINi Ta.

342

Digitized by

Google

DATIVE PROPER.

[l8M-l888.

1364. In N this claaB of verbs govema either the _tive or the datiYal genitive (1347. 1348-50").

13156.

2.

Verbs (usually intransitive) denoting: to seem, belong, profit, ~, SenJ8; follouJ, obey, yield, vow, trust; threaten, be MIfI'Y, pardon, sujJice; and their verbal substantives.

fv." "fvEu ffO'rI. 372 NOMOIC brfvla& f'Oir tra.na nip;. nAcl trIlTf'fWC" afl. Th. 1, B4 ITM~PAIC ~ITITO" f'lKo,... Xen. An. 7, 3, 39 T~ NOMCf) T~ YMTe~ .RvoptU. 1, 40 12 013; ITf'PCWUiwal IXtiAftr_" TOIC CTpATHroic. Pl AlOlb. 116 A. "ri" TO'iC 41iAoIC fjoql.,u )'ly.&s "a>.rj" fl.aC. (Cp. 1335.) l868. A.lao this dative is rendered in N either by the accusative (Callin. 133, 13 h q _ AiroN) or the genitive (1347): Callin. !H. 19 .,..} _61ij1lGl AiTOY. But for verbs denoting 'to be angry' and the like _ 1335 f.
brl".plOlS mAcS". 335

Men. 391 leNOtC hop"."

1",,,.,,

,.q

Y'."

IfcamVr d 7I'III&JI &pDUI trelnl Toic nil' dUOf'pUu OMS CITizoYCIN. PI. Theaet. 151 ooMt1s IfOr 3w.ollr AN9p<ilnOlC. Tb. 3, 42 "aXClS "al cyooyAi.,. I JlQJlTia. G-B : Apophth. 360 D "A &MEa& OMOION IITf'I ToY f'A.l;yEal. Macar. 525 B .; rrucpls Inc" OMoiA THC 9pihAKOC 1(0& III aWD 3; '11 Xa"."c oMoiA ilTf'''' "AH9iAC. Callin. 133, 5 WOII AYToY. 1868. In N this dative has been replaoed, when depending on verbs, by the _ t i v e or datiYal genitive (1347), whereas, when it depends on adjectives and other kindred expreuions,it is generally replaced by a preposition (dr, 3ui ['Yca],,H, 1351).

13157. 3. Verbs, adjectives, and other expressions denoting: vseful, fitting, COftf18nient, agreeable, similar, near, easy, jatJONrrible, ete. as well as their l?P.POsites. Men. 407 oll" IITf'IJI oMtlr &""1' ollx Ay,.~ cfHMr. [boer.] I, 29 "oVs

eSm

13159. Adjectives and adverb. denoting an equtUtt, or .fltQarilr often take a co-ordinate conatruction inatead of the dative: Pl Ion 531 D oi AMOI nOIHTAi rix dp.ololr trftrO&9all'& KAi-OMHpoc. 1880. This construction is foreign to P-N diacoUl'lll!, tor the only inatan08
in the NT writings Eph ....
10 "

n'N/3ds aWclr 'IJTIII nl cl dNtIdr is irrelevant:

IIfJTfI/JGr nl " vallGr aWcIr 'fmll.

l38L B. Under the dative proper further fallJ. The dative of interest denoting the person or thing for whose advantage or disadvantage something is or takes
place : Men 352 ,ari 11'fX#J1t1'N," &anI' rix Ay,.1j) """,cSs. Boph. Ai 1366 trGr ~p AiT~ trOJlfi. Dem. 18, 205 ri T~ nATpl 1(01 T~ MHTpi p/JJIO" yryt";,,.Sa, rucli I(O~ T~ nATpiAI. Tb. 4. 6 If17th&COJl ,,~s Toic noMoic.
1881. This dative is rendered inNby a preposition: W
(~). flr(1351).

1883. 2. The ethical dative, mostly a personal pronoun, implying a remote interest :

M" MOl 6opvfM1rrlrt - oiiratr Ix" COl niina.

343

n COl piJBqaoptU ;

Digitized by

Google

DATIVE OP ASSOCIATION.
IBM. In N tu dative, which ia very common, is naturally esp~ by the datival genitive t (247): .,.l MOY 'rt1II urrdCflr; coy 7'111' (1).,.""'1'" IN mAil (taIJ1l.

18815. 3. The dative of the apnt (for wo + gen. 1695) accompanyiJ)g verbal adjectives in -TC~, frequently also passive verbs (1464), especially in the perfect and pluperfect. In G-B this dative may stand with any tense indiscriminately: OaICrrrlG nAcIN dptnj. 1'i MOl 1'0 rrpo,,".; 'what am I to do?' 7'ti YMiN rrfffpaypJlnJ, ')'our deeds.' Men. 511 7'"A'Iles AN9pcinoICIN ~X
fbpWICf7'.u.

1888. Both verbal adjectives in -nar and the perfect being extinct in N (1051-2. 1875), the above construotion is naturall, UDknown to pre8ent speech.
1B88t In G-B this simple dative of the apnt ill often preoeded by '" (138Ib).

1887. 4. The dative of the poalealor accompanying the verbs 'lpl, yiywJpm., and the like : Xen. An. I, 2, 7 III'rGVIG KyPft' (:JtMflAnG 4. ICG~ _pd&._. 'an MOt 311O""=dllO,,aCOIIIU. PI. Prot. 315 B ,&lEa an.,. '""" AYre; frA~M.

1888. For the expreBlion '/17'& MOl N us. the equivalent I"",.

1889. 5. The relative dative, especially with the participle of intransitive verbs, denoting the relation : '88 regards,' 'from the standpoint of.'
Xen. Hell. 2, I, 27 4. ~";pa rrfF"l enmMOYCI Toic 'A9HNAiOIc. Tb. I, 24 'Erri3a,..,.os IUT& rrdA" III &'E" 6icnAioNTI Is 7'0. 'lci",. JedA_ So liIA8i.NTI, npoiOYCIN, ete. (.s) CYNeAONTI .lrr'iJI, 'to I.lut it shortly.' Xen. Hell. 4, I, 11 '-",AS.",., ,f COt tiliOMtNft'/rrl, 'if It is agreeable

to you.'

pleasure.'

So too yiY"ftll MOl BOYAoMiNfj), 1l(901aiNfj), 'to my pleasute, dis-

1870. Tbe above construction is unknown to N owing to the absence ofthe appropriate participle (2170).

n.

DATIVE OF ASSOCIATION.

1871. The DATIVlI: OF A.8SOCIA.TIOX denote. a friendly or unfriendly 88Bociation. It accompanies verbs, adjectives, and adverbs implying the idea ofapproaching, meeting, accompanying, jo'flouMlg; commvnicatittg, mixing, reconciling, conversing; being like or unlike, agreeiftg, warring, quarrelling, and the like:
1/17"1

Men75 c04loic 6"","'. G~...os 1JC{J~f1TJ 178f/IOs. 247 81eyG,lfa8a& 31.0. ICal TYx.,. 798 ~s 9c'" CYNEC61 xp~ IC'pal""'I' Xell. Mem. 2, 98 oll allTXpOlI JUTI Toic nONHpoic 3u4fp'ria&. An. 2, I, IJ G).U CPIAocOtcp iOlICGS, .1; .fGMlTltf. So too: a"" TH tiMEP~ I at daybreak'; 6,.ut I4>tEijr TINI. (Cp. 1357 ) So further: r~, Nlios, ltowOr, dAA6rptdso'tINI (alIo f'IPtJS 1288), a,.., TINI. \Cp. 13590)

8U

Digitized by

Google

DATIVE OF INSTRU](ENT.

[1878-1881.

1871. OD tM .me princlple IS ..... TIIII identical1rith.' (Cp. J 359 f.)

l873. Ob88lT8 woA.'lHi" or "aXfflfai TINI to fight aplnst' ;-CiN TINI or META TINGe in alliance with.' 1878 t. For P-N _ I34B and cp. OGL 647. 4 ollt03fflh"lf fIPOfP](OIHIIOS ARltNTHCEN ToY ~iAOY afT09 occurrit IJm(co _.'

1374. Bordering on the above dative of &I!JSOCiation is that denoting a military borlg accompanying some one: oAirCf) CTPATeYMATI ';H,,,,,,'.-lICXIAiolc dnAITAlC ,"par,W,". Xen. Cyr. 5. 3. 35 q,.,ir a~ InnOlc ToIC lYNATCJlT.\TOIC KAi ANlpACI rrop... Aesch. Pen. 748 nU1}1I f?l.fVIJolllfll~II noAAcji npATcji. 111715. So too aw;; or awOl' ' together with all: as: Th. )" as, .. pt." ..e. Aa~OIH1'" Ay,-oic ..1,*,,11, crew aDd all.' 18'78. The dtJtiH uJ lI88OCition. when tued in the sense of' in company with,' is often preceded by the preposition rrv. : Xen. Cyr. 6, 4. 19 CiN 9oic 01.3..or ';"'op~(TfpA'I1. Eur. Frg. 238 CVN avpiolcl ,.a uAo ~YJ'"'G' nONOIc. 1877. In N the relation of &88OCiation is generally expreued by means

,.,Ia.

ofthe preposition poI, the modem repr888ntative of "od (laBI).

1878. Many verbs compounded with ",vII, Ill, brE, rr"or, sometimes also rr.pl, rrapci, inr6, take a dative on the strength of the 8ense underlying the preposition. c6N: ".v,..,,,, 'am with fTVl'I'4Xl. 'fight in company with fTV,-O". ' der together' fTVptlrp<ifTf' co-operate fTVl"I-". agree fTV~ r,,," rei" 'reconcile with' ... : I"""IXm,.. 'come a.croBB ' I~IIOII 'persist,' 'abide' 'n,,,, ' am inside' I,.lfrftl fall in ' W: brI/fJoU'A..1M ' play false ' brtrphr18 , permit' Itnrllt"". 'attack Irrw,p1I& preBB on ' npcSc: rrponPXOJIIU 'come to rrponx- rillllOjj" r'"' pay attention'

Ill. INSTRUMENTAL DATIVE.

1878. c. The INSTBtl1lE:8'I'AL DATIVB denotes the means or instrument by which 80meUrlng is done: ~'A..", AisOIC, NI..", !icjll-drro~I:f'" ~AP"KCf). 01.3fi. Irra'lI011 HloNAic l~fI'aro. 1880. The verb xptio!MJ' 'use' takes the dative of means: AOrCf) by using reason," by means of reason,' as: Aesch. Ag. 953 1." -yap oM.i~ loVAip xpijrat zvrli>.-But in G-B xpiotMJ' r,..or and ri, aB: Callin. Bo, 13 xpI.,.,~ MH1Noc iupoi. Alchem. 3090 17 HN x.pi.rrra& 01 xptJfl'oX60,. 138L The instrumental dative is aometimes replaced, notably in P Greek, by .the prepositions 3.0, Ill, ~, and,.".o. J.n pro~ ,!C time IH'"" prevailed over the reat aIld nltlmatel:r, eata.bhshed Itself m N as the only representative, m06tlyin the mutilated form,J (1608). For eumplea see the respective prepoaitiolll (1531. I 55cr62. 1669 W. 160S, b. 1607 8'.).

Xp''''-

Digitized by

Google

1881b-1889.]

DATIVE OF INSTRUJlENT.

1881b. In G-BUDlCholarly aDd partioularly ChrUtiaD compoeitioDl, the dative of instrument, means, maDner, etc., is very often preceded bJ the preposition .... This pl'8Ctice. UDder Hebrew influence, gained great popularity among post christian writers, undoubtedly becaUBe the simple instrumentsl dative had lost touch with the living laDguage, aDd 10 the scribes of the time sought to bring it into closer coDDexion with the rest of the sentence by mesns of I .., the most familiar companion of the dative (1563. I366 b ). Examples in 1563.

1382. The dative of manner denotes the mode or circumstances in which something takes place. It is usually accompanied by some attribute. 1"OJi.np T;; Tp6rr 'in this way ; oMfI'} .,.p6rr.. 'in no way , ; trClll'f'l .,.pInrtp 'in every way' ; trO).).;; IJopVfj 'with a great noise'; ,-,a>.U _ova; in great hute'; ovB.Jl11C0rr1"t 'without any order'; .,.. lPYftl, ~ 3.1-" , in effect,' 'in reality'; ni )'6Yf1J. trp~., ' ostensibly'; Bp6".' running' ; fT.-yU 'ailently'; fT1rovBri 'hastily'; fji, 'by force'; IC-D 'in common'; B",.OfT~ 'publicly.'
1888. This dative, which oocurs alao in P-B Greek (as: Cailin. 631 5 TClVna 11..'"1'" nicTl. 6.., 19. 97,6 ,"".,6"",,011 CXHMATI IJatlW~. 98, 10), ia rendered in N by means of adverbs, aDd adverbial expressions formed pi chiefly with ,,4 (i:e. ,wrG 1381), as: ,.i .,.a 01'0, pi _iN ,....,tw, /JaAtrq.

.,.p6-,

1884. The dative of comparison denotes the degree of difference between two items compared (by 80 much, by far, ete.).
nOM.1j) (UAKplj) ICPfiTTOJI, oAir'll/).o'f"f'Ovr "'/HGICOfTu"., noMoic TECIN ~crT' fJOP. octp... TOCOYT'Il 'the more the more.' Aeach. Prom. 514 .,.IX"'I B' cmiylC'I" dcr6fJ1fcrT/pa UAKP<ji.

18815. Inatead of the dative (Hdt., Th.. Dem.), the &eeuaative is equally common (Homer. Xen., PL): noAy oAirON trplw.po So alwaya Ta 'a little,' oVlJ'. ' not at all'; oMi. ' nevenheleBI.' (Cp. 1 2 78.)
1888. So aiways in N, the dative haviug become extinct (:133. 1343-7) : noAy (nOMA) ,..,.."u.Vrtpos, oAiro xa/AflA6T.pos.

1887. The dative of cause denotes the motive of some action and particularly emotion (1388. 1582, d. 2128): Men. IS ABOYAi~ .,.ei trOUci {j).GtrI"O_ {jpo'f'Ol. Eur. Frg. 564 dU'
~ 'to do something out of favour, ignorance, envy, fear.' 1388. This construction is common notably with verba of erIIOIiore (1387), auch asp,.., iiBo/lGl TINI, , rejoice at ' d~l'CI/CT4et TINi 'am indignant at ciAyI.. 'feel pain at ' xa>..rrcilr ~f'" TINi & worry at' dlvpJ,., am depreaaed at ' a~rra.. TINi 'am content with something' alcrxi-,.. 'am ashamed of' (aIao cryarra,., TI and alwaya TINA).
&

.;).).0" 1MOlc ~).o. iiB..,.,u TpOnolCo So trOt.i .,., .v.oI", cIpolf, cfJ861Hp,

1889. The dative after verba of emotion can be expreaed al80 by meana of appropriate prepositions, such aB '11'1 with dative (1582, tl), and B,ei with accusative (1333. IS:zo, 2. cp. 1334 f.). In Nitis regularly rendered by Baa (y&ti). 1336.

346

Digitized by

Google

DATIVE, LOCATIVE.

[1890-189'1.

IV. LOCATIVE DATIVE.

1890. D. The LOCATIVE DATIVE stands asI. Dative of place answering to the question where? It is peculiar to poetry, whereas prose writers use some preposition (like lv, 'InI.pfl., lmO, etc.), save in a few adverbial expressions, as: .,.p, TO.Wr1, ,ro,wp, etc.
1890'. For a dative of ~ 888 1371.

1891. 2. Dative of time answering to the question when? It is used chiefly in statements of a definite or exact date (day, night, month, year, etc.), as :-(1275)

'i 116Tj 1I,u/K# the same day' .,., "fIO'I'."w, the day before' ri mm, /AfI.& 'in the following
month'
~

.,.v", -rj 1I,u/K# on this day'

tnrnpai'l ' the day after ' .,., 'l'f'rGI"rI 'OAtlp"uI3c in the fourth Olympiad' DfD'.",valocr at the Panathenaea' .,.p -rj _ , to-night'

.,.m".., ''''''' in the fourth year'

Otherwise, for the time during which Bomething takea place, as: PL Orit. 52 E IN ml7&lI 1fJ&~ICO"'" IN ofr Jiijll cro' Men. 150 N 1'1111'1"1 flovAq roir (TOI/Jojq, yl1"""Q&. SOlN "!H" EN ~''''''' 'during the aummer, winter'; iN.,.. fTa~".,., at the preaent time'; EN 'meanwhile'; iN rP during,' whlle ' ; EN rroA'". in time of war ' j EN tip;'., in time of peace.'
f. 18 used,

_cl....

ro""'.,

1888. In Nthe dative of time ha. been replaced bytheaccuaative (1275), IOmetimea (notably in date.) by.b, the auOClllllor of '" (1547. 1550). l894. In P and more particularly G compoBitiona, the extent of

dietance and time iB also often expreBBed by the simple dative (apparently auggeated by the Latin ablative 2144b), instead of the accusative (1274).
DioD. H. i. 38, 3514rJ<1NAII ~ In rpcUoII'I'II cTAAiolC II."".. ~. Strab. 17, I, 2 ~ m tlllp/JoAdrroti 'AtrrII/l6(111 nl .,.oti NftAov cTAAiolC TlTAKOciolc p6.,. "_ fI6An, -rj JOII. Ant. 11, 6, 8 rpori IrIIl ~ ... .,.01; ~tI tl"oratll,..."" TPlciN HMf'AIC. B. J. Proem. 7 11.... _TIlitpdTOS 1fj1Ot1&AlIpG .111 '"''I'IItIX'" ETeel TPlCi ui MHciN il. EpiCt.2, 6, 19 a6Utr0T' oH.i. n(lllllllOr U MHCiN .,.,"" 'tlW'.. Hrdn. Hilt. 3, 15, 7 (la.t1&ArlxlfJf ~ o.r-llt_ ETecIN. 18815. In a few iIIolated caaea, fihe temporal dative, owing to ita frequent WJe iD. Church, iB either preearved .. aD adverbial expreuion, .. : T;; _pi; (opening WOrdB of the Gospel on every Sunday), or h .. given birth to an abnormal nominative, aB: (T;; tTG/J/JGT9'), N '1'.) tla.(J~ro 'Saturday,' (Tj N 11 r.TpOJr, (instead of 11 "IT""), ' Wednesday' C340).

""'p

"""1'0.

+9"

.,u...

.,...,.,-a,).

PBOlfOUlf8.

PERSONAL PRONOUNS.
1898. For the ordinary use of the personal pronouns, emphatic and unemphatic, see 528-3' 1897. For the emphatic nominative of the third person 347

Digitized by

Google

189'1-10401.]
a~~,

PRONOUNS, PERSONAL.

the forms c\ 8i, ct&, ~, also lltf~, may be substituted according to the nature of the case and in conformity with the individual force of each of these pronouns.
For 0 III 888 1197, b; for 1I1l. 142!\j for oWor 1428; for Iil'Of 1430-

4,

Th. 8, 76, 6 II/Hwa" Tare MiN ~lUJPf'fIl(f-' AYTOi al ctrK.", rcM ..o".vr. 28, 2 (lO.i"".) oil/( II/>" AYroe dA>.' EKiNON flTfHI'"IY'u.. . 1898. So too in N as far as regardl mw" and 1197, b. & 1425.

ai and la. see

'/Cf.

(1430). For 0

1899. Along with its other features of ciroumstantiaJity, due mainly to the need of perspicuity. P Greek exhibits a fondness for a frequent use of personal and po88888ive pronouns (cp. GBWiner 176. 178), while A dispensed with them whenever they were readily inferred from the context (1203). This P feature is the more noteworthy as it soon led to an accumulation of unemphatic pereonal pronoun a, in particula.r of the oblique cases of the 3M perIOD, and above all of the genitive which acted aIso &I an emphatic pOSBewve pronoun (551) :

s.-... ",,",_01'111'''' -(MAc. Lake 16, 2 ~t ..irOM .r.... AYrfi). lItark 10, 16 '1'tI'Y.w1l'4J'fJ10' AiTA, ""el, "ar X"ptU '.' A~A""'~ AYr.. 7, 25 " iIc .rx' ". '",a""o" A+riic ..,W,. """"/WOJI. John 2, 11 . . . .pM1f

Luke 10, 35 4rci> i" ". bGJIlpx~lI'hl M dwoUHrOl. Col. 2, 13 tMAC

",./MM

AYraY. Luke 6, 20 IIGl AYroe .npu "oft ~r AYrOY ,..",.,ar Ay,.er IA.'Y" Mark 3t 31 ..z IpX'f'II& .,Jrn,p A.;,-oy..z 01 d&Af A'\'ToY ..z 101 II'",KOJIf'fJ chlll'f'.&AGJI .par AtTON mAownl AYrON. n1 '''''''0 ~ AYrON f"XAOI nl Af-yOJlll'l. A'freP. Hermas lland. 11, 2 f. MCH oW 01 3hpuxCH M p/rpJI 'PXOJlf'll& KtU '.tpOIf'WII". AYrON n apa '1I'f'II& AYTOic. ..0.01.5 "'~f AaA., ~f'" AYro... ..."" "a ' ..~paf'CI AYrliiH ..z lnI'TIl m I.,,,,,,,"" riir WOJI'Ip/A, AYT<iiN nl .A"poi m I/Nxftf AYrO"'. nBWr AiToi So~A._. AYroe ..,up

n}I> lOfa. AYroY IIGl AYrON 01 pIJIfrral AYraY. pna "oOto -"/lrJ fir J:Ca4ia.~~ AYrOt lIIIi ,Jrr"p AYraY . . 01 clhAtpei Ay,.oY ..z 01 ~

"II'f'_"" ."

"s " ..

'ft

.,.1...

1400. This frequency. which in the case of the 3rd person (alIrW) bordered on exc8llll, 800n led to a weakening, that is to tonocum, then to reduction in the aenae explained in 5JO-4l~l. Consequent on this weakening of the personal pronouns i8 the
rather frequent practice in T-N speech of placing before or after them the object of the verb (by way of apposition) for the ..ke of creaf.er perspicuity (cp. 1439; for.A. see RKlhnerA 937 t.) :
NT. 1Iatt. 4t 16 Toie KA9MMf NOIC X&1pt nlll'lflf 1arIi,,0II ~ dIInMw AYToic. Protev. Jao. IS. 2 THN rrApaE NON HN ftplAlJ/lfJI aoU IftIplall I".,." AiTHN.

Vit.. Epipb. 69 c p' NOMicMATA .1 .'xp,dHrrq.l" ~ 11 II'ft ITaipor. , . ".,. AYrA.-N"t "TO~' AYrO; what will you do with itl" "t_ ~A.. 'MiNA; I what do I care P' (cp. ltal.c:oBCI ",' illlf/Ol1cl Cl l1l4I ,). EKEiNo 11.14 TON ..,piE_, him-they will not touch him ' ; Ill" TO tl3a TO mAcS ,...,' I have had DO beneflt from him.' ME tiAI.fcf, tMiNA; 'do you _ me" n;N .latr TH IAN9oYAA; 'weD, have ye _ the fair maid 1" TON A.\p4IO lI'aII nU TOY ftll'f'fI/I 'yoa.r brother in whom I had traated.' TO flAil. AYrO; do 70ll want thia ?' (Cp..Alohem 348, 16 Telll, A.IIK&' "oii tioiJ ml AfrO d..dawaI/'OJI.)

848

Digitized by

Google

PRONOUNS, BEPLEXIVE.

[1401-1Wo

REFLEXIVE PRONOUN&
1401. The rejle:mJe pronotmB are useda. Either as direct reflexive&, when they refer to the sub ject of their own clause :

.u-&a tMAY'~' CAY1'()N-O ~r i, .'hcfi ptt/Mpn T9' ~.

So too in N, as: .aB'

r...., ..,TOe" TON AnATON TOY (546-8).

14D8. For &It.

i~

the construction &. lID' is mON common.

1404. b. Or as indirect reflexives, wh&ll they occur in a dependent clause, but refer to the subject of the principal sen tence:
Th. I, Ill, I 'Opl""lr f/M{,yrp.lrrf&fTf. 'A,8rpIololIr EAYTON ~IP. ForN_ 1405.

1408. For the indirect reflexive of the third person, h&vrciY, we very often meetCl. With the oblique cases of 4wOi, when the ease is viewed from the narrator's point of view, as:
Xen. An. S, 6, 36 'P~OIIT'" rrp/Jr afPf4",,,,,a Ka1 A'1IOW"" on I",a,,"-).o, AYroic. 3r I, 7 Z,JIfX/*. oll TOiiro q"era, dr,po. A.;or" AYrcfi (sibi) rropewa8.., 4 u1/1fIP. So too in N, as: piu 'pOyn,fT' rl TONE 'UAopi'. 1408. The reflexire of the 3rd person may refer also to the 1st or 2nd person (cp. ADyroiF, 184 if.) : L)'L 13, 33 I)",.." OM 'E~ np' AYToic 11...... Xen. Hell.... I, 35 'ElfJT; /TO,

".,. I)p&;. "I'po,u"" VI. m,.",s".. 'fCl EAYTOY.

1~. This is by far commoner in P-B, 88: Kart. Petri 82, 16 ' " .,.....,., 'AYTON ,.,BelE- Tii 6xAf/. 82, 11 X-,tVGT' Tar EAYTU. I/NxGr.

..,a,

1407b. The great freqUeDC1 of .."a. then and its couequent weakening has led to the N practioe of appending to it all three persona of the personal plOnoua: Ta. lawcS" /UIV, rm ..,,011. /Tar (s..6).

1408. b. With the dative forms 01 or 01 and ~"7 more rarely the genitive ~ and aeeusative ~r (526): Xen. An. I, I, 8 Eiipor 9Elov d3,A4>Or A. {JafTiA'".r 308rjpa, oi (sibi) ..awar T4r rrA.,r. J, 8, ~ /30_ cH Ell'1 r drcillTOIf C.piCIN onnfTfjq8".
{Jo.fTiAia.

l.oe. Th.a fonne bHame atinct as early .. ..t times (526).

1410. The plural of the reflexive pronouns is also very frequently used instead of the reciprocal pronouns : Dem.... 10 /Jo{iA,u8r rr.P"&""" AYT<DN ww8ci.,fT8a,; Pl. Rep. 621 C

"lraUIC""",. fPfl Iral MMiN AYroic; ~Ot Lye. 8, 19 rrplw yuc; AYrOYC T"",,"" &rr....a J IN dn~ Dem. 48. 6 MMiN Arroic a.aA.EG,...,8a.

",,+.iJao""'I'

"J".

.1CIJI1TOII

a1 roir 8eoir. YMiN AYroic

1411. This alteruative met with popular favour in P times and 80 has led to the establishment of the reflexive pronoun, particularly

8.9

Digitized by

Google

14ll-1417.]

PRONOUNS, POSSESSIVE.

of the ,3ld person lavroUr, etc., as the rel{l1lar reciprocal form. and in N by aTour. cHra,.oUr, etc. (S46-9), the ancIent representative surviving only in the phrase ITlIl'all~~OIr par (era., '1'...). 1412. In cases of emphasis, however. ancient \Wpular speech leBorted also to other analytical substitut6ll. Thus In G we meet with the periphrasis .ls ,.01' '"POP. trr ,.0., Ipa : NT I Th. S, II olnloJUi'l't Efc TON h... [Cyrill A] x. 1085 A o6al ,.ocr &a,8G.Uowc. dc Tcj) ENi. 1418. Following this proceu, N now 8Xpre8M8 the notion oheciprocitJ' through the form & (Par ,.cl.4lt.JI.o, one another,' as do the Bomance languages (e. g. ItaI. rl4ft faUro).

POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.
1414. For the form, distinction and usage of possessive p~ nouns see 551-7. Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 7 cro1 'l'OWo al&t/J, &r, MOY ~ .. II'ITlpa "c~t. Dem. 40, 8 lIai ilJUi. &"-alOT.r ro~r YMETEPOYC "a,3at dya1Tii'l". Xen. kIl. 2, 2, 8 df/lUCllOVnGl "apa Ap,au,. 01 ,.ti. EMiNoy npa,.u1J,. Sopb. El. 880 _1 ",it CAYTlfC _OlerC Kd!rl roir E'.OIC '}'f~t. Xen. Cyr. 1,3. 1 A~,.q., EAyTOY 8vya,.;pa porrml"fa"' a1 ,.c\., "aiBa ..y,.HC. Lys. 240 14 ,..allo.

"cnt"," roir YMETEPOIC A\'T<DN l48~poit q roit ToYTOY ~6)IO,t. 1416. The possessive relation in certain cases is indicated by the mere presence of the article (1203).

1418. For the emphatic and reflexive forms under SS3 and SSS, the synonymous adjective fa,ot (also o1.ior) 'own' W80II commonly substituted (SS6; cp. fa,or [and o1.io.] in the Lexica; also lalOft'pa-yiip [ol.&Oft'~u.] etc.). In the course of P timea ra,or gained greater popularity and finally prevailed over ita associates: CIA ii.....70, 71. So (69 B.O.): .G.u,fn'OP " ..cSatC'YJIII "if iliAC 'fHAa.".,lar ,.. JUl' lawINr d..oA.lftlOTft. CIA ill.....80 .,.cl. illON aanipa. ....S6,.cl. illoN tilt,'Y4.,."". 13........ .,.oil ilioy avrr~. 3399 mllawfi ml.,.ais iliolc. Polyb. i. So. 8 uo".,.ov nrd orV iliAN 3cciA.nOP aup/JovAtoXwnr. Mat. u, 5 cbrijA80P Br nil illON d-yp6I1. 25. I .... '.aA.a. ~r ilioyc loVAous. Eph. 5, u al -ywailm nir iliolc dPl,u,. "..07'dtrafalt. 1417. This is further corroborated by the express testimony of the Atticiats (Pbryn. 40S ,.Q ill" trpa.,.,.. 1W1 'l'a ihlA "pd'I'n&r 01 nollol ~;,. .lrcii. 'l'a il'DwoV 1I'parrGIJ a1.,.A cravrov "pdn-nr II2M: oi naAalCll, 4.,.a mea ipavrov a1.,.,), raca lTavroV 1TP0""")' With the gradual displacement of the clumsy reflexive forms ~,.... alr'l'&'II, iI,..... alr'l''''''' ipavrov. crtavroii, by the short ~,...., iI""II. fIDV, crou, alr'I'oii (546). the more convenient combiuationa raCOfpoV, faulr crou. fa&or alr'l'oii (or awoii) etc. gained general popularity (as Callin. 117. 31 1I000fal",It.II awc\.. illoc AYroY a.s,-ror). to the gradual elimination and obliteration of all other synonymous terms. When finally racor degenerated from ita ordinary meaning '0tDIf,' into that of 'aafIN" (613). the confusion was removed by modifying falOr into lacdr. a form ever since current in popuwapeech, and since T,even in literary compoaitiona, as: Maur I, 9 .,..... ihlKWN awoV d..8"."...... Leo Tact. 11, 22 IIn, "'I'ar illKOYC croll Qp{JpOnrovr. 14, 93 a,A 7'&'.. illK<DN alr'l'oii bap"'., That this lal1k baI been modified in N to ..1a,ck haa been explained in 130b & SS+

a'oll ",,0.,..,..

350

Digitized by

Google

PRONOUNS, DETERHlN. AND DE)(ONST.

[1418-14

DETERMINATIVE PRONOUNS.
1418. 1n.A there is one determinative pronoun Cl~ which

meansa. When it is emphatic, self (539) : awc\r cl {!Jnrr&Afvr, 'the king himself.' 'f'p'f'Or aWcl, ('himself being third '), 'himself with two others.' 141S". Since G times it appears al80 as an equivalent to oITor ' the said.' For eumples - 1399. 1419. b. With the article prefixed to it: thest.1fJ16 (540. 1239, e),

as: ACl~ dvJ7p, 'the same man.'

1dO. Since G times, cl a6rH i8 UBed like the Latin idem: tilt om ",erred
10, t1It _id (oITor) (cp. 1437 b) : Ael. V.H 7,3 68, 130 69. 26. 94t 290 11)2, 1 (cp. W8chmid ill. 66). Buagr. 2561 A 4+tlAlW'f'tr TON "l'TON .f'O'T~ 416ultopoll. 2773.A TliN "l'THN ,,4ar A4vpG", JIal. 20, 9 TOY "l'Toy Dlltw. 24, 2 0 "l'TOc "HAl0l. 26, 5 oi "l'Toi :sd8ac, et puaim. Chron. &" 2 0 "l'TOc Kp6"or. 69. 5 0 "y,-oe IIIttor, et pauim. Porph. Adm. 153, 5 'Ioff ToYl: "fraYe %lpllAovl tlr ri r&1I dlf.AII';",-et puaim.

1421. c. In its oblique casee, it serves as a mere personal pronoun 3rd person: ClWOv 'him,' Clq , to him,' etc. See 525.

142S. In P and particularly G times, it becomes enclitic, and later is reduced to drop, 'f'O. (530). IdS. Of its modifted and mainly popular forma 'WM, lir6r, and *rMa. ~C\r i8 equivalent to oWoa, 'this' (542). b. 'ATM, simple, lingers merely in its oblique cases, and that chiefly in
the Pontic dialect (542), as: flaa liT6., f1xa liTeM, f7.f. lift. On the reftuive form Ii".a" _ 546. c. *Tor, UBed lD8inly in its oblique cases, ill a tonoclitic personal pronoun: Aim, ete. (542 f.)

DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.
1.04. Of the demonstrative pronounsJ. 0, ,-0, '9, had 8S8Umed the office of the article even in pre-classical antiquity (1195). For ita demonstrative use see 1197-8; for its history see 1195-8. 142&. 2. 0&, .,.0&, ~&, 'this (one here),' points to something tlear, present, or immediately following, either in reality or in eonception. See Inob.
lde. In N it has become almcet extinct (564). its place having been taken by TOiiTor. See 1429" 1430b

1427. 3- AweSr, IIWeS, aWrj, has been already treated in 1418 if. 1428. 4. ~,TOiiTo, ClVrq, 'this,. refers to something already apoken of. See 1430b. 1429. Ita N representative ToWor (566 if. 1426) corresponds rather to Ba. (1425); see 1430b.

351

Digitized by

Google

PBONOUNS, RELATIVB.

1480. 5. "EICC&~, lICC&JIO, 11CGn" 'that,' point. to something distant or absent, either in reality or in conception. (Cp. 1425.)
I, C), 29 'f'f"~PW" ai TOi'Toy mc ToAe (N rom, aWO). Xen. An. 2, I, 20 TAlTA (N rowa, AWO) pi" a9 a1J ).r,.~, trap' ~,.w" 3f -dn!).).' TAAE (N rowa). Pl Men. 90 c &t-/DI TolTO (N a~) Ary.IM'" ToAE (N f'OiinJ) Ai-rpo, &wo, etc. Xen. An. I, 3, 18 fy6t ~ ct>'l,u TAYTA (N aWci) ct>Avapltu,CNIo PI. Rep. 327 B ~po"",,, Otrov AYTOc; (10 m N) .fr,. otToc (N a~r), I""" &rwf,,, trpouEPXf'f'al. 148L As &a, is related to oWor, 80 is ,...~ to f'OIOUror, 'f'CICrCIcr& to 'f'oaoUros, and W. to OW6I c : Xen. An. 2, S' IS nlapxer pi"TOCAYrA .In, TlaO'acfHI""Is ai WAE Qtr'lIM/J8". 1481. Observe: "al oWor C this also,' tcal naWa 'and tbat,' ~' 'this i. the very thiag,' 'that'. it.' So still in N (570). 1480b Od. a 76 ~1M'is oiAe. Th. 2, 12,3 HAE (N f'Ow,,) ~ ~pJpa. X8Il. An.

'"iw

RELATIVE PRONOUNS.
1488. Of the relative pronouns (and adverba)I. "Cc, oeoe, oToe, (also ~, cW, On), point to &onlething definite and individual: who, that; 2. "Ocnc, onoeoe, onoioe, (also ~, ~, WOn), refer to something indefinite and generic: who(so)ever, w~. Men. 179 IITT&II a'qr &l>8aApDr Oc: 'f'G flu.s' 61'9' 340 ~os GCTIC o~ /CRi IIOU" IX'" M. Ach. 442 M 'f'oVr 8.arGs ,,' daiMM, GC d,&' I~. Xen. Cyr. I, 4, 12 00tc ola' OCTIC l"sponror ~''''''''' 1484. In N lI"ov or .w, &For, lI,n, (M or '"""', aIao M ...BM. hau. 8MII), correepond to cl888 I, hotor (aIao hov), &For, 1I,'f'I ([M]""", hau, .,..., or 1ItrOnw) to 01_ :I. 1486. However, &n&1I stands also for ~, especially after a negation expressed or implied, from which it follows that &rTi1l had, even in A, a wider scope than ~. Henoe P Greek often uses &nLII indiscriminately for ~ (cp. RKnhner iil 906; FKaelker 205 f.) 'ar'" GCTtC-olla'{r IlTTa OCTIC-nr IITT'. OCTIC. ~a.1r OCTlC none who '--allai" 0, TI. tror GCTIC 'every one tbat '-Pl trUnl" OCOll, all who.' (2015). 1488. The phrase .11T1" oc (orllTTl. ot) 'there ..re those who' (=a'f'.,.r, 'some '), occurs very frequently through all the cases: IITT&II lw, ifTTU' ol~, 'flTI. m:r. Note further 'ITTI" On sometimes,' iITTI. o~ or &row 'somewhere,' ilTT'" Otr6lr 'somehow.' (2015.)
PI. Phaed. 63.A ICTI.. on .1 oTc /UAT_ 'f'........ ~ Cfj...

1487. 011 has demonstrative force in the phrase: _ 'and he' (1197, c), ~ If ~ 'quoth he' (605).

1'8'1". Similarly &r and IIcrTlr are used, not frequently in.A, but oommonly 8ince T (UDder the iDftuence of Latin !IIIi). for 6 Il~ or oWot (If), as: Th. 3..... : 3.39. Sopb. O.C. 731. 135+ O.R. 733. [Dem.] :l6,:a6 (27). CalIin. 6"., U ON 11l6I'TfJ of ,sa.AcfIOlllt.C7a..""I7U "f 68. 13'

.,X,,,,,,,a,l,,,.

362

PRONOUNS, RELATIVE.

&me: 4nAulm nl

daM roii 110'''' 01 ruoc ."'.... lIa,6 OiTINf:C 3"rriCI'fIllTO .,. 1rfIAAc\ 1av,.M&G, et passim. lIal. a7, 15 ~TIN(I)N .AAIO'I ..... xfof.... ..~. 39,19 OCTIC /Ja#IA,", "'" BocomW-ao 31, :u, et puaim. Cp. BK6hnerl 938 f.

1438. The function oras (&n,r) is often perf'ormed alao by the postpositive article. This u~ which is very common in the Ionic dialect, found ita way into Doric and Attic, and through the latter became panhellenic, though onl-" in those forms which begin with T (606; Kflhner-Blaaa i. 133 A; RKtlhner iit 906 A. 3; KMei&terhans' 123, 12; GBWiner 133). In this ~ and form, especially from the time when l'8latiVes began to admIt of the article before them (1219. cp. 2038), it has been preserved in N, chiefly in sententious expressions. Otherwise it is now obsolescent, making room for the ua1W MrOV (606 W. 1220). A 125 dAM T4 , . nAlow 'EfftpUopn, nl 3111a1mu. Hdt. I, I rill' xfoptw TON _ .v. 2 TllAAA TQ)N .r._ 4wlnTo. Eur. ABdr. 810 IrTIW_
ToYc .w ~ CIA ii. 6u, lJ (B.O. 300) ci)N T. T4 .."ar ToW IMwr IE.AoylO'aTo. 622, 8 (B.O. :a00-150) Tdr Ao" lvatar TAC _,;;.... Apophth. 408 0 "CfWo TO '."a-,o"." rilr4~f.. Leont. Neap. V. J. 24. 12 'AA T4 .,a pi/ML v.s. 17'7,A Tcl1rCU31a TA~. [JIal. 95, 8 't/N"tt 3111 TQ)N ("') tlXI ".,' 'awoV .Aol..... rijr Tpolar. 102, 3 p.tTd TOY (of)'~ .otlplov. 4 W TON (6r) .rX..~r . . . . .,."....] A1chem. 325, 11 4.i Ta 411'11"" TO woe.ir.

old_,.
H"".

_,0..

cWT" 'npt.VO'.II'''

"Na"

So iD M, .. : IStaph. 180 ft A..,.s".1'fI .,Avda TA -yE.""",, .1.......~. ii. 168 "ya. TO.w IoJp8 cS 4A'0I. Pul. 19 ~I' THN ". 06 ,.. T'I" 'fJapI"",. lis - 4.1 n)ar p4Ar THN .rXfr T'I" ....;;.al'. Ta.fI.1 JIDII. -80 DOW: TA "..,.,' cS J(p6II'or 31" Ta """"" what a lIiDgle hour JDa7 briDe forth .. whole year JDa7 Ilot.'

'n,.

"I,.,,,

'UiUr

'fIAt

1489. Aa a distinct departure from A usage we may note the peculiarity by which a relative is often conceived all a mere connective and so is followed by a redundant demonstrative placed after one or more intervening words, but alwa18 within the relative clause (cp. 1401). as: Mark 7. 25 '\Iv.;' HC .lx. TO BvydTPIOI' AYrHC frHV,.a doSapnw. This is apparently a Bebraism initiated b)' the Beptuagint, imitated by the NT writers, and spread through thelr subsequent imitators to common speech (1401). Bept. Ex. 4. 17 (~. Pdfj30" 7'11"",..) I. ~ 1I'0&~"'r i" AYT~ """.ia. Lev. 11, 32 1I'.u. fTlCfUor 0 a.. W'0&"s;, IfY'IO" I. AYTcP- 34 fir c'I a./n'A8rJ br' Ay,.O ~&tp. 13. 52. Num. 17, 5. Deut. 11, 25. HT Rev. 3, 8 BupA. ;,-,ypJ..".. AN OMtI' av..aTAf irAfi_ AYrHN. 7. 2 oTc IMs" AiToic da"cij_ ~. yij.. Mark 13, 19 lAi",,, oil. OV ~ TOIAYrH cLr' dpri, Rev. 12, 6 el, T';" 'e.'IJID" onoy 'X" hc' TOIl'O" l,ro'fllMTpJ- atI'~ Bnw. So ib. 14. ete. Acta Tho. 46. 3 ellN 01 aMIIT., AiTQ)N. ~90 16 Q)N al ,Ayrc3N (-aiIT.II') ~Xal. Mart. Petri 86, 19 ~ lUll AYr~ atl'Wn,fTf" Tc\f -yvrai_. ActaPil. A ~ J elf ON oM,,,u...llinAP ,{,pIu_iN AYTcP- Alchem.22, 11 ON /UT' dAtyo, '1,upar WP'1fTf&, An-ON. Belth. 259 TON 0&: ItI>8MAI' TON (ubi Ta) 1I'ar; f'A {3t'A'I. Bachl. 2, 248 /Ill ..u 01 4HA0& dpl'Oiirnu TON ,l 01 fJ'!'YYfJlfir TOil 1I'>.io... Pul. 19 T';I' ,u,..",,,, THN ,.. 'a"., ri tAq",-" I~pl"'.-SO now: t/lopltAGf'II nay OMI"I TA ~ ,.,a 'Y""fIUcn nay THN .laa ' 11I"p",,- See 1401.

.na-..,.

l~.

For the peauliarlt7 of relativ. to act .. interroptiv. aee 2Oa8.

353

Aa

Digitized by

Google

1441-1446.]

A'l'TRACTION OF RELATIVES.

ASSIMILATION OB ATTRACTION OF THE RELATIYE.

1441. A relative pronoun which refers to an antecedent genitive or dative, but owing to the construction of the verb from which it depends, should stand in the accusative, can be drawn to the genitive or dative referred to, especially when it stands in close connElXion with it. This construction. called assimila. tion or attraction of the relative, is a mode of expression more or less favourite with all writem ef aU periods, from classical antiquity down to B times.
Xen. An. I, 7, 3 8,r",r IfTfath hapfS ~ID,,-ijr i>..vIJ.plar HC ItllCT'fJfTth (for Xen. An. I, 3, 16 or ~~pO'" tr&aTfVu0/UII ci> All Kupor a.~ (for all all K. a,b.). NT Luke 2, 20 Itr! troa,,, oic "ltolHTn". John 2, 22 1""anwTtJII A&ycp ~ .llf'". Mark 7, 13 orfi trapaa6tr" b,wll ~ traptMlfaft, et paaaim. Hennas Via. [, 3. 2 'roii trpGyfUl'r0r aY sa.,. 3, 11, 1 " ..11 110/4 fON 'tr'~'l".ir. Acta Tho. 16, 2 nu trPtJ'''OJploll aY llft'l,'" 'Ioultar, et paaaim. Ca.llin. 85. 10 "AlII lPYOJ. <ON trOlf&. 88, 16 trlpl ".,u..,.OJII <ON dllT_/aOJIt ;,,u", et passim. Leont. Neap. V. J. 20, 13 11 tON tAa/3r. 13. 19 JIOtTOIfO""lOlf oie awck mou,a.II. 26, 1 XfJ'IrTlolI oy 4. It'''"IFIIOf, etc. (For N Bee 1#5.)

.qll It.).

or.

"1"."

"oil" ",,(..

10&42. If the antecedent genitive or dative is a demonstralit1e pronoun, it is generally dropped; but if it is a substatttitJe, it 18 transposed without article to the end of the relative clause : PI. ApoL 22 C 01 XP'IfT"rpaol fcraa,,, oM." cUN (for lul_ 4) A/JOW"" Xen. An. 3, I. 45 .UII ma"" {T' 11/1' oic (for 1".1 'roUro&r 4) l.~" ft al trpc1nflr. Xen. I, 9. 14 -roVorovr llpX0lI'far In.. HC m'ff{1"fplcfHt'o xlar (for ,-ijr X;,par ~II It.) NT Luke 9. 36 ~.AGII oM.. cUN u,pamII. Heb. 5, 8 lp4fhll df/l' tON hraS.. ,.,,11 Wratccjll. tuke 3. 19tr1pl tra..-." a;N IfrOl;,uf. ,""",pAl. 45 'Hpfpa",. 19. 37 trlpl tr__ cUN .mOll awG/U_. Acta Tho. 16, 3 om IDo Itrol'la," ~N IIf~lAaro ro,ijaa&. 1448. Convemely, sometimes the antecedent is cb:a.wn to the case

of the relative (int7mle attraction), as: LT" 19. 47 TllN aiciAN HN ICtJT~").'trI!. oil IfAdoPOt dElalat"L Xen. An. 3, 1,6 _j).", a'-""; 45 'Atr611.,.. 8oic oie la.. SUe,". Acta Tho. 66, 28 6K6INON ON ~,).iJ /h1lTWW UOII Iat"u,.

1444. When two or more relative clauses are C(M)rdinated

to each other, the leading relative, instead of being repeated each time in the case required by its verb, is either omitted
every subsequent time, or replaced by I.i~ (also ~, lltUos), or by some other personal pronoun appropriate to the case. Xen. An. 3. 2, S 'AplGior all ~/Uir ~").o"'" {Jau&Aia m8lU'fa_ 1CtJ1 {sc./J

l&rttca/UII mi (IC. rop' 03) 1Adfjo"", tr.m, ~~ aatcoilt trOll"' tr.&pGoraa. CJr. 3. I. 38 frOU al} Iltfu.o~ lU'flll 45 d.l}p &r "1INBljpa ~,u. Ita~ ri pd).a 18a~""'ff AiTON; Bopb. Ai. 458 f. mi .vII n apill. &U'flf l/4-ir ~oir iX8alpopm, lA"T,i ai M' 'E)')'~_ U'fpardr;

Xp,

1445. ID N the asaimilation of the relative in any of the forma specified above (1441-4) il naturally out of the question owing to the abaence of a declinable relative pronoun (604-612). Moreover there it no dative to act as an antecedent case to the relative. 354

Digitized by

Google

PRONOUNS, INTERROG. AND INDEJ'INITE.

[14&8-1448b

INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS.
18. Clasaical Greek distinguishf\8 two classes of interrogative pronouns and adverbs, according as they are used directly or indirectly.

A.. IMed twI Ittdirect. n'l; ~: 1r'Oior; m ; ~;-N(rlr;)ncdr; trlwor; . ; m; 7t69cv; ..yj; mr;-NnV; m; ./rr.(r);

B. Indirect only.

&anr, InrOnpor, ~ ~ Orov, &re&, 1nr08w, ~, ~,. &rem For P-N 188 6 14 f. .t 2037b. a1ao the simple l'elatives 3r, ofor, &cror-and 00, of, . , D, ~, M
Soph. Phil. S6 Tic " lCal rrolkN ".ci~I i Pt Gorg. 508 B alCnrT'"" Ti ni avpfJaU1oIlTG. Xen. An. I, 5, 16 m,1C faT. O,TI tI'OUm. Pt Rep. 414 D O~IC ol8a onoi~ .,.fS">./AU ~ rroiolc )'dY~1f ~l"- Jp;.. Lye. 13,4 dICo.icrarf 'rOW Ti fI'OIoiinar .,.A 3J1OI'G .,.OainJ dtroICaAoUaa. An. 2, 5, ? m,1C Olaa MO 0".0 rroioy a .,.ci~ou~ M. orrO! cfJ, ""~ !/HVy.p drrof~ oIW .l~ rroioN alC/rr. dtroapal", M orrwc: a. elr l}(1JpAp XOJplo. chroa'f'GI'l. Dem. 18,73 lEcTciC.u8al Tic TiNOC a&,. lUTI. Xen. MeID. 2, 2, 3 TiNAC ~ wo TiN(I)N ~pOlpt. a. ptiC_ ,Wf1'"/f'I''1tM-r. _iaar wll ~_;-See also ao37.
N: Ti YplXfI; 'what is the matter\" TiNOC flrI aWd; 'Wh088 is this? rrolcic 'PX''J'CII; 'who is coming?' noy ~-lI/I4r; I where were you yesterday\' ' rrOT(c) .",.; 'when did he come?'_I pIIU Ti ',""tr 'tell me what happened to you.' "I~. nwc .7"", he asked me how I wu.'
l~b.

q, Tporrcp 9 8J,/-WICpana

IC~).U8'1.

Xen. Mem. 2, 2, I lCG'f'Gpt~ar~.

On the use ohoior for rlr _ ,,89 [I].

1447. For the use of relatin pronouns and adT8l'ba alao as direct interroptiYell _ Interrogatin olaUBel (2038).

INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.
1448. The indefinite pronoun 'Tq 'T1 is enclitic and postpoei. tive. Ita disyllabic forms, however, in particular the plural nm, 'T'''&' are also, in P-B Greek, often put at the beginning of a sentence, in which case they naturally retain their accent.
1448b Since H we meet with ffO'f'l, then with the singular ftr, at the beginning of a olause (1\89), as: Jaa. $, 13. (Cp. Aeaoh. Cho. 654 Tic & Soph. Tr. 630. 865.,.1 em. la. 6. AriBt. Rep. 3.... 9 TlNOC pWrOl nAl.,.OII.) Sept. Sap. 12, 12 & Clem. R. ad Cor. 27, S Tic Jp" aim;,.l broir,aar; KZ 28, 383 Tic a. at T """pt;" rcOIC~. ",ol~afl. 386 (before :zoot) Tic _0. "'0I~.a. Apophth. 437 0 Tic ,,,'" Ia..ICI dppa/NJPG m1 4}.8." ).Ofh ~ TA {:Jaw Vital. Epiph. 48 c rrOTi ~ "'P';;'. dypoiJr lcr.).8dJITOJP. So ib. D. 53 B. 60 c. 61 A. 64 c. 72 D, etc. Callin. 81, 11. liS, n. 122, 19, et paaeim. Leont. Neap. V. J. 17,8 &, . " , "ir

'.ao.,

ft,".

"pi.

,.06.,..

av.

,,01

rNJ.,.,

~5

Aaa

Digitized by

Google

1441-1446.]

ATTRACTION OF RELATIVES.

ASSIMILATION OR ATrR.ACTION OF TIlE RELATIYE.

144L A relative pronoun which refers to an antecedent genitive or dative, but owing to the construction of the verb from which it depends, should stand in the accusative, can be drawn to the genitive or dative referred to, especially when it stands in close connexion with it. This construction, called assimila_ tion or attraction of the relative, is a mode of expression more or less favourite with all writem ef all periods, from classical antiquity down to B times. Xen. An. I. 7, 3 &rr,.,~ Ifm,tJ. c1..3p.f ~Wl"if 1".u8.plaf ~c Il/~ (for ~II Il.). Xen. An, I, 3, 16 T ~)4pOlIl rrIfTT.Wro,"" <i> a. Kiipor a.~ (for a,. Wo K. a,Il.). NT Luke 2, 20 Irrl rrafTlII oTc feOlHTn". John 2, 22 IrrlfTTf1JtTG.ll .,.. A&y., <i> fr.",. Mark 7, 13 Tj rropaa6trfl b~" ~ rroiKa_M., et paaaim. BermBB Via. 1.3, :I TOii rrpOy,..,.or at-la. 3,11. I T."Tp.II"O/4"" cON I"'I~,!".!r. Acta Tho. 16. 2 Toii rrpa..,..,plov at 'enC." 'Ioultar, et paaaim. Callin. 8S, 10 T." 'PY"" OON rrOl.!. 88. 16 rr.pl ".a".,.." cdN an_/ll_fll ~pi'" et paBSim. Leont. Neap. V. J. 20, 13 T cON fM!3r. 13. 19 "ouoeo".wlr oic awOr Irro&r,fT.". 26. 1 )(pVfTlou oi 4. IlfICTrJ"fJ/Of. ate.

par..,.

(For N see 1445.)

1442. If the antecedent genitive or dative is a ~ pronoun. it is generally dropped; but if it is a BtlbstaMifJe, it is transposed without article to the end of the relative clause : Pl Apol 22 C 01 }{p",~l WafT'" oM." WN (for IIl.l.... 4) A/yow"'. Xen. An. 3. I, 4S "u" h~ fT. I~' oTc (for hi ToiiTOI~ 11) A;.y.", Tf a1 rrp.rrTf&f. Xen. I. 90 14 ~ c1px.o- Irrolf! HC UT'UTpI~O XrptB (for "ir x-par 4. c.) HT Luke 90 36 ~&Aa. oMf. w.. ..... Beb. S. 8 'pal dt/J' cON IrrotJ.1I ~. W4llO~.. 't.uke 3. 19-npl tra.n.. cON IfrOl~'" frO'"Ip 6H,.;a~. 190 37 rr~l rrafT cON .130" allJllip.t_. Acta Tho. 16,3 oI1Tf.nAo flrol'lu,. cON I"JfYYflAQTO rrolqua&. 1448. Conversely. sometimes the antecedent is cimwn to the case of the relative (intl61W attraction). BB: L,I. 19.47 THN oiciAN iiN IlaTf').aru ol. rrArioJ/Of dEln IfTTL Xen. An. 3. 1,6 _lA.. aVtj 6 'A"ci).)..., 8oic oie ,a., 1Ut1.. Acta Tho. 66, 28 KiNON ON cfJ.AGa {hAT"" vou IUTU,.

to each other, the leading relative, instead of being repeated

1444. When two or more relative clauses are co-ordinated

each time in the case required by its verb, is either omitted every subsequent time, or replaced by a~ (also ~, IICC'I'OS), or by some other personal pronoun appropriate to the case. Xen. An. 3. 2, 5 'AIJ&aior 3. ~".!r 8').0"" fJacriAla u8&eml_ ul (se. > 131.0".. eal (IC. rrap' o~) 1MfJo".. "IUTa, ~~ ~ trOIfu. trflpir Cyr.3. I. 38 frO" al} 'Il.&.of IUTi. 6 hl}p 3r fTlIIIf~pa ~piir Ilal vU ",JA. ISavpGCfr AYrON; Soph. Ai. 4S8 f. col JIii. Tt }{pI} 3pa.. &rrm I"..". '.OUt IX8alpopm, /AfT.1 a; M' 'E)')'~_ UTpaT6r;
alllence of a declinable relative pronoun (604-612). Moreover there il DO dative to act as an antecedent CBBe to the relative.
epecified above (1~1-4) ie naturally out of the question owing to the

1446. In N the auimilation of the relative in any of the fOfDII

354

Digiti4ed by

Google

PRONOUNS, INTERROG. AND INDEFINITE.

[18-18b

INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS.
18. Clasaical Greek distinguishM two classes of interrogative pronouns and adverbs, according as they are used directly or indirectly.

A.. lMect tJIItJ IfIdWect. ft,; ~: 'II'Oiot; nit; trOaot ,-N (.,.1,;) nc6t; NOI; troV; m; n6cv; 1rjj; mr;-Nnfi; N; m.C,);

B. Indirect only. &rnr.. ~ &niot, &rOaos 'I'___ L:IL.!l-. ., l'PorP-NI88614f .taon". cnrvv, - , _ , .,"U, 07nIIt, 0lI'O'I'I S a1ao the simple 1'elatives &I, ofot, &rot-and ~, of, Mo, D, ~, M(.
Soph. Phil. 56 Tic .,.. Iral no8N ",dIM'; Pl Gorg. 508 B fTurrrlrw Ti .,.ci fTVp.fjaU,o",Go Xen. An. I. 5. 16 oiIlr faT( o.TI _in. Pl Re~. 414 D ob" olaa onoi~ ord>'1'rI ~ noiotc >'~r ~JIOOf Jp;.. Lya. 13. 4 GICO.icraT. cjJ Tp6nfj) ~ a,,101CpG7ia 1UJ'r.'A.U8". Xen. MeID. 2. 2, I m7'GI"~ ~ t'OW Ti fI'OloVn'GS .,.A 31/01"1 .,.OiiTO dtrulCG'A.oVcrlo An. 2. 5. ? oil" Olaa M' noioy a .,.d~OIIr M' ono. I .,.'" t/Hfryw. drrof~ oIW flr noioN fT"MOS drroapal'1.oI1l1 onwc b tit J}(1IpAII XtliplOll Dem. 18. 73 l~dC'l1lJa, Tic TiNOC af.,.tOr IfT'I". Xen. Mem. 2. 2, 3 TiNAC d. W.\ TiN(I)N dpot".. a. I"leo"" ~'1pJlIOIIr. ",ai3as W.\ -rorH_;-See also ao37.

drroa.,.at".

.0

N: Ti -rpIXfl; 'what ta the matter" TiNOC a,"; 'whoae fa this" no.Oc 'PX''I'Gl; who il ooming" noy fJ.- ~,; 'where were you yesterday, nOTE(c) fJpI.; 'when did he come" __I pDII Ti 'tell me what happened to you.' po' 't*"r'lt. miic .r"", he asked me how I was.'

.r,/

"'uS"

16-ie". On the use ofnC'ot for"'& -/J&) [1]. 1447. For the use of relative pronouns and adverbs also as direct interroptiV81 _ Interropti.... claUBel (a038).

INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.
18. The indefinite pronoun ,..~ ,..1 is enclitic and postposi-

Ita disyllabic forms, however, in particular the plural nw" ""vd, are also, in P-B Greek, often put at the beginning of a sentence, in which case they naturally retain their accent.
1448". Since H we meet with ffO'f"/, then with the singular ft" at the beginning of a clause (~89), as: Jas. $, 13. (Cp. Aesch. Cho. 654 Tic ao., & ni. Soph. Tr. 630. 865 .,.l Dam. 130 6. Ariat. Rep. 3, ... 9 Tt NOc ,.wroc tIOAl.,._) Sept. Sap. 12, 12 & Clem. R. ad Cor. 27, 5 Tic Ipli aim;' .,.llrrotr,vas; KZ 28, 383 Tic a. at .,.cMlp T'; 1''''11"1" lralrA. fI'Ol~lTIlo 386 (before 2OOt) Tic -;", ",,,,rJl1.&. Apophth. 437 C Tic 71'07" ,,1 1'''' dppa/lM1IfI ml ,Ut' >.~ ~ TA /:Iaia I1U. Vita Epiph. 48 C nOTi ~ "'p'M. dypolnt

tive.

"pi.

,a..

oil"..,.,

w.>,8O.r",.. 80 ib. D. 53 B. 60 C. 61 A. 64 C. 72 D, etc. Callin. 8r, 11. 115, 11. 122, 19, et passim. Leont. Neap. V. J. 17, 8 &, oIScntr 7'ijS'

355

Aa 2

Digitized by

Google

1448"-1466.]

INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.

THE VERB.

tWrijr ,,>.,,8Vor I" yj mS'An "oii >..aoii, Tic "i" i.." .. ~8J>"IJC'" ""'pMa, ...0" pamp'OII. 99t 23 I" ,Gp fj ~piPf Tic "it" "rj" dyyt'A.arj" Iro>',nicur IEf/(T"'I"6r..,, S...pfi u>.. 49. 16 TINOc l'I"CI](oii yu~iJo_ ." 7i trdA.1. Vita. SA 28* A TINi ".pl alwijr ~ ib. B TINOc "rj

awn

~.

.",..&>.,.._.

1449. So too N ftS and nMr: they are treated euctlylike .Tr or r.." or .f1t.dr or .clJ,4""s (589). Mark further that "ls or T ..ar and .cbr.lr or .dIIIMU are very frequently UIIOCiated with a negation, following or preoediDg, and thus correspond to ancient wa.lr or P'lB.lr (19")' 1449". In P, when "lr began to lose touch with popular speech (621 f.), ita SUCCle880r (589. 597) is often placed before it. for emphasis' eake :

Kart. Petri 82, 29 eTc aI llC ''''''''. Acta Tho. 7, 9 erc TIC n. .61'011x."parr."." awes.. Callin. 137, Ni TINI &a&Sn> mw. [But cp. Th. 6, 61 TIN';' MiAN llllna, and 8, JlO TINEC AYO "in.) 1U9-. When the indefinite enclitics ft, (with its suoeeuor or ......1,) and 1rO'r~ became prepositives (18"), popular speach began to place after them tile negation wor JAIl. and thus obtain a subetitnte for the compound 06Bei, ""Belr and 06BlffOf" ,."BlrrOTf or olinT. ~OT'. This mode of expl'888mg negation is very popular in N speech: ",aodr B~" or .....fi, (ICcbr4I1Gr) B~" for 06atir, ffOTl al" for 011,.01", Tmlr (ICd"dr) ..a III for P'lB.ir, ... i ..a ,.n} for ptjffoT" ..". SAw (a.' SAw) B~" for 061Ja".., eto. Callin. 101. 23 AWol ,.I" TINI orK '~,,)(orro. 123. 1 A ~ TI NOC or ,..TfAIt./J." "porir. Vite SA ,8* B TI NOc MM 'ftt1TG,.III01I.-N: l1N;c MN 'a7'oXci'"'1'" and commoner KANeic AeN no one enr thought.' lTOTE MN lit_a I never heard.'

.f,

I.

.r,

t,..,.."

"OIl

'''T0xUnl.,

1410. In ita ordinary function, "lr ,,1 means ca, Clft, bot it is often oBed ironically of a pmIOfICIlit, or of IIOrMtIti"ll oJ ifJtporltlftCfJ, aB:
'AlJYUIlye

Eur. El. 939 "Ix." Xen. ]lem. " I, 12

'"l1li &. TI M'fOl"

TIC

ft". you

did bout of being somebod,.; Crr. I, ... 20 Dof. TI Ar,.", ~

14151. 80 too the N oompolUld Ileutar lII:n or ItIl.n "', .. : hppR'"

KATI (TI) he thiDb hl,bly of himIIelf.'

Il".

1dS. When it accompanies words denoting a quality or quantity, ,,~ means about, some, as :

thirty.' PI. Soph. 255 0 av' &nIL Lys. 216 D ""t ma. 16158. Analogous is the N turn : .dp.p.a Tp&arra,..o some thirty,' ~ 3uapfcI, Wt..,..a. "_,..0, ~, .a.,.....,.,.a, ate.

nMoWor TIC,

,w.,ar

TIC, , . TINI

{!Jpa]('l ~rtn4.rwn1 TINec IOme

VOICES 01' THE VERB.

A. ACTIVE VOICE.

1464. The active voice is usually trtmBitiue, in that it re~ sent. the subject as acting on some pe1'8On or thing, as: CTm.nt dig,' mu8cVw educate.' 1466. But a number of tJCtiw verbs are uaed sometimes in a
356

Digitized by

Google

TIlE VERB-ACTIVE VOICE.

[10&&5-1"7.

transitive, sometimes in an intransitive sense. The commonest of them are:

['*-it,.
Cl.

&.,., 'JMCl'
.. " .. "

IMW 'cIrlve' ....-aA-I. '1Itop,' d..uoy'

fII,. , lift '

(.a, fll'lfCll'.lippa) , ride,' , cIrlve,' 'mareh ' (.a, TM rwwow) '.top,' , halt' (110. TCl npd:rnpa) 'adftoDce,' 'mareh' (.a, TCl np6:rnpa) 'lilt out," Itart' (.a, TU 1'CIiir) to.' (.a, TU Nur) 'laud.'

'.u

6.

."",,.. 'prohibit' quit' c. dwX-' bap off'

~,.
""-,

,I/Ml_'

Ix.' have' wpotl1x. 'hold to,' '.pply' nA,vrGoo 'biIh ' wpd:rnI , do'

, COIl...,'

- d .u&r 'am waU,' 'ill' - (.a, TCloiW) 'sive heed ' - (10. TCl. BlIII') , die ' - el, ....&r ' fare waU,' , ill ' - , pt ahauted ' - 'bJah,' 'vanish.' - , am distaDt' - 'cWfer'
-

",.aa.,.., 'sive beIIi_'

... " " . . , urp ,

.".~ I "'riDe in ' It&,,.., '~ forth'

'break iD,' 'invede' 'cli8charp'

I

m-,' 'improve'

",11.,., 'impel' "I,a. , keep llihmt '

",. . . . 'bap _ _ ,

'hasteD,' I h1l1TJ" '~' 'urp' , am elleut ' , bap 1Iihmce.'

For many more specimenl see RKtlhner ii.' 80-841458. This practice becomes much commoner in P-N, but particularly in B-N speech. In fact it applies to alllanguagea and proceeds from the natural desire for brevity, the lpeaker readily omittmgwhat appears as a regular concomitant and the hearer can easily supply from the context. In this way a hoat of transitive verbs which, from a l~cal point of view, ought to be accompanied bYlOme complement or adjunct, very frequently dispenae with It, and thuI become mtranaitive when occasion requires.
148eb Compare the following verbl in the NT: Im.-, trPO-, I1Tpff/-, dtropplfITGII, ropa3;a.",., i_xl-, (BC. *), d~C., u.m. (se. XP~II4To), &0pUov. (se. nixor), pijio. (10. ~), 11T""0. "'avrf (se. cc>'l..,.), ICCITG _f/W.ijr Ix." (se. ccd>.1II'fMI), iTOI,.C.. (IC. ccltTd>.lIlI4), ->'>'.fJd.. (BC. IIII).} I. -ro1TTr. dIfOl1TfU.., If',.., mai., 31G1COJ11it, rptJfTfC1lllit, m>.., CCPOIlOl, ayop4C., ..eM.,

IIQA>..,

u.a-,

_1-, d.a>.., ,,1Uirr.

..cicr)(tf, cbran'U., o~EcW-, ftrurrplf/-, ete..

GBatzidakis 302 fr.)

MTrV-'

a."... _ril, .".,..C-. erAec&i, ,,~, rf,.,w. and a hoat 01 others. (Cp. aleo
14&7. When such a multitude of transitive verbs had become intransitive also, and so applied to either case as occasion required, it was inevitable that verbs originally intransitive should now be attracted and forced into the transitive construction as well (1244; cp. FKrebs 3-34): Polyb. 1, 7. 8 _pe""Iw.",,,, TOW 'PJnWIM. AlIo I. 10, 4; 80 -

1468'. In N thia 118ap is still commoner, .. : .,.,plCOI. rn., XaA&i. fiThOl.

BanpW Ant. Hell. ii. 453 (370 B.c.l ~."m" nlIflllNl11rOJ'lrJer6T" TU w6Aft ~ I rPt1l"""""'CI' r6At. KAlIIJTla.o.. 3, 46, 3 EAo,u_ r.rpeat...,, mort/mm. - Dlod. 5.46, 3 olTM~",.lpo1on-tr. SoIOLBelL 3,31,

3,

357

Digitized by

Google

14157-14159.]

THE VERB-ACTIVE VOICE.

3 '",lJpWOI'TfS DroA.paiw. App. Dl)'l". 37, I. B. C. 3. 79. Joa. Ant. 13. I. 3 TW IJ~ '~d..16I1Ta ,,,.lJpttlO'arrrts. Polyb. I. 30.6 d'P"'I&iO'III Tlb ..tC'- aM"fts. 3. Bo, 4 d~TW ''''TOI6aO',..w TOil' 4XA_. 15,7. I. 11,8,5 'fI1rOIIaaCOI' Teh dKoAovIlar. 3.ft 6. I4 d..oAtA,,,,,,,,I,,1II Tel" B'PlIIICw 'Arr~. 31,26.6 ....,.,.;" TG ~noA&o,..lar. 18, I", 8. Diod. 13,95, 5. Polyb. 33, 2. I " ..A.,or riW "poO'6Wv Dio C. 5... 20; Proc. Hilt. .Arc. I.-Diod. 31, I, 12 d~&I' 'Arrl"P"OI' Totf 'p.,,..w,.r. 36. 2, 3 ' ...llovA,tlO'arrror .,. ms dIRllToiiIITar.-Polyb. I, IS. 30 nb 211pcwot1O'ar 'roAll'OVI'. 18... 7. I ,.."airG ..oAf",;". 11.19.3 roA.pI,O'as P.,paIOIIS. Diod. 2. 37. 3 ~"ovr TcKlr rGlllJapllJas ol.ar 'roAll'fllIf. 2,46, 4; ... 17.5; 5,46, 2. 14.37, 2 roA,PlO''' 8,,;.ar, etc. Dion. H. 19, I J(,O'~ ' ..oA.I'O...., TcKls 'Iawvrur IroAll'OVI'. J08. Bell 4. 3, I. Ant. 8, lIt l. 50 I, 18. etc.-Polyb. 3, 82, .. t/NAATTfO'BIII _ "poO'IXf&l' Tel ..AijIor riW 11",1_. IS, 2, .. ..pcwo"ttltw ~ npaAl-; 80 ~ Diod. 13. log, 3. 19. 25. 2. Dion. H. 6. 2.9. etc. J08. Ant. 13, 13. 3, etc. -Dion. H. I, 79 n}I' .ot.... ,,6,,_ &_paTtiil. J08. Ant. 3. 2, . . .tAnk. llaaarpaT,i" TIls X.ipas. B. C. 5. 89 Telr l'Giir 'WT'''''''' Ila,KplT_.-Polyb. 3, ,,2,3 roAf"oWT'r _ araTll"pl'IC6"..ot ToW TIlr tI~lpa, _TpllJar ..TdovAOII"."OUS. 3, ,,5,4 RTrfIIII'ltlarilll TM 'AXIIIM. 3t ... 10. 18.3 7. 20.5.13. Diod. 9. 10. 3 RTG'P"'ICttl8111 Tel. Bipf".. ... u, 3 ; 6. 12. 2. I. Dion. H. 1.2.6,8.10,38.11,1. JOB. Ant. 7, 2,3. 13,5.8. Plut.Crus'9; DioC ..... .of.6.-Diod. I, 39. 5 &nu. " ~r ftlpar uplll,.a ftT.tlm ,.., TOil' Art1fI'GI'cSn,Ta. 23, 1", 4 36, 26. Dion. H. 6, 65 FI WT'O'xW1" ""a.-rl,., .,.., anUJ_.-So dTGpllffo""Xfi" T.N : Plut. Thee. 11. Ael. V. H. 10, "aXfrial T."a or T.: Diod. 3. IS, 7 TIl",pIa. Plut. Tit. FIam.. 3 'Anl/JGI'. Diod. I ...I ... ,.., T'I'Q or T.: Diod. 3. 37. 7 ; ... 1+ 3. Joa. Ant. I ... 3. 2.-ftTGtlTGtI.aC"" T."a: Diod. 19. 36, .. TW /latIlAla. Plut. Mar. 28 Tel" Mw,AAOI'. Perial. 9 ,..,/lovA...._TGtlTpanrY";, T'N: Diod. 11. 21, 3 ToW /Jap/Jllpovr. 11, "3, I. n, 6!. I. 13, 50. S. IS. 16, I ; 16. 13, 2. 16. lIt .. ; 17, 86. I. 19, 26. 9> etc. Dlon: H. 3. 26 ll!'-"'tlTpaTlrfrlt1. TfIIh Tt roA,,,tovs _ +Ia".atovr..., 10; 26. J08. Vlta 62. ApP1an. Celt. 3. Zos. 30 35 ... 22; 37._TUpaTfU. T.N: Dio C. 51. 35; 5... 29._TG"ponptU. T&I'G Diod. 17.33. S.--(I)r T.N: Sept. Ps. 40. 3; 118,,,0; So; 93, etc.-"."".fWW TI"ci: Matt. 28, 19. 2 Co. 3, I .. T91 'f. xCp., 'fHa"IlttlOl'T. t)l'cir.--aC'&I' Tw4 : Sept. Sir. 39. 28...3. 23; ..6, 7.-..Afonnfl;' T&I'Q: Diod. 12, ..6, 3 "Inow ToW ,. ToU ",,uI'Df.-Appian. B. C. I, .. 2 TM aI)CpIIA&lTOIIS Tt . . W,1.ovr 'tlTp4Tflltlt,.. lnr,~",i" T."a Ignat. ad Polyc. ... 30 So even d~or or "1'II..Aarls fl"t T.: Polyb. 1.7.6; 1.39. U ; 2.31,6; 3,40. I; 3, 107, IS; 5,42, + Jos. Bell. I, 17. 8 ~fI ToW roA,,,lovr. d",.,,..,.ti,. TI Theophyl. 34. 10. dwryc._ T., tllIIT'I/pl- id. '77, 23. T. id. 33, 5. 3... 10. For other examplee _ GHatzidaltia 201 f. 1417". This practice ia unduly common in B-N apeech.

1J4>IaA"""'. m

X-,.,

32._

tlA,-"III'._T'CIIrOI'fi'"

"'1..0-

3pGftT'w,.

14158. When transitive and intranBitive verba had thua intermingled, it was to be expected that many of them, thoutrh formerl;r intransitive (neuter), being now felt as transitive, OWing to thelr active form, should form a paaaive voice as well. In this way moat of the above-cited verba form a regular paaaive in G-B:
d-..r&ipaa, trapatIffOI'Uol'III, ..pataarorlOI'lll. '.'nlOI'III, ..potT4x0l'lll, fIPO"O",HI'III. roA.,uoplll, WT.tI)CtIol'III ..TG'ftW1ol'III, ara1'lltlTGtl&dCo,.... mTGtITpaT"tfrlo",", ftTllllpaT'Oplll. -TafllHWtpf01'lllt ""","HpIII, 8puap/hHpIII, ..1.'0I',,",40plll. etc.

,,,.3pWo1'III.

14118". So further medio-pa88ive: '"""tlTfH""" ,_"."ICol'III. ~ '",llovAWoI'III, ''''"IIl.H".., waporH1.aC01'IIIt lnrt~WoI'III, eta. (cp. GHatzidalde 300).

14&9. On the same principle, even verba naturally neuter or reciprocal have aaaumed a medio-paaaive form, as : )(aIpo".. CIG 59Bo (t II~; cp. M. Pao. 291). tlV"(](alpopaa CGL 6..7. 4 ; 6..90 6. abannopAl& Louvre Pap. 51, .. ; Protev. Jac. 30, I IW xa,,..

358

Digitized by

Google

THE VERB-PASSIVE VOICE.

[14159-14.86b

nplll_'_ Rv. Petri 18 .....ltIGrrO. 8ophroJli08 34a9 0 Ilwo_ftIIll'Tw. Theoph. 2:1", u; 41:1. 8. etc.-30.oiipcu: Theopb. :aaa, 17 IlaiiAw le T'Ma _oV,""OII 11_ IIpI63oflW. 165, ao.~pcu' am reached': Theoph. 378, 14 """IrrOf.~pi'OI"l': PolllD: Interpr. 519 ~Of Mal AI- -+piCCWTo .Ir o'"oVr.-I4xol"l' -apa Toii /latnA1otr 'am received lIalchi Exc. ala. 10 (cp.
GBatzidakis 199).

1460. In many cases the transitive active is cau.satitJe, in that it denotes an action accomplished through the medium of some one else (886) : I cause to, I have something done for me. This is, however, common to all languages, and proceeds from the desire for brevity (cp. 1.173). Hdt. 3, 3? "A/MW,r i~pc IItlll ~rE trol'nlr. Xen. An. 1,4,10 Kiipor T';I' trapdalurol' EiEKO'l' lItol Ta fJa"C}.I14 ICATEICAYUN. So further GtrOlltTlt-, eGn-1III, obcoaO,uOl, a,aa.,., trGla.v., etc. 1480b 80 tee in N: KTizCl) "no" 'am having a tower built: .'(TYCI) AI 'am having a vineyard planted,' etc.
PASSIVE VOICE. 1461. The passive voice represents the subject as acted upon, as: tra'a..iopm 'I am educated'; , yij nip"""",,,,, lid TOii ,~lov 'the earth is warmed by the sun.' 1462. In Greek all active verbs, whether transitive or (contrary to Latin usage) intransitive, can form a passive voice. Their direct or indirect object then turns to a subject nomi native (cp. 1281. 128Sb). Ta.. IoiiAw ' train the alave' trallIt~TGI 11 IoiiAGr ' the 81. il trained ~ '''&4I'ToA41' ' write a letter' '1R11ToA~ "~'TGI 'a letter il written' ap)(_ rijr nA.." , rule over the city' ...6Acr &'X.TGI the city is mled over' dpaAIoJ T,.6r ' neglect one' cl,...AftTcu Tlr ' one is neglected ' ~pcwloJ n.6r ' despise one' n"'4>PCW'tTcu T" 'one is despised ' HTG"ffAM T~r ' laugh at ' _TO.,.AIiTa. Ter one is laughed at ' '1II1JOtIAw. T,.t 'iD8DaJ'8 one' 'lR/lovArVnal nr ' one il inanared ' ..lIlT... T'.' ' believe' 't1'l1llt' .'ITT'~ TU' one is believed, truated' f/Io... TIP' ' envy one' fl/JWfiTa. T" , one la envied.' 1468. Thia rule obtains Mao in N, and. the more convenientl, as the JDadority of formerly intransitive verba have become tran81tive (1457 f.). On the other hand, despite this convenience, popular lpeech shOWl a decided disinclination for the cumbrous pa8lli.ve voice, preferring the simpler and direct form of active conatmction. Thus p1 ncrr.u- they (people) believe me,' dyatroiiP TO. 'they like bim,' ete. ia far more popular than trurrt60pGI, d-)tariraa, etc. 1464. In passive verbs the agent (by) is commonly expressed by lnrO with genitive (1695), rarely by other prepositions (as It. 1/'~ 1/'a.pD., &d, d1/'O, 1.651, or by the dative simple (1365). 148&. So too in P-B literary Greek, but popular speech began during G timea to exchange VrrO for dd (1507 tr.), and N now knOWl only the latter expedient. 14815b For examplea as well as for the P-B history of the other prepositionlaee undertheirrelpective sectionl (urnS 1695 f.; lE 1568, C; trp6r 1664; trupci 1628; alii 1531; drr6 1507 ;-dative simple 1365). 359

_lit_

Digitized by

Google

1488-1470.]

THE VERB-KIDDLE VOICE.

MIDDLE VOICE.

1488. The middle voice represents the subject as acting ora, for, or of itself. This re1lexive relation is expreeaed in two

ways (670):1487. A. In the sense of direct object or accusative (self), when the subject is conceived as acting directly on itself, 80 that subject and object are virtually one and the same person or thing (direct middle).
~oU.

'wash '

~oUoI"I'

'{Pt. 'anoint'

'dress (myself)' m>..nn-op.a& 'cover myself' 1"l'"QC0I"I' 'exercise myself,' 'practiae' tu).cmOI"l' 'guard myself' ap.UIIfII"I' 'defend myself (against)' f/JaiPol'lU ('show myself') 'appear' nUnrop.a& 'post myself' dtrlx.0I'IU ' keep myself oft',' 'abstain ' 'Y.u0l"l' 'taste' tr/Iu0I"I' 'stop (myselfl,' 'cease' "plfr. 'turn' "plw0l"l' 'turn (myself) , tcrn,,,, 'set up , tlTT'OI'-O' 'rise ' 1488. Owing to the numerical preponderance and greater popularity ofthe indirect middle (1470), the direct middle naturally loaea in pers)!icuity and force. Hence A commonly dispenses with this group of Dllddle and (like English) prefers to expreBB such a. relation by the clearer expedient of the a.ctlve voice with the approfriate reflexive pronoun, as: J8iC.Ipavr6., dtron'.t...,. law,., IrrtitKTtrn lIpM aln-~ (cp. 1476 & 1478; also 1461 & 1412 f.). 1489. On the other hand when, in consequence of its subtle meaning, the indirect and dynamic middle (1470) began, during P, to retreat before the a.ctive (1478), the direct middle gained trreB:ter clearneea and so ~ually became a favourite colloquialism oWing to its brevity. Hence In N almost every transitive verb, if a.ctive, adrirlts of a direct middle: ItTfPtCIII ' comb,' ICTf"tCOPCl&. tlAflfoJ.t)(pl4i smear,' tlArI~PC&& .t ](IMOV"'" AcnS(.,).' bathe,' AD6~.,)opc&&. Pi/lol'waah,'"tBo"... I]..n-ru-,' .]",.m,JIGI. .,u.. undreea,' -y3(wopc&&. .,,-,.' write,'..""u"o".. sign my name.' BAI_
guard,' BAlflol'CI& guard mYBell.' IfOUptiCIII' fatigue,' -ptiCopc&& , fatigue my Bell,' 'get tired.' rrail1lll' Bet up,' 1I'r'GlPo,.", stand up.' clflrAffle. lcl_optriC.) , discourage,' -opc&& 'get discouraged,' etc. etc.

ol'cp,I.'''II'' 'dress' m>.1inw 'cover' 1",."Q,. 'exercise' tu~lb.,.. 'guard' oJW.PGII 'defend' cpalPGII'show' "a".1TGII 'post' dtrlX. 'keep oft" ~u.., 'give to taste' tr/I_ 'stop'

'o,"" 'anoint myself'

~JII1III'-O'

'wash myself'

1470. B. In the sense of an iftdirect object or dative (in-

In this class of middle verbs, which is by far commoner (1.168), the subject is represented as acting either for StJf, in its own interest (sibi); or in a dgnamic sense (of, from, or through self), ie. with its own means and powers (dgnamic middle) :
direct middle).
alpl01'Cl& 'choose (for myselfl ' rrop&C,- , provide for myself' I"'TOfIfptr01"!' 'send for'
~o~rl'opn' borrow pirT8601'-O' 'rent'
rT1IpfJov'A(~I"I'

'consult.'

360

Digitized by

Google

mE VERB--JlIDDLE AND RECIPROCAL.

[1470b-1477.

1470b So Il-yol'a, ~ 'take a wife to myaelf,' ..0100,.,. 4>l).0II make Bome one a friend of mine,' ,,18fF' "r}. tilf/>OII 'give my vote,' a..of/>alPo,uu -yarO>I"I" ' expreBB my opinion. 1471. In A there iB a distinction between alp401 take,' and alp4o,.,. cbooee'; dwo3l&u", give back,' and dn3llopGI 88ll '; IpX am the first to begin,' and l.px.oJUU commence (my work) , (1324\; 1UI'i.'marry(awoman),' and~opGI'get married (to a man)'; ~ "lJpDII'introduC8 a law,' and "I~,.ai 'r'IN ' sue one'; fllal',l,.' lend, and flla".l,opGI , borrow'; ".0,01 'givejudgement,' and "u,o,.,. 'litigate'; f'XOJ' have,' hold,' 'llO,.at T'I'Of hold on to,' 'cleave' j ",0.9401 let for hire,' ",riIJo,.a' rent' ; ..,IXOJ ' dOM,' and wapiX0pGI 'provide from my own meaDB'; act aB delegate,' and .,,,.,,/3140,.,,, 'negotiate through a delegate' j 7t",,,, N,.al' make a law,' 7l9lJUU NpDII puB a law (for my benefit) '; 7'".,11401 711" avenge one,' 7tJlOlp40,.sl7WfI 'avenge myaelf on some one.' Xen. Hem. 't> 4, 19 70W d"lpdfovs I'lJpwt WX 01 htlf*WOI l&NTO, dUd 9101 701S hlp4wots (&CAN. IBocr. 3, 61 n;. - _ ~ .,pa, 4"a, .. 70tS 'nots NMiKNYC& pGAAOI' . . . 70is M-,ot,. 1472. With rare exception8, 8uch 808 3a.'&'0tml 'borrow' (3IOpl,0""I get appointed' is literary), the indirect and dynamic middle h8o8 become extinct in N. Since when and how, will be Been in 1478 fr. 1478. Like the active (1470), the middle, whether direct or indirect, is 80metimeB ctIfUIItiH (cp. 868), 808: "fEpopnl' have my hair cut,' 'YpOt;opn, TII'CI '8ue one.' Th. 4t 50, 2 01 TCis 'lI'I"nAIls M(TArpA'I'AM(NOI .. 7i111 'A"avplow "Ifltl.I'pIrr.~_. PI. Hen. 93 I) 8.",tlTMAij, KAfc\cpaJ07W nW "Uw eAllAlATo doyalW _ 4AAA trOUcl drill' ElTAIA(YcATO ' had hiB BOB taught.' 1474. This holds good also in N, but, aB expeoted, only in the surviving direct middle (1-t69), aB: ICovpt4o,.fU 'have my hair cut,' i"pl,o,.,. (upa9l,oJUU) '!lbave,' /Jtutw1'o/AfU, /3./3o.JwO/AfU, f)IIAooyoii,.. (/3Aooyo), tlTlflD'4wopGI, 'lopoAcryoil"aa ('1'-) , confess,' AOII7pwyoiipGI (AlITOVnoUpGI), 'lI'w0A&4'OpGI, ,.,.,.",OpGI, etc. (Cp. 1000 f.)

hire:'

.,,,.,,Bw.,,

,.,.,Ia

RECIPROCAL VERBS.
147&. Some verbs, regardless of their voice, when used in the plural, represent two or more subjects 88 acting on one another. They are then called reciprocal. Such are for in-

stance :
A (1TV1')!3ouA.vo".,.o" a&a>...,.".,.o&, ";""OIITfII, 31f1tfJ'pOIITfII, ,,4XOllTa&, 3&a/C~ A.vOllTIII, 3&aAvOIITfII, a-'J&OI1Tol TI, JplCOIIfTI, 'lAA0Pl"OWTI, (al}dl4w!3,,TOVcn, etc. So too in N: d')'CI.oWnu, 31f11'011"TfU, pdx0III"FfU, 7"r,oWTO', 11]/3pl,OIII'TCU, I7ICOT_OWTIIt, ~AoiiI'TfU, cl-,,,aA4,OWTcu, ~A"""o"I'TCI', dllft,..,.,OIII'TCU, XlUpt- 7oUrT1U, 17II/30,OIIIITGt (17IIp/J1/JIa,_), nnnopoiil'Tcu, ICpttloAooyoiirTfU, If.a..OIll'TCll,

,.,u.brIov'" , ')'01')'v'o,,", etc. 1478. For the IIIoke of greater pel'llpicuity, however, this relation of reciprocity is more frequently expre8lled in A by mean8 of a tran8itlve verb followed by the pronoun dAAljAouf or .tAAas IlAAOJO, one another,' 808: 'lAAoiivl. d).A~)'_ (cp. 1468). 1477. So too in N by meRDB of the reciprocal verb with (par, tills, 7111", 1.. 1 I), or more commonly by 6 'NS 701' &AAo (1"12 f.) with the transitive verb placed in the singular, aB: /IlAoii",~,,.a,' we talk with each other'; IC""'i 6 701' &Mo they beat one another.'

t1IIMIAA,""r

'1'11'

361

Digitized by

Google

1483b-I488.] FUTURE AND AORIST MIDDLE.

[1488b Cp. Schol. Aeachin. 3, 41 h01CfJPUEApgoc 'ATTurciis dnl nV ."tNEallTu' xalfH1lla,.,up IIn I ..l Tcl ..AliaT"" TOtt ,"""T'lfOCt. Cp. I.f86; WSchmid iii. 71.)

1484. (b) Conversely, the use of the active instead of the middle occurs times without number, as :
Sept. Ex. 33, 16 loJlT9. 'lp'apW nontclc. NT Matt. 6, 3 nOI~c IAI'I~. 6, 3. 13, 41 TcM nOIOYNTAC n}I' vopla". 26. 18. Mark 15, I avp/JatSA.&"" nOlHCANTC. Luke I, 68; 72. 14, 13 3Ta" nOI~c 1Ioria'. 14> u IInw nOI~c /lp&t1TOI'. 18, 7 nOIHC1 1.31."a,,, (whereas Polyb. 3, 8, 10 ",1iaBaa l.at."cr",). 15,6; 9. Eph. 3, 11. Luke 14> 28 'l'HCllizel n}I' 1Ia,.a"".. Rev. 13. IS. Acta 7, 46 eypiiN IAlor. 2 Tim. I, 18. CIG 1108 ';'rQ)NlcANTQ)N. ttpt6..,., for -OpIU Luc. To:.:. of. nriG.,Q/, t1VI'l"'A.a.~, flGpa~Q/, /l41fT1'" (WSchmid iii. 70). ..poannA.a.tdJd",o, Ae!. N. A., 163. 10. CGL 645 TO",- ..Au-s Ad-yovrnOntCAI. Callin. 70,8 El,..". nOlelN. 75, 2~. 100,6. u, 12.65,7 dxtP nOlelN. So 6g, 23- 70, I, ete. 118, 1511ou"tP nOIHCANTeC. So, 26 flf,."P"IIo. nOIHcANTOC. JLydos 101, 8"(H' nenOlHKwc. Theoph. 232. 32. 247, 16. 324> 16. 336, I. 368, I. Porpb. Car. 59. 14 XaptCQ/.-So further JI-N Ill/Ja.w. BptiTTOl. lHIf,.r.Q/, IITGi (for 1ITGi"a.), 'E",w, Ao-JlCQ/, fIfJ"..u.. "ltDflG'rW, ete. (cp. GBatzidakis 197 f.).

0'

TcWrW Tf HTfIBouAoVfIICI& .",6/AUf11', I.p, B~ 0lIIa .lIfOptW w" aAl..",., Ammon. 7 o/n; "Ill alToVpIU B&ofIP'" Ta ,,0. -,dp alTW 1..1 nV anl 1"1 Aa/Jew - ~ cl1r03oWfI&, Ta B' alToV/AfI& bl ToV XJ1IIaaria. ." cllrCSBofl,,,. au"uBpM" .,fj "T"",Bc BcflflTlu,,' ~ rip -,Gp alriil' wa~ AyriB' alTW/Af"Or.

1485. (c) Even professional grammarians and staDnchAtticiat.a often fail to understand the true force and use of the (indirect) middle, and thus miaapply or misinterpret it (cp. GHatzidakia lC)6) : Lllo. de Soloeo. I I TcI .,. ".. dlClrim ToV ICGIlC"" _ Ta ,..""" TOil "6.,,,ao iP' Ola.' IT, .,+oX., ;-<>,,, olh. u _ Ta HTaBouAoW en, ~" ffI.

')(01'.

"'apoC""""fAG', ."ap.,,-yopi0IM", 1?".""0,,,1&, dpp.6{o~&, and many others (1000,

2 f.)-all used for the active (cp. WSchDlldt, i. 94 & 239).-For more instances in B-M see 1005 and GHatzidakia 195 f.;

olIfOXooii,..,." aI'T~0,3upoil"fI&, lltrofj'A.br0lM", mrofjA.i."o"m, 3ulltolfOii,-. lp/J&f3GC,-. II"'O~'T.u0IM'" '.8.aCol0a, '.",fjilnptJ" lmd...w,-. Irr&TEl'"l"'!a, MOP/O,..,.', ;,cn,X/JCo,- (due to bcnraVoIM"), IaJll~~optJ" lCfITaIIapfTiJ.o/MU, ~l'II"To}.~optaa, ItIlTIIITIt.uaCopa" olltolfO,M0IM". W'a""ux"...

1488. (d) Alao the opposite phenomenon observed since G, viz. the frequent use of the middle instead of the active, pointa to ita having lost touch with the living language. Ita presence in leBB cultivated compositions shoWl only the general anxiety of the scribes to write in a st;vle as far as poaaible elevated above the ordinary diction, thus claIming to imitate .d Greek (cp. 148~b; Bachman's Anecd. ii. 300, 8 tr~ilUTa 3, TQi., traSr,TlIcQi" {i. e. medio-paaaive1 ItO&M 'A.a,..tJ4.,fTfI& 'Wfl'rUID Kal ."asnr fTl/pnllfOI'Ta Elk. ATT1KcP). Thus only can we account for the presence in P-B of such middle aoriata, as : 'tfAA.G'f"~'1" (Poly;b.). ''''.II~fJIT&l''''. 'XIIJpttrdl"l". tluX0'A.""a""., traptfJT7IITdl'1'" IttJT.C1TptlT~"''I''. lno&""" ri brlyptlJlllll, 1tClT- ,.... l ..fUr trd""", ~.}.""aI'I", a&f~.E4",'1'" ;'p"oud""" (2 Co. 11, 2), ~lwd1A'l" TuoU (Acta 7, 24), etc. (GHatzidakil 194 f.)-8o further the middle forma:

,,..30il,.-,

364

Digitized by

Google

THE PARTICLES. -PREPOSITIONS.

[1487-1488.

THE PARTICLES.
Introductory Remarks.
1487. If any particular section of Greek grammar were taken as a specimen to illustrate the historical evolution of the Greek language, no better representative could be selected than the section of the pa.rticles. For thi8 claaa of words shoWl pre-eminently how those among them which were 8B8Ociated in one or more points gradually resulted in a complete identification, each losing its specific notion; atld how they succellively retreated before, or coalesced into, the most expressive or most familiar representative among them (cp. I", .lr, ."pdr; ,,",ci, (lu.; dw6, JE, wo, tr"pci; .r, Br" W.f, Uta, AaT.). And it is further shown how this resultant representative, baving once established itself, again began to degenerate into a commonplace or feeble particle, and thus necessarily retreated in its tum before some novel substitute or some half-forgotten synonym, now restored to popular favour in a more or leas modified form or function; and finalll it is shown how phonetic agencies have often operated in the vanous staRes of the process, atld thu8 contributed to eft'ect a striking change in the morphology, meaning, and function of each particular claaa of 8B8Ociated particles. (lJ2-122. 1700 f. 1999. App. iii. I & v. 4 f. 13.)
14871>. The natural conaequence of the above prace. was that thoee partiolee which have ultimately prevailed over the relit or otherwise taken their place, though now considerably diminished in number, have greatl,. inoreased in frequenoy. In the _ of the conjunctions this WlS also to be apect.ed, since the partioipial construction has been replaced mOBtl,. by dependent clauses introduced by appropriate coDjunctions. ( 21 41. Cp. 173-)

1488. The proce88 just delineated may be illustrated by the following particles taken as representative specimens: .A I~ or lit, chrcS,.6, llb, have become inN cLrlS (IS07) ~", ,~I" fT~ " " fIr , "'np, fT.p' 11 11 flfpl. fTGpo 1"'"4, a1w "" (".,-0) pi IfTIo I"a"" (h.) cLrthr(il "'" 0nJ. "" MD ('''''u, &"".,.-0.,., ..0) fl, Ill, fll " " h (&, Ift-..a) "'1, wo. " " (.)cra" (ad-ao.o) .ott, I" 'lIlT. " " &', &an &rro. &WO&, &rOil 11 .. MrOIl (fToii). 1~1I. Association then of form, m8a.t1ing. or construction (i. e. phonetic, morphological, or syntactical a88ociation) led to various lacc_ve changes which will be diacU88ed separately in the following pages.

,0,.

A. PREPOSITIONS.
1488. Eighteen (nineteen) particles are called prepositions, because they are prefixed to other words in order to qualify their meaning in regard to place, time, manner, or otherwise. These are: ~ dJ,G, Ilvrl, elmS, &cL, .li, l~, A., br(, K4T4, p.rrO., ~ tnpl, frpO, fr~, aW, lnrlp, wo, (~). 365

Digitized by

Google

1490-1493h.]

THE PREPOSITIONS.

1490. These particles are at the same time also used as separate words, and in this case stand before the oblique cases of the noun in order to indicate the relation of this word to the other words in the sentence. A similar prepositional function is shared by a number of other particles or adverbs (such as dwv, ~ l' \ , , J......'_ ' -~~, , tc.) 'WICa, .1CT0Il, ""1\.7fI', /UXP'o ~, 'V~, 'Xapt.V, '-'_'" '7I'OpfJO), p4ICp4II, e which are then called prepositional tulverb8, di1fering from the prepositions proper, in that they are never used in 'composition as prefixes to other words.
1491. In its present s~ N has- preserved only Bmm preJKl!itions proper, and that not in aJ1 their A functions. These are: ,,,"It, cLr6, ala (Ylli), (/If), ,u (-1'"'&), "apoi, then many of the J!repositioD&l adverbs. The remaining eleven, aa well aa any lost functions of those surviving, have been gradually rep1a.ced (aa eKplained above, 14117 ft'.), partly by kindred particles, partly by cognate adverba, aa : 4~ by "fpi (so even in A). "-Wo by Ir4TG, dtrd, and h..,. ." by ,z, (also lu.." lu.., d" now,uUG .I, or ,JUG ',) or by dtra and lEOI (now lE- dtrd, also &~OI dtrd) by 1,,0. (now dtrd., 1,), 3cci, .1, (now also ',). -np& by dtre} and d" also by "A"uio., (now Dna .l,) .... by "if'E, QU. (now yUfX1/J), 3cci (now')'cci 155,8) by "PeIf, "pdr.po., (now "poTwtpa cUrd), or- by IFpd, (now also dp."pd,). wpM by also cl"d. crW by p.mi (now p.l), also &p.a. {,ftp by wnpa- (now "Gpd... dmS), acd. 6ft by wom,.. (now dtrOlCarOl dtrd), tltrcl.

.l"

e 'Ie

.,.pou8w.

.1"

14.91. This procesa refers of course not to written oomposition, for here all prepositions, excepting ul'4>l (1496). show a more or le88 continuOWl record through all antiquity down to times. The criterion for their actual bearing on popular speech i. afforded by the fact that with the opening of. Cl.d, ." 'wE, p.mi, w.pt, _pd, "p6r, fIw, Ion, oome to an abrupt clOllll, none or hardly any of them (except" 1571, apparently also rnpl 1641 ; w,a 1649; ",as ? 1659) showing any genuine trace of life in subsequent N popular oompositione. We have therefore good reason to aasume that their oontinuance in pos'-ehristian literature was to a great extent, at least since T. due to scholastic zeal and Biblical inlluence. This inference ia, moreover, justi1led by the fact that in T-B Greek most of these prepositions are sometimes U8ed in a perverted sense and eoDBtraction, and still oftener replaced by cognate adverbs (1570. 163+ 16~ 1649-52. 1658"'&').

'i.

""'p,

1493. The prepositions proper govern one or more of the oblique cases, whereaa the prepositional adverbs regularly take the genitive (only J.p4 takes the dative 167Itf., and ~ the accusative 1699). 1498 In N all prepositions extant govem the aCCllB/JlifJe (1246; a few exceptions 1246), while the prepositional adverbs, ha.ving lost their prepositional force, are generally used aa adverbs proper. and thus take after them a. preposition proper, aa indicated above (1491; cp. cl"", 1502; mrd 1517 f.; acd 1534; '''1565,2; If 1570; pmi 1607; ".,1640; fl'u., 1670). 366

b:

Digitized by

Google

PREPOSITIONS:

';'P4>l, ,;."".

[1494-1499.

1484. Of the prepositions proper the following govem thea. Accusative: clvd, li, ~. b. Genitive: d.vrt, ,bra, le(l/C), ?rpO. C. Dative: 0., uW. d. ACCUS. and Gm. : &&, /Cllm, pera., Wip. e. Accus. Gen. and Dat. : ~ l7rl, ~ npl, ?rpOr, m.
AM~i.

AM4Ii ,u.- ~,u.paf, AMcjli ,u.aw rNI(T'Gf. 01 AMcjli 'ApuiiOP (=the persona mrrounding Ariaeos), 'the aaaociates of Ariaeos.'
2.

14915. ra. 'AP4J 'about'I. with Accus. (= npl): 'about,' 'round,' as:

3.

with Gen.: 'about,' 'concerning' (rare). " Dat.: 'about,' 'on account of' (poetic and

rare~

1498. lb. This prepoaition had, even in .A, a limited and rather poetic uae, its work being commonly performed by trfP' (1633-42b). Hence with the close of .A, it disappeared altogether from the common language. Neither PolybioB, the Bible, Herodian, nor any other writer out of the strictly Atticiatic school abows a trace of it.

1497. ra. 'A,,'" up' (opposed to ml''')-with the ACCII8ative : 'up,' 'along,' 'over.' a. Of place: ANA ,.0 n8tcw 'over the field.' clvc\ ft. optJ 'over the mountains.' ANA,.o" 'Ir01'4p/w 'up the river.' b. Distributi11elg (662, 2), by: ANA 1rWr 'by fives.' ANA lm"o" 'by hundreds.' ANA ?rMII" ~p.lpa.r 'every day.' Co Metaphorically: ANA /Cp41'Oi 'with all (one's) might.' AN~ 'AIryw 'in proportion.' ANA vrOJA4 'Xl" 'to have in one's mouth.'
1498. lb. With the close of .A, this preposition had already given up almOBt entirely its local function in favour of ICMG (1$84-9). It il chiefly in the expreaaion tIara ,"ITO" that it Btilllingen in Aristotle, Tbeophra.at, PolybioB, Diodor08 (FKrebs 31 f.), and the Bible (cp. also UWilken in Bermel xxviii. 232 lIi cS&, cDci ,u.ao" thrice: ll, 19. 22 on a papyrul of IIII B.O.). This phrase pa.aaed aB a cryatallized adverb DIItl,u.ITO" 'in the midst,' 'between,' over to post-christian Bj)eech, and 8till 8urvives in the N adverbial form a..d~G'CI (1525). Compare a.a,,"~v current since O. (Cp. Antatt. ciN ,u.ao,,: hri 7'Oii

I" ,u.a". 'AIfT'~""f Aaoi""a&.) 1499. 10. Aa to the distributive use of d..d, it was al80 transferred to ICMd (1589, b), aB: ruS' 9I"P"" 'every day,' ruT mf 'every year,' ruS'
lllG 'one by one,' inN(1590 1i). KATA

auo

'by tw08 '-a mbatitute still lingering

867

Digitized by

Google

 I J 1 PREPOSITIONS: aVr&, a'lro.

1499b 2. For other model of exprellliDg a distributive relation in popular speech since G times, see 662 ff.
1600. In its distributive eenee, cbd, under the intluence of its lJIlony mous cl..a (ISIS), or clnl (ISOI), appears lince T miaconstructed with the genitive, 81: Mal. #0, 12 IJoIljI'G& ClUTatr Xo,.II ..poutar ANA XJIfItdw AITPciiN .Uroe,.. Vita SA 14* .&. mlJMIIITo ANA a1So AE1TTooN. Theoph. passim. Theoph. cont. S4, 5; 81, 10. 105,13. 418, u. 433, 2; 4; 430,20. Cedr. i. 700,8 &116110, TcWS alX~TOUS ANA NOMicMATOC. 700, 11. [For Theoph. oont. J42, 2 .,Ellmu a~ liCIT' fl'lXJ}II Ta ..p6.-yJIA ANA nAcAlc TAic XcOPAlC ui nOAEclN we might read EN ...wa.s etc.] So too Porph. Cer. 412, 13. 1600". That cbd il aometimes misoonstruoted with the nominative has been already explained in 664.

11501. la. A.".l 'iflStead 0/,' '(in exchange)/M" (J682}-with the genitive only: 1llpriu6tu. -n\ Xflpo" ANTi To1i {JU.Ttovo... n /AlX &Hn,~ ANTi TWrov; ANEi~,,' wherefore '

USOI. lb. This preposition still obtains in N. though with the accusative (14,931 and almost invariably in the form a.,.~: [Diose.] 3. 33 (p. 378) ANTi Ta" ltiAW.", ...1 AtflO8l1"ta'" [Nil.] S4S A ANTi aT0xv<u.

-Prodr.3. 28S-6 ol 3' &AAot It4TGwir_", ANTic IIf,., ANTic ",.,,. Ta. IJp61uICOII. ANTic fa..,lll Tall tl4>AX'"I"; etc.-At preeent it la oommonly followed by "(IQ (i.e. La 15S,0) 'inateadof,' as: ANTic ',uN, mON commonly ANTic PA /Ai"", 'in my place.'

"pM""

"Ano.
11503. Ano ',!rom';-'off,' 'atoay,!rom.'-With the
I.

GDlTIVB:

Of place: Ano njI x!-~ 'from the country.' AI> i1nrov, AcP Jpp.a.TOio YX'u8a.& Ano ~. 2. Of time: 1no TOWov T'Oii ~ 'aince that time.' Andp~ 'from the beginning.' 3 Metaphorically: a. Origin: cl Ano 4.'Ip.apO.TOU ('those who descend from D.") 'the descendants of Do' e&Atiu6tu. Ano T&~ ('to derive one"s name from '), 'to be named after some one.

b. Material: Ano ~Mu 'of wood.' (1568, d.) Co Cause: And TOWov m TOAp."p.a.TOI in consequence of this bold stroke.'
d. PIt,...: And er_v' oft' the mark, 'amias,' Ani nWn,.hov 'of itself,' 'spontaneonaly. And crrdpllTOi' 'by heart: 'verbally. .... 01 'aince.' ." An' ~".pIw." 'as far as eight can judge.' 368

Digitized by

Google

PBBPOSl'l'IONS:

.s.

11108". In all_ve . . . . W is still the normal preposition inN. though the genitive ha made room tor the aoouaative (1517.). 1&Gt.. ~. Sometimes dtrA atanda in a partitive lense, where tile simple gellitiTe would auftice. This oecUI'8 chiefly after exprel8ionl denoting a quaJltity or degree of companIOn (1311), u; Th. I, 110 ~~Tx "!'Uiw. ~ lloor. IS, 205 ,-cMour nX-TGrow JIO,M!OJID Ano ",.,.... 'nil" flX_' 1608. 3". In the course of Ptimes this mode of expreBBing partitive relation met with wider popularity and eventually became the rule in the common language. Hence in N the :partitive relation is regolarl1 expre88ed by dtrO both in this case and ID compara.tives and nperlativea, particularly when they are preceded by the article. (1329. 1617; cp. 1571.)

A1Jd

.1_

1&08~ 4- In P Greek, dtrA showlIseveralstriking peculiaritiea arisiBff out of its auociation with Ill, lnrd, and ."opG. The confusion with III 18 due to the interna.l aftinity of dtr~ and Ill, which even in .d caused their frequent interchange. (Cp. d."A or III n;r mQ.,s, dtrOfjtllHW III Tti.. ...... or chrA Ta;.. .,,~ol.'" dtrr. or III Eu~ou, lE or dtr' derir, dc/J'd and lE d, 4>dtlor 11( TIJIO!' d,rr6 T'~':, ."ap1 T'JIOS'; toPjr And TOV A~ CIA.~ i. 237 l443 B.O.], 35; 4I'IS' tIC TO" AS., lb. 244 r436 B.O.}, 53; EK n T.,., "'ponp". 1fpMn ul AI/ 01 CIA. ii. 613 [298 B.O.], 9; cp. alao VRoatT 569 and KKtlhn.er ii'47$ f.) As time went on, this synollymy naturaIfy led to a comp'lete Identification, and in the further proceas of time dtrd, owint{ to Ita phonodynamic mperiority and vocalic ending (146. 218), preva.tled over III and ultimately 0UBted it from popular speech, though the straggle lasted aB late .. the XVI~. (Cp. 1570 f.) 1607. S. A second P ,P8culiarity of dtr~ conmts in ita frequent mbatitution for lnr6, to demgnate the agent in passive verba (1695 f.). This phenomenon, though alleged to occur occasionally even In cla88ical authol'8 (e. g. Thucydides, cp. VRost T 569; infra 1509), actually ftl'8t signalized itself durins.: G. and may be safefy attributed both to phonetic confusion and Latin mfluence. Indeed, dtr~ in this cue is nothing but a contamination of lnr6, ""d, ab, the reBultallt being cbr6, owing to ita phonodynamic ~valence o.er h-6 (146); w~ x dtr~ x ab x l-an [1], Polyb. I, 340 8 Ano TWr"'tH- 4n.utll'To (but cp. 3, 7+ 7). Sept. r Eedr. I. 16 IIp1t1ri.ls And ToU /Jall.A.. Dion. H. iii. 1768, 16 IIVIIII,paTOI4p8mor

III Polyb. 3t 69. 5 Y"M And (add. tnru) TWr _pOw _TGAap/Jallo"nOllt. Bz. I, 12 'IJ&AWIIOIfITO 01 Aloymwt And TWr IIlWr '11I1"l'4A. Pzov. 19, 40 Swab. 50 .. la .Idr Ii alii 7'oiiTo nl W4AAoIIS awollr ltwoopulT";;" And.,.. 'YfR'1- .fHKIqo... uIijMu. Luke 90 trOW nI.;,. _ 4-ao.,,..,.riijMu AnO .,.. ....II/JUTI,.",. So 17, as; )[ark 8, 31. ADt.. .. 2J .,apa 411'OBta.rypWOIfI And Y"oU '.oU. a Cor. 7, 13 dNwflnwraa TA ...v,..,. dTCIfl And rirr... 6,..,. .Tu. 50 4 (pMllllr) cS d...1IT1",,,INs AIj; iIpGw. BeY. 11, 6 THw "TOIJIIMI,"IIOIfI And TOU ,.oU. I Cor. I, SO ~ a~a ",w. And ,.oU. Luke u, 4$ _".,,"'our And riif A""s. Katt. 1St 44 And riif xapS, atwoU ~, ..u .1IIA';.a1'TG. ~ 6, I, a d1f1llToVp.JIO' And n. ",ri*pow ~plo.. 8, ~ t""flTT6"DOII And ",aB*pow Ireu.. 50 51, a Ta. Y"6..0I' rill ';'pulpWOII owoCs And Toii '.oU. Athan. I. U4 0 'tfplatr, And TWrcl.,~_ KftllllI'TIITtllOU lieU KftIIIaTWTtou. Proo. L 309, 9a.PtnfTO a~ .u. TA 'Pf1U'i- IIp4Tor Ano Tf KfI1TIIJITt."., .eU TWr awou tral/lonr. if. 318, 6 s,., ~ AlYd BPOl1 lM'tJAaw. Leant. Neap. V. J. t8, 19 "/JOIIA",,, And al6xtMJr nl crT.lftLt1_ cl1ffi.ytaata&. al,s"-r-'" And nAAfi,I..".,,/lTnW,OIf .,potIfM.a.. So sS. IS). 4 1, 140 42, 13 And "'",n;.

"'''I.

~9

Bb

Digitized by

Google

1&0'1-1&12.]

PREP08lTIONS:

U7rO.

And ToV flTpATff'fOii. LRoaa ii. 35, J U TfTll"lpbtw And ";;r BovAi;r. Luke 6, 18 poXAoVl'f!'OI "nd _p/w.",~. 1... I, 13 And hoV rrl&,.,ol'4'. So Matt. J", 26 And Toil +6Bov '''P''EGII'. 108. Ant. 20, S. 10 TcWr dll'1lTf1l'I'7'Cu Ano T&ror d.J,(Jp4ntov oydt,Tor. PolY&eD. 6, 8, 50 (J.p4-,J"". And TOW-. ib. ptTO.n/MlJlelr An alrriilr. Acta Petri et Pauli 1890 7 Ano '"is XapGr IIIAaIH7G11'. Bus. ii. 325 0 'lI'IfITOAt)p I3eIl,.",. .,~ pill Ano 2.p ...,;ov rpavuwoV. Acta Xanth. 62, I Ta rrp/Hr_rw drlir .,AACM.,.,.... "no T_ 3aIIp6ow. 65, I 6xAov,u.ovr And "",up4~ da.8Ia"...",. 85, IS IteAtfIr, And rlir cl4>4TOV xapGr . . In".;I(GIIIIl. Narr. Zoe. 96. 6 .lnfI'niA". And ToV ''tI/ItfITov. 105, I2 k~ !)pi.. And _ .lnl"-. 107, 8. Vita Epiph 8 ... n1 ",pia lIIJ"1JfIX"w8rI"o" And To", A6-,ow 'ErrufHI"Eou. 1&08. 6. AB time went on, this useof dtrO beoame more and more frequent, eapeciaJIy during T, which clearly indicates that by that time it had already established itself as the term ~nerally received in the common language, and that with the openmg of B, wo had disappeared from the common speech. As a matter of course, there is no trace of wo in N; even those of ita. compounds which IRll'Vive have mostly been changed to clrro-, as: clrr0l'l'''''' clrroa.}(0l'l" (as Vita. Epiph. 97 D, & 48 B An.3E~o ~F 01 dad.f/>ol ~ }(apG$ ~'If), cltrllll:o.J., clrrollnT.., cltrOO'lImaC_a11 for wo-. (1696: cp. 1615 & i686.) So even' AnoM".,_ from anoient 'Inoollo"''''o" (in Crete). 1109. Considering then that .lrra does not occur (either in the ineeriptiOlUl or in the papyri) before G, as a aubstitute for 6rr6, we are warranted in uauming that the sporadic examples found in A, particularly in Thucy didea (VRoat' 5~ b; IGoliech 9), are to be charged to the B-N copieJ'L 1510. 7. To analogous influences is due the aaaociation of dtrOwith trfIp;" and the consequent retreat of the latter. This was a1eo to be expected seeing that A trap with genitive acted only 11.8 a variety of wo in denoting a. personal agent after passive verbs (1628; cp. Xen. Ven. 13, 4 a&ba"ICwSG' nApA'!"." dA~.r d"a8cSPT' Itr~.." piiAAo" ~ Yno '!"M,,'t-aToII R](II'fIJ' '](6"...,11. RKi1bner ii.' 442). Now as btrc\ was replaced by cltrcS, it was inevitable that trGpO, the partial representative of wd, should also share the same fate and maKe room for cItrcS (1628). 1511. 8. AB a further P-N feature of dtrc\ we must reckon its use to express the mlue or pM, where A would either be content with the simple genitive (1338), or reROrt to some other turn. This deviation seems to be peculi8.l' to G. (Cp. 1515). CIA iv. 5731> (328 B.O.) XPW. flTffG"" Imfpot' And,,' lpa'X".",. Sept. Eath. I, 7 d.lt8pti11&1IOI' 1tUALa0l' rrpoM.ll'f1'OJl Ano 'I'~ TfI'''IIVp-. Polyb. U, 30, 10 'acss., fIT~ And Ta~ ~MfWTII. :n, J4, (cp. 21. 36, .). 2 .... I, 7 leta,m" m flT4.-0" a. IM"". And puP- xptIfIGI.. 30, 5 a2, 3. 3 fIT~ 'Ea_nAGr And 1IVp-. Diod. 18, .., Paiir IIGTCIo I7MfUIif1a& .oAUT.A.ir It And TGAhT_ xlAlMo .. ~ r...,.,..,., (I.unp.?) 20, .6, 2 17T'~ ~Ipour And TGAa.n. 3uIIIof1l_. ai, 28 .",.-,1110"" flTl<t>a- IIOpl,OJITfr And XJ1IHI-IIVp-. So aI, 29. 108. Ant. 1.,8,5 ..... ~", And )Cpu"- pupadJotr rrlllT 18120 9. Noteworthy is the G-B use of cItrU with the article or with a numeral, to designate a member or follower of a particular school or class (cp. 1569; RKilhner ii' 396,3. c), 01 cltrc\ DvBa)cSpov, 01 an ~ Z'!"oar Plut. ii. 879 A. Luc. Fisc. 43. Galen. 8, 68 B of And ""oV . . XpafIToV ' the lews and the Christians.' Sext. J87, 2J 01 "n0"ir "MIt/I- 'the IlCeptiC phl108OpheJ'L' 261"901 An 'BlrIMO'6pov the Epicureans. BeIn. Hiat. 7, I, .01 And riir~. 7, I, 9

Kopc"'_

XJIIIIfI-

370

Digitized by

Google

PBBP08ITIONS:
Gl

tiw.s.

[1&12-1614.

I8D&&or.'

at efr _ Ano Tfjr 'P'I'II ny~~OII SovAfir a :127,4 /fpG nv1_ Ano Tfjr "'potHIm. 1618. 10. Another pecu1iarit)', manifeet1y due to Latin idueDOe, ie the proleptio 1188 and construction of cl" or I.n (if not _ , after "- ..,.., 11., ,,,.,, Gp. '''''''.. after hell.., - . ".., 11""', 'v""", ftp,.".., ~.) in the 18JlB8 of all (' qf')to deeignate the degree of distance from a. place (cp. 1651. 1603; - alBo RKllhner il.' 396). Plut. Phiiop.... 34., cl'YPC\raWi Ano cmaat- .fnfl";;' ..sA.." 'erat ei agar /I fligiftti IIIitIdiU IJ% urbe' (cp. Caea. B. G. 2, 30; "':12; 5,32; 6,7; B. C. 1,65; Liv. aof, 46; RKllhner Lat. Gram. ii. 298 A. a8). This Latiniem ft1'llt appeared about the I~ .. Co and dieappeared with the Roman away; and aince it has lea no trace in the subsequent popular languap, it _DUI to have been a 80rt of literary manneriem among the writei'll of the time. Cp. 1603- 1651 ; IStieh 58.) Diod . I, 51 ........r fiAIfrIf And aI.. v}Cot- AI,..". ",... ... 56, S dp4fI, m '"I'JIlr ttrrryM And ""vv."a.- IIYIIIl.. ....r IaMv""r. Dion. B. ii. 53 Ano 7'II111f1pdirorrt& n.at- ri;r .'PdJ,."r _pi".,. Strab. I I, a, 9

Ano her.m. Zoe. 115,

'x-

'.IIa-, r AnO 1I1CCI117'IJ31_ .,;;. 1dAacr_. lohn 21, 8 oil .,ap .AnO ....r 'rir, dU' .., Ano ""XCiW " - - . loe. Ant. 1I, 5. 4 tnIA..,.mr Ano ..".,.-r-'tlrflllf trOIIW. App. Biap. 46 .",.n,."'OfIIa.vao Ano 117'IJ3l.. ",",,6.,.,. _ '''0111.. Polyaen.iii 11, 15 01 li M-er Ano rmf 117'II3i.., b'r.npcl7'orll.llvo. Bermu Vie. 4, I, 2 And Tfjr .1Joii .,;;. a.,,,,,,,1u ,,m. ",ell17'G&CI 11.. ib. 5 oIlr., .,. 4. dr' 'poW .., Ano aTIIIIOII. JIal. Iao, 8 IMfI Ano ",.,. Srn. 136, la ." Ano I'I1.Uw Ho Tijr w.w"",. 20a, a; 10. 318, 11. 27a, u. 317. 8. ete. Callin. 6a, n Ano,.....". gB. 8 And "'pJiw ",,~. 70, 16. 119. a7. 60, a6. Narr. Zos. g8, aa .., AnO PIAl- .,."utIIf'rCI. Bpiet. Abpri a8a, 3 .., Ano ,wJou ,.,6r [11. 1614. Il. A atill more striking IAtinism is dorded b1. the use of d!rc\ with the plural ~nitive (only in abstract nouns WIth the gen. sing.) in conneD-on WIth titles of office or profelllion u a.n equivalent to Latin u:- (English loUt fM"mWI,). This novelty made ita appearance during G and had a. conaiderable run among writers down to to B times, but it is foreign to M-N apeech (cp. 1512. 1569). CIG 372 Ano .0pI'FWr exoCOmea. CIG 521 Ano cl'Y""'oIn1W. Plut. Aem. Paul. 31 Gl AnoBovAijr, et Sull. 2 01 And v."...,; 80 id. Dem. u. Cat.
4vflll'

I'M'"

_,.,r .lr .,..,

.-a.

_pe.

",."'ptIIIOtI_

.. '-n-n,

I, 97, :I rlfICIP m NelAov ..Td .,.... IuS. Ano aTaJiaw nl .r.o.a ....r .,,,,,...,,. 2, 7,:a. So ... 104. I. 17. n:a, 4- 18, 40; 191 2S, 2. DIaD. B. i. 14 Ano I17'IJIt- ~7C1 Pt6.7'OII, et. aepe. 3, 32 a6riiP r.p1 r6Aw 'Bprrra. Ano aTlIIt- ~_ _ karw rijr 'P'i'If cl.,.,. 9t 24 .,.., .,on-". pD.""" Ano 4nW ri;r ..sA_ -1JO'4,.-. 8trab. S, 2, 8. 8, 3, 4 '117" 11 "'If upa rijr 'BA.m rp6l1lJoppot Ano 14nna rijr 6dl''If (110. ndl_). ro, 5. 8. Bev. 14, :ao Ano I17'I1II_ XcA1- 11-_ ' .. far .. 1600 farloDp.' ~OL Ant. .... 13, 9 ..",..,11frFo ~ .02 oWOI .,...,q..s Ano I17'IIIt- ~ rijr ..sA..". So Plut. P!tilop. 4. Otho n. AppL PaD. 14 Is n Ano "',.. "","4 trra3i_ 'InS..,r 1 llprii11C1C. Civil. S. 12 Itrn aa'.Ttl "pi Tap,..WtJf "no rov "P6I1"'1' 117'IJ3l_. ... 107 .,... "'. 4.,.,a. Gl ,w. An' 4A&.,.,. f17'CIo Gl li Ano ,"",,""Cl _ So !lauD. 38; PaD. 102 ; Civil. I, 83; ~; 2,,56; 91; 3,41; ... 106. ~ ... 3, 27 'AAllolpor Ano "''''0,"/1 aTdl.r x6.I-n 1SdA17'O. ... 18. GalIlD. 6, 391 3 F. Proo. L 41, 18 'V"" N _pM o&ror MafnvpMIA I'iI' cl-yxcmm" 'ApIa.,r ~ 3tT. Ano I17'I1II_ ",ptGIIOtIiow. ii. 229t:a. ii. 268, 21 Ano I17'IJIIfrIp INI'7inna nl "c\. ~

III So fartber: DfocL

nd_

-yt._

x""""

"'fHIII'OI1-.

~, .. puIim (op. I80heIlein u). JKoeohoe pS ... ,." Ano cmaat7'Oii~, etc.-Whether such auoient ~ .. 'l'heophr. Biat. 6,:a, 4 I .." ...i aT.at- Ano ~r ..... ~1fII an PDuiJle iahanl

TJHGw

",,,..,n-

601&7.

871

.ba

Digitized by

Google

1611.-1&18.]

PREPOSITIONS:

_d.

54 III And fcADIT~. App. m. 13 I~f&par BIBIIlOf' "31'4 AlTO S-A9rBouAwnjI'. Hisp. 99 I.fpl/la. Ano rij, BouA" "3par 31n. Civil. I, 65 lerOl Ano rijr BouAfis ' ...341'11111'. Boor. 160 A ~1WIH1Eou ,,00 Ano ha,,'-. Acta Xantb. 65, u ,., '" ol.ft +tAoIlou ,,00 Ano hrtil'X""" Chal. 849 A.. 852 A.. Apophth. 105 A. IS Ano Atln&.. 'formerly a robber.' 301 0 3~ Ano 1Io~ -d..fAf-68fpo,. Callin. 78, u MOPGliou ,,00 Ano W,,_. 103,3 And tT)COAacrTutGw T...ff. Mal. :137,7 Ano 393, 21 "a., And pIl"fl",.".",. 393,23 And Rlcrm_. 286, 13; etc. 'AtppWlos cl And I ..&px_. 252, 3 ~o...s.no. IS Ano fcADIT~. 436, 5 'Hcrata, cl rijs 'p63ou IS Ano nnfRpX_ rc-narnI'owd.\_. Leont. Neap. V. S. 1744 D IS f'P'lph", Ano 'BB,.u- former1,. aI_PI.' 1.61.6. 12. Latin influence underlies finally the uaage of W in a ~ lense: tlfJiecI, at /J where A would employ either ... or Irn.-& (662, 2. 1497 if. 1589"). This Dew function of W cropped up during T, and has ever siDce remained in popular favour. it is now universal in N (663). Cp. ISH. Pallad. loSl D ntap/J'l'GS .,lcr"p4' 'l(OI'Yas "" Ano It w,1ftGw each weighin, about siz ouncea.' 1100 D ,",., ~ nl 4Ua /IOfIG11n,fIUIAno a.a.0II'_ nl I/NxGw. Chal. 1557 D lta.fl'fI Ano I'OplcrpMo. a.a-riow _ "f"I'fIG1COt1IAt.. Apophth. 277 A. ..hn r/laApDbs Ano It 11"IX_ nl ." 'AAA.~ Callin. 70, 17 Ano ....-ri.0fIf'G nllMIITw ol.w...n ct&Af'Ol. Ka1. 441, 7 xapc'-Glr .opus Am) .Opll1p11Tor l.cS,. J)(oech08 2989 D ..,.IXW ricn.. 'FINr . , . tls .,W .aa. And a.fo A...,on.. 2992 A. 8&1IoiicrG Ano a.fo I'ou".,J-. Leont. Neap. V. :re 16, 17 'rOIr ~. dP3pdcrl. Ano "I'4ftou ' .)s "11ou, 'rfIlr a. ~" Ano 3tlo. So too 57. 14; 58, 15. Alchem. 325, 23 'l'llih'a ne And .lwf nllt tpopds PI. 1618. 13&. From P downWloNa drra is frequently put before adverb. of place and time (516). Pol;,b, 40, 6, I ;.n IrrOiBw.-Sept. JOB. 3t .. ;.n 'xS~' nl ."M'"If +1'1"... 2 Bet. 20. 2 AIIO &nri." A&wCa.-2 EIdr. 50 16 Ano nSn fan ToO .u. ti-3o~.-NT Matt. 16, n Ano me. So Luke 16. 16.-Katt. a3, 39 (26, 39. 26, 64) An &pT. (10 John 130 IC). 14, 7).-CGL 2290 25 And trcS~f; /IZ ApolL D. 8ynt. 235. 25 An 'x9.s ; also 3400 8. A. P. li. 76.-Great Louvre Pap. 923 Ano /AGlfp09f So A.ota Tho. 3, 5. 12,2 &; 20 An 1~"flOI19E". Epipb. i. 276 A. An .... ...,.". Chron.6250 5 ;.n ,w"oo( .. awclB...). Porph. Adm. 77, ao Ano.w.. Cer. 357,20 An ,..rt"l. See allO 516.

".,h_.

u..e,

.,,..,,0111_

till'""'

fIIO'

PI So fIlrther: BrdD. 7, I, 4 T'Gw Ano rijr llouA., cl1rUT0III. 7, 9t I Ka...~ Wo/14 .,.,., Ano crIl')'1fA4"ou. 7. 11, I. Eu. ii.U9l' B ~OP"'o .,.,., Ano ha.".Gw. BaIil. i1'. 60t B ObiMTo,. Ano ha.,.". '.-oc.D8Ul.' Eplph. ii. 185 B III pt.. i.nd ""p4TwrGw M." III ~ Ano ."""_ inrGpXOPT.,. 51 D 'AlITfpU,J ",..i i.ne) cr,.""'" '.-taaoher.' ~ iil 59B D III And cr,.t1'I'GE, III And .,,.Bm.,.. PaUad. 1035 B 'AtrCIAA4!I',or .,IS &'0/14 i.nd .ptl/"fpllTf"";;"'. 1aD4 A. ][ut""", .,,, Ano ApcrrGw ~OYWWf IIDI'GXcSS. 1218 B. 1344 D .,oP Ano IRpX-. NB. 10$ D A~ lUOUt17pU,J Ano 'BM.""",. 220 A. 'AAtttW,. pGI'IIX;; i.nd "I'4~P4nJt1iw. 824C. ~o KplI1W9' i.nd alxIlGAQIII'*. 420 A. 'Ar6Aa Ano lnrUf'OI/I. -X8IlO8 .,.. ooml'ounda with d..o- are oocasiClDAlq tcmoed in B, .. An03ouAor, ~Of"'''._, i.nOlpwos. (11 So fIlrther: 00IuL. Ind. 444 C .X- 3~ McSI"rGS If ,w"oo ~" i.l!d AA.".,., at .,,... eaoh weighiDg about thirteeD}lCJIUIodI.' ++5 A. - ' BJMfI N ....0. ., I4t) Uo ."Ma tnOIlfI And .,,,..,., ~OIII 'each beari:oc three Jlll .' .TKoIcbm ~I B Aa~_ &l6tWr Ano +~cr,_ poaiow er;TOfI. PI Acta 28, ., i.nd .,. .... Cor. 8, 10. 9t. Atrd x.ho4. 400 B An bnii9w. So ~. 541 C. Bpiph. ii. "7 Cl. a"riU. So7UJ. V. 8. a6s Cl ;,nd ~ 'an .pM. Porph..Mm. 148, 9 An' An' 'rrOiB.I', ete.
... ''is

ne,... . .

mpa,.
372

.'putII.

1.,ifT"

Digitized by

Google

PREPOSITIONS:

_d, Bu1.

[U51&b-ua

Ano HMiONON. Gre~t. 589 A n)P ..,AiKIrIa" aWoIi Ano MCCON .,.~. llejun. 1912 D Ano .,.ws IIG'I'f/xovpbous. Theoph. 75. 25 "no' ANTI6Xf:IAN. 428, I Ano lof:KATHN nU I(>ftlpouapiou,..,m. Porph. Cer. 53. 3 AnO Tove 'A.,t'A1nH1'rtSAovr. 211, 9Ano TH" "1..",,. 580, 12 AnO 'lc:nANiAN, eto. Adm.740 22 AnD TO KMrjllW. Leo Gram. 232, 18 And cUPAN n,...,.", ,.I')(JNS ,"Ipar. 1151711 This BJIltaotical CODBtTactIon is the only ODe known to N (cp 1570)1 _big that upJ'elBionslike Ipxo/Ul' d") nU lIaa.&.\ou are elliptical : dft '1'6 ern" .,.oW . . . . . (op. 12119- 155311 1565"). 11518. SometiJnes, too, the JIUIO&I'OIlic conatruotion with the dative is met with. Porph. Cer. 619, 3 AnD T~ "tWnI IJI'Ipt. Leo Gram. 352, 4 AnD T~ ".".,."hCJ'I'f.-ThiB uaap is of course unknown to N. 1119. 150 In it. Jl-N Itap, aft ofte. dia1eota1l,y chauaad (by diIIimilatiGD f10m dtlO TO) to dffOli, dnE or a,,1 (80 IIVlID in Alohem. Ps. 11 Ani on) clo1,..", alao ABO 31, 6), aDd, beibre the article, to 44>', as: EGeorg. 81D'. 459"a flllAcX'ir 6o. TO 1IGII6t1. 6041' TH fJpori" - XliX-ill. 8eohL I, 347 - ... n)P "-rtldla. 2, 198 - ... n}t1 a,mp. n}t1~. 599 A41' Tc\ ffIlAa&cS".

and exchange the genitive for the accuaative : . Berm. Vis. -t, I IHrfi Ano cTAAION. Gr. Pap. Br. )(1l8. p. 122. 30 (tIV-vt)

AnO WpG. Ano ....., Ano '1I&i. AnO '_'" Ano "'".. AnO ao, And mtr, eto. 1817. 140 :r.stl;y_c\ began, during 9-T, to lose ita s;yntactical force

111811 1311 This uaap is now very OGIIUIlon in N speech: Ano

.11.

unlo. la. ~J. with ACCU8ATIV:B and GDmVlL .A with Aoousative :

Of PIau: t7aroug7t, f7woug1uJul, onl;y poetical: loI6o ".6J1rO"... aaA loIA tl'l'dflll 'X-",-W m,..,.or IX'w, 2. Of Ca1l88: by retJBOtl of, Oft /JUOImI of, OtIJiftg to: loIA TAYrHN THN .iTiAN, loIA TOYTO, loIA TAYT... loIA Ti ; on what account?' wh;y?' loI' lrNoIAN out of ignorance.' loI. 41oBoN for fear.' loI. ~AiAN out of friendship.' loi HM~ through u' uaob This causal function of auk atill lu.ll;y I1ll'Vi.vee in ita N representative,..a (155, 0): ,uN, PA nllG, P' aweS, P. nj.. -4.. t'ov ~, 'Y" M' 11511. When in Q times "'~p beRm to retreat from popular speech ('.91), ita lanctlon '" WaU qf, '" _ _ 0/, for UN lQJre 0/, was gradaall,lL81UJ1led 111 lid with accuaative (15a+ 1680), u: Acta Tho. 6, 5 lotA l'fiCw .,., rijr

n_.

I.

am.

p.

fJp/MI_

lnaiila _

rN Tc\ ,I).,pa TOil {Jaq.J..Wr TfAwOl.

Un. 2. Peculiar to G-B is the U88 of the combination auk t'c\ with the infinitive in the room of A irra or with the appropriate finite mood: m ordw to (App. vi, 21). This telic use is uncommonl, frequent, especiall;y in T-B (cp. lW) :

_fill'

lOB. Ant. 9.... 5 loIA TO ~ flpH on) fIWrr." .THAI" fJIG ..... Bpiph. 1. 9560 loI. TO 1NAI-" i. Antec. 3.7,3 (p. 580) loI. TO ,,&er... ETNAI flpcSJr,Atw ... r... I. Acta PiL ii. ... 3 Jpm -pp s,., loI. TO .ana. ANACTHUI "..,ws ' " ",.,...,ftIfTGI- r". .dJ'ftls "'a~. Narrat. JOB. 3t IIfITfAfM, fir .,.w .&11'0" ll" TO upluoeiiNAI _ ".,..,. npoCHACIl8iiNAI. Apophtb. 192 0 loI. Td yl\01'H8iiNAI I'f wapcl croW IriA,.a t'.v,.. -ficrlll. ](a). 31, 21. 33, 8. 8r, 7' '75, 18. 307, :12.328,12 j et pusim. 4 loI. TO ..ws dlpas MAAIAI for

ass,

373

Digitized by

Google

lSft-llS80.]
a change of air.'
EAEy9EpWu.

PREPOsmONS:

But.

Leont. Neap. V. S. 1741 A to.A TO "O'M~e... Anut. Sin. 709 D _ ""powor 1rfH~ dp4P"1pa, _ "CH~ nMb ",rioW to.A TO cyrxwpH9HNA. almSI'. Apoc. lhr. 136, 18 Tfi II'rfIIIPi ~ to.A TO

"par ,. ";;r tlpxalar '"'"par.

lIS28. 3. With the retreat of the infinitive and its finaJ repIa.cement by &1'0 or .a (App. vi. 13-18), the infinitival construction of 3&4 T6 was naturally exchanged for 3,,~ I'ti or 3111..a (1769; cp. Ita.lia.n pw cM.

Wo or Mr.r with the subjnnctive,and is now very common in N .Alchem. S39t 7 to.A MA aoU.q"l1 fO'UI. Prodr. S, 5SS to.A NA , . ~,. CGeorg. Conet.780 3Tv 6pi"l111ACH riIW to,ANA~.Wr_. So too now : nA NA I" A1IIftII6r. nA NA TOIl "'PAO'GI, eta. Bee aIao 1769.

Englishforto), a complex which h8.8 thus-usurped the office of ancient

lSH. 4&. B with Genitive: through, througlwut: (I) Of Place: through, througlwut: &4 p.(t1"tfO ~ ftMOI11 'right through the fuwn.' &4 ~ clyopAi 'through the market.' lISIS. 4b In P-Ntimes this local function of 1&4 haa been usurped sucC8BBively by the adverbial expreBBioDB a&4 pitTOU, 'through the

midst,' then dJlC\ ,.ftTOl' (1498), a.lBO ,zr (ro) ,.fO"OI' (8.8 Mal. 329> 7; 464. 2) or ara (TO) "..0"01' (Ma.l. 233, 6. 3~9, 3), and still later by BImple p.ftTO", ',t~rongh:' 'be~wee~.: ',in the JDIdst.' Now it is usua.lly expreaaed by a"I"O"o fir or Clfl'O 1"0" Clfl'6. Great Louvre Pap. uS6 uECON ( .. ,I' plO',,). Kart. Paull 117.S a.. AI"I" uECON +,.a;... Acta Paull et Thec1ae 363, 3 ' . . . . cM? MiCON r&. .,..,.,. Acta Xanth. 81, 4 MicoN a6rDW woptVO,u"""".. Apophth. 141 B ''''''' uECON IGp:IIOIII ~-. Mal. 136, 5 MiCON rQip I_w... 479, 5. 3C1.fo 15. nI, 30, etc. Porph. Cer.76, 17 ac.XITGI _CON .,oii I'aoii. 103, u .t 166, 19 ac.px61"1'ot MicoN .,;;r I.aAfJllEar. 133.14 WPXITGI MEcoN aUr&W. [However cp. Ma.l. 432, 19 to.A 9AAAcCHC &w,.+*, to.A rHC a:rA. 460. 8 a,-.iO'aria& to.A riic .,. ml9AAAccHc.] lsse. 5&. {2} Of Time: throughout, tltwiftg; toit1aift: All.

wllTOi 'through the night.' AI! ro.UoV (se. ](p6vau) 'for a long time.' A" tM.1.yov 'for a short time.' AlA ~ -roV Plou 'through life.'
16B7. In the II8JUI8 of tltWitlg the prepoaition W is lODletimea omitted in p (1344)' 115118. 5". This uage of &cl began, 88 early 88 A, to be transferred 8nt to .ls then to the _tive Bimple, and the latter alternative has 8na1ly become the ordinary mean. of expre.ing duration of time (1375. 1550): Eic IIlllJVTh 'for a (whole) year.' dc ft. 4mutra J'p6,o. 'for ever.' Xen. An. I, 2, 6/""oiJAJ Kiipor '1"'''. MM(PAC trClfTI. ThUc. 7, 77 O'W'OU!\.; ,,~ a:a1 NYKTA 01 MMipAN 'fT'I'IIl ~ cSaoV ' through the night and the

day.' John 2,12/1' ''''_ 00 noMAc M_pAC. lS 6&, (3) Of the intetvaZ of time or space traveneci: tDith an ifltenJal of, every; aftet-, at the end 0/: Tb. 3, 21 to.A aia i".UEWN 'at every tenth battlement.' to KUTOY lTarc every tenth year.' toi ETcDN .%.r0fT1 'every twenty yeara.' ~. trflfTl E TmN after five yea.rs.' 'every five yea.rs.' 1&80. 6b, This usage of W seems to have been peculiar only to A literary style,

374

Digitized by

Google

PREPOSITIONS:

But

[l&Bl-USM.

tr1II16cl.ca8a, AI' AfTEA(O)N. 10,32,4 AI' ONEIPATQ)N a.jp" 8, 37, I I hafJ'JarJ AlA KAiMAKoc. M. AureL I, 12 AlA TOYTOY roii rp6rrov. Hdn.Hiat. 7,6,3 ypGp.para AI' .oN I~ov. 2, 13, 6 1CT'0a8a, (dpxrj,,) Ai ANApt:iAC l/HJpfrov. 7, 8, 9 rair AlA XEl,dc .flAa'r, et paeaim. MaJ. 118, 9 lI:oraall:tvGaar AlA BOTANWN r,"'" ~pptUUW. 281. I ar,o,aGr AlA MyAiTOY AiBoy. 302, 9.
321, 18. 32C), 2,

l&Bl. 7a. (4) Of meatI8 (agent or instrument), espeeially in P Greek: AI' epMHNeooc ~'" 'to speak through an interpreter.' AI' ol>9AAMOON I>piv 'to see through the eyes.' Polyb. 5, 58., t#Jpovpov,""" AlA nDN I" Al~ IlACI.\E(O)N. Pa118. 3, C), 2

etc.

iDtrumental dative (1379) which _ 1ater (eepecia1ly since Christian times) oocuionally preoeded by'" (1559-63), rarelyo..w (1669 f.). Another mode of expreaiDg lnatrumental re1aUon was 80metimes resorted to, even by..t writers, by means of the pre~tion pncl with genitive (1606). This 1aBt expedient met during Q-B WIth a great popu1arity, and 80 ended by becomiD8 universal iD N. chiefly iD the abbreviated form pl (1608).

laBS. 7". In ..t thia function of Itcl was generally performed by the

'X"" to have in one's mouth.'

lIS88. 8. PhtTJ8U: AlA XElpdc 'x-'" to have in hand.' AlA CTOMATOC AlA TAXE(O)N, alA rrixovr, quickly.' AlA TAoyc flnaJly,' completely.' AlA .OBoy ,IN, to be in fear.' AlA wi..r, CTAAi(O)N at a distance of five stadea.' AlA nOMoy at a ~t distance,' 'for a long while.' AI' OAiroy at a short distance,' for a little while.' AtA MAKpcDN at great length.' AlA ~rA~E(O)N in a few words,' briefty.' AI' al&..or for ever.' AI' eSPrir angrily. Ai 'x8par UN' r",l to quarrel with one.' AlA alq, UN' rllll to go to law with one.' AI' ova...or .0&.-10'80& to attach no importance to.'

lIS84. Wben, with the openin~ of T, the construction of all prepositiona became uniform. by aubatituting the accuaative for the other oblique caaea (1493b ), the varioua meanings oUlA with genitive were naturally transferred to ita accuaatival conatruction. Accordingly alA with the accusative appears, since T, in the following additional aenaee : (1.1) Br _ 0/, tlnIugA: Pallad. 1105 A rptf4111oH1a.. AlA TA tI. . . .""ra. with the chd.' (b) Dvriftg,/t1t': J.oachos 3000 c 'AciA nIl a6ri AlA nOM"N cOPAN for a longtime.' (c) Qmcernintl, allout; /t1t',for tM Bake 0/, for tU JMPOI8 qf: Hermaa Slm. 9t 38, 3 'nl"" AlA -re) WO"" Toil lIIou Toil Alchem. 36, 11 6 ,~ re) AlA Tolls tlTlIIXoW .al I1"."A"UI,u"ovr. Apoc. lrIar. 134, 37 W 110,.... AlA roW d"lllTovr. Apophth. 3530 'A...".. 6 d/JfJU DO'I'1}" AlA ra. d/J/lV KM".. Sn lirA. 353 D npuQAfl7CU' aVrcW AlA .fJ.JJw. 365 c w AI' '''' .,l-,twf roiiTo (o6a6o .,ap filM). dAM AlA T1}I> xii"." &ral rcl 6pfDcl 6 e.dr ,,,ol'JG" re) ",..,,,.. Vita Epiph.60 B l1ft6>.ucr.s.. ,., AlA -re)" I.d" 6, tl4/J,. Cal1iD. 65, 33 AtA ra. ,.a. TWrO .al AlA T1}I> ra".'''_'''. 66, 3. 65,4, 96. u UcrvrfS -re)" _"... AlA re}.. 134, 16 dMa.,Kd,o,.... >.I"t'." AlA,... 6pJiw ~Af_. JlaL 103, I .",mQ ~ n.rfS AlA n).. Bpitlllov 8vya.r4pa.. 133. 4 ditotStIallG. AlA ft.. 'a.vn;s hllpa IW. n)" Katla.a"." fHA,i. 135. 10. 159, 18. 184, 18. 319,18.397. u. 3B7. 7. 466, ao.".""" P.,paiCH' AlA 21".,..s.. nN &MOll"". Apac. liar. 117, 7 "." AI' 'I),.ar Ip4ml'Ta, &ral AI' 'I)"" 06 _r'~ U"" 6 "porintp. lb. la ffllpuaAoiicFa. n.Ud AlA roW Xpt.~. 1:16, 33 'IWIuaW AI' 6,.ar. Vita SA 3-4. c AlA r1}I1 ,.., 011",.".", /JIMTwla...

'''w

'.oU.

'nl". ,.6".

,6,....",.

11,-,.

375

Digitized by

Google

1181-160.J
1186. This Iaat uaap aradually aaeumed the IIIC8Ddenq and la now the leading function of BId (1111) in N. (1769.)

Bc (le).

uaa. I. Cli (from M, cp. J69),-in old.A aleo " (reduoed from M), current in CIA previous to 334 & c.-with Aoot7UTIn only: iAto; to.
'E' from'
118'1.
It follows exprell8iona of tIIOCion, and thus is oppoaed on the one aide to (1566), and on the other to 'in' (1555).
I.

'I'

Of Place: iftto:-eie n,v nMv 'into the town,' eie.,.o 1f'A.~8oi).J.yc", 'to speak to (or before) the crowd,' 'to addrees the crowd.' ~ or #UCW8a.& eic 'to arrive in or at..' dJJpolCru6a.&, vvlll-ycu6cu. eie, 'to assemble in.' eie xr&pa.i lpxru6cu. ,,"', 'to come to close quarters (or to blows) with.'
U88. Not rarely, however, the distinction between motion a.nd rest is loat Bight of, and thus tlr ia used for'.., and conversely (1548 1564) : Xen. An. 3,4, 13 lie ..oUr... T'Cl1I TUTrnJf/H,.~. So oftell trap''"' lie. Th. 4t ~ iN '1.,.,011" 1101 iN Awualf .".... CIA (1101'0)&i_ fir trOMo or ill trA", dtta-y~ .Ir crnj>..,.. or ... ~, .,iria& .lr ..vpllo", dJJa,raWricu "r mOll, DeiaterhfollB ' 176, 2O-22.-!GS 1811 IIOtraMa"'" ie f'DUna ..~ ppla. NT 2 TUn. 1, JI ,ie 0 h.s". IIijpvE. CI.eemana 91, 5 ypd+ar ie ..a aUG pAptI. ib. 99, 3 ~, ..lllOf ie T'Cl 'Ell.,.JIl6., etc. See 1547 & 1557. (Cp. GHatzidakia 210 )

rlf't""

,tIT,.

rr',...po

1&88. 2. Of Time: tmM:lie n)" "ullf'a 'until night.' de ,;,..u'to our time..' lie n).lItrnpolu 'until (or for) the nen day.' lie WnflO", ie ltmna 'until or for later OIl.' Ir 011"0. 'until or for to-morrow.' de (....) ICCUfHSII 'at the right moment.' lie 1'1\ >.o.tr6. 'for the future,' 'in future.' lie dr ........0 XPd- 'for ever,' lie &roE 'for once.'

11540. 3. Ketaphorioally: a. Of the object or PUf.POSe: ~ ,,'" elt ", 'to use something for some purpose.' 'll'llpCUTICMJ '4 eie .,.0" ..o>..p.w 'preparations for war.' I'll ele .,.0" ,roMJM1I' 'necessaries for war! eie Blew ' in time of need,' , in the right moment.' eic ~ , in 1I888On.' eic &.~ 'for once.' So ~ mn18c&Oi, ~ .ie n.
~).J.yc",

b. To denote a feeling toII1ardB, 88: ~ eie",", dp.a.prtl.w", Eie .,...., eie n.

'x8,. Eie Na;

.

1I5U. ID A the above relation., 1540 0-1>. can a1ao be Gpn!IIMCl by ..(1657.c), or by the aimple dative (1353-8). a cirC1llD8taDoe which brouah* about an inter-relation amoll8 de. .,&s. and the dative respeatively, and ultimately l'88ulted in the retreat of both frpft and the dative before .rs.

1M2. Peculiarly frequent, especially iD Biblical compoaitioDa aad imitatioDl, is the use of .Ir 1'iI with the inlnitive to dellOte the

376

Digitized by

Google

PREPOSITIONS: Elt-

(Er).

purpoae or the deaigned CODS8q1l8DC8 (Ap". vi. 22; cp. 1522) :_ie 1'0 ,,,,",,, - ' """"" flie 1'0 cmav,..,s.;....., eie" .,.. .

1148. c. To denote a l.it of tAeaSIW6 or tIUtJIber :-Eic &a.cocrlous 'to the number of 200.' eie _ bamW 'as many as 100.' fie ~ 'to the best of one's ability.' eie TocroVro
&rolc1s

'to such a degree of madness.'

ID. this usage.It is often confuaed with r. (1638).

l~.

16U. d. In respect of, tcIiti regortJ to, as: ...~ 6ic nvra, (d:tro)P).Jn", eie TWa, eie 1'&0

Wx'w'l'l'f eie

T&.

!Me. of. Aa alread7 oblervecl (1348) P feature of .It is that It often euppliee the place of the dative of the indirect or remote object. Thi. uuge, though Dot unknown to.4, beoumeeinoreaain8l7popular, eepeciall7 since G times. See Ia.& lH7. 5. As a ~ departure from A literary 11IIBg8 mar be noted the neglect or obliteration, in the common Jau,rua,re, of a.ll diatinction between motionud reet (1538.1557). Hence J>compoaitioDl, in particular those of uDBCholarl;y character. show an ever increaaing coDfuaion and interchaDge of .1, and I .., until ultimatel1. tlr. owiDtJ to the popularit;y of it. fiDal 8OQJ1d (-I) .. well .. to It.. cony.nleat con8truction (acc1188.tive), dUplaced and obliterated I" (1564).

a times, unot earlier (1538).

1154:8. Accordingly in P-N cl, stands for lvi. After exprelJlioD8 denoting ,."" and that very frequentl;y since

Sept. Num. 353 ,... '"" de ... '''"'' ..,....;... Jladt I. 39 4.. "'~I1I1_ eie rG. ~ a6r" de 3 . ,.... r~. Luke 11, 7 .,.a .U!ta p.ov ".,' ,,.,ti de ,.... MOl"", John I, 181Hr U. eie ra.. UAtrOI' roii ,""pelt. Acts 2~ .. ~ To.. DaiiAIII' lie Kau16,w-. Diod. a. .... 6pi. . x.ppG"",," _ At,.6Ie ..."., ~... 6. 84luwtliIJOtr eie m ",11_ rir IIGTfIImIItW"';;r ....lar. 13. 13 ...",._ de ~AlP. Lac. A.ain. I dtrtp .~ "'Ipa ..roc.woWra tic Ttl--r,","" Aal. 7.8 'IIfaant- de klJci_cl.. !'roe. ii 51.1 U Y~" ....,., ~ .lxlll'. u6. 14 'tf"tl"..C.. tic nl .... AI_Alar _ ...,.,.",. "."so. i. 339. u r.m,r ,~ U ri 1.,0... if. 8. 9 .mu Cc roii '101'I0Il UA_ .,tl'IIXCI7'G. et puaim. Leonto Neap. V. J. 7. a IlId .Do.. eie tWrcl.r ,,.,,,. 7. 6 .~ de mcl.. 1IGf0pNJpaTG, a8.:Ia ..6110. de &por '_~GI'. i90 6 .cScr.. Lrbr de ...... ftAo, r~. et puaim. Mal. 29. 16 de ra ZiAIJUW 8por ...- . et puBim. Nic. it 865 .... 'P4#1'J 'n1" Eie ,.waniptlll'.-See also 156S1154811 This uaage of .1. is now moat common in N de ri .,.IJ1JIm. adItnu de Td 11""""'. ph.. de ra IInr., etc. lI48. 6. CcmveneJ.r dum. the pericd of CClIIfIIalan ... ftJ7 often parfomIa

.1..

U-..

:-al,o,..,

..

uaO. ii. To denote apace of time: tllU1I'n. in t'he lptJu of, dt4rl,., (1526-8 1558). Po17b. 3a. 13. 5 ..poIoIw.,.", .a.".., ftn, de " .. , . . . Diod. 1915 ",af~ ~ ms ......'6ras tic If,..., 'for aiJ: monthL' 8mb. 1 7. I, 2 'mnitl. I~ de 11_ I413tIlll "".,..,.. UcS". Athen.... 53 xot......"'" de YllltIGpU ","par reil ~r 'A""",sIH'. See alao 1 52 8. 1I1C)l1. Alao this uaage of ... is moet common in N, AB: de IN lA..., de .z.o.. ,"pe, de 11.. "".

01_

(1564 f.).

,n.."",

la.,.,.,

377

Digitized by

Google

PREPOSITIONS:

Eir (Er).

16151. m. To denote the instnunent: tDith. In thia usage, which i. a translation of Hebraiatic ... (1562), it ia uncommon in P, and utterly unknown to N. Kartyr. Areth. 10 ,19' w,.AIr Eie ""Vovr '-I"IMjIIaa .,... "l+f1IJ" tlr .,.a., ell".. JlIoachoe 2949 B 1"~tI,,, ..cl" ~OOp"OJf tie ..cl IpG""'" cUwoii. 2jI96 0 Eie .. ~ Iwts.. Leant. Neap. V. J. 39, 14 de oyoNx&o" "p".l",. 38, 17 de II1IAA1If tI..wciCf'I'IU. Kal. 381, 3 itl",o..", de mAoipul 6",,'ilfft. 407, IS flie dil'tsr '.onlW ..cl" I1nvpolf. 4'6, 9. 178, IS.-See also 1562.

,.IN.

1662. As a distinctly foreign element may be considered the 11Ie of fir before the predicate of a substantive (l1S9- 1285). This is an Hebraism (beth BUbBtantiae) which, through the influence of the Septuagint, became a favourite expreBBion with Biblical imitators, but remained alien to popular speech. It is utterly unknOWD to N. Sept. Gen. 2, 24 'tlWT4& 01 1160 de tlti.,- ,,",'" 12, 2 "w.qtlGII tI. de 19Jfcw p4"tfl. 340 1 2 3&ltlts,.4 po& T., _Ora 'TIIIlnpo de oywcWra. 19 o&..or It17'II& Eie MO". et pBl8im. I John 5. 8 01 ,.pRf Eie ..cl I" d"w. Clem. R. ad Cor. 11, 2 de .plp.ra ml de "7J/AtloItI,,, ..,l"olml&. Ign.st.ad Eph. 11, I r"ts flie .pl/AIS ~. Hermas Sim. 9, I3t 5 ItI_ de a" ""tiip.ra. Test. xii. 1077 B 'AtJ/JoII tslrn}lf Eie "(IIII4ilrts. 1125 B ...pd97JJf de IoiiAw. flie tslx~- 'A~. Hdn. Hiat. 5. 6, 5 xpl,,,.,,. ri,...Af&t/7'4 tj flie "prHtIo 'ftlloiiMu. N - . Can. 12 Eie ..pttl/J67',poIf 11..,."thu 06 a.w- . he cannot be made a preaybter.' Acta Tho. 22, 22 ItIT4& 6";" caIlnJ .. wxml"tI7'tts de t6t1W"Atryxlmll nl 'Ator ml dp.o&IJ.q.,. 36. It '''''0' (TW ,.oii7'O de 4+etlW d.pD.PT'Gw. 82, 10 ..,."itlthu TaU 1/NX4&"t 7'06..4&r Ele ~",,, d.pD.p7'iGw. 80 ib. 28. lIacar. 533 B 6 ,.M IXJlUlw a6..cl" de /Jatl&Aia. ib. 0 ,.oii7'OII trpoopltlGf de tro!S/AfIIOI'. Socr. 'I. 23 hxfijNI Eie /lat1&A1ts 1l,6,.wor. L;yd.. 220, 3 11pOtI.M/Jo",.6 lA' de ",.1'011 ](fIop"OIIAApuw. Leant. Neap. V. J. 49, 22 .6P'1" Ix. de 1fIl'Gi. 16U. To Hebra.istic influence Hems t'uther to point the 1188 of fl~ (like that of J" 1563) to denote the price: for, as: Greg.Nysa. ill. 1097 0 ..p,a.OJfTa pm ...}(IIi,.ar !T1III'IJ.1ITO flie ..;,. ](pWlllO" Itr1 ... 'f"fTpatrea...p 'P"IfIIo JMosch08 2992 A ats{Jo" de "ci 31io ~.",.ci /hppla. Conat. ill. 1017 A d-yopGuac de IIOpAa-JIoIIT4 ;E. Codin. 99, 7 trltrpOgrcea&l nii tIiTOV pD3&oII I" lie ..;, "I'"'IM" one bushel for a coin.' Leont. Neap. V. J. 28, 5 o~ ITIIHX-prJfTGf 'It; &u~" erav de ](p~JIoIIT4 tr.,).ijuac "," XGp''' crov. 39. 25 ~yOp"CTf" alm\ le "plIIIColI'ra lE 1IOpAa-IA"7'Go So 44t 17. SS, 20 ri" pwIJo. a" Itrol"".w de ..cir brrci i//AWV Al'f"pas. (1340. 1660.) 16158". Elliptical ia the construction of .If with genitive in ph.ruN like W'OptW/A4& de &IlacrAAOII (se. or.o.), a peculiarity which still IlUlTives in N: .a,. 's ..OO IlacrAAol1, 's ..00 'Y.,7'6I1011, fir ..00 Its..poV. (1289 f. 151710 I.)

..s.

'.i

16M. In N dr 1Ih0wa, beside this ancient form, two byforma caueed by phonopathy: 11. An abbreviated form Os due to the weakne88 of the i-80und (146154), and found even in)[SS of the ut, aciroumltance which pointa to ita still greater age. (Cp. ~', for ~ dr in Ax. Ban. 186 I. Thesm. 1122, and FBechtel 17... a, 2, ChiOll.) CGL ill. 648 e ,.a ~poIf. 649' e ..11 hE,a .po6tItsfl. ..i/JJ e -rcW ..........

650 'e.,... or.tu d,.t. d.oA~6" /A4& 'e ,.a .ptOW'GllAliOll. 651 e ..,) 1lrI".6tI&"" ~ I" ~ I&_~. ,."., ,a.lS 'UIP,' e ,.a" d4tllpGwa ; 6$2 'PJeou' e ,.cl la"."...,....

653 nl' e -t"lftfW ./(TU". Prodr. ~ ;--and so OIl ever since. b. An amplified form eltll, now very frequent before COD8Oll&Dta (208). 115H. As a N curiosity mark that the ~uent UBOCiation with topo-

graphical names of dr, especially in the form r, led to ita provection and incorporation with the auooeeding name (130), 80 that in N. toposraphicsl

878

Digitized by

Google

PREPOSMONS:

EV,

[UUS4,b...US8S.

'Ev.
1&1515. 'El' (from M, 15~) with the DATIVB only: itt.
It follows expre.iona of,.,., and thus is oppoeed to fIs (1536); also to lE (1566).

115158. I. Of Place: a. itt :-EN 'Ath/-i, EN Tj ..oM&, Tj 'EW&. .q eN Mapc1(JOw& p4')(t1 , the battle in M.' b. CWItOflg :-EN'ro&i ~i, iN M7}80'i. EN 1I'OUo&i AlyE,,, 'to speak in the presence of mmy people.'-So too:in P-B Greek, as Sept. Ps. 50 (51), 7 l&U yap eN d.J'OplAui fTITIICA~,.er,.. eN dp.a.prUui llelavqa-. (read l~ I" .q P:Irr'IP JU1U. 1&157. In this looal uBBlfe (a.& b), I. is sometimes identified with .1, (15,8). In either case, G-B uaea sometimes (dN) ","0. (1525), sometimes i.r/Jr or .LT.... 16158. 2. Of Time: in j during; tDit1&itt: J , J ,.. '" , ., J '" ____ ~ _ '!' EN J'VICT&. eN '"t }(&pIIJ"" eN 'I/'CVrC "I"pt1.&i. EN ft&i V'lIVJ'Of.Ui during the armistice.' 11568. 3. Jletapborioa1.l7: of manner and metJm: "'; tDit1&: iN nMy ..y ,,~'in this manner.' iN I7&IIftrj 'in ailence.'-Xen .AD. 6, I, 4 ",,_ eN IC.pan.uct frOTflpio., L;ya. 26, 9 iN '" tlUltlTO. 4uuJar I1p](!'. ~ trOM".la lsocr. 3, 61 n). d _ n}. rpet ~~ iN "oi, l".uc~ pGA>.o. ~ eN ,.oi, ).cIyov.--6pit iN ~poit I see with my eyes'; so l.uc. .!mor. 29 iN &",.,.11'. fIAl"., 1680. 4. PIwruu: iN f/>6fJtt to be in fear.' EN avlllTT' 'it is in your power.' EN,un. '](!'. ,.urci 'to hold one l'eBpOnuble.' eN frapalravD .LrtU 'to be in ,Preparation.' l>'fri3ar ,](! IN "'ft to have one's hopes on some one. EN &trAo., .Lra, 'to be under armll.' EP< {Jpa](!i 'briefly.' l. 410.,., 'in the right moment.' EN niX" speedily.' EN &"""" before one's eyes.' l68l. S. Peculiarly frequent, ~cially in Biblical writen and their iJmtaton, is the use of ,.., with the present (also aorist) infinitive, instead of the present (or aorist) fB'rticiple (1601. 207Sb 21410 2163b. 2170, i. Al'P. vi. 21) :-EN Tfj) tlffflpf", fN Tfj) m~'., EN Tfj)doW.., eN TcjlAMijutU -for tIfr"~. (tlfffljHU), ICo6tV&t., etc. 1&89. 6. The metaphorical (inatrumentaJ) use of ." (1559-1561). which on the whole is uncommon in .d, becomes considerably frequent in P times, notably among Biblical writen and their imi. taton, who often go aB far aB to place it before any dative; a phenomenon which point. to Hebrew influence and moreover indicates the retreat of the loose (instrumental, etc.) dative (1381 b). Sept. Gen 22 ""Aa/Jo. I_ ~..par 'Apllppat.", eN pG}(olpf " . cal "61". Judith I, 15 ...,."..,.,., oWcW IN f'tUS Cc/J{Jwwr oVroii. Eaai 10, IS ,a} 379

e.

le'"

'f'YOI'

""'''tU.

.r.ru

..s,

Digitized by

Google

USes-US88.]

tIt""I "'IV nil 1fIntT_ iN dtj. Katth. 1. 3 ,,"peW eN piT",. 5. 13 EN 4AaT,. Luke 23, .f9 nftcrerelJ' EN pllxalPf. )(ark 1ft I 'c~ riir Ma. EN MA9' _pa""'crarrn 4wonft_,.. Rev. 6, B d1rNTa eN ~/141f119. ... et passim. Luc. Aain. 44 T.",.". EN Tar, ..An"", Dial. Mort. 23, 3 iN Tj 1AiJ&,. Conaer. hm. u iN ot-Q'w, Hdn. Hist. 7,5,2 EN B,ox9' ToO Blou bft'allcraTO. 1.5,4 TOw iN hAw, ''''''' Acta Tho. B, 16 alll'GCl'TGaU EN traAtiP4' tWl6trll'llfTGl. Teat. xii. IUS B f:N Alpf tlWlflX/"",. Acta Xanth. 63, .. I_pa~ iN 7j ,At",.,. iT.... 'AiI/tlI'. ib. 16 IT/",.", wWv EN dTfj. Callin. 57, la eN 3lthJ CflToij.,y.,..oU .t.,.u. ha,.. 91, 3 iN IlIer/UUll TpI~I. Tcl erwpll. J13. 10 l_pouer EN EtS1.9'. la9t 10. Mal. 50, JJ EN i 'Bt1crTGC" df&.p Tcl EtSAOI'.-Cp. a1ao 1551. 11588. 7. Another P but rare 1188 of I. la that deDoting the prict : for. ThIs la a paraphrue of UDder Hebrailtlo Influenoe (cp. 1555). I Olar. 21, 24r,opGrrOl iN dpyuplfl. BeT. 5. 9 4,.,p&C"" iN.,.;; al'pll'rl.
Iot~ertnl&

.wc""

""_6,,,.011

darT.

'1fAact.

.1,

before ita synonym' els prior to T (1548), ita continuance iD the subsequent literature being due solely to achola.atic affectation (1247). As a. matter of coune there ia no trace of I. in N. Bee 1548.

that, owing to ita final I' and ita datival construction, it retreated

l684. 8. But the most notable feature iD the P-N history of b is

.,....;. Kal,., ....,... ..

l686. 9. AI W&I to be upeoted, duriDg the period of confuaion. ,,._ uaed very frequently for elf, ooouiona111 even with the _tive. I EN tordc : 8ept. Judic. 6, 3S n2 4n/Aour 'E.trlCl"rflAw dc ....,.~_ iN'A,",p n2 iN Zo/JavAMf .at EN IIltfl/UJ. Tobit 5.5 W'OpI"","" ","''100 eN Luke 9. 46 "~A'.,. Q aa.>.o-rallpclr EN dToci. 23... 37v IMfIJ N Tj IkUIIA., erav. I Cor. 11. 18 flWlpx.t1ffM EN '1IIIA",lf. DUm. Ho L Iss. 12 ~ EN 'IftIAlt. Bpiot. I, 11, 32 iN 'P4I", blPXfl. Luo. TIlL 17 EN .,..., fWrR,. _If 4tl TeTCI"fl'lror. A.e1. 4, 18 _rijAlt IJA4TOIJt EN "fur.Alt. PaUL 6, ao, 4 ca6rW np.lIlAl . .cri rijr '11I'W'03a,._ Ta "crri iN 'Ob",",. Prooh. 8, 5 .1...AIt N 'BIfIIcr" .at "'-;'IW .... ,..., ",,,U. 10, 10 .,.n,crarrlr ,.. ~ Ell Tj pocrlp...,_ '" iN ",,..,. nSq., .. s-im. 1IAl. 27, 6. as, 19- S4t 20. ss. 10. s6, 6. 89. 9 ISS, ... 184, 2S. 2U, 4 j et,..un. Leoat. li.p. V. J. ". 18 ElIlIf)(tt1ffM EN .,.. oh" ToO 1100. 20, 81 -"pxoplww _~ nil ~Tav 'rWrou .,. .."...; EN Tj .."".'" .. 2 iN 2cnllt erw_et PMIfm.

'P.,.,.

trI,..,

3. 'EN with aocuaa&i": Apoo. Mar. II9t 36 ..Aii'" d.rJ".",".at ,....,. ,..u"..,.. iN AiTA.

eN.,.. DAo.m.-r. eM DarIltOl'or (10. 'ftIti), oIniiII. eN 'JIcfICI&II~ (se. It,..,), etc. lOleisterhana' 176 f. (cp. 1517D)(11,

188611 BlIiptical 18 the construction of .,. with genl,"e in ph.... llJte

'E!.
lHe. 'E., before OODSOnants . . with GDITlVII only: GMt

of,

frora.
(1]

It denotee 1IIOIiot&Jr- iftIicN and thus la oppoeed to 11, (1536) and .,. (15550)

"rII'fT'O

Cleric&l uron _ to ander171111Ch iDBtanceII, as I llal. 483. ID WIa 6N M.m1p<1)N TcMc MCpc;;... Porph. Car. S4o, 17 El ~ iN lCyTiPAC AiXl1 I) ..t*nt 'roii A~. 541, 5 .1 ~ iN 1TApACKCYHC Ai", I) ..pItmw TOii A~av. 646, 17 ...,..T/", .,. Tj dTj JAOIi EN )(tIp.ocrO!lploll.

380

Digitized by

Google

[11588-U7L
I.

Of PIaoe: out of,

from: EK n;r

~ ~QI. lK

n;r

anlJTov ' at an invisible distance.'

~ ~wu6o.t.. PIwa8u: K trOUoV 'at a great distance.' EK &EcGs 'on the right hand.' El dpunfpGS ' on the left hand.' EK njs 'oppoaite.' 11

1110"""

[la ](ut., Paull roB, 3 for 1 . . ,...s,.- write 1158'1. 2. Of Time: .frqm, BiflCe: ~K _",&.Iv

'EOI"

~_.]

'since childhood.'

~K traM&oV 'from of old.' dK n;r f~ '1OOJ1 after the peace.' d dp~ 'from the outset.' EK ~ 'the1'8upon.' 6!"; 'ain08.' EK 1I"OlloV 'a long time since.'
11588. 3. )[etaphorioall7:
(a) origirt: lK ff'fl'f'p/w dy.POiit.r-. EK IMFpdf. EK 6&6s. (b) ~: WJing to, by ,...". of: El 'p&!or 'in coll86quence of

a diapute.' (Cp. N If al..lat ' OD account of.') (c) ~ (-lnrC\ 1695, a), by. an uneomD1on use: ftpi..s- b "'"'. lrA"r EK (hnlJ.r a.aopJ"",. Hdt. 7, 175 "c\ 'Afx.,....... cl '.u'fUaoc'pov. (11) material:,from, 0/:-'''_,. EK 1v'>.0II. (IS03, 3, b.) (_) Irt/erenee or tJfI1W"NfI': acconl'ng to :-K " ".ap6.,... 'under present conditioDL' IK ....,a, 'in theae circumstaBcea.' K " a"JUT 'to the best of one's ability.' K ..oUr 'accordingly,' 'hence.' El lnr",;'" 'on suspicion.' CTOfI'fi. or 1Cpl..,. ~K 'to judge by.' 11 fur,,, 'equally.' EK /Jiar, EK JCf&pOr, 'violeDtly.'
1688". ID all the above 1UI&p1 (1566-8), 1 has been replaced by N speeeh. Bee 1506.

d.a in

:US89. 4- Under Latin inftuence, and agreeably to the usage of ita lynonymoul cbrci (1512),'f IOmetimes denotes: (a) a member or follower of a partleular lICbool or olue (1513) :-8ept .lndie. IS, 3 . . . . IIW? '" ..... EK m ~ tlOII. lfiool. D. 87 ....., TGw b

tit tllrylfA~.

n.o.,a.. CK t/f'paTf("flW .,ei.. UllriTW 'ni_, 'u-general, u-ooDBUl.'

Cb) The title or 0508, oorreeponding to the Latin

p.

(151.) :-AAter.

:US70. 5. Lutly it iI to be noted that, following the viciaaitudea of all other prepOllitioDl (1493b), If lost ita eyntacticiIJ force and thUI exchanged the ~nitive for the tICCtI8GtiN. This appears in written compoaition amce the VUlt [11.
Alchem. 31, ' . 61 AYrON (ubi 'E aWoii, butap.lb. al7 note). a17, I iK THN 1Ihpo... 336, 13 EK TA ,"7fIAAa. S;ynoell. 73, 9 EK TA XaMdlaKd. Porph. Cer. 314, 14 iK TAt ftlTPCIrW. Leo Gram. 359, 30 EK Toye ,Vyt"fir.-Prodr. 6, 340 Aa..a"",' KTliN ACl1IGpav tlau El AYTHN .... /JGImlCf&r. GSpata 90 (A.D. 1096) i. TON ",.. BIT"". 11. (1143 .&. D.) iK Tore ",,w0l/$. IU (II~ .&. D.) EK TO aov"a-... U. EK TON " ,... 4WA&____ p8IIim. 167L It 11 in tbiB aCC1ll&tivaJ. oonatruction that 'E II1lrVived down to the XVI\t'. However, even here it uBUally appeaJ'll accompanied by the article ( ..611. TcS,1i'" TOtSr, TCi, m), in the form of ,. or rather EX (174), clialectal1y alIo ". or Ox, a form probably due to the in1luenoe of dwcS (Pul. 343 6. n)ar tlau). PI But cp. Loune Pap. 54
(BoO.

...pGA"

163-.), 79 il'HpAwloYn01lIN(t).

381

Digitized by

Google

la7S-laH.]

PBBPOSITIOlfS:

ht.

'Eni.
la72. 'Eri upoN-with Acct18., Go. and DAT. A. With ACCUSATIVE: la78. . Of Place (motion) : . , . , 16; agaifUl: l4i r..... hafJal..,. 'to mount on honeback.' Mck i.i IoYu f'ptwfTG 'leading to.' ini TA onAA .,.plxn". ini Ad,. 'to the righL' Eni "'~G CTAlIA 'to the extent of 30 &tades.' U_ or lrO~ini n .... to march agaillBt IOme one.' la74- 2. Of Time: during: ini 'f'pc'il HMipAC. ini 1rO~V. XpO"ON, ini noAv 'for a long time.'
1676. Por P-B _
1275 f. .t 1344-

la715. 3. Ketaphorica1lJ': fDitA the object of,

for, ... BtCUd

of:
ini AliAN IEJ-. f.41' vAmp tr/,.,.",. in A-(TO nMO trdpnl" 'for thia yer, thing.' [lIal. 469, 17/~ft""'" Napcrij.. hl ~(read TO) ~a..] 11576. :nwa..: ini nOAr' oyer a ~ 1J'!"Ce,' 'for a long while.' .ini to nOAr'mostly.' ini AOpy <ac.IUtfII1'rIX4--) 'to the right.' ini Tli.. AcniAA (se. ,....,.afJdAMu8a&) 'to the left.'
167810. Por P-B _
1583-

la77. B. With GBlfITIVB: upon: . Of Place upon, on: Co) relt on :-i41' ArM~TOC d~icr6cu. ilf) innmN 'on honeback.' ini TOy opoyc. ini ToY &fwii Kip(o)C 'OD the right wing.' ini ToY nOTAMoY 'by the riyer.' (b) motion: tmDordl, to :-in "mNiAC _JIIGl, ini LUtoy tr>..a.. ini oiKOY U_ 'to return home.' 11578. 2. Of Time: ... t1ae tWe of: lni Kf'Oicoy 'in the reign of Ko' ini nEf'KAioyc 'fxo- 'under the. archODlhip of P.' in' iMor in my time. oJ ilf) HMcO.. our contemporariea.' 11579. 3. Ketaphorica1lJ': <0> distribution (1497, b. IS8c), b): by :-ini TEccApm.. 'four men deer" ilf) NOC in ogle file,' one by one.' I.~' e.yTcON 'each by himeelf. (b) superintendence, at tIN 1aetJd 0/:-0 in! ToY OiNOY 'butler.' cl ini TcON AECMWN-&.,.pocI>U>.nl. IS ini TcON NOMlcMATmN 'master of the minL' a, ,. ini TcON BIBAloeHKcON 'librarian.' (1582, tJ.) 11580. C. With the DATIVB: upon. I. Of Plaoe (rest) on, upon: ini NAyciN 'on board the ehiPL' ini Toic opiolc 'on the frontier.' ini T~ 9AAACC., on the more,' by the lea.' 11581. 2. Of Time: immediately after: ini Tij> "pi"" CHMfliCj). ini ToYrOIC 'thereupon.' in ilElprACMiNCj) 'this beiDgdone.' 1&82. 3. KetaphorioallJ': Co) superiDteDdence: at t1N 1aetJd o/:-IJ ini TIj) CTPATiYIUTIo cl illi T~ "OAl.. 01 iwi Toic NAyciN 'coJDmanderL' (1579. b.) 382

,I

Digitized by

Google

PREPOSmONS:

wt.

[1581-1683.

Cb) dependence: tM pDflJW of:-" ~MiN ''"'" 'it lies in our power.' ri in f.Moi 'as far as it depends on me.' Eni Tcf) A1eAlllcj). ini BAcIMi ylyHuBaI 'to come under the power oUhe king.' le) condition: for :-lni MICeq> , for pay.' eni To-(TOIC 'on these conditions. ' .. cPTe 'on the condition that.' (d) cause ~chiefll with verbs denoting emotion, 1387 iF. 2128): at: -ini TINI XIII~"', A,.ill, f&u8a" ,..>,a.., ".rye t/Jpo..."', (,) aim. or ob~ct: for (cp. 1657, c) :-ini TOYrIf> 'to this end.' ini NiK., .,.pi".&II. Enl TOKIf> &""'.&11 to lend upon interest.' en' apyUfH{' 'for mone;y.'

'It

,,,,,,>'ayij_.

,. "o6Tov,

fA

popal&r nmiD1_ae of t1Ua _

'ft '1'0,..01) (or-rathll1' Iw,.,..)

V.PO"

18ema to underlie the

'"OD

~OD8:

purpoIIB.']
')"IpGcrlfll

pear.

(f~

accumulation:

:-3yX"'I in' 0f1CN.,

'pear upon

l688. The Phietor,y of hi is rather obscure. It is tllle that, ro judge from the written compositions, it was on the whole common as late as Jltimes, but since it comes here to an abrupt close, and no genuine trace orit is shown in subsequent popular compositions, there is strong reason to suspect that ita post-cliriatian record was due, at least since T, to an Atticistic or scholastic zeal. This may be also inferred from the fact that hl is often used, since G times, in a perverted sense and construction, and moreover too frequently replaced by some other appro'priate expression according to the sense. In ita uaual broad meanmg of. upon. it is mostly replaced by the adverb bnD., which at atilllater times is often accompanied by the preposition dr. I. ](att. la, :I cS 4xAor ini TON AirlAAuN .lni.... 9t 9 .Jaw bffJOlf'OJl .aI4JW'OJl lni TO TeAc;,NION. So Jrlark 2, 1+ Matt.:I..,:I AlBor ini AieON Phil. 2, :17 A.."" lni AYnHN. (But cp. PI. Leg. 718 D trVp ini niP &X.".tSflJl.) Luke 11, 17 of.or lni OTKON trln... Lue. Zewt. .., I Eni nAeypAN ."",Wr,s. HdD. Hiat.... 8, 2 IfGlIO'lv Eni THN KEIpMHN ~pow. Acta Xanth. 62, 6 aa.m,.. In' OAYNHN .fplalrH. Leant. Neap. V. J. 15, 18 flXfJI tl'l'1~JIOP lni THN KeIjlAAHN drijr.PJ - :I. App. Hiap. 4r &1"",.,." Ir ..A.mOP Eni dpHNHC. 101 4jAawfJI Is 'P4I"."" lni TOAMHC IfG1 lllPONHMATOC Aal'''''"' Byro', r,) Ba.af7'ripaor awar """;;11..... ini AllJAtrpoii C~HMATOC. lL Av. 6, n 8A1&n.rlll II~ cS '.''""'" ini THC EAYToY I1n"" IfG1 A('NoiAe. 6, 2a Elf> AnAcl ~ .,.~r '1I1IfGAoV. 5,. 1fG'r'mlcrIaa inl TI.l'J a. Matt. 5, r4 inANoo lipoyc _,.1,.". "at 20 'J1..&er, rol' IlnANoo AfrOY. Luke J9, 17 EnANoo IIIIfG nOMooN. John a, ar enANoo nANTooN Leont. Neap. V. J. 154,:1 trWaEar '.oE".,fJI .,.,11.._ EnANoo AYrol. 15,

,.m

'E-- 1,,-

.iII_

'tI'I'l".

PJ 80 fDrt.har : I Cor. 3. 15 ""AII,.I'4 Eni THN KApAiAN ,",7'11&. .A.ota 10, 171~ 01 apn ltl'rT/fJa" Eni TON nyAcONAo I Pet. 4. 14 r,).....vJlfl EIII' YMAC ANAnAYaAl. (Cp. Rev. 140 9 1ft "oil JAf'l'4Iw01J aWoii ~ '1'7)" X.i". Gwoli.r-Luo. Rermot. 4, hi TO AKpON DiocL 10, 7,4 ndr ini THN npYMNAN. r-nt. Nap. V. J. roe, 10 eni THN UIllMHN rr~1W flfpa/Jf/JA"pI""". $8, 8. CS) 80 fUrther: App. Civil I, 71 En' AfriAe ,,, K,,,",, 1fG.,.ltAfJlOP. 4, 37 En' AkIAe 111..11.-".. llilp. 38114-r- eni ApriAc ~", 36 Elf> ~ClXiAC~" .,IrIIIpo1fIf1Ii. 9 Eni KAloyc cl8aNrov 'Y....I1.I76cu. PuD. 93 Eni IavJAllfJTfir "ri'Y"OJ"l'0 MaABoAiic r. IfG1 ToAMHC. Civil. I, 7 in ApriAc &.rll.....o. K. Aur. 8, 49 oI!nIr or. pllIi Eni TciiN ..,."... IIIANTAClcUN. 6, 40 Eni II~ T.oN Iml fttScr- CYNexoMiNooN . . flDpaplre,. IfGro.,"-acra 91 23 .,... bafo,a. 'X"" ETrI' TI rlAor. 1... ~ Eni Tt -rfr-.

'''''''''11',

'wi

1IWa,....

''''''''tI'I'l

883

Digitized by

Google

'I

PREPOSITIONS: 1C4Ta..
17 EnAN(&) Mo.,. 34, 12 6 EnA"(&) Tlic ';'rOpAc. Theoph. 297, 17 & EnAN(&) ToY APMAMENTOY. Alchem. 303, 12 &rna IYA(&)N En.NCD8N.-.J. . . . 3864 B EnAN(&) dc Td x,iAor ~ ItIIAvl'Ml'par.PJ ... lIatt.. IS, 3' fNfAolyx"IC'f1Iru ini TINA. So Kart 8, 3. lt11ft'. Zoe.
iprA TOW d.pIIpTOIAIiw AntW/Af9a. Vit& SA 6* 0 En; TO CYMIkBKKOC Au,,;;. 14*. d.'Y/I""'';'' En' ArrON. 38* B 1ap./J"tI,B 6 En; TO Opa-UlON. 37* .. I~,,, En; TlfN npoppHcIN.-](ark further N IJ"';Copal TINOC 'hate

utA',o.

104, If XalpoiU" /AfTa. TOw d.yyIA_ ",pl_ '''''''' TOw a.. . ., ER;

Av.,I.

T.

"'or

one' (1336).
KATA.

1&84. Kati with Accu8. and GD.: doton-oppoaed to &N. 1&8&. A. with Acoaative : I. Of Place, down along : KATA TON nOTAMoN 'down the river.' KAT' Ar'poYC 'oYer (or in) the fields.' frc:U.,,, T'"Q KATA CTPNON 'to strike one on the breast.' KAT';' TOYC MHloyc TfTo,,8A' 'over against the M.' ~ KATA Kpt(YPAN I/tr.lpoe. KATA rHN KA; KAT'; 8AAACCAN 'by land and by sea' [cp. 1525): TII KA8' AYroYC 'the part opposite them.' l686. In the common language from G times to the present day, mrA with the AccUBative of place denotes direction .TOB. Ant. '5, I}, 6 Td.r KATA Ais. .poq/JoAdr. Dioec.... 1~ KATA ANeMON. An.

Iowa" :

TllN ANATOAH"

P. Boa::. 39 "f4t4A'I 'ftJIIII1TiftI Ii'p""" KAT E~PON ,GAII77'A.-So now: KAd 'eastward' (cp. 1588 et 1636).

1&87. 2. Of'fime: at, m:-KAT' llCiiww n\" ~ 'at that time.' 01 KA8' ..;~ 'our contemporaries.'
11588. In N this relation of _ni is expreased by the simple accUBatiTe (1274 f.). It ietme tbat _nl ie Dowused of time, but then it is equivalent to pl' about' (1636 ; cp. I6.fO).

1&89. 3. :MetaphorioaUy: According to, tlftw :-KATA TOYC NOMOYC 'according to the lawa.' KAT" nAAT(&)NA. KAT" THN 1p1pt lolAN 'in my opinion.' TO KAT' ME ' I for on8,' 'as regards me.' KAlA lYNAMIN 'to the beat of one's ability.' ,.,.ne,.,,, ~ KAT AN8p(&)nON 'beyond man's power.' KATA TA\-TA 'in the same manner.' KATA nA"TA 'in all re~cta.' KATA KPATOC ateK'uo'to pursue hard.' KA8' HcVXiAN 'at leisure. Ta KATA TON nOMMON 'military 8.ft'airB.' TA KATA TON TeMON 'the affairs of Telloa.' b. Diatributively (662, 2): by, 'Per :-KATA TETPAKICXIAioyc 'every 4000.' KAlA i&NH 'each people separatel,.' KAS' iHA 'singly.' lcanor ulf "'(TON 'each b;r himself.' KAB' HMEPAN' da1. by ay,' 'daily.' KAT iToc, G-N KAff lOC (as Gr. Urk. Berlin 197 Lt 18] thrice), 'annually.' (ForNaee 1590 b.)
G.

1I589 b In tbia diAributin - . _7'11 fa aometimea ClODItnloted with nomiaative.I664)

~.

III So farther: )(att.. .. ,.a~TO inAN(&) AYroY. lAoat. Neap. 340 18 IS EnAN(&) nUN KAnHAwN. Chnm. 697, 14 IS in"N(&) TcD.. X6IpoTONIOON. lIerdD. :mat. 6, ,/, '/ ion AlTO (ft Dc* OO1'I1lpt) for hr' AW. (1,582, tJ). S, 10, 'I hi Eni TO d..0II..... lAoat. Neap. V. 87. B .7xOll x,.,a. ini ToYrO (if DO
'ft~).

384

I.

Digitized by

Google

[ll00-USH.
U80. The aboye mea.phorical uaage of .,.C\ (I SS9. ") still aurvi"81 in N: ICIifA d 4IJAINOM_' (more popular KATA TO ~, App. vi. 261) 'BCComing to app8M6Dcee.' KATA 'fA AOrlA roV nh-poII, 'according to what Peter say.{ ~ KAT OAiro (also a''Yua,.' A) 'little by little.'Sometim'et! the accusative i, omitted and rtftTa then atanda elliptically with the genitive depeBdent OD the omitted accuaative, as: KATA ToY TTiTpoy 'according to P~er.. aceount. KATA (ec. ra roii) A'ABoAoy -iD the di78Ctiun of the devil (1586), 'to the dam.' (Cp. 1594-) 1690 ". Also in ita distributive U88ge (15890 11), _ni ia still preaen-ed iD N, but in the modiAed form .asf, on which _ 66. f. 1691. During T-B the curiouS oombination cS ..,.a ("'-) followed b1 a proper name was sometimes ueed to deno~ a IWnaIIIt: JJrloach08 3069 'AIaNcr,or cS KATA ZHMAPXON '.\nlOX'W. Mal. 491, 3 1acaUaor cS dnv,-pt1'"1' cS KATA S,AlcA!"ON Ta. _TpilaW. TheoJlli. 237, 26 '~ ,." AO'foIITtf T41 KAT. AO"'T%I~OIt (- ~ 16 ...."e"'-ror _Ic3clror 0. KA'I\ ,oN MApINAKMN. Theoph. Coat. In 6 'W..,.", oIhw cS IIA,.ATON' E!ABoi'AION. 69, 18. IU, 8. 137, 8. Porph. Cer. 619.6 cS n,.pliaor cl KATA'licAHN. -This uuge is foreign to N.

,up"

.-,.'0,.....).

169:&. B. With GDITIVB:

I.
G.

Ot Place:cboII ftvm: KAT' oy~9,

KAT! TWN Opu:lN.

ptrr.riaI.

KAT" TEiXOYC, KAT" KpHMNOON.-Bardl:v

curreat ill popular GneII

even in anoient times.

KAT~ NOOTOY

". .... . . . ; 011: "'{'JI'rt&fll KAT" ne'rpcilM. KATA xelpdc ~. t on tile 1'ear.' KAT.l rac 'liJlderground,' Ion the

ground.'
1693. ID t.hia ~, 11~ -a, rlmlained i more or lea popular through all uQquitJ; But sUaoe'G tiJ11811 it. iwp8fJlDlilMy common in eq'6s,ion. deDoting to giw G "low (on the head, etc.: ala. ani .~'ijr

.d.) :

Tlte AKOiic. Theoph. 283, 22 I!/Jr almt KATA KPANIOY. 351, 31 3t3.a-& KATA Kopytiic roU {JatnA'.t. So Theoph. Cont. 704. 13 la-.. aim; KATA Kfi~iic".,.o. Pd/J&II. (Cp. allO 1607,3.) U84. In similar (adTel'bial) expreaeiCllIII it still sum,.. in N, .&8: KAT. riic, K-AT;' ~iic. KATA 8ANATOY deadl1,' KATA lolABoAoy (1590), KAT ....e-oy 'to the winds,' KATA KPATOY (op. 15119. a) 'oompleteI1,' KAT. Meciic (_ra".fIijr,-T-B .,.cl ,..aw [cp. D. .8; Od. 157J, aa: lIal. 339, 3- .18, 10; and KATA MCOY &8: :Mal. 100,16. 16.... 3.186,5) 'ript iD the middle' (1596) -tho1J8h it is DOW more oommonl1 lUCId lUta prefix: _na~co_'" acfNIAiir, -TApovrfllll - _Tcl ftpocrWDfI 'on the face,' tmr4xa,w"."os - ftfptx.atWts. 1591. 2. BetaphorioaU,.: (dowm upon), against: >..lyEw reATA TINoe. ~ KAT 'EPATOC8ENOYC A6y0i. 1116". BeDoe ~",... a."".,., aN''''' TINGe (1346). lII98. Thia WIAfJO of .-i, thwsh very ooaJIlOD in -A-P Greek, is unknown to N. Ita 1088 however can be traced back to ~ may be ....4ftd. tiom IMCh blun. . . &8: VitaBpiph. ~ 4 npftX'" vel.. airw

,.. SIlXal~ KATA TOY NcOTOY cJ.roii rfi ).cSyX1/, 165; 1 roEM' amHI KATA ToY MACTOY. 296, 22. 333, 1.387, ISo aLion. 594t 19'&1.. awcW KAT;'

Jkl. 269, 2 B.I..

/JilfTiA.i KATA TOY METcimoy. 163, 4 U3...

384

0 C

Digitized by

Google

11586-1804.]

~REPOSlTIO:NS:

p.E1'a..

KATA TPIGiII MoAi<DN (for .lInl Tptir po3laus) I at the rate of three modii (for a coin).' ~. t36, 154>/>lJor 1-,1"..,.0 KATA T(4N NOCoYNT<DM (for fir 'I'm "OO'oW'l'CIf) .... ftw dpp4nIII "'1"',Jew. ,62, n BOnT&Of6 /I~rXPOJ'OYpti~ftlw~ KAT AYrOON (for pl 1I1wGitI). 36S. u A_,u"" KATA MAliMOl. #7. 1<4ty~/lf KATA ToY AOlKOc (cp. rSas. <4-).26.., 3.t 286, S KATA MEcOl(for &III'nl Tei /AI/lo". now NTa /A'lIfJr IS94) C in the centre.' Theoph. 353, 20 ..... TOUiU"1" '1';;'" efOp4XOll' KATA K<DNCTANTINoynOMI .t"".... ,~. 1697. The.A. _ of ......11 - agtriMlIII aprMl8llin Nby the _verb 1.....,.1.. commonly '1'IWT1oIr. ua....11I. aJao 'I'UT'", or tbouTlN.

MeTA.
1698. Mm with AcCI1S. and GBN. 11599. A. With ACCUSATIVB : I. Of Plaoe: 4f1tOftg, betwM-ODly poetic, ~cept in the phraaee MTA XipAt 'X'I" c to have in hand,' and MTA XliipAt t/Np"" 'to hold in

the h&nd.'

1800. 2. Of Time: after, fI6Zt to-very frequent: META TOYTON TON Xp6NON, META T4Yn.. META THN MAXHft-PI. Leg. 726 A. META 9EOYC I/nW16EWmTOl' I next to the gods the soul is most divine." vVl<TWp I(tU MEft AMepAN I by night and by

day.'-So too in P-B (1602. 1607).

1801. Peculiarly frequent is, especially in Biblical compositions and their imitation8, the use of /SfT'a TO with the infinitive aorist for the temporal participle of that tense (cp. 1561. 1601.20751>. 2141'. App. vi. 21), as: /SfT'a TO la.ir, MTA TO UlkiN, MTA TO Erp9HNAI-for 1&1.", ..>..6,;,,,, 'Yfp6.ir. 18011. This u88p of ~ aurrived until after T. when a confusion in the construction led to ita pual disappearance fa..om the popular Ianguaae (1607). 1808. Noteworthy for P Greek i8 that in oIaU888 beginning with temporal accU88tiVe, /A.nl is not infrequently placed before it by way of prolepais, and then either repeated in the proper place of the sentence or omitted; in the latter case the noun depending on /AfTd is curiously put iD the genitive (cp. ISI'3. 16SI. EASoph. Lex.. 8. v. /Afri) : Sept. J08. 90 22 MTA Tptit ",uflllr MTA " 3uaBlale&& ."ar llWoW 1uIIIS.".,. 23, I M9 "lAIpas .A.taus MTA "RTU'CIilIIru .-4p.o" 'I'm. 'I/lpm)A et.a n....- '1';''' 'X'pOw *0&. Gm. 16, 3 MITA Ihrll TOY olMfj/l1l& (for 11_ /Atnl ri ot.i}/lCII). Dion. H. Iv. 2443, 9 06 MTA nAAm ToY -rftJlOll Tuoi)lICI ~ Inat. Trypb. 27 ."a /Ala. ",uflll' MTA MiAM H,u,- ToY CABB.hOl. Dicao. .. 21 doft MTA "/AI",., Tptir MTA ..... ~3po". Conat. Apoat. 5 ." 2 MTA 14N lI/Alflllr THC clPe&A~. Boor. 4~ B MTA"'~ ~plpas THC IIwoil ~p6tfOlf. Theod. if. a76 4 MTA .I.,.,.. ,u1f'l'Ol TOY dAGwcu .... ...sA.... lii. 576 4 MTA ";;Nr .I".,., THC'" NIIIIIl, 0'1IIf6I0v. iv. G8 0 MTA "AfillTO" THC ,,,cIHT.OIf vI>"o". 76 D MTA nAAIlt THC ',,4i/lwr 'YfIff4r. Theod. x-tor .. I """"/Ill" MTA '.IITm. TOy 9vch-ou B6/1'1'C11lOll. Antec. I, ." I MT i. ....THC IIwoii 'l'fAfIIrijr. CaIlin. Jr4. 12 MTA nAw XJ16"OI' ToY lto,.~1U N./lTOpw". 122, 21 MTA '''I(IIITO'' THC flAf""';;' '1'0& 'T.II'I'lov. ](al. 10, 11 MTA Uo TOy NTCUrAV/I,..o&. 88, 14 MT AoW ,,(y ToiT.A.uri)cnz& ..... II4II..,... 1804. B. With GD1TIVB: toith - denoting tmioft: - MET' ",YTOY I with him.' ME9' YMWN I with you.' 01 MEd.. I\t(llNiAOY

' '1

' '1

' '1

' '1

' '1

' '1

386

Digitized by

Google

PREPOSITIONS: p.ETa..

[1804-1607.

'those with L.' p4}(aIhu. MeTA TWN CyMMAXc.oN 'to fight in common with the alIies.'
1608.
t.L

2.

m:etaphorioaJI,.:

toith, ifa-denoting fJltJMer:- MeTA AAKpYc.oV 'with tears.' MeTA KIVAYNc.oN 'witli danger.' MeT' AAIKiAC 'unjustly.' MeTA cnoyAHc 'in haste.' META nAlAIAC 'in joke.' MeT' AKPIBEiAC 'with precision! META A6roy ,with reason.' b toith, by mtGfI8 of-denoting the instrument. This 1lII&p is rather rare in A, but common in P, .ciall1 in poat-christian
Greek :-L1Curg. 124MU. lroMc&I For P-N aee 1607. 3.

rrapaa_"""..,., a&3dlnr.,

1806. In ita instrumental usage, ill naturally lIIIIOCiated or identifled with the instrumental dative (1381), and through this with the dative of the remote object or ita prepositional analyail. Henoe,..-ra often stands, from Q tim.. onwards, for the simple dative as well as for ita analytical anbatitutee '''' trW, "pH, .b, etc. (1351). Bee 1607 ft.
1807. Since- Q the popular OODatmetion of,.na hu been with the - ' " " of dB, the foree of I after' ha. . ee.rq Henoe1Ul8Oholarqwriten ofmt.qllenttimeanot rarel7 oonf01lDd the oonatruotion of the aoolllIative with that of the pnitive, aDd oonveneq. On the whole ,.na ill now ldenti&d with and I.p4. L Mncl + aoolllIatiW-=tDit1t, fIJgeIh4r tDit1t : Teat. Patr. 1060 A. MU. TON lrATlpA J),..w I with oar father.' Bpiph.li. 48 0 prrll& 01 ").fCirToc riir D.po.w MET. ('I'd) npclU HocX.iG nl,.. 2(,fI91 "Ipil'JA4TI. 196 B .,.oil ,,~ Toil MET AeANACION. Doroth. 1741 O. Kat. 5, .... MU. THN 61, IS 'IITI.. oW lid UpaA,. his 'E6Iou riir vI.w'Il7pcn)A MTA MtAA dd A'oyWr-ov "If"tal I. 901 11 T.w li Kopcr.l... MU. TarC J\A,,AAIMONioyc IIJClOtA.va. ftn 'AA4"1r A.'. Theoph. Oont. 1740 6 MU. T4c 8yrATEpAC Porph. AcbD. 14>40 n tIV,."tltpEu MU. TOlc TOypKOYC nl qGflU 'XOPTtr. 91, 130 242, 16. 279, 8. 293, 9I. Ta + _tiw=tDit1t, br qf, br -w qf: Alohem. 32, 9 d..GAa,8. MU. ,..A{TI (ubi male pAwe). 301, 5 I1'6lA111tor MU. TO yt-oop ToVTO. 321, 11 MU. TO XpyciON. 3220 a MU. AAAC. 333t a6 Md TON ...81111.; ate., etc. Nloet. B)'So 704 J) MU. TAC .Ir TW ""ellTlW t-yC~HMiAC clrG,.tno... Porph. Cer. 316, "IrClTClO'~pCl"yl'_e un. TO "KpON T.w XAClP11Wr dT&ir. Apoo. liar. 115,8 MET. TarC dyy4).OIIf. l!Trinoh. 31 (t 1033) MET. 3PKON "oum iuramento.' 8. Km + Genitive - tDit1t, br __ qf: Gr. Pap. Br11& p. 67. 64 f. (t IVL) '-rXP" .,.a.II,Mt ~m. .e yt.ATOC. 91, aa6 (tIVt') "I~ M[n]A ME.....NOC~. Acta Xanth. 68, 10 MU. HAOON "Cl'JfEr. Acta PiL if. a, a Mn4 THC XlpOc """ l/l4rrUIG mm. I .,.fj ~~. Alohem. 311, 13 '".pallW n}r IJfjllllCIP MnA WTOC. Oallin. 73t 13 MUA nHAoY XP'o,.h"r. !)II, 20 n}r fiA/J1or Me' HC t'm. - ..... Ib, 4- 137, 28 MT. MAXAipAC 'T.,..... 110, 2. Leant. N_p. V. B. 1712 B , - . . mfj MT ArroY I lItruok him with It.' Vita SA sS' J) IlloHrw cWrfi MEe' .. 'lrpM" fJ6./J1ov. Theoph 518, .. 14_... UTfj MET. t-OPATOC .b .,.c) X.;).or. Tbeoph. Oont. 704, 13 .101., GUT" IrClTa Irff(lClAfjr MU. pA8t-ay L1xvpir _ -Xtiu. Porph. Adm. 116, 9 14a-... . f j un. Uf.NAYAay .b Tm. dIG. Apoo. liar. 123. 21 d_drlWt'n MET. litoyc. Prodr. peIIim,-aDd., on th!ouch ~ 11 oompolitionL

,.na

only, aDd that chiefI7 in the _

diappeared (op. J6oa~

n.

-rap

''',.oil. ",.oil.

'"I

'TIIfIT...

387

002

Digitized by

Google

:;
ft.

"17'4 + dr.$. (due to &pea . d m.): fVifA: Alohem. 384. 8 UpO,(pp /Jpd#0I4 !~~:~~: 1A.U1j) 8i'll Tf. Vi_ SA 102* 0 ~ ..nA T4\ nATpi"36E_.,.. T~

6. 111ft .. gen.... a/fIsr (for I"Ta T,) 1601): K6L 187.... lK'JATor ~ ?OW 6riTOIII. 362. 13 MTA TOy 3cMcu fl""""" flptMlOJpiA'Iflf. ofFOJr. 3114. 10 .a riit . . . . nl riis MU' -w;;.. 17.16. 1808. F.i,nal~ it lIhould. ~ noted, tb4* tJIIe too 1'JIequent a.sociMion of ,..,. wi~ the artiole ,,"Ta TW. I"ft T6. I"N ~ JA.Ta ToW, MTA. T4. ~TA TAe ete.. led to diasimilation. I"Ta being reduced to simple (cp. ..4.-p _ ftat. " TM 116JAOIII. _ Ta al~ in OtA [346-1>3.7 B.o.]. App. i. r.6.Il; KJleiaterhan,' 178. 3a). 'n!.ie phonopatbio abbren.tioll. appea.,. aeeomplished eYen in the earliest popular Jl compositions, and the form I'~ has ever since __ 18 wd~ ..... (Op. GH*idUia I!S).

1'.

_ Tb ..6.... ME TC-rrapadp. ME Irijp'II. MnAdA_pollt,Mi "S-fllt, -..,.0"tfIIITPOlI. et. puIIim. SQuu ~18 (4.. ilia) ME T,)P. JAI.",. flOTG,.,p.. F'triueb. 125 (.a.,Jt. U2Sl ME TV ~. BP,an. lIIlO ME T.,. .f.iM p.ou. PIOdr. 1 1., ME n\ tI1IJ(f'O"fUpifl,.Ta nl Me NI "I'fIOIJlll1. 30 14j7; ~i Tb C~. 164, ad I.fl*'..,. IIPfJ1lTe. ~ Ai dlIhlwIj4I.w,. l77 cql ."",,"5 moWfI~ di,Apps ME Ta .,0,.. aSI nl Mi ",..,. A."w,q..OlI. 855 Ta. .&if lIci 'I" ... ~1If Ta. ~~ IlMas. .. 231) &pea ME T,} So 2. 19-1ID dAAll ME TV ~AlI pM ,,,._~ Me ,... '~A fJ'TGII flfC"..,., (ubi male ,..,.). _~i;.. Bo~ 2Me Ta., .....lIT'IlI. (1011. 17 Me T.ma. I~ ME SA"., (l0fI TV nplttw. 3f. "E,TJWr'lIl~ SIi Ati~. ~ ~1/!~" flW7UK/ar. ~ a-.af~t.Mi"""",,. loa Me TV ~ TOIl. ~ I. 2H Mi T&\,..,.. lit 1756 ."."l~flI."'. W ME 1110. ToV 'ApTl.". 188-9 MTA ftw abrijs loWJa-ad ME ~ I~Y-. a77. ~m,. Al.' +. ...... aud lJIIIBim.. Be1th. 81 nl "E TG (llbt ~ "'T~ Tp'a _I6wouAa lrtI./laU.IICf15u, ,..6.01. 116 TO. Mr. T&l nA.&l.. ar HAJ

Alohem. 3220 19 XfJI6tt-

_a Mi T,}~.

ih. MS Mt' ,."... 385,5"

nU.,

(I.owlU.II.

..

nU.,

"fI.

-rap

.a

"Pm. 123. 'flIC~f ''''',(If ~ TG _BcSIFOlIM TIW, 1808. lqll f .... r,,, ,.,. x..u 'with pleuUI9I.' JA.,.a,,, ,W!MTA IlbA. ill. aa/1T6' (Qc.IN"'~. Al.eTA~,
~e U~ Il~":

tl+.

"~TA.,..l4eTA(li.....TJ. ..iioo". eto.

In ~MtT.A ,........T4 qs ate.

I4t:T

n~. 1810. Uap4 with Ac0tJ8.. Gn. and D4T>

~.

.It. With

A,OOl78ATIft :

I. Of~:

G. along, buidl, br: n~pA THN 9AAAi:CAN along the seaahore. nApA TON nOTAM6N. n6.pA THN OAON ~

n,.w. y~, nAjlA TINA.

lAHl."l
QD

b. to (like .".p6r

and~,

1655. an4 1699):

_W.

u..a,

~1Mt Attiofste -.tmae. ~a,.... t ..et 80 tile 011& haad adeDdi. to,..,.,., .od on the GUlar .1Ia. . . . the dati9a f_ the.1IIIOUUiu, .. ~ :boo. i. 186, 15 DaiiAIW n.pJ. Td .. 'llEpiaoAOII trnlAar. 191. 1+ IUpA TON llOTAMO.. '0""""" I~a.. iI. 5'11. 11. (n'cAa&) T_ ~ Tli ... yoo"cllo...-lhl. 440. 10 nlr "''r''7~'" 4~ ftAf_ 11..,. n'i

"fIIJIIIfIW

n.,.

A4roY.cT~ 810kOMo sB9.

10.

Op. 16JI.

~.bu~ it ma1>_dQQ1I&od,w~ar the1,o~M.TIIJMI8Qb. Bo.lnctol them ia found in N.

1812. 2. Offl'ime: during :-nApA nchON, nAp'oAoN TON BiON. 1818. Both the above uugM of pIue.apd tb.eo (16I1r-a) oeeu alaD iD P

888

Digitized by

Google

.pOMiNAI. IOD 539 B. La.oh. 183. XeD. Mem. 4t 4t 2 &.I3~os 'Ill n.p" ToYc AMOYC ,wCllmit". I, 14, 4 n.p~ TA &lUo zcjiA Iv,,.p 8.01 eN lPSpettrOl {Jwr.u-n. Ages. S' 3. Th. 4t 6 ",IC- n.pA TliN "oS.".,.",,,lu. cOp.N. Polyb. 10, 27, S ",>'0,". n n.pA TAC ,n>.as nOMIC 3UJt/Hpn". 18115. ID thiB uaage ",ap/1 aaaumed. dll~Dg P times, a stea.iily increaaiDg popularity, and eventually established itself as the regular second lJlember of comparisoD, thllS ousting both the geDitive and after coaparativea proper and comparative ideas (,nA.os, 'npos, 3&C~s, etc., 1187. 1328). ID J'rogre88 o'f time thiS proce88 aft'ectecl also positives, 80 that ",opO ultimately appropriated the office of wnp as well (1686). The confuaioD of ",opO Dd mp seems, moreover, to laave beeD furthered by their partial homophony (~), ad tGe .ltimate dilappea.rance of the latter was ODl,y the uatulal outcome, .iDee wy waa (lhoneticaIq weaker thaD trapO, aad, furthermore, closed with Pt wlUclt had become untenable as a final CODBODaBt (219}. Cp. JCramer kt. Ox. i. 338 rrapa~", 3i tloUaa. ,",1 a",.1 7"ijs oL... _paior "&>'A,, nAp. 7"oiIs WoW 7"AlJI 1u8"w.", 111ft yOp raii lnry nWs WoW. Cp. Heaych. trap rr,;_ ':rr~p .urCII. Polyll. 30 2!)- 5 JAikttpl~.." b<4f10111 n,..lxow mpA ~XU"'Gs. Pmt. Ala. x. Sept. Ge. 37, 3Luke :3, 13 nAioM nAp. TO ~TUA(MENON. Rom. 11, 3 yncP+poNCiN n.p 6 aft. ] Cor. 3, 11 IIplAI'" "fdp bAoN wM, Hs-Cl7'411 ltillfl& n.pA TON KiM'NON. Debt-. I, 4 "~'fMII' n.p .YroYc:. ~. 23 kpiTHeIN IINJUur nAp. "",rUC. Luke 130 2 .~ n.p. ( ......ip) n.NTAC. 13, 4 ~7"a& "rw.,.o nApA (-mp) ,,';'ttr.c 7"oW "",w-. [CoDveJ'll8ly Lake 16,8 fpoll,plnfpot "'ip 7"oft .".,b, 7"OV ~6,. lIebr.4, 12 7"Oplnf1O' YtN .... "aX""'" 2 Cor. n, 13 ...~ ynip 7"M MUMr 'a.\~Ear.] Hermaa Sim. ~. 18, 2 ..Ad_ .,.""tea. _ea. n.p. ,.011 ,.. rill !rea. I, 1'0, it """ON IfW RfN",rOft-' n.p';' TON lHMloyprON. L,d. 178. 5 P'I~" .AAO nAp. niN noiHclN h"crnapI"ou. Acta Petri et Pauli 79 .t OcaiiAos U9/or fabt.TfU pA < -hip) To.. TTiTpolil. Aet& Tbo. 74> I H8i" KpiTTOIIlnlJl nApA TcI m "'Ipa 7j .aIt En.NAn.YEc8AI 'Y""lIlIrE, 42,6. POCXfEa ...."a.,ti "ti treDU xaA....s. 1nl .uW n.pA TA &AAA KAKA. lrIal. 341, 3 3oiicr.. nAr' 11", 7"~ ..podllT.,OJIIIOJI. Prodr. 5, 114 n.p';' ""'1CIpO"'~0JI .a..,." ... ,.wopbow I N 7"W fbrlW. ~f TO TfllI"t.aPfJII 7".) _lit (IOU. Belth. 883 T!}P .1X' ..AlOJl',...,n'f1I' n.p SAID HI

3. Kelaph0rioallJ'. Of comparisons in the sense of GB ~ tOif7l ~ ~ IIIM; ~ ~ begofId (cp. trlp);--,bordeting o!l a'Ilfi often eonfounded with Inrip (1676): PI. J.pol d c &r AXIUn.r) 7"oii a.3u- "antPpO""" n.pA TO olap. ft
tJ,

l'l~

X""" "'ye

_1

"'"e'

1'''''-

"611.

/Jca-PTflar. 1818. AI a matter 01 courae, Irapd iD N la replar DOt only after co'mpabtine <iD the _ of rather lAm&, 88 .GUto fllIO't'OI,uIlOS n.pA II'rpo1lUltl,.lvbr). but a1ao iD cue8 where ancient usaae would require Even in compositioD, "'~phas been moatly4ialodged by ..ilpol. 88: n.p.nAv - hl~lI , too much.' n.pA/Jl/JIUo, - llfup/JI/Jca,os 'more lhab sure.' n.p.",,,palll.,

h',.

grieve too much' n.p."'wW' am very hungry.' n.p......, overdo: nAp.7",..,., 'eat too much.' n.pMolpoVpfU' oversleep.' n.pcbIu ~ "-pd". (S:I,J).
1817. That in N articular comparaUves and BIlperlati_ are aol!c4l1ved iD a ~ been explained in ISII f. and 1504 f. 1818. OD the lIUJle principle flG(JA la of'tea prefixed, ftoom T dO'WD'W. . .. to adwrb. to form the oomparatift (534), ai, n."o- (also n..,........,or """"'" nAp""'''.'''''''''', n.ptr.....fHHTI"l".,. (1616.)

s-tWw --. and --aaently ftIUo'wec1 ", lift, _

h,,..,

389

Digitized by

Google

1818-1818.]

PREPOSITIONS:

7ra.pa..

e:I'IUpe, bile (644.

1819. b. Of comparisons in the sense of ..inus, less; then 1734):

Th. I, 23, 3 AMo Af.yowll' nApi. THN I","". AOIAN. 4. 6 :MO rl nApA ratira. PI. Lach. 178 B nAp. MIKPON, nAp' OAirON 'but for a little.' Phaedr. 235c. Rep.2940. 296B. 3000. 468. nAp. nOAy 'by far,' 'completely.' Hdt. 9. 33, 3 nAp. EN nMAlc .... lapfll" 'OAv",..uiaa. Th. 8, 29 nAp. tri,," NAYc. Pl. Apol. 36 A. or, yOp ,;,. ~ nAp' OAiroN Irr.rr6a& nAp. noAY. Dem. 24. 138 .l).IJrIfOII nAp' &A.l')'tU" 'l'H~OYC l"".;,ran. So 688, 26 nAp" rp.ir 'l'H~oyc. laocr. 19, 22 nAp" MIKpON 9).8011 d!ro8o...&.. Isae. 41, 36 nAp. nrrrrapar 'l'H~OyC. 1819". This uaage is peculiarly common in P-N. Polyb. 3. 2P, ~ ,.. "ptHlAapSmm. t1V~XOtIInAr" Tare inAPXONTAC. .2, 55, 4 nAp ONrON ~A'f 7'oU 1, 43. 7 nApA MIKpON ~cw clftOAwa&. So n, 12, I. Strab. 10, 2, 14 nAp" Ayo 7'cM ."'".,... Nicom. 77 nAp" MONAAA. Plut. i. 133 o nA" oyAeN 'AlcS",," cl"oA'aIa&. 933 0. 1046 D. App. i. 344t 94 1TAp. TOCOYTON ~A'cw al)(JlllAowt"aIa&. &ristid. 34, 652, 137 If ~ 3ft flni" nAp. 1TANTA 7'0) "'''P'pOrr''TCW. A. P.695 llipar, BtJpicw ft 1TAP" rpAMMA 'you are a beut all but one letter' (i.e. &ptcor 'bear '). NT 2 Cor. J I, 24 rftTlJGp/utorra nAp. MiAN. Epiph. i. 940 A nAp" HMPAC ncupAc. Vita Epiph. 105 D In,.,)., IJIIl "'..,f b ... 1,.., 1TAPi. Tpeic MKNAC. So 168 A. Synea. 1445 nAp' Nioyc ,.... IcwnlAOIr he lost eome of hi. fingers.' 18190. Ar. Nub. 698 011. 'nl 1TAP" TAyf &AAa. Vesp. 1166. Pax. 110. Th. I, 41,2. PI. Phaedr. 2S50 nAp. TAy,.A fIn,,, ,.,..,.,.. Xf""". PoL 2950. ib. ,.. 'E't1T'OInApi. TAYTA II. em. 28,139 ,.. .,~ nAp. TAYTA Irya. Xen. Cyr. 1,6, 2. PI. Gorg. 507 A.. Xen. Hell. 1,5, 5. Dem. 28 235 oMtlr a.. 'XOI nApi. TAYT &AAa olIaIII. PI. Phaed. 2"", 93 At 107 A. Lea. 693. 799 Tim. 510. Lye. 2IS o. Theaet. 167 A. Rep. 492 lI. Theaeto 1564. clAAo nApi. ToYTO oWW. See FHBau in Curt. Stud. ill. 74f. 1819'. So N: nApi. Airo (L .. _,' 4AE-,or). nAp. TpiA, nApi. niNTC, miDu 3, 5,' "'ca,.;iN nApi. Tpeic HMEpEe. ~ 'x" nAp. EiKOCI MtIT. I have but ao lept&.' 1810. That in this exoeptive uaage ...,a has become in N synonymou and interchangeable with 11,,1} or 4",.. and clAAIl will be MeD in 1734 1t

,,,.;i,,

all"

,..,.".,0..

'r'pow

"".,..,.0,

'7"" ",.rr.. .1.""

1821. c. In alternations: etJef7I (other) :-nAp' HMEpAN I day by day.' nAp' HMEpAN pJ.o.v 'every otlw- day." nApA MHNA.,.ptnw 'every third month.' 181a. This usage is peculiarly common in P-N, as : Ariat. Ho A.. 7, 'I'GIi "~,, ~r """'f, nAp" a~ MiiNA .,.pl.,.", 7'a&i "AtEna&f. Polyb. 3, 110, 4 nAp. MiAN 'eTery other day.' 6, 33. 9 nAP6 ~ M_PAN 'eTery fourth day.' Diod. 4t 65, I nAp' NIAYTdN &,x- 'every other year.' 32, l2, I nApi. Mi~ alternately.' NT Rom. 14. 5 .JAl,... nAp HMPAN. Nicom. 94 ,~" nAp' iNA 'every other one.' Comut. 163 nAp' 1 MiiNAC 'every six mouth.' Plut. ii. 106 JP ." nAp' iN 'alternately: So 942 JP. Porphyr. V. Plot. 58, 18 tTI7'''''''''' nAp. MiAN 'every other day.' Chrya. i. 180 II tJAl""" nAp' HM'PAN .,.,..0,..0". Theod. iT. 425 B nAp' HMipAN ,." flIca.n TO aDlp4I1G1cat,..II. KaL 52. 19'1'1"""" n..... iNIAyrON. 1811'. So still in N: pl,.wnApA _pAW, , . . nAp. MiiNA, . . 1828. d. Of cause: Owough, bectJu8e of:-Th. I, 141 nA~ THN AMEAEIAN. Dem. 9. la 00 nAp IN 00& 3Vo ck TOiiro Te\ 'It'p4YI'IJ:ra. ~ Polyb. 3, 103, la "., nc~~ THN ,..,., 8wdpa. AnoAEIAiACIN clU4 nApA THN m frpocuTGrror; eyAABEIAN ~

mvroV

390

Digitized by

Google

PBEPOSITIONS:

7ra.pa..

18140. This usage la foreip to P-N speech.

18U. e. DeDoting a violation: COtStmryto,agaifut:-nApA Tore N6Moye, nApA Tore 6pKOye, nApA A6!AN, "ArA rNOOMHN, nAp EAniAA, nApA clieIN, nA~ MrON.
18ae. This usage is common to all P compositions. but foreign to N speech, except in a few adverbial phruM, .. : fttHnI (wapcl .,wc..).

1817. B. With GBNlTIV'B: on the pari 0/, .from, qf-opposed to .pft + &COUI. (1655):fICn.. lTAPA 8AcIAeO)C. al".i. nApA 4j)iACDN. ~.UI, ~8a& nAp. f7OI/Joii .NApOc. lnral"cor nApA THC nOMCDC. lJAp' EAyToY 7rpotlTc"_ nU'U. Sometimes 7rapl& ~rforms the function of lnrA after paaaive verba, such all alaw8a&, >..,..a8clI. o,w.ayicr6ac, ete. This usage appealed particularly to the taste ot P writers, and 80 7rGpa amduallr came toDe identified with lml. and almost indiscriminately sUbstituted for it (1$10; cp. FHRau in Curt. Stud. ill. :z6ft).-When further the preposition wo became -confounded with _6, and this again with lE. there ensued a struggle among lnrel, -6, ..apd, and lE, which resulted in the retreat and filial dilBPfea.rance, one after another, of lmel,7rGpa, and ;E, before the nctori01l8 _I. (1487 1'. 1506 ft'.)-See a.lao 1632. 1818. Another P feature of is tllat ita f~uent a.aaociation with the genitive led to the partial obliteration of Ita original force (jrofIt), 80 ,that it eventually became .. mere ~ of the simple but emphatic genitive, chiefly after the article: Poly:b. 3, 70, 4 nl nAp' AiTtON aTparelrnk 3, 78, ; 4 nAp' Ao(TtON x.-pa. 3t 9. 2 4lT~A ToYTCDN dAoyla. 9. 19. 9 rei nApA TCDN MA8HMATIKtON="c\ reil. IP' Hdn. Hist. 2, 13, I "c\ nApA -nic CYrx.'iHTOY iariA.",. (Cp. .A ~ lE 'Apclou 7r0YOU {Jov>'q, as IlOcr. 7, 37)

1880. C. W.ith D~ (mostly personal): at, (cpul) by, tDith :

TTAPA KAApx,!) nApA 'foic MHAOlc ICGl i. roir niPfJ'Glf. lTAp. Toic cV +pDNoYcIN. lTApATcj) 1JOTAMcj) op'"C.aSa.. nApA Tcj) BCDMcj) ~.UI. 4 nAp' EAyTcj) ainta"". 18IL Barel,. npcllltaDda with the dative inatead of the &oC1II&tive, as Xen. A.D. 7, 3. IS f'Il.nApA 8AAATTt;! X.",u.. 6, I, ilppllarro nAp" Tq AXepoyCloUl XeppoNHCCf>. Neverthele-. this exception did Dot fail to Ind imitators among the Atticiets, .. : Luc. Dial. Kort. ao, 5 (i. 418) nApA coi ApltI'nnot. Dio. C.... Bso. '5 ch ~ lTAp. +iAoIC Un..... Cp. 161J b 18n. After passive and intransitive verba the uuge of wapcl in the above I8DI8 (1630) sometimes naturally borders on the meaning of agenCl)' (fir), and thusappean equivalent to wapl with the genitive (1637 f.), as: cltcoWlac nAp. TINI, ...,"C'''tIC lTAp. nAcl, 4JADAvt1iT." nApA Tcj) AHM'!). lIoor.... 56 nApA .u... AN8pc4nolc cl,....iricu. - This uncommon construotion, which occura ohiell,. among the oraton, was mistaken b,. P writera for with the pnitive, and thus led to a frequent interchange of the two cues. Pol,.b. 11, 14, 'pDArr04,..."ot nApA nAcl (beside 11, Ut IS 4JAOA.vr11alr npcl .,.oii /Io1llA_). 10, 46, 4 ......paat.. nAp' AM4j)oriPOIC (beside 11, .0, 3 17'OIpG.III, .7'01Snv). So nAp. TINI MlAfilrfac. 'rpotlR'YO".v.I1fJac, cl-p""I1fJac, .,...,HwM."" . . ., ....... etc. (FKrebs. f.) I, 84, 9 oIlTApA TOic KAPXHAONiolc ".t1Io~. S. 3, f'Il nAp' AYTOIC.Aoila. 8, ' ... t 7'1";;' nAp. Tq nATpiAI. HelD. Hilt. 5, I, 47it f'OClIHt,r IrOA_Atw nApA TOic CTPAl'lc4TAlC o~ -,.mp. Acta Xanth. 71, IS "... f'Il At](Ihma aGe lTAp' EMOi.

.r..u.

fIG,.

4,

'TV)('

'Pal,.,.,...

391

Digitized by

Google

nepi.

leas. JI."l with Accus., Gu., and D.u.

With ACCU84TIVE : I. Of Place: f"OUf'Itl, about: nepi THN n_oAIN, nepi TA OplA, nepi THN ~IKeAiAN. Gi lfepi TON KYpoN.
A.

leH. This Wlll8e has be8ll in aniveruJ. favow UJRl to N tmM.. o()n the other hand, popular epeech haa since (J substituted for it op""", ( - ~), N.,upou or more commonly ",...,upou (alsOTp''r4*)( 1491). A.pollod. ANh. 43 rYpw8EN ToY CTAVpcilMATOC. A.cta Pit. B 10, 3 ~ rfpoMkN AYTiic. Porph. Car. 308, :11 fl"Aoiir1'ft awa rYPw&N AYriic. :Hic. Phoeu 211, 10 d.Q;'n dN",."", rYpc.o8EN AYrci>N.

'ItV,.

188&. 2. Of Time: tIboNt :-nepi ~eAe-NiKTAC, tYepi nANtoy-

CAN !rOpAN.
1888. N UlU&l1, e~ thia relation by -a (1s(t8), .. : l'I"dnna 'about DlidDigbt.' l.urA nb aka 'abo1It 10 o'e1ock.1
KAT .,..

1887. 3. Ketaphorio..u,y :-(a) tIbout: nepi T~ ~" ETH,

nEpi rpleXIAioye.

'.".IIGI"I'III r.
alO'rl!'fJ.'.,

1888. In G-N thi. rektioa is usually aprMBed b7 iiGM:, ~ (153; cp. J544. 1785) 'to the num'*' 01,' '1qlt.D,' .. : )(al. 5,7GM: j.,....,dU 1GM: cic ~"rca 'up to aiDy,' XIA.aa. 'up to tiaree tho"':

me ..,.."

1889. (b) tIbout, concemifJg; totDtris:-

lTII'ov&iC.u" 1I(pi TI, 'to be bIllY with IOmething.' ni 1I(pi TON 1IOAf:MON 'in matters of war.' .lJ"qJ.'''' ~polI.;', 6.pafrrG..", 1I(pi Ikoyc, 'towards the gods.' cI&ms, UlC6s, lI'o"'1p6s, dya&r 1I6pi TU'., 1I(pi TKN 1I0AIN, 'towards.'
lMO. In thia oonatt'1lotlon of tr.pl, ~ristian common diction _etim.. -r0lllldll the -.--tiv. ,.(th the .,.mtive, .. : Aeta Tho. 68, 36 In. -" "'pi ci ."ovII) ,.OD ..",uw . . "'pi TfAiN AAAtoN. 80 too perhaps JIa.L 45li, 20 UoWar niirca cl Scal1.A.~r "'pi TO (if not ToY?) tr",ij_ ri n-.] (Cp. 1588.)

.l.a.

dr.aw,

taken the pkce of the ancient nplwith pniti~. (16421, at leaA pariiaU,.,
for /lu1 (Le.

lSo&l. On the other hand, npl with aecnuative lYe in preaant 8p8Mh

oral 155, ca) is the commoner repre.entative (1634. c). 1842. B. With GulTIVE: about, concerning, of, on :-nepi TINoe AiyfIJI, cboWw, .fJavMV.vfJru, ."",,JW, W,w, ".,;.~ nepi nOM.ot (1I'M~, 1I'Mlcmw) 1r(M&cr8ru, 'to value much (more, very much).' nepi oAiroy (.waa.Gs) 'II'1XEiu8a 1'& 'to att.ub little (uo) importance to something.' (Cp. 1339 &: 164',)
184511>. In thia relation pl iD Ni, either co.atructecl with the AIlCQI&til'e or replaced by lleai (1641 l.

n(pi

18t-8. C. With DUIV.: (uncommon in Pl'QBe) 1IHtIt, ea: ""P~ lOic TPA~HAo'C Ix."" CIA D. 754 (349-344 B.O.), 35 tl,.IXOPfW -pi w; E~I. 1I(pi TApkl 'in tenor.'
1848". In thia eoubuotion, ..pl ia foreip to P-B diction, aad naWnlJ7 UDknown to N, aeeiD(I U1at the latter hu altoptlter dUearUcl the cIat.i...

1911

Digitized by

Google

PRm"08lTlOHB!

"pd.

1844. IIpO with GwniMi: lJt/M& I. Of P1aoe: b4(cn :-npd THe nOAECA>C, npd TWN nyAWN.

n& npO tToAIAJN. {16"9..) 184&. 2. Of Time: belore, prior to :-npd THc HMEpAC, npc3 11fC MAXHC. 01 npd HMWN 'oar p1'8deceeaon.' (16+9.)
lM8. So further rrpD roii (rrpcwoii) 'formerly.' 'prerious1'y,' aD adI'erbial combiDa.tion still preae"ed i. N (1 197. a. 1198. 1187).

1847. 3. KetaphorioaU7: beflwe, i. e. ita preleNftCe to, rather thtm; lor :-PaUMu 'YD"ir npd nANTck lv T&pAJir npc3 no"AwN 'lfO&ficr8cu, np.6q8cu, alpi'&afcu, ~icr8tu. (Cp. 164 2 1649.)

'X''''.

1848. This metaphorical usage of frpO naturally borders on the sense of pr'OUctWn. Hence rrpl, is sometimes almost equivalent to inrip for the aake or benefit ot,' as : Xen. AD. 7. 6. 36 upO YMOON cl'r~J'TCL Cp. I, 6, 43 _rfr elt-_E III upO AYTCN /IovAMIIIru. PoI,.b. 5, oft t upd TNe X~ ~ ..icJfcu. App. Hisp. 73 fcA_a_tTClTos Is &1ffII'TCl upO AUANTOON (')'fNJ'fJ'os). Paus. 9. 17. 1 cl"oIr/lllt"J' UpO TOY AHMOY.
18~9.

compoaitiODa down from Cl onwlU"CI.-

In ita abon threefold function (1644-8), "pa ia common also in P to M (but cp. 1493). At the aame time, mark that

the id_ca of Latin tmte?):-Joach08 29850 UpOiTH ."OII&a.Io(cp.e't'eD ](oachion 114 upO oAirAC t)plpcu). lfnert1telaD __ la tIala tempon.l-. flpa. _monqrep1acedby"pl. ('49')' as i An.AD.3,'&' 6upiN ~c. Thdtn. Dan.(iDit.) 42 UpiN rNC!J)C. Sext. u6,.6. 463, '7, eta. Eu. AleL 432 0 UpiN THe UANHrYpwc ItaAllltEG'rJf ant. - - . . MaoIt.... (a J.eM-tlllD, op. , .

(0) tb. teaapanl u.p _ _ more and more to th. front. and(1)) the pDitm.l COJI8tnIoticm maJr.aa _ for the _ t i f t !

c--

UpO niMtC if,.,. ... KAau&...oi) upo AOMOICI, and Ada Xanth. 81, 30 .r if,."., upO T~ x'~r HMEP4 clffOlaJ'cUr-point to the influence of Latin pro with ablative
(then -.elated with th. GTeek datlye) an4 at the same time indicate the advanced retreat of fI~ from the living IaBpap.

1660. OGaMioDallD8tance8 of qa with utiYe, auch u CIG 14'

(.A.D.

149) Ta..

1861. A ArikiDc pecu.liarit:y of "pd, proper to P Greek, and pointin. to Boman infl_ce (tmte), .. ita frequent proJeptic ooDBtruotioa in date. or ...aiti_ fill tilDe. (Cp. pAT#. 1603 and cl.o 1515.)
. . . . . . - . ., I

HM~ THe . . . . Tpnir. PlIlt. ii. 7" 0 npo 'YW..At.... App. Kac. '9 upo TpWr HMpQ)N TOy Luc. Oronos. '4 (ill. 396) upo uoMoi THe .~. Aa1. N. A. 11, '9 upo "m. IiMpOON TOi d4v&IIBijJ'1II rt)J' 'EAUrrpo[ll.-80 eyen in a loo.z ..nee, u:

John 12, wpO

/Ma. M.pAC TOON

npd T. -.1

TffI.a,o-n.

npO Ho .iT_ TOi .I&",..u (- a.Io ~ ",. TOIi '1&11".,. 1 _pQ)N Toi wUxa ~A'" .,.~. Mmb. .. I, 10

' 't.,4Jov

npd ,.;;.r cQpAC THC ""I19If11WW. PIa.. ii. 3'9 A WpO ".., HMi ~ NCi..- '--,.,. Jut. Tqpb. 27 npo ".., ti.~ ,.n ,." .~ Toi AI/l4TfIfI. App.

I'I Bofurth... : Di-. I, 77 ,po 80) "pO U. fIiptil. THe IffllJo>.,.. ... I9D (p. IllS)

193

Digitized by

Google

18&1-18&8.]

PREPOSITIONS:

7rplJ, 'Il'plJ~.

JIaL 142. 18 npO MIKpor TlIC nOAe(J)(;. 2O'f. 11. 'I upO OAiroy AlACTliMATOC THC uoAewc. 1861. With the e8tab1iahment of the Roman system of dating (011. 1653). the use of "' in the sense of Latin cmt4I naturally became general. Aa a further peculiarity we may note here that the word +I4lP" (dies) is Yery often dispensed with by placing the article ,.ji before "pt, : DioD. Ho it 1246, 3 tplPf Tf.,a,r, upo TPIWN eiAcDN ?'EKeMBplwN. CIG.!J!t79 (.A.D. 78) upo HMEpmN UAEKA KAAANAcDN iOYNiwN. CIG S9D6 u,rO TptcDN NWNQ)N MAiwN. Joa. Ant. 13. SIt /JavA"" ~ UpO OK";' dAWN I>EBPOYApiwN. PIut. i. 61 D upo AEKAMIAC KAAANAcDN ...iWN. A'than. i. 408 A Ia.s.r, UfO MKAuiNTe KAAANAQ)N iOYNiwN. Joa. Ant. I4t 10, 10 T~ npO TPlcDN eiAwN AUpIAiwN. T~ upo uiNTe dAQ)N ~BPOYApiwN. PlIlt. i. 23 ., T~ upO CNMKA KAAANAQ)N MAiwN. tlIG 58g8 TH upO i. NWNcDN MAiwN - or; "Frv "' - ,.t-. JlaL 7. 3 T~ .upG H ~tON. 236, 15. :15'10:1. !l6, ..-So upO MIAC
pridi6.

5...

1858. With the adqption of the Chriatian era the above mode of dating n-n.ly fell into disuse and oblivion (01 I).

npOC.
18&4. npOi with Aoous., GB., and DAT.: info,ce (),f. 18&&. A. With ACCl784TIVB : I. Of Place denoting a direction towards, to (mostly a

person)-opposed to npcl + geD. (163.1): UpOc MECHMBpiAN. UN' npdc BACIAiA. 'Afy.w upOC TINA.
1815". When it is used with a personal aoousative, replaoed by ch. aB: fIO"walW lIic 11f.u1&A4. (1699).

"PIJr is oooaaionally

01,,_

18&8. 2. Of Time: IottHwd8 :-nrOc ECREpAN. 18&7. 3. J[etaphorioall,.: (/I) in reJIt'IftN to :-Mv1lM npdc TMN ANABACIN. "ph.rita upOc Ti.c CVM+opAC. {Jou).Ml1lJo, npdc TeYC KAlpofc 'according to circumstances: 3ICu:.ialJcu upOc TIN., towards.' upOC TAiTA in this Ye8pect.' aMi. npdc EM 'it is nothing to me.' (b) GB compared tDit1a (cp. 1614) :-u.. n\ xp~,.,.. updc TMN c04IiAN. ff'pOt TIlN 4IYcIN 'according to nature.' (c) to tM tffect Dj, with /I f1ietD 10 (1582, ,) :_3.UtaBcu npdc APeTHN. 'Aiy.w upOc XAPIl~1 ff'u,.w updc HAONHN. updc Ti; 4 to 'What end? 18&8. All these uaagea (1655-7) ef ff'pI. hold substantially ~ alIo for P-Al Greek (1492) with an increasing pojlularity of tJie metaphorical acceptation. In this WAy ff'pOt since G came to atand(/I) Frequently for lrGTe\ or dM\ in a distributive sense (1589. b. 1497. b): tit tile ,.",. DJ:
01vU. .. 101 I4lXl' upo MIAc , . pA'X!flill4lpllf dfllmJ"lIJI. Luo. De Kart. pe.... I (ilL sa6) 011 upO 1I'OU&iP HMepcDN ToY ToAIJIpII'rOf. Kaor. 12. 50 .16 upO ...,. .... 'TOiN THC ""writ. Kart. PoJ.yc. 5t upO H_pm.. ToY ~ Pa1.1ad. 104:1 B upO m4. MHNtON THc _,.,_ TOii clfAlrToii. 0aWa. 139. 15 upO ,.,., HMeptON (TOii 1aNTov) TOii ~ .Wir,

.W.

,.pt""

394

Digitized by

Google

PREPOSITIONS: 7rpO~.

[1818-1881.

Pol,.b. 5, 15,9 npdc .r-, TWNTA 1IfIT..,.,.",,,,,,"",. DiOllO. 5, 35 pa" npdc If- UCTAC ft",., ~II' ODe mina to every flve xeatae.' Apophth. ~2 B IMIr, 1r01'~ .Ir 1dj1'III' npdc OAirA !CXAllA. ChroD. 732, 13 tl'll npdc iNA InnON .rs IIrGtITOf IlWcilr 'n. Porph. Adm. 176,9 1'11s 1'pRi IOBIovr 34'-. nU "I""i npdc: MiAN. Cer. 433, 17 ~ 11136Ircu nni "cl npdc: niNTI NOMicMATA. ..s7, 13 - ItralpOlH" npdc iN IrAoN. (b) Frequently of time (cp. 1574): av,;"{ltJor: LuG. De hiat. conllCl'. 40 (ii. 54) ~ a.. npdc: OAirON dr.tJl_. Philopa. 30 (ill. 57) npdc TO AOlnON 01..",,," n)p el.tar "'oE'I"" So De Luct. 16 (ii.

'lot

939).

~ 9,8.

npdc:

De

Dom~

14 (ill. 198).

Dial. Dear. 18,

(L 248).-Hrdn. lIiat.

I,

TO nApON. 1, 6, 7 npdc OAiroN. I, 14t 2 npdc: TO MliMON. 2, 5, 6 Td NYN. Mal. 29, 10 npOt MIKpON ''''_ I..r. ..s8, 7 npdc OAiroN,-1O

(c) Bometimee for rop/A + dative, like Latin aptUl aJiquem : JIaL 451, 3 11147'""". npoc (TON. 348, 15 lIaa."pEI/IOnOl 'PDI/IfJ 'Apl!aMfIII npdc roN aWoii .lleAtoN. 1869. The OOO1UTIIDoe of .,as (with _ ) In ~ N ~ and in epiItolary adu-- poiDfB to literar,v inftuenoe: _,as dll' KflI"01l' 'To Mr. X.,' .,as .m t"~'''''''1'a towarda da.Jtbreak,t .,as "cl ~.""plI" ' to_rda noon.' 1880. In buItanoeI Uke Aota Tho. 711, .. npdc: 'YJII"Iin 'X'III', and Oallfn. 134, 8S Ao-yECo~ I,....,.a.. npdc Ira _ i1.,,}(EIT7'~s U an obvioaa paraphrue of

'11'

the Bebraiatfe _

of ds (155:1).

---..lC.""'. etc., etc. paaaim.

(AJIoehner ... t.). App. Syr. 6711111'1ip ml H. npdc TeAlN IypiCl>N 6"""",,"s. Civil 5.66 npdc nANTCI>N btO""ofI~_. Pun. I. 30 1J/JI"C6J'f11'01 n,P6c ToY' AnoyAHioy. llithr. 67 npdc TlNCI>N IroXAofIJ'fII'Of. Civil. 5, 79 npdc 8"PICl>N .....",,Jror, et paaaim. Luc. Jup. Cont. 16 (ii. 639) ".oAo!rtCOIf7'O npec AiToY. Tim. ~ (i. JJ 7) fl,uAf18ilvcu npdc HMWN. De Parae. 36 (if. 856) ';'~1'a& npdc AnANTCI>N, et B&8pe. Hdn. Hiat. 3, 9, 6 cl",AfI"'ria& npdc: ,.WN noAeMiCl>N. 5, 6, 2 ..AM"'" npdc TeAlN l.pGtr NOMCI>N. 2, 10, 4 ~.iria& npdc: ToY lHMOY. 7, 9t 7 .Aflovr Iml "OV olftt ~ ~ npdc TWN noAlMiCl>N. Proc. npOc TINGe a"AoiicrIIu, IAl-tX'ria&,

1881. B. With GBIU'lIVB. I. Of Plaoe: in fae6 oJ, /aciftg, ~: t'C\ npdc: icm!pAc r.'x~. npdc 91'+KHC fiofa&. 11ITIi_ npdc ToY nOTAMoY.-npdc NOTOy'IOUth.' npOt APKTOY 'north.' npdc: MAioy awo,J-, blcrXOI'1'~, ., weet,' , east.' 1881. Bo too with verba of swearing and imploring: by (N pd 1746) :-d""wal, Infu.,. npdc 8eeAlN.-For G-N see 1746 if. 1888. a. J[etaphorioal1;y: 'from the side of,' on theparl 0/: npOt TINGe. npdc MHTPOC, npdc nATpOc. npOt TINGe flPa, to be on the side of.' 1884. In this metaphorical function wp/w was identified by the Atticiata with imcl of the agency (by), and 10 came to be used as a I atyliah ' alternative (1695, a). An. npdc TINOC &-,tIT,,", cWl1ft1T1a1. clw6.v.ua6a&, 't.AI-rx.I1"".l1TIftDotiITIaa,

h_. 'X''''

..s-52).

.ir,nlml1'GIpovpti'lTlla&, 'TV,..,.,';""', ft~rr.",,", cl&.c.i'lTfal, /Juie..., /c1IIACfllllaa, IcafIJpIfIIIa&, cltroAAuAIvcu, "'"l1li11', etc., etc., pauim. (JSohettlein
188a. C. With Dative: near, by the side of: I. Of Place: by:-npOc BAPyAwNI, npck TAic nHrAic, npdc T~ Aro~.-npOc TINI .t.a& I to be engaged iD.' 395

Digitized by

Google

1888-1870.]

PREPOSmONS:

7rpOr, fTVV.

1888. Tbia 'u~e appe&1I to be peou1iarly tomtaml iD Alezaadrian Greek (WSchmid ill. 288), but rI'-JI 8Ilbttit1lte4l ").'1""- (N' nwG) for it, 88: Mal. 47, 2; 48, 16, ete. l688b CODltructiODB lib App. Cil'il. 4, JOS "~fI'~ n,oc ""'lpKINp 3puJIDVf npdc 3. T~ MEeHMBpi~btos fni.are ID&C&I'OBUmB (cp. 16SS (61).

1887. 2. lrIetaphorioany: ift addition to, besides :-npOc T~ ynApxoNTI nON'P' npOc TOYTOlc'moreover,' 'besides.'
188'1b This1lJl889 is common also in P-lt compositions, but unknOWIl'toN.

l:YN.
-rare in.A writers (except XeB.). ia place being lIuppUed 07 pna (Ifio.t,).
I.

1888.

lw (before

4'00 11.0.

also tw) with DUlW only: toitlt

TogeOter W1, in COtllpGft, tIJit1t:

eiN Toie cjliAore .l..OJ. eYM TlNI frlJ'A.p"" 'in alliance witb.' 01 eiN cl>AAiNCP 'the foHowers of Ph.' Ml_. Kal 01 eiN Ay,.<j).-eYN Toie 8Eo'ie 'with the hdlp of the goda.' cy.. T4> No.cp in conformity with the law.' el'N KpAYr~ 'shouting.' ey.. cjlPONHMATI 'in ltigb spirUe.' ciN ldIcAicp =3&lCoiflolr. ey.. Tcj) KAAcj)=-w"r. el'N T.xEI-raXl.... ey.. T4> ecp dya8f 'for thy benefit.'

1';

1889. 2. Sometimes instrllmentalIy: witlt, by of: ey.. Toic onAolc 'witll their arma.' crN Bi4 'by force.' Xen. Hem. " I, .8rcl tTDljAA .,."...arl"" CVN nONOlc.a1 i~p(jm. Polyb. S, ' ... TPOX"'* ..poo1IlrrrplT/JJ cy.. ""Aolc.
1870. Though ueed 88 a mere variety et ptI'FI& (1668), mainta1ae41 itae1t through all P antiquity down to N times, aB far aB reprda wriiten composition. On the uther hand, it seems questionable whether

mea,..

aotuall, formed part of the Uviag laDguage in f1-B ti-., in view of its

IIC&l'C8neas even in previous age&, and the striking freq-cY fill' it in subeequent times (1671). That ordinary writers were no lonpr familiar with ita proper force, is clearl, shown from ~ where it ia completeq identified with or miltsken for ,.rG, and thus constructed with th. genitive or even the accusative (op. 1607 and WSchmid ill. 389).

ell..,..

ClN ArA81C (-ca6niiII vloii, 'A~) .,.. aw'~ .woV _ M~ roh." oI~ cy.. __XOllcn UToV eYNBioy. OW~, A.bd. WiaI. 11119 p. liS (V-VIItl cy.. TWN cjlOIIHKWN, cy.. TWN 4IYNiKOIIt cyM cbOiNiKWN. lIHo.o.]., aos elN Ai.eye. Lo.vze Pap. ." IS cVN (ubi olW) fti&,.v.... Great Loavze Pap. 709 "w. cVN eMi:. Aloham. 301. 25 Cl'N AAATOC Tbaoph. 294t 15 erN TcieN ~ Aur&iP AAYpATWN. Porph. Cer. 6540 1 ".,."..,.". ey.. 6t>x0NTWN. 669. ' I cy.. KOp._ lIc..AM.. 680, 14 cy.. TWN .PXONTWN. FTrinch. 11 (1000 A. Do) el'N _ THe: a-PfI"'+crfGII. IJ (1005 A. Do) el'N HM6poMN~PWN KAi .rploMN~pC&tH. GSpata 90 (1095 .\.D.) cVN Tile ~tAKPATtiC'WC. 44 CVN ToY IS"," .,.oil ",poG. 60 (1095 A.D.) elN TciiN XlIpAcjliIlNo-[NiL) 545 A . . /Jfon"'" fIfIry.. cVN TA ~PONTlIIA. ProcIr. a. 634 eYN TtiN ZtiTHCIN.

Gr. Pap. Br. ](1IL p. 46, 11 (146 35 B.O.) etN TEKNOIC ui nANT_ (1IIm u et :lOt.); ib.2SCVN 1'(;'N'. 4'1'. NP(ptiN. Gr.. Urk.llerlia 1113 (tS.s),4Sq". ~ _ Toic AYroie ~yci. CIG J39 (n~t) ~.... &E e.p. ~WN ~ Ix"" ~. 2114 0'" d ( II~ t) cy.. rv_KOe. .'31 b (add.) CYN A"A~iic:. 9Is3 (:t ' " ' t) IPIGat ara..lII'f 2'f1"/lor.4l MIlPOUa1l AMA '.butT1'..-S" TOy 061'0. OIHoY

y,-.....

396

Digitized by

Google

".." ..-nlft~""8 '. eVil, t1'Il'Ep. ' ., ~ _VJ;>&.IOA"Io\'

~y

pedbtmed the paxt.i.cl.e altO with. dative; .. : In,... AM. TUlt. .,. Tj ..,.,. or W H.ej>4 with IlaJb1'8u! IM* nP
the opening or 1I1lIIlJII8l\'
18711. When. had siply retreated WON pni (167Q) aDd'the Jellter

lern. TU WOl'k of ~" (or. ~ with sea.) is

10"'"

eipEl with

had become a oommonplace particle. a 1'8r1ety was sought in the revival of &,.0-, as J'Cramer 199. 6 &,ua Tj m1 Tijr 'EAI"If. .al. 51. 17. 115. 12, et paaaim [ 66 time.]. Aa. how!e..r tile .et. eoaet...c*ion of tllia particle was now inconvenient in 8Onllllquenoe of the retreat of the dative from popular speech (232. Ut2 ft;), the di1llculty was obviated by altogether idqtifying tbe two pariliolllll, thab is by co..truoUng Ipa with the pDitive (cp. 16of, 1670t ancll794).

At,,..

"m, 30"",,,.

IMA TOON 3.ICAMoYPI'fON (Cl). PImId. Pi!. (I ....A nt.H9oyc (.t 536t I d 0 AMA. T~N clcnem4'1'U! inICKcm~N. CIG 9853 (t VI t) .M. 'ANACTACi't) TOY: .... oiHoV' ( ... DW). Kethacl. Ooaf. 684 D 1_ TOY nATJOc . l TOY AriOY nIlYMAToc. Kal. 51, 15 ~f&'Gr AMA Toie (W'riM 11ft:) AY,HO ~t. 9& 10 1..6 THe M'epAC. 2190 22 AMA Tq, Gwfj 'ArpinnA fl'rpG'"f"W aal CTjAnWTIKOON lYNAMWN GWoV. Tbeopb. I~, 3 .... l1CXIAicDN. 193. 11 AMA TCJ)N nuOON. 358. '9 AMA lPOJlONfAItI. Porpb. Cer. lIDo 22. 12. 4. 122, 4- 680, 9 AMA TOON 1111-',._ ilflCKonwN.

1IYpG."'_"'"

Acta Pi!. A,

10, I

CollA

,,1",

18711 ". TbJa 11811 01 la loreip to ~t N. 1878. Por a ~ributive 1118 o f . _ 662, I.

a""

Ynep.
187.. "V.".. wH:b Aoous. and GBlf.: over. 1871. Aa. With Aoo~ :. I~ Of pIaoe.: owr; beymId :-fnep TON 'EA""'cnONTON

ynep, lAc

elK.,,,.

eni'''AC ,..v 'Hpcucliovs TAU".

18'16 b. So too in P-JI (cp. 1680), though -,,0- is frequently uaed ~ aa.: )(al. 141, 13.; ~C)J. :I i 233, S... (Cp. 1491 f. 1678.)

..,-.. (or . . . . . .) dw4, "'pa an, eto. 1877. B. With GDlTIVB. I. Of place: OIler, t.Ibove:.;nEp _THe rHe. "';).ocJ- Yttip THe KfilMHe ,.. ~ Yn6p M~C. X~ )(e~. 30 8, 9 cS qAlOt .;nEp HMOON frOlMUtnu. Polyb. S, 30, <4 ynip THe nOMCDe IC .".eOa.

1878. 2. Ketaphorioally: (a) Denoting excess: abot1e, ~ ytmd :-inep THN AYNAMiN p.ou 'beyond my power.' ynep AN8p6lnoN 'beyond man's power.'-(b} beyond a measure: tfJ'NNIrds oJ, abcnoe :-ynep TA. nENTHKo,",TA TH 'Y~ 1878b" So too in P-M cCJmpoeitioM, but N apeeoh IIlbditJatea for it

it hu substituted for it h.pa.. (.......) now npOn. 11ft (1491 f. 16751. 1879. 2. J[etaphorioally..

187& Ba,re.jnP-7';exoeptiDAttioiatioilOlllpetitieDlo .A.atopopularapeeoh,

(a) ta. beh4ll of; for:KIIC.TefAC: mHo. YniP IlATPi10C ,..a~ a,... )'l-r-&. inEp TOY IlEATic;Toy.
~

mep

~IAi1l1fOY.

4Jo/Jiirill. Yrr8P TOO..

..",,;.-

n~

YniP nie M irEp nANT_

Digitized by

Google

1880-1889.,

PREPOSITIONS:

inrlp, inrO.

1880. So too in P-M Greek, though often mUconBtructed with the accusative, aB: FTrinch. 34 (t 1034) Yn'P TaYc flpo>...)(81",.~ yioic ui Ynp TAC ',.,..rfpor 'f'Yl(Ac. Otherwiae cW began to 88B11me this function aB early aB G times (15:n. 15340 c). 1881. (b) Oft t.ICCOfmt oJ, lor :dpylC.tT8. ynip TcilN r(rENHMeNwN. )(GP'" YnEP TCi)N apHMeNwN .13;_ 1881b. Hardly popular since P times.
1882. (c) Instead oJ, lor (=clJ,r{ 1501):1"1. roiJ8 imp coy II'cxljaw. Em. Alc. 701. PL Apol. 22 B 1"."0,, dnl*T'OP yn,p roii XP'lfTpDii. Ael. V. H. 10, 29 TA. Ynip ToY A8Aoy ,,",,6p. 135, 27 YnEp ToY rAMKTOC trapaTl8.'itTtu "i>..", 1688. Uncommon in .A, but not rare in P compoaitiona, though hardly ever current in uncultivated Bpeech (1686).

. 1884. (tI)='If'cpl: ccmcerning, about, Oft:---'9 ynEp

yvwp:".
1885. This uae ia rare in .A, but becomeB more and more common unce, aB: CIA it 301 (lgo B. 0.), 6 ft.pliW [dwayytv.) 6 &'-,-011'"1' YnEP TciiN 8yclciiN. So 3QO, 8. Polyb. 2, 71, :I".,n,PfII' ftCH.iirBaa YnEP nNOC. 1,:1. 3 ~tI/Jrtr.,P.;ncp TINOC. 9.37, 34NAOT',aeiirBaaynep nNoc,etaaepe. An. An. 1,5. 3 ",,,,.,,,,,,.. ynip TcilN AYTAPIATcilN fI11I1faJf6".POP AAIEaJllpIW, et paaeim. App. ft,../Jw"p, tI'p"oA",.,,,, ,."",.itlBaa, lnIfIIIMIIA.w Ynep (beside fttpl) nNoc, etc. _pe (FKrumbholz 4:1 f.). Pans. 'fHtIIa&. 'ftl,.tIBaa, hn."pu.iIp, tI..... /JoIIA.tS.tIIa&, tlTGtI&O,"". Iura'" etc. Ynep nNoc, _pe (ARIlpr 5' I.). Luc. De Salt. 9 (ii. 273) YnEp ToY nAlbocic IrIII'faHjmro,. Phal. A.. 10 (H. 197) .w.a ,u" YnEP EMoY ""... Hdn. Hi8t. ... 14, 6 4NA0JI&IIlca Ynip nAibowN ui cyrrENcilN. 3, u, 1 dn'Mp nip CWTHpiAC. 7.6, 6 n"."..,cu Ynip AC4IAAEiAC ToV fJatnAIOlS. Proc. paaaim. [188611 The monstrous oonstruction hi,. ',w or fIN,. ',-, found in :I Oor. 11, 23. rests on an itacistic misspelling for (198011).] 1688. The frequent interchanae of hi,. and npl is due partly to their aftlnity. but more particularly to their partial homophony (iper--JMri). (Cp. 1615 f.) Notwithstanding this disadvantage of rivalry and the drawback of ita final ,. (:119). lnr~,. in consequence of ita unusual frequency in the Greek liturgy and prayerbook (.lIxopaa or 1I0paa 1nrI,. TI"or), resiated longer than any other particle of its clua. Hence it oocura in all oompoaitiODl down to recent times, though occasionally in a miseonatraction, .. Louvre Pap. 21 (t616). 7 YnEP AYUIC for aw&;.". (Cp. 1679b.)

TOY

noA&MoY

.I""",

'porra,.

.r".,. ',-

Ynd.
1887. Yn with Accus. Gu. Dat. : tmtftr. 1888. A. With AOCUSATIVB: tmtftr. I. Of Plaoe (chiefly after expressions of motion): untkr:Yno TA MNboPA dtrij)'80Il. YTf A'ho ,.0 nlXoc .f.ytlll. Yno ,.oN A6~N. Xen.

.0

An. 3, 4t 37 yno TltN AKPWNY)(iAN roii &pow .; tttrrdfJamr ~P. 1889. This uae of brrA ia very frequent aJao in P-M compoaitiona. where moreover the difference of reat and motion ia loat Bight of (I 698b ). In N t it ha.a been replaced by the adverb (iJ'II'-m.) cItrcNrdnt (1491 f., 1693).

898

Digitized by

Google

PREPOSITIONS:

wo.

[1880-1898.

1890. 2. Of time: towards, about :ino NYKTA. ino TOic A'hoic XpONOYC. ino THN iAp'NHN-dipAN. 188L In P this _ is - . espeoiall,. in UllIOholarl,. compositions IUhllequent to Q. 1892. 3. M:etaphorioa.lq (denoting a dependence, cp. 1698) :

tmder:'r'~

yno TON ZyroN Cl)'fW. 1898. This metaphorical use is still more popular in P Greek (especially after the retreat of the dative) in & new phraseoloq: ino THN O'l'IN 'Xflll or E1II'" 'to have or to be under consideration.' yno THN o.,.N ).al'fJ4l1E111 'to take into consideration.' But in N all these relations are ellpl'ellled either by (wOKdnt) chrCNUir. cid (1689), or by some other turn. 1894. B. With GDlTI'VB1. Of pla.oe-(a) from uftdw:-).ww ino %Yror, ino nic AaiAlHC. ino riic 4).1.1' el.. f/*r.-(b) under, MNaIA :-inQ riic olf"'. oISf" i"" 'ri" 01111 ino rHC. 1894:b This use is rare even in ..4.. 189&. 2. M:et&phorioaJ.ly: under the inftuence of an agency : (a) With passive and intransitive verbs or notions: by:yno nNOC I'&ia6a., &px,v8a" chrolWriafw, "OKa "'Ocr}(flI', ~ mcOVt'I'.-80 ino KHPYKOC, in' AyAwN, 'led by.' ino cIIoBoy, ino MACTirCllN, 'forced by.' (b) Of the efficient cause: owing to, tIwoug'h, out oJ..from (cp. iE, 1568, b):-o~ au"apa. mBfj,3f111 yno AinHC. yno AIMoY drrOlluaBa,. 1898. In this double function (a, b), wA is very common through all antiquity down to Jl times. NevertheleBB an interchange with chrA set in already during G, and llI'8duaUy led to the diaappe&ra.llce of WA before d,..6. (Bee 1,06-9).- :But mark also the use of the simple genitive in N +ot/Jo, THC nelNAC, altar 1Cf').., 'I die of hunger, thirst, etc.' 1897. C. With Dative: tmtkr. I. Of place (after expressions of rest, cp. 1688, I): tMItkr:ino TtPOpel, yno TtPniXeI, yno T~ AKponoMI ..a i,..l 'ri" ino TtP oipANtPiaf'w. 1898. 2. M:et&phorioaJ.ly (denoting a ~e, cp. 1692):

Y+' IiAYTON "'01"176111 f"pQ 'to bring under one's power.' ino nNA 't? ~ome under one's power.' wa,..w M yno ToYc NOMGy'C.

tMItkr:ino TYpANNOtC, ind TtP BAcIMi fLm,. i4i eAYTtP ftOIfiaBo& n.do ino TINI "1760&. 169S'. Altogether the datival oonstruction of ha showa !ligna of retreat, ever lince A, before the aocuaatival ooDltruction. The former ia rare in Polybioa (he UIIlII it onl,. iD standing expreeaiona), and entirely abaent in the NT writings, as well 88 in all other subsequent unacholarly compceitiona. On the other hand, it is more or leea popular with the Atticiata, though even they do not always use it iD a correct 88DI8 (e. g. Luo. yno TH ArNOi~ 1Aaw6pG'ol', ino NOMIt> T'apa., ino MI~ T~ ciPM~, etc. Cp. AlrIesnil39 f.)'.

1899. 'Oi with AccusatifJ6 ofperson in the sense of rpOi (1655b): Antiph. 5.20 (&Mo,,) i~ wc !'AI' ",ar/pa. CIA ii. 86 (314-364B. 0.),3 tro,PfU8;,aoIlf'OI ol ",plafj".. Wc fjaa,)'/a. So too Xen. An. I, 2,4. ib. 24 rrfptrTJ nN Wc aw61'. }lith. viii. 211 (325 B.O.), 39 ci1/1IK61'f1lOS Wc ~1O..ua.OI'. 399

Digitized by

Google

1708-1"108.]

COlfJUNCrION&

B. CONJUNCTIONS.
1700.. AI1shou8h the P-lf hiatoly of tbu cl...of pIIlticlel lau been determined by the same morphological and syntactical agencieB which ha"e operated on the prepoaitioDl (1487 if.), the cODjunCtiODl exhibit this further peculiarity that all pOBtpOBitive8 among them have, in the course of P-B, one after another, disappeared from the living language, their office having been either taken by kindred prepOBitlH8, or, more generally, given up altogether; in a few cases ag&1n, as in TU' yapoii" and TOlIfVJI, before retreating, they became prepositives (as NT, Clem. R. Cor. 15). To an advececl stage of the phenomenon, even as early as H, points the testimony of Dion. Thrax, who Btatea (p. 96. eel. Uhlig) that expletive parliicl81 or trllPll").'7p.,...nlCol ("{,,,a_f'Ol) wltn" &roe METpGy ii KOCMOY eNE_N ~op,~J_nl&. fttrl 3i ora. &i, pd, IIV, trOii, ftr, e;,., Ill', Wt7ro. ,,;p, "., M", h; cd, ri", 0&., If;", Plo Subjoined is here a list of the principal of these post~sitives with indication of their p1'()portionate frequency in Thucydidea; Xenophon, Polybios, Md Ute NT. (For b see 17740),

"I'

.,.. ..

TbDC.
38

II-m.I:Or:. I Anab'
Xen.

Po17

New Ten. I-V. '1:J:\Wbole

bI

Tbuc.

II-IIL I=- J:.IWbole ADab'll'aI7~1

X eD. N_T.ol. I-V.:
164 19oo 156

..
~

(aIooJ:IX*
ft.)

.s
10

.8

,e. ::

. , .... 1$'1'--'" T!t1

::
~
(-1

1116 170 '9

173 ;1:}050 goo . III 37

~6"'

980 ,ooo

4OOC 1470 6'. 1"9'

I 6

'-

- '-
I

.8oc 6

ID

,uP .. 'J:.~ 280 ,..... a, ,.n-. .. T :t .. .36 ~ :tr70 324 .. IF' P.. it:. ' '50 M -

...,.....
~

......

no,

(lDcI.oompo1Uldao

TO'.. ..'

.. -

i4,
4"

+18

.37 7'

II'

49 '

79

I'

- (alIoJ:)'"
I

J.

170L The course of tHe proceaa thUI delineated mal be beat' illu&trated if we claaa under separate group!! all &IIIIOCiated lteJlll aad'theu follow their historical c.hanse& linea ..t, antiquity. 1701. The~ tbatiapartiele&W~ohconnectaenteneea or members of sentences with each other, are either coortlitIoItttg: or subordinating. (Cp. 113.)' 1708. In dealing here with the lection of coDjunctiODl, it willbe'W'611 to bear in mind'a very crucial point which, next to phouopathy, bu been the mOBt important factor in the P-"N history of'this group or particlel. I mean the disinclination natural to popular speech for a periodic Btroctureiuvolving mental Btrain,aud the decided preference for parataxil (1930). In other words, the leading peculiarity of popular Greek, as that of all popular languages, has been to place in the
(I) Cp.Sehol.DIon. Thr. in Bell An. wo, 10 where dUA";n T . . . . ., ~ 'I'OC-ppoiJll, are a!1O rackoned among the wapa..A",.",.r'- ma.aptH. hither 8chol. ib. 9Mlt 24"'P"..A'IJIOI"oTI.ollla o5rot A~, """ orMN ~iN ... . .Tal ofIT.1"}II XOIpItlHvrff AvptJt,,_. Wro. ,~ fIO(IIIMp/lliwwnr& roir -'1ftII& W.,... nWOnJTa .Ilcci IMM_&tlpW riir.pciIH_. Cp. ApeU. a-tr.

.l<T'"

Mi6,_

400

Digitized by

Google

, 'I)' CONJUNCTIONS: leat, TE, vE.

[1708-1708.

aimplest way of juxtaposition, that is in the form of little independent ela1l888, the several parts of a narrative which in the more reflective literary style are gen.erally subordinated either to a leading sentence or to each other by means of co_njunctions of more specific meaning, thus forming a complex whole. This popular or paratactic construction characterizes al80 the style of Homer, and to a considerable extent of Herodotos, where it is effected by means of several little copulative conjunctions. On the other hand, in A artistic literature (oS) the number of paratactio conjunctions is limited to KCll and Tt (also at'), and .ince P only to Kol (also P-B ail. Hence connenon by means of lCCIi appears, from G onwards, times without number where .A writera would have used either circumatantial participles or dependent clauses (2141". 1711. 1487b 1930. 1939. Cp. AButtmann 361).

I. CO-ORDINATING CONJUNCTIONS.
A. COPULATIVE: ml, TE, 8E,-aME, /I:qU, 1704. I. Kat, always prepositive, is either unemphatic and proclitic: 'and.' 'also,' et; or emphatic and orthotone: 'and also,' 'even,' atque (hence /(al-ml, 'both-and,' et-et).

om, "..;,n.

is always postpositive and enclitic: 'and, '-que. Kal connects, in a free and easy manner, a word or clause with another similar, preceding or following; T( generally conjoins a clause with another either following it or parallel to it; /(a1 is the most common particle (1703. 17c6. 1710), and the com monest word after the article in the Greek language, T( is comparatively infrequent.
1701'. Like Engliah cmd, nl connects two or more eo ordinate membera of a elal1ll8, or two or more whole eo-ordinate elau88& But while Engllah aM i. generally WI8d only once, before the 1aat member, Greek nl iB repeated every time, aB: :Ken. Cyr. I, 3, I ~",,,.,Jt6_Tof KAi ffAOJl4lf(lrGTOf !(Ai ~OT~. Dem.9> 73 ".., KAi DoA!S'"nor !(Ai 'Byq(l,_or KAi nf&T6pa"Of !(Ai AMoiinor KAi 01 cIAAoc ftpl(lllf&' npci,A'ol'l'" PL.Orit. 47B TOWT/Ipa dTfj ftptUlT'OIf KAi .,.,,..t1T4w !(Ai Ihl1T4w .,. KAi ftOT/OIf. So still in N: .,. KAi .w KAi I dh~f (l0tI. ftU", KAi .H ICAi ..-" KAi frO"';: 1704. In the frequent combinations _ -,Gp, nl ,..", Hi is very often redundant, I8rving merely to place the poetpoaitive -rdP or ,.", at the head of the aentenee. 1705. A~ 'and,' originally adversative (1709. 1732), is postpositive and orthotone.-For its history see 1744b f.

T~

1708. The close afliBity or synonymy of the two conjunctions Kol and n, the unqualifled preponderance of KIll throulJh all cl&88ioal antiquity over ita &88ociate, and its greater suitability In construction aB a prepositive, were advantages which could not but determine the fate of Tf. For the latter copulative particle, though often convenient and useful as a variety of the unduly frequent ICtJ1, began to retreat from the common language aB early aB P times, and the NT writera - apart from the acholarly Luke-make but a limited use of it. In particular the combination 'rf-Tf, 80 favourite with A writers, appears but rarely in NT (Acta 17, 4; 26, 16; Hebr. 6, 2), except in compounds (ffTf, la" T., ofT., I'~Tf). 401 Dd

Digitized by

Google

1707-1711.]

CONJUNCTIONS:

'rI, /Ca.!.

1707. On the other hand, a.a a precuraory att 3ndant of Ital, .,.1 appears not infrequently in NT Greek, and even in the uDSCholarly compositions of the first poat-chriatian centurieL
lIatt. 22, 10 ftfffIpWr TE !lAi 4,..lo1Sr. So a7, 8. a8, u. Luke u, 45 'ril,w TE KAi "t",w. Luke 22, 66 dpXlfpti. T KAi TfIGIIIIA-rtfr. So a, J6. n, JJ. a3. J5. a40 aO, John a, J5. Aots J, J; J, 8; J, J3; a, 3; etc. Acts Tho. J8, 14, J5, J3; 30, 18 .,a ml ~1I1tdpd TE !lAi -r9i 4xAfl ~11fTII. 1708. With the 01088 of T, if not earlier, -r~ may be ooDBidered as eDinot from the living language. Thil can be at least inferred partly from ita deoreaaing frequenoy in unacholarly writinp, and partly from its miau8e, as: Acts Tho. 15,13 -r4 TE "ir'" CClll}pIlWoU TE !lAi. AoI"...."..

1709. Cloaely &I8OCiated with leai is 3/. a particle which, owing to ita original and A function, is generally cla.aaed among the adveraative conjunctions (175). However, a.a early as A times, it had almost sunk to the level of a copulative particle, and it is in this one function, denoti~ mostly a progreaa or transition from one clauBe to another, that it lingered down to B times, when it finally shared the fate of all other postpositive particles (1700). With all that, ita retreat from popular speech probaoly dates from a much earlier period, seeing that the NT writers make but a limited use of it. (AButtmann 363.) 1710. With the retreat and final disappearance of ft and 31. ICIIl of necessity became the only copulative conjunction (in aftirmative lpeech). But thia circumatance alone does not afford an adequate idea of the scope and frequenc7 gained by this particle. In consequence of the decided predilection of popular laDgllage for paratuia (1703), and ita ever growing influence on the literary atyle, leai had, as early as P, established itself as the ordinary representative in cases where the literary language had been wont to reeort to aubordinate discourse (1703. 1930) or participial cODatruction (21410). With the opening of G, ita extenaion in the directions just indicated aaaumed still greater proportions, and thus contributed very much to the peculiar complexion of Biblical Greek and other unacholarly compositions. But we are not on this account warranted in aaauming that leal has appropriated the functiona and mea~ of the particles and constructions superseded by it. Notwithatanding ita very great extension, lea& h8I! through all timel retained ita OrigiDal and proper force tmd, GZso. (Cp. AButtmann 361; GBW'mer 542 f.) 1711. The principal P-N features of leal may be suIllll1&rized in the following sections: I. Kill joins two or more co-ordinate clauses, one or more of which would have been ex~reaaed in the A reflective style by different conjunctions or by participial construction (1703. 1710. :2165), as: Katt. 7, 25 KAi 1fA-r111, .l1pori KAi 01 !lAi ,.,,__ 01 &n,..

KAi "potImva" 7j
""A.~ aWoii

14f. lfarkl, 1:1-14. Luke la, 17ff.,I8.32ff. John a, 13; 16.10,3. 1 Cor. 1:1.5-6. ReV.6,2. 8,1:1-16. 9,1-4(whereninenl). ](att.a6,45~ ,.cl ACH"'" !lAl c1ran~'ri.; [where the interrogation il 'Wrongly omitted; 80 Kark 140 41] I~ typ_ !lAi (= b i) cl vlel .,oii dripJnrov ~ elr X.l'par d.~. Kark 15. as ... n -rpl.", KAi Luke a3, 2+ John 4. 35; 5, I; 2, 13 ml 'yyW ,,,,.cl wUXa. 'IouW.KAi (-3-re) bIB, .Ir 'fpotl6bpa cl 'I,,,oiir. n, 5. Hebr. 8,8 (= Itr aJ'r).Matt. S. 15 o6Ii iIGlovIJw ~ !lAi .",l1li1" o6-ra. ""cl -rcl" ~lcor, tl.\.\_l

obrlt I.""" KAi oiI.l"ev.". So ib. a7. J40 Jl KAi 4t'lxfrI . . " ' _ KAi '1cIIfJ -rfi IIOPU"" !lAi 1$"..,.." 7j ,,-,rpl drijr. Ib.

,1.'0"

_'*

'pea

'pea

,,,nnS,..,,,,.. ....

402

Digitized by

Google

OON.Tt1Xcr.rOBS:
, . ~, !CA! (-aDd 10) Mpn, tr&cnr nit

ml.

[1711-1718.
'3,3'. Hehr.3, 19-

Luke 11, 51. Callin. 80, 17''''''or IciInwo a6Ta.. !CA! cltriiAIt/JAftw. 99. J6 IXII 6,0.... Kloi WIW cltrcSAw.. "w. Io:a, 11 ~I"C" a67W KAI pDAcs .14XITO, et pueim (cp. id. 107, 10-16).

'I' '" 014

ml "11."(1111' aw.u-'BtJatar aa cln"oAI'f Al-yl'" ml AI.,.,-I.IAIIHJ'I" ..... aau6fi " ~ e&6Toii ncfJCIAJ} ml _"'" or 'dA.1H11 ~ .,. /IouflCl{1lhl e&6Toii nl '..u,-..A .s.. a6TWs './JaA.w ml I./JdMOIHJ'w (op. .f ftr !CAi &AAos for .fT" 6J..Aor ml 3f1.,." 6J..Aor 1\J80). J'or further _plea ... Bept. Lev. I4t 5; Nnm. 50 -; Bap. _, 6; B1UI. AIa:L sSs A; Acta heir. et Katt. 4; KaL 19t 8 ;

1711. 0DlT in appearal108 dOIII ml IItand for bal r.G (or Sw.), .. : Sept. H&hem. Il, !It 19.1- !CA! 11rA.,_ n1r nAGs. liT Bom. ID, 10 'HI1II6u N cllrOl'OApf !CAi Aiop,. CIuoD. 740 _ IdA.IHJ" !CAi In"", " pIHI'tIof1d -t>aA4; Vita BA 9* B RA..- Kloi I.IJdM_,,,,. 6>.._ -roii a"xhor. For all IIIOh - . 1l1lDlelO1lll thoagh they &le, OOIIItitute a prepant ocmat~n or braeh7logy. TblUl the abcmI iDItanceII are in reality _deuIM aentencell; 11_ !Ma .Atl(l_' TUS tnlAas

.mjIGAv

Porph. Cer. 4740 llo

17l8. 2. Kal verr commonly atanda where artificial or ~liahecl strIe would have used either a aimple ~ particle (iJI, dUd, "._), or the corre1a.ti.,e ,u-3i, 88: Luke lOo 19 ml 'C4nI- ol "lflCllllAClTu'"t n1 ol clpx,.,.,'"t mBaA.a. .... aWa.. .,as Xftpar '" aw; or; "" !CAi If.o~.,, Ta.. Aa6... Mark u, u 'CW- awa.. .parij(la, !CA! 't/HJ~ "a.. 4)(11.011. lIatt. 11, IS- Mark 7, '4' .Tohn 8,49-

6, 36. 17. 11. .Tu. 4t I. I Th. 3, 18 '4ItA40'aplll '11.9". ",ar "pis .,.

P-N, but rather a continuation and extension or the ~ce or 80 introducing the apodosia in combinatioDB like oiI/C , e&l (1793. 2115), &,..a-m" f3q-/Cal, ofrr_1Cal, los-m 88 BOOn 88.' Th. iI, 93 ... N laot." .oir KAi Ix'Pow dHr. Xen. Hell. '/, I, 18 .,. ,..,.. lA..,. KAi cl",... An. I, 8, 8 4" "I .. p.lfl0II "p.Ipar Kloi ohw nTClf/JCU'fis f#1u ol "oA#I"Ot. Polyb. I, 140 7 a,. ris 9a1Justlflr fH-oro KAi . . aN 2ap36N ."...,,.,.., Mo" clIIPa)(lll'TOo NT Luke 7, u ... aa tryc(l'" or; ftA, Tijr ,,6A_ KAi IW 1110",,17'0 T."",.r ~ ul6r. I, u 37'.
Boz. I, J 4 (p. 30, 30) 4pe& .,ap , /Joiir cllff3cS9rJ KAi "cl wUor Tcl.. n&"Ia cldAt..". (Op. Oallin. J38, 15 npiiAb "/Iolpac "PCUOIITCI Kloi MM "11"10'" xdAt.)-8ee allO 1'/9317115. The opinion pnerally held (AButtmann ~; GBWieuer 357) that ml in liT Greek introdllcea aI80 the apodoeiB of other 81Ibordinate, 8fPIIOlaIJy 0011ditioDal, _tencea i8 enon801lI, linae the data lIdduoed (Act. 13, 18; PhD. I, .. ; _ Cor..., .. ; 11, 1_; J ... 4, 15; :Rev. 3, 10; 10, 7) are wholq inelevant. Moreover in two of th_ inetancea (J... 4, 15; .. Cor. 11, 1_) ml i8 foJlowed by a _ d aorreIative ml and thlUl obrioaaly means eHt, bot1J.e&nd, III tc/fU Ill.

DcriiAor ml &rrat mlltr, KAi "'u.,- t)pis 'O'aTaNr. (However, Bimilar CU8II are Dot wanting 8ftD iD A: cp. BX1lhDer lit 791.) 1714. 3. KGl frequently introducea the apodoaia or a temporal clause denoting tJIJ 100ft a, t/l1aen. This uaage, however, is not peculiar to

pi"

"I,,-m.

'''A~ID' "plpac

aN

Toii npcTlp.lW

ana..

KA! I~~"" ,,~ 6110,.. G6-roii

0"

1718. 4- Ka1 very often fol1oWB indefinite relatives ,.ihoner, tMmetc.), and is mostly attended by the modal particle a" (in G-B confounded with la" 1774) to intenaity the ~nera.lity or the C888 (2024). Kal then, OT rather /Cal All (1C3,,), is eqmvalent to .A ~~e 11.., ob, aJjlror., a",..OToii" (-ewmque, -eNT, -8OBfIW). Thia colloqu' m is now very common in the form ml a" (/CtA") or m1 ... (1771 W.), and bears aome a.na.logy to the .A pregnant construction ,r rlS Gl .nAor and the like (J7J2. lC)80), iDBBmuch 88 3trOtor !CAi All Ip8rJ origiDally meant, and still may be resolved into, 3trocos Ipa, KAi b Ip8r}. 403 Dd a
eNT,

Digitized by

Google

1718-1718.]

CONJUNCTIONS:

lea.t.

Epict. 3, 3, 9 61101' KAi ,11...1 (rather -AV). hen. I, 6, a 'rcl "".lIpaTI"" d301'11'1'01' .;9opGr .a.TU3lEat19tu !lAN d1ro/a.lr I1lI"(lfflnryillOll1TfJ& .pdl.1I1. Dio C. 38, 2, 3 ~.- ..,ap owclv ''''' qs".p 'rOIl KAi '-,,,"1'1'0. Bus. ii. 725 B 3troc KAi /JovAo&l'To. Mal. 33, 2 Ta. TOw .po/J6.TOIII IpfIU ola.& !lAN ~_, natlntnl_ Ip6.T&a. KAi ifdpow. So Chron. 790 1+ N: 6na0. KAi AN (KIAN) ."", 6"0101 KAi NA '''''' (beaide 6110&0. 'fJItI) 'whoever mayoome.' 6,'1'1 KAi AN (KAi A or KIA) ,/AV, 11,'1" KAi '/AV 'whatever hewiahea.' 6"011 KAi AN (KIAN) .1". 'wherever he may be.' SIfTO KAi AN Iplv 'wh8D8ver he may oome.'-Saohl I, 7 elt Ha. KAi AN 11011 AI-pJ. 1717. S. On a similar principle, n1 in G-N often follows the conditional A" (.sr.-), as a mere intensive particle. In that cue A" n1 is not eonC888ive (1993 f.), but simply an emphatic form of the 'tiny' h, as: Clement. 32 '" .lll~ KAi TVXOl. Callin. 60, I d ~ KAi /JotlAOlTO. 630 6. 92, 10 .lll~ KAi 'Aa/JfJ. Apophth. 361 0 II~ KAi /IlIp/Jj. [Cp. Xen. Cyr. 1, 3, I 2 ~I' I.px- 'I'lt n'X,tl 1101 KAi tlp6.PTV ,,6'I'.pG" I,. I.pX"" ~ 4.Uo" dil1Tfl' drr' aWoii ; N: AN KAi Te)" cb~V' 'if you meet him perchance.'] For the sake of further intensification, M-Ninserte fllOl. or-rIl'Xtl (al80 A6.'XtI): a" fllOlf (cWIIOIt) n. a" TII'XtI ni, 4"' A6.'XtI ni, &8 : bwOIf K 'M, It. ~ K' ."", h. A6.'X,tI K' ."", 'should he come' (1749, 2049b). The place of -r1l'Xtl or A6.'XtI and flllll' is al80 frequently taken by.l". (M I".), but whether this .1". (I ) is an actual insertion or a development from 41"" (an amplified form ofh 132b. 1771), and consequent misconception-ANEN KAi -re)" cl~av" AN iN KAi Tcl" cltnl",..qlll7s-is a point which requires further inquiry. Sa.chl. I, 130 AN iN' KAi lJp/,aV I/t&pal'. 2, 61 n1 AN ,TN' KAi ~fTIU &. 220. 273. 337. (Op. Chron. Kor. Prol. 566 AN iN' 6n clphr_ -r0l'.) 1717b. 6. So further in N I.d ni, K.I~c IIGl (1739), cl";;, (at). cl4>tW (n) 'lIinos,' I'~. -V' or Ft" 119t (J'';I'1f9J) .42 'lest' (1749- ~9bj, 1718. I. Di6erent from the above is the cue where the article is followed by .42 with an epexegetic apposition and 80 oorresponds to aliM; or where a relative is conceived &8 a demonstrative, and 80 is fol lowed by ni, &8 if the clauee 80 appended were equally important and co-ordinate with the antecedent. This apparently SUperftUOUB n1 is in reality itltm8iw or addi"w (Itiam, qui idem-alllo, t7IOI'"eOI7IF) and Ilen88 to emphasize the importance of the otherwise relative clauee. The phenomenon, though not foreign to A, became a favourite mode of expression among G-B wrlte1'll who seem to have been influenced by the parallel and preponderating Latin usage of qui et. But whether it W&8 common in the uncultivated popular speech of the time is open to doubt, seeing that N shows no genuine traces of it. Xen. lIem. I, :I, 47 ,.a II~ n; ...sA_ cdNncp 11".'" !(Ai :l.-pGnc .poaf;A9ol'. 1,:1, 31 rON ~ KAi l}'la.. :Z-p6.nJ" cS Kpa'ra... An. 2, I, :1:1 n1 lip;;, naIml 110ft; 6np KAi T~ /Ja.I1aA.i. Humann-Puchetein Reiee in KleiDU. :183, 14 'Apn4ptOIl TOY KAi Dion. Thr. in Bekk.. AD.. 637, I 'AAlta.v1Jpor 0 KAi IIGpar. ib. 30 KAi 1I""""J'01',1I KAi n1HM"'call'. Louvre Pap 7 (99 B.O.), 4 'A/1<rA'1..a1Ja T~ KAi 2'I'['J'Ou9ir). 10, 3 ~ wopa "EpJ'Oll' lie KAi N.i>.os. 14,3 'pP/OIl ToY KAi Df"FOtcfHln-OII, etc. NT Hebr.7, 4 II~ "'IAi<rOl MOl Ijl KAi 3fu'"lJ' 'UpoD,l' '301.0' I. TOw 6, 7. 8, 6 .. Luke 10, 30 AVlITcUt npal".II.I' 01 KAi I.IJt!aCII'Tft a.wclv n1 1rAtndr ...,In.. clri;A9oll'. Acts I, 10 h/Jpfr tnljlfllI....<rfllla.v aWcN. oi KAi lcp. Latin qui et). 10, 39- a4, 6/1N KAi l.pa"';'II0I'0' Gal. 2, (0. So Wc KAi Acts 11, 17; I Cor. 7, 8. 9, 5, etc. KA8wc KAi Hom. IS, 7. I Cor. 130 1:1. :I Cor. I, 1+ Eph.... 17. 33. 5, 3. Aid KAi Luke I, 35. 11. 49- Acts 10, 29. Ho. I, 24Hebr. 13, u. Phil. 2, 9. CIA m 1040 ( I80t), 1 'AIIJ'lI/OII TOY KAi 'A.,p1r1fOII.. a842 11 Aop/,',IA" 3c KAi 'Ball., cp. ib. index p. 388. Acta Tho. 3. 3 8OI1'i Tcji KAi AaIJt!",. 3, 10 'lotIaa.v TON KAi 8OIpiW. 30, 19 TA

,.1"

't

m ""'J'OI'O'.

'.pa.rroII

_pal.... .1_

'-pO"

404

Digitized by

Google

1C4L--oVUE, JA.7JUE--oVTE, JA.7JTE.

'1\

1\'

"

ui trIIpIiIot" Rpot 7" n1 7'. IXA" f-b7'a, Aui t i N , . 7'oar roAAocr '"'7XGnII' .LWacrI. 4-4, 13 dU' Ont:p ui IX'lt 7'OCr 3topll'oat frfJpIx.ar. 550 17. 591 13 "xapurroVtrll' lloa oYCTINAC ui ""'"IEl_at ..,.1'1""" ol""n,pIfJ 'l"ijr novpal'ltw ttov 1IoIptcir. 63, 32 rocAyYCI)C ~ ui ,.Mo """''"IP iI ui ~ olI& 'I"ijt ~II. pI1II ftpow.d.II', et pasaim. FTrinch. 34 (t 1034> nl X"~,, TA Xnf:p ui IXo,...... (Cp. WSohmid lii. 338f.) 1718". This additive force of n1 becom8B more evident in the cue, rather common during G-JC, where it follows the kindred prepollitions ,...,.a and flint, thus giving rise to such contaminatory and pregnant combinatioDs, as: (pnl ftoMMo cf.Uan, + Ill ftoMo1 clAAoa) MnA KAi fto.\A&.. (rill' clAAoat ftoAAoar+1ll ftOAAo1 clAAoc) c)N KAi clAAoar ftOAAcNr. NT PhD. 4, 3 META ui EA+Clem. ad Oor. i. 65, I cYN ui Mal. 4-40, 14 e.oMIpa MnA KAi 7'Mo ~ ti~ I~. Ill 7'oWo. Porph. 293, 9 MnA KAi mr 7'Mo ,...,,;;w ffPOdx-. Fl'rinch. 11 (t IOOO) CrN KAi 'l"ijt a.UpcnillfWt. 15 <t 101 5) MnA KAi X.,~. 1719. 2. For variety's lI&ke G-B scribe. often replace or rather parapbJ'llle lUll in the above combination by its equivalent classical &BIOCiate If, an alternative which, as a matter of couree, is unknown to N speech. Kosohion 55 (p. 16) t'l7'lt 1;.' If "~r IEQ/ 1f1A"a. 1pi'f'Nl'. Bus. ii. 385 B lE otar 1;.. " " tiftOll7'UfOIt. 8114 .a. '"IPAil' 6ftOCo.. ~ iJdA'f'Nl' S.iiw. Acta Petri et Paull 181, 3 f"" 3troD 1;.. riptSjr t1fto~r. Apophth. 3360 Ill 01.." A a.. OlptJl' 36v 7'i 'xSPi ""'oil, ri..sAOlr "wo.. #ft7'II"'. Acta Petri et Paull 181, 4 f"" mu A .6pt6jr ti...,.,.fJI'6jr. Acta Paull et Thec1ae 253, 4 hov 1;.' a.. ftOpt'1. JKoschOll 2968.a. 611'Ou ~ 41' ti~PXI7'O, tJPAot1Sfl,w,;;. )(al. 482, 16 6ftOltw .to a.. 6riPX-1 plpow. 437, 13 If.""" "'"i """,".,eidIAl n)I' ItA"po1'0";- 67' ~ a.. /JotS,,'f'NI'. Cedr. L 6a4 hoov A a.. fye .,a fJtVp.a. Alohem. 141, 14 6.ov 1;.' al' .,a 1".,aAti4 It.WnzI. lb. 17 r..r 1;.' a.. 7'&.. allaADW wawmu .~. 343, 4 0101' 1;.' a.. KAi /JtWA.V. 3110, 8 .f 7" ~ a.. 'l"fIt, et paBIim. Nan.... 911. 7 'ftOptU6,.."" 6ftOu A b oN ..,1_ _

cIAA_.

,.....,.ot.

"p".,.",A,..,.

a.. a..

a..

a..

17110. 6. KIll in T-B lIOJJletim8B CODDecta a participle with its leading verb, as: Mal. 387, 23ft",....." _pd. 'I"ijt ,alar a~ ,..".,par 'rpdp.,.- "cl'pa, ui .""..dAfII. 7'.... /JM&Ma (I'G t1ftoA.uSi d.a ItGtTT.A.AUw. For thla IOleciBm
_ 2168,

1I.

*-

OrAe, MHAe; OYTE-oYTE.

171L By means of 00& and 1''''& 'also not,' 'and not,' 'nor,' 'not even,' nee (the former distinguished from the latter as in 1801 ), a negative continuation is added to an antecedent simple negation, sometimes also to an affirmative notion.
17119. From the time when ob and ,... were amplified to oba~" and ,.."at" (1798 f.), th_ adverbs lost ground before their correlative synonyms

..liT. and,..lyr (1723").

1728. By oWe-oWe and I'Vu-I'Vu, fI6qUe, two or more parallel members of a negative clause are connected into a whole. 1728b Both 0/J.,.-0t1t-. and I, 'neither-nor,' have been in

unbroken use through all times, an are still current in N. They have even acquired, since G times, a considerable extension at the expense of oala' and ,.."a; (cp. 1722). Hence we often meet in G-B with a single ofr. or ,,""', and this practice is now very common in Nspeech.
I~,

,..;,n-"r'

Mark a. 20 M' FI BtWaria& d7'oW MHn 1p7'0.. ~rl'. So 5, 3. Luke 26 ., 0;.. oYn 'AAXIIl7'Ol' aWari.. 20, 36 oYn ..,a, d.....;., '7'1 awa..nl.

405

Digitized by

Google

17I8L I780.] 7J-'1I, ELTE, Ea" 'TE, OV'TE, JA.7JTE.

Acta 4t la aYn -,dp &"0,,4 '11'1"'" I Cor. 3, 2 oGnI-,dp .It'wari" cIU' aYn 'n ..v. 1l.n.a6.. So J88. 3, 12. Rev. 5, 3 S, 4 IW/lfi. 1E,0r ~ darottau oYTe
1'Il)(Hor

.,

.,,,.,

.,

BA#"..". 12, 8 oil" ttrx-w oYTI 7'Ko' .6p1",. So 20, +-2 Tb_. 2, 2 tI. " ,a} 17aA~ bpi. al..a 7'OU "0,)' MHTI 'poo17"". Clam. B. ad Cor. 3, 4 MHAi "opr/Jtl7tla& MHAi W'fW7'w.17Icu. Callin. 92, 2 aY /lWa,.1II "oA'pVI7GI orTl al1lllAAqij_. 107,10 aY ___ . . arTl dar44>l"., 7'a two,. ailf'oii. 89, 17"""" allf'a. 06 7'~, "OCR. 89,25.122, 9 ~ ~ MI4TI 1IflT"fI"II'I"III.

om

17lH. In most of the above, .. well .. In other IIimDar JI8IIIIIIP8. Bibliaal criticl, adhering rigidly to the norm of ..t, have UDD-.rily BUblltituted oU~ and ,..,~ for the genuine OWf and J'~"f,

B. DISJUNCTIVE PARTICLES.

17215.
inN.

I.

"H 'or' ; "H.-q 'either-or.'-It is etill fully preeerved

1728. 2. ,fTC_fTC' whether-or.' It is used in a plurality of conditions amongst which a choice has to be made. 178811 It still obtains in N, though it is often mistaken for a strong jif-lj. (So even Callin. 62, 20 dTl 7'paU}'II .TX'" H71", ~.) 1727. 3. u... n-la... TC (&.. TC-cI.. TC, often preceded by K.O.t: '''w TC-K&.. TC, I 716) 'whether-or.' It is identical with ,tTC_fTC.
171711 This combination W88 even In...t 1_ frequent than .frf-fl'n (op. 1771 fr., then" . flll~ J'~, 1983). In the courae of P tim.. it retreated more and more into the background, 80 that in the latter part of 9, it had already loaf; all touch with popular apeach. It hardly ocoun in the KT (onlyonoe in Rom. 14,8 UN TI (AN n alnBrd17-J""; whOe occun 41 times; cp. alao Conat. APOlt.6,17!CAN CW", amw at ~!CAN 7'tbQg,)-and is entirely abaent from N apeech.

'.Id"

4-n--.r,..

1718. The optional ~unctivea ff7'._fft, la. rf-ia. 7" are often strengthened by the additive "m: as: PL Menon 71 B in mA,w liTl trAoWnor liTl KAi ytPNior iCTiN lin KAi 7'cbra.rtu roVra.". Lye. :n:z c EAN TI."ai, dllr~cfH>.q,.~ EAN n. KA! ,-q,.CJ&, Dio C. 4 S, 43, 4 4oii).o, ydp .Un
. AN T llUA_", AN TI teAl ".".

17118. Another more emphatio mode of ezpreaaing OptiOD among conditional _ which appears ainoe 9, is reaorted to by limply dropping 4.,. or 7'f and thus effecting a oloaer copulative CODDWOn. This ocoura notably in the phrase I#A.If 011 1#1..11', or rather BlA"oiI I#A,. (1988), 'will, niUy,' 88: Epict. 3, 9, 16 aEAllc aY IlEAIIC wlWlIOlu. Apophth. 396 A 111..11. oUllAuroil" d./fIOilJ'f. Epiot. 3, 3, 3 IlEAlI aY IlEAlI. So lLAnton. 11,15, Porph. Adm. 117, 181.nABf I'm roii ..AotIrou 170V eEAHC flt np. xcIfcw IJ'OV eEAHC aiU-Xoii. Alohem. 3:16, 10 aEAHC .rr IfUtti7"fIO/' eiiAHC Xtwt.,.". 348, i3 aEAI1C wa paABuoii .""a. IlEA.;c 6ra ~ IStaph. I, 4 IlEAHC ftlfOVIf.Ja .,.ou IlEAI1C TC1 ~ 'J'OV. Cp. TbeophO. 1,8 (1036 B) ....s....1I'I~ eEA(a)N aal MM IlEA(a)M. Vita SA 9. ~ e.wN If Av ,,~ eE.wN.

la..

nPtn.

,I.

1711911 This turn gradually became more and more popular and is now widespread in N apeach, 88: IlEAHC Ai" IlEAHC, iip6l1c AiM l~HC, nlN~ AiM naN- So further tcAAdc KAK6c, MIKpOc' MlrAAoc, noW .s)AirA, AyO Tpeic, niM"III, cH_PO AYpiO. That the copulative composition originated in a further contraction of this copulation is very probable (1156).

1780. 4- ofJ.r,-o#J"" disjunctiv81 Bee 1723-4-

,,9n-,.., 'neither-nor.'
406

On theee negative

Digitized by

Google

PABTICLBS, ADVEBSATIVE.

[1781-1781.

C. ADVERSATIVE PARTICLES.

1781. These are: (a) clUA (P also 'lrA.",), ' but' ;--&/UH 'sti1I,' 'yet' ;_1 ".;, or la.. ".~ (4. ".~), .".A.",. ~. l~ or 1nIflCnW, ~t 'except,' 'save '-all prepositWe. (b) 81 'but,' p.lvrof. 'yet,' 'still '~t.IfI.
1781. Reprding P-N uuse. it should be remembered ~t popular apeeoh very often diecards the adve1"ll&tive relation, preferring the paratactic construction by means of Kal (1703. 1710.1713).

ami d.,ald AlW. "..". T. mI Am,; Polyb. 10, I1, 5 o6x 'Tfpolr 7',111 ](JlIitp."or dll'oMyallpolf AM 01. 1nI-yxa". ftfturM aw,s". Epict. J, 11. 3a dr. t'lAAo T' "Gw 7'O&oVr_ AM 6IroA#t&. 3cS-ypara. hob. 5 ""a1.OT cIMolIf alT_"'" AM lau"M.

rfianlf

1788. Besides ita proper and general funcuon Ilol an adveraauve particle, dAAci 'but' was, even in A, occasionally used in the exceptive senae of .1F/, tr).~", 'except,' 'Bave.' (RKUhner ii.' 823 f. &. 825.) 375 elMor rI oGnr pm T""tIII at",or 06paJr..w-, J.AJJ. ~'1,Jrr"p. Soph. O. R. 1331 &cull. rI aw6xftp "0' 01"" AA'; '')W. So Em. Hipp.638. Xen. An. 6, ... 3 ... 3~ Tf 1'1119' elM" ,.u" AMf ou.pla dr. ~a dr. JW."wf, AlW. 8pfc., Kal Jh9wot. PI. Prot. a54 B Ix"" Ta elMo T'Aor ~", .1. 6 dflO/JA'-

mAt,,,..

_ /lapIWfa' _ 'Xfa ~, _ 'IIpdaoTor ... rI 'tt4ptf nU ZKulaKoii ''''our.' wapG a~ T _",.; ,.a nApe! a.Io 1'1", A6-rov .1111 "r~ al a.Io ",.,Ioft Buat. 7Pt 40: '1IITltlll 3i _ 4P'u ,.u" ot GaTtptlll TrApe! dtt flllfI4J' /Japvrlwolr ...,.j K-V ll&&iA.nOl', _ drr1 7'00 Xalplr n). All'" "ooiipD. _ W nU ! .,pt1fAIfI4J' a~, aal pd"fJ 'Y'1'&Kj 1ItIIITIJ.1I1I0P.... OJ#lPOf II~ nApe! AI-p, 6iUTdPoIr. 8ohoL ApolL B.., S44 ~ nApe! /JapvrlwOlf dnl nU XoIpI.. IIVJ'T4crllnGI 3i alTICI"urD.) Hdt. 7, 3a d.Ipa "'punr Ir n)p 'EAAt5I1a. nAHN ( .. dUll) dr. '~f dn If AaK.lIalpt1llCJ ' ..pn. Dem. 56, 33 "AI_ flGl'TGXUII. nAHN 06K .Is 'A'~" Polyb. a. 23, 3 TlliiTa, nApe! ~ P'l3&. 8, 28, 9 p.'1a~. IIJ&OfIpa~ TrAp! TIiirr "poIITCIT7'o,J.,.,.. a. 58,9. Sept. 3 Beg. a. 18 ON 'IIT'" &Wail' nApe! ~~ 4p.Gw. ib. 2, 20. Eadra I, 6 ; etc. Katt. u, 4 *Ia. "'Tf fIII'Y'u. ~ TCIlS pn' aWoU, ci MH 7'OIr "peW' """',. Gal. 3, 16 .l3cIT.. lW, 06 AM4oTepmN hlpontOf . ",sp.DU EAN MH acll nllTfIIIf '1'11100 XpaIlTOli. So too Luke 4, 36; 27. Rev. 90 4' Protev. Jao. 3.., 3 ,.a ,d" tlDlpa 06K d MH ,.a afpa (aa v.!.). Theoph. 180, 18 INN. pt) nMTWflJla& T~' 'AA'I"'COI't'CU P'I~ TOW alp''''''"' ci MH p/AIour ToW IIp103dour Xpall" _ _ 415, 37 ,a) AO"fEru uLW Icoii tl_ 6PITfu. 4 ...,.ra, Ta. ArydptffOfl ","1IT,s", d MH ",IAa. ""potWOI'.

brought about ita lIoIBOCiation with theae particles, and thua led, Ilol early Ilol H (cp. W8chmid i 133), to a mut1ia.l interchange and rivalry in which dAAa WIIoI ultimately forced to retreat and leave a conaiderable part of ita adve1"ll&tive functions to ita exceptive rivala d P9 (I_ ~). 1fA,,,, 1rOpd, "ajl'~' later alao )(Ipls and flCTOr or 1faperr6r. (Schol. n 90 7 Ta TrApe! ...,. " -'1r; _ a.Io I'IprJ Ado,OIII1IT1 - I")'KAt~ al a.so "poIllI.,r TvpawS- ~ ... pipor A6you . _... r,,' i ."Ip",,,,.,

17M. This exceptive function of dUa. which WIIoI proper to .z ,u, or I_,u, {a.. p~), trA~, IrrOr or tra,-rr6r, .~ and rrapci (644. 1188. 1619 tt),

.u

.,.....; .u

"a

'f

'n-

.n.

1786. n la to this a.oc!ation and aftlnit.y &IIIOIIgtbe above pa1'ticlaI thU are due I1lOh 1It.nngthenec1 oombiDations aa dU' Il"..", """ ~OI. "AV ., ".;" .Ap u.. ".;" In".I,a) or la.. "', flGptK7'~ .1 '" or la. "', X"":' ., '" or u.. "', wb.lcla 0CC1U' more or l.a freq1Wlt13, in particular aIaoe Q timee (op. 1981).

407

Digitized by

Google

1788-174L]

PARTICLES, CAUSAL.

1788. The ultimate outcome of the struggle among the ezceptive and adversative particles was that dUG, t/,.!} or b ,.!} ',N dp./A'9 195, pi., 1983 b), X..",u, flOp4 (also _peS), and ..aptE, have survived down to the preeent time in a more or leB8 modified meaning. Thus dAAci, as a literary rather than colloquial term, still preserves its A foroe ' but' ; so too IlJAlllf 'yet,' 'still.' El /At} (or rather .1";') and flopD. are purely ezceptive: except,' 'save,' being rarely followed by a verb. xGIpls (also xciipu accented after aiXQls) is still popular in the sense of 'without'; while ..aptE, being untenable owing to its final E (319), has been aasoeiated with and assimi lated to npci, and in this form it is now very popular, chielly after a negation. as an equivalent to the more polished clMA but,' 'exoept,' (German SOIIdem, ober). 1788b On the poetpoBitive adversativesll~ and ,.1"01 cp. 1100.

11. SUBORDINATING PARTIOLES.

CAUSAL PARTICLES.

1787. a. Prepositive: t&n, t8WTl, (rva), 'because.' 1_(, m&B,J, , as,' 'since.'-.-4" (871), ora. 871, 'as,' 'because.' ~'on the plea that,' 'inasmuch as,' 'as.' b. Postpositive: 1~ 'because,' 'for' (Latin enim).
1788. Of the prepoeitives, Sri and Ifr,&, then their (atreugthened) compoundB cMTI (-c'lui+&"I) and ifr"c'I;' ( ... h,l+c'lq). can stand only before the indicative or aeconda.ry subjunctive [optative]; 80 too _ in older Attic. Uaually. however, ;"S introduces a canaal parUcipk; and BO do always &re (c'lq) and ala c'lq (2150). . 1789. The commonest causal particleB Sri or c'lus"" and 'lI'd or Ifrflc'lq, still lurvive in N (cp. 1790). However,~,.. is 'BOW almoet obsolete, 'fr,i, more generally 'fr,t tU (1717b ), is obsolescent, while a..s,., and hflllq are still very common, the former phonopathically changed into yurri (c'I,.s,.'-c'litSn-i6n [ISO a], then iati by aaaimilation to yurri. i.e. c'I,ari; rather than directly from oym + &re, i e. c'lu\ ci,..), the latter often Bupplied with an anal~cal final,: Ifrflc'lqc, and frequently fol. lowed by /Col: h.,c'lrj /CO& (1717 ). 1740. On the other hand, 0" as a conjunctioD introducin~ a causal clause in the indicative or aecondary aubjuncti:j0ptative e~oyed no general popularity even in A, and 10 early e room or 07"1 or c'lu!,.I. In point of fact, it iB no longer used by PolybioB, while the NT writers and all P-N unlearned compositions totally ignore it.
1741. Peouliar but unmistakable i. the use, in G-N, ofr.a (N N 1766> in the sense of a causal participle or IW. hcauee, ai_,Jor, especially after ezpresbioJUI of t7IICIUoR (au8 if.), as: Sept. Gen. aa, 1+ NT John 8, 56 'UpG4p. ., flon)p IIpGw ~cimrro iNA tap n).. t,upu n)1' ' ' ' ' So Luke 8, 10. Jlark 4, la (op. Matt. 13, 13). Rom. 5, 30.6, I. Apollon. De Conj. 510. 17 'XIt II~ (6 flWkl1/'fn rN) _ Tar tllll'1Ie11"..,lr Iuufioptlr 1110 oGcnar, ,dCll' ,ul' AiTIOAOrlllltN IT'pu 11' dflOf".AfC1,.arI...... Iv "fOp oIT" roii ~.,.,ul' oGnor' iNA ANArNo, hlMHeHN (read inn-), iNA AOIAOPHCOO inmAHxeHN. So 513 ., -yoUr 1..1-,- iNA ri>A.oo TAYTA MOl irNTO .,~i"cl .,..,~. Inn. Ir'9lT1l1f1' "., ,.e) ,.,fJGI/Io &cd 01";_..,' aWoii ..,..".. id. De Synt. 3. a81W -,dp." 01,,10>.""" IIWralIl' +rin fa,ul' iNA ANArNcO (in )ETlMHeHN, iNA ANACTcO HNIAeH T,.."..,. Theodoe.1035, a r 3ft _ 0I,.la" (tlmwunqIltJAOI), rk Iv ~ iN" TlMH8rO

,,3q

'1In

408

Digitized by

GQogle

PARTICLES:

p.'II--p.~", 81-8~.

[1741-1744.

iAyrrM8HC. Tit. B. U4I D Wx &pIl.,.., thaW, iNA _&la AOt30p4cr_, .,,).. 'EA&crcraro" IItI.'"IFo; (- <iT, 'AotMP'/CI'GP). AmphiL 121 0 IftU iN. plc.. fllli,." 61111pdAwouAl.",., ~ . . n)p drr,,,,lIfla,, fIOpGtIX' d,aIlO.,.';"'.; Chrya. x. 71 D iN. ~ p/J_, "",W, d4"111t1. nl d/lA,m,ptJTG (-3&6.,., lnVyIIau.). Socr. 5, 16 a.,.. tr.ww61Paa n)p'~ 'P'/CI'ltd- iNA ~ IItI.l & .lr d..apulr x-f1I8i (ubi male 'x~), dU' -,lAow, Tijr 'EA.\~_ 'P"/tllf.lar ct>vAG'r""J'r'a& (-3ul.,.e) ~ x-ftl9ijIla&, cLu4 f>IIAm.I1f1ac). [Chrya.] i. 802 B. IMoechoa 2988 0 ..t~ iN. ".,.pIJfM 7'e) _pAu,"" /lOll 'oyltGA.fi'.,.. /A', So now: XaiPO/AGI NA cr. ""pI 'r rejoice to see you." /AOV .)ita~If' NA p/JIt _ ' I was lOrry to hear that.' 1742. As to the participial prepositives (a~), ora a~, wr (1738), they are peculiar to .A and Atticistic compositIon.. In particular &re

'A,..,.

'tN

I.,..

and ola a;, are entirely foreign to P unconventional writings (from PolybiOl downwards), while wr has been a general favourite through all antiquity. However, with the retreat and final disappearance of the participle in general (2149 tr. 2168 tr.), wr necessarily went with it. 1742b. The postpositive ydp, though a great favourite with writers of all classes and ~riods down to Mtimea, has of course shared the fate of all postpoutive particles (1700).
(~)

EMPHATIC PARTICLES.
1748. These are 1i, yoVv. rip, for which see I7oo,-and plv. ",:/pI, a,. 1744. The tw~ particles,u" and ,&11" were originally identical both in form (MEN) and meaning (indd, it is trw, 9"idem), and their distinction, as drawn in our grammars and lexica, Isa comparatively later .A feature. In transliterating the original MEN from the old into the new I ]), alphabet (6 tr. App. ii. 12 L the transcribers adopted the form "9" for those cases where the particle appeared to be emphatic or formed tec1anical (:{>rosodic or ~atical) lmgth, while ,,;.. was retained for unemphatic and techmcally short cases, in particular such as pointed to a correlative particle to come, the two particles then stan4inB in the relation of either antithesis (~,,-a;, 0>').0, o~, d7'dp, pJII'rO', .;.,.0, l1l'urn, etc.) or mere parataxis ~_a; 'and '). That being the case, it follows that (I) while in proBf the grammatical distinction between "I" and FI" has been carried out moJt orleBB systematically; (2) in .A and earlier tIefW, metrical '.luantity. has, in a great many cases, interfered with the above pnnci,Ple, and rendered necessary the retention of the old form ,u" for "'I", pure and simple. (I) MiN-li: Pl. Rep. 457 B " MEN ~A&IAO" HAc)" .,.e) At /JAa8.,. tUfIXpG... Xen. An. I, I, 1 trpu/lVrfpor MEN 'AP"'OIll'qr ".tpor Ai Kvpor. Mem. 2, 1,3 trWfI", MEN ,.Ot', "m,I" AE d.,(JpcImxr 7'aCt d-ydo&'.-So further

, /Ai" & ai, 7'MO /A~" .,.MO al. ,,,,. /A~" '"la ai, 7'07'~ IIb-.. "'07'~ ai, &/lA /Ai" &/lA ai, etc.-For ..eN MM cp. Xen. An. I, 7, 17. Oec. 3,6. Ag. 2, 11. Bier. I, 16. Tb. I, 73, I.-MEN . ,i.TAp: Soph. O. R. 1051 f. Tr. 54. 760 f. Hdt. 2, 175. 41, 188. Xen. Hell. 5, ... 17. PI. Tbeaet. 172 o.-MEN OMCI)C: Soph. Ph. 471.1063. O. R. 785. Xen. An. 1,3, u. 2, 1,9. 5,7,23; etc.-MEN JJ.J\ OMCI)C: Soph. El. 44 2 450. Ph. I373.-MEN A' AY: Xen. An. I. 10, 5 ; etc.-MEN MENTOI : Hdt. 1, 1090 3,36. Soph. O. R. 777. Ph. 353- Xen. An. I, a. 9 5, 9, 26; 32 Cyr. 1, 3, 2; eto.-MEN MMN: PL Pbaedr. 268 L Sophist. 216 B. P.bileb. U D. Xen. Ag. 6, I ; eto.

409

Digitized by

Google

1744-1748b.] PARTIOLES: rIIE"'----II1J' "'~.! ~1J',":', r " - r " {}~ ~ ., II~

MiN for MHN : A. 23+ 267. E 893. n 93. ,,337; aDd often. (Cp. BeIn. 17 7'cl a~ ~" 6p11'.w Irrpl"lpclo 4fwncu. 6 ~ rrO&'IT'lr dti a.cl ToV e ~pera&' "lAiN pm rrp/4pow ~A. 77]. HMEN ipol aM7.... [t 375].) Bdt. 3. 66. Th. I, 10, I. 1,45 (1'0&4,"" MEN ",(,,&JIA') ; 5+ Xen. An. 5, 10, + 5, 6, 38. I, 7.6. Oyr. 1,6,:1. :I, a, 3. An. 7.6. u. 5,7.33. I, ... u. a, a, 10.... a, 4!" Aeach. Pr. 541, et p888im. Soph. Ph. n. 159. 995. 1218. 1418. O. R18. 8a. u51. 13:11. 1466. O. O. u. 4+ g6. 469. 471 836. 995. 10g6. 13701677. Ant. ass. 366. 498. 551. 63+ 681. U62. Tr. 6. 265. 380. 8.36. El. u40' 14:1+ Eur. lied. 676. 1129; ete. PI. ApoL :11 D. Orit. 43 D. lIenon 82 B. Charm. 153 c; ete. Isae. I. 1.-'; MEN (for. ",..): t 160. n 416. A. 77. S 275. a 25+ "585. P 483- '1 159 a 77. 392. 173 "11+ " 159. P 381 '55 2 't Sg. "795; 634 n 300 ; etc. Bdt. 40 153 S. 93. 6. 7+ 9, 91 :I, J 18. 3. 99.-KA. MEN (for ItOl ""'): A. 269. t 88. I 63a. n 489. v 45; Ar. Ly. 559 etc. (Theocr.... U2 .... 6o.)-rE MfN lfor"lf ",..): B 703. Bdt. 7. 152. 234-0-; MN (for 06 ",..): A. 163. S 105. Z u5. "31 I. For maDl more instanC88 from PL Th. Xen. Ieoor. etc. see Oh.Short in ODYonge 11 EngL Gr. Lex. p. civ. I.V.".g. (Cp. FPuaow Lex.,' I. V. ph &; J'AlIartuDg 11. 390-402.)

SOS,

(3)

17Mb. The historicaJ. development and "eciaJization of pJ_piJ" has a pa.ra.llel in a.-4;'. In ita tranaliteratlon from the old into the hew alphabet, ':\E wa.a specialized to the copulative or adversative a. and, but, and 4~, the latter serving to emphasize any word or clause, but more particularly adjectives, adverbs, pronouns, conjunctions, and imperatives. ~in, just as ";,, very often occurs for "."" but still retains ita old orth<!frraphy, so 4~ is very frequently found in archaic and.A texta as a relic of pre-Eucleidian spelling, a circumstance which moreover accounta for ita frequent synizesis. A. 83. 135. 540. "54, Z 144 To&, U. Bdt. 1. 115 l'" Ae TCIliTG Inl.,era).
5. I, 37. I. 28, :19. 5, 37. I, 116. 5, 50. Aeaoh. Ag. 1016. Pera. 33a. Ag. 1029> et paaaim. Soph. Ant. I17a. O. T. 378 f. u67. Bl. 3S ft. Ant. 424 f. O. R. 380. Eur. Or. 6u. I. T. 169 f. Rh... 846. I. A.. 401. 1436. Ph. 155. And. 289 f. Ar. Av. 178. Xen. Cp. 5, I. + lIem. a. 9, a (op. a, I, 16). Cp. 5, 5,:11. 3, 3, 19. 7, a, a3 (1, 6,43, 4, 6, + ib. ...... 3) lb. 6, a, 14 (7'am ~p&illnr). ib. 5, 5, 31. 8,5, u. lIem.3t 7,8. Cp. 5, I, + Pl. Rep. a, 367 o. Phaed. 80 D. Rep. 5, 475 o. Prot. 313 A. 325 B. Gcrg. 50a B. 5u A. Apel. 28 c. Phaedr. 366 A. So often 7' ~ ; (cp. FP8880W Lex,' I. v.14 &; J'AUartung i. I5~I70') 17". If we were to .pp17 00DBiateDM7 the above priDoiple of diatiDotioD. hatweeD. ~.. a.nd ",.. (1744), aDd a~ a.nd ~ (1744b), oomhiDationalike ,"""If. /HI'OW, ete. would require u to lpell "'" "If, " ~. lAtpoii". tno. (op. 5h s6J).

le

p.W",

ASSEVERATlVE PARTICLES. 17415. Of the two asseverative particles ~ and p4 'by,' the former is used mostly in aftirmative, the latter mostly in negative sentences, as: NH Ala., NH ~'A~ MA nM&d8ucu thoUs-but also NAi MA Ala., w:. Alo.. 1748. In P Greek ,u. prevailed over ,,; (146) and 80 came to be used in both affirmative and negative cases. In this double use it is now very common in N speech (1261): /la} MA 1'Os.o", 3x, MA "9" "'""1,-.

or

1748b When p4 gradually became the sip of swearing. euphemism and piety, following the preaeription of the Gospel (Matt. 5, 3+ 1&8. 5, 13), sought tc mitigate the Bin by dropping the swearing particle as well .. ita synonymous rrpln (1662), often even the verb, as: Xark 50 7 III 7'cl. Act 8 190 13 6".., 7''' '1",_. 1 Tbe& 50..,. Auaoreon" SI, 1 4te. /H, 7'cM "oW 1101, "'.;" clp.tHJri. BpIct. .. 190 IS A4"{f

6pttl,.

,,0,,.

.,.i,.

410

Digitized by

Google

PABTICLBS:

ipa.,

~,

ov, p.~, JUi'"

[17~b..1748.

pa, .... , . . . "01, a"""" lA~r. fW IHo&. 3t I. 56 lilt......... -. ...",... 3t aD, 4 Itb erlll. dd ia..,.OII ok ,.,..". 3. 23. 11 n)JI' ,,at. eroe er."."plalf. ita (beIlde ib. 26 pIl n)JI' 6,"""",~). 0haL 1541 0 . , . ".".".

,;- ,.0& /JulA'OIf 'by the _peror'. _.... Grecat. 573'" n)JI' "oe .J)(~ 2925'" '997 '" ,.. ~. a.. er'/JflS. 'w6Avcrw p. Vit. SA. 41. D ,..w "/,,, ,.oil oII,.",oil lUll riir 'rir 6,.IC_ er. (op. ib. 49 KATA~pIi er. a eaphmnimn fbr drOhpli er., like A ... KYNA fbr ... .,./,r ZiPa). 17~o. Another pious but Hebraiatio mode of expreasinl a1IlrmaUon without the sweariDg panicle p#. t. aometimea reaorted to b7 meaDS of the verb co, in the aeDle of ' b7 the life o,' that la tor the A oW. '"" or Iwal,.", .. : 8ept. Num. 14> 21 zQ) ,~ . . ZOOM .,./, 6ropli poll a. trul7" I live.' 1 Beg. 35. 36 zq ..or.. zq IftId erou ' .. the Lord Uveth and .. th7I1OUlliveth. .Tud. 3, U zci) ~ . . .",17'or rijr /J4crlAthar /MW. 11.7. 61t6r poll, U. ,."...er_ $v. wpot1fi{_ ProteT .Tao. ... I ZN IiIpor rfi 'ffj So 6, I. la, 3 15. 3; ...

_we,.w ...

.,a,

,.a. 2'pA'''..

Itn.

.,.a.

.a

i-.

_paor

,.a

er,.. ",." .r,..

INTEBROGATIVE PARTICLES.
1747. These &reI. &po.,. (p1'&Attic and poetical, fw.), indierent, i.e. introducing a question the answer to which may be either 1JU or tIC) ; I. W, &Pt ~, ~. anticipating the answer yu ; , 2'_ ' ,.. 3. "''''It ..,... "''''It p.ow " "" fIO. Xen. :Hem. 2, S. :I lp',': brlaBtftr, flut 'r...r rlfUa' tIJA-. &tnr.p olar.. ; Xen. Cyr. I. 6, 17 .t ..u crxoA, rrmp, rr.p4fTICfU, 'roVe ".,.panIttrar; ib. 2, 4t IS oiKorN eT. 3oc.i; PL PhMd. 64 0 IPA MM .tUo n ~.,.a. 8ei1lllnW .r.m ~) ....;. tir +Vrir chro 'roii ",.,.. dtraUlI'Y'I"; Rrot. 310D MQ)N.,.' ITf d3&/Cfi n~par; Bee 1811 &: 2046.

' ' '0&, ,:

174711 In archaio and pre-Attic Greek there were two common partioles : an DltJInIe &po (v v) or /14 (v) then,' therefore: and an ,~ f la I wonder.' The former, in the form . , paaaed Into A and II1lrVived down to B. while the latter f /14, under the iIdluenoe of Ilpa, puaed Into A in the form. (- v, but of 00UI'II6". .. well,17,.Bf.), and thence was relegated to P-N. 1747'. Of paaeape ahowin( the orfslnallclentitJ" of". with. (174711). mark among others: Find. I'7th. 4> 138. Aeaoh. As. 1333 Soph. O. C~ 863. Ant.633. Bur. I. A. 300. Bbea. 118"' Ar.AV.161. Eur.Andr. IUS El. 1330. Eq. loa. (op. Andr. 761 I). .A.r. Pao. 533--Eur. Ph. 575. 1689- I. A. 300. Bel 85. Soph. Ai. 1368. O. O .fC9. 1400- Aeaoh. As. 1333. Oho. 381'139. Ar. Av. 161, Plat. "575. Veap.839. PL Crat. 410 .. (Cp .TAlIartung ,-4-56 f. & AKatthiae LU. Bur. 373-387, eapeoiaJl7 378 ; aUo 605.)

1748. All the above particl81 introduce a fl.11estion in a direct manner, but the monosyllables ~ all ~, besidea lDvolving an inatantane01l8 expenditure of breath, connote a certain curtneaa or impatience, while the disyllable apa seems to IOften the bluntn818 of the interrogation and at the -.me time add emphasis, th1l8 ~ving the I8ntence the colour of an indirect but IOlemn or yjvid question (lpMit, IJavpdC.., 1 IDOfIdw). Hence the unceremonio1l8 t all pfj are v~ often IOftened through the acceaaion of the IOlemn as well as forcible Apa. placed either tiefore: ap' t, !Jp' _. ~ ~ (in Homer 4 ",j),-or after: ~ !Jpa (4 po or 4pa). ~It -!Jpal &po. In the latter case a euphonic ~ ia commonly inserted (~ Gp. "I'!Jp' ... !Jpa ~: cp. 'r' &P), and this compIu ia contracted, by aaaociation, to yap. thus producing: t p (for ~ ~ 1Jpa, as PL Crat. 390 .), ~ "ap, pi} "ap (10 rl "ap 1904 1923) 411

e+

r'

Digitized by

Google

1748-1758.]

PARTICLES: DECLARATIVE.

-so further Ti yap; (for Ti ~ 3po;) ",oii yap; "'ii ytlp i "'01 yap; all of which are common in dialo!{Ue. Should the question be auggested as a corollary to some precedmg statement, thls yap ia replaced by the syllogistic O~II, thm, well, igit'U,.: ~ 0011, oll" 0011 or oll"oi,JI, "'9 0011 or ~JI (the last originally ME ON, 2050). l'748 b On the same principle, direct questions introduced by interrogative pronouna or adverbs, are often softened b:r the accession of the ceremonious and empha.tic 3pa (commonly JIlll!&Ccented apo). as: Aesch. S. 90 T'~ APA P"UfTru. ,.i~ lp' '",aP'fTn i Eur. I. T. 458 Tl~ IpA ",~,."p tj Tfova' iJp.Gf 71"0.,..; I. A. 1223 T' 4' lp iy! ".. 'lrpffT{Jvlli apt .luBlEof&OJ; Tro. 292. Ion 563. At. Vesp. 89~ ,.i~ AP 6 ;n,YGII" OW~i Pac. 1240. PI. Phaedr. 228 D ,.l 3po i Hip. M'\J. 29.8 B ,.i a 3POi Phileb. S2 D ,.i trOt"' 3pa; Tbeaet. 181 C 'lr01o" ,.i ",or ~pa; Xen. Mem. 2, S, 4 'lr6aov (lpo; Cyr. I, 6, 9 'Ir&i~ lip' tn; PI. Hip. MaJ. 297 B tr&i~,., llpa; See AMatthiae Lex. Eur. 602 W. 1749. Aa eariy &9 G times, jJ and piiw, later also 00-., began to retreat before their respective associates and rivals, and soon disappeared from the common language, whereas all the rest have remained in continuous uee down to modern times. It must be noted, however, that ap.;.., whether simple or in the usual strengthened form apt!. '1., now savours of literary alfect&tion (204B}-popular speech. often substituting for it or nXOTu-while PI, also ",1,11 (221. App. ill. 20, 6), is .till fully pft88rved either simple or with the particles n.r, TI, ,.p (2039), which now act as mere emphatic llUftlxes: ",;'''03, "I,TI, ,..".,op (,.."..,ape, NSophianos 83 ubi pI,-yaP'l). In the present stage of the popular language, ,.,) is moreover often followed by", (from R'I, Le.lnnll" 863), or ,.Uxt1.: ,.... trf (or ,.Y,JIofIf) - , ",.;,,.,,,,", (thisaometimes contracted to ",it rei), ,.... n",ni, p~ " ' " "'

")(11

(17 1 7

-).

Acts 8, 30 ApAre ,),111&.0-1<'" A clJlll"r&v&ial<"r; John 7.41 MH rAp (=,.,) iIpa.) I. 'Iijt raA&AaIOf. cS Xpea,.c)r IpXfTGl; I Cor. I I, u. MM. rAp obIilJr oVlt Ix.", Elf ,.c) la.i.l" _ !fW'II'; Sept. Gen. 20, 9 MIlTI fJp4PTDI-'f"'D a4; Luke 6,39
MIlTI
UJlllf'OI

~c), 'FIIf/lM" cSar,y.i" ;

17150. Aa to 011, after a long and unbroken record, it has recently be eome e:dinct, its place having been taken during G-Jl by ";'30" aince B shortened to 3411 (1798 f.).

DECLARATI:vE PARTICLES.
17Gl. These are-

A : clJi, ;;.,." 1 that t ; P: ;;.,." &6n, 1 that t ; G-N: &n, cOO-6T" ~.

1752. The declarative conjunctions are used in indirect discourse (1938 fr. ) to connect the leading verb with its subordinate clause. Hence they. are used after verbs of saying, thifeki#tg, knowing (tleriJa declaratldi, sentiendi, cognoscettdi); in P-B a1so after verbs of hearing, seeing, showing, etc.-So still in N. For e:r::amples and further illnstratioDs see I 940 ft'. & App. vi. 7.. 13-14. 1758. In A only;;"', and the less assertive,clJi were in general usage. With the close of A, clJi retreated from the language, while &6r, was added to the deolaratives 88 a strengthened On.

412

Digitized by

Google

PARTICLES: DECLARATIVE.

[175811-17550

17G8'. The frequency and proportion of II! 1$", &6T. in Tbut'ydides, Xtlnophon's An. i-iif, Polybi08' i-v booka, and Diodoros' i bookl is shown by the following II\lJDIIlary table (SBrief iif. 8-10) : II!
b.

Tb. J30
233

Xen. An. i-ill.

2a III

WT.

Polyb. i-v. 45 87

Diod. i. 8
36

60

1754. The P decla.rative a";,.,, however, being thwarted by the presence of CtJUBtJl auw, (1738 if.), retreated during G and so led to the revival of the old .r, now restored as a prefix in the room of &cl. It thus gave birth to a novel combination .r BT, or rather ':'CTcW, (cp., fJ'll or ~Um 1767), which has since been current beside ciT. [11. (Diod. Fgm. ii.1\36, 51 Arr- rocClTl epfKn ffOTlnA. Dion. H. Ant. 9, 14 'IfIlI'M rocon 'O'xG'J'O&r .10'0. olllfl'l'GJlA811Bmn I .. Toi; A6tt*r. Strab. IS, 57 (p. 711).,.a Im\ T.pa..,l_ AfXB~.. Weon xGAdr IiOCTO). NT ~ Cor. 11,31 KClTIl 4.,.,,., AI-pI Weon ."';r +rBfJi-,..... Athan. i. 312 & ~.pW . . .",,, WeOTI woMIl ..u IIIMl IFI~. Apophth. 357 A '.fO'I.,..1'G 4ItA.,.w meOTI ",0'0..~r Sehol. M. Pae. 506 fnrO",I'I"6trK8 a~ ~poIII meoTI KG1 , ..'

'aw- XJ1Iwow lBaAaO'I1OKp4'f'OW.

Sehol. in .Aeaehin. et laoer. (ed. GDlndoff) p. 6, 14 'l'a0'1 .,a" Weon ~w.,.oii ~por Toii IIA4n",or O'~Cfl. 2.., 10 '''''''''''' traAAdK&r WeOTI W'O'f'~ ,u.. '~C0I'70 01 ~at. 59, 3~ ,11..8 .lni.. meon ~ 6 4..t~..)r a6roii 'TpatlpliT'O'f" aw.s... 10.., 18 ''hll rocOTI ~EXQl .,...a. Uo pll8rrrQr KTA. 10.., 23 AfytTal 3~ KW ..oiiTo ftp! a6Tuv meon -nnoprJltlr ".,1... SehoL n. B 78 t/ld0'- meon ..oAAal ftA.II 6~oiiO'. "poO'rJ"fOputOIr. Vita Epiph. 104 A Weon 'w.....,r Tcl 00",-,1.0111 ~peII'fr. Leant. Neap. V. S. 1677 A wpolJaUd"f_ p4,m1p4 oM:On ""~. KTA. Chron. 73 1, J 3 '3tElA",Ba 4dtt",O'I. mcOn ,w.,a, X",.a- dpell'.

'"I.

'..,porfI'"

1715G. With the close of T the old established and stUllargely predomi nating &TI, owing to its very increased frequenoy, consequent on the now regular analysis of all declarative infinitives by 'means of &TI (App. vi. 13-14), probably also owing to the interferenoe of caUBal &TI (1754), found. from G onwards, a novel rival in the adverb .&is (poaaibly suggested by &!Is), which beginning with the _/la mltielldi gradually succeeded in establishing itself, beside ni, 88 a legitimate declarative conjunction in every way. In this manner ISTI and rilr have ever since remained in concurrent use, but eventually .... gained a decided aaoendenoy and would have di8pOll8l!88ed ita associate and immemorial predeoeaaor /SrI, were it not for the reaction of the national spirit manifested in recent times.

[11 [Xen.Hell3,2, 14 f l . ". Npattl meoTI chaTge&ble to ths B oopiera.] lIarpocr... v. flloi (p. 141, 7) Apc..,m" 3i Weon .,....~, 'Aflu ""A. NT 2 Cor. $, 18 adnor ~ aUllto.,(a., n;s ~ rocOTI 'far jf.. I. XptO'f~ ,,60'1'CI" ""TIIAMurIlOllf ""'~. 2 Theaa. 2, 2'".,.,."f" . meoTl (== &~TI ?) ""O'T'1Kn 1'1(11& .,.oii IWplOll. A. P. 9t 531 r"" lilt" WeOTI ..lA.,.,,, 1I'0I'W 3VI'GTGI. 8cho1. in AeIohin. et I80cr. 67. 8 'Xli .,." d ..ri. meaTI "brar ,..s..or 6 .dAa&ttor ty..dt. ~ UJft'OU .,NI,."... 83,30 .1n. meoTI or 3Ij1'fH '( "lrrCW alpoiil'TGI 92, 3G. 930 n. 105, I. 10$, 3 .tn",. meOTI C'1Acun}r I-,l.fTO TOV ronlov 105, 1. o lOSt JIG Aloyrrac a meoTl ..u .,.I)(I'ffI' f/rrropt,np, '''''''''''' Ios, 22 1..1-,01'" meOTl, Af"fOlJO'I. WeOTI. 106, 6 a"AAW Weon. 107. 240 loS, 19- 1090 20 1O'T401' meOTI. 1130 30 11.., 2 --nrrdf1Wl' 3~ abroii rocon ItCIIvG aa.,..s"Ia ':O'~lptl Tocr 'A",,",o&r. 114, 14. 121, 29 IO'T'OI' If meon.. 8choL n. A 396 f1fJPf~tlAturO'... mcOTI. I 6 ..poritUfa& .";"0 WeOTlo r 280. Cyr. Scyth. V. S. 311 C 1..4..,,1. meoTI.

_ell"

+,.." ..

.,..N.

413

Digitized by

Google

1715-1717b.]
(028. App. n J+> Por in thia mOftment 3ft receiTed a powerful_ppon in the literary languase and cultivated .peech, which oarefallr eIiminIltea riir trom itll former declarative functiona.-It mar be farther noted for the sake of completaneu, that anterior to this recent reaction popular .peach often had r8COUI'IMI to a combination of both STI and riir, 8IIp8Cial1y in _ _ of emphaai., and this combination is mn of no rare occurrence : ,.oV .~. 6TI nWc 6 d&pfOr 7'011 dp"wn,.. 'he aent me word that his brother fell ill:

CONSECUTTVE

PARTiCLE~

1718. These are : A Hn,fft, (Wit G-N &rov or W'OII '80 as,' '80 that.'
,A: Aan, uncommonly .,with the infiDitive or .. finite mood (chiefly indicative J.

P: Mr., rarely /.,f (conatructed as in ,A); subjunctive; aJ.o &r, with the indicative.
G-B: &ern, iJra, ltf, a.1ao In (rarely &!r.r).

r.a with

the primary

N: &!row or ..oii with the indicative or with ..a +primary subj.

1717. In conBecutive or conaequential (illa.tive) cla.usea, ,A-B used chieflllHrn. Next to it came w, which however in ,A-P had only .. limIted UBe (chiefly in Aeach., Soph., Hdt., Xen.. Polyb.)!ll. With the clOBe of P, /"r retreated for a time (cp. 1754), leaving in ita room on the one aide fl'G (N ..a), and on the other &rI, two substitutes suggested by their l)'Ilonomy with ltr (which had acted both as final-f.... h760b f.] and decl8.ra.tive=&r,), and pOBBibly influenced by the partial iiomophony of AuT. and &r, (-OBte--oti). AB to N /l]trOV, it may have been auggelted by the consecutive uae of Of or Germ (2014-8).
1767". However, when, dnriDg T-B, IIt1T'. came to be confounded with INn. (I... r- ST. 1785), dillooiatioD. led to the revival of tIIr, .. : Diocnet. I .Inu. dnur caic pAJutlT'G b UO&7....TG III /J.ATlOlfG .,."lfllaa, 1101 T, ofT...... _ ok ~ A~ rel" .1tr6rra. Acta Pauli n Theclae 261, 8 wx tI-oro a6n)r caic TeW'AAIt....1poJt .Ir.r.., Alohem. 41, 1 BOA. ~ caic .r- ........... BpIJ- 7'f7'palUTv.\OIf. ib. la ~. ,,, 7', C'" .. Wc .,."lriaI ~. So 42.... Apophtb. 411 0 'rf)(TUrq Ti _pha ..~ 611,6"1' ca,c dE.......

.p
I

Mm!

"1 A OOIDpuUon betwMD. ThllO.)'dIda8, Xenophcm, PoJ.ybio8, and tbe HT ~ to Wutrate tbia point (cp. 8Briefi. 48):

IIfIT'.

dIr
Total

Thuo. (entire) ... Xen. hooka 1-3 )( 6 Polyb. boob 1-5 ... HT .. far .. 00'-

In4n.
14..~

PJ.nite mood
la q

In4n.

J!'inite mood
(-P) 9

108
114

48

29

46

ft8

36o(+P)

139
15

414

Digitized by

Google

[171'Jb-17l8.

.mw ...1 dripWow

ok wdrro'I'. 1MIn,

_,uN reNIcrfaI.

""". a6TcW. 6, et pMIIm. 1718. The gradual retreat and replacement of lIn. by r.. (N "a) and fr, (N 1rOII) may be Wuatlated by the followiDg specimens. CL with lnllnitin replaoed by iN with the (primary) mbjaDOUn (aooordIng to EASoph. Lex. P. 600, 19) : Sept. Tobit a. 15 o63a a"";; vlel, YNA tllWT't/plpOl 'paarn)l' atrfl 'YUI"IUra. Sap. 13.9 fl.,a, TlHloiinw taxwu flabac iNA awc..nu 0''I'OX40'aa6a& Ta. aIMra. TOW- BtmT'II' trM ftXIOI' WX dpw; llaoc. 6, a,.. Dion. Thr. 629,17. Dion. B. iT. a:.II36. 7. .Tohn 9t 36 _ n, '0"1'1., ftp'" iHA "'O'T.dO'OI .Ir cWTW; ReT. 13, 13 _ flOI'~ 0'rIp8a ,wrdNa YNA _.vp .,01; -Ta/Jal"", ,- 'I'oii wfJOJ'oii .Ir ,... 'riI'. I .Tohn 3, I 1hT. _ . cl,.m,. "a. 6 tIIIn}p iNA 7'4_ aWoii IlAr/IIiI".. .Toe. B .T.... 3, 10 .,pelt TCIO'oiiTtW f.o". iHA . , . 'A"O'_, _ .,oA'".OI; 6. a, 1 1'1'" .oTt .,.vol"".. CM- mM atxpoiAOlTor iHA rrdaOl",., Toii ,,/11'_."" flGTplow lrrWl"pac. Ipat. 680 A rroAM .,a, It";" MlRI iNA S,oii 1'1 A,,_pla. PIut. ii. 179 B 1'1 ,,/1_'1'6 0'01 otS,..,. " /J40'&MV, _ _ iNA ,pot; TUVTCI /JIATI"" flbi,. ii. 333 A '1" I'D' ftnrOT. 'I'OIoVTO iNA T_mcr "'. IrCIAcumSoJr ta-Ur; K.Anton. a. 1I otSn a.. ~OI' 4"..,.,..... iNA 'I'll cl,.scl np/Jal",. Clement. a, a9 oil ,a, '0',." otSTIIII ~OI iNA ...oiiP"fO'l wO'Iffl"". ."' ~ Toii """.", 0'1 '1'1 . . . . .... clflopp/rrow .134IfCI&. Conat. Apoat. I, 6, 2 '1" -,6.p 0'01 ...l Aa_ ...... 'I'oii Stoii iN' ,.,' ...iN 'I'll '",6". 6,,.~r; Apophth. a 24 D "'~ .,a, -"iJ&4p}(7l' .,~ iNA BcafttOl atr;;; Mal. a6, 17 a63a ."ar 'I'OIoVTor ''''' "T"Xv iNA npl 'I'Wrou C~T' (write -fI''I'f). Theoph. 1040 15 'I"',a, tI", iNA tI, 'JoM ToiiTO "14"".,... [1];

I..,

~".tW

amw 6pi11faa.

OalllD. lOSt I 'I'OIJ'oIinw

110, 12

ea ... Iwa'l'K
4fA-... ok

-Ocrr.

mpx-

'1' ' '

34.,

'1011'

till""'"

tIUI""""

"IMI'

alaS_ a""6. Kark 11, as .,." 0'01 .,."., .__ TGw",,'a-w iNA Tawa _~; I JoIm. I, 9 ",0'T6r at.a&or iNA cI4Ii Ta. clpa,...1as _ aaSaplllfl ,.,.., clrrcl n.n,r rl&.la,. I Th_. 50 4 6,..ir 31, cla.AfHJi, oil_ 'O'Ta 11' O'mfl iNA ,. .,.Ipa ,."ar tII, tcAIrrqr (reM u) nTGAOS,1. J-. Ant. 8, 13, 7 13, 6, 3 (p 652), 50 90 4 IS/AO&G Ba '1';;'AO'tlllpU, 'POIpDiOl B"w'" iNA _ &p.wa.. II,..ir 6pJa" IArrltlflT.; H - . . ViL 3, I, 4. Sim. 7. Hann. Tr. Poam. 11, 90 112, 1 Bpict. I, 7, 31. 3. I, 190 13 lIfIIdAou,.. TO&a~,.".. ( T~) .,,~O"" Toii Ao-yuroii Ctlou _aT'O'TflO''' iNA ,."at.clr cl..,a8iiw u..".,... ~I". I,.., 31. 2, a, 16 mOl",.,pclr iNA 1'1 f3rI (flaj) t fr, aliTfl ,. 6aclr I ....aiiBa 4>4",; 2, aa, 90 5. I, 12. 4, 3 90 4, 7, 29... 8, 21. Eneh. la,.. Piut. L 730 A. iL 67 ... lDst. Orat. I W ..,a, 'I'O&aU""JS dpfrljr '.,&.aiCO/Aa& iNA TOIr '0"';"- ".fISoa. flftS.,.fIl. ApoUon. CoDj. 510, 8. Luc. Amor. 5 (it 4SS). De Lectu 19 (ii. 931). GaJ.an. 8, 45" Sat. 144, 17. 162. 2. 4490 7 memento 2, 30 Tlr rljr I/Nx;;r )(l'la .,wfTfll iNA xOIptO'Sf; ,.oii adJpaTor; 3, 12 1'1 flpof>'tITf. clpm,pIl _ cll4l/Jo'Aa INA IMou .,poriTou )(pRu 'I'll Af"/6,.."a .,pelt .ttl.",_",. Hippo!. 676 D. 6801.. 685 O. Baar. 136,21; a6. 360, 27. 364, 99t et aUbi DIe 0. 46, 5, a. DIcg. 7, 8a. ... 30- 9o.sa. Ph&atr. 3, 47 a63a .,a, O'~I ..... 'zu+r- 'Apftaft iN' 'TfpGU'I'I clI'Sphttou flAtOl' npl 'I'll Aoor-tmm ...." 0'fI~ 0rIg. i. 53 A. 749 A. 8ao B. H. 53 A. W. 257 0. 4011 o. 477 B. 1052 B. 109' O. 1181 A. PlotID. I, 15, 12. 143, I. aSl, 7. Alez. Lye. 417 B. IambI. ~ 272, 5- But. Ant. 6'7 B. AthaD. L 390 o . .,a, 'P0I,..r.q -,w" iN "" /Je&O'&'A," fIIO'TfuSir. 891 B. 89a B '1" -,dp u" Aa_ iNA "",.&T'pa ,,,,...'" Tlf; 6ao B, . . Epiph. L 6a8 A. Ohal. 821 0. Olmm. 57.50 15 .,.. ,11,.,.." " .,.1,.", ';'110"'" .vu iHA 'I'oaoiiT.. .o.v.or ~ '''' &AA" .,.,.. I.

(l) 80 fanbar Job 7. 16 fl, Tel. C,;ero",., iNA ~poSv,.I,trOl. Prov. 23t as. NIeom.. III ."'0'_ ,ds ._ 'O'T&I' rNA cl... aWoii "14"".,... ,.".6>.&0'. Phllo L 181. 43. 294. 3. 408, 23. 477, I. 499t 19. ii. 421, 14. Luka 90 45 or Ba ..",6ow Tel Mpa ToVTO, _at ... fffIII'DI"i&GAu,.,u."" cl.,' &WnU. iNA ,...

w.,ap

,a.....

aro-

_1J.Aor

'0"1'' ' _

.P&

...... lau.."

'0

."at_,..

'0"1'' ' ,.

x.._.

w.-

415

Digitized by

Google

17158-1781.]
b. -Om
dl liT!

PARTICLES: FINAL.

with the infinitive replaoed b,. lw, : 11

TU cl", .,. ~o"", +apa&{I. /JMaA/fI Al~, ToW ubmr Icrpcl~A. 'rir Al~: 4 Beg. 8, 13 ftS 'IJT' 3oiiAor tlOU OT! "001t1" Tel /WiptJ ToVTO; Katt. 8, 27 "OTC&1I'6r 'tlTW olWor . . 01 In,"" . . I} 90Nacrtlfl ~w Clwfi; Theod. i. 1680 C T8IJ'oiinw ll' dtrltlXo. TOO ffltlTfiifla& Tfi .,.;;. 5>-- ' " liT! Tel. wpclr crW,wr .ni TCl6fte, ~o "OAf".". 1704 C M.. "crI IfITl ,...,aA" OT! . . ni ""pia TG. npInwa& .,1." . . ni p.i,,'Cl'TfI qn, Mt&r awii ~XfT/I'. Apophth. 252 C fir TOtIoUnw ijABI plTPO" OT! .qtl9l.f. . . d'~pqg ij.. JJlllIIChoe 2884. as ~ .,..AOIfVJ"IIfIIiIs OT! "OT. Ils TciW "oTapiow awoO lIT.\. 21196 B Toaa.m,. tlltA"po.,.,.,i"" Ix- liT! tlr T/IJIJapru I}p.lpar plot' "potI"..,a" fJtl9afl'. Leant. Neap. V. S. 1721 al&. Clw9i .lItItlt1I1 TOIOiiTO" OT! 'ft Tp'" I}plpar '~tro. ICauan. 68 D TOIoVTor pJ-,atITor ij" '." 01 OT! T., t/tJoraT/po ToO d,u,pIi. ..
Sept. EL 3.

'titllll

on

'It

",as

on

')(6v_

'''I"pAW ..

.,r,.-"

fJpwat 17159. Owing to the nature of their cue. which involves a periodic st)tle. oonsecutive sentences are proper to the reflective language of cultivated writei'll (J701). On the other hand popular speech is I8tiafted with the simple mode of short paratactic ClaUllell oonnected either b,. means of . . (1710) or b,. some other co-ordinating particle (1701). frequently also by means of r.a or ..a (1762). thus avoiding the frequent use of oon_utive sentences (1951). Wben, however, this becomes unavoidable. N _ 5nu or troii in the 1teD88 of its A predeceuor 5r (201 2016-7).

FINAL PARTICLES. or

1780. These are: A j'14v4, c:ry14l'4.

~, ~

lva, B-M .:!an, N

vu,

&aa..l

A:

~, ~

(cIv), l.. ;

p-Gr..... (a-); G-T: r.a, s- ; T-B: h. SnIf, (M.a h) ; B -JI : rt'll, ..e, (AWTI) ; Jl- N: Ci.., IIHrlMl). "'-

ifow: ..a, a-i, -rra..G, .rry.a.G.

1780 b Note further that in archaic Greek r.... is often used as a relative adverb lDher,.-For G-BllfCI. as a oausal5T, or IIa"T', Bee 17.1.

1781. Of the above final particles ..4. Greek used :.a, '-r (mostly
&,r., tM,leas frequently the weaker form Mf and rarely d.trn. With the

close of .A, however, 6.f had disappeared from the language &11 a final conjunction. Soon after Otrwf (now commonly without a..) followed suit, the room left vacant by 6.f and OJrO)f being now filled by:.a. In this way,.." came to be the almost exclusive means of expressing final relation, and thus became unduly common, the more so &11 by this time almost every final infinitive (the exceptions in App. vi. IS) could be resolved by means of ,-. But this exceBB in the UBe of fMl BOOn led to a reactioD, and during the latter part of a, Mr., reappeared antI resumed its old place beside :.a, though now, being felt &11 a novel particle, it was adopted rather as a literary alternative than &11 a 00110T.l'OIIlJ6).fI. Porph. Adm. 1190 18 /tAW- IXIIII ~ptJTCI p.Inl riJr '4A1ur1ln,r iN ,..IXJHr Av CMrw 01 "PIIII,..uo.. p.t) ....",..,w ~ naWa. 416

d,.,._ ..

Digitized by

Google

P .ABTICLBS: FINAL.

[178l-17M.

quial term (cp. 1754- 1757. and 1762). The proceu thlll indicated may be illu8trated by the foll~ng 8~ry table~ ",.. _ ..f elf Total Thuc. (entire) 53 156 2 211 Xen. (books i-ill x 3)4)6 [11 62 156 84 336 Polyb. (book. i-v) 62 HT (8011 far 8011 CoL) 493 52 545 1781. The aucoeeding T period d08l not II88In to have materially
inlluenced the ClOUl'II8 of process initiated I r"CI W88 further confirmed in ita dominant poaition, while a-r 88rvad as a literary variety frequently reaortad to by individual writei'll, particularly Attioists. With the opening of the B period, however, the pl'OO8ll8 1188JD8 to have attained ita close, 888mg that by this time fN had alao appropriated the prospective funotion of the modal h (1774', and become, in common speech, the ttnivenal and exoluaive meana of introdlloq a final and proapeotive olauae, and of I'8IIOlving a lnal or proepeotive in1lnitiYe (~063). Such a uaivenal 1188 of ("a led faatidioua 80ribea to an attempt at reaction by returning to ancient. lw" (cp. 17540 1151. 1'761), or reviving the genitive of the articular in1lnitive as a substitute for abort final ClaU88ll (App. VI. 3,3). This final or telic uaage of lxtT. + indn. for (PG + 8ubj., though not unknown to claasioal Greek (App. vi. 9). is characteristio of Q-B write1'8 [in1luence of Latin ut ?].
1788. In this way lxtTt ltanda after: ~'f'" (JIaL 112, 1), dE (Acta PiJatl A, I, 2), /JoIIA.Wrifu (Kal. 3115. 15), Mtt" (JIaL 385, 10), Ikicrltu pr807' (JIaL 2.48. 6), 3aam17fC1fcu decree ' (JIaL 195, 13), ....;" (Theod. H. 5118 B), .,.rata. (Theod. iL 610 .), dxfIJICII (JIa1. 6s. 3), be abl.' (JOI." Ant. I., 9t 6, aDd wry often elaewhllft; App. iv.6), "-'C"I' (C7r. 8cyth. V. S. 265 c), "0,.01Ifli" (Theod. i 476 B), !SplC.'" (Boor. .ssl .), 6procr IkI7I'oiiv cTheod. iD. 1148 .), ... .,.11.,,10 (Chat 984 wapaIJGM..", 'req1l8llt' (Apophth. S44 c), ftlHJ'I'.i" (Theod. 1. 481 .), wCIjIIIIICIA.i" (Acta B&m. 1 bia; 8; Boor. 7. 37) j -"'X"" 'grant' (JOI. Ant. I., ... 6).-i!p4"1tI' (AthaD.. ii. u80 B j Carth. 3), 1kII'yop.1l.,.cu it is decreed' (Anteo. 2, 6), Ion; (J(a1. 113, 19) j-lEoUI1IC11' llaa.wcu (Eua. ii. 828 8), llpr."u '117"" 6f81" (Acta Barn. 7), etc. etc. (Bee al80 App. vi. 10 &; ISo)

'X"

"tnr

I,

178 To a similar tendenoy points forth_ON ~e frequent mm- of """. for rl'll with the aubjunctift, notwithstanding the m_ronio nature of ~is construction. That ~e oomplete identiloetion of (... and II'Ian, 10 notoriou. especially since G, may have been forthered by the confusion of final and co~tive olau88a, is allO Y8IY probable (1951). lIMiL 1iL 1081 0 Wcu -m A6w ,,.a,,..ylm H ,.. ' " lnrcmicr17f11faa ,...,.a '"'" '".,.oAt)" aln-oiI &.uGCr W n)r ",,,oAt),, dToii. Acta PbiI. in lIellad. 14 I,Xf7'fll "ap4JoEor ..,r,pa, /inp AllAf19I7crf'J'CII fir ~f,,1flr ~."._, wcu ICCIl KAnAS.,c Co", .", "r .,.w AAIv. 23 ~A'cw 'wi cr~ 4_.,._ ",ar .,.w cl"6,,..,.oAGr Weu C CI". nApel., iMH (ubi male -E"). Acta '!'bOo 61, 13/NfICIJ. '" 41rcl ...... rijr clI'CI&lJ'X1II'7'/ar XaptcrlOll Weft Ft KAftlOYCIACH I'D" ","011 I"ClfI6ntr. Theoph. 27Dt 23 IlAvpUaor .,.a" Dpl"ltcw Iwi .,.... 'l';"poII "".,.,."a" .".,..., wcu oN Xtr~ ,,,,,, lIaa.pUaa K<uAYC.,. 3090" /J'Wf~I7OJ,"" Weu amw eopyBHC<UMIN (v. L -11111"")' Porph. Adm. 73, 22 oIn-OJ 3~ XJ1II av,.".",""""" d,,"" WC,.., Swou "" XPI-fIIi Cl'''. 6 /JaD1A,l.r, nOIHcwcl /SouA.....

'ft

(11 ''!'be .][oIuaive uaap of (I'll in Polybi08 and the NT writers leads to th. inf_ce that, 88 early 88 Polybi08' time, this coDjunctlon had pined nob a preponderance over the other 11D0II7Jll0Ull OODjunotiollll, that Polybi08 WIIII compelled to _ it, much 88 it thwarted hia teDdenoy to avoid the hiatua. All a matter of fact, the other two oonjunctiollll, oLr and must have p888ecl ClODl'P1fte1y out of _.' SBrief, ii. 56 -Even AriBtcJUe _ elmoet uoluai~ (,,~ aDd onI,y a few tim.. (WBchmid iD. 87),

a-r,

a-

417

Be

Digitized by

Google

178&-1789.]

PARTICLES: FINAL.

1785. Still more JD8CIDODio is the futidious oonstraotion Ball. if. 815 0: (l9$3b. App. iv. 14 f.) 1788. All these e%p6dients, however, 88 weU 88 the zealous use among acribes of the verbal infinitive, could not resist the inftux of the popular fva. As artificial and poor makesbifts, they remained foreign to the Greek masses and had no visible influence on the living language. On the other band, rJIG having become very common-perhaps the commonest word next to Ira! and the article (176a)-sank to a proclitic, and admitting 88 it did of an easy abbreviation, now lost its initial syllable and became '" (cp. /i".,,, ..ov, cWllw Ill", atWc)" '1'6,,), a shortened form which forced its way into literary compositions 88 early 88 T, and has ever since remained in universal UlIag8, not only 88 a colloquialism but 88 a literary term 88 weU. Eus. Ala. 441 c ..&if . . 1rt&'I'fJA~ rnux~' &Id NA I" _poiiPnr&; id. 433 B 1ivr0lf dlltA<t>I, 6 'H' .GAd NA _~ 1"'1'4 '1'00 Ilt;"or. Alchem. ~I, 5 r.r oli NA -6. ib. 8 f. fJIG .'" tlt/>tlpClI,u"O" IfIllftp AI"." &Id NA .'XJHII,u.W ib. 9eLa'l'E N4 \fnII6. ~2, 9 ME NA I/Nxpalllow. ~,9 MI d 'illfl'. ib. 10 MI N4 Itl/J, 6 d'l',wr, Porph. Cer. 693, 5 4t/>f1A1I //alSO... At'l'",. IlqAw6'l', N4 ')(J1 fKyyar. "O",lIp4'I'G BcIIIltlra. 1787. Another noticeable feature in the post-christian history of rN ("4) is that, in consequence of its undue frequency, it gradually lost its classical force, and thus called for some compensation. This was sought, 88 early 88 T, in the attempt to restore its ancient asaociate .., aa a strengthening pretix, so that the double final CODjunction .., fra or rather clxrtJIG (cp. 41t16'1', J754) and .., rd (often changed to .., h 1773f.) now made its appearance and bad a considerable run. G. 'OeiNA for fJIG or 3n.r: Athau.. ii. 824 ..t. I,tl_a" 'I'~r ~_ &!clNA IIVIITGaIOlf 01 1.'11&Il'1'0& 'ApI_ol. Charth. 1254 D. Apophtb. 92 B IIl6Irt "O'I'~ 11, xq.,.,,, ..pM 6At-ra 1t1)(a&a &Id .., ,,,,3~,, &.na oN d.IIII"I,Mr 'l'fi d/lllf 'Apa"'. WciNA ,.~ '/JfH".u,. Doroth. 1676 c cW A4-p, ...u6 /J&IIIA; &!ciNA 1'1'1'11 'Kda'I'o" /JOIIAI-/nrnu. lCanan. 73 D WciNA Ix_ oWo, .lpIlor &Id .oOpaor ,.a, KGAo.,palar rilr w6AfOIf. ib. tI.OIII"dfHW I/JGII'I'aC"" Ipwpotllo 'l'oVrOll ,.I"fItI'I'OI' waptl ~II'" WdN' 'all,.oC-,. d..a .,..v,.0II .,.a ,-poItWp4tIM'"", _ .00000&IIIA,.0-.. Ducaa 31, 6 '1'00 alrillIIl& d~ _I /J#IUIIf &!cINA _MnA,'" T9i Kar'l'curoll(.,.fi. 27, 8 'l'Gm ,. .,.; IlaaTOlII ..poarGtar welNA ..,a, '1',)" awOKp!i?OjICl . . .~A i.,xnpttIJI &Id 6 /JallaAIW '1I'f"IU .,."v,- .ft'l'po1FOr. 16s, 11 n.& lAIn. Ir, I. '1'_ oInUw &Id 'IlIII'I'G'I'd'... tlOII WdNA np1 'l'oWOII (nrii) tI.lpp4ror ra.,.n. 'l't Ipa &Id riir ".,.~tlCUI'O. 173. 12 lIdllX0ptU .,.; IfIPf I"...n-, &!cINA 'tlClllp4& " " " " . ."u.or Il.a '1'00 M .a! 'I'll It;;' '1'00 JIovpM (I). (Cp. also 19531>.) b. 'OeAN or WC AN for r.a or S-: EuL ii. 172 B caic AN K.TMH'!'OI. 636 wc AN dwa",.-qIJo,. Apth. 47 (1312 c) wc AN d-"IIIOI'I'O. Ken. Hist.., 3 Wc AN 3,' a~I"oO ""'fHJIIH '1101.,.0. 28~, 14 AN awoO W _'I'0X; '11011"1'0. 890t 18 GN I"oc'l'o It...,II'I'tI,.wor. 295. 23 wc AN ' ..71 d'll&6.,.o ,,",or wapdaxocrro ~",..hatar. [That the future optative hare is a fastidious ~ at the primary IIlbjunctive, will be _ in 1936 and 1953b.] 1788. On the other hand, .., h, that i .., .4, is ~ carefally dill-

4pEI,.,' 0;" Wen /J./JaJHrtU/4.

..,.spoil.". ,..,.a,

I",

eto...

nlx-."

.1,

me

me

tingaishad from ..,

1789. The need for a similar compensatory strengthening of r.. was felt still more urgently, when this particle had been reduced to .4. Hence the preposition //aa, which in its aocusativai construction denoted
(I) The reverse also seems to have been attempted in the combination of 1"1'G and 5.CIIIf, if we may judp from a few Iporadio instanCllL GAcropoL 62, 19 U~.W'I'G XaAaGllu IltWfJllpoitllrJllar +pd.,- iN' onooe "''1'11 'Pcu,.m- xcuJ+r-. l'rodr. 4t 3391> 6 'I'II a. ~ NA ncix: I" tJdr- ._. ib. Sfl NA n&!c 7W

"'a

(Im).

npa/JOA,.

418

Digitized by

Google

PARTICLES: CONDITIONAL.
purpoae (15341 c), was now _rted

[1789-1771.

to and led to the oombiDation W ... (later phonopathiea11y oontracted to oycaN 155, 11), for to,' in order to' (1523). And when this oompound aIao began to 10118 ita foreel lis was superadded to led and gave birth to the tripartite oomplez dHrllld ... (e. g. Roboam 55; Prodr. 3. 330), popularly oontracted to (cIuryul ...) 111,1/1 .a, Btill frequent in N speech a. a m819 emphatio ....
Pzodr. 3- 533 AlA NA ,.", ~ATI' sSl AlA NA TOVf 408" AlA NA ~~" lJAalJoV/AG'. Roam 71.116 AlA NA "mjO'flr.-80 now 'PX~/II I"IMA or cAlrlMA l3j '" n1 p4T1/1 TOIl' he 001II8B himBelf in order to _ with his own eyeL'

'XTI.

Bee a1Io 15230

CONDITIONAL PARTICLES.
case.' In particu1ar.A: .4 lees frequently la.. or a.. (~); P-T: 1011 or h. also.,z; T-Jf: (/0,,) /111, rarely ,z; Jf-N: a" (aJao &H [13211.14881 ..0: [tJO). &,-h"'- ui, b '"' rIl, a" nu 110, a" nX1J a~ etc. 1717). 1'1'7L The conditional particle generaJly current in..4 compositions was.l. At the same time la", phonopathic&llycontra.cted toh (ISO, c), was, under certain conditioDB, also popular, and, in its by-form "11, even a favourite with a few writers (as ThuC., Xen., Polyb.).
..t. According to SBrief ill. 7. the frequency, relation, and oonstruction of.' and ,_. with their oombmatioDB and by-forms (.t7f, "ftp, d-IP, .... D), in Thuoydides, Xenophon's Anabasis (books i-Hi). and Polybios (books i-v) is represented by the following summary table, which does not inolude doubttuI eases (I El in Th.. 3 ., in Polyb., and 10 u.. in Polyb.).
I1mI~IVB

1770. These are: A-B .4 la.. or

a..

(~)-N

1114 lw,

'~.

in

El "P,

---- -9 Tb. 13
An. i-Hi
I

.tflfP .tn,

1I
0

2 II5 88 ---- - - _. - [=34 ] Xen.

t - --8

It lil
58 13 38 19

Total
[11

''',h, ...

--- - - - - --- - Polyb.

i-v

34 18

[-

....]

- - - --- - - - Th. 174 95 6 B'18 1119 46 1580 - - - --- - - -- -. Xen.

,- I t 11
,.0

PJmuBY. SUBl.

7bIII1

llI5 An. i-Hi

35

[=63]

110

--- - - - Polyb.
i-v

24

84

38

58

98

B. Thus the proportion 01 d to ,,),, (All etc.) is in Tb. SIlo to a76; in Xen. An. i-ill. 115 to 64; in i-v Poqb. 110 to 9& In the cue of the laat-named writer, the preva1euC8 of owrld.. (13 times"") is due to hisgreatfondn_ fo\" the participial construotiOll and his over-acrupu!ous avoidance of the hiatus,
[l] In the first aolllDlD of totals the fign1'8ll should be not SIlo 115 110, but 477 115 119; then in the 1Mt oolumn of totals not a76 1;)ut 275, reapectively. The sUght error ltanda in Brief'. original table and III&y of 00111'18 lie either in the parlioular items added 01' in their addition.

419

Be

:z

Digitized by

Google

17'11-1774.]

PARTICLJ!'B: COmmONAL.

acceptance, and towards the close of G ita ascendency, now commonly in the contracted form .tll, became unqualified, while fl was reduced to a mere literary alternative, almost alien to the common language (hence sometimes it is even followed by the popular Ill', 2023b), save in certain conditional forms (1992), and current only in the T-B period. By this time, however, the phonopathic principle of dropping final 11 (219) interfered with the supremacy of~. Accordingly ifll, while retaining its regular form before sonants and , "" T (App. iii. 24),-before all other consonants had now either to drop and thus shrink to simple &, or to ad~t a protective sutlixal -f (132b. 1717). It did both and so now SUrvIVes in the three varieties: h, cl, hf (App. iii. 23 tr). See also 1987 tr. Prodr. 4, 198 .;a KA aaarllTfl'~pa. Roboam 32 IIU pDlI,: I1'f Mtr" & Sf. 11( TU I(aA.U7'Oii l(6t1'pDlI. ABC 13, 12 74,2. 77,8. 83,48. 17711>. For the meDgtbened complez a. (or !IIr.) rixtr nl, 1.-. MXJ .at, dIIi"."

two facia which do not tend to aw1lrm the general belief .. to his haYiDC written in the 'common' language 01 his time (013). In proceB8 of time the form lall (811), owing to its phonodynamic supenority over ~l (IS0, C; cp. 1780. 1987), met with still wider

Im.

1ftIl, _ 1717 f. 1778. Beside &11, (I.. &11.), there is the particle I'll which in JC-N appears frequently UII8d in conditional and potential cla_ This ill nothing elee than the popular form of the ancient conditional a.. (,a.) and modal .. {x 774 )-the two having been phonopathically confounded since G. (Cp. nl h, nl I'll; flprll lP, 'fI~II lIa; ells u, ells "'; 'cur &11, '" h, &r 11.; &TIII', I)T' "'; 'cur &rail, &t1T~ .. ; up. a1eo ";;" T'., Ta;.) 1774. As may be _n, the conditional a. appears here cloeely associated with the homophonous modal (potential and indefinite) h. It is true that to judge from the literary compositione of all Ptimes, this particle succeeded In maintaining its own, especially in the apodoeis of subjective conditions (1974), u late ae B, but signa of its retreat, misconception, and misinterpretation are unmistakable even in early G times. However, it is particularly during later G that it is very often confounded with the conditionalh, and thus written 1411 (infraIJ), especially after relatives (110 in the papyri since the III~ B.O., occasionally in Polybioe, frequently in the Sept., the NT, etc.).-With the close of G and the opening of T, a. succumbed to the morphologics1 and phonopathic agencies which militated against poetpositive construction and flnal-II (1700. u9). At this juncture, the great popularity of the proclitic 1l1li [already shortened ~ ,a? 1766] gave riM to an UIIOCiation and confullion of the two particl. Hence from Q onward we find that IN, besides preaerving its own function, is not unfrequently UII8d for the conditional and modal h, but in particular for the latter. When further filii wu shortened to ,a (1766), this phenomenon became the ordinary .rule [ll.
t'l In IIODlII earq _ of 00IU'II8 the confusion of filii and a. IIIA7 be oharpd to the copiers, .. for m.tanoe in Sat. 190 9 iNA -,dp .,.,. b61.I1I11 !(Ai ~ ftf "'11'fIn'~POW d_ q" ~ ToW ...p4ntout, """'0,.11 . . 111.. I. ,., ..,..,. I&IIIJIotI9 ..... hoX'le> .1&rG'YO...... 64, 5 iN" .~ !(Ai 1Gt,.,., &TI ItfJ'rfWlI'iMTGI cS 41IfflOl'lOl, fAIttnrrt 06. a. ",34xorro Ificu &Ta 6f1'dTo& .,.",.""" Ifi ft ",..,,.,..,.. 6s, 31 iN" .~ !(Ai .TCl t1tI1~III lGt"fII &T, oHS. ToS Imm'.pbw IrIIJIeToii tnlHTdrrfplw IllTaIl ofT To ofT, IIITIJI, 063~ oh .....,.MIII 'fIptHI~.f&. In u..,.......theintnd~k-tolloftd .. it is bynl-u~ cornptdOll of 4II-H! or in the p _ of nch parallels u lb. 6s, 6 tiN !(Ai A4oyow'II &Ta TOt/>9i 'fIWmITIOII, '~"fll 06TcM -or..Ot/>9i ; of" It-,.,a, tl_r; and 69. 4 cl p.l1ITOC !(Ai fIV'YXtIrili ftf ,wo , . .aft

et;-

..,1..

cWT.

..,ap

.,-.1

420

Digitized by

Google

PARTICLES: CONDITIONAL.AND TBJIPORAL.

11.

[1774-1778.

5. n)r dA.,._ 'l'oW 'I'J'Oii iNA ~,r I ib. 10, 6 AI.,. VIII dA....u -IHA Ix- fir '1''' wapci".VOII'. [AJDphll.] .. B la" lA'" fir n)r "".011 . . n 6 li ''h' iNA 41fC11Gaw MIl iHA dnlhvr Yj .".".'" C.", Ii 'rfi potI. ib. .. 0 Id.. C.", ... IIll,.,., iHA -AuA SiD. XIS 4 Wc iNA ,.., .r., In _ 6 vtJ"por .,.A. Leoat.:Neap. V. 8. 1685 B tOC iHA ( . . .a. tl) aWj Yj it,.", 1Iluft"... 1075 0 tOe iNA 'X"/HC... aww pA)(fllfIG 4n 'l'oW QJIIItrOf IZWoV, ollftIJ t'Oii AfJ.rov 'l'oWolI ....... 17364 tOC iNA pt) olIt.. ( ... . , . tl pt) it-'cma'l'o) n IArrtl' 1IWfj.-Par IDOI8 8DIIlpM beari:Iag ~ on tbia modal rl'lZ _ App. iv. 12. Co N: NA-4., .. : N_(- "&,) Suhl. 3,113; 114: 165, etc.-80_:

a,.+.a297 0 . .pl . . .,. 4-yplw iNA ~J"Ia; x-r. 545 D , 'l'1f iNA ~ 'EwPfl - I._pt.., .. ulldA, ,_ 'l'oW 11&011 ftlpft; 600 0 ,,""p rNA f ( - ,,""p a.. ;, JC va" ...ll...) .,..... ' ' 111 ,...., ..".Il.IlA",.m, (op. 608 c lNn.p .... i _1A.w - .ll" --x6r ,"I'IZ). Chrya. i. 6134 trWr iHA pt) "",.."."l1li'11' an ,..,.. u,,.., nplOll; Pallad. 1113 B ID ..,Gp pM.. iNA AWfj I1III"FVx Acta Pu' i. B 4, 1 ~".i'r iNA .r",.. 7f ~ft.m,n VOII ft .1.... AWM. lb.

'EAN In- modal &.: XeD. Mem. 3t 10, .. # lAN 4, '" 29~ ~ IatrrW awa,.... ttptlrrotT oA.JAScrw.... Hiu. I, 14 &r1Z CM AI-rtn .. &la UN [Dam. 24. 1053,'1" CAN '1''' anAiCI'J/. 47,43. CM RAM u.,rot-.) ~. 753 otr EAN 1l0000f/IM1.... Arist. AIo)., so, of UN. AtheD. 90 399 b. otrUN ~p.", NTpa.im (over 60timeej inLub 17, 33 as CM anAlvfI read -6'11. 1990 11). Katt. 5. 19 j 10, 14. Dam. 7, 11 6, CM HA,. 11, 86 M 'E.AtHf'nU. HeI'DlM Vie. 3, 2, 1 6, EAN trUp. Sim. 7, 7 &rill lM~. 90 2, 7 &la eAN VIII a.it.. Great Louvre Pap. 2374 hOIl CAN a6ft 11,.". 224 olor CM IlotSAp-ADd 10 OD iD Q-B p..un. b. -INA In- modal &.: Bpiot. I, 190 16 ~ iNA trUp .,..wIZ ... 'A#qIffIlw j " 190 21 nV -riP iN' ,,'"" ~ ,.oit tIUcN, r.,.,.. - _pli'l'twa ' ' ' ' ' ilnAdlJrrr'; 4. I, 142 iNA '"' VOI 'l'oW' awll """" .r., I Orig. iiL

UN

dp,wrr,.

.0cij7..

'PIlIv. x,wr. ''''''' _.i,;

,,,..ponl

"""'po!'

1Jnt''''''.

HA p' ......., . . HA fA' 'AllnHOII, if JOD_w me JOD woald pity me.' MU HA ,.. '1'0 'E'p" trWr II'~ NA 'pIvr _ if JOD did Dot mow thM I _tAId ;)'011, JOD ought to haw oome ;' HA'" voW had I caught JOD rd have UowD JOIL'

,lA.,. ,.,...

m_ 'oy...

' '.}(1'G

1776. The preceding conditioDAl and modal function of ..cl now explains how the restrictive combination of _ ..cl has become an equivalent of . . a.. (.a..) or . . .1 even if,' even though' (1994).

TEHPORAL PARTICLES. 1778. Tbeseare exhibited in the following summary (1996ft'.): A. Referring to aB. Referring to an~niU p6IIt and JWUIfII : ittde.finiU pre8IfII or thefot.,I'II : J ,,: &'I'~, mrOr., h.l, h~L3.j. Ill. Irall, mrOTIZI', &11, l'lra .., Itwaa... j 2. tJB ltntg /11, .,nUI: I. (00 or Ir~), ";](pI I. (h or 00), ";XP' or .I](p1 (h or or llXp' (o~ or Ir~), I"n. 00), In' h. 3. ~OI'W .,mU: 'lrplll (f), "pIw.ptW 1/. 311 "plll (h). 4. a~, si,,": hfla;,-I~ 00, dtI>' 00. 5. tJB IIOOn /11: h.l or br~.a, Wlth 'l'aX,,"1I 5. br.ab 'l'aXUTnl, .;, a" ,.axltTTo . (or .~ ,.a}(,,"~ 6. uiAilIIt: I I. 'I, .11 &rr" 0(10. XpOlIOJ1. 6". -

_f.

2.

_f

I"." "r."),
~..

+",.. 'xw."QII' ....,..,."ftu .r..cu .,fT'I'M .,.A., ADd 75. 3 d ,,1r'I'1II KAi 10&,,,.... ,.,.
"",,II'''' .f... '1', ,.;;, dA",_

KAi

SA.

VB,."._

."."",,,.01' .,.A.-80 too AuA 8iD. :140 4 iNA..,a, .f.pdto'l'O ",.,a ft {ld.,.,V/MI ,.".. ~. ",Tt , ...

,."., "'""'. nA.

421

Digitized by

Google

17'17-17815.]

PARTICLES: TEXPORAL.

[1777. Ohs. Couidered from a grammatical point of view, temporal conjunctions are but a variety of relative particles, and 80 duly come under that head (2010-26). On the other hand, their too frequent uaociation with h (1998), particularly in P-B Greek, entitles them to a place among the conditional particle8 as well (1770). While then, referring to those section8 for their syntactical treatment, we ehall consider them here merely from a morphological point of view.)

1778. AB cIa.seified above, temporal conJunctioDB 8how at a glance that for each particular case of time de81gnation, .A. Greek poBselliM!d agreat variety of interchangeable particles. Such awealth ofaynonyms the popular language could not be expected to preserve concurrently through all P-N timeB, but had, in accordance with 1487 tr., to drop moat of them one after another in favour of the strongest or mOBt familiar representative among them. The proceu involved in each particular case will be indicated in the following sections. 1779. I. When:- .A: ~, ~, In~ bra&7

the presence in the latter iteIDB of the stroDger BOund tJ (146; cp. also Again the latter group beiag still too numerous to be concurrently preserved, popular speech dropped, one after another, the majority of these representatives and preserved only &ral' and .r a" or rather .era", two particles still fully surviving in N and applying equally to the past, present, aad future (l999tr.).

Omv, ~v, ~ dv, bniv,ln.&rP-N: Omv, c:,r dv, ~. ~, J.p.a.. 1780. In this class &r., 6trcITf, .r, Iw.l, h'"'ti, had eventually to make room for their associates &ru, dtr6ral', .r h, lmil', IWflaa", owing to " "

cm,

.i, la", S", 1772. 1987).

form or _ : (IM /in, M IIr.) loaT. I'll, 'until;' ch' UIOOn U'(OP.I793). 1782. Prom &rail popular N has evolved two ooUateral fonu. One, III'rlUf (whioh _ even in PIodr., .. 6, 71), with a later cWrerentiatlon .ro. wbleh was obtained either by diaaimiJatlon or thMagh the in41l8ll08 of the literary 117'" appliee, lilre 1I7'aI1, equally to the put present &Dd fUtunt. Another I1till more reaent item, whioh is d118 to the unteneble poeition of ftnal .., (219), hu Men evolved in the form of (1I7'a"'1I7' 117'110) 1I",..a, whioh b y _ ... of I1Il applia8 to the fUture (- ...ao..) 'when.'-In thi8 w/&7 N.,aeoh now ~ for the notion toMn the two _CLmt reprell8ntetiveell7'lII1 &Dd Mra-the lat.ter moRl7 Uortened to 1Ia--d three more or leD diaIeotal mocWloMiona of the former: I1I17'Q1' (PIodr. 6, 71 ; ABO .6, 6). 11",.", (a OO1ltaminMion of Ilnuo and 117'.), and IIr,..a. Aa a matter of 0RftB, 1I7'aI1, &..rcw, and &..r... unaU,y drop t.heir ftnal" before 00DI0Dallt8 u:oept _, 11'. 'r (219. App. ill. -.). 1788. In their A 1lI8p, 117'. and II7'lUf are now rep_ted in Cretan speech by 1Irn0 &Dd IIr' I1Il rerpeoti~: 11",.", .,.A., 11"". N ,~. 178810. On,,' oZ or cIfoii - 1790-3. On &,. 1794. 17M. .A,long tI8, until: lmr (~ or cm), p.lxp& or &XP' (~or cm),

178L It is noteworthy, however, that 11"., lnr6n and ch aJeo Unpred thnaah all p-ltC periods alonpide of their etzonger corralativw, 8IIP8Oia1l7 in the oultivated 1aDgaap. Xen08 they ati1l BUrVive in N, but in a more or leM mocWled

'IA"-M'

17815. In this class ,,,,.. a. was dropped aB early aB .A. times, leaving the field to t.., and pixP' (or "}CJK). In proceBB of time these two representatives began to extend beyond their .A. usage {past and present) and thus apply to the future also, whether atandiDg absolutel,

Ivn (dv or Omv), p.lxp& or I.XP' (dv or ~, also cm), ll1T' dv.

422

Digitized by

Google

P ARTIOLES: TBllPORAL.

[1781-1789.

or with the relatives 01, &row, In. The latter alternative, particularly in the COmbinatiODB I,. (now efr IS2) 01, I,. (&r) Srov, and I,. (elr, &r., BOOn met with popularity, ana gradually reaulted in the contractiODB &r 01 (1888 correctly., 00) or rather ",OV (sometimes now changed byaaaociation to Ocro), &r &rou or rather .N01"OU, and &r &n or rather .cron, all of which still survive in the N contracted forms No.; or &crou, 1crro1l (from &r Srov), and &err. (from &r &r.), (17S7 It), further &r 11'0'; or rather ",,",u. SachL I, 341 wc OTE dII'oaUJlfrPfllll'i

cDcTe .' cllfOlf'~C71I.

changed to II'p1l,,.a. 1773.2008). had fair cliances of an extensive and lasting \J~. and would have survived down to our time-ita present 1l8age is limited to cultivated speech-were it not for the interference of two rivals. One was the ..4. adverb 1I't roU. or rather II'pGTOv, which ~n to lUIII1lDle alao the functions of II'pl. in ita construction with eIther the infinitive or the subjunctive (2004'. and that as early as 0, if not earlier (cp. Polyb. 2, 63, 2; 68, I 3t 2S. 11 ; 57. 11. S. 49. 2; loo, S) NT Gal. 2. 12 npoToy yap i"&eIN T&NI. 3,23 npoToi ~ ,"&eIN ,.rj. ftCTTC. V!r~ It/JpouprW,,,,8a. John 13. 19 "Opn U~ 1I~ nporoy f'lNic8AI (for which In 14.29 II'pl. y."'rr8C11. cp.lI&tt. 6, 8. Luke 2. 21. 22.2S. John I, 49- 17. S. Acta 23, I~). JMoach082989 D ~Tor irKAeJC8cO "'".. Mal. 447. IS npOTOY inlppi'VroelN .Ir ,.,; "'"1",.,.0. Chron. 627. 8 nr0Toi 11'0- rj 11'0}." KAy9q. Theoph. 318, 13 nf'OToY ENco8cilclN ClWoir 0 "Plcr](fACOC.

1788. Obeerve farther that the frequent construction of M, in particular r.r 01 or M &'rou and ,... &'re, with the BUbjunctive (2000)-a mood 88IIOCiated even during Q with the regular preeence of a, or r.a. B-N , (A.pp. v. 19}--gave rile to the praetice in N of adding .a to the temporal coDJUDCtioDB in all __ referring to the future: "I7OU .a, M Iltrou ..u or _0 trOll .a, 1In01l N, "an .4, aometimee farther reduced to ., I'G. In this way we can trace the following four stagee : I r.r 01 11 eft 01 m (lIcrou rN) IV lIcrou (or_o)" , ... &nn. ., &-rou (.w6orou rN) lInoll r.r &-r. M &or. (clla6or. &a) IIn." (r.rlltrou ., hov) M1mv.. ""-' .. See 152 [I] and IIdd: GXaibel 646 IJ ca)c (write cUc) 01 -p/J. 1XR Then iWt. Pav. 1117 .A. .111' &tw XJ1IwOP ",.ip T 'I~ lroe iNA "pGIj (foIo.... (.., "paiR,,) Alobem. 3, 13 cUCTI ".",.",. 321. 51 c:icTl NA nti. 3ft 51 Wen: NA 1/NxJIaI1fw.. 3a3, 51 t. c:icn: I'll '417". WcTe .a IllS, 6 dT";", 324, 51 WeTl NA";. Porpb. Adm. a66, Ewe AN riaca ftJpUJa ClW&;a. I_,."".-N: Prodr. 3t 42!1 WCTOY NA TO "cnlX'l. 4, 433 &Id .,.17c"flllllCfTa& Afdartlt ~C iNA"'o I1rc~,. 0Jmm. MOl. ProL lo6,s Eroe aY NA "'our ~w. It. ~ ca)coY NA "alp .,.ltrOT.. ABO 87, a wcn NA .w. ora X.LA" (lOll. 1787. 3. Before, tlfltiZ: wplv (~), wpMcpov ~-wpll' (ciF). In this class there was no need for complex changea, me II'pOTEpoN ii was felt as a distinct comparative of 1I'pt. (lI'pO,: lOoner than,' earlif'r than.' Hence 1I'pt.. especially in ita atrenllthened form II'pl. (later

a.

.0"".

hu proved more formidable. Thiswu the Nvocable ",.,.w or (the accent after "poroii), a1ao "plxou, an obTioua contamination of "pi. and the Latin .Pri- (quam) in which the latter decidedly prevaila. If; is this

1788. Both in thia and in ita IIdverbi&llUlllfPlt "[IfJ'NN Iti1l alq obtaiDl in N IIJI88Ch. .. : nf'OToY npOToY ,.. 4"oXWpml71J.-...... d"oICIp."wor npoToY. See 178!I1788. The other rinl of "pi. referred to (1787), though more recent,

dnN_.

",."oii

423

Digitized by

Google

1789-1798.]

PARTICLES: TBlIPOBAL.

noyel intruder whieh has eonaiderably dislodged .,a by interfering w!th moo of ita functions, and is now uaed beside and in pl"f'ference to 7tptWf1i. Ita current forms are ."7"'ii (i. e. Latin j'Iriu) (EGeorg. Beli& 396. aJao ear. aometimes corrupted to 1IOIIpx.u), and .plXOII (after pr;u). All these N repreeentativeII of ancient .,u are still eolUltructed in its spirit, that is with or without ..a, according aB.,." would have required the inllnitive or the subjunctive (30031(.), aB: nporoi N.l JU .",.,pllrfl-.pl" 'POItMfTCU (.",Gwcu) JU; npoToY AKoYc:fI)os.,u (b) MoUfT.,; np.XoY NA JUlllj-.p 180" JU' np.xoY ME 13j=7tpl" (a..) JU 'priU8CJ.U8JD me videat.'

...sI;

,.".u

rav

1790. 4. Ajf6, 8itIce: mt, m~lt 05 (also It Onro), ,.. 05 (or d.c/J' MOV). Of these four representatives, the two former being identical in form, and associated in sense, with their causal correlativea but and hf~ sine&,' were absorbed by them (1739). Of the 1'E'ID&ining two, it o~ or it 0T0u made room for ~. 05 or ~. Onro (just as It for lir& 1506. 1&68 b), which still survives chiefty in the form ~. 05 or rather dA/xN.
1791. Beside ~.~ there is a eollateral form d.' 4r, which is very eommon in N speech. Thil seem8 to be a direct 8urvival of the ancient (Ionic) and Hellenistic form d.' 4r (se. IJpJpar; cp. 650), which for obviou8 reuona in our texts regularly appears in the Atticized form of i.4jI' HC (cp. i.. OTE or d4>6'r' [Sept. 3 Eadr.5, u. }lal.176, 8],.n [Ill) lIal. 176, 18], dtr' &rn", An ONTAN 178a).-Sept. IlIacc.~, 27~' 4r lJ,dpar. So Ps. SoL 18,11" 12. Acta 30, 18 dd .p4ny,r IJpJpar i.~ He (cp. 1 ~ Pol., NT). Leont. Neap. V. J. 88,19 MM oua~ .~ ,.",... dpap-ru", ~r He '~. Porph.

ou

Adm.

3...s, 7 . . Hc.

rax,u"! 00If a" ra~a.

1791. It will be obBarved that In 1776 cJaa I and 4 (Imf[, and l790tl,now repreMn~d in Nby &ra" (mu", 1n''',lIOID8timea a1Bo S..sn.r),'" 01' nthr fTU, ~'w. and dotr' 4r.lll Of ~ BIlrYivinc ~vea ~ which abowthegreateat aberrat.ion from.A (that is ll.rlZl',IlI'T...,S.6Ta", (ell).,,,,, cl.' 4r), _ -fa14r avoided by modem ICribea and trained....am On the ot.her hand Sra" (6mall) and~' W, owing to their clanical form, are favourite term. with them, in partiC'Glar /WIZI' 'when,' for the put, present, and more espeoiaJq the future, while ~' ~ 'alnce,' applies to both timtl or eatIIe, and ratera either to the put or to tbe p.-nt and future. 1793. , .AB 800ft. Ill: irrEl "F*ror, Irrtl raXlcmI. _ rax,,,,,,a,-bm30..

These combinatioDs Deed DO special treatment here, BlDce their fate waa determined by that of their reapective constituents br.t, 1",&30" (1780) - .era" being left to perform the office of both. The only noteworthy departure is that the ancient (Ionic?, and Hellenistic temporal uuge of _ 'when,' as loon BB,' has survived, especially iD the lense of ow ,~ /Ca/, till 800II till (1714,2115). It often appears in its stre~ened form (,181>, 1434), 80metimes a.lao in the amplifled comDination ".,.,.. (or Wn) N, a.lso &ero "a (1785 f.), especially in caaes referriBg to the future (1781).

1UJ8.,

NT Luke 7, 12 ~ rj "AV r;;r ftAfM aallaMIlflrOplCwo r..,.".. pD,,~ vl6r. 190 5 aal 1ft rll" rHor. dralJA/r/Ifu 6"oUr drcSr. ~So farther I. 41; 440 2,39. 5. 40 11, I. 15. 25- 190 29; 41 u, 2623, 26. Acta 10, 7; '5 13, '9- 14. 5. 16, 10; 15- 17.,. 18, IS- I9t 21. MII'" Ill, I; 12. '7, 27. 18, 4.) John 11, 20 IJ 0;" MdpBa aic 4-.. lW, 'I"..ur ~""I.,." aUT 9i. ib. 29 ;"" l-plpETII' TII~ aallpx.ftI."a. . . . . (So further 11, 90 4t I ; 4ct. 6, 12; 16. 7, 100 11, 6. 11, 32; S30 191 ~ 21, 90)

roc m"'" roc 4"""

.r.....,.

roc 4KO.,.,.",

'I'J(-.

[11

For obviolll _

the literary or revived form

thoIIch COIIlIJlOD in cultivated 1IP8"h,8IpIIOialq for the put II7Am, la )eft oa.tol
aocoani lien.

(IMf) when,'

424

Digitized by

Google

DGATIVES

OV

.AND

,.,.~.

[1798-1798.

PaUIII1. I~..t. _ Wc I.,...e .... Ht-. dftW." cS .p,., I'OplC_ lW, . _ " , . _oil Wc dIS... elml. cf.UoI" , _ ., ft"tw-. Leou.i. Neap. V.l. . . la f. cOC oW ~o cS d/JIliU .... .......TOI' Ww-., lllri).\Iw elr ,.".... almlV T1f .cSAoIr . . . . .nl., ~XGw, _ ~. f4pw. Wc _ iJAItr ri "'I"an,puw .,1". _ ,..,.,." lAGS." _ 1 _ aW trrA. 1784. 5". In connexion with ckd. and .Lt, it may be obeerved that T-B Greek has ohanged the '" adverbial and prepoeitional &,. (1671") to a purely temporal coDjUDction in the aenae of III _ III (without aubHquent aal). This particle haa ever 8ino. been fairly popular (perhaps owing to the preaeno. in it of two a's), tho1Jih present UDcultivated 8peeoh UII88 more commonly cflaclr or dIr, also .~IW m (in Crete h, .tU for 'rll h, I'll for 'r.,3clr T4J(U1T11 1783). Acta Xauth. 75. 14 .MA ~ dIS." cS DJTpor Ta ftAot"or 8ft'" Jll'flllfm Toil ~or. BII8i.lic. a, 20 8SS "MA TIS _TGlcaadj W&SaOT'" Tj lira _ .,,,~ _I'ji. Porpb.

'trT&. _

'ft

Ala,.,..

""'trTGo

Cer. 391, 19 AMA dI14A9p.-So now ..... .,p/IIh, &MA dISt, eto. 17815. Anotbar rather p1IIIZ1iq feahft, pecaliar to ltl-N 8p8Mh, the conatraction of TO (indeclinable) with the fut1Ift aubjunctive or the put (aoriA) indicative, in the _ of IIIAeta or rather III _ Ill, commcml,y nfen:iDc to the past. This phenomenon, which often mistaken for. relic of nbetantival inADitive (App. 'ri. all), now oblo~t. [Pzodr. 6.1J9'~STO BPAC"N (read ~dIr BPACH [v)App. ill. 19f.) TUepp1w 1.ryf&.] Chron. Kor. ProL 338 xapd" " .,a1."" TO AIIoYc'1 TO ptJI'Titror.

554 TO i~oYN Ta ftAij60r TGw .3,0,-11,.... Xwyc. 198 TO i~~ .,.a fteW Td +"..,.._ fOVIIi:ra. 859 TO i~ii .,.~s l1aGAU ,~. 44S5 TO ~~ Tor cS /IMI llafpb ir~c4 TO... Belth. u6~ .al TO i~'1N cS BIAluIlpos ;.,0.... Corn. A 1097 TO i~oYN ",a. clJp"... 5poptM, I) ftflujU4 .". I) ft~. 1608 .....,.". pM. fGi"'TII& TO i~oYMt: f/>OlII1_".I"" I 11.0 I'4cpd ~ IdAacrn Ka1 4:yp." Kal 'VpllllpI"". E 843 TO 11';'9(1) ... , ..6Ia...., C'I"O n)" lIpa ..."" I tnh., I'4xaip' I'll I1fo"'. IB.15 TO 'KOYCt:N cS 'Porr6ap&For T' 1a1fGl,/JU' I) p/JN Ta Myta T{" '11~ 1.01111'" pt~ Ta., ~ 1990 XapA Pf1dA'I" ~. TO 9AAN ..; fteW .,wm.

'",1111._ ..,.,'1"11.... '

r

+,0.,_ ...

'AIIiJ.

C. PARTICLES OF NEGATION.
1798. There are in Greek two simple negative particles : ot 'not,'-with its compounds ~(.., cW8l, oVn, om, oihron,
~,etc.

~,

Mtt 'don't,'-with its compounds ".,aa.".;;,.., etc.

":'1Se(.., ".~

".'rn, "..q,n",

timeL But while pi} is still fully prllsened in N 8peech (also as piJ., Prodr. 6,278 ; cp. App. ill. 20. e), or. has become obsolete since the Iaet century, lingering only in a. few proverbia.l expreBSions. and in Pontos, where it sunives in the by-forms oYKi, 'Ki, 'K. (Pa.chom. MoD. Ilfigne] 98. 1352 A 01 U6......,0, orK )'llOVfT''', ;Wep IT./* AiN 2061. Cp. AMa1lfJOfl>pila", 689 a.nd G Ha.tzidailis 161, 2.) 1798. The neuter adjectives oUt., and ""3;,, were, even in claseical antiquity, sometime. uaed as adverb8 for oMapiR and ",,3a""', that is for an emphatic 0;' and pi} 'Me., rIll,' 'not ill tIN lMJIII,' 'by fIG mea"" "I.'

I. }Jf0fP1uilQgy 01 the Negations, 179'1. Both 0;' and pi} have been in continuous use through all past

red. '](Ill

'X-

") 611a~(6a7f.) citee: A 41 .. n 370. v 266. AeBCh. Prom. 47. laII. 180. 3440 8M. SJ83. Pen. 757...... Sept.,..cs. Apm. s8IL 11)38. 1375, eto. Soph. Aj. 11. liS.

425

Digitized by

Google

1798-1799.]

NEGATIVES

ov AND

p.~.

This usage, appealintr as it did to the propensity of the common language for emphasl8, became very poprila.r in the COUI'Il8 of P. At the same time its great frequency gradually involved a weakening of its origiual force, and thu8 we very often find O~f. (after A also in the form oM 627) and /13." employed as mere equivalents of o~ and f"i respectively. Katt. 13, 34 ml XOJplr wapa/JoAftt orAEN I.\dAft awoes. ~ 62 orAEN 4_pl"" Tt "wo< 0'01/ IIOTClJM1.(1'MJpoVO". j 80 Kark 140 60. Aet.8 4, al MHAEN .6plO'tIOIITft 1'1. riif .oAMGll'TII' ail7'Cwr. IS. 9 . . oreN 3c1.,.. tunrv t)p&iII Tf . . aln&ill. as. 10 'Jovaa[ovs orAEN t)alqua. a Cor. Ilt, U oY~eN -,dp ","I"," .,., 6npAJ. dWOII'rOAaw. Gal. It, 6 6woi0< 1rOT~ 40'''' oY~iN "" ~Pf" 4. III or~EN'" t)IIcQ0'4rt. 5.2 llpiis orAEN ~"'O"I. Rev. 3, 17 orAEN )(pfta. 'XIII. I Cor. 10, lt5 & 21 MHAEN d"..pl.O"Tff a'eI n)to IIIIHta,O',,,. a Cor. u. 5 -,dp MHAEN ",".",.I~fJI rill! 6npAta. dWOCM',sAIIIII. Phil. It, 3- 4, 6 MHAEN tu,.."';;'T.. It The-. 3, 11 MoDO,..." ..,Iip TIIICII .'pl1r4ToWrcrr I" 11";" drGnM MHAEN lnaCoplrHwr &lAM

""""OIG

'II.pt'na'o,ullovs.

.,a.

J... I, <i alT.t_ ~ ,,, wIUT.1 MH~eN 3c.. Aota Pilati 2,4,,1..,,16 lJ&AiiTor 'II,a. -A_ . . ~. orMN drrottpl".1Ife '11';" Tam.; 6 .,s1'Of t)pOw 6pl'" r.a MH~eN 6""u.,,,... ... traptrIDIAGI 6". MHAEN tit ToWCW Ta.. &.ep.mw. 5t Uo" 0'011 1'01/, MHAEN trIIfNIXOJ"'. 'fIOI'ftl6;j1'lU ToWOII. 8, I _ riir orAEN l4>ofJofiIITo ofrw - TOW "fOJIflr 6pOw olll4tl'Ollfr; lit a 31'1 orAEN d-Jarii .,. "" Kaluapcr. 10, 2 orMN t/>Oflj Q Tall ",sll. 31'1 .. Tfi .pll'4TI 6j A.cta Tbo. 3, 16 d.;;ufll ~ 'AfJ~ Ta..I,,'IIOptW MHMN 3AIIIr 1" " " ...".oii "plllQp.wor flU' ~ Tt",,1'4 4woii pWOII. Aota Xanth. 70, 3car1 nl alnl.s orMN d_pl"fI; He8yoh. or~eN 411Tl Toii oY.

,....s,,_.
r.a

_,/JIlT' ....

..,1

,,1..,tT.

1799. In the subsequent T-Bperiod the compounds W~. (no longer WI~.) and ""~. became completely equivalent to simple w and "', 80 that the disyllabic and monosyllabic forms appear ind:iacriminately interchanged. As time went on, the disyllabic forms grew more popular and gradually became, like their originals and &IIIOI.lial.ell ~ and p;" proclUic particles, u is clearly indicated by the metrical compositiou of the eucceeding Jl period. Here we _ furthermore that the proc1Jais hugone IIOfarU to admit of abbreviation (apbaereais). Now u the original distinction between 0; and ". was still clearly felt in popular speech, an abbreviation of both o~II~. and ~. was inadmi_ble. The diJBcult;y was then obviated in this way. ~. being more pliable owing to its 80nantic initial sylla. ble wu reduced by aphaereeis to al., a form ever linea univereal1r owrent in Nepeech (cp.CIICIN}.-On the other hand, ~"being etilJ successfully oppoaed by the old-eetabliBhed and still prevalent "', retreated before it. the more 10 as the dropping of its initial syllable "". would produce aw, that is another o~U. A1ohem. 3a6. 24 .. a~ 'lAter I'll .MHWN "(l"" /J&rH. 329t.a IdII ,.u.. oYAEN , ..10".0".. aao, 9 I'll MH~N 'fJ'YU 6 dTpcSs. Spm. 79-80 or f/14"tf1 .,.,11'Of 1rOT~ Tml W fITOJl('iCII', I ~i Ta. .AoUO'lO.Itnu .rw ""..... XI"Ip/aT_. oiK ..... fIOCI'plO'fIIIS cl .AoiiTor . . t) ft..to. 90""91 Mti t1pOTIpiiIIc d"fd..."., wyl

uvn-m

124 165. a,6.1IIo. 9400 107lI. 1114. Ant. 511. ssa. 711. 716. El. 519- 716. 1005- etc. Bur. Al. 310. Aneir. 88. 161. 463. Beo. 372. Baoo. 209t 787. Sup. 86.J. Hippo\. 968, eta. Ar. Eqq. 1272. Nub. 5311 ~i.. 4"It ubi Schol. nplMfl 1'1. M _ . .,' '0",,", oY~N 11'111'.' 81".1 .w,g, w. 4"'.~. So too ao, 3s6. 443. 482. 1321. 1478 ubi 8chcJl

12930 Vesp. m. 3s6. 4440 .... 1321. 1478- Ban. 1250 1112. 1117. eta. Bdt.. 5t 340 8, 112. Xan. Cyr. It,l, 16. An.!C, 40 19- PI. Bap. 10, S91 A. ArIA. PoI. lI, 6, 7 3. 7. 5t 50 lit I. 6, I. 1+ Diod. 2, 167, 7 (Tev.1m.] Kaloh. PhiL 241, . . 246. 6. 241, I. llen.1IiIt.. 311, m. Proc. CaM. 3t 48, I. Apth. 25, 9-

1IIIIIcrfTCII: 'AIITl ~ tnlUafTCII, M 'IICIf" ' 0 , . . lA 412) 3TI.pcUT/III 'AXfJlM- Oy~iN 'nO' ' dJlTl Toii ~. 11'111".' s4ll 616. 1080.

oYAEN

v..,.

426

Digitized by

Google

-----

----

--

---------------------------

NEGATIVES

ov AND ,.,.~.

,j.1799-180I b

188 Tt"'" a.. ~ 14 T,I'G MHMN TOff w..~. 19$ 1- ~ nh IIVp/JouM.f nW MttUN 'Nf ..adDvr. 223 dop "1" cLr &XJ1f1t1Ttw nl oYMN "P'~axo.\~. 229oYK'A",PWallTt""" MH.\8N n,puaAijT Prodr.I,I03boiK Ha",." .oAvpIIip. KoAllp/I."n,r MM 'TWOII. 194 oYK ,laaa X'-6wovA0I' oH~ "..par, .'''[Ta'''. 230 cIIr oY ..,.;;r dq_ wll~ TI.~ AaAUu. I oH~ rfiaAoV..potr lIptITOf oi a"..pvrGTOII ~ 3. 42 ",.,u. MWKN ,.IIP lrIHIow. 44 .paal. MHMN TIIP /SW_. 101 oyMN 'PI &a A6-you aOll T' UpW Ta watlp4!... gonl d f/JAGP oYMN IXflr l'Il ~ IIccl .,... rfn1x:Itp aOll. 204 at Taoiiua, woii Ttl pp.au nl oY.\8N "XltlTf/f I IS- tITGP~ JU'U BGt '~. 234 Ttl r &AAII Ba. TII AI.,.. 145 nptl "..par, MN (P) 'A"", i'Pa I" ~-. 4t 408a &al'll MHMN /JAil' /loiipta. 5. 6s "..". orMN .1II roW Awrpoii Ta n~.. 6. 131 nl orMN Tp4X- Ta aGAaIl JU'II. cIIr Tp4X8 Tcl ""0".,,. (IO 235). a68 SAOIIr X"pe,t) ' .w,..,a.,,u,, or.\8N 'X-pel. 71 .~ 5""", 'pdb." .OT~ BGt ,..,. 276 ('f) Ttl 'ISQ, (Gbi male 'I'II!.) .'X"f Tmw. 278'" /JAbtpf Tcl d..ul" I"B, 11Jlll n W Tmo. Span". 183 I: 521 AEN 1".. 200. 2730 308. 336. UN .a. MN 'XJlr. Beltb. 193 nl oiKN a. TO AaAoii".. 1010 d.rollo.,.. , JJlAIaP3por oYMN 4."A~". Hermon. ID4ex ..r &aTl oYAEN ~'A , 'Axall'W .a hd-nI elr ra .6A.JU'P. KGeorgiJ.. CoDIt. 6 &IITlBGt'X- ~"wr,a, 153 ft ,.pt/Upa riiP Xpc""''''"'''' JU'II. KN TII "A.ar. 165 MN ..p4..8. rn nl n l'Il AI.,.i oYK ~/WOpIii, nl " .a ~ oYK olIJa. 345 oiAN 1,_11,,-. Tt .a trW, 06a~ ra Tt l'Il All... 849 nl "a MHMN Anviirraa. 359 oY &tWapta .a ..Aw. 397 MHKN TO 4,w,ijT.. 421 t1'r4_ nl oY.\8N a,""'" 4~ MHKN MHAEN crraIijft. 510 .,... MN fS80 MN /lA""'" TOW .-/l,R. 645 MN el".. 6$1 ft ~ orAEN "",.. "r TOW dPap-.,J-, _is oYK lx" AO"f,ap/w. 'f2O MN lx" T6rq. u.a".". 997 MN T6 ')(Cl tIr ,.a. PoiiP JU'II. 1029 MN Ix" .AII"', etc.. etc.-and lOon __ alnae.

flAov.

1""".

'X"',

,.4

..,..*fT. _.

'Iu,..,.,...

'1""

~ (now ob801elcent) Is not the anoJent ""Ill. but an abbre'riaW form of ~.

1800. Prom the pzeoecling mustrationa it beoomeeobri011l that the NpartioIe

221).

(- ~). due to phonopathio,oa_ (nil-

n.

Use 01 the Negations.

1801. Considered absolutely or in association with a finite mood, the two simple negative particles 00 or OO/C (N 80 1799) and po;' differ in this, that 00 simply denies the existenceuo occurrence of something, and so is direct or objectifJe (independent, external) ;-while po;' prohibits the occurrence of something, and so is indirect or subjectwe (dependent, internal). Accordingly 00 serves to state negatively or den" and po;' to prevent something. Viewed from this relative function, 00 and po, have a parallel in ;;." and fJfC1 by which they are often preceded respectively (1803. 1940. 1945. 195 2 ). 1801. The difFerence betweet1 oil and pi} is alao observed in their respective compounds: oM.lr and P'l4tir, oIW. and ,Jrr" olltroT. and piproT" ou40,,&r and ,,~, etc. (1796).

'WIrral,.,. A"",.. -rI"OITO Toii AoIwoii.

,~ ftip ";,, Ar,- .s,.".,.a., oY AiN, MHA' dpfrid" ""I. ib. 68~ MM Dem. 19. 149 b"w II~ TOIOiiTo,u" oyMN

Dem. 8, 68

,~ ,~

nl dPaa~ oYT "pl, MHTC ."POl,.,.. Soph. Ant. 500

arT' a. 3uPol,.,.,
oYT.."

MHTC

l8OIb The preceding remarks (1801-2) atill substantially obtaia in N. (However, see 1821.) 427

Digitized by

Google

1808-1807 b.]

NEGATIVES

ov

AND ,.,.~.

1808. .Agreeably to the distinction drawn above (1801): 2. O~ stands in all clauses where fiT, is admissible, that is with the indicative, and dependent secondary subjunctive (also infinitive and participle), when they stand in declarative, iflterrogaUve or cavsal clauses ;-so further in defosite relative and temporal clauses. E. g. aY 3vl'aTOJl lfTT,_n~OI &r, aY 3VJIQ,.c)J1 ,f., (or lfTTlJl).--T'i aY IfABo,," i ltrd ,.aw' aY l-r'"ft"o.-OIJ,,, aY lfTT'" lE,)'B.,,,. So too P-N oil, P-N 003'", N 3" (1798 f., cp. 1820). 1803. For oil (N 3,') in direct questions see 2046 & 2049. 1804. 3. A. M~ stands with the primary subjt.fnctive and the imperative throughout; also with the independent secondary subjunctive when it expresses a wish (optative proper 1923-4;

cp. 194). In short, ,.,.~ stands in all sentences expressing a direct wish, demand, prohibition, fear, supposition and the like.

MH dnlCov,-MH dPY'C.:.,.,..Ba,-MH &rr"BiI~. MH Y'JIOI'f'O ,.nwa.-MeD. Mon. 366 MM "", "",110'" 4 {joil'A.0IA', cIU 4 Ch&rell3 N MM q,soyoi~ .vnxoiicr&' MM 3o~r ,l"a, IlGdf. Xen. An. 3, 2, 25 U&uca MM i ..WtB':'".so ,.ijr oLta3, cS30ii. Pl. Rep. 2, 376 A a ,..1' b 2r1 clpiwa xaA.fIhIip.. .. ~Y~N, ~MJI rmro"sw 61' 3' AI' '1."1"",,1', dcrtrdC_.. " MHM.N Htrorf Vtr allTov a,.a&J1 frWo"'rl. 18Mb So too in P-N (save in the conditional subjunctive, for which _ 1808), .. N: MM ')'EA;r, MMN ,.plxOlp. ~/JoV,"" MH 1A'136.

fTV""'P'"

31

18015. After expressions of fear, a negatiMe clause dependent thereon is rendered by tI ol. 'lest n6t,' 'that not,' as: U30urG MM oy -yil'.,,.a, Yoiiro (1825 f. 1956 fr.). So too P-N' Fi oll, now Fi UJI, 1A9J1 rrp. (~.,~?) Ka, all' (1957. 2049b).
1808. B. M~ is used furthel'to aay after &r.~, that,' expressed or understood :
(1) In allfinal clauses, that is
Ia~,

iN, (in order)

:Ken. An. I .... 18 nl ..Mill .ASpaItdpar iN. IAH JUipor Mem. 2, 10, 2 lIGpa1t4Aftf laTplWS onCIIC MM d..oIcIPtI. Sopb. Ai. 986 ft . aUTwlt.1S 3.iipo MM ,." clJI~ ;
l808b So too N

_'l'hawt,.

"a,8.

Ft, ,..... wfr (elIo,.,... t) (20.491.

., ~ !JU.MWOIf1&I' 01 /JafT1A;;' fWH10f+7-,,,, oH Lm . . . . waMa ,.aii Xen. Mem. ... 3, 3 f&ir si MH flxo,.,.... &JIIIID& ,.0&; ~ a. .,...1'.

1807. (2) In the prottuiB of purely condUitmal sentences after ,1, lu, S.. if,' , whether.' EIll'. Frg. 5 Ei MM _Bit , "fAGw- 'I1'I'1II "O&.m. PI. Rep ...73 D UN MM

tr6A.",...

PorN_I808. l807b. But when the OODditiDn bord8III on ca1lle (Iinoe), the nept.icm ill tbM required by eaual 01_. II&DlIIl;y ft (1803. 1945. but op. 1947): [Iaoor.1. I 44 ,.. '-"Aa,s. i ....UIl .,.", .lprJI'e.- aY ..phi" 1101. Xen. ][em. 11, 3. 90 Th. I. 121 Dem. 1& Tb. 3. 55 Ei If d~ niI" UrfrtaI- aYK "'f~ h, If ft. "~"'I/'CIIA' SeeBXtlJmerl iL 7481.

as.

..).

(-

428

Digitized by

Google

NEGATIVES

ov

AND

I p:'1'

[180S-l8lS.

1808. However. IAImMimes we And of allO after .1 Purel7 conditional (BKtlhner' ii. 748), 88 : Soph. Ai 1131 Et "ftlS 1cw6I'T1U orK Ifr IQ.,..", (beside .a.. MHMic If ib 1184). Lsae. 3. 47 oD' EAN aYb,1 ,.;,.""fin, I/tI14- ol .IIIIZT' -,lUOffTEr p.~,,,. In P and eepecia1l7 tJ-B oomposition8 this becomes more and more frequent, even among Atticists, and in NT it already con8tiNtee the role: 34 times .Ioll against 4 times d p.ft (and that even with past ten_, asJohn 15. u; 2+ 18,30. Acta 26.32), not counting of coune the ell:ceptive tlp.ft -...-pI. Hence in conditional ola_ p.ft has ultimat.el7 diBBppeared from popular apeeoh in favour of of, otU., 14". Louvre Pap. 2 (before 160 B.O.), 9 (p. 103) Et ai IlrTEa.mu dtu"p.4lU1.t'f14i4t'urIw. NT J Cor. 11, 6 cl "fdp oY &aTClmAvrruo, ~ .a! .. John 10, 37 Et aY ..0';;' .,.a lna ToV fIf1TpM p.ou p.ft ..,/lTfw,,4 p.w' ei I~ _ It.".}.. I Cor. 15, 13 ei ~cr ''fa".'' orK ,.."". 26, 12, and often. ArWtid. 130 d6, 304 .i 11 oiK a.. fVroc." n}r al'pll1I". 29t 568. 24 ei n.A"...,.."..II'OI oYl( cl........oucra. 33, 604. 77 si 11 aY P.ITPlG and often (W8chmjd ii. 62). Didache 6, 2 si 11 aY 3Wtoa. _. a Iv", "oVTo ..Ill... 80 farther 1, 2. 10, 6 ei ftr aiK ,..". 12, 4 d ~ oYK 'X., "/X"I'" ib. 5 ei 1I~ aY ./Afe. Barn. 6, 19 si oIIr oY -,l"ft'GI "oVro. Apophth. 141 0 OTAN I" .".", '""Y;tChrIr . . aY 1I'fIA..,n;cnu. A.el.N.A.. 109t 19 si"c) lit Toii .6Ic\r ".;;"" clTfAir oYft ..pAr n}r em" ..,l".,.o, oYTE ..,,0, 4AAII" ,,1l'Il .,woe,,' IP. 0alliJI. 19, 14 d li ~ir. 114, 11 Et N _pAr aiK ItiTlll'. 12', 1. 119, 10 si oiK cl..C) ,.oV. 1808b The gradual retreat, during tJ-B, of "." from the conditional protMla _ _ fie haw been oocaaIOIUId by the need ofpenplouity. It will be ftID8IDbered that by this time the indioatiw and nbj'lUlotiw, phonetically oouidered, had become indistiDguiBhable (179). We IhaU farther lee (19180 and App. v. 16) that p.ft with the primary nbj'lUlctive had by this time appropriated the work of tha prohibitive imperatiw, 110 that"'" + ind. _ OODfoanded with ,.~ + nbj. ... imprt. that Is (d) "." AI-r-cr _ mistaken for "." AI'YII' - p.ft Ai-r-. The oonfasion then of nepriYe npposition with prohibition _ _ to haw led to the nbatitutioll for p.ft of of, WU". N 311<. 1808. (3) In the protaaia of i_jinUt or COfIditioJUrl temporal olauses

,(Id"".

'nl_,

'tIT'"

or

with a.. 'ever,' expreaaed or understood. Pl. Phaed. 65 0 ,..s,.. dUcaT'a ).""tCfTIII ~ +vrl OTAN MHMN roV,..,p a.m;. rrapGAwrfj, MHft dnr), MHft S+'f MHT!! d).'Y'/M" MHft nr ~3o...j. Xen. Cyr. 2, 3.20 11.1 onoft MH A).o ", (Tfrov3awnpo" rrpMTocGl, "cWTr1 ri "1113,,

'XPfw'r0'
1810. (4) In ittd,jinite or ctiIUlitiOfllll reIGN." olauses (C whoever,' any one - '), the nature of whioh is often made olearer by the presence of a.. 'ever,' PI. Apol 21 D A MH OI~ o~3; ofopm .13'_. Eur. luo, Fr. 417 hlttrGpm GpO" (f .t 3ii P', l(o{,X cSpa" et MH "pIm,. Th. 3, 89 drlJpltnrOllf &1<b8.,p'" (~ Bd>.alTlTtl) SITO' MH 13VIltJPTO tfJIij",,' 'If'pM "a /HT1..po drca3pop.dPT.'. Dem. 21, 64 trGlOHr 'tu,.." XatJpla" ell "POfT&6,,(1 "01 MH rrpovij ..." aw,p.
1811. In conditional and relative cla_ the ~ member, if any, la negatived by either of or ,.",. PI. Bep. 5. 451 J) tlllfIft#"." tl "pi..., ~ Bep. I, 339 A 'p.alw A/-r-w ,,~ clA~r MH ft,pdaop.ac p.du". Xen. Vem. ~,6, 10 t/aIG 6rimD "f "'''Gcai ..-pot dtl, . . 6tnScnu MH," .mIfFGI ". ~potIfIOi e5...scroc MH ,1.,,,.

or.

lnrol,'tI, ..

1819. In direot negative gwuliOM, ol. (lp' ell) is uBed with the indicative, when the answer antioipated is in the a.tIinnative (ytII), while ,,;, (apo ~), pi, ,... or ,u",fIIf, ,,;, -yOp, is used when the anewer antioipated is in the negative (nD). (2046.) Soph. EL 997 .llIopt,; 'don't you _t' O. C. 883 1 P' oYx '/JP"

orK

429

Digitized by

Google

181S-18le.]

NEGATIVES

ov

AND

p.~.

7'cWna; is not this inBolence f' Ar. V.,. 457 oYK B _,.-; oYK IWlT. ; Pt Apoll8 J) MHalmW(TW'AX&AAla) ol...ptWTUnuIaNrOlllfflb.av.-; Xen. Kem.... l. 10 MH dp)(ITI.-r SolA" .,..htlfu; An. 7, 6, 5 1P' . . MM IffI1 IJ";. 'I'CU'TaMrfTGl cS cbiI'; See 1747. .t; 8O.4A
1818. So too with the _b,junctive: pt Bep. 335 C MM ofrw ..,,,.,,; '.un not ..,. 110 P' Dem. lIl, 35 cS ~ MM AIji ar.a,.; pt Bep. I, 337 B MM .._,t-"., Ill' .potiwtr MHAi .. ;
_

1814. InfinitivaZ participial and adjectival expressions are negatived by all or p.;' according as, in substituting for them a finite verb, all or "';, would be required.
PI. Apol. 37 A rWrfUT"," IICOw f1.lI& MH'w1IO Q3",.u.. Xen. Hell. 4t 4t ~. DeJD. 18, ZOI 6 imip ",v TaWa MH 1"",tT8a& PI. Prot. 352 D trOll_ f/Jaqc 'Y'~ICo,,",r nl (JATUTT'a OYK 'Ih')..", "jJdTTfI.. Xen. MeJD. 4t 2, 39 ICI.3vwu.. (=&IC") chr~'" oYAEN .l3l-. [Iaocr.] 1,42 "6,,.{. MHAN J.aa 7''''' h8pttnrl_ (3lfJa&o.. Xen. An. 4t 5, I I 7'.. tlTPOT_"" 01 MM 3vardl"1IOI 3.anMITCU nj. MO. .JNlCTipnHldll IacTOI /Ca1 IHv trVt*. PL Phaedr. 79 B ~"'w l ' ra 6po1"a m1 nl MM ri ,... h8p1nr_ ~w" lA;"'"",. Gorg. 457 C ra. oYK I.pS_ X1*I""" rj ;''I''Op,q ".mu. 3lIC1I&0" /Ca; 1,qJQA~"p /Ca; .ouem-, ID' oY r,w 3cMEaPTa. Xen. An. 2, 6, :at) Y/_ r4If
MM

mIPOvno.

r"

Gl3.w.

18115. This general rule applies Btrictlf only to .A, tllougb even here oil is not rarely replaced by I~, which latter have been
favoured by reasons of euphony (in that it prevented hIatus, especially in the frequent caee after the article: 6 ov, r& 0';, etc.). P Greek followed a greater licence, and thus we find that, towards the beginning of our era, pJ, had supplanted oil before all iDfinitiveB, participles and adjectives, irreSpectlYe of their nature. Diod. 3. 18, 5 IIaI' IAou .. .....t.fTGl MItT' ~ roW dAAot""is, MHU TCl tl.OP .. &f-"" .potnIAtIwnw ..... roW I-yxllllpl_. So I, 39. 8 cS ai tIIITI"".w WrOl 06 ,-1101' IJ";. flHlIPfTGl MM fNti.. .,., ..,.a Af'r""'OP ,.cSnw, dUd MH'w ...,.a r;;", tla6r_ .,.a ...,.a X4I,." YIIw"II~"OI. l, 38, I AI-y.TGl mroClr.jj, ."'" lI'OAM, n1 7'06r_ MHAeN 'XIt dpxfir ..,IIIC. ' . " ' " .plw 8i roUroor MHT E ....... a_.lall "'pHUX""'"

.o""f. f.

mar

.1,

'px,,,,,,, .,.

nmm, MHT tlr &uo a.fflTlWrmu. Plut. Aloib. et Cor. oomp. ... 5 ....'}{dIJlflII .pp MHT _riflr "" .,., .oA.,-~".", MMT ..Iaat 7'oW ""~ ,uNrrar. elm. 6, 2 .pot1wll.P1"O .,a" III .A.iImx ,.Qp fIIIpp4](111111 Tt n1 '''''tIT.la, XM.Wn,ra TOii IIaIIaaPlou 1ffI111~ MM ~ptWTfJ. Ape. 30, 4 cS 8i MHT .potTf,sr '" MHTI dop.Abo MHT 1fT,...,p/far f~'" fir TCl .~ 7';;'" AM.Iac"",,,S-. Brut. l8, 5 MH JOaiip DV,." MM MM tr6Aor 'xo,,", flWfjAIOP fir .,..",6 (1).

'1Por

."w.

fir"""""" r.a,

1816. In the NT infinitives are invariably negatived by 1'4, Dever by 06 ; and participles mostly (in Callin. alwa)'l, with one solitary ezception, of antithesis) by oil. 106, l6 oil /1l4Jr) by,.., occasionally (welly in _ Kark Ill, 18 A'''(0..,.6 MM .1 . ~"'.IIO lIatt. 22, 830 ImlI8 ao, 7 ......flllrlttap . MM flaw.. 110 lI, lI6. Acta lI3, 8; Cor. 11, 5. eto.-Katt. 18, 85 MM 'XOPTOI_oii ..1rOIoiWac ",'5 MH nip,., .s.,n;..... "(III'fIi'aa. Acta 19 'B"'''' '.cC'I"4aat n1 MH .11'" Jlatt. lIa, U . . . 4A'.r &81 MM ')(011' ,./Iv,. .,0,..; .lI. 11 tlaw .,; h'fI01IIOII arK o.a./Iv,,1Pw ,.,.. .,.,.".

'.'A.III1... ,"A.

'X'.'A_..,,"A.
430

I"

Digitized by

Google

NEGATIVES

OV

.AlO)

,.,.~.

[1818-1810.

I Pet. 1.8 a.. oYK 136l'7'fr. " Co. 4. 8-9 bo trGI'rl 'AJlJ6,.". LU' oY "FfJfO)(fllPO',._, aopo{JpotH LU' oYK if"npoV"-, a."&p._ LU' OrK '-rMlTaAllwb,._. n'rfI/JGAAD,."OI LU' oYK clnUIlI""OI [-Avd~ 'l. Luke 13. 11 ~" MH ~~. I, 10 I", ",..-" nl MH Iw4,."Of AaA;;"..,. John 3. 18 6 ~ MN In/TT.. 4a., 1t;ltpaTfll on MM ....I/TTfV_ 11, ",cl &.0"", TOV PfWO-YOaVr lIloii ",oii "ov. Kart. Pauli na, 4 6 IJaiiAOf ~" MM ,,-0. "'.. A6yoIf. Oallin. 80 !It cl~I/ITII" ch MH 3wGpI,,_ "".,",-, TV)("". 80, Xt*I'.JlOf MHt.ENOc

lIITpoV.

I"

1817. It appears then that, owing to the gradual retreat of ov hefore ocJa... in popular speech (1797 if.). pi} ner.tives, in all post-christian
unconventional compositioDs, every infulltive. even that which. if resolved to a finite mood. would in"A require 8.., or 0", (I 801 ); it cau also negative anyparticiple. not only relative or articular. but also temporal.
1818. With the gradual retreat of the infinitive and participle, the neption appropriated by theae verbal nouns attempted to pa88 over to their analysis (App. vi. " GllCig) as well; hence pI} now occurs before the iDdicative also, in CaBeIJ where formerly only 06 would have been admitted (hence even after IIF h,{, ete.) (11. On the whole, however, ita aggresaion on the indicative met with a BuCC8llBfuI resistance on the part of the old established oil for 0631rr (14 ... 1798 1r.), and the instances teatiIyiDg to ita intrusion are not of BUch number and character as te have iniluenced the ultimate iBBUe. Joe. Apion. I. "3 a.l,pap-rOl' on MM TaiS "pair~"'" B18AOIJ boIFII)CO". 0Ie0med. 37, 11 on ",cl""" MM I/TT' .~J clf'GToAj. John 3. 18 OTI MM .,/TT'I/..... Joe. Ant. 14. 40 4'l3cw Bc. MM "JI'T3.. ~.. "'OIl &AAo.r _.p4J.o.s. Luo. D. Kon. "', I. D. D. ". I. bel,.,. id. m.t. COIUlOr. 3. eta. liT'"",,,, fA". ib. "9. D. D. ao, 10.

AriBtid. I, 36. 10, 115, "'2. 340 648, 13'" 46, 157, 194; and elaewhere (WSchmid ii. 60-6.). Just. Cohort. I. ApoL I, a6 on MM a.",ItIII'7'CII. But. u, 16. 113, 12. 8, I MM CIem. A. i. 393 A. Athen. 7, 5 (p. "97 D). Eu. ii. 193 c. Athan. i. 368 c a.aTt MM clI'7'~"."" rufj.,..; Oyrill. Ho Oatech. 7, 9 OTI MM M1Afi'TG&. Kart. Pabi loo. 16 OTI MH,.Fa ..,..,."f au.,oii drgpl",. )[aJ. 476. 16 /Iua",l MM ToiiTo '-I,vGfl; Porph. 118, "1 ")(01'7'''', " ."".. I"", MM

end

lJwo,....

_'I_

7'CIm ...

'XII. 1819. On the other band, 06 for prohibitivs '" is very rare, .. : ~ Ez. 11. 21 Irlr 3. W.Mru ~plP"" pta" Uo oYK .dcqll,FGI (contral7 to 1804, but due

te> 1890). 1820. With the gradnalloBB of the ~ l14bjufletiflt, then of the ittfiflUiCle, and the participle, in which cases ,A.-P used oll or ,J" according to the nature of the case, the scope of either negative was clearly marked out. Accordingly ol. (oM/.., N 3;.) maintained itself absolutely. in the indicative (except in 1958; ~. 1805), as well as in the conditionallubjunctive (after lit. orb), while ,,~ asserted itself as the only legitimate negative in the imperative, then in the prohibitive and final subjunctive (after iN, N ..a). The following BU.IDIDIU')' table will illnstrate the case : A-JI 06 ItAalGl, Q-JI ~I'ItAalGl, JI-N 1I~.llAalGl. A-B ,.. 1lAai" Q-N ". VuI~.) ltA,",r, Q-B t"" (31rQ/f) ". (""a~..) ItAai",
B-N..a ,.. It~r. A-B d I'1llAalflr, Q" B Irlr ,.. (,.,,~.) ItA""r, B-JI 06 (06~.) ltAal,s, N ~ .wAfIloor.

a.

a.

P. (P'l3~,,) .Ml'lr or

a.

(See also dependent olauaes 1931-3061.)

11) For the ooourrenoe even in Atticistic OO1IIJIOIitions of thiII phenomenon (in which euph0D7 may "vs pJqed a part, 1815), _ al80 W8chmid L 50; 99 f. ; a:; iL 60 a:; iii. 88;Jo.-J'or Antiph. 50 IIF' MM ."111'''''0, _ qa.

&fS

"1

431

Digitized by

Google

1811-18...,~.

...... ]

NEGATIVES

OV

., V AND J.''1-o

, J.''1(''}.

1811. NewrtheJe. the former iDterohange or 011 and ,q la nm Ihown iD the N compounds ~&, "..,. JUlU, etc., where in either ca.. the fOJ1ll8 beginning with JUI' &1'8 even commoner than thOll8 bel!inning with cW-.

Ill. Idiomatic use of the Negati01l8. 1811. After expressions of kinderiflg it is an invariable rule, and after those offorbidditag, denying, refusing, guarding, desisting, and the like, it is the usual practice, to negative the supplementing infinitive by p.~. Eur. Ion 391 ICGlXvcS"fCTBOMH ",,8ii.. Xen. Cp. I, 4. 14 'A~ dInr .,oPflIf MH~ENA 134).)."". Dem. 15, 9 T'FS.or Ap'~CQ,," dn~ MM {lOllS.,,,. Xen. Hell. 7, 3, 7 01 ,M" &>'>.0, '1pI'oiirrro MM oW6X"pu .,..;"IJaa, .1r a. ':'"OXoyojlCf'.-So after dtrntr.,I', dtravaa., _,aUt.i.., d.n).~, .., dtrrl""" Gtr&rpitr'ITBa" lpavr,oUvBa" 11'06...., etc. So still in N: ,.~.. dtran ..a MH c#Jifm, 3i IT' d,.o~lCGl ..a MH ",Xir. 1818. The negatives ol.&lr and ""a"r with their correlatiftl are often intensified in two ways :
.l"
a. Either by separating their component parts 0II1I~ or "'111~ and.f, (cWlI~ ",,3~ .ls, ete.), an expedient resorted to through all A-P times (629 f.); b. Or by replaoing by an indeflnite re1alive pronoun or adverb, II1lOh u lItlTlS, (6tmaoiir). "Olor, ("ocoaoiir), h6-r.por. 6_oiir. ete., a practice ohiely resorted to in P Greek. &11: 0~3' mlaoiir, olI3' 6wwoaov.., ' no one whatever,' Dull' 6M.por=oilUT.por, 01111' 6_oiir .. oiIIlap&s. (c. The seemingly analogous Biblical combination DU was for ~ If., 'not one,' is a Hebraiam which never found its way into the common language.]

.l,

1814. When two or mere 1Iomogmeous negatives succeed each other, the resulting sense is emphatically negative or emphatically affirmative, according as the second or last negative is a compound or simple word: olllC-ofl&{i 'no one.' oll8cli- ri (' there is no one who is not 7), 'every one.' Eur. Or. 1155 arK '''"'' oYMN ICpE;""'OP 4 c#Ja'>.or "04>f,r. PI. Phil. 19 B ;:"flI TO.;,.oV oY~Eic Elr OyMN oY~ENcic A. {,~. oY~EnoTE -yi"",,.o ,*or. Xen. Symp. I, 9 oY~Eic oYK ltro"x! n "ftery man was affected.'
18Mb In N speech the resultant in either _ is negative : .~ .. I,... ... . . . or ....d, ~.. 'no one remained.' 181&. a. The MUrogetInUI combination ".; cW 'lest not' precedes the subjunctive a.fterverbB of/MJrit&g (1805. 1956). Th. 3. 57 MM oY IlI/J04oc ~E. Xen. An. 3, I, J2 ,.,,/hi,.o . MH oY IlWa.TO , .,;;r x*f1tU Ii.A";;'. So too P-Ji ,q _. Q-Ji ,a) olIU.., N ,a) al... See 1957. 1816. b. M'; cW' not to,' inBteadofsimple"'; is used with the infinitive

'1'fIPI

U."II'

after expre88ions either negatit'-It in themselves, or interrortive but im,Plying a negative answer; also after expreB8ions implymg something not"tJIIibk or something improper (cp. 1822). PI. Rep... 427. "" o6x Sa,.. "", &t ~11'I"1 MH oY lIaIfaIocMorI-1 ,."t-,.
JUlxcm) MM oixi tnb>na n~ .Ir " .,.~,; Xen. An. 2, 3. II INn ,.. altTxWrtr 4_ MM oY ntT..o.aaC..... PI. Symp. no B 1IOU~ 4_ MM oix ty.i'afIu. 1816'. For,a) 011 (or pGw 011) in direct questiona 118 1046.

Phaed. 72

Dd

dA"t;;

TOm, TIs

/IoIJI."

432

Digitized by

Google

THE TENSES: PRESENT.

[181'1-1881.

[181'1.06". 'lIIU'ely (1Ihall) not,' 'not indeecl,' '01001ll'll8 not,' moetly with the future subjunctive or indicative, but alIo with the PJ:eMDt BUb junotive.-The frequent ooourrence of thill complex in the lISS hu greatly taxed the ingenuity of critics, most of whom now hold that it forma an elllpaia (aY alloctra MM, aY It,.&' ete. '17T' MII), and denotes in aome 0U8I an emphatic denial, in othel'R a peremptory prohibition Itl. As a matter of fact. "r) in thill oomplex stands for ".., or rather ill a corruption 01 ~ It will be remembered that pr). expreaaee a subjective _mon or conlldent expectation (surely, 8ur'II mougTa, German 'woh! ,), and BO usually refers to a tuture time (1931). Now just &8 ~ W expreseee an a.ertion in the aftlrmative (rea 1IIIIMf), BO '" , . expreIIM8 an auertion in the negative (no indeed, tJtmJy not). In other words, " , . ill the negative form of ~ ~. (Hence in the NT ~ ~.>, or rather ~,., and or rather .~. [2055] hold the balance, 95 iuid. 77 times respeotively.)-That '" pr). ill the true reading here appears from the following considerations: (I ).,q here il inex plicable, and ~ ~ cannot be reduced to any principle of the language ; (2) the aenae requires everywhen an emphatic _veration in the negative: -.lr not, not itIdMI, that ill ~ W &8 actually used elsewhere (81 Soph. El. 817 ; Bur. Bee. 401); ~3) the conlttruction ill, like tbat of ~ ,J,., with a prospective mood (App. IV. I); (4) the &8Ieverative nature of the case ill alIo Ihown by the occuional presence of pA or ftpM CM Ar. Av. 508 ; EooL 1000; Eur. Bip. 606); (5) the I18ntence ill continued not by ,.,, the cor relative of ~. but by WII. ai, .t (M in Ar. Nub. 296; Ran. 298; Eur. Baoch. 343; Bip. 606), and only then by ~ when the antecedent '" introduC81 a prohibitive future (1890), equivalent to a prohibitive imperative (M Ar. Eeol. 1144) j (6) the combination ~ ~ eeema to be abeent from the inllCl'iptiona.) [l8I8. Regarding the conlaslOl1 of ~ and ~, "" have 118n (1700) that ~ of the prepositive partiol. had retreated from the living laupage towardII the clOllll of G, OI1e of them being ~.. The luhlequent copien of our )(88 then being no lOIlger familiar with thIII ftfJpo.ftA.,,..,I'47".or mlttlpof and bding it J."8IUIar17 after oU, miItooll: it for another .negative intended to etrenathen n. and BO changed it to the familiar and olueical~. See alBO 2055 I; [2].]

cl,.

THE TENSES.

atages (682-5), there are also three representative teD888 for each division of time: an eft'ective, durative, and completed tense.
1880. Each teDBe generally reta.ina ita relations of time, grade (~re Bent, put., future) ana kind lmere occurrence, duration, completion) through all three moods, genera1ly also through both verbal n011D8.

18 .As each division of time comprises three di1ferent

PRESENT. 1881. .A. I. The efreotive preaent denotes that something happens or is usually true: 1~ 'I write.'-Dem. 19, 46 o3t-or pot. ~(ilp, Iy. a' or- niNCIl. Ear. Frg. 743 dptn) .,q, 'I'll' IhiPrI o~"
AnOAAyr....

So Itill in N, BB: ~Ta. nlNII "pO ,llyt. 1C(HUT1. ,lIaA-v." ai" x.NIT.... l8r.L Sometimes a general troth, though properly referring to the preaent, is expreaaed DY the &oM (1852), or eveD by ita equivalent

(lJ See 011 the II1lbjeot JABartung li. 000. WB&amleln Or. PartilI:.I saS it ; JXvi6a1a lItIJoU. t Oeet. o,.mn. 18s6, Po 745'"159; BKtlbneza li. 775 it j WOoed 1riD, Po tlirWl j I'BThomeOI1, Or. 8,JD.tu. Po ala it

433

., f

Digitized by

Google

1811-1887.]

perfect.
18

This implies that something having proved true in the past applicable to the present as well. [Isocr.] I, 1 ~o .. ~&t. t/Hz{iA fnJJn18.lM cJ>.l')W ~.. lleAvcN. Xen. :Mem. ~ 2, 3S noAAol 3&0 MEa. ~a IeOIeO nmONeACI. So still in N, as: _olor a,'" ieA'!'AN ~OII (18S2).

pM.,

1888. 2. It often stands with adverbial expressions denoting past time, such as 71'4.\4& ' long since,' Ilpr, or dp-ru".. 'just (now),' where in English the progressive perfect would seem to be required (I haveWng bem looking):
Soph. O. T. 11 12 nAAAJ ZHToYMN. Also Pl. Crat. 424 A. 428 D eAYMAzc" leol aw;,.. nAAAI ~~JI IJI41Iroir fTt4la.. Soph. El. 346. Eur. Rh. 322. 1884. 2b. In the coune of P times, especially in G-B Greek, this office is performed by (!'d"o. )(p6.o.) 11(. with the present participle (often omitted in case of'., 2108), in T-N speech by ~6vu. IrtUpO. IX. drJ>' o~ (now eS]noii) :-(cp. 184S & 2107 ) .Tohn 5,6 'YI'oW &TI noAYN ~a., XPONON EXI (.aTOlr'(pwor). Martyr. Pol)'C. 9 ~.1Wt'II Md It eTH iX(&) 1lovAtt'Iow. Pallad. II IS 4 Tf".""""'" IIn~ iTH Ex(&) .. Tj .4~ TIIIlTv. Oyrill. A. X. 133 HMipAC lX(&) T~ cla.v-. Apophth. 333.A. nocoN XPONON iX1 ,...,a l10ii j 393 B iX(&) ..... MiiN<M: .. ~fi &p.c Leont. Neap. V. .T. 83, IS 1I".,..-lTH, .. 'I'II-ai ~, IXIIC IovA.tSovft ~. Xpc~. Eua. Ala. 333 4 KAJpON IXII ;.~ clrifl'" ( .. W._) j how long hu he been ill?' N: ,roIlW KAJ pON iXEIC 0)noY .11141 &ppolll'f'Ol j 188&. 3. In animated narration a past event is often tran. ferred to the present. This present. which is popular with all languages, is called laistoric presmt, and applies to.A and N as well. Th. 1, 91 KAqll ""/,y,u IlJl3pa.. ;'nocTEMOVCIN O~JI lelll If.pl aW&t. eS 9'I"I7TOICAij.. 1e1?i4a nEMnll.-Leont. Neap. V. S. 168S 0 ... 0&, f~S. 8e(&)PoYC1NaWOJI al4&npac mll",ffTaJ/ 1l'rA. 1886. 4- In animated Il?eech it is often used by anticipation for the future (see 1896b App. IV. 2 if.). Thil applies particularly to P-N. Tb. 6, 91 .1 ,roAl. ~""fT/II ixuAI Md u.a ~,1Jg. em. 191 3a rl 11 "Ill. oIlror. 'fliA.,.., n1 wapal1xrrOl, .4.p KATA8AiN(&).-Sept. Gen. 6, IJ lBW ~ KAf~ip(&) lfut. IUbj.?) moW.1Il .,., 'riI'. 1fT lIatt. a6, 18 "pft lIi nOlfO ~a wd6xa JU-ra .,..", ,.",.,... pII1I. I Cor. 1St 33 An08N~cKoMN. lIartyr. Polys. 9 &pDIIOJf Md ;'noAV(&) I1f. Hermu Sim. 90 10, 6 nptn'lptU ~oiinw ,(&)C IpxoMAI. ib. 11, I " ir (or ,.nil' t 8gJ &; [I)) JUI'.'- &3. ;(&)C lpxUAI. Kart. Petri 88,8 .aAl" CTAYpoYCAI j Nal. nlrpe, wdAc. CTAypoYMAI. Kart. Petri et PaWi 134. 19 AUt .,. ..".a"".,.. .. oIIT. nNc.OcKElc. Acta Tho.l6, I8f. mf m YnA["OMN Md BMnOMN (ubi ...pw) aweS s.,..., ~oii jJlou '11."0' BAinElc dT6. Alchem. 306, U ""I ft "rraAa n1 iKC(&)MATiZTAI 11 xaAftr. 308,31 -rpflJt .~pas Md JU'" " lJ,Jpar eAMElC ore) e..p .,&" .pd... 1Il TpiBEIC 1ft 4.tu .~par 11, cral ,..,a 'rIIii'ra BA"AEIC -ra ."a,p- fir 4.,.,."", _ KAiEIC a6rcl. Theoph. 183, 33 rl

"'""t'.

_W

or

6p".

a.w .,.

',,1

,'

,.. +rvx~. ;'noKe~iz(&) 6,w.

1888b 'nit. t. the 0IIl7 _ Italian Greek (App. iv. lib.).

01

the fIltun bulioat.he iD Soath

1887. S. It often performs the office of verbal adJectives in -nSr, and 80 is to be tranal8.ted in Engliah by 011,. with the infinitive. ThiJ uaage is resorted to chiefly aiDee G times. in ,PU:ticularwith ~ (CIIIIIIOIJ. when the adjectives in .,.0.. 'W8I'8 losing theU' A force (lOS2). 434

Digitized by

Google

[l887-1M8.
NTlrIatt. 17. at TOiin Tcl-y4_C16. iKnopcYuAI .r """'pcH1t11xJ Md ""1IT~u,. (Cp. Jlark 90 :a9 "cl .,blor ,. l Btl_ 'flAl.a. ., ,.. trpcH1t11xJ Md "'lIlT'"'") Bebr. l:a, 18. LuG. D. Mon,':a, I (1. aa6) 06 tCPOMCN, I DAoIS

"'"0

"a..

ftII',

111.._

TOII1'oW " "

.wa trIIjICUov.na.

1888. 5'1>. Thia mode of IUpplying the place of aDoient adjeotivel iD -Ta, is naturally abeolu~ in N: Prodr. I, . ' " flJipco .,ap, I U""m&,~. 'I'll"", ~plGv.-Now: _cl Ta .plaf a~. TpWrCTAI thia meat is not eatable.' 1888. Peoullar la the praotiee, iD p _ t N (obie8,v iualar) IJIII8Oh. c4 G'

pre.i.ngthe above notion iD the Deptolve by meanI of~. Ix. wWl ~ iD .p6, (1018 be 1IlI01l8d.' IX" "u.....p6-clT.A .m".6s 'IIT' aw'Xo,...,AvrCllp6 _ _ot tt), U: a~.

1840. B. 6. The durative present denotes that something is going on, or is repeated at the present time (dtwatitle afld ittrative present): w;;,' I talk-am talking-keep talking.' 184C)b. ypdf/>., 'I am writing,' Ilp~., 'I am ruling, t ICpoun 'he iB knocking.'-So too in N: y , . , ""p,mrrtt-M/J9l.. ypOI'I"""'184L 7. It sometimes expresses a merely attempted (' try to '), but not accomplished action (1848); so espeoiaJly with BlBwiUo rc,s"" KfIIA~ : laocr.6, 12 TOw".. "qv U~v nieOYCIN 4,Mir _~.ip.-John 13,6 aV pAW Nimlc 'l'oW treIaar; Matt. 3, 14 11 a. 'IOIdp..", a"lCltAvo aWd...So still in N: ,u KANEI ..A ",ean""" 'he tries to make me believe.' 1841. 8. Owing to the association of the present with the perfect, the former often stands for the latter (1866 f.). 'nUs is particularly the case with certain verbs, such as : l~lCou., 'I hear,' fnlv8GJ,opm, 1"JP8hflll 'I am informed,' %p&lCo; 'am 'fictorioUB, t o~rQ;"'" 'am defeated, t ItfHJ'l'Q; 'have pre'f&iled,' .tf>tily. 'am in exile,' l.14&ICiI 'am a wrong-doer'; 80 alwa.yswith ijlCflll 'am come,' and ofx.opm 'am gone.' (For the converse case Bee 1868.)
1MS. 8b In N 0JJly ,,_ and d&.&i are Iti1l uecl iD this the rest having either become eztiDct, or chaDpclll18&lrlDg.

clIt.

IeDI8,

all

1844. C). The durative preBent is 80metimes expreBBed peri,Phraaticall:r. bJ': means of d"i and the anarthroua present partIciple; OCClaBlOnally also by the etrective present followed by '}lOlP (:n06 f.) : Soph. O. R. 274 niB' lCT' Ar' CKONTAo Ar. Plut. 479 iCTIN d .PON~N.. Eur. Heo. 1179 .f TW .r,.'I"'V .iip MrWN '1' ' iCTiN 4 ,..'AA" Aty.&II. Ar. Ran. ~24; 512. ~o Pl Gorg. 490 B +"YApeic iXWN. 500 0 "I frO'l" !cTiN o.,.os ,1C'UlOV lI.IA+EPWN ;
18415. 9". Thia periphrastio expedient met with increaaiDg popularity in P times and oo-me very common especially during Q-B. Note further that since H times the irregular verb .Ipl makes room tor the more regular hGpXCII (98/io) (also ..,t.OJIIU as Didache 3, 1-8 six times, .lIptlllCOJIIUt ,u.... &c. (937. :1107); and finally that the participle 'X_la changed to bite 'XCII, while the former present indicative ia now turned to participle: lIT 2 Cor. 2, 1'1 n.."A.VoI'Tff '1I,u". Hom. 3. U " " 'lIT,. _Mo ~&n,nt. 2Cor. 90 U'lIT, trpo/lfJlfatrA'IpoWfJ. Gal. 4, 24 lIlT,,, dMrrrofHIU"...a. 00L I, 6. 2, 23- 3, I. ;r... I, 1'1. 3, 15- Acts 5.25 .11Ib> I. '1I7',"ff, et puaIm.

&,,'"

CyrW. A.:It.

For mOle ezamplea _ 2106 ft.; also 18341846b Owing to the disappearanoe of the preeent participle (3164 j[). this periphrasia ia naturally unknown to N.

132 B

t,,upar IXCII "p&Uo..'I'a cllJfu-.

VHa Bpiph. 44 0 '110 nM,,..,,..

"tl/.,.

1848. 0. 10. For the completedpre8eJlt see Perfect, 1862-75. 435 ~ fa

Digitized by

Google

IN7-1BU.]

DlPBRPECl'-AOBIST. IMPERFECT.

lUWa trAm rjluiTO Kal oil IYN~CAN (JovMw6,-oa dU' aWol lnoAIT,(ONTO KallBoyA'(ONTO. XeJL Mem. I, I, 4 ~t.nr'p 'rl["NOlCKN Metr iM("N. 80 atill in N: lrp~Ao U& IJpdbtJ inHrAlN 'r ntii f/x?ov t'ov. 1N8. 2. Like the present, it often denotes an tIUefrtpted or prrIJJO#4 action (1841) : Xen. Cyr. 5. 5, 22HI80N awaW KIll. IfI'fllTllt'OWovc1x-lnptvd,.. Aeechin. 3, 83 .JA&tnrOr 'A.>.6.."ao.. l~i~oy, Arlp.otr6I""r 3 ArrHr6f'CY '"
llUltrrfH

4 'A","'~

The impttfect is the durative past tense; hence it represents an action as going on or recurring in some past time referred to(ItlH.lSwalking,-leptwalkittg-ItUtd towalk): f fJGfIxw 'W811 writing,' 'UBed to write.'-Th. 2, IS hl KllCpOlrOr
184.7.
I.

).0p./3&".&".

means of ~. and the anarthrou8 present participle, an IJ.ternative which became very popular in G-B, but is unknown to N (1845 f.): Sopb. Ph. 1219 cTEiX(J)N a. MN. Tb. 3, 2 MTAnMnOaKNol MCAN. Xen. An. 2, 2, 13 .iN ~YN_NH. Dem. 19. 75 CyM4>PON .iN ri tI'6A.&. Mark IS, 43 aN neoc~,x6MNOC. Acts 8, 28 .iN ynOCTpltooN Kal KABHMHOC. CIJI. 59, ISH NrIN<ilcK(J)N. 58, 8. (Cp. 2106 1'.) UN8. 3. The imperfect of d"J, and that of impersonal verba denoting a 4111" often standi for the present (0119111, Mould) :-(cp. 1901). PL PhMdr. 23004 1106.,.6Ie MN t'tl IWI,., ,.' ,,,,, ~r t)pir j Rep. 474 D &AA., inpmN M.,.,. 4>-I-par. ' So etUl in If: lnpltn I'll ".,plntlG4. 1810. In all cues where the preaent has the forea of the perfect
(1833

1848'. Like the durative preaent,.it is 80metimes periphraaed by

80 still in N, as: #'DV l~I~ trO>').oUr ffGpG_ ..a ~. t'OH ..poa.w..

t., 1842-5). the imperfect natura1l7 stands tor the pluperfect.

~0RI8T.

181L I. The aorist represents an aotion as merely brought to pass or effected at a past time (I4id, it catJIe to pt.I8S) : rypata 'I wrote,' ItraVfTGt'O 'he stopped.' Plut. Caes. So ~80", rl3cw, 1.lIcrpa, mai, flidi, Mo-80 atill in N: iyPflta-~p8a, rlaG, l.ua,va. 1812. 2. It is often used of general truths applicable to the present, but transferred to the past as a matter of past experience. This aorist is called empiric or gwmaic :-(cp. 1867. 1887).
Dem. 2, 9 o.,.all t'ar, _tr,p oWor, ltrxiHr'l, 4 tr".m, flp6f/xuTW Kol pucplw rrriWptJ &trallf'O .INXAinc KIll ~liAyc,. NT 1 Pet. I, 24 'E'IptUSr, IS )(6pnr. KIll al'8or awoii i!ntCtN. 80 atill in N: &tro&or 3i ,,&>..& leA.,AN 1'0" (1832). 1818. 3. In sundry verba which in the present denote a

toftUttut4 state, the aorist expresaea the ~ or bfgifHrittg of that state (1 got to ). This is called the itteeptit1e f.IOri8t: '~'I fell ill'-lIorit 'am ill' l/JovCA,vfTO 'I became ~'{Jait&>.,WII 'I am king.' IUcpvaa' I buret into teara' -301lpv. 'I weep.' fPEo 'I attained power '--ctpx- 'I rule.' Lrxwo' I grew etroug '436

Digitized by

Google

AORlST.
f

[1818-18eL

''!XOII I

11TxU- I am strong.' I~' I conceived a hatred '-plvi 'I hate.' got 'I baV8.' i_,u,s",,' I went to deep '-It.OI";'"", 'I am aaJeep.' '1~' I fell iD love '-I,. 'I love.' Ivl'Y'l".a' I became ailent '-cil"" '1 am ailent.' ilt.."avlffWfI'I incuned riak'It.Ula-v. 'I am in dlmger.'-Cp. 189S.

'-Ix.-

",.. -JMNIMU. etc. 1815811 In ordinazy caaee all th818 inceptive aoriata have, of coune, alao their uual (etrective) meaning. l8I4. For a regular but P-Ninceptive present see 868-871.

80 Btill in N:

'I got to like '-cl,.._.

,~".tM.

keN,...

.r '" At"",,,,

PI. Gorg. "&4 ~ Eur. Ked. 77 An(&)AOMcc8' Ip' ., _pof1oEtlopw"l., NT John IS, 6"'". nr,..,'" i8AN8H 1101. 80 Bti1l in N: h. 4!XAeItKCc.

l8IlS. 4- Sometimes it iI used, particularly in colloquial IJ;leech, for the preaent or future, to denote a apeedy or certain realization of an action. In thiI way the future iI suddenly tranarerred to the preaent (1832), and thence to the past: Az. Eq. ~6 iic8HN cln&Aa&" iriAAcA !/HJAo1lO1'"IQl,. Eur. Ale. 386 An(&)AoMHN

traA....

tI' -.u,

'poE,

mAla"

18158. For this aorist, Q-B writers sometimes aubetltute ita equivalent perfect: NT Rom. 140 33 ,_ fICi'nIlCA1'AKKPITAI.

1817. 5. It often stands for the dependent English pluperfect, particularly in temporal clauses (after hel or brcc3q 'after,' c:,~ 'when,'lCllf (ftp), lan, ~ or 8.](pCo fl'plv, 'until,' ete.) ; also in relative clauses (18~9) :
Tb. 1,102 ol'AB"lIGioa tlJ6W ~nci ANXlIipHCAN vVppA1t.OII-yfNIfrO. Xen. Hell 1, I, 3. AD. I, 2, 17 ~ni eCAAnarlc, rrpofJa>.6".._ ni h>'a, btfIfTGlI. 4. 8, 20 ~. It.'IpW. &:01 lcllA/'ON rra.nr ~portr i-ylyrolfrO. I, 1, :& AaPf&or Kiipo. en-'pftTOI drrc\ ~r dpx.iJr HC aWc\J, ITfI'rpGrrfJII enoiHcOI. NT Acta S, 24 Itr HKOYCAN mr ).~r al",,6pwr. I, 2. So still regularly in N. 1818. 6. Similarly it IOmetimee standi, particularly in P-B, for

~." /H/JoVAcu_). NT )(att.3, 17 I; 17,5 oWor 6 vl6r JII1II 6 cllll,",",'" ~ Hy~6KHc", Hebr. s, I. 80 John 1St 8; Kart IS, +tt etc. 80 always in Nwhioh has m-rded the perfect (740- 1861. 1875). 1869. I. In A this i. oommon in epistolary oompoaitiona (1867) as: Tb. I, 139 p.rr' 'ApTa/I4COV 11" till( inW'I'A .,o.tlf. 80 particularly with ~. 1880. a. In tbia _Nagr.-with moderDlaDgaapsandlO_the p%eIIIDt. 188L 7. In A-H aompollition the UIe of the aorist tor the perfect is, on the whole, uncommon. Litewiee in Q-T times when the dlnity between aorist and perf. naohed the point ot almoet 1JIl0000000Y, it was rather the perfect that prevailed and pertly rep1aeed the aorist than convenely (1875). On the other hand, when phonetic dilllimilatioD bepn to tell on the reduplication (736), the perfect could no lonpr hold ita own and retreated before the aorist (7-40). Aa a oonaequence, the perIeat has become extinct in N, ita ~ in aome 08l8Il alao ita encliDp, haviDB been appropriated by the aorist (1875).

the perfect, an interchange pre81Ul1ably auggeated by the terminal homophony of the two tenaea (oG, -ar, -*, oGI"", -can, 786-800) : Aeeohin. I, 99 _ GIn_ o6UlIG ICATEAtn4!N .s,u' 4trarnar nenpAKcN. OIA n. 567, 4 (B. o. 385) ,_~ 01 /WuAwral .wvr IIIIl a..at." iBoYMycAN (beaide ib. 114 ~ n [B. o. 343] '_f(~ +artSa"por . .AM IIIIl ~,.,." .al

.aTl"

411

Digitized by

Google

1889-1888.]

PERFECT TENSE.

PERFECT.
188S. I. The perfect denotes an action as already accomplished for the present time and thus standing complete or still remaining in its consequences. Hence it is the past tense preeminently suitable for ordinary conversation: yrypo.f/w. 'I have written.' L\~Av8I1' I am. come.' So too in P-B; for N aee 688. 1842. 1861. 1815. 2139 f. 1888. 2. Owing to its inherent force, the perfect, while fully retaining its proper signification, stands between the e1Feetive present and the etfective past (&orist), bordering on either side. Its contact with the present receives full expression Ut the following thres facts. 1884. G. It is frequentlyperiphraaed by the {,relent of .l,u (l.aP~J
etc. 681. 1845.21061.) with the perfect partiCiple active, or by the preaent of Ix." with the .oriat or perfect participle active (:u06 tt) :
Dem. 31, 104'" "a dMi "MO l.el.pAKcAlc. Soph. O. T. 701 IkBoyA'YKcAlc For more exampl.. _ :1106 f.

ex".

.,a..,,,'

or. I'M

l88I. Also N UI88 .rfUU (- .I,..z) &Dd Ix" for the periphrutio perfect, but, with the exception of South Italian Greet (8u f.), it pnerall1lUbatitutes for the active participle of the &Dcienta now extinct (2164-70), the pueive participle in the spirit of the Romania and other modem langusee (21391. App. iv. 17): t1fUU .HplHr (-A ......... *'1"), TfIGIA,uro (-A .,r".,. -,p6/fJat).

')(IrI

'](81

.,.,ti.

1888. b. It 80metimea atand. limply for the preaent (1842):..&1. "" wp' ~,.oV ,.". Ur JU. ~ .noMl.(J)QN a .,. YI,onofUU Wpcorr Ur II~ ,.. 'MW .Ir /,plitlar. IcJw a. cH Itua tl_ ri ~ KATi8HKe....-.John 30, 29 frl icOpAtW: neniPI. Prot. 338 B

CT'YKAC I I Tim.6, 17 "01; 7IAoIIo'iOIt .. .,. ........ ~. ". ~ ,.."lIi aAnlKiNAI 1ft 7IAot'rrou ~ 2 Cor. I, 10 ; lude 6.

"""""ftJ,

,.pa.

"*

1887. Thia ia also the case in leneral truths (empiric or pomic perfect), and in epiatolary compoaitioDl :-(cp. 1852. 1859- 1887). Xen. Ilam.... 3, 35 7IoAAoi W 1Id... Mal nAlnq. u...,... ~ __
ncn6..e.cIN. [Iaoor.]
I.

2 .niCTAAKA _

"cm. ".. ~.

1887 '. So too in P-B Greek, .. : Apophth. 345 0 , . , "P9 6nirl...... (write -r) flf/AA,."I Mal ninAyTAI.

"""."or

.r.,.,."".",.....,.."..

1888. 0. In many cases the perfect has crystallized to a mere present, and that since..4.. (For the converse case see 18.2.) "JI""'JIII'I 'remember' ffbro&8a 'rei,. on ' 1-"'11"'1& 'am called ' ~ICII 'am by nat1ll'8' 4"4*.,,,,,, 'have on ' 'atand ' 'POIIeIIII' IlifJJlm 'atand

.Wa' am accustomed '

"'"""pm(3;3&11) 'fear' a,ao.a

'"'1'"1

z,...1CII 'bow'
~pa

"'Bn,.

yIyo",. 'hav8 beeome,' 'ami 'am dead

oIaQ"uow'

'am awake'

dtr-cSAw.a 'am loat'

438

Digitized by

Google

[1888-187~

1888. In all theae ftI'be the pluperfect haa D&turaJly MlUmed the force of the imperfect: 11r'1IIi"".. 'p08lelled,' I~ 'W118 sta.nding," -while the future perfect has become ~uiva1ent to the :vfe or effective future: I~ 'ahaJl be aliaDding,' ".",npofllJ' remember.' (Op. 1878.) 1870. 3. On the other hand the perfect sometimes sta.nda for the aoriat, even in .A : Th. I, 21 ofF. " -"ral YMNHIWoCI ofn " Ao-rrt~ lyNi8ccAN. Dem. 7, 39 ~ x'I- .. 01 ~., - /lulAdr " IJfpriiar ''I'H4IicANTO . .
otMOAorHKACIN 6p.1'rl"." 4 ......

187L 3b '1'hia uage, whiehproeeeda from the natural auitableD8B8 of the JItlrfeet for everyday talk (1862 f.), ill more enenaive1y represented lD the 1888 elaborate cl.... of P compoaitiona : Polyb. [11 3, I, 3 Ir Tj .,.pt." ,-6SNr lUHAcOIWIIN' 11,-, ~ . . nU al.,.laJ Ir

.,pl_

a6rj W", 1.1l!CA4IHCAMl!N. So 4t 38, 3, and e1Jewhere. Diod. 16, I, , riroNl! ..,a, 11 ,.,.AM Wrof 4'IX'.ol, 17'1'pcmn&Mj . . ~ . . Ay.p/wtrn ~ ~,.",. ib. 11, 15 11ot.. oW d.,.O(r ....,.ar nM 6f tr-".lar 11Wf1lpfiicra& . . ,0000.wal1fa& .ft .olovr .,.~ tlVp.#pa nmollic641 ,.. .."paxt-. 8mb. 3, 5, 35 ,~r ..... (iroNl!,.,.. Dio i. 3Oa, 34 5cl'a MAYnHTAI. ii. 491 8 trOoUd.ar ~ . . '.ACAlM.

"'0'11-

,"tcfIdrr-

18'11. 30. But the fun develoJment of thil 118~ is manifested during the latter part of G when,lD historical narration, the colloquial perfect freely took the place otthe aoriat (1861), BB ill shown in the preceding and fOllowing examples, taken from among numerous others:Sept. Ex. 33. I _ raw " MM In "'XpGNIU . . . . . . .,..,..., ,_ m; 6,..". .1.", 11 MM NT IIatt. 13, 46 4ftA.... n'npA. n..,.a 5cl'a .lx' .. +P,.. ,.".,... lIebr. 11,17. Op.lohn 4t 6.6,3. 6, 9- B8l'IIlU Via. I, I ' 'pI/fJar pi nenrAMN p.I 'P~ .,.,.1 .f. 'N.prp!, ___d 80 on in all poIIto

'ft .,....

.""....,_.

31 76, ao. 77, 11. 78,37 93. 35 9'" 37 1878. To what extent the p1"OOM8 had extended, may be IMIl from the fact that the colloquial perfect is now admitted, eT8D in ~ c1&_ with h (_ KJUp.,.or in Zone,.. L 317 tl.). m.et.. Wals. L 4S3t~ "- AN 'AX"""" tlr npocAHAy8e 'l"1xw/t pt) KIJotU,..,., ,.".. n. ~ 8. Gal. b. &Yt .r 'I'O(oiinIP '1'" tIY/"..,;", .rXo"., , . p.lA.A.6rr.r 'l1f"'" a.,Aarr,.w, ofr' AN a",M '1WWMpAn,r CiPHKI ,.,.,. flX'"/", ofF' a. 01 .v. IIa{,,,..C,,,,. ill. 119 f oM' .mol cmIkBA"KAIIIN AN tI pt) .,.If '1II11a-.. .,.cl ..,.a .,./wtw oG~." 'XOP'I'G. TiU. 91 oil ..,a, AN cipHTAI ..pi nO 'II1,.qA. In ....,.m,-. ill."30 z. 8. 0rIb. iiL .I5J o'or 1 4~'" ~tna riroNl!N AN. lmItJr. JL BocL 3t 26 !iroN'N AN. SohoL Od. ., "55 rcrci ..ACIN AN. Soho1. Bar. iiL 119, 89 (GDlndort). 8oboL Lac. 156 (.JIIGb.) .,.u,., h1 nenlluN AN 1I'IIpIIII'XtW ,.,. ..,.,~op.lJlOtlt: Bu\ 4.15, 4 1ICptriroNl!N AN. ~7, 9 oil_ AN nanONkN. 1451,~; 161..,.... Zcm.. JL So 26 nnpAXl!N AN. 10, 19'" AN ~""'1r UKINl.YIKYKl!N. 11, .... ; ISo 13; 16, 17. Chriat. 111''- 19 oM' AN -,I.or 'I" OACAI"'N

OhrlatiaD oompoUtiomr, in 1IUticular Biblical ImitatiOIll,": Acta The. 3, la. 11, 40 18,3, 31, 3a. 34t 13. 41, 13 44t 15. 53, 37. 57, a. 65,50;

freelr 'I'CIO'' ' ' '

,.(Ja/M

'.,.,u-

onc. ."a.

.,.a.

driiP. """"'.

a'!f"

1876. 3t . .A.. matter of fact, even prot-! poammarlanl and lI8Iloua Atticiata, like AmmOllioe B8I1chioe and others, had 101t OOIUICio_nlBl of
(11 J8tIoh 170 aea, q1lOd ....viaI tilt, ita tnq_tat parfeohm Poqbi1ll, ut; }UOldme aooeclat act WilIOl'fAL'

439

Digitized by

Google

1874-1878.]

PERFEC'l'- PLUPERFECl'.

the difrerence between the .orist and perfect (or rather of the true loree of the perfect). and BO blundered in their doctrines (cp. WSchmid i, 95; U. 52 ; iii. 75) : AmmOD. d.-liar. IIIIl .,/"",.. BlafJ,,, AMIIAN.,N" MYN. rieNHKI ~ nJ.AAI, iIr n~pt1T.THC6 "i.. 6 'HJIG cHM6poN, ncptn1TATHKlIi nAMI. SoboL Bur. lied. 33 dTIPMo' 'XII' 'Am_ drri 7'OiI IhiMHCC. Heqcb. ArHOXA' ~-. A/'Mo-

X6TCIlN' 1IO/M"Irr_. , ...".a~. ANcncnOJHMiNHC' baC"~. ba....~. ANAn1TTCIlKcilc' ban,,"'. ANAn~+oiTHK~N' UijA"". ANATTAAKlN' dP4TtiA.... ANHPHMdlA' .~J'fJ'. AnHrMiNCIlN' .,..""1,,.,.., d.,.po"w-. AnHArHK6TC' 'dJIalf7BrInH 'Y'...s"fPOC. d_a,wllTfr. AnHpKCN' dn~,.".fP. AnoTCTiNAKTAI' AnciicMAI' Ur,1IG. AcjlcCTHKcilc' ,...,.",.tlr. BcBiCllKA' loclocKcilc' ~ar. loiloYKCN' W.I~. iKKiKycjlcN 10 OD pusim.

'C""G.

d.-/p,.""".

_,.u.,,-ud

18715. 3-. The preceding apecimena and teatimoniea, taken in CODjlUl~ tion with previoua caaea of interchange (7400 786. 1855), ahow that ever since B times, the perfect and aorist have been UBOCiated and concurrently used in the common language with a ateady apreecl of the colloquial perfect. Neverthel_, it was only during T that the perfect gained a decided ascendency over ita UBOCiate and competitor, and would probably have resulted in abBOrbing and eninguiahing it, were it not for the interpoaition of a third factor which reveraed the pl'OCMl. Thia was the principle of phonetic dil8imilation which, having advanced BO far in other directiollll, now attacked the reduplioation wholea1e (736 t). and conaequently reduced the perfect to an aoriat-like form. The fuaion of the two tenaea thua ell'ected aocounta for a double phenomenon in N: on the one hand the perfect has become extinct, aad on the other the aoriat exhibits, in a number ot caeea, the ending of the perfect, .. : dll-4fJ'fI'a, ('MGTlfJ'fI'a ."trijlca), lIdca (for .,.,.., cp. Ktlhner-BluaiL :&01), and dialectally 'C.,n, '.-oaca a.

'_"'Ka (from tmrOitr-), 1ft...,., ICISJIAIICCI, IflnllllCa ('~"Iu:a). l....saa-,etc. (cp. -"Yf"1IIGf1'I-4- Louvre Pap. 21 [1'612), 19).-lt la now obvioua that all th_ N reprMflntativea are rather remaina of the former perfect than recent formationa due to the analogy of .... and 64>rPra. _ing that even th_ verr forma may be traced buk to le. . . and ...... (from dfI- or

'-a, '.-.aKa,

'.".,..a (",..),

.,.,..a.

cif.. 960) Cp. 2139 f.

PLUPERFECT.
1876. I. The pluperfect denotes that something liad taken. place previous to. a given past time (I Md Aearrl, I Md bteIt 1Ieartl): l-ycy~w 'I had written,' ~I"P' 'I had been. educated.'

I".

For the Nplupedect _

2.

1877' and 1880.

lxoa and the perfect or aoriat participle (186..

1877.

It is often periphrased by the imperfect of .t,U or 1106 if.).

~ iKBcBANKOrcc.

bocr. 12, 1910lAndAMiNH 411. Soph. Ph. 600 CTxON For further A-B eumplee see 2106

So uaually in G-B UDlCholutic compoeitiona, and in N, aa: Acta Tho. 13, 27 a.0I/ iJ.. mTaA.sIIGr.-N: dxa.,fIOoI'I/ha or -JlO, 4JTCWf ~"'POf, and in South Italian N dxa fm'IJM- or
.rx~wra.

1877'. 2".

al_,..

.,p/zJfIcwTa, ..,..

1878. I. The pluperfect has uturally the meaDiDg of the mere imperfect, whenever the perfect atanda for the present (1868): ,at." I mew,' t.,,8ar9.., he was dead,' '""i., he atood.'

440

Digitized by

Google

PUTt1BB TENSE.

[1878-1888.

1879. 3. Por the Engliah pluperfect in temporal aDd relati'Ye cla_ Greek generally_ the aorist (1857. cp. 1903).

1880. 3. For obvious reUOll8 the disappearance of the pluperfect has {lreceded that of the peri'ect. In effect, the leas learned compoaitiOll8 of T point to ita abnoat total: abeence from the then current speech.

Digitized by

Google

1888-1888.]

FUTURE, EFPEOTIVE.

peculiar to ~ (both poetry and prose). In H, and particularly in G. times, when the middle future had aJread1 aignally retreated from the living language (1478-86), such a distinction was not pra.cticable.and recourse was had to the expedient of periphrasis by means of I_pIP and the present participle for the dIJrative future: 1(1'0",,11 AvrrW"..l1Of for Avrripol"l" 1_/AD' ~I""","or for "'1';"'01"1', and 10 on. This expedient which had been familiar even to A writers not onI,. through the future perfect (1884. 1897), but also through the duratlve future (764- 18841892; cp. 1844-S), waa lOon extended to the effective future al80 (1_1"1' with the aoriat participle, 1892") and 10 contributed to the aub88quen~ whololl8le retreat of the faJJve (1478-86. App. iv.,. l884. Similar but far earlier still and more effective has been the proceu in the case of the futurre petfect (jW14ru_ ea:tJCIt4_). In the tJCtive voice this tense had been .even in early aDtiquity periphrased by means of Ivopm.&nd the participle perfect (Iuo,.,. 1mrO&IC.... 1rypa~r, A~Av"r), the only exception being the case of three ifttrafl8itiN verba: ;MEw 'shall be atandina-,' n8,,;,e. 'shall be dead,' and ~Xop~(1'''' 'Ihall have rejoiced.' -On tlie ether hand, the putifIe voice in A was eXPreBled uaually b1 a simple (reduplicated) form. but not rarely allO by a periphrasis through and the participle perfect passive: A.AVcro&, tmrpGE.TG&. AfA.l~, dpftnnu, flCOV"~Vf,.O,-I(1'Wf'O' Itmrpl-. 3lff1>8appl~0I. Dam. 40 50 n\ 3Wf'G 1(1'6,.60 ",,",onr ,,01 Atry.. parat.. dtr"U,."pll1O&' 1881. Also the simple future perfect is achaJ:acteriatic feature of' A and Atticiatic Greek (689. 1897/" and may be considered as having become extinct in early P timel ( I, since ita ahOl'ter form, the simple future middle. disappeared as early as G times (1478-86).

'-fAD'

EFFECTIVE FUTUBE. 1886. I. The ejfecli1Je .fuNre denotes that something will simply take place at a time to come: 1~ I shall write (onoe),' uw9f,uop.a.& I shall be saved.'

A -y.Nicrn-a&, P"Yf>.On&, 6-T~AdcrrI (h), Q-B T-B fJIG ?-AGcrg, lI-N .a -ytAdcru (St'>.fI -ytAdcrflll)' JI-N IN .. (8t.a) -yt>.O"11, JI-N IM -ytAdcru. 1888". For the P-N form and hiatory of the efreotive future _ App. iT.

'JCf,.,.,lUa&.

1887.

J.

It can be used 88 an etiric.or fI'IO"'tc future (1852.

186 7): lien. lion. 45 ~p 1\ ~ K,u ~ AAAxHceTAI. So too in N, la: &rolOr M nMf'(Dc",

e.

nOllfcOMCN ; mrpal1 fir n). "Alii ....... nVrovs nApAMlOMi8A ;

1888. 3. It is sometimes used in questions of doubt, where otherwise the interrogative subjunctive would be more appropriate (1909 ; cp. 2040). Eur. El. CP7 ,.l 3ijna 3".,..; "",.rp' 4+o..yCOMIN; PI. Rep. 3tJ1 D ft _
So too in N: TI 60: . " . . ; Ti 60: 1fIIOV,.' ;

442

Digitized by

Google

[1888-1894.). 1889. It often stands, by way of modesty, in the place of a leas aesertive present, as:

::t;!.... ,,w,, ...

~

Tb. 5, 26, 2 al t'q.. a&A ,"Villi EiJp/Jotr,.. f t'lr I"l AllrDCI rrOA.pIW ..n"" .". dpB_ lI1C..rDCII. laoor. 8, 106 erpticTe mr r>,.&cmwr ,.... d"/J,...,, ~ alplvflr t'.... W,..... 1i",."...u.ol1t'Gr. Dem. 19, I 1E' COMAI a. ~fpla. J'!rr! 1(dpcp FIr' Il.apa ,pi r>.,lo"o olfiv/Ja, t'c\ aura-. Pl ReP. ~76 0 f/I&A~ a+ ~piP n)p Toll IS ".u." aa>.c\r
O~1r

u-

18891>. 80 frequently with fJou>.l,vopxu (1]6,>'9_), ar~vopxu, &9aopGI. 80 too in N: eA v. nApAuMc(I) (instead or" trapGlCllAAI) ..a pDV a",r ,..0 M I beg to ask a favour or you.'

'v.ria, "'AaE6'i~trAt_.

Ar. Nub. 1352 hmlllr a. 1fACElc. Eur. Med. 1320 }t'lpl If o~ ,!,Aycelc won. Ar. Vesp. 397 t'l trOIfar; ,w l'.iJ(p) IlAUBHCEI.-For G-B compare the ten commandmeuta and Didaclie 2-40 Barn. 19, 2-8. Hermaa Via. 2, I, 3 ""BE a1 Ano1wIC ,.uM. So atill in N: eA nArJ;Ic I'll 'I'OV wir. eA ". nEplaKN~C la;., 189L S. This ill more frequent in mtel'l'OptiODt, particularly negative, aa: Soph. (). T. 1146 o~ v~ar UEI; Ar. Vesp. 39'1 n trOIfW i oV ~,,) IUJ'f'G{3qafl; Pl Symp. init. l1li neplMENEic; Gorg. 466 B O~lrOiiP AnOMllElC nWr PIfropar POU" 'x.0"""; So too in N: N eA c(I)nAc~c; I~ eAIic:vxAc.,c; la e.,.. k~PT(I)Q"Tt ;

1880. The 2nd person often expresaea a peremptory or absolute comttat.IfId, when the speaker feels certain that his order will be carried out: 1JOtI mt18t.

"'"0

1891. 6. It is sometimes periphrased by means of brop.a& and the aorist participle (1883. 2106 If.): Soph. O. C. 816 AynHkic icel. 0.1.'.1I46,w cl(I)ntiuc icel; 189111 6. So too in P (1883. 2106),-beaide ocoaaionaJ 'fI'OpaI with
infiDitive (App. vi. 17), aa: Sept. Num. 10, 2 'CONTAI ANAllAAeiN. 1898. 7. Another circumlocution comiDg near, but not equivalent to, the eft'ective future ill lormed by means or ,...u.. am about,' 'propoae,' and the tuture (rarely aoriat) infinitive (2086b App.iv.). In t1ii8 '"'1pJu. '/If", .. I propOle to lAY' (but may be prevented).-Ip&i 01' 'ao,. . , ... 1 I lhall .y' (App. iT. ; ape 11196). PL ApoL 21 B MiM(I) 6"ar t.11AI'IN IIIw tMH ~ .,1'10". Bap.U A

...... It.,., t'Oii 'I'ocoVrov n..a. alrll1rurTMou, .. _AMI ...oAmla ccj>zIc8A1. lBtK. 71>. A.naIOIJOUI cinlumlocutionl are formed In G-B by means of auch ftl'bB .. include in themaelvee the inception of future: awa/*ll-Xp!" trpI..... Iti', etc. (cp. also A flpa)-in particular ,..luIII, "AlII, BolSA-o"., ~lA;" (20861> f. App. vi), and above all the Latiniam. with the inlnitive (App. iT. 6 ft). Clemmt. I, X.i'poP 'X(I) nAlkiN. 1,I2"pl 'toVrou ....kiN ix'lc, et puaim. Ignat.ad Bom. 2 , . , /J'I_,,,,," _/lfl.,..,.tWl'".,'XTeCmrpA+HNAI. H_Sim. 9, 10 I"II".'X(I) ANAnAy8HNAI. Kacar. 561 B,wlr 'It" Iv. CyMH+&HNAI 'aEIt - Ano8ANEiN. ~iph. i. 736 B iAirlAl af 'XOJ. A.pophth. 96 A '"'Xl.,. EX" .,.a a;;,pa /J'OV AckNHCAI. JJloechoe 28650 BM.. Nour .how &EMIC AnoMcAI. Leont. Neap. V. S. 1685 0 "'pew &EAoMEN CK1IKHCAI YMAC. Chron. 721, 20

')(Ill

ixeTt !'EMCCeAl. Tbeoph. 127. 23. "lMor 'XEI .TNAI ,'r...a nAdnOP .,.,,-so even. IX- ')(f1P for rEIII, .. : Porpb. Adm. 201,5 &; 218,8 iXEIN 'XOIMN. 18841>. ,.. I'or N _ App. Iv. 6 t. and Gp. Span. 101 'Xflr I~ n1 ".,.,.tar,IJ'l" &n; d &EMI WrxllN. Proc1r... 514 _ m. 'iMl I'll /J" IIQ vel ..&is 'I'OP aeAEIC
cYpIIN.

44S

Digitized by

Google

1891-1889.] FUTURE, DURATIVE AND PERFECT.

DURATlVE FUTURE. 1891. 8. Morphologically considered, the dvratitJe j'rIture is, with considerable exceptions (1882), identical with the eft'ective future, but syntactically denotes that something will go on, recur, or be repeated at some tUne to come (shall be tDOrlMg) : iE.. ' shall have' (aJao efFect. 'ahall obtain '),.IpE- 'ahall be a ruler'

(also efFect. 'shall obtain power '). (Cp. 18530) .1 t'OWo trO&qcro,"" kBu.r ni ftr'~.&cI fEo~QII OITOII I" rj flo>..."" Iv6,.,..6a.-XeB. Mem. 2, 1,11. r.i BlIJrplpollfT& r_ lE d.ciy1r1Jr IrOlrorra60W-II, fry. nIINI4cOYCI Irol ~1"'HCorCI ml plrNCO\'CI ml ArpynNHcorCI; Ar. Av. 759 o~. tr).ijrpo" .1 MAX1i. 1896. 8b . For the take of distinctness and perspicuity, it is often peri{lhraaed by means of lao"," or "/AA.. (Cll. 1893) and the JWUIfI' participle (1883 f. 2106 f.), since G timea aJao by one of the other auriliaryverbs (1893 f.) 8tA., /JovAo",", drp.lA.., and above all I".., with the prumt infinitive (App. iv. 4. & 6) : Pl. Phll. 324]1 MEMel flCS.\cr .1l1li&. ib. 30 MEAl(&) AI-p", different from ,uu. I,.i" (1893). NT lIatt. 24, 9 ecec9E MICoYMINOI. Luke I, 20 ic., CI(&)ncON nl pi, ~YN_NOC AaAijo-cu. Clement. J, 17 .w ,w. irol,." qca CYNO~IYIIN. Vita Epiph, 41 0 n1 ic., npoci)((&)N. ib. D KAi lc., 41pOypoi-

"pO""

.'fI.p

.,,oPI'OTO. d~iAONTA

Damaac. if. 325 A eEAlC ACrElN m "., Xflpnoi'l'"' 06 trpoallVlfGl.

MeNOC, IY4lPAINOMeNOC.

44 B f. (COMAI KpATlIlII,

la, iXepAiN(&)N,

For N 188 App. iT. and cp. 1886. l.898b 80 Not 1all81:r in A, a.nd vel)" often in P-N, the present tWts as a durative future. lllUltratioDB in 1836 and App. iv. 2 f.

flfa-.

et pa88im. Mal. 97, 8

FUTURE PERFECT: 1897. 9. The compleUld future or ~r8 Perfect (called alao 3rd future), which. in its simple form is peculiar to A and Atticistic Greek (689- 1885), denotes that something will have taken place previous to some other future occurrence. It is virtually a perfect transferred to the future time : Ar. Plut. 1en7 rppdC~ mi trmpAkTAI. Xen. An. 2, 4t S tIMe 'AfMoior A4ICTH!I, Acn. rptAor ~,.,n olo&lr AlMi",TAI.-SO AlUtid. .l~,"", ~ "um, IC./CAfUrtrlU, Il1u""",,, flffI~,"1IOII (WSchmid ii. 51). 1898. 10. In its simple form the perfect future is fairly common in the passive, but in the active it is limited to the two verbs l~ and n8.nJ~ all the rest being formed peri. phrastically by means of laopm. and the perfect participle (1884. 1892 f. 1106 f.). Ar. Nub. 1435 '" 3. ~+ yf"'fMI, pM'I" lpool KlIWYCTAI, vU If I~ neNHklC. Dem. 4t 50 a. rom .l8O>---,"", Irol rc\ aIol1f'G tCOMe8A irN(&)K6Tc ml ).~" p.ora1." AtrH.\AArMiNOI. Hermas Sim. 5, 4, 2 ecOMAI i(&)pAKU,
iCOMAI .AJCHKOt.iJc. 1889. 10". In IL-N it is expJ'88lled by means of the future of lX- or f1".. preoeded by the lip of the future ..a, (,IAf& ..a), ....a (,i ..a), eA, aDd fonowed by the perfect participle pasaive: 1cl1X- ~"a .1".. AlII/"phfor, tru,m-. (1886. App. iT. 12-1 5. 1510)

.44

Digitized by

Google

J[OODS-INDICATIVE.

[l900-l808.

KOOD8 Ilf IlfDBPDDBD"r OLAU'8lI8.

(SIMPLE SENTENCES.)
A. INDICATIVE.

For an historical survey of the moods see App. v. I It. 1800. Syntactically considered, the indicative which still fully survives in N (save in the future, App. iv.), denotes both in .A and N something posUit;e or actual, whether in the present, past, or future. The actuality implied by it may naturally assume the form 'of a direct assertion, ,denial, ,or question. Accordingly the Greek indicative, in simple clauses, substantially corresponds to the English indicative. -The negation is in .A ri, in G-N oli8lJ" in N Bb, according to 1'196-1.800.
ypG~ 'I write (W am writing.' -yiyflGl/>a' I have written.' ypdttt , I Ihall write.' lypot/JOP' I was writing ()t' I used to write.' t'Y~ 'I (once) wrote.' ,~pcif/ul/1 'Ihad written.'-ypcit/Ju; 'does hewnte?' (W 'iB he writing?' 'Y~'; 'did you write?' rt 'Y"Y~; 'what have you written '" tr&r. 1pci,y.&r; 'when will you write ? 80 too iD N: .,,,*,,. "rpGl/lG. ,1X!' .,pa",....-l"1f1Gl/!t; trcSrt eroii .,,... ; rE """''F'; ..if .,,,.,, ;

Icl

Icl.,,.,,.,,

1901. Contrary to English usage, the Greek language employs the potefltial indicatWe, that isI. The imperfect indicative of impersonal expressions to indicate that something could be done, ought to (BIIotUtl) be done or have been done, as: lW, f~(8Uaww, cb"Ylra&cw, a.\O'" fIlaxpO,,) ." l&&, (1)XP7jv, ..poaijlrW, ad verbals in .flf1lf ;"'-all without "'; that is where English would require the past subjunctive (cp. 1849). Eur. Hipp. 297 rl cnyfr, ~Ir 'JPiiN cn"u, '';00''; PI. Crit. S4 0 aluXt*r am .lp.,." rowovr 06, flruma Ikl.-Clem. R. ad Cor.46. 8.
1801". 80 too in N, which however lacks the modal (1774): rI er..., woii IQ, inpml I'll er...,; U. rov inpcnl I'll JW.j, 11" 110'6 'CTU. I'll For P-B compare 177.., b, Co

a..

.,1Ap.-

1901. 2. Very often the indicative aorist after lMlyou or pucpoV, 'but for a little,' 'well-nigh,' I nearly' (also lMlyou, or ~ &1" [2098], lMlyou or p.&lrpoV IBlTpu with the infinitive LI902 ]), corresponding to the English pluperfect subjunctive (cp. 18 79): oAiror illcWOMHN ' I had almoet forgotten.' PI. KeDG. 238 B oAiror "~""iAABON ''F' .....AalJ6""". (Th. 2, 77, S 'FoU,IIAaraaiarfAAxICTOY iAiHCI

3u48tipac.)

IA.aft I'll trier., 'I had well-nip fallen.' Neveriheteu the ancient mode hu a oeriaiD parallel iD the co1loquialiem cltrel (or trapd) 'At.,. (.') .....

1808. Bere N umally reeorta to the iDflnitival conatraction reeolved throqh .. : ."a (or d.,) 'Al-,o I'll .1_, cld (or trapd) .,plxa I'll ...., 6Al-,o"

4415

Digitized by

Google

1804-1809.]

INDIOAT!VE-PlWIABY SUBJUNCTIVE.

1904. 3. The indicative of the past after cfBc, cl yJ.p (17 48), ~, 'would that' (1923), to express an unattainable wish; in paro ticular the imperfect indicative for the present, and the aorist indicative for the past (19 0 7).-Negation ",t7 (1804).
cYpOMCN v',

Eur. Her. 73 cie' NCeA 3VIICITOf 3piJ1 &roll rrpdSvpf.t Ale. 536 cie' Aa",,,,.., pJ, >"1Ifro(,~0".

190&. Otherwise this wish may be expressed by the verbal form cp. App. iv. 5) with the preaent or a.oriat infinitive : Xen. An. 2, I, 4 dU' ~Ac ~" Kiipor (riP. 8oph. El. 1131 "" c:i+eAoH dpw'" Id.&...u. BiIW. 1801Sb. In G-B this ~.(,)AIw (&jItAtw? 717 [I]) is sometimes treated adTerbially .. an equivalent ot Ignat. ad Smyrn. la, I _AGN ~ cWTa. eMIMoYNTO.

."">"011 (G-B ~n>.0I199611S;

.r,., .. :

1808. Since G times popular IIJI8"h often exp. . . . this interject.ioDal wiab by simple rra (N 1111) with the INbjunctive, an elliptical phrase frequentl, preceded in N by M. I.,.lwOTf C W'OT'),IM1JlOP' "a, allO" ..a, <,,> nii .... Mi, ,.4 or '4 I0Il "a. Xp<1IT4 f-lOV (OGI'CI'YC.l f-lOV, "ha. plJV, etc.) "a, ete. Epict. ". r, I"a iNA TIf 11Ilmr ~"",pI... 110& TOiiT' aWe) p/JPfIII in.,. Acta Pit. B 5. 2 n)v dA4'"", TOU '1'1l1oii iNA npaAAB.,c &al plpar iNA 'X.,c ffT' ta6Toii. Nioet. 500, U AN nOTe iNA l~pOl!T"fr. Cant. iii 99. 2. Prodr. 3, 169 lc mpxor a._M. tplpar. d It. 'Xp&1IT1 NA '"'" '-'Ull, xp'1IT4 f-lOV "a '"'" ' ..,a.aa. nA.

,.,.If6""",

1907. 4. Very often the past indicative accompanied by &.. (potential indicative), to express the apodosis or sequence of an

hypothetical case: something would happen or would have happened' (1974). In particulartJ.

The imperfect for the present, aa: 'ypaf/Jo" &. I would write.' b. The a.oriat for the past, as: Iypatta h I would have written.'

For more examples 888 1974 t. 1808. So still in N where, however, a. has been changed to I'll (1774) and reoenUyto ('~ "cl) H: Prodr.3, an &al T&T. HA lIcc. I4I1W'OTta, ..".pta.... "..".lpotI. HA lrp..., eA lrp..., etc. (App. iT. 14")

B. PRIlIARY SUBJUNCTIVE.
[PRESENT AIm FuTUBB.]

1909. The independent (primary) subjunctive is uaedJ, Deliberatively or dubitaQvely (ifItemJgatW6 ~),

chiefly in the 1St person, to express a hesitating interrogation, or deliberation (op. 2037). It is often introduced by/loVM,(JJa6lcric), BIM" (BiMn}.-Negation",t1Aeach. Sept. 1057 nAIk.Il; .,.l 3. ~oo; 3f ,J,rro1'G'; Eur. Ion 7,8 eimllMN ~ ClrOOMN; ~ .,.C 3"dcropo; Xen. Mem. I, 2, 45 rr&T.po" fJUw +<I!MN ~ ",I} cjlOOMN .1,,0'; PI. Gorg. 521 D BoYAcl ITO' ci'll'w; PI. Phaed. 2~ ., frOU 3. BorA1 1C06,C6fC"oc ANArNOOMcN; Soph. EL 81 eAlc MCiNWMN ,wroii MNAKoYC(a)MCN ~,,; O. R. 651

46

Digitized by

Google

SUB.JUlI(OTIVE, PBIlIARY.
1809'. So too inP-Boompoaition. where Aaltu orflpotnallll..' is also uaed for Vita Epiph. 5'0 e6MIC, RAM"w llW!w d ,"evpa cld 60fi ; 530 e6MIC lpco ri IIar,pc cl.a ,.... x.ipGw llOU; 68 A ,.t npotTAccIC lWcW 11tH; CalliD. 91, 37 n +,..1- d"WIKN; 88, 15,.t .NTA"OlWcWMEN; 88,18 ,.E dirw ,.1 WHCW; 9', 30 riir TOAMHCWIKN; Apophth. I la 0 flO,."" KEAEYEIC AAIka) d7'6 ;-For another BUblltitute .. well .. for N, _ App. T. 19-

"At", .. :

88: Soph.

1910. The interroptive subJunotive is unoommon in the 3rd persoD, Ai. 403 "CH ,." 01" ~r~; Dem. 19. 88 ,.1 ,.ar .;"0' TOUn ~~ ;

1911. For the aa.ke of oleameaa P-B Greek adds ilia before this subjunotive, 88: Epict. 3,19. 3I .ofi .pp iN' 6".ir ~ clprn)p rill,,, ,.01, &MtH, f"'l" aal
y"oAABHTE; Orig. ill. '97 0 ~ flOIo.. r,,w iNA KATArElI<im8A j :Narr. Zoa. 101, 3 n 'lA." iNA flo.l,_"I" 1101; Por more aamplea .. well .. for N, _ 1774 et App. iT. la f.

.ptl,.,._ ",.,..

1915. 2. Hortatively (~t1U8 adhortGtiws) in the 1St person (mostly plural), to express an invitation or emortation.Negation p..q. (In this cue Engliah places IeI before the imperative, 1913.) 1("l'fJI 'let UI go.' ml a,; >.iytDl'f" 'well, let UI say.' p.,j ~1'f6a 'let UI not be mad.' Eur. Frg. 418 "Ilci>MEe' fVyfJI6Jp, tEllWMEeA, , let us apa.re.'

ha,.,,,

1918. 2b. In the case of the future subjunctive, a hortative particle &yr, ~, (also 4ycn, ft If 41', 'l(JI, &Vpo, &1ln. lA) is placed before, corresponding to the English let (1912):

a.; ri" I" 601 CKI'I'wME8A.

Dem. 18, 267 ~PE a!} ,.. I'4prvpiar

v"A" ANArNcO. Pt Soph. 239 B lA

1914. This ~ hortative uae of the subjunctive holdl good for P-B Greek also. The only noteworthy deviation therefrom is that in G- B ""'" (1I.pn.~), lotroll (/,;IT4T'.), alao a.upo, acSt, I"l,.p""o", etc., are commonlysubltituted for the A representatives (cp. 1915), and sometimell used even before the 2nd person, that il before the imperative allO, 88 : NT Luke 6, 4' clat~, A"C eKBA,\w .,.cl ~r ,.cl ." .,.fj 6fIaA,. II0U.

Katt. '7, 49 A~EC ilwMEN. Kark 15. 36 A~ETE IlwMEN. Epict. 1,9.15 A'IIEC lEilWMEN awol, 3,., 06h"a, 'XOVll'''10VII14I'. 1.15. 7 A~EC ANeHCH .pGmw ErM npoBAA~ ft. '"fI.s", tlft TrEITANe~. " 18. '4 l~EC ilw tl ~ .E~ TU,OS, ~c 11. lOKlMACW. Pallad. 1006 D .~EC ilw. Ephea. (t43J) 1385 c A"C CA8cocIN. ChaI. ~5 A. :Nio. n.!)01 0 A~EC cKi'l'WMAI. Theoph. 183. 7 A~EC KOAAz<im.eA. Theopb. oont. 610, 19 AtEc ,w, ilw nJ ~ .,patf1/pl. Sept. Gen. 11, 3 lly,-E nAINBlYcWMlN 11,4 l.y,.E OiKOlOMHCCOMIN. 19. 33 ~EYPO nJ nOTicwMEN. Ex. 3. 10 l.rpo AnOCTEiAw IIf .par flapalJ. Clement. 13, 3 ACATe I'f npotAri.rW. Acta Pauli et Theclae '57, 5 ~dc ""Ari.rw .,.... ",,.optiXOI'. CGL 655. 4 ~clc 'NArNOO. Vita Epiph. 53 A lEypo npOeEC ri. "a, /Jl6A_ .&oydI rir ipA', 64 A &; B elTiTpE'I'ON nApAeHCOYCIN ,.pa.eC4l' 1"011- clrI~, _1 ~ArONTAI .111 nioNTAI If4l AnlA.ycONTAl {-'-"4I). Apophth. a4I A Ilw 6p1U .,.,_ pDV na"""l"a.

.,.t,

."""out.

1914'. Likewise Q-B often 118811 Ira with the 3rd person II1IbjunctiTe iDBtead of the srd person imperative simple, .. : Kark S. '3. , Cor. 8. 7. Ephea. 11> 33 """'os .,.... lalmlii .,.,.,.un MM cl-,a .n.. M InunS", a~ ~ rlfA folli}Ta& ,.a" &.Ipa.

447

Digitized by

Google

191&-1918.]

SUBJUNcrrvE, PRIllARY.

19115. For all the above hortative prepoeitivee (1913 t), B-N speech has substituted a (from &y.'t 155"), Illfft from 4.,fT. (155"), and above alia. a particle which appeara even in literary compositions since the T, as : Leont. Neap. V. J. 71, 11 (c) 6 1I'_IIaAcC.spfI'or %c lI'.a.IaAlCf'l'lll _ %c 3cItIJ'v .,.o~. Theoph. 387, 2 'Alli olIr ..,rllpiU _ %c AaA~",,M. II'OC nl ..par .,"''''' 394. 26 %c dll'lA'-1 n",..,. Porph. AcIm. 201. 11 %c dwcHrrttAl7. %c ""'C"",,, .lc ""'Pi, Theoph. Ocmt. 7$1, 16 %c 1Il0l cWTw. Leo. Gram. 3S4t 22 %c aftI/IG. 1I''''lAfI'. Alchem. 311. 13 AC ";"'f"I'. 322,.2 AC ""...TIII r...r ib. 7 AC 1Jp6.C17 324.3 AC ... .aAciir. 326. 8 AC 1.1 Tc\ a,rCfIfTO &70. XP6C.,. ib. 24 %c "faTGI _ P'I1'r/,M,... 328, 3 AC t"parij. ib. 17 AC JJpAtsp. AC 1ITGIIi. 380, 6 %c 4wllAtWp. 386, 2 AC ' ..I..AIp; ate. ate. Apoc. llar. 123, 7 AC m.."fI'. 124. 2 AC .oMC"'J'GI. ib. *3 %c 't4A"" _ AC nAla""J'GI. 12St 16 %c .p'IIM1I'" Span. 28 Tocmor %c .lcrcu. 41 AC 11" .aTllftrwl. lIGqcaa 167 f. n1 AC Ta. '.lp&"lI'fr. n1 .a. %c Ta" 'xGp"r ,lc dltr .a. ,..wrIW. Prodr. I, I~ tt. dU' %c .uou II'I.",par ni tl..o,..p''''''',M.or ,n1 %c '-""fIn n)r Awpcrr II'OU _ AC ~.fr 'pIN., lAC 'AlIIJtr 6po1ar 1I'0If. _~ Btrt-4pcr.r. IStapb. 379 . . AC .,.. TpilJps tlpcl&, %c 'I"CI t1Aocf+o. . - and so on ever ainoe puaim.

'par.

.111/'

1916. It is ~ taken for rranted that the abaft partiole ar is a c0rruption of .s.,..r, but this theoJ<r is emmeou. J!'or'the verb dtftt"p.&, cnriDc to ita irnogular inflection (937; hence P by-fonu dtfti'" and dtftt. or dtfti'" 960) bepIl as earJ.y as Q to retreat batON ita I)'DOJISID .a., a ciroumatauce which furthered tbe eau. of the 'latter. A.coordiDgJ.y #tr, or rather ~. (8130 949), foand .. formidable rival in latrop or rather (op. ita adwrbial ~t '" and d&a in A). 'In the IItnIale which tho eDB1UlCl between the-two adwrbial imperatiVIIII ,..r and Iatr" the latter pravaUed, and admitting as it did of a phoDopathio contraction, became U, (Iso. c;.aJao after 723), aform ati1l common in N lpeIIob, as : U. P' (949). It is this". then, not .s.,..., which was reduced to the hortative particle ar, Id, a l)'Doopated form due to ita prepoai.tiw and proolitic 1188: U. uoW",. t1.oW"" TOP d..cMr"" TOP MotlIl'AI-Op. Belth. 184 U Awn. onl ftP'm _ "UTI %c II'''~''''', AIi.n. a80 AC (1. e. .!er') T'I" (=,... Pioat. 299- AC TOU". BAWour; 308AC TwcWT6 Abrabam 26 Ae TfI". So now Ace pt. AC TOP, AC Tour. 1816b TIle derlfttlon ala. or,,, ~,4r moreover mm..... ...,m.t both morpholog and phonopatb7. In the tint place . . caun~ poesibJ.y be admitted as a popular term, Main that the T-N futme indio.I:.. and IIilbjunotiw is not~, but cl4+'''' (in N clia1ecta1b' aJao ~_). ~ N speech bOWl of no active imperathe in or, r.1l inftriabJ.y cloIin8 with 1 (949). ACIClCIIdingJ.y the imperatiw of ",IJ'AI is ~. (so too 11/11'1 ', ), and b,y apocope, or rather 1)'DCOlI8, ~' or t'I4wIr. a form a.ota.ally now ournm' in 1.4w/tI' pt. ,."". TOP. Now W. ,."". or t'I4wIr. or &mID , . . . . if -.:yncopllW, in CODD8Oted..,...m, wouIA pw.dtftr (the ncdhern N form "'11'1 is do to 0,,0), that is *&fI1 (op. ...,,,.,11" .,pIfA. nw. [Le. ~.) ..,...IJob), _ u (or 4s).

'M.

4tr.,

ar

u.

ar

"*).

from,...

1917. 3. Prohibitively in tM 2nd (then also 3rd) person future, to expreea.a probibition.-Negation p.~ 'don't' (18ol. 1804). em. 21,.211 MM !Can TO~ Jl6p.atJr lIKAcH'U' MM BoH8HCHTC !f tr...-'dn 311..a.. Xen. An. S, 4t 19 MHWN A8yMHCH'U i ..1t4 TiNt Ieocr ... 129 MHleic YnoAAB., I" ~..r 'XII". 1818. For a. .J>rohibition addreued to the 2nd and 3rd perlOn of the ",...,." "" regular1l use. the preaent imperative (1927. Cl). In P time.. however, the aubJunctivaJ mode of prohibition for CaBeII gained popularity (owing to the easier inflection of the subjunctive 19191928), and grada8lly altogether dialodged the imperative from pro-

yey""""_.
an:

448

Digitized by

Google

SUBroNCTIVE, PB.IJU.BY.

[l918-l.9IS.

hibitioDl. This proe_, which uaturally pYe .. wider scope to the subjunctiye, came to .. cloae during T, and- the use of the subjunctiYe has eyer since remained abaolute. Sept. Tobit. 3 3 MM ". ciK.\IK~e. Polemo 101 MHU oytl_ IX.le (write 'x"e). ConciL Bard. (t 347) II MH KAT<\4IpoNH "tWolI_ """."4",,pGI' OMIA". Cyrill. H. ~t~ , MM T" 6".. e;pce~ 'IIt,pD.C- TV xr MM nr IlC" fIIII,s;W ~ .NOXAij. Apophth. 380 A Ir a. a.. mop cl..IAIt/r I"lMCrpcie (write MCTp~e) 1aT6r. "Nil. 651 B MH .\IAKHCAI. Damuo. U. 314 A "",~ ATlMAz"c: "ltT6r. ~ Ar"e.mu.fIaWa . . AnoM"e TV \hIrl1' erOll. (More eumples in App. v. 16, b.) 18)8". 80 now replarly in N (App. y. 17 f.). 1818. Prohibition being nothing elae than a negatiye command (1927) or exhortation (deprecation), ita proper exponent. the aubjunctiYe mood, waa naturally Buggested alao for the kindred notion of a1Iirmative exhortation or command. Accordingly the 3rd person of the hortative subjunctive waa identified with the 3rd person imsrative, and in the interchange conaequent thereon the imperatiye . le. normal and familiar in point of inflection (192~) loat groun before the subjunctiye, and eventually disappeared from the common ~e altogether. This proceea, which may have been furthered by the mfluence of Latin uaage, added to the further extenaion of the aubjunctiye. (1921. 1988. App. y. 16.) HlppoJ. 804 A 1.IIAIJTOf riNHTAI ~Pu 4.,t0ll. EUB. ii. 325 0 'ft TCWTo p/wOPTpAncOclN. AthAn.ii.701 AoI"poI,,,,I&iI'. 'x'pol ~IpcecOcIN. Apophth. 112 A , IIA_ 'AI" For more eumples _ App. v. 16. l82O. From H timea onwartla the hottative subjunctiye, eapecially that of the future, has receiYed a further extenaion by appropriating the cognate (hortatiYe or deaideratiye) function of the secondary subjunctive [optatiye]. (App. v. 15.) Sept. Ruth I, 9 .\q,H (or u,,) tW"or 6"' Mal e;pHn 41'4l111ucr,l'. loa. .... B.l.... 3, 10 AniH ~ I) .... TOii AIYyov. Athan. i. 740 A dU' tit .a.. AKore"c: .."". r... .w -afire For more eumples _ App. v. 15.

'A8".

l8IL of. Prospectively in the room of the future iMicatitJe, mostly with the negation 0(,. This usage, which is fairly common from Homer onwards, is resorted to chiefly in coniident denials, hence the negation 0(, is frequently intensified by the subjective asseveration po"" commonly mistaken for po;' (1827). In P this construction spreads rapidly at the e%peD88 of the future indicative which it eventually supersedes.
A 261 06.,a, _ TOlour Dew dft,.. ~~ i.\CIlMAI. Z 459 .u trOT4 TIf cin"eIN. ~ 383 UtsOJllll ., 'AtlGo.cd.1' ...tnStcrer, tACiNOO. .434 oITor oW '.erfTfll ~~ riNHTAl, ISr .... 1'IIA,.&X9' .91 IIIlr xi,.. Hymn. Ap. I ",,~.O"'" ~ AAIkaIMAI 'A..6>,,,,,,,,_Eur. H. F. 718 06 dptrr", ~ ~.)
~I' I)", 06 "t)(1') riNHTAI _ ...,..... Soph. Ph. 381 061'1(1') fIO'F. .. 2IrVfHW eknAe;e"e Ix-. For P esamples _ App. iv. 8 and cp. ~oI6. 1811. When thlasubjunctival mode ofexpre.ingtheluture had become TeI'7 oommon, it gradually began to lose ita oJisinal force and c1esmeea, the more 10 aa the subjunctive a1l'eady performed too many other funotions (1909"-10). The procesa ofweakening waa then atemmed by placing before

,m.lI. cS,. MdAH fIO'Fl. Ar. Ach. 66:,.061'1(1')""" MI4.-Xen. eyr. 7, 3, 13061'17(1') er. Kpot.;OO ..,ar IIn,I'II Iltr6AoJllll ~I""", Dem. 4, 44 a. /IGII,,,,,,, of_ OiialflOT'

.'ri' lb.,

If.,..

449

ag

Digitized by

Google

181S-l9B6.]

SURTl1NCTIVE, SECONDARY.

the subjunctive as a reinforcement the modal particle h, later mistaken for r.... N..o. (1761. 1766. 1774 f.). The compound subetitute thus obtained for the ancient future indicative remained in general use through B-Jl times and still sporadically obtains in 'present speech. :But as early as Jl (about the 13~) an additional word,'~ or ' f (i.e. "AfI, 863. App. iv. 14) was plaoed before ...1 and 80 led to ,~ ..a ..a H, an extreme contraction universal in N speech sinoe the l~ (App. iv. 14). Plut. ii. 777 B oli. AN II'GC TrpohIAM1Q)MAI. Clement. 45 B Tlr.,ap AN "MAPTHC~; Sext. 620, 18 olI. ~ I' AN CX~ 1*;- .If "pqrparn,.. ml 3nzr JJAl.".
/U ..

Pallad. 1113 B -,dp pD.IoI, iNA almi CYN-.jx"Q) Icl.. 3~ ~ ,,4.101 oR l:riP')(OJlG' ran ToV &povr. Acta Pil B 4, I 7)/Uir INA eiTrQ)MeN Tj 1'f'PA.c6ntft 11'011 TI .1".11 aw6,. Apoo. llar. 117, 27 ',,1 IUII'f/p/Jpia.. iNA d.dAIoIJUP. Nicet. 304, 26 .lr JJ6TptII' d."fOIIpl30r p/Wr iNA eYPH Tar p/JIP/GYrav Spau. 137 ml Av ,.a ",.,0.. "xaPlIIFjr, NA 11' lA9~ ml iAAo,w.,a. Prodr. a. 107 f. ,.. "poII'3oitfr 3~ ..GAIII I 3TI h IU llcilayr Tltron HA TO KAKOhl KHeQ). So Iti1l at preMII.t: ftipa N. III ih<i). !'or mon aamplell_ App. iv. 12

"A.

,a..

./MW.

C. SECONDARY SUBJUNCTIVE. [OPTATIVB.]

1923. In.A the secondary subjunctive optative] has two distinct functions, according 88 it is used without 4r or with b. I. Without 8,'" the independent secondary subjunctive is desiderative (optative proper), in that it expresses a wish that something mayor may not happen. It is often introduced by a desiderative particle, such as eWe, cl yap (1748), ~ I would that' (1904): Soph. Ai 550 :, ".cri, riNOIO ".QTpOr WruX1fl"ftpor. Men. MoD. 336 ~
1"" ['l! NOle' 4 fjovAol" dU' 4 f11JII4HP'" For P-N 888 1905 ft. and App. iv. 5. 1318ISb For another tmaltainablt wisb
888

1904-8.

1924. Thia deaiderative secondary subjunctive held ita own iD the living la.nguage as la.te as T, Bond ita currency in the time of the Boncient gramma.ria.na pve it the suggestive n&me opkltifJe \677), 88: N'J.' 1 Then. 5, 23 0 e~o, Tijr ~lp;,.n,r AnACAI vp.Gr O).OT~A~ir. Phil. 20 '.,. crov ONAiMHN i .. Kvpt.,. I Pet. I, 2 xDP" v,.u.. ml .lp;,.f/ TrAH9yNgeIH. However, as ea.rly as H, it bega.n to retrea.t before the primary subjunctive until it eventuaJly dila.ppea.red altogether (App. iv. 12-15) [11.

1925. 2. With '''' the independent past subjunctive ispotefttial, in that it expresses a future possibility or potentiality (fila" might, can, couZd), often also a mild BSSertion or command, thus bordering on the future indicative and imperative (1889 if.), also on the primary subjunctive (1918 if.)-Neption ~.
III ID the NT, this deaiderative NClOndary IlUbjunotive 0001U8 tbirty-Sve timw blall, and that alW807B (ezoept onoe, PhiL 30) in the 31'CipenonBinguJar: )(ark 11, 14. Luer, 311; :Ill, 16. .Aatl8, 20. Dam. 30 4; 6 i 3L 6, 2 i I.,," 7. 7; 13- 90 14n, 1 i 11. 15.5 i 13- I Cor. 6,'50 Gal. a, 17. 3. In. 6, 14- 1 Th.... 30 n; la. 50 ~ Th-. 2, 17. 3, 5 j 16. a Tim. I, 16 j 18. Philem. 20. Jhb. 130 al. I P.t. I,..
P.t.1, ..

450

Digitized by

Google

/
DlPERATIVE--OOlIPOmm CLAUSES. [19U-l88O.
Eur. And. 85 II'O~Ur AN qpolC ",,~udr. Xen..An. I, 9t 3 trOU~. KATAMAeoI AN nr. PI. Crat. 402 A Itlr .lr f'~. aW. 1I'Of'G". cWlI: AN ~MBAiHC. Sopb. Ant. 444 vV ,MII KOMizOIC AN navn\p i 8/)..". l'hi1. 674 xoopoic AN So too Acts 26, 29 qlAiMHN AN (the only pauage in the NT).

,.i. rn4~

,.so

.ra..

19S1'. For the P-B history of the potential I800ndary subjunctive see under dependent c1aU8M, especially 2039-40 " App. v. u. [19S1. JW the poMDtial indicative of the put _ 1901-1.] 1916'1. For a future optative see 1935-6, 1953 f., " App. v. 14 f.

IMPERATIVE. 1918. The imperative expresses a demand in the form of ~; hence it always refers to the future or present (never to the past, 678). -Negation p.~ 'don't' (1801. 1804) :-Alyc 'speU,' p..q Alyc 'don't speak.'
BtoVr ~Boi, !'Our ~ Ti.... !'Our It, t/Aaur AlCxYNoy,!'Oir 4;'6,-r nEieoy. So too in N: ~ I .,c!ma I AI,..,.. I ~ I Iirowt, I 'I'XOU I I '#'X.... , 1917. In.A negative commands, which are called pro1aibitionB (1918 ft'.), are expreasedQc .,. a. If in the 2nd person, by the present impe!&tive o~ subujncEur .Alc.65I MEiNON trap' 4,u. IrGl fnIP'anor riNOY. [IBocr.l I, 16 nWr,M.

')'0".

_'011

tive, aB: ,,~trOt,c, ,,~ ffcxJjavr, ,,;, r/JofJoii, ,,~ H"lJir. b. If in the 3rd person, by the present or future imperative, aB: ,,~ tr_Er.., ~ trO,,,.,-clT., ~ ~1u8,., t/JoIJrISIj..--rarely by the future subjunctive, aB: laocr.4, 129 MH~EIC YnOAABI1 '" a-ft)..r 'x-cp. 1918. The alternative or mixed usage, found even in A antiquity, of the future subjunctive and the imperative in prohibitions, and the greater popularity of the former, consequent on its common frequencYaB well aB the simplicity of itB inJlection (1919), could not fail to pave the way for ita Bubstitution in all caaea for the prohibitive imperative,-in the 3rd person even in positive commandL For the pr0ceB8 of this phenomenon, which Bet in aB early aB H timeB, see 1918 ft'. and App. v. 13 & 16.

FI

19l18b , Comparatively speaking, the imperative is more frequent in P-N than in A, in consequence of the preference manifested by the former to substitute the paratactio imperative for subordinate, eapecially oonditional, c1auaes (1977, b. 2154).

MOODS IN DEPENDENT CLAUBliIS.

(SUBORDINATE OB COJlPOUND SBNTDOBS.)

1899. Dependent, subordinate or compound clauaea are those which

qualify J?rincipal clauseB by means of subordinatinB coDjunctionB (declarative, causal, consecutive, temporal, conditional, final), or rela tive WOrdB. :Mark, however, that in Greek the dilOOurae 80 Bubordi. nated can, in moat caaea, be replaced by a. participial, 80metimes also by an infinitival construction. 1980. In dealing with dependent or compound cIa_ we must con atantly remember that, in all Ianguagee, popular speech has a decided predilection for the simpler mode of paratuiB (1703. 1710 t. 1928". 19391943. 2031 f.).

461

ga

Digitized by

Google

1981-198'1.]

COMPOUND SENTENCES.

1981. In dependent clauaes the choice of the mood is determined by the nature of each individual case. Only when the verb of the leading clause stands in a seamdary tense, is the choice of the mood influenced (in the sense of 1933 1f.).
19811. 8ortda'll tmH8 are thOlJe verbal forms which refer to the JIGIII : aorist, imperfect, and pluperfect of the indicative and subjunctive. including the historic preeent (1835). All other verbal forms, referring as they do to the present or future (prell8llt, perfect, and future of the indicatift, all primary subjunctives and all imperaUves), are pri"""'ll tmH8. (693.)

1988. The verb of a clause depending on a secondary tense Inay stand also in the secondary subjunctive; when this happena after a aecondary subjunctive, there is apparently an assimilation of mood (1954~ Bee 1940, 1945, 195a. 198&. The above rule respecting the sequence ot moods (t:OfI8tItio
modorum), that is the ule of the secondary subjunctive &fter secondary tenses, lost ita force during G times, and holds no longer in N'l' Greek, not even in the writingB ot Luke. This writer, it is true, still sometimes naee the secondary subJunctive as a dependent mood, after aeconciary tenses, but, limited as It is, this llIIIIge applies only to certain indirect questionl (2039 t.), and lot the mOlt to some conditional sentencel hardly relevant on account of their short and parenthetical character (App. v. 10). In all other,casel of dependence the secondary subjunctive has retreated before either the primary subjunctive or the indicative (cp. AButtmann 256 t:). See a180 1984" App. v. 6 ft". 19815. A future optative (677) makes ita appearance first in Pindar, and tho~h ~ed as peculiar to A, il rare even in that period. It occurs chleflYIn indirect discourse (Iometimel after final Otrelf alao), and that only after a a8Condar,y tense. In all CaseI it aervea as a substitute tor the future indica.tive (but cp. 1941 ft".), as : Th. 1,~, 4 11 p~.. TcWni 3caGIa. Md mu,. ortIAAa 5'11 ~ TIlai npi.!Ot ';XfTo. (Cp.ib.3cl1rM,...ap_5TI"I'I~I".) Xen. Cp. 3,1, 3 .hl"~' ti'l'OITO, "l'po'Iy'(6PfW" 5T1 lis troA.,Jt. XptiCOITO. Ag. I. 8 ~ hen 01 flTpa-nGrrac -roW "l'WOIII bYNtiCOINTO ~I"I". See alao 1941. 1953'. 1988. In Q-B compoaitions the future optative becomee comparaUvel;y commoner (especially after 6r and lis or lis a.. = IN in final claUMa 1953"), but it is doubtful whether that be a continuation or a direct imitation of A. It rather point. to an independent novelty IUgeated by the analogy of other optativee, reeorted to by fastidious acribee 88 a substitute for the commonplace future subjunctive (op. 1765). At any rate, considering that it is unknown to early Greek and that it is apparently .t-nt from A inllCriptions (cp. Keiaterhans' 106), further that it. oocasional PreMDce in A writings has come down to ua through B copiers, who were actusted b;y the spirit of BCholastic reaction, it. actual occurrence in A writings is not beyond all doubt. For illustrations _ also 1953'.

,...,a . .

11r.,... .

198'7. PBOLBPSIS. The lubject ot a dependent c}anse is frequent}, transferred by anticipation to the princi~ clause (generally with change of case), and thus subordinated to It. This kind ot attraction is called prokpN ("peSA"'I' 'anticipation '). Soph. Ai. 118 &pt., '03wIl'Ri, THN , . ICXYN '""' (for &r., , . Wx'Ir). hoer.... 78 TOUe NOMO'{C '11'__ hu ..,.,.,. Md IIIIA&s Ev. Meel. 3714.... r A'i'THN,.. '11 BottA.w, ...s... PI. Apol. UD. Dem.4a. la. So stUlln N: folloW,., cc ,.~. TON _IT~.

462

I.

It-....

Digitized by

Google

DECLARATIVE AND CAUSAL CLAUSES.

[1988-1941.

DECLARATIVE CLAUSES.
1988. Declarative clauses are those which report the 8tatement, or feelings of another, not verbatim but indirectly (he saY8 or thinke t1tat ). They are the principal representatives of .,ldirect dilcou,." (2027 if.). . 1988. Since P, in particular G, times declarative clauaes have on the one aide spread in conse9,uence of the growing tendency of the language to resolve the infinitive (App. vi. 7 & 13 f.), ud on the other lost ground owing to the prefel'e1lce of popular speech fGr direct diecourse (1703. 1710. 1930. 2036).
t.hou~hts,

1940. Unless they are expressed through an infinitival or participial construction (19 2 9), declarative clauses are introduced by means of 0-,., or the Ieee assertive clJ, (1753), and stand in the indicative. Only when they depend on a secondary tense, do they admit also of the secondary subjunctive (1933).Negation ~. laocr. 5, 23 iAef'ON Ilk CAniZOYCI fT. ICIIl n}. tl'cSA&p IE.&p pII' ]tap'., Dem. 30. 23 ~lecAN &n t"OW ""Y"cSiorar oLclnu e!AIT'qfTo("., XeJl. An. 2, I,

"'yr. 7, 2, 19 IS 3f eTweN &n ItolNTO (IJ3).

,u. "'8Jnpc.'" 'ApuJior 3. tI'~wyrM I. -r fTf'pari eiM. Pt ApoL 21 0 eWelpu,MMN GW 3c,/C,,{,,'Q& lW, OiMTO ,up _ fTof/HIr, elM fI 011. Bee also 2136. .
~ iA'f'ON

lW, Kiipcw

1941. It is chie1ly in thi8 indirect discourse, when it depeDda on a aecon~ tense, that the future optative is admissible instead of the future indicative (1935 f.;. cp. 1953 D): Xen. Cyr. 3, I, 3 cl 3. "'"11 ~.~ yomz AH'!'OITO, "'POfJYcSlHlI &,,' Air tr1IA.,w, XPHCOITO. 194B. Obaarve that in c1a-, like I~ lW, 6ycaWocs, the depeDdent aenteDoe IW. ".,.alllOCI meane either' that you tDerI well' or 'that you are well.' Hence for perapiouity'. preference iI frequently given to the indicative: lA..,.., IW .,...".. or IWa ",.,..... 1942. The above rule 1940 holds aubstantially good al80 for P-B' Atticnc and acoolastic composition But aa regards P-N lpeecb, it it to be remembered that declarative clauaes are introduced by H-N 1Wa, beside H-G 3&6r, (., 1). alao "aHrl, G-B rltcrcSrl, G-N rir ~present N speech uaing ".&ir alm08t exclusivell), and 8tand regularly m the indicatil'e (1751-5. 1936).-Negation in P-N aV, beside G-JI oM'lI, in M-N 3111 (17g6-1800).-For examplea see App. vi. 13.

-e,

lN8. That Q-N popular apeech frequently turDl declarative olau_ to direct diacourae with or without the introductory IW., haa already been pointed (JIlt in 1930,an4 will be farther explained in 2031 f. 1944. Contrary to EngUBh usage, the declarative conjunction i. never omitW, either in .A or in N. For noh IOlitary inltan.08I .. : Epiot... I, 73 ..tl U (f0l f1ft ..~ ..fpa_rijllG. (fc\" 'no" 'fTrW Uc{,Aurw ; 10 tar .. they do Dot point to a direct quotation (..t. 81 (fOC aft Tc\ ...pa.......;,. arTA.) are probablyoJwogeable to clerical inadverienoe (n. U (fOC _ _ (OTl) TO arTA.)'

CAUSAL CLAUSES.

194&. Causal clauses, when not expressed by a participial or re1atiTe oonstruction (1929 " 2013), are introduced by 0-,.., &an, beca118e '; ~ I as '; or 1nl 'since,' 1nt3q 'seeing that,' (J 737-f3)-and stand in the indicative. Only when the principal
468

Digitized by

Google

194:15-19150.]

CAUSAL AND CONSECUTIVE CLAUSES.

clause stands in a BeCOfIdary tense and represents the cause as a matter of some one else's opinion (ostensibly, as he MYS), do they admit of the past subjunctive {but never in Homer).Negation 00.
Th. I, 52, 3 'A/JrpIaiO& 1"oll'"GII A.AVcr8a& I'Or enrollaa,. AUlTl Ir ~iPG 4).8011, 2. 21. 3 01 'A8"lIGio& Nil fi'p'.u.lo IICdJuCo. OTl fTf'~r &11 w indArOI. PI. Prot. 335 D 3/opal trOll ffOpa,...i.a& ",....,. Wc I~ oM' all I . 93'11 AKOYCAIMI q "oii. 1948. In this caae N has naturally departed from .A, inasmuch as air on the one hand. and the secondary subjunctive on the other. have retreated since H-G times before lW, and the indicative respectively (1740)' Be it further noted that On is at present almost obsolete (1755). I'rf~ (now also 1.,...1 ol, 1717b) obsolescent, and that N speech has modified to 111113;" or ,.,.."a~' ai, and 3,6,0, to (1717b.

1.,..,,3,

1739) 194:7. After expressions of emotion (2 128 if.), such as 6a.v~OJ. &yJICUC1'iI, Xa.>.nu.t-. ~. d.y,.,Q" &",olllc"" etc., the cause, when uncertain, is often conceived as an hypothesis and so is expressed

'Y"'"

by d ' that with the indicative: Dem40 43 801l,,4C. 3' ''''''' ')If ei ",,3.1r ~""II F,'" 1v8u",i'NJI. Fir' &,,If-'' PL Lach. 194 A ul _ d1,,8cir d')'UJ'lllCl'il li ow.,,,l .t ..... ,,;, olar" .1,.1
ftl1.iP. Dem. 18. 160 oltrXJ1611 1fTf". li I~ pAil "A

tur3f f'OVI A6oyour dlll,.tr8f.

'P'1" w/,...'I'G, ",...ir 3.

lH8. So still in N with the difference that has been repJaoed by a. , if' or more commonly "a 'that (J 773 it ) with the primary subjunctive, as: IIDu ~mu A N (or NA pJ,) /M1II1nllTfUpr 'I am lOrry if (or that) you don't believe me,'1cl xopGI NA (I, la&;' I ehall be glad to eee you.'

CONSECUTIVE CLAUSES.
194:9. Unless they are expressed by a relative construction (2014 if.). consecutive or lllative clauses are introduced by ~

uncommonly by ~ {1756f.),-with a finite mood (mostly indicative) when the consequence is an actual occurrence (so that), and with the infinitive when the consequence is repr& sented as a resulting possibility (so as to): Dem. 2. 26 ow",r cI,.-pd- ';efl" ciicTf! EAnizITI ClWG ~ 'Y''';trerlaa; Iaocr. 12. 103 .lr f'Oiif" -N,IITIIII 4UOJI ci)CT w elHpKeccN oWo& "q" IIt'G 'rill dp~II, dUG 1C/I1 "I}. IC/If'G 8tfAotrtro. 3Wap&ll ow.r ,.,...e;.,.."fTfI. AafJliv, cOCTf! "OIl' trll,.,aX.OIll "M ""mpollr A4IicTACAH. Xen. An. 5. 6, 20

'X'..

.,..>,oCca ",.. CIlCTf! hrI fJouAJflT8. IEalct>"", All enInECOITe. Sopb. El. 1172 8v"rir 3' Opi~. cOcTf! ,,;, AiD cTiNI. Eur. Hee. 730 av 3i ".~o>'GC." ciicTf! 8AYMAzIIN I,... Iaocr. 40 43 f'O&oVrOJl 18ar ~,...., 7lIIpl3_ ciicTf! ~&tTo"!'~ CYNI.\8f!iN Ir f'Owo.. Xen. (}yr. 6, 3. 19 trdJIII poc
A""fP
(OCTe

.,..a,.",,,.

a.

IIMNAI., ,., ~. , Xen. (}yr. 7. 5. 81 ""0lll' ..A._IIn,", CIlC ft""1tTat !'GIll '1~ cn~ Tf!'(!ITAI. 8,7. 27 I" '" da~.i f3" Wc ,."ao b In -0. n.scire. 19&0. Accordiugly ciicTf! with the itvfftmtle ia regularly uedIJ. To upreaa a designed result (eo ", 10), as: PI. Gorg. 476 0 trU WO&OWW clic:TC 3lq. pi} AI~NAI.

1,.-

' '0,..,.

464

Digitized by

Google

[18&0-19151.
b. After & comparative with f (u87), as: Xen. Mem.3t 5, 17 MlizON HciicTl ~fJf'" ~YNACeAI /Cuo.... c. After & negative or hypothetical principal clause: [Dem.] 59, 91 mm oY II'clAlJ& IC1Tl 'Yf'YC"ll'illG ciicTl cly-iII 11,,&.
19IL The above rule (1H9 L) appli811 aleo to thOl8 P-B oompoaitiona, whOl8 authol'll show more or 1_ akill in the U88 of the in1lnitive. But .. regards popular speeoh, on the ODe hand it avoids the ooDlIIIOUtive GOD. structiOD (1759), and OD the other uses DOt ODly 1Hrr. and ita rare oom~OD _, but also a,., 'eo that: &ca ' so .. to,' eometimes even hcur ' so as to ' (thus oonfounding ooDlIIIOUtive with final clauses)-while N B]I88Oh for this variety of particles has substituted &ov or woii either with the indicative (10 tAaI) or with ...eland the nbjunctive (10 III Ill). Cp. 175711." 2016 If. Sept. . . a. 11 Tt. "", ..,.. 1)Y1 npnIc:OMAI .., . hpcaCr. /IGt1&J.J. AI~. _ Ihl ilAllI) ToW vim 'l6pcu}A .. 'rit .urm0ll; liT JIa~ 8, .., _ _ 'aT,... MOf chi _ 01 4 HAM" Y'lfAlCoYO'(CIN IIWfj; .John 1, 55 ni ,MMft MOf tn/fMwafca& BTI o6x erpHcOMEN Theod. i. 1680 0 TfKlWrf1l1 If ...IIIX"" TW tnaTtiicnu T. TiIiP IS.\.,., ... TW .... a67Wr _Tcl TcaWW "PANTO ..6)..'I'D'" 1704 0 oIlftI, ~"', OTI n1 Tcl ""plll .,u. Ixft',oIIf 'lfllpiICflIT... -yl"" _ Tel ,J.,.tlra. ....", u.&ir .... IIWj ICliT.... Apopht.b.:r~ 0 TOIJM"" fAIt ,HTPfW aTI HCeENII _ ~ MN.

""/IIH _

'1JT,,,.-,dAr,

aT!

.sa.;

.a,

T' 1'01 390 0 06

.,w TfKloVTor 4-"." tIV,...,... iNA

8ept. .Job 1, a6 06 -,dp .It TCW caliIiPca 11, :r8 TU tlOI ~ ~_lu TCIIlnp

' AII& iNA 1_."' 'JilIA TaUTIIMAlCpo8\'MHCII).B. liT4,Kark 'lfOI~C; JOI. .J. 3, 10

.,., 4 _pltllt iN' _ ~ 'If~c. llal. 16, '1' ~ 4,.ar TOIw...or I,.,. iNA pl 'l'lWrOV ZHTHCIITI. Por IIIAII7 _ m.t.u_ gf 1$." aDd iIIG - 1757-1 "[I).

...mw. _ .....0 tlVlfr,-t iNA TOIcamut pi lCoAAKlicMC fIoNir; AtJw&. i

'P.,...... -"ix'" .".,. .

t,..

iAlHcWCI _

..oAIJI'OI; Plu," ii :r33 A-

FINAL CLAUSES.

18151. Unleaa they are otherwise expreeaed (by a participial, infinitival, or relative construction, 1929. 2020 f.~ final clawte8 are introduced by Wa, &rws (4.), ,q (4.) (1760 .}-negatively :..a ".~, &rwt (41') "." ,q "." or simple ",,-and stand in the primary SUbjunctive. It is only when the verb of the principal clause is in a secondary tense (1932), that they equally admit of the secondary subjunctive (1). Xen. Mem. 3t 2, 3 fjaaaAm 11"","" obX iNA/cawoV /CM" i'lfIMeAl4T"', cIA).' iNA _ oI/Aol'"OI '" (3; 1) ~. d 'lfpATTWCI. An. 2, 6, 21 f/IlAoc eBoiAITO Fl_ roi, ";'Y'C1T0 ~OIr, iNA d3",... ,,~ ~1~oiH aur."". :Mem. 2, 10, 2 1I'IIpCIICIIA." lirrpollr O'lfWC ,..; A'lfoeAN~. PI. Crit. 43 B Ifllrr,Ur ... ok ""'lpeN
iNA l.J, 93&C1T0 ~IAr~C.
~, the proportion of JIl'imar7ntUunotivee tolllCOlldary au1\illlUltivee [~ tivee)after.-ndaryteDBM, .5JII: 894. Iaapartlcular Homer 35: 156, Pindar a: 10,

Xen. An. I, 40 18 ra. tr).oit&'A/JpGIc6,., ICAnlCAVCIN iNA

Il) AooordiJIc to Weber'1 IItatIatical oalcuJatloua eztencliDtr to all writen Won

A~Joe a : 91Sophoalee.: as. BviPidee 31 : 6& A.ri8tophan- 13: 37, Herodoto. 86 : 47, ThllC7didM 168: 60, J:.otaIM a. : 191 ~ .1 : 17, I-.loe 8 : 17, ~ 40: 40t Aeoohia.. 13: 7, PJa&o .:r I 7'9t XeDophcm 45: a65. In the A.ttio writen and ~ aolucUDc XeDophcm, tb. freq_o7 of the primar;y aDd ~adary nbjunotin .jut equal, -lIlT 441. (WGoodwiD P. 114 foomote.)-AooordiJIc to WKtIller, Theophr. 5', aeithClr AriatoUe nor Th~ . . &117 kIDau ... the ..-dary nbjunotin la flDal ~ JIowInr Afqr. tnW. 18, ~ . ..",.pI'" ,.., TW.,.."a..- flA- hE""., iNA AceBlicAICN'"" . -

riNOINTO .",..,.;.

466

Digitized by

Google

1811-18110]
~ ltvpor AlAII~. ~ (if DOt fii,)

FINAL CLAUSm.

w pi, BoH60iENo

Tb. 30 230 5 flaptJl1itrx_ ~ _ . ~ n\ """.ia

18153. In final c1a1lllell, P-N Greek has considerably departed fNm A in that it has altogether dilcarded the 88COndarylUbjunctive (1934) and modified the fin&l particles (176c>-9).
2, 2, 10 iNA aiFM iKBIACOINTO "-oiiaa&. crwJiAIcw B7neL 1453 A,..,N -,Gp &ulov "OT~ fIw- npocAopolO. Bull. SeL 5115 D ~ m ANAcxOtO, ,..,N cyrxWpHCOtC. Bu. ii. 1125 0 ftm7", . . cOcn IIdAlcdu.aMl. 1_ hi. 17, ... 20 ~IAKONHCOITO' 17, 9t40i llAMAlOtNTo. ." 2, 11{ HC AH'fOITO. Plui. i 721 fl cON ANAkIX8HcoITo. Dio O. 48. 36, I i. ... oH: KATAMArHCOtNTOo Eplpb. L. Iba C iNA Kn!COINTo. 80 413 B hIllS AlAlPACOI :01: ;""); Apth. 37 (1304 A) onwc nApACTHCOtNTO BrdD. IliA 3, ... 11 ftlpoctITO wc 8UcoINTo.-80 too WeAN (Wc AN) - lII1"'a (1767, a): Ea. ii. 172 B WeAN KATwiopol. 6.J6 B WeAN 1ft .... crWoIIcw i.nANTHcOt. 761 A OJcAN cWriir thrtw AAIIOtEN. Proc. ii. 171, 19 ti N dnOtMEN. Be1dr.. AD. SI90 20 et ft, imCtcC'I'OITo. A&Mh- 47 "3U Cl OJcAN WKAMCOtTO, n ~ lieu. BI8t. . , 5 " .ss..... .. IS WeAN iCOtTO. 295. 23 weAN nApA~OINTO, n ~ Vita BuUa7m. 2, 2 ,.tU awcW KATi~OI _ npoCAnOAorHCOITO. IS, 2 " ,.. KATAliIOtTO 1..0 _a,8cI.UoaTO. Doeith..... An Gramm. (lIKeil .n.), p. 378 an, AN IWft ,.,.,a dH-lAN ""'"'po ,...,a iN -IV r 6tn4po IlITfTG,"", iN - d 4".nfptU IIf1G?Cfifa dEN," 379 iNA ,.,)14,. iN, eta. Jlalohl..-pta 263, 20 r.r 41IOICEIEN. ~L ISO. 9 TfPO~111 h CXOiH. 136, 16 Tt}ot 'riH",lntotnopl_ &011 npodAIIOt (-8p '). .(110$. 17650 1767," App. v. 14 t)

1963". That the _du7lR1bjuDctive ~ .. eaaV" H, foreIp to emUJIU'7 Gnek shown .wo 117 the ooouicJaal bl1mderiDc of writaa likeBcID. BI8t.

-.,,..l

1914. When the principal clause stands in a past telUle and expresses a subjective potentiality (19'14), or an unattainable wish (194), the final clause (then led by Uta, rarely by ~) naturally falls within the past and thus stands in the past indicative (without cIr). This lD&y be called t.lB8iMilatiott 0/ fJIOOti (1934). PI. Gorg. 33, c dUo cri Ixpij" ~pi" vvyxel'ig, nW d,tI*,pa ~ iNA crullOtlfTln i["lrNETO. Keno tI9 B.l t/>i-& 01 clyJoll.,t"fHl""O, If/iu>-.m.,..o

a. I" cLrpGll'Aa, iNA ~.lr .wow l.c+ktPCNo

l>em. 22, 28 xpij" VI ~'" iNA iKlNlYN'YEC flfpl XIA'-. L7L 30 21 1{JatiA.6P'1' Zl,-a ..." a~';' iN', dpt/Hw.ptW d.:OUaa.rff riA.,Bij, irNWTE ft

er 1,.,1 'X''''
with rN, N

a.

h"-

19I4 b. 80 too ever since down to the present time; but regularly ..a or y&G ,a :

Acta Xanth. 59, '4 .,.""" ri Iro,. 7'oV &_.aAov iNA i.1IEKAAEc:AMHN a6ToV n}II f6rlP. 61, I iNA" .... ,.,.,." i.NE1TAYC"'~. 67, 34 iN. aiFa. 'AfeW hWKEN. 77, 10 .rlt ..,. 4""" in I" ,.. ",pt.. iNA ,.t} MklN Ti aJ~la. 81, 31 iNA ~ 3Ao1r 'I'.rllll cyNiTYXONo Acta Herei 8, 3 nAa. TOii Itoii ~.. mm, flp6r ". '-'1Aw1wo, iNA ,atT. &fo,. 1T~odAAIION.-N: a. .rXII ,.. NA llo\A. a. ~ '1'0 flAotSn, TOIl ["lA NA 'XE s .... ....1.... 7'011. Id'" lwallna ["lA NA 'MA8AtNEC:. a. Id (/W '.."... ["lA NA ,,' bEpiMENcc:. as,.w~ ["lA NA 7'Ci 'I'pa. a.,.." rlA HA 'llAma. For a cWrerent and oommoner conItraotlon _ the fonowing aection (1955). 19U. OoDlidered from the point of time of the leading aenteDce,

_*

'IIT." .r,.

116,.,.

.,.p&tw.a

'_"'I'GII'

the above flna1 clau_ nataralll fall within the present or future, and. thuI commonly atand in the pnmary IUbjunctive.

466

Digitized by

Google

de

_I

FINAL CLAUSES.

[19151-1981.

Dem. 23. 7 .,..m' a. f3rI AI-p... 1fpclr 6,.. '_",fipow iN do\HTI ft'A. 30, 10 I ,.. ... fr.; Tar a. Itrtntv.... IN, .r Tar -,l"(lfOCTO laClflopG, lIO,MatIIIhl ~ Rp'
'pi.. o\YNHTAI. Cp. '''' 44 j 340 30 Lya. 3, 44 So mu. In N: a. ,~.1c1 aov ''1'''' ra.t. NA ,. lIeplMtNIIC. clr ~ n ...AcnSn, TotI raA NA' XII 'r ,.. al..dor.".. TOil.

lpa",.'o,.

'""" MM c/JoprllCol ~Nci)MeN. Xen. Cyr. 2, 3, 6 aeaO&ll4 MM roOIJ r,", II'9Ii!m. "Pl. PhiL Il .. 4H>8oVpD' MM r'.....' Ij&..or Ijaovalr eYpMcoMeN

19158. After expressions of fear, cautioK, danger, and kindred notions, the object of fear is introduced by /A, 'lest,' that ' (negative /A'.w 'lest not,' 'that not' (1805. 1827), and stands in the present or future 8UbjImctit7e, rarely in its kindred future indicative. Only when the leading verb stands in a secondary tense may the object of fear be expressed also by the secondary subjunctive: Iaoor. 14. 38 J.aIJ..&r JfIT' MM MeTABMII)NTAllI4l riNII)NTAI ~o ratll trO),E,,;..w. PI. Phaedr. 257 c tlJri, MM pD' cS AIICFIar ran,", 4lANH. Tb. 3, 53 ;""",m,OJlofP lCol w,.ar MM oy 1C00POl AIIOBHTI. PL Tbeaet. 183 B ala](V..o-

Xen. An. I, 10, 9 laEIO"GJ/ 01 E),).'1I'Er MM trpolTClrOIeN trpOr N IC/pv Ri aWoW KATAKO",EIAN. 3i 4. 29 Mlr' J.f"';'Sf1fTD a.aOlllmr MM AIIOTMH8eiHCAN. Symp. 2, 11 01 '~oVvro MH n IIA9H. Cyr. I, 4. 2
wfp4ofjfiro MH 01 cS tromror AIl09ANII.

S.o,,..,_

19157. This 1l88ge still substantially survivel in No Tbe only P-N change. conaiat: (I) iD the retreat of the secondary subjunctive and future indicative since H-G and T-B respectively (App. v. 6-13 & 15. App. iv.); (2) in the modification in N of,,~ oll to ,.~ a/.. (1799- 1805) j (3) in the occasional amplification in N of 1'9 to ~" tr, "Q (also ~" tr~ lICIi, 1806b 2049b ), coneBponding to ancient ~ tr4lolS'. Thus N: ~BoYMAI or icllOBM9HICA "I) IJpIf" ,.. ~ .. 'pIfr- aIeo ,,1)1' .. N IJpIf, (..... trfr ["""lI9r] . . IJpIf,)-,..... .. N,..... 'pip VnP ",. ~".] .. 11.. 'pip)' 19158. But when the ohject of fear refers' to the past or

N&.do.r oieTAI r, AI,)",,,, Charm. 16:3 A. Ilpa MM ilC'Uto" KII)AYf:I. 19119. So,mn iD. N, though "I) in this case ma, be Nplaced by p".;. ~""'f 10.t91 or mON eommOllly bY_l-/Sr, 1755>: </IOfJow"",""" """ wfr ~,....r~, or ...,) 'IJpt/" </IOfJoii,., ,.. (or IJpfXfl.

cS~,.., MM

present and at the same time is represented as an actuality, it regularly stands in the indicative. Tb. 3, 53 4H>flov,.r8o. MM dl4orf/*. HMAPTMKAMEN. Pt Lach. 196 c

_>

1860. The word ezpressi~ the fear is Bometimes omitted, and thuI"~ or 1'9 00 with the subJJlnctive stands elliptically [in so far aB it is not actnall, direct inten:oga.tive 2046 ] :
PI. Oorg. 461
~oiiT' ~
B

xaA.riIJ', IUaTOI' ~..... 198L When 1188d in the sense of' I fiar or "MBitate to,' the above

MM. d.-i~f'" ~ rd.A']f~r .lftw.

Apol. 39 .t. d.UIl MM 06

ezpreuions (1956) govern the (prospective) infinitive (2087), and in N ita analyaia with .a. XeD. Cyr.8, '1. 15 fioIJ~afTGJ Ao\IKeiN. Th.... 110 06 "Tla.,_ 'a.AI,w. Dem. 25, 11 fw..a:rr6,....."" qJ ..poop4Jl'f"O" pi) KATAICXYNAI TGW"... So N: </IOfJoii"", ..a ...pduOl 'I tear to 0J'0I8 over.' lit""&; ..al .",.0'01.

467

Digitized by

Google

1881-1987.]

CONDmONAL SENTENCES.

1982. After verbs expressing an elm (exertion, care, etc.), the object clause is introduced by ~ or ~negative ~ ,....q, fft, ,....q-with the future indicative or, less frequently (but regular in G-B). with its cognate future subjunctive lAppa iv. 8). It is only when the leading verb stands in a secondary tense that the object clause in.A also admits of the secondary subjunctive, rarely of the future optative (1935 f.). Such verba of eft'ort are: br'/UA ... w8a. t/>pn",lCn IJ'lr0000fiP, lJ'~n"

,"An., IT'II'OllaaCf&ll. "',mr"", trUpalTlrfudCfIJ'8",-alao t/>u>.an-.afaa, riMfjfiIJ'Sa" 'take care.' laoer. 2. 37 t/>po.nr onOM: MHWN ~&OP "" nlv,.", npAlac. Xen. An. I, 3. 11 IJ'lrf7l'f'fO. onOM: elf dl11/Ja>.irrrara MENolM'N. Symp.8, 25 ~ yap onOM: ".)..i_ aE&os rfNHTAI I".,,u>'fi,,a&, dUo onOM: ,""Of M& ".AfilJ'nl ~ia KApnOOcnAI. Dem. 6, 25 oil t/>u~.,g onOM: MM 3fcrtrcm", tYPHTt. Xen. Cyr. 8. I. 43 1""'I">"',,"oonOM: MM acr&nl ..on iCOINTO. 'l'h. I. 57

n,.

irrpalTlJ'fP

onOM: ".6>"f1'Or rENHT.... 1983. With the gradual retreat, since P. of &nwr (or air) before i." (1761 f.). the latter particle Bubstituted itself for the formerin alllrlnd. and cases of final elauaea. and thus brought ciwwr into diauae. Hence 0"._ and still more ~ are foreign to G-N speech. their place haviug been taken by u.a (B-N"a) and its various modifications, as explained in 1760-9.

CONDITIONAL SENTENCES.

GeneraJ Remarks.
[19M. A conditional I8ntence conBlatB of a auppositiOll and ita co_ quence : Vrou~ rou 1Dill-.l. The clause containing the supposition (V rou ~j ill called pt"IIItIIiI (condition, hypothesis, q..clauae I, that containing the consequence (fOIl will--.f) la called ~ (7'1MII-cIause).) 19615. Conditionall8ntencea may be ola.ad undor two broad heads, according as they ezpren an undetermined SUppoeitiOD (~III form) (11, or an unreal aaaumption (1Ubjet:ti1ll form) (tl. Either _ may oaturaUy refer to the p~nt, past, or future time. 1988. The conjunctioDs mt.roduc~ the protasis are two: .1' if,' and IQII ora" (also ~II) 'if,' allidentieal 1n meaning but varying in point of construction (cp. fr" and la. "1727-8). The former (fl), after a long reoord, retre.ted before the latter ('0" or Il~), which thus acquired. an .baolute dominion (1771 ). It still fully surriv88 iD the form all. often .mplified to &W, or .bbreviated to limple Il (1772', sometimes also by metathesis to .0 (1773ft'.). 198'1. The protasis or II-claule m.y be expreaaed: by .1 and the indic.tive or secondary subjunctive; by lall (A., ~.) and the primary subjunctive; by. relative clause (2023); or by a participle alone (1977.2153-4). Theapodo8u or n".cI.use may be expressed bylloD.1 finite mood. Of these finite moods the indicative and secondary subjunctiye are. in certain caaea, accompanied by the modal particle h,

U8

Digitized by

Google

ommmONAL SENTENCES.

[lae7-1m.

and called on thia a.ccount poUttlW indicatiYe or potential IIlbjunctive [potent.ial optative] reapectiye1y. l.988. The protasis is almost always neptived by I"i (1804: but . cp. 1807'f.), the apodoais by o~ (N U) or ".", according to the Dature of the case (r80I-18~1). 1969. A. The objective conditional form (1965), which leavea it undecided whether the protasis is a reality or a mere 8881lJDption, has a threefold construction : 1989b. I. If it refers to any time (past, present, or future) and puts no specwstreas on the supposition-which is the commonest case-the protasis is expressed by d with the WlicatitJe of any tense (or by the conditional participle, 1967), and the apodosis by any finite mood. ei geAelc AYNA.CA.I, or geAooN AYNACAI, i/p wish, IOU can. Eur. Bell. ~. 294, 7 ,i IJtoI. ,.. o\pciiclN alv](poll oll" ,iciN lhoL Soph. Frg. 18 ,j &i,,' 'o\PACAC, 3fU1fi ..01 fraihill (T* Xpit. Eur. Frg. 5 ,I "'9 1CAe1'IC y).iilcnrall lCTld 1101 1COICd. PI. Or. 49 B erai d nH o)'AlI o\o\OIlTAI, AEr' "al o\io\ACu. Soph. Phil. 5:z6 dU' I o\OK,j fr~i,.,J.&O, OpMi.c8(J) 'rOxW. Dem. 18, 10 ci pill iCTe fM t'OIOUorOll MwM ""'11911 ANAClt~.ck. Az. Av. 1390 oV 3. KAy(J)N ,ic'l mxa. Xen. -Cyr. 8, 7, 28 ,.o~ fIJlAovr el'l" rnoYNT'C, /COl ,.o~ IxlJp~ o\YNHuck "oMe,,". ForP-Naee 1984-9~. -1970. 2. If it refers exclusively to the present or future with a certain emrhasis upon the supposition, the protasis is expressed by la.. (lv, "") with the primary ItWjtmctifJe, or by the condi tional participle (1967) Ill,and the apodoeis by any prospective mood (indicative of any primary tense, imperative, primary subjunctive).

if 1101' (read,) wish, 1101" .nn ~. ' PL La.cb. 301 Cl iil(J) trapG u' a1Sp'Oll, iAN IJfOr ieiA". lien. r65 iAN 3' lX(J)M'N JP;'~ CIOM'N f/Ic').OVf. Xen. -Cyr. 5, 3, ~7 iAN oJ" i"c lliill, m. lC'1 0&01_; PL Rep. 4~3 D 'AN I"i 4 01 f/H>.6uot/>oc a.cIA,,"c(J)CIN 4 01 fjau,).iir IjIIAOC04IHc(J)CIN cW" 'CTI ,,0lI&l. traii).a ,.air tr6}.fU'". Az. Ran. 586 MN U. ,.oii ).OIfroii frar' A4i'\(J)MAI ~IIOV, w,er,.' AnoAoiMHN. Xen. Cyr. 3, 2, 13 aN fr6).fp.oll AipliC8" "'''''"., iiK'T 3.vpo &"'V StrA,.,II. Soph. Ant. 1~55 dU' icoM,c8A Mpovr nApACT,iXONTC. Gnom. IJfOU o\lo\ONTOC Gliaill icxrel t/>8611Or, I /COll"i o\lo\ONTOC cW3ill iCxY'l fr6l1Of. So still in N: All 'XlIr unu.. J.&OV. a I"oujJdoT'IlCff IU1IJcu.. all 'IlPfEt .. sa .lH Aa-". Bee aJao 1984-92187L 3. Conversely, if it refers to the future, but represents the case as a mere potentiality, the protasis is expressed by cl with the secondary subjunctive, or by the participle (1967), and the apodoeis by the potential secondary 8ubjunotive(1925). ei geMlc (or geAooN) AYNbJO AN, ifgou BhouU toish, gou toOUld 8UCUed.
U. with lI1IlQ1ulotiw.' BLGtlcIenIAMmI, '1'Iau. -'-r. PJdl. Boo. 11176, P. 469
Pl 'All_diticmalpartiolea _eoted with future teD8M mua be ~ved into ....

~t:N ge'\HC or geAHcHc AYNHCH,-or geAooN (geAHcAc) AYNHCI:f,

Digitized by

Google

1971-18"11.]

OONDmONAL SENTENCES.

Xen. Cp. 2, 1,8 oM' i n.nr IA80IEN DIPfJfU,"'~ ,-III'IX y.cplAAoiMCe' AN roUr trOA.f,M~. PI. Phaed. 68 B III'I-U~ AN dA.0)Iia CiH, ci ~80iTo ro. ea.aro. 0 rocoUrOf; Tb. I, 70, 9 d nr Ew-~ niira ~H &pIW AN cinOt. Aeach. Ag.37 olcor 8 OWM, ci ~ .\Allot, tlof/l'rrar' AN AdclCN. Sept. 195 r_Wo T' AN ~ c:yN,wCl)N c~Otc. Soph. Ant. 185 oM' AN CICDTIHCAlMI ~" lIr'l" opciJN (i e. 1 om.) tlt'flXOtV", dn-oir. 19'Il. or tbia form of conditicmalll8JlteDcN not one instance is found in the:RT, though once at leut it waalUa-ted in Acte 8, 31 (I~ f.). 1978. For the case when the protasis 18"88 as indinlct I8ntence question, _ a05+

1974:. B. The 8tlbjective conditional form (1965), which rep~ senta a case as a mere assumption contJ:ary to reality, refers either to the past, or to the present coru:eid as past. The protasis then is expressed by' cl with the itadicatiw of any BtCOfI dary tense, or by the participle (1967), and the apodosis by the potential indicatiwwith!lv (191. 1907. 1967).-In particular the imperfect stands here for the present, and the aorist (IVely pluperfect) for the past (194. 197). ti tl8dec (or 8eAooN), eAy NOO AN, ilp tI1ia1&etl, gou.tDOUld succeed. ei H8eAHcAc (or 8eAHCAc), bYNH8HC "H, t I p had fDished, P tDOUld haw succeeded.
Xen. MeID. 4t 3, ~ tl*r ci ,.;, CiXOMN oflO'Ol t'OW n4~oir AN ~IICN. Tb. I, KPATI d pi, n KG1 - " " '.. CTXCN. l>em. 27,63 "j frfYr' AN cnA80N lItr oWe,,, ci ",A.d. ](pOpo.. nnponcYeHN; Xen. An. 2, I, 4 Ei /&~ V".W HAeuc nopcy6118A AN 01 fJaua>..la. DelD. 18, 76 ri.. cl&"".... AN _IINHTO -rM, aVroii i n np1 Ip.oV "1' Irp~N. 18, 238 '" yap AN ".~tlIJt", ~r ""TI ,.;, .-~ oYCHC ,.qr lItropJ(OWrr,r inroA.#-.r ftpl Iltaftpoll. Pl. Rep. 620 D ,.a owa AN lnpAlc 1ta1 tr,ww" AAXoiu. 197~b. 80 too in PB compoeitiona, .. : Ipat. ad.!l'ral. 11, a d W .tUN l~iNONTO AUAaJlHToV CN'Ovpoii_ tlN AN I>lIGpWftoil'f'Owl4lYror. CalliD..57.6 xaA.,w ci HIIHN TI~ oil. AN p.t'MIMHUC8f;-but fa, in this _ la frequent!,. replaoed b,. 4IM0I', .. : Teat. d. d ,n) ~IJ ,,~aro K&cAc Kpor cbfAf", p.t.

? oWe AN

..r""

cue where El with the secondary aubjunctive (and at't.er ita retreat, the past indicative, App. V. 9), or la" with the primary.lUbjunetive, ia

1971. T,..ponal coraditioA. OnI,. in appearance ia conditional the

usea to express a. ~ted or CIC8towJry action merring to the put or present. In reality d and la. bere are substitutes for &n and Ora. 'when(ever),' BO that sucb a conditional sentence ia virt.ually. an iterative temporal clause and 10 must be treated accordingly (1997 tr.). ei 8eAolc or 86AHCIIAC, biloJoo, whm(ever) p tDi81aItI, NO"

could.

Th. 8, 66 U 14 AN....lnol .... ln8NHKII wbea(.....) ct.jected, h. was a dead man.' Bdt. I, J 00 li "N nyN8ANOITONlJplC_ roiirw clol.wcy. Eur. Ale. 755 GM' d ". ,n} + polMIN a'irP'fNIN otNPfl", 671 iilll'n" i.\8~ Icbans oilatlr Bait-n.. "'illltf.". Xen. An. 5t 8 BfI'fH/HW cr" 1I'OV r. dpqiH 1J,.,n" llCliAoy. Dem. a, J:I In. I> A6-yor, AN An~ rd ",..,,,..,,., "araUw r, ~'T....l

n. _
6.., a

aB,. 011.

_..w.

c.D1n. 63,

J.

er TCf '8.\iBno.

lOa,

6 Ih" to+eAH8tt. 106, .6 act,

.60

Digitized by

Google

---

------------------------------~

OONDmONAL SENTENCES.

[187&-197'1.

10 d,," MN. 117, 10 fli T, AAMI. Leoat. Neap. V. J. 65. J fli ~".." n .. "1WJpW .al cl...,.... ~CkTO ( -~, 996.; App. ill. 3) 6 JIIIICf1pcor, ToUnw MnflCTiAAno .alnAplWflI.-Kore eumplee in App. T. 90

PSCUL/.J.B1TIS8 01' OONDITION.J.' 8SNTBNC88.

The form of the apodOlia iI not always fixed by the form of the protasis. but depends on the individual conception or intention of the Rpeaker. Hence we frequently find that IUl objective or real prota.&ia is &88Ocia.ted with a potential apodoaia. Xen. An. 5, 6, 7 li!AIMI AN TaUTca, ei T.... BoYAflCk nll/tll"".,. I, ... 19 olIlI~ AN 1r01.A4l ~upac cYclN, iXOIMflN AN hill ".",.".". PI. Apol. 15 B IrOAAI} -PI' AN .6&upwlo fliH ".p1 -rn, fli "mOl dToW llA4lkipfll, 011' &Mill Wc!flAoYCIN.
1976. MizMl formB.

'*

,,1_ .l, ,""

197Gb. 80metimes while the protaai.. la conceived .. a mere potentiality, the apodoeis is represented .. a deJlnite _ : ahoIcl/J JIIII' ~ _ llim, wriIe "., at _ . In that ease the primary subjunctive of the .u-clause is replaced by the aecondary subjunctive preceded ~y _I, .. : .1 drw 110",

WCIfHIviipa

.,,,m,- 1'0&.

Pl. Keno 80 D ei .hfTYxolc .lIT " . IT, TWro 'ItTC,,; Charm. 17.1 e d I~ BoY AOu) .,., Mal nP' parT. . .f... ErrXOlfllttrOJI"" m; plUOl'Tor Eur. Ant. Frg. an Tt It1 aAijr ~t tl pI} ni, ",pl".. Xl"lflT4. iXOI; Luc. Tim. 15 .r .,. TCIA']fb lflTAzOIC. 4ptfloI "1Il .GA01" MtOJ _'W. [Cyrill. H. CaWch. 13, aa .al .r Tar EplYNHCfllll, m &M.. alTC... Hiercn. Or. Dial. 8", 0 Ei ToiiTo loiNC, drr.,. "Of.]

_le,..

,,,.aIaA.

halt"'' ' '

.11,.,,,,,

141f.-", 6 ,,6PTor; nl hIor mo9 Ifl_... Epict. Ench. 15 .,1"/0.4 T, MGra ,,4; ,,,.,.... T!}r X"" -p.{OJr ptTdMlJ-. ""Ilpx~""; pi} Mal ~.. ; J&1) hrl/JaAA. 'rt6ppOJ nP' &,KE'''. AAAtl ".pil'....

TWrClU.-NT 13 6,.,..r-; ""T/"th,., cirri Cor.n".",tarIIoiiAor cl/1,..,ti.r... 5,llpi.;IrfIIrOfIfI6ftPet. ; dlupti 1/IGMn.. TM .,.,,/Jurlpour 7, PIt _ p.tAITOJ.
TlS

1977. Sub8titutioM for tM prolaN. In objective conditional Bentences, the relation (1969-71) is often expreaaed by a simpler IUld more vivid mode. This is effected by Cha.nglDg the prota.aia(a) to a direct iftterrogatiH clause, the apodoaia then serving a.a a reply to it, a.a : Dem. 18, 274 iEltp4f'T1 n, ; 6m .1 TI,.,."tG . .1'11 TOWou. ItI,I'DPTI
Tijr
TU , .

"potTfllXl"lOJ. ".,1..

Ttr;

11

T" ,,, '.A""";

.pofllGAfI1"'IOJ
1
J,

--X"

(b) to an imperatiw, the apodoaia then being subjoined by melUlB of lUll. This ca.ae is very common, eapeciaUy in P-N, a.a : Soph. EL n07 nflieoy AI-t-n KoY~ cl,..",.."" trOTl. PL Theaet. 149 B. :Rep. 467 0. Ar. Plut. 1017 "'P;'ZE KAI ft1rpdfnat.-Lac. Indoc. 19 TM nuplu ToWow nicKfl"'AI KAi I.I. Dial. D. I. ,"'''''''' BAtNE KAi Ifl.-8ept. Sir. I, 6 niCTflycoN .lITi KAi drrlA#.TDl "CIU. 3, 17 ,. .".~ I'll '".,. _ llilAre KAi .s.,a~. NT John I, 19 A-run TW -w TOiiToP KAi Tpuri"'paar .,.,. (I'JICf'OIf) cWr6P. 80 1, 40. JIatt. T, 7 .inin KAi .......... 6pt,,' ZHTfliTfl KAi KpoYeTfl KAi ~f'" 80 11, etc. Jlatt. ... 190 8, 8. Luke 7, 7. 10, 28. Ju. 4, 7. Mark 6, u. Luke 10, 28. John 140 16. :ReT.4, 1. Hermaa Vis. 1, I, 9 npoCflYxOY .par Ta. Id.. KAi IUrrcu N clpal"ltptATla "CIU. Vita Epipb. 41 o. 49 B. 96 o. 85 D. g6 0; et pusim-and 10 on ever since. (c) to a. preposition with ita ca.ae, or some other form of expreaaion

'I'

.1I""'fT.

11,.,..

'9,

(1991), a.a:

461

Digitized by

Google

1977-1988.]

CONDITIONAL SENTENCES SINCE A.

,.w 11

~~'. I~, 49 11';' ,.

KilN,!>

tMAc ~ wrIAcu AN AuQWj,AlITC. hoc..., .4' 10' trOAA.tba. AN 1I1U.'i'9HCAN. (d) to a relative clause, for which see 2023 f.

.... and l3ou"ol,,'I" ... 'I wish I could,' 'I should like:

1978. Protai, omitted. The protaaia of a Bubjective condition iB often omitted, especially when the apodoais, if expreued, would be equivalent to a potential clause (one mig1al, one coaUd). Xen. C17. 7, I, 38 , ... 11) l rNo) AN TI. 5cr0ll1f10lf Tcl .,..,..iirfa& Ipxwna. Bur. And. 85 ..oMd, AN eYPOIC ~. you could find many devi-.' PI. :Rep. 487 AKoYOIc AN, ~TI lpoc,. fHIl..'"""''' often '/IoIIA6,.",

.r"

",.,...,.-80

1979. Yri omitted. The verb of the ]lrotaais may be IUpprell8d when it ia readily aupplied. Thia blendi~ has led to a number of pregnant and cryllta1lized adverbial expreBBlona :1980. I. i (OrEinp) TIC KAi AAr\OC (. if anyone it ia he') ' .. much .. anyone,' 'more than any other.' (Cp. 1712.) rI980 On tWa principle we must read in NT I Cor. 11, 13 4ftp'"
(1685').] .

198L 2. i MH,leaa common Ii';'N MM, ( ... tI'~~.. ) 'except,' 'unI.,' used
chiefly after a negation or interrogation. (1735.) Xen. An. 4. 7. 5 ".,a, &,-".,.. dMH ~ -W-. PI. Crito 53 B oNtlr o63W (1" 1tfIIr6" 'p.i AN MH "w;..

T_

198111. Hence i MM d (."""'1) 'Well: 1981. In this u:ceptive sense both Ial and AIr ,,~ are lti11 pr.ened in N as cryatallized adverbs. The latter, moreover, has been pbonopathicaUy contracted to 4,,(P) recently also to ~)4, as: ABC 39. 4. 81, 6. 88. +

.r

198111. For thia d(,,)~ modem IIJI88Ch often IIIlbititutel~. that la It&liaD (from Latin".., 'rather '). (1736.)

1988. 3. ei .w MH (rarer AN Ai MH) 'if not,' 'otherwise,' used in alternative caaea, especially after d pi.., la" pi.., d (;a..) "... pi, :Xen. A9. 7. I, 8 Ial -4crtIr i Ai MM _'liar An. 3, 2, 3PI. PhaecL 91 0 " pi.. TI 61". ao.a; dA"'~, "frt&.. two~i M MH, WVTI "60)? dIIT'Ttl..fTf. Crito Tb. 3,3 ... tU.. fwlAlti nipa .. i .w .....

Taw..

It-.

LuIte 10. 6. 13. 9. Aote 5. 38 f.

5'"

1984. The P-N biatory of the conditional sentencea haa been determined by varioua causea. both direct and indirect. In the fint place the aeconda.ry Bubjunctive had abown, even in A, unmiatakable signa of retreat (1923 ft'. 1934). In the leas subtle language of aubsequent timea thia retreat WIWI inevit&bly accelerated. and we abiill see in App. v. 6ft'. (cp. also 1934) that towards the beginning of our era the secondary lubjunctive. as a dependent mood, hBd completely passed out of use in the anconventionalliving lauguage. As a. natur8l consequence the third form of objective conditional protaaea (1971) retreated with the aecondary mbjunctive and BOOn disappeared completely.
1985. Even Polybi08 malt.. bardly any uae of this form of concUtional protasis, and in the NT there are only Dine inatancee of .r with the secondary subjunctive, but even theee solitary u:ampl_ are doubtfnl, partly also irrelevant. (20390 Cp. 1972.)

1988. A aecond and parallel cause which told on the P-N hiItoq 462

Digitized by

Google

CONDmONAL SENTENCES SINCE.4.

[1888-1988.

of conditional sentences was the early retreat of the future indicative (App. iv). This inevitably led to a further limitation of the conditiona.l sentences, inasmuch as that portion of the fil'8t conditional form which referred to the clear future (tl + fut. indic. J 969 b f.) had now to beJt:;n up in favour of the ever spreading primary subjunctive. Acco . ly with the disappearance of the secondary subjunctive and the future indicative, the prospective part of the fil'8t form of conditiona.l sentences (J969-"70) and the entire third form (J~71) were replaced by the primary subjunctive with fa.. (.1.). To put It anothez wa,y, all q-cla.uaea referriDJ to the future are henceforth ezpreaaed indiscriminately by the pnmary subjunotive with la.. (S,,).

1987. Lastly another morphological, but equally important, factor contributed to determine the P-N fate of conditional sentenceL The two pa.ra.1lel coDjunctions d and 10.11 or lip ('iv),-later a.1ao their temporal corre18.tives &n and &n._synonyms as they were even in A, became gradua.1ly identica.1 in meaning, the only distinction retained in P Greek being their respective constructions. Before long, however, this ~tactica.1 di1ference was also 1evelled, and the two groups of conditional particles became in every respect synonymous and interchangeable (177a. 1780). At this stage of complete identity, the stronger natura.1ly prevailed over the weaker, and thus fall (All) and &rail invaded the domain of fi and 8", respectively. Acco~ly la." (All) and &rail even in the Septuagint and in Pol~bios appear With the past indicative in the room of fl and respectively. Gm. 38, 9 OTA.N iCHPXETO. Ex. J7. II onN ElTHp MoIVtri;r nU Xfipar. Num. u, 9 OTAN ICATEBH. 31,9- 1 Reg. J7, 34t>TAN HPXETO d A/_. Pe. 119. 7 onN WAGyN. (So ....u h GeD. 30. 42. Ex. 33, 8. 34, 3+ 40, 36.) Deut. 2, 16 ElTlUN 6lTCAN.-NT 1 John 5, 15 AN oiAAMN. Mark 3, JI iiTAN ClWm.

ii",

E8wpoyN. H, 19 OTAN E(iNETO. Barn. 12, 3 OlTOTAN KA8iAN. 4, 14 OTAN BAE1TT. Ignat. ad Eph. 8, I OTAN ,."a.plo. 'tn"''';o. ENHpICTAI'1I 6",...,. Bermas Sim. 9, I, 6 OTAN d ''',or lTIKKAYKI tflPGl '-rI"ollTO. 9t 4, 5 OTAN ETE8HCAN. 9,6,4 OTAN ilTATACCN. 9, 17,3 OTAN ETI8HCAN. Polyb. 4, 32, 5 OTAN mOl "pM c1M"Aout "par ',,4pow "oAfl'OWrfr III fltpc_p.oir HCAN. 130 7. 10 OTAN oil. lTPOCHpIC 'ra.if X'fJC1l "par ri Ma. "'if 'YVJ'G.I..s,. 9, 31, 2 AN ~ ...llTPOKATEXc8 aal lTpoAIIAH$An fltpl "oft."" Av,o. ; 130 7. 8 4lTEIA"" i.NiCTHCo Strab. I, 1, 'I thAN 011,..., $Hci. 11, 3,27 OTAN AiKtcyTAI .priiIor AvyIJpt,,1w n. Phllo i. 109, 27. 120, 26. it 112. 2S OTAN fir I""oc"" HA8IN. ii. 252, 33. ~84' 49- Joa. Ant. 11, 2, 3 OTAN AlToAiAIilCI. Apoc. liar IU, 29 onN ANBAINON. Other eumpl.. in 779.

fit"'

,.1, ,,., _raA"

1988. On the other hand, fl and 0"', while retreating before their advancing rivals, are also subjected to their influence; hence fastidious scribes now begin to use them as equivalents to fa" and wall respectively, and thus construct them with the subjunctive now 80 popular in every respect (1990- App. v. 13ft'.).
8ept. Deut. 8, 5 oh i "If ""fJIIIfIOf lTAlAqc~ TOil ulm. o.mii. NT Phil. 3, 12 i aal KATAAABoo. 3, 11 .i ftIf KATANTHC<O .Ir n}II 'tCll'dcma",... Bom. 11, 14 .i ftIf lTApAZHAcilc<o ,." n}II "a,.. . . ccilc<o TeN, It o.wo;.,. Luke 130 35 .." 1ft" and OT ilTHTo OW8lMly N. Zaub. 25. 445 &r. &eMIC (read -"~c). Cyrill. B. Prooat. 15 OT dciA8HT. earth. 1319 E &r .\AB(l)CIN. Apophth. 105 B OT If lA8~ ""'" 112 B OT &e"~. Alchem. 31I, 15 OT 'l'Yn1 nA&r. 312, 16 IilC OT 6",., IIlOfl ". AlTOlTEM'I'H. Acta Tho. 5, 8 ci TIf ii lTAPAlTHCHTAl _ ". lTAeATYx~. 27, 6 i ~ dlT<OMCN: 28, 18 i ". ElTArHTC ,1III'I'4IIfr. Apophth. 413 0 on lTI1N4c fci') JT .\1'I'4C fir OT NyCTAZlC

1Ie_

463

Digitized by

Google

1888-1981.] ao.,..

CONDmONAL SENTENCES SINCE A.

Vita SA. 6* c "oii Xf'II"u", d IUJI 'NfrK~C. .4* cd,." ~ flMr awoii.-80 too e41A~C oil e41A~c 'will,. nill,.' (1729). 1988. The construction of d with the primar:y IJUbjunctift is freqaent iD Homer, and occurs aleo in .A poets, bat in our normalized tests of.A pl'Oll8 it is rare (RKiihner ii.' 398. 2 D). as: Th. 6. u d (v. I....) IYCTfiJeIN. PL Leg. 761 c Ei ~' 9S R D tiTE ~'. Rep',57? D Ei,.. .,.. h!lK~. ~. AD. 3, 2. U , (J)C" Mem. 2, I. 12 El -AI'(J)CHC, 8EpAnCYclIC. C:yr. 3. 3. 50; Andoc. I, 141 d riNHTAI. Dem. 19, 221 ci .' AnoA(J)MAI. [Dem.] -t6. 11 d .. BOYAH8~,-In late proaaiata, like Dion. H., Diod., Lac., PIaL. tl + prim. IJUbj. is frequent (cp. Baehr ad Plut. A.rtax. p. 240 Jacob ad Lac. Toll. p. 53). Lac. Toll. 7 d I'~ lw' r~ KOINWNHC(J)C, (edd. -11_.) riiIo ~. BiB aCCU8. 2 Ei (edd. .,,) .,Gp ". ni ",a,w imNYC'flilwMf:N. Hermot. 42 d UtI"" 7fp4rr" 1fll7'/,. iN-rYx~ (edd. xocr). '" _~I1'''' eo. Dial. 7. :a Er (edd. 4") 1101 npociA8~ ,..wo... Dial. Mort. 3. 2 ft ."p.; d ,.,)Ir AEIJ/&3f_ .,. nApEA8w ArId EiccpnYCW. Timon, 19 oiJaofir Ei,.,) M$pAlHlAl (v, L -E.TIII) "cl alX'l"clr "MO -See alll() 1921.

CaUiD. 83. 11 OTE npA!~. ib. 20 d hYNH8~. 87. 28 ~)yC AAoticH. 134, 9 ci ~ inEA8c.K:'N. CGL 232, I ' " YnArOMEN (wrne--WMEN)"""'O,..;.t 110. 'quando uadimua narrabo tibi.' Narr. Zoe. 105. 13 ~hE ~ iA8c.K:'N. ib. 29 OTE AniA8~. Porph. Cer. 211. 10 OTE Ani""". 220. 16. 380. ,.

-flAW ",}
J

1990. This laxity. which appears at firat aporadically. becomes more common in proceaa of time, until finally .z and M haring lost all individual force. disappeared altogether during T from the livinB language. (1988.)

1991. From the preceding evidence (1987 .), taken in connexion with the general tendency of the language. mOll H time&, for the primar:y IJUbjunctive (~pp. v. 13-~0). it becomes clear that, in G-. anacholaatic compositions, it i8 the primary IJUbjunctift rather than the indicative which is required in all conditional clauses referring to a clearly prospective tAlJlpoaition. Hence constructiona like NT I Cor. 9, 11 ., 1),.,,; 6".., -rei tIfI.,.,.a ,.pi-,..". and 140 5 '.,.clr tl ,." ",.,...v,. well agree with the spirit of the language and Dead no emendation. On the other hand. the conatruction of and '"'" as well as " (779). with the indicative instead of with the primary 8ubjunctive, in _ of total homophony. ia indefenaible (2000). Acoordinsl1 inatan088lilte the following ought to be emended : !iT Bom. 14. 8 , . clw-.l1Ko",.. I Tb. 3. 8. Aet118, 31 Id. ~" .JoIm 8, S6U" _ cS vIclr 6pii.r 'A~pMn" Luke 11, 12 rid.. Acta 50 15 iN 'Wll1aaMEI. I JoIm 5.:10 UoG ..".-ao",... Acta .I,q r.. fv""01'raa ...... 14.13

I.

aI.,

banlll101'r111 Gal. 6, ra IalMrorral. B Y. 6, 11 Bam.. 10, 4 cS xoaPor 3"... "phyt, m npao.. oiItr 011.. 15.5 &rcw _"';'I1E1 _par, nV drlpDU traltrpa..ci (write trpi"ll) "oW wnS.ir _I elUdE' ,..w 4Alor"'A., H _ Him. 9. 12.4 f 1r ~ /JatraA.I".. "OV w3.ir .,".A.H.,... tl,.,) MlIo, (write 1/) ri &.ol'G "OV uloii G~roii. 'Idr.,ap .lr Yr6A.a.. ,.A+rtrr .ll1tA'.a. ftl'll trdatlrr, 1) (read ~) ftA.lr 7ff(H"'''''XII1,u'''l traI pia" 'XEI $".., Frrl ~ fir ~ trOAa.latl..".. .'".Alta. .,,.,) &cl ";;r nA'I' 4r 'XII; Kart. Petri 82. 11 IS..... drlpXO/Mll. )(art.

r..

r..

rJOG u.ml1OJ07'aa. "w

,.oii

ntrA"

,..0'&

Petri et Paull no, 5 Id. ItA~I1E', 132. 14 Iv,.,) /Jatr.AWt1& 1440 4 "I't "M16, 146 rJOG ,." IAfII17'ltCl,-and so on. (Cp. 779.)

l88I. The other leading form of conditional clauses-subjective or unreal hypothesis (1974 f.)-haa a simpler and at the aame time longer record, and this is mainly due to three favourable circumatancea. At the outset it had a diatiDct and well-defined office to diecharfle, that is a mere UlumptioD (.1 fl~o" lal&1W h. if I had I should give,' -but I have DOt); then it wall expreaaed by the permanent imperfect and aoriat indicative; and lutly it was at all times invariably led

464

Digitized by

Google

CONCESSIVE AND TEJIPORAL CLAUSES.

[1991-1998.

by the conjunction .I, the use of lA" or a" being perhaps felt ... inappropriate in the protuis owing to the presence of another (modal) A .. m the apodosiB (.N .l~o" 131aov" AN, however cp. Xen. An. 2, 4, 19). Aa a consequence, conditional clauses of thia form preserved their A Jl8:ttem as late ... T. At that time, however, a different ~en~y came lnto play: the conjunction .1 having been previously di810~ by In" or a" from the present indicative now retreated from the past mdicative a.l&o-ita laat intrenchment-before the all-carrying la", now regularly et. (1772). Accordingly, in the unconventional living langnage, A" has been ever Bince down to the present day the sole and absolute particle introducing conditional clauses, whether objective or -Bllbjective. See a.1ao 1972.

'CONCESSIVE CLAUSES.

1998. Concessive clauses, when not expressed by a participial construction (2155 f.), are introduced either bya. d Kat, 14" (&..) Kat, although ;-orb. Kal .I, Kall.u., KalAv (,,4,,), even if; and follow, 88 regards tense and mood, the rule of conditional protases.-Negation '""'. Dem. 16, 24,.a "." 3lICCWI ".hrn, lAIc lCAi I'~ fjo(/Ao"fftu alfTxfwo-

fill rrpGTf'f'''.

Men. 19 ,..~, 3' d 1Wt*

KolN Y-C

I'~ ,..~oio..

l.

1994. So still in N, but lCAi ei or rather ,",1 a" (1771. 1992) has been differentiated to "Ill .,Q (I77S), while .1"ai or rather a Itai, owing to .. the obliteration in it of the force of w (1717), ha.a been since M either replaced b1"a~ti "Ill also (a.. ,,~a) dy,,~ti "Ill (corresponding to lta.lia.n [bene che] bmche), or commonly amplified by contamina.tion to IfTTo",rar (='fTTCII) alBO to IfTTollrrar "al ..a (Italian eumdo cM, 116) 'notwithstanding that.' A third form". lAo" rroii or /A' lAo" &re, which savours of literary afFectation, iB a tiansla.tion of the lta.lia.n c:oJt tutto cM.

TEMPORAL CLAUSES.

1996. Unless they are expressed by a participial construction (n.n if.), temporal clauses are introduced bya. m, cmm, .q,-l"a, 'when '-brE4 m&8J7 'when,' 'after' j ml (m,~) T&XCC7Tl1 '88 soon 88'; ~.~, ~ d (d.f/J' Mw, l~ Mw) 'since' ; b. ICllf, lvrc, ,dxpt. (~), lv .; '88 long 88' ;-rplv (.q) 'ere,' 'before' (1776-94);and admit of a twofold collBtruction according 88 they denote a definite or indefotit6 time. (1776.)
1998. When they point to a definite or fozed time, they stand in the indica.tive.-Negation oil.
I, 13 fnei ".aw., CYNiiA80N,/""a/Corro' che ~ ,.eMu aN, Th. 3, 10 .CXpl cItrO nrii fuov HroYNTo, rrpoSul'Cllr .ltrd".8". Xen. Hell. I, 1,3 Ip.dxowo .xPI 01 'Ae"lIaioc 1ncnAeycAN. Cyr. 465 Hh

4fTill' ,utNa II1IIC1'fr.

Xen. An.

~,

Digitized by

Google

TBJIPORAL CLAUSES.

7, 5, 39 cS 3XAor .Mt. pi"". For P-N see 1999 f.

.u .MC- hipfJf' imcnlp Ccjl8Aclll lmpo .,.-

1887. But when they refer to an indefinite, potential or conditional futurity (indefinite repetition, or duration: .,1 tiMe, whetaever, etc.) they are expressed by the primary subjunctive with &v (197S. 202 3). Only when the principal clause stands in a secondary tense, do theyalso admit of the secondary subjunctive without lI.v (1933. 19S4).-In either ease the negation is ".".
1998. The particle 4.. coalesces with those temporal conjunctions which admit of elision, into one word: (3,.. obr) Inz., 6rirv; (cl a.) &31) b) ""MP-but fIllS '" (G-N M a.. 15~), .~.. "'. etc.

.n.. (

Eur. I. T. 625 N4t0. lIi ..oc"or Ut."al ~' chAII eAN\I); Dem. .. 14 EnlAAN 4,",,,,,ca AKoYCHTI, Philem. 156 ~""p.tIG"",1f onoTAN 0PflZcDMc4M. Xen. An... I, 16 //apt.. -1'tn.M... d S.~ inro,u.8.0ll (whenever) III "01..1,,,,00 ltlxvplilr EmKEoINTO. PI. Phaed. 59 D "'pt.,u.o~.. '.Gcrro"f ,me ANOIXeiH ,,3 lI.tI~ptOP EnIAH IIi AIIoIX8ciH, .lttjlHl' -,.1 n.. 'SonI"m,. Xen. Cp. 3, 3, 46 Pt dPCIIA.t...~ EOOC AN wAftour 4p&iP III weAl",,_ riN(J)NTAI, dU' flll~(. ,me ,,,' OiOME9A .6.,triir a. Cl6_ .pCln;lICII. Ipat. ad Sm:yna.

.plwn..

9, 1 f~A0")'6.

See also 1975-

'tIf' 1..01_ I)"a. dPca~ Wc ''''IfGl"m. iXOMEN fIr lE,)" 1IfTCII'08.....

1999. Regarding P-N discourse it will be remembered that the secondary lubjunctive retreated early before the primary subjunctive and partly before the indicative also (1934- App. v. 6 W.). Again the presence of a great variety in A of temporal conjunctions could not but lead to a confusion among them, and to the consequent retreat of lome of them before others or before novel substitutes (1487 W. 1491. 1780). ThusN has substituted ForA &ra.. (cSlI'cSrCIII)-also clt}rh. &JIft" &n,6!r6"., cltr
brf~

'~d, d~' o~

cltr (or Ifffi) "axcaTCI

I,m3q

I -;",r, rl1T., ,Jx.P& as long as '., 'an, ,J](p& d until'

.pz" (h), .pl. 1/, ffp6f'fPO' If

1000. This process of confusion, retreat, and substitution amoDg the particles inevitably aWected their construction, and 10 established a simpler principle in N. Accordin/{ly, irrespective of the original na.ture and force of temporal con.junctions. all temporal clauses which refer to the future or to an indefimte present are nowput in the primary 1tIbj""ctiflt, while all those referriDiJ to the past or to a definite present. are put in the indicative (1991).
For more partioulars and examples see 1776-96.

1001. In A., whether they refer to a definite or indefinite time, the conjunctions lfK and plxp. (cI}CPI) after a negative antecedent are usually replaced by .".pt. (&.). (2005.)
466

Digitized by

Google

USE OF 7rpW.
PI/CULlARlT11I8 OF

[1001-1008.

npiv.

SOOt. .As a conjunction, the temporal particle 'fr, (often preceded by .".p6rflPOV) has a twofold construction, according 88 the antecedent or leading clause is ajJirmatitle or ttegati11e. 2008. a. When the antecedent clause is a,6if"mfJtifJt, .".piv governs the iflfinitif1e (mostly aorist, rarely present or perfect), aDd corresponds to English 'bifore : Th. ~, 1~ dmnrl,.fllJtTlII ~" am" npiN AIcoYcAI. Xen. An. I, 4t 16 adfJtIvav npiN roWr &).01/1' AnoKpiNAC8A1. hoer. 6, :z6 ~,",r MwmJ"'I" .'tAa"." npiN DiptTGr AAkiN rJ). fjatT&)..lav ml lr~tTa''';;r ,;,r.tpov m1 trplv oLtwBij_ n...u " tnSA_ .,.." 'Ell".,.l&tv. Xen. 91r. 5, 2, 9 tI'Ollol .. Wpotrrol ~Ilovtn trpOnpa. npiN lIijAa& rirNtc9AJ olo& ~. 2004. This construction of tr(H" holds good for P also, though ita mnge in thiB period dered a considerable limitation thro1l~n the development of ita rival87r~ (1644-52) and trpfWOii (1787 fr.). Wlth the retreat and final disappearance of the infinitive, trpl" as well as ita uaociatea naturally acceded to the analysis of the infinitive by Wo (N ..a) and the subjunctive, the easier as this conatruotion was alread1 suggeated by the altel1lative form and construction of trpl" &v (1997 f.). Accordingly N constructs trpu-now generally trp&](t7IJ or tr~'7(Ov (1789) -as well as trporoii, with "Q and the subjunctive, the analytical IQCceaaor of the infinitive. (See 1787 f.) 2001. b. When the antecedent clause is ttegatitle, ."., is a mere Bubstitute for l~ or ,uXP' (1l.XP') 'until' (2001), and so governs a fittite tJIOOd (in the sense of 1996 If.), rarely the infinitive. Tb. 2, 65 o~ trpOnpaP ftrOW,Ol't'O I" IIm '}(IWrfIS' OWO" npiN bHMi(&)CAN XPIt",.",,,. Xen. An. I, ~, 26 ollr. "On U_ 1/8.A. npiN ~ 1'1"9 awo" ETfICe. ~, 7, 5 ~ xp~ ,,' l"si"a. lItr.).8ci" TfpiN a" Aw 11",'1'" 5, 7, I~ ~ atriA8ryr. npiN a" AKoYCHT. laoer. J4t 18,,001' If or, Jfp/wfpa"trov"OJITO, npiN a. ~ &t7tI'.p 9,wr AIAeWcIN.-Xen. Cyr. J, 4t 14 tlmrydprv. ~i"o/UUf'" !'PiN KiiporMnAHCkiH s"".".-Th. 8, 9 ~ trporlJv/!;,tJrpo" tVl'trA.i, npiN nl -1"'1"0 AIOp....C(&)CIN. Xen. Cyr. 2, 2, 8 .ltro" I'"ana ,,_ IJirwlo _W8a& npiN a, & frpWs." liriiTAI. 080. 12, I b tltrlA8o&", npiN tramitratT", ~ tlyopA Ay9~.

""1Nl'

1008. .An inspection of the above examples will show that after a negative antecedent ..pl. mostly governs the primary subjunctive, chielly with h. Only when the negative antecedent clauae .tand. in a secondary tense, d08l .pl" &180 govern the aoriet indicative (without 4,,). provided it refen to a pal act; if not, it go1f811l1J the primary lubjunotive (mOIStly with h), BOIDetimes aIao the past aubjUDOUve without Iv.

2007. The office of trpl" after a negative antecedent is but rarely performed by the otherwise proper pa.rticlea f.r and ~XP' (cfx),,), aa: LYB. 25.:z6 Ira& 01> trprW,r''' ItroVlToJITo ECI>C "9" tr6)""dr o"otTflr mnfTnllTaII. PI. Crat. 396 0 ~IC b ICl>C dtrrn,pG/JrJ".
20OS. N &180 regularly constructs ..pt., as well as ita aaaoolatee ..poroi and ..prxofi or ..pt)(011 (I787)-a11 followed or not byri. due to h-with the eubjunotive. and that in all caaea : Ib> IROT" ..pr' (N) la. li" (Ml) t"".p4Jav 1~1Ii 'p8rJ ..pvroii (..) .. li11Il ftlT7'rfoI flpo-ro& (,,~ ., ~" ItrllT7'ftIII "pl)(Clii (,. .. I~" 4p",,"0 "p'xoii (.,) "

_vd,.""

'f'X"GI ..

I~.

'''WT... (."

I~"

,ph " (,,) ..

JI

467

Digitized by

Google

SOOe-:&Ol4.]

RELATIVE CLAUS_

2009. Only wben ..t ftpW would require the (aorist) indicative, N by preference 1llI88 either lHrn (i. e. ra.r ST. 1786) ftoii, or the ucepUve formula "apd. vU 'except wben,' 'except after,' 'until': ~" ~XCID' <ocn nor 7'0 ~".fIf1....,a <Ocn noy (or nAp. UN)

E"pI,.",

.7'.pIoNs..

RELATIVE CLA USES.

2010. Relative clauses are those introduced by a relative p'lOnoun or adverb. They are either tUjiniU, in that they mainly specify mme definite term in the principal clause; or iflllejiftite in that; they connote some other relation (cause, consequence, purpoee. condition, time), which, if more emphamed, would chuge them in each individual case to a dependent clause (causal, consecutive, final, conditional, temporal). 2011. Oblerve bere that, intbel_ pelisbed style, .,relatift pronoun
(Cp. RKubner, ii.t 907, 4; 94 1, 3.) (B 852 'E 08eN .,i"or=1 " ., 319. IJ HO fir __ /MA . ."".,. iN8eN 01. 7"62. Sopb. El. 11 ~pG D.Aotr ord3t I 08eN 11' Ant. 89t oLrrttt.r oi "0fH'0pa.. Ai. 1081. Hdt. 3, "SI ~ fI, 7'O'nIIIf.) x.m. Bier. a, 4 ... 'nIIr l/IU")(!JAr iNeAnep. Gyr. 2, 3t 22. An. 6, a, I. a, I, 3 ... 7'9i t17'a.8". 08eN. -PI. Hipp. I, a83 B III /urInIai,.""or oinep oral "A 11.,6.1", d4Nlcu.-A 757 'AA,"lIfov l NeA 1101.",", 1I11lA'IY"" SimOll. ep. lIa iN9A .aA.;,.", 'Api,..3or 7",.."0'. PincLlJ. 90 41. Sopb. Tr. 638- O. B. 1451. BIIr. Or. 331 rNA ,..t16~Ot 1.1-,0.".". ,.VXol. x.m. Hell. 5, I, 10 iN9A 4 Tp..'lIria /alA.. """" 080... 6 wdnar;;'pG crw6.-,- iNeA ~ IS "'AAo-,or nAtiTcu. "NT Acts 24, .. 0(, "Atlovr dill" POt tpl"" l$'Hc hiS.,... "Pb1L 3, 20 ... ~Otr lrftpxll ! ~,. tlft.dtX6pt1a. Rev. a, 13 trap' 6,.., onoy IS t1CI'r'1II'4iJ .....ounr.
is often replaced, for brevity'.a sake, by its equivalent local adverb.

""--1 4""" 4r..,...

.z..,.....

or ..

I. DEFINITIVE RELATIVE CLAUSES.

2012. L Definite (or descriptive, ~) relative clauses are treated like simple or independent clauses. Hence they take that construction "which would be required if they were independent clauses.
rrpa.ytMI 3 ol. ylPWG,

-a ol. 'Yo9vf'I"G.-a o~ l-ylrwo

"

"

..

3 ol.lI: A ""Ot7'O-3 ol.lI: a./-yf1'WO .. 3 ,u, -yl_7'0 -a ";,.r,,,.. frO.Otl"" or _4_1"" 3 p;' W'Otwi1"' -3 ,u, -l/InJ'I""

So still in N: ftpipG ftoii IJ~ ","",,_IJ~Icl.,I....-v. '''''''' .",.,. ftOii ~. Icl .,l,,_oii Mlp!) -,i",. ffoii Ml p!) .,..,...

II. INDEFINITE RELATIYE CLAUSES (2010).

2018. I. Causal relative clauses (2010) stand in the indicative. -Negation ri, 88: Xen. Mem. 2, 7, 13 BauptUlTlw trOl.u GC ('lince') ,;,wo eMi" aza.". So atill in N: J_ ~or naY Ixwlf 7'lorocovr ~ovr. 201'2.

Cotasecufive relative clauses stand (contrary to Latin 468

Digitized by

Google

RELATIVE CLAUSES.

[1014.-1021.

usage) in the WlicatifJe, mostly of the future (2020).-Negation air, as: Lya. 240 6 traiafr f'OI ofhnt .lcri" oi iU 86PAnYCOYC.N, pi me cola1lt. Xen. An. 2, 5, 12 nr oW. pal~I ocnc or, SoYATAi erol f/>i>..or .L.oI; 1016. On the same principle the ifldictJtifJI is used after the following formulas (1435 f.) : .lerl" ot (or; 01) there are those who .,.tr Jernll Ir oUlr 'CT'I'I" &a.,.ar alIlr &rr.,

'cmP

o~, Jern" &rnr

~aln-oii;

all or,. 'ern" &rr.r olI. EiIr. Bee. 864 arK iCT' ""rrGw OCTlC I>..f1lIfpor. Beracl. ,/07 arK leT.N on(a)C 4B"" ~fI.aA... dI.s. Xen.,An. 5, 2,14 HCAN a' oi _ fIiip,,~port. -NT Matt. 10, 26 OyMN 'CT'I" 1r.IIOAII"p.I"W > oYK 4I1'C1ftAVIfI'!7v..,.. So 241 2. I Cor. 6, 5 oYK iN, oYlllic v~s >c avr.;v..,. 3&upiN& W p.lvw 'I'oii

'cmP

'err'

"'''piP

1018. Instead of the indicative, G-B writers use here also the primary subjunctive, probably through theinfluenoe of Latin. (Cp. 1919. 1921. App. iv. 8.)
NT Luke 8, 1,/ 06 -,Gp 'CT'I"" IrptnlTW > w tt-.p4W 7 ....Vf1'0I.06~ 4n.pvfO" rNCIlC8~ nl .Ir ~.pa. iA8~ (cp. 1827 f.). Acta Tho. '/a, aa &po" .,.oVrw CMjr trOlfltlo.. ON ol'l76io".,.u 4f'atwoc l.AMIliNIIIC.N. 2017. Following this usage, N substitutes &oil or ftoii for as or IICT'I"s (608) with N, or more commonly resorts to the direct consecutive construction by means of simple'" (175'/ 11.): ffOIc)f tW. nor If" 47"'; .,.c) ""+ipo" 'I'0Il; .....ls air el". T6t10 ~f (nor) N;',.. BAhtI,-(nor) NA"t} IIj,-(nor) NA " .. ua.. See also 1951.

> 06l"l(p>

1018. It will be remembered (1759- 1951), however, that unscholarly writers since G times make but a limited use of consecutive relative clauB68, the alternative of resorting to direct final clauses by means of iN and the subiuncti?e being a far more popular mode ot' expressing purpose (cp. AButtmann 229).
.,.,p/JttfJ. JI018. It is this construction which IItllI rules in N (aol'/): a~" IX. aoiiAo NA tlOII """w.. /AOIf'I'O'I'o+dpo. NA wj Toil 3attttGAov ,.., ~" Ipxowrac.
John 5, 'I 6.r'potrw Wit Ix. iNA BUA, ". .Is '1'1)1' IIOAvtAl1l1lpav. 2 Cor. U, 7. Rev. 19, 15. Gal. 41 5 IEGfltlT.IA. 'I'll" IIIC)" aln-oii iNA ms wc) ,,6,,010 'Eo-

'1ITfINIIf

1010. 3. a. When definite, jifI4l relative clau888 stand (contrary to Latin usage} in thefottwe indicatWe (2014}.-Negation p.~.

Soph. Ai. 658 Irpin/ret'l'6t,. Fyxor iNSA MH .,.Ir O'VETA'. Xen. An. I, 3, 14 +y.p6ra al.,.,zerol'." KvpoII ocnc ~piir AnAl6l. Hell. 2. 3, :I I&E .,.. a~1Mf' .,.puilco",", 11ll4par A.u8ol, oi .,.o;'r frO'l'plOllr "opDllf cvrrpA'l'DYc, J Oyc noA.TyCOYC.N (CMI8CrI"bem&t-'ftNnnt). 1021. 3. b. But when they are indefinite (in Homer in all

cases), they stand in the primary subjunctive, occasionally also in the secondarY subjunctive, the latter being admissible after a past tense or after another secondary subjunctive (1933).

as (....... "..",) ,.La Is DfAoft""'1lJ'o" ';Xf.,.o "pltlBm &'JOIItlO oinp Tfi I!PAc(a)C'N lIT, '" IA"'tI", Elm". nl Tc)" 'lr.i,.6A..uo" "aAA0II EnOTpYNCIlC .,1"fl'ltl9a&. boor. 41 44 .,.OIoVrW '9os ,.apllooar m. 'IrOTlpovr EI/i oie I!.AOT.MHIlci>c.N. PL Symp. 194 J) 06a~" 1I00tlII o6Ti. Iclr pdl/OII'XTJ or",
1J'~IT.fIIIo

Th. 7,

'n

'x."

469

Digitized by

Google

101l-10M.]
~IAMrHTAI.

RELATIVE CLAUSES.

Xen. 080. 7, 30 ,uUOIHI" rE.II' O,TI 6Ic~p<l)CIN. Pl. Ion 5.16 B 11ft"';, a,TI AErl;lC finroptis a,TI AEr,:,c (cp. 2093).-Soph. Phil.381 (6pciW) h3pa. oiIl''' '.,.,.on.., o~x OcTIC APKEC16N, w~ aCTlc ..6crou cyAAABoITO. Tr. 903 It~ III~ 6N9A "It dci~OI, IJ(JIIIXi'FO. Pl Rep. 578 J: d TIr (I'll Ilptu fit rill ..sAlOl' 1I,".s.. T. Ital -ytMIi1tll IIIIl InU'1caS fir .,.",.tlll' anoy dT9i ,."atls IoI,AAOI ~fII'. %.en. Hell 3, 3, 1I I",' .;..., E.,.."p//JaA ...s"OLS d ' OyCTINAC nOAITEYCOINTI).

.,.oi,

,.aw

.,..s

-po"""

,.t" .fVr.s

1011. With the early retreat of the aecondary subjunctive from fina.l clauses and its replacement by the primary SUbjunctive (1934App. v. 8. :10), the latter mood obtained still greater popularity, &Dd, being at the same time fostered by the parallel use in Latin of the subjunctive, gradua.lly ended by dislodging the future indicative (1921. App. iv. 8). NT Acts aI, 16 . . . .n ""'P' 4> 16NIC91ilMeN ...u-l .,.,,,, KUIf,.. Hebr. 8,
.,..,wo. 1013. 4. Contlitioml relative mauses refer to some word in the leading clause, and at the same time connote a BUppositiOn. Hence they are virtually condensed claUS88 capable of being changed into conditional protases by means of .t ni, la, nit and take the construction of ordinary conditional sentences
~ &V, &rni d" = l4J, A. Objectift conditioD.(J965 .)._.(11)69): Pl. Apol. n D 1J11)oi~A(-" .,....11 pi} olaG) o~~ o'lOpiJI .rIl4PG1. Th. a, 89 (t) 96M4"II) tWpIwtwr .~ &COI JI1) t~YNANTO .,.,.... "tr nl ,.."".~. (*boaa. if any). Dem.... 51 ..uu;qlla,TI ricn" 6,.u. IoIiAMI ".01".,...4 . (1970): Lye. 13,3.. 11_,..... O,TI AN tIt epOOTW ('cbi ". ~,....,.&). %.en. An. I, 3, 161"fj t1I'a,K clN AN "...... "ci"opiJl. Gnom. "Ior t1trI.llufJ' aNTlN' AN cllIAH PL S1lDP. 196 _ -'1n)r -,I.,.,tTlII oy AN "Ep..r X'I'MfAI.--C. (1971): Xen. An. I, 3, 17 ~,.u. _01""" a,. fl, nl.AOIG Ip/Jralr.... 1 6pr" Rii"., Aoil;! (.r 301'1). PI. Ken. 93 0 Hr oil' a,. .'3d'l' ftpl l"Wrou TOii "pG'1l'11.,.or oi trCIIIT'Ci1ratI,,, dHC. Lye. 21 5 B \ ~ pi} "rA1T!f>H 063' a,.",wx"'. Ar. Vesp. 1431 'pIoa "'er ilN (ncrror i~iH .,.IX"'I". B. Bvld:tiw cotIIIiIion (1974 f.) ~ L)'8. u, 911 of_ , 6pEw OCOI IrIIdISt .tCAM .. bri TO'6T_ a,. 61Jt'!COI'1"O (er .,."., .tIIII'). 31, 33 onOTEpON .,.o6row CnoiHClN, ova..,.), a.. ijTTOI' A9r[Nl- "AotS".OI ~"III'. %.en. Rep. Ath. I, 16 .r _ or.. .r~ (1tIItIT0I .,.a, at-r, l"oWovrb cInU."CDI' oKIN8C cJtlA.0I p/WtITa ilCAN .,..".
3 t1I'crr-o..

Ix"" .,., IIIIl TOiiTor anpOCNErKI;!.

Luke 7, .. &leeSr

'lJTIP c9 nApil1;!

(19691f. 1977, c). Oi, Ocrr'i = .l ni.

"'s.

'*".

"'.,pos

IOB8". The close conne:sion of indefinite relative c1aUIeB with oonditional clausea in G-BGreek iamore 8trikinglY8hoWD by the occasional combination of the particles .r and h (1772), 88: Callin. 105, 7 d.,., AN .1Ia l1-pBcW nii ',oii ,,,.,."'. 118, 14.Af')')(f.,.oW 4pXOl'T'fU 6 6N tlWl.,.,OI 4.,.0"01'.

-~"".

i.,.,

1014. Conditiona.l relative clauses have become commoner .ince P times owinl{ to the propensity of popular speech to replace suppositions, espeCially thoe of general character (if one eNr, if tIH,." etc.), by the clearer and more emphatic relative clauses (tcrlIoenr, fII1IaIner, etc.). In thia oaae .1 (or aJ) is frequently iaaerted betweea. the relative and the particle 11.. (1716. J719). This clau of relative clauses is uncommonly frequent in N:

11",

Ill) ""'rJr AoTI ~.",pI_.

A.OldMiIle~:_(I969f.): O,TI~.,...,t{oI"" ""'O~C.,..riirTO'JI"CIIIIfC-.

-.,o.,o.TI,....."y..4.(I\nO): . . . . . ,.".dro,n
470

Digitized by

Google

--[1OM-a08L
ui "'" 11~ 1tJwQ. .. .cl___ ." 6nOlO ""i ... &nolOC "" nAIUr ... 'pip. &noycltnorl",....I1 01for~~.-c. (1971):fOl'Wafozm_
B. ~ tIOIIIIUioIa (1974) I

"GAlE'".

197&I~.
0 ,

4 (01' N.l) pov ,,6 'Mp ~o " TO I)trlerr...... 1025. As in final and temporal (19~3. 1954- 1957), ao in relative clauses an aaaimilation of mood is adDllasible, especially in case the lecondary aubjunotive should be the antecedent mood, as: Ar. Vesp. 1431 EpAOI TW iiN .1t0lTT0f liuiH ft}(""".

0, TI

KAi N.l".v ' ..".

'* ,. ttthaa....

OnOIOC KAi

'2018. Conditional clauses which at the same time act 88 temporal relative clauses have aJ.:ready been treated separately in 1 995-2009 (cp. 19'15).
INDIRECT DISCOURSE. 202'1. 'When the 'Words or tho~hta of a penon are not quoted verbatim, or in direct diBco4wBt (oratio recta), but are merelT, reported in the form of an oblique or dependent clause, they are 8&1d to be in
said: The goda Imow all t.hinga.' B. Iffdirect diBcotl.rH :

indirect diBt:otlr.N or~io oblipa (1938). A. IMwt diBcotl.,..,: 2GJpan,.. nE~ cl .8"1 tl'G.ra ftrClG'UO Socrates

CL J_~ n~ &n cl 8.01 ftwa '.S. laid that the goda Ime (or flltfilll) all t h i ' .. b. JcM~ artE ,""v. 'fOW,",",O flltiJ/G' ' nga. lOSS. It will be seen that iflditwt diBcotl.rH or orano obU9flG compriaeaall c1a1lB61 dependinr on verba or expressions :which imply tMugltt or the ~Oft, of Utougltt (NrbG ""'ietldi .t ~'), also on such expreallOns as: 4*11- ,it ap~ara,' It;' it aeema,' aijAoI' /",.;, uacIN. J",.uo 'it is evident,' and the like. '2ot9. Indirtct discour/IB is expressed in three ways :, (a) By declaratitJe clauses, 88 already explained in 1940-4; (b) By the decIarative ifVinitWe after 'I1erbs of Bagiftg and tIrinlmg (t1eI'ba decltwafldi et sentiemli), which will be explained

Lrau,.

versely (App. vi. 6 f.): Lya. 10, 15 {',,"S fl"liPTas .ilti"", ~ii,- (iTI ~ "n dpS.s ~;.,.wJ nWrlJP at crawlI ,TNAI.-More illuatration8ln App. ri. 7, b. 2081. Very frequently the indirect discourse, though opening with the infinitive or by &or, (~) passes suddenly to the direct discourse. This change which lends a vivacity to speech has been popular through all times, particularly after verbs of

in 2085ft'. j -For P-N Gp. .0861f. (0) By the participle after verbs of ~ (tNlt"ba Batfiends), which will be treated in 2133-7 j-For P-N _ 2158. 2080. Sometimes an indirect diacoune 'commencing with cm or and a finite mood, p&IIII8II to an intinitival construction, and COD-

asking or ordering :
Xen. Bell. 3, I, 35 06. I. MllAi 641H .woW opM,ill .w.a Pf"'eplna tlr 2"",.. WGf'Plffl ftpdr"l A.,w.. ul ft"a. ftA,r .; "'ru NAYMAXHCTI. '"K, IrGP

'71

Digitized by

Google

1081-1084.]

INTERROGATIVE CLAUSES.

Dem. 50, 37 AI-,orro,'poii ",w' "-'ptHrlll IlOl OTI , tlllrrP'ltP'XOf HKOI 1ft ~" raw' oG_ nApAAH'I'OMAI pIwor ~ NT Luke 5, 14 fIG/IIrrtf,AOI aWfj ,.,a..i EiniN, dAM ~ilON I1fC111T1lP ~ I.,,; IrGi npoccNI'K ..rA. Acta Tho. 16, 20 , ~ IlalnAm ""' ...."".... 1.IAflHIfI' fm) Iflr,w.. rNEcO.u .,.6. Tt '/AftOptW IrGi 'Iot!Icur ~ 801". IIIIi tt, 'l'VAaq,. BAH8iiNAI ,." draJrptra. p4Ip TEv, 'I'll m /Ja(1&AI",,' oGTOIf cWTa. AnOAECCI) pA'I'Il Toil Ipw6pov.

fJWAfJIIIt.
_ . 0')(

Tp'' ' ' '

.w

Iu..,

.w

..,.". Iw IlalnAfa IE""'- ;

I'OV OTl c\oyca

Xen. An. 1,6, 8 "Il~ 4.'..,.TO OTI ~'.I-,..oI1"I" (~or), cl Kii,., 1101.,' a. IT, 1rOTt BIIEGlIU. (}yr. 3, 1,8 .1n III OTI EIr~" HKIC, PI. Crit. 50 C l'C1_ a. d_fI' (01 .6Il0l) OTI,90 Z6ntpGTfJ, I't) Ba{,paCf ri AfT6/Af1'G. Antiph, 5, u II~ TcWna 1I_II"""f OTI Mt) 1rPfWoI, piiMov "'.....,.0 .. T6",. NT :Matt. 26, 74 T6Tf ~PEIITO nTllflfllfpaTlC.,. IrGi 6"."w,,, OTI ON olBII Ta" h.pontOII. 26, 75. 27, 43 .1ft1' -,dp OTI 8foil dIU vl6r. Kart 1", 58 1~'IIIlo,.". npOllll /CIIT' dToil Af"fOl'Tft OTI 'll,wr ,..0411111'01 aWoil AI-,orror OTl .~ ..-AW.. Ta. ,,"a. ToilTov nA. John 10, 34 4nlCpl8t, ~. .".",."."lvoII OTI '~ tl_ ,.00If1'Tf; Acta Tho. 2, 3 06. 'lIotSA_ ~ d..AI';;' Ar,.. It) ItWcaria& p/rr. x..,.i" Ilea ~ dri...""" Tijr 1I11"w' IrGi OTI AIIIpIIttror Iw 'ElJpaior ftir "-1lG&1rOpfulij- .. TO"" 'boW, "'Ipiiiaa ~ 4A~; 5, a.AI"fOI' Il~ IIWfj 01 -"'. OTt Kai II~ 01 ..01 ~"fOI' ("" ~ ftAfI Tlltn,. 9, a6; 27. 15, 20 ete. (Cp. EvaDg. Tho. .... I", 3 """"",Af"'; /Af/TplllWoV onCl)c "Et.. Tij, HfIG' It) 4..GAII"flf [read -1111'] IIw6".) Callin. 57, 30 1I'""'l'fI'OI OTI El T' ...." lpoii CfIT.iT., TCIiJna I" Tii _~.,,...; .6p/ra.T.. 71, 12 'A,.,... OT. A#yfIII 'XfT. 1loWaa, et J)8I8im. Acta Pil. A. I, 2 IlOl chi II&r Hva,., 1,-

1031. In this popular mode of direct discourse, it is very common to indieate the dependenee of the verbatim clause by placing before it the conjunotion &n, which then seems redundant (so in NT about 120 times) and corresponds to our modem colon (:) or quotation marks (80), as: Th. 1, 137 .BltAOII Il~ I) "t~ OTI 8'IUC1TOICAijr ~_ rraptl 111. So I, 139. 8, 53

'fnI.

'n,,,

Iv...;

'A,.,."

.fwan

1081". So now 'VU7 often in N; AB 83, as 'pI,l'VCI'l TtJ//I ~ 1Iv"p. Kvp& 1I-pG, nciic 'Ecrd, ~1f1Tf ''''''''Il0l UpGnto. t.bey 1Ih0llted to 118: 70Il aiD't nspectable men.' Kai T6Tf1n nQ)c AI I10W '1'6 'Myca 1')111; then he Aiel: didn't I tell ycnllo P'

"'*""'' '

INTERROGATIVE CLAUSES.
1088. So far as they are not indieated by the mere tone of the voice, interrogative clauses are introduced in A, as well as N, eithera. By interrogative pronouns and adverbs, also by d (N cI") 'whether, t as in English; in which case they are ealled WonJ.questions; .,.(.,.t KtU n8w ;"."; orb. By special interrogative particles referring to the whole clause, in which case they are ealled ~i0ft8 (2046 if. ~ 1084. Con~ to English uaage, the ayntactieaJ. position of the subject in Greek Interrogative clauses is not influenced by the presence of the interrogation (cp. 11 58).
1rAoh,o... ..m,. ~ cbi,;-d .w, 1rA0Na6. 'C1T.... 1rm,' cS ""It, IImI'; Ta. ",a. filA'; cS II'IITI" ; So still inN.

'n,

""I' ;_AoWao,

472

Digitized by

Google

INTERROGATIVE CLAUSES.

[1081-1088.

10815. Either form of interrogative clauses can be direct or i_rect (~), according as it represents a question either put directly or subordinated to an antecedent verb of enquiring,
have you come?' B. Indirect pMiott: 1pttrrG. Ttr .1 01 rrd~II f.", '1 ask who you are and whence you' have come.' 0088. Since A times the &Cope of. indirect questions has become gradually narrower in consequence of the decided predilection of popular speech for the more simple and vivid direct di&course (1703. 1710. 1930. 1939.2(31), Hence peNis very fond of putting a direct question after verbs of. fJ81ring, delibemting, tJUing,/mowing. saying, ete. NT John 9t 19 9~ O~or Inu. cS vUr b,.,,; 5,6 >'ry., IIW,p e.A." by&!1S 'Yf"IUSII&;
sayifig, lmowing. A. Dif"fd put""':' T,~.l al. rroS." fa,,; who are you and whence

1087. Whether direct or indirect, interrogative clauses have commonly the form and construction of independent clauses. In A, however, indirect questions equally admit (a) of relatitJe beside interrogative pronouns and adverbs; (b) after secondary tense, of the secondary subjtmctWe beside either the indicative or the interrogative primary subjunctive (J 909). Cl. lpoww ere clonc' (beside Tlc) It ml ono9EN (no9EN) 1/Kni. , '. ') , , b "IPOP:'1" ere TIC or OTIC EIHC (bde El KIU. no9EN or eBI
ono9EN aKOIC (beside HKEIC).

Cl. Th. I, 137 efl""""O~ijs fj>pdC" ~ IIIIv>.qpcp OCllC 1nl Cll a,' Ifj>fvyn. PI. Gorg. 500 A lp' ob tl'ClllTOS hapor ItTTI" ~~IEatr6tu noiA d-r,,6Q. T&;II ~31"" 1nl Cll onoiA o.:a. 44,8 B oMIls lpow, noiA TIS .t., " rOP"'fiov TIX"'1, dUG Tic al ONTINA altH ~fiJ,,.o,, ropyia.. Xen. Mem. 4, 4, 13 o~ -yGp alaSa.ol'4i uov onoioN .01"""" ~ l1oioN 3"'11&o" ).11"'. - See also 1446. b. Xen. Cyr. I, 3, 15 ""TIll! ~IHpcUTA TOil Kiipo" nOTEpoN BoYAoITO pJ""" ~ .'1l1li'. An. 7,2,25 inHpno TOil M"aouda'l" i d>."Sij TOVTCI iH. Dem. 19, 122 17V11f>'SOJITfS lBoyAqON9" oYTOI TiN' aWoii KAlMi'l'OYCIN. PI. ApoL 21 B HnopOYN Ti non AE~I. Tb. 1,63 HnOrHC tU" onoTEprocE ~IA IUN~YNqC., X..pquas. 2, 40 6 ol mllTlWj~ EBoyAYONTO tin KAlAKAYCroCIN Ixnr.p 'XOVC7." l"rrpl,uollTfs ,.0 oLcr,pa, tilt T' ruo XPHCroNTAI. Xen. Mem. 2, I, 23 cSpit 17. AnopoYNlA noiAN &M" Irrl To" fjiOll TpAn.,.-See also 1446. 1088. The use of the relatives in indirect questions brought them into association with the ordinary or direct interrogatives and thus rendered them admissible in questions also, especially in A dialogue. This peculiarity is unusual in narrative...4. prose, but fairly common in P-B compositions, apparently owing to the influence of the parallel use in Latin. of relatives which acted as interrogatives as well Ev. Rh. 703 onoioN Irr'Vxmla ,.01/ W-O" ~&;,,; Pl. Rep. 578 B I" rroi. '" "", KOl onoccp ~ or., 'YfPiu6a, II~Oll; Lye. 212 C onOTEpoc .,I" aWci." rrOT/pov ~or; Ar. BaD. 198 Mor, Ti ;-~I. &,TI 11"0"'; Ach. S94 dUG Tis oyGp .1;-6IK. fCTlc; "w.ITtJ~ xprJC7Tfk. PI. Euthyph. 2 0 dllA a~ n.a ~ C7f ~ ;-JO. iiMTINA; cM a.,.""q, I"oi ~

_.ir

473

Digitized by

Google

1088-1040.]

INTERROGATrVE OLAUSE&

Aoai. Hipp. I. 292 0. Leg. 662 A. cal_ a.1'1Iiira '1' 1ft ~pn: -A9.on(l)cj Sept. 1 Chron. 17.6 o.n 06. ,;.oao,.,tIG.-rlpoc .11"..,.,; NTlIart90 11 1'"I"om.. A1'tfII'T'S' O.TI 1..1-'-,11 01 "lpG/Ap4'rel' &r. 'BAlaII3ti 'A',u. rrpGwa,; ib. 38''"Ip&JTOW rW'r6... 0.TI 1),..i, 06. "'~"'III.~aA.. rW-r6; (where Euthym.: j, Ta 3,71 dnl ToV &art). Mart a, 16. lIatt. 36. SO 6~' 0",,; (op. Ju. a. 5 law t)Al."..nip t)~ ~A"" rIJItbTfl.) Jul. Frg. 376 B htYr6.0JI 6p.ar "'" oroy ~ wa.p8WOJI fJ4'rI; 'wherefore?' Jut. Cohort. 5 (p. 363 ~) a.' tiN alTiar tin dA'JIWOIIT, rrpottlXfI' '0,.,,,..; [JUllt.l 1388 :a Q,TI oW _ 3Uo dAr,lll1'rfPOl'; Method. 165 o. Cyrill. A. i. a04 ~ dri' OTOY 11) oW .E'III" /A~'" 'rtW'''' 4~,," '11 "/AD; Theod. iv. sn ~ dill' ciToy nl IJpl4wllJarr-r'CO,..II; Stud. a80 B OTOY XIJ".II; 80 Barn. 748 B OTI (read O,TI) 3~ ora I",OJI'I"l ora EiSAw; Apophth. 1050 'Aptlllllf, 3.' 0 'EijA',,; CGL aal. IS OlTOY ~II; ubi ",at? 643J 21 clnoy oW AoUfI&i,..tJo. ; 3"01/ ubi ergo lauemur? ubi uia. lIiIal. aso. :to fI ,) d?oV """'" 'rOCClWG IlavpGtTlG '"oE.., d dnoioc brriipx." .... "0' IJvNT6r ; 1038 b. That in (J-N. interrogative8 and their re1athe subetitutea can be preceded by the definite artiole -re) in indirect questions, will be u-

or.-

.r..a.

"A.II.

plained in

3~1.

1088. AB l'eJl&l'da the use of moodB in indirect questions amonr P-N scribes, t'he A practice holds good even in the case of \he Becondary Bubjunctive which liugera aB late as T. if we may judge from the NT writiDga. (19340) Luke I, 39 a..AooyICwo trcn'G1rfl. eiN ,) u.-,.ar.w.. I, 62 1I'w- ~ T9i
ftGTpl rW-roii Ta TE b
. . . . . - . . ,., rroft

nOllfCAleN T9i 'I'1tIoV. 8. 9. 9t 46 fltIijA'.1I 3~ lkaAcrytll'p..), a6-roit -re) Tt, a.. eiN mw&;". JS. 36 'II'1IIIIIJIIno 'rt eiH naiina. 18, a6. aa, aa 4PEfIJITO tI1IJIC'I'r.... rrpa, IauTtW' 'ra Tt, 4pa eiH 'E rWriiI' cJ p.b.Nw 'roWo rrp/MIII'fII'. Aa&e .a4 lk,,"pOIII' npl aT&;" 'rE b !iNOITO TOii'ro. 10, 17 a.'Id,., IS DITpGf n b elN .,.j) 3pap.a 3 .la'lI. 17,11 dnutpl.OI'TfS nls .".."a, fl EXOI "ram.... :no 3S 'rrtIII'Ia.lTO ns eiN ..d 'rE ECTIN "f1rOC'I_.-Clem. R. Jot. a lIII'rEII'm- d n ill '11 tllI'lW-r., npATTOITI. Gr. Urt. Berlin 347' (t 170). 10 S.",..... G.,arlrrcS8uo 'r&;" ItOf1IIfJ4l- ., tI'1/Afiort T' EXOI cJ rrGir. (See also App. v. 10.) [I(KO. From the above list which ia nearly coD1J1lete for the NT WJ:itiagl, it appearw that the eecondarf subjunotive lingered longer in indireot qu_ tions than in any other cue of dependent speech. At the aame time it must be noted that most cd the in.tan_ cited, coming as they do from Luke, point to a Bellenizing tendency. It la further aipUloant that they all uprell8 a apeoulative or potential contingency often inteDdled b7 the insertion of some modal partiole (eII',4pa, _. wri, 1749), _d 80 border on potential ola_ (1935). Finally it la rather Aritins that iD all these ClIIM8 we should meet either with the ,ever recurring .r" and-r4-lItanding formulas in the devotional languase of the ohuroh-or with endings homophonoUII in both the primary and l800ndary subjunctive (01-'1), 110 that one might be tempted to suapeot an itaoiAio miHlpellinc traoeable to the IOholaatio aMl 01 the oopien (cp. App. iv. 90 v. 1 4\. And the 8W1picion beoomee the more warrantable &I in theee _ the other NT writers (sometimes also Luke himll8lf) UI8 tbe interrogative pritIIgry nbjtulc:Hw (1909), perhaps also ita _ooiated future indicative (1888) : )(arJr. 90 6 06 ,..., f3a Ti"'".,.. .4. I .~ 01 dtrx.".r. 01 .".,.,...u nciic dnW~. 36A" chun'-. ill. 11 IC..,.. nciic a.... ..,..aot (App. v. 11"). ib. 40 . . f3ta- y.j . . .,.,.,...,... LaD Go ,~ 01 X"pel' nl 01 .",.,., ..... -re) mOc tll'lAanN dnW. ilI." ...... .... ~." TOir &'X.,.w- _ t1T~ d nciic dnW. . . . ..

eEAot ~itIfJaa ams. 30 IS 3caAo"faCo,w- npl 'roW GWar cUt cJ x".tI'r6r. 6. '11 a.tAdA_ rrpar 4AA~ n b

,..tC-

'I'

.fMf1al"

TI,

.,..,....,-u

.w.i...,.,.

41l

Digitized by

Google

nrrEBBOGATIVE CLAUSES.
.1 aWoW ~. e6pl11/ffWftf~ nciic ..ww(J)NTAI 11","', and el8awhela. -(John 21. 19 ToWo ~ .1.11' "",..- noi<p 1v4T" lTBad -1111 App. v. 14 jf.] TtW Jlark S. 2 . . .n,,- IIwcl. tl I. Toii 11G/J/JM,,, tI(I1)" IIlIrw.}-Cp. farther llatt. 6,.So Mark 6. s6- 130 11. Lab 12. 5; JI; 22; 290 John 12. 490 ProteY. Zao. 14, I Il.A."tCfTO re) .,t cWn}v nO"4UI (write -G',). 12.5 .'p&.SAftnTO woiI dTclv Kpi'f'I l-h). Call1n. 67. 8 .p&Cov 5 Tt 'TWr'o, _ " T,pU.or "'& d.l. "'II1'f'RHr" iIE- ftIIr....o.""'"., 'M~fJfl (write everywhere -c~ Cor -(111). SS. 15 'nll'lI win. AniAe~. 84, I. 87,8 .Aal.. .wr nEpAc~ _ dclAe~. 88,5-]

"'M_

,.w.

110"''

"fill-

,,,,,,,/1&

-,w

Acta Pi!. A I. 4 llW'f'u ~ 01 'lIIII&.io. .,~ IlriPII ftw tJl.p_ TO .&it ~fIQ.. Nan. Z..pu .. " oM "z)(;Ol1 TO .wr ",cl -XCI -t;cnu. 50 2 "" ITa ra. A,11n}v ',-6". TO .,E ,.,wfTO. Aot.a Phil. iD BelW. 7 IN dftr .";,, 4n'n*IA,. TO ft IJoVM'FfU .ft .,e) &.optJ nWo. AmphU. 177 0 TO CInJr 'dIU ftaf-.lar alIritrnJr ~"O. ZIWohoI "7 ""p' dToO ",.,.." TO "'& ,11'f'.... IIal. 106, 17 'PoW npi ...&r 'Iov4aIow riJr 'I.poVl1C1A~,. TO 'PE ttltrflll)(Cll' 11.",' oll'f'oo. 231, 17 nlv DelEIn' TO II&ca",E 06acs", IIIIT. dn.p&I1&r. Lecmt. Neap. V. Z. $, I' _tC- TO ",t hot'1l1w. 19, 11 Ft 3l1l'i]livru ')_pl17I1' TO woiI lnni-ro,..". .I, '".,n; 1I1Inl" TO 'Pt 'AGSw. 74, 18 'oIpoAO'y.i'f'o TO ft ." 1FOIIjcJ1IJ. 41 "..,.,6aw _ ~"' tllrCIJIft, TO Iv wolf tl.",w, .1XOff ChroD.. 7291 18 .""phca,.WTO ,,&it " etcl. -.l .. 1i"...0IJIII .., . " .. 81Ori1fo. l1IWitrpcaW ..pi,.. Porpb. Ac1m. :uo, 14 np&lxfW TO .,t ".,LAoul111'.

1041. Another peculiarity characteristic of G-N speech ill the frequent practice of introducing indirect word-questioDS by means of the neuter article,.d, as if the question were a direct quotation conceived as one object (1217 ft'.). Though Yer1 common in Jl Greek, this peculiarity is now obsolescent. Anftid. S, 88, 91 TO kn, II1'f'l . . TO ~- Ix- nlv ctNlIW. Luke I, 62 .,fj n",pl 'ro ",t Av '4A.. aWeS. 91 46. 191 ,.s. 11, 2 iC~- TO .wr dvi~... o.VrIttf. ActI-II. 30 /JovA6,-or .,....... ",e) ~"TO rE 1IGT7f'IOt*'f'CII f/DpA .,..", 'IotIIaIe.. 0Jam. Ram. -.., 5 _.l1mOll" '0 Tl Av ... 1qItIfIal" .111,6"" ProteY. Zao. ~ I II&IArvlCn'o TO ft ~

.,,0,_

oIIIIA....

woc-9l1l& (write -G',).

""""""",f.

,1)._ aem"."...

nr,,,.,.,..,,,.

aww.

So diU in N: ,.00 ftft TO

Ta ...... ......, II&'Y'II& TO .wr "rAw.-.

2042. Sometimes two interrogative words are found in the same clause. aide by aide, but without connective:
XeD. Kem. 2, 2, 3 TiNAC "" TiN(J)N dpoallfP Av ,.dC- d'n'T?/,.l"ovr " _"aar W '"(01'-; PI. Tb_t. 280 . nciic Ti 'f'oiiro; Rep. 400 ... noiA 11' onoioy ,tou ,.,J,ptJ"'lI OM 'X. All""; Od. 11170 Tic no8EN ftr ,"peW;
1048. ID this cue N inserts the ooDjunction .al : 4,-,) ftU KAi"ou KAi mll ;

sou.. The question viAr P is expreaaed in ..4. Greek by Tt; also by&4n (&an), _ni-indirectly by cm (&cSn)-botwhen it implies aurprise or disapprobation (why Oft earlhP why should?) recourse is very fcmdly had to the idiomatic phrase Tt traiN",; (sometimes Tt p46';',,), also Tt Ixw" i-indirect by G.T' ".,.0.:,., (p46,},,,), 1)(fO'" 88: Az. Nub. 341 ).cfg,. 34 ""'" Ti nAeo;uI "",",is .fE-a ~"; Pl
Phaedr. 236 B Ti a;;"'1I IX(J)N flf'pif/H&;
Protev. Jac. 13,
2

Ti 'f'OWO ..ot"l1l1J; Ti ''f'IInE_ nlv ~ /MW: Caltin. I.",,.,..; Ti Inlp... TOW ,~; ft Ix'" ,.,.",' ',.00; Ti ",cl Iptl.fICI&3ttl.IS; CGL 233, 6 Ti """'''; ",""', .So 6SI. 11. 475
101, 27 ",E 'XI&' ,.,.", ',.00,

Digitized by

Google

SOU-1048b.]

INTERROGATIONS, DIBECT.

sou. So still in N: Tt cfJe.o,,,r; &an (-r""l) 4*.o{.,,; but after the retreat of the active participle (2166 fr.), the above term8 -""., (~';II'), 'x6)", have been neceeea.rily turned into finite co-ordinate verba: Tt 1rra8., "allCAai.,,; n I"." "'" "AIIi"r; (EGeorg. Conet..p6.) Pl
2048. So far as it is not indicated by the mere tone of the voice (2033), a direct SENTENcE-question is introduced bycipa, Ii (=Latin -M), 'I wonder,' 8Uggesting the a.newer 7.811 or no; *cIIi, lp aY (=Latin nonM) "".. 7811 (cp. (812); t.uM, IpA MH, MOON (Latin num) " " " no (cp. 18(2) ; while the second member, if any, is invariably introduced by %A 'or.'
10, I IpA ~ .11CGtTia ,.." 01*""1IW.; 4t 2, 22 IP' oYN a,a Tt}P nu xa~".v.,p dpaSlaJ, nu d..opaTor TOWoU nyxG_w; aY aijTa. Fl. Rep. 341 It H dpO&.s tTOI 1!~&. .lrm. oUnt Ai')'GI" .. oIJ;

Eur. I. T. S7S lp' .1fT;'; IP'

ypa4>"", ."'"

oYK .ltTi;

Tir

4>pdtT"D''''; Xen. Mem. 3t '.u.,e;; A;y.&r, 14>".

'OpO&'s, '4>". Soph. El. 997 aYK dtTOpfr; O. C. 883 Ip' oix ~i:lp'r ni&; Aeacb. Pr. 962 MH T' ero. /lo,,&' f'apflf'''; Xen. Mem.... 2, 10 d).).4 MM ciPX'Ti_" fjouA., 'Y'picr8a&; 2, 6, 34 IpA MH 1!lOfjQA)..er80, adEnr 1nl fptW; Soph. El. 446 IPA MH a~.i.r Avrqp" awn f'am TOii tf>d- 4>fpftJ1 ; PI. Prot. 310 D MOON Tt CI'I da",.i Dpctrnrydpar ;-Callin. 96,31 MM n "pm. a'ffl'~; 97,21 MM T' ffpouE"poucrar""; s..p;-8ee also 1747 fr. &: 1812.
2047. With certain modification., the leading representatives of the above particles (tlpa, oll, 1'9) etill survive in N, and even preeene their A ueage and construction. [2047b For .l=tlpa in Biblical Greek see 20SS f.] 1048. In particular, ilpA ia now very common in the amplliled form ilpa.,,c, though it is open to doubt whether its present popularity be not rather a revival than a Burvival of.A ilpa, due to the influence of literary atyle. At all eventa the NT writers hardly use it (only Luke twice: 18,8 and Acta 8, 30; preferring ~ inatead :1050), unJ_ we are willing, as we ought, to admit ita preeence in such _ as nr d.pa, TE dpa (writing 'Ftr apo, 'FI po, 1748) and the like (cp. AButtmann :147) i-while it is completely abeent from BOme N dialects IIJ.
1049. On the other hand, 06 in its modi1lcation 06)11.. (17gB f.), and ,.. are still univel'llally oommon in their .A use and 1IeDII8: M" tlOU ft 'A..,. '-r* ; did I not tell you BO f' MH. fTOU lIoiiAor; 'L haven't become lOUl servant, have If'

a.

' 'fIN

1lOt9". The latter partiole </AS), hOW8V811 is now generany amplified to ,.....,. or more oommonly to /AS,...' \with or without a fonowing'- or .a). Ofth_ two amplifieationa, the former (,,~_r), though the one generally received in cultivated speech, is open to the suspicion of being an Hellenimcl form of /AS"",' (1749. 1957), the more so &I the latter appean 'uneJae.

'pal" ni .) and this cin1lJDBtaDee adds ~ to the n&pic1_ thM ,.,...

m~

11)

The participle ",.,. hae no corresponding nb8t.itute in N (never ri

be a oorru.ption of ft6M,. RC. in Crete, ....here in the WII8tem part. ita place la held by tradlca (ep. John 21, 5 1I1IIlia, ,.. .,. trpot1",a.,,,,,, IXff'f;) and in the eaaIiarn OODUDOI1ly by thla belnc an abbreviation of the 1UliverBal vocative IlDAI (251">.12BIICl cbiel,y in _clamatlODB implylnc nrpriBe: aaAl, T' Air I
[1IJ

.a,

476

Digitized by

Google

INTERROGATIONS, DIRECT. deal' and therefore unpalatable to thellOl'ibea. In reality, however, this colloquialism is a corruption of ,.1} .v(')')fC(,) I'd or JrGl (1749), analogou8 and equivalent to ,.7). nxo I'd or nl (cp. p TVXcS.), ~ AAXO I'd or combinations a1ao ourrent in popular apeeoh (1717 f. 1749), u: ~fJoOptU MMN cl1l'OlO.,,-MHMnA','clW'oeu., (-MHMnAS!(Ai W'fIDp)-MMA':'XH KAi clnlhp. -The complex" :.;, . . is often shortened to (P).;' _(as: (,..)"!, ,,' bpeAa..,,,,,; C have you perchance gone mad ? very difrerent from ni' ,,' lTpeAafrptn; 'how is it that you have gone mad? '),-a oil'Cumstance clearly diaproviDg the. presence of nit in ,.",...,,", and strengthening ~e III1IIpieion against,."."." as a direct lurvival of A.

_E.

B0I50. Oftlle remainiDg two particl., ,w. (from py) _ or Doric py) cW) was peculiar to A and apparently never paaeed to P dis001ll'll8 (the NT shows no trace of it), ita place having been taken by ita _iatea py) Ipc& (Jloeril t4t: ,.", 'ATTC_, py) 'BM"""". Cp. RKilhner i1.l 1024 t), or rather py) """ (1948) (N ~ ). (1749), as: PI. Crat. 429 Cl MM rAp ~ To07'O ClI ,; Epict. 21, 19 MM rAp In ToWo ~A'''; MM rAp TWrov .",. JMH wapr:wri",acac; MM rAp led ToiiTo IJOT~ A-4xr"" ~ClS. n,.n..,l1IU; lb. n MH rAp InIou ;-On the other band ~, an alternative and equivalent of . , enjoyed a far wider and'longer popularity, since it appeara even in Homer as a very eommon particle and remains 80 tbroqh A. eapeeially in colloquial apeeoh (dialogue), down to poet-ehristian times

ir. ,,1,","" _

( 2055).

Plut. Apophtb. '10 (ii. 209 A) H 10"; ITOC -3 _ Tfi W'ClTpl; Ae1. V. H. 6, 6 H .,dp 06 "ClI TClm AcanIr.ft; Arietid. I, t, ...-NT ](att. 26, sa Ii (ubi male.) ao..;, 3T. 0/1 3UN1'CI' W'apGJlAflTcac Ta.. W'ClTfp4 p.au; Rom. 30 29. 6, 30 11, 2 Ii oil" oI'3caT.; 10 I Cor. 6,9, 14, a6 1i-1Ei;A'fI'; 2 Cor. 11, 7 Ii dp.o.p7'ECII' ItroHJlTCI ; Jas.... 5 Ii ao..~.; I'Dlea. 2, 19. Stob. Eol. a. 23, p. 567 ~ _00,",,; ib. ~ oW '"(1101""'; etc.

20&1. . The two interrogative particles ".~ ana 00 are frequently joined together in the complex "., 00 (taOmIe F) when the interrogator confidently expeots an emphatic atlirmation : yes ifIde6d I Xen. Mem. 4t 2, 12 MM 0:" ai 3vIIGf'IU Iyt.t'd ";;r 3u:CllocrV.r,r 'fl'YG IE'lriauria,; NT Rom. 10, 18 MM OYK IfICOUUOll,j-".JIOUvy.. 80 ib. 19. I Cor. 9. 4-5 MH arK 'Xo"." l~wricall ~'" u1 ..,.i,,; MM arK ,)CO,....

IEovlTlo" a3.~4>q" )V"CliICCI ".PW.1.'''; 80 11, 22. So atill inN: MH AtN 'fJa~" 3vPanl "otT; C haven't I done my beet? ",,} 31 crov 1'6 '~?,; 'didn't I tell you 80?' MM AEN ,.cS 'E-pu;

aurelyyou did know it ?

B0I51 b. For the alleged converse complex 0/1 ,.". 888 1837 f.

20&2.

Alternative or
&re

indirect,
~~'r;

d~ questions, whether direct or often introduced by ~, ,,""m-an, as :

Xen. Cp. 3, I. 12 q" tlpx." 1'" -rV}(1/ crlX ICCll d,w.P"l1. nOTEpoN 19' apx.1I' It .n~o" lCa8""'J! m' ~; Aeach. Cho. 118 nOTEf.A 3cmlTt'ijl' H&'l4>dPOII

Dem. 23. 79 nOTEpoN al3pClIC'" H ~;

Xen.

'-''yr. 1.

3, 15 3."".".a nOTEpoN

fjolJ~OCf'O

pi".,,,

H d,nIl'QIo

310 B /-yp/ryo(HU' ICCI8niam; and this is the regular practice in P-N. B0I581>. In fact the custom of introd\\cing the question b, mfpG" had become obllOlet8 .. early as the I7l A D., if we may judge from the NT writers who _lyever use it (onl, once, John 7, '7). Cp, ](att. 11, 3 a~ fl rl I!XcS"."or H ITf,- W'poITao.&,.f": Mark u, J4 Ioiirac .ij"aOl' Kcalftp' H Cl'; aGI"." H,.1)

20&8. But the introductory

""".pol' can he omitted, as: Pt Prot.

,,'ITTII'

3&i"." ;

477

Digitized by

Google

2064-2068.]

INTERROGATIONS, INDmECl'.

2064. When they are conditional ('whether'), indirect sentence-questions are introduced, if simple, by cl (uncommonly by l4v) 'whether' (German ob), if double or alternative, by cl 'i or Ern Ern 'whether or.'

Xen. Cyr. J, 6. 10 lpwr9~ Ei rrov b drrA CToV 71'6p~ rrptHl'Yl"ol"o; Mem. 2, 5, 2 CTlCorrovf'O' "o~o, d ~pa ~EP, "oil' ,ollCfT'C,,, o~. IlCaI fiu,,, /tElal. An. I, 10, 5 ffjOV).fUf'f'O II 7I'f/&7I'OIf" "IIIIlr H 71'fJ//Tf, 1010 4P'1Eo,,",. PI. Gorg. 452 0 CTIC6rrfa II~ EAN CTOI rr>'oWoII ~rj "I I"'COII dya8cW 3 Xen. Mem. 4. 4, 12 CTlCltal UN 7'611. CTOI ~).O" 4pECTICl/. Cyr. 2,4, 61bcow "0''''''' AN "I 1101 II~III A.;.y.I.. Lya. ~ 34 ok. fUn liTE ~oi liTE _01

"f''' "'i!''!''

~{3;"- iCTOwcu.

.r.' Uad4>oPO liTE 'xaalf liT 1.4"."".

2064.b 80 still in N where .z haa naturally made room for (1 ..) " (1772), loll: " ,~. AN Ix.. t1M~r. CI'rOxG,fnla AN wplro /Ill ,..1", If ..a n". p.oV

90&15. It is alleged that.r occurs 88 a direct interrogative particle (equiV&lent to Ipa), rarely in A, but often in NT Greek, 88: NT Act8 ai, 51 ,uMMr fl17"OYf176cu fls n)p IIfJptp/JoAip. 61'111iiAor AI'r" T. Xw&,X9I' li 'tun.. pDC etniP n -i* ".; )(Bott. 12, 10 'fff/phrq17V Q6TAao AloyWTU' d ItfG'TI.. Toar fI4IJ/JoCTII' '''''' "fllo.. ; So farther JIatt. 13, 3 19, 30 ao, 15. )(ark 8, as. Lulre 1St as- u, 49Acta I, 6. 7, I. 19, a. ai, 31. 22, 25. a3, 9. But this asaumption, though general among Biblical BCholan, is based on a misoonception, since tl here is nothing but an itaeistic mi88pelling of the colloquial 4 (2050). The copiera of our MSS, in whose time 4( .&PTOIf, Ipa) had disappeared from the livin(r languege, finding H unaccented and being unable to account for any other than disjunctive and comparative If--either mistook it for such and tranIICribed 1/, or, where this W88 too obvi01l81y inadmi88ible, changed it to ita homophonous El (371r.), which thsy imagined to be the nearaet approximate in sense, _ociating it with the conditional .1 in indirect questions. ID other a... again where~. W88 followed by ~ very frequent occurrence -the 888everative combination 4,.,." then pronounced 88 one word ",. IlJ. W88 mistaken by Biblical readers and Christian copiers for the now familiar Hebrew and changed acoordingly (I), notwithstanding that ita position at the opening of a clause ought to have served 88 a criterion. Hence ~ is to be restored not only in all direct questions like the above (2050), but alllO in _ventive cla_ (~""wrilJ), like Rom. 7, t. It, 2. 1 Cor. 6, 9. I.., 36, and elsewhere where. or.' nowetanda, 88 well 88 in the numerous instances where (eepecially in .John) it opens an _l'tloll (4 , . AI-r- 61""", 80 for 41'~" Ary., 6",,,). Cp. Sept. Gan. 22, 17 HMHN .a'!A~ .a'!Aoori_ 17f, where Et. K. 416, 50 observes, bt"",,,,, 6piwcW, 3np nl aiel 6nov (i.e or ,)~. H MMN Ia'!Ao-rcW .~ 17.. H &..nrr . . ~). EMk. 33, 27 (= br "" lif,), H MHN 01 W Tai"r "P'I".,~r Jl&XaJ,-S ftO"oiiIrTcu. So 34t 8.

cl,..,

.,1

C-.,.

1. SOS, 11 .,.a HMHN 6".6twft'fU (17440 2). If not direct, the p1'OOel8 of interpolation and corruption is not di1Ilaalt to trace: the _veration , ""', written BIOIN, which aince earq ChristiaD
[lJ Brdn. (ALenta)
(I]

a.

'n"",,,,,

centuries became obaoleeoent, appeared ob90ure to &ome Christian reader or commentator who a:plainecl ' it, on the margin or above the line, b:y the more familiar Biblical term AIIIBN. The nut copier then mistook t.Iaia azplaDlltiOD for part of the text and interpolated it, thus producing JIJIIlN AMBN, a COIIlpiu which naturally struck the third copier .. being a clerical error,' and 80 he in his turn unheeitatingJ:y corrected JDIBN AMIIN to AIUIN AMBN (cl,.., a,n,..), a phrase both ChrietIan-like and grammaticall7 not incorreot, since at tIIat time a term ~ be BtnnctbeDecl b:y ita maze l'8petition. (sJ30 $21. 6650)

478

Digitized by

Google

ANSWERING A. QUESTION.

[1051-1080.

XeiA'I

35, 6. Num. I.., 28. lob 27, a Ci 6 Ifclr (-fir God) at MHN AaA~.. 'nl poll ho,.. ludith 12 llpo11' H MtlN '.&ai...." ..,.. TCl IpeG "'it KWalu. Baruch 2, 29 ,.... ~ d.otIm]n n;r ~r pov at MHN I) Il6lAiJ'1fTar tlwmp4",.1 mAo-HT Hebr. 6, 14 (- Sept. GeD. 23, I7).-Polyb. 6. 21, 2 10plfi(0VIT1P H MHN """~..,,. 6, s8, a 6pIIl_ H MHN .waPttE.... "p/Jr. IT, ao, 411"".",., H MtiN n~"""";f1lllflCl'YYtAAo""lfIri 12,6,3 6}lOAo.,ltu 1fOI"",,"0 H MMN .~._ aWoi't. 9J 30, 9 H trOll di16X"'- a. (Cp. 12, 11, 9 H_ .,' 4r mor ~). PIut. C. liar. 29, 2 (i. 422 0) IIp/xra1 H MtiN ot, 4r 6 3ijpor "",,"GlTO. id. A.lex. 47, 4 (I. 69a .A.) ktLpoII'" H MHN pdAl~ flAil" ~ cl"".,.", IJ'Ollt. Cat. min. 32, 2 (lL 775 A). Tib. Grac. I.., a (i. 831 B) ." 6t-flp/i" TIN "pov.aAllTo T . TlIJlpiOP H MtiN ....1,.-'- ...a. tlVlfdpxOIfTG. Cic. 23, I (I. 872 B). Pyth. Or. J (Ii. a~ .) HfIA~ TI' I),.r" Md ..".9'7&tflA~- 6 "'or. AeliaD N. A. I, 32 H 311". HO" -" ..&rq/14 &.,piOP I) Ixt,.. Babr. 40, 3 H-oir "pAaI1OJ. Apoo. )[are 122, 15 11 MHN 06X 1tLpa.au TClt ~ar .oA4f1l1f

I,

_w.

tI".

''''''''''0,

.ANSWEBlNG .A QUESTION.

2088. The answer to a question is expressed-

A. In tDOrfl.questions "by a term corresponding to that which leads the question: Tic Al~, ;-I1"potTBl""r; cS fOot. !Mot, &r A" 80u).rrra&, d 8ov).6tAfJ1ot.

nci>c ;--,wrptlltt, ffpa.r, all ~111Ixl-, ~A". miTe ;-x8'r. "ult.TOJp. """ I" lat"" .,.. xpd"", IrrflaG.. nSu, ."'AS.... naY; nor ;-lao8G4t, lni, - . tI'III'nIXoii, '[,. 'A~_, ,lr nil' 'Aa1aJ,. So too in N. 2087. B. In ~uestions the notion of yM or no is ex

presseda. By repeating in the affirmative or negative the word bearing the stress of the question :
Eur. Hipp. 1396 dpAc "", IJlf17l'o",', cl" '-lCil, TA" &8).'0" ;-'Opw. PI. Phaed. 65 D ~AMiN T' IJUcGlOJl alm\ ~ ;-~AMEN PEIITOI, ", laic. Soph. Ant. 512 a!JICOV" OMAIMOC xl. /t.fJTa",.IOJl Sa"... ;_Opa&p.ot. 20&7b. So too iD N, though leBS frequentll than iD ..t, as: Ix.ar vitl'4Ta ;-1)(01. M' &.ow., ,,00 flOV 'fGwaCG ;-~ G' cIIt.otuTa.

.'fm,

oM."

S068. b. By means of .

')'E. ~K

')'E-4wIp1,

o~

4wIpi:

PI. Rep. 352 B lJaai T' ITOI .1",,, fmrov 1(Tl':;-'E".ot,.. Soph. Ant. 498 (hA.r ,., "..iCo.. ~ It.ImIIt.ftiJla& pi 1>..";- EydI ".;" oIJlJl... Dem. I, 19 friJ 'YpGfI1e,~ Taw' .l..a, flTpancwuc& ;-Ma 11&' oIJc 1-yID~. PI. Crat. 391 E. aoS811 This mode of answering is questionable iD G-B speech IUld foreign to N. 20S9. O. By means of certain affirmative or negative parti.

cles, such asIIIll '1ea,'

tl'aJIII

'fAD'~ (5 2 9 11 ). 'certainly,'

,up

01.., (<<al)

'why not?' 0;' 'no,' o;'Xl, oIJIJape,;~ (tA"tJatAe,;r), fcurrd -ye. oIJ pAl1la, 'by no means.' etc. 2080. This is the commonest way of answering a Bentence-queetion iD N alao. The particlea still fully surviving and univeraally ueed in N are JIG' 'yea' and 311' 'no,'-Bqch other terms as ~&emI 'Y88 (in. deed),' 8IfJala 'certainly,' l""o.iTa, 'of C0111'Be,' all 8).ov (<<aMov), IJ&' 8Aov (lJ&6).ov) 'not at all,' and the like being due to literary influence.

4 'surely,' 'verily' (2055), etc.-ff6lr -Fp oD ;

ffaJIII (,.),

,.nAa yt, cal ,.nAa (y.),lytJI1'yf,

479

Digitized by

Google

2081-1083.J

INFINITIVE.

I06L For the sake of emphasis A OU and Pal were often amplified to oux' (oi1X'? cp. Et. M. 607, 29; 638,49.) and IlGiX' (-xl? (1). The former is found even in Homer (beside ou", [or oD", ?]) and served as pattern for the latter (oi1~i and PIIixi, cp. ~""'rt after oll"'rt). Their respective representatives m N are SX' (dialectally also Iti 155), often amplified to M SXI/CO (i. e. SX' "0>" cp. 2511, Sx.-"'''~ (NSophianos 81) or iJy.1T"f, then contracted to (*dicTu) Stru, 'no indeed,' and, after it, JIG''''''' 'yes indeed,'-all these leD,Kthened forms being conaidered, in popular parlance, as politer than ix, (Iti) and JlGl respectively.

INFINITIVE.
1I.r'l'BODUC7'OBT.

1081. The infinitive is a verbal substantive partaking of the nature of both the 81ibstantive and the verb. Its nomiMl nature is clearly shown by its combination with the article (,-0, T01i, T.p): ,.0 AI:y"'''' T01i Uvat, ~ muVE&a6cu. On the other hand, its trerbaZ nature is fully bome out by the following principal facts: la) like an ordinary verb, it is qualified by adverbs (not adjectives): TO EY ~~ (2071). (b) it takes an object and that in the case required by the other verbal forms: ,.0 du"fW ntN ~,TO Toic vO~'l 'lrEl9ru6tK (duKOVI"1' THN dpcn7v, 'fttfJovrv." Toic .ol""'l) ; (c) it shows the nature and voice of the verb: ~ mr.&&VC1'fUT9a&, ~8ij1ltK. (cl) it specializes time: 4wyr'iIl, ~tII. 'IrE~o-.. (c) it can be accompanied by the modal particle 1lY.
1083. Notwithatanding its convenience, the Greek infinitive. compared with its two associates-noun and finite verb-from the outaet laboured under several serious disadvantages. In the first place, as a noun, it. lacked nominal iniection, having neither easeendings nor plural form,and thu8 appeared abnormal and foreign to the genius of the Greek language whlch at no time admitted of a noun without infiectional properties (Ay'p'vi. 2 & 25). Then as a verb, it was &till more indefinite, since lt indicated neither number nor person, often also no precise time. Now when it is remembered that the cardinal pointa aimed at in popular discourse are simplicity, perspicuity, and emphasis, and that, speaking of the Greek language In particular, these conditiona have at all times (.A-N) been fulfilled by means of inflectional rroperties (endings, prefixes, etc.), it is evident that the absence 0 these requisites from the infinitive often rendered it unfit for the purpose. As a natural conaequence, popular discourse bepn as early as G timeatodispense with the irifinitive and replace lt either bJ. equivalent abstract nOUDS (in -pG, -I'", -"M, -IT,', -uUJ, J02J) or fimte mood. (rJIG with primary subjunctive, Or, with indicative). This proce8B of retreat and substitution, thoUfSh slow in ita manifestation, advanced steadily and reached its close m early B times. All subsequent (M-N) cases of the infinitive, whether nominal or verbal, savour of scholasticism or literary mannerism. For fuller particulars see App. vi.
[l) HelD.

in J.A.Cramer'. An. ill. 279 : nl fl, I AVroI'Tll

'WptWfl"tNtOwTG&

dlw,nu.

cl",,"'i, Itv"'.

a~ 7'ClVTa'

Et.)(. 315, 21 ; 601, 20.

aJla, 4xc, T4H. TO NAi, X" (l'IIIId "AlXi)

('IRfI"''''''o)

dl'"'""-

480

Digitized by

Google

INFUIITIY1S.
BUltJB(Jf' AND PIJIIDICA'l'B 01' 'l'BB INPlNI'l'I"..

2084. I. The subject of the infinitive, when dierent from the subject of the leading verb, stands in the accusatif1e; so too its predicate, if any. (Cp. 1160 f.)

"piC. YMAC JlWl

Xen. Mem. I, I, 19 ~ ~n 96GYc ....... .zU",. An. I, 3. 6 f:.a. 01 lfATpiM ell .,n>.OVf ell cyMMAXOYC. So too in P-B compoaiiions.-For M-N speech see 2063 & App. vi. 2086. a. Tb. subject of the infinitive, when it is identical

olpa& i ... ."Arl. JlrijUJ'l'll dpydria, 4 c1).),0Vf tni.3vo. Symp. 175 .. Xen. An. 8, 1,,30. Eur. Alc. 641. Dem.9t 74 d 11 cl.ri. XMICI~II~ ~';' 'BUG&. vGNrw. 9 MeyupltU, YMeic: 11 drroapGowe", ~~ "PWrf'IWGt oWr lIpS_
J:

with that of the leading verb, is omitted (cp. u64). In that case its predicatiVQ or attributive adjuncts, if any, etand in the case of the leading eubject. Th.30 74 ~ tnSMar J-aw'IJfT' "ACA &ar/J8apij-. Xen. An. I, 3, 10 aa..icr6a, ""'CfI. ... 4t 17 ~1/MfW .....,_ .f", mpcHC 19" .r_ Th. 2, 65, 10 .pfyowo ~oii lfpcmOC ;"tlfI"rW ylywa8_ I, 34t I WIC Jrrl Tj AoYAOI .mu Inll'fforrGI .lfOlKOI. PL ApoL 41 A drrMMy'Uo ~&;I/ q,oa-ICOIIntl/ AIKACT<iiN .1I'l1&0 So too in P-B compoaitiona.-P'or M-N speech see 2063 & App. vi. 1068. 3. But when special emphaeie is laid on the eubject of the infinitive, then, notwithstanding iiB identity with the eu1.ject of ~e leading verb, it is exp:reseed separately by means of a pe1'8onal or reflexive pronoun put either in the accusative or in the nominative (cp. 1163): ~h. El. 471 ao. Me ."eiptw n;..a. niA"';'-lIln. Pt Hipp. mad. a82
olrri.

SOSV. Thia is Itill eommoner in P-B diction, eve. where there lies DO perceptible emphaaie: NT Rom.. a, 19"'frOdJu CEAyTON .sa",. J.a& rvt/Miw. Luke 20, 20 WoICPlllOpA_ eA'fTO'fC aucalo.r .lara&. Ac~s 2S, :U roii .. IIIIV).'" JrnaPlfTfJ"'l/fIU "'IP'IJij- ..;-n;N hA1#Q "I(lfiaiJa& AiTiN l.r d GIIGff'I'';' AiTON rrphr KatfTfJPO. (Cp. 1399.) lOOS. Pariioalarly .trilling ill here (in P-B Greek) the very tnquent 1118 of the articular in1lnitive with a redWldan. abject in __ when '" woUld have preferred the adverbial or circlUll8tantial partioiple (3101. :u6, .), &8: lIatt. 26. 32 &; Kart J..., 28 I'fTA d ''Y'p9ijIIa& Me (for A "rtP'.l,) ..podt/il 6p1U. Luke 10, 35 '-yQI .,. Tfj '".."/p)(.afal Me (for A '_fp)(6"."or) dnIIMr. - . u, 15 .John 2, 2+ HebJl. 7,.... 20.. I, Ill.

2089. 4. When the eubject of the infinitive is identical with some obliqlle case in the leading elauee, it is omitted, while its predicative or attributive adjuncts, if any, are either attracted by that oblique case, or put in the accusative. Xen. Hell. I, s. 2 Kypoy J3lwro ~ lfpoeyM9T.t:roy Dem.3, 23 'E'G'TI" Y.iN ctAAlMOCI -pNfT8tu. Xen. An. 1,2, I K;;p~ fIIJ~~" n;

""Mr8t..

Itlll"'''''.... Apd& flCfl" 3t I, 5 d SGtICpan" fTVl'fJov),.6" T~ :No4IcIJNn iA90NTA flr A.).f#HWr a-O&.Wal .... 8. tI'.pl ";;r rro(lfla.r. So too in P-B compositions, .. : NT Aote 2;, 27 1J.Avp" .,tAp MOl 30cff nlMlfoNTA "'I"a-. Hebr. 2, 10 ' ..pt"... AYTcj) "oM. IIIcM IIr aGE,."
frO~'U" AAIkiNTA

KA.apX AABONYI

flC.'. &,0" 4" 1lW G'TpGTf1Il'II'

reMQ).).0Vf.

481

Digitized by

Google

1089-10'14.]
.4,."".. So aJao

INFINITIvE, ARTICULAB.
11, 12.

ArArONTA TcW dpX'ncW TM.aMnu. Acta 15, 35

27, 3.

36, 30;

u.

'aut.. HMiN bAd_NOIe

2070. 5. The subject of the infinitive, when it is indefinite or general (n..d, ~, cl..6~, 'some one,' 'people '). is com monly omitted (1165), while its predicative or attributive adjuncts, if any, are put in the ~

.:..ac &i Iral cjllAc)noAIN.

far Iesa common.

Men. 118 aucalOlI d npATToNTA '"~ 8~rW. Isocr. 2, 1 5 ~AANep(l)nON

1070 '. So too iD P-B oompoeiUona, but the omitaion of the subject is

I. SUBSTANTIV.AL OR ARTICULAR INFINITIVE.

IO'1L I. Preceded by the article, the infinitive assumes the character of a substantive without, however, forfeiting its verbal

nature and function

(2062) /ll.

2072. Owi~ to the absence of the article in early (Homeric) Greek, the articular infinitive makel ita appearance firat in Theognia (256 TA "",.i.), Simonidel (95,1 TA Ir~r 8";,,"1.) and Pindar, Dut ita complete development is manifested in..t. Here while fully preI8rving ita verbal nature and function, it at the aa.me time holds the room of an abstract aubatantive and stands in a.ll the C&I8I of the singular, with or without prepositions. From..t it p&BI8B to P with a ateadily increa.aing popularity and extension of 1IlIIIfr8. For while in ...t itl verbal cha.r8.cter prevailed over the substantival, in G-T the latter function comes to greater prominence. With the opening of B it had become almost an ordinary abatra.ct noun, but laCking the inflectional propertiel of a noun (Q3), could no longer bold ita own against it and 10 became e:rtinct. N therefore preserves no sure trace of the articular infinitive, ita pla.ce having been taken either by ita analyaia (TA ..a for actions referring to the future and conditioDa.l preaent, and TO &n or rather TO ",iI, for actions referring to the paat and actual preaent 1222 It]), or by abatra.ct mbatantiY8ll, especially neuten in -po and .'11" (1021). For fuller particulan see App. vi. 20 fr., 25. 2078. 2. The substantival infinitive stands usua.lly in the preaent or &oriat, uncommonly in the future (chiefly after A",lr, lmWx~cJ'lf and the like, :zo86b), rarely in the perfect.

2074.. 3. The article is admissible before the infinitive when the latter acts &8 subject or direct object; it is i~
(l] I The anio1e might talre a demODlltratiw beaiw., .. iD Ar. V up. 89 '''' T. '"""OU Toii cnrouMC.I", but iD claaBio Greek there is no panJlel for oertain Latin OOJlIItra.ctiODll, euoh .. IU'Il uaall:v aet down .. HelleniamL See m:v remarks OD I'eraiua I, 9. In Roh Greek .. that at Ipatiua, _ &I'll DG$ nrpriIed to find (Bp. ad Epb. 3) Tcl d&dItfl'TIW 11 Tcl dAtJlm)., W. ad J(ap.1 TOil Bla.,.."..)s 5 Tcl \rill awoii,-aJl valprisma orWini_' BLGildenleeve in Tra.na. AIDer. l'hil. Soo. 1878, P. 1. [I) Compare Apophth. 120 B Tpti' AO"(C""aol 6XAoiicr& p' TO .\4C.1JfIu ." TGi'r 'pI,p.o&I, iNA d.l,.,., i 4."" iNA .,.A~/t101'CIIr7'Il" fir IC.Wor. IStapJa. p. as. 2 d~OI' 01 T~ir mAol ~ ~lr Ta 3por"'" 'BAa,&;" &cl TO iNA .~,.n /VYra- ib. 9 lnrG"(OI"" ~,. TA &por nU.. 'BAa&&W &cl TO iNA l~fIOI"''' IlIn-. 426 ti NA PIIa~" ncjlTOYN t'Il paMlA. 450 uti HA I'."a~" n(COYM ~XII.

",...,(ijI'.

'I)"'" (ijI'.

482

Digitized by

Google

INFINITIVE, A.BTIOULAB.

[107~B077.

when th" latter stands in the genitive or dative, or when it depends on a preposition.
Men. 124 TO JrOUc\ 'Ni).".a. II'dU' d~", trOWi. PI. Gorg. 416 D ,..\ 31."" blboNAI II'Or.PO" nACXIN IfT'nJI ~ nGliN; Men. 381 Hotr TO cr'')IIi'' .fHi'lTO" la'rl ToY ).n>.~i". 381 "",,,crOll dpyr}" Tcj) AoylC~cr6rx w.r. Xen. Mem. 2, I, IS 3~ TO EI_.r..a. w a.. of, d3,"Bij_; Dem. 3, 3/ ToY ".!Kw xGpc" 3,,1"I'Y0fHU,. Xen. Mem. 4. 8. 2 ISovpd(wo brl Tcj) di8(,,,.r Cij". Cp. 1,3.1 1I'd_ 3u41".." If/>olIIfTO '"" .k TO 'l'UxV ".san", cl 310t lUll .lr TO lCIIA.r falr'l'G trOWi". So too in P-B compoaitioD& App. vi. 21 if.

107&. 4. Like any ordinary noun, the substantival infinitive may stand in any case of the singular :
NomitJtJIifltJ. Saph, Ant. 1341 TO ~po"U, d3,,,,-1ar trpiwo" lm1Sp~" Xen. Cp. 8, 3t 42 ofJnH rj3v la'r' TO ,~'" K,n,ptI'I'G o3ntr _ cIJI~ TO _o~.",. 5,40 19- 1, 5,8. 1,5,16. PI. Gorg. 491 A. A~ PI. Gorg. 522 B am\ ,.0. ill'oSrifTlCf'" cW3.1r ~fM'I'U" Apol. 28 D 3.lcrar ro Cij". SOpli. 241 0 alcrxV-n- TO niA.".a.. Xen. Cp. I, 40 21. PI. Gorg. 512]1. GenitifItJ. Tb. 1, 84 ToY tr~j" br~p/D.. Xen. An. 1. 40 IS IpEawR ToY 3.alJalPall. PI. Phaed. n1 B mfTXOpn ToY aa.qw.",. Xen. cp. I, 5. 13. DatifItJ. PI. Phaed. 11 Q Tcj) Cij" la'r' ni_lOll, AtnrfP Tcj) /YP'TY"pITO a8.v&,,,. Dem. 18, 26g. Tb. 2, 42. Xen. Cp. 40 5. 9- Dem. 8, n. 107&11. So too in P-B Greek, bnt the prepositional uaage is by far commoner, in that it very often (especially in historical narration) takes also the place of the now retreating circumstantial F,ciple (1561.1601.2068.21410), as: N Tq) 1UIStVa."" de TO An>.ijcrm, Ie TO ,:..0" ie TO lI'apaaAicrm, bl" TO '~'''' ANTi ToY A~,,,, npie TO s.aSijMu, MTATO 1~p8ijJIQ', K ToY looc Toi AS."" etc.-Peculiarly common are the combinations N Tq) (A1-yt",,,)'flW")' MTA TO (13.", ..13.,,), and above all de TO (lcr8l"", za."'=136I"J1Or, d+61"POr or Loa ~. f3u). App. vi. 2C>-28. 2078. Rarely the nbetanti9al infinitive without a prepoeition stands independently to denote the ptl1pOlII (App. vi. 23 b): Tb. 1, 4 ToY,.a, flp0u63ovr "a>.).o" KNAI am;. 2,22, la. Dem. 18, 10'/ Toi Pit "c\ 3Uuua trOWu,. PI. Gorg. 451 B tr,r ri fl~pa ~o"utoiMa AI-yt", ToY 1tImJf/HJ"~r ~HcrSa" See allO App. vi. 23 fr. 2077. In the comae of P, however, this uaage met with a wider p'opularity, notably in G-T diction, and furthermore erlended beyond Ita A scope (influence of Latin ut ?). In fact, "OV with infinitive in P-B very often aaaumel the work not only of all final and other prospective infinitives or their corresponding final participlel, but even that of finite Clausel. (1331. App. vi. 23 if.) Polyb. I, n,6 4PaJpap/Jrr.. ,,.. 'rOi. xp6POU ToY 1'fI3~" 4w6",,. R7'eW."". a. 55, 4 flGP' ~ ~AB. ToY ~ ,,110" ,."..... tlAA.l . . "1Xr 3A1X"IIw,u.a.. (cp. I, 43, 7)-Sept. Gen. 18, 7 '"mp' ToY .w7j11lU aweS. PII. 39> IS ot ~ ToY /JAn"". 118, 57 .1n TOY fllMEaaB,,, ,.cl" ,,(,pIW .OW. NT Jlatt. a, 13 piu." .,a, "B,,;&r,r ,.cl II'IUBiOP ToY 411'OAI.m aw6. Diod.

'X'''',

17, 42, 4 np' 6Al-yo" ~ABo" Toi ""er tltroAlO'fItu. Gr. Urk. Berlin 164 (tIl-mlt), 24 trapaIIfJAiiI 'la" "07'~ ...iacu AWe\" Toi 'AB,r". Acta Petri et Pauli 179,4 .''"I.m,"". Kalnpa ToY 4.oAll1IU ttpa.. 183. I ,..,sAarro" ToY waUa. . . 41fM'r,iI'CU aWeS". Leont. Neap. V. I. n, ao "".VJo". Toi .,.,,10'fItu. JIIal.....0, JI &IA .I.a. ToY 3oI7jPa.. Theoph. 43t 16 "POff'phpaTo awe\" . . ToY
4~

,,,.,.,iP

Iia

Digitized by

Google

107'1-208S.]

INFlHITIVII, AN.ABTIIBOt7S.

"""'aBal.

..,...fria&

268, wa,....w- dTa.. ,..OANl ToY 4avll:UIU - WIIfICIX.,pijRI. ~. For fbrther particulara see App. vi. 30-38.

tMoJur. Porph. Adm.132, 6

J.

aao- ToY ,a).".,'.'-'~

H. VERBAL OB ANARTHROUS INFINITIVE.

Historical Bun;ey.
10'18. The P-B history of the verbal or aaarthl'oua iDfibitive ahoWB va.rioua ltages IIoDd vicissitudes which ca.n be best eomprehended when we look into its relation to the governing verb or word. In BO doing we find that all verbs and other words requiring an infinitival oomplement may be divided into two elaaaes, one conlietiq of the BlDall group leading the intli7'eCI ~ (:sos7 tt)! ana the other compriaing all the r.eat. Either claBe, inBtead of the iaflnitive, admit., under certain condition., &Iso its BoJI&lyaia to a dapeDdent clause, but in the fonner clala the analyBis is a ~ c1anae introduced by iW, (~r), while in the latter the lIoDaJysis is a~" clause, that ia a mOl"e Ol' leufinal clause introduced by IN (&tntr). In other word&. the iDfinitive ia in the form8l" case declamtiH, iD the latter prospectire (or final). This broad division, thongh chiefly deducea frOm the P history of the iDfiDitive, holds Q'OOd &Iso for the claaaical period of the ~ (2079. 2089. App. vi. 2-6; cp. also .he .A construction of 'A..,." J".". 1h,J. lI.,ue"" v.raMpfjOI. cIfUi, ~" fr~''''''M'', etc. iD. the lwoa; see further SBriel iii. 8-30)SO'19. The start towards the analysis and BubBequent retreat of the infinitive wa.a made by wrba declamndl, followed by wrba Berttiertdi, that is by that claaa of verba which iD A could e1Ch~e their infinitive for a dfclaratiN clanse with;;.,., or ~ (1938 W. 'Z027 W.). A little later, if not at the IIIIolIl8 time, the other cl&18 forming the l~ JUJoritr followed, besinniDg with thoBe caaea where the iDfinitive coula be resolved mto a final claoae with iN or a- (1094 W.). !fuf; in order came the 10018 inflnime (2098 f.), the. the objective infiaitive (208S W.), then that depending on nouns denoting BD aGility (2Q90fF.), IIoDd lastly the infinitive depending on imp8l1lOnal IIoDd aundry other incomplete verba (208dF. :ao88)

SO. The -.erbal infinitive may be the subject, the object, or some other complement of a verb or other word.

2081. L As subject, the verbal iIlfinitive of any teJl88 exceptiDg tat of the perfect, is required by ~ verba and GpI'8lsions: &i, JCPI1,7f'pftm, 8oe" It<<an, oro.. ft 7f'pomJ-. ~ ~pr" piA.r.,-&euw, BlKII&OV, 8wa.nSv, KGAOv lCITI.--., ICcupOr, ~ lOTly, and the like.

.an,

"pg;.

Men. g61~ MA8eiN Hi lCai ""SO"... POUr EllI& PL ApoL 424 dUG -yap fltrJ clip" NTINAI. Xen. An. J, 4t 39 dICTI lpAN. .. I. S slow awoir npoieNAl. 1088. So too in P-B Greek, both literary and oolloqaial. Thia uage of the inflaitive seems to have proved the moat popular ad f8f

Digitized by

Google

.,.--

INI'lNI'1'IVE, ANABTHROUB.
10

[1081-1088.

laated the longeat ill tlle P Jtinol7 of the in1haitive. (2079- Ap:p. vi. 15.) However, from G onwards the analysis of the infinitive by :... 18 also admissible. This is the O&8e, for instance, alter &it ap~'i, G,HfT/cl&, ImI'XWITa, 'it is stipulated,'-lIllCQ&oll, 0>.6.., lCa/c.!II, dplCm!JI IUTw-"pa, trtUp6s, 11,011, crv~&ei IUT"', o>..s- 'X.&, and the like. )300 App. ri. 16.
lOSS'. In G-B time. when the infinitive began to retreat from the living language, we sometimes meet, even in Atticistic compoaitioDB, the perfect i:Idlnitive mi8lued for the a.oriat or present inflnitive after im personal exp~ion.. as: Ael. N. A. 80. ~ 'EllIf cl.",.,..xe-. 114, 4 .z TIIWa ~"'''IJ&. .Jalia adv. 0hriIIt. aa... CS (CJN4MIDI&llD) ~ ft"Itn_l_ (cp. WSohmid ill. 7.). Cp. a073-

tlnx'"

2088. The impel'8Onal construction of the above verbs and expressions (2081) is frequently turned to a p8l'8Onal, especially in the case of 8o/cf&, loucf, BE, 'it lacks ' (1902), fTVp.{Jaln", 3(,cawv, tU-a1/CcWw, bnn}&wv lOT&, and the like ; also in that of >.1yrnu. 'it is said,' and other passive verbs of sagtng and thtnIMg : 8o1CG1 or (801CG1 p.ot.) 8o.w p.ot. [whence even 4nlPO".L p.ot., as PI. Crat. 399 A] , I seem,' ~ ~ ~. mni&wr, LauOr. Ip.~xft c"...

)( 80.,

Xen. An. 1,3, 12 AOwYMN aWliiclW. PI. ApoL 30 D ".,Uou MO) WfP Ipot1'rOU .lnoAoric9A1. PlOt. 339 B AilC<llOC .1 BoHgeiN ni dllllpl.. Xen. Cyr. 5, 3, 30 d 'AfTrrVp,or dr n)JI X'JIGP MBM~iN ArrliMn41. Pl. Phaedr. 230 B Iy' MOl AoICQ) ICG'rQlC.elv.u8a.. Urat. 400 E, 399 A.
2084. This IAlbatantially applies also to P-B AtticiziDg compositions, but popular apeooh givet unqualified preference to the lmperBonal conltraction (:1124). This is invariably the case in N, if we discard such solitaq combinatioDl as ~aor (/CGAG,) .lH..a t'o fI',m"" , I shouldn't be surprised if he believed it,' which belong to ~

n. As objtJt:t, the verbal infinitive standsWith verba of 8fJIIiI4f and 'hWMg (t1eriJa tleclaraMi et BMt.iMdi), where the infinitive is declarative and can be resolved by cm into a declarative claaae (2078 f. App. vi. 6 f.). Such verbs arednll, ~ w&O'}(IIIiCT8a&, wolllxw8a&. ~lonur81H, hayyrAIOB&.
I.

Arr/lf'/I, "&O'1"It~~&II, _&O'1".'iIl.-dlCli'~'JI, ~).fVIJIH, Worrrfll.",. Wo~&II.~""", 1I000fi. a;j).0/l, fTt4,r ""'''' 'it appears.' Gnom. 3,n fl'oc;r NOMI%, dPAN twll. PL Orat. 386 A Uptray6par iAI'N trdJIru ~ ,.,..". erN.. Xen. An. 5, It 8 OiOMAI (JA,.,1mIII TwAI. 1.3t 18 +HMi ftVra 9Avaplar .THAI. Dam. 39.40 OMCO-

)'~vBa..

>'''''''''dl"'u-, GII'.aA.iJl, fI'(JOfT'IIoc.urlJaa-ot.ri6aa, lIopl{~&II, ~icF6a&, IIMfU.,

a. w,-ro..

aWlCATC AI.w:..N. ItIOClr'. 3. 116 AefnAI ICGl nnC tJ.ow wo t'oU Aair B4clAe;EC9AI. Xen. An. 4. 6, 18 ,AnizO) oW ,.. rro'A..,.,wur MENCiN.

2088. Instead of this infinitive, od admitted a.lso ita analysis bf 0,., or er (2079- 2136). In the cOUl'le of H-G this alternative gamed decided a.acendenc'y, and before the close of G it had estaoliahed itself in common discourse as the normal mode of expreaaioD, that is in the form of either the orutio obliqua or tbe orotio ncta (20271'. App. vi. 7). With the opening of T'thiB analysis by &n-now also by .,.. (1754 App. vi. 13)-met with the widest P01Jalarity and soon led to ille total diasppean.nce of the declarative lrabitive.

.faG

Digitized by

Google

1088b-.ao87.]

INFINITIyPl, ANARTHROUS.

1088b A class of verbs and nouns, which in themselves contain a prospective notion or border on futurity, take as complement the future infinit-ive in the form of either the effective future or of the present acting as a durative future (1896b. 1836. App. iv. 2 & 4). Such verba and nouns are in particular those denoting aDesign, as: I"?-).6) (18<)3), 1]8.?-., fjov"AopIK, ItfHtp.ru, a,allOlopm, trapa(J'ICfWCOp.a&, and the like ; Ezpectatitm, as: l'AfI'lC., fl'p0cr30dat, lrrt3oE6r .I"" &' /A.fI'l3or 'p, l. I'AfI'l& .l,u,_lptJ' or 0'10p.a&, ",uC.. Wro~---l).".{,l or fI'~ Itn,,,, and the like ; PromiBing, as: inr,fJ'XJ1I0p.a&, lrray:yUop.ru, 41,", 'A;.y., &l'o'AoyfltJ, ITVW'lyyuiIp.a&, and the like ; and TIweGImi1ll, as: 8plCo" fl'OIOVp.a&. etc.--dtm)./.. Th. 4, 71 ~A"'C... -rdP ,.~ CltcllAl. 7, 46 I" Q.tll& ",. nl.,..{X'I AipitCItIN. PI. Rep. 5730 'A.tC" Ivra"ar dNAI I.pXfI". Xen. An. 3, I, '4 "cW ".,.pa""""" w(IOfIao"o, !'GUna npA11tIN. 0)'1'.6, I, 2J ._ """011 lnrlllx--ro I"7xm+- nApel"N. PI. Rep. 427 L S)'IDp. '74 A. II".UyqIlG .Ir n,l'fpor nApfCltcllAl. Phaedr. 254 B. Antiph. 6, 23. Andoc. I. 62. PI. Crit. 53 0 II".AIym ,., .,... nOAlTItYcEC9AI. ib. D .",ir tw4lov nOAITIt'(CEcllAl. Xen. An. 7, ... 13 imucin 1"7~" mM _w nltitltc9AI. HelL 5, 3, 36 &,..Harnr ti_ItNltiN. 3.", 30. .An. 3, 3, 37 &~.,.... nopeYltc9Ai. 4,5, 15 1088C. The future infinitive with the above verbs and nouns is not rarely replaced by its cognate tJOriBt '",,1Iit;", especially when the impending action is viewed with less confidence, as ODe that will merell take place. But while this seems to constitute a special case in ..t, m P-B diCtiOD it becomes the geDeral rule owing to the gradual retreat of the future proper (App. iv). Eur. B. F. ~W"lIfP nA9ItiN. Th.... 34. Dem.... 3 M a. Qm ... aW.l /lfAn.. r'ENEc9AI. LyB. 190 8 'Awn." lnrc} m nWW'OU iKTpA4!liiNAI. Ieae. 11. :la W'(IOfI3oJw /IqJIIIIJ I},.a. ilAn,-.THCAI. Xen. An. 3. 3. 30 InrlllxmS 11tH BoyAltyCAc9A1. I, 3, 3. HeD. 5.... 7 4wRAl}G'f" '&nOIt'RiNAI 4...,..,., nm '" ...; ..... Polyb. J. 330 9 ~...Cw nOllfcAc8AI nlr 3, 37, 3.~ nOllfCAc9A1 ,.. clprir 3. 15. 3. 3. 61, 5. 5, 39. J. 3.6... 5 3. '7, 7. ... 10. 8. 3,65. 7, etc. 6. u. 6 IJ".",., A9poIC8iiNAI. 30 17. 5 ,..lAwEk ,,06 C:YCTHCAc9AI "" w6A.fl'lW' Sept. Gen. 37,43 IbmAflllOl m Anolt'RiNAI. CIA ill. 1350, 4 4A",CIl r'ENEc8AI. Clem. R. ad Cor. 55,6 "a J'lAAor AnoAicllAl. Pol;yc. ad Phil. 5,3 lnrIllx.-ro."' ll'ipAI .... Barn. I, 3 'AwfC_ Cfll9HNAI. 140 I IJlM'llfP AorNAI. Hermaa Sim. 8.90 4 ". 'A.tC...,.., cf08iiNAI. Jpat. ad Bph. I, 3 'AwLC",.,.. tinlTYXltiN. Callin. 133. 14 QW'tCOI'f" 1At. qpeiN. 81. U lI~paTfJA.6.'f'7/f 'I'fAAf I'NECIlAI. 139, 9 ~61'f"J AnOTAlAcllAl. [For 74- 33 tW 11tH Ar,.u M (.lr t 1553) h 4/AC1pnMWItCltc9AI. 1188 A.pp. i .... 10".] CGL 2 34. 35 'A.tC. iAiN. JIart. Petri 98, 9 InrIIIXOf/ AOYNAI. Acta Pauli et Thec1ae 343, 11 lnr,flXJ'lliipru AorNAI. 2088'l. The in1lnitive depending on the above terms (2086') is reeolYed in Nbym Bel (-.A s,.,+fut.) or by" (-.ArN), according as the emphasis of the ola11l8 lies on the in1lnitive or on the governing word. Only after verbs denoting a design (pIAAM, 'IAot, /lfWM".), the in1lnitive in N is regularly I'8IIOlved by .a..

8"""

8tDeari,.,

'J'I'II"',

"atSnu,

'pIJoAGr.

.,.a..

2087.
~

2.

With verbs denoting the

486

compulsion, Cf.N8itIg, etc.-1teed, ~ proAilMotJ, 1a~ etc.

et studii), i. e. tOi81I, ifItetItion, eotmJICIfId,

0/ tDill (t:rerlHa
~

Digitized by

Google

IlODIITlVE, ANABTBROUS.

[1087-1091.

/JoU).O,.,..I]8.'>.., ~"'"' UOJIIII, dbit, &--. ...l8., ~-,.. u)..v.,).l-ytt, order '), fIG!'!'Tf')')'., o,..o>.oyit, tTVY1C.pit, ltt'TpI,,_., 3tmrp4n-O,.,.. (' cause to '), etc. alvxWopa" CIlaov,.. (' haaitate,' 19(1)~, dtrapJIoii,.,..__ayoprv.,
'llft').).o,.,..-broTpv.., trapotV... lpp,u..

,.U.. hnIv,., _.0. (' bnraav., "potrrdrnr.,

npl (hit. AIAArEc8AI. '.Men. 727 .,.;,. Tit. ICpGTw..,.. . . . .8E +pEIN 'Eflllvia 1088. So too in P-B.compoaitioD8, bat in G-B pOJular speecb the infinitive is 'either replaced by the imperative or subJ11DCtive in paratactic construction (17cn. 1230, 1939. 2031-2. 2086), or more commonly, it is resolved by f.a (&or.r, .r, ....)-later b)o N (1766)-and these imperativaJ and subjunctivaJ substitutes gradually succeeded in altogether dislodgiag the infinitive (App. vi. 15-19). On the whole. however, a few verbs of this claaa, Buch as (joli).opa" (h'>.fI/i (tu').).., df/HlA.) Beem to have retained their infinitivaJ construction to the last (2079- App. vi. IS). 2088. The reason why the objective infinitive should be l'8BOlved in case of 2086 ~ &'" ana in case df 2088 by becomes obvious when it iB bome In mind that, should it be replaced by an independent clause, it would become in the former case indicatitle, thus requ~ chiefiy cW for ita negative, while in file latter case it would become tmpmmH rquiring fUi for ita negative.

witr AKoYaN ,.G).).a.. nAoyMiN iliA.. Xen. Mem. I, 2, 23 al ~ao.al nli8oyc1 n,. tvx;'. ~ CfIlCIIpoNEiN. PL Crat. 407 D l~ AiAOIKA
Men. 285

alitto., ,>,v., ..tP"lflli, etc.

r.a,

1090. m As a ~ the verbal infinitive (mostly in the active voice) stands with wrbB, adjectil1e8, and other expressions incomplete inthemselvee, and implying power or abilU" jitrtus, COtIditioft, and their opposites. Such are, e.g.

a. Yerb8:

nt/w1Cflo p.a.~ ete. b .A~etc.! Bwa,w, lcwOr, h,nJ3aor, ~ xaMttOr, ~, ~&Of, ~, ete.
o~, &ros
(I'O} O~IC

~ ~

Ix.o. ~T"lp.{

"ir x_par cW4h Ei'xOMIN Tb. 2, 60 cW&.Ar MCCCI)N rNliiHAI

16 11 a1 !'OUr

PL Symp. 201 0

",,'.p, l.,,' frc 'on condition that.' b AYNAiMHN ANTIArelN. Xen. An. 2, 2, 11 AAMBMEIN. Gyr. I, 3, 18 AelNonpoc lIAACKEIN.

'r.

dJ""'rl. 31a ftGmr APXEIN "... TOU .flCOIIt'or, 4IY....ccec9A1 ~ .,.0 ,,,&6 Em. I. T. 1032 AaNAi yap aI YWO;ICW eipicKEIN Pt Rep. 415 B TOCGUnzr OiAC Xrl,w,POs n cTerslN ICGlS.potJr Ura.ar er,.... Xen. An. 2, 3, 13 cW -y;.p 4. Itpa oiA ApAIIN .,.0 tr,3ia.. Hell. 2, 3, 11 alp.81rrn l4> cj>n lyrrpA'PAI "POW' AD. 4, 4, 6 _.t_vIhu lip' cj>~, mAr TOUr -Ell,,"r d&IC.i. ~ 'uWaur "I" ris oWas, M,4J<i..", T' ri 'ftC~&a. 2090h. So too: (I) eaii"a dpG., l&iII, ~-(2) For "pr. see

mCM' blAAcKIIN "](1"1. XOYCIN.

T.

ri

3Io~

omi EPMHNEYCAI mWa. lsocr. Tb. 4, 61 ne4IYKe ri

"}(IIGr.

2002-9--(3) For,"," 1949-50. 209L Of the above termB(3Wapcu, since H3Wo,.,..), and allJtllTdr, lom"". etc. d"" also ,lmopit' am able,' preserved their iDflDitivaJ construction to the 1aat (2088. Ap!? vi. I $), but all the reat began since H first to place rlr ri before the lnfinitive (HT Jas. I, 19 TaxVr Elc Td aoiicrol t (j(H'3Ur flic TO AaAijua,), then to follow the then preponderating analyBlB by

487

....-

Digitized by

Google

9091-1097.]

INFINITIVE, ANABTHROus.

tPCl

(&,r., . , &crrt), and this alternative gradually obliterated aDd finally (during B) ouated the infinitive. Bee App. vi. IS-i:7. 2091. On the other hand, the infinitival construction oU~., owing to its substitution, since G, for the future and the potential mdicative (1894- App. iv. 6-7~, gains a wider popularity among all claaaea of G-B scribes: '1<(}/) .l","" for 'I!i, ~1;c0" (a.) .l",~i" for af')'Ol' h, MOP h. For further pamculara on thJl pGlnt see App. i.... 6-7. 2098. Contra!'l to .A usaget G-B diction 'Conceives O~IC Ix.", dtrop&;. tl'IC07I'i and the like as negatlve terms of 3i1,,"1"1&, ,~(}/), MO"&, ete., and thus const,ructs them with the injinititJe, not With the anbjnnctive (~if.), as: JOtlephiNarr. 2, 2 oYK EixON ..0 ..0 trGcrxG lI01iiCAI. Apophth. 92 D MM EXWN os., .iropACaI. More examples in App. vi. 17, C.

11'_

.mer 10, with G me." to) the

iAtUrect object and in a purely jiNJl sense (itI verbal infinitive stands with verbs of [living, t'6Ceim"l, Zea1Jing, penniUtng, o1toosiItg, ~, and the like. Such are, e.g. 8l8w"", br,.,.pbn.J. ~)(!IJ'-M.p.flr:-, 8l](Oll4'-ICIl.T'II.Ml__ aipoVJUI', alJUn-q"", etc. Xen. Hell 4, 4, 15 ~" ...cI).", 1IaI1 ~" ILcpa. flAATTElN GWoW lIApEACI)IWI. Pl Apol 33 B o~(}/)r 1CG1 tMOIItI'u. 1CG1 ...,""" lIApi.xCl) ll'4vrO. iPCI)TM. Dem~ 19,71 ar yap a.. vpM A&eD, ",Wo" i4iETE f'Vir their KoAAuIN. Xen. Hell S, I, 14 ~ "pG ~ I,,~ ME'f>KTO licIENAI ~ IfOl'!.". n Ip.oV. Pl ApoL 28 E 01 I1px.ol1TQ o&r Vl'fir EiAEC9E APXEIN pDv. TIl. 21 12 roW .flU lIAPEiXONTO nfAOII'o""'1t1'&o&r IYCTPATEYEIN. laocr. 7, 37 01 "'pOywo& ~. lE 'ap.iov ...ci-yov fjoW.r)I. inicnlCAH ElIlMEAEiChI rij, .u.or",*. 909&. Under this clallt! fall 'f'etba of motion (sendin,f, gomg, oomiDg), in that they 8O.1lI.etimea (oftener in ~try the ln pl'Ol8) take the infiDibive . . . . of the fatare particlple (~157):
20M. As
aD

Soph. O. C. U MAN94tNElN -,Gp iiKeMEN 1ft .,a~ un.. Tb. 6, 50 (01 ~...,. ..roe) 34l1li _ "f.r.;,. lIpoYnEM'I'AN If T.w ~ AI,..". nA..yc.t. 1085b Thia OODatrnotioa .i8 'Very popular with ~ (11097. App. vi. 17, b).

.art_

2098. Besides Qe above infiDiti.. of pUlpOle (20C)4-S), od equally admits of a fiDaJ cla.uae with rVG ( _ _). This alternative then, in the course of P, gained. preponjeraDce, and 80 contributed to the eventual extinction of the imInitive. 2087. On the otller ban~ aiDoe r..a with the primary anbjnnctive had ealabliahed itaelf, during G, as the almost universal anbetitnte fut evf!Jt1 tintiDiti.. e:rce}ltinf{ the declarative, and BO had become a very oommOllpllllCle eq>re8&1on, a reaction set in amcmg 1Cribe. towa.nls reviving tile retreaflillg in1ltritive. Now .. the commonplace b...elause expressed ehiefty ptltpOBII, ita renveti .abatitute or fttlaeJ' paraphrase, the infinitive, na.tnra.Uy took the plaee of pmely final clauses and parliciplea. On the whole, hew8ger, tIUs reaction was artificial, and the revived infinitive was DO'W used promiacuoualy ~ times even at raDdom, that is to saY80metimes simple, sometimes with Aan, and sometimell with the article: in the laat case chiefly in the genitive or with the preposition .lr (207~ it App. vi. IS. 21-24). 1fT Matt. 35.! 35 6AcOKATE 1'0& ~EiN. 27, M 't.~1WoIIt dri 11"'" Mark
Io ..

aet... Ao9HNAI . . . 9~

Jrlark 7 &AAa nMIl411..

p'....

aoN Kp4TE....

'88

Digitized by

Google

INFIl'UTlv!}--PARTlCIPLE.

[2087-1101.

Bom. u, 8 lAo)KeN ~,.nr ToY ~ BAetrt!IN nl h ToY ~ AKoyelN. Matt. I, a tiAtoMeN trPOCtcyNNCAI. u, 8 -rE elb&.lTe itaeiN; Luke 3, u !lAb nl ~ BtifITtC9iiNAI. JIarlt 3. 1+ faro AtrOCTeM" Wroft KHpYccelN. Matt. 13,3 EliiAgeN 6 tnIIt".", ToY CtreipelN (cp. :Mark 4,3). Hebr. 10, 7 iiKo) ToY trOINUI -re} IIMJp4 I7OV. Kait. 3. 13 trA~riNeTAI ToY BAlmc9iiNAI b' dFoV. lrlatt.

a.

Cl"'.

ao, 19 trApAA<i>cOYCIN nlCS flnl7'. ic TO EMtrAilAI (ad inludmdum). ~6. a trApAAitaOTAI eic TO CTAypQ)QiiNAI (YI ~). a7. I tlVp/Jo~o.IAcaSw 01 dpx"ptts mni 7'oV '1"..oi) oiCTE &.lNATWcAt Theod. it 6ao A. .1nnfl'/7Ia& ciicTE a..caC.w.-Acta Tho.l)t 16 uTiiAgeN eic ~. ~ ANTAHCAI Acup. 15,6 7'ch Hpo.s ECTHCt!N __ ..... "'7'~ ~OII BAinelN ..pM -re}~. 37. 23 .treAge Ni",AI I70V 7'dr x.i'po.s. 39, u 0'- ErKATeAtni Me trApAMeiNA' tI, ',",'Pw ,.a. X&,-. 51, Sf IIxnnp..p.p riI HABee eiArreAicAe9A1. ofmIr A4jlANiul MASoN".. la, as hHA8IIN ~ ToY .",AgeiN &0.. 6 ftfl'Ol -,."bol" Protev. J'acobi a, ... Un8H fir 7'a. IIIIfIUaI7IW ToY nepltrATNUI. ](al. 160, 14 AtreAgeiN Tor KTiCAI n)to '1IpIItIl7l1A,,,, ,.08, 6 ANexOOPHCAN ToY tyNA9poizec9AI. Theoph. 316, 23 trApEAo)KEN 'loyeTlNIANOC ToY "AMec9AI IP 'rcus 'aA"..lan.

Cl"',).

.6.. m

.w_

2088. IV. In a loose or absolute sense, the infinitive stands, often with ~ or with the arti~le TO, thua fonning an adverbial or parenthetical phrase. .t>.t~ a , fMI'I!Iv &iP (' but Cor a Jittle') 'almost.' ... l .... _cu willingly,' -re} ..v. fl.cu 'for the preaent,' .,} ...n\ 7'cMw
.. (t",or) dni.. '80 to speak,' (Itr) crv..MJI7'I el",.i., 'to speak briefly.' .. fTVIf'J'6,.,r .l",.i. to put it shortly,' tilt IpIIl &".i" , BB far lIB I can judge,' as it appean to me.' Pl. ApoL 17 A d>.7fJ1r.,.. oic ltroc EitreiN oli3i. d";,,&IO:'''. Symp. 215 A 'KmN eTNA' oMJI' ",fIXTOpm. Xen. Hell. 3, 5, 9 Td bT lKeiNOIC ErNAI dfl'lA.AII7". 2088. This loaee or p&1'eDtbetioal ~ of ihe Winitive figDreI aJao in P-B compositions, but whether It WIoII familiar to popular speech lIB well, is another question. In the NT there is only one instance: Hebr. 71 9 ltr , _ Mni

.lPa, ' 80 far lIB he is concerned.'

PARTICIPLE.
2100. The use of the participle in .A is a twofold one, viz. A. AtVectWal, in which case it performs the work of an ordinary adjective, and that in the sense of either an aCtriWte, when the participle is called attn'bwti1Je (as .; Mi80v K&'\OYMENH 'the so-called Midas' spring') ;-or in the sense of a preiltcatt (predicatifJe participle, as ~" lTEPInATOON 'I chanced to be walking'). (1159.) mOL B. AcWerbial, in which case it denotes aD. atteBdant oirc1Imstance and perfOl"Ill8 tU work of an ord.i.nu-y adverb, thus supplying the answer to an adverbial question toiM P 1Ohg? to 10Aat fJtIfP086? tmder 10Aat COttditiofN? in tIIt.IfWJr P etc. (2I.p b). Since it expresses then the various circumstances attending an .action, this participle is commonly called cif'CUfltBttMCiCll.

Km

10'"

Digitized by

Google

:1102-:1108.]

PARTICIPLE.

:1101. It follows that the adjectival participle is an iDaeparable part of the leading clause, while the adverbial participle is eIIeJltial only in so fa.r as it qualifies or specifies the conditions under which something is done or said.
1l01b For the 1188 and hiatol7 of the participle in P-N _
216.4.11.

A.DJEOTIVAL P A.RTIOIPLE.
L ATTRIBUTIVE PARTICIPLE.

:1103. The attributive participle specifies a substantive as does any attribute: r6.UlO oiKOYMENH 'an inhabited town.' It is preceded by the article (so far as it would not be the indefinite; cp. 1209) and stands for a relative clause, as: Xen. Mem. 4, I, 3 Ai &pwnu ~OKoYC" .1.0& Men. Mon. 422
d por, up'ic lI"sfHl1JTor oll trac&VfTfl&.

"'vu....

""). L)'II. 12,98 oI_Hr 6,.. kOl ...... IlCAN (-01 6J,r.f) 6ri '""""" a. 66plCo",0.

2104. For the attributive participle a relative c'lanae is equally common in both .A and P Greek (2010-26), as : Lye. 240 6 _H' /MIC oIInf .lab- oi /M 8cpAnifcDYCtN (-01 'ffl4'1f~1r /M). Xen. An. I, 3, 15 ytl utpi ON a. IAHce, nhlOpil' (-'I'tl b+' 6"."

.,..0-

210&. To judge from the literary prodllCtiODl dating prior to M, the attributive participle was just as common as its 8.nalyaia ~ a relative clause. But whether both expedients were equally popular with the masses is doubtful consi~ tha.t with the first appearance in M of popular compositiona the participle had completely retreated before its lUIalysia b7 Sanr or &,rov (now ..OV or &,r_), aave in the case of the perfect in -tMllor w'hich ati1l fully aurvivea 1!ither as aimple adjective or as a predicate (2110 f.).

11. PREDICATIVE PARTICIPLE.

:1108. The predicatit1e pamciple serves, like a predicate (1159),

to supplement the notion of certain incomplete or auxiliary verbs. Such verbs are the following two classes (A. a: B 2133,
cp. 687).

A. Referring to the wulJject of the ,governing verb the predicative participle (wulJjective participle) 8tands withI. .lpl 'am,' yl"'f"Ol'4' 'become,' rarely VrrGp')(IIJ (212 7) 'am,' then 8w.rtyropm., 8w.TCNd, &41'" ' continue,' 'am constantly,' also ~ have,'-by means of which a compound or emphatic tenae 18 frequently effected (RK1lhner iil. 35 tic 624 f.). This periphrasis was, from the outset, in many cases dictated by phonetic considerations (687.886. 18... + 1848b. 186... f. 1877 . 1892 t 1896. 1898):

Soph. O. R. 701 olc&

..pp IlN 'If,-,. 'If,.

Dem. :n, 10-4

...a 'If"r,p.' EiMi 1'oii'I'o ~upAKfIic (-alllpGlCfl).

~"' AnECTAAMNH (-&ftU'l'aA.'I'o) _'~. /MIC IkBoyAyKOM: EX'" O. C. 817 1fDltr .- ".,., nir

'1'6.,.

28, 23 _

490

Digitized by

Google

P ABTIOIPLE, PREDIOATIVE.

[moe-moe.

An61AHCAC lX6Ic; PhiL 1362 BAYMACAC 'XCO (-flfcW,.an). O. 0.1140. Ai. 32 IX6I mpANAc. Ant.:Ia ATIMACAC 'X6I. 19:1 KHpYlAC lxco. Phll. -41:1 KN ZOOM (.IC,,). Ai. 588 ,.. npoAoYc rEN~. O. T. 957 CHMHNAC I"6NaY. Xen. An. I, 3,104 trOAAcl XPilfIIIt'G EXOM6N ANHpnAKonc. Soph. PhD. 600 IW "t'dXON 43r1 EK8dAHKonc. Dem.... 50 TU 340tma ecoMdA irNCOKonc .al A6-r,.nJ.. AnHMArMNOI. Xen. An. 7. 7, :17 A .up KATACTp6",.lMNOC 'X6Ic. Soph. O. T. 1146 06 clconHcAc lu..; O. O. 816 AynH86ic EC",. Th. 1.38 .,.ois "AfttHIlP ;'piCKONTC ECM6N. Dem. So 36. Xen.Mem. 4,3,8 a; ftAJ" AmfilN rENHTAI. Dem. 3, 7 ymij>XoN 'OAtWfloc Ura,.u. KKTHMNOI.-Xen. Mem. ... 8, 04 ~" &M.o WOIfi'm AIAl"6riNHTAI AIAClIOncON .... .,.. 3Ura&a II1II1 TU cf3raa.

.pir

"''''a

m"

auilia.ry

1107. So too in P-T Greek with this ditrerenC8 that the .l,u, though it had become far commoner, is now often replaced by the more regular verba Wrapx,. (937), XP'If'G.,.lCO/), ftipll1'/co,,"" 'a.m,' pI"O/) 'remain,' lXOiJ ' have been' (1834), tl'OI&; ( =.A awto') 'spend in '-while alCl')'i(,.)l'o,,"" &.Dd a~, so far 1108 they still nrvived, aaaumed a different meanmg &.Dd construction (IB4S) I1J.
Polyb. 7, 9t 5 ,. or' 6iNAI CqlZOMNOYC hc) /Jafr&A10If +tA&trov. Diod. I4,..s K",.eNH. NT 2, Cor. 9, 12 ic!' n~aTh\HpoYCA .... .al nl~lcc'(oyCA. ~k ... ~8 HN KA8I'/'ACON 10, 32,ltN npOArWN14,54 HN ~8H.NOC I, 22 HN AI~A CKCON. 1,39 HM'KHPYCCCON. :I. I8'HCAN NHCTIYONnc. 9.4 HCAN CyMAAOYNTIC. Luke I, 2:1 ilM AIAN'(CON. 5. I7MCAN KA8HM6NOI. 11. 14 ilN KBAMQ)N. :la. 8 KN 8AQ)N. I, 20 EC~ CICOWfi'm. Acta 2, 2 KCAM KA8HMNOI. 8,:18 MN YnOCT,ri+CON, .Phil. 2, 26 inm08wN KN. Be.,.. 3, :I rlNOY rpHropcON. John 1.28 HN BAnTizCON. Kark 13, 25lCONTAI ninTONnC II1II1 l1aA.~OP'rcu. Matt. 10, 30 6".,., a~ II1II1 al .,.piXfI riis ItffllaM;r rilFcu ilpI8MItMNAI iciN. Luke 12, 6 II1II1 'E driiJI Wit lCTIN EmAEAHCMNON oroii 23,15. '4,38. John :I, 17 ECTIN rErpAMMNON. 80 6, 31; 45. 10, 3+ 12, 1+ 20, 30. 3, U ", ... ECTIN 6iprACMNAo 80 ib. :18. Kark 15, 26 KN. 'rl"t1lG'fl+ Emr6rpAMMNH. 1St 43 KN npocAxoM6NOC (cp. Luke 23,51 .,pocr.31Xl'ro). Luke 5, I KN lCTWC. 5. 17 ilCAN eAHAy80T6C. :la. 55 MCAN tYN6AHAyeyiAl. 4, 16 KN TdpAMMNOC. Also 8, I. la. 5. Matt. 16, 19 ECTAl AEA_NON, iCTAl AAYMNON. Acta 8, 16 YniiPXON B6BAnTICMNOI. Matt. It 18 ipi8H ", ~ EXorcA. :Luke 17, 18. Acta 21, 13 .,.t nOl6in KAAiONTIC; Mark Il, 5. So further Kark 6, 5:1. 14, .ofO. 15,46 Luke:l, :16. + 17. et pa8IIim. Polyb. 2, 5, 6 ", trapOIfIfla&r npocANXCON Alii~. So 16. 21, I. ... 46. 3 IGlpa AITAGyN AIAONTEC. Sept.:I lIlacc. 5. 27 ... X~ .,.~ CIToYM6NOI AInAOYN. Acta Barn. 5 MMHN ,.,. AIAKONcON.. Martyr. Polyc. 9 ~ nlli ''''' ixco AOYA'(CON -ti. 07rill A. It. 132 B .pJpar EXCO .,.,wcorru OA6YCON. Pallad. 10 0 M,iUfIOI1 EX'" ",,.u .JA4par JAf/krc}, raycAMNH. Ant. lion. 1692 B Wit IX1 .,.plo ''''' .rcur9i ......... ~ AnoppHuc. Ohal. (t 0451) 1613 D .,.,." pij.... EnoiHc6 AIAnNWcKCON iUT'Gf~ amii II1II1 .,.",. itA",...". Teat. ni. 1048 '" _ enOiHCA pijl'llf ftrr. eprAZOM6NOC a6'rti. Vita Epiph. 60 B 1M6INN ~ &i.a IIIpar '..",r IoIr 'I'll."" oIlnIr AnOKpAzcoN. Apophth. 1041 B1M6INA ,u11- /4P01II CTHKCON.

&SA" KN hE 'rII'Of

+011

a"

,..wIOl'

"oV.

"par

moe. The participial construction of the above verbs 2106 f. receives in P-B this limitation, that when the participle should
(ll At J.n iD tbe Sept. W.,., _ _ 3cuoplC,., whenu iD tbe NT it anot CICCU at all. On tbe otber hand, . ..,wo,.. iD tbe NT f/fJpIPXOJIIMo

491

Digitized by

Google

m.08-Ul8.]

PAKTICIPLE, PltEDICATIYE.

be ~, it is generally dropped, and its predicate, if any, ~en becomes predicate of the governing verb. This practice however is occasionally found even in A writers, at least in the C88e of BL4TENd (cp. 21 16). Th. 6, 89 ~IATEAcI) npo8yMOC (se. '"). Polyb. 16,21, 1 lIIITa ft C1tI"1(Q III fTT'PfJTurrll(~ {li" ~1f:rf:rONI. NT Acta 27, 33 .AcITOI ~ATeAf:iTE. 1Iatt. :aD, 12 ,.uu "pa" EnoiHCAN. So Acta 1~; 33- 18, 230 20, 3- a Oor. I I, 25-

I'ft'a voii; 393 B XCI) ;..a.ICA i;;'ar I" orf . ' TO'"",. Vita Epipb. 168 A Xoo III rfi hr'lTlCrnr9 trnon;lCOIITA IT'I trapa T~" iQ-. JMoBchoB 2992 A Xf:1 a. ~ xfjpa tr~pl n ~qlCo""a ''"I' (Cp. 1834-)
1109. This omilSion was evidently IJIl8I8sted by the pJ'8MCIent of dropping it even in A in causal and oon-uve participles intr04uaed b7 liT',ola, tin, ICcalnp (3153 ; up. 31.U).
oft' and the simple form of the perfect and pluperfect could no longer be maintained (736-4), the periphraaiaof these ten.ea, already

Pallad. 1115 A T~InIlIf!(iICO""A a,32 A trOITOV ~Oll f:X61

dlCT. 1'"1 f:XW III 'rj lI~f

rcniTrJ. Apophth.

of""

moo

When in the

00'In'Se

of G-B times the-reduplica.tion dropped

fairly familiar even in A (687--90- 764)t naturally receiYed an impetuI and eventually, being altO influenced by a p&ra.lle1 usase in contempomry La.tin (and .ubsequent Romanic), became the ab.olute meanB of forming the pMlive and neuter perfect, pluperfect, aDd future perfect (cp. 2139). Meo.hile the impariayllabic participlea haring alBo become unteraable (338.2166), there remaiaed Only thoee ending in -iO~, and it is this claa among them, notably that of the perfect passive -,..lIOf, which atill fully survive in N apeecb a.rui blloll even received a considerable edenBion in the circumst.a1lce that a great number of formerly neuter a.nd intra.naitive verba have become tranaitive and thus admit of a perfed participle paasiYe (1457-60. alII. 21391.). 1111. Owing to it. great fnlquency in N speech, the predicative partici,Ple bae beoome IJO familiar aa to aaume in many C8IM the force of an adjective lohie1l.y of mtmner), .. : At"(6.,-or eo-called,' }(Glp4~1IOS (formed,-

xaI,.,., aow) 'OIIe whOl8 wife or h1lllband la living,' xa-pori,.-or -X"" 'cheerful: (COlI}) xapttniJAWflll) , delightful', 1IOCt'd,.,. tying in bed,' T,.,. lM"or trembling: ,-optCa,.oor poIIIIible: 'we1It-do: rwming: 'ftowing: T,.XtW/AOIII CIU'I'eIlt,' 64trWI'fl"ft ' burning: 'liriDg,' )(JMfGC,,"", &; ~IACoJ/AOor' needful,' -yMaCoJ".or 1IIJI1ilinc,' oheerful,' eto. (Cp. 1l6a.)

T,.xapoot .

:ana. A few IIp8ClimenB haft e"VO become eubBtanti-, .. : nl lmlpxlWft (alao in .&-P) ~IV,' T~ IJp1mIMIIO poluok,' onl ..,a~1'Q (--N) mflfJBy,' now

Tb.,...1IO ......,' ,.eAAoVpN(Iib ~ ,.Utwft) .fIltuJe,' ..,...,... ( ... ..",...) 'birda,' Aal08,.eN 'muloal~""'7II'"""(-')'I~I'fN) '0CCI1lI'Jal0le," lis nl.aAd nla4-a withaU aJq - - , ' ri . . . .110 ~

escape notice,' .~_ 'overiake,' which in English &1'8 U8Ua1Jy rendered by an adverbial spnuion (as o'l](!'p;tu. by 'away,' ''','
~

ma.

2.

OfXOp4&'am

gone,' .~ 'cbanoe,' .~

by 'unobserved,' ~a.- by 'previously'), while the participle is turned to a finite verb, as: B 71 cj)xd AnOnTAMENoc. Ar. Pl. 933 oiXf:TAI ~rOON all ~l~f ,uipTvpa.
('I

:r- tU ...... Ja,pan x,...,......" .....,.", ...... ....,... ..~

. . nil ..

nU,...,.., Z(i)H.. XAptC""'''OC (~

482

Digitized by

Google

So frequently OiXOMAI AWlcDN, nMfN, CAAYNQ)N, A11OapAc.-Pl Phaed. 7s B ~ tuiSrll1W OV 1A~0 n ~ dll&,,"'I"w TY~ANI arCA. Th. 4, 1I3 6TYXON
III

rfi d-yo" 6lr~inu KAeeYaONTEC ., "'fIl'l'17COIIrCI. 2, 2 6AA90N cE...9ciNTEC. PI. Crit. 49 B i ....90MeN .;"a, aw" ",alb.1I olla," a.A~pONTeC. Th. 3, 112 icll6AcAN npOKATWSONTec. Xen. Hell 7, 2, 14 Mrfll, cIl9Ac.uEN BoH9HCGNTEC.
IU~ So .no. a.. ~r 'be quiolt iD,' make hute to: Hdt. f. 162 orK AN ~"NOITe .nAMAccoMeNol. PI. S:JDlp. 185 B ofK AN ~ANOIC ""rfN.

1116. Besides ita participial oonlltruction. the phrue ~ .,.... ia followed b;YK,uornl.Ia6W,iD thueneeof'no sooner tlaan' (If I+. 1793). hoer.... 86 01 Au.3ac,.o...oa aYK lcll9HCAN nyeoMeNOI .,.all .tpl .... ftA'POII K6i .,.GwIJ..Nm, 4p.tA~I1IIII'I''' ~- t,u;.- .s,.ua.owm. 8, 97 aYII lcll9ACAN ~ dp~ KATACXONTeC KAi 8rJ8aloct qare Bot!AftHIII. So 19. 22 aYK '~HMeN .Is or,o,~' i ...90NTeC KAi fluuWaar ~OIs ~.

""filii

'A.,..,."

me. In the _ of '"'1X"-, should ita participial oomplement be &.. (from d,J), it CIIUl be dropped (e8pecially in P) anti ita predioat.e then, ihll;Y, becomell the predicate of'TV'fi!wOl (cp. 2108), &8: PI. Prot. 313B .l ,w TYrxANEIC tmCTliMfN -rahow (IC. "'). )[en. An. 2,1, 17 M Innoac iTYrxANON (~ ...,..,) q4AlCOll'N.-A.pophth. 141 0 SNP III .".." TYrx"'~ . . ~ IleA.. ,.,... Op.2n,"

--J'IlII

SU7. So far &8 they outlived H, the above verba (2113) exchanged their :participial eonatructioD tor the prospective infinitive (or its by :... 3079). Thu-

IUS. G. Ofxop"" though occurring 24 times iD the Septuagint, ia treated there 811 an equivelent ot ffOptVol'4' or iD t1ro _ beiDg followed b;y the fiIlal iJVInUiw (Gen. 31, 19 4iXETO KelPAI .,.11 .pd8t&m. ler. (41) J2 4ix0NTonoAeMeiN obr6v, ep. 209S!)' On the other hand. it does not occur any longer iD the NT, nor apparently iD any other subsequent COUlpoeition of 1lJlIIObolarl;y character. .

.1""

..s

1W.9. 11~ though common iD P-B (it 00CU1'II 14 ~im88 in the Sept., and 13 in the NT), eeemB to haTe l ..t ita participial CODBtraetioa iD early Q. In the SeptU88iDt M lout. it oaeun onl,. onoe with the participle (2 J(aoo. a. 9 ntWa *011 CXONTA TYrxANCI), while iD other 801lr temporar;y ud subsequent compositioDII it is used .1110 impenonall;y (iI cAa_ tAat) and 110 ill regularly constructed either with the (prospective) inflDitive (3081) or with its anal;ysia b;y fJOG (N lid), a8: Paus. 4, 20, 3 'TYKeN yelN .,.a., Galen. xii. I i8 ''If/loAaltdttGplCIM mOIeN eT..... Olement. 32 A tl II~ Kal TYXOI JI.f NOCHeAl. Acta Tho. 2, 10 'TYX!N Ipopdll ""'0 eTNAI tKo. 9. 17 'TYKe II~ IKUEiNAI Aloll'r't&o Pallad. 1011 D ETYKe 114 JI.f 4""'':'''''0 8eACAC9AI. So Theophyl. 61, 21 j 71, 11. JJojun. 1929 c et ...rxo. (nXJ! 1 988) 6 lopoAlY'(04p'lIos iN ,a 'I'Oii 10poAontlt&tlItu 4_1+0 .,.a dptJfYl'lw..lI. aao. IJ. *AaIoIIbw p_rvell its.A coDltruction iD P compoaition (&8 Pol;yb. 13. I. I. 9t 35, 10 j Plut. Edue. 16 (ii. U B]. BFnJ. 8, 9. 2, I2 [ii. 732 A]. Stoic. 190 " [ii. 1043 A]. Oomm. not. 41. 6 loSl B); Adv. Oolot. 8, I [ii. 111011], Lat. vivo 2, I (ii. 1128 c]. ... I [d. IU9A]. Dio Ohrya. 3.64 j etc.) ;-but in Biblical Greek, though not uncommon (8 timea iD the Sept. and 6 times iD the NT). it ia only onoe CODBtructed with the participle iD Sept. (Tob. 12, 13 OfK f ....eeC p. ~rA90nolfiJN) and onoe iD theNT (Bebr. 13,2 cMeoN .,.",,,ltNicANTec). Otberwile iD G-B it govemll aleo the inbitive: PIlD. Ariat. 11 ACAH8e e . .".. eTNAI. PaWl." 41, 1 at lIt/>t&s ""AHOe 8.6Il0l10'' -'" 'Poc"lroll liNAI. Aesop. 46 (ACoraes) iAA9111 MnecliN. 23 ,AAel AtAppHl.... (0,. Pin P. 6 30.)

,.d".

eii.

_pl_

498

Digitized by

Google

PARTICIPLE, PREDICATIVE.

mm.. dlhiNI has remained in common UI8 through all P antiquity, though chiefly in the I8nlle of /JfTi17/l, reacA (henoe alao paa .".aN"., . . lIal. 331, 7), in which it atilllRlrriftl in N. However, even when UI8d in it. ..t lien overtake: in which cue the form wflOll>ld- (alao w~) is al80 common in G-N, it began as earl" as G to exchange it. participial for the inflnitival construction (cp. Th. I, a.; 30 8a, 7), as: Sept. 3 Beg. 13, 18 ., 'Po/Jod" c119ACN ANABiiNAI TOO ~i" .Ir 'Ifpo1lG'aA4J&. Sap. .... 7 lIUra&or ~ b II9AC~ TAq'TiicAI. Plut. Apophth. PhD. 21 (if. .78 .) 119" Tl!Aq'TiicAI. Glor. Athen. 2 (if. 346 0) putpoii 1118" ,., ftA,,, 'fllllIII" It 'f6Iov AABEiN IIIIl KATACXEiN. Sol. Anim. I", 5 (ii. 970.) mr ,a) Wp6tTOI ic8A1,.,r AnOcllYl"6lN cll9ACANTAC. Popl. .... (f. 104 B) KA9IepOOcAI .i 06. 1cp8ACA11 G.lIar. a6, a (i 4ao c) emcxeiN 06. 1II9"CAN. S)'lla 9, I (f. 456 J') II9AcANToc AIAcllrreiN. Pomp. 330 3 (I. 637 .A.) lAA' ., Dol'1"4.or 1119" .,. 11 00 AaJJ6"wor npocArArec9AI. Dem. 3a, I (i. 903 J'). Brut. 15, 4 (i. 991 .A.). 41, 2 (i. 1003 c).-Clement. 18. a3 KBAiNIUN Ill9ACAC. NT Mark 1 ... 8 npoeAABeN MypicAI. Callin. 87, 6 II9ACAC rEYCAc9Al. Theoph. 4.f, 8.."". II9ACAI AneA9e1N Ta.. /latIlAhI. .fOa, 6 u.,,,. cll8ACAN AKoyc8iiNAI nO nUoi"r.
cl"" 37jAor _lp.l 'am evidently.' DeID. 27, 16 .1 ~ ftVI' aH.OAor"HKWc. Pl. Phaed. 107 0 4+VX'l d8ciMn-or cllAiNeTAI eYC" Th. 1,140Aaada&,w- AiiAoltlUN imBoyAeioNTc DeID. 18, 1901 e"fjaioc cIIANepoi tlCAN hArKAc8HCOMINOI ~'" .",' iJpir. See also 2137 11. 2118. In the case of these verbs and expre.ioDB, however, the participial coDstruction may be replaced by a declarative c1auae

m.aI.

3.

hiW)p.a.t, ~

i"'"'

mtroduced by &n (2085) : Xen. 5, 2, 6 01 ,"",/",oc AiiAOI MCAN on Ift,mllfWTGI III ~ ~.

m.a4. In P-N compositioDB, tli.ough the participle is current (80 even in NT, aB Matt. 6,16; 18-but not in Rom. 7,13), the alternative of its analysis decidedly preponderates, with this further peculiarity that the verbs in question are mostly used in an impersonal BeJJBe (2181 ft'.): </IaiwTIU ("'Oll.p6" I!TT'", 3ij).oll IITT111) &.,... In proca. of time 3ij).0" 1!TT1 retreated and so ~, and 4>a ..p6" lan with &n (later Pi', 1755) remained doWIJ to 11 times. The form now current in present speech is therefore ~ Pi' 'it BeeIDB that,' or 4>awp/l" rit.- 'it is evident that.' For A .,..u"o,- with inllnitive in the senae of CIJ!PfG", _ 2085.

.r...

212&. Not rarely the construction of ~8Gnt, "'n0_, ~GJ06d.., is reversed by changing these verbs to participles,-or in the case of~ x,,;.,.. and Aa.8";"" to adverbs (T1'x6", ~.)..,66T.f, M..6allll..,.....),-and thell' participial construction to finite moods, aB : Soph. Ant. 532. Th. 1,65 nOleiTAI AA8aiN ~~", Cp. 2,80. 30 4 fb. 25 AIAWlilNlcEPXflTAI ~.VT~. 30 51 s-r,a) nouiiNTAI ....~ ain-68w AAN9ANONTec. Xen. Cyr. 6, ... 10. Th. 2, sa. Xen. Cp. I, 50 33, 30 18. Eur. I. A. 958 m .~ pdrnr 'liT' dP7)p 6r lMiy lA"", nW Ii \kvIii AErfll TVXWN. Plut. 8"l1a 8, 6 (i. 456 .) a61W .~ ., no~or AA8ci> .. ekIIYre. Clement. 1,3 cll9ACAC dnoN. So 30 15. ao, t 3,.fO II9ACAC CYNCIlMOAorHc.A.. Callin. 130, 27 II9AcAC dneN. 131, 5 II9AcAc epMlfN6yCeN. 1116". For T1I)(W as adv. perohanoe' cp. Pol"b. I a, 11, a. a, 58, 9. T'(XON rllM .,.oc TIf h. NT, I Cor. 16,6. Clement. ao, II & 13. Epict. I, 11, a8. 3,21,18. Sext. 615, ao. Basil. i. a60c (cp. 996at).-AAN8ANONT(a)C Clement. 1,3& 11. 30 25& 73. 4, 6. Poll. 6, aog. Dio C. 66,5.30 J\e.\H90T(a)ceVeD inA.

'_A.ovII

494

Digitized by

Google

PARTICIPLE, PREDICATIVE. MI&. of. 'Ywdp](Ol> mTGpX'" (also IlpXOpm). 'start first'; 1I'C1Wpm, A~ 'cease' ; d.viXOJUU, "oprcp;;" Wo~ bn.~ '..,rsevere,

Eur. Hipp. 706 nAyul Mf"OYCA. Xen. An. 3, I, 19 o{l,..on enAYOMHN {,~ OiKTiPf.ON. Gyr. S. I. 16 ANdoM8A ml KAp1'ErHCOMN lI..A uoil eYEprIToYMENot. :Mem. 2, 6, 3S oV1C AnoKAMHlC MHXANf.OMNOC. An. S, 12 AnipHKA TpEXf.ON.-NT Acta S, 42 oUlC inAYCANTo AIMCKONTEC. 21. 32 inAYCANTO -rYnroNTu. Hermas Via. 3, 8, J enAyc.u.HN epooniiN. 12, 166 Dn-po.. iniMEN Kpoif.ON. John 8, 7 eneMNoN ep(l)TciiNnc. So Luke Acta 6, 13- 12, 16. 13, 10. :zo,. 31. I Cor. 13. 8. Eph. I, 16. CoL I, 9. Hebr. 10, 2. Babr. 9, S cjIycciiN KAM. 19, 9 KAMN nHAciM:A.

, endure '; 00 8u.aMl'lnll ' cease not '; "Op.-, d.1I'C1-yopaN 'get tired '-and their synonyms. Xen. An. S. S. 9 ~,..ir {,~ oM,,, """on inHpWlEN mrii.. notoYNTC.

a. s,...

112'1. In P-B unconventional eompoaitioDS the above verba, BO far u they still sunived, either became transitive (with the probable exception of II'IIVofMII), and thus lost the special meaning requiring the participle, or ex~d the partieipUil for the infinitiva.l construction. In this way, mpx- '6ecame equivalent to (98S0, :uo6) and IC4I"'f11 to ,,0&6. (cp. Hesycb. ICII,., 'pyMopm), while P-B &p){o"," exchanged the participle first for the infinitive, and then for ita a.na.lyaia by %1'0, B-N lid. Sept. 3 Beg. IS 4 InAyuTo rit 11 Aac}r nApEA8iN rij. !RSA_. ler. a8, a6 (aI, as) ".,1"0' 'loopm!}A nAYCETAI rENic8.. ""or. Plut. Apophth. Ag 5 (ii. 316 A) tW "~,, p/Wr enAYCf.O MrelN (beside dIr 'IIIltSO'a'I"D Mrf.ON lb.). Ag. ult. (it u6 D) nAYC.. 'If' ',* KAAi"lN. Longoe 2, a4 of NiMlN 3ul "'",. enAYUMHN. A. P. 6, n. Babr. IU. IS Hpl.u.HN iATpeYEIN.-.Joa. Ant. .7, 51. 3 oM.M HNiXONTO t:int:iN. Hermas Sim. 51. 11, 5 Hpl.u.HN nl cWT,). nAizt:IN I"T' abTtW. Acta Tho. 14, a8 f. AplAl KTizEIN, 06 &WopGl AplAC8AI KTizEIN. lIIoachos 38ao B p1} ANX0Mt:NOC iNA laTpM iAI1 a6Tw. aoa6 B 06. HNicXITO

.I",

won iNA Lu.or . t i rwiCl1

la..,.

cnplcKoMENOI X;'~IN iXOI'CIN. Xen. Hell. 3, 3, 13 .ap"QlJaC".. '"1" AloAl3or xAAmooc cjIEPEN AncnpHMiNoC. PI. Phil. 47 0 lAnizf.ON ,up lAipel, KENoYMt:NOC i.Arei. Th.4t 27 ol'As.,vaiol MITwiAONTO Ta.. cnroPM.. cW Ad;'" MNOI. PI. Rep. 328 B XAipf.O AIAArOt'''''''' ni.. ~f'" ,,~... Th. I, 77 AAIKoYMENOI 01 &.8"..01 ,.ruoP OpriZONTAI ~ BlAZOMlNOI. 2, 16. Xen. Cyr. S. 1.21 mlnVoro,up oV1C AicxYNOMAI AirCl)N. 1118". For Gop. ~pGl with the analyaia of the infinitive, lohn 8,56. 10 too xa/pt id. 11, IS. Ael. N. A. .....4)(C1lpti .~ Md ." AI"", NHIAC8...

1118. 5. Verbs denoting a.frame 0/ mind or emotiOfl (veroa affectuum), to express the catl86 or attendant cimmastance of the emotion (1582, d. 1387 if.): ~ r;&pm, d.1"ft 'am glad' ; &x80pm, ~ ~ or p~ ~ A1I7I"01ifC4' 'am vexed,' 'grieve' ; alcrxWofC4' 'am ashamed to' (cp. 2137,b), ~fC4' 'regret'; XJ.p&. ol& or 'am thankful' Xen. An. 2, S, 16 NAoMAI AKoYf.ON crov t/Jpo~.. AcSyow. :Mem. I. 2, 47 lI..ip ZIp ~"dPTaPOp iAErxOMENOI ~90NTO. Tb. I, 77 o~ nrii "A/ol'O" '"

'X'"

a.

(Cp. USI.)

1129. The cause or attendant circumstance of emotion may be expreaaed aJao by a finite clause, led by on and el respectively (I94S. 1947. 1807").

495

Digitized by

Google

2l8o-mu.]

PAB'fICIPLE, PREDICA.TIVB.

:nao. In G-M unconventional compositions and N speech \he cause after ~ qffectuum is generally expressed bl a finite clause introduced either by 0-,., (a,eST, etc. 1737), or by G-M ura, N vel (1741). 218L In the preceding CM of verb. (2130), as well as in the one following (2132), the supplementing participle virtually denotes an attendant circumstance (2101), and so may be assigned to the circumstantial (causal) participles as well (:3150).
fin. 6. Verbs denoting an actiftg f1Jell or ttJrOngly, a 3fIPe" riority or inferiority. Such are e. g. -A~ 1f'OCid, d 1rOLW, ,,~ rpJ.'ITfI) 'do right' j dBurw, ~, '""'~ 1f'OCid 'do wrong' ; ,,"'w, "PC'f';;" 'succeed'~ Acl7rOJIAI- 'am behind.' Tb. I, 53 A3IKm! fro).'fUIU Ap,x0NTEC lrGl _0"&\, AYONTec:. 2, 71 ~ AiKAIA nOIEin I, 'rill n;. D).ara,.",.. CTPA-uYONTEC. Xen. An. 3, 3, 56 d

ha """ fro).."'~. PI. Phaed. 600 ~ ",' EnolHCAc ANAMNHCAC ,... Xen. Mem. 2, 4, 6 EYEl'rnciiN oMt..o, AEinETAI. An. 2, 3, 36 MIX HTTHCGME8A .1 nOloYNTEc.-NT Phil. 4, 14 wooc enollicATE crrKOINOONHcANnc IUW tii 6A.i+fl. Acts ro, 33 wOOo EnoiHCAc W'apa'yfJld,.._. Ignat. ad Smym.
10, 1

KvaEar'" fArytll dT& (.; Kii~) EIAMAPTANol AIATpiBooN Kal 0'" ArOON., nix""'"

KMOOo EnOlHCATE ynoAdAMENOI ., 3&alCOllOlIf

e.oii.

NT Rom. 12, 21 NiKA EN T<P .rA94) ri KOIIOII. Rev. 5,5 ENiKHCEN .; 'A,.... Noil.. 'f'~ (J&/1Aioll. Gr. Urk. Berlin 335, 3 a:a).&ir 001/ ,.."ujlT" ,.0' cMa [for fr',,"'tu].) Hence N speech treats them according to their proper function (2150. 2153. 2160).

2182b. As intimated above (2131), alao this class ofparliciples strictly denoteB an attendant circumstance (2141), and as such virtually belongs to the head of circumstantial participles. (Cp.

-IT.",

W""""

nAG (....) 10l'Er KAi ".' '''p.ctm 'you did well (W1'OD8) in remiDdinc me.' .Md (.uG) lid N6 .,.011 .,p/Mhr ';you will clo well (wrong) to write him.' oM lid I.GIIIS NA 'f'0II .,p6.thJr you had better write to him: MqlTu

"I'D'

(II/,""'ns) dc ri fffprtGnJl'G.

r .rrlpGfIf 'c .,.. fpoPlp4aa.

2133. B. Refening to the o1iJt of the gaYenUng verb, the predicative participle (Objecti'V6 pa'1'ticipk) stands withL Verbs denoting a Perct'iPtion or notion {f)erba sentiettd-1, as: A~ see,' 7f'(pw~ 'overlook,' cLcoVoo 'hear,' oJq(J&."opm. 'feel,'
uvvl."p.4 'understand,' 7t11JI6&."opm. 'am informed,' p.aY8&.oo 'learn, "I'yv6xTICOO, ot&, brltrra.p.w. 'know'-plptlp.q.& remember,' brWur6tl.ropm. , forget'-riplu"w ' find,' ~ M:I'GMpP&.oo seize, , , catch,' d.)Jg1COpllo' 'am aeized, CJ&UCht.'
X-en. Aa. 5, " 24 dp.o tNlInI d>..,,8ij 6..,.. ,,~.. 2, 6, !3 olJIilHJ oiAA MICOY"'" 'f'ov, ItrawoWrar. 4t 3, 13 .; ~ 'f'G ,w..f1TfI ,-. wpi.nOON OpATAI,.,.a,. 3i OillONOIMDN .O,ATOC P 8CTtN. Tb. 4t enY80NTO n;r Dv).ov kATEIAHMaMIIHC. PL Charm. 156 A. aMMNHMAI K.1H'f'it ,...

.-em.

6.,

IYNONrA ".. Th.-a. 6 .; a,PI!E~,.... e,yp& nM a.apaw a.c+eApMiIlOyCo Xen. J4em. 2, 4t 1 lIxoyu at.on oUnW ql fr'," t/J&?- ~1""'r-oMlIOy. AD. I, 4t 5 HKOYE Kiipo .. / .. K&).'Ki, ONTA. PL Rep. 389 D &.. 'f"1III "-BAN., 'l'CYt.OMlNON. ,ApoL 22 D ,~ CYN~AII oMi. i"'~TAMiIlKfl. Il.M. Should the object of theM verba act as nb,ject as well, it is 496

Digitized by

Google

PARTICIPLE, PREDlCATIVB.

[11M-1I.88.

omitted, and the participle ucha.Dgea ita oblique case for the nominative, as: o~ Wptnror ciIN (for ol&a '"",wW WptIffOJI 'I'I'CI). MMNHCO 8""m t.iiN. Xen. An. 2, I, 13 ic9t d~ cdN. 11Mb. For the P-N construction of the above verba 2133, aee 2136 & 21 38.

l1a8. IT. Verbs denoting to protJe, declar6 and the like (wrbG declarantli), as :
8c{/CVVJU,

B.,AOo, 'declare,' 4~AJw 'announce,' Ap.o'Aoylw 'confess.'

Xen. An. 2, 3, 19 Kiipo.. emCTrATeYONTA trpGwor arrel"". Dem. 19, 177 Maxi"". 0113;. dA'I8ir enHrreAKoTA dA>.G ~NAKicANe' vpir. 2, 8 rrhI1 bun lavroii nOf(;'N .o.'trtror eleAHAerKTAl. SI88. Both this claaa and the one preceding 2133 (t7ef'ba decIGrafldi "aemiefldi) may be also followed by a finite declarative clause with 0,.., or I.Jr (1940 B'. 2086). Xen. An. I. 2. U ~c8eTO .hl .,a KJ...... ~.. PL Apol. aa D '"""- (7~' xftp07IxN') ':IAH OTI .6"'1101", woAAll _ azAll 1l1li17.' ,m-r. Dem. 43, 23 nat.n AiceHcc8 'I"Wrow on /JSaIOt - da.A'Yfl~ hlporrtDI. (Both conatructioDB are blended in Th.... 37 1I'.wr N " EA_
.brAalA

(411"O)cIxJ-.

(le~

'prove' ;

_!"-o, ",pM.",. 4.,,, .'tU

" A'Iporil"'l' AIAtBAPHCOMNOYC

on. d _ ho,,1II'Oiir pGAAw ba&aOUt1w or AIur.lllupWaOl. aWow 6ft n;. ~lpar ",pa714r, ~ p4Xf1P.)

,_GP

1l8'7. With the followintf verba, a difference in construction , involves a difFerence of me&lUng : tJ. daM with gen. + part. mean.: 'hear with m,y own ears,' 'listen' i .. "acc. + JI&!L. " 'hear as a fact' (&,..,) ; ., "acc. + mf. .. ' hear indirectly,' 'understand.'
Xen. ]lem. 2, .. I aKOYCA 34 W07. a6ToV ml pl ~_ AI ....ErOMNoy. So PI. Rep, .93 D. Xen. An. I, ... 5 "KOYCE Kii,- .. lUAurl, ONTA. 5, 5, 7 pl n;. x'par 3,-, HKOYON AI;IOYMeNHN. Cp. I, 3, I .ltn. 911""" 'AI17'IIIi~ .,a. Kii,- 3,-, aKoy .....a.. ",..,ala.. aWe)., TNAI. b. al"xU.0i"J' with Jl&:L. means: 'am ashamed to' (2128);

'learn that' ; "inf. " 'learn to.' f. ItrlA..sal'OfUJ' with ~ means: 'forget that' ; " "mf." , forget to.' g. "';,unlfUJ' with Jl8:rt. means: 'recollect that' ; " .. mf. " 'remember to.' 11.. ~fUJ' ,,~. " 'am evidently' (2122); " "lnf. " ' appear to' (2085). 1188. Aa declarative participles, like declarative inttnitives, were, even

,. "".so.. with Jl8:rt. mean.:

"

.. "mf. " ' hesitate to.' c. y&yNcr_ " part... 'know' (&,.,) ; " "inf. " ' decide to.' d. ltrlvTaptJ, & olae. with ~. meana: 'know that' ; " "" w. " ' know to.'

in .A, interehaDseable with their cornaponding (declarative) finite c1au_ (2086. 2136), it was inevitable that the participial ooDBtruction Ihould, in the course of P-N times, be confounded with, and merged into, that of the other two cognate cluaea. 'Accordingly NBpeech supplements _llo dedtJrllftll, " 1IIftIiImI, either by riir chiefiy for the .A finite declarative

497

It

Digitized by

Google

1188-I141b.]
(2085 f.):

PARTICIPLE, CIRCUKSTANTIAL.

olallll8. or by I'd chiefly for the A deolarative participle aDd inJlnitive

ttYPA NA -,.irac (for A ';po!' Clwa. but u.o TO. ttYPA KOIMICMENO" (where the part. = adj.), cr~ EfAA NA Tpf)(J' (for A ,Tb cr. Tpf)(fW'rG) beside dAA n(l)C ITp'Xff. 8yMoYMAI nQ)c '-rIAas (for A ,ull'"lpaI crOfl ,.Au.nr). AKoYCAME cr, NA f(HwClC'lf or ncOC ~ClCfS. MHNYCE I'0Il (A IfTyf,AI I"H) ncOc "XfTGl. H cr. AEil. ncOC I/IfVn,' <for A ItllOl cr. I/Iful6~.",,).

-ra.

-"'fM"OI'),

.1_

1139. Ill. The verb 11(1)> with the participle perfect passive in the IIeDle first of kup then Aa",. forming a periphrastic 80bstitute for the aimple perfect and pluperfect (2106). This expedient made ita appearance in G timeR and being furthered by the parallel UIIe in L8.tin of Aabeo with perf. part. paaa gradually became popular and resulted in the N (and Romanic) practice of regularly forming the compound tenses of the active VOice (1865. 21I0) by means of with the participle perfect paaaive.

'X-

Diod. 2, 3:1.4 J. alr {BI.,lpaar) 01 nlptIGI Ttlr nAaad, 'fI,&i." nri T,,,. ,,6,EfXON CYNTTArMENAC. 2, 53, 7 TIl "~,, -,dp '"'"' ..wr 16,&.ar 'XI nEprKExYMENOYC ?d .~ '4>' I. iXONTA KKArMENAC TIlr 1ft ,;;r IrOfJ'Irir 3, 36, 5 iXONTC iIHp1'HMNA Td _,as ~ XJMla.. J08. ADt. 7, " 7 01 ~ cIp)(IfP'R uIoW 101 ri)t ftA_ KKpYMMiNOYC .fXON. 7,13.2 lIT, _oAb irKEKMICMENON 'XOI cr""". 8, 13, u, :I, I tr6crar 4It7 "up'4Ita. i~ol CYNlArMiNAc S,SAl... :10, n. 65 _p,) .,., I. ETxc rerpAMMENHN (n)p Inopta.). PIut. Cam. 34t 5 (I. 147 ...) ~" &rot oH~ uS.nI,p'OP iXONTEC 01 AM1j,oe nApCKYACMeNoN. Ib. 38, 3 Ttlr .~ dXON ANCflrMENAC. Pelop. 35, 6 (1. 297 B) ToW ,N" ....A4>OW ix 'fIA""t.. J. ol'qt T'.~ KEKPYMMENOYC. Tit. Flam. :10, 4 (I. 380 ) 01_ _ph.po. 1l6loa. Im Ift&TIl-rdlH. CYNTETPHMENHN '/r '"is IGllToU BIoI"" EfXEN. Schol. Apoll. Rhod. I, 970 ".""wo ... ~I"HfICI"l.or fX' , . I;pllrrfpoP MMOIPAMENON -rpafITIOJ'. Eunap. 45, 11 ,." 01 cl_oItji ..wr cdX"a>.Awovr oh .. 7'ijt ICfITdpo",' lX CYNHpnAcMNOYC. (Cp. AJ/faul"'4>,N&qr 328 f.)

-pa..

.ar

,uper 't,,'",It ..wr

_""Ta

.r-"

?.,

"Aa.

'T'

2110),

1140. From these remarks on Ix., as well as those on d,u (2107. it is clear that since B. if not earlier, Greek speech formed the compound tenses (perfect, pluperfect, future perfect) by means of IX- and fl,Aa, (B-N form for "1'l),lOmetimes aIao lnr~PX., with the participle perfect ,Passive. and that, as in modern languages, lit .. serves for the active, and fr,.- (WaipXOl) for the paaaive and neuter voice. Cp. 2110. Sl4.0lt For the periphrasis at p~nt of the compound te_ bY' meane
of 'XOI aDd the alleged inflnitive (IX- . ..,u", 'XOI /roe,,""), _

App. vi. 18 f.

III. CIRCUMSTANTIAL PARTICIPLE. 1141. The circumstantial or adverbial participle either refers directly to some member of the governing clause, or stands 10088 as an apparently independent member. In the former case, it may be called participle ifS cOfI8tructiort, in the latter it is called pelf'ticiple absolute (participium absolutum). This participle abeolute generally stands in the genitive (genitivus absolutus), but under certain conditions (2143 fT)alsoin theaccusatitJ6 (ace. abaolutus).
9141b As already atated (2101), the circumstantial participle qualifies the leading clause in an adverbial sense, that is in rega.rd. to U"." CCI1CII, P"1'fH', cortditioft, tfIICIm, ete.

fIIIJ"""',
498

Digitized by

Google

m41. For the P-N history of the circlDllltaDtial participle it is important to bear in mind that popular speech has throughout had a decided preference for the simpler and clearer mode of aubatituting for the participle either a prepositional infinitive (2068. 2149. 2151. :ns8. 2164), or, far more commonly, a finite clauae, and that either aubordinate or co-ordinate to the principal clause (J93O).

mu The Greek getMttve absolute substantially corresponds to the Latin ablative absolute; it cllifers from it mainly in the following three points:
Cl. It is much leas frequent, because of the J>reaence in Greek of the participle aorist which lends itself convemently to a participle in construction. In Latin, on the contrary, the absence of a Jilarticiple aorist necessitates the use in its ~lace of a paaaive partiCIple in the ablative, as: Kiipcw Tc\" Kpoiao" NIKHCAC 1CGT.lTTp'+aTO TOW Av&ul' .. Cytw OBOBSO VIOTO Lt/doB in ,,",tIt diciorHfn retkgit. b. Ita aubject may be oIDitted when it is readily aupplied from the context, as: Xen. An. 3, :z, 10 ~.,r 'X61'T11)"=pcu ell'" ita ",.,. c. It cannot be represented by a mere aubstantive or adjective as in Latin which lacks the present participle of but the participle ,,, must be added: pmez. dUN=n'pcv.iow ~IISI/O' ONTOC. Only the two participle-like adjectives Id" and 11_" regularly perform the work of participles, after the analogy of eAONTOC or fJoU>'O,JIIOV: 11,,0_-"" i"f/ito. Soph. Ai 455 '""v "." oV)( .",sI'TOI'. Tb. 7, 86. PI. Tbeaet. 180 0 flapG TOUT". oll" A. >'d{Jo&r >.6oy0Jf GIST. ~KONTfDN oISrr AKONTfDN. (Cp. also 2144".) m48. The place of the absolute genitive is taken by an CICCU8atitNl absolute-often preceded by ~, ~p 'as though ,when the participle is that of an impet'8Ofl(Jl verb or 8%pression,

BU""

,,,,,ii

,,,,,ii (")

lu/ol,,"x"" n4JVlJTG&.

PI. Prot. 358 D oVadl' Tc\ ",iCop "ad" alpqafTa& cldN ri I>.aTTOJf. Xen. An. 3, I, 14 IraTuflf"8a Ixnr.p C!dN ~av)(ia" 11,..",. Cyr. 2, 2, 20 ri flAij8", ",,,q,,ii,,8cu a (JavA.!"., If"" ~" u";-" CJVJ/Q')'Op'v61/T11). If"" at '"" "lcXPdN ON dPT&A.,..,,,. 8, S, 28 CYNlolAN T'f flaTp; lral Yi prrrpl -yet"., njJl K!JGfcipav 8vym'pa. Tb. 5, 30 elPHMiNON IrVp&O".l.a& 8,..&AIr ri ,..>,ij8or"'''

and stands in the neuter, thus acting as an adjective unplying the participle w. (Cp. 21S2.) 8iov, 1I"M"0II 'as (while, though) it is or was necessary.' &r, l~, ~, pnO" ' " "possible.' 8ooiiv, BOba'" &80-yp.lvo", .lfnIp.lvov , " "decreed.' So &&,>.0" (Bvva,.o", &8WaTO'V, 8Uc1l&O'" oltrxPO'" etc.) &r.

01"",

2144. Even a nontiflati", absolut, is often used by way ot anacoluthon, when the narrator inadvertentll changes the original construction of the sentence (cp. RKiihner u.I 66J if.): PI. ApoJ. :n 0 IrCIllIMrOMNoc a"'ti, '3041101 & tlPJ)P frl'Cll at46s. Th. 5, 70 JWri TavTa t) woBot , 'ArtriOl ~JI 6m XfDpoYNTlC. Eur. Beo. 970 alaM
/01' IXf' I"

' "IST". tyrXANOYC' r,,' .IJd M.

See &180 3145.

m44b. In G-B compositions, the place of the genitive absolute is occasionally taken by a dat'''' absolvU, 11.8 IGS 1093 ,,,Boa. ~A8a a,wPG ,MII BoyMYONTI J,{jqp. Tbis however is nothing but a IDiatranalation 499 It k J

Digitized by

Google

PARTICIPLE, TElIPOBAL.

into Greek of the IAl.tin ablative ab80lute: tllfttJlMY Snero (cp. 1394), ib. 2943. 5898 (146t) SIb., Epova"" KXap., B, r ..at., K).avai<p ~(J~pt'I), KWc (! for COlI. i. e. conBldilnt,). JOB. Ant. 140 10, 13 A~ICu" Ai",,).., r~
MapIC''>.X., YnATolc =COfI81IlibtlB.

Cp. CIG 2562 NovlC~ 'Etnat'l!'

-r,""

'AICVXd..", YnATolc=COfI8Mlibu&

So

2141S. As was to be expected, in the course of P-B times the specific function and use of each of the above ab80lute cues (21-P-4) was lost sight of, and a confusion ensued which increased as time went on, and in proportion as the circumstantial participle retreated from the living language and became an unfamiliar instrument. NT Acta )9, 34 ElTI("NONTEC ~ M '..,WI'I'O pia I. n.".M'. lude 16 d
IITUpA iI'riiw AaA,; fnrlpo"f/CG 94yMiozONTEC. Col. " 3. 51, 11 "13. Kark 9, 20 iloQlN ail,.,)" (6 'I"aoiit), ,.,) ..".upA .iI'~r 'tlftpa!." ailt"dr. Eph.... ' nptIIftIAiiI "piU 1I'fP'_~a& ANXOMENOI. Kark 5, 18 ICfIl EMB4iNONTOC iI'I'Oii "U'') ..Ao&"or, _"..GAI& iI,.,)" 6 3a&por.afI.u. 5, 2. ,Pet. 3, 3. Acta 20, 3 lTOll4CAC 1'7;f'flr ~J'YIr 'I'Oii fnroIITp4~". Col. 3, 16. Acta 15, 22 cllrOllTClAo.r rp.....4NTC. 17. Cor.4t 17-8. lohn 7,38. Bel'. 2, 261Cf1l 0 NIK!ON _ cS THP!ON I.XP' .,.11.011,.,.11 'P'rflI'Oll, aMnIt ailt"fj 't-lfJII' 3,"" 2' Acta Petri et Pauli 179, 6 f. avp/JOISA'OII' lTOt HC4NTC ..arru 'IouIai'o 130lw ailTOU. Acta Tho. 46, 5 f .AlOll ~ IWoII'TOS nl cl..,) ElT4NIONTfI)N IA'M _ ~ ,,_ltl_ .piiI.. '.,.,.IITfl.,.oii cl'P"rOii rENOMlNOI,

",p'u. . .,/"..,.0 '3ol'" "'0'"

U,

Iv'ya.,."p tpiil. . .'FfpOll' .13t" wcn!r: 7 33 .iltfll'llI'Ou at flWoii /CG"" 6IJ-,or 7 .,.,) 1/3oIp clrf1Au", t"p,)nlWr htwor rENOMENOC. So too 31, 38 32, 31 37, 39. 61. 31. 65, 5. 87, 31. 18. 2, 6 TGiiT awoii lUM0l1Z0MENOY nl A1"fOII'TOS 1If.I" w9i rJ aOlr'!,p. I", 13 EiCEA90NTOC ow ail'l'Oii iIT. 6 _aAI-/Jr. 18, 2 .,.oU a~ AMHXANHCANTOC AirEI aiIT;; ..GN... 30, I nl ..poH""", .piiI.. ONTfI)N "fil.,.,)" 'f,).. aar .pa. ~" tI~"Ii3fJ, et paasim. Callin. 90, 246 oil. HN liON. 73. 21 MIToyproYNTOC a~ ailt"oii (l7'odC- clI'fIJUa. 66, 26 ai mXEIPHCANTfI)N pI.ifw oil. rf1XVO", 73, 28 ErKAEIOMENOY aiIToii clll'flliaAtS..,'f7'o ail-r et passim. Leont. Neap. V. I. 70, 19 rJ Senos B.,.clAaor BoyAOMENOC 'Arrv fJ6T9i (. ~). 7, 18lTpoXElPICeENTOC ailToii 1CfIl6N9pONIAceENTOC 'nItltClTO. '... 18 Enlloo9ENToc aiIT9i 7'oii ..,'T'rGIdou nl AlTOBoyAEYCANTfI)N ,;,,_ riIM /tal KENfI)CANTfI)N Id n- .,.,) XPfjpA ~P'tlGII' aw.w. 44, 4 .,.oii ,,0TGpl0w lTAPAITOYMENOY A~. ailt"fj. So 25, 10. 31. 7. et passim. 10, 9 dtr dt,o,."",. I'0Jl.VrOll ";,, nl .,.cn!7'ou ilTou (read aZ .,.oii) a,,1'O!rl0ll "poIIT{,:"I'flTOf 'II'TflUla (b'fiPGI \') aiIT,) .l1IF01I3citlpI". (Cp. 2152.) :Men. HiBt. 290. 30 T.pU9,os. TorTO ElTITTPAMMENON ailt"9i, npf"//JI .,.o'" 'I'OCr rJpiotr. 326,6. 37... 14 'I~r ow, TciTo lTpoElPHMENON ailt"fj &aaaAlM, ~.,"'O fir d 4dpas. 4 1 7, 16. Theophyl. loo, I. 1112, So 837, ao. (Cp.21.f3.) 1148. A noteworthy reminiscence of the absolute participle _ma to underlie the B-N participial adverbs in -o1l'TG, now OII'TflS (822 f.), which are more common in northern than southern speech, and denote a ~ action, besides manner and cause. These adverbs therefore correspond to the English gerund in .iJl(l, or rather to the Italian .CIIIdo, ofIICfo, 88 : clI'IIJal"OII'TGor 'ping up,' 1I'fp'_7'iiIII'Ta-r 'walkiDg,' II'fpriilrra-r '...-ma,' "ItAiiIII'Tfl-r 'laughing'; /lA1-_r nl WO"TflS 'we'll _ and act acoordiDF7' ; nl pt} ,41._ (- UIrOII'7'I.,. lupfi> 'will1 nill.Y' (op. 2142, 2.63>-

,.u

or riir..,a,-.,...

.r.....

nU_

"'tWo.

"1._

A. TBKPOBAL PARTICIPLE.

2147. The temporal fHJrliciple is often strengthened by &". , at the same time,' ~ 'while,' ~, ,,In-lxa., '88 soon aa,' /I, 1,. C07I8tnIction: XeIJ. C11" 3, I, 37 ..u.. pt.. a.,,..;,.,, lI1TNHCAN'nC a. da.Aell;"""" 5, 2, 22 AMA lTPOIc:,N 'rrffTICOfrfi,.o .f n aVPGTO" fU, ,"OW tnA..
500

Digitized by

Google

PARTICIPLE, TEJlPORAL-CAUSAL.

[114.7-BlISL

,Jour dul...mpour _...... PL Apol. 40 BtrOllaxoii ~4 pc brltT](f MroNTA Mudr. Tb. 2, 39 brifrWrt daquu qeyc ,,'''' ONTlC n d.apfio" I'""PXOWAI. . b .Ahol",,: KeD. 123 3pvOr necoo(cHc lI'ar d..}p pA.m-Al. PL Euthyd. 215 ]I Ill awoii Mudr "aUra MroNTOC 0 KA""",, m~" dnlCpllllil'fl1Or. 9148. Under this group may be c1aaaed a few other participles which in Engliah are rendered by an adverbial expreaaion, as: dpX6p.oor (d~,._) 'in the beginning,' 7'.>'.vrlil" 'at the end,' alGAlri" (a.1ao 'II'IIJ'X.") x.p611011 'after a little while.' Th.... 64 &r.p .u APXOMENOC .rn". PI. Apol. aa 0 TlAEYTWN 0;.. , ..I 7'", }(Elptn'f}(J'tU rIa. Phaed. J17 MOl & acM 7',) fGpptUlOl1 AIMIlT~ XPONON ""1I'..s.." 7'. . .63ru. BID. The teml?oral participle occurs also in P-B compositions, though usually WIthout any strengthening particle. At the same time the ~definitene88 attending tliiB cla.88 of participleB not only in regard to their true nature, but alao in regard to the division of time implied, could not appeal to the plain and direct popular Bpeech. Hence even in .A it W&B often reaolved either into a finite temporal clause (1995 if.), or turned to aprepoBitionalinfinitive (2068. 2015 11). In particular, participleB denoting a synchronous action were replaced by a finite clause opening with on, 0,..0,-., lGoIr, I" ,; 'while'; Ma", _07'111', 'when'; or {thiB especia.lly in G-B) by the articular infinitive preceded by." 'in' (2068) ;-whereas ~ciples implying priority of time gradaa.lly made room for a fimte clause introduced by '11"1, tk/I' 00, 0,.0... 'when,' 'after' (1190- 1999); or, during G-B, for the articular infinitive in the combination "",lA 7'6 (:z068). 1l149b Jrlaosronismalike Apoc. liar. liSt 7 &; ua, :n &po ~ ~ dnwG naturally prove nothiDg except that the (temporal) participle had become extiDct in the liviDg language lu68, 11). 81490. For aN rem in iacenoe of the synchronous participle _ 3146.
B. OAUSAL PABTlOIPLB.

... I .. ctmBtruetiott: PI. Hipp. I, ~8S B II'OPOl1OpoVa'" 'JI!1 ACUI:.aAl~"'o, 0& AIAONTlC aDl XpvulOl1 01 e1flTpmONTItC ,..,w aWGO" vltis-. Xen. An. 6, 3, 3 ,ATE IEa~"", enmECONTlC ,,"oUlA d.apchroaa fAofjo". b. .Ahol"": Xen. An. 5, 6, 3 olix c.k "air "n>..,UIl1 nOAMHCONT(J)N ,,HI,, .111'011 cl .In-o,,. 6, I, 3 a...60pvfJ'IuG" wc d inONTOC ,"oii Aynalov. mob. So farther the set phrase n -s;." (7'1,.0.,,) 'why on earth,' for which see 2044 f. SlISL The causal particle is fairly common alBO in P-B unBcholarly compositions, though without M., olo.., or ola al} (cp. 21 ..9). At the aame time the above remarks on the P-N hiator,y of the temporal participle (~1"9; cp. alBO ~I 54) fully apply to the causal participle &8 well, in that it W&B reJ.llaced either by a finite clause introduced by one of the prepositive particles 111'.& (,,,",,a,) 'as,' 'since,' s,., 'because,' 'for' (1131. 1945); or, during G-B, by the articular infinitive in the combination alii "0 'for,' 'on account of' (206B. ~015b); or fina.lly by iN (N"a) with the primary subjunctive (1741).

SlISO. The C(N8(Jl pa~ is often strengthened by &7'. (otOll, ol4 8r]') 'because,' or ~r 'on the plea' (1737}.-Negation (181", 1803).

or

(Cp. 21~8b, 2164-)

501

Digitized by

Google

1161-1158.] PARTICIPLE, CONDmONAL AND CONCESSIVB. 1151. Should the causal participle be :w and at the 8&IIle time be introduced by clTr, ofc& 311, ~r, it is often omitted and its predicate then, if any, stands by itself. (Cp. 2143.)
noAc"uovr (IC. 3l/1'li'). aAA' o~x fA.C ArAeON.

4cE6~ ATE rvpo...l&, YMNHTAC Neap. V. J. 10, 9. cited. above (2145). ex~, as:

PL Rep. So Xen. Ilc. '''''Il0l1'). Soph. O. C. 83. C;yr. 5, I, 13. PL Rep. 449 o.

Xen. An. 6, 6, 9

'4>rt

/C'IIpfJEftIf ""a~pW

...sAw a/x""a, riro~r riM: 358 0 uWc\ bn~,. ciIc: ANArJWON An. 7, 8, IX cOc cToi,.- at} 'KP'I~I' Th. 2, 35 ciIc KMON (le. 3.). XeD. 568 B awow clr n}p ..o>.,nia. " .apt!(IC. 3l/1'li'). Xen. Cyr. I, 3. 2o-Leont.

1151b. In N the analyaia of the luppre.ed participle is reg11larly awo fl'OV''''cpo 3xI ('IATi 'NE 1laA.c\ ..apO. f'\ATi 'NI f#wrI..o I haYe brought you thia not becauae it is good, but becauae it is cheap.'

c.

CONDITIONAL PABTIOIPLB.

a. ""'I' a.",pThe procell which (01",.,). about the retreat of the temporal 3Wa,u. dtcdCwBlll brought

1158. The conditional participle is not accompanied by any strengthening particle.-Negation f'~ (1807. 181 4) 1,. COIIIIrtIditm: Xen. Cyr. 8, 7. 28 nWr ",l>.ovr eil~rEToYNTEC 1rG1 YOw 'XSfJOV! 3v."",."Sc lCo>'aCn.. PI. Bymp. 196 0 KpAT(J)N ~ . . I.JJv".. &"Ep..,r alll"'cp6_ a. fI'''''''POHi. b ..tf.Wvt.: Gnoln. (JfW It,1lt,ONTOC oMl.l~I ~_, 01 MM It,lloNTOC oMi.'fl'x.~ tnhoor. Th. I, 10 'AtJ"..... n\ a~ raiiro nAllONTWN, &rAG-

11M. and cauaal participle duriug P-B (2149- 2151) has been still more eBlcient in the caae of the conditional participle. AccordiDaly in P the latter began to retreat before ita aDalyail by d, or ratheroy ;0. or et. (cp. Luke 9, 25, Matt. 16,26). Here moreover we have to note that, as in the abaence of a conditional pre~tion no Fepoaitional infinitive could be IUbstituted for the partiCIple in questIon (Cp. 2149215 I). recourse was had to the paratactic expedient resorted to even ID ..tf. of turning the participle into a finite verli (now always antecedent) in the form of either an imperative followed by lIol (1977. b. 1cp8, b), or of a direct sentence question, the leadiDg cIauae then serving aB an answer to it (1977, .).
D. OOlICBSSIVB PABTIOIPLB.

1155. The COtICIIBitIe or "ridi" participle is often strength-

ened by teal, teal-np (also tca.lTOl.), 'although.'-Negation oG. .. I,. COIIIIrtIditm: Eur. El. 551 _>'>'01 ,Gp ONTflC ~ciulc",ulllCol. PI.

r::;:r-

Lacb. 197 0 oMi" lpe. .."or. TaUra XWN d".~i.. Tb". 4t 39 rau KA/_r KAincp ""...a"r oYCA ~ VrrduXffI'&r dJr/lJrl. laoor. 15, 272 KAincp olm. WoKEiMflNOC bnx.aP~'" 31aA.fX,8i7pa, "'t Sopb. O. T. 1325 clAAa fJ'fJt/*r, KAinlp fl'lCOrcurdr (BC. 4., aee 21 09), nil' ye alta;.

aw...

fI'V"X-poVI'O a. alw. 1158. AI earlT, aB ..tf., the conceaai.Ye participle was sometimes re101Yed into a fimte clauae introduced by d rrai, Jo. or a. ICIIl 'althoop.' or 1rG1 .r,.I., lCai a.-d. (1993). In the course of P-B the tendeDo7 for analyaia became more manifest and ~ually led to the utiDctiOll of the participle in N speech. ita place bein( now lupplied by a. -. a. aAG (clylCllAci) IrGl ' although,' lCal .a ' eveD if' (1993 f.).
lIlt,ONTOC roii

T'..tf.Wta. : Dem. 44. 65 d t". cS Tfrf>'f""lIC.' hCN';crcmS TIN KAin.p oi

"pAW,

.q.

502

Digitized by

Google

------------ --- -- -

--

PABTICIPLB, PINAL AND OF lL\NDB,.

B. J'INAL PARTIOIPLB.

[11&7-m,8L

11&7. The fiMI participle is often strengthened by ~ 'for the purpose of,' 'with a view to.' The leading verb of the principal clause usually denotes fJIOIion and the participle commonly stands in the future, not rarely also in the present tense acting as a durative future (ao9S).-Negation p..q (1806).
Tb. I, 29 trporrl""'a,,,.u qpvq trpanpo. trOA.po. npoEpoYNTA K.pICV""io'r . &~.w hl n). 'Etri~ K.plCVpatOlr I_la nOAeMHCONTlC. Xen. Mem. ~ 7, 5 al ,.. t.lo\AlwN &'''''1'0'' 3t I, 2 KATAcKI'f'OMiNGyC m"tr I, I, 3 A~pfr,r ,",A~. Kiipo. ck AnOKTlNO)N. m,SS. The final participle alternatea with a finite clause introduced by fMl, also &ft.",r (195a-63), or &r (2020 W.), and aince H also with the infinitive either simple (App. vi. 17,11) or preceded by Acrr., 7OV, ](dp&. 7OV,.IS ni, trpOr ni, Itr& ,,6 (a075-7. App. vi. 21-24). In G-B it ia also often replaced by an imperative co-ordinated to the leadiDg verb by means of "al (1710 f.). BU9. The final participle oocura, it is true, also in G-T (in the NT rarely and only in the Acta 8, 27. 22, S. 24. JJ &: 17. 25, 13 i and with Heb. 13t 17; otherwise it ia genera.nyavoided, a.a Matt. 2, 8. 90 2. I Cor.... 17. 26,3. Acta 10, 5. Luke 7, 19. Cp. Sept. I Beg. 16, 2 & 11.4 Beg. 14,8-9), and !Wen in B compositions, but a.a it ill frequently miaapplied-it often atands in the tJOri84 in the leDle of the effective future-we are warranted in holding tha.~ it had lost touch with popular speech during G and only limgered in the conventional langUage of the Icribes a.a a foaailized relic. Cp. Gr. Urk. Berlin 300 (tI48), 31'. ,"""",,O'G 0'0, (for 0'.) (/)po",.,owmc &hrcu~ ~, Itr",iA.IOlllffG, trOl"am..-. Men. Hiat. 308, 9 ".~. oW 70Ur BeBAlchcANTAC (ad. -0'0_). 345, 21 I_ll"f" npcClkycAMeNW (ed. -11'0,..) lIpt/J,., .s"Af'("'Y".' Eunap. 67,22 & 'Hpcl"Anor I"a~., AK~cMENON t'~. 'Iov~. Prisc. 141, 13 trplafj.&r "o;'r t.IAAEIAMNGyC ..ia8"" 147, 17 aWb" t.dAMENON . r Ir ,,~ .. Zap3m). &a!Ji,II'.O' 147, 19 w.~ij~8.. 6 'Earj"... ,,;,. ,.. B'}'iAq 'PMHNEYcANTI. 149, IJ trll""O'tJcu B,oyDvuo t'~" cLr6lCpccn. t.EI"'ENON. 159, 10 +POYPH-

.s

CANTAC

dt/J",..ia8cu.

179,3

II'1I"tri,,+...

A,IANT"

P. PARTICIPLE OP KANNEB AND 1lBANB.

m,80. The parliciple 0/ tJltJlltaer and fJItGfI8 represents the manner in which, or the means by which, something is done, and has no corresponding finite clause owing to the want of appropriate conjunctions. Go Xen. Hell. 1,7,26 rl t.UU)TEC 1I't/J63pa ow.r Itr.lywB.j PI. Gorg.

3&&1_ 31"".. 8ymp. Xen. Cyr. 3, 3, 25 AHI%OMENOI CiHT... Iaocr. 12, 44 7O;'r 13laa~D &. rp6tro. t.lOIKoYNTEC ,.ar aw... trGt'pi3ar m1 tr~S 06s noAcMoYNTEC ~~". b n).. 'E).M3a IJO,rjO'_ m,a Under this head fall the standing ezpreaaioDl t/Ji".., ~afJOo., which in Eng1iab are commonly rendered by a simple tftt1t (1175"), a.a: 503
202 B

486 0

n. t'OlOiiTO.. if7r.. Itr1 "rlp~r TfyrrONTA ,,;

m1

4 rWCACA it/J".

-m,,_

'X,.,., ".....

Digitized by

Google

dC

:0.81-:0.8&.]

P AB'l'ICIPLE, ITS HISTORY.

iXOYCA.

Xen, Cyr. I, 3. I 'pXITIII Jllal'1Jd,q flpM 7'cW """'pa _ f'," KiljlOl' 7'. via. 1, 6, 10 eN &~ ,.).. awapl" 1..,1.... iX<ON I,XV, An. I, :I, .. T'II~lp"'1r flOp .l1Tlll dtr /JaIT&A1D. 1""la iX<ON dtr flfl't'lllfOlllovs. 7. 7, 53 'l'Gm AABooN .al7'~f 6,J,pwr npocAABoiN 4..". Th. I, 111. :1,8+ 7, :15. Xen. I, :I, I. Hell. I, I, I.

:o.eg. Participles of manner and means admitt~ as they did of no analysis to a finite clause for want of suitable cOI1Junctions (2160), G-N speech had recourse either to some preposition (as 1'17'4, (TW, a,.u., II7Sb) or to post-verbal adjectives of manner, especially those in -7'f1f (1052), which naturally increase i. proportion as the participle in question retreats, 80 tha.t they have "become very common in N speech, as: Mal. 44. 4 ME:TA &At.,.",., hllp"''' ~).8fP, 31, IS. 42,13. un, J. 101, 3 AMA Toir ,..T' almW.-N rAACTOc = ")."'''' TpEXATOC = Tpl.}(f'" nTAKTOc'" frfTd,.."or, See also 2111,
1188. Another still more oommon aubatitute for the participle of lD&JlDer ia a1forded in the Jl-N ~icipial adverb in -ona', as: TplxonGr' rUJlDing,' "I"-7'fWrar walking, 117' .ft/rnu' standing,' etc. See 833 &; :ll.f6. 1188 b. During G-B times the office of the participle of manner was fiequently performed also by the articular infinitive preceded by I .. (1561. cp. 3068. 3141-).

HISTORICAL SURVEY OF THE PARTICIPLE.

:0.84. The history of the participle since..t affords a narallel to that of the infinitive (2062 f., App. vi.). As the latter was foredoomed to extinction in conaequence of its indefiniteness and want of inflection, in like manner the participle, in particular the class termed adverbial or circumstantial (2101), did not appeal to the taste aDd needs of popular speech because of its ambiguiv and inconvenient infiection (2166). For apart from its vagueneaa m regard to person, it did not even specify its own natUJ'e and meaning, but subordinated it to the context. Thus, to take an example, >.I..,. ., could mean B4yitlf/, to1lo B4!J8 o.r Nid, tMm he B4!J8 or B4itl, if 1N B4!J8 or lIGid, br lIGyitlf/, in ortltr to NI, etc.; so further _rr';'., .'prpct.r, )...ydfW'Of, ;"s.w, dp'IIUJIOf. (App, ill. 13),

0' nmOIHKOTA, _ .r... 7'iw IIIA_ ci>MoAorHKOTA I,.,., 7'Wrots I. /JaITMOII

.~r

Compare for m.tance the cIumcal ,....... ID: Dem.lI9t 5 IftltOl 7'oi),.., p41'0I' ~tVlfPOI', d.U1l aa1 . . 7'en;,.'

fI.pl aWW

nt:+cYroTA .,.w,.or

.,a..

7'. dapclUlI7'Ia7'OIIf IAI'7XOIIf aa1 oH 1l8t:AHCANT' I. 7'oVrOI.. .....j. 7'7}P d.U' del nANOYProYNTA aa1 p4pnpar \fIwI.ir tTApXOMNON aa1 1.IAKABTONTA lawoil A6-yo&r 7'7}., 7'0", nmpArMeNwN. PI. S;ymp. 181 D tTApECKt:YACMNOI W. NJIIIl, .flll.. 01 A PXOMt:NOI Ipa.. dtr 7'el"SiOl' 4naona lYNCCOMNOI aa1 _Pi CVMBIWCOMNOI, d.U' 011. 1l1AtTATHCANTC ... ~ AABONTEC _ ..10., KATArt:AACANTEC olrlll.1IfIu '.' &AAw AnOTpEXONTC. - PI. Gore. 471 A-a m .~ fJavPGIIItiIr [dtr] ""'or .,1"fOI'.... Ss., ,.".01' id.. nWwaWcW 7'el" IfIl1l6npr aa1 ME:TAtTM'I'AMNOC dtr AnoAci>cwN 7'7}P clpx7}P ... D.pIl_.r awel., ~.,... lCNicAc aa1 KATAM&(CAC affW .,.. _ 7'," vlel., affoil '''''lIua,-. dl'ifacW a,"oG 1IX.acl., .,....&m,.., .MBAAOON.1r &,atal' ..wrr0lp IllArArOON tlfllllflotl 7" aal ~II'" tlJMtWrlpovr' aa1 7'Gm UIKHCAC ''''''''' 'lDn'cW tlIA.4mlt'Of fIlNOMNOC, _ 011 ,wr.,.IAf/fI'" dT;' d.U~ ~ Grr.jIOI' 7'el.. cla.A."el., .,.cW 7'Oi DtpIl,,_ .,u", fIG&'1a dtr WTanii, .,; clpx7} .,t.,.,17'0 .7d 7'cl liaa&w 00 1/JoM.." daat,... .,..,Iria& ac.at0lf IlK8pi'l'AC aa1 AnoAoYc T7}I' dflx7}P 1nl... d.U' .Ir.",. iMBAAooN AnOtTNilACI, ., T'7}p I"/'f'lpa KAHftlTpa.. x1N '" 1.IcilKONTA flpM _ tllflllal'W. Tb.

.,..,'&aI'

"""1.1' 7'0

...,.,ilI...

,.u.

"""'01' 'I'fIW'"

504

Digitized by

Google

PARTICIPLE, ITS mBTORY.

[118&-1188.

118&. To avoid mch ambiguities a.a well a.a the mental Btrain involved by the frequent UBe of participleB, even ..t writers, though fond of participial conBtruction (tI"Ao,uf'O}(oc), vel1 often resorted to the exyedient of a lengthy but clearer and eB81er analysis into a mbordinate clauBe, thUB reaolnng e. g. fjollA6",uos into el Boj,Af7'a& or ;fjovAno, ;7re1 fjov'A_ or ;8ouAno, 6r fjov'Ano& or 180v'Auo, &,-, (Its) 8otJA_ or IfjovAHO, etc. In P literature this tendency for I.nalyaia naturally became more popular, and BO we flnd that in G compositionB, especially those of unconventional or un8cholarly character, the accumulation of circumatantial participles is shunned, their place being taken by finite Yel'bs with either the approllriate mbordinating particles or the co-ordinating coDjunction lUll (173. J7l1 if.). Cp. Matt. 7, 27 lCAi ,.,.1", Spoxil lCAi .ABw 01 ~ lCAi , _ _ 01 In"oc lCAi wpIl-t- Tj okl, ~ lCAi 1.ff1.." ICAi if.. ,. tmiicr&r ~ ,wydJ.'1' 17, 18 lCAi 'Wf,.tl"llre.. aIn-ti , 'lfIuoiit lCAi IifiAl.., u' aln-oii ,..) &uphlOl' lCAi
dpOl' .,., elWf" aln-ois lCAi tnHpatllIP ,..) ftCJXCI. John 3, :I-a (for .AlcW--elwe.. and d.olfpclMr el"..,) .., -47-50. Protev. J.o. Ia4t 4 lCAi IS-lIP .oiITa& al ~A4l ,.oii Aaoii KAi 'rll'lf1lTlIP aw.)., lCAi '~o ,.pt&i iI"lpas.-On the other hand for
.veral participlee cp. lrIatt. 14, 19. :17, 48. Acta :1:1, 26. 16, :17. 2.., 5. Eph. I, 15-31. Col. I, 3-u.

,,.,,,..mg,,lrIark 1..,16 26, 40. 8,..14-16. lrIark I, I:I-Ia. '_i. So KAi 'EfiAIo 01 paIfIrallCAi elr 19, :I-a.
~A'OI'

~ 1r6M.. ICAI

Luke :18,

~2-3+

1188. The other ca.uae which ha.a conaidera.bly told on the P-N history of the participle -at all events since G-wa.a the cumbersome inflection of its impariayllabic claaa (-WN, -ON, -ollva; 'cOc, QC, -via; -AC, -AN, -GCI'll; -dc, 'N, ..jva; -yc, -iN, -iivn; -aYc, -aYN, -oiiva), that iB the aame morphological inconvenience which ca.Bed the retreat and disappearance of the 3rd declension (338. App. iii. 13). 118'1. It may be objected that the literar;r produ.ction8 of P-N timeB Bhow a great frequency of the participle in well-nigh all its ..t n.rietiea. However, a. closer examination leads to the conviction tha.t the phenomenon had become Bcholastic practice, while popular Bpeech being governed by the spirit oC analysiB and aiming at perspicuity and emplla.aia, was, as befoxe, altogether unfit for mch compreaaed and artificial forms of structure. Hence even writers of systematic training could not but occasionally blunder in the use of the circulll8tantial participle. 1188. That the circ1llDlltantial J)&rl1ciple, especially that of imparisyllabic inflection, ha.a been i'oreigtl to the liung or popular JaDgUage Bince T, if not earlier, may be infenedG. From its frequent mieapplication and m!acoDBtruotion, notably in the genitive and nominative absolute (2145. 31491>). t. From ite identification with the finite verb or the in1lnitive, and its coneequent miBUBe u an independent tlnite Terb or even ita co-ordination to them by means of ICCIl (1720): Alohem. 37. 19 ad Tpi'l'AC ~epa fI. ~ fIItlav ilf'lpav ,.tIP' KAllMBAM aW err SUro.. 6IAwOl'. Evang. Tho. B. 7. J .,p6JfJo.. a~ , Zuxai'os np. ~""'" 'UpaZvri KAI AI.,EI .p0 awa.. lNpa. vita Epiph. 100 B It.eUMNOC 0;" '/lalr"-,. ,.. npi1 'Etr&fcU'tOll lCAi inoiHCN n"OI' n&oiirol'. JIal. no, 16 ~&If.)., -,dp ,.oW drrepavnls ciPAN dAA4Aovr th Irtpla KAi rp0 ~AIjAovr llJliPXOMNOYC 4](p&' fIwov. 1:14, 5 ewpAKc.ilc ~ d,.,ws , Dplap.or, kllTa. d .,.a laa,or pi'l'AC, dv", '.1 !'fir lfefllAfir aln-oii +4\PWN Ifal It.WMINOC aln-u.

.,,.,,paTfl

606

Digitized by

Google

S188-S170.]

P ABTICIPLE, ITS HISTORY.

'I'Oii"kropor. lb. nU a.,. IIItAfoW -&WClflOl //ovA...... E"Af"I'IAAMENH _ /AI""" riP altri .1 cl1l'OlJf 7'cl......,.. 313. 11-16. 387, I if 3~ /latI~/l1SG 'Apcaa"" AeUMiNH . . . ftjr I3Iat a~ ~pOr "pG/A",,~a Adlpa KAi "Ap6KAMCe 7'W /latI1Ala ~_ clwoAuIj _cl ~fAAlov hew .. tlflOllfllAllf1p1"" if 31/111'OC1'G B'IpiN. 3119, 5 al AKoYCAC AHIrnot al 'IAAoUr al ol /An' woO KAi "'""9AN ,..m .,,,.. fir 7'cl Daft.,." ~'UA... 407, u. 435, 5-8 ..6, 16-7. 468, 12-3. 47~ 9-11. 495, 10 .,ofI17'~ ~ Tf Tptn$M9' mTcl Tcl lnIAaul.. tnSatr A', KAI Tclr a.lo IIfIIIIlpas I...~ "OIMCANTec. n;.. 7" dpItT. . ml /Al1l'lfA/J"""". c. From the confllllion of ita gender, chieil,. in the imparl.,.lIabio dec1enlion, on which _ II8l b er. From ita adverbial function. especiall,. in the _tive Iinplar

/I"",!d~ar (lie) ..,.,,11IIra lI'pft ~a. 'AxcAAla Inr~p 'I'Oii fill,..,. 14 if ~ Dobf''''I 1":ptnAAKeicA 7'ocr 1I'0Il1 tnN.,..,l"", ..pi

r.a

'xii""

neuter, on which _ 8n f. . From the t!XplM8 teetimon,. of JL grammaria.... u Pachom. (ed. JJ(ignll) IlS3B 01 ~.. K""PCII Tclr ptToxclr IXoucr...... """,,,,IMO& ~1J1nII'fM
al06Xilr3l&": .f. From ita abaence in N speech.

SI89. Vaguene88 then and inconvenience of inflection. coupled with the a.na.lytical Bpirit of the time, were the chief factors which have operated on the P-N hiatory of the circumatantial participle. On the other hand it will be remembered that in caaea where the nature and function of the participle were BUfticiently clear, or wheze ita form followed a familiar type of inflection (as in the paaaive ending -I"JIOf: ).rydl"llOs, dp"plpos) there were fairer chancea of ita longer preaenation and partial aurvival to the preaent day (2110ff.).

S170. To recapitulate, the A participle Burvivea in N Bpeech only in the form -/A&Of, and that chiefly aB a predicative participle (perfect pa88ive) (2JJof.), or aB a mere adjective (2IU), rarely aubatantive (2112). In all other caBeB, it has been replaced either(A) by an independent finite mood, co-ordinated to the leadiDg verb by meanB of /lal (171oft'. 2165); or(B) by & aubordinate finite mood introduced by the appropriate particle. In particular, in this cue it has been replaced11. If ~w, b,. a finite relative elalllle ('010-,6. u03ff.); b. Ifpredilm:. (aofar uit doeanot aurvive [21 10 f.)), first (that la daring G-B) b,. the infinitive (3117-'1. '127), then (during JL-N) b,. the anal,..i. of this infinitive. Co If ob;Itotiw (2133-5), partl,. b,. a declarative alalllle, partly by the proapective infinitive, later replaoed b,. ita analysis (2138). d. If ftIIIporal, by a finite temporal elalllle, in G-B a1ao b,. b .... 01' "..N ft with the infinitive (2149), later by it. analyli. (207'), If - - . by a finite cauaal clalllle and aometimea (eepeolall,. duriDB Q-B) b,. &cl ycl with the infinmve (,ISI).inJl-N by ita analylia (1072). /. If COfIIIiIional. by a finite conditional clalllle, in G-N a1ao partly by the imperative co-ordinated to the leading verb b,. mean. of ICIIl (2154), pani:r b,. a direct interrogative finite clauae the apodoaia then III!I'Vins u aD &DIWer to it (19,8 1977, b. US4). ,. If -nw, b,. a finite conceaaive clauae (:1156). A. If /INIl, by a final elauea (uS8 f.), or a final relative elauea (30:10); duriDa H-B alao b,. the infinitive often preoeded b,.lHrrf, or b,. fir ft. .".,aft, xGpc" ToO. I ..l T6, and the infinitive (2158) ; rarely b,. the indicathe preceded b,r ICIIl (17101.). i. If denoting _ _ or _ . b,. an appropriate (adverbial or prepoaitional) apl'M8ion or elauea; aometimes a1ao b,. an adjective in -7'Of or b,. a prepoeitional infinitive (U63ff.).

506

Digitized by

Google

APPENDIX I.
ACOENT.
A. ORIGIN.AND HISTORY OF ACCENT. L Juat as the twenty-four letters of the Greek alphabet were invented or adoJlted to exprel8 pre-exiating BOunda, BO accentual marks were deviSed to exprel8 a.ccenta alre&dy pre-exiating in the 1a.ngu. (76). For the accent or streaa of the voice in a i&ngutoBe is coeval with the la.ngutoBe itaelf. There is only this dift'erence between letters and accentual marks, that the former indiapelllllPobly precede, while the latter, serving aa they do 1818 urgent needa, can either be altogether dispensed with, aa it haa happened in I.e.tin and moat modem languagea, or they follow long after the alphabet proper haa been geneliill:y received. Accordingly the Greek language, though it unqueationablYlndicated the accent at all timea, shOWl on the whole no accentual marks either in the inacriptionB or in the earlier pa.~ Such a.ccenta seem to have been current as ea.rl;r aa the Vi. B.o.-though aa 1etJ""ittgmtJrb-if we are to p1a.ce faith in Varro (iv. 530, HKeil), who, while enumeratil!8' the various namea of the circumflex, aaaerta that Epicharmoa (vt B.O.) called it fl'parr",ia rc.u..-~"" (infra. 5). A aiDiilar practice la attributed to Glaukoa of Samoa who lived in the same century. ThiB la.at theorist is represented aa ~ of no leas than six dift'erent a.ccenta or fl'pacryaiaa, namely the d..,pi"", pi"", 17r'~'TG/l''''', ?), and a sixth of which the name haa not been preserved. See 76 [2J; infra. 5; and App. ii. 16. So It is only during the IVt that we get lome explicit information in the accounta siven of a number of theorista and profeaaed gramm.... rianl, nch aa Dionyaiol of Olympoa, E\,horoa of Camae, Hermocratea of la.&01, and others (lSergiuB] in HKeil iv. 530 ), and above all in Plato and Aristotle. PI. Orat. 399 A-B: ftpGnfW ~r .,a, 7'~ 7'fH6rh hi Iwofimu ft.pllJro,.,m- 57', nUM" Irr.~,..r~, Tl (.!"a?) I' 'EaapoV/ID ftG{I' a /Jf1uAO,.. lro".Cor7'fJ Md 1'8 dlYTHTAC ,.naSdMor7'tr offW Ad ."IAor. Ira dr'I'i

rc.rc).ou"""'" 0""_>'' '0,.'.,, (."...,

(Le. word) t,.iir :;i.,,'rGl, 7'6 1'1 r7'fpor a6RI." I h 4tlAo,..., Md dl'Ti dldAC rijr avAAa$jr BApeiAN 1+B,.,EIa,.- Wow N (reIId AMon, whioh will also oorreepond to the precediDg ftoAAd.a,) m rar7'lfW 'Y'I'I'G1'G, ,.a I~ {JapVr'fIA (11.

/IIIptII7'OJ (Le. _plu) &'o,.a

'"trip

"""0

'fAlJlaAAo,..r

<1"""""_

601

Digitized by

Google

8-1.]

APP. L-HISTORY OF ACCENT.

S. This anal)'tic&l comment 01 Plato OIl 4U fIAor-AlfcAor ill Ter7 iDanaIi... for the lpeeuh of hLJ time, IliDce it shows: (11) that 4U flAor ~ AlfcAor by the mere dropping of one,; (b) that thiII., though oontncted ' -.tiDe to our notioDll, did not differ q1lAlltitatiYel;v' from the ordiDar,y" ~l Plato could not haYe failed to emphaiiA the diftarenGe betweeD the oriciDAl r and the ren1tmg r; and (c) that the 1UItIoCOeJlted I7llable +- in AlfcAor _ oalled ~ia (1UI8treued) or /1IIpnlpa o-~). Ope 76 [.] 4;.05 [.].

4. Still more valuable is Aristotle'B testimony, since he not omy speaks of (acoustic) accent, aa in EleD. Soph. 20,3; 21 rpoet. 20] ; but even mentionB accentual markB in EleD. Soph. 20, 3: There can be no ambiguity in divided words; for an expresaion does not remain the aame when divided, since OP02 and OP02 when pronounced with the (proper) accent mean aomething different. But while in writing a word is the aame when it is written wiUl the aame characters and in the aame order-though t1tey tIOUI p1'OfIiM tIIOrd8 wiUl tftGm- ita Bound is not the same [11.'

S. If it ever had a real existence, the system of numeroua scanning-accents attributed to Glaukos (su:rra 1) 1ftIo8 far too subtle and complicated for practical purpose.. an 10 we find that in the III~ accentual marks are reaorted to with the object of facilitating the rhythmical reading and unde ......n4ing of 'ancient 'texts, in particular those of ancient poets whose pl'OllOdy and language had by this time become obsolete and incomprehensible. Accordingly the words were marked by schoolmaaters in the interest of their pupils with accentual (rhythmical) marka, like many English and German reading and hymnal books in our own days. This practical purpose waa alao kept in view by the grammuiane, inaamuch aa, while applying rhythmic8l accent to prose texts in the shape of natural or grammatical accent, they refrained from UDD8C88B&ry subtleties in a,ymbolizing its grammatical form 11I.-The first work II)'8tematicall} accented waa llresamablYlaccording to KLebrs de Arietarchi Studiia 257-316) the Homeric text of Arietarchoa, posaibly also his editions of other poets.-Finally Aelioe Herodian (Il't- A.D.), IOn and pupil of ApollonioB Dyecoloe, collected in his m8oAul:I~ trp-"aia, '1~1IIID} frpotT.,ala, and o&cnr...,..; W'pocr'l'3ia, all information found in the ....rioua works of his Alexandrian predecesaorB, and these frpotT.aiaJ of hiB seem to have remained for all Bubsequent fr!aIDmarianB the direct and indirect source of all our information on Greek accent.

1508

Digitized by

Google

...

APP. L-AOOENT IN GREEK.

B. NATURE AND FUNCTION OF ACCENT.

[6. Before entering into t~e discullllion of the nature of accent in Greek, it Will be well at the outeet to clear up a point the overlooking of which has very often tended to obacure and complicate matters. I refer to the fact that just aa the phonetic value of each alphabetic symbol haa been, from our natural preference for concrete notion., identified with ita Gtemal symbol, 80 too the acoustio accent represented by each accentual mark haa been identified with its graphic and conventional symbol. In progress of time, when grammar rose to a theoretic science (25'), it waa inevitable that the converee practice should also have been resorted to. Accordingly the deacription proper to the graphic symboJa or accentual marks was applied to the acoustic qualities of the accent. Hence when we read the grammatical treatises of the G-B theorists we are faced with the phenomenon that the terminology and language proper to the acoustio qualities of the Greek accent are transferred to its graphio symbol., and convereely, the terminology and language characteristic of the accentual marks are frequently or rather indiscriminately applied al80 to the acoustic qualities of the accent symbolized by them 1'1. It is therefore _ntiaJ that in our study of the aBcient grammarian., we should keep in mind the above association and interchange between accent and its graphio symbols (25"}.J

7. In view of the absence of accenwa.l marks in all inscriptions and in the earlier papyri, we are necessarily thrown upon the incidental and scantyinformabon ofclaaaical authors (aupra 1-2) and the theoretical bot often irreconcilable precepta of the Alexandrian grammarian&, or rather of their Byzantine excerptors and commentators (25 W.). The value of such incidental and second, often even third, hand and moatly apeculative information is obvioualy not absolute, but aB there are other allied fielda which can aerve aB testa, we can, by a judicious combination of the two source&, a.rrive at unmistakable reswta 1'1. 8. Regarding the nature and function of accent in ancient Greek, there are two oJ?poaite theories. One maintaina that it was eaaentially what it stdl is in modem Greek and in all living languages: tl1f"!'Mic or e:1:pirotory, that is Btre88-Gccm' moving between Iow and hIgh IIlrus; the other aaaerta that it was essentially MU8ical or c1arontatic moving between low and high pitch, in other words it was
pik1a-accme.

8'. It will be 18en that In the0J7 the two doctrinllll _ to atand In direct contrast to each other. Virtually, however, they have much common ground, ..mg that no JanlJ11lll8 is built upon either dynamic or mU8i.cal accent ezclulively, for the real distinction is due to the filet that one of the two modllll at accentuation al~ appeua as dominant and tJpicalll]. Hence tblloWerB of
(1) Cheer. in Bekk. An. H. 703: 'l77'fO" /fr, TptXGir A/-,fTIU 't 'ltpoa.,ala. nl t npcl TOt. polHlllfoi'r, TowlaT' Tc) rrr6pa IrIl1 't '",,*,",ttar ftn, ailAWr, A''YfTGl 'ltpott.,ala. nl 't I.. Tj I~tt., TOtITII77"" Tti trapoWfa6a& Alt,,, 4 6(wfIIIaA 4 trfptara.~ KAi AYrdc d XAPAKTtip TWr TIwow IrfIl ftn, xpO"- IrClI .,;;" 1rI'fv"aftW, 010" &ifia, /Jape"", trf/HttnI,.''''''. (25'.) l'I I Oar means of determining the accentuation In the older periods of the Indoprmanic languaau are the works of the native grammarians, metre, the accent marks of the teztB handed down to us, the modlfyiDg InftuenCllll ezeroi8ed

'1'''''''''''''''

'If

b,y the accent on the BOunds, and the accentuation In the living langusgeI which form the ecmtlnuation of th_ older IItapa of development.' KBrugmann, Comp. Gram. i. ~ 11] I None of the Indo-Germanic languaau had and has ezcluliveJ:y ezpirator:y, ancl _ _ ezcluliveJ:y muloal _ t . But one of the two kinds of accent;

609

Digitized by

Google

84.]

APP. I.-ACCENT IN GREEK.

the litre. I _ t theory in IOC8I1tiDg (....,.,) a 1IJ'Dable, inevita~ rata aI80 their voice to a higher pitch, and conV81'8ely prot~ of the pitoh_t theory inevita~ fall back upon IItrea (Op. App. it L) 8". It la correct to u.y that accent consiata in the int.euUloation or alefttion of the tone, but it la wrong to _k to diatiuguiah a wordaooent effected by the elevation of the tone from a word_t eft'ected by int4D1JiAoation of the tone. In the C011J'I8 of apeech the tone of the voioe m _ up and dcnm ooneeponding to the alternation of the perioda and their oont4Dt. But what. of a we call the high tone or the low tone of a word are virtuall,y various degree, eo however that the high tone la the Itronpr and thl low tone the weaker. That in the ca. of the stronger aooent the tone of the voioe la raiaed more or lMI perceptibly to the hip.er, la II800ndary phenomenon.' BBrtlclte 3-

1OC8I1.

8. The arguments advanced by the followelll of the ~ theory are firBt all those physiological factors which _give langu&88 an organic life, since they contend that claaaical Greek 'Wall not a mummy, aB represented in the aurriving lifeleBB texts, but, like all modem languagea. a lifJiJl{l and spoklfl tongue; then the peculiar nature of tnsyllabic accentuation which physiologically can be explained only BB the result of expiratory effort [ll, and at the same time aB the chief factor in the preservation, to the present day, of the eminently inflectional character of Greek (81). Such considerations, BB well BB other criteria and historical data, will be specified in dealing with the counter-arguments adduced by prof8l80rs of the pitcA-aceent theory. These are three :(I) A number of pa.aaa.ges in ancient grammarians, rhetoricians, and mUBlciana testify to the 'musical' character of Greek accent l'I ; (2) The very terminolo~'y used in accentuation points to a musical origin (rrp0ITftt3ln, "tS"or, dEllf, {!JaPUf, diUIIf/"" (!Japu".",); and(3) Accent hBB absolutely no influence on the rhythm of the Greek verae; or to put it another way, quantity on which the whole system of

Digitized by

Google

..\PP. I.-A.OOENT IN GREEK.

[8-11.

ancient Greek verae reata, carmot poaaibly be reconciled with atreaaaccent. 10. It muat be stated here at once that, in taking our atand on this pitch-accent theory, we are faced by many and almoat insuperable difficulties. In the fint place Greek is a language which, owing to ita singular aptitude for forming compounds and ita wealth iD prefixes and suffixes, conaiatB eBBentially of pol!/synabic words, words which very frequently are of unusual length. Cp. dyopnnpr_ (" 327), lCaraICOITp.Ijur,tr6r (x 440), ftOllrOfr0P.wJlOCl' (. 277), l,",,,par,ovtT'" (K 2140 a 245 .. 122. r 120), &Xot/>po"tolHTa (I: 339), ftO).VI:O&pa"''' (B 204), uvylCCl8.Mva6qtTnal (Aesch. Theb. 614), "Ia).QTo).oyoiipGI (Ar. Nub. 1496), 1I:QI"Qft... ff1Jpno).'Ipi_ (The8D1.243), ftapalCrICI"av"rv"';"o" (Ran. 99) ;-AalC.3ulpG"l.",
ift,r'TII"rv"';"or, ftpOttaourOp'IlCcSrrr, l{jrtJovX.ul:.f1a", ftfllrCIII:1UX&>'lOtTrdr, IftrtlllOtTIOfrMrcrlCjlt", II:Vp&IIotrp'tTroll:ClpaalW'Y).l4or, tTrp.,;o"I/totrallOvpyla, etc., not to speak of l'l'llfCIII:alnltOtTIlCalfftraICOtTlotr).aa&GlClr (Pt Rep. 9, 587 E)

nor of Ar. Veap. SoS and Eccl. 1168 ft'. U. We muat further remember that in Greek no word, howevf'r l~hy, can have more than 0fII accented syllable [11; that ahort words and particles (tonoclitica 94b 97ft'.) have no accentual individuality of their own, but attach themselves to preceding or succeeding words <94-J08b), and that not only in ordinary speecli and in written composition, but also in vene. Now as in each word, especially polYBY1labic, or in each complex of words like the above, stYeU or dptJmie tJf1tt is virtually the poin' erappui and, as without such hold the constituent parts cannot form an organic whole but remain loose and lifeless elements, in denying the existence iD Greek of such coherent dynamic accent, we VlrtUaIly deny the existence in it of fixed wordB, and ignore the very significant principle of triayllabotony and tonocliais. In point of fact, those who contend that Greek-and claasical Greek only-was founded on mUBietJl accent, believe in a physiological impoaaibility, or at leaat in a unique phenomenon, since it ia now established that all other la~ages, including Latin Ill, have been and are based on streBl-accent Ill.
-and p. 130 ,.ai, a~ troAtlflVAAG.Bon, ofal trOt" "" ~17''', J) roW Itw reS""., .X-PI Dion B. Oomp. 11 (p. 134 ~oh.)

"""x_ov &,..,.01 I" &l'OpII 1110 Aaliflj, Itau.

pia AAair /ha".tan Cp. Theod. Can. 362 (ed. AHUgard), I'll FStols, Lat. Gram,1 (Jl(1lller, Handbuob iL) 3~7 f.: Since the publiaatm of Wail and Benlon'. Th60rie pn'rale de I'accentuation Latme (Paris 18,s6), with ",hioh Co~n (Ii 197) III1batantially acr-. .oholanl1l8ed to conceive Latin _ t .. pueJ.y mUJioal. Langen alone (Phil. :axi. 911 f. and recen.tIy iD N. 3. aaiii. 620) ..'" m it "a transition period ofthellC08DtuatiOll." Sohoel (Acta Soc. PhiL Li.-, vL) ..... more correct iD coDBideriDg it .. lUllItanUaU., i~ .",. OUt' tIIOdenI accent. To speak strictly w8JlWlcally, _ must d8JIote, with Seelmann (p. iil, Latin accent .. ~ (dyntJmlc). The .,-llable, therefore, ",hiob bears the principal ictus, receiV811 not only IUl elevation of tone (the oharacteriatio of mUJiaal accent, "11118 note mlllicale piu Il#JWtJ " Wail and Benloevl, but alao an ""-ft., of tone (itsUnUo according to Cledonill8 pI... lOtIIIt, 8eniu comm. m Don.). It III only the ezplratory ohanoter of the Latin accent that can aOC01Ult for ita tend8JIoy to recede .. far .. poeaible from the iblal .,-Ilable.' 80 further id. iD hili HIIIt. Gram. Lat. Sprache 95 ft. IUld 101 fr. ep: RWeetphal, Allg. Ketrik 228 f. i HGleditaoh, Ketrlk 690--lt III only lII10b a at.-.aooent that o&Il account for the phenom8JLOn of tris;vIJabotony alao iD Latin. Now as tri.,-llabotony iD Latin III traced back to Greek inflU8JIoe (pKretachmer Einl 156 ft.), it oaDIlot be argued that in adopting the Greek musical' trlllyDabotony, the Romau adapted to their dynamio ' accent. (11 The reputed mUJical oharacter of Sanskrit accent rests on _ntially the _ e improbable and feeble theory: the abaence of any cormmon between_t.

I" ....

I".ar,,,.

511

Digitized by

Google

11-13.]

APP. I.-ACCENT IN GREEK.

tied down on one of the three closing syllables, all the rest thul being destitute of music [11. It is also inconceivable how mU8ical accent can hold together the constituent parts of a lenllf;hy word, like the above (10 f.), or even a complex of words as in the very significant phenomenon of tonoclisis (as &11 ,,11/6111, "'; tl'07'l, .rrr.p """ .~ ,,';. x';'pov), and how the seat of musical accent should be influenced by the quantity of the ultima.. Aga.in, the very frequent phenomenon of 'contraction,' whether it coincides with the accent or not, cannot possibly be the effect of pitch, but only the effect of strea. Finally, if Greek a.ccent were musica.l, it would ha.ve resulted in a very remark. able phenomenon: the palatal 80nants e and i being rela.tively more convenient for high pitch tha.n are the gutturalsona.nts /J 0 fI: (I) the higher tone-the acute and circumflex-would of necessity be found to rest commonly on the 80nants e and i (_, aa, [,,]; a, _a, etc.), not on tI 0("') 011; a.nd (2) in cues of vowel contraction or crasia, the front 80nants e and i, as the higher or stronger in point of pitch, would probably have prevailed over the back 80nants /J 0 '" whereas the Greek language betmya absolutely nO sign of such a. tendency. 18. On the other hand, if we recognize the dynamic nature of accent also for Greek, all the above difficulties are removed, and, furthermore, a. whole series of gramma.tical phenomena., otherwise utterly irreconcila.ble with pitch-accent. find a. sa.tisfactory explanation. I mea.n the anomalies classed under the heads of ~ synizesis, tIOtDel-reduction, and II1Jftcope, which are commonly explained
and rhythm in verae, the aooentual marks of the MSS, and the precepts of the Indian grammarians (though _ JOIaug, Wediaoher Aooent, )(ftnchen 1874, p. 106 t). The arguments therefore u to the nature of _ t in Sanskrit are identical with thOll8 for Greek, and the explanation of the phenomenon in Greek wiIlaubatantially hold aJso for Sanakrit, the more 80 u it onriouaJ, happena thM II,JIItematical grammar with all its theories reached it. fnU development among the Greeb of Alia )(inor and Egypt, that ill in the East, and that the Indian grammarians crop up after Alexander's invasion which certainly in1Iuenced the Indian langaage(cP.34b & 77& [2j). It ill astrance coincidence, indeed, thatPanini, the father and most eminent of Indian grammarians extant, _ a native of the 'eztreme north-west' (IWackelDlll8l, p. Uz); lived in Ptolemaic tUne. (after 3QOB.Cl.)j _familiar with the Greek writing (called JllHHlflllIIi), and seems to apply Stoic principles (25") to Indian grammar.-' As ill well known, in con&eq1UlDoe of Alezander's ezpeditions, the Greeb came to, and remained for a long time ill direct contact with India. Greek princes ruled for over two centuries in the northwestern dilltricta ofIndis, nay, u far aB the very heart of West India. Greek_ bullldon were sent to the courts of Indian lr.inp, Greekmerchants,Greek art and .mence found their way, either through PeDjab or through Al_dria, into the centre of Indian life. The in1Iuence ezerted thereby hes been nnqneatiouahl7 very great, presnmably far greater than ill commonly aanmed. .And thiII nfen not on1y to the domain of practical life, u to coinap (even the silver ooina of QuptG show Greek characterB), to architecture, to dramatic performances, to utronom,v and utrolCfD'i but aJso to mattera of purely intellectual culture, . . particalarly to the importation of cocidental tal., fables, IIIIpII, m,ytha, and other 1epndary and religions nbject& It _ inevitable therefore \bM a great number of Greek words and names shculd have found their way into India, and vial wntJ.' Alb. Weber, p. 613 t ; cp. BVHead, p. 7011t and IW~ napl, p. lvi. {II Nor ill it easy to reconcile 'mnaical' - t , that ill inherent mnaic, wiUl the uternal or principal mnaic (vocal or instrumental) which acoompanied poetry, since aocent, whatever ita nature ma,y have been, has DO regard to meke and moreover we know that Greek poetry _ lUng in uniIIon. Cp. infra ....

19. But this is uot all. If we accept the theory that Greek accent was musical, no one can perceive how it could be musical when it was

512

Digitized by

Google

~-

AP~L--A~

m GREmL

away by artificial and forced methods. For theae phenomena too are nothing but the natural result of strel8-accent affecting those unstreaaed syllables which precede or succeed the accented syllable; that is to eal the accented syllable atrects the unatreBBed pre-tonic and poettomc syllables [11.

l3b ContrtJcliMt. For the nature and effect of this phonetic principle see 156 fF. and App. ii. 9- 14.

14. Synize8iB. In the case of synizesis, whether pre-tonic or poettonic, it is obvious that its occurrence in prose compositions escapes our observation owing to the absence of any marks for it. On the other hand, its frequent presence in verse is too familiar to be exemplified here (cp. 155). It must only be remembered that in quantitative' versification the accent in the form of ictus operates from a different seat as a new dynamic factor (85 fF. infra 16b & [1]).
115. Vowel-redtldion.- a. In eases of a yowel sequence, pre-tonic reduction naturally results in pre-tonic synizesis, and thus escapee our observation for the reason just given above. But in cases where a vowel is followed by a consonant, reduction is noticeable in many instances, as: trJI!nl'Ga, fj~elJij.a&, "'9~ijll"', clA~ml'G', .,.fJ'dflHllla&, ~p" a~ijlla" II:p!"';r, tnI,.PCIr (rip), fllIdr (aiir), ay~r, ete. b. POBI-Wnic reduction: '.-86, as: .;pEf!I, II'O~ ." II'O~'.II, aq,..f, ,,,,...., ..~K f, miX"II, &un.r, ~''''f, ~oXpt" (op.II'~.or, ~lnTfOS, vfjptor in the dramatists); itr:IIfIIJEa, "';"'P!fIHJ, "",,,'pa, etc.-So too proparoxytones with a long penultima, as: ll'!l'Of, /CGTdpgY'Os, Ip7p.or, 1lII8ptgrror, /lawror, fJap~of, atitftJPfl, ftr!jPOf, UfTII'!j1lfJ, .~~o, l(aB'IfUl1, "{~fUI" a.a~~.Ta&, '?.V8rj",II, l~all,IJII:f!Yaa. (App. ii. S. Kflhner:Blasa i. 318 f.)

18. ~"-(J. Pre-tonic: 3',a.ICa, """pOICIf ("fI"'paela&Ol), I ..'"""" ..'~opa" iIC pd"", IrlpdfUllI, 'lfp', 1"'-II"~OfOOS, la'flofUl", "'~&Or, ".'"""or, "'''''pOlI, ~'pOlAfllo&, dy'pw-, C.'ypd~os, p.o'~aAp.os, ~p afTll"r, P'Ifq".p, 1A'~aylCP''If (from -Xpo&~), aOfvEGr (148 f.), fTf"A,",r, flOT'pOr, 1A'I"'pclr, 811"fOT' pos, "I"fTf"pOS, d,,'-a-pdc, op'Jlclf [II'OT~r, 1A'r,'por, etc. are later and regrel8ive formatioDB from flfIT"pa, ",,"po], (QII'II'M'aor) .II'Gw,aor, IC'IC'F1IC"",", IC.IC').fpmffll, """~a",,,, fjf{f).~/CQ,"II, ".6'''''.ICa",lI, fj,fj'pltncGl'fIl, etc.-Cp. alao: ICa/A'fln, df'fjo~da'l'" dlA'fjMds, IJflfjdT'Ir, d';~pt"" a.'''ffl, a.'.,.o~" ICa~'Afitc:, /("p'plrIIIfTQ, /COT'8dIl1J, flap'fja&.ova&, dy'E"phrJ, . ' fj."fUIlal, d" ~ao", alA' II'f').ayor, II'OP' "0" (142) [alao ICa'ma., I(a f'OW for ICOTQ .,.da., II:Qf'Q f'OVs in Attic inacriptiona, 1608; though cp. 126]; further: '"prhrtCa (from *Tf"pcW.Ca, "',,pdw.Ca), etc.
For further A-N examplesaee 136 f. b. Poet tonic : la'"a" ~~'80Il, la'xolI, '4>'~OIl, "ae'](O~, lJi~'por, IA'~ (akpla), 3f').'yoa (da1Ia), lA "'0,

1"'-"" "Ill""',

Ill' At".

(Also 3f' lI'''A.ayo~, .ap' TeI".) See alao 136.

(a.E'alo,) a'X'8aa,

"ICoiao",

1811, This ~o nature of acoent naturally aoooUDtB alia for the frequent phenomenon iD v _ that a .,.Jl&ble can be lengthened UDder the iot11ll and reduoed or shortened' after it, aoe iot11ll ill on17 a cWl'erent application of the _me aooent (85.; ep.1I9. npm 14).

_ t o If the _t-forae of ...eral.,.1labl.. ill _centrated upon one, theM left without f01'08 ~ their duration and lll'JllJl8A Th11ll the poIIition of the
priDoipal tone ill at ODOelllOClPiIIable.' XBrucmama, Camp, Gram. L 531.

PI J'J'om 8OUDd~ we DI87 often pther what the accent W8I. Beduotion and tota1 loIIII of .,.1lahlell point to more stronglT-cleveloped a:pirator,y

613

Digitized by

Google

1'1-19.]

APP. L-ACCENT IN GBEEL

1'1. It may be pleaded here that the CueB of TOwel reduction andsyncope are much leaa frequent in A Greek than in N Bpeech or in auch modem languages as EngliBh and German, and that this I8rY8II as an indirect proof that accent in A was dift'erent from oun, hence not dynamic. Such an argument however iB of no avail, II8eing that we have no direct BpecimenB of A Greek as it was tIdwIlly lPOken by the maaBeB (oS ff. 25 f. & [1]), and then it is a notorioua fact that in Teutonic tongues the accent has become, within the last few centuries, so strong that it has reduced or abeorbed all unstreBsed vowels - though this is mOBtly concealed in the scrlptand thus rendered these languages almost monoa,yllabic and uninflectional[II, whereas in the Romanic and modem Greek languages it it, as was the ease in claaaical Greek and Latin, much weaker, and therefore has not Bucceeded in reducing the unaccented syllables and thua deeply affecting general phonology (nb 137). 18. After these general considerationB which, though conclusive in themselveR, are ignored by profeaaors of the pitch-accent doctrine, let UB proceed to the particular examination of the three arguments brought forward in BUpport of their pitchaccent theory. 19. The first two rest on the testimony of ancient grammarians or theorists and on the meaning of the accentual terminology. But first the very same theory iB held and still more fully worked out, with an identical terminology, by the Roman grammarians in ~ to their own accent which, as we well know, was purely d".,..1C (aupra 11 r2]); no one of them having ever alluded to a difference between t6tin and Greek accent. Then if we collect all ancient information and terminology, and peruBe it carefully and intelligently, we find that it sometimes refers not to the ear, that iB to the acoustic qualities of the accent, but to the eye, that is to the concrete or graphic I1DlbolB ofthe accent (25; aupra6 & [I]), and thua virtually describes the form of the accentual markB ( I, " " ); in other cases, again, the above information applies partly to rhetorical accent, that is to the syntactical or senteuce accent, in BO far as it refers to the fIIOdtllatioft of the voice, and thus deserveB the term tfItI8icGl. Here then it iB aimply the inflection produced by the periodic or rhythmical movement of the voice between the lower and higher pitch which goes hand in hand with BtreBB, and naturally varies with each individual cue and person. But then this occurs in I'DW1J '-fug.. whether ancient or modem-4>v.,.,ctW .,.a" '"., I",.,.tl".", oral ell"'I'O' I" .,.. 31O>'f.yfrio, (AriatoL 24 PMarquard)-and the accent thua described, though unwritten, is manifested in every sentence and word of s~h, from the ordinary conversation or personal talk up to the higheat rhetoric and the unaccompanied recitative tone. Here in ~ language the voice rises and falls periodically (rhythmically) and produces a rhythmical or musical' effect. For while there is no aingin~ without speech, the converse iB also aubstantially true: there 18 no real speaking without some singing. EIIl etio. tft clicntdo f"ida. can,", ob8ctIrior, as Cicero aptly put. it (Orat. 57, 18). See mfra 9 and 20.
[11 Judging from the analogy oflUoh oUcoaYUabio langaagea, we may reuona1I17 aaume that in ita primitive and ol!goqUabio Bta!Ie.. Greet &180 ~ _ IIlderabJ;v atroJll8r atreu-aooent (324). Hence _ leading Brumianl find t h _ IUnI now compelled to reoctgDiII8 a ~t for the evJ;v . . . of GneIt M l..t. (KBragmann 82 i IWaokerDapl 2#)

oH

Digitized by

Google

.A.PP. L -AOCEKT IN GREEK.

m~P'1,

[18

twr. . . 'ft UoJ) ,,~ Toii "lAIfT"', 4-ytTIU ~ Toe; /NI,.., dnGC'1'1I& a~ nlr ~, 1ft ..".... N olauu.. "~lea.A.AcrA ..,.a Ta p4J.Mw . . .,..,.... 11. lb. 4&aA/..,.0II ,,~.. ,,;.. "lAos , ..i "..,."mu ~,..,.. Tfj Aryo"l.." &a ftrr .", 'yttllt'll. . . oliTf ' ..nE.11'1I& ftflll ,.&;., TpcGw ,.6-. . . +,...,..EOII 1ft " attS, [po laS1 ofT.4I'E.1'1I& Toii )(OIplov nMov .A"o. 'ft Tc\ /JllpIJ. 06 ~ 4_n -yt + Alt " ..,. I. ""pao. A6-r0v TGt't'O""", 1ft n;. II~ AhITCU TU_,4M' ~. 1ft n;. at.llI. I~ 1ft n;. /JIIptlfIJ li W N tl,*"lfI/IJ nU TUflr .X-&;., at ~I'IrG'I'Il ,all. fTllUa/J"ITtW"""'"l.OI' 'XOlllll7fj at"" /JllpIJ [p. 130], Ar 11) "',.tnrt,u.ar mAoii".., at ~ ITI,. -I" .u 'TIPIf' )(QIIIl.,'ftT.poI' n). obrrE1I1' flvAbTo. ~_. .Ai TCU; JW> &ftMd,6l1tf ~. ;,.)" ita "IITOII XO'fIhw /JIIFnir6r .,.. ni 6Vnrror 'FlU; li nAlItTIIMG/JOI', ofcu ffOT' as. " .., Tc\P at~. n.. 'X-II ";a ,., ffIIMcu; /JIIpdan I~ cll"fGllun, 1'1 . . "oIiI1a ~/IIItTE .,.. XP7;7'1IC ffA.{CHI'" 011 Tfj a.a ftrrt p.d.OI', 4M' tl..c\ Toii lea dpflll'l"" . . Tc\ lea .. 1'fA.,at'" Tc\ W T.IT"4,.,,, . . Tc\ ~ . . Tc\ +",1'6.101',"" N n ... ofol"/'lU, . . ,.... Ii."", alflflrrM, 'I'4r T. AltfCl TOIl #'IAIIT.. hoTArr.I. tIt.or . . 06 .,.a "'"" 1'11&1 AllfIT"',"" 't tlAAtIt T' ...u.cu. ~o." [po 131] "GAI"TII"'" Ellpawllov ,..A_, 4 ..nro&,.. ,.... AI"fO'HTIII'''' 'Opl"TfI ..pc\r riI' XopW (fo11o_ an obscura or rather oorrupt paaap oommating OD Bur. Or. 140.). Co [po 134] Tc\ a' aN -r&r- .. "f~ ToW "",/'Oft. +~. -,dp nC. Alter (proee -J'IOBiUon) olllt.cl. ofT. iw6l'1lTor oW, 1/tI'llTOf /JIIIC_ ToW )(p6.OII., 06~ ,..TIITI",,,, 4M' oIGs ~ Tj fltSlTf. nU fIIIAAaS/u, TOr T' I'GIfpU _ nU /JfIIIXRII., T_War fll/MTTf.. ~ /N'~ _ " I'OlItTlq ,..TaSW._ aWl ,..I_CU _ dtOIltTCU, ffoAMlrl' Il. T/boa.,.Ea, 1"7'II)(tpf&.. 0II.,a, Tair tIIIAAIJIJcu; dff.u6Wow. ToW )(p61'011f tlMIl Toii )(p61'01S nU flllAAa/JIu. d. Ihijr&,.,piirjle/lfllP'.l'O"fIaq ~,AOI_ a. U-N AI-paI', 3n Tc\ [po 136] n;. ~ ,.41.or (M-,t I~ 06 n;.~. tlMIl,. lkA.iir) ... taItr ........; ,.... . . . .,..Ab AlyoaT' as. 4M' 06. """.Alr + I'" Toii XP6- fIII""",paGC_a. (I read. CVMMIT".. clplzOYCA, JBel8b nIP PITpiII "";C_a) Tc\ "fAalfc\I' o-xiil'll cGpvllIOf 4M' 011. Aristos. .. (PHarquard) Ar,fTIII.,ap ~ . . ~.. 1" #'IAor .,.a "".,..E,.."OI' III ffflCHl''''- ,.. Toi. w61'f1tT'" fllltTllfal' -,dp Tc\ "',nl",,1' _ .... IN. I. 7fj lellAr,e"'III. J. Oio. Orat, 17, 57: Jlira eat 8Dim quaedam DAtura voci8 ouius quidem e tribus omnino IOniI, iDflezo aouto gravi, tanta lit et tam navis varietu

a. Diem. IL p. 186 (GBohuter) . - . . . .,.. . . . . . . ftjp troA&nn. A&-t,.fi .CHlfj ~II n;. ,.. .,....i 06xi 7fj .lItfj. . . -,dp ... natSTJ .. "lAor at AI/.u .u ~~.. -" l'ft'GIJoAl, . . ffpbtor.

'f'fIIInp.

.X-1'1,.- . nI,,'
+

cI,.,._

.,.,r.

'.'I1'n.. +

I.,..

+ "acq "lIlT_

'JV.l..,.,...

'fIT.

/Hit..,,,,,,,,. "i.

.f"

1'0'"

"""'IIOf.

Tc\ IIIAor n;. .,..;;r fIII~' . . n).l1p/'O-. c:,c eAN elT~AOIMeN ."..,-,61101. M (.tTTOI' all"';;" ~,,_ &JAG. _ ol.fEtr, KAeAlTep Ta 61"'f111'11, '''X'lptl. nfITCU . . 4w6I'11f1TCU' '''fI~'' naiiTlI I".u. Tfi A"'rt' cOclTEp OprANA u,pa.. -,dp . . ,.... 1'OtIt1..., ofTt Ta ,.,Aos aal Twr ""'/'Oils fI'Il'fJAl'O,.,,,,,., _ .; "w 4I',.r.ra., wfi If Ir,nt.._, _ Ta ,.~. /JII,w Ta ~ at~ wo"&cOIItTII.. ., N trOT. '';IIIt".. 4 T41._ '.T.EI'OI'Tff 4 fft1Aa. 4I"Wru, TGWO ITIWI,w .. I'fIAun

perfecta in oantib1l8. Est eutem in dieendo etiam quidam oantus oblOurior, nOD bio 8 Phryjpa et Oarla rhetorum epilogul peene oantloum, Bed me quem ligni1loat DemOltha.. et Aeschin.., ourn alter alteri obioit voci8 ileziones. Dicit plura etiem DemOlthenetl. illumque aaepe dioit voce duloi et clem tuiue. In quo illud etiam notandum m.ihi videtur ad Btudium persequendae navitatia in woibus: ipsa 8Dim natura q1lll8i modularetur hominum oraMonem in omni verbo poauit aoutam woem, n80 lIna plus nee a poatrema IyUaba oitra tertiam; quo matria naturam dlloom ad avium voluptatem aequatur indlUltria.-ib. de Orat. ill. 216: nam wo.. ut ehordae IIlIDt intentae, quae ad qaemque taotum relpOndeant : &outa gravis, oita tuda, :macne perva, quaa tama inter omn.. eat 8110 quoque in genere mediooria. g. Arced. I. 186 1t 01 )(pboa _ or T6.oa aal Ta "WI'IITII 'ApallTOfl6.vovr ,..,..,. n",a,.".or -,r,-f ffp6. T' &0.,."1. (v. L leatTToAqr) n;r d.~0I/ Ait.OIf . . ffpclr

".hfia,'

.".ttIcu.

615

1a

Digitized by

Google

19-11.]

APP. I.-ACCENT IN GREEK.

'-'AII. _nl ,.oiiTo n1 6 ~ "fTO Tfj ~ "p&na ndma r.. 0114 allUo.lI" n1 AllfOll .,."op,w"r -.mU Tar (_TO n1 "",..io" 6p8/1rtJ,.or TplXa .(",,11'" Tilr ."...;;r Tcl p,~.. dr [po 1871 xp6_. Tcl a~ .Is TtSrovr 7Cl N ." a~cl Tcl II1',vJI4. n1 T~r I'~" J(p6..011f TeN, ~"'I'OCr ~KAC ~ ~ T6_ Toer moar "" pGlIO'.q.. n1 ""1''"' if.TO I~' I.a",." n1 Wptrra, Toe; ~ .. X".s-, TO llpax~ .al Tcl I'a"pclv noro,.allar n1 axfIl'4TG or_ii& "oc"lIap,_. Tfj p,~" n)..."';a.. .,paP,Ftv n1 dtrOTfTGIAl""" -, Tfj ~ llpax" n)" 1IltIf'lITpal',.o".. IIltIflxollt1G11 &a".p IIfGT/poII... n)r~.. v TOw ~ ,..s..- n)r p,~ .. In> _ l .illlla.. teal .'r at~ dl1'oI.tyouaar TOCr IIIA.a, TOC; 14N.pI.. (zeaci atlla" '11'CIIJI'6/Aaa. I. n)r II~ I.GIITlar TGWu /lGpfiar \. b.l 11' I"'pa I'IAOIIf A/." 06 _,.a TO ~ p6110r 0611' ." Tfj (read 0631 ,.cl) at~ _TGpllHlVtIGIf. dUa n1 ,.p1,.ou T."clr 1I.0pl"".. T6"ov, TMOV 3!) TOV "'fillTftlpI..ou. I1'pUT.ptJIIf a.n;;, "" ..,.,;;r n).. IIWap.&" 'II"_.WO. _l 'l1'.l 1IltIf1/Jal.... TGir "'fillTftIP,'rau AIl.II" .~, inrapX0p,I"".. (read dl1'-) n).. <f>cuI'I}" attS ,.. ""XfiVaTGTpil1'fI" N ch ,Is TO /Japv. o~" clUo 4} piE,.. .al .pill'" lE clptt>oi". ToV T' atlor nl "'" lIap1or. maaJ'fPOf .fraa Tcl l1'.film,....._. otmvr dT9l.al Tcl axIIpa ,.cqIlllTO. p. 188] 'fapJ'Ollap.oor .,a, dU.Aaar ,.ar Molar 1_,.lpas."'" T' TOV atlor .al T01i IJaplor. TtJw"...fllCll n)" "'fillI..,,..""''' 'A..,." &at I1'IVJ 11 ~. Toe;' orcSrocr 11 &....,111,,.0 (A) atVlI6.pllOJl 61'o"",C_. 1l1'd lIi 6p0c6,.",.a aWcl TclIlX;;J14 ToV T,s"... ",os '1'", .,pap.p/now (I"", TO A. 3tllofm ,... T. I.pa ... 7j ffGpaI/lI11 TOw ."".,..plaT.," .apo.p.&~ n)r dNlIfO/O'.... lIpaxtS T',.., ,iII,iGII ,.;". ,...._ .AUG' n1 "'filTdl'aJ dnis fI, +p.ad.A,or aJ14 Tfj IlripaT' "" l1"fillTftIJ'I"'Ir n1 Tcl &ropa Tcl .fC6np6r,., n1 ~6TfFOII 1'",//JaA." (-) rp. 190] &fillI'TOC') T6_, .al TOCr 'W.tSpall' l1"filtrM.iV n).. A/.". T~" ,"" atw TWw ." a-",., 1la8apl; T6vov arrat .,...,...t".aIIu 1Ia,,..an1" .al J'fJ'fTp"p.I- 'ft ToV 'fflpaTor "" All- 6..67'. nl .vfiI,tHn ToV &v6paTOf, (read +> ..pd Tcl "Ipas (penult). TpI,.OII dft TOV "Ipa,.or. .6ppt -,lip Taiia. 06 "p6f'lIa" 0611' a.. Itn~ IITO" ,.cl &ro,..a. 611'6,., II~ awelt tTTGI" ,.., All." 6 T""or. ,."...traiira "'filllrtdlp.."or .,EIlfTGI. I.JII/>OI.,a, dlltSrcwOll. 37'. ToV at/or .al ToV /laplas 6 "'filmP,'''or. lHnr.p ffP'I"GI .,...u.fTGI N _ me" T1l nM&l 1ft T01i "lpaTOf 11'~ p.&ir ToV T/Aour). (write J",l .6p,.) dUra,.o". 6 N lIa,w ,.6"or 4T' teal ....AoUr Tar teal p.&Irpwlpar r)(p awa,...". dfttrTOll teal dplT"" npfllll. ript All... cbrarrax.; _ troI.AUar .l 11.. nxOl

"",..ii&

",pM-,..,

'_TA

.oc..,"",

JI4Ir'" ,..w-_ oc, *1

,..,4-""

I"

,,..,U,,,

'ft

.r"

pi,..

,..,.a.,,../,,.

<+

.,I-,or.".

Itn".,.

.11,-

~,,6,..

..0,.

19b It needs 0D1y a little attention to _ that, in tracing the origin and development of the aooent1lal ByBtem back to Ariatophanes of Byanti-. Aroadi08. or his authorit7 Herodian. dra_ a parallel muo and apeeoh. But this very fact of c:omparilon deold.. the question, proving .. it doee that anoient speech WII8 flOC m1l8io but ~ m1l8io, a chazaoteristio of twr'J I.anguap.

be,_

10. 'In speech the voice glides up and dOWD what, by an allowable figure, may be oalled an inolined plane: in song it makes steps the proportions of which to one another are _rtained. Speech is for the med part only during the ~ of the voice from one sound to another; it is the result of intervals: in song intervals are traversed eilently and the voice is heard only on 8OIOIIle-the terms or boundaries of intervals. Tbe variations of pitch in speech may be compared to the effect produced by sliding the finger up and down a vibrating etring; thoee in song to that produced by "stopping" suoh a string at certain points and at fIO otMra. In brief, speech consists alm08t exolusively of COIICnIfiI sounds; song aimed exolusively of tl_ _ sounds.' (JHullah. The Speaking Voice, p. I!).)These phenomena. which lie within oommon obeervation and apply to all languages and all times, are the very IIUbject diaoUMed by the anoieU grammarians and theorists or rhetorioian..

11. Rel{&rding the derivation of the accentual terminology, we shall Bee In App. ii. 8 It 16. that it originated in connenon with tbe IICIJ""'''g or by singing of metrical texts. Moreover we must remember that u accent vutwilly conaiata of atreaa plus pitch, the accenhal

616

Digitized by

Google

---c.,.-.-------

-~

-,-

APP. I.-ACCENT IN GREEK.

[SI-M.

terminology, even if it had originated in ordinary speech, could equally have been auggested by the one as by the other conatituent element. The Greeks founded their 8A)centual ayatem on the 'musical ' element (pitch), simply becauae this element only is perceptible or audible, representing a scale of concrete aound&, whereas stresa or intensity is inaudible. that is a merely"."" eft'ort which escapes observation.

"pt ........,. . .

[11. Bow 1UlAfe it Ill, m _ , to dn..... inflll'llDeee from the original , JDeUliDg of _ea of tbbIp .. to their natme, la a matter of OOIDDlon Gperienoe, and even Plato ~ warD8 118 ..-mat noh a thecIry. Orat. 436 .a.-a ~ lJ a,.nlAf, .t Tar cIaMuIfi'Tlllr 4..oJIIIIT' "lIon,., 0101' '~OI' IItWAfTG' J ..., I.p' .....Hir lIT, OU I"II~J ,w,3vrcS. Ica..crn,fii..cu;

' I_

Cp. aJao 4'4 O-D, and 421 D. In point of fact, if we were to unme that 'll'ptIff",ala, or ita Latin literal translation accentuB, indicates a real eincing,' becauae it points to .. accinere, we might with more ftIIIIOD form totally lWferent vie_ .. to the natun of the Iliad and Odyaeey, seeing that the latter' begins with ~Avllpa 1'0& ENNEtTE .Ma, and the former with . ,..... 1,AE What can be iDfarred from the original' meaning of terms like ' ..or (word), 1lpip4 (deed), m'l"" (making), tTUAAa/JI, (holding topther), ate. .. to the natun of their nbHquent teohnicalapplioation P Or la thellpirllue II8J*' aJao "'UIieal, IMing that it la oue of the "potl.,ala& 'I]

'lIT,,,

potr,a.,...

'fa

:as. The last argument for the pitch-accent theo!1' that claaaical verae rests abaolutely on quantity, or rather that rhythm (since quantity is vety often arbitraty, API" ii. S [1)) make. no 8A)count whatever of accent, appears at first Sight not only conclusive against the stress-accent doctrine, but almost unanswerable. However, by a closer examination this argument alao 10Be8 much of its force. For granting that Greek accent was eBBentially musical, does verse make any account of it? Can scanning of clasaical verse be pouibly reconciled with 8AlCent, by auuming the latter to have been musical ./ The force of the pitch-accent theory then lies not in the explanation of accent, but in the utter dia~ of accent, be it musical or dynamic, since we are still faced WIth the same great problem: Was there any connexion, in cla88ical Greek, between quantity and accent? If not, what was the use of accent? 24. The answer hitherto generally given to these questions is that archaic and claaaical poetty was never meant to be t"f4d. It was entirely different from modem poetty, which is calculated for a re~ public. Aa a matter of course, it cannot well be ~ed that the cla&8lcal poetty of the Greeks was subservient to mualc, in the Ben8e of our modem librettos, with the exception of its lyric paut. On the other hand, we mU8t remember that ancient prOsody was virtually rhJiihmic and follows rhy thm, a case quite unmi8takable in all the non-lync parts of tragedy. But a far more forcible criterion we have in the total ab8ence of any connenon or relation between metrical structure and grammatical sense, for a metrical period or colon in Greek make8 no account whatever of the underlying lense of the II)'ntllAltica1 period or colon, and in a metrical foot a coincidence of its end with the end of the word scanned is not only disregarded, but almost avoided. This l'henomenon is both irrational and unique in language. (See App. iL S & [I].) Aa to the external testimony, we know from the unanimoUB statements of the ancients that a poet was alao a composer (1), vety frequently even the performer of his com(1)

[Phlt.) de Bus. 3 01 --u.,.u 1'"1 TMOIJ ,uAri

"'",IT",tI.....

517

Digitized by

Google

H-SIS.]

APP. L-ACCENT IN GREEK.

position. In other words, poetry 'W88 regularly accompanied by music, either vocal or instrumental. In particular we know that epic poetry was BUng by the ba.rds ("0&'0;) to the accompaniment of the flute and phorminx (% 495; Pind. OL 3, 8; N. 10, 93); that all classical poets (as Pindar, Archilochos, A1kaeoa, Phrynichos, Pratinaa, Lasos, Aeschyloa, Sophoclea, Cratinos, Aristophanea, etc.) were alao famous composers, a fact further emphasized by the story told of Euripides that he was indebted for the music of his pIa,s to Cephisophon (Ar. Ran. 944t also BchoL and Frg. 231, b), sometimes also to Callias (Clearchoa quoted by Athen. vii. 276 x.453). Accordingly, when we study ancient Greek verse, we must not forget that metre and music were inseparable from each other. This intimate connenon, which in our modem notions of polyphonous harmony would lead to the subordination of the text to the music, had no such overpowering effect in ancient poetry, because stage sin~ers then sang all in unison, so that singing did not interfere much WIth the parallel individuality and independence of the words. The classical poetry of the Greeks was therefore of a different character from that of modem languages, inasmuch as Greek poetry had reference to ""';c (vocal or instrumental, or both [1), whereas modem poetry is calculated almost exclusively for reading. S6. Now this line of argument, much as it tends to invalidate the theory that A accent was musical, cannot, on the other hand, claim to afford a positi" solution of the problem, since the question still remains unanswered: Why should metre be founded on quantity and not on stress-accent, as happened in all other European languages? Aa one of the reasons it nught be pleaded that Greek being an eBBentially polysyllabic language with only one (dominant) accent, and that too weak and shifting, was from the outset ill-BUited for a dactylic or anapaestic metre, and still more so for an iambic or trochaic rhythm. But the whole problem will be better understood when we have ill. cussed the nature and history of quantity, for which I must refer to the nut appendix.

A"

518

Digitized by

Google

APPENDIX 11.
QUANTITY IN GREEK.
L On the nature of quntily in modem Iangaagea it ia agreed that it conaiats in a relatively longer or shorter duration of sound. But that the two extreme limits of this duration cannot be fixed is evident from the fact that no two speakers in one and the same language observe the same tempo (~), and that even one and the same apeaker varies his tempo according to the occasion or emotion. Still less fixed is the relation of B1wrl and long sounds in two dift"erent l&n~B. Thus 10DfL' in English 'mean' is longer than in French mine': and 0 in English ' Rome' ia 10DJrer than in Italian Roma,' thongJJ. the respective BOnnds are conce1ved as simply long in each of these three ~ageB. Generally speaking, in the Teutonic tongues, particularlYln modem English, the long vowels are drawn considerably longer than in the Romanic, Slav, and modem Greek languages. The cause of this phenomenon amo~ the Teutonic laDguages seems to lie in their llrevailing monoayllabum (consequent on the tendencl for abbreviation). This mon08yllabiam seems to have developed, .. a compensation, a rich gradation of accent and ita concomitant quantity. For it will be remembered that stress-accent and quantity go hand in hand (App. i. 8 f. 19), 80 that a stressed syllable is of neceBBity drawn longer than an nnstrerlled syllable. In other word., quantity (prosodic length) appears as the result of stress-accent. Languages therefore with a strong or diversified scale of accent have 80180 a Btrong or diveraitled scale of quantity, and conversely languages with little difference of accent show also a small variety of quantity. To the former claaa belong, as just stated., the Teutonic lan21lage&; to the latter, the Romanic, Slav, and modem Greek group. the contrast between the two groups is very marked. For whereas the Romanic languages, as well as modem Greek, practically ignore degrees of quantity, nnleu we consider the alight prolongation attending an accented syllable [11, English and German distiDgaiah a whole acaJ.e of quantity, that is to sayG. V"., long or 0fJIrl0ng, as in .", SlId, piece, brtHld, good-jilt bat, bm, tot, Sohn.

Ana:

(tIaoaah h8W-hlStal), _,.. (..-), wa/rpM ("""), 1t0l ("""), In,. ("",,). 519

I"1 It 18 .. well-bown fMt that In all Bomanea 1aDpapI, from the 01lteet, Da7 In pnhlstozio tIm-. the quaDtity (lenrtb or of .. vowel hu pJ..yed uul.wl plap .. ver;y mbozdiDate part.' ESteDpl, Bomanide Venlebn iD GGIGber. Grundrl..1i 1[18931. p. 6.-Ai the _ time, it ID1I8t be ~t In all tb.e~ .. well .. In p_tGreek, there 18 .. perce~ble cWrerenoe of q1Wltity when the vowelIllt&Dd iD ~ linea here .. vowel, whfob otherwile would be haIIlong (aocordiDg to Teutonic IIt&Ddard), beoomea rather lonpr when followed by two or more _ f a or by certain ample _ f a (u p, A, '" ... a), which all _m to act .. ban, u: tII4IIII. JIIIdre, fie

mortD_>

DO'"

adISn,,,,.,,.,

Digitized by

Google

--I-a.] APP. D.-DEGREES OF QUA.~.

b. Lting, BB in arm, mr, father, fnu, her, pJ.ce, bnJgue, DOte, rwde, fooL c. Mediu". or Italf kmg, BB in _, dtmce, nent, depend. d. SIwrt, .. in am, fat, add, end. mIl, it, pity, not, book. e. Very 8Mrl or orerMorl, BB in &eYeD, London.
2. As a matter of coune, the aboTe Tarieties of quantity haft DOthiDg in common with the /I poerlori speculations of ancient theoriste .. to the nature and .... riet)' of quantity in Greek, _ing that the. ~ tiODB rest not on the nature (."w,,) of the element. of II1Uab1e, bat first on the Tery terms "..,a. /Jpllx)J and 1l)(llGl'Gl', nen on the _ _ IIIIfItber of the constituting a II1Uable, and finall,. on the ".._1IIUal .fwu:limI of the Towels. EYen the beet 'profeaaional muaiciana' had not emancipated themeelYea from this theory. 11. AriatoL 7, 17 (W.) Ilwptinu ~ 6 ~ 6ft (reed Itrl) fttr """.Co,JTO" ''';117'011 awe;. ,,'pfIT'.. ~ nl Iu'".Copwa TpIa, Alt... ,..Aor, .",... ITfllpGT.... &tIT. _"ITII TW"","" ,Hr AlE" TaU a6Ti;r(reed dToi', i. .. Tpuri) ,..,.fll., ofw "~I t1IIMIa/1Gi, _ /lli1'4fl' (wcm1II) _ ricn ni, ~ b. Dion. Ho comp. 0. I$, p. 178 (Bch.) ~_ I~ _ /Jpllx"vror tnlAAa/MII .. pUs 'PHIS, dAAil _ ""pOTfpal T . .ir .IITI fttr ,.,.,.", _ /Jpllx.VnfJIM nw /Jpaxf.ow. 't1TCU I~ ToVrO ~.,a. 6,.oMJt'na" /Ipa"f;' t1VMa/J~.... WOI'; If-ijot /JpII~, Tcl 0 I AI-pna dlOr. ""r flpGfITflltTfII ... Tcl p, nl .,.+wnu 'PdIIor. ,..... ,Hr In /JpIIX'Ut. ~. flA~ o6X 6".,u..., dM.' It.. T'N IfCIpllAAaW ...,. ..,.. T., flpoTfpll.. flpofInII,TfII TOT" T';;" dfIwri T _ ~ TpOfIOI. "..C- arm, T';;" flpoT''''' ~ IT' (niTo&P) /JpaX.... ,..... (reed,.fi). (P.ISo1 T,tTW.,' 'T,.,pci/AIMITjdrjcnrAAaBj .,ri fI', ITpOctIor. Tp'flU, am, ..fKH1III_r u-nui pllltptlTl,. rijf IJpu](l1T6.TJff (/J,.".&u cWriir P), ph_a 'n /J,.".i"a. 06._ Titlfla,.r aInu /JpaXfEar crvUa!Jijr ~ ,.., ~ rijf ..."". ......r PT'- (-",,'). 6 ~ alnclr A6,or Tijr,.:C:; TOii ".,..,."..,., 1iVAAa/JJ) pllltpi. 4'N.. Ma Ta'rT~ ~ "pofI[P.IIb]la;_ _,... trI',itTa, TtHGw ..ponaTTOpJ .,. .a. ~ ,"""aTTo"'l'01I .". ... Ai-,.TII& InAHN, ,",C- a. "rOIl Ar,o.To cl... Tijr "poTl,., u,E.." Tijr ""'''''pU,.,Mno.. ,..._ ,.."" " al rG.\,. . . . a. 'Inrro. T';;" flpofITtI,_ .,,.,.,,.-. Tar J..l ToGAarr.. wapaAAa')'lir al."",cls a. 'XCIC. alTEa 4fT" .t1Tl ToU ~T' nlr ,.,.,ar ~. R ........ #fie., pJ"tH 'WTcl "."....opbar,~, nlr IJpaXfUu ", ... dwc) nAMiP .,,.,.,,..,.,. t1Vt1T.Mopbar ....EWT,.. Tijr /Jpaxftrtrror, dAAIl ....... I....Aat1'tr A6-w .".itTIIIu fttr /JpIIXfJGw, nl nmar .. +"'"f1 _ ,.,..,.,., Tfj np6", IT_",. dpni' -,Gp "''''' m T" 1rGpOiicru mse-.. fPI"'TTW .lpijl1fcu ST' IlcaM4TTfI - /JPUxtia crvMall) /JPU~';GJ nl "..pi. ,.,..,;;.s, _ oGr. a6+ Ix" IM,... (m. A,6opcs ~AaU m wvntpGlI" W".,,.,, pfT"'" _ _...,.Co""ClCr) ricnl /Jpuxtia _ rifla,.,.pG. Co SohoL in H~ WStudamUDd P. 34 t. 0I1~ 1u'"."oI A,r,.", nit " ,.,.p6T.po. ToiiIIt, fGtrlUWTfr crvAAll/JOlr cl.., Ho xP-, ~ I~ TtHGw, ~ A.,w- 01"" (l)t AI-,ow, IN vtw01 ~ ftu8fM- Ho +"'flfor, Ho ,Hr ToU (I) pllltpoV, +,.EXJIfII'o. ~ TOW fI'. . . . ')'lip d~ A/-,cna 'xf ~".xp6ar,,,,,.--80 Pompeiu T. 112, 25 If. (lIKeil): 1I~ pata al dlaIIII" et,' UDam MmiB habet. , -us eR bnm., UDam habet tempaa. t _ U I eat, et omnia _&DB cUmidilUll habet tempu I _ '" ' _am Hmis habet tempu. adhllC DOn eR neo lonp nee brevia; pIu tamen habet -ni, min1l8 qv.idem habet lODge. adde ad I . ' .. etIam At 1oDp. qu re P brevia UDam tempu habet, t cUmidilUll tempaa habet, dimidi_ tempuJiabet: eooeduo tamporr,aunt; f_runt duotamporaIoDp.m qllab&m. cl. 'l'Nod08. aan. in Bekk. An. w. 1187 ST, ~ ri I . . . . .llITf,. f*"'II~ IIiiAcw '"Mw. _ .,.",'IITOW Tcl ,... ".~ N ~ nl"poTIIIfTl.cl,..'fll Taiin A .. " 0 (I), 6woTunn N Uo, I . . y. 520

,//tUn

'tIT,

.r_ .",0.,.,., - +,.,...- 'ft +

'n
'fITfII

tnIfIGIIl.,,,,,,,,,

.,,.,.&_

_ .,W,,,,,,,

_'ft

')(OfIfIfI' at"""". +..,ap'.

"pofITf" .,..fTCU

.,,.,,.p/J:nw

I.

,.tJa&-"'A...

""'_0.
+

'v

.r_.

..

+ ,". _ +

0' .,,.,.ptIIlTUIOl

+,JfI_

"fI'

'fIT! .a..r...

Digitized by

Google

APP. D.-DEGREES OF QUANTITY

. . ",) y II~"') immurT,.,)"

[I.

II'IIMUu .6plll_ nG I ."."...,.1&6.., , .. " M'(iA . . :PJIYIA _ yioc _ ... nU I,potOl'. .1 &pa ",) I _ TOV 6wcmurruroii 6wcmurrur6.. 'IIr" IlijAOP In dIIIDillr.,o.. 'lIrl tniJrnw 4*"11"...",. (1\10) .. SchoL Diem. Tb. iD Betk. AD. ii. '197.. ',..p/A filii IItfo, H . . 0).' ~ II~ A4"mll TaWu "oit 1IIIAa&oit I. IIe..AIIIIIoPc v/J..", T&iP Spax. ,..".,.,o4pc"".-Aft ~ ",) H ~.. .~ /MIM.", ",) 1Ir6p4 "" In nl lma 'mTI,.".... T,) ~ Cl) ~a ~f&" Ta xlA., hi ~.. ItPG Ri " .wy.-. lie,) _ popoB..,..,., ,..,. /MI_wra ~ I ...."v.- ,.&;., """'"- I,pyIu1ow 6_~p nl &AAa """";fl'TG. _ Ta IIISo ~ ..apd. rill'" ... 'II6T.,TI IIoIrft tl"", r...... C'IT'III~ TIP_ ..010.. 'lIri ,.&;., No ptfIIlp6npw.~ ",) In I'~" .,ap 'roV 0) ..ponpoEWOI'rGI AllflS hl ToV Mi.NTeo)N . . ~C'o)N _ T;;'" 1,pJ..w, In II~ ToV H 06a/1l'OTf. dM,' 'pO TIf IWI 01 'ArTurOl Toiiro 'T6APIfIGI'. IlMtl _ I}pc;,~.. -,ar . . In 01 Anurol 01 "oAl'~I 1ft ToV 0), .1 dpoP T,) Ho rllo.. ToV 0) 'AMIIOI', ,rXOl' _ ...' aWoii ToA";;'GI wporrapofb.ar ". ~I a~ dPfllltGI'TO f6,.,,_" T,) H ...oV 0) 1'''101'. /. Id. p. 798 'I"6W No ptfIIlplint nCOP 'lIrll""'#'po": ",) H. .."", A6w; In I .. ""Ate All....6p'1I.6I'.POP 06 IlEa-I TpI"".. cl",) T/Aovr clPa"~1'GI TY," at , In _nl f;WTIJI lIIri ptfIIl,w. T,) a~ 0) '1Ir'" IW. ("po )rtapt/fW.TGI 06_ Ipa 'O'I'l mTll .,..w", pu,o" lHnr.p ",) H. Ar,-,I II~ ..pM t'aiira IWI Anl_fj A6no ("po)""poEWfTaI T,) 0). I}pciS III taI'D 3TI 01 'Anurol, 6.T. ~ 6""1 1I".".,t, .,.,.;,... TIR T,) (read Toii) 0) ct.p&SQi, ' ..1,","'- lied ",) ". ,f"", mcl f;tlllfl pup, "o4rOll xGP''' ('fII'O)mpoEWOVIIU,. ....l _ Tcl H. .r'Y. I~PW dEl6AO'yO" alT;".. (inHrt ToV) pij ,r"", mnl f;tllll .. ~'" ..,culT.." Toiiro lIVI"II",AAov. ,. 'BpaXIa lIalo, e _ 0.' a"AOP6T1 01 wGAGI TGiinJ ""f'A'rplxo..rff '</I8IYfO"TG - 06 T_~ 3 . hl ToV H _ Toii 0) hol_ ... T9i '~'" IlMtl ",) 4IMfIV I"par. ICGl ...l f'OtIT... a~ T;;'" Spoxl- "pl3r. (read arl) '&"..a.a..,), ml I, Tot!f'Ov ~p A..oUIWIOS 'C~ Tl TWOS 'lIrl SpoxW'PO", _ a ~ .. 'A..oUIWI6s "Ill T,) .r- SptJ'JC'/J'I',pOP Toii e tltro3ftfI T_6T, xp41pROS. AI"Ft' .,Gp lW, T,) I 'mT'" a6riiw _potIIR' "01,11." &,.\oml 1160 1Ie~ _ll} pip Wn pc'C-I}T,) e 'x-a,I}~ .AdtrIl_I}Tcl IXOVIIG,1Ir .r-a6"".. _SpaXtia.. p TOC' T6..oc, '" Tfj "OMHpOI ITptAMOI _ Ta TOIaVra. "~'BptIIleCl"as,.,) e pGMOI' AI7, Spa'J(VrfpOll clnh"MI 0"""'. "Ill -rdP ..,ar T,).. ""Tlpa lW, 06 a.i Tj n.pa8111f1 f'OV I,'.T4C.I.. 'at..- n)p 3tWa"", IlMtlm'" lauu. h.u T' ..,)' IIafIIIo ' " ..., _ pGAUITCI ,.. TOV I. TOiiro -,dp flV77W.ui. .. TlPG IX'I .."or T,) e. Itt...v.,..._ TaV ~ '~"''''oV I [tlIat la '1 ,fl'Gl &..op4 ToV e [that la .,-i] ..,p/AI'JMl.Tos. T9i fIV"Y7Oft 0;" "poIIr"~I' TlvIi _lllvPal'cawO"""1Ilf8o'ryoI' _fT'A'I1.... T,) 3~ 0, fIpDfI.ABIl .. ToV 0) (ubi male I), 06_ 'X" II1I'YfPo 79917"'f0'_ (read 0611') ....adaTa 31...,.. ~ svroV 3tWa1M", cLt I"l npaa.('YJMl.TOt""" ..dou, IPG piA).w alllfU/lGtt allT,) ..0411011'.....1 Tit clllfAf;W amv "4n4TO x.plaP IXOI'Ta SO'IJ'''ar 31.., I/Nxi 6w'pallftC" Cl6ToV _ flVl'1I'pGnfl - 6w'Pp4Xfl".. dM,' 06x 31.., I/Nxu 6w~p '''011 Toiiro ..oe,III1, 1 ~. _ clIIpav.IIT'pa I} ~'''''' awa,..r ..pelt TM . 1f4I'I. w,.." _ "oV I . . .0 .. /WI 06X I,pot.." ....lIfliaro ~ IavroV 3tWa1M". bl Toii e TOV fIV77I..oVs. Ilea TOIWrA6ot- I, 'a,..a.uclt d:rronplrfitu~.. Toii 1I'CITpelt II6CIP iWlfilP" T_w"V lIe_coAoyu... a....w T,) e Spaxtlr.pw 'Aryx6I'DO" "" ,.. .M1IfIIlIf 6Po,.,a..-. "Ill II~ tIA",.IITCI'I'OI' _6..a TOIoVrcw. IWI rill'a _A",,'q , . llIEas .6Ic'as 111'1 'IIrOr IAdtrIlOll', I'tEC... ~ 06U.ron. -rdP ~AdtrIl1 Tcl T., T.1I..VTCJia, flVMaS., ~ _al a.,AoIrdft cLt cl"') Toii (d) leN~Q,N-oo 11!N~Q,N. et KAAH-oo KAAH, TO nAIAioN-OO nAIAioN' . . . I'~" TpI." 0G-rIr '1101' OllTf tit I'.;COI' TpI"fI a6rcl1lMtl n - fIr 'Aano..' 0 'OptlCTHC-O) 'OpCTA (T,) A ToV HSpaxW'pOP), MeMNO)N-oo MeMNON (In ~ .. Tfit .6Icta, T,) 0), '"l a~ .A"T~ T,) 0), 'AnoMO)N-W AnoMoN, >' AplCT~AN HC-oo ' ApICTO~Nec. hl ToV "OMHpo& l ...,..", '"" .1, -oc ~fI T,) I} _A.,Tlq ..... TpI.., a6T6, lHnr.p _ ..pine, tnirrws .Ir SpaxnfPO" "oV 0. ....~. cl, e TpI_" 1iA0I' In SpaxVrp6.. 111n (T,) d) ToV 0, 0101' 6"OMHpot-WOMHp6,

.f"""

N.

rij,,,,,.,..

I'

"I"", "

'paP

,.,..,.u..,..

'""""w

'n

111'1""w.

o o

rij,

m _ ...

<.)

621

Digitized by

Google

~]

APP. D.--QUANTITY AND AOODT.

A. 14. p. 800 1JIlAw"'" a.Io fJf"'X.- IJpaxin". '"" ...nl A~ " 0Wl.,a, S,.I ,.a . . ,.a 0,11 ~I'J 'I' _"1",, I,...,... ~ Ho IS~, .... ph '117'1 pllltfXW4po ,.a IX.... ...... nAft .,a, MidpcalfOpI"" 'I) 01 /llfIrnor Ill".... tltlfl7'iAMra. III I o6IJ4n,... ",as ..

cWrW"

1 06_ ~. lawoii d.uG Il..a1),.oii ,,",I I11rl'JfI'~r alwi '117'1. "Ill nnn'u H tile....potIAaptJO.o. ~.,.".. 'nN ~ IlnTfA&. .,. a IS' . . 'X" ...,.,4_ ..potI~. . .,.a 0 o6x oWM ' ..fJorII8"""'l ~ tltnw.AI_ 3I4>I0'f10I'. IlIci.,.oiiTo oII/lt; Tj _,.,411f1 7'Oii , nUinI i/.nlCII1fac. _ IltrOllft-.. 'lIpf'allll'c\s .,.a 0 fJpoxfJnpotl 06_1 Ar,.., ITI rift -AIp'cq "" LrOl' '}(PWw ItAfI Ix- rijr rlJUu tVltlAu 4 'M7'7'DN, o6UnTI III ,...C- ..... IS~ 16p16_ITGI ,.a rijr fltlfias ..-9" ." "i KYptoc .,.,-6"..... 1ft .rA",...., Ilr . fJpox/lrEpotIlpa .,.oii 0. _ ..6,., IlIo)(pOf'li" lrAIr"un) Tj did". _Ai ..h. fJpoxVrIPO. IXII XP61'r1/1; I. ~I'. fltl8a 06 pnaIJ/Illfl .,.. '1*1+" alnir raoxpoP'& 1j .rA""";. 'I)IIl- IS~ pnalJd.U.fI 'AA7'7'OI'G Ix. x.pIww.

t'P'" ~c\s 0,., lHnr., (,.".. 1) 06 W 1j _"Mllft 7'Oii , ,... T. . . 0 awa"", It.niCE'''''', d.U. reu, ~ dT.... 6 III 'A..u.:.,os frpc\s . . . . .,.4..,111', "'",1 ~,,; _al fnI4Il" S,.I riP II7'OIX.ioP d4 ...".. Ipx..,..., " N

<

Aar_

nA.._" 'lId"

'1'

8. The actual existence as well as gradation of quantity in a living can be easily perceived by any attentive observer. But with ancient and dead languages the case is very different. Here we have no means at our command of direct observation, except the indirect test of verse or proaod,: Now comparative prosody (metrica) hu established that the versification or rhythmical (metrical) speech in all languages, whether living or dead, must rest on one of the following three principles: (/J) The principle of treating language or uttered speech as mere matter and counting syllables as metrical unit.. without regard to accent or quantity. In such a system, it is immaterial whichsyllablea assume the accent or id", for the expreuion of rhythm. We m..,. caU it the syllabic or, to transla.te the German term' ailbenzlhlend,' the syllabometric principle. It is represented in the Arian-old Indian or Vedic and Iranian-poetry tVedas and [ZeDd-]Avestal. (b) The tJCCe1II14tJl principle which rests the ictus on the accented syllable regardless of quantity. This system forma the baaia of all versification in all Indo-European Ianguagea-excepting the few mentioned in the following (C) cla.aa. (c) The flUlntitGtice principle in which versification rem on the natural quantity (shortne88 and length) of the syllables without regard to accent. This system underlies on the one hand the poet!)' of Sa.nakrit, and on the other the poetry of the ancient Greeks and their imitators, the Romans and Arabs tRWestphal, Theories ill. 36-38). ab. Now this classification plainly shows that, if we leave uide Roman and Arabio verae as an imitation of Greek metre, the !f1l&lltitative .ystem of versifica.tion is virtually restricted to two solitary representatives: cla.aaical Greek and Sanakrit. It is the metrical prosody of these two languages that we have to consider. 4. In the very earliest specimeDB of Greek verae known to history, the Homeric poems, as they have come down to us, the practice of quantitative versification appears as a fully developed system. though by no means rigidly attended to (1), And this system, too, is
1an~a.ge
[I) Evm lIartial1'8lDAl'U iroDioalqthat no liceDoe WBII forbiddeD to the Greek poetB : BpiF.!It 13 'Diount .. Biarinon n tameD. poetae, Sed Graeoi qmDaa . . nihil negatum et quOB AplJ ~Apn deoet lOU.re. '-' The Homerio language sho. . _ abnoat IUI1im1ted tneclom in the _ at loq and ahorl .. oocuion arm., _cl

522

Digitized by

Google

--.I

APP. U.-QUANTITY IN GREEK.

[4-1.

relegated to subsequent claaaical antiquity and thence pBll88 to the post-claaaical and Byzantine vemfiera. The strict observation of such Jlrinciple through all antiquity then would seem to settle the question. But here we must draw a line of J:fication. We DOW, and the fact is incontrovertible, that post. cal speech, at least since Greca-Roman times, had lost all feeling of quantity (cp. supra :a G W.), and that; quantitative versification ever since has been a purely artificial fabric. That is to say, all poBt-claaaical and Byzantine poet., such as ApollonioB of Rhodes, Aratoa, Callimachos, Lycophron, Menandros, Theocritoe, Bion, M08Choa, Oppianoa, Manetho, the Anacreontea, BabrioB, NODnoa, Muaaioa, SibIlla, Georgios Pisidea, Theodoroe of Crete, Leo Sal?iens, Theodoroe Prodromoa, Gregary Nazianzenoa, Agathiaa, MaxUDOS Planudea-these and other more or leea cOJlioue poets, like their Roman contemporariea, followed a purel, artificlal system alien to the nature of theu native speech; which la the more significant when it is remembered that these versifien laboured under the double diaadvantaRe of painfully copying both the metre and diction of their claeaic&l predeceeaorB, two elements aurely extinct from the living langnage of their time. S. In this way quantitative prosody is virtually restricted to the c1aeeical and archaic periods of Greek literature. It is here then that we must look for the key to a aolution of the problem. Now in perusing Homer, and the tragedians with Aristophanea, we find that quantity with them consists in three cl&BRes of syllables: those' naturally short,' those' naturally long,' and those 'long by position.' We need not raise here objections to the rather misleading notion conveyed by the term 'naturally long,' on the ground that the claeaical dramatists and comedians were ignorant of such technical distinctions (infra 8). But we cannot paea over several other anomalies which moat have struck every Greek student. I refer fint to the frequent use in metre of lon~ vowels e.nd diphthongs as aimple short vowels (88 11. A 299 ofm ere! 0," Tf ct~~f' 'frd /1-' dt/JAfer8i oyf UJlTfS'), then to the very common occurreuce of combinationB like erfiit/Jpd"'" Cl'froiiMCoiierIJl, ~1l'fmierllS', lP~p.os, ijrror p.ov, JlOVS' TI~JI, etc. which, if accent means auyth.ing, are physiolo~cally impossible, or at any rate unnatural in actual speech (cp. ApP.l. IS, b). Nor can it be contended with more reason that the ancient Greeks made a perceptible distinction in pronunciation between aJllOp6rcpoc and /llOpWrcpoc:, or erfKjJWrcpoc and /ColII/>mpoc, between &/CnacdJnc and If~. But above all I must refer to the sinr.lar and unnatural phenomenon of utter diaaociation-aud that chiefly in A vene-between metre and sense (App. i. 24). For we know that iambic verae in Greek makes no account whatever of the synactical or logical pause, aince, with the rare exception of the bucolic diaereais and the dtr'll"wp.iJlOJl p.iTPOlf (RWe&tphal, Theorie ill. I, 134 W. etc. & Allg. Metrik 386), the Jloot never aIms at reconciling his metrical units or their memben (lines, hemisticha. dipodiea, feet, etc.) with the logical sentencea or their subdivisions and memben (final, middle, and sectional pauses) ill.
that 110, that the quantit7 is or is not reprwented b,y thelOript.' ltOhner-Blue i. !D8. 6. {ll For the praatl08 iD other JaDcupe _ BWeatpha1, Theorie Wo I, 136 ; aJao AJJc. )[etrik 386 ~.-For EDgliah _ _ BGa8llt, A m.tor,y of Bqllah Bhythma (eeL b,y WWSkeat, London, 11IIb), p. 144: 'There is no doubt, thM our (grammatical) .tops -.rere at one time identical,nth our p&UIIIlIL In the A.Dglo-Suon poems 1f8 find the 010II8 of evW7 eentenoe or member of a eentenoe,

623

Digitized by

Google

~.]

APP. fi.-QUANTlTY IN GBEElL

Still more forced and unnatural ia the case-the frequent euewhen the poet forcibly disjoin. the parts of a meuure (foot) through a natural stop, and lIo88igns them to two different sentences or even two interlocutors-as in dialoJlUe-and furthermore squeezing them into metre by means of elision111, or aphaeresia, or even by anticipation and transposition of the aspiration. Or are we to believe that in dialogue the questioner knew prophetically both the nature of the reply to his question and the order of words, and so regulated accordingl)' the time (mora) in uttering hi. last syllable. or even snapped his mterlocutor's initial aspiration? (cp. 171). Sopb. EL IS02: OP. cill' I/XI'. AI. V4nty0v. OP. 0'01 Ba3urrI". n,-. .... - ""- '-"'Soph. O. T. 786 10'CI p.' cid me" ~ptr. yGp 1I1IA~. Soph. O. C. 883 XO. lJ.p' oiIX iJ{jpu "dA'; KP. iJ{jpcr. ~A' . .TIfI. Eur. Or. 134S EPM, O'o.s,,6 00'0" ". 'rOw' iM. HA.' mni ".n.".Ear. Rhea. IS7 fE-. ',..1.,0"",,," 1"6.11 ~lO'!"G"'" ,..61'0". Ar. Ran.64S AI. fa" ',..ar~ 0". n. oil p4 41.... AI. oMIlptJ130Gt. (So further: Od. p. 439. >. 441. Aeach. Pr. 482. Soph. Phil. S91. Eur. Cycl. 261. Or. 134S. Rhea. IS7. Ar. Ran. etc.);- (1) Sb. But even in the narrative, position between two words cannot have applied to actual speech, that is to the ear, because no man ever prearranges his words metrically before uttering them; he simply expreBles his thoughts in words as they occur to him. The artificial character of metriCal positiDn is moreover shown by the fact that in cases of' natural length' followed by two or more consonant&, the accumulation of such consonants adds no extra length to the existiDJr natural 'length' ; and that in accentuation, a syllable' long' by P08ltion is treated exactly as a naturally 'short Byllable, while the abort diphthongs a' and 0& form metrica.1lentrth. Add finally that even the technical term 'le~h by poBition' (9CEI fIO/CpG ITV>.Aa{jq) originally denoted 'rhythmical length' (89b). or, as others put it, 'length by (arbitrary) diBpOBition, i.e. ift8titution (by the poetsl, at any rate, 'length by COfImttion.' (Cp. also RWeatphal in Kflhner-Blasa i. 301, 3, and WChrist Metrik 13). 8. So far then we alread1. aee-and we ahall presently aee more clearly-that versifi"cation WIth the Attic poets was founded not upon natural or intrinsic quantity. It was an artificial method (I) founded

ss.

ooincident with & middle or ftnal pauae. In the works of c.dmon and other muten of the art, we ind even the IIeCtional pa1Ul8 10 plaoed .. to aid the 118D1e.'-And P. 145: '.Aa & pneral rule, we JII&7 lay it down, that the ftD&l and middle p&1I888 ought alw~ to ooincide with the cloae of & I18Dtenoe or of IOme member of & lentence.' (11 BWeatphal, Th80rie, iii.J,99&Allg. )(etrik335i KlIhner-B~i. 3OIoll&A. .. (sJ To cite & tew more instances: ~. Ban. 312 SA. Mor. AI. Tt 1fJTIJI; SA. 06 nT4UlIl1l1r; .o.I .,'.,Of; 10 184. 305. 632. 6450 6530 657. uos. Aoh. 46. 402 408. Soph. O. O. S3c)' 546. 832. ete. etc. Bur. Or. 1608-1626, etc.-Compare ala the blC11lJlGAo'fIiI. 10 fioequent in Sophoolee, 88: O. B. lIC). 33" ,ss. 791 "840 Ill.... El 1017. A.nt. 1031. O. O. 77. 1164- ~. Ban. lJ98. A.v. 1716. BaaI. 351. A.. P. u, 73. ('1 Hence EuripideJI la repreaented by A.ri8tophaneJI88 uaing iDatrumenta (i.e. forced methods) in the oonstruotion of his V8I'B8. ~. Ban. 956 (.Il8aEII) ~ rriiw ." _6"." '"/HAdr ." "(01I'&lIl1pmir. 797 1"0.\6",... poweq .,..,,.... 799 nl HIllS.. loll1OVIn nl r9X'" I nl wAal11111 ~"npma wA&Jlf.-6I1OVf1t l' I -" 1&1I,,4"poIIf nl tipcwi~ I _T' , /lGIT.I"" .",,111 nU

",nu.

.,,..,.alIII.

"""111.

cS.,.

624

Digitized by

Google

-_.-

-~---------------------

APP. II.-QUANTITY IN GREEK.

[8-7.

upon precedent practice, a syatem developed in the courae of previous antiquity and duly handed down to them. Indeed just a.a thel served BB canon and standard for a.ll poat-claaaical and Byzantine versifiers, 80 they were themselves pupils and followers of an ancestral system [1], pupils and followers of Homer (Homerists). This being 80, it is to the pre-claaaical or archaic period of Greek verae IHomer) that we must ultimately go back for the clue to the solution of the problem. 7. If we take a few representative specimens from Homer and compare them with similar specimens from claaaical Attic and dialectal compositions, we are at once &truck by the diversity observable in the phonological structure of these representatives. In Homer we witneaa a very frequent succeaaion of vowels. In Attic we observe a regular vowel contraction and unmiatabble avoidance of heteroayllabic vowel ~uencea. In dialectal (Doric and Achaeic [Aeolic]) Greek, we notice a striking frequency of certain vowels (a 0 III I), then a toleration of certain COuaoDlloDtal combinations inadmiaaible in claaaical Attic. Again ifwe turn to the old inBcriptious, especially those of Attica, and examine their language, we find that they show regularly E and 0 there where our text. of Homer and the Attic poets now show f '1 f& and 0 III ov respectively. In other words the IOnants " III fl _the principal exponents of quantity-are absent, or almost absent, from early Attio and previous Greek. A few specimens taken from&mODg tIle older olaas of inscriptious will illustrate the CI\Be. J. ESRoberts p. 78 (-IGA492)~ AttictJ (Sigeum): 600-580 B.o. N.B. An Ionic inscription lD pro8t with a transcription and_panslon into old Attic-both versions lJout1T~", on the same stone. a. lonie: .a1'03&o 1 CIA' 1'0 p.-:I pGT'for 1'0 1 fipolCo"" 10'10 lI:P'1T"1plG ,,: IfGI Vll'olrlp'1T"1PIOI': ItI.II "epD": ff ft'1PW'a""lol' 1 2vlI:.IWCTII'. b. Early Attie: .aI'03"ro: CIfi': 1'0 hlfppDlCpGT'for: 1'0 fipolto!lCtTlO:

.a-",:

ItfH1T'Cf1a III:Gft'IO'I'RT'OI': IfGI hf81J.w1': ff ft'pwa ...I?I': fl30lla: p."IU': 21'}1n1lcrvul: '/111 a. 1'1 ft'Rcrxo "..A.3aa".,,: ".. 0 21')'flff: ItGI P. nrolflu.l': ~Of: ItGI : hoa.ActHJI. [c. In laUr or scholastic A spelling, ib.: ~ov f1p.1 T'ov'EpporcpGT'OVf rov fipolt0""'luWv ~ ICpIJf'ijpa IImrlO'T'a'l"op[xWoU'l"aT'OP?] Ita1 1,8p.OI' 'f ft'PW'/III'w" lafllllto ~p.a 21'Yf.iiul". 'Ea" at '1"1 ft'GUXfIII, p.tA.aat.flP ".., , 21')'flfir. 1fG1 " lft'ol"UfJl AfcreomOf 01 aafAct>ol.]

11:. :

2. ESRoberts.p. 65 ( ... IGA 407): Na3/XNI: nI-VI~ B.O.-J&trical. NllfGllap'1 p. aJlf8ca:'JI "'"lf3oAOI IOxraap'l'
9op'1 4ul'0311Q10 '1"0 Nahulo fhuoXOf aA_ 4 ..1'O".."'or af ItOO'l1""" .hpohcro a aAoxor p.
[11 All a matter of C011lll8o ancient testimony to the artificial character of quantity is also not ,..anting altogether. Commenting on the ;puaage ofDion. Thr. 632, 29: ptJItpG avUalJlI .,l"nal "'I"cl .,.,wovr MriI, ~Wfl ,ulf 'I""Ir, .41111 11, wl""f-hil Schol apl'8llllIy admit. that IUch quantity is not bed phonetically or phJaiologioally, but merel,y relit. on trGtlUiOfl: ib. lb., "5 ft. a6X ch '"X' Wfpi ptJItpG nAAall;;r 11.4-,.1 " TfX"''' rir 'wurierflr 4 7," t1VI7I'oAclr ,,;;., nAAa/liiw .,t..ertlaA, cLU.cl KATA nApAAoCIN Al-y.1 dnit .,t"'riaI, and 8"", ,,: ap" ... 'EferTl p.o& nh 1c~0Vf ...1 -rclIllXJHWfllllcl1lllP7'rlr ',",ft...,,; A,,",lw 3...1 '" YOlr PI'I",.IIH) Telr lI'fI"'r'YDllf ....""fly 'l"pdwov, Tclll~ IIlXJN a61 dl; dAAcl_...a ~ nApAAoCIN KAi XpilCIN TWN nAAAlwN. So too 8"5, 28: (t) IJPOXflQ avAACI/J~) 4 ~fI IJpaxlG 11",", ri ~f""a ris avAACI/Jclr IJpa~JlfI 4IJpaxVJIo"..w. .,.cllllXJHll'G, oU xalIJrpo cLU.cl, dlwlp ." 'I"~ ,"pi ptJItpAr nAAallijr Tli xpitCEI wpocr-

l)(OPTtr

T'"

80l'1T"'.

.lpI,np.".

525

Digitized by

Google

7-8.]

APP. n.-QuANTITY AND J[E'l'BE.

A~a>.,OJ tI1"IP 9'pcTf)..0 8"YO"lP TOJ uap&OJ fffIOI'11"" Kp,TOPI3.0 .vX0I'[CI& .well]. 4. ESRoberta p. 74. AtticG: VII~ B. c. (Retrograde).-Metrical. OS' 1'1111 opJt.f&fT1'OII ft'aP1'OP aTU>.orcmz
1'0

3. ESRobertB p. 56 (-IGA 402): Pclrw: VI~ B.c.-MetrictIl. Apnl" CTW& 1'0& 11ya'Apa T.)..crrtIJ3,[U1 u.8'1ul']

na. ...

-,eta

5. ESRoberta p. 76 (= CIA 463): AttiCIJ: early VI~ Be c.-Mtlrical.

[E,, afT'rO]r 1'W GlICp " " _JIOr aAo8t1l .).Sop TuxolI OI/CT"lpor u3p aya801' ft'ap&"0 : '11 ft'M'fIO' f/lS'P.'JIOII "'opu 'If3o o)..crCIJITa ...aw aft'03vpo,....JIO' 'lrfHIYl' .8011.

-s. ...,

6. ESRobertB p. 79 ( - CIA 469) : Attica: early VI~ B. Co-Metrical.

2cp.a +pocrllc).nar !COP": 1I:fIC).ccrOp.Cl& aH' aJl'J" yap.o ft'apo 8fOP ...OI/f'O ).axocr OJlOp.Go

7. ESRoberta p. 86 (=CIA i SuppL 373 e): Attica: -Metrical. M.,.a 'rOa. hu apxcr n""W'J'p[G1'OS' 1""",0] VlOr
8c.,'I Aft'oU_ Uv[8,0] .,11'.,.......'"

aft4r 527 B. c.

8. OHoft'mann ii. p. 48: TItuaal,:

500 B. c.-MetriCtJl.

and thiB poBition virtually constitutes the prinoipal indicator of quaDtit:y.-Add hel'8 by the way that the Cyprian dialect haa no eymbola for long vowele or syllablee, but ignoJ'88 natural I quantit:y.' Likewise the Boeotian and The_lian dialects know no '1. but WI8 le inetead; and TheBNilian knows no 00, but u_ ov instead. S. Aa a matter of course there is not a word in t.he whole classical literature about quantity, a.a understood by us; nothing about abort, long, or common syllables or vowels [11, nor is there a Greek 'Word for quantity' [11; all these technical tel'JDll having made their first appearance in late grammatical treatisee, that is in Greco-Roman times roe Let us then hold faat to this simple and indisputable fact: that the early and classical poets knew nothing of natural quantity a.a understood b, us; they only knew what constitutes the BOul of poetry among all nations: they knew rhythm [tl , that is the regular recurrence of
[11 Plato'. account of I a 00 manifestly refers to their Blttemal form or siee, to thB 8Oript. Crato 4.6 B ...;; I' ..~ lm (I) ffp ,.a AEmA .UTa, " 11} pdAicma /Jea .0.".00" fot h. a,a Tam Tcl 'Il..u a1 ...cl "IfaBcu W nv l.u..... 4ffO",,,,inu. ib. 427 c Tcl I'a;~ (.t.) .... MErAAIfl dffl300lrf IrGl ...fj MitKel ...a~(B), ST' AIG'IiAa ...a'rpd/A/I4Tflo So Pha 244 0 ~ (oloJlOiOTun)..) n t/fl"'~"OPTfr 01 ..1 .nAoiitI.... PI The term X"&..Of denotes time, temp"" tIIOI'II. but not quantity in the

MIIOI' Cl" UVp'a3a hor OVI( cmcrrat'O ~fV'YCI' aA av8t ftP yar racra. ft'0>'01' ap&IJ"J'fVOp .S-. 7". These apeoimene show very clearly that the (Attio) iDaoriptiolUl pl'8vious to the PeloponneBian war, know ftO I !IGNral' Q'IIGfttUr. What_ find indicated in thoee of them which are metrical, le 'l6Dgtb b:y f/08Uiofl,'

..w ...;;

ourrent .enBB of prosody. PI Of oo1U'll8 no 8000lUlt ill taken h81'8 of Ariat. Poet. ""'21, th_ chapten among many other puaageII being interpolations of 80me G-B grammarian. ['I Rhythm waa called pyeMCic in 80 far aa it referred to _nDinIl', i. L to the regular movement of the foot (lI.pt1lr and (lIt/IS or fHit/Is); and APMONiA with reference to the wice. Pl Legg. 665 .a. 7j a.) n;r 1rI"'t/.1IIf ...atfl PreuOc: &Po,..

526

Digitized by

Google

APP. D.--QUANTlTY AND IIET.RE.

".~

[8.

theaia and a.raia, of ictus and fall, and this rhythm was indicated br the (' by-einging ') or accent, 'IIC&nnin,' (11, the acute symbolizing the ictus or theaia, and the grave symbolizlDg the arais or fall [al. SO they went by rhythm, which they naturally identified with music and thus called simply' Musicians,' in special caaea also 'Rhythmicians,' [1) the theorists whom we know 88 'Metricians' since Alexandrian times[8J. This fundamental basis, this sole guide in ve:rae, waa indicated, 88 the earlier inscriptions show, by fixing its beat or ictus Ithesis 8S ft'. 89), by means of the acute (infra 16), upon a positional syllable. Now 88 the Greek language, even in its .d period, is very JX>Or in consonants and so cannot supply 'position' for every nlC1UT1Dg ictus, the question. the great question arises: How did the Greek poets manage to indicate the rhythm in all the remaining measures of non-position ? Philologists will of course give here again the time-wom reply that quantity waa from the outset in1awent to the language, and that the necessity of expressing it 88 well 88 some new soundS previously developed in the language led to the adoption of". f& 011 etc. (28). But how can we conceive inherent quantity independent of, orrather antagonistic to, accent? And why should this intrinsic quantity be absent from the earlier inscriptions and then, thoQ~h uniform by nature, be afterwards variously expressed in the variOUS dialects? How are we to account for all these phenomena? On what principle and by what process could, for instance, *I'OPTia, ,.c\"" I"", *Irr"", */".ptra, etc. become, by 'compensatory lengthening,' po,qa, ,.,:,,, ~'" ~pi, I""pa, etc. in Doric j "oirrR, ,.olr "l'O,r, ~lr, 'PP&' I".ppa, etc. in Aeolic; and POiicrR, 'rOW Pdl'OlIr, .lr, ~l"l, I".""", etc. in Ionic and Attic? What I'hysiological agencies underlie this 'compensatory lengthening'? The account that the lOBt sound acts upon the preceding 8ylla.ble b, developing in it a new vowel sound (, 11) or quantity (" 61 a i ii) 18

"1'0"",

"&".'"

That wpIHT.,aia originally referred to verae and denoted no intriD8io or iDhereDt quantity but the art of ICIUItIing is diatinotly lltated by our oldeat grammarian DiOD. Thr. 2: cWa'Y"CIIf7tr '11'1"1 fIOC.,p4TOW tIV'f"IPCIp"4,..,, cl3&4 ."..,.or wpofopti. ~6If1'T1"" 3~ RI' h'6tqHITI", ft,.a npoc~iAN, Rn 1I&a/1'roA~'" 'If "~,, ..,ap rijr (wOlfplIT.OW "," d~". K le THC npoc~iAC THN TiXNHN, 'If 3~ 'rijr 3.al1'l"oAijr w''''X6pow "oW tl'Cl TI}I' "'P"'Y9'3(41' J)".,rM d..a.",.".", TI}I' N -".,atu SIOIrIIf.r, ri 3~ IA''YfIG Ai"fllplitr, N ,..wow, n},,~ AlIp'q"",ot.,IT'" ,,,,,,AGIr, 'roW ~ oflf'rwr ~'IP"OW.al -,otplitr. [Vark that pron oompodtiou, though at; tint oompriled, is now left out of _unt; I) 'ra ..,a, pi} 1RIfIIl 71)" 'rOtSroil' "(I,,6p- npanl/''IIT'" .al ,.ar TOw flOC.,.,... dprrar ftTllpplWTfI .tal nU (Eflr .,..,,, ua"(l_IfcI".,...,.. ~ITTOllr npll1'l"'/l1&. ['I .u _ to be expeoted, th_ two ctegre. of wlHJll",3la or r~hmioal -to the _lled ~fla or acute and the Sap'la or grave, are the only aooentual tel'DUllmown to clueioal antiquity, the remaining (eight) marks of "'pou9'3ta having been invented by late theoriata. See lupra I and infra 16I'J Op. PI. Crat. 424 (l 01 hflXl/poWTfI ,.oes {loAJllO'f, and a~ lb. 01 h,,,ol ",.pl TOm". [PI. HipPo mal. 285 D. Hipp. miD. 368 D. Ar. Nub. 634 I; 646.) (I) Longin. J!'rg. 3, I W phpov N -n}p ~1I6"ar .tal 9.61. d.a /nJ6pofi ..,ap 'ITXW TI}I' dprir. 9.ar 3~ ,.a "ITptw tltrff/lli'YEo'rO. Rhythm is bued OD a number of Iyllablell grouped together under one measure or foot. Bacoh. 93 IfOri hi3ptw {loAJp/lr 'nl tI1IAAa/lGw Iff,pl"..,.. _ ",par clAA~Aar ',.,..Tpor 91ITIS. AriIt. Ketaph ... I, 7 (},4T,o") ,,, {IvIfMHf IJ4IT" tI1IAM/J~. ArIatox. Bhyth. 2, 16 3~ I1'IpIJl,,6p'la. 'rll" /NIpa".al fIOCoiipo woW 'ITTI" .Fr wAawr b6r. Ariet. Quint. 34 waft '11'1"1 plpor Toii IftU'TH /NII'oii /M' all 'rcl" &An am~01M". 'roWov pi,., a.lo,I.pIT&r .al hIT&r. Bee alIo above note 4.
[I)

.f.".,.,"ptXTCI"fOpttlo.'rO, xop.la all Tijr C/lM'fir, ,.OU 'r' &JIOpa

~

~Ior 4pn .al'roii 1Jap4or avylCfpatJl1l,uJlOW, APMONiA 3~ E-~'fX1I' IfA.".t.,. See below, note 8-

,.a

Ta.

6,.".",

"w

'war ,.

,.a

""."1"'"

627

Digitized by

Google

8-9.]

APP. IL-GENESIS OF QUANTITY.

an empty phrase analogous to the mediae'Val aDom tIGtuna IJbMmIe MClltlm. For how can physiologically a lo8t (consonantal) sound ,.. tJpPWr, and that not in the sa.me place but in a dift'erent place (80metunes even in the preceding or following 8yllable), and in the form of a fIOWel, thus affecting the qvality of the ayllabJe? (Cp. *,uTal1...lCTa...., T.lCTa'.... *A'')'OImT& 'Aryo,/rr& 'AlyoU"&.) True, 80me authorities seeing the abnormity of the phenomenon argue that the developed vocalic substitute is silent' or mute.' But how can a loBt sound f"etJppear in a 8ilent or mutt. form? Or is there any meaning in the 80caJled metathesis of quantity? (~. 1I'6'A.o~ .1r4SA_r ti-OAHor, ",Hi .,.,Aa, i).'lIJf nior.) These phenomena., which constitute a great problem m the Greek language, will be diacu888d here by laying under contribution the following data. : . G. The phonological interrelation of the vari01l8 pha.sea (dialecta) and stages of archaic and classical Greek; b. A 8eries of rhythmical phenomena observed in Greek vel'll8 ; c. A number of striking analogies and affinities, established by comparative philology. between Greek and other ancient la.ngua.gea, in particular Old Indian and Latin; cl. Certain historical data hitherto misinterpreted ; e. The artistic or aesthetic principle underlying Greek writing, as explained in 25. 9. In every la~a.ge the tendency generally is to Shorten the words b, what is styled In Greek ~r apha.ereaia, hypha.ereaia, contraction. synizesis, ayncope, elisIon, and apocope. Now if a written com~ition is not fixed from the outset by means of 'ngraM"g or printi,.,. It is obvious that, in progress of time, ita original constitution or diction will suffer gradua.l phonetic changes in the above sense. These changes, however. fOrmIng as they do J?BoIt of the slow procetIB of the growth of language, escape our observation. But if the original composition happens to have been metrical. the phonetic alterations 8uffered in years after cannot fail to tell on ita Oliginal metre or rhythm. Here then the nec88Bit~ arises for restoring or rather indicating the disturbed rhythm by haVIng recOUl'll8 to some artificial expedient, that i8 by filling up the vacant places, a proceaa which we are wont to call rompmsatory lengthnling (antectoBis), eontraction, Cf"IJ8ia, ete.. a.ll of which are virtua.lly nothing elae than various manifestations of one and the same principle: tlNtriCGl complftBllHon. It is exactly with this phenomenon that the Greeks were confronted when, after their national consolidation during the Vll~ B. o. (4b ), they awoke to the necessity of adopting a system of national education. Their anceatral literature, which naturally served as ba.sia of1heir educational system, was all in NrH (Homer), verse com~d long ago aud therefore phonetically changed and metrically disturbed. Consequently schoolmasters who had to expound to their pupils not only the 81lbjectmatter and aesthetic part of the poetry, but a.lso ita metrical and grammatical stl1lcture, fOllnd that the current versions had beeD affected by the change8 of the languages, in particular by the 1081 of certain sounds, and thus presented many metrical and grammatical anomalies which had to be explained or rather indicated in the interest of 8chola.ra or pupils. Accordingly teachers and commentators IHomerista) now began to mark the affected parts or Iylla.bles with conventional signa, 8uch simple sign8 as would not interfere with the sense, form, sound or aesthetic appearance of the ten.
528

Digitized by

Google

APP. U.--GENESIS OF QUANTITY.

[9-10.

*'.INI"

and yet I8rve aB visible indicators of the underlying phonetic obangeL In Acbaeic (Aeolic) communities l'J the conventio1ui.l marks resorted to were either a doubling of the adjoin"" (preceding or following) CODsonant ('compensatory doubling'). aB: *iap.& *cial'f' I.p.l'fr, *,J).Of/wf1ieo d>..oq,vpptt, *pcpjet pi"",." *"".pjet ""i_, *4>Brpj<. f/>8lpptl, *Eojor EC-, *anlljos fI'f''- ( - .A crrudr); cp. Dorio *buCII* ~,qaa a,,",,., *B.ptai- Brpiaa. (BrpiC.); then Attio B~o, Bap'or BGppor, &par,. dp'1. I.pP~. pvpvi.JJ "vf In, pvppWr" *,w,joll "Q).'o. pGllo., *t/w).jo., t/Jv).'o. t/Jvllo., d>.jor a').os ruos (cp. /WCpt!r. Doric 1"'Or """,dr), *I")."'ja *",).,rcrn whence "A,,,'o ,.,.a,.,..,.a and "uu'aa "M&aaO, etc.-or a vertical (straight) stroke I. inserted not into the precise place of the lost BOund (which could not be always traced) but into the metricall, affected syllable, whether preceding or following ;-an epenthetic stroke suggested by it. natural aimplicityftJ. by ita already eatablished use aB a divisor or mark of punctuation (e.g. in inacriptions of Crete, Them, etc.). poaaiblI alao by ita use aB I-adacript in the spurious diphthongs (20" tr). That this epenthetic stroke may have been used alao aB a divisor between heteroayllabic TOwels analogous to the later diacritic marks placed over, and v in MS tiext.. is of course very probable (208). On this principle. when original or 0 v occurred before a miaBing BOund (oonsonant) and thus had lost their ' poaitionallength, they came to be marked a' f& 0' vt, and so p've birth to these hyaterogeneous diphthongs. That the , here waa 0nWnally mute and the hyaterogeneous diphthongs retained for a time the phonetic value (qualiU and quantity) of their simple parent. o v. is self-evident Pl. Accordingly Achaeic (Aeolic) ..air Jlpxa,r is an hyaterogeneous and prosodic (metrical) development from origlnal Rn dpxan, and BO stands for "a', dPrV'; "aI' aUra" for ~"an a",an) "a'r aim'" l'f'Aa~ for (l'f'Aan) ,-'>.a',. lfI'f'afl" for (lcrr-a.l") 'fI'f'o'I", tral' for (*trfll'l", tra,) trii'" ).wa" for (*).vaaJIT' ).vaa.',) ).vaa,. ffl'f'o" for (*lcrr-aJIT' IfI'f',wr) ffl'f'a's, t/JiiF' for (*t/JarIrcr' t/Ju' ail tfJa' ai, I(').al. for (*).oFi- *l(').ajGII) ).a.;-l" for (I.,) l',=.ls-; "iBfl' for (*T,~I'B ",B...,) ..aB"" '''.fF for (*/wI'aa) , ...,1a, '1f1'f'ffl..a for (*'an).aa) 'an).o, . if/>8ffPfJ for (*Iq>8.ptra) 'tfJIJ.p'a, min,p for (*"'G'rfpr) fra"'r', fT_rIPa for (*a_rpfG) a""'tya, p'fJ"'GII"for (*pfT;'" i.eo *pfTa) pu,.,,,; pi~aa for (*PfTa'ID.) pt' fT ; cp. ,,&B.fI", ltr6fFr, tral,m" fl'ff' (=-"'1')' " (=9), ""', (=I'q) ;-7'tl,'=TWr for (Tan) nf" ,wlaa for *I'0ll'l'ja) ,m'fTo, '~Ofaa for (*IX0l'IVa *lxlW'aa) I~o'aa, cf.'poF' for (*t/JtpolI'ra, t/Jrpo.a,) ",po'a.; BO too ,wtpa for (*I'0pia) ,wp'a, 10. Actuated by similar considerations, the Ionians a1ao adopted certain compensatory (proacdic) symbols, viz. the Achaeic (Aeolic) n for original f', then ov (i.eo OY) for Aeolic 0l ( ... original o').-whence the names rl o~ of the letten , and _while a before a miaaing BOund, that is a'. wu retained aB compensated G. Accordingly IfJafA.,o" ECA-. '1"a (from 1"Ffa), ,,~~ NflOVI. f.?yaa, '1XOYfTa. but ,MA a',. fro'aa, f/ia'al. Tn the same way. Doric communIties adopted 'I. that is E joined with

' ' ' '1".

' '1",

[lJ The order adopted here ill AeoliaDB (AohaMDII>, IIIDiaD8, DorlanI, AtheDiaDl, -but it ill immaterial to our p _ t pu!pClM whether we oredi.t the one nee rather than the other with the priority in the 1188 of the rhythmical or pIOIIOdio

llI.I Such .8troke I oould not then be oonfounded with Iota, .. the latter had, .. that archaio period, the forms ~ S or S. [IJ On this point ltBragmann (Cun. 8t. iv. 81 fr.) and after him GKeyer are certainJy right in holding againA 1'DJa. that hynerogeneo1l8 fI 'oriciDally' had not the ftlue of. diphthOD1l1llllOllC the AthenJana and IOIliau, bat w.. only an orthographio expreIBion of (I'D. . . PrOD. 51.)

629

xm

Digitized by

Google

lO-n.]

APP. D.--GENEBIS OF QUANTITY.

I to 8 (later H), for l, as: ~,.l for (.'.,,,,) lpl, ~r for ;Or" .tr, tr>.;;an.r for (",).fjaTor) "'>"'11'/'01' (cp. rlBrJp.&, bro",., "'0'1"01', If, "", .v,.."';r with Achaeic riS",." 'rrn.u", """,ror, ", p.f., Wyf"If) j then 0, probably 0 underlined with the stroke (n), for Achaeic 01 orlomc oy, as: n,r lId,.",r for (ro., 1Id/'O.r) rO', 1Id~'r, p.iHro for (./'OI'rja) piJ'fTfI, a~ for (a,aow,) a,ao'G", &}tta'o for (oY"''V'o) ~'G'a, II-).ti tor ~A>'o) {lo'A'o, IC&por for (lCopFor) tcOp'or. [But also wntten T''f ".poEI_, "" 8.6r, ,.. lIdp.os, rbr AZy,,,,"or, rar trapSfllOf, etc. in old inscriptions I 0Hoft'maml i. :no,.ii. 476 j KBrugmann' 69; Kflhner-BI81!8 i. 168.] 11. At last the Athenian schooJJIl&IIte1'B also laW the necessity of adopting sl1ch conventional symbols in the interest of their schools, and the more urgently as their own. (Attic) dialect had, bothJhoneti. cally and grammatically, departed the most from the origin or proethnic form of the Homeric diction, od 80 exhibited the most disturbing anomalies. What principle they. initiated is not clear. thou~h the earliest inscriptions recovered, which go as far back as the VHf B.O., show a few instances of' compensatory' ., for f, and ov for D. However we know that, about the middle of the VI~ B.O., they had for dictator (rupaI'"of) Peisistratos, a man of superior genius, ability and light, a ruler who promoted the interests and welfare of the people bl affording facilities to the rural. and commercial claaaes. by founding tribunes, by layina aqueducts, by erecting 6ne temples, and even a public lib~, etc.l'l We further hear of bUn ill c",uaezio" tDit1t Homer. That Peimtratoa did not institute a collection. redac tion, or edition of Homer is now universally admitted. But that he did 8Omethin~ in connexion with the Homeric poems is too strongly attested by historical tradition to be altogether dismissed as a pure figment of p08t-claasical antiquity. What he did then was apparently an attempt to have the Homeric text normalized in the interest of the Athenian schools. So we hear that he appointed a commission of scholars-Onomacritos of Athens, Zopyros of Heraclea, Orpheus of Croton (to p81!8 over the corrupted fourth name)-with instructions to draw up a rational and practicable syatem of normal spelliDg calculated to facilitate the reading at school of the national or standard texts (Homer. Hesiod, Archilochos, et.c.) [9].
(1J On Peiaistratoll' oha:racter aDd work _ Hdt. 1,590 Th. 6, S4- Arlst. Pol. 12, 2 (=p. 229, 32); 'A"'"oA. 162 If. Plut. SoL 51.-Alao AHoJm, Gr. Hi8t. 1. 408 a: " 4190-Gelliua N. A. 6, 17 Ub1'Oll Athenia dUcipliDarum Iibenli1lDl publiae ad. Japnd1lDl pnebeDdoe primua poniae dioitur PiaiArata8 tynmau. Cp. Lib. I

I.

(IJ It is this orthopaphio norma.liation Cor lOhool p~ that is allucled to, with &Il allowabl,y rhetorical ezaaeration, by Ciaero, our o1d_ authorit7 OIl the abject. De <>rat. St 34: II8cl ut ad Gruooe nleram orationem, IIIIptem Cm.. dio1UI.tur 1IDO tempore, qui _piente. at haberantur at voaarentur. H i _ pneter JW.i1lDl Thalen cintatibu .... pnefuarunt. Quia dootior eWem ilJM temporiba at ~u eJoquentla litieris iutruotior t'aI-. tn.ditur quam PialItrati P qui primua Homer! Ub1'Oll c:GI\fMIOI aD_ Ilia ~ dicitur ut DUDa llabemua P DOD fllit i11e quidem civibu IIlia utililJ II8cl ita eloquentla fIonUt ut litieris dootrinlaque prastaret.-That later writ.en aDd BOri_lIhould fall to _ the importance of' IIlOh aD educational m~ aDd 10 IIIldeaYOUr to improq or clear it by raiaing it to the more memorable aDd more palatable l..-d that Peisi.trat.oI IlK oolleoted od edited the bitherto-"encl f'ratImentoll ofHomer(Bekk. An. ,c58. Jo&. 0. Ap. I, 2. Plut. Th... .0, 30 AeL V. Ho 1St J4. PaUL 7, a6, 6. Dioc1. 57. LibaD. ad Jut 1. sS.s. Euat. ad. n 1. A p. 5- ad. n X p. 7fl5. BeJtJt. An. 'M. Villois. ii. ISa. JCzamer AD. 1. 6. H.K.eI1 In Rhein. Mu. vi. P. 108 ft. I; 243 a: ib. u8), IUIed not nrpriIe !la: it weJ1 . . . - with the 8pirit aDd obaraat.er cl tbaa UDoritical . . . whiab wanted wneth1nlr man ablt&nt.W, __ heraie. __ aratif.rInIr, than &Il at.t.raot or Inclinot -m. to pubUo eduoation. J'or Jaacl .PeimVatoII IIOtual17 made a oo11eotion or nclaotiOD of' Homer i or . . .

x-n..

630

Digitized by

Google

APP. II.--GBNESIS 01' QUANTITY.

[11.

It. What were the result. arrived at by the above commiaaiOD, aDd whether their recommendatioDB met with immediate a,PPlication at school. is impolBible to aacertain. the whole matter haVlnlf been lost Bight of in the midst of the political convulsions of those times: three (or one?) downfiills aDd restorations of the Peiaiatratea.D dynaaty. then Persian wara,- that is, political event. which absorbed the interest of all contemporary aDd auhaequent annalist. aDd historians. Neverthe)8I!B it is a signiflCaDt fact that even in the contemtJOrary aDd subsequent Attic'inacriptiODB we meet witha sporadic begtnning ofa new ape~g- among p~et._~robably adopted b): Bi;monides of Ceos (Plin. H. N. 7056, 57 ;. BclioL Dion. Thr. 780 f.). pomtintr to a comproDUBe of the above orthopphic systems initiated in Achaelc (Aeolic). Ionic. aDd Doric communIties. Accordinf{ly. when re~reaen~ a rhythmical or grammatical length, E now begiDa to figure In the AttIC inscriptions lioii El (later on lioii B or H. identified with El). while 0 figures lioii OY /later on.8oII ex or. 0, evidently identified with m). The phenomenon. however, appeara only: in sporadic cases, the old orthography ('Ypdl'l'G1'a dpXaia, trOAa&4, AtTln. IfRxt-pta) remaining in univer8al practice down to the middle of the V th B. O. It is only since this time, when grammar had become a powerluI factor in general education (IJ. that the scholaatic (Peisistratea.D ?) spelling andnerewith the hitherto technical or compensatory symbols I HO-being now mistaken for real phonetic symbols -forced their way into ordinary writing (hence the confusion of E aDd H. 0 aDd 0, 26). aDd only since the 1,ear 403 B.O under the archon ship of Eucleides, that the new spe1lirur obtained, by a public act, official recognition or formal 8a.Dction tii. It may be added here by
he materiall,y meddled with the ooll8titutiou of the tat, that ill with the nbject.matter and Jancuap of the DatiODal poet, how oould poIIiblynoh a mOlllllZltou event or nch a --nap have pa-.l ofl1U1l'8OO1'ded or 1lIIDotiaecl not 0Jlly by oludcal antiquity which 10 often quote. Homer, but even by the very Alaandrian Bomerillta Zeuoclolioe, AriIItophan-. AriIItaroha., A.riIIt.onl-, Di~P (IJ That by thiII time (fl'aDlIIlar-oonoeived iD a phDOIOphio 8p1rit-had rileD to be a fawarite nbjeot among theoriN (1O}IlliIIU, phiJOIIOphIll'll) and writers, ill .aJBci8Iltly borne out by oontemporuy _ Even IIJNIOIal on higher grammar or phiJolOQ' 111'8 8ZpIWIly mentioned, &I a treat.iM of GorgiM ",pi two,.,."" another of Protagor&I ",pl "pI""da., another of 1'rodi_ ",pi two,.,.", IIp1{Ynyra1, and another of Demoomo. tlfFl 'OpWov IIp1o..d'l. Mal (from which ealUmaoh. oompUed hill Dl.at 4'11l0Itpi'rOll.,AOHTI1fin,), even "pi ~ _1 ~ .,,.,.,.,,_(Diog.:r.ert.

woru

.,"-'11_

!It 7, 48). ThiII grammatical 8peOulation ill moreover Dlu.tratecl by Plato', etymological dillquillltlon. ID hill Cratyla., to .... over AriIItophan. (Ban. 8181129) and EuripidM lEt. K. 92t a5). Compare alIO 2fj"" [a). PI The rather obiOure .tory of thill publio act, that a bill W&I iDUoduaecl by Arohin. of Atheu and carried, to the dect that the Athenian. mould henceforth nse (oftlolaUy alIO) the Ionlo IOript, ~... on the following two .,..anI!: 8uid. LV. 2a"I- "Iii,aor' "",a 2aplOtr .6pi", "pin",. onl d' ."op.pttna bri KaM..,.,.ptlorov. ,., ~AJo"., , .. ~ AlrJNtour ._ xp;jriaa nil "fin, 'IMo_ ."oPI'G.''''ApxiNOY'" AeHNAioy (lio) bllpxorror EWAtlllov "'pi "oii ",l""".,or I!rrop8 8.6aro,...,.. 8chol. VG. ad D 185 KaAAloTpa"or a' " 2cip,or D.A-..,..a"" onnSnp "..,.""..., .,.... .,,.Il/IGT'q.. (1IOript) Mal _pi301 .,, A"""",r, ch "F4oPor. Beklr. An. 7850 16 W", 'IIGp' IIAA",

"r."", ". .

I_ ,..,.,

,l .,.., ~ ."...... tlptiF'l'" ... &'xorror ..,a, A.....II' UMtIJov , . .

_Ifll.".,.... .,pa"""T" fyow nl .,p/Jp.pI1f'G. Com pare alIO Plut. AriA I ,., 'A4'Y)Cfl onl."ap.pl1"o, rijs /Mr' E6IIAda". .,paPI'GTl"". Then 8choL ad Ev. n-. 688 .01.,,, '''70''''': .,~ c4i NIN iKrON&fl m.a.., r.,- i T4iiKrONtp coy, T9' BAIl,. at hd ..,'''"_ m "/Jar. ..".,.. a
YOW Id/ao:

1.1 ~~A OTfHx'-. of. ~ ..v.. Xt*tAfIa .Im.. '1_,... 1 .,,1.,_ 'ApX8Jt/Jal",. (read flGp' 'Atap.alolS) ~11" .,pa"",,"lmr tyow

'#WI."

our

'IMr"

"

131

m.

Digitized by

Google

12-18.]

APP. IL--GENESIS OJ!' QUANTITY.

the way that, with the incorporation into the alphabet of the new symbols, a new system of orthography was created into which all previous literary and many inscriptional compositions bad to be transliterated. Such a :proceeding was naturally attended by considerable confusion and mlsinterpretation traceable even in our preaent texts ['].
18. This o1Bcial act then marks the completion of thE' A.ttic aDd afterwards Panhel1enio alphabet. It denotes the ultimate stage of a p1'OC88h or rather practice whioh had origiDated long before at school, and which in progress of time had found its way into common lite. It cannot be termed a 'spelling reform,' as some authorltif!8 repreaenUt; for were it a reform, that is a systematio and abrupt remodelling of the Greek orthography on any principle [11, such an event involving the change et the entire 818tem, and thus a1reoting not only public instruotion but aleo social intercourse, could not pouibly have paued off without meetiDg with some public remonstrance or oritioism ; Buoh a revolutionary measure would have been duly emphasized and commented upon by contemporary historians and annalists; nor could it have failed to elicit the cenBUJ'8 of oontemporary satirists (A.ristophan88 ete.). But becauee it was a mere ratification of accomplished fact&, it p&8IIed off quletly and without publio stir. Aa a matter of fact, a systematio ohange of the orthographio Bystem,--tU1 orthographio reform instituted by some authority or some body of men-has neTer taken place in the whole hi~tory of the Greek language. Nor is there any proof or probability that the Greeks e'ftr aince the dawn of claaaioal antiquity have consciously followed the phonetio principle

"..,ow Toir IJpaXIIlI" UTi rOw I'MpGw IXJ*JlTo .". C UTi TOii " &tU.". 0 clJIri ."oil CII. ''YPG~ 0;" ."cl ~,. ",..,.a nu I. Mjpoa' ,a) "~IJ N - 5TI ...,.a n}II apxalar lpa~" _ 3ft ",.Ta.T.'fWat Ta 0 .!. Tcl " ,w,a. Irdpav ."cl "'1T6".-The mea:p-en-. incidental character and confusion of the _ t olearly indicate. that the publio decree alluded to made no impreaion upon the Athenian public, but peaaed off almOlt UDDotioed, that is as a mere formal _otion of an aooompliahed fact, as a mere reootPlition of a ape11ing . . . . . alread7 familiar to the people. 1') Of nch a tnmalituation 1nl haYe proofiI: DIftd in the ~ remarb of AriatoniOO8 in A 104; Sohol Town. H 23& Porphyr. Quaeat. 8 P. .7 (Sohrader on 127); a. 51 ;-where 0 ill confounded with CIII. For. and It Bohol. E241 ; a. 275- For., and '" a. 251.-1ndirecl in the mia.pel1iDg of Itepod_ for It'pGUlIl,,,,, (" 107), dM.llbtaprtor for oiIA.llbrap_ (It 512), for ",,,06111. (~ 359; :103), _""'-cur for I'a.amlovcna" ete. dfI6- for GpOoucrI (I 108), a".." tor (11 . , ; so A 153, N 675) 6JlO11TlxGfI for.poO 1IT1xa(0 (35), '",a",.sOU 61tpv6trr. for Ifta.,,.soo ltpv6trror (I 64), ltGItO!UlxO- 6arp.0411"", for -11'00 Itp. (Z 344), I-yptTO Aa.6. for IIyptTo (H 4340 n 789), "","~r for "~r, ete. (PCauer Hom. 76 ff.),-then in the milBpellinsr of MEN and M fGr IIIuI and ~ (1144 t) ; and in the nllmUOUll _ of the _\led 'distraction (.. iar: ."."..). The _ holu true al80 of the nbjllllOtivell ro#lO' ."wol"". "'fTa.a ...,..,. ,rllo",e", etc. (for fetI"P, ~I"". ~'. dlwl"", etc.), which are now ezplained a_y by forved method-. See alao preceding note. (I) lI'Ba. Pron. 10 Now it is IICtuall,y the _ that In Attica tcnrarda the ~ of the ft1\h centar,r [a.o.] the entire QIItem was at.olutel7 ohanpd. Ba. was the opportunity in th_ _ where the living IIOUDd had here and then dIniatecl fzom the writing, to brine them apin into harmony. )(oT80ftr.mae the AthenJans and al80 the other _ did not 78t [?] ~ IID7l1ft11lmariaM or &t7mologlBta to attach importance to a hiatorioal mode of writing, the onq principle which oould have weight was the phonetio.' AD this J'.mDi:aa 18 invalidated by the above historical ewlution of Gnek orthopaphy, theR 1" the taot that pammatioal or philologioal ~OD was a &.vonrite BUbJeo' wiYl the pJau.ophan and IOphiIW as earq as the 0. See . . . . la (1).

e"""id""""

pt"'.

.,.60&.,.

";nu,

vt ..

582

Digitized by

Google

APP. n.-GENEBIS OF QUANTITY.

[14.

14. Now let us see how far the above biatorica.I account ~ with, or explains, the phenomena of Greek phonoll&thy and proiod.y. Of courae I need not diacUSB here the principles of aphaereBia, hyphaeresia, ayncope, elision, and apocope, seeing that these are caaea of phonetic 1088 pure and simple, a 1088 which at the very outset was implied by the author and BO does not aft'ect the nature or quantity of the remaining syllables. We are concerned here onl:y with the phenomena of contraction (includiDg crasis, aJao metatheBl8 of quantity) and antectaais. Regarding contraction, we should remember that it apP8&l8 fulll eft'ected first in Attic, then in Doric, but iB largely diapeDBed WIth in Achaeic and Ionic. On the other band, aB Doric and Acha.eic admit of several coDBOnantal complexeB (e. g.1IfI' (HT) they show no antectaaiB in these caaea. Note finally that antectaBis iB altogether absent. from the Achaeic of TbeBBaly and Asia. Minor.

A.

Prosodic oompensatiOtt /tW' a loBe t1OtD8l: CoNTBA.OTIOX (including Crasis and MetatAesis of Quantity).
RmUCBD

Rur.nouCALLY OOJlPU8.U'JlJ)

JOBJ(

(after 400

B.e.)

PaooB'l'RllIC
I'OBJ(

I'OBJ(

(in early
inecript.)

AcAaeic: (Aeolle)

Doric

IOItic

HelD ..41fic

4-

PaMeUenic

"11: -r.paFo r.t;' , ~~ ~..a ~.a A.M A8aNFo r"ma r'!D.Ao (r'ruo) r"ruo
ra IAAa
allfl
I"Xf~

~~ r'lA~a
tiacraA~, ~fi"

.:

fJaua>,'F"

.. &Ftr6~"
00:

~;!"F

4>-"",,
11,".
frO}""

1"810,,

I'}("

fJtun)..""

Ill"

Ilijn

cr-o.r,.r) 4}(fr
1/f1'81O. t/Hp'l"
IJ"wr mSAi
}(f~

Iliar

11,,8_
~f""
IJ"wr
mSAi

'IX" 1/,,810.
~fP'''

tiCIIMii~

Ili,"

fl""
lJior

11"" t/H"'"

Ilior
tr~i

~v"CI,lO
fH:

1J~60,.."

1l'l'Ao',- ;''A.., 'Auo,o Awo' r'1'4 Tf

"'~

~.6or)

..1l'l'A.,...
~u-

a:rov,.."
AUDIO

..ovr

a"~o~,..,,

AVcov rlF" "''1'0."

T.,..aft'f ",yd." ytlfo dFfA_

,,'"("".

~:rf
ya

')'10

JCIP

"pa'r.

"~iii" ya

",.,a'"
'110

rl,.'rf

Tal"
Q 0:

6pa~f

Q''Awr .','Awr ro'" 6pa' 6p'f

&''AlOr rG" Ipa

..

~-

.lfN.
-fl,or ni'.

'ra'"

-'f' , ""1..
Ipa

Y'1

-I

ra", Ta..

"AlJqMJFOP
rl",m,yt}oaftmra
",OP

' A'A1IJI4"" -A'A"I'4"

''A'AKpiP P'I
T,pa',..r
Y'>.'GiCTG
,.'iJ,

t
ftp'.,...
yt>"wo T'."

"IMf"'" r,,,0t""
yt'AafTG yt'A'OC1o
",""

T'IA'."''' yt'A";;T''''

yaa."o ra"

-,

T'O"

533

Digitized by

Google

14.]

APP. II.-GENESIS OF QUANTITY.

RmVCID
~~yoo~~_(~r~&~

1'0_ !'BOoETJIlI'JO J'O_ (in early AcIIaeic iDIIcript. ) (Aeo/Ie)

-"--

Dt1rlc

1011ic

NN Attic cf' PaMtllmic

}(&)J1GAII"

ppa'" ](IP'" fpar

A'
]("PG "

ppG'"
4".

}("PI!-

,a: 'Fapo~
"fll~a

4por

,por

}("p'."

Xp'."
4par
",,1(11'
'EPFl'~

'PlUFa, fjarnA'Fa
'0: fT'fo

'Ep,.,', {3atriA.'a fjafTiA." fJauiAio

"tvx"

"'x!l

("';~a)

'Ep,"F fJauiAija

fJa"iAli

t/JpaCfO

.')'fI'ffusfJ-iAfFor tfJU.top.o t/J,-0PfTtJ

011 :

fT," fT'O t/Jpa('" t/Jpa!'o ~r

~"or

crri

"(o)u t/Jpd(.v

t/JpdCtv

ftV, ftJO a'OV t/Jpd(,o

~i".or,

"ov t/JpdCov

-ylPtv,

yiPlO,

...,..

yi,,'our

fjafTiAt'or fJaufNp {JauiAtw fJa"iAijor tJafTiA'.~ t/JiA.wp.fP t/JiA'op.o ~p.t, 4HAl!"o , t/Jpo";""a t/JpGftllfTa, -1_fTa t/Jpomt/JpoP'o'fTa

rrpoFaf'or
15 cLiP

rrP'!'f'Of rrfJ6'"!IP
-cI""p ariAo'" l.po'P')Of dp.tIJlO',

rrp;.'ftr

' ' IP
HPO"

rrp"iror

rrp;.'f'Of

rr,....

4IiP

Ill"",
",.,POV,

-.;,
a.,lom "PCJllp-rO' dp.tiPovr {"",',,_ ..en;.

(It: &,ANn
P'yorP
,.0

~r
!

~poF'fJ'YO'
Ipyo.

riJpJJ"

/Jrro'" f'O IM'''

f'O'fYYO"

":'".,,.,.,

a t.,.'_" " "'",0"

NfJ'YOP

3r,AiIn ciyrl I.po',.,or 'I""~

m",o" mpyrw

p'~II",

. ."

"oil"';'

""'n-

B1mvom

BJnonou~y oo~ ~

PIIo-D'IDIIO
~

~(in early AeAaric(AeoUc) lnaoript.)

N,. ....

Dt1rlc
IUv,"

loaic

......

cf'1Wa-

AN:

*dMv," d).'~ *fJoA....., fJoAo,-

AAv",
fjl1tl.0 f'G'

"p: ffGPP'r'&G
NA:

"""ptJfff'.
".,,,'A1y.

".,'parr.
".,'>....,.

fIG'P'IfT&G

""ppan.
".,Uly.

flGPP'If'&G

=.
fJ~Of'G&

fUv'AotfIG",.,.
tTVppGwn.
".,'A'A1y.

'UVII'

AA-Ill

fJoW.....".,..
~..,.

..."".,.
fiNe

tTV'A'Ar,.

"F: Eofor

Eo'or

fi"IW
634

Eij

Eif"OS

Digitized by

Google

APP. n.-GENESIS OF QUANTITY.

[14-1&.
NWJ Attic

PRo- ftBlI'lO 1'0_

Ac:

BBDvCJID

lbnTJrxICl.ALLY OOJIPDUUD

1'0_ loNe

iuoript.)

1'0_ (iD early A"(AeoIic)

lJtIrW
--._.-.

et PaftMIlIftic

*I,",).va Ifl'Tf).a
8dfJfIOf

--'flTfjAa
X/IP
tJup~

',",).).a

'fIT,,).a

'flTflAa

pc: *Xfpr
MC:

f/ op'fW
I""'a
fra'va f',

~;,.
. '1If1l"l

f:l'fW
' ' 1"&
IF,

r1:

por

*I..""".
W'clPfI'U

''''I,..,.

'''fe,..,. ris-alllCir friifl'll

nlhicra

Ne:

TelJOS' aur-s m'; lIur.a'r T"""'a a_GJOr

IJOS'
~fJOS'

~Ir

aum.,

rcUr &m..r
n(""a, RfI'II) ddrrir

nIh'va
dlCo'lfTtZ',

'iJ.va

*I.p'""a

1'OPr,altroJOS' TOr, aWo' am" a.3o.cra &30'fI'II al taa

pA', l"e,.a

'Jr

~a., ~.,
flCpllfPG

T Fa

n"-

nSt:

"", I.,x".."a

...u3W& friicrn nB/Fa dlt.6l'f1'11r 't'

'1CpiN

dnVcrar ri,
a~o

T a....., ...
~

a.30wa
~a

"~,, ''rOW__ .piN nMawoW &3

/IOuva

pAir(,J,..)

polffia
A. : Ajor

. ,.,'fI'G
-&fH).'.
1CpW'.
ICT.. TflCTll". A'or

pDftI'G
M/u').)..
.pt.~

d4-).1-

'f'A.fW (Cypr.) IllfW, I').fW

~.

IllfW 14If'A.

dt/JILA.
,,"i.. 1Cpi..
"ICTal".

AAfW

Ni: ICTf";'
ICp&IIjet
Tf~

ICT'_

1CT2-

"ICTU"'"

Pi I/18fPia

41St,'.
X!P""
op'o

xW-"
pF: opfa
CM:

"""'" .,.,. ~Arco)

X'PI*"

=...
kT!flHlll

4J8IJPl'

4J8tlpet

ripe"

xlIP""

}(Cl,."
.6pr,

6ppa

.Itpa

."'"

(1UIJIlao)

cl".

I'f' (enro)

CN:

*Pa,

I"",

,-

~r

,,'" .,,..,, .1,..,

4,Ilr

' ,

.""..,
fl,"

~P'I

Ifi'll'

,-'' fl,"

1.1. The preceding _explaD&tion of the phenomena commonly claaaed under the head of contraction and anteetaaia requires little comment. It ahowe that contraction is the proc888 by which two formerly aeparate or hetelOlyllabic IOD&Dta, two adjoiuiug IOnantic 8yllables, were first phonetio8lly reduced, then metrically lengthened to one syllable haviDg the value of the former two. In the -.me way antectaai8 is the proc_by which ono of two incompatible coDlOnanta forming position is Srat phonetiClllly dropped, then metrically replaced in the rhythmically ~ected B1'llable, the aubetitute ftracbuJly aaau~ the form &Dd value of a certain vowel and thaa effecting a natural ' leD~ in the place of the former position.' In other words, before the penod or .tap of contmetiOD and anteetaaia, Greek, like other langaagea, 636

Digitized by

Google

----

---

---

15-18.J

APP. II.-QUANTITY AND READING KARXB.

showed only two clB1!8e8 of syllables: syllables naturally IItDrt and syllables long by pOBition. Accordingly what we are now wont to ciilllength by position was originally, as it still is, natural length, and what we now call natural length represents an hJllterogeneous and accidental length, that is an artificial growth. 16b Admitting the above results to be correct, the question naturally suggested by them is: Would a practical application of them in'YOlve a reform in our system of reading veree (ecanning), and if eo, what changea would have to be made? The reply is pll&in: since our general systmDthe system followed in England and Germany, u well u in G~ [I)_is not quantitative but rAWChmi&l (iotus and fall), no reform, no change is required except a more thorough application of the r~ythm ao 811 to indicate the _ ete.

Prosodic tJNd Beading marks since .A.

18. The gradual tranaformation of J rHO from compenaatory marks to phonetic symbols or chara<.-te18 was attended by two results of great imporlance for the subsequent history of Greek writing. One was that all previous literature had to be now systematically transcribed from the old spelling lapxaiI} fTfI/MMTia) into the new or 8Oholastic orthography (I} l!fr' EWc>.tllt". ypatAl'4Ylq), a circumstance which involved considerable confusion and misrepresentation, still traceable in our own texts [~). The other was that new prosodic mark. had to be now devised to fill the place of the old 1I H 0. We therefore first hear now of a set of new proaodic markS (,",,..ia tr~w), namely the (Jpa}(fla 80. trpolTfltla (v) and the ",",pG (-) [I), sign. which were
:11 It is a oommon but fundamental error amonc European aoholanl that pre. II8I1t Greeks read ru-ical poatr:y without metre or rhythm. AI a matter of fact they follow the a;vstem of IICIImling handed down to them by their B;vantiDe ancestors who again had inherited it from their forefit.then, and who am in~ dueed it alIIO to Europe together with the r..t of the Gnek Janctutce. ~ dozical though it may 801Uld, metrioaI reading or IO&IlJ1iDc is the onq modem Greek' relio still p~ among Erumian aoholam. 1'1 See supra 12 W.

[.) Arist. Poet. 26, 3 .'f!.,.,aCfll/lcu CHMioIC aal ,Ja~ Sftp Ini.. :'EooIIIIITpaYOS IJGl a,41w'Fa. (ill) 41-') h,p hat" Jbacr[os IS Onmaor. Bekk. AD. 780,10 (.&Aaa 06. ,,,) nl Ho ",..,a, H aal co. sY.... oW "lAo".,p/IJfJa.a , , , ToV H AIt.",,.,~ "ell .u dP., TDV l ora trlllAfio" n;r ",..,ar. SNIt ~ ~.~." ToW co, ,.,~yel ij 'I'Oii iI poelfl'lT'" ye) trII".,o" "" ",..,ar. 782, 5 &M", a~ AI-,ovtr." 5n IJGl nl ,.,.,a 'ft"",,_, "'" /Jpaxl- yel .plWffKW pyi JIIIIIpir trpfHI'r1I'p.I""r ua.rrA"padrnw ~ ydl", InlOUl' -,Gp drrl TOV co ii .u '- IMJIIIIdI', IJGl drrI ToW H i .u ...."w,.".".... Victor. 1. 11, 8 (430 25 HKell): 'trllp..ilW veterM x.p/J1fOff, id eR tempu, Don abnrde dizerunt ez eo quod ligna quaeciam _tuum, quae Graeoi .jIOI1..... - t o ,

"ocr

''''''11."

_'n-

".A'''"''....

eyllabis ad cleolanmda temporum spatia '1lp8I'pOIlUDtur, 1IJlde tempoa ligna Graeoi dizerunt. aed et hoo 1000 suggereDte Don praetermiserim, ao.dem ftguru peclum I801IJldum spatia temporum per Utteral ita cJeelP..... ut brnis eyUabae looo, que sit WUI temporla, ponatur B, longae _Mm 1000, quae lit temporum duum, . ; hoo ideo ut per litilenl re,.la peclum fit.oile

inteUegatur.' ViotorinUl' 8OOO1IJlt is fally _armed by the earlier pappi (8. g. the lIarrIa Iliad, It Lo.), and JlSS, in whioh the ... of the ",..,.. (- ) _ /JpaX.ia (..)lafrequent. It i. onlysinoe the X~ of our era that th_ quantity mara have been lP'adaalq dropped, evidently beoa... they interfeMi with the theD regular addition of the aooentt. See a1ao ALudwioh, Quantitit.eioha in den ilteltul UfMbandaobrifteD, XODlpbeq, 1Sga.

636

Digitized by

Google

APP. n.-QUANTITY AND

RBYTHJ(.

[18-17.

naturally c1a.aaed by the Bide of the older rhytlllnical marks (! \ A, 8upra 8), and 80 enl8.1'Jl8Cl the 8ystem of 'ltPOfT",n.. Ill. Aa time went on and prose writers also'"'became the subject of study at achooI and else where, the fT'11'iia 'ltpOV'f)alar were applied to prose texts a.1ao, and were conceived as accents [I) or accentual marks; 'It~la now assuming the meaning of accentutJtim, [al besides aca.nning. CApp. i. 5). Again when later on-during the III~ B. c.-Aleundrian critia took up systematically the study and interpretation of the old-now &VIed claaJical-texta, a fresh set of symbols or reading marks was deV18ed, they say, by Ariato~hanea of Byzantium (70}. These new symbols are: the two breathings (. and '), the comma C,), the apostrophe ('), and the hyphen (v or "')' The whole ayatem of 'It~ was therefore now brought up to the number ot ten'II.-It aliould be added here that when in the coune of their P deveIo:{'ment the various exponents of 'ltlKH"Paia came to be identified with th8l1' graphic symbols, each symbol misappropriated the name ffpo!Tf1'3ia, and this led to the system of aim npOClpAiAl, notwithstanding that the term 7rp0fTrtlai/1 denotes 80Il abstract notion, a by.mnging,' or scanning,' and that originally it had been applied, as already explained (supra 8), to symbolize the rhythm produced by the regular recurrence of 'and " that is by the ictus and fall. 17. It may be objected here against the above theory that, by 8ubstituting the principle of simple rhythm for that of quantity, the difficulty of reconciliq stress-accent with rhythmic prosody is not whony removed. Tma is true of languages with a strong atre. where the dift'erence between accented or long 8yllables and unlloecented or short syllables is very marked (as in modern English and German), but in Greek where accent is much weaker and all syllables are virtually isochronous-halflong-the case is dift'erent Csupra I). Here the fumesa and distinct individuality of each sylla.ble considerably weaken the stresa of the (dominant) accent and, under the guidance of the rhythm, help to count the number of syllables, 80 that a versifier can easily 8ubordinate accent to the rhythmical ictus (cp. App. i. 24 [3]) or even ignore it altogether. That this W1I8 the case also in classical Greek may be seen from many ancient specimen&. Thus if we attentively peruse the AftGcreonIJ in ThBergk's edition, we find that whereas quantitative metre is often violated, rhythmical syllabometry is almost rigidly obae"ed, 80 that the sirly-tIve lOngs form two classes of eight and Beven syllables, or rather of sixteen and fourteen syllables reBpee,/1 A. greater variety of "fHHT"~ iB mentioned by lSergius] 529 tt. (BXeil), but the aocollDt there given III too oonfued and improbable to be of value. (76 [I]). PI The 1118 of the plural In Pl. Bep. 399 .a. I/IIOn- '" .cd liar (' the ton. and aooent. of brave men ') iB meaningl_ and ftlp8Ot. PI Hence the SohoL oommenting on Dion. Thr. 2 nTa ~I" -78

"poa.,aEtu

"poa,,'

AiE", pt} ~ Tel opoc dpdc, .al.Tel ArNOc ., ~ Apioe, ... .lr "M.t,1' d-ra1fil' .,.a., dltpoorlp!, .cd dn-i .,.00 opoe nxcW cl ''tJ6lTTclr " Tat.,..,.. If .,., dUo, dpdN l'o1"a, tyow.,.el b3aT~S .,.00 oyGA.,.In .TA.

(BUk. An. 7430 7): ....y".." '" Ii IIIOM

"fHHT.,aw,,'

IfTCH . d a.. IX" "'01'01'

.,..ilI,.

.,.e)'

,tl AOOOIding17 another SohoL in Dion. Thr. (744, 12) explain. the term I nM IIpD/I.,a&/UI' by: _M .,.4X"'1", "'OVI'I""" n.,.d "'''''Ollf, )(pIiI'OIlf, ""llSpATG ....,. So fnrther ib, 745, !).

687

Digitized by

Google

17.]

APP. U.--QUANTITY AND RHYTHM.

tively, with a regular division in the middle of the line. The rhythm is often indicated by one or more stre. ayllablea. A. HeptalyUablo: x x X x x )( x of whioh 'the rbtthm poin. to either
a trochaio or iambic trlmeter ao&taleotio: l.i ~ l.i ~ ~ ~ 0 or6~~~~~~

'No...

5 Ta,. '3'

ort

n6-r. I4Aorr, wI,,_;

1'41

p/Jx"'" ITaip.;

4"'fA....,.

80 further DOlI. 30 S. 6, 7. 8, 9. 10, 'U. 12. 13. 14. 21, 22. 230 24t as. 26 ... a6 a, :u 34.S-.ete. B. OotaIyl1Abic: )( X X 'X X X X X of whioh the rhm point. to a'Uoohaio

tetrameter _ta~eotio:

~ lot ~ l.i ~ ~.
11'0.29

80 farther DOlI. 2,2 B, ,15. 16, 17. 18, 191 27' A, ., C 51. ss. 54t ss. s6. 59t 60, cs", 64. 65. eta.

ss.

..s, ,." 31 sa. 35t -37.42. 4ft.

C. In a similar W&7. the _aUed Babrian ohoUambiae v - v - v - v - - v are virtull;V dodee..,.llabl-. ,pointing to, a combinati_ of .. trochaic dlmeter oataleotio with an iambic trimeter oatllleotio: Xx X X X I
xxxxx~x.

Digitized by

Google

-~------------~----~--

APP.IL--QUANTITY AND BBYTH)(.

No. 55: 6_ I'll' "l",_ drIl_ nnlHra " CI~oB 'cr,.o. oil. ",,",p, dM,' a. I'll' GWW diAl", fnr' fWot",

[17-18.

uI_

r""

ch trfpt.crcrw _ ,.s....- ~1ISciAA1I fWer lA" fl, IPfJpl"" ("'-c. [...ocoiWo II'OUIW 'C1'rl" ~ UI"wor. 'xfpOs dtl piiAAor ~" ,u.o..] 80 ftuther nOl. $, 140 S4t 52, 78, I." 121, 128, 131, etc.

HA.- dA"oc,

...a. r

w,pIotr

d~1

18. It "trill be noticed', moreover, that theae Anacreontean and more particularly the Babrian veraee show an unmistakable tendency to a compromise of ayllabometr;y with accentual rhythm by closing the line with a parozyton8, thus leading to Neohellenic verae which, like popular "Latin and Romanic verae, requires a bed number of syllables with a bed atreaa syllable, aB the indicator of rhythm, at least at the cloaiDg measure of each 'hemiatich or line :
)C~)C~)(~)Cnx)CX)(~

(Cp.90 - " " d7datAfot', D'1cr"'" . ) '0 'UwIp ~ 4Aco Mal cS ~ cS .aIJ,u,,"

IIIIIfOpl(_ ri nulr " .. " .... a.m, '1"'f'IOp/n.pa. Kal cS ~IO' 1&cur./Aa :., Ri {Jowa

...a.

ri

Kal Mal

~AaIa. cS 4AI0I IIJ""""'"

'r "if

cS

'r ri xap6&\aIa.

nu 'IAwtJr IS .a1l,drOl

,..t,.-

(Onaaa loIk...... lum. -'U50)

(x)Cx)C~)(')C)
/I-nrAlI111.

,... 6.Gpdrnl IU dpxl".,

".,..,.pa-- ..u"npt.a .,p&"",., ete. ..... 6Ia,.m.r plplffllll

(Cretan" lolk-.. ;ranD. no. 1330)

Mal .aplc" Bel

. Tb _Ill ,", .,.""""

.a.,._,..~

. , 7ftl1l.a

Mal ...a.

(Cretan folkotIong,

-110 n,.,.,.", .to. _

~um.

~fl

186.)

(~ )C X )C ~ )C )(-)C X )( , )C x )C.~.) "AC1'rpt. /AfIII, dII1',l.../l1 /AfIII, Mal dlJWfjlll'~ .ai tWytfll"',

""" ~ 'n " .... .,......,.4, etv.

'2~ "",Ab

ri""'pt."~ riir ~ ...b t'lpl".,,.

.,..,.ir

(Cretan folk-., lanD. no. 172.)

r.....",

( X )( X )C le I )C le )C x)( ':)C.) lJowd, '/I~ ](CIIIIIAd AlrrIi4lc

"."..m ,.0 ~ ..... IIGA., .....,

,"",",)(11&011'
/lOll

". cl, .... C1'rFIII' nu .' Ipdnr .,.. d.-r9, "pt.b ....v

.1, ..... "OfIIGTfIE" ....)

ftV

rll4

.al

Mal dnAw,vtr' ri ft~

'rCIV rlGl'l'Godl, .,.,4 RA' drr".,pb a, f t nil""" r...." 'Yfll ,.r)1' llGAip
/lOll.

/lOll:

r.c4

rlGl'l'Godl.

/Jpdlu,

(Cretan tolk4ODr. lanD. no. 78.)

639

Digitized by

Google

18-19.]

APP. II.-QU.ANTITY AND RHYTHM.

.w 063i -r6ITo .,'ponar iw"cl.. XJIOfIliI trW.C. "cl.. .,,.1Ja "OIl, s "m /3orwG "".1""'C, .w ,.a Unpa MaC.'

'EMu -rlpor

,.".a

.,4po."",,

(X)(xxxxx) 10 'p.fI'G _
" " 11'0/1

-rll

.,,.1Ja p.011;
,..a +op/J,

n.pa ,u "... ho.i'l

If p..

M1I'pi /3otwG, "",Aa /3om,

_ ....otlpca .,I_nu "oVra -ra xup.6atnpa. -ra xwo)(JlOl'fJ u..yA; 15 ..0 .,..6p.0111' .' '''''' cSs,
ITh .." ~p.ou

tuu"""'a.

tua...,..".

npaafBa .cl 'priG, .cl .',,111' ~_ ]CpIWliI, (Bpirotio folk-..)

'r'I ..,IITItUI upc/36, eta. (Cretan folk-song, JIIml. no. 252.)

p.~

'To. IIG4pIl...,....cl,..a......is np.a .'_ nrij B //.uL 1I'cUpI'OI {JP;;,

19. The peculiarity of subordinating aooent to syllabomet17 in sung verae is not peouliar to Greek alone but common to all languagee with a weak streaa-accent. 'During my stay at Moecow, I gained the con'riotion that, in regard to the prosody of all nationa, a sharp line of distinction must be drawn between SIUIf veree and IJ'IOkm verae, that is between vene devoted to the accompaniment of musio and verae merely spoken. In both classes the lines consist of metrical feet with rhythmical theees and araes; but it is only in sung poetry that the metrical feet have a fixed rhythmical duration.' (RWeatphal. AIlg. Metrik 111193), preface v., f.) And p. 311 f.: Besidea Serbian and Lithuanian, RuBBian _ms to be, among all modern languages of the Indog. group, the only one which has eaaentially retained the accentuation of Greek,. whereas in all others the seat of accent depends mostly on the number of syllables. Every syllable which in a Ruaaian word has the aooent, also aerves as thesis in Russian ver&ification. But as rsgards BVftg folk-songs the lines are subjected to different norms: here, as in the old Iranian poetry, the thesis need not coincide with the syllabic accent, so that, were the melody not added, it would often be difficult to &8f'..ertain the metre.' [Follow as illustration the words bUna blina which in a popular song are pronounoed ~ina kaUina.] 'This phenomenon OOCU18 still oftener in the folk-songs of the LithuanianL The Lithuanian folk-song stands entirely on the same footing with old Iranian mtltropoea. N_lmann in his Lituaniache Volkslieder (Berlin 1853. p. Ix) aays: "It is extremely diftlcult to determine the metre of a daina when we do not know the melody, for the aoansion of the ., dainos" is independent from the word-accent which in other respects holds good. A Lithuanian hi_If distinguishes between musical accent and word-accent, and so in reciting the text of a .. daina " follows the former, not the latter: He also calla this mode of reciting atlt bal80 B1r4UyU, ' reading according to the voice,' i.8. according to the melody. Thus the beginning of No. 87 according to the word-acoent nms as follows: Aut tiltUZio atow6jau I Su mergjte kalWjau, whereas according to the melody, it is accented thus : Aut tiltilZio at6wej'u I SU mergite Wbej'u. Hence it comes t.hat without the aaaistance of the melody, one oonatantq sropea in the dark.

&40

Digitized by

Google

------------------~-~-~-.---------~-

APPENDIX TII.
TERMINAL CONSONANTISM AND ITS INFLUENCE ON THE P-N INFLECTION.
1. One of the characteristic features-if not the most characteristic -of P-N has been ita gradual evolution on the principle of aaaociation and analogy (112-130). Wherever we may direct our attention. we find that among terms or words which popular concflption and feeling might, in any way, associate with one another, the commonest or moat familiar representative among them graduall18ucceeded in attracting, one after another, the rest, so that It has ultimately lcd to a general uniformity (1487 f.). A striking illustration of this levelling procesa is afforded by the history of terminal sounds in the inflection.

2. Our classical Greek graJ!lmars lay down two fundamental canons, one of which is that a Greek word may close with any IOftGttt (vowel or diphthong) or one of the "",i-lOftGnt'r, .., p' (218). The first J>art of thi8 rule has remained in full force through all postclasslcal periods and vicissitudes of the Greek lanllUage. and still holds e-ood in N sJleech (219.) It has even, since Mo gained some exteD810n beyond lts A boundaries, and in so far will be considered in the course of our study of the second part of the rule which declares thatC No other COtIBOItIJ", is admissible at the end of a genuine Greek word except one of the "",,-1/OfI41II8 r, .., p' (also E and '" as combinations of r with a ~receding guttural or labial respectively). Et. M. 638, 11 lWaiff'aT. AiEI$ EU'IlIIq dr &1J>w1lO" A~,. (218.)

I. ANALOGICAL TERMINAL v.

A. EzIensiofa of Terminal " to eaU ACCt18t.1tWe8 SitagUla,..

8. We know from our school grammar that, in A, the acC1J88otive singular of Greek nouns, whether substantive or adjective, ended, in all three declensions, mostly in .., as: TO.. Nw" .., n .. "AprpI, TO" 1'a,Uu, ",.. 'pa", 1'Q" yW.".".., TO.. fj()ppa", TO.. 'A...Uij.., ",.. dp-yllpa.., ",.. ,."a.., ",.. yijl'-f'O" aoiiAo.., ",.. IIp.p.o/l, TO 'a", T'C\ fUAo.., TO.. ...w.., n .. AaytiO.., n .. 'x.su", TiI.. fjo~.., 1'0}.. NW, 1'q.. ff'oA,.., 1',.. ",w,.., ni.. 1f'I'&IO, ",.. }COp,..,-TO.. lI:aA6.., 1'.j.. lI:aA,.., TO lI:aA6..aW6.., CiW,.., ;",aw6.., fp.Gvrr}", ;&110.., fll:.i.." .., nI.., 1'Jj'" 1'01;TOIO, ,.aUf'l'" , .., ".., ff'dcrcw, ff'cScr".., etc.

541

Digitized by

Google

4-8.]

APP. m.-TERJUNAL CONSONANTISJ(.

2, 19 ...Aoftaa.. (for ...Aotk); 17, 39 I4IptUf011; 19, 11 " 24 " " - ; :11, 8 22, 11 l,plOII; 30, 24 ,....pt... ; 2 Beg. 2, 29 " ... 7 ""'""'; 50 18 _Ad... ; la. 10 ./HrDW4ll; 3 Beg. I, 45 /hwlAifllf; 4 Beg. 22,3 " 25, 19 'YPfII'I"'raJOII (for -TIll); 2 Par. 35, 23 /JoIIIA'OII. Eadra 8, 8 ladiUl la. 10 tfJIo'Y'Y"'; :fa. 9. 23 (also 10, 5; 36, 35, etc.) ",s;;..; 21, 21 IMJIIfOoym;..; Sim 13. 6 'b''''; 42, 2 clal/l.,.. ler. I~ 5 "...; 21, I ,~; 21, 7 /hw1A/0II. I JIacc. JO, I Ut'I/A,,.,.... .Dar1Icb... 16 ~; Ezech. 18, 13.w,a-.. lea. 7, 19~. (Cp. FG8turz 27 f.; B.ASophocleI Lu. p. 361.) b. NT Katth.9, 18 xap..; lohn 7. 23 "".-; 20, 25 Xl1',..,. Acta 6, 5 'Arrlox/OII: 14, u .,.. tJa,; 20,31 .WrTOII. Rom. 16, JI ~; 16, 15 Mf/PIoII. Beb. 6, 19 8, 5 a.,)(III'TIII'. Rev. I, 13 n&tl"l"; 12, 13 IpttlllOll. 13, ddl'OP.-Bam. 7 T~. fllOll. DI01O. I, 33"" xt-. Co Gr. Urk. Berlin 15 (~.D. 197) n ".""...,.'l4II. 27 (II~-m~ 14 1ftIIll14li. 148,;\ """'Tlpo.. 155 (t 15;\), 13 Xlii-. 1~5 (.&.D. 15 2-3) 13 XU;-. 93 (1I'l"-III~ ,.... ~ /10\1. 13 (.&.D. 2119) 8 "raijcd ..,..... etc. 11. OIG 1781 hlp4l'; 2089 ')'IIII4i-. fII1aT/p4I'; 8619 (~.J). ~1-74) 21 RN xi'f'O". 8795 X.. ..,.,,; 1264 ~pocP; 1988b, 10 8 ,."...

4. There was only one class of nouns-chiefly the so-called conIOnantal stems of the third declension (338 tF.)-which ended with a aonant, as : rill 1C6pa1CO, Al8to'lro, "ijll/1, warlpo, fjotraA'G-'f'q" I/l'A/fJo, X,WIIfI, "'pa, .,.1\" 9/H", .,.q" ~x.. TA &tn-v, TI\ wpay,...,., trGtpn, etc.-IO too ,pi, trI. G. In our modem notions of systematic grammar, we are wont to draw a sharp boundary-line between the two categories. But speaking of ancient times, we must remember that neither claaaica1 nor post-claaaical speech knew anything of auch grammatical claaaiflcationa and distinctions. The current literature too cannot have exerted a controlling influence on the uneducated maaaea, because the Greek people at large did not read much in those times. The nation merely followed the genius of the language, that ia their innate feeling according to which the object case, or, to use the modem ~matical term, the accusative (singular), ended commonly in N. To put it another way, final" in the declension was taken. for the aign of the accusative singular. Consequently forma like F.l1I4 beside Ta,...laN, "pta beside fJOpfON, ,..."r'p4 beside ;'pipaN, X'ipa beside x,put, d'A~ beside dya~, etc., were felt iDcomplete and abnormal, and 80 had to be aupplied with the finishing N. 8. The earliest traces of such normalization go back to c1aaaical antiquity itself. The start seems to have been made by contracted nOUDS, particularly proper names, ending in ~, which were associated or identified with those aubstantiveanow c1aaaed under the first declension. Thus Z"lfpG"lN, .1&o-yf",,", .1'If&OtT'I."".., ApwnmA'IN, eto., occur even in A beside Z"lCpG"I, .1&oyI"'I, .1'1,...,."81",,, Ap&tT'I'ORA'I. ete. (432). Soon hereafter-since the IVt B.O., if not earlier-appellativea followed, as TP&~P"[N beside Tp"""" nT~P'lN beside T""~P'I (CMeiaterhana2 107, 14), and IlDce 300 B.O. (if not earlier) proper names endiDg in -lC'Aijr, as: Mf"IC'AijN, A,....&llfl'AijN, AvcnlC'AijN, EWr'A'IN, beside ZTptJ'I'OICAio .1&oK'Aio, ~/o, 'Ap&I7'J"OIC'Aio, XapalC'Afo, ete. (ib. 105; cp. Phr.Jn. 134 'Hpall'A/o, DFp&K'A'o, 9fl"fT'l'OlC'Aia InlCRt-" .,..j" Itrx.J.nJ" 'Ary" d'A'AA P; 'HpalC'AijN w DFpalC'AijN 11:01 e.f&&OT0It'AijN). From the 111'2 B. o. downW1i.rds the instances become so frequent as to warrant the assumption that popular speech closed every accusative aingular with ". G. Sept. Ex. 8, 18 /1"""; 10,4 dlrplb; 16. 15 ",""411; Lev. 13, 15 "ra"'; Num. lji, 27 or,..; Ruth ... u 'rWO''lr4II. I Beg. 2, 10 Ufoijr.

.1,,.,,..

x.. ;-;

I,,.,,, ;

r. "fIlA"'.

1"1"..,.

ues..,

542

Digitized by

Google

,---------

----

-----~

- -

~--

-".----- -

---

-------

APP. m-TERllINAL CONSONANTISJt.

[8-9.

1',.,,1".

'Flpu; .fOOO,dJ,lIptIGn"", J. 8693, 18, 19 1J.p~0II'FfIV. CIA iii. 1379 ffG'Fpl LRoaB 261 &vIIpu ;.lIitth. ilL 339 IvopTlpaI'. xxi. 37 .,1.",",",""'. ib.1I3, 9 O'IITYm;v,-Gr. Pap. Br. J[ua" p. 110 (ml."') Sol tltSTl",..,. ib. u4 (V~) 11 GKaibel167 ](6.pc."". 168-CIA iii. 1379 (lIlt!.') At'"""'" __,;./lav. 368, 8 ".6np'1U'. 372 (IVt) ffGTlptUI, cl&up6np'1U'. 522, 10 I"/T/pav. 716 Dnpod,.-. 920 ffGTplIlcw. 1038,.32 ' ... .".,........ trpitlV. 1135 OlaltrolllP' .. Great Lou'9J'8 Pap. I!)C) IIpd.o_; 1774 Ta. ~... ; 2942 ffGpaCW_ly Abd. Wiaa. 18119, p. 78 x';'- (fnquently), IrI,...", tltST'pav. id. PlOl. 65 (487 .\oD.) TO" 116","",. Tt}ao xu;-. /. Acta Tho. 7,. 38 X.ipal'; 18, 30 ~TQv: 45,35 (also 78, 37) -rwaiIlGV. 451 3 1 (also 46, 3 1) ",.,aTlpal'; Ht 28 'XP9f1T1nvnav; Evang. Tho. A a. 3 n}I' v6rqFav. 10, 3. Ta. tr6IIar., 16, I T1" X'ipaI'. B a. 3 TOll' dl,.,,; 7, 2 TeW trat_. Acta Pilati A G, I ~iav. 13, a M.iIIaI'. B 4t 4 n}I' ADaphora Pil. A 3 n)" x-ipav; 10 B 10 Tt}ao VliIlT"". g. Leont. Neap .V.I. 7~ 6 nlnaI": loo, 19 X'Cpu; loo, 14 ,a;-; 101, 3 IlfuIlA'av; u, 24 .6Aa,8ijv. V. S. 1737 C UlIIo,.allav; 1708 B """,,,,,,. I,

.,.,MU.......-

Tt}ao"'"-.

"nGl".

(FGBen8eler, in Curt. Stud. ill. 171 f.) i further CIA. ill. 156 .&A'Ip.4T&I" ; 238b (p. 495) op.l/>aacf&l" i 2388 ."npl.. ~v"; GIG 8841 &: 9704 iU'PTVP"'; ggo6 '1/rvXGpul i-and on papyri , ..t~,,,, )(oapla,v, 1",UTT6).,.. (CWeaaely -Prol 64,), tntrd..&I", ".",.,.a&l", '7/'Gii~&I" (id. Abd. Wi. 1889, P. 115) ; and in Byzantine writers: ""ap'., cJ+GP'''' lI:owap'' , duij",... tN".,.,,,, lI:nAa,.cGp'' , fJlOUc&l", IUIpM&I", ~~P"',ICOtI{Jdp&V, rrGICIC&I', rr.Ut., ~~l.., ~u" ete. ete.(ll (Cp. 302.)

'~&I",

7'-/1... 7. Similarly neuters like "a""Av.w (1JT11'I" or) cm"" ,"~lT&, ete., 8.1180ciated as they were with }!..pl..", ",a,a&OI', E~o", ete., appeared naked and thU8 called for the analogiea.l ftuishing .: TO ';"W, yAvll:w, ",~iT''', (GKaibel 719, 8 f., II~), fIT''''''' Gr. Pap. Br. Mua. 95, 3~6, a180 CWeIIII8ly, Neue Gr. zaub. P.78; 80 too the numerous dimInutive8 1"0 "",..fIe'>-'" (on COlDll, BVHead 348. 146-3 BoO.), TO cmia&l", 'Apr''''v,
'Aurr&l",
'AI/>~firr&l",

'EAAGa&l", dv.,u/WI, X!l,xT&I", Xpvut.,

'Ha,,,

8. COrreBpOncfuur influence8. operated on the pronoun8 f".. and ui, and led to .,u" (nKaibel 326, 6 ... GIG 3440t I1J1; 80 too even in no. 274 a'I"..", not ai "'I") and an. (1 CLeemana H. 117), forma very common in N-N 8peech (532 i cp. infra 30).-Even TOW. SaMi"..," for SGAGp,1I KZ UTili. 386 (t 11':,').
9. But the full development and popularity of this analogical ." cannot be adequately gauged from the sporadic instance8 acattered in the literary production8 of the time, numerous though they are. Nor are we better informed as to ita actual condition in the IUcceeding B period down to the X~. This is a1ao not aurpriaing when we remember that by this time a systematic grammar, founded on the Atticiatic or, what amounta to the same, ecclesiaatical Greek (0191.), had long been univeraaJly adopted and uniformly taught in the 8chools, and that thi8 grammar had bed the elementary rule regarding final -I". All acribea, therefore, as well as their copiers, wlioae training was based excluaively on the received grammar jU8t alluded to, coUld never be 80 ignorant as to miaapply this rudimenIII That the 1IDal " in all thelIe cUmiDutiV88 in ., is D~ CODBtitUtmt bat _logical appean a180 1'rom a papyru of the V-Vl'l' (LouV1'8 Pap. 126-8)

where we read oWGp., 114., 6naTI, /JuIrGAl,,,.,uu, tr'paO'Tipa, ~, 1ll,"I", --, buide lIw. 1IV'I'fpuo, 1ItfciA&.., &to.

643

Digitized by

Google

8-11.]

APP. m.--TEBMINAL CONSONANTISJL

tary rule and write invariably f'~1I MpalCGN, ,,~_, ,,m.. and the like. That this was actually the case appears sufticiently also from the circumstance that, with the very first appearance of N ~pular compositions in the Xlth, the parasitic final -11 reappears In overwhelming multitudes. Jn~eed, every accusat.ive- in the case of neuters also every nominative-singular appears supplied with a fina.l -". It would be idle to adduce here specIal proofs seeing that every page of mediaeval popular productIons teemB with the parasitic -11. And this is the more Blgnificant, as all such prQliuctions proceed from more or less profeBSional schoolmen (Spaneas or whoever the author ma~, ThProdromoa, MClycaa, etc.), who were carried by the spirit ofc 'calism still strongly prevailing in their time (024-cn8; infra 21). A few samples and passages, however, may illustrate the case :-

(a) cm 8704 (A.D. 1037), 19 Is T,} 'ipDM. Span. 13 Ta.. /Ja"lAtb. 27 tradliv /MIu wpo "4,,ov; 62 traTipa1f; 172 T~ ftpl. "haP "cf>GA.\- wa.a&r p.tnJ "".,.",..p/J"f.. 179 T,} a..a,o~pG.. "OU; 183 >.:dp&v ftM,fI'II'. 280 TO ,lA".. pG.. TOV. (Cp. 131 cLr rAp Ta tt$Aa ToV ftUpM nlv ~ 'tratlcIPl); and 80 all diminutives in a8 1fCIIat.. p.tnJ paBBim. 50 'YfP~. 52 etc.Roboam 28 TO XJIij,.... 33 uun-";;v. 46 t. TO xaPC"pDoN, nIP I/rtu TOV .01 nIP ""Avr."ub TOU ..u 'XTI. IfpipDoN 'If '.OV ..u /JAa"fw/""a. fW'tirA"" &re 11.' aUr,} lIouAlWfTa., R,IIlM pou fls ',,1_, ftavAfl TU ftl'TCl TOU cLr le' '''~M ..u IJIwf. TOil law" TOV ..u Ilh" ..u nil' "ap..a.. TOV .ls trG""II. 11.' 60 ~ fIIIPTIIx1all. 71 ftpii."'I""", 1'011; 8f 'YfwOPGP 86 nIP 'AwEb 1'01', et pasaim. Pul. 119 t. ''''_ "U/JpECfI. .",.C-. If' ."," _1'1-

-.v,

-n'v,

xolltll",.
tb)

'p.4_

.,,1_.

w ftplftfl ..a AIIAIii 01'lN ..a '""'"'Xal_, ob ftplftfl '''~M ..a (lA/_pIU 'p.4NCt ftpfwfl ..a ,,,,, (0) Prodr.l, 33 TO "1'6,.. "1" 49-52 TGT'r'br.v lis wolllipw, 1',.41"", oH f1lll 's TO IlaltTt$Alv p.tnJ Ifpelf/AI" IIMTvAlII,",'1 cW~ /JpaX.6A&". 249 p.GIfpO" ~_ 2, 39 "/AIII 6t.iII.v ~"~'" &AIlS, olp.a"'T.V, et paBSim. 3, 35 "'0 ...A&hw76 .... "a" Aaxal"" TO 11 .".is, Ip.is I~ .GA,v TllllU', 1..u TW- TO wv.pa/J4_, Ita1 TEvav ...0 n;s wpo/Jar. 85 ...all p.;;vav. 86 oW.v.. JOJ T' d3pW TO traE'Ip./JItl',..u ...0 ftGAa",,361top.pD.II. 111 lick 111.""",,, TOI; 147 TO Clptlll'. J86,nVCIIfCIPItdv4111U'. 346 6ptlC."I'~ Ta p.4A111,-et paBBim.
Pecat. 1-4 'S"iM

tI,....

_'t'p&",,,.

10. The same state of things continues to the present day in some insular idioms, particularly in the northern sporades (219.221), partly also in that of Crete. On the whole, however, a reaction bega.D. during M, and gradually led to the opposite process as "e aIiall presently see .

..4. Retreat 0/ FVaal

-v (also -Po -l, ..,,) .from Me NomiflGtiw Singular and elsewhere.

11. As Boon as final -11 came to be felt as the characteristic sign of the accusative (supra 5 ), its position in the nominative was shaken. Just as the minority of accusatives, formerly endiDIf in a soDant, were drawn into the majority by adopting an analOgIcal -11, 80 DOW Domina.tives ending in -11, being 1088 in number, submitted to the plurality of those closing with any other letter than -11. But this normal plurality used to end, as we lmow(a) if masculine, in -~, as: Tnp.ln~, Pa,",,~, D;pr,,~. {Joppaf, ).~. ~ 86r, XfWrrov~,. ".cit~, !m6XffOJ~; fX/>lf, l)(SVr, {Jarru..v" ~" yAw",,..a.. (cp. also Kp'l" 13pttf, lWAOJf, etc.) ;
544

Digitized by

Google

APP. IU.-TERJlINAL OONSONANTISJ[.

[n-la.

(b) if femiDiDe, in a vowel, aa: uot/*a, X-pa, ".>'ItI'fTfI, a>'~flal {jatri).tla, 'f'1"",, .,,>'''lCfln, ~fJ'Yllpii-.,.apJ" mi>.", u).tj, "".a>.", If>artij, XIIVfT9, ".Jit,-Iellll frequently in a vowel + r, as: ~r, I).wlr, tr6A&r, 1C"",111f, " &"ofADr,

dA"Bo/r [11.

lS. Apart. then. from these two leading classes of noUD8, there remained but a amall number of maaculiDel and femiDines closing with .... Now at a period when final -" had already been mistaken, by popular feeling, for the sign of the accusative (supra 5), the minority waa naturally felt aa an anomaly, and thUI had to retreat before the normal ending. Similarly final p ~ '" could no 'Ionger relilt the inftuence of thia pervading plurality and 10 adapted themaelvel to the establiahed and familiar type which required -r for all masculinea, and a lonant-commonly -a or i-(thia i representing 'I, " 11, H, fil, 111)- or a vowel + r for feminines (248). And in ord~r to arrive at luch a normalization, there were two ways open: (a) either final " p r E '" had to make room for or, or for a vowel, according aa the noun under conaideration waa masculine or femiDiDe (338), and thia actually happened in some inatances, aa: ylpor for -yi"..,,,, )(opos for ~"J QP}(or for QPXfIJ", ffn86s fur wu(J.,,, (aa cS wo(Jor fl",l" ...pIl( =woOor ,...i80s J, Ilmor for a&ci"fIJ" la T-B form of Il&cilr_); cp. the ancient 4>pl"" &: ~R' ~v).a or & ~vAaE, ",ipnpor & ~f1TVp, 1Cpd." &: "pilE, uayyrj &: uoyE, fr'f'U~
&: fr'f'IIXlI' &IAfJaE &: -IICOf, aprraE &: -aycw, n.~ &: .lII:", tAlyE &: t).lyyor, 'pIIE &: dpllX'i, ",HE &: pfm, KamrUa~ &: -a6cr,r. r6~ &: ~1IIIa, ft').~ &: .Uc". wlBrtE &: -'1nr, fJ/xTTpve &: -vxor. t/JO>.'9~ &: If>a>.dYY'/, .,.plfJaE &: -u6r, a.lpt &: aGplCOf, fTdp/JIIE &: .V"'I. ",apor &: ",cip, 10.').'1""" for 1(J.Arjl'flJ'" I&fYIfTm.,. for pryifT'f'a. (Vita SA. 30" B. 31* B.

0, etc.), l'fiCor for ,...,l'6I", ,..)..iOf (Prodr. 40 544) for tr).,l.,,,, etc. ; or a more lerviceable expedient had to be relorted to: the accusative liugular to be uaed aa a nominative. The latter alternative offered far more advantages, lince it alread, closed commonly with the luggeltive ending -a, aa: T~" WaffPO' ')If1'f'OJIfJ. ylp"""''', tJij)(O, wlNlra, B"uiA'o; ...~" alyu, 4>>.l/3n, uefa", etc. It waa the commoneat and moat familiar case, lince It not only acted as the object cue-having succeeded the ancient accuaative and moreover replaced the dative Bond genitive to a pat extent (1247)-but alao occurred very frequently with ~repolitlOna (flr, "pOrz aJlci, "a.,.o, alii [for], I'f'rIi [after], "apci, Iw~ w.pl, a,.4>l. w6,lllrfp, later al80 dtr6, and atilllater m, lit, "",ci [=withJ, ;,,); finaUy it exhibited the full stem, an additional advan~ appealing to popular Ipeech which aims particularly at penpicwty and emphaail. It waa the accuaative form, therefore. that lent itself moat conveniently for the purpOle, lince it waa ahead" in itaelf a f1niahed nominative feminine: (~ .. olya) ~ alya, (~" f..Wya) pWya (10 even Achmet. 285), (T';''' Bvyanpa) 8vy".,.ipo, (.,.r)" Mptlln) 'I Mpl&t, (n;.. ~n) ~ .v1C'f' ', etc.lI.I. Aa to the m8aculine gender, it waa also aufticiently indicated: the normal ending -r (263) had only to be affixed and the nominative waa ready and complete for uae, aa: (n.. a.pa) IS a.pa-r? (CLeemans 117 IIat A. D.), (.,.0.. Mpall:a) IS Mpall:rr, (n.. tra'f'fPO) IS wanpor. (ri.. 1-""0"') IS yclT'OJIfJ-r. (,.0" I&9N) IS I&9N-r, (,.0" &pX0Jl'f'll) IS

40*
(b)

III NeuterB, after decluotmc thole eucliDg in 0", -/14 or a vowel, vldcb haft been alread7 ooulderecl above (9t a, lI, c), come hardly into _ t . PI The t;wo words 1rya.,.lpa ad 4l1'A.m,nz, quoted as nomiDati"f'8I from 80 eM'I;r oompollitiona .. B _ (BASoph. Laz. L n., elao introcL 56 ii .) OD intupolatfaa of the DOkIrioaa forpr Sbnonidel

n.

546

JI D

Digitized by

Google

1S-18.]

APP. ID.-TERJIIl(AL CONSOlUll'1'l8JL

Ipx".,..-r, (ft" lI-aM,.) & fJa,alla-r, (& ~ [Le.~] beDg inacJmi-ilile <407), etc.

18. ID like m&DDeI', all participlei' inflected after the ]I'd dec1eaGOB (..., -cw, Loucra; -.'" -oW, -oi,.cra; -as, __, ......,..; __, -Or, -N; .is. '"'''' "WII; -W, -W, -WII: -oUr, -4" -oiiva), .. far .. they were IIillIllniTiDg, could no lODger hold their cnrn, and 10 were IIOW replaeed by their to a finite relative clau.e, or by a prepoaiticmaf inliDitiTe, u : (& M}W') mu or &trOll At,-" (& .,....) Germ or ...., .rn, (M,-) In; or In n~ or I" ~ At,-'''' 1&3'; u,.., or n.,., I . My, or n.,., . .

anal,_
(2166.)

14. In C8IIeI where the aecusative ended in -ill (that ia -'" or _I, the C01ll'lle to be adopted ... pla.inly indicated: .., ... limply chopped and the preceding .. beiDg identified with the tInal -., of the lilt decleDlioD, Ie"ed .. a nolma} buia. Accordingly, in the cue of feminine., it wu a1readylO uaed, .. :
"I" .laY", w

"'1" X.dfU 7'';' ;ox

7';,,!tw

X"P'

Pax.'
#a

.&ern

"'" ".~w 7'';'' ""!'l""

'-I"

.pat,

n)r 3w", au.n the whereu lDII8C1Ilinee (which are b1lt few) normal ending or, .. : ft" &/>'" d4H & &/>cs or I4ntr (343 f.) 7'~" & "';" apw. 3pv &3pVr or apijr. U. The proC811 which haa been operative in the formatioD of thia novel nominative ai~ applies, .. a matter of coane, aleo to the'vocative. It may be ilIuatn.ted by the following eumplee : 7'1)" Jyca .; .1JG (lI) cdya (lI) ",,",. " rNll'rti' , .u.m. (lI) ..v.rr.

a:"""",. ,,~

,1""'''

7'1).. ".p&frf d .. frII'rpa" ..0" MpaU" &ilp.oJIII" (JoulA/ti'

'1~ 'I tr~

& ft/If'/pru & MptJlUJr & W",,_ & /lafT1A_

(lIl"""'" (lI (lI -npa ~lI "dptJIUJ " W",'JIfJ

-pOl.,

II /IafTIA.a

11. MOVABLE OR EUPHONIC 11.

18. The old grammatical rule preacribiDg that the verbal en~ -. and -a annex a movable or euphonic -11 (commonly b1lt erroneoualy called 1t/J'>'''IIG't',,,d..), when a IOnant or a pause 81Icceeda, holds, "ery ICholar know., no IODJ8r coDlidering that all direct and authentic literary monumenta-lnac1!'!:t0Dl and papyri-fail to confirm lOch a doctrine. Accordin6 to de JJMaaaeen'a instructive reeearchea (in Lps. St1ld. iv. 1-64J, founded OD the p1lblic or otlicial' ... iucrip-

646

Digitized by

Google

-----

---

APP. ID.--TEmlINAL CONSONANTISK.

[18-19.

tionB, the annexation of final .. appeara to have been the regular practice iD the I~~ B.O. Ita actual addition or omiaeion is illuatrated by the following taOle lib. 16):N in tertia peraona Bing. temporam praeterltoram.
IN lIIEDIA ORA.TIONE.
AIII~

I
Abelt 0 4 2 40 19
I

fIOCtIlu

Alfte COII8OJICII

AdeBt
B. 0.

"
"
B.O.

500-403 403-336 336-300 500-403 403-336 336-300

9
20 1

Abeat 0 1 0 23 13 0

Meat
22 37

I I

58
3 31 22

IN PAUSA.

"

"
80

31 '7

erne Ri .waro. 903& 5 'Ieri4.poP If III "ceSerIN fMJPpnpfgu,,,. . 18. Tracee of this mlwae, however, appear even in ..t inlCrlptions (F.Allen in Arch. In.. Amer. iv. 158), a8: VIt B.O. (Attica) d114..,).... Al4t. GDittenberger 367 (Delos) dlllIr,.... JW.A."or.-(Attica) ...,..,.... IaN(r)TOI(,,).-.r..... Il_OII'.-IVt B.O. (Amorgos) 'UT'I/,1t.. r6k. 19. Once established in the 'popular cODlcience, ." movable became a coDatituent aufIix and rem&lned in common practice down to the beginning of the Christian era., when the spirit of general reaction. manifested in the lan~ at lanre. interfered alao with the use of final ." in written compoaition, a.nd hed ita poaition and character OD the plea of avoiding hiatus and aiming at euphony. From thil time onward Atticizing or acholaatic writers adhered more or 1881 rigidly to the rule laid down. while unlea.med acribea could not help making liberal concel8ionl to popular ~eech, and 10 admitted more freely the intrulive ., in the wrong place. that i. before a conlOnant. The latter CM of literature abOft plainly that movable ." not onll remained in full practice, but had even extended to the 3d perlOn Img. of contracted imperfecta in f. [1], of imprf. and BoOr. paBII. in I ' l l and -". then to the subj. in -n. and even to adverb.. 808 : Gr. Urk. Berlin 300 (tI48), 5 q .. alO/I tiN i 246 llI~-In:] 17 f.I'.A"ri-rDl "Ill;' tniir alA,,", iN. Gr. Pap. Br. Kus. p. 303 [VIt] 83 WGpffT}(1",N 'RP'
1') CompAre oft.. ';'&ryc.". ~t~MI"fI",

17. In the subsequent or P period, the practice of movable ." became popular aB to aft'ect aJao artistic compositionl and lometimel defy even metre, BB ma.y be Been from the following inlCriptiOnal specimenl : RWagner 65 f.=GKaibel 189 (IIII B.o., :MelOl) .PO",,",IN 8_aro". ib. 2 7'; 270 _ 811'" 'ClTl.. adp_. 402. I ." o'".,IN ..apM"" ..ri.p0&6ne IIv.. a~ererall cLracr.... 545 (po 528) rEs DA.tira,a.. crUA.lJfTne; r~r 'A..er.; 616 9PfUXTne rotWol" 1",". 726 (tIIII-Ivt. Rome), 9 Cea pi" C_WIN, 8dH" 4. earner,,, 80 (tIIII. Cyzicua),3 UcSN lE-rf'A.ffT-

Ily""...

cIA"..

'rm;"",. #Sa .... (220, s) ..porIf"', ..", tlttlhner-Bw. L 293).

547 n
2

person (for .ft): #SII..." 388; , ..oln" HRoehl IGA 48s;

Digitized by

Google

---------~------~--~--------~--------------------------~

19-21.]

APP. III.-TERllINAL OONSONA~"TIS"

OVaAwrt"OIl. JIou.U,,. 19, 47 '-r/".ToM. GKaibel 719 ....-pl. Ii IIIIC t ...... 'AfItI.,.1a CIG 86go 1177"0~M" -SS. Bull. Corr. Hell. vii. 261 .......,M. -Acta Tho. !ti, 40 'PatH",N; 37, 39 ~BOIIA~N; 49. 5 ......,.; 50. 9 ,",TiB"N; 51, I!\ cl.-fO'TQ.\"N; 58, 6'.o."""'M; 87, 40 '.-AmN (all3l'd penon). Leont. Neap. V J. 18, 17 lC) 4t.ppl"M ; 30, 13 IF) '''OIIf'poIft''''tN; 42, 2[. (Cl IA~N; 77, 19 lC) "92, 8 (AC) ~","""N; 82, 19 C) 'fO~M. V. S. 1673 A '"''"1t,u"N; 1721 A ,.."tnM; 1733 B ""~""M; 1740 B la.ocq",M ; 1740 C IIJapI,Ir,N: 1741 B "I>""'M. 1688 B ;~,..M. 1721 B "GAnM (all 3nl person). Louvre Pap. 2, 3"2 ,.VreM. ''-'&7"IIM Jahr. Kl. Phil. Supl. xvi. 825.

/IOlItrrfut,,, /AOII "cl 'trptl.,.""." Al~ir"a", I ,,' cl.,.u"N trOCJ4A /AOII, ,,' cl.-AUr,M 2, 55 T01l"l']1Ga.s"Xo.,,0If 1.6.."M, b. EGeorg. Conat. 3'3 nv '".N .-apPf/fI.4 "a.; 316 nl nii '".N lryw'.'r. 477 .4Aft "yf";N ';''';'/Afpor. 626 111." "lfViN cl.-I,."To W"OTG/AI. 724. 51." ""r awov l"eN .I .po-rl"p6r TOil. 730 cl .4, "cl T6 'X. nAfpfN nl .. 'X. trOJAI1IN. 735 1tGl ToWO '''fM ciA",i.. 922 "d '''fM a.cl .uTa. c. Belth. 1010 ., B4Alvapor cl.."A~M. lIog f. 'tt-yll,."ur,M ltf>Ba.af KO"Ta .ls Ta ""'lV"a&, I ,Mwr I,,""M fIr ~" lV" "y1I,...a, ", TO ~

20. AB to the practice in the current speech of the time. we have no direct evidence illustrating the actual state of things. Nevertheleg we have indirect criteria that ." movable remained in unbroken currency down to M. This evidence is: (I) it was regularly affixed IU an almost constituent element even in preChristian inscri)?tions and papyri; (2) itappeara more or leaB constantly in all post-Chnstian compositions of unlearned character; and (3) wit.h the first appearance of popular N compositions during M, it Buddenly reappears in overwhelmmg numbers; in point of fact, it is annexed to every third person of all verbs, whether barytone or contracted, whether active, paaaive or middle, frequently even to adverbs. a. Prodr. 3. 41-45 ....oM (four timea), et pa.im; 209 f. I'll '){pl".,."N T~

rftvxiI ",011.

aw..

alia."

TOIl.

18 ",_IC_N; 8, 1:;3 ",4X..,.,...cuN; 21, 136 "'pltW"alM; index ",,' I"rcl Tij, .""".",M ., Aru, et passim . Now: "OTiN TOil I never in his life,' FIN clKoiir 'don't listeD,' ,,~N "0,.'-0"&"'" 'don't complaiD,' "ftM TO tfXGttvr 'don't forget it.' (1797.}-80 4 for &'" for 34", etc. (infra 25).

d. Hermon. I, 210 n}If ~"", I fj"...p .,ap IX'IM .,ap TOUTO" T6r FI tIT,..;M I. To& '-01.1",,11. 14,

'K"". u, :115 I".,.",,"

m"',

a.

20b
-....aN,

lioii

Also adverbial participles in -""G (822 f.) oocaaionally become Hermon. 22, 3:16 {fAbronaN; 19, 363 'Y"piCOIITaN, eto.

m. The above Bpecimens (I7-20b), which might be multiplied to &Dy extent, speak for themBelves. Their full import, however, can be realised only when it is remembered that the authors from whom they are taken are more or le. scholarly litterateun with a pronounced bias for classical' Greek, 80 that their N popular productiOns are simply archaistic and artificial compositions with liberal conces .ions to the vernacular idiom hitherto ilJDored (supra 9'- With all that, they cannot resist the uncontrollable mfluence of popular speech. and thUB admit ." movable, almost indiscriminately, in every third person of all tenses. This practice is continued to the present day m several modem Greek idiOms, mentioned above (10), whereas iu retreat from the other dialects will be explained presently.
648

Digitized by

Google

APP. Ill.-TERJlINAL CONSONANTIS..

[2S-M.

Ill. OMISSION OF FINAL 11.

la The truism that every eXcelsleada to reaction finds ita application also in the use of final .". Ita original preaence or pual extension over all accusatives singular, including the nominative neuter; to all datives plural in -eT1"; and to all persona singular of the verb, including those in ./Mt not to speak of ita conatant presence in the Ifenitive plural: this profu81on of final ." could not but lead to confu81OD, and confusion again could not but lead to reaction. Accordingly, as lOon aa it had reached the stage of excea, the formerly euphonic and later constituent terminal ." began to be dropped. This reactionary proce. aignaliles itself naturally fint in apor&aic eases, then spreads gradually until it haa final!! dialod~ almost every final.", whether euphonic or constituent. The earliest manifestation of this proce88 may be traced-aa far aa the material is available-to G times, that is to the period of ita great spread. a. CIG 5074 CA.D. 31) 'fcl" pl.,.tlTOP 'Bp",. 1/. Gr. Urk. Berlin 183 (A.D.85), t4 ."po "~&o"11II ,.;;[r] Sanr6oii1-or ftCP~"
.ed 1I'"13111J1 (read '"I3tEu).
Co Great Louvre Pap. 3183 ,.c\II 60ppG Ked ,.cl.. A(t/tL 17u."po Gr. Pap. Br us. p. llj, 37 on} n}~. 341, 34 lMa p~" fIr Soppii, ,.cl.. 3~ &AA... fIr CWeaaely Aiad. Wills. 1889 p. 115 41rA~" dIIfGAflCl. ib. dIIa (for oiHnw), fls 6uppii. often.-Leont. Neap. V. J. 51, 16 '" t6 &r.o" dlJlJi Acta Pil. B 1, I fir ,-cl...0ptJvci.-Porph. Adm. 170 'Apnlfi, ,-cl" SaApo.nC". d. Acta Tho.39, 34 wap.3cS6". 89, 5~. Leont. Neap. V. J. 88, 30 (E) ,.,~6f1. 17, 1 (C) ...A"pocpopl,6f1. 92, 35 (.A.C) plafhJ. 16, 8 (E) It..4t1r,,; 7,9 (C) '"-&lInt penona.

u.,At.m,...

X.",

""'ri.

,.a.

,.a.

""'X

tiel .a afIlllT4t1afpa, beside pa8lim. I, 17 dppt/ltrT",..., but 32 ,.0 r " 337 '" lfAaIJ;;Tfl 48 p7} 1IIf;,Bt11fU, p7} TpiS.a... , tlT6,.,. .. '"'Ir. lit 9.9 ptIN F1 trapaICC&P.ovplC,I r 139 '" iE'PXftlGl. 316 "d p7}N XOp.,olIlOl" ~\l7 ,,4 pI} xop.,olllOl. 3, 517 a.waN " 517 3.iN, 567 ,.cl.. 3fWa. 504 Te),. _IAfaN " 545 1J1ltl1A4a. 4, 340 ,..,.,,434 Ked 1rCIjIGt1~, 556 I.6""N ,.cl CawApaN pOll. ABC 13, 4 PO" lE ,,4 tI' IAAlJia. 7... 3 a ~(,,) ..,tlTI"'r lied a wA"pocpoplMtfu.
... 198

Span. u ,.a. _.ANN '" 335 ,.e),. lJat1lA1a. 83 'IMj/MI. '" 280 111.",.. ,.011. J85. xtipar lA" hU"N " 234 ou34",.".. ~t1)(o.\~" u8 " _.A.Us "'''r A .... IIpl6f1N. Roboam 33 , tI. 3Wav '" 121 4H tll a.w", 63 4H tI. 'Alh. Prodr

18. The subsequent T-B periods, aa far as we may judge from the literary monuments extant, do not show an adequate progreBB of the reaction against final.... This cannot, however, indioate a discon. tinuance, but rather testifies to the scholastic zeal of the scribes of the time (supra 19-:(10). For BOOn hereafter, when M popular literature made ita appearance, we are suddcnly faced with a bewildering state of things: final.. is added and dropped promiscuously and indiscriminately, showing, as it were, a atiI1 undecided struggle.

,..u

.a..

trIW,

At.,..,.,

11"

14.. Since that time the stl'DlMle has been ca.rried on, but the proceBB of reaction evcntually gamed the upper hand, and 80 finaJ -" is now fast retreating from popular speech. In \>oint of fact, it aubaiata only in the few in8ular diaJecta specified in 221; generally a1ao in the proclitics (T6.., T~", Td.., T..., 61.., tI", ('Ii'" etc.), when they are followed hy a IODu.nt or 11, If, T, as: nil' a-ycnr9, r.j. lr.apdC", plj" frUur, MP theour, &. ."Dor, 3/.. TO IJ.'A., ,.~.. """d. TOIl "GlpeS, ni trlU3i( .., rov; further in a tew more caaea whltre its dropping would give rise to confusion (cp. JXa with .1xllJ', fe.M with flhAaII,

&49

Digitized by

Google

24-28.]

APP. 1Il.-TERMINAL CONSONANTISJ[

lorn ;I/>t-ya with .1"a" ;I/>vyn.. infra 28; also rO with TO.). But even in these exceptional cases the phonetic difficulty is obviated. by another eJ:pedient: a suffixal 01' rather protectiN vowel -~ is annexed and producea amplified forma like TOK, ,.,p.~, Till" for TO", T~", TiI,,; ..WOw. "'"'lK, awil.,~ for awo", aw~l', m .... (the analogy of which is followed by ,u,tn, CT;;CT~, ToVv~. TH. for ,Mw, aar, ToW, T"'r i. e. T.....), If... for ai... a... for 11" (cp. alBO ~Ivi and 'vi for ~lr and 'r reapectivel~), etc. (130. 132b. 208). This protective -. is apparently due to the influence of the syllabic augment of verbs with which the words under conlideration are so often aaaociated. aa: TO" (T't") Iy;,,-... 1(3A.",,-"" CT~"') )VfWv.., BAerr..--yvfWv.., (JAm. TO'" (T"..); riI.. 'ka, "'" lNa.. ai~. T1IJ"; Tit./6vpl,8rpta (Crete), TW. twpoiipat, 6vpav"," T_; 80 rie flbA'JII'~, CTRIT.I/>t>...i j "iu IpA'JII'" pM. ,w.ri; a" Il/>ofjq8-qIC., aft rtofjara etc. 1536 f. 725). 2&. Sometimea alao -ca protective is appended, probably due to the accusative singular (m,a, iN. a.iN etc.). aa: (aWeS,,) aWcSJJIJ, (a~) alrij...., (',.f,,) I"/"a, lilT,,,) IlT/rHr. So too the neuter form i. with ita compounda oM,,,, t"ai", tt.d,I", /ta81,, haa been amplified to Oa. ~JJIJ, ,.."a;..... "G,.,,,,., ...sf.,... aa: Apophth. 105 B rr).;ow~ .1. iPG; 144 0 iJJlJ dnti;).aiov; 80 Cosm. Ind. 101 B. Mal. 346, 11 IAao" I.... ; further 279. 8; 280, 13 j S. Pelagia p. 56 1TVIt"~,, .Ir ..... rrcUrrar ToUr 'lfoA.tTar rwhere HUsener miatakea it for masculine and refen to Latin Iflllf"']; Porph. Cere 121, I "aB/.... i/tGITTfW (Jijpa. Span. 133 .lr ro lCa8i.... 'lfpiytG; Prodr. 5. 56 /C'p.oW rfW moN 'JJIJ (for ruo ;,,); and with further movable '. aa ProUr. 6, 167 1' i....N fjrATiI".; 3. 86 Aovrpb" OiJai"AN (3A.tr tanless

o AavTp'jr).

28. In caaes, however. where the absence of final -. would not lead
to confusion. it is simply dropped, and words like the above (24) obtain a. threefold form, viz. IIJ) meW (or drOar) -~"1 -i,,; TeW. nir, T ; aI" cafter which alBO t~ for ,..4), 11,,; ,u,r. lTar, TlJVr, TiIr (i.e. r ...l. .... tl~: all used in cODnected apeech and before a vowel or /c, .., T ;-(11) awo..., (or -ca), -4..., (-0), -it"., (-ca); row. (-0), r4".. (-ca); T ...., (-0); ai....

'": in connected speech before CODBOnants other than It, .., r: but ,mar, CTitn, TO~CT', rilaf, flaf before any cODBOnant.-(e) ..wo, awr,. aw., rn. T~, ,.... N. Ir. 27. That final ., is ofteD aasimilated to followiDg " ). Pt or appean as nasal 'Y before gutturala, ha. been explaiDed in 195 and 200 tr. 28. The retreat of final" is a phoDetic phenomenon which haa neceeIlitated a. number of grammatical changes in the language eapecially lince T timea. One of them is that forms like I>..lIaa and lAVlTa.., n.,. and lA~r lG-B for lA.}"' 1st and 3rd peraon, 7941. l/tOlt;,8rt" and ;/COI".;,e", ,.0" and TcS (tonoclitic pronoun for mo.. and .McS" distin~ed aa they were only by the final." have since ita retreat become Identical and thus called for a 1'!Ylltctir. suffix, suggested by aaaociation or analogy (13210. 80l b f.). Thus in iAtIfT(I" and IA.y.." a protective -f waa appended, and gave birth to the N forma .'AVlTa.... .'Ar,a., (=lAvaa", ''''YD''l. ThiS~ waa presumabll suggested by the third peraon singular of PtJ6I tensea (1Avc, I>..vn, AJf').VO" il/>a)C). In proc888 of time it WILl transferred alBO to the other persons and thus called forth the more recent but still dialectal forma rJPXO"tOV- ll] or (al80 qPXcStMJI') .. 9P)(6"".. : ifp)(ovvov_ ll] == rJpxov; "px_(1) - fpX''f"O; {jIlXO~trTn". or 9PX6".aTf.NCP]",qpxcSt.8a. etc.-beside the less frequeDt
III 80 _ t e d thrvachov.t, after .. : PuL 44' __ f.

'pxc!,..-

IS,..-
650

"_f.

~f.

cunen' evell lA JI

Digitized by

Google

APP. IIL--TBRKINAL CONSONANTISH.

[18-80.

forma ot northern speech 4~;y6,--, 4pp-, ate. where the final .... is due to the influence of the lint p8l'1On 1p..II<" Ip.allfl, rlXa, a"a, ,,'~p.,rta, etc. (BoIO).-That this protectIve or sufbal -. (or -a) wu reeorted to when euphonic." had been identified with coDBtituent ., Deeds no lpecial elucidation here. 19. On the other hand, the aorm paaaive (/"OIP.;'s"., ;reo&p.;,Br,) was amplified by the superaddition ot the perfect ending -Ita (the two tenaea banns meanwhile become identical and equally cb&racteriatic of the put L786. 18751; cp.lfITfII' and 'IT"lreo, dl!!" and .uP'lreo, IIT;Yo. and IIT)'rpcn, lSa.o. anil Y'f,",,1tIJ, la.,., la-a and 4f&",cn, etc.), and thua received additional empbaaia through the double ending -8q-rco, as : llCOIp.;'-IJ.,-rea, ;1t0lP.;,er,.1t., '''O,,,.,,s;,..IIGII-.. (76Ib. BoI.) 80. The varioua stagel ot the whole procell of euphonic and analogical amplification may be exemplified in the two pronouns ip.' and ITE. Aa aJl'fJadyexplaiDed (532 and SURra 8), their seemingly abnormal form called for their supply first With the analogical -I' (/pi", ITf,,). Then the neceaaity arose for their aaaimilation to ODe of the received accusative endiqa (-a., -'I., -a by this time all amplified to -a.). The nearest ana moet convenient of such endinga was naturally -a, since it was suggested by fonns like ,.""i, am.o, '''''' ).,pillfJ, p.ij"." ~,p.ciiJOa, pin, and moreover suited both genders, consequently also the forma ipi(.) and tTI(,,). AccoldiDgly ;".e" now became Ipi_, and ~." or t with the analogical prefix su!llf8sted by Ip.I 532) Itri" became ;-fT.-".... ID the further progreaa of time, when every accusative closed with final . (aqpra 5 f.), this new suftix was appended also to Ip.I-"." and i-tTf-".a and led to Ip.I-.-a-" and ;-rTfPG-. (cp. ,.,.0-", a.iPa" etc.), as in Span. 172 etc. When lastly final." became untenable (mpra 22 fr.), a aecond suflixal or protective -. came to ita defence and led to ip.l-_-_ and I-tTf-_''-', now often heard in popalar speech (537).

5&1

Digitized by

Google

APPENDIX IV.
THE FUTURE INDICATIVE SINOE A TIMES.
1. Comw.red with the other tenBel of the present and put, the future inaicative from the outaet laboured under serious di....bantagea. For while present action was ~ed alm08t entirely to the present indicative, and past action exclullvely to the put (i. e. aoriat. Imperfect and pluperfect) indicative, future action was distributed between the future indicative on the one hand, and the other mood. (8ubjunctive, [olltative), and imperative) on the other (App. v. 1), not to speak of the Infinitive (App. vi. I & 4), nor of the present indicative (1836). Each of these moods was of ita own an exponent of proapective action, in that it referred to a time to come, and thus performed ~art of the office otherwise appropriate to the future Indicative. The future tense therefore had virtually a much narrower scope than had the present and put indicative. With the gradual retreat of the 8econdary 8ubjunctive (App. v. 6-13), of the ')rd J('el"8On imperative (1918ft'. 1928. App. v. 16), and above all of the infimtive (2063 AllP. vi. 13-17), and their aucce8810n moatly by the primary 8ubjunctive 8lDlple or in company with the appropriate conjunction, but particularly with r.a (App. vi. 16), this mood-the primary IUbjunctive-became as it were the sole heir and succeasor of all extinct moods and thUl came to be felt as the principal exponent of future action. The future indicative therefore, owing to ita limited use, eventually became 10 unfamiliar with the maaaea as to be altogether diapenBeil with, ita place having been aaaumed by various SUOstitute8 partly permanent, partly transient. These are in chronological order :-

I. A. 11. The pramt indicotice acting as a durative future. This has been a permanent substitute from claaaical antiquity down to the p,resent time. with steadily increasing popularity II ~36. Cp. RKtllmer li.S 11 S, I " 119, S).
A 365 if ... ". llANUoJ .,. IHrTfpGl' dnltl""~47clf, I .f ..011 "If _ '" .,. ,..., ....NppofOr iCTI. Hdt. 7, 140 m. -,dp 1) _NIl ' " ....., GIn ,.cl ttGipa Ali""AI "CAll. ADo 8, 77. Tb. .. 95 ." "" x/lP"" "POCKTAc:8c - ....lrv ,,;w..OI' iMy6cpoYn. Bur. Andr. 381 "" ~ n ...., A' 1&<411'(("11 p/Jpotf tTOfi a' 06 'fA"""r ..........;,. ,.ci..a. nf"". X... AD. 4. 7. 5 ~ O",.pa:r" 06. ICTI ,-cl ,,,,~hc. ., ,a) A~"... ,.cl x. . .. ADtiph. 3, 8, 11 ~ ..",.,. ..... k",-, 4nAtI....... Wai,.,oc u8icTAC8c. )(1111;71". poqa. 11, .,.,pI 0"' "010; .....",ij_ .. ,.. ",pl- "~r, . . ,a) ,,~. Apophth. 396 A , . , IlAtar .. HA., 06. 8f& (pNIeDt 960) If. . . ,.. .wa.

.tfGA' ""xv ........ ,...

.,.ArI,..,....

552

'f,....".

Digitized by

Google

APP. IV.-FUTURE INDICAOP:VE SINCE J4 TIMES.

[ILe.

S'. ThislJ1lbstitute ill now very common in N speech, as: h.,.. paprvt+tJr ". CKOTWNeu, and the almOllt exolwdve means of exprel8ing the future indicative in South Italian Greek (1836'). (GKoroai 145.) 8. b. The 8oI8OCiation thua etfected between present and future may account not only for the converae ~ (18891, but also for the confuaioD, lince A, of the future subjunctive-acting as future indicative in that caae (intia 8)-with the present subjunctive, a circumstance which has tiually called into existence several verbal doublets, as: bpti61U/.) "rue-pal-novel present a'Ur80paL (18170") 8lyot-8i-y.. (lm .. "X6"",,) wwXO)I'",-lnrdtTxofIGI' (i_61U/11)l__pa,-lflYtopnL (14).0II)&fJ"-&iJ,)... (/yoOIU/II) -r'..pal--ylllOpm. ('pv)OII P) dp~-dpVyoJ (u Callin.1I7,.IS) So.r,. ('.y') filt. JpG-Jp&.-So too mN: m.~"., then reoently (_i,,}(OI1) mni"X--~x-. (tTVHapafAO") IT1III4pd,.-

"wapa,...

. B. Co Eapecfally regalar and common appears tile use of the pre.nt for a 1_ _rtive future in the case of luch verba as inolude in themselves the inception of future. Such are: 'PXO/lG', .1"" ~89), "op.-6op."., innI,..,more commonly 3Wapa&; allo olop.a. or o1p.a., tyoiip.a., .0p.ICQ/. <11,", A4,.." 'A"'CQ/, +oIfoii/lG' (eapeoiaUy when they are uaed parenthetit'a1ly); XJ1II, 3ft", """" etc.-and above all ,uUol, (')'IAaI, /JoVAo/lG'. dfttA., and the like.
(18g3. 11196. J086b.)
Ar.. Veap. 534
JI

.rnp, .,wo.TO, .v. oWor ieAEI KpATHCAI. 8ept. Joau. 'T' Tptcr .p.4",. _ .p... lIABAiNf.TE TW 'Iopaa...,. . TaWor. John 14. ' 3 Id. 'TDlp.MGI Td_ 6p.i..., HAt" PXO....I _ 'fID(1GA1,P'/IDptJ. 6".. So 4. 23. I, 3Q. (Op. Katt. $, 11 cl EPXOMENOC aDd Kark 10,. 30 cl alclo. cl EpxOMENOC). Rom. 1$, 2$ .......1 a~ "o~~ .Ir 'I'jIOIIfIaA.,. a.a.o.&;. Toe, qioer. Diod.li 616, 53 Toef o.EiAOYCIN ANAlqEC8AI TW HNTDII-TDlr dIIa&o,ullOCr. Heeyoh. 'AtV. "op.a. ipxoMAl, JKOIOb..&65 /JAm ftflOllf Ir6nur 8e-AElC A"oMcAI. X-~ Neap. V.S. 168$ B afpew eAOMEN lNlyul 6p6.r. Spam. 101 'X.I. Il~ " .....,. 6.oii ". etAf.1 L\erxeIN. Pradr. 4t 514 Md TM4,.., N ". la&; Td riir TW lliAf.I(' cYpElN 'aDd then I want to _ how you wlll drac him.' &. It fa obvious that the imperfect of the above verba ('-4I1tlllCip.'1", "'ptn,''''Uw, ...Aor, ~&Aw [1905], etc.) in G-B perform the ofllce of the potential indicative (VIOICld, migM; op. infra 7). TIlt. XII. 1040 A ., ,.. 'luIiI/J cl IIIIT.P .p.&iI1 "potnT6EaTo ".Ii Ip.oii ",a. dpew, iillEAt: tnipeor ANEAEiN p.. (-dII.i'A.. '" p..). Oallin. 81, 11 flTpaTIJAln." iMEUE rENec8AI .. ~ 'T.A-wa. Acta Xanth. 62, 2$ .,~. p.DI BwaTW H8EAON ~ Toii ",,"8011 rii. Ip.tlTl_ aVToii. 8. d. On a similar principle, during G, IX- with the aorilt infiniI,

a ,..

._4Mo1.

,a..,

tive takea the place of the future, and thus corresponds to the Latin phrase 1tabeo with in,JfnitiN, used in the sense of a"l1fJII'l" lkp.iA., ,"'U., then as an equivalent to the future tense (cp. French j'aimerGi. finir-ai). Thia Latiniam, however, seems to have struck no deep roots in popular speech, aeeing that modem Greek. even in ita M 8t&fre, U888 this turn much 1888 frequently than synchronous acholutic wnten. Be it further observed that lX- in this construction appears fint in the sense of I ha", ctJ"" to-I ha", (a duty) to, I mu (#flA_), -then (when the simple future had dil&ppeared) I Gm about (I"'Uat), and tiually I iItall or will (lfTOfAO')' Clsment. I, 4 .1 P.4TI .,.. Toii "il... I" AnoWTor I ; X.iporI nAflciN ixeu. I, 17 ". ~. lTotp.." IXeu CYNOlf.Yf.IN. n,1 _ bnrilla (. ~) IXEI "PleHNAI. I," er .,. TIl Tf 'tf Ilc~porra .,.a;.a. .11\0., npcl ToWov p/w0/l MAlleiN ixElc. 01 (lfoii) "p18iiNAI iX" W_!" ~ "fII1 I, 33 01 (...war) ~ dfc~ TI, "'. 'XCI "MNHlliiNAI.

,.pat. . 'PTAilIa.

I,"""

,,,pat..

663

Digitized by

Google

8-'1.]
2,

APP. IV.-FUTURE INDICATIVE SINCE A TIJI(ES.

cl'JOloV TU'Of cl'Yl'MrTOV tnIIITfAotJpoor iAkiN EX". J.'5 in.. MOli 3.'7." f!-liflfl4, ,..",ta., ~...oicu, 1JorJIijnu. T" IA'"lXor. I. "..tr,. vd'"" AABeiN iXEI (I). IS. 11 6 wapcl ToWO _ _ a _ _ iXEI ICOAAceHNAI. Ipat. Bom. a ,cb- fI'~' trptlnwl'""", iXET imrpA41HNAI. Hermu Sim. 90 10 "...plI" iXII) ANATrAyeHNAI. '0, 5 "...,., 'XII) A4>AIPE9iiNAI (v. L dIIa,~) _ .a.na filM 'fllAN.,. Cyrill. H. CMeoh. '. tral TOT. AKoYCAI i,l(EIC tcb- .!f,or "l4"l1' lIacar. 561 B STf nolf" ft __ oiltr ~3f1f aT' CyMH~HNAI XIlC _ ATr09ANeiN; Epiph. i. 7J6 B lAirlAl CE fXU. PaUad. '043 0 riMitlxou /AD& ";;' Nul. filII' CVNeNCrlCAJ X'I. Niloa UI A woAAol'..fltrdnw iXGyCI ICATAICAHPONOMiicAI ~ .,...." TOIi _pin. Chal. 9114 B cYNTYXeiN -,d., ExoMeN ~ clpx1pllll3,c'rJ' 1404 B iXII XlpoTONHCAI ,,,Ut_or. Nur. Zo& 35 IVII "ir ,nl1TWr 170W AiicAI (ubi male a.i 17.) ixCI Ta. 2IITIINII. 107, 12 '"w an oG,.." TrOllteAI fll 'ix'" 6 ... .:.r ni TOW ,.a.,a,. ni (XGyCIN ClNAI 4.11"""",,,01 _ eiNAI 11""" "". ToW Gn4Aovr. Apophth. 96 A TIIXI." ElSU Ta tIOV kkNHCAI. IOS B fl .,,01'11711 '''IIVT~ Goy<i"'1'" TA""''' XII) qpt.IN. 285 B Il ,. ,.. ftIAdt.,.." CPHIIICaHNAI EX~I " TOwor Mor. Euleb. Ala. 400 B n "illN ,.. i.ltElC _ , , _ ~ rENc9AI. Theod.. Soyth. 233 D TIS Ar," an " 1IfI7.on" EXI ,,, T. ,.411./1.001" cTAYPII)9iiNAI lIw~, T_ 3cJ&,w,,_ 1IIIdh,. I.,..,. PIoMY. 190 3 2aMr,., ...."6,, floe 'Mpa 'XII) AIHrHCAC9AI. J'1I0C10h0e 21197 D ixClC ATr08ANeiN tral Ilr trOAmcn" ATreA9EiN. 2976 0 BACIMYcAI EXII). 2856 D EXII) ATr09ANiN. 80 a86s A. .87' B. '948 B. '976 Co et puaim. ChroD. 721. ao ,\'T rUlcc.9AI. Rio. ii. 665 A EKAIKHCAI 'XOVCIN. Theoph. 127, 13 EXCI EINAI tlr Ta 1IIIAAn." " .,w. 2'/O,IO,.m fIOAAijr 1Il17~w.,r xm"tilrorrnOCTp'I'AI flr""~. 32 5.28e. ~cb- ArIA,." Ta. tlTfltl.TW "'11 34t~ ,.., _ ,.a, I/YJa.r 11""'" EltAyliiul 6XlI) ~ .,"'""" _ , _ trcIAiIr EXOM'N ZiiCAI _ "",-, ",.ar TrPOANABIBkAI XII) "cd CYrICPOTHCAI, 19 alI3~ ',.ol .XCI " /lafllA.w nlcTqCAI. 3490" ft C A'~ ... .. '(II) Tc} Ti, fl"... So further 40 16. 381, 12,1S. 47'. 13- 80 too XCI OpiCIN lfor 6plcraa). Porph. Cer, 4B9. 9Bveu a future of 'XIII and .I,.l came to be formed .bJ' m _ of t.hia COD atructlou: Narr. ZoI, 107. 15 {XGyCIN eiNAI (-117_) dN,..".."... _ lI.r.,w ""~, TOW dnlAour. Theoph. 197, 15 -X" .TNAI ( ... II7TG1). Porph. Adm. 21)1, 5 " 212, 8 'XClN [XOMN (-liopo). 8". So stilll}(lll vd .0101, IXfIr ,,' ~, ate.
~Oli iAeiN iXOMSN.

J6

.,ar

m. ",..ir

.06.

13.,,,

fI.,.

f'

'en

ex" ,) ,,"IAAor

S".

.r"""

7. e. As a matter of coul'lle. the impeHect of iu all the above baa the force of olor ,V or 1",").).011. mighl, Motdd, tDOUld (cp. supra SI. Hence it frequentll.tands in 'the apodo8ia of a subJective or unreal condition.J..thua performing the work of a potential IndicaC8oI88

'X"

tive (1907. 1974). 'J..I1e particle ,1",in this caae is moatly omitted.
Ten. XIL 1073 A " ,.. 6 cll4;AII6r /UIU I7V11fp4X'1t11 "."., ixoN ".. 1NEMi.., .1 ~ ~ l ubi male .) ,.mbr- n;r fla". /UIU. 'TtPor eiXON ~no8ANei... Acta Petri et Pauli 18S. .5 ToVro eix' nAgeiN Ca1liA. 9lIo 4 .. .,a, nEpelCAAoYMEN frill Apophth. 176 A .1 ~ I" Tj X-pt
1080 D

.w..

a.wrn.lAllr

.,..ir.

'NI,..,.

.IIfI._

(1) 80 farther: Clement. J. 37 .1 UT., diBlGIf ,.., ~ lCO~eHNAI ix". IS. 10 ,..,a~" ."""""'OIITQ , . """"',.. ~ 'A..,,.....,,. ~ . .ft. KAT... AllCAC9HNAI .n -XOVCI. ao, 4 pl "" .p/ltlflOUtII ....wr .a.".., ICOAA.c8HNAI CXGyCIN. 3,61..u.,..,. _ TrCiN exGyCIN. 11, 11 TlAor AABiN <Ilia X'" 11, 32 - .,..rr mAlcxYNeHNAI iXOM'N IIwoi 3~ AnoAEc9AI. 11, 31 a.- riP ,..,. .... BovA;;, 063~ tlTpovf.), ." trII"fl& Nn.c,IN iXII. 15, 8 cIIvciT." aai clAn- 8IciicAJ XEI. IJ. 14 T!}II ~ AaBoVtIII CweHNAI X", 16, 9 01 ,.. -....,.. trciT" AnoAEc9A1 ixOVCIN. 16, 10 TA~ TW ~ ,cb- ~, ....... "piu" ni a"i ,.. ICATMITrEiN 190 I U. d..,r ~ ti...... la ~ . . ,... T"ii B,llafl.cOAo. 11011 AnOAiIAI 'Xli) /In 'I7TW.

TeA"'""

IrQ"

..,.".,

ex".

554

Digitized by

Google

Ta.. woA',..o... PL 87mP. I" A &./wOlf a.. .IA"'" ~ "aAAw _( N) nOTe Mc8yc8~. D8lD. I', 59 v ... ~,u- ad ...,. o6hl. ofh";" MH( N) lcjl. 8ept. lob 1, 10 ,., "'I*WM _TO~ .1......, oiur'n MIi{ N) ANdii M of MH( N} f",CTpi'l'~ Ta.. ra.o.. ~_ oH' of _( N) tnlrN~ afTa.. In' & mor cafToV. Ba. 10, 14 _ 06. 'fIT... 6, "''''fTo.l p.. ANTEin~"... Bee. .1, '''"'' IT. lpAMfI). Tobi' 6, 8NT Luke I, IS ItITcu .,a" ,u"fel' '.,.(mfill' ".011, Md ~_ _ fila,.. of _(,,) ni~ ..u w"paTOf . " . wA.IJt1f+tI_. ~ 7, 6,..,a~ iUA"T, TOW ,...,-,caplTCI' It,,&. '/"'JIOt1Io _ Xol,.,.., MHnoTC !CATIonATHtOyCIN caIITO~' ... TeN. _0. ca""" ad flTpaf4rrn ~ICalCIN It,.a,. loJm 10, as _ of MH(N) 1n6ACalNTAI .Ir .,. alMoa, ..u oYx Apnkl "' ami riir xflp6s JIIIII. Luke 8, 17 06 -,Gp IftII' .,.,.,.,a. a"..,."", 'YfI+r'TIU .~ ~ 6 of MH( N) rNCalC8~ ..u .1 ."."."., lA8~. 11, 5 ft. It It,..., It" +lAw Md woprhfTcaa afTa.. 1'.,,01'MTi"" !CA; cin~ w,* cams.., ~A. 1rTA,-Bam. 17, aY MH< N) NOMCHT!!. 1\)0 411. MNHCIKAKMClC, aY MH(N) ll'I'YXHC~C, MH(N} AAB~c, aY MIi(N) AP~C, MAA lllAIlC, MH(N} I'fN~. H _ Slm. 5t 7, S .. ~ .".,...,... &po. """.,1,., rir cfI)8~ & "'PflWor : 87m1D. h 54t .. KATeNirK~C. ThdtD. Du. 11, 10 iKACrWcl, CKAcyKANe6lCI, nypCal8<i)CI, AI'lACeWc:I, ANoMHCCalCI. Clement. 349 l.p, II~ 'teN a."t.lr .,1caa... nApkxCal (v. L np4.,). G_t Louvre Pap. -n EnfNrKCal tor ,trolttOI'fl" Alohem.3"5. 16.,..,."" x-"CIr lipoIC (write .Gp,.) I.yyupol' MiAAafITOI'. ](en. BM'- 232, 11 ,p.,afIJI, nApAApAM~c. 07riJl, H. Prooat. 557 roT~ pt.. 6,.. ~il~ ~ w..".. .,... r61rTC1 riT ..,.WOll IV". ANOIX8~' m. ItIIGT_ AnoAAYCHTI x,.~,.. ,p.,.". .~ XpcfIToV ~ AABHT. NO. 461 D W"'. ..,...", ftn ,..fIiicnq weST. ...ni POW Wa,c. ](&1'\ Petri n Pa1l11 Ill, I IT. ~ lY"H8iiTC 01IDl ~ edvetten. 136, 5 , ... & " 1itITa. lIcatnA'ft am;" A'X8~ ('.A- 'I). Apoor. Bvang. 'rho. 3. 11106 .... ad d ch 14"',.,., AnolHpAN8lic ad of MH CNErKHC #AAa Acta Andr. n ](a"- '4 AN"'8~C. 31 ';opcyeqc. $' (nANeA8Cal. Acta Barn. 8 06.,a" iAeH ,... .,.... er. Urk. Berlin p (t sas), ft ".pl."'", nlr ~,.....u nApAcXfI) _ _ Ta. fOpor caItriiI'. JIal. Ill, 21 4T_ ..u M cinCal. CoDo. Nio. iL 980 0 lW I7W ltophT., .,.,. ~ aWijr.eal ilfl) ft '" SAUT... ViM Bpipb. 41 D ..",. MNHC8~c. A TeIIr ~r nArA8HCOYC'N pInroa. ToWoar Md fIIArONTAI (write oGIII'IIU) . . eY+pANeciicl . . AneAcYcoNTIU ("-,,u) .... &IIclr caIIT"'. So ib... 0aUin. 136, 19 06 ,.. It,- irICATAMi'l'~ &. . dAM 'AfiHC~ . . AlrOAABHTC ad npoclilfl)MAI It,.,. (Cp. BABopb, I. Le&. 450) _ dwoX"pGw

n A :16. 06 w., TOlwrllolr _4,.. ilCalMAI. r 287 fj 'flaopi_,,, taU' ""pOnnHal neAHTAI. Z 459 '"" WOT' ,in~CIN. 80 too Z 801 191. D 437 JIymD. ApolL I ,...aoplU nI. WCalMAI 'AriAA_ot 'WTGCO. Aeach. 8ept. 38 oY MH( N) AH~~. 8opb. Tr.II90 06 ~ ..) WCal. 80 tooAJ. s6o. PhiL 103. Bur. BL 988 oY MH( N) n(CHe. Xen. An. .. " la ... -,Gp I..at &!So .,,..,,, clwIwX""" oYMTI MH(";} lYNHTAI t dv. tilt., op. supra 4) lIoatAM .,IIGTGM./Ju... So Bier. 11, 150 PL Rep. 341" Xen. An. 7, 3. :16 6.. '4A,. all+r".

Homer and the Attic poeta, fairly common in A prose (1921. 1962). chiefly after 0' "Jj( .. ~ (also p.;' 0(, 1956), but very popular in P, particularly G-B compoaitionr. with or without or.~!t( .. (2016). Though obaoleacent, thia simple future aubjunctive atill lurvivea in N speech (infra 10).

1rOAAUI. _ nU. . ,TX'c eTNAl, DoroUI. 1,aD 1 ,."" eTxe .an- n..,AI ".. & h6r. Nio. Ii. 657 A"";;'01' a. ,iXOll''' ICTOpiicAI _ ZCalrpA41HCAI. J)(OIIChoI 3948 WT." eiXON ""BeiN riAoyiar T'" cl.,.t.. ClmnL 732, 5 eiX'N lMkiN. 8. B. The future Bflbjuflclitle limple. Thia substitute ia familiar to

.wt._

APP, IV,-FUTURE I!I"DICATIVE SINCE J4 TI.EB.

[7-8,

"fIlA.

tlWl.-"

>

.,ap

n.

T' _

+"',..

n. .... .
oY

MH( N)

leic~c

a.

1.1IVT'.

.1,

ar

.at

ar

m. '.A4a... . .

.,.01'

flC.,.' -pwd...

fIP07f"1"""'"

64 'wb,...,

'I',.h.,. '"'" ....

656

Digitized by

Google

9-l2.] APP. IV.-FUTURE ImICATIVE 8mCE.If TDlBB.

8. That the primary aubjunetive had Mtabliahecl it.ell, iD eul7ChriIItiaD timM, .. the legitimate IlUbstitute far the ta&ure iDdieaiiYa is tadber corroborated by the exp.- telltimony of the grammariana ~ IMboD.. .86 t. TiW 'A"~ Tcl n.lllt pna ~ p.r IIIi niCOIIAI. "EIFT. a~ ToWO ft -xii,.. n. npl nlr APT..,....,.. ___ N .0,..,1/01 dXJ1'lftl'. 'B,..,) ~ nU 1 """'''' .,...ar .lilt ~ cl n)P 06 tip"".", _ ote Ill"... tIW"Tiw."".... _ IIIi l~

"""r.......

-,i"''''' ~ .~r '""'"'E- ~~. _ dn(J) COl drri TOW ipcit (01. Kal o\uapoM il.,c UTi m; MM Iapt. Mllnl (ubi IDIIle _) T/;' ~.,., Toiovr rao.. tlJ,lptar ~ ra.".... 80 Beqch. "X ".,.,; : oYK YnNErKCl). /ltMnU.. or... LNtf1".l, npoc4lp1, KOMic1 (IlK QelliDp toro,). ..,..,..,

cH_PON,

or MN in(J).

'*"

'~..

If"

TOh_ TOW

'*ern,..., _ 'n,.. '*" "

T'or

bMpc- 6

nApENirK(J)_N, ftptutOphloJ'W. ToI0l""" T(x(J)IIN. I"AA..,. cnoylAc(J) " Yntp9ci>IIAI. .fpa"~n". tyNTYxH "..w.".e. ,~ ..iTaa). IAIH.,... Ip".","" inANAQ(J). nop(J)CI')(IIIIhI';""" IW_.... I...,.,..' ..r(J)CIN ............ nAQ(J)CI, et; pulim. Pbot. La. nw_' n.lQ(J)CIN. ..ptTf'E- tyNTiX., ,pc ",i,.... 1111,"".,..' tyNTYx(J). ~_.... CXci>cIN. ~-'''' ~ -,... TW_'''' TIMHC(J)ClN. T.,...,.,_. or".. IIOphI iN~. ScboL n.
.6 1137'1ortTaa ~,j.r(J)Cl.

10. This primary 8ubjlUlctive i. stillliDpriJll iD modem Greek. chie8y in wi..hes, t.bat is iD the IIIIDIM! of the ancient IIIICOndary SUbjlUlcQYe to which it. ha .. sucoeeded < 8upra 8; infra u'; App. v. IS): X";;' oh.. wal"."" ..... 11 .".,Mt, (iDcorrectly -loa) God forbid: 10'. The longest record of the future aimpla I.. IhcnrD by ACh defedi... t _ .. 'A.d#o".... wlUch being telt .. iDdependeat ~~ wi,hoa, PnMllt, ....... 1II8d aoconliDcl7... : Vita Epipb. 49 A 0-,011"". T ....... _~ 0'1'0118. (~1) Tc}.. AI.,rra. ib. B ~.w. T4D11 _ o.,u8t Tcl ","0,,... 55 c (COIIAI .WT." Ix-, _ ic., _,.,. COL 33, 3a a.cr O'l'OMAl (read ...""').

'f

'''0".".. IiI/N,...

Dn_ 117. 8. 1730 12; _

176,. Cl.

1L Tbat at a time when the II11bjunctive of the fUture . . . OD the ~ _ ita indicative, the -snnt of reaotion mould 1IOIIl8tim. lead to the _ _ p1ulD0ID8JlOD. thati8to the 11811 of the indicatiYefOl: the II11bjlUlotive,'" inevitable. We thelrefore ftDd IOmet;im. 1iDal f.CI and &tnur with the tuture ind.icatne .pelt with the thematic _ell" and ., of the mbjunet.ive. (Op. EASopb. Lez. p. 40.) liT AN ." 24 rN "P~6MITCII ..... ~t}r _.",..~ Oolr. 13. 3 r.. ...~.,,,.... I Pet. It I irCl M'~_'lGl.. Athen. u, 2lt p. 5117 A is,,,,,, -,.. 1IjcJ0IIITCII, .. DIo ChI)'L 1,.36, 1 1.0IIfTGI. Ariaticl."s p. 482, 11 5 Baail. IL 683 iN .Af//lfrJtI"""'" Kart.. BarthoL 7 fIICI ""''''',""". Proc. IL 454. 9 L 4790 17 I.",,,,.. IL 4!1o 13

,..,,4--,.... '1''''''-'

".,r "..
aJO,

.,pal ...,.". (T. L). L 54. 17

~"_T"..

a.~ow,... (T. L)

.,pc"',,,'a.

-X.)

163 ....~. Th8OJlh7L ar8, 8 fN

336, 13 tlUU+fnrru.a.

it 71, 10

uOw"....

10 . , . . . . . - .

217,17

"'' "OIIITIII.

Apth. 41 .t".,.,. \from Cp. 1990'

particle .w. WhlCh, in progreBB of time, W80I conlounded with and 11lter changed to "a (1774). This formation marb the ~ua1 traDlition from the ~oteDtial secondary subjunctive [optative] (1925)now fait retreating-to the more concrete and simple futwe 8ubjUDctive (1773 ). Po17b. 11,6, 6ofT'1N lIllplC... YnoMeiNHTE Tm'A""ipovr. 18, 18, a BAp""c:..;" 4 ......",.. DIon. B. IL 11750 13 " .,a" AN oITor 6A~ 1'4 eMTAI Tj n. _peTI."._..,."""", T. 6'5.'3 . . . lNYnoAAB., A~ ...nlTIX"'I'" PhDo i,69. 311 p.1}.,a" /wo,.T_ oH' 1N 1laciA._~. DI-. 2. 91, p. 215 Tcl ~ ...... _ ~..... .".1., 05rlllt 1N q(J)llAC9~. Plut. U. 556 B ...... 1N cYPI;IC. m

11. C. The ~m&t or f",ure BUbju"ctif!e atreDKtheDed by the modal

r.a.

.r_

856

Digitized by

Google

APP. IV.-FUTUBE INDICATIVE SINCE .A TDn:B. [11-18.

06. AN lloe npoct.IAAiIWMAI. (Dam] 13, 14 "IW. AN INNOH~N. Clement. 4~ B TU -,d, AN i.~pTlic'1; Gr.leD. ii. 8 B inAlNEC'1 I' AN TIf al 70"
At""oUw

iNA inWMN Tj ",'-,aA''&"I'''' IIOV "t .rw", aWOr. 10, I) rn,J.lfpoll A..,.,lIoe dAiJI.IGI' iNA C xw tt. "a" trapdklllOll. [AmphfL) 21. B (eeL 'Oampellll) u.. IIr ~ a',.OI' few ft _.ir; 6 a~ ''''' iNA i.n08ANW. AI.,,, awfj 6 &"'0.' ""'. iNA An08AN'1c Tj 11".".t" ZHC'1C ~ "f) XpcIlTfi pIIII. 122 0 Id" ,,"'. Ia.r aG,.OI', iNA BAnTlclki).-See aI80 '714, b. ISo,.Utlee 643, 11. 'nllla, foG,..,;, iNA cs XWCW. [Cp. ](Glyou ab 6woil ,.a" folipIIor 'nlll. wGA. af 1'011 xa.\dIItr.] Nicet. 304, a6 tI. (JOT,.,., l1.,ovp/3or pllAI' iNA EYP'1 TIC p/4II fJGrr598. 24 .... iNA CTHCWNTAI; 783, 23 ". iNA rNcOM8A. Span. '37 aal a.. "cl ,""~,, '{,XflptllT'ji., NA 11' EA8H aal 4Mo"l.". ao8 .cU m. hVr. "pelt .cU clft.rl NA 1111. dnw, 2'5 drGnwi "our 6Arycl" aal """' NA TOut EX'1C' 232 f -tlt"' IIQ 3.,1 3a.p~ 11' """ NA II'IIf nAIt.eYcw IItrd IItrap.;.", lIeU NA 110. ElAAd'l'w. 203 lIeU a.. "oat"?l' TEnr. aal .., ".. ",.,.,yopl,fIJ', AoVAo. IIOV ftl'Tff NA iM8A mE NA 11' YxAPICToYMN. 80 no, 123, 137, 168, '14, 191, 247. J(Glyou 218 ~'cW XA.",.""11f trial1/N'rit wOT. NA CIIfP'1C """'; 'A.' W IIA"it lIeU I'apGrIj. W.sT' NA l!ANA8M'1C; 'A.' 01 'Y"pGf7J' 11111 III1"flr wOT. NA riN'1C "Ier; 'A.' cW dwaIcbrJr lIeU 118wj .0,., Ni. i!ANAZHC'1C; Prodr. I, 6a nl AOVTptri nl ",' . _ aal " ttpo/JSllrOllTpWlI1JI ElA,poII N.i TG AlllONTAI 01 1I0U . .-rp9io". I, 107 ~ "pG(I30"q.. a~ wdAI" Orl .., ,. . . , . fttrOT. N~ TO KAKOt.IKHCW. .r rii. 'tU3ov pIIII aal n. Ni. KATwBMC ate. 50 45 lIeU a._0I' ...... 'I..w,,, TCczyydpov aal NA MAeHC TJ)" BpGNI", MK bel.VIIIII ~ 'XII /IGI' .un,r. 6, 75 a.. -,Gp .,arijir raft 1lUI'fJov'-, .1 nit 1c3cl.,JAOtIt I'OU. %~ ~ AoewoII NA TIMH8~C, ",,.,aA0If (3') dn~fIJ" 'Ili ~ TIl" .."/pea IIQV Ni. 8p'I''1c Wr ~o., IIGi NA ~POKOMHC'1C, 6, 122 aalll6r p. Ni. npOreYCWMAI aal ,.0,.. NA nnzcONw. DeltA 9611 f 1,:" 0I111..u. "ir """'''~r dTClr n;r llItrfir pIIII 'FI4"At/, '"" 41d""II.", NA ,... "01' t.ciJcw dwdpTa, N.i noicw .,.o,p' aW".s.,u.- lIeU NA TOut eYAorHcw, Kai NA t.ciJcw IIGl NA zij Wr 11.".., aal '11..... (Op. IStaph p. 25, 11 6"on'" &1'1 M. 3Wpca NA fnApen IlpufC N;' TO Mf'ET, aal .,. NA aa pMHNeYCW , '"" IJptHllJI' ITI oGre 3lilpo HA enApwMcN o6n .~ NA TO MrcoMN. NBophian. 85 ""11" IIGf IT, ~a,," NA .",alifT.. 80 too 86.)

But. 620, 28 06. ~ ". AN ix'1 poipo" 11, wfHWpon,. aal /iTGII /lA'w"",,, nA. Oyrill. H. ProMt. I. IinIII Tj .".;" Ta", ItlIOIItrall....",. AN rNciJC'1' CaUln. 104t 19 AI~ 'X" "",'"t1<u '"" iNA awoi. 1'3, 161ft oW nA4 u.. ~'" TIf, iNA M~ ,,, Tj trapIl, awoii. Proo. ii. 135, 19 olnw "fdp AN nOllicHc8e. 171, 1911" 1'1 :"'i w.pl Ka",IIUla. "1";' N.a"oA'M driir ef"CHJ.If", AN t.E1HC8,; 163, 12 "i' .apoVlI'fJ ailTa", w"II(J.Efl' 063b AN rENHTAI I"ap&rrfpoll. Acta. Xanth. 750 24 all -,Gp tlVlfarr/rIl"",'" dr~ oil. AN KINHCWMN. Pallad. 1113 B IcD "fdp iNA au"fj CYNTYxW' u.. ~ I"'l pI.,., aWoil -ri" .MmEv oil. 11"lpxo/llll few "oil SpoIIf. Aota Pil. 1. D, 4, I I}",N'

II0/Mlf''MfI'. vi. 555 0 oN AN .",. CIIArWMCN TiI" .",",oe.

.&..at,.....
m.

NiIJ,. " .".,,,.

pd'".

'no

m.

a.wv..

0'.

'par '''''''' ra'"

'"i

'1.'"

',.,.01'.

_"'It.

O,....

1'01'

om

ISb.

80 too

DOW ""pea

Ni. 11. it.ii 'rn _ yoa nOW"; '-,IlI NA IIQV t.ilw 'I'll

IIhow yoa'; UTa. NA p. mAC'1 ; lhall he catch me P'

DeltA'38 Ni. in,c ~J.IfII ,.""Ipo 'XII '"... am;;. ISA""" NA cft.cc OM n,..,,,;,. It~PX'TO &7, ~'" 552 rd ~ .w1 nl

.s.,a- , '
a..

18, Ohllene that t.he partiole rcl introducing t.he imperfect or aoriet indicative Ionu the potantial apod.oaia of a mbjective oonditional ola1l88, ap..-d or _de atoocl (177~ f. '907, '974). It thUI ItaDdI for t.he.A. modal a.. : 'might,' ahould,' woald " Prodr. 4t 211 _ NA sTt.C, 11".",11. ""'4,,,,"11 "..,r'pov. cs, 376
~lIo.-.

m.

HA 'n,c

/Ja4HiII dpoaGC. (- .f"" .., '1OIl

.,..taWr" 'X_III """P.......... AoiiIIIII, "'' '.11 .1. NA eTncc X"xcwov"C-,. lIVX"fIftIIIIIIfI1I
557

250 f. '" Il~ "a (lTO". Ta", 11.".""" NA Crnc X'I"par nW 1pcIIT....

woald ..,. ').

Digitized by

Google

14-17.] APP. IV.-FUTUBB INDICATIVB 8Il(CE .A TI1U'.& 1.. D. The preceding eombiDation (.a+nbj.\ .... _reagtheDed onee more by the II1lperadditiOD to it of iJi, aa abbreriaied form ot (not which is neTer Ihortened h63). Thia DeW particle made ita appearance during the XIII't and hu e.er Iiaee remained in popular use. However. the combination IN ... lOOn eaa1eeced to Ion. aad this again was gradualll (since the XVI~1 eontaded to maple 8.i, the ultimate and now UIllyeraJ prefiJ: to tile fntGre ten.e Ill. See 1922 " infra 18. AmL.1,s~9 MAnoic'l bU'~"~'L\a"'II,a69."). 8oPieat.M 9 MA CT~ '4Aer.-CIPvD. Kor. Pro!. 12S .... ~ 7'_~. AbnIaam 9'J9 ea .

'.Aa

8.,..

11. The full Corm oC .IAa with .. for .... or ... ia BtilI beard among old luhioDec1people. niauedalwa18I111111r6ia1lr(cp..A.~-"lgo::) aDd eommonly Collows the iD1lected enbjunctiTe, thna MA". ilOi eAa 'I will or eball _ you,' M.,u i~~ 9A.. MA". i~or- &Au .... ". i1HTC etA", MA". i~oYM aiMl. In the _ud penlOll eiDgnlar N ". '1Jjs NAft. the _ . tipityof the incompatible'" (177) is _111' aTOided byinterehanaing the verbal forme: N,u'1p ,IA_. 80 lnrth_~ .. .....Nt- lb...... ~, 'IAat... ....rftE, .IA N ...-Nt.,u '.A..... Pllflfttn. 14Aa, .. .....NE"Atc-flll ](fIiI .IA... ..a x.,; IIA-. .. x.,; 'L\a, .. ~".IIA... .. XWfI'in ';Aa, rc1 ]CGIIIIW. ,lA.. [11.
18. Tbie modern eombination of.1A,., +..a or ,~ + N, naed u it al-18 ia in aD adTerbial aenae, could not appeal to the BeUeDidDg tute of the ICribee and thu led them to attempt at reetoriDg the lull Yerb iD it. penlOllal function and inflnitiTal conetrnction. .Aa hOWftW the inlDitiw by this time bad become utinct from the popnlar I~ (App. Yi. Il-18. 25-27'. another upedient wu resorted to : the third per80n IIiDpIar of the subJlIDctive _Uy cloeed. with the then eommouM mOYabIe of' (App. lii. 19 If.). In thia Corm !-p-itt}. now wry familiar with the - . a relic of the ancient inflnitift _ thoapt to haft been dieeoftred. and thna aD artiJleial makeahift obtained with the erroDeOUI epelling -fI. (inet.ead of .,.), _ sinee tenderly adhered to by IICribee: 1lA. .,,..,4A. """"' H~ ~Jater ,f}." .,,,.,,... HA. .,p6IIa, If"oC the correct form I4A.. .,,..,.,,, ~.,~, where of' fs movable (infra 17. Sea aleo App. Ti. 18 f.). 17. A eimiIar p1'OCM8 le traoMble in tho oeteneibl, iDflnitiTal _ _ _ _ tion of ')(11'. Tiz.1X-"'-"" (+"PI . , ...), 'I haft written (eaten, arriftd),' IX. A""" 'I have been grieftd,' 'I haft pt up.' Tbia is a modern coinage due to the miIConoeption or miaapplication of tbe r.tiniam formerly faTOurite with lCl'ibee (enpra 6): Ix- .,p/IIfIaI......... f'G"CIC. etc. 'I MtIll write, eat, arrive,' etc. N pmm8D. familiar with modern langaagee. WaDted to have aD 8lI&Ot equiTalent of the Bomaaic

...,._inetead

I". "'1-"

III Compare BPortiu p. 35 (ed. WW.....): 'P1lt. BirIq .,p/IJ/I'" 'fAII .,,01/1... 8CIt"ibt.ma. Prur. .IAD"o ~I. ,iA.n ..".,.., I4Aot/fIl .".",. - 'Ye! aUM JIUIIIe .. cormpte It : Bm.. ~ .,,.,,.. ,. .,p6.rfflt~ .,p6.rffI, 1CI'ilIam. Phw. ~ .",a,fft, 'i .,,.,,.,,.' AM. p. SO: '.A.ppetldiz tI. f1Grlit:v1a. .~ 'If': Quam. .. fnq1UlDtiol" It . . . . hocliemoe ar- _ futuri _tlo modo uplicati, .. partieala'~ ftl ~ \ aut per qneo~ ita dicitur. eicut .. 4f. [t1 pro .,fAa t7Gle6cmt, quia tameD DOn I'UO reperie8 futurum. .. primo It modo tndit1llll, !!aod ~ ........ _ 6nuco UUraU .tvtvro .PI"fII .terre ........., ldoiroo pa_ de dioUInm ~ tioularam 1l81l _ cU.erendum.' BlIt lcitur pa.tieala If. 8lcmt .. verlnun II~. quando abeobate ponitu. DuIlAque partieala -peraddita, IIpICialie n* futuri. Dizi ..-I.... _ .. oum partieala I'd OOD,j'aptur ut '4~ ..cl ."."., Don den.t futurum.... delDitem qunclam auimi IlOIIItitutionem ad ICIribendma.' (Op. intar. 18.)

flA...

a. ..".....

.i.

'*.,,az,,o,.......

558

Digitized by

Google

\1

APP. IV.-FUTURE INDICATIVE SINCE A TIJ[ES,

[17-19.

perfect, but beiDg aT81'18 to the already I!zfating perlphraail ')(111 .,,,.HlIIO" or ... (.,..,.,pho" or -pG, .f/IIIA ."",phor, A""'I,u1lOf, tI"..,phor, IrOIIpOtI,uPOr). beeaU88 it Iacbd the reduplication of the partioiplund 10 rendered it unfit for etylieh compoeltion, they reeorted to the circumlocution: .,p/fIo.&, cpea.,.u., tlno., eta. I Ihal1 write, eat, 111',' etc., no lonl8l' felt 11. future. imJlOllible to revive tbe long extinct infinitive, they However, al it _ had I'8COlU'Ie to IOmethlng which approached and II1JIg8IIted it, or rather waa mlatakeD for it: the third perIOn of the (future) lubjunctive whioh ended in "' and very frequently iD -ill owiDg to the almOlt regular p~nea of the paraaitio or euphonio -r (App. ii. 191'.). Thil form thl'D, lOunding aa it did lite the former normallnflnitive (-f.." gave riae to the

'X

nowourrenhpelliDgIX.,pd",.,IX"'~I,')(III""""(aaiffromtl17"";;'lUn. -1'fIIij (aa if from _~ I) eta. It la evident however that looh

form .,pdtr, ~, tI17-'i. _,..,,;, etc. Nor ahould it be foraotten that thia novel mode of forming a periphraatio perfect, beiDg aa it la the fabrio of aorlbea, aavoura of a certain pedantry and haa not yet eatabliahed itaelf fully in popular apeeoh. (Cp. App. nl8 f.) 18. The preceding remarks make it now olear that the ancieDt future haa not been di8plaoed by HA-. with ita IU.-ive complementa: inflnitivl'! -r"ea-..a, aa commonly believed by philologiata who are mialed to IUch a retroapeotive infereDce by the very receDt pheDomenon of I~ + 1'Il- "1. ThiH fs allO conflrmed by the following considerations respectiDg P and poat-ehrlatian Greek: (1) The jIuJurt indicative,when it began to retreat, wu replaced mainly by the primarylUbjunetive either simle or (later) preceded by i!'Go but never by means of, or in company with, HA-.. (2 \ ita 8JfIl'f!I8ion by meana of the IUbjunetive with (rl'll) ..d-without HMt--ia Bti11 obtaining (though limited and oblOl_t IUpra 8 4\ 10) iD N apeeoh. (3) The verb IIAIII, whenever ooourring, ever since A time&, retains ita proper volitive force I IIIiM or . . . . hardly ever weakening to tbe auxiliary function of I VIill or Malt (of) IIAIII, when aeoompanied by iN or..a. la never equivaleDt to the future. (s) Were IIAIII in former times used aa a purely auxiliary verb, it would have of n_ity attained an un11lUal frequency, whereaa thil ia not bome out by tbe P-B compositioDs. (6) 8/A. would ftgure aa an already long eatabliahed and normal auxiliary verb in the IC popular compoaitioDa, where the regular future tense is entirely absent (pedantriea are not taken into account), and where we meet i.natead the lubjunctive either limple or Itrengtbened by the prepositive particle ..a, in oonformity with the traditional practice. (7) i.ut1y I[AIII in the abbreviated and corrupted form .I[AII] 1'Il-lfl makes ita appearance aa an auxiliary upedient not earlier than the XIIIb (supra I.). In these oircumstances the particle ... contained in (I~ + "I) Id, la not a complementary adjunct to liAM, but the reve1'8ll: '~AIII or rather IIA.. la a strengthening prefix reeorted to only in recent times.

'_pelling haa DO hiatorioalfoundation and ougbt to be Riven up for the correct )(Ill

'X

"""*

18. The various stages througb whioh tbe future indicative has f-UCceaaively gone linea claaaioal antiquity may be iUuatrated by the following example: (1 aItaU ...,..) : I A-N II P-B .a...; G-B .u. b; i ... .u.,; IX'" ,uAA. ete. ....tc..... m T-N N ..,." ''''''' ....fi... IV IC-N I~ + N ..,." N Id

,,'''Opal.

.u..

&&9

Digitized by

Google

APPENDIX V.
THE MOODS CHIEFLY SINCE A TIMES
L Syntactically considered, the four or rather three Greek mood. may be brought under two groups: the indicative on the one side, and the 8ubjunctive and imperative on the other side. The cardinal difference between the two groups lies in the broad fact that the indicative may refer to &11 three divisions of time: past. present, and future, whereas the two (three) other mooda refer decidedly to the future Ic{l. dyoJpD, tU! dyoJ,-II; ~" tU! ~r.; "i/lO&t'O, tU! "'IIO&TO; also combmed t/Jip. o.OWGlJIM", etc.). Hence we may ca.ll the indicative the o88erlire mood, and the subjunctive and imperative the prospectif'e moods. As a matter of course the indicative of the future is also and above all a prospective mood. For primitive Greek cp. BDelbrilck Bynt.; then WDWhitney 573 tr.. aDd WGoodwin pp. 371-389(676-~),

(Cp. Aota Tho. SI). 3.1 dA.,,&ir nl /1./10_ .IT'''-''' cS"'or.lr.,.., Tamp rfNJC!pI .111 wPOI1.aftaTo Nil IItIra/lA.,,11lTa mpoII, ofiT. rijr WptHlllfllpoll Cwijr +porrtla. nOllicEIN Nil IGHTOJI IjIOBH8IfcTAI 01lT. lCapttl&6r T& TII.m,. ....,.. /lAInf.OI lYNHCHTAI. J

o'r.

9. Thus distinguished, the prospective moods have then one fundaml'nta.l idea common: a deri,.. ezpre88tJd. But the expreaaion of desire may be conceived in a threefold form, as an exhortation, a. prayer, or a command, - the three notions being nothing but different shades of desire. (Cp. WGoodwin p. 384) .pD, tU! ~, ".lIO&ro, tMI ~IIOITO, I1",T., r' clyu.. o.OUaGIJ,-II, "I} 0.0"""". t/Jir .... tU! ,irrDf. .lfr', tlrrQ."GIJ. flfrO&, I'~ .f,..". Cp. Ar. Nub. 1~52 _ _ ~ TOWO ~pdtTfU [ ... 3pCiaOJl]. Men. Mon. 391 fiNII ci3u'lC"f&f "."abron
IUUpOlI ).... ~". PI. Euthyd. 396 D cW dTclr lftltTHCCI . 1 1 _ 4" ' " BoYA(J)MAI. 'AMi RoyAH96iHC. Symp. 313 JlflHrra ..Ipa li!cck ,",,..on,.. A1Ii(a)MCN; Euthyph. I1 B oil. Ix- h.r Cl'OC i1l(J) 4 .... Dem.II, 32 I," nOIH\:IiTi. Eur. Ion 758 cin(J)McN C1rOOMlN " Tt lpAcoMEN ;-Isoor. 4 .... TOCoin-oll'.or _apJJoa." "".,.. Uaftpow tZr IjIIMTIMH8ciJCIN. PI. &,mp. 19~ D~" 'TI lloicI Id. ,MJ/IOJI ix., I"" lIAArHTAI. Xen. Oec. 7. ~ -roes p4u_IIIIE'w 4." ciccpipOOCIN. PL Ion 536 B cl1FOfKir 0, TI AirHc beside .1Irro/Hu 4.,., Air.,c.

.'Xfft. tZ,...

aw;;

')('111 ,..

3. We are wont to ezpresB these varieties of desire by means of verbal forms and draw a sharp distinction among such 'moods' from one another by grammatical technicalities. Thus we speak of aD ''''perati", hecaUBe it exprell88 command (.In, JA8iT.): but the "rt same command, when expre8sed neptively. is &tJ'led pt'OAibmo., aDd 560

Digitized by

Google

APP. V.-MOODS SINCE ... TIJ[l!:s.

[8-7.

generally allotted to another mood caJled 8WJjw1lCliw (",; .r., "t n,,). Again we draw a diatinction between Zfii S"pOr ,.-. frpry"m- I'1INo9 (Aeach. Cho. 246) and Z. frGi rNOIO"",."o, JnwNi",..". (Bo~h. AiJ50), and uaign the former uample to a mood atyled imperatiYe, an the latter to another mood called optGIiN, although the real meaniDg and force of the two inatancea adduced actually caJl for the reYeae name.
4. Thel8 conventi.onalitiee were fixed by grammarians and Atticillta at a time when the anceatral vocabulary and diction were thousht to be the only legitimate stock and standard to be .considered (2$ f.). But the m888C8 felt that cognate or aaaociated notions, whether affirmative or negative, should be expre8l8d by 8880ciated or similar forma. And as thia aaaociation W&II not alwaya distinguishable from identity, it naturally led fintto interchange, then to uniformity of upreaion. In other word.. for each cl888 of cognate or aaaociated ideas popular inatinct adopted by preference one form of expreuion - generally the simpleat, tile moat familiar, or most forcible-and it W&II this form which IOOnef or later succeeded in supplanting all iM previous aaociates from the living language. (Cp. 1487.) 6. In conformity with this principle, which appliea to all eectiona of grammar, the leading features of the prospective' moods-wish, exhortation, command-being as they were mere varieties or ahadea of one fundamental idea (de8ire), could not fail to be, even in claaaical timea, often miataken for one another and thus pave the way for equalization. Such a levelling,. however, W&II not the work of 888ociation only; it W&II due also, in a lJf8at degree, to the colla.teral agency oftermii1al homophony (779): "-0, .'""'''-lI=oc, as: 'YpG",.' .... 'YpGtl,= 'Yptitoa; dyo"fII=dy4III""; fro',..=wOIij-r.-wowi,.. (cp. 1(0&";,11,,,.. and
ICO,~.).

8. The tint to be aft'ected by theae agenciea W&II the. aeeondMy nbjuttdit;e roptatiN1. and that as early as claasieal antiquity. For ita shifting ana interchange with the primary subjunctive or the indicative, when dependent on a secondary tenae (1932), is nothing but an early manifeatation of the influence of aaociation and homophony.
[Cp. Pl. ~rit. .3 B 'trl,."lllr tI. 0('" ii~I.roN iNA th 1f8.tI,-a AI6p~C. Th. 3, E'nPACCON anooc ,.or fJoIJ"&G illll. I. 57 EnpoKCN anCllc ft6AC/IM riNHTAI. So too Xen. An. 3, 1,3 MIX 6ArON aTI Kiipor I'~. TieNHKN, 'AptG&Or~ JI~r

dH.]

7. But the early retreat of the secondary subjunctive from common speech is due not to the influence of 888OCiation and homophony only. Compared with the other moods, it laboured ude&' the disadvantage tha.t it expreaaed a fMilalit" that is an indeterminate and subtle thought. It W&II moreover ueed mainly in dependent aenteDcel, that it in a periodic .tructure which involved refleotion and mental strain, and 10 rendered it ullllitable for the plain and direct apeeeh of the maaaea. Th818 diaadvan~a become more perceptible when we deecencl. from the period of A literature to P compoaitionL Here the 18CO~ subjuotive appeara aiaon&lly retreating before the primar;y subjuctive or the indicative. in particular the ao-caJled ~ ~.. (or tempont",) appliea BO lODger; inatead of the aecoRda.ry subjuctive, after .. hiRoncal ~ (1934), we now find in proepeo661 00

Digitized by

Google

7~.]

APP. V.-MOODS SINCE .A. TDlES.

tiye clausea only the primary aubjunctive, whereas in all declarative and cauaal clauses the indicative alone ia employed (1942). In fact, all dependent clauaea formerlyexpreaaed by the secondary subjunctive henceforward atand, when referrin,r to the put or unconditional present, invariably in the indicative, and when referring to the future, invariably in the primary subjunctive or future indicative (aupra 6 & 1934).
8. Thus iD hi. fil'llt five books, Polybioe employs iD. dependent IIIIntene., that ill inL Dedaratiw clam. (after 5n IIccW., ch), the ittdicIIHw only. b. c-.az clau_ (after 5n,IIc6n, u, t, It), regularly, the iIIdioIICim, rarely the seconc1arysubjunctiYe. Co ~ clauaes (after 'nl, 6rcSn or 3ft, u, ",., _), regu1arly the indicllUw, rarely the aecondary subjunotive. d . .FiftGl clauaes (after &oa, h1ur), inftriably the primary subjuncUt'e [the II8COndary nbjUDcti_ only iD. 3, 43, 31. ThiII is, however, the only oonlItruotlon found even iD. Aristotle and Tbeophraet. (WJ[tWer, Theophr. 53.) .

'w

U88

8". As to Biblical Greek, there ill-not one authenticated instaDoe of the of the secondary subjunctive in dependent olaUII8L (However ep. 1039 r.)

se. The four _ commonly adduced' aB depeDdant aecondary 11l~" (Kark 14t 10 cltri;AI r.a npaW; ib. 11 "~fI m .w.Ipt>W aw.w _paW; 9t .'10 0II1f ~.Af" IN .,.., aWcl" ,.,or; &Dd' Acta 25, 16 .,." 'XCM) are obvioaaly IChn1utio tranaoriptionl of _pa3j and 'Pi (01=.,). which latter are due to the aualogv of other cognate fonn8. The _ _ bold8 true of other G-B iDatan_, aB: !littb. zbt. 2$2 LInt .A..D., Athen. J59-60 IV (Wros) .pirrtw loi ... I.,..,.. IfnlA"'OIf. ib. 254. 101-5 ,"Xpat a.. Anoloi, U. ",'t'" llloi, JUXfI" a.. Anoloi. Kart. Pauli 112, 10 ,uXP" a.. llArNOi. (Cp. Bull. Con. BelL 11194 P. 145 [Pap. &40 Boo.]. 4 MIC8~ for ".",.; CIAemaua 15 [m-IVt't]. s ,,,' AnoAoic.
CW~. Zaub. L

[rvt .A..D.] 11' ANTAnol~C).

In other wonia-

Jut aB '",","

.. ..,..",

..

__

110 aIIIO

I.",.",

,..u

'Pi.

nit

tni-lS.",

So"
IQ

ri-(''''') 1"i-('-)

3Qi

,it fir lit

IJi

Ii.

Ij:

8. On thii principle, for the Pl'Otaaia of conditional and temporal I8ntencea denoting a repeated or habitual occurrence in the ~t (1975), which A expreaaed through the past subjunctive (especi&Ily in the case of the aorist), P-N speech reaorta to the paat (imperfect or aorist) indicative, aa : Sept. Num. n, 9 OTAN hAleNeN &fie. W,.,.., nl Iw//JAfI/iw 'ft .,... ,.... .,..)" XaAIfoiir nl Ex. 40, 37 .1 & ,a} ANtBH ,,~., WIf dn'~. Tobit I, 18 .f ftJ'Il lnEK'ftNNc , , . aWoW 1IAlrrew. 7. IJ OnOn Icl" cicenopcYoNTo .,. ..,..." 6ft n}Jr..wra. NT Kark 3. I1 OTAN awa. Eee<opel, "ptHl4ff1..,... dor9i. Callin. 631 I er.,.er HN ~ Tj ~ dn""."., .,.cW nplo" rraplw Inlf&. Apophth. 113 COTe iBMnc ~ _ Ii8cAeN & A".,.apA, aWoii Ifpaioat 'Ary." lJloechoe JM9. einon:

"'I.

-1hJtt663

iSAmCN.,..1fCl ,a} mopoG..na crYfI"pac .,..) x-pl., .,..) DcOl',ll~pxf7'O ........... ,~.. .,.u fIIca /W3Ia nl tntdpw IIuw ftllcrYfl,." .,..) 7'Oii 1ft/lOfl dncm cflu .,..1'11 ~. "to"pa" ahW. Won,...,..." .....,,-. ei .onH, ~ )(Oft eumplea iD 1975-

a.,..

,....at.......

'1IUnaC" .,..)

x..- . . .

Digitized by

Google

APP. V.-J[OODS SINCE A TIllES.

[lo-ta.

10. The only case where the secondary subjective liDgerecl aa late as T, is that of indirect questions and J?arenthetical clanaea introduced by .1 whether perchance,' in which It depends on aome verb of interrogation expllllBBed or implied (2(39). In. NT Greek the following list is nearly oomplete. Luke I, 29111.AooylCnoworan, liN IS dts_pA. 3; 15I11aAO'pCo"l..- MMIIOTt: .mM ,iN IS XpcI7'rM. So 1,62. 6, 16. 8, 9 ',",,","_aWo')" Tit dN ." wapalloA.". 9'~' 15, 26 'W'III'fcb,''FII Ti ,iN 7'G&rea. So IB, 36. u, 23 (cp .2 Baee. a. 37). [Acta I, u &MOl ."a. 1."" Ar,o.",,, Ti 111.01 nWl'II.r..... better A/"fO"'"f .,..I4A.,'rO&ro,rMlq) Actas, IH 8, 20; 10, 17'; 17,11; 25,20d1rGj!OlSj&fI'O,al I,dI 'A.-,ov, d BoY"AolTo, fIOptWriac tlr "I.pott{,l.v". [Dot " /l"AOI'I'O fIOptWfI'6a&]; 21, 23; J.4, 19-80litary ad dubioua is the oue: Acta 25, 16 "le 'cmv 'Ior 'P.".loct. xaplC.17Ial .,..,. hI,.,."", llpiN jj IS .~,."or .ft ~ lX01 -roW anrrdpovr, .,.6rtof, n ol..oAooyLa, Maol _,.I .,.w ....~"."' [Ior AGIl" .iDee 01 is homophODoua with ,]. I Cor. I", 10 & 15, 37 ,i TYx0I. AetI 240 19 d iXOII,N 27, 39 d I.YNAINTo. 20, 16 i ......,..., ,iN' (Tat. 'v). 1 Pet. 3, 17 li eEAOI .,.a &10"..,.w IHD. 3, .14- Acts 27, U li 1JO)C I.YNAINTO tnIjIGX""'''. It. 27.. .John 1a..2. _III'I.. -.,.I,AN ,iN (v. L .,.1, In.) fI.pl .. AI-pc. Gr. Urk. Berlin 2.3, 13 d IS. tANliN. Call1il. 60, I ,'IJ~ .1 aoYAOITO.

'Xf ...

10'. Thie retreat 01 the II800Dciary eubjuDoti.8j coinciding .. it ioes with tbe flnt appearance 01 proleuional grammariaDe, DOW explllnB why it reoeived from them the inappropriate lWDe 01 OJIlalive (d..,....). Were it Btill, at that tilDe, current in its 10DDerly prepoDderating, i. e. depeadent fuDCtioDB aa a linng mood, it w.ould doubtl_ have been termed rather ~(lnroT_T"') thUl optathre. But becauM it W&B lingering mainly or oDly aa a wishing mood, it received the epeciflc Dame 01 optGUve (677. 191.).

11. The retreat of the past subjunctive from dependeDt c1a.uees waa followed by ita disappearance from priDcipal cla11ll8S &110. Here the first signal was apparently giveD by the aa.crifice of its potential fanCtiOD (secondary eubj. with ctv) in favour of the primary aubjunctive. flp41'I'porri,v _ 3'I'"v Sext. Adv. Gr p. 337 olJle &AI.",v II~ AN xl! IMJI;/lAI_"fv..,.A. Cyrill Ho Preoat. 12 an.; 7j nl", M/I'(JI. .,.a 1'4-". ..... IIIl1a6leol'iv""" ...6'1', AN rNWcI;!. Proc. it 135, 19 oII", .,ap AN 1I00HCNC86. 17J, 19 iiN .,.. ICtll ftp! Kca".....Car 6piv N,a..6A._ ElirOlMN, olJle AN l.iNC9; 168, 11 oItIItl. AN. 01".. .,.oiiTo "If "le """OIl tlv&r,ror .. ANnilll;!. 263, U Tijs

.1.

~, aw.w "pEl1/l.bu rill~v AN reNIITAI I""p&,r.,..,v.

19. It appears then that before the cloee of 9, tlie eecoDdary aubjUDctive had lost, one after another, ita various A fanctiona and still lingered only aB a mood of tDiM linb IS). Now aa wish or eoJicitation is very cloeely aaBOciated with exhortatioD (primary eubjunctive" eommand (imperative or future indicative, 1890) (eupm 2 f.), thie functioD could not fail to cause occa.sionaJ confusion among cognate repreaeDtativeB, and that even in A. Thus we find therea. ID (",att) COfIIIIIIIftd. the secondary eubJuDctive inetead 01 the imperativ8j usually with 4v (WGoodwin, MoodB 33.): PI. Euthyd. 296 D ri iamlr c1Irarr4 , ...fI"I'i,crfl Av .,., iJo{M.l'GI. 'AW BoyAN86iNc. Sopb. Ph. 674 )(a)poic AN dl1.. XeD. Mem. 2, 3, 11 oYK AN +6ANOIC AI-yow.-So too occaBionally in P AtticiBtic imitatiODL b. ID JII"OhiWHolu the imperative lor the primary eubjunctive, aa: PI.

663

00 a

Digitized by

Google

12-15.]

APP. V.-1I00DS SINCE A Tn08.

Apol. 17 0 MH~ic 6pGw npOC~OKHc.lT(a) &u.r. (For more eDlllplee _ WGoodwin, Hoods 359 f.) c. In _7IIIJfIdr and ~ibitWft. the future indioatiYe for the imperatiYe (WGoodwin, ~ f.) :-Ar. Nub. 1353 wci..,.." .~ TOiiro ~pioclC. lien. Mon. 397 tl.o. MIKHCtlC MH~E:nOT .lIlpO. AaIlOw. Bur. lied. 8o.J WlIC ~ MHlN TOw 'tlo-y,..4_. Soph. Ant. 84 dAJo,' ch npoMHNYCIC ..,. TMo MH~Ni.-So too in P-B, as: Sept. Gen. 17, 9 W Il~ .,,}I"J"I'~'" ~I.THPHCIC. Elt. 20, 3 oYK ECONUi IIOC 'ftK frtpo< wAq.. '/AOii. ib. 13 ~NqCIC, oy MOIXYCtIC, KAE'I'EIC, OY 'I'yA...,.ptYpticClc. lOll, Ant. 11, 6, 5 If T_ ',Ater TO'; n.,.&J.r liI.,-,-1I1aP nTOlJ'II'GI., KUEYCIC ""oPIHCOII el1rOA4crfcu. 13, 3, of UP ch IIOC ao.p, /llII7&Atii, TP.....IC ,.. Tiinf 'IouIc&leIP 1$_ 4nIITtlA, ..,A. Phryn. passim. tI. This 1lIIII88, II1lggeIIted as it was 'by the familiar 'ten 'commandment., beoame still more frequenll in po8t-ohristian oompoaitiona, particularly Biblical imitations.

I,..
or

""'" or

.)(ttpti

13. But it was in P'that the confusion and interchange ,among cognate moods C&DIe to full manu8IItation. In Jlllri;iculBr, it WIIII towards the It B.C. that it beC&DIe so general t'hat all four prospective moods could be almost indiscriminately used for one another, even in stylish composition. The presence then of many equivalents led to a struggle, with the inentable 'TelRlltthat the strongest Boon prevailed (1487). This was the pri~ IItbjNlfdiw, becau8e it W88 the moat regular and moat familiar of all other prospective moods. It was the moat regular, because of its homophonl.' with the indicative (since 00=., n=,,=n ; in contracted verba in -a. It was even identical). And it was the moat familiar bccauae it occurred very frequently (in exhortations, after indefinite relatives, after Id", oT'a", 11'0, , etc.). Consequently the primary (pl'8llentor ,future) ""dvnctiH came to be used : 14. A. .For the 1*mtial mondary 8UbjamctiH with b, as :
Pol,.b. 11, 6, 6 oG-r' AN Mpl'.", YtrOMiNtlT ~r 'A.vllpovr. 18, 18, 2 e.PPHC(a) AN dwoot+aalac. Dion. H. ii. 1175, 13 oil -,dp AN IWI'or IIAryap)(Uu &'010 QNnl 7j Tiinf .paTI~ ty.10"t,. Y. 615, I 3 olIIl~.lAN Yno'\AB" A~1IIfu Mm1 TIX""I". Philo L 69, 33 ,." -,dp &.-row vo,m- olIIl' AN IJcciA ..,or H. Dioao. 3, 91 (p. 2(5) T,) 3i 4pIIl'fjOlf ..u ~IIfjOlf IIT/ap dnoIr AN y(a)~I.M:e~. Plut . il. 556 B IInwOw AN Elp"c. 777'B ob.ANIIIH npoc~lwl(a)M.I. [Demetr.] 13, lof ,.6.\lrAN AN.rN<pTIr'" Toi; elm"'f. 'Clement. of5 B..,.1, ,Gp AN ~pnic.,. Gal. :n. 8.B ~nAINC~ ~ AN Tar iral T,). 'u""""",, .0IAOlf'"1". vi. 375 c ob AN II'OTI fIIAr(a)MN Tiinf , ..lllolr But. 620, 28 ob. 1M.l-yv Il~ AN X., ,.oipcw IIf trpoT'poq.. :Acta Xanth. 63, 33 f_ rN~ IMH "~Ir.

'a..3i,.-.

[14". Hence, in instances like thefdllowing (E'ASoph. Lex. p. 132 t), the lfuture optatiYe' ia due to the misspelling of IH 'for ita homophonous, : Philo i. of6Q, 36 TI'allllw ,a,. _ X'lpM,Itr ~ -rf""'T'O fiallTG A" /lAI/G. TatiaD. U TIf ob. a,; xA..a-; Zoa. 11, 15 ob. a.~. Theod. iv. 368 J) .Wnrr 6." Tlf...""..,. 4..0"1101. Codin. 88, 9 111011 a. "porrOtOl 6 _&MW, and elsewhere; alao Cone. Quin. [6g3 A.D.] Can. 65 Inu ch npAlOI, 1I ,HI' /IGIcptlIII., IrTA.-and all aimilar caaM. Cp. infra IS"]

'"*"_

.""pum '"

.,....vn."

16. B. For the BOJtdary avbjUttCliH in wishes, thus dialodgiDg it from itslaat entrenchment (192),1108: Sept. Ruth I, 9 AcjJH (or u", aubj.) nlHO' 6pir _ ElPH," clN_I". DioD.. B. ill. 1....5, of CYNCNirK" !'I(. ') I~" ftlm 6""", _..,."."". ~ ...ft .........

66'

Digitized by

Google

APP. V.-J[OODS SINCE .A TIDS.

[US-18.

[16". So too in the fonowing inataDoee, among many others, where the endings -01 and -Cl are m.i.upelliilgs for their homO{lholloWl'1I (cp. 3040 and supra 14"): cm 5760 'rpafl P.I",,"pm., C4aou (N I'll "atIr). Eus. ii. 1191 ... ftoyaWo.ft 11' c) 'I~' "AGtOL Protey. J'ac. 9> 3 r6~r /I. Ie.AIil.. Cyrill. B. Proeat. 7 ~_ IJ~ 6pil dr .,.., ' IfICA "pG'I',"- 6,.c'"fi. TheophyL 337"2 &1f6r. fI.ImNIp/I.'I'01p, &IfGAI~. 11. /MIlIA,",,,. Wvrdi- 110& ftrt1l ri 1I'OAfpoiirt1l TtI /lfuIlAf". Ni~B & '1ft fNAdl- <rOW tlIWar /lfuI,A.1r .,.". Apophth. 134 ... a '1ft a 6/A1.. Nic. ii. 700 B f>t1Adla & leOt .,.., S-IAH. . . J plllfpwCI (write p.tJIlpWg) c) lear ,.. X,*,Oll. . . J 1ft .AMn" & ..ar ~..dTcnIr. can 648 ." "9i Ix", alo!lpide with tl,Alpc"",or js. 649,. 6 4T"" lA,. dTijr. Theoph. 183, 11 'I'll WOT' '11''''', 7'~" p4f101' iortua nu 'Icnfa.a r c) left clrmnlJ.Wa ~ d&niirT, /AI a.a ftXour. Porph. Cer. 317 & ,1ft .A.~ 1IG7'w414a, xo""""_.1I'OAvXP/W.o.. . . . . and elsewhere. (80S [I]; cp. EASoph.-Lez. p. 47.)]

'II1'. -

.r_

,r

16. Compan N: I'll "1711,1 & 'eft ..a ~,I a 'far I'll 3cIHrtr 1 I'll XOPi. on} "' /I' I ~ 1 (-.A: leflllll/1o.,.t.",). I'll xaIir 1 (-A dftAOIo). -(See al80 below 19--)

C _I ....

)(Cl"

11.aa,.

18. C. For the .mlH1'tIt.H Jrd person which is fast retreating. before the primary subjunctive; also for the 2nd person preaent chiefly in proJiibitioDll, then in assertions also. This uage waa presumably furthered by Latin influence (1919- 1928. cp. EASOph. Lex. p. 46):
Cl. DippoL 804'" '.".,or riNHTAI .Af,portI d.,tOll. Bus. ii. 33S 0 hi 'r'Oii7'o pbw TPAlIcdcIN. Athan. U. 701 ... 01 .pofIP'l!A4- 1)(Ip KAlpE8WCIN, 83 I B & ". dM ....w rijr ftllftOlr A6yor .u8'1 wyl'AIaJHJf1lov. Bull IT. 401 B 'ft <rOW AcIlftW AlIOpPI~CI. 71i3 0 lluACerocl li I11l1ta... .Alchem. 30S. 13 ICTo) I~ ch +vp/l.f1""",,, cyrxo)Ny8cdclN el. ftp.llf/llf. Pachom. 9S3 B MHt.6ic .,.., KcipHTAI. Epiph. i. 431 0 'E.AIe 7'a ['EtAI.TO .,.at) IfI&pcW'" dw' fl6ToO _ ftoya1}r rtiNHTAI. ii. 713 B IJaEtiy- ... 6ino)cl. Carth. 19 ldr 'IV 7'0", 'ftf1.ow- "7'7]70"111, npt1 "" 7'ijr fI6Toii X4Jptar wporntHwl1." a lIG~por ANA("i.r'l .,.a wpIiyp.. 83 &J .,a, le'

0fHIA'"

a6n}1f'l'clnp'd7'ijr. 83, 3SCYCT~..uMH AlIoei.N'I' Pallad.1l78 D. EphM.l000

tllllf7'i 'Tp6tr" ri 7'C1Cf1ii7' AlIOt.OKIMAClkilcl N. Kart. Petri 80, 9

pG7'aW.. drroifGAtlf/!,.", "",0-0lIl 7'1"0,,, 3""

IV""

ntl/l7'Cllf7'lll ""'~P'.
n6MC118~

,...,.,,/ow _

,.

'r'Oii7'o of-ror Apophth.

B

11,... MAP1YPIl8~. Chal. 905'" b80)cIN 01 I'oftp&OC _ c- twJ. oI-ror .Ir IJH rCNHTAI. 1080... C~TH8~
IU ...

t:ino)cIN. IOU ..,.. tMoIor. 411A.t1f w.;. iA8'1' 1300 '-nor 3lrOl1f1A.. AnAII'I.

b. Sept. Tobit3 .l' MM /AI bt.IKijC. Bard. (t 347) 11 MH IlAT"pON~ I.H _ _ I1I1Iffxm.poII OMI'\I;I' Cyrill. B. Procat. 3 MM 7'11 IlC IJUIfIlar ... ~ CNOXA~. Nit 5S3 B MH t.IAKHCAI. Bu8. Alex. 3'40 MH lIApAA6illHC. 357 B

foUowiDg: Sept. Sir, 11,

ar".., ... ~ 6Ir.~ ~c "" c),.".VAocr; _ d,Jp&por ~c. m.por KC (lor !.o or fer'I). [So
:a
MH........

MH M4jlIBAMHC 'rOii7'o.

440

Mtl lIpoct.oKiic. Cedr. i. 686 MM' lI1XAipI;IC

06X 1MApT'Ic. CGL 648 too in lD8&anOIe lib the Dermal Vii. oft 1, 4 MM Ie~_.

666

Digitized by

Google

18-10.]

APP. V.-lIIOODS SINCE .A. TIKES.

Apophth. 380.A el, 611' T6ftO/1 flftlAlJr MM ~where the ending -.. , is a miupelling for ita homophonous -vs. Cp. EASopb. Lex. L .... , . , . So probably a110 </>011",," (as Narr. Zoe.19. 18 I; Theoph. 3118. 2), (Acta Pehi et Pauli 183,8); -,."MiT', o.,jIijTr, etc.lfor.A. ~II"",,". ~, ltotpJ,lrrr., ete.; cp. 814).]

a..

,...,.,ct,

xw-

17. That this IOn8buction had become the receiyed form in Berodian'. time, appears clearly from the fact thathe deprecatea it: Philet. 436 TO MtI Utlll')'OptIITUWII'.w fnIIITIiooOfTCh IIf1OTun_ "'fnWTl. 'So too Thom. Kag. 233 ou. Iftl "'.OT""or ,." TtSfITJS, olMol ,." nlrrn.

'pr"

171>. 8onowreplar17 inN: "~vs I,.".. TplXfJf I " 1fAir!,a)~ 1 ,.. o. 1 etc.

,0IIi'"

18. D. For the iadependentjVt.,,., irwlict.rtiw whichia by \his time retreating before the primary aubjunctive and.present indicative. For examples see App. iv. 8-11. 19. Having thaa obtained the ascendency over ita fellow-JROOdI, the independent 'primary aubjunetive appropriated one after another 11.180 thelr functiODl (wish. exhortation, command, duV' etc.). Now these functions, however significant and characteriatic In themaelv88, were after an only few aa compared with those which the 'primary 8ubjunctive already performed in dependent or subordinate sentencee. Ita very great frequency in such caaee can be gauged by remembering t.hat by this time It had established itself aa a more or 1811 regular concomitant of ,...;, &.a, S,....,. cl,,, ~, fa., a &m., cStrdr-aP.....0., alao br or OtrM-f, ; .., or ,"XPII (h or ~), frp&. (a.), "P!'"oii, &p.o. besides the indefi nite relatives in prospective clause8, and had moreover appropriated the functions of nearly all infinitives (App. vi), &Dd the lIlI\iority of participles (2164-70), by regularly substituting itself forthem mOBtly m company with &IID. This peculiarity waa of great moment in that in consequence of ita ,too frequent presence, i.u had become 80 familiar with the maa88I aa to be felt aa &D eaaential concomitant of the mbjunctive in the absence of &Dy other mbordinating conjunction or relative (1786). Accordingly the primary mbjunctive now becomes the 1f1l1"' J~X;'. prospective mood, in both dependent and independent cla1Jles.
G. For examples _ supra 11 and the _tions dealing with the abaft particles (19), the'inflDitive (App. Yi " and the participle la 100-70), and cp. Orig. ill. 2970 np! troeiw fly,.,.. iNA IC&1"ArI!Ncj,...e. i Kacar. 545 . . . . TIS

iNA ~ Uq.P'1 _ AIAKpiN'1 _ b.8l\'1 TOii latov fill""'; ChfJII. L 613 A rilr INA,." YCTI!pHC(O)MI!N drr~ TWP . . . . ""pl#w i Epic&, I, 39, 16 :raw"..,..,. oil' iNA nAB'1 ...a&na W' .~ i 3~'" 9 ,..,. rNA ~TI!41ANCIl8~. Acta PiL Bs.I ,... ~'" TOii INA n~8'1c...I INAlx"c pAT' .,... I

"oil

'"pot

/). 80 too now : nil I'll ....... ; 'when Ual1 I ai, ," ft I'll _".; 'wW IhaIl I do" ~ ... 'I IIhall hold IDT toDpe" I'll "',..., I'll ,." n,.,u.. ; 'ahall I wait or ~ wait P' (Op. 1909" App. Iv. 18 t)

0.-.;

10. To BUm up briefly. the primary IIIb,juftd;N dieplaced one after anotherA. In ~ I8ntencee :-1. The secondary aabjuncDve in fiDal ClaU888 (1952-3.1956. App. v. 8 1".).-2. The future indicative tint in IDal ClaUi418 (11)62-3), then in conditional protaaes with d (1986).-3. Tb.

666

Digitized by

Google

APP. V.-MooDS SINCE ..t TIHES.

[10.

participle to .. great; extent (:1170).-4- The infinitive aJmOlt entirely (App. vi. 15-19).
i~ cla.1I888 :-~. The future indicative preceded by ,.;(.) (1825).-6. The (prohibltiVe, then the hortative) impen.tive begiDJUDg with the 3rd peraon (1918. 1930).-7. The lI8Condii.l'18Ub~1UlCtive of wish eonceived aB a hortative mood (1924).-8. The future lndicative wholesale, 10 far aB it had not been already replaced by the present indicative (App. iv. 2-12). ~

B. In

567

Digitized by

Google

,-

APPENDIX VI.
THE INFINITIVE CHIEFLY SINCE A TIMES.
L Remark. In view of the dual oharacter of the iDfinitive, I have deemed it u:pedient to elUUlliDe I18parately either function, under the respective heads of _bal infinitive and IIIbstaMml iDfinitive. I Jnicht have adopted the ourrent designation of anartIiroua and arffcvlGr re8pectively, but this distinction appeared to me purely mechanical. For 06 Hlcw ,,,nil' , . dA",,.. is manifeatly difrerent from 06 HJc"" TO dA~_. in that is conceived mainly &8 a verb and empbasized aooordingly, while '10 ill conceived mainly &8 a _"etantive (=. dA"..lar) IIIld emphasized &8 such. Even if considered in themeelve&, the terms an~ .,..) are not auftIclantly diBcriminated by the mechanical deaipation of anarthroua and artioular. It is a diatinotion which appeab, it i8 true, to-the e;ye, but does not aatiatr the miDd.

,,,,,p, ,.

,,,,,p,

,.",,1I'1r ,.;;.

,,,,,.a. ,,,,,0"

,,,,,tI"

I. YERB.J.L INFINITIYE.
9. When we remember that the characteriatio feature of the Greek
fin," verb in .t was wealth of forms (249 in all, &8 againat 94 in Latin,

&Dd 38 in Gothic; GCurtius The Greek Verb p. 3lf.), a fact which lent it a unique pel.:'1?icuity &Dd precision, the conditioD.8 of the i'tfi1litirw compared with It very unfavourably. For the latter expreBBel neither number nor person, in many C&BeI not even time. Thul ypti"",. meana to torite or toritittg without specification of person, number, or time (infra 25). Another serious diBadvantage of the infinitive lay in the ciroumatance that neither ita nature nor ita meaning was clearly defined except when taken in coDDmon with the gove~ word. In abort the mflnitive was &D imperfect iDBtrument 01 the ~. &Dd was aerriceable only &8 the complement of a leadiIur word. Now in this complementary function, it served either to compfete a tUdGralion, IIt4tement or opinion, &8: AIy.I ypdt/HI.-AiyI On "~I, Gn-'llR "t'Ypa</Hwu=dyyAAI IT, ylypaf/H. ;-or to imply also a certain futurit.y from the standpoint of the governing word (~ti>.ff'al ypGtiK.., ',,;Mw, .,pci'l-, ,'MrLCfI ypcitt..). S. We have then, broadly speaking, two leading functiODl of the infinitive: the complement of a statement, &Dd the notion of a more or 1818 definite prospect (futurity, Purp0a8), either of which is determined by the chalacter of the govenung word. Thus after ven. of Bayittg or tltifliittg, ptr'CIim.g, &Dd their synonym., frequently a1Io after verba of Mpiftg or eq:tittg. promiBi"1l and _rittg. tlie inflDitift 118"81 mainly as the complement of a decla.ration, aIul iI therefore

668
I

"",",,,",Coogle.

APP. VI.-INFINITIVE SINCE A TDIE8.

conventionally calJed a finite mood. (2078.)
~,.

[8-7.

It ia equivalent to In or Itt with

4. In all other cases-and they form the by far greater majority (infra. 7)-the infinitive serves to complete the notion of the governing word with a more or le88 distinct connotation of or purpOH (prospectirJe ruult). This infinitive, when resolved to a finite mood, comes near a final clause with &"o"s (I,,), &'s, 1"... Hence it may be conveniently called. the prospectifJe (or final) infinitive.

/tU,,"t,

8. To these intraductol?' and general. remarks we must add another consideration of canlinallmpoance: the genius of all languages, as they are actual~ &pokeD. by the maaaea, is -",num" cltIa"""Cve often also emphaN. Now of these characteristics of popular only simplicity or brevity maybe claimed for Ule infinitive. A reek, then, who aimed particularly either at ,recision, or emphuia, or both, was often compelled to1'eSOlve the infinitiYe into a finite mood with the appropriate particle, and thus obtain the desired effect with regard to the precile meaning. person, number, or time. The particle (conjunction) suggested in this circumlocution was naturally determined by the nature of the individual case: in declarative clauses the infinitive was resolved by means of &7" or t.s that '; in pros,Pective or final clauseB by means of o:.:A~ .lis, or tl'Cl in order that. In some final clauses also, Dotwith . that emphasis was aimed at, tho infinitive was retained, but then it was strenjthened by Jllacing before it the redundant particle &aft (rarely .s), in order to,' a case which must not be identified with the consecutive function of &ern (infra 8 &: IS). 8. That the infinitive was, egen in A, resolved into a declarative or final clause, and that this claaae was equivalent to the infinitive simple, appears from the following three facta :a. Verbs or kindred expreeaions regularly :rlemented by an infinitive are often found with. a declarative or analysis without any perceptible diiference of meaning (infra 7, a. 12, B, a). b. The infinitiYe and its anaJJ8is OfteD alternate (infra 7, b. 12 B, b). c. Declarative clauses sometimes begin analytically (with 8T., rarely .lis) and yet close with an infinitive (infra 7, c).

A.
I.

OLASSIOAL PEBlOD.

DECLABA.TlVE INFINITIVE.

7. Since declaJative verbs (fIfriHJ tkdaratldi " Mltiend.1 form but a small minority (BUpra4). the BCOf8 offered for resolving the declarative infinitive was naturally limIted. Nevertheless a considerable number of instances mal be adduced from even A writem The following specimens and references may suffice for our purpose :IJ. ~ve if\IIftiliw f'NOI'*' tr _ of OTI fit' file : Tb. 5, 9 'A..Ecru,.., me a. ndA801 ''IS aWoi' I, So too 3, 38. Bur. El. 916. Xen. An. 7, I, 50 J(am. 3, 3, 16 o'lwla&.. Oyr. 8, 3, 400 Bell 6, 3. 7 faT' Ox: ra6nHpov, nlr -'A." xpti d_. PI. Phaed. 87 0 ..is a" Inr~ OTI ...,., MrCI tl TWro Arpw. ApoL 35 4. Gorg. 487 D. Lach. 200 A. Ly

"")(fIII.

11,.."

669

Dig:tized

~y Google

7-10.]

APP. VL-INFINITlVE SINCE .A TDD:s.

7, 19 WW fdc.-EftD ofol'll' o,c, x-r. l!i, 311. ...",C. o,c, Th. 3t 88. J. IfOplC.OTI, Xen. Hell. 5, .. 61 (see WSchmid ii. 58; Gp. infra 11). b. ~ i,,1fnUiw aUmlalitlj1 tIIitA U. GnaIfria (3030; cp. KGhDer ii. 876 A3): Hdt. 6, 63 IiGnIM., (J)c 01 nif rErONe (but 6S &n 01 IitnaA. ..... reraN;NAI). 3,75'1..,. TcW,H" K6pov2,..".., rue AnOKTiNel.nM,..,... II~ BAcIMYlN. Cp. 8, 118. Th. I, g8 .1".., OTI".,t1ll ,.a. 10KOieN daura. 01 '.u.,...iH, aoyAEc8A111~ trrA. 3t 3""""1.", d1c.fdcdH 'A~~ '0PT4 KGl 'Arri3G eTNAI trrA. 110 3, 15. 8, 78. L7L lOt IS ""ar ....". flU... tyoii,.aa OTI ' " ,H" "pIOn Mrfl), TOUT.., ~ a__ eTNAI. Xen. 011'. I, 13. 13 .""';'GTO OTI IIoiIAOITO ,.~" NOMizlN,.&Toe trrA. (Op. a1IIO 1031.) C. .DecIGnJIioe c:onjund1ona OTIGIId OOctllitAlMit\IhIUiW{ 1031): Xen. 011'. 1,6, 18. 2, .. IS . . . . anKGl""""'pttmlsnNfriWwala...ftCI'NEC8.u. s. .. I. 8.1,25. HelL 2, 2,2. 3t .. 27. 6, 5, 42. 'i, 5, 1+ PL -Pla.ad. 63 o. -Leg. 892 D .1"" OTI "p/ilTOI' I,.. XpiiNAI ft'~ _T' '1'fIIW6". 1Bep. 470 D. L7L I;&. 9f _ 6, 10 "poI7. . .~ fdc .,u" eTHAI .,..".,., TOVTOI'.-Oompare al80 Polyb. 31, 10, 4- DiocL .. 76. Aea 27, 10. See abo 2031.

caW"

2.

PROSPEC1'IVE INFINITI'VIl.

/J 316 ; ., 9; ., 327 Alat/ol'll' r.a beeide A 174 lIlaa0l'll',..... Hdt. 9t 117 11401'T0 riW fJTpG"""" onfI)C "nArOICN ~ 6rriaal. So 6, 133. 7, 161 cj,c CTP.t.THrMCHC Tijr 'BAAdIGr .,Alx-. 8, IS): Soph. :Ai. S56; PhiL 5.... h. Ach. 536;' 1060; Eq. 1256 rral a' calni /JpG~ on(a)(. EcOllAi aOt +-Sr. Crat. Fr. 108. Th. 2, 99 trapffJftuciC_ onfI)C icBAAoYCIN I. , . __ ....ao. !i, 36'UOI'TO onfI)C n.t.pA1caic:01Cl. 3. 1[0. Xen. An. 3, 2, 3; Oeo. 10, 8; Hell. I, 3, 13 "'1'11."", cj,c r/xOICN ' " ' " - . -.aAM-. C7". I, 1,6; 2, 1,3 (beeide min. in JIem. .. 7, I and Th. 6, I " 54). PI. Rep. 319 ... '''''' .,. ."".,.IIf7GsonfI)C,.. .,..wo AnoKpn.oiMHN; Phaed. 59.; Rep. 5-49.; Antiph. 112, 41 calT.itllaa onfI)C ,.. 1lAT.t.'PH+icHc8. 11.. I. -Dem. 18, 155 ~&_ i... BoHeHC~. Lya. 31, 17; 10, 29. LyOUJ'l. 165, 40- hae. 66, 14-

8. The tendency for analysis shown in the caae of the declaratiYfl infinitive is far more marked in prospective infinitives. Here, however, the transition from the inftnitl"e simple to ita periphraiia is lometimes eft'ected through the intermediate atage of pl&cing before the inftniti"e the particle IIaTf (supra S. inf'ra. I SI, which then merely emphuize& the final force of ita a.ttendant. This practice is, moreoYer, uncommon in A, the general tendency being, In CU8I of emphalia or precision, or both, simply to reaolve the inftnitive into a ftnal clauae, that is into a wte mood wit.h Otr_ (cb), or [11. 8. G. Pi_ ~ tIIitA WeTe: Hdt. 4, 14!i; 6. 5: 7, 6 ..,lnca. BlPE" cUcTC nOIEuN TGiiTG. 1,82; Th. 5, 17 f!rIfc".,u.... WeT IC4TAAicc8A1. 8, 79 ; 8, 63. 2, 10 1lN"';'.T. "" z.1lIocr aicl' .. "X" "ncAtkiN. Xen. C7". 6, 3, 9. Soph. PhiL 6~6. Ear. Hipp. 13, 17. b. Fill4l '-"*' tIInlufA 3ntr (...), _, h (A 558 ; , 344;

.r, ,Ira

ifV&a'"-

B. ll-G TDOS.
10. But, while in A the analysis of the verbal inftniti"e into a finite c1a.nae constitute. the exception, and wu for each individual writer a matter of convenience and tute, in P the practice met with ateadi17
{II In A luoriptiou Sw r"G OOCUftl V8I'J' rarely, ch never, ",hareu ." ill the npIar rep_taU_ (lUlelaterhau I 212 )

a_ .itI&

670

Digitized by

Google

_J

APP. VL-INFINITIVE SINCE A TIMES.

[10-11.

....~~I n). &&W. NT liuke " !la npnilWTff WrijUIII' d, 2apapTIiW cilcn 'TOCpdcnu dTf. 4, 29. Jlait. a7, I tIIIp/JrNlulll' at "J(I.pcit _niTo6 'l"ero6 cikTe'faNrilcrlll dnW,-and eo on down to B times (op. GBWiner .fOG), .. : Eueb. Ho F. 3. a8, 3. Theod. it. 528 B fl"';. Ti 'IqovcraAt}" Were eraAftCl'lll. 620 A. Acta PiL i. A I, :I dElo6,.,.. ciM:n Q6T~ rtapIIcrrijCI'III Tfj iHll'IITt CI'OII.

increuiDg popalarity, 10 that, towards the beginDi~ of our era, almoat evel1 Infinitive could be repla.ced by ita analysis (cp. AButtmann 2~8). In particular it may be taken for granted that the declarative infiDitive had almOllt entirely retreated before ita analysis with On [ll, or the direct diecou1'8e (1701. 1932), while the final inflDitive on the whole still reaiated the tendency for analyBia (cp. 231-2). The tenacity of the latter may be to a certain extent attributed to the cuatom, very popular b)' thia time, of placing before it the redundant ~cle chn (aupra S. infra. 1s)-frequently confounded with fir ,..; owmg to their .partial homophony: 0IlU it116 (infra 22) -behind which ,the prospective infinitive lOught as it were shelter (cp. GBWiner 400). The other final conjunction, "r, which in A was admillllible before the infinitive, had by this time fallen into diauae, at all event. in the non-Attioiatic and uDIOphilticated language l'l. Among other numerous inatan_ note: 8ept. Gen. 15; 7; I Jlaoc. ... :I " a8; 10, 3; 2 tIaoc. 2, 6 . . "potI.AHrro TI", _ .-oAouIoW,..,.. cilcn

"IW. 'Ao/JIII'

"aa. "...,."

U. On theoWhole, howeve~ the analytioal apirit in thia oaae had airead)' thoroqhly pervaded pqpular feeling that almoat every verb, eVeD thOle formerly CODlU'ucted invariably with the infinitive (auob .. (Jo(,AopGI, 'iAM, oro,.." '.", etc., thoqh cp. aupra 7, 11), now began to yield to
10

aaalyaia.
~al_

m,

11. By thia time, howeverzanotherparallel factor had operated on the at large (1.f87 Y) &Del thus afI'eoted the deo1arative and final con Junctionalleo (1753-5. 1761-2. 1776) .1 refer to 3TI, &t,6nIr (h), ells, (N, which previoualy were used both .. adverbs and coDjunctioDl, each in more lhaD one ftmctiOD. Th_.partiol_ then had by this time been graduall)' apeoialized and restrioted to certain fixed u..... Thus ells, formerly current both ... declarative and final ooDjunotion (- ITa, hM). had now altopther retreated from the common language before 3T1 and k reapeotivel),. Similarl)' final S."" had lost ground colllliderably before kll ). On the other hand, rJIG had lost ita adverbial force (-lItNtfp, HoII), and limited i_If to the final' function 'in order that.' In thia wa)" the number of declarative and final oonjunotioDl formerly ourrent aide by aide (m. eIIs-h"", M, t.a) had been by thia time reduced to three items (Orl, (JIG, hair), or rather two (3TI, iJIG), and theee three or two partialea bad to be instrumental in all oaaea of anaIyaia of the infinitive. Aooordingly the infinitive hatl to lie resolved, when declarative, by means of 1ST, (now often amplified to 11&67'1, ~753 f.) with the indicative; when prospective,

611

Digitized by

Google

IS.]

APP. VL-INFINITlVE SINCE A, TDO:S.

by means of f..a, or, less popular, s-r, with the primary lNb,iuncti'98 (the aeoondary subjunctive having already diaappeared from the oommon language, App. T. 6-16). This fact, besides its OWIt. sigDiflaanoe, shows further that the conjunotionsln and l'N,JuwiJIg appropriated the tunctiona of all former deolarative and final particlea,.hsd become TerY common. numbers. Here a few references and iaetanoee of &cIn for 67-, may su8loe : IOrIeillterhans' :n I (lIlt' B;Cl.) , ....a.} 'Ol'GlJ'ot 'I"fIGI'lCfa AIOn .. .tnICPj , 3i1pos ~ .G.o&u 4IrOU..-ra&. Polybi 23, 2; 9 d.rtH,.tM u-. A.oTl ..pt wd".,._ ... ftip tl",,m.- Md ftip vrpowpw-. A'IIAfITpl" ..",..tHe AlonTIl,u .,4-,0.' TIl a' '",.0,; 1,- 10, 7; ... 25, 2; 16, 12, 3; 18, Ut 7; 18, 3S, 2 (Gp. FKaeIker in Lpz. Stud: iii: 243-5; WSohmid ill. 80 f.). B. a. ~w il\lfniUw rNOIwci '" - . . . It! iN.., "'"" 01KllC 1'1. IDatances are very common in evwy writer. Louvre Pap. 51 (160 B. 0.),.36 Ary., ..,os 7'cl.laipo"" iN" wptHTlllJ"qq,s o""'w.. 49 (164-158 B. o.)r 1I dEuWGPT6r,. oncuc, lOP 1.r,1lTJ .,.plTo-r I"fTtJ>.IIIJ-,.. Bolyb. 4, 26, 3 r 5, 9, 2; 6, 35, 8 ; 18, .... 8; 31, 15, 3 ; 39. 7. 10 [Sl. Diod. 10. 549, 23 _iMIlIU..ftlU dTcl. iN" a", 1'Oft 686rrGS. Dion. B. 1. 215 ; it. 666 f. Plut. Jlor. 183.... Dio Cass. SI, 10, 7. Ael. N. A. 383, 31a~ DOl"wL\ov iN" cWn)p 1&0,0.,.. ...a. wopII,Mw. -sept. 2 Jfaoo. 2, 8 ~i"'f. iN" , mor ~; EIIdra 4, 16; Siraoh 37, 15. NT Jlark 3. 9;: 5,18; 6, a5 'IAIII r.o; 7, 26; 8, U (80 too 19nA ad Tral. 3, I); )(ark 9, 30 ~Il ~.A." iNok,"''' .,.0& (rather 'Pi App. T.80 ). lIatt. 4, 3; 7. 12; 10, 25; 16,.20; 18.6. Luke 4, 3; 7, 34; S, 31 ; 9, 40; 10, 40. A.ots 27,42. I Cor. I, 10; 2 Cor. 12, 8; Col. .. 16. (Op. ABattmann 236 f. & GBWiner 42~.) b .ProepecCilll i'V'imIII aUIInIata'ttg tDitA uufllllvaia. NT I Cor. 9, 15 alA .,a, po! pJiJJ.orI AnO&NeiN n.-.tlXf/,.G pov iN.. .,... KeNrile'1. ib. I", 5 a~ wd~ 6pAs WeaN .,A4HItIQIS, pJiJJ.orI ~ ill" n~HTeYHT'. c. As to J'ohn, it would be superllUOllB to adduce any eumpl.., _ing that he employs tile analysis of the prospeoti7e inflniti... more frequently than any other writer of the time. Indeed it may be eveD questioned whether in his ordinary OODvenation and preaching be ever used any verbal infinithre, except after u.a"",. ocoasionally alao after ,4AOI and a few other expressiollll, chiefly impersonal verbs [SJ. At
A. ~ i~ reeolwd br _ qf OTI, I\0IO qIIm ~ to Alon (alBo KA8dTI). Examples are found in every writer, and that in grMt

E.,.

"AlII

00 Cp. FXaelker Lp&. 8turl. iii. ~: praetar cetera adnotandum . . Pol,ybi1Ull etiam iia 100la interdum malle uti INA, quibuaAttioi 101eant. lIoriben inJlDitivum. [I] The foDowinc table a fairl,y complete li8t of the verbal inftniti~ ocoUl'l'inc in the Gospel of John. It standi with the foDowinc ~ : ~ (lIhv.,..), I, 47. I,', 3, 4.. ",AA.. (alW&yll) 4, 4- B, ~ IS, 71. 4, S, 9, ..,. AI, 191 30, 44. 6, 44t S-, C5o, 65" ss. 55. 11, 51. 11, 4, 350 I., n. " 7, 34t 36. 6, '1, , 430 9, 4, ,~!S. 18, 3' =lJl tim-. 10, '1, 29t ss. 11, 37 11, 39- 'I, 33t hi (Ill......) I, 7, 14, 300 ., 4, so, q. ~,37. 1.,50 17. IAI, 4, 5- 16,12=8'1 9, to 10,16. 11,340 JO, 9=10 tim-. ma.. ,...... a, la. ',1, .., 191 so, 250 30I, 44- I, 8. I, 6, 21, 55. 4Q. 8, 37, 4Q. 10, 39- 1" a. ", I' (iD 6, 11,11, &,. ',1, 17, 44- 8, 44- ','7, part.iaalar CfIT- cI.~ IS, r& 7, '7 11, 11. IB, 7. 16, 190 1/. .1,.3 I, 191 ao..s. 8, 37, 4Q._. . . . 7. 30(beaide '/AOI iN 17, 24; 110 Katt. 7, 12. 10, 39. Cp. CfIT- iN I Cor. I., 12)Jlark 6,.s. 10. 350 Luke 6, 31) -10 11 timea. t.imeI. ~ (IRIW) 4, 7, 10. (fqW) B, 31,

,.o~; 21 57).

(11 By thia time iN had ""me almoetotM cmq mtlltollll of 8ltpreasiDgp1UJlOM. for it had taken the plMe not 0n4' oftM olQeot in8Ditive mall _exoephfter verba of .~, thinkiDr, lwP.iq, -m" heariDtr (wheN 67-, bad establ.iahed itMlt), but also of the future or bill pr.rUoiple (~AI.. rl'll f8rJ for od ."""

ea.

572

Digitized by

G90gle
~

= = =,

APP. VI.-INFINITIVE SINCE A TIMES.

[11-18.

all events it ia very AriklnS that on aImoet every oocaaion where a proepective in1lDitive was expected, we meet with its analysis by means of IMI and the prilll8l'J subjunctive. A comparison of the four Goepels shOWl that rl'll with the subjunctive occurs in Mark 58 times, in Matthew 34 times. in Luke 38 tim.., .wher&lll in John it occurs no 1_ than uS times, notwithstanding that thia Gospel is much shorter than either that of Matthew or Luke.

C.
I.

POSTCHRISTIAN TIJI[ES.

DECIARA'J.lIVE INFINITIVE.

18. We have new arrived at a stage which marks a distinct tra.naitiou from the infinitive to ita analysis. This change particularly appliea to the declarative infinitive. which is now regularly reaolved by On (also _.In) with the indicative (cp. 8upra ?). It is very doubtful indeed whether, after verbs of lapg. tAin1r.i,." belierJi,." 8feirtg, Md';,." and -the like, popular 8J16ech admitted of any other verbal complement than &-" with the Indicative (1]. However, with the opening of T, if'Dot earlier, another particle made ita appearance, and 800n began to diapute the hitherto abaolute dominion of 0,-" and the more successfully as 0,., acted also as a causal conjunction (' because '). This novel particle was the adverb ""'$' (probably suggested by 0.$'), naturally acting as a proclitic; it figurea even in T popular compo8itiODl (1751. 1756). Clem. R. ad Cor. n, 3 rhlJ"l' n~ ~ ....... "l on ~bo AiAf/lw ","W. Ignat. ad Bmyrn. 6, a IITap48fT' ToW 'Tfpo3ofofir.TGf nWc '1'III"rlo& .rul 'rj ..",.~ ToV efoV_ Barn. 140 6 .,r,parraa -,d, nWc a"'r. ~ 1fG~' 'rrIMfTIU. 16, I '''' "'pi" Rc&ic: 4A..,"'" Acta Xanth. 59, JI ~pfr,d3fA4'4. Ta 16a1fG To,,, aa.,w..- TGpaTTOIW'G "Wc 06 ~fHlVa, ToU Aol"" ~,,3tSIfClIAI'" 80, 34 rllcW R~

7) ,""'pG aa'lToV riaa 4" tlr ToW W'TClllXOIIr. 8a, 27 "'" fp_ Wtp&/JOn RWc .",.,.; cl &QSoAft Tj 85, a3 clpt' II~ ROle Ilea ,",AA&. "~l1f_ &l 'f6r. Vita BA. 10* A /JA1..en-nc&ic: baX_ Tri BOI1Biiaaa I1OC'; 15 D IlerrriaaTo aWo"', cl '",.".u.aft nWc '~ft1'" a"'T6". Acta Pil ii. I, 2 -rarrVC- IIQT' awoV nci!c 'f'Ot1a4"1S T'I'fj, Ta. 4IloNr.". ib. rllcW 'Io1l1Iar nci!c fya-yor ft"

np8."u,.

a"e"

1.,11_

1.,11_

5a.-Il_iv I, u.
8 times. '
J8.

6,27.

19, 10, '10=

18, 31=1 times. 'IrfI(Y 4, 49= " $8. I', 29 - 8 times. 111, 40-1. wpcl 'fOIl I, 49= 18, 19- If,s" 8 ~ 18, 14 (beBide-t"a 11. sotimes. ",1)=L Total: :uae times. OD the "hole then .Job em1'lo18 the verbal intlDiti911 aboat 129 tim-. SI of which oome to IIWGI'G' and 10 to 3fi', IIoUd I . to I'fAAol. (lJ Tbu IT, nande after ..... even In Job 140 all; BAm. Cor. 1, 8; Hob. 3t 19; JU.','2; It-I'G' .Job 6, 5; ~p&.JU." .. ; Katt. '1, 45; Luke 10, 11; John 40 53; Cor. 13, 6 i .JGhD 4. 53 ; S, 6 i 6, IS, 1\9...

2:1. 16, u.-Il_iv 10, 18, 19, 10, IO.-)(pflv lB, 10 /beside -)(pfE"" fMl I, as. 16, 30) = '1 times. 6+-0.... lB. 14. 19,7=1 times. 80ccA IJ. 39- 16, 1 (op.--&r, 6, 45. 11, 13, 31,,s6. lB. 19- 10, 15)= 1 times. ' . _ ""ay.." 11, 44. IB, 8 (beaide ~,,,,,, 11, 7)-1 times.

Ix'" B,

cdTA 11. 9 (10 alToVI'G' Acts " 46. IB, a8. Bph. I. 13)=L ~ " 40 (be&icJe-r.,a " 47. If.
15- 19,31, s8)=L IpxoJ&Cl' IB, 5 = L 6wcl.,.. 11, 3=L wopewJ&CI' 14, , (beIide---f1'll 11, -1. .......... ,, 33-L

10)

WO\A', 10-].

if.a-n 6,

reo. ''''''

10.

"AIII.

.,.*-

613

Digitized by

Google

18-18.]

APP. VL-INFINITIVE SINCE A TIXES.

'.'01' DcM"". 16, 3 ,;,~, OTI I~ . . "."." .6rclP IUTi "oii N..oaqpou, .. ncix: 'I1r", lA", IWa 1nl,.". Nur .TOII8phl 3t 3 . . -,Gp nwc 6 &oiIJoAor xat,.", n)P rfNxJi.. d?oii ).a1lfJOp... A.pophth. 249 W /JA4".,s "cM clIfA.m ncix: fll1'" ,;" I.ntAo& .Ir ,.... vWat,. I" Tj ''''111;'; Doroth. 1629 A4.,. nwc al 'Pt'oAal.&cr, "cH. Xpcl1",voir I~. 1832. Ar,. 6J.1& ncix: 'I) rfNx.,,;,, Ai-pa 6 4"1'OS r",-ppcos, 'rPC"'''''' 'cm. Leont. Neap. .... V. .T. 5, n ..u .I,,01lTOS "pOr 4-"ci" nwc .,,4.01' lA" IJIoechoe 2992 0 4pi1111f' 110& ncix: 'I) ~ 41m} lid 'roii W".os cl4&IIfiftll ..u dtr)(fl"....... 14. For a time both h, (or "Or.) and "Gor were current side by

cl";""""""

6&4.,... .,."""

aide, but eventually ""r gained the aacendancy and became the received declarative conjunction to the graduaLelimination and almo.t total exclusion of &re and .l>erOrI from popular speech. Aa a consequence, N lpeech now hardly knOWI Or, except a.a a ca.uaal particle ( ... II&6n, beca.uae ')-and this use is even oblO_ent-while". is the univenaJ declarative conjunctioa {17SS}. .
2.

PROSPECTIVE INFINrl'IVE.

TheocL 11. 528 r........ 'f'j 'I'pouG'MRIA ciicTl cMniCAl. 620 .I~ a6~ cOCTl lIWIIM. i. 476 POpoIfnc.... 'r 'lIrpa~ c:ic1 lilACS... )(al. 435, 7 WIAfPO' 'J'oii /Je&tI&A.fttr cOne AABeiM 4VrtW 'rr{"fIO"O". 43i, fi , "",. Rnl ftAw cOcn .,w I.pxwra lit ltTiUIN I&OP. 4390 u .1..", Tj ~ fiicTe nW .6cr.84Im1rOP ~......... n.p.c:xciN arA. ....90 6 114_11f a~ c1 lIaI1.Am fiicTc ,.. noAlTcYec&.u 'reM IU,,""0"4.. 466 .,p/nfiar cOcu nlM4l8iiNAI _6TW ""ar - - . a8!" 21 '/IouA,v1TCllf'f'O ci)cre AoYCAC8.. (80 too 121, 7 ; 1130 19). 112 .,w 'A~l'Opa fiicTc UcA8eiN (110 too 19/i, 13). 385, 30 .".,. cOcT(. Theoph. ISo, 18 111_11.. OiCTc lit nOAITEYcc8Al. lIS". For the flequent oonetruction,.t; this period, of IX- and dXW with the infinitive _ App. iv. 6-;.

15. Aa to the prospective infinitive in poat-chrietian'popular Greek, it may be averred that, little used a.a it wa.a, it atill lingered for a time chiefly a.a a complement of a few mcomplete verba, like av..aI'4' (now 3iJll01'4' 774), MOp6t, (2091. App. iv. 6), 6i"A_,fjoliA..,.., "pbr." etc. (1894), alao with the flnal (not coJIIeCutive) conjunction ~crn, now often &88Ociated and confounded with .Ir" (208:z.t8Upra. IO}. Boor. 7, 37 flflllGlMAGI WeTL 581 6,1,. fiicTc rM. &-; (I).

'X-

a.lread:r

&...

cba.,.ac_,

al.. .....,1&!lC-'
J

18. In all other C&Be1 which formerly f{&ve it the wideet acope, the prospective infinitive had been, by this time. replaced either by the Imperative or, much more commonly, by the primary mbjunctive with 1.a (8oon reduced to ..a). This construction i8 very commonly found in T-B unachola.rly compoaitioDII, after the following verbe and other espreaaionl, taken from among many others (1762 11):
.",.,.6. ,",.~., 4nri. lcrraP &adir.., /l" ara.J.I& Hr, /lOllA."pIM lfUr4&6.

1t0fll'l'
.".".,

dn-n4.u..,~

~ ..... fla,4l(Op4& '11" 1l&6r or Illw 'IIT' /l06AopIM di'6. -,inu

a,;

d_'rlar

.mu.

U.

""1'41. "".
....

'fII"'' '
,.ft'~

'fl&l&llAlo,.aa

dflOltT4.u. .spI11".,

y..i

110"." atOP IoqePfMnu

m,.-

.IIAaMo,.aa "X0p4& ,,,,._ IlA.

lllft'._

1caA4-p,.aa

'""IAM,.aa lfaavlo".,

-,0. Icm

1514

Digitized by

Google

APP, VL-INFINITIVE SINCE .A TDIE8. [18-19, - - In,

....w,
nA6p In, MIAaUr nA.w,

'X'.

..",.,.,lu. ".,.",1.

""fI4x""
nIIeI

'llllpllftAI.

"potnfitt_
1Ifj""i"pofI'rllrt", "fIOTpIfI~.Xf&"'" 'it is sti~ulated

",-1'1(,01 "potIWlp_

flVp/JovAlw,

trV"fXO!IIIOTu

flVl"I>I,.,

flVl'ljhai

MAl.

".,./lAI_

IplC. "plliC.

AI.,.,

-I.

".,..,ab.

cnrovIIciCOI

x.pft. ~I*A";,-JprtOI noxGCo,... For eumples in each indiVidual case see EASoph. Lax. s. vv. and Gloss. pp. I06-U2.

~,fW'IJ(IMI

4nMMfI.

'"IplOI Vrro"'JAl'UfllfOI fo/1lo"",

'n,

'X. .'n'.

17. Moreover, the retreat of the infinitive is clearly indicated also by ita frequent miaapplication in P com;l!Ositions. For here we often find it used aometimes evenwith the article (cp. infra 23)Cl. For the predicative participle after d,.E, ~ """",, and the lik.. (uI7ff.),a8: 8ept.Num. 10,2. CONrAl ANAKAA6iN n}II~.UAipEIN ftf flfllHp/JoAdr; a Beg. 10, n eCOMEeA ToY cc&.! tI'f. Tobit 5, 15. )[ore uamples in 2117-:11. b. For the final (future) participle (2158) (which is rare even in the NT) [Aots 8, 25; 2.., I I), after verbs of motion, as: Louvre Pap. u (II~~ B.O.), a4" 13, U _ni-r-IP I)"ar nEN8EiN "i. 26, 4 dFa./J&trl 8yCI4CAI. 8ept. la. 61, I f. tl,,11l'TClAJr1v Id i4CAc8AI, KHpYlAl, wEcAI. lIatt. 2, 2 HA80MEN nroCKYNHCAI -9). 11, 7; ao, a3; a8, I ; Bebr. 9t 24; I Cor. 16, 3 ,.mo" nM'I'(I) Am:;NErKciN n). xrlPa. b".,., .lr 'lfPOIICI'ClAI),.. Rom. 10, 6 ;- I Cor. 10, 7 eKAelcCN 6 Ad! .ArciN n"iN ANeCTHCAN nAizClN. Luke 9.. 5a. IGS 1093 II'fd3t ~A8A tl-yMrca iMiNj !JauAf'6orrr. 2fSttP9'. .hI! V. B~ 3, 8 frAalrt'O _a. CTPATHrciN. 10, I ,.a. via. ;nf. It OAo,._ "eAciN. Frg. 27 cW Gpo ....,"'" KCKY+CNAI. 86 ~ "KoYCAlj and often (WSchmid ii. 56 ; Hi. 79). Uermaa Sim. 9.9. I .AIf KATANOiiCAI. Kart. Petri 88, 7 flfIl,xo,.. ffr n}II 'P4I"". CTAypcoeKNAI. Acta. Petri et Paull 186. 14 /Mrrp tlrl', nOllicAI. Co F08 the interrogative subjunctive after tln"." 06.')(01, fI.mOl and the lUte, UBOCiated with some interrogative or relative word (a093), as: Acta :as, :a6 pi dUI/IGAu" rpA'I'AI T9in,..,06e'x. halrflxQi,.. rpi..,AI .Joaephi Narratio 2, 2 oYK .1XOl' ,.,) . . T,) tnicrxca nOIKCM. Apoo. Mar. U5, a7 "e "nOKf'l8iiNAI oN flxw. 0allin.57, u C.".oWt'fS nii erpciN. 113, 11 ,.l nOlKcAI fix.. Apophth. 85 B Ift__ Tl nOliiCAI. 92 D ,a) U .. AroplcAI. '433 B tl~ ""'OIKCAI. Theoph. 435,4 tlnpoiiloft,n cinciN "polrTOG,.o. 333. 11 ...,.,.,.. npAlAI. 265, 17 n ApACAI. 30. 270, + Theoph. Cont. FS9. JJ; 599, 4; 505, 16 06e 'nIP hair ynlKKAiNAI n}II 1'1"4"",,; SU. Iq. Prodr.5o 158 oN +opciN.. 162 06 "rciN,~d80 on in other 11 compositions. Theophyl. 130, 19 /Mr. CTHNAI 06. 'XO"fr.

T.

.X- T'

..".s,..

.X-

X"",,'

18. The instances, many though they are, of the verbal infinitive in M compositions, do not prove ita WI8 in the popular lpeeoh of the time. but merely testify to the pedantio - t and mannerism of the 1ICribe8. Similarly, N combiDationslike'IA.~. I shall eat,' and lx- "",.,.,' I have eaten,' in which fIG.,.. le alleged to represent the infinitive (hence the current mi88pelling ~ App. iv. 16 f.) are, as the aooentuAtion plainly &bows, mongrel formations (future subjunotivee acting as infinitiV8R) due to IOholaatio influence, their parallel and genuine popular forms being Id 4>&.,., (formerly I'd .tJ.,., App. iv. 12-(8) and IX <-po). It has been already explained elsewhere (App. iv. 19) that 'XOI ""'''''' U88d SIt perfect, is a comparatively modern formation, coined by IOrlbe8 after the pattern of the Romanio languages by contamination of lX_ ~ I have eaten' and.XO''fICI.,.. 'I have to eat, can eat, BIIall-.t: Seealao App.l.,.. 16 f. ...

...,.,,,1..

575

Digitized by

Google

19-20b.] APP. VL-INFINITIVE SINCE ..( TIJ(ES.

19. That N combinations like the above ~,')(OI ~ and NAIl .,plJl/lu, IfA .,pd.n are not infinitiV8l, but mieappliad (future and pre!l8l1t) subjunctiV8l, is borne out by two mora conaidarationl: the puBiye form is IpxopGI, 'lA. 1I,.,.,ej (i. e. 1It"'Y'IIj), 1)(01 (never 94A. Ipx.o9at, 'fA. 1It-,.,9ijvcu, Ix. KOtl'"lijPIlt); and then the accent is always identical with that of the (future or present) subjunctive. The latter criterion is very oonclusive, especially in the cue of futures formed from the strong or and aorist Item (nlXCII, AtiIJ." p/&9CII, etc.) which are barytone, wheraae the corrasponding.A infinitives are perispomena (nxo;'. M/hiP, p.o9~iIf.) The only excep~ona ~ are. three: (IXCII or ,IN) t:i,,~. eYp~, iA~. commonly pronounced 'WJ1, '/JPrJ, '1Ij. 'But even these exoaptionl are only appartlnt (9U 1f.).

'.A.

"AoI

_0&1'''''

IL 8UB81.'.J.NTlrAL INFINI'l!IrE.
I. CLASSICll ANTIQUITY.

20. The substantival or articular infinitive (yc\ 'Y~,.), though rnerally assumed to be the 'Primitive fonn. caDDot be clearly traced In early (Homeric) Greek owing to the ab8ence or ambiguous character in it of the article (2072). The articular infuritive therefore appears at a later period~umnistakably first in Theognis and Slmonides - and thence ~reading gradua.1ly obtains a general popularity in .A literature (11. Jts full development and establi8hment In the language of the time is reflected above all in Thucydides. the orators, Pla.to, and Xenophon, where it a.lrea.dy performs nearly all the functions of a. regular substantive. In fact, it stands in all ca&eI of the singular and may be governed by almost every preposition lIl. (Cp. Ken. Kon. 378 0&1 T~ 11'-,0, _pe"'fTO. IOT1 'f'Oii ACIMc;'. PL Gors5u B aw~ Ta dnlrrSlllffWo6IHs 4>o1U.i'fat. Xen. Mem.... 8, a Ua.,..a(wo ltrI

or. ~pIIIf Cijv.

Th.7, a8 dni ToU ftAlf .r..1It tHmlPuw 1fG""".) 20b But though eubstantivized by means of the article, the articular infinitive distinctly preserves ita verbal cha.ra.cter, and thus admits of all kinds of adjuncts, be -they single words or abort expresaiolUl, or even lengthy clauses [I), as: Th. I, 141; 3, I; 2, 37. Xen. Ages. S. 4Mem. I, 2,4; Oee. 13.6. Dem. 19, SS; 24, Ill.

616

Digitized by

Google

APP. VI.-INPINITIVE SINCE A TIJ(ES.

2.

[11-11.

H-G TIMES.

SI. The above A use and force of the substantival infinitive holds on the whole good also for P writers. notably the Atticista. At the same time a close comparillOn of A with P nnaophisticated compositions shoWl that, while in A the substantival nature of the articular infinitive still recedel into the backgronnd, P conceives it more as a substantive and employs it as such. Hence the substantival infinitive now uaumes an increasing popularity, and 10 extends beyond its former limits. For it now often stands also in the room of a simple f16rbal infinitive, and that not only at the beginning of a sentence-in which case instances qught be adduced even from A writers (as Th. 2, S. 3; Xem. Mem. 4, 3, J)- but also, and very frequently too, after the BOverniDf word. This distinct substantivation naturally rendered it mconV(,Dlent to detach too far the article from ita infinitive b~ inserting between them cumbrous adjnncts or complicated clauses! I. ID like manner, leD&-thy infinitival constructions involving a separate clalllle as @ubject of the infinitive are now avoided in the common and nnconveDtionallanguage. Polyb. 1,41.6 'IIfpl,.e) fJtJIII.w l,i..orTO..J ~frio.l..J _ fnro",4 ...",

by

"ijr 'llpota",,",,,,, 'ltCiAfM I&a ,.e) ,.,a-plflll ~ppfp lAl7'aAanrial C1~ITt.., nm,r ~ ";;r &AA" ~ IftWpIIflw'PO/paio.,. 1,4," fnr4Ata11o.. VfI-Y_o.. .ll'fl& "e) lit} 'ltGptaAa'ltfw ",,3' Iicra& ..,.AlfW VWaC1t'GT. ,.e) 1Ia.v..C1t'0" 4pA ..J ~1up4no.,.Ott In.,..a.1l1IA ,.;;r nx"r. I, 39. 8 xGPa" "oii ,.ar doyopdf /COlltC_. 3, ,,2, 2 xdp& .. "ov alAWUl' t't}.. "iiw KapxrJllo"'- 3&ciIJfIC1l". 2, ..7, 1 i 3. 107, 2 ; I, 7, 9 I&G "e) C1IIttfX.C1b TO&S '11,-",,,,""0&1 1IOA4,..&r. ib. JI I&G TCl .poopUb "e) ,..u.o... So further I. 49. 8; I. 50, 2 i 1.6a, 5; a.3a, 11 ; 6, ..6,6; I, 2, 8; I, 50, 15; I, 51, 9; I, 62, 5 t'l. Louvre Pap. 27. 5 (B. O. 162) ''11''''-'41' C10& 1nr61A'"/1IfI fnr~p "ov I't} flAW4.,.. 'IIo.pd ftw I.,... ib. 34 {B. 0. 146) ."atrlCfWt'Or lIIJ.~f"/C'''fI& flf XI,..". .. Xape.. "oii 6.,,0'" doyop6;craa. ib. 6, 7 (B. 0. 158) ",na "e) -ypt1.f/!a& Tt}.. 'IIPC) "a';"." '.aa"oA.,. Plut. G. Grao. 19. T. Grao. IS, 3 trpc}r "., (or TU) .acral' dpx~ fXf.... G. Grao. I.., I ,.~ "fj (or TO 1) v.A.w. (So too Mal. 469, 17.)-NT Rom. 13, 8 I''1a...~ ,.,,~. 6<p.tA." 1 ,.ipdd.u."Aovr d~. 14.30 I Cor. I, I. -~. ". Matt. 13, 4 ; Acta lJ, I:; ; Luke 10, 35, Acts 8. 6; Luke I, 21. (See also 1561 & 1601.)-,.."a "CS Matt. 26, 32; Mark I, 1+-'IIpc)r "CS Matt. 6, 1 ; Luke 18, 1 ; Matt. 26, 12 ; Acta 3, I g.-.pc) "ov Matt. 6, 8.---.lrT~ "OV Jus. 4. I5.-I_"oii I Cor. 7, 12.-Bad TO Hebr. 7, 2+ Clem. R. ad Cor. 51. 5 AlA TO C1cA'Iplllf8ijf'a& aw&W nis cIC1WfTOtlf -,aifU MET. TO "I/rio.I TA C1'11'fia nl "a -r'pa"a. See also 1523 and infra 2+

S9. The construction .lr TU with the infinitive is peculiarly common, notably in Biblical and post-chriatian compositions (supra 10). as an
I'l As a matter of eoune, th.re are esceptioDBlOmetim_ even unnatural, .. : Acta Xanth. 75, 7 O'''1Or~ .. nAp.i.rooN .. 'llAott> '.f&.,o/Af..Of he) dpt1.IIfITOI rNEC9AI .1. 'p",,.,,,, IItd ,.M6"TO. IJaVAOII 'r~ Tt}.. '1C1.o...tu dCEA9iN .. T6 "a" ..J wJ"an 'Sl,..,f'fI ICfI1 AIAAYCAI Tt}~ 'lCcA'IC1ia.. ~ C1IIttfC1""C1tI."O d IIo.ii'\~. But mch oomplicated _ merely testify to the effort oIl1Orib_ to riM .. far .. pogib1e above the plain apeech (os. fYI. 0 19). (I) In his 1lm five boon PolybiOll _ this prepoeitional coDBtruction of the nbatantiva1 inbitiveabout273 tim_(SBrief L8-lo; op.FKaelker in Lpa. Stud. iii. 252: si quia vel paucaa historlanun Polybli pagi.naB perlegerit, inte1lept malle huno IIOriptorem I18DteDtiu effernl iDfinitivia adelitis articulo et praepolliUollibWl, quam enuntiatis lI80undariia aut IimpUoi inbitiw').

"Ad.,.,.,

"a ""'' (0''

'P"'",

577

PP

Digitized by

Google

--14.1

AW. VL -INFINITIVE SINCE A TDlE&

equivalent to the simple infinitive-emphatic or unempba.tic-or proBpect. pUrpoBe, often also to a final clanse with u.a (1542; cp. AButtmann 264 f.).

''''.a,. de TO 1,."atE"'; 26, 11 wapa3l3ar",

".,.6xov. Jt,.ti .,.ala..

Polyb. I, 7-4. 14; 3, 59, 4-NT Matt. 20, 19

de TO IITfIII~ (Vulg. ut cruci ftgatur; ep. John 19, 16 r..a IITtwp0t9iJ); Heb. 8, 3; I Cor. 1I, u ola", Ixn foie TO lril~... '"" "i...". u, ~3t Acta 7, 19; Rom.- IS, 16; t Th-. 3, 10 a.6poOl de TO /a.r. b,.&W,.o\ "p6f1onrtw. Phil. I, 23 ~ foie TO darClAva", .111 M XptaT. ~7"",. 2 TheBI. a, a. Clem. B. ad Cor. Ma r de TO

_pdIItI_. _a.
,,,."'pi_ ,,,_

Yair

23. Another peculiarity or the articular infinitive in P-B i. ita unnaual frequency in the genitive without a governing preposition. It standa in a loose construction, which originated in .A (2076 f., infra 24), has a decidedly final force (frequently preceded by I"i), and 10 performs the work of a final cla.nse or final participle (" in order to,' I in order that'; 2097, supra. 17).
Polyb. I, 12, 6 ~.,.fS 'n ne, XP6-r TOY ~tr6pv". _TClAa..u.. 340 1 (a"..,a", or .aTCIIITall.,." IIraT.,. ToY ,.,) ~ "p. awo's. 2, 55, 4 "",,' OIJ.",. ToY ,.w, p6_ dM4 '"" 3Aou .."aw~Va", (beside I, -4. 3, 7 """a "...,.a. 'AtoP d1fOAlaa. ,.a"pA.,,.CITCI). 5. 102, 6; 7, 16, 7; 9, 36, 1.-8ept. Gen. I, 1+ 16; 2; 18, 7 'ftxv" ToY .,.,.;;n. abTeI. 12, 20 IItr.Vaor roi aClll9ij.", 'ar. 18, 25 ; 19> 21 ; 20,6; 2-4. 21 ; 38,-9; Ex. a, 18; 7, 14; 8, 29; 9, 17; 140 5; Joshu. 19> 4B; aa, 10; 22, 26 r 23, 13; Ps. 38, 1 1fn1~0I ,.a. clloVr /-WD ToY ,.w, ./UII'm.... I. ')'A11J pDII. 39,13 ob. ~awGtr9v ToY SAw.... u8. 57 17"" ToY Ifn1Adtariaa .6p.w IIOV. 1 Par. n, 30; 2 Par. 5, 14; 1 Mace. 6, 27; 6, 59- (For more eDmJ!lea from the Sept. 888 GBWiner 441.) - 1fT Matt. a, 13 p.lM~' W 'JlpfiIS'If ,.".... ,.0\ IrIUIJiW ToY .1fOA11I'" ain'6. 11, I ; 130 3; 2-4. 45: LUke a, 27; 12, 42. Aots 3, a; 7, 19; 15, 20; ao, 30; a6, 18; a7. I ch a~ '.pI", ToY .1I'OW'Aft. ~ptir .lr n)p 'ITCIAlu. Rom. 6, 6; 11,10; Gal. 3t 10; Hebr. 11. 5 ;-CIG 48~, n f. ...aw l)ptis ToY ,.,} ft lIo",,6,..--Strab. 15, I, 66,.a,. " clMo.. ToY IX". daaiif.r dpycl. .7"",. Arrian. Alex. a, ai, 8.-Dlod. 17,42, 4 wap' OIJ.",., 'Ab ToY trdar1'u clwoAlriaa. Gr. Urk. Berlin 164 (+ n-m a4. a7 ~ a. 1Ia" WOT~ flier", aWa. ToT Acta Petri et Pawi 1830 I ol ,.orrdp)(GI '~~AGTTO. ToY lII.1all& nl d"CNrr.i_ a61'6". Acta Xanth. 59, 26 ob. ol3a ToY .rirrilt. 9S". In .A pl'08e t.hia loose infblitiYe of deaign ia found: 12 timea iD
It,

'AB.

'..,.11...

,.oes

.t""'"

,,,,,,,,,,a.,,,

.s....

.X- _ '" 'nd,.aB",

'A,.iIt.

Thuoydidea (I in Lysiaa). 6 in DemOllthenea (beaidea 6 in the spurious writiDP>' 3 in Plato. and 5 in Xenophon. Theae auth01'8 UII8 for it more frequent!7' ..... ,.oii (chieily the philOlOphera), ""~P 7'Oii (orators), and ',,1 ,... ThuoJdidea hcnrever _ oBly ouoe 1 _ Toii. 9 tlm.. Irrl ,.. [I. 34. I ; sS. I (tar); 7G, 5; 74, 3; 121, 5 (bisl. !It 42. 5], ~ 12 timea limple Toii. (FBir1dein in XSehaDs vii. IOI.}-Alao PolybilJll in his first five books U88II 7'Oii 6 times, a 11 neptiw., Of the NT writera John, in ooDJIequenoe of his decided predilection fOr iN (Iupra 12, c], makes no more UII8 of t.hia oonatruotiou than of .Is ft, either iD hie Gospel or his Epistle. Xatthew employs it often, but Luke the mOll frequentlY and with the moet varied application (25 timea in the Gospel aDel about as often in the Acte). In Paul's and the other epiatlea, it ~ea IOmewhat before the other final OOnatructioDB with .ls rei. In)(ark and the Revelation we are almoet in doubt whether it oooUl'll.' AButtmaDn .s6.See aIIIo .:17.

3. T-B TIMES, 24. The subsequent T-B ricissitudes or the substantival infinitive cannot be traced step by step. This much however is certain, that it lingered through B times. Its atrilring frequency at leaat - chiefl1

578

Digitized by

Google

----~-

~---

APP. VI.-INFDi1TIVE SINCE

A'

TIUB. (~18.

in th~ ~ple genitive (upra 23), or with a preposition. eepeoially in tlie combmatlonB .zr t'd, III np, I'fTG t'6, &.\ reS, trpO nv. inr.p nv, trfP' 7'0irBhows that it wa.a a favourite mode of expreaaion, particularly among writers trained in Biblical diction.
Among many others, compare Apophth. 140 .t. fA'''' ., flAto. ,ie TO 3iWa&.. ib. 0 tN ~ 7'cj) 6f1Of1'r~" ""ar, et alibL Boa. Alex. 365 .... etc. Narr. Joeephi 3, 4,ni TO ,""aa _.sll, eta. Leont.lfeap. V. J. I,.il ,ie TO ~'C..... ~ de TO 3f~aa ..1 dIIa1ftxtiilla& ..1 3co3tWaa ..1 '~ptiaa. 3.-9 Ele TO IWattlaa. ",:1 (irri TO, IN Tcj. 11, 20 ""WIG",,,, ToT'r,"lfJ1fa. b ToY 3!, 2:1; iN Tcj) 45, 16. 45. 17. 86, I. 57. 1I.-JIalal. 7, 9. 18, 9 35, 5 50, 13 53, 18. 56,:1.80,6; 15.87. :13 339, :I. :l43t 5. #0, 11 ,"A'WG~'ToY 1099- #0, 30. #0, 3 &,AdHna,,,TOY ~ lliariaa.463t 1.f67, 4 et patIBim.Theoph.43, 16 .pOfTpllfa'ro ~ ma...1 ToY "I",/fJIfa .01011 '".~. 71, 61t-AlCwo ToY R7'.Ahill. :&16, 9 ~ TOY .1_ aU7'a.. W/AII4XOII. ib. u npOt TO '~0IJ9;;- ..1 ~ lb. 23 'JOIHF'I'lI'ICIIIIls ToY tfGAAlC1fa., et paasim. Porph. Adm. 133, 61110urG TO'( I'1l .,.''''-' _TdIt,AOI' 'r'lIIfJ1fa. 268, 14 .",...aAow mall nAAol ToY ~aa ..1 "fGxaricJaa GWent" naAfi,.. (Cp. EASoph. Lex. p. 45 f.)

3,

.w 7ttIfIa..m.

26. But whether the belief genemlly held that the articular infinitive
was popular with the m&llleB reatB on firm ground is very question-

able. For all evidence points to the probability that it had retreated from the common speech with the close of T. At least it is uncommon in St. John (cp. supra 2311), scarce in the unlearned papJriand inaoriptiona of the B period, disputable in M popular compositions, aBd totally absent from N speech. This is moreover indirectly bome out by the parallel spread of abstract nouns (neuters in -fIG and -tOil. maaculines In -poSr, and femininea in -fTlr and -crla) which ever since H increaee in proportion as the articular infinitive retreats (1021. 2063), thus indicating that the latter was being superseded by the above noun.. It will be further remembered that the substantival force and form of the articular infinitive (TO ypGrIMlII)-aa it wa.a distinctly conceived since T -and the absence in it of inflection and endings, rendered it odd and foreign to the genius of the Greek I~age, which at no time admitted of a noun or verb without inflectlona.l properties (2063)111. The articular infinitive, therefore, could not resist any longer the tendency of thl! time, whether it was conceived as a noun or as a verb. For as a noun it had no caae-endin({ll or plural form; as a verb, it was still more indefinite, since it Indicated neither person, number, nor even precise time (supra 2). Under BUch conditions and limitations, it naturally could Dot outlive long the verbal or anarthrouB infinitive, but had to make room for its anaIYBis to ..~ ..at as: Span. 143 011 /JoiJA."", TO HA TO !pa""pftcrur. Callim.. 863 7rpa, TO HA 7'03"Ao,cr11. 2491 tr'IC,HlII ~yoti"'IJII TO HA (2072.) 28. All instances adduced to prove the existence oftraCAII of the inAnitive

C..

in N IIJl88Ch point tc the influence of scholastic mannerism.. For examples like 7'0 fG""~ 7'a </HA';' Ta .p'.'1, " Ix .. , Ta 1.1.,11, 7'a r3fl~ 7'a .,,1, Ta fGIIei, TO AVttfl ..1 7'a It(lll. current in N popular apeeeh and commonly oited as reli08 of the aubatantival infinitive, rest on mere fallaoy. Some of them are regular substantives, !Ome finite verba fOBBilized to substantives.
PI Such ancient m.tances 88: " pl (IIC. .p69fUI'), T;;S pl, 7'a &AfG. 'TOil &AfG [cp. N le dA,.G le tiij-ra. 131), cI.cd (IIC. .lfu/AOr), ToV ni, and all other articular or mblltantivilled partiolell (1221 fr.), or foreip (Hebrew I D&IIlell like 'AM,., 'IClKQ,B (cp. "AIla/AOr'AU,."r, 'Icllcnztror, 218 11 ), prove nothiDg to the oontlV)', .mee th8J' were _ technioal and raUcIou terma, alien to popular apeech.

579

PP

Digitized

bY,Google

S8-S8.] APP. VL-INFINITIVB SINCE A. TDIES.

Thus Tcl +C..,.. cooked food,' 'diab,' i, a DOI'ID&l abbre?iation of &he ancient .... <f4.,t""(Apophth .f08B6aa'"oc~"4T.~-rla.-Tcl~ .. earlyuCyrilL8cyth. V, S. a83 c), of which also a compound "cl .~, 'an)'Uling eaten with bread,' 'by-meat' (the German ZukoBf), 00CW'8 even in the NT John aI,S; all10 in Moschion 55, 26; Hippo!. Haer. 476, 4:1: Pallad. 1131 C; cp. Moeria 251 &tfiOll 'ATTflrcn, rtpotT<t>4"('O/I [v. L -cfIG.,.,,,.] 'EAA.,.,...w), and is still common in the fflrm Tcl wpott</Jlry. ; 110 too al.ocpa.,., uaually in the plural form 11~ 'IICrapa.' odds and ends.' Hence tho current spelling +c.,a should be given up for the correct +cyl.-Similar to <t-P is the _ of Tcl <IMAl (not ..A'i) kisa.' though ."u-tOll has not yet been noted, .. far u I know, in ancient texta. But that both "","(I and ~ are real and normallAlbstaDtives, appeara also from the fact that they are declined like regular diminutives (ToV 4>4.,.ou, TOU fcAcoV-Tm fa"(.o. nt fcAcG--rOl' TOI' fcA...) Were they infinitive., they would remain indeclinable. (See aIao the followiDg IIIlCtion 27.) 27. Aa to the remaining instances, cited above, Tcl 'X.. (aIao in the plural TmIXfI), what one haa," posseaaion8,' 'property' (German HalIe); Tcl la.i', looks'; Tcl .,.,.".;, appearances'; Tcl Aryf' what one eays,' statement,' 'account' (AUBIfd) ; Tcl A.nr., _.-cl u".. ,. unlimited power,' CGrl8 bl4ncha ;-they are one and all simple relative claQJles gradually crystallized to substantives, Tcl here being a peet-poeitiYe article (607. 1438). Thus Tcl Ix.'" \'..;"0) 3 'XR, Tcl 'XII- ('''''''') a 'X~" .-cl AI-ya - (, .rN) & AI.,.., Tcl l&i'-write TcllIV- '" 6 Aoo fa, (for the acoent _ above (9) "" .. ;; ~not "cc&) = 3 all "1,, "cl ...., fmore COlIUDonly 0.'1'1 C/IGIIi).--& too "" Av"" _ Tcl al." i, Identical with the more common 11, ... Aw, al ;,,,, 31"" (alwaye used peraonal1y. II,T' A.nrCllt _ &'T. 1117.., /i,T' >.Ump al &,1'1 aloHS, etc. cp. '"'" al-yarii - n)II I1"f"1"1T,q" pmI, 1.0. whence ';ya..w ="1) alya...,...q pOtJ).-AnaIQ8OUs to these cryeta11ized constructions are some substantival imperatives (that is again aft'"" verb) oocurring since T, BII: Tcl ""Q,6a ,Epiph. Mon. 2~a A), now Tcl ""11l (1222), 'going up,' ..cl ..aTQ8a lPorph. Cor. 495, 8). now Tcl 1t4TI/ht., 'coming down,' T~ ltotM (Prodr. 4, 1140 so still now) 'pusing,' EGeorg. 8aII. 'PcI&v 84 al.O).,.O) ...~ n1 ttAa"fe; 531 's Tcl nil' _ Tcl "(ft,. ;-Tcl <t>4.,., food,' Tcl 1, 'drink,' Ttl a,.. It' 'A4, , go-and.return,' Tcl aMre _ ript, give-and-take,' etc. [11

.,.,..,.01',

'fIOI"'"".,

18. For Tc) with fut. subj. or with put indic. in the senae of a temporal participle, _ 1795.
[11 The onJ,y ~ .. far aB I mow, bearing real l'MeIIlhJaDoe to cm iD1lDWw oooure in a popular diatioh at Siplmos (which I owe to Dl7 mead Dr. .JValetta, a native of that isL.nd): Ih/IA'1I7' al.' Tcl. IfIOIT .' ~171t'lIa Tcl xapnci TDU, I oUTI

TO iAiN TOU 'iAcu .Afccl '"'" eSpIAIG TDV.

ISO

Digitized by

Google

1. INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

All Sguree refer to the ~ iD partieular 01-033 to the Introduction, 1-1157 to the llorpholOl1, and 1I58-aI70 to the Syntu.-App. refera to the

AppendiC8ll.
RefereDC811 in aquare bracket. [] point to the foot.notes. Double-accented words are U88d either way, Aa ,.a~-'nIxVnIr or 'nIxvnir, . N faAlli-faAia or .,..,.,11, Idt..to, or IrAfl., . . . . .-a. For other ezplanationa _ p. ziv.

-1rA_

-.a-. __,

N.B. For the &ake of convenience and perspicuity, contracted verba are given here mostly iD the open form oUhe preMot iDdicative. A, A, origin of, 2 f., 3a. - fonna of, a, 9. IOUM of, ~, 3a; dignl~y of, as [IJIII;d. - frequent in dlalecM, App. ii. 7. A, plOT_ve, 130.
A, Aa ........

a6&'.; doe to ",1ICi, etc., ib. as; - in verbl, ApP.

-A, elided, 141.

-A

m :a8.

(.>, in lR deol., a38, a48,

a53, a61, a62, 1023 f. frequent in rem., 338. iDfluenos of nouns ill, 248 ohaup to "'I,a60.., 310. rematna only - before

A,

conf. with Ill, 46 tt, with

I, lb. become.

19

fIIH'"IIIt'I-",
29 f., .pp.

-A, fem. adj. 10, 306.

-

ii.,.
Ill,

Ill,

- alterDMel with 'I, 167. - iu Plato, App. n. 8 I]. A 'loDJ' eu iona, 25

for

47.

quantl!:i'O

[IJ 11.

vow.I;"a69.;al_;Y1 iD ~t:!;:.-h, a7o. -A, pun to "'I, 310. -A, in IIOOnaing., 3a8, 330; App. ill. u b. -A, iD IIOOna. I; gen., 535. -A, lIIIalogica1 I U . in N,
-A,

A- oompenuted .. a9 f., ApP. ii. 10, I'lL i. I; ,i, in&erohaupd, 168. A, e, 0, iuteJolumged, 167. A I; H, interchaDged, 167.
A, 0, I, iotercbaDted, 167. 4 fur (tI, ldII)b, 1488,1966, 177, 1771 tr., ApP. iii.

-A

9". -A, 10 neuMr pL, 328 ; abort,

-A,

535 Vaniferred from IIOCU.. to num., 338. (,.6), in nameufleUen,

in Dorie geo. 'I a77.

:a93

a for 4Afo. 91..

- MXJ ..u, 1717, 177a.

ao., :a3, :a6.

-,i, in doal, a69.. -,i, voe. of JIIIIIO. 10 (.,.)fIr,

:a7,.

Digitized by

Google

I.

nmn

OF NOTABLE GBEBK WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

u"pIIf, 494; 166711.
AI,

71p6r n.

A',

proper diphthong,

J9II.

- BOund of, 2.... 26 fr., 30, 46-50 , 71 7, .7 2 3;

-

by (18,19&. abort,' 20. 'lcmg,' 20. for a, 29 f., App. U. 9 &14in alLdon, 141b. I'8IIOlved, 32. oon. with a, 20-, 3'1.' ofB; withf,3 2 .,48Jf reduoed to a, 20-, .n, 891. how olumged to 11, 3,b,
rep!. by" in :Boeotian, 48 & Latin 114 or CH, I~,

-1I,ofB f. why now prono1UlCed .. e, 19" 32 why rendered in LMin

3"

53 - leada to t. 32. fr. 2 " +, BpuriOlll diphthong, 19,31 fr.; gen_i, of, 32 ft. al, artiole, 250; in N, s60; in OtraiIto, 560. - atooun, 98 G. aI for &, 251, I2~3 f. Ai, rep1. by Ill', 48. Ill', in augment, 7J 7. - augmented to ,,., 714. - mistaken for augtuell~
(~.),

72 3.

- dropped, 723. -Al-, reduced to - , 1191. -A', elided, 141. (01, al), in let decl., 262.

-A', in wrb lew to !cuflU,

~,.'414AIar7Wr ('"is), 414. til-,a or cif,., I}, in N, 338,
-A', loagin 2Ddary lubj.,70S. -AiA (7), in N'III&, 271.

-A' rep). by -ft, 267. 792

til-,a

347

m. J2 b.

(704" &

.). 338, App.

- . & &, App. iii. 15.

al"fGJ' (ni")' 230b, App. ill.

611. AJl''lor (rijr), 38b.

Digitized by

Google

INDEX 01' :NOTABLE GREEK. WOBDB.

Digitized by

Google

I.

INDEX 01" NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

585

Digitized by

Google

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

581

Digitized by

Google

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GRBBX WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

IlmEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

cl..cS for ..pdr, 1491. - for La~in ab,4...,&lI'Olffl', 1513. - for a-, 'late,' 1514- for cbcl, apieet',' 'at a time,' 633, 1515. - for part. gen., 1311 f. - for gen. of value, 1511 ; ut material, 1331; of separation, 1317: ofauperiority or iDftoriori ty, 13 3 9. - denotes a follower or member, 1513. - replacel I., 1488, 1568 j _pG, 1nr6, 1488, 1491, 1628. cl".' dpxfjr, 124fi. d..' '.fi, 435. cl..' '.fiB.." 435. cl".' , ien, 43;. cl..' 3"Tf", 179'1. d..cl hIl19.II, 435. ~..' 3T', 1791. ~ ..cl 'Al."(o" (mQ, 1903. d..cl'Al."(O 114, 1903. cl..cl 1"'" clw6, 1525. d..cl ..",3l, 1235. cl..cl ..4"Tt 3v6, 1216. cl..cl ,,_ _, 1503 d. d..cl"T",",Tor, 1 503 d. tl..cl TGllTOpUTOV, 1503 d. cl.. Tpla 'pa, 1216. cl..cl Tpl xa 1'4, 1903. cl..cl for cl", 72 r3l. I.fIO (4ft1) for cl..6 (-e.), 11 I, 50S, 523, 1513.

- for ab, 1513.Ano- (= e:r-) iD R oompoUlldl, 15 14 [I]. !no- for inro-, 1508. dflOSUU., 742. dflOt/ClAw, 911 b. clflOt/It/A'1Ira, 742. d..o/lA4woplll, 14B6.
cl'""Y'..,.,&w_, 1346 f. cl..O"(I..w,,- TI, 1457. d"O"(~fllfrl for -rial, 48. cl-rMl"T., 177 cl..oailolrf, 26.r 4. cl..oklnvplT.1'4 TI, 1284. dflO3,c"T'W, 8SI. d..ok..,..,ill,851 dw034"oplll for 1nro3-, 1508.
'A..oa;,,...or, 298, 1040 A..oaf1,...r, 298, 1040. cl..oatllfl, 9~6'1' dwolllkTf, 1,996111' IIl.oa.llcnIv or -11611, gg6.1'

'AwoII,,,,,,,, 1040.

Digitized by

Google

-APIC, ~AsAssC, (cl), .... 4pctITG, 5 I 9 &petITG IXOJ /Jior, 1314'ApltlTfUot & tlTfU', 399.

4pcftpf~s,

-AP1OCC..o,..,),..-a,(cJ)

us.

10H

t;.!~:;:J:~'3fa,
39H

J83",

4pctITfp4 (7)), U83 b ; If, 1334-

-,q,

'Apcsssyji';J?J,

38b~

:~:~~:J~~a.
4pctIT6a....OI', JI 56. :ApctITOIrA~G (TO"), App. iii. 6.
Apt(1"s,s~~ssv

for

,"%32 C.

:!;::;~:~::;':8. fs's ~sovr,

..33 c. 'Apt(1Top.I"f/f, "31b.

:!~::;::70!O:;J~~J""%32 c.

4pctIT,??, ~s"l' ,Apct1TOT/A.'1 et ~ (T6,,), 330, App. iii. 6. 'ApctTTOT1A'I" 398, "~Ib.

Apc(1"S,s~yjs"J'yj

(~),

... pp.

'ApctIT~ov, .. 33

c. dpl"'''fI7'o'' dJ,Gpl'lA'I7'tJf, 179. d.pctfl, s,lCAs r"G, Jog" .lPI'.

dpKfT"s ~sTIV

'Apt(1T~', 398, "3Ib.

r"u,

App. vi.

i::':6, 1~n3].
'App.lS'Sl'l, '0040.

apKl"!., 8,,1.

16.

Ilpp.a, s6, ,,68. dpp.a7'OlP.WOf, 717, 736.

~;::;s~~~-:::' 1..3

tlpp.v,n"pa, 1036b dpp.vpOf, 187. &pm (TU"), 385, 386, dpl'BoJ'rs, H54tlp"loHsss, g5.., loog
.;n-;(10p.<U,

j:~~~r;~f~: ~7g
1885.

'App.lSSl, sss..o. tlpP.'1"fVOJ from 723. dp"..s,OJ, 879; -Gp.<U (mid.),

'pp.-,

dpII. & -lOll, TO, 386. dpl'o, (Toil), App. i. 16 11. dpdp.ssss, u adv~l 1pf0HCs, eg8S".

,'k~!0I,8~'t.~dur. 7::4,,18d5,

apOTpo", 126.

~~~:~:'~;:l'
dp6aI,84 2

I"

t31

ssprra"d"~ ('$')' 37, Aprra,il.iil, TE (for TS;;), 37 Cllfa'YT" &; 4ss::, JS,Cllfpp.
12.

~~r.'9i~~: ~, n[Z,]

, Aprra3ij (TO"), APP, iii. 22 c'

liprra! &; 4pfta'Yos, 11, App. ill.

I''',

dp:ni'::', d70, '39!i'8' '398.

'3ptrOtOl, 996.8' ciprrliUOI, 999. '3,,::40>, "70, 'J96., Ol""" ib. (J4/Ms", 12'3, dp~P"ss"s, &, 26. ~~~~::;7:;':4; apP'l", App. D. 9: changed ~:: "PPf/'" JS38 . 4{>Pf/S for apP'l", 338. 'A"ua....;s, 298, 1040 B a. iD. 6 d. , A VUGM,8" 1"'3" B. 4{>:XOllT"7, 0, 379, App, ~P<1'''~ (TO"), App. ill. 6 b. iii. u b. :"V<1''',7:,,,, TO, il03. dp,,""T", cl, ,'4", 34?;: JSpu'l",'3~,APPU9,14 dpxO".,OlS (TaiS), 34'" dp<1'1"IzJ..'1S, 301. dPXOVTOftOlJA~s, 141. '3'3C1C, mcsss::, 89 T., dp","TC7' (TOil;, "96, H.8 [4]; in G-B, 89 apxos for apx-, App. ill. 12.

df'i,i31, ill -A",.4&", 288, 564, ma2 .lPX.lI.l rpoiMM.lT.l, App. ii. 12. in N, 367. num,ralI, h 58. .lpp",iKH c::M.ld"" Ap". ii. Id. AC(TO),417,4Ih; in.~-N, '!Px<U6TaT~", 506 [2]. .. a"",ClJS (TalS), 29"', App. u. 9. 420. f:f:"",m.s (,ds), ;F" o. -A", in PI, - " 7~ dpXGp.os ~ 14 A. - repl. by -n, 798 f. d",,6Irr'5"''''1'', -A:: (:5), .,'i, pe~ ,gmell, dpx~Aa7''', etc., 287, x"42 'Apx."a"l3as 63 [2]. - unoommon in.d, 287. 'jij,~"M7If(l"'f!j:o~TO, ;%{;2 a. 1>0:8 origs'm, 25h: dpmos', 1142. ' - accentuation of, 287. di:)s""'('i'g:-), 12 78 ; dpX'i", ou,lh. dpri<1al"'" i 18. 1043 f. "::"xeft<1,:x'''', IFX5b. -A::, -/hf, "'Rld"'!, 380. 'Apx1as, 283. +46. dpXlfft/<1ICOfIOS, omiLted, At, -h, ....,,4, -A87 -u, ~:q.., Rldlj. &; p~, 12'7, 8, 9, 450 7., 70S, dpX1,0I, 868. App. iii. 13. dtT)y"RlTii,,: 247, lo.r,p ,,5'. IJ.tTPoAor &; "'1, 292. "'X0flll', Bee 4pXOI. u'" '916: ",,,,sl"~"" as ",,sv., IJ.PXO"TU (TO,,), 330', App. a<1df,,~'6;~)i91~fO #~:

:~~ (~~~ (~tt7)~;::~~~

380,

"..s.

:c:e

App, IS', dufPij" (TO'), App. ill_ 6 IJ.

dG'7RlX
(W):

'Atlf/pJJ, g, 4 14.

lC~t t;i~~~~c~~ ~b,

/J.p,,'1IIIT8d,

77h:

:ii";i~::':.'POS' 'ApT:JL~, ~~;'

1040, ApP. ':EPT'/,,:46' , :APT/fIlOS, 1040. APT/6':s, 298: 1040, "PT':fil::os, 7:::31., aPTI, in oomp"", 1120 r. ooc,6':., 10 il3OPTI 4iT", 52 Y; clprllftfla tor ,~s, 4300 f7"I'OI 5' -Utu: "68. OpTlBaM,S, 11 20.

'ApT'p4S, 287.

aPTa..., -U(')OI, 871. t",.ii-, "PTu"", 14il',

("4), ~l2ff' 4.PXOll', 6pXOf, 'App. hi. 12.

1 91 5 (.

dPXUT 'P07, 49P. I. IJ.PXOl,146~~.~853!.; JI8B!'., 14d",,; dm't11 :468ID Rl" Ad:d ("d:~aG'Idf), 9FRl a; becomes xoflll', 132 40 147 1 ; !ACI', l.,.,ds to oonsu., 1324. di _, 2, hpXOh"', ::"nstr., 1245, !AdGd : in "dr. 1 3 2 4. 793 dtTddf~" (:,6,,), AydYd, ill. 6 C. + +",,4., g ,6 f: -+i7"n., 2127, app Adi'd)N (,6), 13:7. dtT&~,<1~ptu, 12~ 12 c [3].
'Ai?i:CAf.WditA]V,

' ACeE, in N, 800. dtT5di'~" rd,s,,), RlaP. iii, 6 a. ,AG'I4.os,' 1078. '

04ftJl,S, f:f:25. 4<1fl'80l h"" -1"':""', 310, &<1~"f, .t.r~f, I 36" 996~: dtTii6':" (d8]: 337, APa' 1U7'

:3iZb,s.

~~~;~;"iat1.), "50:;, h9li..,

-

~'Oflll': 100L

'A<1ICA.j1ncW, APP.1. 2 [I~

':PTOTvPOS, 0, JI 56. "FTUfI" apT,Si:, 1+"',

:~~t~~;~,~t:~ ::i:*'
fJ':46Wss, 902:

~~~:,a'& ~f: 87 L
d~ &;

""x5s (:,:uor), f:f:96b ,

';'01, 868.

for .:rhdf, Id3dfd. in exhortations, 1915 IF. (0), 2,~8, 283, 261 d 262: a<1JrAG)("os, 191. a,mFdfs, 4dj?;. "'f u7,5e, e~:, 10:H. dtTftPUTfpos, 49!i. - from -,296'. gen. 2"7df, dtT'7"RlOS, Rl8a1COs, 734 - pI. -oc, 2~: - proper names in, 283". influ,::oe 248, G<T::di, ORldi7', "56" in oompounds, 1150, 996... clcrrdf~S, In. 1115' f.

dtTRl6':'II:I6'7: 0 &; 29: dtTffOII41''I'', 717. dURlhmIJ"TRl, as 8'h. ~<1"ls, 365.

t;:~r:;J~, 12~
949-

592

litizl

y \.

)C

le

I.

INDEX OF

NOTABJ~,E

GREEK "WORDS.
,7,{,pA7Llar, 4l7. . aw for 4331&' 'AY,l (~), 408. in 4'-'9. alrra buoomel TCI, !S30,

v,.lpcll' ,,.cW), At't'. 6 t' d%~r {Le. ' fxWi,' ,Eii,3, d"f'fM for -Hos, App. i. 16b 142 3 ; - /MIfI, 54 2 M4PL~oB', ,.,s, t'34P, 4,,6 - F'71'1J, 71,,2. 4<fTop.or, JJ 47. -ATOC;' ~.., 1052.' , ~"""cSFG", gaS, ,Su"w, 57<S, E711 i UE~ MTOXo., -lCQI, 869. -lI4f,546, ~4Pl(l)"" 8ft'p. 7ui'O't'.it, If iSo. MTpOrm, ita Rbj., u66. -ATCA (~), 1040 B D, d.,?~,,=, 8i5. -ATCHC (cl), 1040 BC. Gtrrpo, 424. ';"Clu (,.cS), 10iS" B w##, ".I, 771+ 6.trru, ,.cS, 33, 391, 397 ; in -~TCION (~~), 1040 B /l. '"TClnn (is L 1",,0 B N, >498, 'A"""'I'''OII for -"otIf, 432 D. -ATCIC (cl),' I~ B D. 7sft (,7,). tL71>, M?"",6F'71f, 7108, l.7'7'a, 102 546,687 f.,610. ACYNAIPciA, 30, 158 'OTTI71,i riS,~,uA, "pp, if. M("''''B', ad4P" 5#4. U. cIcrHi.\f,a ("""), App. ill. ETTI,,",'N 117,,1_ U AY, AY, ~'roper diphthong, cIcr+aAI.".fpOll, &dv., 520. 49 4 "bf'3Af,T?"P"'?,5?'?' cIcr~;;"" (,.cS.,), 330b, ApP. - 'IQ"",,' ;%0. - pronunciaUoD of, 24,32, ul. " b d. cIcr~'6r, 4251>. f. "'f7f?Al,,,,, "ijlCIA(,,)w, 724, - - aw, 53; leadl to 411 or 870, C)Cl6, 71'0,3 7171, "~~4P,.lw:., 717. ali, 1700, 1744cIcr~, 520, iRl aUklnllenil, 7l i. "'i''''''''4Pp.or, ,3, 245. - augmented to '111-,,714. 4.a)(TII'Of, 338, "ic,.a)71' &; 'iQl, klkl8. "li.iptF.t beoomee GrJl.'1piif, airrfQl &; -a6CQI, 868. 338, ,:;f'ri, ), 2'47 b ("QI, 999 , aIYyoA11lO"O, IJ 56. tilT_OS, "pp, liS 6. "l')'Of, "cS, 71491>, -ATA for -ca, iD neuter pl, A~GMor, 430. 297, ,'44l")'01lEToiL"r, L". dmp,1744 -Ayroo for -("Nu; 861, 876. a,.s (301), 17iSi iF" 17(s. ",""ill'71, 6L fa), - + part., 1738, 21 09, a~p,63N 20(S, iF, Cltlfla/l714 (tU), 354l, '-AT "fTfo"in im,"!~ !Joo. aHaa.,r, 425, 429. GN,500, 80# I. ,,4l8czll~,~CQI, Jt C:j 'AT, repl by "ff'f, 797. aMaM,oJICII, lo:IOt. ,,4lklflL71pl, 1."'=SDr, HiS7, UiS9d"'04s, H3 t: ' aV6l","!r, 593. dT~'S"",f$s,,,, ("i?W), 7190#', ,TS,7,f71E6..ovAos, l04l [I]. : A",!, ("oii),278. . . , aU" 2061 [1]. A"",f, '".(}6", 66, #25, '7''', ,,4lSaXt,,6312J. 6."'lIOr, 494, lJ47, App. L a~~.,~, 10380, 15 7, "iS~,nu, lA38c. d,.ptCQI. arop.-, 179. a3Aat, 104l8. d"j"';:", ';:x"cSs, 17'), 4P?iciJ,QI, 9!I?11; iDtr. 1 456'. d,.oplCQI, d,.p.-, 179.

cm.

b;

4lo r. sin'El be'-oms71 ,.al, 53s. cWnwf'cS."550, "~"'7cS71, 549. awl 1 'I aayl' 251b. ~#; al711, 714',&. afn7,565, iM+, for ,oi." App. Iii. 26. abn;t (__), 854 , 574. "Wij..oos, II40. ",bn;B' be.eoml""p, 53l', ubrijlla (~~), 535, 580, "'pp, 1I1. '5, alrrq..f for -rl/.., App. ill. 24. 716.

:~~~~l~:,4l:;

[31,5S,J', aVr1rijr, 577, 578, 581 "W:;l'CIf, ;581, '"'"I' become. "'1f, 530. "wE, ,.cS, 7331l' alrru,a, with part., 2147. "w,) fou ''', 539, Ap7' .111, 26. sWt becllmell "0, 4l'40. a~Tii for aw9i, 267 i.. ftW714l, 571*" 57171>. alrrci.,o., 577. drrt74, 5n4l, 5716b. tog,,~hnn wit~,' 1325 sll-rtll. 1ll7170671, APkl, ii. 714 awOltp6.,.QlP, 472. '
l. "~;;Jr. fill5, 530, a77cS." ,ee "WcSl' M pen. ~:~4l~~" 4l Jt 5, E4l al : - most commOft in P-B, 53 7 ., 1 399,7,. - en"litie, 53", 147171 - becomes 4l,.01l, "01', 43ab , 53", 608b , l7 u , - for 41a""6.,, 145 f. ","cSt f',71 ,;""",571, l4l0

a~,577 ~'1/ '577

fm;

_ f'l~t,,:J,.&:,: ~!~~ f.).

- fur ITfall7'cSlI, 546. cw7sa a4lE6.., l3 2, 734l, 580, App. iii. as. ",Wi71f fnu -r/5u, .1.'7. fiili, 24, 26. "WlEO, 'i 77 awcSllo,' 577, ,5 80: drr/f""" 'h 77 1, [2i' a~f'6n, a~ow, if. 14

(1, e. 4aIl7'4.,), 5471', ~QI, 996J 1423b; Tcl., - p.otI, 546, A~pI,}'7f, 71L40' ,Lvpl,Alos, 1040. An,u"" 94, 9' ,L~P'1Mtll, 4l5. lirmrcSr 16'7'& "infiL" A7P' 16. AilpijAlr, 301, 1040.

d.,.iS"

d,.""ir, is,.,.,,,s, 177. d TcS.. (i., e. aln;cSr)" 14 22 f. ,

::i~::~~~,1I;8~~~S'

"LiojE!lIICm, 114l7.

App.

B.

593

DmEX OF NOTABLE GREB WORDS.

AlTor, Aeolic, 84; N, 542. 1. flweSr, -cS, -i, 'be; 525, 530, 51\8, 568, 1421 ; lee AWW.
- in8ection of, 5932. oWeSr, M1f,' 539, 1418; flWO;' cWlpGcr&l', 1375. - -MGr, 141811,

aame,' 1119; 6-,

'the lI&Dle,

1372, 1420 ; IU411. - ",,/Ss, 1444-

id_'J::,'
,

- , conatr., 1239. - repl. by 6 14, Ill., -

olro., K'Wos, 1397. after " . &; tW, 5+4cl, UI2 I:; cS T&I",

3. aweS., awotls, "Pp. 14 B ... nTcSs, .weSr, 542 f.

137 2

n.

5. oweSs, Me flWW. oWc\r AWW, 549. AWelS MOl, 5+4aw6, (TOV), 43315' AWcSr, 540. OWeSO'f for cWToU, 435. cWrov becom81 Tou,530. OWOU, M JIOII., 551 00.01', 581. cWToO.OS, 581. aUT_oU, 577, 578, ~8J. oWoWovs, 577 & [aJ, 578, AWovn;." 578. A~TOIII becomea Tour, 530. AWOtls, 525, 52611. oWov. for 7)pis (or 6pis) A6rotls, 546. o6r&i for -ftw, App. ill. 26. O~T~, together with, 1315. oWw beoOm81 ~, 530 . . ., .. pGIII., 551. cWr&;.. for -ftw, "Pp. ill. 240 26. oW~, 577, 578 "", flWOVS, App. ii. 14B. o~TIIIii for .roU, 26,.
0611,,"1', ~, 126.

_,875 -AVII) & 'AVrll), 701 fr., 861,876 - treated M MS} ~'for d,,6, 1519; _
~' 1234 f. ~' ~f -~' W, 1791; -

'""Ipa.,

..ss., 4".

7)p4pas, ib.

Ilrov, 17~, 1999. - repL by ~' 05,1190'

~'/Sr"
~.

1791.

Digitized by

Google

DfDn

OP NOTABLE GBBEJ[ WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

I.

INDEX OP NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WOJIDS.

Digitized by

Google

INDEX OF NOTABLR (4RKg;;g WOPJ)8.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

IIa8MGA.w", 71". C~:fMQ)h~s, 6, 737,996

3cJ.,

IIdvCICK, 1U5~ "''''70r, Mf~ /lM01I &; r (TOW), 3041.

CfCr 'F"7SCpa, Ilau';', 40lb, 403. 44.,.Ctlp.Os, ~"1"

s%t7x'1rr"" 9'):ss' lSoXTuAl, .,.6, 174.

l!,~~,435b, :3~ (,ss 31A"I'G,

rjI. 2.11, 'but,'102,563, 17Cl.4f~,

- f77 trai, s:19. - after relai., 2024I11III, 170;~ 17 J 3 - conf. with ,., 56~,

=='7:~;:~
I'" ,I>

I:s"ff r., :31 I,

11

Ji1t~ from ,., 17"~.

fSss

ab, gpp.
%g2"

iii~ 20 s,

23,26 .. 11 or '11 from 111,914,g,

m,'At.ic,

iuieDsive, 583. advsnnbB m ~33, 102', ssh/AOi, 59 e.

:~r~"'
~:x:~rr.tO
J10Z54Gl'f"F

'f/lGpBu, 99641?b,c, 996"",

'fIIt~CIC, ApP. i. 15 b. ~fn"tl7F"> !y:g'frtll -

g ffifM, ~m:;",,54'

a.&u.s...,.ra,996"
a.3;30.,p4C, 996... Zn30g f,

::::=~~?;~".
~,750(L,
?5,s%tt1Tr1=~

996,,

a.&'1lrOgnt, 71.
S !n4If'ni S7C , 7ZL

lSt~'"1,..a"

74", gg6,~,

745, 996~7abd..

Z,ss%t'lp4C, 996u. 3flo-y"wW, .. _

3Lt?.

- in P~B, 3145-

111'_,967
-

.. ~ rep! by <;-~OVIE'. g68, .. p - t , 1868 f.

.000.., 996.-

Pt,

805, ?J7'

INDEX OP NOTABLE GBBEK WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

INDEX OP NO'rABLE GBBEK WOlIDS.

Digitized by

Google

mDn

OP NOTABLB GREEK WOBDS.

Digitized by

Google

INDEX OP NOTABLE GBBEK WORDS.

liqor tor L,-., 65+ ac.n.rcl., 1053-

4I"npun, 37.

3<"." 99651' '<li"287.

&..0,...,37

AwrWr, & ..". (n.!, 330,

.. pp. jii. 6.
4I1y.,I..", 29IJ, 43Ib.

fIG"" TW', 163:1. &ot..pcur, 44a.ou~,",'"

410')"1'011 for

'''01If, 432 0.

4uNrA14 (To.), 330, .lpp. iii.

6. 4IoKAIi &; ..;;aor (ToV), :188. 4IOKAljI' (TcSl') 432 b.

&o.U&, :>961.' 4IoJUUftIf, 49. I. 4Io~ (~), 432 a, "pp.

iii. IS".

a.6UII,..,

9961.'

l. 4Io,J,ar, (TOii), 278.

-AI' (T6),

4Io"a"r, 37.
35.

4101"719', 2911, 43Ib.

1038b. 4IOI'tir, 287b. 4'01'111,.,1""" 35. 4Iww, 287

4IW1I10f,

4I_"t01l'16

4Imr, 1040.
4I0IIVfIrrr, 287b, 301.
410",,'0', 298, 1040. ~"'" 31. 4,omCH for -fI", 26.. 4I0I'IITi & -iIor (Toii), 288.

4I0I'"'If, 1040.

"dE" -16." 996...

at_, 439.

4I0II'.t9oll for -Iow, 43:1

tI.

a.op9&wol, 9961.. ' &0"'01"1', 1472. leopli""., (intr.), J456b. lior, ateor, .pp. ii. 14 .l. 4IcI. (TOii), 433,.

4Ionlpw, 34.
I.
2.

a,6T,,'that,'1751,1753f.,

4IM.pIW, 34-

a.6T', , becaule,' 1737 it - beoom. "fIeut, 1 739. 3. &cSn,' why,' 2044.

1942

&6XVf -1OKo", atOl/l, 439.

996.

atlftlTOf. 1149-

at'"lXll',474. a..MCIIOf, 655. IbAfi, 286. Ie.AOftlJcw (~), .lpp. Iif.

6a.

Digitized by

Google

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

E, E, origin of, 2. - JWIlea of, 9, 9", "'pp. lI.

10.

- why JWIled .r, App. Ii.

10.

- forma of, 2,5 [2], !). - multiple value of, 6, 26. - origiDally for ','I, ft, 6, :116,27, SOb, 29ff., App. Ii. 9 f., 12, 14- fOl' fI, 2~ a, 27. - for GC, 46 fr., SOb. - for G, 46 ff.

Digitized by

Google

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

E,~, 00;;11: witili".e, ~5f.;

'!rith 'I,15tJ 158. App. 7, 10~ 12; with 0,4, 167. repl. by 'I, in l;.40e0tiliaD,
.8~

- k;eoo,"ee5~ 29 1611 fe. 29 {., App. 9 ff. ~ pre5"lIritili"e v,,~el, +.10-4,15 0 -!!'~ 155'~
f

+ two or more CODlOllallY, 29" !!6:3~ E', prOZ,!,,,cIC, ;:'9. E~, rev8<:tive, 13ab, 536~ 725.

-,

E~,prot~:silti"", 72iS~

augmeut, 711, 717, 723.

mil;Yilike" for "up",nt,

~;:,m ~;:~l~n~:~;~~, ;~~;

-

13<4,723> 72.; dropped, ib. - augmented to .,-, 714; to 1", 7'7, 71'P~ i-, ~ ."I! Bu~esta'.-Q'1,533.

beco"'8I ~,,~ in ",~"P.;ed verba, 82!" 838-.5. -. for . '1-, "efo~" -J"I"' in &Or. & fut. pall., 919.
-E.. ~

578 a.

noS,
I1IP.

C1''''p'','Wiou"k.
I

106, no; .for -0-,

--,
-E.,

-E, "lld,,;, I-%L -E (bl"4f, ..Emf), 862. -~ In i1lErt. in P~N, -E; in 7!!o.

::~'.~'ff~~~::.~ii 2!: ;6&:

-E, in ""rb !!upel"'dded to
fl,

in verb itemii becu_ -0-, P24 i pH. ."ppreElE."d lipnid atema,38 3

Unin'f.;
"57.

P3.

-i- from -44 (t), in N,273.

-i, llpitili"Kctiu, 91P
-E
f'

in d!!~ 31"<1 decl., 328~ -t, ,utelWilVt! N, P75

-E,

I ,~!,,,.s.. ,:,d I for ;;; in~~OD, 251,

f'

or -EN, 220s. - 5), 6'H'~ 5000),645.

r.

- Por 1,530

25!.

, rfcAw, for ancient iT, 9, 9". - ,:npi" or U'%oIIle, p. r~

'~for ~'" 71.b.

1,526.

igiti

I by

:Jl

)~

I. :nm.EX 01' NO'fABLE GBBBK WOllDS.

Digitized by

Google

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

El,

1, dir.athoog, .94: 'long, 20. - genuine, 3 ..lt ; repra by I, 6 ff., 21, App. ii.

1 f., 9. 10, 12, 14; lOud

of, 24, 36ff., 30, 341tft, 37 ff apuriOUI or _peuatory, U lt ; leprel. by " 6, u. :19 it. ApP. ii. 7, 9. n, I,,; eOund of, [I].
ooaf. with I, 3rJ', M, 168 ; with v, 35 ; with 'I, 26, 26" 37 &:; with CH, .... ; with wc, 36'>; wi,h., 2~ 6; with ,1,
~euphODiou.,35[1

28."

J4.

- in Saoekri' t, 3.. - for " 2~ 6, App. ii.

in Boeotlan & 'l"beI1Ilian, App. Ho 1lt. - " I..tin ei, S3.

26

- from.,
50lt

1",9 f.,U.

29 I., App. ii.

- for 1/, 27 ff. -for'l,I,V,in+ V-VIt', to ,1, 3:1 ft; to " ib. 1-, augment, 717. - fiom 10, 719- for '1', 719. - rarer than j., 733- dropped, 72 3. - for r8dap1icatiOll, 734.1-1 thematic, 758 c. - fi'Om , IS6c.. 831. - in verb Rem, 9:14b - reduced to .t-, Sgl. -ci, adv., 1103 b. 1, proclitio, 97 d.. - atooon, 98 c.
-a_~,r,g6.

1.9. n, J+

-I-u

relative freq DfIIICJ' t(

- _

177 1

of, 1710 ft

OODItr., 1967, 1969, 19740

1987 - in oad". cla_, 'jlMt - in temporal cla-. 1976. - +lDbj., 1,s7. 1988tr. - for 3r., 1975for u.., 1988. for Jr., ' &hat: 19.f7! for _di,- pen., 2154' whether,' 205+

Digitized by

Google

IImB OP NOTABLE GREEX WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

f0r3plt1It!((J;&m-&~, ~0i", ,1g){GI,

nW, 2107.
dpt,
I'~.,

.fP511 9"~".. 'LlO".2"9

8ubj, (for lJ), 98110.

+ pree. part. for dur.

g06,

.rpoJACll, 99On.
f!pxf9",~.
"Ll. 9"PJ & ll' -lLp<D, ill _., 5'93ft,. abo Is, 1536. 14119,0lIl ~lr, 1', 15ll, 41l"

pt... 99~ .

- m~t::~i:t989.
-

pree., 1143 l" - +' pl. pari. for pl. 1864 f., 21 10, 2140. - pgiln., n88 7, - +dat., 1367 f. il'&n., ilpp. - nililr, Hil8 l. - 'fl.p[ 1", 1639. i:,ll,j """, 1698, ."p. ""'''' 1693. 11"" 689, g8 ft, 99610; in

it 9.
illConillill, 98 b. in 149% betill,,_ 'l, I!iM f.; or 208. 539, 15Ll g.. rn,

.f.

- wa

as fllt. llldic., ,'3g, I 4, 4pp. iy. 4. -IN for -", in imprf. 3td

.tt", I !l5, f. for 1'8U1O~ IIOCU., 128"

f;5;,',:

24. 26 ~o!, 15~-54; Hebra-

ofrdae. z;wo.

fl..CIl; 981, 985; ;:.. T.,.6s, lllpl bRill"', till3

ll}" ""'ll, Bee lpt. in N for 'OTIr or flll;".
"Ill .Till,

PllirlOll, n06"lpp. iiLl9.

far dM.. 1358, 1362, 155 L for Ii..s, 1491. for W+Pll" J5lig.
for @ill, 14@,ll. J49, 155, fi)r Iwl, 149'.., for ill]lf. Ifll. Ill'7l _f. wi~

T_ for I.ca, 621.

ll".
-

~]~~:?: ::55 M,:henoe

1660,

.,.+-,

or fT1fCII1. 985 [I].

~ llPill,lllip'i'i:lally" 2S,f,

l?:"fll211, 29. P5p. j$, lOo ~iNoc} 1001; beou_

-i N(J), in fut. & pr 899.

,l""ll for fllll211, 59' [3].

-""Of, ib.

fE, gnt. ill 540 ill. fir 'dICll1~. us,. ]l'CllTI,]l, 19,8
pi4', ,,21.

'l~, a89.

155310.

ft",996..,

,'lfa. ]jf6.. ,

Ir ''fl'rrc&, 1539ft, -"~'7IMilla.

pt"",621. ,.0 infij"
2 0 9 ill

-EioN (TcS), IOU f. :fr,os fM, ,61 -Eioc, adj.& 8Uba., 172 f.,

1ll8I f, alPll'DAlln will' 'lOSt la-, 261 Cl; with ""OS. 38. ]lIOl, beoclnee LlI or 298. ,1wa, jlO, t;;,S?6n. 161' llfGIllllll, 79',

!:'f~ wil9'~, 2:~:

vi. 10, 15.
'ri:;L

O-B'n!r; vi. la. 14.

4~ ll=~'

.El
fll

15 li.
fls fifn.poIf, 1539or .'il "rum lEn " ii. ir. J4'.. ' I, its ~ Ij" 39. 8

:~::;:,,~~~.

4i:;'i"

App.

.t'llCl""", 796, 996...

f_,. 996.i:l'flOt;;'llll l_llll for

wO.. ffllGlla". 791.
l'_'ll,795, .f_Tf (incl.).

:I::2,j::6l~'"

2.

ft,. Al., ,..,610 ~64S ;

(pti,~,).

~:, indnni~ j,'1icIn,

622 'i1;
61 3.

(-'tTIll or_) 631; iD N abo ....r

_=

796. 996...

' .. aD,' 2 37, 594. 595; for ills, 5'i', 5'filill, 59t ill
pi'iCli~l. 97 .,

]jriTll, WIll'

litizl

y \..

)C

le

J.

INDEX OP NOTABLE GBBEK WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

INDEX OF NOTABLB GRBBK WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

INDEX OP NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

INDEX 01' NOTABLE GREEX WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GBBEX WOBDS.

Digitized by

Google

INDEX OP NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

',."w. #.. '!poPCU, 996n gsJ0f"SI'

-

f!f:c7 I'f"~"" ~,ffi ~', 1279 + infin., ~pp.

far

~i ~ p<alTP!f:cAT,p6!f:c,
~~'!f:c, ~pp.
'~'P=

Yom"pcu.

vi. JJ 0 [3]. + Eip!f:c, Al?l?~ vi.

r.

,.6,

7!f:cl? ~ 3!f:ca, 331, 1040, iii. 7.

000".

~ f<&l ~~ N -I~, 903 'poI, ##6n; '#P'''.

I .6fJG114f, 130. &" '"", ~"'''' ,,.s8,!f:c#p, iL for IIr, 301. if 243''0?, 30E ~ 1}2, 9FF, 955, !f:cpp~ ro~ -EC-, iD adj. "'If, 426. ~2C, DOm, 51., 5'0?21 dEE!f:cL, 338; at.tract. -ca. of !lOO. 532 f~
~"C
....
IIOC.

~"_#"

pI. rlt. dd, 267 f.

-fI',

nOEE" "

it. iDflueace OD ,.cb, 561. ,6c fEEE (<I), "h-

!lp<E1~ aIE'EE~o",

'"710.

::ii:; ~,353F' 238, 'tT/JriIra., 9IIor. .

impFi" 780 801" i. -EC for -0, i!f:c pf~ f. -ECA., reetored iD P-N, 773. #"o"i;? ('.I1!f:cm), Icr.m,-, N &or., 1875.

',c,

~t.,300.

'99.

, ~ ,,,1,, 5J3. ('F""~ 55' a, ft~EE= ~pp. iii. 9 o,!, 30. ~~ ,,,..... c. tT~K~ 11:'/, fS353!~!f:c, '11.."'. 532 535, ~pp. ill. 3
pp

!ff,!f:cfj?fl', 1IOr, of 7F*"""F' 39\ 979, M6u 'tT' for tT', 531. - bec=P3_4f!f:c~.,b*30 ("7), 535, App. ill. !!f:c'~ *11" JF3,~ ,,;:Sfl', 232, '''. d, 538, 54',

0, 0,

,,,,Tm, 'nEdE, 136g,

'114"",., 537, ~pp. iit. 30.

C1J (Jf,,3'), 424' 9"2L

ria':.:: ~(~E'

rltl'lU'o, 926u1'
m~9

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK. WORD&

Digitized by

Google

INDEX OF NOTABLE GRBElt WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

INDEX OP NOTABLE GREEK WOBD&

Digitized by

Google

INDEX OP NO'l'ABLB GREEK WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEX WORDS.

'_pIU,
-

low d, 1776, t, 1784 ff. ; beoom. is d, lHsw, 1786 "P' 1851. - +aor. for plpf., 1877. '-4,717,99fiIlO' 1&11411 for .1IlIv, 789. ~'" 99fislO' 996aIO'

'Ill'

F. pre-PhoeDiaiaD IJlllbol'l;
211.

- 181aced by S, 63; by 11.

- "pirated, 73. ib.

fol'lllll of, 3,9, BOund or, 9, 63.

F'''"4, lnca, 155 Go

Digitized by

Google

L
H,
H

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WOBDS.

(~),

In Latin. upr.

by e, 43the chief pomt of ClOn-

t.zoV81'lly,3+
abeent from early .A, 36,

., or HI, Bpurioua diph'thong, 19 b.

-

- ita pJ'OnUDCiation in .4., 9,34; .. e, 9, 34, 39 8'.; .. ii., 38 Cl; .. i, 3!f, 37-41; in Plato, 41. - how eaphoniolll, 35 [I ]a. H for Done 11, 39 f. - for EE, 29". - for ", 3~ f., 29. '9 j in the endings -flor, "'Cl, 38. - interohRngea with ., :16 f., 38 f., 43 f., 168; with,,30'. - for. in Boeotian, 48, App. ii. 711 ; ellewh8l'8, 38 f., 43 f.; duriDg V-VI~, 5011. - equivlJent to., 3911 - for a, 38 a. - for III mBoeotian, 48. - for I, 37 it, 5011. - for v, 5011. - alteruat. with Cl, 167 ; with 01, ib
abHutfromearly.A, 6,36. origin of, 33 it
ClOUU. 10Dg,' 3G.

39"".

in iDlcriptiom (HI), 30".

I. lOund in early .4., 300 f., 36i , 38 b, 39, 33 G if.; ID later .A, 20. alternatea with .', 26, f.,

G"

H-, ..

43; with." 20. repL by 11, 26, f., 28f. temporal augment,

714>7IS,7I7i aooented, 7:10 l 1_ familiar than

f-,7:13

mistaken for

a~gment,

-H-,

733; dropped, lb. H~prov~ve, J3G.

oompoaitional,
IIIG.

106,

-H- " in verb litem, 92411. -H- for ~, tenH character,

-1.-,

for _, in (ijr, etc., 8:l19 f.; in p-N, 830. -H (t)), in lit decl., 138, :lI48, 261. :162, 10:ll3 f.; how frequent, 338; m-H-

9 1 1)-

ilu_ of,

248.

Digitized by

Google

Digitized by

Google

Digitized by

Google

nffiEX Oif NOTABLE

~~c

GR~K

WORDS~

'. , i~ ~P-N: 77~9':""

for 4~f,

"~~rb

~nd;=~~

f.

2;;; 29"; App. it 8, 10, 14 B. for fj0'6a; S;85 [4].

-HCi;:f;;~rt:~i~& ~1!?; ;;}53.

'10'01', '081. fj;;;al', i;;}8. flO'Ol'f, 987.
t'al''l'', 1005

fj;;;aO'"Y~"' fo;; fj0'6;;; ~fAfVO'OI'Tf, 49.

98:?

S;;;;6a,,;s;I', S;S;6

9; ;;;rig';;;; of, f. - origintJIy repreL.by TB, ;;12. -foi'iilll 2, 99 f.; tJI

21.

!.HCi~';~':'1;~~ !

~~~:~!::

p0'6fTO, 996

an aepirate, u . ,,;;.mi;;;we1; Jib. - mute, .23.b

F;;;[lUn;;tti

or,

fj;;;96F;;;, 9S;6 e

~0'1h71'; 9~;;~;;. S;;;;B1,;;;;;;t;a., Slg61;;;;; 1!u9,01', ~91' ii. 14'A.

54 f" 56 f.
frt;;"
T, )

70

App.

repI.; by TorO',
inScr;;;~Itr.!.;_

N, 24<.

18.4... ;

~:~:I'i;;~~~; 98; [;;~l.

iii. 28 [I).
fj;;;O'40f"'\', ~O'u601'a&, 996107'

:Hc90N, in 8n.~j., 771 ~. '0,ltf';;;; AllY> 111. [1 i.

"O'OWf for ~O'o, 985, =.App.

";pI. by 0' I =~ 2.; in Taaoonic, '56<. re9' 'bf T T_3OIl5,. 24' ( -;;),,9,,5.
,6 (-9000),645. ;;;5, (",;m 5'(At;) "u; 192;; AP~,~V. 14f. pl':'~'li);;"; 97 tl. - fo;; vG, 1. eo modril

tr;;;ao,.a.
996;;.
=

d,;;;a,.0pa.,
~O'Tf, ,

~32b;

were,' 987. fj;;;;;;' f;)) 10';;;;;, 9815 & 969. iy;;;,/;;;;;;)I', fi'015 "UTG/ or -dirTG/ forltm~ 116, ,p85 & [i). 'J)<7vxS;'G/, 7"3; -.)jUU, )486. -lead! to N av:;a'G/; 723.

,UTI.

~O'XII"!'a&, 9967' d"1::111';;, 7 S;. ~G/, fut. of 964' =icw; fnt. A-fP, 8S;f. -:- ita influence, 853. d,a, fj6; cMtl, 2; f.; T6&

~o,XoA'IO'al'''r, 1486. 6;;;XIl"(;;;', 9i~

d;')"x ....... 465.

fiIA6;/'EIOf, ) 8+ lhiA.-or, 423. ';;;,.a1n, 9';4S' 6a,.a,OI'lU, ~I et I " ' '0"~;;;/'Ea, ';;;"1"; *79 et [r~r.

6aA4,."1' for

'0~:~5.

-1'," App_ iii. 8.

::~r:ia.~r;:; 158a..
fi;;;~';;G/,

;1.

r",..,

fj - .

- M;
=;TAl,

3,

9; 9; ~ -, 9d 3n "bj., '2'71 f.;

;;;5..,;;.87[; 92;; et - for 183. ca;ati;;;;;;, I ,,S.,,:94por./IGppor, App. it 14" <ff...~ppty,iI4, Tig 42 if ~poi, App. n. 9> '4 a;

6a,."'ror,996108

.,.a..,..,.

207,4 2 3,
A4f;~

P-N.779 ]';CIJI' 9r ~;;;GIJ, ;fP5.

9.

.;

"',n, ;;;; ';,'0j., 171 P-N,779

~aO'a,. 996es.'
~;;;f, in imp;;;5

,T', imprt. of fr,.., 988.

(' n;;;re'); 985.

~7;!:r
622

eGuo, Jt, 292b.

20 7,4 2 3. &,pU;;;;, 14f~

lirrvr, 502 , 519'.

igiti

I by

:Jl

)~

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

43ili"CIW, !iliili~ 502~ BaVpG 6";;', 130')" uoiHrcu, 2090b !l"f"fpaC'T!, RN 8, !l!!paCQI, !!!J, ]doo,. - CODIItr~, 1332 f~ fl,

99

!l!r!patloptU, 996101'

9AYMACTlKON, 70 43!!!pat1Q1, !lili'!' ih:t-rQl, ili,ili' gg610!~ I. 11, from 1.1, I~b;
-

64 JIDV .a, 1906. I~ N, ' 4, 'a, ApP. iv. ]+ fr.

,haract"f"f~

'4'1r:;~ ~:;\!!';r.6'1
-111-,
756.

JIDV vG,

]906

- becomee

-'rf-,

c.
A!l2 C.
".

!l,,,-ylv!!,,
Itciopcu,

e-rf"'l !l!f1."(f"'l

-I/ovr,

278. +32

]00].

- 1ST" AllP~ vi. ]3 [I~

Id, 11, 1+8b ; cp. ~~. 243 ~ 43",43, 271. !!d4Na, 43xiliixCI, '55 a. 8t,~ for Sq/JaIca, 37. ~9iN, ',!!b. Soili ili~ -9iHN, 80+ h. -9iHC, So+ b. ~43gjME N, 'A'! b. "f"f;0-, lA!', '55 a~ -9iT, 80+ b. -41t:!TH N! 804 b.

!~:~~,!!:;poI', !!9!

'brrpOll,

lfaTpoI',

~43Alf!N;431!,~pp.IA.!+ [I].
Ap~

(l4AI&, 11, 863(l1A" + (,A) N .I!!il, I9U~

]+ ft~

f.

I.Af." It" 863 & [J]. - + lubj., ]729 f.

~~:~f::!:!1~6~: f. IIA.T. + subj., 779, ]909 f. IfAf/IijT., 99681'

,,19

!~:::,~43A A&r;:t~ili;E'p,
:~:t:,43!!:,!:,~.to

ill.

9 a,23 IIA" (oil) IIA", 1729 f.

36g.

- .. preient. 188g1l.

I.

:rN1)EX OF

N~~LE

GREE

WOO~s.

!'eHKA, ill .or. for -Iqv, Sol. -91, imprt., 806, 808. - in N, 80r b ill., .t.pp. ill. -~. -TI, I8a b, 808.
~9

mN"l~n.

Sol" !.aHKAN, in N, SoIb ill. lZl,80I b -eHKAT, !,eHKE', in in ilZ 9fJAIJ1t6s, 40rb. 6ijAus, 40l b, 4#. !,ffu**l,N, in" i~.':l,~" :;85. A-B, ffunl b Ill. ,.qv, particle, 1700. !ffulZ", ~s, *E!ffu. 78ffu, Iffu78, '479 " - in A-B, Sot b lit - becolIUll (.8q.~, 80., .&.pp. ill. 29, E!ffuffu,,s,374, ,.qpa for Bvpa, 35.

~'4lZAM',

~,

10 crrlj9" '5 I. -el, &dv., 434, 1102 b. -inN, 435. ffu,',,,,,u,OJ 'lUI., ffu,'YoVolJO'!, B''Y01. .. preI8IIt, "'pp. iv.

::;fu::~:,' ,s39.
~"'UIJJI,

et,paftSs,47

792, 80S.

9fJpE-6cu, 730-

ffuffuFF,:s"r, 415" E!ffu" frrr6r, ,s,s;" -eHC-, ~offnt. .--.,

756.
"Yaor. '='. SoF !.a*l,. in 'ndio., - in A-B, 80l b ill. -9HC, in v..b, 772 f '" fut. '=,' 850, L9HCAN, in aor. indic., 785. iD A-B, 80r b ill. Fffunl#ov, -U;;'llZ, 200. 8ffu" ~~JI', -Ul~lZlZ, 200.

81,CNJa, 38.
-9fJuolJU/'" So3-ffu';,ll,IO, ;n" ,ffuYlZlZITO. 'lZffu, -9HCOMAI. rut. pau., r478.
B'lZn~ T6,,'n'',

9IJuOJ, 949, g(i+

3,9

nc)&

~,iF', iu ';n,y" 77~ imprt., '14!.aHTI. Imprt.. 808. 81+ in N, 81E!'

aor,

!.aHTE. in aoJ'. indic., 785. - in A-R Solb ill.

",cL,

-9HTON, verb. 772 !.aHTON, in 101'. lnd., 7S..

Digitized by

Google

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

lKovJpos for doe, 44.

K,plo. (TsSV), App. ii. 8. lEplav, App. iii. 6 11, bill. Z,plIIS, i~ [17 "p4I1S for z,ptw, ~73, 407. E#pt(I)', ~O", 'x"pt,.E", ~83'. !,pls, for 'far, cl, ~73, 407. gptvs, '003b, - becometl "plas &: "p"r
E,~

lKGvo., -!15(lC, i068 cmpr., 494-!15IlC, eiInic g'0j., IZIi6 f, !-IKOC, ethnic adj., 1077. '"x'15,.4,'0 for obe" 44f!"g X's, it '0, If#(1"'oPIII, 996117; fut.

for efl" 1906. - f'Ercl1": in exh<Irt.,;Y14b, ~ a1a~, 195~ ft'.,

[I'll

zLr pgzI act;LLE< Jp;::PI furthered by :r..~in Id'

1963-

(,sS,,), 4gi. 'fpija (TOV), App. H. 8.

(',pls),

'0"7.

""'"OIptJ, l ~ t",OI, 996118 ,

ib.

I76 <i, - triUU<ioy07,I762, ,76(1, 1'1'11 + primary eubj. for infuL,

i63, I766, E063,

-fl0I,

App. it 14 A, z'POP'Y'~" App, ii. 1'0 A. "pOs, in CIA, 73. K,poi), y15poii, 1555 Z"povp'j6" App. ii. x4 A. "f/OKIu."" ~8ide &m.CH7~,

~il. "P'lS, ", 407.

!*fI2'"

"poFEp"tO.,

i\,4i,PIII, i96n15' IAfOlS, App. ii. 8.

Z"f,~I,

:1079, 3088 , .a.pp. vi. .. f., 8; in Aristotll! 176I [I]; Poi:fbioe.

-lioo, fui. in .d, 887 ; _

,,;0,

AY''. ii. ',

1761 [I), App.vi.U B." [1] in NT, I7Pl [I j, App. II tA150If, 31515 ; LA'4'n, App. - for final part., 3158. i. 15 b. cau,.} pEZE;., Iipl. rd',!,),,),os Y: 1A'1'f, APP, Eii. I XL rAJ7,t & fA.~~, App. iii. u. - for fut. indic., App. vi. I~. 'IA,ov tr6A,s, ",06. in:fn.-rog, Eubj,. "Pp.

:>4.

"6,.".,, 4J96m. :J,',996m'

(-!i),

'Ai",,,, ,i, App, ill.

;;Z1~~, ';19~~~33b.

-izoo, m?Aning of, 1091 ft'. ~9 [I], 41 - for 'CUII, 4", -6", 856, T,,' for ,&<", 3"'* oommon N, 968-77, for 2),..", 37. in 899 ; -:L:OC, g2j., ,'x;S6. since .d. Y(101, 890., !IMON (T6), Origin of, IOU f. I,,' (- 18), 6Yi' Ior . (2), iOU, ,OU ''0''', 9'7 ft'" 945 976, for Iniin., ~073.

from 1,...i'r,030. fpq,988, bI*pa 4i 2),.1",,'*, in 4i'IaAI,

I,.,..

-"pt Yy ft, T6 ,<diD"

TOU

v.19

I54Z, App. vi. u ; by +- infin" J76~, App,

:rut.
963".

r;KpO","ir.' '

I,.."

. IUbj.,I990b~App.iv.lI. tra E'Enf. 7th A,",e, i 756,

1758, 1763.
plFecedi bA eIIr, I 767

vi. before interrog. 8Ubj~ 1744, I?I<, iIpp, 12, tMl fa" mdic. for rut.

aoo,gtua,iIIn Ok, "i53. - compounIY 0(,956. - its P-N history, 957

.~ &: "ij, 4~8, 'E'If10 Z;" 332.

-IMOC,

adj.,

109+;

cmprt"

by I7U9. l'rCl shortened to N,608',

17Pt;

'lIic (d, 2), hae ACe.

9'7"

tl'll (caWlal), '~IlIe,' 1741, t}'" I760b for ''''', IZ;E. !!LUC x _Or~'PIIIOr, 1056. rMliIIlauliI, 309f' ling. in -IN, -I" from -CIW (T6), 301, tI'll ,.1" 195~ f. t"" "E, 'nPy,' EU#30 E ,
- leads to !,""",
IOU b

49'0,

-IN (~!,T6"), h?~ treated tfITfII , 954In ,g, APP, ill. 'Y (= !9), 695, 81, 988; with eubj., 1913. t" for 1/',37 . fMl (local) for 3wov, ' where; ,;15A (6), 10'0,011, 17f'Eb. 7,11"6,, 0001'&<" 159, ~C";)' r"lI(fln&!-), 1760 fF. ~091. , d,&< for Ig,I, 3085 ~~~C,6IPI~ F''''4Tf1I'CW, 714 f. 9 [1]. '''''T'tlOI ft~S 8,0"" I66~. + sS'" AE'&<, vi. l'rll io~' 3;-s-., 1761, -IKH (2), I06g. APP, vi. u .\ [,y,J ';"HC ("I, 0 wor 7L7T', I756, I158 -iKI N(T6), 1040 0 a. 195 1 iKION(T6), I'f8bf., x04O" for ms,;S1\l PI, 177'0' ,i151OC (2i), 1''00 0. App. iv. I~. -iKIC (d), 10..0 0 a. - for condii. h (M,,), &,1540I",II InII, 17ff.\ [xJ

f", for El""

-I NOC,

1"&~,35

-iI:Z:OC, gfj., Ine~. -TNOC, in comp., 494-

gSf [I].

'I",,",,",

etic, :tU:>I" Ii)80, 1063 f. - ethnio adj., Io8o. adj" 10& P.; b;;'''JIII'5 -,fl'M, 1061; , ,lIT", 59! .\ [PJ, 59i 'lllTII, 593 [3]. - for frOlor, 6u b -i<ii'>, in PIt. PftiI,. B99.

goo.

- 1:'3OO"I,"n -ct?n, 9C', - mODoayllabio . . . la 90 3

'Itr"'''I, :lP1,

632

I.

INDEX OP NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

-iCKOC (cl), dImin., loa6, -inlN (-nI), I0.f,O 0 D[I). loa8b -iniON lT6), I0.f,O 0 b [I]. -lcqAplON (T6), 1031. -iuIOC @), 10.0011 [I]. fVI"",969. -inlc (&),10400 C [I]. 'Iv~N, 35. hCA (1), Jo.f,O 0 c; Slav?, 'Iv",..,."" .3 1 ". ib. [2]. 2 S. w6ppMfOJ, II 06. -iTCHC (cl), 1O.f.0 C C. -IOC, alIj. &: IU"', 1081 f.; tVOI, coDBtr., 135T cp. -iTCIN (n), 1040 0 adj., 1072 f. ;inamprt., 1371 f. -hCION ('1'6), 10.f0 0 6. .f.9.f"S02. icocyMllBOI d.lv.lr, 255. -iTCIOC (cl), 1040 0 6 - ethnic, 1030. lVCl'rfAoii, 4ao. -hclc (cl), 10.f.0 0 c, Lloc! appellat. in, 2gB, 1O.f.0. lv& &: lvtleOl, 8118. r"",988 - IborteDed to -et or -f]f, 11( (- 16), 6.5. '14Mnlllltp, M 2gB; by analogy, 301. 1trrGl1'Ol,900'xlu/ldAot, n08. 'Ur, XI6, 'I), 130. l'cmur, App. H. 91~,n08. 'IcnI3G ('I'oil), 277. 'lnap., APP. ii. 91~,JIo6. 'Icnl3Gr, 283". wmNl, 962; _ lxfiir (lx9Vt). 387. 'IoISA'If, 140. '1T'I'CII'61""01, 962., 'IoVAlOl, l0.f,o. ,~ (fflTfl"'), 937, 958, lxfiir (01, 'I'OtSr), 332. f4M, 2061 [I]. 'lovAl" 10.0. 962, 996u. Cl, 'I~, 59 c. - becomea firn 1l1'1'li1..., 'xNPa",(d)xNPa,130, la4 D. ~, ul!<l. 900; \ben crrv.tl'0I,723. -iXNYON ('1'6), 1037. -i(l), conjugation of, 701 fr. Irnr63pol'Ot, 114+ 11T'I'Cir, .50, App. H. 9. - coutracHd in, G-N, 702. 'I~IOI', 1508 (l1'1'li_, 77.1. -i(l),oolnoideawiu-lOl,859' lnfflt for -ftIC, 261. rl1'l'lllTO, 782. -ic.o InN 1eada to 859". 1_6<rv for -'I'IU, .8. -iCTATOS 501. I_~IOI, 1154 117'niOl l"7'l'"",), 931, 958, -1(.0, IDt. In~, 887 f. - rea-ts in B-T, 8go. 1_Cl'r~la, 115+ 962,996111' - doubtful in NT, 8go. ItnrCl'r~, 115+ Lrr., in NT, 970. r,ml,.." 996';, 1001; '11'1'1_, 965. far, of 988. ~,IO.OBtJ, lpUa fortlpfn" 2g&. -icupoc, ~Ol. ~ ('I'oii), 278. -IC, -IOC, -HC (cl)" M3, 1n1-, g()5. ......."" 10.f.0. tflTfll", 945 fE, 955, 963", ..."..,.e",ISO 4, 0283, 298. IO.f.O 0. -IC, - - -Cl', 35 8. 996118' '1oIaw__, 10.f.0 O. -ic, -i3ot (1), patronymic, _ peculiaritiell of, 9971' -I(I)N (oI), 1028 r. 1028 r. ; ethnic, 1030. _ _'aauon of, 953. -t(l)N, LiON, Adj., 381. -fc, gen. -laor, 365 ;' In N, _ compoundl of, 966 36 7. - its P-N hiltozy, 957 fr., - in N ex'luc', 382. -i(l)N, LtOl', compar. endiug, -k., &0011&. -l3a, 3S9. 962 .116, S06. -ic .i3ot, Ihonened DUIlell - tnDI. &: intnDl., 97~ f. , in,288. _ dift'en from -/MU, 1.f67. - I'8treats before L.,.,pOI, So6 - &: 1868 t -IC, geo. -cor, 387. -IC, gen. -fM, a91, 39S. - becomett Ira wm..0I, -i(l)N, -cIT'I'OJ, S02.:s. lOw,988 -...... 937; then (,)nabw. -IC, in compotliuon, n47,. 6 'IMnjtror,b ~, 11490 1nl..""" liS u8 -IC, -I, adj., in N, lIT'I'o""~ far -fr/, UI, App. 'J.,rijr; 287b. .7S 16.19 ~, 2#t1r, IM -tCTOC, aprlt., .86, 50a-8; '!.via ('I'ov), 277. Cl, 218", -IC, ~n ending, 760. 'aGeOl &: w&, 868. In N, .f.86. 'IOIITtar, 283. 'IC7Ucor, 1O.f.0 B. I~, IbJuot. offflTfl"" 9~I. lWra, 2, 9 f., 94 In NT, 970. lcrxalocGpua, IIS6, IIS7 ltIlrrpotf, 3+ w](J'atl'Ol, 893. rIll"~ 060. lcrxd-, 18S3 f. K, K, origin of, 2. 'I"rylvia, 38 rv.", 518 b - fOl'lDl of, 2, 9. -ICKAPION ('1'6), 1031. #J'I'vor, 21_,13, 155 - IOUnd of, 9, 2+ , (.I.) dimin Io~6 r,.., 988. - a gut'~ral, 22... -ICKHI038~ " " , -inA ('I), 140 C [I]; _ - a tenUII, 22, 23 - a mute, 23b -ICKiAION (n), 1031. ,-Ina. [ ]. -altop,22. -iCKION (T6), 1037. -ITZHC (cl), IO.f.O o. I

fo".. for far"..., App. It 12 [2-a]. -ION (-nI), dimiD., loa6 fr. - ehorteDed to -Cl', 301 , 302, 10.0. - for iDfiD., 2063, App. -ri.

r.;

rv-n,,,,,

-u.

.f""

' ' "I/ft&o

.7.;

--1'1"'"

'"lIlT,,

n,

'ra,

63J

Digitized by

Google

I.

INDEX OF r;rOTADLE GRJ1!i!K WOP.D8.

K, 1(, for Latin 0, 59 c.. - pabl~lized before /l

\,

- bOOomee x,
15Sc f.

170 f.

",,-,~~=~~tl~
aJ~%'tyi;iCl,

&.

IS" teU8I! character, 756. in IdftyKfl, etc., %'52,96" c. 'Cl, mow.bl" 13 1, 'K for 011., 1797. (- 0),655' ,It (-20000), 645 .a' (-:n), 645'
-

.a

fO,"O~?d . from .aA~1 ISl b, 2C).f8

f",,'
W,,", ,

.a ~;':t, for .a~~Il; KfI~O .a ~c:i&, 1608, App. i. 16 a .a nl flel66Ta, 1608,

TGslO, ApD, i. 15 " .a~M'.6~, 1608. ~OA, %,f., :;;r:;; N.7%,b, 801, 1%'75. - in N -Pq.a from pf., 801. in lf~, oto., %'52. - for -aa in N &01'. puI.,

Y%'75, ,"'pp.
.& for ,~, App. Ui. :aa. oa/3(J~lI1fIf, Cl.fO 1040 A.

m.

nIltJAMplor,

~~~~~;::::rl
~Ofii;"', 2t;B%'''. dry&J,' 200. ~

.G/Jovpar, 2~.

b,

J IJlllo,.cdlia, 665. ' oall "f", 66", g J 45O~crnf, 650, .all Lrcurrov, 665. a." &50, 6%'" siii5, t ,,i9, 15%'8 b.
hit IJplpar,

5Ox6' fmm .,,,Td 0" 5O;'r, 0004. - in N, 66S. J osl"ovr, ocl -, i58%"

KAAMHIA "pOp.pdrIJ, 5 (1]. oa",u"" %,~lf%'lt8' .al,tTopm, 9~l'"

m" 'o55r, HO 665, 15f%' b.

wlatn'61', 114.
0 ....

ni' IJp.cU, 01 -, 1587. oa.lf %,%'01', n+

sad

:~~~o, 15%,,,;r

665, 1499,

o.

litizl

y \..

)C

le

INDEX OF NOT.t\.BLE -GREEK WOIU>S.

Digitized by

Google

I.

INDEX' OF NOTA'BLE GBEEX WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

1.

INDEX OP NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

INDEX

";;I"'i, .Gpu, :1911

'ltTfpUqii7F"ii7F" i?&
~rr,lrO,App,

."01,

xWir, Ka, become. xfJ, '7:1';

17+
'

7.

X"',

It. for

f,;qlfore e

iltlh or .. h (itA h) for

1?l6,

;~:'):;~95' 598", '

It"",ol:
1t'lD'/lfsl,

'." from

179i'

w,

i'15.

JUlII'ts for XIIII"lr, 35.

,Kill.., KlAar,

ItI.fOIf (riir), 399. It"", 76, 303, 399. KiII.or, ll::lro.

'

JUAt..11110, 1030. It."apa, cl,.It.,,, 130.

K."a.4g1, i?&3-, 35,

It."M,l4 6;

'al'4ll'IJIIO,

li53 '. '""Mo', 76, :l4tItw3waJ, 6, '49 .

~

OOlllld. of.

1t''"IfIIrr'l''l', 1885, 1t.v'6l1ll4ll', 1885.

1t.",,0/Jcp&,
JU""'~:]4'1:],

303, 399-

It.w6./Joplf, 6, 399.

rS.

-KI"

(v,s;, 403810.

1t,cwG.u,1l', 1038b.

It.,.. for npl'f' 35. It."ua for n,xo, 35.

adv.. 110:1 a. 1t.7tH_6., llO+ Itl)(IGi?&"', 'l4f6131' ")(jIdoJ, 4f4f6m It'XP'/p.&, 994f lll' ItMm & ItM,.!, App. ill. 12. ItM"~ && ttlvlm, App. iii. 12. ItAoMl" d. ItMCOI: ttAot7l1''', '666112 , ItM",., for ItAcu', 860. ItAal'YOl for ItAalOl, 15Sb , 860,
t.KIC,

E;~E<~"

ltAoi"

860, ItAal,;, 4f,], ItAalElr, ~s, 154, 835. ItAal'7., ItAoiF', 148'>. ItAoir IF,,, "ral"r, R'lel
IINKTR

1CMt"""

..
I. INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

lrAal., " .AGar, aO", )48, 996182> App. li. 9. - becomes u:m.,." 800. .M,u.or (IrAcWW), 150 d, 996182' KAaWl for .Mrfl, 996113' .A4I'." 84 1b, !)06, 99fill3' ttAt1tt 996111' !UoaSBtJr, 1040. KAoaS3.o., 1040. KAaii3.r, 1040. .Mv,.IIIo. (~), 150 11, 996111' .MUO'., imprt., 813 [1]. MUt1B1,O'Opm, 996111' KAawldol,1099 ~t"fAon, 1156, 1157b

,..110.,

.AAaSO'Opm,

996n2'

MAaH." 996181' .AaurDl, 9!)f1111'

~" n, App. vi. a7

AaI/N for

.~OI, 180"

.AOaSO'OI, 180b,
lOO,

.A.OI, .Aa,

996111'

848,

9961S1' Arp ii. 9 .AGar, 'break, 8,,1, 996t13' KAI/lOI for MAI.,.,OI, 875, 9961S1' MA., for .AQCf, 49. -KM HC, A;;r, DOIIDII iD, A.I for .A.tfl, 148. lrA.ila (~II), 4338' .AfI"Iv (~II), App. ill.6f. .AflOOr ('Far), 433a. IrAflacu, 6, 287. 1rA.lat " to., ...cS, 4331 A,l", .A.I, 148 A.tflr, KAflf, 148, 702.
43 1

"",mm, 30

A,iC." .A!lC."

26

A,;" (r4v), 4331.

lrA.w., for 1rA.[o" gci6.

IrAtEr, 'I), 4338' -ftr, 433a' - " .Arir, 266, 28 b. IrA," for .Adllr, 148, 702. KA,u", imprt., 813. IrAt!O'II'O, IOU AflO',u.or, 99611&' IrAflO'T6r, 105a. lrA,tiI, 701, 846 ft:, 857, 99611&' - iDtraDa., 14560

KA".tar, a83.

A,,.,.war, 996n&.
~'Of, 1040.

KAloSu, 1040.

KAfO,..."., a6, b.

Digitized by

Google

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

.pm"""

875 [I] pvrrOl, 886, 996141' - TM T', U79f p~ TP',s., 131.f.? .~a Toil a.wa, 1315; -

d..s, ib ,.,."aoptU, 9961"'

PVtrrOl, 9961"' laorlrfl,originaUyforE,I2.

- -E, 23. ISo. 337 G. 884 b.

KT becomee XT. 174,885. - beaoIDel ",T, 17410 - from "IT or )eT. 172. IrTGoptU, 731. #t.. ; .1,,",IUU. aB pree.,1868 f. - beaomee irTGar, #t...

"".,rU., ~1C1. nftlfOl, 9 2 10, 996ItII.

IrTIIf., 1038". lrTf"tCOI. &; mid., 1.69. niI'll'. T,s, 302. nl."OI. 29. App. ii. ?, 1rT.... 1rTtu.. App. n. IrTflfiil. 996ItII. 1rTi,"0I. 1tftip0l. ApP. ii.
nflf". d, 287. 10+4-

1000 1,

'""'Ip4TOV (Toii), 369. IrTICOI, 731, 868; aaUlMive.

IrTlflTi,S.IOI5. IOI 7

m;pa, 368.
1.6010

I.I. I.

B.
It. It.

nl~""",. 9431'

996ttll.

1rIIM. 1(\)",. 871. IrIIAfi for 1rIIA1". 72.851. IrIIAfW for IrIIAl"If. 148. nA.i. for IrIIAlflf, 859IrIIA.iTf for nAlfTf. 859. nAif', IrIIAei. 702. IrIIAl..If, IrIIAeilf, IrIIA14aa" 858 "At4f1T', 85c)' IrIIA14TIU. 858. IrIIAlCOI &; -I",. 871 ..,Atoil. 859. lrIIAtoillUU. 859. lrIIAtoilpelf. 859. IrIIAto,sl"fITG. 859-

nltMllflf, 1513. nlrAOII1 for -01' (TW), 267 nlrAdw... 853.

IrTVIIdOI for TtSrrOl. 996.... -l'MpdIE. "53 K.",..tVs, IrllBowGTO. 152. InIlJowITClG. ni, 10.fO 0 b. Kv!..".,.ss, 1078. _AI", &; ..s.. 852. IrII.A.!OI &; -4"" 852. wd.t'. 1634; forwtpl.I49I.

.9.

G.

I.s.

642

Digitized by

Google

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

Avrovn'u., A.,T, 38 b.
A.".4J,4I I A'1XoiWa, 4 1 4. A.,."o3otr;a, JI 56. Alf/IopDA, !}9ti14" -Ai-, proD. .. Iu.L gl,

A.".ol, 01, 413.

t,

187". Aa"COI for .,.-, 723. AIa., 515; - 6; AlrpI, 29". Aa 8unerL, 490. Aa/Mlc, A'IJ/JS, 030. Ai./J,or, 51. Aa/J6"OTOf, 1156. Al10r for 6Al-,or, 134 11. Aa-,otWI1U1Of, 10401'. AI'1'" AID, '29". Aa'01J6A0r, 11 SOt Aa,.'- (T6,,), App:iii. 6 d. Aa,J.OIr (TOIS,. 346. Aa,.",." 375. Aapurl,. for 1..01-, 44. Aa,.6r 6; 1..01,.6., 47. -",,..0-. 996t51' Aaonop' fOr -Ope, 219". AanI.,., 893. Aa..6., for AI_, 2~, 44. "'",",pia, 136. AaW'OTtJlfTI., I 154AaWOTa!la., 1I06, JJ56. M1nIpla, 126. Aar, 6,388. MI1It", for Aalrlpa, 184. AITG.rICIO", 1040 O. "'TGI'Ul6., 1040'0. AaTOIIn;a, 38t.. -A~ (in verba) _lmilated to -AoI, 859. -M-, in .,l1abication, 92. - reduced to .1..-, 891. -M(a), leads to -AvIII, .,.01, 904- beoomee _01, 904-.\M- in H, 187". -AN', in N, 187".
-AN(a) from
~,.6r,

Mw~,II54

>..6-,' for AcS-,ov, 030

155 b.

-AA., C)04, 906

Ao-,IJpa., T6, App. iil. 7. Ao-,iir,,,,.ar -, 591". AcS-,aa, ft, 4331. b. AooyulC., 868.
Ao-,I.iTGI,

Ao-,CopDA, 1001. - 6; Ao-yoUpDA, 870.

1.0-,11_, 889. 1..0"(111,.6., 1020.
ArpGI'.~-,59I"6;(2).

889.

644

Digitized by

Google

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

M,
-

175 If. M, I)'Dlbol for __,.1 InIA AaI9, ApP. it 16 [3]. ,.' ( ... 40), 645

- mak. pom&ioa, 66- rJt'ecY ~ mutee,

lA, origin of, a. fonDl of, a, 9. -nvowe1. 3311 IOUJld of, 9, 66.

Digitized by

Google

I.
MapI6", .,.6, -41-4.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

Mapij,Of, Mapijr, 287b. MGptOf, Mapiit, 287b, 1o",0. Mapls, 287b. MOpts, 1040. tU , 736. Mapnas, 283. "a,n,pos for ".ap.,.vpor, 35. pLlP'"lpiil for -rvpiil, 35. l'4Pn,poI for "fIOIII, 35 papn,fIOIII tOr -Tt$poI, 35. Ma,.,.IGA'1s, 301.
MGp7'I~, 1040 B 11.

l'4P""r-

pia,,",P &: -por,

App. ill.

la.

".ap.,.vpar,

6, 26,6, "'3310'
996111 ;

pLl""'{JGt, 99 Ifl' pLl,.,.lIplOl, 18{)D,

-opAl, ib. 1'4P7'IIfW16/JtTuptU, 1885.

PGp7'IIpt,aoptU, 1885.

PGp7'III"I.~"Of, 9961&1'

pLlprifH", 302, 331. 1040, App. iiL 7. p4p7't$po<, ol, 396, 346. 1'4Pf't$popAl, 9961&1' 1001. pdprllpor, 6, App. iii n.
~pov ~.,.oV},

2g6.

p/JpnHIl" (.,.01S, 7'tUs), "'3310" pia or pLls, 533 11, 538. tonocIitic, 97 6, 102 IJ. for 'I)""", 534, 538. - . . pclI88U. pron., 552.
/l4#OJJptU,lOOI. - beooDl....... I~.

"o.p7'IIS, "'331,11'

- becomes /14#', 536.

85.... 857 tt. 1000., 1003 - becom.. -lOll, 85..., 1000.. ptUlf for pas, 208, 536. 725, App. ill. 2"" 26. "o.tTflf for -fill, 857. ptUlfl4f'tU, 858. "o.a'A'1, l"o.riA'1, 133b tMACTAN for '-",la, SolO.
JlDllQa"

tMACTe for tp.ela.

SolO.

p4tT7'ryilU, 283.
pIMIf'c..,.,."OpAl, 1885. /AtMl'rl..,wOpAl, 1885.

piut"'opas, 6, 1017.
'-MACTOYN

for t".,., Sol.

pLlTel for pfTCl, again,' 1139.

MAl'rlaiOf, uS, 131, 171 b Jlcrrfia ("'oV), 277. Jlcrrflar, 2830. pa.,.lrrwos, IIOSb pLl~Ia, Tel, 1156. 1IIa,.p4a" 2830.

,,0.-,309-

,,"'fIOIIIww. 1040 o.

Digitized by

Google

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEX WORDS.

pnG nl for simpIe ,.",cl, "lXI', 213,1490. 17181>. - + gen., 1314; - 3ftA"", ,UTa '.fi..o, 1609. 13 34. /Um 1f1..IlWOW, 1605 a. p.lXI', until,' with aor. for

/Ura "..!'G, 1609. "ml_Blas, 1605 11. ".Ta aM, 1609. /UTa a.!'G, 1609, ,,'Ta a.ou31js, 1605 a. "WO, 1600. pnG Tcl+infin., 1601 f., 30751>, 2149, .pp. vi. 34 "era Toii + inln. for /UTa. T.s,1607,. XapGs, in N. 1609,

".m AcS-you, 1605 ,.",a pAs, 1609.

".m

4.

pIpf., 1857.

IA.r1ax""', 787.

- h, 1776s1l, 178., .pp. v. 1 9. - (d), 1776 (twioe), 1784, 1999, .pp. v. 19; ooDltr., 1996, 2000; for .pt" 3007" - lIT., 1776., 178.., ".IXI'r, 332; ".pp. ii. 9 f., 1796 fr. - proc1itio, 97 e., - oonfuaed wi'b ,..",18:17 x.ipar 'xu.., ~p."" - 1118 of, lSoI, II!o4 If.; for 011, 1815 fr.; after 1599MeTABoAIKA 4JO)NHENTA, 17. lIT" 1818; with pree. /UTallllol, 96 I. IUbj., 1918, ~ v. 16 6 fr. ".raJ&loIpl TI..t TiI'Of, 1398. "... & 011 in Plutarch, 1815 ,.",ali1a, 1I 39. META96CIC, 143 f. ..1. JI ]condj' a'_", tiou, 1 ....7 u., ,.",aMJJIw for -/J&w, 3~ a. ,...,. m 1810. 1814; retreats, ,.",aAap./JOOl, 13gB. 1808 f. p.TO/UAioplU, 9961'" "'"'''.A.",.s"....o.., 1'6, 99611.' "., in queat.iona, 1747. fr., 1813 t., 20+6 t, 304911; p.ITtJ"..AoJll", 996111' lOO.., - i",., 3046, 2050; - + part, 3138. - +3T,(Bl6TI)ord,:l U 9 fr a",. -, 1747, 17481>, p.rn1"..Aor, 430. 2046; - "Pp, - r" p.I"",~a_IJ" .a.., -, 779- - . 1749, 1813. p.ITOfGr, 6, 387. - followed by 011. 1805, p.ITOfoii, ., 1044. 1835 p.ITOf~, 1490; with gen., - ~ed by 011, 1827 t ,.., in final ala_, 1953 t, 1314. 1956 fr.; omi,*ed,Ig60. - +part., 2147. p.lTtI..lp.oplU, 99610:1,1001, - after verbe of efFon, 1962 f. ; offear, 1805. 1470 p.lTtI. 10031'4, interrog., 1747. iF.; . . MfTllwoni..or, 1031 a, 1080. -, 17,.&1>. PlTOllTfUltl'tl..",., rei, 371. "... for /4", 1827 r. ,.",avrAtrlp.o", r6, 371 ,IOU Il " , 1748, 2046, 3050; p.rrdtrraa", 10UIl beOonie. ,.~ .,ap, 1748 f. p.lni""ll'tl., 10UIl ""'"Pp, 1748 ,1813, 2050. META4I(a)NiA, 16611 & [I]. ". U .., 1805, 1957. ".'T.AD/Jcp.w,796 1 ". 011, lSo5, 1825 f., 1956 iF. , ,,1) "a, 749. /A.T"""", 1478. p.lT.par for ."..., in N. 5541>. App. iv. 8; ellipticrJly,

p.lxP', '.. long .... 1776., 1784 fr.

"")((H.

".m ".m

".OI,

1!)CIo.

IA'TfX.,ptd"", 1480. "... M, 1748, 3050. p.lTIXOl TiI'M, 13gB. "... ftIf, 1749, 18n. p.lr';", UIICOIJL abIol., 2143. ".. ft, 1749, 3050. - in P-N, 2145. "....w, 3050 MeTOYCIACTIKA, 1060. -MH (.), 102& t. ,.",,. & -'01, 854. ".",ap or ,., ..,Gp, 1748 f., p.lrpor, T.s, 424, 554". 1813,3050; "U~ ,.",,..sr fur "."rp/lf, 26s a [I]. bY~"'1149

648

Digitized by

Google

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

I.
N,

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

'N,

N, makee potrition, - _imilated, 195, 66.If.

200

euphonic, movable.

220

W.; _

labi&J,

192?', '951>,

203 b,

l1li330, "lIuAo", TO, 249b in 3rd decl., 328, 330; .IIUAor, <I &; TO, 2491>, 424. a1FT~&J ev~+ aeon", 5'lIl/pIIX'5, II !It, ~,~~: ;~t 201. 16'lIl/pII+',1, Jl06, F4. 33L -N, pen. ending, 760 fr.; VGIlp.4XOS, 1154 - becomee'1, 189 ff. dropped in &Or, &; pf" MIIVtran-or, 'En,:TO, 134 c' 10-, dropped, 134. "L~~!~t 1150.: " ' 5!7. 593 1'IIIIf,4"'" ,43311' 5-,33", -10-, before 123, 378. 43311; .,..a~ ib. 50 ),645. -N-, intenoD&lltic dropped, "a, from &; for 1.11, 1760, - ln OOmpollltiLL, 108. 16'a~E","",,,,, I JJ Y;, I55 d , in1 JlGl/Tlllf, of, 267". '~, Fnal, ~~~2' - cloees "'; Greek word, &a -, 1769; '1"1-, "11,""" 283b, 298. ib.; ,l,=tm - , ib 218 f, in ~-N, 218 f., ,llXff, d. freqL,L"yof, 'ii, 1766, 'NlI-, ill App. ~-30; ~~YiveB -"T-, "b4. in N, ~'9, 212, App. "t for cIJI or ,a", I 4tt, 1770, NlIc=tT, 202 f.; =TtT, ill; retreats, 219. 1773 W..I966; after T',203 - an ~tialllUflb:, ~3S. &o":"ba Lf ;;o~::!'~~91!: ~bal'llo(o?"",tic of 110CUB. mng., App. ill. 3 1774 t, 19o8, App. iv. .,EllpO", "lpO'" 1500 12. [2]. W.,9.. ...

+ guttural, I95 b, 2031>. +denW, 19411, inN, T8, in 19+ +liqnid, 195 f., 203b. + p, 195, 8g6 f.

in .yIILbicatioL, 91"[ -N, in N neuten, 248. -N for -<I, in accus. Bing., 35 2t

(-Ity,

JlUllpE'Q1, 868. MGtOf, 'Aim, 1341J.

.~1rII, TO~ 303, 3~90 l'UtTor, "ltTor, 29

"aOr, :3"i, &JllIrOA'7"'5'IItOS,

33;~ A'::iii.B~~~

:::~~~'~~~:'

m::

F~=i:~~~,I:~,
-fT'.,

fo~~~;~, .'e""

-,

A~~I~la~,::i~;6g~;

1fT"

Fe

;':!t:,~;~~,,~:~
"f"" i'm' ?PGI".,

'~~'~~T~~&~' "'"; ~
3 repeated, 3

adverbe, ib. 19 W. paruitic, App. ill. 9. "J:ceeai,,~, APP. u W.,

~:r::;~:;'92;tf5;'4~'
fo~y~~TfOi'

(cIJI ,.OTf) -, lb. .,dItEG, IS5 b. for potential indic., App.

?PE'P'&]', 5"lD'lllf

APt, 5'''pf6o;"" for 6"",,,," l000b, v. 19 b. 537, App. iii .EIOn, .,ECItr, 20'. "a, of ~ action, 1954b, "fpfJ8l/tT0JACU, 1885b.

:~;:;;,~I~;."

It T,., pp. "F, reaction agai1Lli, App. "4 for mf, 1757, 1951. ill. 22 W. ~4 after (~l~fI) 8~, App. iv. droJlIKld, ,~pp. ;;i, ~2 W., 14 8,#", or 6i, ib. 26. .a + fu~ Bubj. for fut. incL, - ita stagee App. iv. I2 H. App. lii. 30. moYab,,,, 220 TOI, App. TWf, iii. ~T. - identified with terminal "4 Tor, 543",221. "4 Tour, 543. gtrea&J, 22 I, iii. +""f1rGltfX55l', 51. JJ W, l'LFI/" F". -Bornyee in N, 221. "aI, 'yea,' 562, 2059 ff. ~ pet + &cc., 1260 f. - ~pped!n N, 534, App. ill. 2~ ~L, 26. T::.oii. analogl~L;App.iii, F-15; epreada, ib. 3-10; re12 [3]. treat&, ib. lJ-I5 ; -NAide, etbnic, 1031". afFecrm ib. "ttT.., 2061,' ifNAmmLLUtO", W., 16'LXE,2'L [I]. App. iii 16-30' ..cUX' &; IXfI, 50.

Ji.lR;t~~

:~~~~: :~4"

55"ore

illuatrated,

in 1104; -opsu, 892. ".p&, 9g6,eg ''''If fn" "X". (" iLL'), Abt, iii, b, 9961e.'

~4:~55~t"'t~96l';

"."1",,,,111,
MfO.~r;

IF

:~::::'~~~:7: '
"i",p;~", 996lTl'

.foi'., 433Jl'
"E&.txt,,, fr'

llll), 432

G.

29~",

l'los, of, .,fOs, 155 C. "IO(1tTO', .000tTOf, 1,2.

:;'~5"", ~~,

"fnf!",'!, ,6., 16'Wr", ,047; 'f,343 DT"TII, J), 1047

a: "

.f6T'rri~'t

<t?

y;y;ob, APE"

1151. M/pt/II (ToV), 277

"~'P,.4:0f,

6tH

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

N.q,.a (Toii), 277. """, for "1'OIIf, ApP. H. 10. Nuo (~). 294. wish iniD.. aoBlf. lfuroAai3qs, 1029. lf~. 1040 B Cl. from .".""" App. ii. Sf. lfurcSAacn, NuroAijr, 287". lfurcSAar, 283. for -pIIIIf, 29, APP. 6. S tt NuroAijltr, ol, 289. If,coAij. for lfurcSAacn, 287". .&or, App. ii. 14.A. Ne/wpM, lfuwpaXOf, 287. .or,.&Or, "oiir, App. ii. 14.a.. lfurcSpaXOll, lfuwpM, 287 -NOC, ~ adj., 1031., ~,T&, 249"'~4IOS7 f., 1078 f. PUloii,." 850". POIIIoI, o&vr,tTa, IS53 f. I'uroiiPTcu, 850", POIItT&aW, 103S", I',..oiiPTar, 8501>. POIIflM, _flM, 152.

""", 'nl,

"p.tIfIf
"&,,.,

.000000, 10440""""'01, 1040, 1044",,,.,uPOf, 111' I'IIii3It, ol, 3 aa I""TflW, ,ICI.fO 0 c. .oUr, 6, 313, .fOB'; in N, NrcS for"Ur, IJ, 130, 292". 322, App. ii. 14 .a.. .,M, .tcSr, 155 c. - in aompoeition, 317. I',oiir for Wr, 62 I . "oW,..",.,w, I5S"; I'ttmlt, 996171' -HC-, in early Greek. na, ",pd tor ".pd, 030. App. ii. 1+ .,'/1IIflO,." 996JT1' - in IIOC1IL pi. 3rd decl., "'~,.51. 3IS "",,",,, 875, 996.n , - in cia.. pl 198. lflxapxfllf, Iii'" -HCt, in 'verb, 197 Co .&fov,8I4HT-," initial, 5t'. -NM-, becom. 196 f. -NT-, in partioipl., 8ao. -NN-, in .yllabication, 93. -NTA, nft&er pan. u.ed .. -NNY-, in ",,-verba, ~38. adv S23' -, quantity of, 941 ? -NTA in namerala for '-'w, -NNYMI, verba in, 938, 938. 639 - oonjuption of, 941 , 943. -HTAI, pen. eDding. 760" tt - rep!. by .., 937 - in rept by peripbr., -H(H)YCO, & -.~)I/"', 941 oorW; ..., 155 -NTAH forPTa, Aa lid..... App. Ntc, for I'otif, 8+ iit 20". ~'-,46g HT%, in N. 203, 20S' " ptI, 996J C NTCl4>p4,. 300 1000 ""Ipoiipm, 1000. POUra, 9oUrcfIIf, 135": -HTI, pen. _cJmg. 760 tt .ouruVf1'IS, 130 -flTI-, ohaaged to -tlr. 181; ~,86Ss. \0 '''', ISS8. ro~,lIu. NTl, became tt, 211 i. "Op.i'III, 865, 886, 888. -HTO, pen. endiDg, 760 tt - for tut., App. iv. 4- in plpf. reP}. by pm- COJIlItr., 3078, 308S- f. phruia.7&4- TIN ft, 128. f. PTfIG-. 996..,. - + in&n., 2086" f. - +m. App. vi. 10 [I]. ",In,."" '"P-,135.~ .0p.iC- WI, 1632. -HTC-, in early Greek. 133- -0,:102; -nrOl'n,J03..op.ifllll. SS~. "",,u-, 996.. .o""&), 8S~, S88.
",..oiiPT" 850". ,,(I'I"", T~'p. iii. 9 ", A

"'1'",

t ..

-ac" -aco,."

0poS.tTta, IIS4.

99~j mid.. 1469.opoSlnrr,JlIl, 1I 52,IIS4. "I"I'r tor .&JMWf, .lpp. ii. "n,,1II.990.. -NT<atN, in impI'L, 806, 811. S,Io, &,."", leMa to """"" App. '-NTIOCAN, in impn., 811" U. Sf. rii <TO). ,..., 2.9 t, V. J03-

.rM,

19+ 72 3,903 ,

9441<1'

652

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

n, puAol.e, 1700.
-HY- (in

ltilC-HY-I", etc.),

"ICTG,

93 8 t), 338. "OICTa, t) & i, App. iii. 15. "ICTII, ~ & t), App. iii.

ub.

"OlCTtIJI, 330", App. iii. 611 1'. INlCTfp',,6r, 1063. ""lCTllCtS" 1070. INIfTI","";; (i), ~7", 432 11. INIfTOlCtSptJIftB, 6, 1107. 1NIfT6r, 'by uight,' 1234 .INICTas n1 t)pJpM, 1341 11. rOlfTOlP n1 t)pipu, 1600.

.UICTIXapi; li), 4~7", 43 2 11.

pA"

-HYMI, verba in, 928, 938conjugation of, 941ft'.

944

retreata before_, 937. Nu,.., Nu~por, 287. NtSfJllN or, 1~40 No,.." 10+0Nu~por, Nv,.,.ar, 28 7.

m, enclitio, 102 11. m, &dv., noo:

rvcmi,Ol, 996rr~:

T.) - ,

'now,' 1278. I'IHITfI.,pivor, #171. l'IHITapho" 99Olu' N6cfJar fOl' NoP4-, 56. N~r for No","r, 56. r6.tmz for rOlCTII, 174" II'II](f9PfptW, 1l!i6, I1S7" .Ox& for 6..ox&o., 134 h. or".,s1CTll, t), 174

"XT"

-MY(&) & LHYMI, 937.

"", 525 & [I].
-

~. (Tijr),

341

-N(&), verba in, 892 f., B99 1'.

in P-N, 899 ft; very common in N, 906. for -pt in preeent, 903. affecta IODaDtiO verba,

"o,per for iper, 130,,~, 5 25 & [I].

906

E, I, origin of,
-

2.

fOJ'lDll of, 2, 5 & [2], 9.

a compound eODlOnn.nt,

adoubleCODlODaD" 23 t,

23

25 [I] b.

"/c+If, 12,23". "X+If, U. - guttural + If 337 11. originally repr. by /Cif or XIf,U.

Digitized by

Google

0,

becomes ii. 9 &

GI,

29 f., "pp. !6+

-0- beoomea -ov-, 836.

a:::a, ISO

0+ AI =0, 146, 152. 0+=0,146,15 2. 0+0=0,146. ny=a, !52.

w~o,

0, &a 'ltpoTClKTt"/w, 19. 0-, prothetic, I2 9. 0-, provective, 130. nugmen!!!! 01-, 7 I e

ME"

'f!5ematio !UIIela, 6g8. -0&-, 8,36c -OIC, adj. 451, 1064. 1067. for '~or, 130. oonatr., JIerba iD, -OH- - '111-, 836. -OH- --OC-, 836. '<>lil,r, Olijl,,,, 20 f. , iDh!!!+n6', 1446
!'38

not ILu6!!!!!!tnd I' 717l dropped, ! 34dropped hnfure -T'I!'! nowel,

-0-, in compoe. becomes-ol-, 493

"'p6s for 1x9p&r,19 3So diphthong, I!, :l~]c

01,
'!OUI,

< W91"a), !f', b.

G;

spelt

758 a,
-0-

"""ThOU8 ol' 6 !!!rerogeRnr

JJ06.
e ;

29 f.

'

& -- in verb litem, 9l4b. compoahim!'!l, 1106 r repl. '!6 JJ 16. 1n oonhIc ne!ba becomnr
-01-, 825,828,838-845' ending of 2nd decl., 238, 253

- abort,' 20; 'long,' ib-, il'5 pncJfIunalaif,++ ef, 24. 29 f., i+, 53, +I

-0,

- com.

14Ib, 716.

!flided, 6,8+ 6, 250; atenon, 98 G; anciently written 0, 96; Bee alBo <I, TO, 7}.

"~:!~::.!!!
-

with El, 44; with lb.: with I, +I t.

,3;:,.
lie, I~

te 9', 32 tre ib. 01-, in augment, 717 ; aug6 tU" (& tU")' 1197 a; see mented to 9'-,71.; not HI. sugmenhI!P, 1,6631 ( O~, miataken +ugmet'f!y +~:'~'r~5;;oceae, IIIJ!. 631,,,.., 723; dropped, ib. I. 6, TO, 7}, demo pron., 558- <S3,Wof for 3,;,,0., 130, 600, -01-. from oOft-, -ott, 001-, 612. 562, IJ97 f., 1424. 836. MWo. = !Ei5wa), eTlded, 14 <l3fWIJ! 1265. s,Jtead Of 294Illlfvo"c -01, long in 2ndary IIUbj., 'the said' (=oWos), J3i,574. <l30uropIGl, JJ 54. 20,75. 12J4b, 1420. -01, in verb leads to ~_~ <l1lo11l'Of Ja, JJ 5+ n~ros TI"!, :r!ar T.)" 141! :::t~!;,:\I.5' 1477. <lIl6I1TIOI1, &IITI, 134 b. 6 f310S, ' the aame,' 61 3. MOlITo'lto"lo., 1145. 6 .0.1' ,lr or d,lr, 66+ <l301lT6,..o,,us, I105b. c} ,"" , 1718c

R}!r'l$l' l;~7(6
JJ97
G

268 , & Latin en or [1],53. 268

to
I,

or 3I1TIS, 1437 b.

repl.

,,~;;~~~6:hIi!::~t,;1~7;~

1155

<l3o,..OlhJI" i17 [I). 3/), 600,.M... , 773. 6mlptTO, 717[1]. II97 G. Mope,...., 1001. 6 olos, 612, 61<;, 1219. 'OBvI1II,c!, fr03b I J!JIj6,~tn5~: Ei'2, l I82 o for G [IJ
l'i'/!
,.~,,-6 ,.~,,-a

!J%Ta! i::!~:~~d" 6 31 (6

MOIIT!!7S" ,053.

t;

654

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

olitw6pDf, 1106. olItoatTOollr fOl' -TeNr, 36,. olit01l,w"" ., 1183. olitoiiPTa, AI adv., 833. olltTflpl,tlOI, 99~TI'

o'lIm,. fOl' "'"'fM, 716. obwlprlfTf, 716obwtpOl, 99~Ta' - OODItr., 1333 f. oZ'pcu or otopcu, 996178; I~. - +infin.ao8sf.; 3086bf.; App. vi. 10 [I], I I. - for fal, App. Iv. + ol"ar for 6"ar, 44-oilole9A, 803. -OlloleN, 803. olp4pa for .~, 3S. -OiIolHN, in verb. 8oa. '011011, in 2Ddary aubj., 8oa. - repl. by -0&,.., 838. otpIH W ot pIH, 103. - conatr., 1334 f. olpllCOI, 87a, 9961'17; -topcu, 998; '01, 999ol,,&1OI, 999. olp4xstllll 01' -TTOI, ~,.,. -OIN in dual 3d decL, 338. oW~, App. ill. 7 [I]. ol.4AaMw, 1156. OM-aor, 38b. olP~, 7'6, IIS6.
ol~,IIS6.

obwtf,o,,9 3 61,,

ol..OWtSn,r, u5a.

olPoWtlll, 1067.
olPox6(,)", aol. olP0X0oUpcu, 1486. -01 NTO, in 'Verb, 803. O''''''paor, a6,. olPOI,.-or, 45, 7 1 6. -010, in andary aubj., 8oa. ofopcu, see oZ'piJI. oZ'Ol', with cawtal pal't., usof. orOll' 7'1 't17'" with infin., a081 f. 010r, 61 4, 14331; iD N,6IS; 6-,615; inM,6u, 61 5. - +,npnl., II94; see also oZ'OI' '" mor 7'E. olor 7", see mor; - dropped, 119+ olor 7" "pt, 2090.. -OIOC, -oor, aoo; ID A mICJ'iptiona, ib. - adj. in, I07a f. -OIC, in 2ndary lubJ., 8oa. 655

- + Infin., a09O.

Digitized by

Google

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

INDEX OP NOTABLB GRBEK WORDS.

hHor, 614; in N, 615.
UH of, 1433t. - ulnterrog.,1446 S,2038. k6TaJf, 14340 179a. cJtr6.nw, 177~ti; 1779 f., 1792,1998. -

dlyBAptlA, 7~, 76 [a]. dfrrAvlfII, 1156.

~.tlcor, t.llc, 134 b. ~e'll", APP. ili. 9/J. ~e~,1I56.

dn-,43li. innrioliNp, 126.

"ctlli""", u6.

- for int6T., 1780. &ltS,...Al, 303, 115711 t:IYN1 N u IICCtoIltual term, - for part., 3149hoT. (oIiIr-), .6, 6. App. I. 9, 19-21. int6T., I 77fit , 1779 fr., ~-, !J96t1l 1792 [I]. dftSpclf](ot, 35. - u re1a~, 1433t. ~tSr, 401". - uiDterrog., 1446 B, 20as. otic u accentual tIIrm, - for parL, 2149. App. i. 9, 19 ft'. 1E0I, if'" 5a4; dd, - oonnr., 1995 fE, 1999- + cIr, 14)98. 1491 int6T.pot, 18a3 6. 00 never mJ.titnted for .., - uiDterrog.,1446B,a038. a8a. I. Ihra., adv., 14331; In N, -00- ClOntracted to - , 31a. 1434836 - for hv et 3_, 1488. -ool---OC-, 836. - u interrog., 14.f.6 B, 3oc6r for et olos, 155", 6u, 2038 615. a. hoat for 3s, 603, 608f., -ooc for -OCot In ..t IlIICrip1434; objected to,612. ~OIUI, 200. - for et + part., 2105. -ooc, -ooN, adj. in, ..,67. - for IWrI, 1756, 19~1. h.p, !io9. s." u Interrog., 1446 B, - proclitlo, 97 a,..608 608", reduced to Oat, 2038 1766. .m,AI.or, 6!4; in N, 615. hOat m.., 5al. hari.", WIth pD., 1314; S..,.. nl a" (nl N), 1716.

dfVlvpor, 1108.

mOVrIlUfor, 1040". MII9', 20". bxior or hleor for hoior, hA401 et -leOl, 868. 03 2 cJdleOl et -401, 868. 6_pca6., _p-, 134 b. hAlIlp.WOS, 717 [I]. I. hOIs, re~t., 1433,. hAoMn,lI.", 717 [1]_ - u iDterrog., 1446 S, m for lI..olt, a6. b. 2038 cJftlfIf, 118 iDtelTog., 1446 B, a. S...", Snal, 1760, 1761 ; 3038 accomp. by h, 1760, a.oc, 118 iDterrog., 1446 B, 1761, 1952 f., App. vi. 2038 9 [I]. 1ntw6s, 615. - infinalolaDlel,19~2ft'. hocoS,614; inN,6J5; be- after vert. of eiIIri, oomea Str;dor or hior, 106,(, 032; et-,6u. - for Infin. llimple, App. UH of, 14331. h-.tf.8. - aalnterrog., 1446B,2038. - + lIUDO. or mbj. for
repl. by lITTer, 611; by

m.. nl m.., 531. m.. I'll for 3s, 20'7.

',TI,611'.
- for .fs, 1823 b. hcNos, 6oa. 611. - meIIDiDg of, 1434. - for et + part., al05.

mcos nl a" (_, _

..1),

- retreat.

infi1l., 2079. + fat. indic. for fb\. lubj., App. iv. 11. - for final pan., 2158. - for put aotIOIl, 1954. - for M', 1756, 1951.

17 16 cJ _ _ for .fs, 18236_

1761, App. vi. 12" [a]. - nappean, 1761 f.

before &a,

657

Digitized by

Google

INDEX OF Nvl'ABLE GB1il:EZi WOIW&

658

);g

od

J\.

,.

I.

INDEX OF

NOT,i\~LE

GR'F.EK

WORD~.

-ffr'r~~~ in ;''1 cm.~, 495,

..orT<O (viiJ'bi in), from

_a,

oil, an emphatic oil, 100,

-aTH (9), in N 361. ~, ..,TEH,; (~). 1I"u. ~.s,."..,., 360, ~-,

fOr..m",

QY, G;', 19 in N, for -07lJS, 361. 3,;, th:a:t whiclJ.,' writ;en - 'IEsng,;:lo, n,;;;;er;.hort, ,S 3;7" or 3 6EO[E] _ 0,7". - genuiue, 34' rare, ib. ; ,*~nL 0 u te u, -~~ ClIff;f. wit!: 7 75 ff~ 7"32d ; affects v, '9"', ,5b~ 37'" beeaU!I8,' fr~, - for 0,6 ft, :17, App.li. 7f., 19-45 f. fE; I,; I,~ - fm; c&,ea1 ))8;:-'''' uS 7. - repl. by ..oil, App~ vi, 14; - SPUriOUB, a9f;; 34 fj; ~4;pp~ D. 7, 9, 12, J4; nry ~77 for &d 7', 'vi71y,' :10# If'm4;4;O,; 3':> is; origin;

,6L

03, old JU!;me for 3 P'~;;;; :I, 9, 9", "pp. ii. lO,:>ro,:>e!' dipr,th"g; o':> fu" zd, ':>3G~
06 for 6, 030Myovr for Y'rO;
~

'''4-

-OTHTA,

6 A6-yor,

&"""

00, p8!'S. pronoun, 5'6.

1137

- (::U~~::1~::,:I~l~;
-iF,
fOi" _

tW, relat~ pron;> ~+ l'tIfL 'rr I,:l7; oli, relat. adv;, 1,33, ~

,TV.

ffpp; vi. U A; Ifaiii.w" App~ vi: CLf717"; 1754 f. ~ MPl. hy ,M, 7755 ; ,pp.

117; (t~;':;;:: ?l5';t

n..I+

replaces

- ~" r755~
,laUBeI,

un, App. vi. U.

I!).fO, 194:1.

3T', 'that: c'm.tr~ in de!llar;

+ En,,!;,. Y,r iz7fiff;; :I,z63;

:1079, :108:1, 2089, App~

vt 6ft - fonow,d ny p.'!}, -I'f!!!undant, 2(;31 f; - for ifHsn, 1756 ft, 1951. - bTf'OI'0E .u~:erL; I 7L4~ 37', + tu t~ in N rept by niE IG, :loTl6d.

+ ml"l~:

~~;,[ ~}:p;

ITE/:4z, 3!5IS~ 37', .a fur 07'a" 0\: 37"; 14SS; Rn3, 17S:I '%., 17913,-; fijr, 775iS; 3,T' Cl! 3 T', 79,603,610 [I];
fLIJ;
lie'!!

alii!)

- in N; 61
-

1~*3+

~~".

for ofo., 591, 61o; for '%:roffr, (;H'; I,T' 1794; I,T'.,* I7'J6.

..u,
iT7l

3~"

11 L;

I,,,, ,,""fE, ,
""oar; 61,;

3",

I;T,IXOll', why,' 204-4-

p.a''''v,

why,' 20# f. wbn;' "44;

17""or, 6I1. ~ar ':>r ZiZT'" 6".

o"ov, !j,:>71, fLlff; ;gQlf-, 17S,%; ~JP' -; If - ; 17,90 'C"f'p"ELtr, :16. a.

ITOI"'-, 610-

:176; in 3d, :193. (7'oV), 43:1 Il. hnprl"., i80, 78,; -err, Imprt. in N; SI':>~ -oy, l'etAats from active ,L,jeT; 8'% 7. n, '4. (>t), JO':>':>; III fem~ of -In Th<!!_lian, AP%'. it 7'~ -tir, 1043 f. - RI to Latin V, 53. OY'~, .7LgtliGDt,7 I j; (ti+Ah~,d, 12)0 00 or Gb, :I",:>, ':r9t('~1'%zr8. - not "ugmented, 'lIS. -oy-, -of or -GO, SI, - proclitic, 97 eo ':>r6; - aj;;~'nOT; 9':> d; - aooented or empbtkz obal, conatr.; I 33z4'. tWilCIjiUii, with gen., 1314. (00,100. 0':>l!4Y';;;', 77Sz:6, I':>O" in - hi,iorG 0'%, 174Yz6-,S2'%. N, I+4~' oil, UBe of, ISoI ft., ISI,:> - in ioDlo_, 20~9. - in 7807" f., ~"I, ,7:1, I723'f., Ule of, ISO:l ft ISIO f. -~ In q!,srro1iii, 1747" '745 ; '75', 'o,rrf.; ou3~ .lr, 629, IS23 a; repl. 249 fE" oift .iU, r 82 3 c. - afly"r i'~, ,805, 1':>:15. - before ~, ISlf7 f;; :I'5Ib; nba' Aid" 6"9. 0113' IJIG, 665. - rapl. by".", ISI5 ~ fOG FIx, J'%'9! in ooL;dit; oilS' ;5,0'",o\/G, lift:l3 nlau8ea; lS08f., ISIO f.; 00" ~("'l'oS, ISi3 b; n prohibition_, ISI9. oV1f OtrrUfoW, IS:l3 b. - + ind14Y. fo" ' l"U,ot, oiir' IJTII(f;;;W; IS"3b~ o~tr (olrlltfr), 635; in N; IS3'1 ':>:16. ~ - I'v" I':>l7 T., ,,051'. 00, '''0,' in ,nHweAA, :1"59, -~ Int;y;ru;illez'!; 1'1'3; :1061. -UM of, 1796, 1802 - rep!. hy 0~34 is, 629, 0% 3/";1Uf;cl "..ti, 1 5*7. ih:l;>; h,:> "."i'J'(', IS,,) ; 00 a",&" Y''1; IS"7. by 7'lr o~, 6:19"; 1#9b; o~ with ace., 1:160. :z8az. 0;;; pr;; 4(", 3'59~ - hG" effpr~ in N, i+4h b oIIl'i" fur al. "~'" 17+4,; oil p.f" IS27f., :1051; Wit.h OUflr-o~, IS24 f. f,t. z;ur,j., ,S2t; ,pp~ 0%5,(,4(1"'" l$o-TIY, 1435. iv. S. ol~d, ~;1T" 00, :l0! i. 041 ".1;, 1I(;7ofU r, 251. oMlr On'" I,U5. 0':> JIy", f; dws,en o(lS/", I 7':>S ':>'~; iy; In, 6,:>,. to o~ 1827 f. ~~ - for o{,kp4"" ,ot ,t !ill,' oii.. riff fOff o~lt, ,8"3 c. 12 78, 1385, 179S'

_ oo~l ;i~ !,2;6

- !::;;~ ~92tl:;.frii.3~:

-or

from

fr.;

fr.

;l!~~'i: t::!/~l:/~:'I'tI)9

fr.

fr.

!.Jt

'an

'117;"

,8,,, tAIl;

659

17UlI

.r ,"",

I,

IND1':X 03:i' NOTABIrE GRF:EK WORDS.

ovau-, for Bimple 00, 'not,' -oYMOYN for -ofIf'I1'" 8oi" f., 3:i30, 1798" ; in q"'''' 859 b tiODB, 2049. -OYMOYNA, in N verb, SolO. - b"co'"eB %'roelitic, 17','#, 'OY410Y"", b N 41er9, 841%0. -'- shortened w a.'" 608, oW, 1700, I74B. 93", 1799-OYN, from -fO" "r ViW, 953. fUll~" 1l,S!!, L%35, 'oY", fu'm 41_,", 777. ov/U" ",,,os l;'f, 1657 a. 'OYNTAI for -&".,.w, 850b tr. llvll~sv <I>%,'''T:,'''', 1 26(,. 'OY!STAi Kor !i'''"rii!, 1i8. ovll~" X~119w T., 1266. !OYiiTA" in N verb, 801 b ii. lli!34,'a fm' -{'if", llIIP. oUll~"4JI ~or ''''', ~ pp. 9 o. -oYNTAN', in N verb, flOIO.
~,

d7, 17",5, '731 ft,

17g(i

- nse or, 1802 fr.

for

- repL by,..,.... olhs,-iflT., 17 i 7 ., :s 7,*,"' ME ''''', 665. otiTI .,,'" rilii' ,'it .;rI, 69b, -O";-rzI"OC, 'o+~ [I).

n;,u, 17"I, I933b,

:~::=i:J=~;:~'~83~''''
ovllfvl~, 1383.

i!i.

-oy NTC

~OYiiTA,"S",

N,80"

from

-lOI'TU or

Wru

-oiTZoc ca), 10400"&[1] 0-

-otrzlN CT~), I040Db [!]. -O"tI%I" (d), (iJ.

..so"Tfi, 85i,

'oYiTO fr<:sm -lcn'o or ~OY"~ ~ 15"b. -cSo".,.o, 852. oU9ds, 627. ,('9",[.., 538, 41WiT. for oti irO'F', i03, 1796; in N, 1499. 'v91" for oUIIl", 627, J 798 f. 6,;K, H3 see 05. ,- !'se "t, i 5,'>3 1':. - mhy with '''' :lf8. i~, ss,f of, 17,6, 1802 fr. O,;K ape, 1748. om-cai, 174"VK . d /~, H,5I. f';~f"la, mhf"08 deri"ed, dJ. Ovp81KIOf, 1040 O. oWe 111TI" hOlf, 3015; fv,3b. ~oypr-, 117 f. O,;pJOI, 9961"" "~K II1T," ~!f, !,43f; ov,", oUlI"s, Ill34 ,. otiprrra, I 53, ~". "ilK 4'1'Ihsv- m '7Lfs, 2i5. fI';P'TI'&4"', H"I. ,u, O,;K iXOl + infin., .It.pp. vi. Ovpios, 283. Ov?mu,,,, '''40 f!. oUK 0;", IU8. Ovp</>LAas, 187. oUK "1r<iyxfl, ,14, N, '07", fIbs. in, doS f!VKt for ",;, '08, 409, o,;Kh" 2061. -oic, from -6.~, 1067.. . "tiKA for ,!'i, %797, 3C~SI. -OYi, -<'7N, 'H \ ~A) I .. dj, 1ft -OYKHC (d), I040Da. - , 320 f.,. 443, 1060 f. 'OY"SN (76), 'Cl.It"!D"L -u,(N, iitdJ, in, 467, ~OY"iON (TIi), 1040!i, C'illprt" 499 11, -o!KIOC (cl). 10401, 1040 D. - ,oonf. with ~j. in -or, 1554. 'oyt, ~oyee, 15C1l't, in, 'OY"!C (if), "'40 a, -OYKOC (d), 1040 D. *55; in N, 456, ""pp. O';K.rvs,., int41rrog., "747" lit "3. iH8f. f3r, T6, 1551, 433,&. o&ia fI:; ..q.." ""pp.1U. O. -OyAA (7)), 1059. "';"'fi~"1ros, ""P5' iis 3 (;3]. 'OY"AN, not!ov,"n,., 179 "nd, oIiI1la, in N, 155 c. -oi'AHc Cd), 1059'o"n,", vii"b, 1651':, ; trIlm ";""i f014 11"14" ,;37. ~oy;3rlc, ,dl, 1015',4. or -01'11', 768. -OYMAI for -iilpIJI, 850" fr. - attracts --, 793. "Oy","9"" th'm ~f!,,90 &I - i"1'1Y1'fes in N, 771. - hecomee -OUlf, 777. 00p.f9a, 853. ' -t5",", 155"" tr. -oYM9A for -1N,..sa., 550!' tr. ,oYes" ~oY41iN '41r ,J0fU''' or'&og"", -oYCOYN for '';110, 859b z'oicoy", in If verb, 00 " H, 85 2

olrroJ (-v-},85'(

oti,,, fOi' Tj~, s17 fCl? o!! TU, 10'!,

b

o&m'l',f6 7", 56f.

oWOf for oWOf, 84-

mfWf, TMiI, AsP""

539, f!'tJ;,

-neeof,I397 14~8tJ;;~ &, Iali ; ~, "d3T, - repL by aimSf, 1418b;

b:7 d ai:,.,.M, , ...mi). - (a.) reEL by &n., or k,

1437

'7'"

- 70r relet.,,,~. - a: /l1If, 1431. oitS!!I1L, '3", 574, olrrpav6f, Ntotr_. J 36"

::;:~:::J~);~~ m b.
-oi'cl" (d).
~cr)~ 2~2: 516b, 56". = is!!, ,,,31, OWOIf 'XOlIJiOV, 1314-OtX- 1 113 f. oUtJ; '40Ux /ao".,.u, 114oit: 1&G, H4.
-OYTCIN (T6), 1040D6. 10~O n P. 'OtTCOC Cd), I~ D,

IGfO",

~ (~'7" f ~~, 1!~, ~Of (~Aor.IIAos-). 18,....

.h,y",

o'tJ;t, :a06L

oUtJ; ~'il'9i, 111':

~.:s, 193. ~E'3c, i037.

oUX

61.1-,of, 114'

-0""',

6<I>t"'n, 71 7 [IJ.
6tp,tML"''I'

/l4>t&Aw, 717 rI).

~"'/T4 Ilm -"Fm,

+flf.

Ofs"";'''OI, 9'%)611S'

.w,.~", 1827. -oi'MHN &um -f6fl'l" or 'oOf!!p', '53, '-oYMO'(', in N verb, SoI'ii.

'oY41;'N

fro,;,

-01$"'" '50'

80'.

~,.lt.pp.ii.I",B' ~ .

for - , ~3.

-C;YCOYNA,

in N verb, SolO.

~oi':;OYiiI" N veri, 8",. ~oi';CA (Jt), 1067. -oYTAI for ...ImI., 850".

+ bful" 30l',s, isPr's vis 1.2 ~ (3). , + IssiiDls fQ] fum, 18&;16, .It.pp. iv. + r"a. 4FP- vi.

660

LJi~

ze(

y~

r\..

J~

l\'

INDEX

-o,?,4; -101, 851

beoomee
-()(a)- ""-.

tra&ai,
W'CUlllli~

1038b ; becomes ..'31,

noW far lililllEVlVmg, 856

Opn~

_Iall[

853836.

n,orIgin

forma of,:3, [I]. - BOund of. 9. & labial, u. tennis, g3b mate, tn~ f.

9~

wf, from ..a('Y)'"

Dci,9.\os, 51,

-'(-80),645

::;~:~~tt:,~, 150 d~
"'Yl7, "", 155 --rftu0 I'4', 9!)6.,. "'Y.w.os, JJ3+
-

20"P [ " ..del nl -YWCU.f~, 1':135' W'IlIal..., 302, "pp. ill. 9 G. _Ilio", 155 c tralllAF'2l]:llllS, Ta, 15:3, Hr6. W'IlIIIo2l]:t",,,*, 152. W'IlIlIoAnOJp, 472. W'IlIIloW''':I~~' 15gb. W'IlI/loT,?gmh 283 , nlBaW ~~, 35L ..al,,, ~'flS, JI t", ..al,OJ. 86 7, 9!J61H' tra&'~, Il57. .....qo,OJ, 9!J6J... W'4I....iOJ f"g ~W'4IgtL, ' 35, 7,r, tt3 b 8St,
W'flitoiUll. 99~.. W'flitOJ, 99OJt6. tralp"'OJ IPuVl l-'lllE, , 35, 7"n, gi3, 903, 'PP,g" ms, 351, 365; I. ~..a:.ll6s, U34 f ,""r or ..ai, from _YTS
1llZi0'a,
W'4Ilcu, 9!lil'.9'

nt~ggn, :t"n(i(,t:;':.2 t

IIwal*l?, 723. from ha~?, 737. -'Y.ms.., 1052.

",,,,1. 6X10'1ff, 3l0'1rf, &7R, 2061.

6X~'

nt"", w~r, ntt, wa'Yl7,

863.

'9~::'Pi5,'L

""""41, 9961.. '

nt2l]:p4,
for-~, 34t~

6XTlllE;;n,cn &; -0'2lF, IJXT,""';"" lOOO,~

6xmaa ...\os, 65+

800.

wlJalyOJ, 900 l., waSUOJ. 901.

9!lilt'f.
346.

..alO'fI'" 9!J6.I18'

:i~~;t~~.

"XT"7:,, '30,

50~

Flilin0?Fp,.cWcns

:~::::~~~71:IH]' ::::t;y~':a~~l, 79~:: :~,~3I. ,p," ill. 7. nt4J"~!~'n(;:3iii~~!.;

6.""

6x-ra. lwrQ" 17+ 645

nfhrr6r, 152

..alOJ, 701, '99611.; 0'T4",w, 1585.

3:r~i~l~~~'

IrCOT"

~t:~::E:ltL~
W'G.\alOJ~

wa80r for -Mw, 338, App. - + prelent, 1833. 6~0I', ""'''', l34b. &ffl for 6"", (iato), 763, nMAIA rpAMMAT~ "pp.ii. 12. ill. 12. W'G.\cuas"",%?os, I Jl a, JI 7:5 .u..,9!J6I2lF' 9!J6'H'

K," &/ns,

&In.

"pp.

343,

::(:~4~~t~or,

248, 34+ W'4I'Y,uYor, 9!J6J... &flpM, 155 &for, ~, 248, 395; becomea wcu/la'Y""Y6r, I 1 I I. ;:4J;:~8, 34, ),F', "pp. gy~c""i..ili;''', 10:;;,13'? ~
9!J6188'

;;;;:3 W'G.\4I~":??P"" I 146~' "pp.m. 12; TI-. 20Hf. W'G.\cu6r, 155b, 497,498; beCORlOl.' "aAlos, 03:1. 1tOAcuOTfPOS, 498.

W'G.\al'L?

- .. preeenL, 9!J6118' - lo~~reoord of, "pp. iv. ..alllfu6f,O'ol'4', 1885.

&fo1'4"

(TO~), 4J;;4J. ill. 6 W'4I"1fs Iral .y_I~u, 1234wcullf~,86I.

..o.\aL"'in, JJ 20.

tnU.aiT'F'?7', 7:97.

..a.Nt.,..1oI'4', 1001.
W'G.\AOr

wa.\ala;

=:::,,:s.cmr
of,

2lF", 01.

::;::0,"&, ,;;;;;;.
caUI&~.,
TI"o TI,

waAap.a ( ..a), 1027.

~:.tt::~~Pi~~;' le.

-0(1), verbs in, 836.

850AF'~

6tf&wlO, 1/JOw1, 134 6. ...

..~

nlllE,CUllf, 1279 f.; -01'4' IJcLu.ar, 28 3

"1;;':3.

clIM,.,; .... 1657 c. 38 (,,,,i,,,,). 38 ('2lFflllE).

waAAI..., "pp. iii. 7.

..o.\oi"", "0, 1040 ..a.ppl":??i,

161

INDEX OF NOTABLE GBBBK WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

Dmn

OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

I.

niDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

..av.,996t" .
lnIIl,VO, .... V01l, 762, 809. ,""",ir, 820 ...v6eiva, 830 ...vB/II. 830 ...v91IlTS, 820 ..avlJij..." 816 ...u",", So8. nAY"", 70. ....v6,.."cw, 8 21. _VOII.820 ...lIov, 809 . ...lIovva, 830 ..aiiva&. 810, 818. wuvva,..,.or, 821 ...vVIII',82o. D..Vf1C111UIf, 383
...uvava, 820. mv., 810 ....vv61"IIOr, 821. nVvOll, 810, 8ao ..owov, 810. _wOVf1o,820 ..atla_.820. -u., 70010 iF., 817, 875, 9961"; CODltr., 18n. -" -0,..' (mid.). 1313. 1467. lnIIlo""" 7od', 1323, 1467. - ooDltr., a126 f. - + part., 2126 f. wutlerll, 457, 820. _)(I'l, "O/MOII, 179 ....xovACSs, 1059. Doxoul"1f, 1040. Daxoall"OS, 1040. Daxoii,.,r, 1040''')(11).6., 1059 , ... xw 401', 40a 'lldJfOl for ...WOI, I Solo,

....veo, 81 7

...was, 820

ftOI, .,q.;, 155, 863,996,. nlo. beoomeelll, 172 ..'E"" for (.)...,airf. 030...& for

9961"'

'd. from dd, 914.~. -, .,.cS, App. vi. 27. "flatllOl, 996111' ...9applllOS, 996111'
..IBa.... 996.11'

.....,6t, 030.

"fBcinl, 996111'

..t9v""0I, 869
30 3.

Df9611fOr, D"Hwt.os, 36. Go ...9vp/u, 7a3, 755.85... 869

..., (n), ~, a, 9

t.. gd,

...aBII"q..", 1156 115710 ...,Bap}('llU,. 736, 740.

Digitized by

Google

INDEX 01' NOTABLB GREEK. WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

------------~----------------------

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

1I'oAw, 4'1,f.; seeallOunder 11'01.11 &; 1I'0AM.. cmprt. SO'k

...wM, s89, 601

5~~.l;03ge,

f.; 1IIe of, Lnoy"oc (cl),

:TI4Jl'. ''''56.p', 1I'6Ta,"" for -ph, ..,MoI. U ~r 1111'6, 13U. 1I'OTG1I'6. for 1I'oior, "" I. ",,,MIHI ~'TflII" fi5"'pot', ",,,"#';'(1(15 ~,m w(,(,E 723.
13"~

~:A~,r:i'~:~~OO.

patronymlo, 102", 1040 f, - ... ,j{:#{5, 104 L - f5 riiAor, 1041; j{"m pullu. ib. [I).

",OII>t';!'1III&;...~tJ~~";

11'01."""''', 35. o,u"o., 996". %'fi"vAc05, ,'Ss. fi4COI, 8C'fi'

5,,~~~S5;~":;;t4'

1I'oMov. for much,' J 338 ; 1I'.pl-, J3"", J642. 5oA'-eii (",,~fll1T~~) "p6"0II, J34J 1I'OAA4l ~, 1382.

..",pJJfOf,996H~ ..",1(101,843b, 996123' "'"'996:~s55, 8S~5,

8~,

"'-IPf (lI),

25'1 b

1I'OPf-r,OplU, 996U 4' 1I'0Pfu8l,(10plU, IlSlSS. "'''fi''lloplU, lla5',, - + inftn., .lpp. I2

11'0""p6" 493. 55.pl T', 1639, ",,,5630rT1%"5, ;OSIl. II05b. 11'0"6"",,",,, IIOSII. 5ff'f,P/MlT',,5, noSb, ilffI4r6J, fi"", 130,

1I'I1IIp-yOr for inrOllnM, 13S". ""if'J~' ::., ~~];:446 1I'0IIPXoii, 171191I'ar/, euclitia, J o m, 365; =mpou5;} 1I'~7~=::~on, I~,,:r norc, ..'][4,3"f, term,8S h, metrical 11'07'~ "Q Ft for """",f, 1449". 89 - repS, by th55 ;}ffd, Bg", :=:"t;;~: ~1;t:.' 20 noyc, ,55,mpcm'5 in, 1I'S"f~, 2052fr.; iDNT, 36S. 2053' 1I't1IITGp' for .~. 030. omi:#l, 20S3 1T1T-, ;}llab''5j{on, 955, 5;}fpM, :5,,:TI of, l;}f, A. "'pa7f5555 '%'"r 1I'pa"', 480. 1I'nf', 596[1); UIIeof,I#6A; "pi.,,..,., .pO.p(p.)A, 179 &; He1l'jh. [1],368 """fip/un', 038a, - Bupplied in I 78b, arirpc, f,:53, IrOT7jpc', 302, 1026, 103S. =~;;~;:;':;i~~ 9 .orl,pcov, 1025 1I'pa7/MlT.u6Jlf"11 for 1fIH, 36. :56rq., i :5prt.,
i

_.1"""'01,

',,7iCOI

n,

'1I'07'1(1'TI for '1I'arw.T., 713. .arif1Tpa, 1026. 1I'pa8I,f10JlG" 996"", 1885[IJ. 1I'0!i:;;:5n:- ,', 1446 :~:~:~'t:~), ";:9~ [ J .oii ',,' .,.01, 5431I'pi/l/Ml, 179 [I 1I'OV ',,' .,.os, S43. 1I'~,65,42S '

EEt:~~~t~~5:L""
J.

(I.

6u, ''%'34; 5'j,,~ 6u, - prociitio, 97 4. 1I'OP/OI, lee 1I'Op&. - for cl + part., 3105. 1I'opl,OplU, 1470. - f'S:5 "11'011 {,,;}, hoc), ;;~:~:.' 0 h, 14"'%', - for mf, 17s6, 19SI. 1I'6ppOI,S08,SI3,149C' roii vel for lis, 201", ~fV,If,13 "cl = 4'", I "=,%,, 5576p01T4TS, ,,23. 5i~f, 435. 5'PpOITfpOl, 5 3 -nOY"A (4), 1041; fem. of 1I'6pt101, 143, 523. 1I'6fi Ter, J03I, ~" "r -ON', lb. 555"a3i"),,,,,, 1055" h. il~pco" ';5', -prJ" :598. wOllAcipo, 1041 &; [I]. 7rO#vpbrfpos, 321, 654. 1I'opOI (Jl1I'op&), from .(;rop&, 1I'0IIMOI &; -101, 996,... ,Afll,,!! 8S8. 130, i:TIi ,,AIOI 9!#!#,, 5:#5,'1I'Aci5,5, 6SS. 1I'01IAc.6.pcOf, ncrall'AeVr, 653. 1I'I1UAlt'f1W, 104 DMf&30" (cl.), 2S7 11 ,5II1JJo, ,541 [s J il5'&(I);}', 200.

~:~tt;~~'I:~~S.

for futo, .lpp. iy. 4-

malitia, 102 c. 3- 1I'oii for IIrov ( = M), 608b , -

~'E;;" ~=; %700.

~:2~ ";~'~~I;";; 248, '43,

1020, App. iit 14IS. 5p8.tl, 48, 3;}, 1020,

- 4 &; iJ, .lpp. iij,

pat~:i::u ~j\:5k~7 i

~:~5;: ~~~~.
rfJ4t'1,

becam555 343, App.

ill. 14.

.pO(1(1OJ &; -t'TOI, 878 h, 880, 99655 9 24, 1I',w,(1""" 29 b ell (....M), 1455 h. - + 3,,0IS or ~s, 1962.
&; ~5,=%

"p8.0c!~~~:;',4~~:'

Dpatl"I!#55', 43b'

4io: '"
11555,

PATT!iL',NA, .,.55, s 1I'pO.TOf, Apr. ii. 14 A. 1I'pads, 155 ,402, 480.

55PfClls5'!i, 68,'%'",

.,."'a

1279,

1I'fHI.flloplU, 996...

;::~~~~.

~o1.[,t,,5,

1I'oiiMor, 1041 [I]; 'noyMoc (cl), 1041 [I].

5p1n" OODBtr, !,f, 2081 f. - +dat. 13S'1.

669

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

......

:::::--

I~

INDEX OF NOTABLE GRBEK WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

I. nmEX

N<JJJ ili<LE GREEK WOR~~

..'6"... for 187". 1nIfla., used iD writ.ing,

07.

";;1'",35, ,,;;1',. ~ &;

,;;3.

:~;;:;;.a:!:~i~!;~Ob,
'llVpi....OIlf,
I IA'~.

n.,.sr,os. 1040. nvcSru. 10,%0, rii" 76. 4~;;" i Rp6s App.1. 1nIpm. ro. 43317'

is.

1nIp6130>"os, ~. 43317' 1nI",,,atS fo, '''~s. 36i [I]. ",,'i6aa.,aAA, 793. "~A;S, 1nIpWv(r) ..., 43317> 853 "xa.lr... from '"1-ra. lr..., 996
&;

f!&Z" i]oo; ?.EH"31it,jO, f. ifJ'ill 'Rifll' 'iRi. 91~'J~6"

15 1,

......,...,'. "'pp. ill. 'i"Jiii, 5' ..... i,;", 1riii;;iiJ. 9~ii~

7 [I].

fI01f1plros, ~88 &; 15 1 2'

"""'"5'701',

..""Ol. 996". [I]. ii',P

- oonatr. 1338 it w..,>..lor. 1041 (I].

w=i~~=.996ii,i {intr.),iiii6b

m, enclitic, 103 C. :1040.

""f'':'w;;;:,&~~:,~ ll]. ...."..t;. for lrn1P-. 134 b.

I.

INDEX

WONnI.

673

xx

I.
L(;"'IMEN, 804 a. tC",iMHN, 80,% a. -C"'tst, 804 !C"'INTO, 804 a. tc",,,, So' !c",;~; 80; a. !c"'t fCfE, Cff% a. !C"'lefiHN, fiff4 a. -c"'lc90N, 804 tl. !.C"'tff, 8f,! a. !C",iTHN, 804 tl. !C"'HU, 8u,y a. !C"'ITON, 404 tl.
~Kiis, ~87.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WOru>S.

tC"'NTO, .or., 785. U4IJlO", TO, 371. aall'Tflftle, 99Cif2'
Uli~H, U/3~II01, I1/JalJ'Ol,

944,,".

:::7t:~;~:~4t
le"""C"',8+

~'Cfl1""A,sjllU, 6'96fi!" a/3~OI, 94418' 996,0

90 2, 9!)611"

!:;t;;t:
"apa.tt"'TTj,
.:tapa1R

:~Z::'s, 9~:(~}""

~;5:. 17 1b , 4n.

ua,.a.OI'Ta, 64540' 641 r A4f'Ooi""UTOS, 6454f" C47 f , l1a"a"Ta, 639, 645.0-

;fapa"''''pfa, Cf6 I.
59 c. fiap&""Os, e18. 110."., TO, 303.
102

l1aKllf, '1',5, APP' 7, I1QKXapl, TO, 303. 2a),A4fl"If",3+ ~aA'f"'s, C1C. oaAEVyo.,861. 2a),4jflOS, Cl7. l1aAI/3"FS, ~87, 1043. :la.\CfllT('? (TO"), App. iii. Ll C. ~O"IKfOS, 1031., 1082. ~a,f,'f"iK'J, f f6. l1aA...inlO",103Cl'. 116,A...Ilt, l038e. l1aAA~"', CliL. uaA"'"~s, 191. u6,A"'''~' l16,Aff'~IJ', fClI.
~OIP&W,

~pa",".u,.,

m, 59 C, 155

4.

11/3.ql1ojllU, fut. of l1/JimlI"", 9Hr ,s' 11/3;,uOl;996ts11. U/3IJ,.,uJ'Of, Apv,,(ii)= (U}}?OI), ?''''', 9Ji, 94~8b, 996m; 9IIor. ,fCVU"', 6'J6n " 11';4.\'1, S9 c. I1lOVPOv...(CltOS, 1040b

996,,,.

?~~~ A<:!"~L:~"~; 6
a.
C,

fOf #'pcls, 132 for "pOw, 532

BB p9II\lee!!,
OQllf.

638. 534,538.
l\~2,

a" ib. '(,f, i" H'r., 145 ff'.. b, -eE, aduerbB iD, 434, HO' '11~ for duI (i. e. flf), 5~'

~, 5~S;

pron"

aEtW7'o",

Ar'A' iiL ,,.. 26, 544 f.; rep!. by

b~701l,

uS.

l1a/k'CfL, uLfp/lpl, f 79 (1]. ~,.,JJa. (.,oii), 28 7. ~p/3iis, 287, l1agle')K'J uap4f'f, Alifl' ill.
I~.

l1affli{ &; 'f~K'J,

ill,
t,,"t'J:kTO,

~.

-cAME9"', 7Cl5. !.C"'MEN, .or, ind., 785 11'.

-CAE;+4N, i:g;fuf,

:to.,

~:;~, ~~C),l~920.

785, 1478,1479'

~JlIfo~s, 155+ :zo.""ii for JIG", 11a.. (from "oil'), when,'

!::~!?~d~92,liC9
-C"'if,

peu" AnditLC, 11'., 785 11'., 930 b. - triLC oeoAY of, 786. - le' -(SQllf', 793, -CAN for -TlUf", 805.

aa- "a for "a", e11e1ft, 1488.

Ufa&IT;le TIo!" ulu, 5fi!5. I1f~~OjllU &: I1~JJo/Mll~ 868. 'CAC, &Of" 78!5, '1~UIU"y, ,,4 755 LI]. - beoomeB -uu, 798. U~/Ja.f, 420. l1iis( E), 208, 536, App. ill. u//3'1, 4~0' 26, 1f!,/J'1PfAYOI, !uc9E, aor. ind., 785. ~'/J2Jl1aJ'OI, 5 I. 'c.i.cfiuN, HLfF" 78fF, u,/J'1P'''',51 ""cAc90N, .or. inC., 785. uii/3ojllU, 868, IClO.f, 1006. !CACI", ROr, ind. for -(Su, u.i' for adfl, ~_. ig Tot" 77063, 763 7CACTAN! in N vc;rb, 80,1 0 !CEIAN, 804 'CACUfF, In ver", Sol', !(tliIAf" 404 ~CACTEN, in N verb, Sol". ::'CEIE, 804 a. !C"'Tf, aor, ind" 78" 11'. ; ~1~,298, fF'61. bC ,11fT" 79i, iu infi" nI4, 818. -CATHN, aor. ind., 785. if'@O, ii. A. fCATU, 111 784, 11.11 for !CATON, in .or. md., 785. 53 1, 53-1 'fFa4>l, 'n" ooIl!!t~" 2028, , 538. ";,85 f, ,f'" for UEl'ii, jj96"", -CEIC, in fat.,' 770ft acut>~U'l'QTa, 5I 9 u~, 425", SIC cmC;i;., 49 2 1ft, I1mJTO", 54+ lilJAf><fle, 56, fli", ,L5, I1,b, ';ii,ic.Il, '099 iu I1fAas, 420. 4IJ 516, 619%156 a/Ja1JfOl, l1/3iiIlOl, 9OL. I1EAAox6.Arl'G, .,Q, 1156. l1/3f""vfl, 936 4. f,/3."",I~", u,6 a. ,sff",we &: -U'1f!, t, :6' a/Jlvvvl'l, 9#18' 980" u~" for I1f, pp. ill. 8.

b<:s;?mee Aal1f, it36

f8e

'606.

?a,

',,'I,

a:: '

"',"N,

::EZ;:E~ ~T.I.'
?:~;;.;~~~~!,

u.'"

11CII'Ya.f, 6, 11""";, Uade, 2 f., 6I 7.

17C11'Ale'UOJ', i 9+

O'CWs:""iM'-,

IO;j,ZKc.

9';'#'5m

937,
,

:md aor~, 979u/3I"""JIOA, 9f,s~.

.-diaHfliee

9978' in

~~=?~x!;~~i!i!' 2'p/M.Aa, 35.

utp ftH 41po" L6t.

674

litizl

y \..

)C

le

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

!cHTAI, 771 r.; inP-B,779. IIIAI, TeS, 399. LCHn, 771 f.; in P-N,779. III).}.I, TeS, 303. %I,."AU.&or, 1040 O. %"...Ia, J 554b.
,;~,

'IcucnjffI, 134 11, 218b

-Cl", in

dat. pt 3d decl., 328 ;

se8 -"1. endiug, 760 b ft'. - Cl", adverbe in, .34; in N,435 - In unprt., 806. -CaENHC (6), iDB.uence of, "1I'ol_ (TOii), 399. "Iri.., TcS, 303, 399. '298 LCSHN, pen. ending, 760 11ft'. "....l...os (m), 399-CSON, pers. endiug, 760 11 ft'. "i",", &: of, 399. "lra1ftll' (TcS..), 399. - in imprt.., 806. "i"'l1", TcS, 399. 'cSoo, imprt., 806. "i"'IfIV, ri, 399. 'CSOON, imprt., 806, 8u. %I,..lOr, 10,.0 O. !cSOOCAN, 806, 8n. -CIC (t), 395, 1018, 1020 ft'. 1Ii' for IIl-". 94 - for infin., 2063, -'pp. vi. -CI-, in N reduced to -"-, 155 e. -l'C!.Pt by -Ill' (TcS), 369 i -CI-, compollisiODAl for -c', by -ilia (1), -,..sr (6), II6. eto., IOU f., JI !i!i. -Cl or-CIN, uo., -'pn. iii. u. -CIC + -MA IOU. - in verbB, 765, 768. Si"I...."Ior, 10,.0" -Cl for -(fir (t), 343, 396, %lt1l....Ior, 10~" 1030. mTa, Tol, 43318' -Cl, &dv., 110,11. "1'nlpGr, 6. 287. -c.iA (t), 1018ft'., 1020. "In1,., 136., .331Ab. - for -(fIr, Ion. 21raro, 'I), 130. - for infin., ,063, App. vi. 21raro., 1~5.b. ,,1T4oI &: 868. '5 1I1a-,dw.,,., (IQ.,-, 1504. "ITiC. &: "IT4oI, 868. IIlaAo., 110>..0', 1504. IIITAoAilfGJla, Tol, 1156. 2I1hAAa, 35. lIiTor, .3318' ",-,Gt", "I.,a.., "''';;'', -'pp. 2&lt>lIfIiuto., 1077. fi. A. Si.".,..sr, 108:1. "I-,G( 0., 868. "IXobIoptll, 1000 1I1c1ma, acIma, 152. ",-,at-, 900 "1.,0., 868, gg6ua' 998 11...0., 9961" ggB. - mw., 1455 d; '"E-ri"a - inw., 1.55 d. (incept.), 1853 f. ,,~., 9961"' m Si-,.wiicl'l, 35. ~Optll, 996144' CK from IIX, 177b "IW, 1382. -CKA, -eKON, in N verbe, "'W ("'W, 521 en";;", ",..,v, -'pp. fi. A. 10gB.
-c8~,

Bee-Ill. cS becomea tIT, 177,885. LcSAI or ~C8AI, infin., 706 b, -Cl", pen. endiug, 765, 768 ;

81 5.

'5

-"por,

tIT.,
-I,.,

I.

"''rii

1I1&pJilllo., 1061. 111&,1...0., 1061. lIi3.po", TeS, 249b 1I1ar,por, TeS, 1I1ar,1O', 6, 249 1I1ar,fIOIPIros, 736. ~",rlll, 37, twioe. 1I1ttXtJb1OptIl, "IX-, 1002 1I11rXalra., 10001 ,

996ua. 1I1'ricr., 996141' 11.,111' (TcS), Mill, 2,9 f., 94

1I..p,1I0ptll,

I.

,,1ffiIJ.

for

".Gnw,

875,

996tM' IIft'apor, 130. IItm1cS"lr, 360.

'.t.

lI.JfIOI,&t1~fIOI,I'9II~PO', 1026. "KClAAtITii"., 1026. 1I~,853 ,,1ftI/AIIl..os, !J96~.

1I~,1065

,,-0, "."..". 2 9 IIftWTGI,874,9 2T)!,gg6ua' - beoomee "IRIIS", 875,

9961.. '

675

XXI

Digitized by

Google

I.
0'1t0".,....

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

tTKop&A(A)os, 130,

~:::::~~iiYs~, 7554b.

(oyijll), 14S6b. O'ltopa for 'O'XOpa, 13S b.

::::!::,~f&;,i8;: b.

136~.

:::COl, iu verb. 803.

-COiMHN, in verb, 803. ~Z,OIMI, " "erb, t"3, ~"OIO, i" ?Rlr. Butj., 803. tCOIC, in aor. lubj., 803. tCOITO, in aor. lubj., 803. "?OMA/, in f,.,t., 77" ?R.,

i;;l~;;;os, 1554b

"",pwlC...,

O'ItBTO", TO, 433111. O'?7,m<, T6, Ys,>3,1I. "",,,,p.Os, tT77,""~' (TOYs), Ys3319. 771z7<W"', 7272isb. 0'IttU/>oEl31s for -3~<, 26~ a [I]. O'ItO"A'IItaK.; '10380. tTtta"'T.ItO, Ta, 107/ tTlto"A?It" 1041.

LI3, 8, 870, 9+hs b O'ItOT.",M, </>"'TEI"OS, 11 4.

",,"0.

lToAop4N, '" 5.

147f;

inN,log8.
"OMES?'" 770 f.
, ?OMEN, ,,, fut., fii' -CON, imprt., 810; ill

~:;t:~, !;~: ~~:::: 'd?t". :::~:~~:::" 346. tTltpo ...C , tTltopr-, 143. ...
O'ltfM."",..., -4(0"', 9Hl"996,"

937,

N,

O'ltf~ (rut.), 9962"" tTItIA,?,", Ta, TO, tTlt',',/n, 4 2 3, .P4b tTltfp.p.I"os, 9962<1. tT77, '&""', 868, 4 2 ,",7ft 41 tTltffO<, TO, 421, 42+ tTltlffToJ.l4', 996"7'

~:::='V;37';~~:;b, 'df"6.

tTttVS"f"', 9961<7' 77'77S 8y,s, 996"7'

O'KlJAOtt,ol', 1038. O'KliM(, lo3se. 77?7,;,l, 0'1t',',2, 030. '77,'z7,11TT.1t77', "077. O'KlJAlT'ItOS, Ion. ~AlTO'1jS, 1040CC.
L,,~AA/n,

4"z';,#o foz z0i?77, 26j,

s...,

81 3.
'?ONTA',

fut.,
~

f.

,,';s, 55,;; in N,

tTOS flleos, O'ov, 525 '''''' for

~'.,Oy,

-, 557.
flou,

it,. 551 for

81 .....

tCOYN for -O"OUfl", 777. tcOYNTAI forttToVftU,778. lTl,OyCI',

tT""z,i,..., b

1S .....s

ws,

1964, 88,>,

'7",71..oS, 43311' O'ItIJp.p.I.or, 996U7' O'Kiirrpav, 35, i?777~,tr... , 996177 '

-CKtIl, mZA,ZDg of,

1040 fut-, tin f[

tTltfliaS, TO, tT7744"'OJ.l4', 996""", tT?7"'f'OJ, 99"4' tTltlr/l0J.l4', 99f ?,f1. 0''''1''1... & -6OJ, 852. tT7IT?"f;, tTItB,, "9b tTm;z'" & 53. tT'"I ....oV)(os, 126. tT'"I....poVx/n, 136. tT,,"'7, axl'", 7 77 b a#i~vrff, d, 345~ tTlt.OflS, 451:' 2Nir/I. for~, 37.

2Nf"as, 287.

z097 f. i

in N, 1098.

""7~,~E!;oz, ;t~8~68,
O'c.A'1l, 10380. a'mou for 0''11t<W''', 030. :;::~6,4"?U' 9t

lsd? to !.trOlJl', s77. 45I1'J1'Ui, tTo3cn-., 20". flo#B, fI"""", 29 b, :'!,,"'/'OItA'7777, -Af""LL, 7c1_ iorpottA" 7ft3 I,
flO<t>or

N,777

for fI~S, 8+ 0'0<fHSs, ill amprt., 493; ,MiAMI'

510.

777770JS

~::;;:'f~:;:Ss, 8+
0'.'1... for

~:~r:,,2r;:>:~p, iii. 6 a.
tT,,,,,(O"', 7ft7'" tTKoA"o', 177 b , 1035. tTKoA"ci... , go6. & in N tTltO"" for ItOl"S, 130. 1oto- (TOV), 277.
';"7m7',

tTltlJAt, 030.

"z;;"'''ff, ??zijz', 130b, 77~pw60?, t'p-, fI,....,p.I"or, 996115' flpi"(",, 13611' 8652' 937, 943." 4"J6JeG "J?",o",' little,' 7 ?78. fI/MltpOS, /Mltp"S, 130b. flplMf, plMf, 13010.
'''J?z#.os, t?#lGG'
"?a

fllt.T' from O'IJItOJT', 136t. fI~J.I4', 996,t8

;~aTII, 519.
APt, 5

fI.xt>6rTfPOS be,.ide~,-,

tnraBfBS (..as), 1027_ C7wo.Bl, fJ~""t;?:[, 18.i""m ""a8tTn,,,, ,0, 10," 72 c.. fI ..dAa8pol', wQ.\-, 130b. flffBlI.4tt.S, 649. 'i1l'aJliC'" 777',5" 13"t,

~l:';;,;:::

fI';'i3/,os,
7777Ibs,

62'

flP.tlpBllfG, p.tlp-, 130b.

lT72Zpt'Glu?", 7077.

;6apor, 13010.

IT_lit.,,,,

'0400,

tT1IIil''',395

.,..Q"QI,

"098

28,S',

tTItOft'''''

7utin., "' VI. 1 O'""",40J.l4', 4"147 ' tTlt",,",tT..., 99141' fl"ltopaJtlC"', 130.

+ ~ ..G/S or .:.r, 1?62,:

C.

gg6147.

IT,'''prmo?, ?,,2, 1",,7, fI,..,prlGl16l"..a, all adv., 1!23. flffBP"fG"tC... & -6ot, 868. -co, pen. ending indic., tTwafWIflOJ.l4', 996150' ~~,~72t:: l34 = imprt., r:'2i::7 flwGflBPro, all adv., 823. - drops fI, 762. flOIleO('" for IflOO-, 135, fltrtUli for tnraB', I !4c 'i?777BflP.f7?Z, gg6"", 525: ib. ".,Q.." r., I; 7", Tor fI";~ 5?5 b flrK AI-,oc for tW A''YTI, 36. 996136& SUo

'm7".rrt:sZ:!;:: 7t~.
::t~.:,?:

g06,

943110 I; t,

676

,""t,.."

::t~~~f,9~1il; I30"~
'fTE""a." Si,lSi2Bl a1l1""., 903, 9961110' ,",fpOJ, 9962110' difS';a., (bBs~), J45Si from 'fTEBBflfll, ,",Ilia (C1fl'"9fJp), 1&4. '""IIIrJpGJtIOll, 1038

,",,laop41, 9962111'

9;':l.~':~:"

8604, 892, 895, 903, IJ'TIUIIOI (laT4llOl), 7'3, 958, CTT,p/JaOp41,

r!I~:Si~593t.~,;;:~. -optU

1"78,

1882,

lSi55~

anaaOl, 99~1~ a. (fTQ.Itor, cio'T-, 13.. e. ddaAal,..., 2323d. dTilAplllss, 'di6w ~

oNp.lIIJ,
Tal, 2112.

iiTfpiaiiji"" Si962M ~ aTlpllOl, 904, 9962/13' aTlpop.tJI., 9962116; - Tlllor,

I,'S If~

::~;~1(:~:~' &3:::5,'B)(II_,
lri Tllla, 1583,.

l000s

mpEllor, 962. dT6.por, iT ,l 6, 25L Ld'''PflOVii, '5504'" %Tclll-Kloi, 155..". aT4llOI, 996118'. 'T"'4pc fo" dTal", 1362 "33'i CTTapoltpi81, 1156.
~,~,1020.

:::::;:, t'2~;t -11"''''

::::~::, ~~
:;~f~!iiji (~;)~'

T"'ffJ4>or, iiji/,Pt/>Of, 'Sii'''. CTTlaOl, 99~18" ~T.""'II4It'Or, 1040 B. iiTft/>a"lis, 287. iijiTf</>a""" (or 851. ~Tt</>IJIIii3fr, 01, 289. %Tf<l>allijr, 387".
aTf</>tD'~ for 268 , aTf""'"01pl"or, 849. ,TTft/>al'lililfp41,

~5~Si)(llOf, 424. 'fTE5~711, 6, s,sSis a1lAijlllJ, 1), 2 ..9". ,",A""I""', 1 100.

d,s,

Lf"lr,35I beoomsf iiTaa."

102,,~

::::!!'Z' ~:i 5B}s, #~

- rlla, 1963, App. &; 16. BBlSi7
0'fl0II3ji, 1382. ,",ovni'"lr, 1300
-CCA (~),

-, 850" CTTaTijp" (TcWr), 332". 2TQ.vpGJt,or, -G.1f,~, 298, OTI",.pOII, ,rO~2l>.

104dd~

dffvpiTa'F, 10,,0 afl'OlJOO'Y""IIor, 996)51' ~, arU,.." 179. ,",ovM''''' 868, 990_, 998 mXI, T6, :789. 'fTE'~XVf, 388", ~~9. ~'t.~: BSi~;
~=~fXVM

13

difS",~ap4;sss, 996252~

ethnio, 1030 f. &; 8773' i(~B''l, mi757Blen for mt~ -a..., 880. - attracted by -,01, 873d7pl. bd 887~ 3"sm at, In, 8Si Bl , - from fIT or ",T, 17..... trr' or s' (= 6), 6045.

~::~:r~;X:bu:.~::, 92 :::al::;~~il:I

[3] ;';'~'OI'&; oTI"(Ol, 868. CTTI"l"'1' ~, ,I,'f"9 ""'1!" &; ",2"GI, 86f~ CTTIIAOI, 9962/13' CTTI_ for OTbet, 99~18 11. dFtnfUllt, 56, 2 I
i

OTI",.r, 1023". CTH-, in iCTTf/,..., SiSiI. '"n,II'Ia, H5, 42,,", CTTijIII, TO, 424", 94Si, 951. a",,'4, T4, ,,24". "Tij8or, IT'riJltfH,lHl, 965 [lJ arn,ltfTf, ,&I,:, - , 779arn,1t..., 73 3, 937, 958, 96 2 , 965 FiB [I], '2'li"'18I1.

f""'"

:~~::Pfllor, 9969gi~' 96",

'7"',
,,0.

""ii:~~~' ~l, :!~), BlBlSi~

~TQ."(fpl'"lf, ~TQ."I'piTfU, 34ti~23dl, T4, t3311O'

996H' ; -oii'" (mid.}, 996us b OT'ItOwrQr, as adv., 2163. ii,iAAOl, ,)fs1U, 90:7, 9 21 "'" "962113 ~ aTIAIIOI, '18 71., 90.., 9962113' CTTI,.pa, IOU". dTS ..4,0I CTTi"i", 86i,

~~:'ii~f' ~~:f;;~~r~"" ..... OTi,,(pa,

LTt,..., 23",
dT&p..r, ~,
61~. d~'l"(pa,;T"', 283,

:~~:'i?~~r996118 .

aT;"'." T6, 331, App. ill. 7. diijij,...II ("'Si,,), 39Si~

399-

aT;"', TO, 303, 399.

CTTflllt~~"i038'" ~
n. c).
11

aTmi[OI, 996154App.

(iTm!,:II, 305, 'i31, ill. 7. ~IOC, 01, ..3310'

:i:!~'iiSi, I ~l7;~
aT.llopaltpor,
aTfIIOs, App.

56.

ddBl,..., T,s, ::3; tTTtJ811lTa, 68 adv., 823. ~Tal8'1f, 130 [IJ.

~t,sl'fl, aT'~',s"." 17Si~

:;4::X&f:7:~~~YL
aTfIIGwOlll, 853.

oTfll0Ifl6r,

&; 6,

292~

dddg;~,

99Sid18 b.

trrtU""IIor, ~1I 11.

cnallt..., 965.

:::~:. :;:;~~ 3SiSi~ CTTf";.;;;:~::

677

m;:

CTTi,.,..., T6, 303, 399. aTip.,...r, 1), 399. SiTIp'fliii, Hr.",", aT.",6Tfpor, ..96. aTi</>Ol, 8651' BiTA"""", l 30b , i . 6 iijiToII, dT"'', 20", aTOl4. CTToII, 20". aTOIXflO", 1035, 1038". iiTOlX:y vi~~~ :;;' 208"

t"i Si

writing, 30. &; m' CTToAl,OI, 868.

CTOIXHAON

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

tW "If. 5J9. I1IIfjPi for I1IIJA11i. 193. trllfjlHltrf7'f for 11IIp/J-, 193. I1IIl3iJ"'1. 37. trllfjlOll (riis), 193. f1iIl3OTfJs. App. i. 5. trvl3011Aos, 193.
trll"f"lflfijl',

App. iii. 6 b.

trll"f"lflfls, 'I)3. trv.,.,f!ltl.p.p4, 1137 tnl"flt4TG/lGlIfOl.

tnI"f"Ifrirr, .25

9 Cl.

1TII"f,",,~lfj'llt4,7.'. tllI"fltfX~If4.

trll"flt47'ffj/UI'OI',

tnl"fItAflp.iI'OII. 736 [,].

742.

7.' 7.'.
c.

CVrJ(OlTH, 136" [2].

ITII"fxaipol'll'. 1.59 11II"fX1lUp.&. 996st1 ITII"fxllll,tlOI'II', 996811"
tlII"fXVwOll, 11II"fX00pfOl,

I1II"fXllpUrla.

10.0

7.2 ; ooutr., 2087 fr.; tltI"'fXOII'*iTaa with rN, App. vi. 16. I1IIItI for tlllltla, t, 272.
l1IIit1a,

996'11.

,85.

I1IIltfG, '71.
I1IIltiff,l1IIit1r,

I,.s".

2ultffUcr'I',35
l1IIit1r, I1IIltlff, 11II1tij, '85. trUltaG, 271.
11II~4')'Or,

1.8".

trultoAcI')'Os, 1104-

tTUriiTI. nQm, 136,. 1111_61', 152 tlvA for ttW, 195. tluAl.,o., tnIAA-, App. ii. I ....
tTUAiOl 1'1", 7'1, 1279.

IISOt ".

2vAAa (Toii). '77. CYAAABti, 19", go. tluAAIlp./JON (IIC. ullll') '1' "fIlIITpl, 1..56". I1IIAAI.,." ApP. ii. 1.. B; 734, 9 21 la, 996:.a.. 1 I1IIAA'I'f>I4I'rll, as adv., 8'3.
~,o
1395.

tnlAAooyoiip.aa,

-,779".
with

gen.,

2l1Aou1ll'cSr, 35.
I1IIp.{Joll''', with in6n.. 208 I,

, 083.
I1IIp./J4A).01 (iDb-.), 1 ..56". I1IIJA11GAA.tlflGI., ita

_w.,

2085 f. I1IIp.JjOllAfVoI'II'. 1..70. nJAllouA... with rl'll, App. n. 16.

678

Digitized by

Google

-~~

--~----------------

INDEX 01' NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

;;,~:~ ?A~~~(,", I

fl11apaF 45r I"X , 13~ 1 [I]~ "l'~"o~Ol, 996'8' 188S

ex,

cifli", 5"5, 5145b.177 becomes "It,

mec, (6), 1'6+ :~:am V~~~8:~~'r. T4CGl,880,996tu. !""'c," 7'*1 f ' 02 P 1'1' 77" Tail~"01"Ol, 2)96))2' ~~''YJV~~ fo;: -;~IIf, 43 /J.7~ -TA', pen. ending, 760 b tr.
3

ci45~::'"~8~;:;::~gt."'0'
"xol'1",996'8'
[/)0'1'<5'" 0, 257 ~ "XoAa,GI,87o,906. "XoAtle)(fls, .I, 398. "'loAOl'0', .97~ uXOAaiTf/m, '497.

"XI,GI, "lti,GI, 177b, 868.

!~t;:r,;;J!~18 .

f.

for -ollf, c. "7271""'e" Vlfl7 F', "~OI"Ol,996,~. ' V?7o.!' V55:, 9XPe",' %wTas, 377. V&nflpo., App. i. IS b, App. ii. '2, V&nfpa,*. App. ii. 9. %01T'poS, )62 po. v",Tltp, Pf!].
~I"0r,

~1l'>IICA~OIl

39,L
~2(,po",

l4>riiPU,

Tat(GI for ""'Y1,GI, J SS", or 15CCPc, T,?, 30+"";s, 350; cp. 29. 561. Tai> 5Cr ~mc), for cPe, 3LL 2gA, App. 11. 9; - ~. App. ii. 9, 1... B ; - YFillS, )9, A%,>y' ii. TCUri/VOI"Ol, gg6m TCUr22, n75C22, 39~, mc,01~ for ~Am, )l)". ~P'7', T4A(IIf (TO"), ...... 7. ~
Tail"

~~~::;1~~~~7'''ol, 1nb .
VXGw, 996'8' ~C"', """, 77" fr., P-N,779
-Cl",

;i:::~'i:!: ,454".
"a~r

(~755'GI), X;>6187 , - oonm., 124S, 1316 f.

miat$ken 5>,r ''''''', 88", i" 01'r. mlid., is:;. in rut. 8ubj., 771 f.

Tol, for v~f"X1""",, 10)C=. v~po";,,, ftpE TI, 1639. Ta,u"or, 996_. v01?p<WLp,c,x7I", tea - , 79. ~: ~::;},,2~:X. v~, .P'9, 11 ... 7; omprt., ...99 11 f'apUu,383
vcX, vQ.25L, 30",
OX,
TGPAdiOI',

l4>riiI"S, 30....

=v!4ic:r~-,
T~,

~~~~:A:X~o!: ~8,

18...'.

T ,2, OI"15in
T01'IW!

f.

,,&Ar,r, for "0JIh,91, 136.

-9fl" 37.

cniii,or, "iirof, 30". tlaOJ, aOlOJ, 30-" "''''/CA~'' (Tolv), "pp. 6. ~fS (J.), 357b "~'It~,.& 345", A>p,

1f, 3, - a dental, 33. tem2525, 3:2, 33 b, - a mut.a, 33b - pl'OIlc),ciation of, ~",B, " T, 12'.oomm 9, egO f. Ni;> jor ''''45' S, 343, T for 9 in Taa.conio, a ...; in Tti(" t}, 34+ .So252zL It",Z;,aIl Pl, 3 ..." Ta!L;>Xor, H II, -T-, InteraonanFo, a.Vppe2', TO." becomel 7"i", 343T' (

Ta Ir, App. I ..... "pp, 14 wz;,5]5, I El) c. Tu3pE, 150 a. T~2JpOr, >5C". ,.us for Ttir, 39. App. D_ 9,
Tal',

50.,

I",P,

ISsd. 3C25) , 645,

'1'G(?ihF",

TOGI, 996'2l)'

;>Q~.

%GIKpci"lr, 398.
) 1e"MA> , -c~, -CHT"', eT>"

T' AO'Y' for ToW AtSoyov, 030. ft, )50, X;>D.

m;>; in P-N, - TC~~~'3:: 77p~ T5C, from cbTa, E,30. ""'fII'"p.fIOpoe, II H f'cI: for Tau (Tol), 9d VGlpaT~Aaf, 1106, 1111. Ta 3f, aft~r TCl ;J", JIL7 a. 'T<aWT,e, 77' f. ; P- N, TCl .JAIJV')"P ..."a.015G1, ';> >7. 779 Tal", TU, App. ii. I", A!C01MC, 77 P-N T') <&a "X~CII,TflS, ,,,,17, 779 ,.a &al 7L, JI 97 f. vOw for bpOw, 53+ Ta p.EvtirvltTa,uadv., 1278b. TCl5C~, aitol)"ther,' u7P, ~ frf~ ."a" "'~fi"O", 1639Ll,'1NT,, 77> K.; P-N, 'l)J 7. 779 TQjJfp"ol"0r, 1040. ' vGwGI, gg62U'

771 f.,

1 ... 79;

[lace,

Ta5C22110n; fcr -L;>>>' 36>, Ta~.,,,cSn,Ta, t}, 361 TCl557'lOnra, '50

=:::1~~'J!,~'5a),

","",360.

TUr=F,.w)25,

Tapc1,GI, 873, 880, !)96.,.

~::J!~: gg6~.
99i5",,,,".

::~:~~9~:'~8~

TClfi<Wri'""" 1080. TapOtOI"Ol, 188S f'apLlGl, QC~PHS' -rapt;;stTGI~& -TTQl, 878 C, 880,

~~ ::~:x ~~A,)If'
Ta~>)]I'"

TCIf')~~~ ePLS
~,150C.
Ttlpt;tt(OS,

4Tt~""'';:;f, t;;;'OI,

",m, 153. ;=A,~;'~.log6,

volm& for

TU~iI'GI, >mt,GI, > 1+5. N'YP.'VOS, gg6'H'

vonrqr, 9,.9<)2'"
fl"'~Fg"or,

Tol, 30), TPll, (.I, 5CD, ..), in N, ) ...6. TCi3f ...CN4 (t), Ta), 56....~ _;>e (6), x>'>....

'2?\Xor, >36\" Tapp6p ...,ilGAIa, 203 ftpLor, T4ptXOS, 13~, pp.

.,a,- for Twra,.., 6...5..

T4t>, )50, E3O; i1> N, 5P1.

i. IP E>,

680

litizl

y \..

)C

le

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

~ for Ii", 607 Trf" &om /lVrrpo, 530. ~., U, .. subject, 1197 c.
~ ~

.Hftlll', 1278. 1,,JfIII" (of a Saint'. day),oantted, 12 76 ~ ""*,"",, At fun,' 1278. ~ Tllxi,""", .. adv., 1278. -THN, per-. endiug, 760 fr. Trf'" for Trf", 208, 536, App. iii. 24, 26. Top-_clr,loF' Ti;l<o, 1" 29 2 ,.;p.or for 'efPor, 566.
~"

dprir, 1278 cWA, .. &dv., 1378.

tif,996l7o
-

N -Tijpar, 1017, in composition becomes !TCIIIfI, 1147 '"I~(';., -I., 871. -Tl'ij>AC (6), 1017. '"IpI., 87( - + il'll, -'pp. vi. 16. '"I""lI,tToplU, 188 5. '"Ipi,aoplU, 1885 -Tlip' (TcI) , 302 It, 1026, 1035. -THP'ON (TcI),302ft, 1025t, 1034 f. - leada to -Tij,... 302 It. 1026. n}r for TEf, 37.

-nip (d), 383 if., 1013 f.; in

n;., 250 , 530 - beeomea T";;, 205. 562. rijf UT'.ptis, 1343. '"Is &om dnJr, 530 - .. (lOIII8& pron., 55:3 n;. for ftf, 561. -THC (cI),283b,JOI3,1015tt, 1032 C. - accentuation of, 1015. "THC (6), ethnic, 1030f. "THC <I,l, 360 f., 1045. 1047. - leads to N "'"I or "T1fT1l, 1045, 1047. n;.(.) for rijr, 208. n;. _HE, #. T9 becom81 H, 171 n, whAt,' 586 c.; ill N, 590; T6-, 121 7 C - repL by rrra ill N, 592. n, why,' 1278, 2044 f. n Cor _Of, 591, 611"; nArrir,59 111 .,.E a,.., 2048 .,.E I". ni, 592 f. n I", ni, 592

Digitized by

Google

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

ripa., npa, 150C. ftnT." 5~ & [1]_ T',.4,,,,., .,.,pa.,.., .lpp. ii. 14A. ...a1lOT&ffor-T., 562,596&[1]. .,.,,.40""', ""I'ii",,,, T'''''I'''', .,.lnTlT" 562, 5gtj & [I]. .,.1".,.., App. i. 16b App. ii. 14 A. 1 ...aS (interrog.), 586 f.; ol, 267b. T,I'tlIl."o, for .f'." 26 in N, 590 - Die of, 1#6 A; 6 - , "",.4OJ, 838, 996173U 1 7f. npallllU trOAAGw, 1647 T'pap", App. ii. 14 .l - repl. by _Or, 589, 597, 6JJ. T,piiT', T',.."", App. ii. 14A. T,plGr, 2830. TI. a,., 2048. .,.tr 3r, 3015. T'''''' compounds of, 494Ttr '1Tn" 8/1n" 1435. """",,,, 45 1 .,.Er olIlt, 97ob. TIF1fItII0 I"", 9962'13' 1885. .,.,~pa, T~pa, '79. I (indefin.), 586 f. ; aocented Tlr, 588b; enT'I"I,u"or, 849,9962'13' clitio, J 02 b; orLhotone, ""I'';'IT0I''", 996173' 1885 r,,..qITOJ, 849log,I#8b T./ADltp4",av for -'Four, 432 C. - .. indefin. article, 237, T."oI"", T'''''I'''', .lpp. o. 586, 591, 5940 595, 14 A 1448 fr T'I'OtT9'1IatI for -_, 432 O. -inN, 5~. nl'Om", 8ioll. - repl. hy ft" 589, 597, T'poVcr,,850 622 fr. n""l"" .,.,,.401"", App. ii. - , aome one,' I 4~0. 14 .... - ' . per8Ona1ity, 1450 ftI'OJpIo/, different from 001"". - , about,' 1452. 1471; -opal.,.",o,& ",pt - ~tive, 1#8b f - omItted, 1313; see alao """0', u45. "N, 'IOme,' 594; in N, 5~. Tlr .fr, 1#9b, TIN .,.p611'01'; U78. ft. 06 for o6Iltl. or I'"afl" T.NeGl, 873. 880. 5980, 629, 1449"; ""N", in N, 5~, .lpp. ill. 90. for 06 or "", 1#90. ""Ns for Tlr 'IOme,' 590, .,.Es for "", 56,. 594, 595, 596 b, 1#9". ft; 1'4"",37. - prep<lllitive, 1#8 '-TIC (t), gen. ,aor, 1030, - with negativee, 1#9 13 3 - for ~" 1449. n"a, Il~" for 06lltlr, 1#90 - repl. by '''''ITA, 1033. T'''r N l'iI for riaflr, 1#9". '-TICCA (I), 1311' 1033. .,.,..Gqlllll, 880. T'tI~"""r, 431b. """", 'Bome,' 594 ; omitted, .,.ttlOJ, 996rrt. 1313; lee alao Tir TITOior, 126, 584. (indef.). T'TpaiVOJ, QC)618t. - .. prepositive, 1448. 'I'ITp4OJ, 99614,' T'T",",_, 4j!J6rrt. T'''~S or cln, 131l. TAmlr, ITTA'Tr', 13011 & T9', 530. TI"O&s for TI/I', 346. T~""", 469, 1074. .,.A;;-,98o,. TEvor, 587 f. ; in N, 590. .,.Evor Aoorir, 591b. -TM-, in N, 179T'''M & TOIl, 530 f. TII"}.''' ITOI''"1. 996m .,.,vdr, in N, 590, 596. Tl"lpa, 7'11''1'"'' 179, .,.I".,.a (TI .". ft), 592 f. T6, 250, 530. - beoomee r,.,.a, 592 f. - +gen., In5 f. -for 8,607 ...aIlTO,593 - from aln-6, 530 9961!1,' - in indireo\ qU.tiODl, .,.I1rO'f'a',5?,,&rl ]. .,.t"O'f", ID "P-N, 5~ ; :l038b , 311 'noth~: 127811; .,.e) - ' .. lOOn .., 1795,1999. .,.e) for .,.cS", App. ill. 26. -,5~[I].

ft 'xflllIfIl, 'why,' 2045. .,.I1J, 1748. .,.1 .\o'yiIf, 593. .,.1 ,.,Mw, , why,' 20# f. ft ',l "', 154, 59:1 f. .,.1 wafOw, a044 f. .,.1 (iDdefiu.), 5861.; miaaccented .,.1, 588b; in enc1itic, 102 b. meaning of, 587, 145of. repl. by ri"O.,.f, 596. '.litUe,' 1,85. 'IOmewhat, 1:178. .,.1 for '1"9(.), 37. -TI from .f" 18a b. -TI- leada to '11'-, 181; to .f,.,1559 -Ti, adverhe in, noa b. T,IlIP'l" 1040. T,Il'p'Of, 1040. T,Il'p", 1040. .,.11l0'f'1I', 562, 596 & [I]. n,lal'f. from .,."IGII', 776. nlw" lead8 to 776 T"IG.,.f,776 TI,,,,,,, 29&, App. ii. 9, 10. T,"tr, 453, APP. it 9. n'"ita, .lpp. h. 14 B. """"1111, App" ii. 14 B. App. 9.,.&9;/ICI, ApP. if. 14 B. ft'flllU, 773. . .,..","', App. ii. 10; u6, 182 /I, 774, 927 fr., 945 fr., 955, 963. - aocentuation of, 952. - compounds of, 956. - P-N hilto!'1 of, 955 fr. -lead. to .,.1901, 937, 959 /I; to 9I.,.OJ, 959. ,""", 1'61'0" & -fl"" 1'61'0", 1470b f.; -'1"" n}v 1JtiI+or, 1470b TtIi;ra., 954ft9or.,.o, 954. ft"', 959/1. ri9Ol, .,.,"'''', 937, 95 8, 959. T'9OI, lubj., 931, 953 a. -TIK';' C"')' 'fee,' 171. -TIKO" (.,.6), 171. ftllnl, 864, 917, 934b, gg6m,
N,5~

.,.1 I... .,.6, 5~3.,.1 '" ft, 7'1"", 154, 592 f. ri 'nI" 1IfIl, , why,' 2045.

.,..pai"

"t

'!TT'"

.,.i.

mm-

nndlJap', ~99.,.Er, i. e .,.t if, 1748.

"""a,,,.,

.,.,,,1,.

.,.,11"

n.

.,.'w

'If

.,.t-,

998

Ttpa, 150C, 857.

683

Digitized by

Google

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

nwMor & nwderle, '431. TOtIo",,,, 138+ "nu. 59fi rl). mo for "obov, a6, b (bia). ft"owfor"m_. afl. b(his). "ov for ",,,ds, 587 f.; far mOll,530. "oii, '50,530; as t--, 552. Toii + inIin. to deu. par poee, 2076f., :11 58,App. vi. 17, 23 f. "ou d.,toii , on Saint -'. day, 1229"eW 'eIICh yeaz,' 1341 Cl. Yo1i _poU, 'Bat y.r,' I W. Yo1i --,1343. YOu pO.PDII~, 1343"oii "",,6s, 'each -da,' 1341 G. "oii 1I'M"ove, '.~43. Yo1i nlXOll "olXOII, I ~3. YoiiXP6_,'nextyear, la.. ,. "oii t/liiAov', 1343TOU for 01, 607. Toii; form..; 587. mp/w, App. ii. 14 A. "o1iJIos, 581. TOiirro, 566. TOiio for 'FOiin, '554 T~, App. it 14 A. TovplA/tor, 1077. TOII~ ft, I~J. ,,-, 250, 530, 534; rz"d"" APP. ii. 8 fr., 14 B. - for MoW, 53G. - leads to ~., 536. - changed to "floC or nnt, 56:1. -reM 11, alllUbjld, 1197 0"oVerIe for TOW le, 103. "o1itI., "otln or ~ far 'TOIlS, 3oS, 536, .App. iD. 2.,26. ToyT-, deiotio foree of, 566,,0iiT' ItIn", 983 tl. YOiiona, 567. -roWar, 566. TOin-' '/tICro, 1433. "Mn, 566, 567. To""",566 ""'"''', 566 "o.m,..,;;r, 567.

"a IJpO.3v, all ad,.., 1278. "oir for nU, 561. ,.a .,Azryopt,r'po, ad,.., 13 78. - for rij" 35. ",) 11, 'but it,' introducea ToCS ol,las, 4+
a new ollmae, 1197 b. ",) IeMo" for ",)p 3-, 19 ",) I,,' 'pol, 158a d. ",) ,PG + lubj., a072 [a]. T,) for TW ". 19of. T,)...l "d, 1197 df. TO 1tQT' ',.4, 1588 G. T') &ani TOin-O" ,t_, aog8. Ta AounS", 1278. ",) ,"_a le, 1197 a. TO "..t1f1p.I,., 'at noon,' 13781>. Ta p.rr4 TfIiITa, 1278. Ta for Ta o~, 1815. Ta p.,).. Toii,.6", App. ii. A. Ta lid for in6n., a07a & [a], App. vi. 25. ,.a ..w, 'now,' 1278. Ta m tl'_, aog8. Ta &Ta for infin., a07a. Ta eN rep!. by "a PI, 18150 Ta 1I'0A.~ 1I'oA.lI, 13 78. Ta 1I',I", 1278. "a 1I'poH, ad,.., 13781>. "et 1I'pOTrOl', 'at 6ret,' 1278. "a m for in6n., a07a. "a ".A.f1ITaiw, 1278. "a TE; 1217 f. -TO, pen. ending incl., ,,606ft - in imprf. & aor. becomes -7'0", ApP. iii. 19-TO, N neutera in. 1052. 1700; enolitio, loa e. - all demo pron., 566. ri, for "9i, a6, often. ri, atl'O', 26,. ,,& "pOt, a6,. TOl"'" 1700 [I]. YOl..".""w, 1700 & [I]. YOlr, a50. "ol.,."" 1700& [I]. TOlIw,566,58a,5S+ TOlderll., 5S2. - & "OlMor, 1.31. YO&oin-o & '''01', 583. TOtoWOS, Toto&ro, TtHCI4n" 566,583. - leada to "oYOlor, 58.; to "1"Olo,, ib.; to '''Olor,

,.d"

r't

I.

YOlr lelF1l'oiI'op, 4+ ToWOlO', 126, 584. "olXOD "olxov, 1343. TclA. for T6", 195, 201. "d", 250, 530, 608 b ; leads to "01",536 - for 5", 607. - ford"d",awd", 1361>,530, 14 22f Ta" 11, all lubject, 1197 c. Ta" InIl T6", 1197 d. -TON, neuter. in, 105a. -TON, pen. ending, 760fr.; imprt., 806. - for 'TO, in imprf. &; aor., App. ill. 19. ft", for T6", I 32 f., ,oS, 536, 7a5, App. iii. 24> a6. ft", .",..,ICItI, 132.
TONOKAICiA,904I>.

'"lIIIn'Oii,

,,&,,01'1', a6. G. TONOC, pointlo to pitch, App.

,,0,

i. 9 &; [I], 19fr. T6n leads to ",ws, 29. App. ii. 8 f. "0&'0,.." 1001. YofOf/ldpfTpa, ft, 1156. "0no" or "oi/nOI', App. U. 14 A "OpHI, 996.... for "~f&, 187. TO' for aWds, 5.a f., 1.23 C. ftr for ,,_, APP. D. 9 I., 14 B. -TOC, adj. in, 10501>, 105' f. - repl. by ,",pos, 105" - repl. by indic., 1837 f. - -pf. part., 105" - -Iw, 105a. - for part. ofllUlDller, 2162. -TOC. ordinal numbers in, 6.6. "dera, ad,.., 5181>. T6cra pr"idA.or, 585. nw_,649-

"0,,,,,,,,

tS]nU), 18304,..sero" 566, 582, 583; iuN, .,.m;;r,567 - & "Olderle, 1.31. 1'IJIII~I, 'f'OIITOf, 136.,57.... 58 ToVTO, 56; _~. ,,0tI6er1e, 58 a. "OlMor "", 1.52. ",s" or for ",s", ("cM), - & "OtIMor, 1.31. - for TOIITOP, 5t929, 2~, App. ii. 8 fr., "OtIOTo., 26. b. TOin-O&, 566, 567 "OtIMO &; _, 583. 14 B. TOVTOt, """"' 13~. YOl;,250 "OtIoVTOr, 583TOin-Ol.... 575.

"~r,6.9 "OfltWnt, 583; _ "OtIoVTOr. ftflOl', ad,.., 518. "dero" _pIw 'XI~' 01 (or

ib.

,,0,

684

Digitized by

Google

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

TpllIMs, 543. Tp440'O'TGI, 177 Tp4..... 887. g3l., CJ9CimTpI)(CI for 830". 9961'18' TptXalW'O', 1)96"., 21 JI. TplXiiT' for TpfXfT.. 830", g96178' TplXiiTor.gg61'18, 1052,2163. .,."IXorra,... adv., 2163. TplXo1lp.."or, gg62TJ' 2111. TplXOI, 8651; for 'iOl, 996tn; for /HOJ, 99611M' -O'T<illaw, u68. ~OI. 841. Tp;;r for Tpt;'. 29". TfWlXWOJ, TpaxlllfOl, 2gb Tpr clTnl, 1452. Tpia. 155 e, 635 f. 64~3' - CODb'. to Tpa. 6458' l.TpIA CI), 1013 f., 1017. - becomes 1017. Tpccila, 'Aoyal-. 658 b TpcdiTO'a, 1040 0 C. Tpuuct1r, 658. Tpta.wra, 639, 645. TPCa.o",.a TI"", 1452. TpcGltOlf'Ta~. 11 13. TptGltOrf'f'tVtar. 6048. Tp'GItWT4" 658. TptGltWTaO'T6r. 126. TptGltl,,,.,..por. 125. TptGlt6rropor, 121'. TpcG1tCII'Tollrar (Tolls). 430. Tp'UOIfToVr'll, I I 1.1.

TmOJ' Tp6n", 1278. TOm-'" 575. .,.mo-v', 575. TOiiTor, 566, 567 f., 573, 575, 577" WMI of, 14:10, 1439. TOiiTo-c7a(r), 575. TOVTo-O"(r), 575. ToWoii, 567, 578. TOVTOVt (- v -). 85d , 574. TOth-ov-.o, 57 !i. Toth-ov-roii, 567. 578. TO.,..-"'. 578 [I]. ToW_a(r), 575131\2. TOIITOIl (- v -), 85d oroVrW", 567To.m.-.o,575 TOlll'OI.... 567. 578. Tpi f01' Tpla. 6451' -TpA (I)). of meana, 1025, 1036b - &: -SPA (I)). 1036"_ - &om l.Tpta, 1017. Tpa/JGI. 853". TPll"Plavoii, 59 o. TfIG"1IIU'6r, 59 o. 155 a. T,.."tIT&ICOS, 1077. T,,-PTlltOr, 177. TfIG"tO&3o&; for 19'3o&r. 36,. T,."HkaQO'~. 136. T,..,.,aoIloa40-nAor, 136. Tpu6O'IOC &: -O'OC, 645300' TfIIII'T#IIAAo. TptGVT-, 150d. TpOw.Ca, App. i. J6a. T,...'.(.,.OIl, 34Tpa1r4,,, 302. 'I'''''';'O'Op1M, gg62T.' TpartMr. 542. TpGllJlGTlar, 283. Tpa+ijI'Gl, App. i. 15 Cl. TI'fI4+tOp1M,~. 1885. Tt*/>or, I) &: 6, 249". T"}(rIMr, 1043. T"}(rIAiit, 387. 'I'pax!l-. TfWlXIl""" :19". 'I'flGXlIr. 401 ". "'pI;', , three,' 635 f., 645. Tpar, 'tbrioe,' 650' TpaS Tpus,666. 'I'ptir nl 64~. .,.pa; XIA&lUU. 645. "'plM,.54 2

-X'.

TO...., T" TpIw,.

-'f',..

TpcMOO'atVta,.

648.

Tptwr&r,OC, 150 d, 645. Tpt_,onor, 6.6. TpcGItOO'TOr. 126, 646. TpciivTa. 639,645; 6 - , 647. TptGVTGp4t.. 661.
TP'arrdtttvAAo. TpartT-, J sod. Tptcir, I), 364, 658.

T,.ar, 6. 287. Tpc/laftr &: TplfJat. App.

12.
12.

m.

Tpl/Jat &: -lJaIWr. App. ill.

Tp~.86I,gg6I71

.,.pI-.

g2l .. #I7I' Tpt",Abor. 996280' Tpt-r1lPOJ. 1634"'/Hp/J./AfllOr. 2I Il. TPC-,lpov, 1634'1',101. 99617,' TpllnrA.or. 654118 7. 918 921 t. 923. Tpt'O'Tlrturor, 1080. 99627.; mkt, 1 467. Tpt.lITillOf, 131 Tpl7rOp1M. 933, 1467. Tpt.rijP for -Tii. 430. - wp6r TI. 1657 a. TplCOI. 872,996180; in N,ib. "'pI"ir, 6, 287. Tpn,p.tpa, Tplp.tpa. 148".

"1fG.

...,.,.fJI,IIoplll, 996m. TpifJOI, 8651' 805u 875,

685

Digitized by

Google

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

leads to'rOlC1., 536. for'r6"r ('rM), 29, ...pp. ii. 9 f., B. - .&".,r, 29 f. TOIU' for 'r0lf, 208, 536....pp. iii. 2", 26. -TooCAN, 805, 8n.

"P''''',

-rp9ir for 'r"v,.,r, 152, 863, TV".,,(JI, 35. n"".q, n"""" 1361' 996 28}.' -rvpo,,6/MW, 110+ 'rpl.HtOl, 990270' "vP<-/UJ, 11051>. Tp&xw forT,....w, 351. T+C-U, 180,337 b,88.c. "vr for 'roVf, 29&. TC, in N, 203, 205, 10~ cb - 4AAvr, 29&. Tv"or,35 [ I]; BOund of, ib. 'r'r for 'rovr, 030; -AO"f'r, ,..,.,np.... , ...pp. i. 15 a. TVtI>9.ir, ..53. ib. 'ru' for 'ru1j, 'rM, 'r4r, 562. ~01If,853 'rv.",.,99628f' 'rua,.., 10..0 C b [I]. nxai"OI, 90 1 , 996te 'ru"",,,, 205. nxcDOI, 5P I, 996281 , 'ru"""poii, ~, 10..3. 'rVXfI. -rvXII, i6&. 28 b. 'rcrij for -r1jf, 25, 562. "XII, "VX'I, 28 b. - for 'ron & "ar, 561. "vxo,"o, ~281' 'ru6X.., 205 -rvXw, aaadv., 996288' 12 78, -TT-, in eyllabication, 92. lU5 f -TTW & -CCW, 878 ft'. TUXOI, 996281' -rii for 'roU, 29&. -1)' for .fu-, in aar. paD., 'ru",0I, #168' T~ (dual), 250. 18z c. 'r0l M"",,&3oIpo" for TW M-, "",w.p.,36. 195 TvfJfp<or, 35. 'rV)'XcDOI, 901, 996~2' 99 8 TO, for 'ri. 100. 'ro, for ToU, 29". -- aa auxiliary verb, 687. ,,0, for 'ro,,,, ...pp. iii. 26. "vyxcDOI+part., 2113. TO, 3crq1fliMl', 194- +~, 2116. - +infin., 2119, .lpp. vi. ora, awal"., 19~. "" 3Ua. 1."u0lff, 19417 G. "'; (J.~, 20". - + b .. (,,6,), 21 19. 1'9' for ",,,I, 587 f. - imperaonal, 2119. - changed to part., 2125; 'ri, 2liO 'ri '''''''''rl ".",,1, 1391. to adv. (nxw), ib. 'ri 'n9'. 1382 - + _us., 12,,2. 'ri "'"Pi ''''W9', 1395 ~OJlGl, 996281' 'ri~, 1382 -rv', for -rvpi, 187". or. 6v-rl, 1382. -rv>.l"f"'"or, 9967t. 'ri uajJfj4.,.". in N, ~,1395. -rv>.l'l'pcSr, 179 & I). -rvAi,OI, 880; aucceedl iAiu- -TOO, imprt., 806. TOIfJillr, 283". UOl, ~J' -rdIpcS". "w1UJJl, 'r01Ip.&., "'pp. n>.l,u"or, 99078' ii. I ...... n>.lpcSr, 179 & [I]. "w1UJV. 'roll""", ...pp. ii. I..... 'rVAiUUOl, 880. """" 250, 530.... pp. ii. I .. .... 'rV'I"T.qu,,,,, ~288' - from /lilT"", 530, 552 'I ~UOJAG" 996288' - beoolDea TGIr, 534~uOl,996288' - leads to 'rOW" 536. r/nrroJlGl for n-rMuo",", -TooN, imprt., 806. 996118' 'r0lff' for 'r0lff, 208, 536, ...pp. n...-, 996288' iii. 2 26. - for mU., 99611f' ri..--r0lp4' (- v v), ...pp. i. "",,,I for 'r"", 1321>, 632. """" IveS, 1321>,632. 15 b. '-TWP (6), 1013 f., 10'7. nopa""6,,., 854- from -"lP, 11.7. -rvpan"', 854- becomea !.'rOIpar (6),1017. ntpal'"ICOI, 869. npa""or (Peiaistratol), ...pp. LnopAc (6), 1017. ii. 11. T&nW. io3nm', ...pp. ii. -rvpt, 351>, IW. I ...... 'rapt, 351>. for tIoIpIiJ, 18.". TIrIf for 'r_, 530, 5U, 538. """",1361'

TOIf

I.

Y, y (Le. I rfnA/w), origin 01. 3,9,9" - forma of, 3, 9 - namea of, 9, 9" f. - place of, 3, 9; called the fifth vowel, 2rJ- [2]. - a ~tive vowel, 19. - pronunciation of, 9, 2.: according to Dion. H., 25 [1) 4. - p _ over to c, U1>f: by what ~ 341>; throu,h u 4 'I, ib. - conf. WIth '. 341> tf. - for .1, " 17, 0&, 35, 50". - for F, 63,404- for Latin b. 51, 52, 63- for Latin u or '" 53- conf. with " 35: with El, ib.: with 17, ib.; with 0&, 36. - & .u, 33', 168. - tralllCribed by w, 34": by u, 53. - in Sanskrit, U a I, 'reS, 9, 9". initial, 731>. in augment, 717; augmented, 71.: uc* MICmented,7 1 5. 'i-, dropped, 72 3iD peDuh, i9" -V, endiJJg of 3nl dea1eMioa, 258, 2 53. -y, gen. -vor, 387. -v. gen. - , 591 -y change to ending ." (t & 6),343 .y, in co~., 1108. ~ for mm.. J, 9> V.

-r, r-,

-r-,

v'(=~),6"5 bQcl,,90r, ~ & 6, 292.

""Aa..

6uAM, 6, 287, 1O+f. hAor, jAAl, 151. -yBroo for -tS/JOI, 861. GfJpEor for - , ...pp. i. 15 fI. GfJP<'11JI for -,011', 78g. GfJpcCOIf (Ii), 7I. f. 6/lplCOI, N /Jpt'OI, 7236fJ"s.COI IIelN, 1266. GfJpcf.395 ffJp'tlOIf, in N, 813.

686

Digitized by

Google

----

-----------~-~----~

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

bpir. 545; - "'TOW, repL by 'llIIToJr, ~46.

"p''', 5 2 5 j bp'''' 525, 530.

bp.ralOI"I/, 49.
flp.I/QIfIIJI,30

bl"",5 2 5 bl"" .ol, 544. bp.ep'''1w for i,p.efHI/6", 35. bp.lTepoc f&o" 01 - , 557. bp.lTepos, 553; - (IlW';"), ~ 555 f.

bp.GJI/, 52!;' 530. for bp.lTfpoS, 551. 1I,..w for i,,..w, 35. b,..w AWcW .. poas., 556.
-YN (IICCUI. Billg.),

how

treated iD N, App. iii.

- in fut. & PreB., 899 j W08tly in fut., 900. - lew to -alIlOl, 900. IJ6r, 1I.6s, 20", 433, lnrllOYa-y. lead. to tmryw ? 737, 9~s moyo", imprt., S13. m'rOl, 863, ~a. - in N, ~8; from lma-Frou? 737 - leatla to -'rOI, 723; to - , 863. - for fut., App. iv. 4- +infiD.,App. vi. u c [3].
~

brEOl/, -ywt, 155b -YNTHC (cl), 1016. -YNW, We&IIiDg of, 1089.

14

bwapXOJTIl,T ,2112. Inni.pXWTIl, .. adv., S23. Inni.pX., ' nart firB~,' CODBtr., 2106 ft, 2126 f. - +part., 2106 ft, 2126 f.

lmuro'- T&JIi & T'I'fi, 1355 f. ~u'1.50b.

169~

6fi ToW I/6p.ovr,

f. - .. auxiliary, 6S7. - + prea. part. for durat.

2126

Inni.pX., 'am,' 937,

2107,

- + pf. part. for pf. indio., - + part. pea, 21 40.

mTo<r-COfUIIliblU,21#b. mTOS, 507.

P1"llL,1845
IS64 f.

lnrf'rfJIHPXnor, 1157. lnr4p, 507, 14S9, 1492 - proclitic, 97"; diuooiated from lI'~p & wepl, 743. - use of, 1674 86. lnr~p + accuL, 1674 f.

687

Digitized by

Google

litizl

y \..

)C

le

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

"prf, 949, App. i. 16 b.

"pallID, 10:12.

"pt "pt

~pt, 99Ii. ''IN' - as fut.., 99Om' - leads to N ",lpl'Ol, 903. /J4p4Q1f or )CClAf_, 2128 fr. n1 &"/1 (ca_t.), 1460 ..",."" 'with,' 2161 'T(T)aAor. 56&. '/>Iv, 218<'. '/>IV Toii cbr3pdr, 133+ '/>Iii-yG for 'I'I~, 830b,
'/>fV'yGs, 6, 36.., 478.

"'~ptH1' for 'l'4po!1tT"

29&'

~,"'

'l't6"fOl, 86{ [IJ, 864, 9 17, 9 2 4, 006...., 998 - luggeeii 11 )Copt6"fOl? 861 [I]. -uaed as pf., 1842.
- oonstr., 2087 fr.; -

'/>fVlIiTor, 006111 ,

~f,830b,99Ii~.
1052.

Nr,

T'-

U92

.,..otopIM.996JN '/>IvtwpIM. 99O~.

~",pa.k (for

'/>lISt. 99Ii~. 'I'Iuxfii-. 996~.

+tnaM.47 +matttSr. 47. +nlttSr,49

.,."AltFa, 37.
I

.""po).736 [I].

- repl. by A4"/1. 976. uaed as fat... App. iy. 4. - oonltr., 2078. - + intin., 2086b f. - after ~-'deny,' 977. 2058.
2

NT,976. - enoliilc. 102 tl. - " AI"fOI. 937.

.,."pi, 9748, 975. 99Ii.. ; in

.,."pl,' y.,' 2058; ~-.

, DO,'

"",s, 975
102

977.
f.;

2058

.",u"OpIM. 1459 .",uJfOJf'Fa, as adv 823. I . .",u.0I, 980" 996n., 998; in N, 902 ; oOpIM, 1459. 2. """,,01, 'overtake,' 2113; reach,' 2UI; in past., lb.; repl. by.fKHttIIdor.po~, ib.;~.

'I"al"", 996n..

orthotone, d, 975b "~. in p. 976. fllltlOI. shall ~,' 977.

Yy

Digitized by

Google

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

tfNAIo, .,

150 d, 155 cf., 37 1 ,1020, 1047. </HAUs,155 c .,.,A.(yy,A." & .,IAorru, 327.
<fHAo&ltTlp~,

It'''OIfAlou for -our, 432 c. 1t,A.cSICA'IfI,38 .,.~tcaA~p4vov, 736. </HA.op.,v, App. ii. 14 ....
cjlIAoMiTOXOI,
It'Ao~'''1, 262 b .,.,AoftTOIP, 1147 .,.,AcSftA.&r,474 .,.,A01fovl'ls (ri;s), 20" .,aor, 497 i in N, 498 i in cmprt. pliMov -, 510. +&AoaIwou for 'VOUf, 432 c. </HAOT'l'lop.OJ, 99629t!, l004f. </HAOT,fA119ittlOp4&, 996i1t8. """cST'pGr, II06. </HAoiil'EV, App. ii. 14 A. ~A.oWru (TOW), 33 2b.

469-

Greeks,

~n65.

the ancient

"""T'POS, 497. </HA.Tlpov for </HAorr', J 3~ , 1t&AOlvci& (.,.9i), 288. </HA.orrlpov, </HA.,.., I 3~ .,.."I for </WI"I, 37 .,.tror for .,aor, 18r .,.twor for .,aor, 18r .".tap', rrvtip'ov, 155 a. "'ICI1p'".,.1iJ for '(,')(11,., 135. ItAI1~If1VcI" 5I. ItAI18,M,v6s, 51.
It~'os, 51.
+~&Mos,51.

'1>08.,1,01,996..
~IOI, 996i1t8. 'I>o~lop4&,

+M80s,5 1 +M./J&W,os, SI. ~ for.,.vAu9, 136,. 'l>A.f~11 for 'l>A.Irp, 126, 357. +A..flGtnIs, 143, 150. 'l>A.E"ftl, 'l'AI/J4, 126. 'I>A.~~ & '001, 852. 'l'At,.,u, App. ill. 9 Go +Ao-,e,&i3OIv (nW), 29Gb .,.A6(OOI, 868. ~I'Os, tI'I>A." 1300 'I>o~p4& for .fOptJl, 854~EfIII., 1049.

1006. -lead. to -Gop4&, 85+

IUcceeda

996..,

100....

..< fut., App.

- + h, App. vi. 16. -.&is, 1959. ~" imprt., 81+

313o&n, ~8. iv. 4hIp "'_, 1679.

690

Digitized by

Google

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

',ppol'"ifera, ",pp, U. A. tI",,,,a),,{jr, ""43, 4>VA"q, k"'a~, ! Ii6 2 , 'l'PO"'lp4TUu, 283. t/>lIiliUtlH, 01, 357. """P,375 $!!OV'",Of, ,05 P, 'I',,7c!7l<o, &; ,p"Aat, AI'A' iii 4'Idp/ud, 86ii coEftr., il3yj' , 2. ;Ppov~era, -veWer;', App. ii. 14 A. ",Gn, T6, 351,43317' t/>1I,,,luro,' (Toif), 367. """7I',.,'3's &; EKOT",v6" 1I", ~~'&7l'0I v", 1295. tpll~OIIS (TOUS), '357. F'p6s, 1058. " - + 6rrQlf '"'S, 1962. + r"(I$ A.fr."p. U t/>'h""J''", ')96",,,. -TIll, "pp. t/>IIM/ll"os, 996304' ,12J . . DE, 20$, ,?po"",dla, '?pp. il. ! 4 A. t/>v)"ci tpui,lJIro" Aii'

:::t';"~IU~*3/~

+poerlivrJ

for

Eil'l'f'OCT1'w1I,

:::!i4t"l!ac.;~!~z:, lJ;,r 9'

884 (,'" E. "4

"45b ,

9. 996_; -OJl4l (mid.), - VL"'1illiUB "alII=i oY, 5. - a guttural, 33. or cli!, 1962, -, an '""Pi",,,ta, fl, cl>T, becomes II'T, 172. 1#,$. ''''', Ap", Vie l 6. - a Bemivowel, 33b t/>"AaX~t1oJUl', 996l1Of' 188Ii' - a muta, f3. II'T, 885. t/>"A~,Ii63,696B04' fr,"m or YT ""4b - proDunciation of, 9, 24, ~al~, t/>Tal"(01:"86~& tp~~p&..t,-, 1~~8", 56 f., 945 t/>V""'ov, "pp. n. 9. - for Latin ch, 43. 'H, 902, tpllMo6s, 65'd' ~ palntali"Atl 97!TOrl,,, i, t/>",',{j",v"", 35 Xfrom K, 170 f. 'l'lIvf.JtoJV for ~v-, {j6. <I>T&~, 1)961/88' ~~(:..~r.~4;.i55 f, t/>IIFJ,.q~, 996806. 't',ap,?,o;"',. 9962~. 'l'1If'w,9,p68(I", t/>TappuT /l'VOf, 496!'?!. 3Ii;yC. '7tap!"fS, Irom ~~S, t/>"jW, 999301' xaJhjT., imprt., 814t/>vs, t/>vv, 'l'lIilitilit, 46". X,,,"3.6,,,, 7Kn b. 134 a, 18" 'l'1ICT!, Buhje,!" of, ,~I66. XlUpGJlfVOS, 996307 , 98o" </>tIer!!!, M N, ,,63. 2KlI. cl>yCEI iioIAKp! (~fVTa), XIUP'TtioI, 853", 870. y.7f1CTjUllos,99V298 89b , '1l""f~ f,pr d~., %48, i02, X"'PtTt~, 9:70. tpuer.or, App. 1. 15 b. "'...U for "!",.~r, 148. xa,pI,erm, 996307. t/>6U7p fOl tptlcr", ~, ;%96, '1l""fP"7! fO":lTi "Tda, "74X"'~Ii, 9'i0S07 ' tpT'p6' for 1tT.p6v, 174</>tIerl~cS,:os,.I1 n." ' XlUpfter~, 980., 996S0'7' 'l'w,OIIer"" ,,," -, "5"', 85!, XtllP<f,9l'0II IT"r -","VS, ,$32 ,/!?fp'''''-rl" 7, 1"53'l'ver.r become. tpvCTf1, 395 f. XalpoWTIU, 778. .".v-,!)06. ~"",Q"fi,4J1osy ~~. 'l'u"=, 90053O<f' xi0pol'm, SF"3, 'i ha., </>IIT.vero, for ;"lI, 80S. " ~ for 'IfTVr, 996280' 10002 , 1459 4>WftI, 70K'; joa"Bat.;, 4'w-Tw I>r 1t74u, :W6sr18. VG, fI3", 1460b. -cI>T!ll, from -1I'T~, 8i' 5. I. Xalpol, 980", 99~, If98. ,+,7'&1$,4, 4, 10",? 4>W3'zW"', 99Z'l"S - succeeds 'l>1IOJl4l, 98~2. -leads to -oJUl', 10002 t/>T~x6s for lIT-, 174- + ,tnt., ; i 88, ,p+ryC', cl ~, 544, 4,6, 4i8. 'l'v.", 993'"s' t/>fryf, 813. - +d, 1947. - +fEl't., lu6. kkVyO!"ilill. 49'it'!7' - +infin" 212S b ."v,ov, imprt., 813. tp60~, 9~~~, -cI>'?', III illiy17n"loa,,'OD, h2. -' +GE, (!fiST'), or 1947, ',p""Y0ipUl" 'i96iliA4 2I29f, <f>oI8ui, F'G, .1559. ' ~, ~lI(H &; al. +01,,0, f'"'.QinS~v, 187, !04;%, ~ +k=i (",pt' :&:30 kk~er'''fi-, 99 6"8" +onrl_, become8~Ktis, 287. 2, Xal"", ~"',' 1,,88. t~1'" 996sot F0'~, 968, K09i' -l"l n .." '581 d. - intr., 1456. .".,Aa1/lfllos, 9~.w - "'is T'''''Y, 15834, see iilso x.aipo,-. ~lft"'Ah, 1"'i3. 5'?JAGr~,593,~;~' .".,MEl, !J96B04. ' =0,p5~r;:'~iJI3 [IJ. X",1,.MplI10" !)96iliA8', XGi\a.., h 53",904,900,9431", $"AG8Id, 863, 996so.' ~flS,45L tpVMuta (TeW), 357. 99<i30,' cj>(J)"HE",zA, - inw., 1456". kIiAOA'Sf %'IYIY tp",iJJi, Ii5 7,

~996_." <PI, anciently for tfi, 12. =,p, 3'" [2], 18,,,, 347 a, 4>V)'i,erer"l &; -TT=, Ii l 8 Id,
I!!

4>Vi ,siio, for 'tll, Id'5. ",i0"._ {TWlft), 3!!,K, 4h917' Fo,- (~;"'), 354 . </>tIA,!o~, 9963Qi, 1885. 4>V""f ",r ''''IIAa',." 86,z,

12.

+-&',",4 1+

x, f~:.;!~~ ~~ t' [~),

_ +I.f~

~7:~:;~:~~'

X,,"tv"",

::~;~;Z;S~~~'

P:l=,~:pr~, ~~l~f!
996300'

:::J;':,

I.
XaAtwaIl'aI 1345,
T"'OS,

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

T'" or

In

T'I",

1355; 1335.

T'"'

tl, 1947.

XIIAf1l'Or,conatr., 2090, 2091. xaAtfrOn t/Hpt, 2I2 8, 2129lf. ; T'I';, 1388. X"A,.,, 10380. xa.\iIt'OI', 1038<. XtzA._",fl'Ol', 736.

xaNt6.v9l], ~, 292. XoJurfll, ~, 321. xoJurloir, ~, 407. X4Nr' Of,3n. XoJurt6s, 40 3b

xti.\'E, 10380.

xaAorii,~, 3 21 xaAoriil' (,..qv), 3 21 XoJurw, 6, 407. XoJurO/ltipt'", adj., for -/lllp;'r, 430. XoJuroVt, 321. XClbtiGl, 853b, 904, 906, 996808'

xti.\X", 184.

XaAX'136",oc, 18+ XII,..a,f,43+ XII,..aB''',434 XllpIIi, 434; in oompoe.,

II 20 f.

XlIl'4'ltfpat1ar, 1120. xa",l"or, XIIGIP-, I ~o 11.

XIIP.,M, aciv., 518

XII",,,AOr, r058. XII"",MT.pa, adv., 518b. X"pOit.\a30, TO, II 21. XII",OItOCTOw (part.), I U I. XllpolAitA" lI2I. XllII""'t1t1I1, 1030. xti_, 9438 b xaptiCaI, 873, 880.
Xllpalttilt,, 1038 Xtipaitllf,6, 139, 1043. XllptilttW, 103So, 1039-

X"paitGl",i"o", 736.
XllpMt1a1, 880. x6.p" for ~r.r, ~, 338, 343, App. lll. 1+ XII~, 9961107' Xap9t1,ar, 37. xap/rtT0 I'4', 980" 99 6801' xopit,r, 451 ; omprt., 499. Xa.pc/.,.,.QIf, 51 9. XIIf1'ft1TllTa, 519. xaptl".,.tpor, 't99 C. XIIplCOl'4', !)96.o., 1001.
leads to
XapurA/a (TOI'), ApP. ill.

xupllf,

138., 1039.

XllpiCaI,

996ftos, 1093-

-"ai,

10001"

6.

692

Digitized by

Google

I.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

Digitized by

Google

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

rfuxu,.w, T6, 302, 1040, App.

~ (~),

1/ttlx.o>,996.18

rftvxut6r, 1070. rfu'XITfItI., 10400 c. rfu'XopA](GJ, I I 55. rfu'Xowai&, T6, 11..5. rfu'XOfIOIIoVpm, 1000". rfttl](JJ4, ,+, 1049. rfu'XflGI'9ov., 777

App. ill. 22 e. ~'99611.

iii. '/.

."ow,,~, 13.. b """'01, 868. rf!o1PdP's, 10.fO A.

rfOJpir, 6, 287. rfOJiO'9rqr, rfOJiOTUp&, I 105 . rfOJp/Yrvpo, 1I05"

uoZ

0,
-

'f', '1', origin of, 3, 5.

forma of,S, 9. various values of,S. originallyexpr. by D2 or

+1:,3,

12.

- aaemivowel,2~",25 [I] b. - from 1\ labial + tT, 337 a. - pronunciation of, 9. - tor Latin P8, 4~' - rep!. by dill in South Italian N, 24. 'Il( -700),645. -'1', in ayllabication, 9 1, 93. -'1', retreate, App. iii. 12. -'1', dropped, 219,221, 33!!. ",&'9", ",fO.9or, 15011. rfolllOl, ",nOl, 902, ~ rfolpllOl, 904 rfaAl3a, T6, 1038". ~p& for r{la.ATfjp&, 131, 18 7. ~, AIIOJ, 90+ r{la.ATiP&, r/KWrijp&, 131, 18 7. ",clA~r, 1015, 1017. rf!Giior, 6 &; ,+, 292. rf!6.p &; I{IGpor, 6, App. iii. 12. rpa.pa.r,6, 1044r/IfIptIlT'q, ,+, 1070. r/IfIptVo., 701 ". 'i'llp&CIIIor, 1079. rfapt";', ,+, 1070, U82 b.

- a guttural, 22. - an aspirata, u.

a compound or double CODBODant, 23 f. -

00 (IJ ,u-,a), origin of, 6, 28 tI ff., Ape. ii. 7, J+ forma of, 5 [2 j. 9, App. ii. 12. frequent in dialect.a, .&pp. ii. 'I. originallyezpr.byo,6,u, 29 fE, App. ii. 9 abeent from Weatem alphabet., 6; from early.4, 26, 27, 28aff.; from the old ~ daria, 29f11l (21. an alien aymbof, 28 tl. imported, 6, 28 a ff. introduced &B a mere

-in~

- rarely for 0, 29 c. 00 from ., 29 f., 39", .&pp. ii. 7, 9f.,&;14.

proaodic mark for is, 17", 28 a tr., APP. ii. 9 ff. lOund of, 9; in eafty 4., 26, a8 (I fE, 88 a dignity of ilil IOIIIld, 25 [1)a&;cI. third m the ~e of euphony, 25 [1)11. counte long, 17 f., 28 ., Appii; short, 3 24> 393.

with 0, 26 ff., 50, 168. alternate. with A, 167. for 011, 29 f., ApP. ii. 9 &;
I ...

rfiGP', "p&0II, 134 b.

00+""'01,146,15 2 oo+e-OI, 146, 152. 00+1:&01,146,152 00 + 0 =01 (or 0), 1..6. OO+OY-_, 146,152.

Digitized by

Google

.., SPUrioUI diphthong, 19 b. absent ftoin early .A, ~6. ap~~~~,~ OI in

acript;",~,

- origin of, 3'. - pronunciation of, 32; in early .A, 26, 29~ 'long,' interoh~,geB with 268 ~ at (- Boo), 6..5. 4J for IS, 26., a . ci:, fip;;, :!}06.
ov .cl~~","" 19Q6 (verb),9zi~;;' repl. i,y'Ish,

'00.

11 (ezclam.), before voc.,

25! repl.
125p

9 8 5b

n50 f. of or

~hl,

11 pi,!,," f~r ancient 11, 99".

omitted, 125' fr.

~~in ':;~;,~~:~, 17~~

~~_J~~~fzi~ h, colng,,~,gp:,.
~m-,

augm""",,K, 715. for fU-, 7'7. -0> for -"', in verba,

m,,,K,,K "4we},

77-4 f.,

-0>-,
-0>,

~",f~~zi,~~;~~91:;~ Kf~
-0>,
-0>,

from -oq-, _ , 1 ..6, 836 nominal stems in, 323.

-w

in Bubj., 77 I f. adverbs in, 523. (~), gen. -60r, ,,10, .. n ; in If, hI .. ; pI" h'o,
4I3~

in fut. p~t;~~., 85 -'Il, for -eN in 2nd Attic decL,3 2 ]3. '4-conjup"''''''''' 698, 9 26. - attraeta ",-conjugation, 774,936 f.

-00,

-~c, ~~~,

L-f1al'4 f"" J760, LIIE,913 MQI', ,~pI. ri3rJI<fll, 716b. ~~ ~3rJI<&n, 716b. -c&.HC, ,dj, 106.. fr~ accent"lk,n of, 4~'j,
%i~V.OVIfJ 53iO%?~
I ..

"'Cl,

"B-qll,

r;.,,,4P.1J II , 99~78 tWlu, 7,6, 868, 9~8~'r kB-q6dr,

f8.

695

I.
rhpJl'fltTaJl.fP', 1005.

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

IIppIIIIff for ..."" 1l50". rhpoAV,a,T6, 1107. po>../ry.or, 134 b.

lIpv'"fpDI, 996110' dJpVOpDI, 1001.

IIf1'1"1011, 996110'
11,.", for
rhpoJPVXfI",
I.

' ' petr, 125, 7z'1,

996t1O'

996lile'

&r, prep. (-ftp6r), 1489. - atonon, 9B b. - +accu8.for ..p6r,I493,

1655", 1699. cIIr /latT.A4a ftOpewaftu, 165!'''. 2. cIIr, declar. (=111",' that'), 1751 fr. - in declarauve clau_, 1940,194 3 - + IeOOndary lubj., 19 2 3. - + indic. for llimple infin., 20'19, 2086, .a.pp. vi. '1 a. - tedundant, 2031; before infin., .a.pp. vi. 6 fr. - retreats bef.>re 31'., .a.pp. vi. 10 t 3. M, relative ('u'), 14331' - before luperlatives, 1194 - in N, 518b; 888 5 ails. dlr ftXIII'TG, I'lJ3. "" 'xlllflEw, 131+ 4. M, final (-"'0), 1760, cIIr -""s, 1434. 1761 ails 1767. 1773- absent from A iDlcrip- ails tTIWfAAWI" dft.u., 1369, tionl, App. vi. 8 [I]. 2098 - infinalclau_,I952 f.; "" tTIIVI'6p1111f 2098. after verba of effort, ails I'ciX'tTTa, 1999. 1062 fr. ""~, 998.ls, I~ - (or limple infin., .a.pp. &r Ccommonly M), from vi. 4 f., 8. Lus, 152 et [I], 1,.B8. - rek'eats before hillS or 1785. iN, 1'161, App. vi. 12. - for ftf~+&ccuI., 1638. - t.11 (rlHr&ra), I 767 f., - 01 for Lus 01,1785. rh Imv, 1785 f. 1773 - PA, 1767 f. - 3Tov for OI'OV. 1785. - h, 1767 f., 1774, - 31" for (IllS 31'.,1785. &r h, 1773. 1952 ft'. M Iijvra, 1638. - W..o, 1769. &1..0, 1773; '&I lOOn &I,' - 'r.1l "4, 1769. 1999 5. - "" 1952 t( ... STf, 'ftd, rh Ill", 1781,1785 t; -..0, ails, temporal 1786. 'when '), 1776., 1779 &r lII'ou, 1785. fr., 1793, 17~, 1999. -'allOOn&l, 1781,1'193. Md,I785' - with aor. tor plpf., rh 1I'Oii, 1785 f. M Tpeer XaAl4ats, 1638. 185'1.

a.. CdJrir), ]'176 B I", -<Dc, in . . . aiDg. abort, 1'1'19393- (b)I'ciX'tTTa, 1776B 5", -<DC. in COIIIpoaDda, 1147 1793 CI}), gen. - , ws . . . .aI, 'no 1OOD8r -<DC 413; in N, 4'+ 410, thao,' 1714-<Dc, gen. ' - , 362 : iD N. 6. M, CI\UW C' becaDle,' 363. , aince '), 1'137 f., 1742, -<DC (d), gen. _ , 415; in 1945 N,416 with caulAl pan., ]'138,1740, 2109, ZI 50, -<DC, -ON, adj., 4ti9: in P-N, 374-380, 470. 21 5 2 - wiLh abeolute, -<Dc, -WN, "dj., 468. -<DC, ady.. 516 1:., 1102 /L 21 43. - repl. by m or 1IccW" - rare in N, 5181>. - repL byn8llteradj.518, 1740 522. 7. ails, coJl!8CUuve (-&errE), -c.ic, -dc, -yi.&, 362, 462. 1756 f., 1949, J 951. 70 7. - retreats, 1757". - nopL by il'G, 1757"; - in N, 367, 4630 App. iii. 13by 111", ib. 8. ails + iodic. (-.r,.), 1904. !.wc.&, aor. in N, &f9, 8531>. 9. M, &I interrog. C=trMJ, - luggwte a ~~ in -*8111, -Ixstllll 853 : 1446 B, 2038. 10. M for Lus, _ &r. Mo in - - , 853". cIIr av, 1773, 1776 B 1". Mnbr for t1itTtl, l,.ss, 1780, rhr cb "XCtTTl1, 17931782, 1792 M a.. for ;".. 1767 f., __ 'when,' M _ _ M,' 1793 r.. 1999: _ aI80 1774 .,w. "" &W' 1503 tl """ftfjj,,2~f. - for "'1IlPa. 1767 a, 1953". "" ''' 110&"", 2098. Mryacl..o. 1769'ft1 I'll 1576. IkW..o.1769ails rftOS dftfW, 2098 t .,.E.1488
M

_DB.

..se-,

.r

6""",...""
nAv.

~OpDI,

996..

"a,

-<Dc&;' logeets . . ., 8531>. rlHrE (I'oi,), 43311' !.wc, (subj.), 771 t: in

"I'.iv,

P-N,779
-wc,Csubj.).leadato ....., 850 "1:. IIIfJ'ma cc ails Loa, 1760, I 767. - rept. by dHrcbr (dIr h). 19531>
85 1b

t1itT".,., 996.. -<DCMNoc, . . . . . . . . .

&tTO ..OIl .a, 1786. "'tTOl". 1785 f.; -.a, 1786. or M M" '\hal,' 1751, 1754 et [I].

'IIIS

WON, 1786.

"61'.

.fIU-..0,

- in dec1ar. cla-, 1942- for mere M.. "pp. 'fi. 13 t c11l1'cSnw. 1785 f.: - ..0,
1786. for IM 01. 1785 t; 1786

696

Digitized by

Google

I.
&(1ftp, with

INDEX OF NOTABLE GREEK WORDS.

dillT'f, rept by r..u, 1757; by ..a, 1757 W. ~f (from 'OIf /1.,..), 1488, 1785 t:; conf. with dillT'f, 1757b

8COU8. ahlol., 2143. 8nnrOll, 178S r. 1. ImTf, 'SO that,' 17S6 ft, 1947,19S I - + india., 1949 ft - rept by 1IIr, 1949; by &r"hou(nii),17S7 It, 19S1 - coni. with &r" 17S7. 2. 1mT., 'SO &8 to,' 1760, 1761 , 1949 It - + infin., 1949 tr., 209011, ns8; redundant, App. vi. 5, 8, 10, IS; ,,-, 1250 b. - + lubj., 1764- + 2ndary lubj., 1765, 195311. - for r"a, 1760; rare, 1761; revived, 1762 f. - redundant before infin., App. vi. 5, 8, 10, 15 - cont. with fIr .,.a + infin., App. vi. 10, IS - coni. with~f, 175711

~f ..

- 'aa BOOn &8,' 1793, 1999. cLlIT" "oU, 'untH,' 2DO!). din-OIl for r...r OTOII, 1785 f. -1'4,17 86 &x1~pU"'''' 996tjl' 1480. Wtl~P"1t16.prJ", 990111' Wtl~p6"."", 996111' '::'tlOI, 9~stO. -Wcoo, fut. in N, 849. - IUggesta a Pl'8lM!Dt __,
853 f.

a, 1773, 1781, 1;86.

-OOll.l, rept by -oWaa, 850". -o,TPOC, 493; in N, 495.

clrrlor, .,.6, 43311' oIWOIr for w(1l, 346, 43311' clrr6r (.,.oD), 43311' -OOTOC, &dj. in, 1053oIW." for 35 1, 43311' fJY'f, diphthong, 1911. -rare, 30. - absent from early .A, 26.
-OOTH

(~), IOS3.

cIrr"',

697

Digitized by

Google

n.

INDEX OF SUBJECTS.
nounB, without article, 1202 1:13 2 - repL by neuier of adjectives, 10F, JI82. abundance, adjeotivea of, 1064-7. Acarnania, _cient dialect of, 03 A. accent (" by-ainging,' I _nuing '), 85 tr., "pp. L 9, 19-22, ii. 8; .. a ~, 85 f.; misunderstood, "pp. i. 6. - inherent io language, 76. - pulse or lOul of 1IJlI*h, 8$". - origin _d hiaiory of, 76 ft. "pp. i. 1-5 - ap of, "pp. i. I. - varieties of, 76 &; [21, "pp. LIft - marka of, 70, 76 If., "pp. i. 1 ft - nature &Dd functioD of, 32d, 77". 85, 85d, "pp. i. 6-25; weak in Greek, 77", "pp. i. 17, ii. 17; iheoriel of,
ab&~

.A ( .. claIsical Attic), p. xiv, 03B, 0. IF., et p_m. 11, a. (i.e. indef. article), bow expr. iD Greek, 237, 594 r., 597, 6u IF.,
1.50, eio. a-80UDd, primitive &Dd N, 16", 35 b,
1#

- strongeR BODaDt, 146. 11+11=11,146,1.8 r. a+6=a, 1.6,150 c. II+'-a, 1.6, 150d. a+o=a, 1.6, 150a. a+II=a,146,150b a-sound in 4. I .ll f.; expr. by ", 28 a. - in PonioB, , a little,' Tt, 1311 5. ab-, German prefix, 166 [I]. abbreviations explained, p. xiv. Mer, 1736. ability, term. 81:preBling, 2090 IF. ablatival dative, 1352". ablatival genitive, 1316-.7. - of separation, 1316-27. - of comparison, 1328 IF. - of cause, 1331-7. - of price, 1338 ft: - of time, 13.1-5. - with compound verbs, 13.6 ablative in Greek, 1352b. ablative expr. by Greek dative, 139+ - absolute, 21.2; in G-B, 21#". I ablaut,' metaphony, 166b [I]. ablOlute Dominative, 21#, 21.5; in N, 21.6. absoluw dative, 21#h; wiihout verb, ib. absolute in6nitive, 2098 f. absolute participle, 21.1-6; N reliCl . of,n46. absolute superl.,490,1191 fr.; 8trength- ened by BT., &lis, i, olor, 1194. abstract nOUD8, gender or, 242; in N, 2.5; endingl of, 1023 f., 1045 tr.

2..

76, "pp. i. 8.

ancient iheories of, 76. ... piiob (muaical, cbromt.tic), 76, 85 fr., "pp. i. 8, 19 fF., ii. 16. -st~ (dynamic, expiratory). 76, 85 fF., "pp. L 8; 10-24originally sirong, 32d, "pp. i. 17 .t [Il; weaker in ~ Greek ~d.16tin, 77, 137, "pp. 1. 17; Ilimilar *0 Italian or Spanish, 77"; much weaker ihan Teutonic, ib., ApP. i. 17, ii. 17. ignored in Greek verae, "pp. ii. 17. 14; oriRinally, 3"; leat of, 81, in Aeolic, 84 ; .. &lao m.,u... botony. in speech, 85". 85 b, in verae, 8S, 85 b; &DtIgoDi8dc *0 quantity, "pp. i. 8. in grammar, 85 b in declension, 257 ft, ete.; in __ jUgatiOD, 70. fr., etc. inN,030; criterion bet_ _ _thaD &; northern .peach, ib.

s.",

698

I
Digitized by

Google

n.

INDEX OF SUBJECTS.
accusative, accent. of. a6o; in lit decl., a691; in ani decl., 330. a. accusative. uae of, u5~5. 3. _ _tive simple, 1256-7811. - u direct object, uS7 If. - cognat.e, 1265 I., u8a I. - of apeci&cation or reference,
I. I

accent. in AeoUc. t. - in Latin, b, App. i. 11 &; [a], 19- in SaD8krit. 8.b, ApP. i. 8b '" [3], tJ r3J. 77 - of ODe kind only, 81; ..nOUI eymboil of. 76, 77; riaiDg. 77; fall big. ib. - never on two .~ve 'YUabl 15", 108. - in enclim, 10. if. -l8COndary, 106, l08b ; in Eugllsh &; Germ&D, 10811 - secondary, in Iynenclilil, 107 t. j in demonsb'. pronoune, SiS. - reo8I8ive, 33b., 84b ; but limited to J.ut three ,llabl.... 81. 10.: - eft"ecta of. 3a IF., 136 t. App. 1. 13 ff.; 'YDiaelil. 155, App. i. I.; contraction, 156 IF. j eyncope, 136. App. i. 16 f. - I. place on diphthoDgl, 78 f.; on alphers, 618. - double, 567, 570, 578 r. - applied u ictUl, 85 App. i. 1611. - tranapoeed in lynizeIiI, 155 c. - 10111'Ce of dactylic rhythm, 854 accentle. wordl, !U. gS. accent., 70. 7~5"j _ alao accent &; accentual JllAl'U. - all identical in nature. 77 f., 85".

8.

8.

269 if.

ofextent.&;time, 127.ff.j omitted,

1239. 13 76.

- 01 extension, J a.a if. - adverbial, 1378 f., 518; in P-N.

5 1 811 - after ..,. ."j_, etc., 1299.

-

SZS.

- in MSS, 760. acoeutw marb, 70. APP. f. 1-5. - in MSS, 760; 888 alao _nt(I). accentual prolOdy, App. ii. 3 b. accentual terms, 81 if. j why muaical, App. i. 9. I!)-U, ii. 16. _ntuation in Greek, 33"1 f . 81 if. - of decL, 350 If. - of monOlyDabic steJD8. 350 If. - of compound barytones in -'P, .a9. - of derivativ 1011. - of trochaio endings in N. 347. - 10_ of dactylic rhythm, 854 aocerll",. tranalation of 'fIpIHI"M4, ApP.

am

lor genitive. 1395. for dative. 1348 f . 1393. u adverb, 518; in P-N. S18b after dra, 149., 1497. - after fir, 1.94, 1536-504b - after ells, 1494. lti99. - after W, 1494. 1520 ff. - after nni. 1.94, 1584-91. - after ,.eni, 1494.1598-1603. 1607. - after Itr4p. 14% 1674 IF. - after 'fIfpi. 149 1633-.1. - after ~. 1.94 f. - alter 1'fI'. 1.94. IS7a-6l1 - atar 1494. 1610-a6. - after 'fIp6r. I.!U, 1654-60. - after clni. 1503. - after dd. 1517. - after lv, IS66g. - after lE, 1570. - atar 'fIp6. 1649 b. -after m, 1670. - after h-cS, 1697 if aoouative double. 127!)-8SII. S. accu.tive abaolut.e. 3143 j in P-B, u.S j after ells or IIftfp. 21.3 j for gen. abeol. 3143. 4CCII.allr.. ablol.,UII. 31.3 j _ accuaative abeolute. Achaeic dialecta,03 A ii.; _ allO AeoUc. Achaeio phonology, a9iF App. ii. 7,9,

U.l.

i.23.

- ctroumfl-. 76. IIIUlifler 'fIplHlfMw. App. i. u. accommodation (phonetic), 13., 12.11, uS. 131 , 136, 169 acoompanpng, expr. of. 1371 IF. 1. accUsatiVII. a31. 1356-85. - lurvives in N, a32, 124a-7, 1256. - the commonett _ . App. Hi. I a b. - serves u nom. in N. App. iii. I a 6. - in T-N lollows the prepollitiODl, App. Hi. 13 b. - plo uaimUated to nom. pi., 33a, 394, .a7

- gr4N, 76. - aCllt",. 76.

Aclwllc met.rfo system, a9 if App. ii. 7. Aohaia, ancient dialeos of, 03 A ii.; PftHnt., 039. acting well or wrongly.' al3a f. action. endings denoting, 1018-UIl ; in verb. 1085 t:. 1087 f. action oUhe aenHII, verba of. 1335 if. active verba. 669 j admit 01 pus. voice. 1.6a I. - u deponen., 1000,. - u ca_tiv8l, 1.60. - u inbanaitiv 1.55 if. active voice. 669. - miaapplied for Jniddle, l.sa IF.

It, etc.

9. '., ete.

699

Digitized by

Google

11. INDEX OF SUBJECTS.

acute accent, 70,; origin of. 76; value of, 77 1:; place of, 8Ib; see also
aoc~nt(8).

I. adjectives, 436-81; in N, ib., 495. - how inflectold in N, 313. - how accented in N, 311. - en~ of, 436; in N, 401 f., 438, .. #+ - of one endiug, 476 fr. - of two endings, 464-75. - ofthree endinge, 306, #1; in N, #a. - et.hnic or gentile, 107~-81. - in -Of, -IW,.", or ... 306; inflection of, ib. - diminutive, 582 fr. &8 and component.., II47. - derivative, 150-82; common, 1050-74; et.hnic, 107~-82. - neuter, aB abBtraot lubstant.ivea, IO~O", 1I8a; &8 adverb&, 518; in P-N, S18 b 2. adjectivel, conform to their lublt., 1181 f. - aubBtantivized, 1182, la41 Cl; by the article, 1207 fr. - quantitative, 1308. adacript " ao, 29 fr.; dropped, 20; inaert.ed 20-; BpUriOUl in at, 11)" ; lee also 8ubBcrlpt adverb for pronoun, :1011; lee adverbB. adverbial accusative, 1378 f. I. adverbs, derivation of, 1101 f. - in -cur, 516 iF.; comparison of, 5 1 9- 2+ - _like, 434; in N, 435. - of manner, 516-:14; formation of, 516 W.; comparison of, 519-:1+ - of place, 523. - denominative, 516, 518, 512, Jl02. - numeral, 648-5:1. - prepositional, 1490. - formed with ffGpa-, 524- in composition, 1120 I: a. adverbs lubstantivized, 1323, 1241 e. - wish gen. 131+ - after old or Elr for gen., 1315. adversative particl-. I73I-6b. advising, words of, 1353 f. tU in IMin &om Greek at, 11)",53. Aegina, ancien~ dialect of, 03 .... - preaent dialect of, oa9; reeiIta aynizeaia, I/i5d; -ia, -fa, for- N,-iG. 271. Aelian, Atticiatic Itylfl 0(,013, es paBBim. AeliOl Herodian on accent.., .lpp. i. 5. Aenoa, modern dialect of (~II""I> -t,JMtt, etc.), 720. Aeoliana, 29 ft., App. ii. 9. Aeolic, 01, 03 DB; lee also Achaeic. - phonology, 291:, App. ii. 7, 9 & 1+

AeolOB, reputed father of Aeolic, 01. AeechiDell, Ityle of, 05, et puIim. Aeschyl08, poet & compooer, ApP. i. 34; 8tyle of, 05 ; et p&88im. Aetolia, ancient. dialect of,03 .... an (Latin), in Greek: expr. by II&OU or 043, 52. affrom au, 3ab., 51 fr. afrection, verbal endin( of, 1100. affirmative particlea 1'1} & p4, 1745 fr.; omitted, 1746b; repl. byCW, 17.f6". Aptbias, hie verae artificial, App. ii. + age, demoD8tr. adj. of, 582. - interrog. adj. of, 601. - relat. Rdj. of, 614 f. - genit. of, 1302. agent (b,), endinga of, 1013 I: - in paBB. verbs expr. by dalive, 1365 fr., 1379, 1532; by ~'tionl, 1464 fr. ; byh') + gen., I 5 ; by ol,..) + gen., 1509; by + accua., 1365; by 3&G + gen.. 1531 .; by 'v, 153a, 1559 W.; by.lf, 1551 ; bY~~~r68 e; bylJ1lv, 1532, 1669f.; by J"TG + gen., 1532, 1605 f.; by 1I'irpIl + gen., 1628; by + dat. 1632; by ,.pc\r+gen., 16.6, 166.U by pl, 1532, 1608. fI!1ortUa, (ol0y6panl, 717. agortUa"'Bn (ol~v), 717. tJgorlUGn (oloy6paqov), 717. agreeable, of terma deDO&.iJIg, 1357 . agreeillf, expr. of, 1371 fr. 4.gricolMl, 59 e. ai in Latin imitation of Greek 11&, I~, 53aiming, verbs of, 1300 f. Albanian phonology, 030 [1]. 031; iA inftnllllC8 on northern N, ib. aJchemiatic \exW, Ityle of, ou. ("Bph, G>.4>a, :I, I3~, .lpp. i. 16. Alexander the Great in the East, 08. Aleu.ndria _~ of Greek learniDg, 08. Alexandrian period,03 B,oS; cp. ponv. calltU, 1718. Alkaeoa, poet & oompoaer, App. i. 34allopat111, 90 [I]. alphabet (Greek), 1-12. - origin of, 1 If. - age of, I. - borrowed from Phoenicia, I fF.; how imponed, 5. - history of, 1-8. - originally de&cient, 50 - inOOugruOUl, 5 & [3]. - varletiea of,S & [a]. - numerical value of, 616 f[ - B.oman, 5, .3 ; origin of, ib. alphabets.gronped,5; epichoric, 51;[:1): uetern or Ionian. ib.; ..eaten, ib.

_w.

700

Digitized by

Google

n.

INDEX OF SUBJEC'l'S.
4. aoriat middle,formation or,l)09-l8. - in P-N, 799, 1478-86 - 2nd formed after IfIT'/I', 979 f. - bilItory of, 1478-86. - oonf. with passive, 1478 - reUeats. 14,8 if. 5. aoriA ptHAN, endinga or, 761. - formation o( 91!)-23. - prevaU, over middle, 1478 if. - 2nd formed after 'fIT'III', 979 f. aoriat, DIe of, 1851-61. - repl. by pf., 786, 1870 ft - for plpf., 740, 1857, 1879, 1907 b. - for pf., 1856, 1858 f., 1861, 1875. - for preaent, 1852, 1860. - for future, 1855. - inceptive, 1853 f. - empiric, 1852. - gnomic, 185 2 - epiltolary, 1859- with 614"(011 or "..poG, 1902. - In Latin, 691. apbaereais, 133, 133' it, App. 9t 14. & apiece,' 1515. apocope, 142, App. Ii. 9, 14. apotlidi (d..oalll,,), 99611' apotlido (dnllillGl), 99611' apodoail, in conditional claaeea, 196+ - potential, 1976, 1978. - negatived by ob (N Il~..) or Fr, 1801-

alp'\aWt.m (~Of), 24. GlpltdllitOl (clA</>48'1"'), 2+ alao,' ni. 174, 1718. am about to: .1"", Toii -lOii, 1288'. Amorgoe, ita present dialect palatalizes before 0, i to ti, 56'. amplliication of words, 127-32; prothesi.<, 139 if.; epentheeia, 131; paragogue, 132 f. aft (i.e. one), HO R. afIQcoiovtiolt, 21#. Anacreontea, Irlilicial verae or, App. ii. 4,17 f. Gflag_gi (d..a'YCIPfVyt&), 861. tIfIagoreugil (d..aoy.",.v,.&,), 861. aftagorngo (cPa'YCIP'rp.), 861. aDAlogy, 112, 1I3 if.; iw eifecta on P-N. 115, App. ii. 1, App. iii. I ; et pauim. Anaphe, ancient dialect of, 03 A. anaptyxis, 137, 131, 188, 385, etc. auaRbroWl infinitive, 2078-99; eee infinitive. anutropbe, 110 f., 1138. caeora, dlr6p.'1, II6. -tmdo (Ital), N -o..,.a(,), 2146. AndraJ, preaent dialect of, 029. Anglo-German pron. of Greek, '4 [2]. Anglo-Saxon and Engliab, ou. angry, to be, connr., 1355 f. animal criea &8 teats of pronunciation, 25 animals, gender of, 2#; In }t,-, 245. _ _ering a quomou, 2056-61. aato, ..p6, 1651 f. -llfIU (ltat), N _(f), 11021. antectasia, 163 if., 377. - proceq of, App. n. 8 ft, 14" Ii' - completed in archaic Greek, 165 antepenulttima), 81'. anticipation, lee prolepti.. Antioch _ t of Greek learning, oS .dltto.iII, 'Arriir&f, 301. Antoniu8, 1040anafilJrika, 56.
aftlUll4ro, ~6.

n.

n.

any time, 1997.

I.

2.

ROriat, 682; in N, 688. thematic vowel of, 78+ syncopated, !)So. 8ubj. [optat.], how formed, 803 f.; _ aleo fut. 8ubj. - impn., 678; see fu~ imprL
1.

aorist, actitlo lit.

- drop' -.., 78+ - lubj., endingt of, 802 f. 3. aorilt actiN 2nd, fonnatiou of, 9099 18. - attracted hy IBt, 787. - lubj., endinga of, 802 f.

Apollo, Delphian hynana to, 30. ApolloniOl of Rhodea, his v _ artificial, App. iL + apophouy' (d..of*rlca), 166' [1]. a~phe, 139 t appeIJativea, in-4', 287; in-(.,.)'/f, a83 b appointiDg, verba of. 2094 if. appoaition, 1159', UIl, 1255, 1303. - for gen., 1303 - repl. by attributive gen., 1306. - of pore. pron. redandant, 1401. approaching, expr. of, 1371 if. appurtenance, endiDgM of, I03a. - adj. of, 1068-74'. apH-1rIIpIl+da~, 1630' Arabic _ , prosody of, App.li. 3c; 3b Arstoa, hie vene arti6cial, App. ii. + Aroadia, ancient dialect or, 03 A. A..rohilCOhOl, poet &; compoaer, App. i. 3.., App. it. 11. .Archinoa, mover of new apelliog, App. ii. 12 [2]. Archipelago, ancient dialect.l of, 03 A ; preeent, 029 f. Area \ AP'I') in N extinct, 433. Argolia, ancient dialect of, 03 A. Arian v_, App. ii. 3 a, 9 tf. - lan~, App. 3 a. Aria&archoa, App. H. II [2].

21,1968

r.

n.

701

Digitized by

Google

n.

INDEX OF SUBJECTS.
II. mlcle, llldeflaiu, 237, ate.. - how e~..-d in Greek, 2n, 534ft' 595, 622if., Uo6,l+f8ft

Ariatidel, Attioiltio Btyle of. 013; et pasaim. AriBtoDicOB, App. ii. 11 [a]. Ariatopbanel, poet &; oompoaer, 05, App. i. 24; BLyle of,S; et pasaim ; m. etymologizing, App. ii. 13 fl]. Ariatophanea of Byzantium reputed inventor of accents, etc., 70, App. i. 19 g, ii. 11 [a]. AriBtotle, style of, 05; et paDim. - on accents, 76 [l], ApP. i. 2 f.

-antU, -4p", 1040 &; A. GrIi8 (in metre), 8g f., App. if. 8. - indicated by the grave, APf' ii. 8. - now miB1lsed for thelia, 89

- &; thelia revened, 89b art, expreBBeci by (t), 1069. I. micle, definite: I. article defiDite ",.epotitiN, 235; in N, 235", 251", 559 ft - originally .. demOllltr. ProD., 236,

-c.v

25 1 ". - m.tory of, 1195 f.

- inflection of, 250. - ..ffects pronouDI, 530. - becomes proclitio, 97
Cl; ..tenon,

98 a.
2.

article (defiDite prepositive),

UB8 o~

1197-134 1 - hi~Lory of, 1195 f.

Burvivel
2li Ib
loB

demODltntive, 236,

generio uae of, 1199, 1201 f. ordinary use of, JJ gg-u 24 ; individu&1izing, 1199 f; IIUbat&utivizing, 1241. - before &dj. &; part., 1207 f. - before ..ttrlbut. part., 2103 f. - before oomparativea, 514". - before cardinal numbers, 1215 f. - before po..-ve pronouDI, 1210. - beforerel&t.pronoUDB, 12I9f.,1718 - before iDfinitive, 1221 f., m2, :1074- before adverba, 1223 f. - before ally term or expreIIicm, un fr., 1:141. - before whole olaUBell, 12:13 f. - after vocative, 1355. - ..fter ptII'IOIIIol pronollDll, 1211. - after demonatr. pron., uu f. - repeated, 1:136 f. - uaed elliptioally, 1325 ft'.; in ohnrch titlea, 1327 f. - uaed idiomatically, 1230-41. - omitted, U30ft 3- art.icle definite, ,-poritiw, 606 ft'. - for It (IIImr), 1438; in N, 606",
1438

IIIIIOOialoion, 117 if., 1488., App. ut I ; et paeaim. - effeot.B 01, lao; et pMIIim. - dative of, 1371 if. AatyprJaea, aneient. di&leat. of, 03 AI ..t .. time,' 1515. atheIDlotio verba, 927.
Athene, ita di&leot. in A. 04; _ Attic. - t.he panhelleDio 04..ton&, 9., 98 f.; -t.ed, 99 ft'. ..~tempt.ed action, 1841, Is,.s. I ..t the 1'Iote of,' 1658 Cl. Attio, _ Attio di&lec~. At.tic alphabet, 6. Attic ciphers, 619Attic dialect, 01, 0311. - b1'loncb of IoDic, 01, 03 11. - periods of, 3; claaaioal, L 05; ~ cluaic&l, eto., ib. - pnvaila over &11 dialeatB, 04 it'. - oh_t.er of, puaim. - phonology, :lrj' tt, App. if. 7, 11. 1+ - epalling, App. if. 11, 14aoriIIt, gSo.

- miBapplied, 170 [I]. uaertive moode, App. v. I. _ _dye p&rt.iclel, 1745 it'. UBibil..tion, 181. 1oIIIimi1&tion, uS, 177. 195; et ..... - ofrel&tivea. 1441-5. - of moods, 1954, 2035.

art.ioul&r infinitive, 2071-7; _ infinit.ive. artificial Greek, 05 f., oaa. artiBtic Greek, oSarty. (clprfi'r i. e. dprHtr), 148 loB he ... 1945. 'loB reprda,' expr. hI dat., 1369 f. I . . BOOn ..... 1781 ,1793. 31 47. AIIi& Minor Hellenized. 08. - preaent. dialects of, 029. 'uking,' verba of, 1179 fr 2031,2036. OBjIOBamen (~), 717. ...pirat&e (x 8.,.), :12 ; _ &1ao upira&eI. - pronunciation of, 9, 24, 54 I., 56. - diuimihr.ted, 18:1 ft; in reduplication, 730 - tnmIpoaed, 183aapirat.ee, 22 ; in PhoeDiciau, 3 ; borrowed t.bere&om, ib.; _ alIo upi1'lot&e. upirat.ion (A), 24, 71 ff.; ill lDd~ European' 73; tnmIpoeed. App. ii. 5; Bee &1ao tpiritua uper. -BOund of, 2., 71-5; in Plato'. time, 41

y.:

_In,

repL

hI hov, 606 ft

702

Digitized by

Google

II. INDEX OF SUBJECTS.

Attic dialect,li~ monumeats of,OS, 13, :u ; et JlU8UII. - aB internatiODallaDguap, oS, 0:18. Attic grammar, its influence, 019At.tic futlml, 888-g0; rebeats in H-I.', 890, 894; doubtful ia NT, ib. Attic m.oriptiona, age of, ApP. ii. 11. Attic reduplication, 735. Attic :lnd deoleuion, 3a3-7. Attic andary lubj1l1loQve, 8a7. Attioilte, motto of, 011; echool of, 013. attraction of relMiv., 1#1-5; m N, 1#5 - invellO, 1#3 f. attribute, 1159. att.ributive relation, 1159; poeitioa, 1136 tt - participle, :1103 1'.; _ participle, attributive. "",u, -G7'OS, 10t:l. Cl" &om av, 3:1 , 3, 3ad, 51 f. - expr. by _ . av, aIJ, 5:1 f. augmeat, 709-27, 741-55; mP-N, 736 (cP.a1eo753ft'.)i moldIadiaa, 7'1 4 10. -eyl1&bic, 710 tt i ia N, 713; aB lu1Iiul or revoct.ive of, 131 f., aoS, 536, 725, App. iii. a8. - t.emporal, 714 1'.; m N, 717 f. - origin of, 71410; ....aci&&ed wi~ la, iJ, ib. - 8uctuatel in early Greek, 714". - accented, 720 - in ~pound ver~ 741-55; initial &; mtera&l, 751; ID N, 750,75:11'.; mN alwa1' extera&l, 755. - before prepoeitiona, 746, 7Sa . double, 745 t, 751 ; in N, 753, 755. in N, 753 tt - mverbal DOUUS, 753. augtDeatativetl, 104:1 tt 301. auili&ry verbe, 687, 1896. -

beat, aB rhythmical term, 85 b, 89.

'before,' 1787.

beQinainr, verbe of, 13:13.

~,I994-

befag, verb endinga of, 1087. believing, verbe of, with IT, Cor infin App. vi. IS . belong (to), ooDlt.r., 1355 f.

bfte ch_, 1994-

beta, Ilf;TG, 24 [I]. bet"', llij7'G, 2. b.rl' eubatClftWH, 155a, 1660.

Bible, chief book during T-N,OI9' Biblical nam., 21810.

- before prefix..

p_'

748.

..4.,..,,.,

_,lSf.5 1

Aveet.& vane, App. Cl8i-. of or 4 putpfw,

n. 3 Cl.
:I.

-hk-t..por,105 .... I blow,' to give a, 1593. Boeoti&, !\Dcieat dialect of, 03 Ao - adopt. fim Ph08ll. alphabet. 5 [I]. Boeotiu dialect, 03 A U; _ tIT' for ri, 177 ; ignoree'l, App. ii. 710 - phonoloaY of, a9, a9. bouatzophedon writing, 4Bov&, dialect of, oag; et pueim; for '1IT4, 174"; 7'oWro, 566; 17'oWo, 581 ; ''fIIIO for 861 i _ &110 South Italiu N. br&obylogy, 1711; _ pregnant oon, .truction. brealhiagl, 70-6. - markeof, 7Or, 7a; origin 0( 72 &; [I]. - irregular UIIOr, 7a &; [1). - lOund of, 72 tt, APP. i. 21. buoolio diaeretli" App. n. 5. Bulpriau in Greece, 0:11 [I]. buymg, verbe of, 1338 tt b1llZflll ill Greek, 61. by far,' Is84 if. I by my life,' 1 746. 'by 10 muob,' 1384 tt BYMJ1tine period, 03 B, 019 tt - .tyle, 015. - eeUlementl in Bouth Italy, oa9. Byaautium, aucieat. dialect of, oa A. - during G-B, 015 .

.ba,. - ""OS, 1050". App. n. 4. Bion, hia veree r.rtifici&l,

BiIHIl.., BullA-os, I36r.

'nU

of_,

-,

B (-Byaautine), p. xiv, 03 B, 0191'., et paIIim. 6-eound ia Greek, 9, :14, 54, 57 f., 61 tt Babrloe, hi. veree artificial, App. ii. 4; accentWll, App. ii. 17 . back IOnaats, 144I bad or difficult.,' IUS. t ba-lamb,' a, 39buda, dotloE, App. i. a4barytcme, 83 b. - oonjugation, 700-823b&ryt.oueeia. 83 b, 84BGI (Banholomew). 1040 [I].

c (Latin), tr&IlIcr. by -r or ., 95 c. colla .IID, ~ elr, 626. caZigartlm, 59 c. CallimllChoa. hia veree &rtifici&l, App. n. 14- ou f' &;',50; on grammar, App. n. U[I). oalliag, verbe of, I a84 t Calliniooa, atyle or, ou ; e' puaim. Calymna, ancieat. dialect of, 03 .I.; modern, 321,903. e_llf'ftlCl, rClpOll,.;.a, 59 c.

e,

703

Digitized by

Google

n.

INDEX OF SUB.JECTS.

c caD,' expr. by mere preeent, 1837; by IMICODdary subj., 1935.

cannot,' bow espr. in Greek, 1837 ff. CGnU... ran.Of, S9 c. capitab, forms of, 9; UIe of, 15. Cappadocia, modem dialect of. 554", 1098. cardinal numbel'll, 620-45; indeclinable, 638 f.; repeated. 666. 'caring for,' expr. by gen., 1:19+ _le blanche, App. vi. 37. cr.ae-like adverba, 434; In N, 435. - . number of. 231; in N, 333. - identical in form, 234. - Uleof, 1342-1395; generally, 12427; in particular, 1248-1345; nom. .t voc., 1248-55; accUl., 1256-78; double accUB., 1279-85; geD., 1286-1347; dat., 134B-95. C/UUI obliqwi, 231 ; - reeli, 231. causal cla1l88l, 1945 f.; cp. eausal particlea. - in Homer. 1945. - after verb. of emotion, 1947 f. - mooda in, 1945 f.; in Polybi08, 4pp. v. 8; in N, 1946. - relat. c\aUBetl, 2013. eaulal participle, 3150 &'.; with liT', M, etc., 3150, 2152; without particle, 2151; dropped when it would be &P, 2153. - in P-B, 215I, 2128"; in N, 2151, 2152.. - repL by ('''''311)' ST', 2151; by IIul T3+infiD.. ib. j by rVCI+aubj.. 1741. cauaal particle., 1737-42", 1945 f.; in H-N, 19-46; cp. causal c\aUBetl. cau_tive verba, 868, 10Sg f., 1097 &'. - in middle voice, 1473 f. cauae expreaaed by gen., 1292., 1332-j. - by dative, 1387 &'. - by a claule, 1945 &'.; by relat. clauae, 2010, 2013- by participle, 1945, 2150 &'. - oremation, 1947 f., 2128 &'. , cause,' $0, 1460. causing, verb endiuga of, 10Sg f. - verba deno~ing a, 2087 f. 'caution,' verba of. 1956 fr., 1961. oelevgia (K,A,U1ftr). 861. t1tIlIIIlgo (_.AfU')'QI), 861. cerae in early writing, 07. 'certainly,' 2059. cez:v-on (_'flHTI'WIW), 739. CH in Latin for X, 43. MaClltI, 1lII8. ,lf, 626. Cbalcldian alphabet, 43. 'character,' adj. of, 1057 ff. character 0( nouDB, 252; of verb, 756.

chicken,' p.a"" 1041 [I). Chioe, ~l dialect. of, 029; paIav.Iize8 _ before to t $0., 56; fODdof final -fI (CM'Oplll'), 2U; lII&ICIIIinetl in -6, 27~; accus. pL in -as, 333 ; rel&im TIlf, 561; t(a>-nr, 777; Lt1attTo, Sol". chooeing. verba of, 1284 t, 2094 &'. ChriaUanity, in8u_ Greek, 014 ft CbrietiaDizr.t,jon of Greeks, 014chromatic_t, 4pp.i 8ff.; _pitch-

cMt1, Vna, 2

clW MWta. 591 b.

_t.

,,,tl

Chronicon,laaguage 0(,021 ; et pusim. Chnrcb (Greek) laYing Greek, 017 - in antagoniam with Latin Church. 023, 025- apared by Sultana, 026.. - in8uences Greek, 017; et puaim. chUICh dlgnitariell. their tiUe omiUed, I 227 t Church Fathen, .yle o~ 017. Cicero on Homer, 4pP. ii. 11 [2). oili4 (acAlc&), 44ciph8l'll,61'-9; origin of,3,616; Atiic, 619. circum8ex, 70" 76. - form of, 70s, 77f.; con! with A, 70s. - origin of, 76. - nature of, 77 f. - identical with acute. 77. - plaoe of, 83; _ abo accent<a). cl4deugi (-AaIl'T')' 861. cltJdftgia (~~r), 861. clatH"go (_Aalltv.p,). 861. ' claae, .... preceded by article, 1201. claaaica1 Greek, 05; et paaaim. - literature. 06; el puaim. - period, xiv, 03c1aaaica1iam during G, 011; revived iD
M,028.

- and common .peech, 02a. cla1l88l, independentcrllimple, IC)OI>-28. - dependenl or compound, 1929-2061; in popular ~, 1930; repL by participles, 1929; by infiD., ib.; by parat.axis, 1702, 1710 t. 1931, 1939' - lubeanlivized, 1221. 1241 d. c1earn_ or p8l'IIpicnity, cha.neteriatic of popular !IpII8Ch. 121, 127, 4pp. iv. 5 j et paaaim. ' clothing,' verba of, 1379 ff. 'Cockn~ya,' Greek, 72. cognate accUB., 1265 &'., 1282 r. - omitted, 1266. - leRds $I) adverba la -Go 1266. collective do, 1131 f. - subject and ila verb, II7+

704

Digitized by

Google

U.

INDEX OF SUBJECTS.
compo8iuonal vowel, 1106 ft compound coDlOlWlta, 23; _ alIo coDlOnaDta, - IeDten_, 1929 ft'.; _ c1r.aHI. compnllion, verbe deuoting, 2087 ft'. conGellive claa-, 1949-51, 1993 I. CODcelllive participle, 3155 f.; introd. by _, .cU.r.p, IIIIlroc, 3155; repL by finite claue, u 56. CODCOrd in .yntu, 1168-80. conorete noum, eDdinga of, 1023 f. coDditiOD (atate), Ye'tb endiDge of, 1085 I. conditioD (hypothem), term. ~ iDg, 2090 ft'. - forma of, 1965, 1969-74. - expr. by re1at.. claUIe, 2010, 2023 ft'. - temporal, 1975. conditional particlCII, Il7Q-5, 1966; re1r.tive frequency 0 , 1771. 1. conditional cla-. 1964-93; defiDed, 1964 f. ; forma of, 1965; their JlI'Z" tiel.,., 1966; palil of, 1964, 1967; lubetitutel for, 1938b,
1~91

colloquial Greek, 05 f., on; compared wi~.A lItyle,033; et pMIim. - ohancterilltiOl of, on, "pp. ri. 5. - ignored bI ancien., 05 if., 0:10, :15, a5 b & [IJ. - veiled, oaO- DO A reliOl of, 07. - iD Egyptian papyri, 013-iD 0, 013. - in T-B compo8itiom, 011 [a]. colOD ' in Greek, 7Ca, So. - i. equinlent iD .A-P, 303:1 f. colt, a,' 1~1 [I]. comiDg; verbe of, 2og5. comma,' 7Ca, 79. command, how expraaed, 1936 ft ; "pp. v. 13 11, Cl. - DegatiVe, 1927 f. - verbe denotiDg, 3087 ft'. commaudmeDtI (ten), their inflnenoe OD G-N, "pp. v. 13 tl. commOD' or' coDvenuonal ' Greek, og, on; IChcol of, 013; _ a1IO colloqnial Greek. - excepuonable or vulgar, 020commOD ~der, 2.... commOD .yllabl-,88; - vo_elI, 17. COIn.."nia, 308. communicating, expr. of, 137' ft'. COJDDeDi, cIa.ica1i1m under, 028. company, in,' 1376. compantive, 483 ft'.; _ alIIO com-

-I

ft'., 2154-

-.sr=
-

adverbe, 508b of adverbe in 519.

5~15.

- periphraatic,

-Glf,

- preceded by article, 51.b. - for rather,' 1190. - for relat. Inper1r.tive, 51. f. - followed by genitive, 1187f., 1328ft; by f, llS7 I. ; by" '""", 19506. comparUoD of adjectivee, 483-515. - by endinga, 483, 509-15. - periphralt.ic, 509-15. - defective, 507 ft - dative of, 1385 r. oompeDMtiOD, metrical, "pp. ii. 9, 14; never phoDetic, ib. compensatory doubling, "pp. ii. 9-lengthening, 163 f., "pp. ii. 81.; _ alIo antectui.. complementary eymbcla, 70-80, App. H. 16; ICe alIo reading mark.. compositiOD of worde, Il03-57b; originally, 1110; in Homer, II~; in proper, 1105-55 ; ih lilt pan, 1106-36; itl 2nd part, 1137-55. ayntactica1, 1115 I. copWaUve or dvandva, 1156 ft

G-N,

11 55

obJecUve,I965,I969-n; threefold CODIItr., 1969, 1991 f.; rellL by direct queet.., 1991 11; by imprt., 1991 6; by paratuil, 2154- subjtctive, 197. I. ; in P-T, 1993 ; in N, ib. - temporal, 1975. 2. conditional claUICII, pecu1iariUCl of, 1976- 8 3. - P-N biItory of, 1984-!)2b - mixed, 1976-83. 3. CODditional relat.. cla_, 2023 ft'.; commoner in P, 2024CODditicnal participle, 2I 53 I. - repL by El or la.. (a.) and Snite verb, 2154; by paratuil, ib.; by interrog. claDIC, 1991 11, 2154; by imprt., 1991 b, 2154CODjngation, 697; reduced in N, 030; _ t i n , 704ft'. - commOD (in ..), 698, 700 ft'.; in -JIl, ib. - barytone, 700-823. CODtracted, 83.-63; in P-N. 84~ 63; yerbe in .... 826-30, 850tf.; in 1111, S31 ft., 850 ft, 853"; in __, 836, 850, 853 ; pecaliaritiCII of CODtr. verba, 838-48. CODjuDctiOD8, 1487 ft; 170Q-95; de1ned,1702 - proc1itic, 97 tI. - atona, 98 Co - prepoaitive, 1700. - poatpoaitive, 1700. - co-ordinating, 17~-36; copulative,

705

zz

Digitized by

Google

II.

INDEX OF SUB.TEcrB.

170,.-:1,.; disjunctive. 1725-30; adveI1l&tive,1731-6. conjunctior.8, lubordinating, 1737-95; causal, I737-4Zb; emphatic. 1743 fr.; I11188verative, 1745 fr. ; interrogative, 1747 fr.; decla.rative, 1751 fr. ; co_uti ye, 1756 fr.; final, 1760-9; conditional, 1776-95. conjunctive, 676; Bee subjunctive. conjultCli1lll. atiAlWtatitllU, 1912. connective vowel, 698, 1106; Bee t.heIDAtic vowel.
App. v. 7. ooll88Cutive particles, 1756-9. Comtantine,I1tCbriatianEmperor,015 Comtantinople during T-M, 015 f. - oentre of Christian Greeka, 015. CoDBtantin08 Porphpogennetoa, lItyle of, 021 ; et pa1IIUIIo _ l i h , hQ1'ocr, ar ....b contamination. 1I6, 626; et paEm. contracted 2nd decl. 313-22; in P-N, 320. - uncontraoted forma in, 316. - accen\ of, 318 f. cont.racted verba, 82.-63; Bee conjugation oont.racted. contraction, 156-62 fr., App. H. 14 f. ; 88 hypbaereeil, 157 f.; 88 craal8, 159 fr. - bomophonoUl, 157 r. ; in N. lb. - heterophonoul, 157"; - omitted, 158. CODBecutive Clauael, 19,.9 fr. - avoided in popular lpeech, 1951. - expr. by 1Hiv., 19i9 fr.; by I~, 1951; by 1S1", IN, 1Str.-, IStrOII or troU. 1951. COD88Cutive relat. cla.... 2014-9; in G-N, 2018 f. conaequence upr. by relate clauae, 2010, 2014 fr. IIODIOnantiam, 133, 169-u,.; mutu, 170-81; &l<pirat&e, 182 fr.; liquids &;_II,185-20~b; Bpirantl1, 2048; IlllDivowels i &; F, 209-17. - in dialecte, 123, App. Ii. 1+ - final or wl'minal, 218-2., App. ill. ; !!~~ to ': p,.u8f., ~35" A~p. nI. ; In 0II1r &; 318 ; m 16<t>, d/6.r, .i'I, 21Sd. - modern, 030; In lOuthern N, 030; in northel'll N, 030, 2I qb. OODIODaDtizatiOll of g:-tpoaitive vowels, 18, 32b., 51, 78 I. _ t a , 16. 32 f. - c1aaaiticatiuu of, 22 fr.; modern, 32 f.; ancient, 23 b - compound or double, 23, 23b, 25
conuctItio,nodor_or~,

fI] b.b;
I]

bettar t.han aimpJe, 25

193...

.s,

.Ir.

CODIonanta,lIIIDlvoca1ic(4"u,.o-),23b -mute, 23 b - double, in .yllabication. 92. 2. co~ta, proD. of, 9, 2" 5.-6sI. - &aplr&t&e, 5... 56 If. - mediae, 5., 57-63. - liquids, 6. fr. COUt.ractiOD, 156 If.; . . . - of, App. iL 9, I. A, IS; 88 rhyt.hmica1 com peDll&tioD, ib.; written, 156b; 1111 writteD, 162; phonetic. 15C)1t1; gnumnatical, 1561't. - foreign to Homer, 30; App. ii. 9- proper to .t, APP. iL 9, 14 A. - m dialects, App. iL 1+ - ita bearing on pronU1lCliation, 25- discarded in popular apeech, :186. cunt&mination, 116, et puaim. CO" twtto cM, Igg,.. 'convenient,' OODItor. of terma ezp., 1357 f. , convening,' upr. of, 1371 I'. co-ordinating coujuncRona, 170. I'. oo-ordination for subordination, 215+ copula, 982, 13,.9copulative composition, 1156 tr., 1729 - disputed Cor A-P, 1I57b. copulati ye verba .r..a., -,I.",.",." .,.1.., 12.9; (cp. u85b, 1288); with ...., 1388 f. Corcyra, ancient dialect of, 03 A. Corinth, &Delent dialect of, 03 A. Cornaroa, a N Cretan poet, 021; p&IIim. coronia, 159 Cl; omitted, 161b. Cos, ancient dialect of, 03 A. - pl'8lellt, 221. 008. (=conllllibul), _ , 21 ....b _ m'imporla a 1401. 'could,' how upr. in A, 1901, 19:1S. 1978 'C01llltriea,' gender of, 242; in N. 2.f.5. ClZ'AIis, proClellll of, J 59 1'., App. ii. 1+ -in.d,30 - ita beariDgon pronU1lCliatiua, :15,165., - where used, 161. - pign of, 159- admita of lubeerlpt, 160. Cratin08, poet &; GOmpoeer, ApP. i.:I.f. - on Il~ /3ij, 39Crete 1IIIder Venice, 025. - ancient dialect of, 03 A. - present dialect of, O:lSt 039. 011; phonology, 155 e, 1i'5 g; 7&(6Tipov, 155; iD ~r. 273; .".tnS., 40'; 4 .,p&, 409; 6)(,1',6., 130, 503; 6C6, 130; ~ 524; IrIIAMcir, 505; ..,... .-..

me'

_ulin..

706

Digitized by

Google

IL

INDEX 01' BUBJEOTB.

dat.l.va1 genitive, 1350 t I. daUye, 231; in N. 233. - accent of, 2592. dative, use of. 13046--95. - hUtory of, 12..2-'/, 13fS 1'. - proper, 1352. 1353-70. - ablatival, 1352. - of person, 13048; after verba or emotion, 1335; become. geu 1336- of Lhing, 1351. - oflllOciation, 13,/1-8. - ohgent, 1365. - ofill8wument. 1379-89. -looatiye, 1390-5. - relative. 1369 t - of ~r, 1367 f. - ormterest. 1361 t - ~oal. 1363 f. - or time. 1391 1'.; In N. 1395; repL by 1392; by dr. 1393: for aocna. of fttent, 1394; for Latin ablative, 1394- of cause, 138,/ it - of specification, 12,/1 it; in N. afWr prepoaitiOll8: after ... 1.904t ~55~-65; tTW. 149... 1668 it; 4pIfH, I4904t 1495a; W, 1,,% 1580 1'.; wopa. 1.904t 16301'.; ..pi. '.94. 16.3 f.; wpln, 1665 it; 41ft. 1518; wp6, 1650' - replaoed by wp6r&.,wrG, 1348 ; by W ..... tTW. IwL. it. 41ft. 1351; by abnple aeon 1242. 13048; by abnple gen.. 12.2. 1350 1'. 3. dativeabaolute. at ...... f.; a Ladnlma, -

- or oomparllou. 1385 it

1:173-

'.94,

ib.

d4J(Latin).aaooIatedwi~W&It.13U. Decapolil, ancient dialect of. 03 B.

- without verb. 31....... day' u unit of time. 650. 1'/91 ; cp. 165 2

1l'lOund In Greek. 9.2... 5'11'. ~und In Greek, 9.2 57 t. 61 it d for 11 in 8ou~ ItalillD N. 2 .... ~l. origin or, 8Sd ~y1io rh~ nggeated by - t , 85d clGktlJ. /14,.",. 2. App. L 16 b. danger,' terms npr., 1956 1' 1961. duh In Greek, 70 80. datiDg in G-T, 1651 it datiYal -_U.e, 13fS f.

D. d (Latin). correepouda &0 Greek 11. 9t 5 57 f 61.

Deoimu, AI.,p4f. 59 0. declarafl'fi lJef'ba, 128. ; ooDBtr. of, 2028 f., 20;15 f . 2085 f., 11351'. - with infin., 2085 f.. App. 'ri. '/. - wi~ Il~., 2079. 2586. App. 'ri. 13 f. - wi~ &6TI, clHrMI. __ 1'/51 1755. 1942, App. vi. 13 ft: deolamtive claule8.1938-fS. - introd. by 6.-" '940. 1942; by ch, 1940; by &69., 1fGI6y" ifHrMI, ".,. 1'/51, 1793b f., 1942, A!'P' vi. 13 f. - in P-N. '939; in Polybioe, App. v. 8a. - moods in, 1940 ft: - form indirect di1OO1Il'II4I. '938. 2027.
Z Z 2

707

Digitized by

Google

n.

INDEX OF SUBJECTS.
deliderative _dRy nbjonctive, 1923 fF. dllBign, verba of, ~086b f. - ",n. of, 1337. deltre, verbal endinga of, 1099 desisting, verbs of, 1822. determinative pronoUDI, 1418-22 ; aw6r, 1418-21; clv6r, 1422 r.; ,wus, ",6r. 1423. deverbal, see poetverbal. diacritic marks, 2I, 29, App. ii. 9diael'8llil (non-contraction). 158. - mArks of, n, App. ii. 9. I. dialecte, ancient, 0 I ft - number of, 01-03. - grouped, 03. - phonology of, 29", ~9", App. ti. 7, r... - their value in pronunciation, 25. ~. dialecta, modern, 029 f. - grouped, 0~9- relative value of, 03~ dind, eerfla, _ deciorallM eerfJa. diutator (nlpaI'I'Of), ApP. ii. 11. Didach6, style of, on. DidymOl, App. iL lJ [2]., d,-, tt,upa, in datal, 165~; Gp. 650, 1791 difference, degree of, 1385 1'. , dHlicul$ &; bad,' 1113. diSicnlty, how exprelled in oompoandl, digunma, 11, 51 r., ~09 f., u6 f. his title omi\ted, 1327 diminutives, 303 - endingl of, 303 r., 103~41. - gender of, 243; in N, '4S&8 primitiVel, 1038. - spreading .ince A, 338. - in N, 1038" ; why increaaed, 1039. Dion Chr:r-to-, style of, 013; '"
1121

declarative c1au_, repl. by direct discourse, 1943, ~03I f. declarative conjunctionl, 1751-5. - frequency of, I753b. - never omitted, 1944declarative infinitive, ~08 5 f., App. vi. 3, 7-14; _ allO infinitive. declaring, verba of, 1284; see ckdG,.. Gild. tlerba. declension, 32~ f., 238, 252-666. - ut,261-90' ; ita endings, 261, 26~ ; ita gender, ib. - 2nd, ~9I-327; in N, 294, 305; affects ut, 296; contracted, 313u ; Attic, 3~3 tf.; in P, 325. - 3M, 328-432; stem of, 334; endings, 328 f.; accent of, 350 fF. - anomalous, 433declensions, three, u5 f., 238; formerly ten, 239. - in N, 226: intermixed, 226. 256. degree of difference, 1385 fF. degrees of comparison, Bee comparison. deitiel (..4) in N, 0111 fF., 4331' delioer:,ting, verbs of, 2036. deliberative nbjunctive, I~ tf. Delphi accepta firat Phoeniman alphabet,5 [I]. DelphiaD hymns to Apollo, 30. Democritos on Homer, App. ii. U [I]. demonstrative adj., 582-5; _ demo pronoun.. demo~trative ~ouns, 558-85; intenllfied, 574; m N, 572 f., 575 t: UI8 of, 1424-32; cl, T6, tt, 1424; A., 4", If25 f.; aW61, 6, ~, 1427; oVTOS, TOIITO, aim" 1428 ; I_-..os, 1430 f. - redundant, 1439- dropped in relat. ola_, 1442. DemOlthenes, style o( 05; et~. denominative words, 1008 fF. - verba, 1083-93. - adverbs in -GIr, 516, 518, 522, IIO~; in N repl. by -a, 521. dental COD8ODaDtI, 22. - +dental-II, 176. - +11-11,177; in N, 179. - +1I~dropped, 180. denying, verb. of, 1821. deponent verbs, 67+ 1000 tf.; become active, IOOOt, IOO~ f. - middle, 1001 fF. - pAIIive, 1004 ft depriviDg, verbs of, 1279 tr., 1311. die, dIN, ~36. derivation, 1007, loo8-lI02b d _ t , endinp denotiDg, 1028-31 deaerve,' expr. by .f"". ToO ."..v, u88". deeideraUve verbs, 1099 fF.

fF.

digniarr,

r.

T6It.z

pauim.

Diodoroa, Ityle of, 013; paaBim. Dionyaioa of Halicaru-. s&.yle of, 013; et pauim. - his theori81 on Greek, ~5 [I) _ , 6g [I]. - his talt.imony on pronlUlCiatiCD,

DionyaiCl of Olympoe OD -ta. App. I. '. diphthong, definiu.on of, 19 - constitution of, 19; _ aleo diphtho. . &; IIODaDL diphthonp, 19 fF., 78b. - in Greek graphic only, 3,1a. - genellia of, 30-3,1a. - proper, 19 Cl; genelia of, ao-pla. - epurioUl or oompeuatory, .9 b, XI', ~9a b, APP. ii. 1 I; hylteros8MOG8,
~9

~5

[I] 0-0.

tie,.,

f., App. ti. 9, 11; ...... 01,

708

Digitized by

Google

II. INDEX OF SUBJECTS.

.~ proper diphtbouge,

aod 1'., App.

n. 9; in V_,

20"; 20" ;

10lIl,20; why 10lIl,17", 32r. diphthcmga, never diuected in papyri,

dvandva oompolit.ioo, 1555 1'., 1729'; diJputed for A-P, 1157". dyuamio _t, ApP. i. 8; _ accent

30 - repeMed ill8t.ead of _Iveol, 30. - _ t &: bT~ga on. 78 f. - qu&lltity o~ ao. - pronUDCiation of, 30 I'. - how monophthongized, 32 1'. direci diIcoune, 2027, a031 f.; for indirect, 2031 f. dU- (Latin), E--, 755. di8ooUl'll8, direct, 2027, 2031 f.; indireci, 2027-32; _ uratio obliqua. diajunctive partiolee, 1725-30. dfIIimilation, 126. - of upiratae, 182 If. - in reduplication, 736 f. - miaUken for augment, 753, 755. dillOCliation, 12 I r. ; et pallim. diatance, verlll expr., 1316 f. dillti:nction, _ of, AIIP. n. I2 [I]. diatoribution upr. by trw, 66'1; by W &: _ni, 662t ; by dd, 1515 ; . In numerala, 666. diatributive numerals, 662-6. diviBion of worda, 90-3; in papyri, 30; in iucriptiou, ib. divillOl' of ."Uabl., 20", 29, App. ii. 9. dOllO, u..., 853". Dorio dialecta, 03 A f.; grouped, 03 A. Dorio inftUeDCe OD A, 04t 277, 283; on N,611. Dorio phonology, 2!t, af)a, ApP. ii. 7, 10, 14Doroe, reputed father of Dorio, 01. double ool18Onante, 23; in ."llabioation,9 2 double ACOUAtiVe, 1279-1285"; in pMdve verba, etc., U81, 1283; _ alao ACOnutive, double. doubling, oompenutory, App. ii. 9. doubtful' ."llableI, 88 f. - vowels, 17. drinking, verlll of, 121)8 f. P-Iound upr. by "~, 69dual number, 1.28. - buia of, 631'.
UIe

and etr..-acoent. d.s in N, 203, 205; for ", in South Italian N, 24a

E, e, primitlve&:NIOUnd, 160, 35", 1#. - ite relative power, 146. _ODd upr. by ", 39 1'., 42 f. - overpoWered by Cl 0" 136, 146 I'. 8-80ODda in N, 24. 8 prevoca1io beoolD8l i, 38, 155 4. Il Latin expr. by in Greek, 43. 1I+8=8,146,I48f. Il+i~e or I, 146, 154. ... (I) &: ni) in A puoxytcme, in N oxytone, 155 0, 271. 'each-other,' 550. 'eager for,' upr. by gen.. 1294'_y,' 00DStr., 1387 t: , euy &: good,' 1123 eatiag, vertll of, 1398 f. e6d0".,.to (1640",;;.,.), 639. -"0 (1..7'6.), 639 _UriCl (IMA""tca), 24. ecAt_ (1,,'111r >, 798.
UJlflUII' (JltlDflI1_s),

- in noUl18, 228 f.; in oontncted 2nd deo1..3 1 5 - in verlll, 667 f., 1172 f. - retreat of, 329, 315,668. dubitative objunotive, 1909 I'. durativ. preunt, 1840-5. - put (-imprf.), 18.n-5o. - futll1'8, 1895 If. dunag' expr. by geu., 1344 duty,' verbe deno\iDg, 1849.

of,

229.

.egao, 861. Egypt.iau papyri,language of, 013; et pueim. ea (LaW!) &: Greek fI, 53. eight + teu, 6,,2. eh/dVlCl ('MA""tca), 24elczba (IM/JCI), 794e1ative luperlative, 490, 1191, 1194. EliI, ancient dialect of, 03 A; _ 117' for 11', 177. eliaion, 139 1'., AIIp. ii. 9> 14- alga of, 139- u teat of pronaJUliation, 1,,1 b. emotion, worda deuotiag,l004, 1332 ft. 1387 1'., 21281'. - OAUIe of, 1947f.; upr. by dat., 1387 ft; by 1ft + dat., 1582 tl; by 6a, .... 17..1 empiric aoriat, 1852 ; - perf'eot, 1867 ; - future. J 887. empbuia in popular Ip88Oh, 121, Ui, 155', 1798, 2063, 2167, App. vi. 5;

eft'- (Ifl.\",m), 798

edN.... (13p11#1C1), 794education in A tim., 05, ..", App. ii. 9. -in G, on &: [2]. ft &om _v, 32, 51 1'. 'el'~' ite eDding in B-N, 1027. eft'ec:t.ive prel8Dt, 1831~ ; future, 1886-9+ , el'ort,' verlll denoting, 1962 f.

798.

-.v,-,

et puaim.

709

Digitized by

Google

n.

INDEX OF SUBJECTS.
etymologiee in Plato, 25 [I]. etymology. 1007-115710. Euboea, present dialect or, oa9Eucleidea, archoDShip of. 6, Aep. D. 12. - epelling reform. 6. 9t App. Ji. la t Euc1eidia.n epelling. 6, 9t 28 f., ApP. it III & [a]. EU!letN. Eil-rl." or -\'IS. 301. euphonic -". App. ill. 16-21. - misused. App. W. J 7 tr. - in N. API" ill. 20 If. euphuiams.I22. Euripides. style of. 05; et paaeim. & poor composer. App. 1. 24. & poor metricia.n. App. ii. 6 [1]. - etymologiaing. App. ii. U [I]. lID ~tin) from RI, 32. SI f. - m Greek expr. by RI Il. _. sa. -er.,.. _ . 1716. 'every other,' 1621 t

emphatic particles, 1743 If. emphatic pel'L prunoUDll, 525, 52~. encllii><, 94 t, 101 If. enc1itics. 940 102 If. - 108e their accent, 104 If. - succeeding one another, 108. - orthotoue, 109. - .. 8uffixee, 103. ending,' verba denoting an, 1322 f. endings of nouna, 252; in 1st decl., 262; in 2nd decl., 292 if.; in 2nd Attic ded., 323 if.; in 3rd decl., 328. - of verb, 760 If. -Mdo (I tal.) and N -G1'TCI\.s), U46. 6IIIlflintG (&'';;'1'(1), 639. Engliah phonetically tl'alllCribed, 032. enjoying, verbs ot 1298 t enquiring, verbs of, 2035. -nle. -oI'7'G(S), 110210 entrDBting, words ot 1353 f. ~ ('traW.aa), 750 e. epaeneaa_ ('wal_). 750 tJ. pcunuen ('traWH'w). 750 c. epat_ (,n"lf7ff). 798. '11_ _ ('traW.l1u). 750 c. epenth8lli., 137. 131, 188. EphoJ'OB of Cumae on accent., App. i. 2. Epich&l'lIlC8 on aocentl, App. L I. epichoric alphabetl, 5. _ epicoene gender, 2# f. Epiphanii vitae. Ityle of, on. Epiroe, ancient dialect of. 03 A. - p1'8II8nt dialect of. 029; !.pGllTW for !'JAfBG, 801; </if"." trU".,. 903-

"-1. I3n

IIIIIIv3pov. :lOb.

j -4ft. 15 14 [I]. - becomes Et- in N, 7SS. exclamation, 70. - JDIII'k of. So. - _str. olterDIII~ an, 1334 t exll8pt,' 6..... 1619 If 1808. uoutitllr, 755. mRta (';;"'11), 639. fIZllCI-.755 expectation. verbs of. a086b f. - with inSn App. vi. 3. I expert in,' expr. by gen., J 29+ expiratory &ceeDt, 32d. 85, App. i. 8;
_~t.

(1#fx11.s), 798. equality, adj. &Dd adv. or, 1357 ft.

~

expletive partioles, 1700-

erapau (Ip,.".r). 7~. Eraamia.n pronUD('v.tion. 24~; in Engla.nCl, 24 [2] ; in Germany. ib. j

1371 t

flItpolOO.755

extent, &CCU8. of, 1274 ft - gen. of. 1302. - dat. of. 139+

-"'--ff

in France, lb. - origin of. 24 - miB1lI8d. 24 [I ErMmi anl ..... 24 I]. Eraamir.Da, 2+ EraamuB \.Dwiderius) on Prca..24& [I]. eri..u (41"11"). 798. or -atl (in n01lD8). 2. 267". _e/llw CM. u6. 199+ eta. jJ,.II, 24 [I]. tGClI". 2+ ethical dative, 1363; repl. by gen., 1247. 136+ etAice, ~_" 2+ ethnic adjectives, 10;5-82 j 1Ubet., 1030 I. etu.... 1718. etymulogical Bpelling, 32. 25d t etymologies .. test ofpl'Clnunci&tion, 2S.

&tl].

/-IOund in Greek. 63. 13 3. 209 t:, al6 t. 61~. F.9, - ita name. 11. - ita place in the alphabet. 61~. - ~~ !orm in G-B. 6161, -lDI~. 216. - intenonantic. 217. - before i. 72. - becomes Il or v, 63. 404- numerical value of, 6,6, facility. compounds denoI;ing. 1I U tf. factitive verbs, 868. '&ll _ anIa. I Wy (claas) At takes the article, 1201. I favoUl'&ble,' oonatr 1357 t 'fear,' verbs d8noting. ISo5. 18a7. 1956 If. 1961. 'feature,' adj. deDOt. At 1057 IF. I lee' denoted by __."""., 1071.

11,

710

Digitized by

Google

ll. INDEX OF SUBJECl'S.

feu.., gender of, 2.2 ; in N, 2.5.

femiDiuee, 227. - b y _ , 2.2. - by endiDgII, 2.7 fr., App. iiI. 11 b. - in -11'11, -Ear, -1{I1f, 395. filling, verbs of, 1318 r. I. final cla..-, 1952-68. - their moods, 1952 fr. - their parUoles, 1952 fr. - iu Polybioe, App. v. 8 d. 2. fIDal relat. c1au_, 2020 fr. fIDal parcioles, 1760-9. fIDal infinitive, 2078 t, 2~ fr.; lee iDfInitive. final participle, 2157-9 ; iD P-B, 2159. - in the fut. :n 57 ; ill the present, ib. ; in the IOr., 2159; afr.er verbs of motloD, 2157. - repl. by final clause, 2 r 58; by re1at. claOlle with 3r, ib. ; by final iDfio. ib., App. vi. 176,2170. - rare in NT, 2159. - mi.pplied, u 59. fiDite moods, 676; in N,679ItneM, terms ezprBlling, 2090 fr. Itting, terms of, 1357 f. lute, used iD epic recitatioDl, App. i. 2+ follow (to~,' coDltr., 1355 f. following, ezpr. of, 1371 fr. fool, its use in beafulg time, 8g (. _ replaoed by hand, 8gb. - (nllr,pes), as technical term, 89forbidding, verbs of, 1822. foreign elemeDt iD Greek, 016, OU, 027;
etpauim.

feeling,' verb. of, 2128 fr.

funre action, how expressed in..t, App. iv. I. 1. future (tense), 682 fr. ; in N, 686. - threefold, 684, 1881 iF.,1886-990 - twofold in N, 686. 2. future, use 01, 1886-99, ApP. iv. future fIItdclk, 682 iF., 771. - with RCtive present, 998. - hiatory of, 1478-88. - retreats, 1480 fr. - in P-N, 799, 770"', 78-86. future plJl1li1lfl, 682 fF., 685. - elldinga of, 761, 807. - threefold, 1882. - haa separate forml fOr effect &; dv., 1882 fr. - periphrued, 188a. future 411dicatillll, 682 fr., AI'P. iv. - endin" of, 770 fr. - threefold, 684, 1881 fr., 16119-99. - twofolc.l iD N, 686; _ future t:eD118. - hiatory of, App. iv.; _ e d up, ib. - diladvantagel of, App. iv. I. - longest record of, App. iv. 10'. - substitutes for, App. 2-14; in G, App. iv. 6; in G~B, ib. 8 fr., u. - in ..t-P, App. iv. 1 fr.. 8. - in B-M, App. Iv. u fr. - iD N, APP. Iv. tr. - in Sout.h Italian N, ApP. iv. 3. - retreat of, 8940 App. iv. - ftpl. by pr. indic., App. iv. 2 fr.; by iDfiD.. ib. 6 f.; byfut. lubj.,ib. 8 If.; by pr. or fu$. IObj. +u (fro, ..a), ib. u fr.; by B4Afl ..a, B~ ..a (B..a), 60, ib. 14 fr. - periphmsed by BlAIII ... fut. subj., App. iv. 16 ; b,. B4Aft ..a, B...a, 60, APP. iv. ft'. future,t~, 6831.; inN, 686. - use 1886-96. - iD 00IDIIIaDdI, 1890 f. - in interrog., 1888, 18gI. - empiric or gnomic, 1887. - for interrog. lubjullctive, 1888. - for UBertive present, 188g. - peripbrued by ko,.,. ... 101'. part, 1892 iF. - repl. by fut. pr., 1869; by pr. 1856; by present, 1836 f., 1855, l8g6b, App. iv. 2 f. - in South Italian N, 1836, App. iv. 2. futlU'e, tlaratitHI, 683 f.; in N, 686. - use of, 1882, 1895 fr. - simple, 1892 fr. -periphrued, 1883, 1896 - ftpl. by present, 1896b future, perfect, 684. 68g f.; in N, 686. - use of, 188. f., 1897 iF.

19-

I.

'XIII'"

foreign lDfiueDoe OD N, 032. forgetting, verba of, with gen., 129f; with aeoUI., 1296, 1295. formerly,''' 41ft, 151+ &acti0Dl, how expressed, UI5 I. frameofmiDd,' ..dj. of, u83 (. ~lavoDic element in N, OU. Frr.uka in Greece, 023, 025; their influenoe OD Greek, ib Frlltl (Frederick), 10~ [I]. FleDch phoDetically t.raucribed, 032. - iD N (leflld), 612. frequentative verbs, 1095 f. from,' expr. by gen., 1286. from the staDdpoiDt of,' 1369 f. fJ'Out.IODallts, I .... fruits,' gender of, 2.3; in N, 245. f. for I in South It.aliaD N, full a&op,' 70.. fulln-,' ..dj. deuoting, 106.-7. - verbs denoting, 1318 f. full-point., threefold use of, 79 lurnishing with,' its 't'erbal enling, 1091

I.

2..

711

Digitized by

Google

11. INDEX OF SUBJECTS.

Bimple, 1884 f., 1897 f. penphraaed, 188.p bylllopGl+pari., IB98 f. ; in N, 1899. - rep!. by effect. fu~., 1869. - extiDD~ ainae P, 1885. future, 2.a, 908. - 3rd, _ future perfect. future, Attio, 888. - reUe&te in H, 890, 894- doubtful in NT, 890, 894future nld.nctltle [aoriat optative],678. - forma~ion of, 771 fF. - endings of, 810, 910. - for fut. indic., App. iv. 8. future imper-at,,,e [aorist imprt.], 678. - endingll of, 910; in passive, 761. future oplaiiw, 677, 1767 11, 1927, 1935 f. UI8 of, 1923 it, 1935 f., 19-41; in G-B, 1936, 1253". .- misuse of, 1953 future participle with verba of mo~ion, 21 57. - repL byin1in., APP. vi. 17 11; _par. ticiple. future~

./'fIt_m e.xactltllt,

689.

G (-Greco.Roman period or dictiOll, B.C. l1iO-3O .&..D.), p. xiv, 03 B, 010 W., et passim. g'BOund in Greek, 9, 24,57 W. o for., in Souih Italian N, 24e Gab (Gabriel), 1040 [IJ. Kdior, 59 o. Gaul Romanized, 022 [1J. gemination in Greek, 9ab, 179 [I]; in N, 179 [I), 905. gender, 227; et paaaim. - threefold, 237; in N, ib. - determined by 881118, a40; by end iDga, a40, 246 fF. - JlUUlCuline, 23 7, 241. - feminine, 237, '43. - neuter, 237. 243. -common, 2"", - epi~ne! 2+4 f. - or adJectives, 4.:,6. - confounded, 2.U, 249", 29a. generic use of arucle, IJ99, JaOI f. genitival dative, la4a ft, 1347,1350 fF. genitive, a31; aurviveI in N, a3a, 12 47. -_tof,259genitive, U88 of, 1288-1346. - force of, 1286; in N, 1287. - proper, u86, 1288-1315; objective, I29D-1301; qualitative, 130t-6; ~~ive, 1307-15; with quanti tative adjectivel (Il Awns Toii XJlfOV), 1308.

OG'''',

genitive, ablatival, 1316-46; or eeparation, 1316-27; or compariaon, 1328 W. ; of cauae, 1332-7; of price, 1338 fF.; ortime, 1341 It j in compound verba, 1u6 f. - atmbutive, 1 '38. - of material, 1330 f. - of price, 1338 fF.; rep!. by - - . , 1340 - for subject nominative, 1313. - after comparativ8l, 1187 f. - of design, 1337,2077, App. vi. - with names of _int., 1239, 1276, 1345 - elliptical after 'If, dr, 12B9 t; indicatell a Saint', day, 12a9. 1 a76. 1345 - preceded by redundant ",*", 1629- after prepoBitiona: after cirri. 1495. 1501 f.; litreS, 149-4, 1503-19; If. 1494, 1566-71 ; &4, 149-4, 15a435; _TIi, 1592-7; pnd, 1494> J~-7; lid" 149-4, 1671-85; tip4oi, 1494, 14951; dt, 1553 ; I., 1565 b; pl, 1642; .p6. 1643-5' ; .pIn, 1661-4; ".,;", 1670; ".1" 1677-86; ""6, 1694-6. - retreM of, 1342 fF. - miaused in N, 1247. - datival, 1347. - for personal dative, 1147, 1351 f. genitive abaolute, 2141 ft; _pued to ablMive abaolute, 2142. - rep!. by &cc.'UL abaol., 214a. - in P-B. 2145. gellitilJtU absot.,." 2141 ft; _ genitive abaolute. gentUe nouns, 1030 r. - adjectivee, 1075-82. GeoTOI Piaidea,hia verae U'tifieial,.a.pp.

u.+ n-n phonetically traD8aribeci, 033.

fIimel, .,ap.p4,

,.wound in Greek, 9, a.., 57 fF.

2.

GiotIa.nicio, 'lMawUrcos, 1040 c. , give a blow,' to, 1593. giving, verba o~ 1353 f., J094 tf. GlauCOl of Samoa on acoent., App. i. 1. Glyc&s, style of, 034, App. Hi. 9gnomic aorist, 185a. - future, 1884- perfect, 1867. 'gomg,' verb. o~ 2095. 'good &; 8&ly,' how upreaed, 1Ua. gopA, ..s..a. 2, 11. Gorgiu on grammar, ApP. iL 1:1 [I]. Gortyn inacriptiOD, 4",. Gothic &; Greek verb. 32"1 [3]. Gotha in G - . ou &; [1]. grcalHJIllri.., .paIJ6.TPCOS, 59 c.

712

Digitized by

Google

U. INDEX OF SUBJECTS.
grammar, defined, :lSb. - modem, :lSb; N, 032,031. - aDCient, :lS b, :IS, App. u &; ita IICOpe, 25; how far ~ed 111 N,022,031 - in A, ApP. ii. 12 &; [I], 13 [I]. - A preeerved in N. 022. grammariana, ancient, :IS f. - requiaitee of, 2Sb. - mare commentaton, 25. - on pron1lllciatiOD, 25. grammaUOtI,defiDed,25 b ; grammatical function and IOUDd, 25; and mpt, 25. grammatical principlee, 112-122; analogy, JJ 3 if. ; AMOCiation, 117 if.; cn-iation, 121 f.; _ also phonetio principles. grave aocent. 70s; _ rleo _tee). -_kof,70s- origin of, 76. - nature of, 76. - value of, Z7 f. UIe of, 82 f. - Iymbou.. continuation, 82 if. - on fiYvy UDIIOOIIDted .yllable, 76b

n.

[IJ ;

"'0 + half'
I

infin. for fut. indio.. App. iv. 6. and 'middle,' 1128. oWN uaed in ber.tiDg time, 8g b. hard _ill, 14+ , have eomethiDg done for me,' 1460.

_grammar.

&; [3]. - omialion of, 76b.

retention of, 76"; eymboliMa continuation, 82 if. - in enoJiaia, 104G_Boman period, l'~ lOv, 03 B, 010. Greek Janguage, ita hlItory, 01~33; ita cha1lg8ll and 1_, App. ii. 9 ; its peculiarltiee, pauim. Greek and Latin church., 0:13, 025. Gngary Nulanzenoa, his v8l'lle amflclal. App. ii. + guardiug, verba of, 1812. G1U (Auguatua), 1040 ll]. guttunJ. co_nta ('1 X) :1:1. - dropped. 155. f, 179. -+/10-'1, 1 77; baN, 179. -+11 .. ,180. gUtturallODUtB, 14+ - etrouger than palatala, 145. -

- on "',.or &; >.otpdr, 47.

M, 1}na, 2. 'hearing,' verba of, with part., 2133 ; with Mo. for part., App. vi. 13 f. HebnlalDl: for illltrnm.dat. ('with '), 1381", 1562; (op. also .Is ISSI); fls ~"'t1r 1551; _,. 'Y"J'III" 'XI.I', 1660; 'yuPJ) 4r . rWri;r, 1439; '11_ .Ir tlGpmpia., ISS2 ; 0(, rir, 18:13 o. heed, verba denotiug, 2087 if. Hellen (EAArJv), legend of, 01. - .. national name rept by RomalOl, 016. HellenIaLio period, p. lOv,03 B, 08 f. - aohool, 013. I help' (to), coDltr., 1355 f. Heraclia, &DOient dialect of, 03 A. Hermooratee, on _nta, App. i. 2. H8I'IIIOpnee, on pronunciatiou, 25 [I] d. HerodotOl, language of. OSlo, '703; et pueim. Heeiod, App. ii. I J; et .,..un.

'1'

.m....,

hiatua, 12+ - in PolybiOl, 1771 b. hidiDg, verba of, 1279 ft: HimeriOl, .~yle or, 013. hindering, verbe of, 1822, :1087 if. hlatori_, language of Ulaieut. oS ; et
~im.

lIiator!0 pl8olent, I83S r. hiatorioal tenaee, 6g2;

teuee.

_dary

H (-HellenUtloGreek, 300-150 B.o.). p. xiv, 03 B, 08 f., et puaim. H-1, 2, 12. - forma of, 3, 5 [2], 12, 72 &; [I]. - not a letter, 72. - a Phoenioian relic, a, 7:1; retained .. cipher, ib. 616.. - no IWII8 for it in .A, 7:1. - AI 2nd coutituent of."X'. 12, 170 H for apiritua uper, 72 if.; _ lpiri'UI uper. HGIJ., Tcl'Xf..... pp. vi. 27. Aabeo+pf. part. for pl. indic., 2139.

hiItoricallP81liDlr, 032, 2Sd f. hi\tiug, verb. of,-13OO f. Homer, hIa lan~ge, 30, 1730, A!f. ii. 9, I I, et .-m; arii&aIal, oS -lda infiueDCe on .A-P, 0510, App. 6, 9,11. - aDd Pelalatratoe, App. ii. 11. Homerio Greek, arti&cial, OS". - itainSU8DCllon.t-P,os", ...pp. ii.9fF. Homerio queetion, App. ii. 8 if. Homerio rhyt.hm.and aocentuation, 854 Homeric IOnantiam. 30, APP. ii. 7, 9. Homeric phonology, 30, App. ii. 7, 11. Homeric text normalized, App. n. 11. Homerio verae, ita oritrin a: hlatory, APP. 4 &; 11, 7 ft., 11 if. ; ita iIlflll_ on .l-P OSb, App. fi. 6,9,11. Homeriata, App. it. 6, 9.

n.

n.

v-.

.\omoeopalAV, 90 [I]. hoping, verbe of; with infin., 2073,

2086" f., App. vi. 3.

713

Digitized by

Google

U. INDEX OF SUBJECTS.
hortative subjunctive, 19I2 fr. - particlea, 1913 fr.; in B-N, 1915 fr. 'house,' underatood, 1389 f. 'how far" expr. by &CeUS., 1275. , how long" expr. by &Ceus., 12 i 5. 'how many timea', 648. 'how DllUly times as much' , 655. : how old': expr. by 'Yf'rO..M: 1377. hundreds, declmed as edJ., 6J8 f.; how marked in A, 617. hyphaereaia, 138, I,.B f., 157, App. ii.9, 14 Aypod&lI imprt.). 813. bypotaxia repL by parau.xis, 215... hyaterogeneous diphthongs, 29 f.; 888 diphthongs. ictus, indicated by the acute. App. -it 8. - nature of, 85 r.; identical with accent, 85b ft': ; cllif'ers only in application, 85, 85d - its influence on quantity, 29 t, 85", 88b r., "'pp. i. 16b tictu, Luror. 1077. idem, d tWTor, 1.20. - in N Cd tIIlor), 613. dolatry &: mythology in 9-N, 016. -le, i. e. ofl., a61. Jewa Ht'llenizing, 013If-clauae, 1964, 1967. il Romanic (d, TO, I)), 236. 4l qtuJh (d _HOt or is dncOt), 612. U1ative olausea, IN oonl8Outive clamea. imparlayllablc declenaion, 255. impediment, verba deno\ing, 1316 t imperative (mood), 676. - endinga of, ~14; in P-N, 812 6'. - use of, 19266'.. App. v. 1-5, 17. - in prohibltion.~, 1927 r. - repL by primary IDbj., 19190 1928, App. v. 16. - for oond. protlllia, 1977 I. - for oond. participle, US - commoner in N than in ..t, 19a8". imperfect (teuse), 682; in N, 688. - endings of, 760, 780 - use or, 18.7 fr. - of attempted action, 11tfS. - for preaent, 18.f9, 1901, Igo7 a. - for plpf., 1850, 186g. - periphrastic, I". imperfect lubjunotive [optative], 802. imperaoual expl'8lllionl as &CCDL abBo1., 21043 ; in P-B, 21.5. imperao:nal verba, 00DBtr. of, 2081 , App. vi. 12 0, 16- tDl'lled to peraonal, 2083 r. -In potential indicative, Igol. In-, ..., d.- (negative), na9 t -ill ("I' or _), 1I00III. ling. iD, 330, 358, 38 7 ~ - in N. 343, APP. iii. 1+ inception, verb endiDgl clenoting, 868ft':, 1096, log7 fr. - _ _ denoting, 868 6'., 1853 inceptive present, 868-7 1 , 18Minceptive aoriat, 1853 f. inceptive verbs, 868 fr., 1096 fr inchoative, _ inceptive. indllfinite article, 622-.; _ anicl.. inde6nite pronOUDl, 568 ft':, 5904-602. Ule or, 1448-53. India, Greeks in, App. i. IJ [3). Indian (old) aooento 8.", .&pp. i. 11 ~~ augment, 71."; _ abo rito - verae, ApP. ii. 3 a; 888 abo SanlkriL

(".sit".,

~ (Latin) as C?~ntj. ,sound, primitive &; N, 16, 35 , 144; variously exprel8ed in N, 2", - ita relative power, 1.6. - weakeat in the lIC&le, 146. - overpowered by every IOlIIIIIto 136, 146 fr. '-BOund + IOnant palatalised to l or ')' (N), 155 G j gutturalized to ')' (sA), 155.f. 155b i for al, 560. i before r becomes 11 in N, 40. 186". i +i=4, 146, 1.8 f. j (yod), 9, ' ... 58 , 123, 2og, 211 fr. j ymbolof, 11. - from prevocalio i or 11,37, 155 G. - after palatals, 211. - after Clentab, an ; after I) (')'), 21", - after Uquids{A, 1', p), 21", - &SIimilated wit.h antectaaia, u5. -i-intersonantio, a17; inverbe, 860,863. -t. anaptyctio, 155 G, 155", 562. f (aooented) in augment, 720 , (finll) frequent in nom. fem., 338 j in the article, 561. j.888j. j (Latin), as o o _ t , 17". 14 in .d paroxytone, In N oZ)'tone, 155 0, 27 1 jfl for tfa, 151 ; for &4, 155 a. jc&Al,IlaAOS', 151. iambu., prevalent _ i n A, 18". ;,tt.TpOr, 15 1 iI: (in Euglbh) from .,q, 105g. Icaroe, preaent dialect of. 029; pr&aervea -as in &CeUl. pi., 333. 561 ; fem. in -os, 2920; 1J/lM<, ~. go5 j maac. in .Ir, 273 j fond of final '1' (tlTOJl4ll), 231. LieD, 1077. -icI (in Engliab), 1069. ictus, 85 fr., A~P. D. 3 G; pu1ae of rhythm,85

Ir' It

"'.or.

714

Digitized by

Google

n.

INDEX OF SUBJECTS.
infinlt.ive in a 10018 conm. (Toil), to denote purpoae, 2076 f., .lpp. vi. 2SfF. - ita rrequenoy in ..4., .lpp. vi. 20 &; [I); in B-G, ib. 21 fF.; in T-B, ib. a4 fF. ; in N, ib. 25 fF. - for participle, 2068, 2075 11, 2149. - retreat., a07a, .lpp. vi. 25 fF. - repL by .uba~ ill -/14, 'IW, -lFlr, etc., 206S, a072, App. vi. 25; by (Tc}) ...t, M, 2072, APP. vi. 25. - in N, ApP. -ri. aslI, 25 fF. (Tc}"'-"i, vc) Ix.., eta., ib. 26 f.). 11. infinitive, verbal or GIICIf'tlrOIll, 2062, 2078-99, App. vi. 1,2-19- biaior. lurvey or, 2078 r., "'pp. vi. - reIOlved Into finite verb, 20i8 f., App. vi. 8, 12, 15 fF.; when by r.a; 2089; when by 3n, 2089. - alternatell with ita ana1yai., .lpp. vi. 611. - declarative, 2078 I., App. -ri. S, 7-14; rep1. by WI or M, a086 r., .lfP. vi. 7, IS f.; by 3a6T "6rl, _ , App. vi. n, IS f.; alternatell with ita analyaie, App. vi. 6, 7, 10, 12; retreat., .lpp. vi. 10 fF. ; in M-N, .lpp. vi. 18 f - pl'Ollpecti ve or final, a078 t, 2094 fF., "'pp. vi. 4, 15 fF.; Introd. by IHTT., App. vi. 8, 10, 15; by .Ir v6, App. vi. 10, 15, 22; repl . b,3nw (h). M, &ca, 2oS2,.APP, 'VI. 8, I a, 15 fF. ; by N, App. VI. 16. aB lubject, 3081-4; with imperIOnu verba. aoSl fF.,App. vi. 12 D; with paslive verba of saying &; t.binking. 2083 t - . . object, 2085-90; declarative with IICtive verbl of _yIng &; t.binking, a085 fF. (in die a08611 f.); with verba of will, a087 fF. - aB indirect object, a094-7. - aB complement, 2~S - In a 10018 or absolute conIItr.,

I. indicative, 676; in N, 679. - formation of, 760-801. - attracta nbjUDCtive, 7793. indiCAtive ("mdep.), 1118 of, 1!)00-8; negatived by oil ,oiIU.), 1803, potential, 1901; with h, 1907 f.; in G-B, .lpp. iv. 5; _ poten~indicat.ivtlo

1900

after W"(OtI or ",.w ('3Ip),

1902

- after -,6." ch, 1904; after &.pt(.)AoI', 19O1i f.; after M, N, 1906, 1!)08; after M, 1!)08. indirect dia001ll'l8, 2027-32.
threefold, 2029. upr. by declar. eta_, 2029 G; by in&n., 2029 b; by paRo, 20a9 o. - p.- to dUeot dHooune, 2OSI. Indo-Iranian, _ Arian. inferiority, geL of, IS2~ f. - verbs denotiDg, 21S2 f. in&nite moodt, 680. I. infinitive, 680 f., .lpp. -ri. - a verbal noun, 680. - endings of, 815; in N, 8192. infinitive, general WI8 of, 3(:63-99, .lpp. vi. - negatived by oil, 1814; by~, 1814 ft, 18n. - hiator. lUnoy or, 3062 f., 3072, .lpp. vi. - function of, 2062 L, 2071 t, .lpp. vi. I. - dUadvantagel of, .lpp. vi. 2, 25. - nbject &; preclioMe uf, 2064-70- in .4, 2063-99> .&pp. vi. 7-9, 20. - in B-G, ao6a f., 2071 I., 3078 f., .lpp. vi. 10 fF., u It - In pOO-ChrInian .lpp.-ri. 11-19 - In T-B, .lpp. vi. 24 If. - in M-N, .lpp. vi. 18 f., 2SII, 25 ft 3. infinitive, BpeCial USell of, 2071-99, .l\lp.vi. a. infinitive ,ub.lGtlliml or Grliowltw, 1221 t, 124Ib, a062, 2071-7,'''PP. -ri. I, 20-7. - force of, "'pp. -ri. 20, 25. - historical aurvey of, 2072, .lpp. vi. ao. - datell Iinoe Theognla, 2072, .lpp. vi. 20. - a regular nbat., 2062. - It.andl in aDy _ of ling., 2075 t - ita tenaee, 20130. - with prepoaitiona, 2074. 2075", .lpp. vi. 20 fF. - after 'Aftr, 1nrHx.1F1f, ef.c., 2073, 208611 f.

.r,., .r

w"

amea,

rut.

in pr. for aor. or prea.. 2082 in future tense. 208611 f. - retreata before ita analyaie, 206S, "'pp. vi. 7. 10 fF., 12, IS f. - in PolybiOll, App. vi. U B [2); in NT, ib. J2 O. - an..applied, 2159, 2068, 2075". 2149, App. vi. 17; for fut. part., 2158, .lpp. vi. 17 6; for part. of Srd decl., "'pp. iii. IS; for interrog. lubjunctive, lb. D infb:, 127. 131; in verb, 709. 756 fF. - in verba, 709, 756 tt, 928, 9S8. -

2098 r.

715

Digitized by

Google

n.

INDEX OF SUBJECTS.
Ionian N _ Icd, fnr Infror, 571Ioniana, metric system of, App. D. 10.. Ionic dialects, 02 f.; do DOt conu.ct in 2nd decl., 316. Ionic influence on A-P, 0", 287" (316, 327), 637, ete. Ionio phonology. App. ii. 10.. Ionic script, App. b. 12 2]. -iN (in nounl) IhorteneCi to -u, 298. JoaephOl, Hyle of, 013iota paragogioum, 574iotaciBta, 24-ir- becomes-er- in N, 40, 186". Iranian ve1'88, A'pp. ii. 3 a. -if (-'" -tlf, -[T p,.), in fem., 248; influences P-N inflection, ib. -if C-'lf, etc.) for -to. (6), 298 ..., (Latin) &; Greek -u 01' 1',301. - ident.i&ed with "'If, 301I MJ!I ! 251b. illanda,' gender of, 342; in N, 245. hocratea, atyle of, oS; et paIIim. ita, 34 [I].

"'ng

infixal -1'11- 01' -I11III-, 928, 938; short, 941b; long, ib. inflection, 225-996; preaerved by triayllaboton~, 81, App. i. 9. - tends to simplification, 26,. iF. - reduced in N,030. colTelpOnds to -_er), 3146. ;'111 in fut. &; P1'88., 899, 900. - &; ..u.1, 900. in order to: 3094 iF. inacriptioDl as teat of pronunciation, 35d - phonology of, AjP' ii. 7. -language of, 25 , App. iL 7, 14. inleparable particlee, 1134-36. inatrument, endings denoLing, 1035 iF., IOU f. - dative of, 1379 iF.; _ abo mMDI. intenaive cl-, JI31 f. intenain verbs, 868, 869 It, 1095 f., 1097 iF. intention, verbe denoting, 2087 It inte,. &; "', 1312. interaspiration, 73 &; [4]. interelt, dative of. 1361 f. interjection _. etc., 251, 1252. - repl. by ar, I. pllJpl, etc., 251, 1353 r. - omitted, 1353 It interjectiODl, conatr. or, 13U f. intermixture, 116 ; 8ee contamination. interrogation, sign of, 70 I' 80. interrogative pronouDI, 5b6 iF. - ule of, 1446 f. - preceded by article, I U 7 f. interrogative particles, 1747-50. in~tive lubjunctive, 1909 iF. - repl. by infin., App. vi. 17 c. interrogative olau_, 2033--61; how &DIwered, 3056--61; potoition of words in, 20U; moods in, 2031, 2039 f. - direct, 2035. 3037, 2046-55; aprnd in P-N. 3036; introd. by relatives, 2038. - iDdirect or dependent, :1035, 2037 iF. ; l"eItri.cted in P, 3036; introd. by relatives, 3037. - introd. by pronOUDI, ad.,erbe, or .f (h"). 2033-; by part;icles, 20336, 2046 iF. - for cond. protaeea, 1977 G. intraDlitive verbe uaed as trau.., U63, 14:' iF.; ban puDn .,oice, 1458, 1462 .... nrbe iD, oontraat in G-N. 702.

Italian accent, 77", App. i. 17 Italian inftUeDOe on N, 012, 031; .A.dtt>a0l Cor -1*, 180"; TIN for IIAI, 184.; -.la &; -fa for __ &; -iG. 171; _glio, pGlWor, 506; pi 5Ub; Tt Aoorir. 591b; d trOiM, tl ft"Iu,6u; (3WOl'TptiffopU,653); E'-, 755; ....,.aCr), 8n C., 21 46 ; d01lO, acInw, 8Ub ; IOS9; 1413 ; __ .''-porta 11 ".., 141; pR . . 1523Italillll N, _ South IaliaD N. ItaIo-Venetillll influenOl onN, 03:1; _ Italian inftuenoe. iterat.ive verba, 868, S69 It 41Ai~ C..,UJ8ir), 24-

i~,24

,Ta,

r """"0,

"'10,

"'tU, -u, 298, ICl.fO.

I_.~,59C.

l' (Latin) in Greek ICII/ or &I, 52.

lral'l, .a-a. 2. I: + i-IIOuud in Greek, 90 :I", 56 It knowing, .,erbe of, 2035 f. kozIpa, 3, 11, 61~, 617. - Ita p~ in the alphabe', 3,616J - u cipher, 11,612..

jotl, _ yod &; ...

John avclds DIe ofln&n., App. vi. 12 O. - fond ofr.a, App. vi. 12 C, 23b. Ion. reputed lather of Ionic, 01. Ionian N A&;. IIOUDda as t &; I, 187". - relil. aynizeaiI (-fcI, -4a), 155d

716

Digitized by

Google

n.

INDEX OF SUBJECTS.
letten (Greek), number of, g; in N, 9"; see alIo alphabet. - names of, 1, g. g" r.; in N, gd; gender of, 9d , a43; in N, gd. - origin of, 1-4, Il. - table or, a, 9. - I\borigiaal or pre-Phoenician, I, n. - form of, a, 9; varying,s [a]. - claaaified, 16. - extinct, 11. Levantine Greek: ancient, 01 3 ; modern, oa9, 187". Libani08, -,Ie of, 013: et~. 'like' (i. e. similar), conatr., 1371 fr. liquidoonaoDaDta (A lA pp), aa ; doubled,

lamed, AG(p)S3a, a. lamiM, AJfpa, 136b. 1auguage (Greek), age ad extent of,
oa8". 'late,' 151+ Latin and Greek churchee, oa3, 035. Latin accent, 84", App. i. I I [a), 19. - alphabet,s, 43 - verM, why quaudtative, App. ii. 3 0, 3",5 Latin intluenoe on Greek, 01 I, oa3; plu, .Alcw, 510 f.; 'XIII .,pdl/trJ, ~, ...pp. iv. 17; see alIo LatinismH. . Latin verbuomprd. with Greek, 3ao [3]. Ladniama in Greek, 011, on f.; Effor ,.. (du-), 755; -wlua, 1059: dat. for ablat., 1394; idem, 6 6f, 14ao ; 1lcrT., or for 6 14 or MOl 14, 1437"; .,;.p like 1JI1Ih, 1649 b; ..~ Uke ante, 1649 b, 1651 f.; like pro, 1('50; .pIn ,...", IJIpttd aZifuem, 1658 c; prolepeie of pnpoeitiOlll, 1513, 160a, 1650 f.; dn for Gb, 1507 fr.; for cum, 1175"; for tZ, 1514; ,.a.. K ,..., ~_, 6 I lnni,..,." 1569: d.6-'apiece,' 1515; ."..,.oii, plxoV, 1789; dat. abaolute, 3144"; 'Tri,.cos m ,.i T.poBl" ...I,..."GN, Il7S": 'X/II/+pf. ~t.. :n39; IX/II/ +infin. - fut., App. 1'1. 6; IUbjunct. for imprt. ('./JAvro, .,4..",....), "pp. v. 16: see alIo IAtin inBueDoe. Latino-Venedan inftuence, 350 ; lee Latin I; Italian inftuenoe. LallWfall (d1nHflllll'la), 166 [I]. LatItgtHU, a milleading term, 90 [I]. U, Romanic, a36. , leavee' 1IlII!d for paper, 07. learing, verbe of, a094 fr. leDgth, mark of prosodic, 17", a9, 70, 88 fr App. ii. 8 Wo, 16. - natural, 8~, App. D. 5", 7"~ 9 ft, IS. - bypoaition,86.,App.ii'5,7 ,9fr.,IS. lengthening, oompenea\Ory, Bee antee-

g",

a,

fAtat.la, Ai"AOI, 1361' Leo Sapiena, hie verae artificial, App. ii. 14 Leond08 of Neapou., Ityle of, o:n; et
1 (6 .cuor or 6 hoior), 612. Leroa, ita N dialect p~es d" 561 ;
~.

.,.

of, 9t 64; of p, 65 fr. ua, 337 o - I; DaDl8, 185-a03". liquid '1erbe, 889-Q06. - in fut. I; aor., 89a-8; in N, 997 ft literary style, oS f., 07; et puaim. literature (Greek), monumenta of ... , 05 ; of N, oao - age and extent of, 028". Lithuanian vene, ...pp. ii. 19. lUtMatuN, .,/IfJIA".,."uJ" ~Sti. little,' .. ,.., 1385. la (6, ,.6, ~), Romanic, a36 locath'e dative, 1390-95; oC p1aoe, 1390; of time. 1391 ft Locril, ancient dialect or, 03"'; n f"r fII, 177 , long' IlIYllablea, 86 fr. : see long vowela. 'long' vowels, 17 r., 28 fr., 86, ag. - 'by nature,' 17", 38 IJI ft, 86 ff. - by poaition,' 86 ft, ...pp. if. 5. Lord'. 'prayer, ita iDfiuenoe on H, 533 I; Ll]. Lucian, or, 013; et pIIIIIim. Luke, -,Ie of, 1934; et pueim. 1'.. l'altro, 1413. LyoophrOD, hi. vene nrtificial, "pp. ii. 4. lyric parte of drama, their prosody, ...pp. i. 24. L)'Iiaa, -,Ie of, 05; et pUllm. -

- +17,

pronDDcia~

US

u_

-,le

-(I7)OUI7., 777. Leaboa, ancient dialect of, 03 .... , 1_,' mil".., npG, 1613 fr. . Ie. (-DD-, in-), do, p-, Il3g f. 'la,' in ezhonauOD', Ig1:1 fr. letten, Phoeoician, 1-+

JL ( ... mediaeval period or dictiOD l000-1450),P'U'I, 038,034f.: etpusim. _, ,14 (' but ,), from magiI, 198a". lnaoaroniama (1OIeciIma~, 1320, 1335, 1666", 1764f., :1149 ,etc. Maoedonia, present dialect of, 029 fr. ; !.ptlllTGP, SolO; -17_, 1098. fll(JgV, parent of ma, ,14, Ig82". Maina, ~t diAlect of, 1554 , a71. majulCule form of acript, 9 . 'maldng,' verb endinp denotiDg, 1089 f. -- '1erlll denoting .. us.. r.

....D.

117

Digitized by

Google

------------ - -

--

U. INDEX OF SUB1ECTS.
Malal.., atyle of, oaI; et passim. 'mal.,' gender oC. a41; in N. 345.
'man,' omitted in Greek. u8a 11. Manetho. hiB verae artificial. App. ii. + manner. u:pr. by adverba. 516-24; by gen . 1343 ; by dat. 1381", 138a f.; by "fft + gen.. 1605 11; by participle, 1183 f.. :1160 ft'. . mannerilma, 122. marks, reading. 70 C., App. ii. 16. - proeodio. 17". a9 t. ApP. ii. 9-16. maIOruine gender. aai; d~termined by _ , 241; by endinp, a47 fr., App. iii. 11 11. material. adj. of, 1060-3. - gen. of. 1330 C. Mill (Matth"w), 1040 [I). Maunce (Emperor),satire ngaimt,oao. Muimoe Planu.! bia _ artifialal. ApP' ii. + 'may \' might, can '), 19z5'me&n!l. endinga of. 1025 ft'. - expr. by dai.. 1379 fr., 1531; by IllCi+ gen . 1531 f.; by''', 153a. 1559 f.; by fIr, 1551; by 1568 c; by trW, 1531, 1669 f.; by ".ft + gen. 1532. 1605 by tU, 1532. 1608; by participle, :1160 ft'. i _ alao inHtrumeni. meuure ' apr. without article, u33 ; with art., 1133". - 1UlCUI. of. 135. - gen. of. 11'0a ft'. _ . " " ' . trOll'. pa, 85". metatheai.. of quantity, 168"; an empty ~ App. ii. 8, 1+ metre in Greek, artificial, App. Ii. 41t - independent from -.e, App. ii. 5. met.rica1 beat, 85 b. met.rical pocition, 4", 8g. App. ii. 5" ; alao poaition. - beCore liquid.. 6... 66meUiclana( - muaiclana, rhythmiclana), App. li. 8 &; [7]' , middle' &; half, n 18. middle ooDlOnant., 22; _ mediae. middle ag., ~ir eft'. on Greek. 021. I. middle voice, 66g It; in N, 671; in

P-N,147a. - Corm oC, 671 It - repl. by aoU't'8 + rei. pron., I-t68, 1478 - Cui.. 67a; in N, 6740 77d>; in P-N. 1478-86 i la hiatar7,
- aor., 671; in P-N, 675, I471h4J8. I. middle voice, UIe 0. 14~. - direCt 1467 ft'.; nnoommon in .d, 1468; repL by actin+--. lb.; apreada in P-N, 1469; in N commoneR, 1469- Wlrec', 1470 ft'.; prevaiJa in .d, 1#. 1470; retnaa in P-N, I4~ 1478; mbapplied,l...sI t; u:tinoi in N. 1471, 1478 ft - dynamio; _ indirec'- . . _ _ Ye, 1473 f. 'might,' 19a5, 1967. 1978; how ezpr. In G-B, App. Iv. 5. 7. - ezpr. by .1X" +1nfIn:., App. iv. 7; by N + or aor.. App. Iv. a mUitary body, dai. indicating .. 1374, mindCal oC,' u:pr. by gen., 1I9f. 'minu.: upr. by .....p&; 6..... 1619 it. minnlOule Corm oC IOript. ~ ..... German pre&lt, 166 [I]. milaing, verba of. 1300f. ","'lea", (cltrof-la), 166 [I]. mi8rpellinp, . . . of pronUDOiaUon, as, 16C. mixing. u:pr. or, 1371 It modal vowel, 759v. 7 modality, mood modern Greek, _ modern Greek pruannalation, 9. MoeriI, an Aiticia, 013; et paaim. monophthongiadon of diphthonp, 30-3a"; _ dlphthonga. monOllyllabio aiema in aM decl., how 350, 35a. monosyllabic aiema in verb, 8U. 835 " [I]; in P-N, 835 4: [I]. 'months,' gender oC. '41 ; in N. 245. mood, uaimilation of, 195... a015.

1478-88.

't,

r.;

mediae ('Y 11 f!). aa.

....,p,l.

etc., ,...un. - in neuter or reclpl'OOlll verba, 1459meeting. expreaiona oC, 1371 fr. Megara, prel8llt dial. of, ogl. Mep.rIa, ancient dial. of, 03 A. mtglio, ~or. 506. Meloe, ancient dial. of, 03 A.

- pronnnoiation of. 90 a4. 54 f 57-63. mediaeval period (- 1000-1450 A.D.). p. 03 B, oa4 f.; et paaaim. medio-paali't'8 voice of verb, 67... 671,

uv.

imr,C.

, membership,' endinp denoting, 103a. Meuandroe, hla v _ ariUloial, ApP.

H4 M8IIeDia. ancien' dialect; of. 03 A; _ tIT for ri, 177. meiaphony (~lG). 166 [I], 166" iF. ; deJined, 166 f. - qualitative. 167. - quantitative. 168 f. - .. metatheeil, 168". metaplMmuR, '1 3311 ' metaplutio adjeciivea, 479-81. metathem.. 142, 143.

or. tlp.

'.4

_ied,

718

Digitized by

Google

11. INDEX OF SUBJECTS.

I. mooda, 6701'.; in N, 679. - name et meaniDg of, .lpP. v. 11'. - grouped, .lpp. V. I; _rUve, ib. I; pl'Ollpective, lb. 2. mooda in indep. cla1l88l, I !)OO-28' indlc., 1!)OO-8; primary IUbj., 1909-22; Indary lubj. fopt.], I923-25d; imprt., 1926-81i. - In depend. c1au_, 1919-2061; declarative, 1938-44; oaD88l, 1945-8; conaecutive. 1949-51; fiDaI, 1952-63; colldlt., 196492; eonceaa., 1993 f. ; temporal, 1995-2009 ; relat., 1010-32; iuterrog., 2033-6 I. - after a aecondary tense, 1931 1'. - sequence 0, I?,34, .l~. v. 7. 1l0I"II, "P6por, App. n. 8 [2]. moreover,' /COl, 1718. morphology, 225-1006. I. Moachoa, hi. verae artificial, .lpp. 11.... 2. Moacboa (Ioannes), atyle of, 021; et
~.

iiaeal conaonanta, u. - liquida, IS5-200b; cp. also liquida. NuOl: It before., i -l, 56'. -nd.. = ..,tor, I050b. - .. ttpor, 1054-N (Latin) in queationa, 20406. near,' couatr., (357 r. n808ll8ity, adj. of, I050bf. need, verba eJ:preBling, 131S f. negative particles (06, ",,34,,), 1796IS2S. - morphology o( 1797 1'. - use of,I801-2S; idiomatic, I822-S. - combined, IS24 I'. N.ll (He~en, Eleanor), 1040 N eo-greoiata, 032; errora of, ib. NeohelIellic; _ N.

If, P, 91

P].

_ropat1y, 90 [1].
neuter gender, 227; In N, 245; det.ennined by 88nIe, 243; by endiDga, 2471'. neuter adi. used RI adv., 5181'., 512, 1184 f., IIS5, 1:166 f. neuter pL with verb in ling., 1169 1'. neuter verba forming paaive voice, 145Sf - as mediopaaaive, 145'. New Rome, 015. NewTlIBtament,atyle of, 013. 017,021; et paaaim. _ewt,130 [I]. tHciRame, 130 [1]. nicknamea, 1040; in .ar, 287; as aagmen,-tives, 1042 1'. nine, how added to tena, 642. , no,' how nprel8ed, 2057 fE no IOOner than,' 171'" 2I15, 2117. nominative, 231. - accent of, 260. :.- BaIlIe as YOC. in 3d deol., 349. nomina"", use or, 124S I'. - used as voc., 1250. - repl. by geu. or by prep., 1313. - absolute, U44, 2145 (op. 2149). non-Attic Greek, 09. non-con~on,30, 15S. - in Homer, 30. non-Ionio dialeata, 02 f. ROnm, 06, ap' 06, 2046. N onnoa, hie verae artificial, .lpp. ii. 4northern Greeoe, ancien' dialectl of, o,~ A; modern, 029 f. northern 11, 029 r. - charact~r of, 030. - inBection in, 0,10. - it.s peculiuitic.: ',1, 136.; dll'llllTcSr, 251 b, 549; In conjugation, 8010; 0(1101 for -flOl, 854: -AoI & -Aitu aaaiJcllated, 85\1; -/;."(01 for -GIll, 863.

moat. ,' -nlTor, II91. motion,' verba 0, 1004, 2095 f., 2157. movable coneouanta, P, 11 (.), 220 I'. movable P, 3201'., .lpp. iii. 16-21. - miauaed, 639, ApP. iIi. 17 1'. - In N, 320 fr., .lpp. iii. 20 I'. multipHcaUvea, 653-7; In -trAwr, 6!13 ; In -trAor, 654; In -"Aalnor, 655-7 ; In -trAAl1l_, 656. MUlllioa, hie verae artificial, .lpp. if. ... nl1llio and poetry In A., .lpp. L 2",
m1llical notes, Invention of, 28 11. m1llioal accent, .lpp. i. 8 fr.; _ pltoh_nt. , muiciana' (- metrialanl, rhythmlciauI), .lpp. 11. 8. mute _ n t a , 23'. mute verba, 865-SS8. , my,' 554; my OWD,' 553, 554; 'my very owu,' 557. mytbologyiden&ified with idolaVy, 016.

N (- Modern Greek 01' Neohelleulc period or lpeech, from 1000 to preaent time) p. DV, 03 B, 0191'., puaim.

- &rat appearance o~ 012.

origin or, OU.

- age and extent of, 02S b - perioda of, 03 A, 019 fr., 02l~33; et paaaim. - dialeate cf, 029 f.; grouped, ib.;
-

relative value of, 032. compared with A. Ityle, 032. free from Slav elementa, 032 et [I]. under Turkish rule, 027. verae, .lpp. if. (S r.

119

Digitized by

Google

n.
INDEX OF SUBJECTS.
oriental intluenoe on Greek, 09orthography; _lp8Iling. - Attic, .lpP. ii. 11 f., 14. - etymological, 032, 254 f. - historiOl\l, 032, 254 f. - phonetic, 032 f., 254 orthotone tonoclitioa, 109orthotoneail, 109. osten.ibly,' 1945. Otranto, dialect of, 02:; 'TIIiio, . , &c., 1554; "",Ta, 174 ; </>tT for "', 180'>; .,.IAOl ('.~\ 1840; wMo'IU"; aI (art.) IU!'VlVlDg, 560; 'FOVI'O, 581 ; .(eT)w (imprt.), 813[1]; -.OIfor-., 861; _ also South Italian N. 01' (Latin) in Greek _ , ow, o/J, sa ought,' 18t9. Ol[yLone, 81

no sooner tban.' I7J.J. 2I15, 2117. not at all,' .wal", 1385. notion, verba of, :1133-6. ffOugltl, 630. , noun,' meaning of, 235, IJ06. nO\lJl8, verbal, 680 f. NT, see New Teetament. "um, ipa, fA~, JAGw, 20,.6. numbel'll: three in (early) A, 238,667; two in P-N, 230, 633, 668. - conoord of, 229, 1168-80. numeral adverbs, 648-;;2 ; in N, 651 f. numeral lubatantivee, 258; in N,66I. - in -Or, -ciao., 658. - in -lis, 'Vor, 660. numerals, 616-66. - cardinal, 620-45. - ordinal. 646 fr. - otber, 653-66. - compoond, 640 ft

"un, rV,

2_

P ('" poat-clauica1 Greek, BoO. 300600 A.D.) p. DV, 03B, 08-013. et

Pa1aeologoi, claaaica1ilm under, 028. palatal coDlOnanta ; - + dentlll, 172. pillatalsonantl, 1+4- weaker than gut.t.ural - t I , 145. PamphylJa, ancien~ dialeotl of, 03 Apanhellenio At~ic, oS", 08-30. panhellenic Greek, 09- 013. Pinini, Indian grammarian, .pp. i. I l

O,o,a primitive&; N lOund, 160, 35 b, 1#. - originally .. 0,01, ov; 6, 12. - ita relaLive power, '46. o+e = 0,146,152. o+i + 0, 146,152. 0+0 = 0, 146, 148. 0+. = 0, 146. 152. I) in Pontic Greek, 24". ob, whether,' fl, 2054. obey' (to), conltr., 1355 f. object, accus. of direct, 1257. objective gen., 1290 fr. oblique caaea, 231. Ofl (Latin), origin of, 19& [I]. I of,' el[pr. by gen., 1286. ugdoi"ta (6oyIo,,"Ta), 639oi (Latin) &; Greek 01, 19& &; [I], 53. Old Testament (Greek); lee Septuagint. one,' how lubtracted from tenI, 642. Onomacritoa and H=:n!fp, ii. II. Oppianoa, hie V8l'll8 . . , .lPP. ii. 4. "ptative, 677; _ lubjonctive, _ndary. - origin of term, 677, 1924, .lpp. V. lOb. - repreeentl past lubj., .lpp. v. 3, lOb. - as the mood of wish, .lpP. v. lob, 12. - of future, 677; _ future optative. or' 1/, 1725, 1726b ; in questiolll, 2046.2052. oraIio 061il/IIII, 2027-32, 2086; _ indirect diIcolU'le. oralio ruta, 2027, 2086; _ direct diIcol1l'll8. orators, style of, 05; et pMIim. UIO of dual by, 668. ordering, terms of, 1353 r., 2031. ordinal numbel'll, 646 fr.; in N, 647. Orpheu of Croton, "pp. ii. II.

.-un.

[3].
papyri, lauguage of, 07, 013; ftpMlim. - as teats ofpronunciatiOD, :15, 25'. - divili:>n of words in, 30. paragogue, 127, 132 f. - aualogica1, 132'. - protective, 132". - epenthetic, 132". - revective, 132". pilT&tam for hypotam, 2154. paratheail, IlIO, 1138; in G-N, II41, 1155 pardon (to), constr., '355 L parentheail in Greek, 70a, So. piIriIyUabic declensions, 355. Parol, p _ t dial_ oC, 754pMO][yLone, 81". - equivalent. to proparoKJtone, 106". partaking, verba of, 1298 I., 1310. parCicipi_ a6110lutum, 2'41. - COI\itIRce.m, 2141. 1. participle, 680 f. - a verbal noun, 680. - chancter of, 820. - endings of, 8ao If. - in 'fAf"Of, 821 f. - in -_(r), 822 f. - impariayllabic, .pp. iii. 13; replaced in N, ib. - agre. with itl IUbat... J 18. f.

720

Digitized by

Google

n.

INDEX OF SUBJECTS.
paasive voice, 669. - form of, 67a If.; adrDitted by trane. &; iDinlD8. verba, 1462 f.; by neuter verba, 1458 f. passivedeponents, 67S; in P-N IoIIIUJD8 active form, 675; dimiDilhed in N, ib. paasive future, 685; _ future paasive. U88 of, 1461-511. - avoided in popular apeeoh, 146a. put Iubjunctive, 677; 188 subjunctive, secondary. put teuea, 684, ~2; _ aecondary. Pal (Patrick), 1040 [I]. pG"", riftp, 386. Patmoe, dialect of, 720, 754Pairlaroh, bead of Gneb, 026. PaUiarcbae duodeclm; _ Teatamenta. patnmymica, loa8. PaaaaniaB, Ityle of, 013; et pusim.

partiaipl., IIOf.ive mP-N. 8u. - medio-plllllive, 8u. - future; _ future participle. - perfect; _ perfect participle. a. participle, IU8 or, 3100-70; much favoured in .A, :1116S. - hiRory of, u64(S)-7-; BIIJIIIII8d up, 3170. colllltraction, :1141. - abeolute, U4-6; mN, :II~. - negatived by oil, 1814; by"" 1814 If. - aubtRaativized, U41 fI. - adlectival, :1100, u06--F'. - retreats, 3164-70. - repL by iafln., a068, 3149, .pp. vi. 176; CAII8MOf, u641f., :n69; aubetitutel for, n70. 3. participle, altributiw, :uoo, n03 f.

- m

M_,

- mP-N, :1117011.
- rep1. by relat.

- with artiole, 3103.

c1aIU8,

aIlO. 4. participle, p~ :1100, uofr -

u04 t,

-F'.

- mP-N,

aubjeotive, uo6-3a. objective, 2133-40'; a170 c.

m P-N,

:lI7ob.

5. participle, oircumlCanliGl, :1141-64 ; IU8 of, aIOl, :11 14'; mP-N, :1141, n6S-70. - replaced, 2141, aI70. - P-N hiatcry' or. 2164-70. - dropped since T, 3168 f. - of time, U41b, 2147 If.; P-N, u70 d. -or cause, U41b, alS0fl'.; mP-N, U7o e - or condition, 31<41'. aS3 f., 000; mP-N, n70f, coDOellive, uS5 f.; m P-N,

of purpoee or final, U4111, U 57 If. - or :manner aad meau, :1141", U60-4; not resolved, a161; repl. by adj. m _. u6a; by &efv. m 'CWTG(r), u63; by iF 'l'fj + infIa., n6.f, :1170 t. JIIIrliclee, 1487-183' - hiaiorica1 lurvey of, 1487 - very common mP-N, 148711, 1703. - - conjunotiollll,11-9S' - - neptions, 17!)6-1830 - mcompoeition, I I 17-36; aeparable, II 18-33; iDaeparable, 1134-36. partitive gemtive, 1307-15; with quantitative acijeoiivea, 1308. - with dfi or 1311 f. - ellIptioaI, 1313. -

u79

a:

't,

'peculiarity,' ~i:!;"Ot.iaga, 1068-7411 Peiaiatrate&n .pp. li. u. Peiaisira.toe, .pp. D. 11 I.; hia cba.racter, ib. -aDd Homer, .pp. ii. II &; [I f.], 12. Pe1opoan~, preaent dialeota or, oa9. petatinttl (..fI'T7I"1I), 639. penali(ima),8111. people, aB aubjeot, 1165. p" oM, 15a3. perception,' verba denoting a, u33-6. -wit.h~, 2133 - with 1Dfia., .pp. vi. a. - with 5TI, vi. 13 f. p_gri_ (...Arypc"or), 126I. perfec\ tenae, 682; inN, 688, 3139f. - lit &; ancl, 925. - formation of, 000, 9241f. - peri.,m-J., 764, UIO; N, U39 f - assimilated to aoriat, 7400 - iDftnUive, 816. - participle, 690; in N, 740. a. perfect, UI8 ot 1863-75; Iianda between pras. and &or., 1863; bow rendered in Latin, 691. - for preaent, 1864, 1M6 1670-5, 2083'. - with modal 1"" 1873. - for aoriat, 1861, 1870 If., 2083". - rept by tlpi + pf. part., 1864 t ; by + &or. or pr. part., 1864t - repl. by present, 1842. - repl. byllOrin, 740, 1861. -in N,I861. - epistolary, 1867. - empirio, 1867. - gnomic, 1867

pe, .... ~

2.

a:

.&i., .rp.

a:,

'X"

721

.A.

Digitized by

Google

U. INDEX OF SUBJECTS.
-prautmB,69 1 Perick duce, 2142 c. period ( = full atop). 70a. periphrastic comparison, 509-15. periphrastic teD8ell, 687. 'permit~: verba or, 2094 fr. perIOn endinga in verb, 760-823. - normalized, 801 b personal pronouDB, 525-43' - tonocJitic, 530 fr. - abbreviated, 530 fr., 1400. - frequent in P-N, 1399 1118 of, 528 fr., 1396-1401. - redundant, 1401. perIOnality, R. (Tlf, VI), 1450. perIODB in verb, 667. perspicuity, aee clearn_. perauasion, verba of, 2087 fr. pili, trOur, ' foot' (in metre), 89. pet namea, 1040; in -if, 287. PH in Latin for +, 43. p + " in Greek, 9, 240 56 fr. PAil (Phillp), 1040 [1]. Philo(n), style of, 013, et passim. philology in A, 2Sb. philoaoph8l'l, atyle of, oS; et pasaim. Phoci., .ancient dialect of, 03 A; 1JIIeII (IT for 119, 177. Phoenician alphabet in Greece, I fr., I I. - pre-Phoenlcian, I, n. - lettera, I fr., t I ; as ciphera, 3, 616. 'phonetic decay,' 90 [I]. phonetic principles, 123-224; prothem, 127,129 (provection 130 f., epen theaia, 127. 131 t); aphaereeil, 133 f., 134 it ; 8yncope, 133, 136 fr. (hyphaereaia, 13S); eliaion, 133, 139 fr. (apocope. 133, 142); metatheaia, 143; _ also grammatical principlea and 80nantiC phonopathy. 'phonetic law,' 90 [I]; a misleading term.ih. phonetic apelling, 032 f., 254 phonetio transcription of modern langnagea, 32; of N, 032; it. evila, ib. phonodynamio acale, 32.i, 145 it phonodynamy, I~ it - homophonous, 148 f. - beterophonoua, 149 fr. phonology (c1uaioal), 1-2240 App.ii. 9 fr.; _ alao Achaeic, Ionic, Donc. - preserved In N,022. 1-224phonopathl. ~224; term defined, 90 et [I]; auimilation, uS; dilalmilation.126; amplification, 127 it ; retrenc1unent, 133 fr.; aonant-

per;lectum "iltoricllm, 69 I.

r.

iam, I #68 ; OODIODaD.tiam,I\l6-U40

phormlnx. UI8d in epic recitatiou, App. i.24 p1~!" 90 rl). PhryruChoa, poet &; OODlpoaer, ApP. i. 24PhrynichOl, an Atticiat, 013; et puaim. Pbthiotia, ancient dialect of, 03 .... pictographic syatem, I. Pindar, poet et compoaer, App. i. 24- makes early 1118 of articular iDfiD.. 2072, App. vi. 20. Piaiatratoa, . . Peiaiatrat08. pitch_nt, App. i. 8. - theory of, App. i. 8-25. - argument. fOl', App. i. \I; apiDA. ih. 10 it P'u. IrAI"", 511, SUb. p1aoe, lubatantiV811 of, 1034 f. - adverba of, 523- expr. by predic. adj.. 1183 by gen 1314 f.; by dat., 1390 t - indicated bY Ta + gen., lu8. - understood, 1228, 1289 t Plato, style of, 05; et puaim. - etymologiea of, 25 [I], App. D. 12 [I]. - on accent., 76 [2], App. i. 2 f. - hit writinga metrical', 25 [I] C. -1>Uz, -IrAoos, 3191. I. pluperfect, 682; in N, 688. -formation of, 728, 785; 2nd aA, 92 4- lubjunctive, endings of, 803; peripbrR.led, 764- 1st et 2nd diatiDguiahed, 925. - periphruia of, 7640 21 10 ; how originated, 2I 39 f. 2. pluperfect, \lIIe of, 1876-80. - for imprf., I~, 1878. - periphrued, 764, 2I 10, 2139 f. - rep!. by imprf. of tl"l 01' IX- + pt or &01'. part., 1877 f. . - rep!. by unprf., 1850. - repl. by &01' 1857. 1879. - extinct since 7', 1880. plural number, 228; In N, 230. - in l8t et 2nd decl. confounded. 332 - in 2nd et aM dec1. confounded, 345. - of 3rd decl. attraotmg plural of 1st dec1,332 - of lat decl. in P-N, 267; atWaded by plural of 3rd decl., 332 f. plural in verb, 667; after a collective 8ubject, 1174; with aubject in 1iDg., JI75 b - of neuter with verb in 1iDg., 1169 it plw (Latom), _Alo., 51 I. Plutarch, style of, 013; et...-un; nU.06 11 ",,18[5 [IJ. Polybioa, Ityle of, 013, 1771 6. 19115. 1987, APP. v.8, vi. 12 B [a]; .puaim; fondofiio, 1761 [I).

r.;

r.

122

Digitized by

Google

n.

INDEX OF SUBJEc.rs.
pregnant construotlon, 1#1 fF., 1712, 1716, 1718', 1980, 1978 ft, etc. prepGllitional adverbs, 1.90; CODItraotion of, 1493 f. prepoeitionalexpreeeloDllUbstantirized, 1223, 1241 IJ; uaed for a cond. protaaIa, 1977 c. prepoeitiODl, 1487 fr., 14B9-16Qo; In M, 1592; m N, 1488, 1491 t- as adverbs, 1138. - proolUic, 97 c, 98 6. - with anastrophe, 110 f. - before augment et redupl.. 741, 7# f. - iD oompoBitiou, 1I18 f., 1137 fF. - construction of, 1493-1699; in N, 1493 11 - before pereonal proBouna, 52811. prepoeitlve vowe1e, 19 f. prepoBitive particles, 1700. I. preeent (tellle), 682 f.; efFeotin, 68.; durative, ib. - aeeimilated tg.fat;. lobJ., APP. iv. 3. 2. p - t , use of, 1831-45. a. present, 4eclifJll, 1831-9. - repI. by imprf., 1849; by &or., 18.13, 1852 ; by pert., 1832,1866 fF.; by 'X_with participle, 1834; by efFective fut., 1889. - with ft>.a., 1833. - for fat., 1836, 189611, 1855, App. iv. 2 fF. - for EngUah pf., 1833. - for verbal adj. in ..,.dr, 1837 f. - historic, 1835 f.; strengthened by l3otS, 1835b. - inceptive, 868-71, 185.11. b. p - t , HraHfJIl, 1840-5. - iteratiYe, 184Q. - of attempted aotion, 184 - for pf., 18.2. - repI. by pt, 18.2, J 868; by effect. pre&-+'XOlll, 18# t - repl. bv .1,," + pree. part., 18430 18#1. - repL by pt: + 18# f. c. present, compZetetl, _ perfect. 3. preeent participle for fat. part., 2157. p _ t reduplication, 928. pre-tonio eylfablee, 030. price, expr. by d1rcS, 1511.

Pontio dialects, 029, 031; palatalise. before. ho., 5611; l'IIIiat aynizeaie, 155 rJ., 271; ... -. for -eel, -id, 271; fond of &al-", 221; Y""o", Tfad", Ilinpor, 55411 ; preaerve Y'cU, 561 ; 'f",or, 567\ 571 ; dY'w for aWeS", 1.23 6; for , .., 621; -(a). (imprt.), 813 et [I]; -frtT' (imprt.), 8,.; -4_, 1098; ~.s, '.a, '., 1797. Pontio pronUDciation of Greek, 240. popular apeeoh in Greek, 04 ft, 07, 102, 2511 ; et puaim. - ignored enn in .d, 06 f., 25'; _ colloquial Greek. PorphynJg.nnetoB (CoDltantiD.oe), Ityle of, 021; et puaim. poBition of words, 1158 (op. also 20U). poritioff in vene, 89, App. H. 5 . - artificial, 4', ApP. ii. ~ f. - meaning of, 89, App. n. 5. - origin of quantity, 29 ft, 88', App.

.r.m.

0.9 fF.
poIIMIive pronoun., 551-7; in N, 55411 - expr. by article, 1203. 2. poII8I8ive pronouDI, IIIe o~ 1414 fF. - repl. by artiole, 1203, 1.15; by 6 f3cor (N.for), 1.16 f. - with artiole, 12 I 0. po8I8IIIIOr, dative ot: 1367 (. potIIibility, adj. denoting, 105011, 1052. poet-olaaioal period, p. DV, 03 B, 08013; et paubn. poe~, 127; _ 8ufIb:. poetpoeitive artiole, 606 fF. - for 6. (6aTlf), 1438; iD N, 606b, 1438 - repl. by 6_, 608. poetpoeitiY'8 conjUDotioDl, 1700. poetpoeitivevowe1e, 19 f.; in Latin, IfjA. - CODIODantized, 18, 32'" 51, 78'. poe~tonio 8yllables, 030. poetverbal words, 1008 ft - verba, 1083, 1094-1101. potential indicative, 1901,1907 f., 1967, 2974 (.; iD O-B, 000, App. iv. 5. potential 2ndary IUbj. [optat. j, 1925 fr., 1967 - iD dep. o1&U188, 2039 f., App. V. 12. - retreat., App. V. 11 (op. 2039 f.). power, term. 8XpreEng, 20g0fF. predicate, 1159, 1236. - of 18vera1 nouns, I 177 fF. - In the neuter, fF. - takes no article, 1230 f. predicative relation, 1159; - poBition,
I.

'x-,

un'

prefix, 127; In verba, 709 fF. - Intrusive or paruitio, 130.

u36

primary tames, 6g3; In N, 6g3; _ ten.., primary. prlmitiYe words, 1008 ft principal tames, 6ga; temee, primary. PriIoiau on 'luntity, 17' [2]. priw, fTp'''fCOII, trplxoii, 1789; - pam,

prUw, fT~,.,ar, 1652.

ib. private correspondence. atyle of. 07.

723

3 A.

Digitized by

Google

lI. INDEX OF SUBJECTS.

privation, verba denoting, 1318 f. privative cl-, 1Ir-, 1139. procliaia, fr. - no~ indicated by ancient&, 96. - a recent term, 96. proolitica, 94, 97 ft. ProcuZ.., Dp6.rAllr, 136,. prode1ision, 133. produt, "poO-yll, App. vi. 16. Prodic08 on grammar, App. ii. J2 [1]. Prodromol, Theodoroa, Bt.yle of, 02.., App. ill. 9; et pABBim.. - his verae artificial, App. ii. 4prof_on, endiDg denoting a, 10.... - ezpraaed by -cq, 1069 profit' (to) conatr., 1355 f. probibiUon, verbt of, 2087 fr. - expr. by primary Bubj., 1917 fr., App. V. 3; by imprt., 1927 f., App. v. 3, J2 b. probibitiollB, 19a7 f. prolepail, 1937; of cltrcS, 1513; of "..,a, 1603; of"p6, 1651. promlaing, verba of, 20681> f. proOOUD8,525-615 - personal, 525-.3 (emphatic, ~a5, 5a7-30; UJI8IIlphatic & toncolitic, 97 b, 525, 530-1); _ of, 1395-

proaody (metriOlll), App. ii. 3; prin.

- eyllAbometric, "'P.P' ii. 3 Cl. - acoentual, App. ii. 3 6. - q1l&1ltitative, App. it a 0; remioted to .A, A,PP. ii. 5. 9 fr. ' - in lDdo-.I!lnrope&n laugugee, ApP. ii. 3 b. - in Greek., App. ti. a c, 3b, tr. - in Latin, Sanlkril, Arabic, App. ii.
30, ab. - in Homer, App. ti & [I]. - in P-B poeWy, ApP. ii prospective moode, ApP. 'Y. I tr.; _. founded. ib - infinitive, 2078, App. 'Ii .., 15 tr.; seeinfiniti'Ye. Pro~, App. ii. J2 [I]. proa.ia of conditional cl&u_. I~ - neptived by ~, 1~8; by' 1807b f. - conceived .. pot;ent.i&lity. 1975. - in indirect queetiom, 2054- repI. by pan., 1967, 1977; by a prep 1977; by bnprt., ib.; by other me&Dll, ib. - omitted. 1978. - wi~out vlirb, 1979-83. prot.ective IUlIIx -ca, 132b, App. ut 25, 26 iF.; due to TII'ci, etc., ib. a5; in verba, ib. a8. - ..., laa f., 208, 5a6 f., 725, App. a., 26 fr.; due to augment. 132 , 208. 7a5. App. ut 28. '1', laa f., 208, ApP. iii. 2. f. 8 tr.; ."veral. App. iii. 30pro~_, la7, 129 fr., IM; _ a1ao provection. - progt'eBlift, 130 r. &B proVectiOD, lao f. prothetio, see provect.ive. provection, 130 r. proving, verba o 128. f., 213+ PS in Latin for ., priloN (!fh-If), in Aeolic, 8+ 19~, 90 [I]. pal"", '-HllAor, I~I [I]. PUD8. &B teete of pronunoiatiOD, 2Spuriate, efforts of, OIl. purpose, ezpr. bJ final cl&_, 1952 tr.;

9.

ciples of, ib.

w,

1.00.

-refie:d'Ye, 5#-9; _of, 1.2-13. - reciprocal, 550-7. - poaa-.ive, 551-7"; UBe of, 1".-7. - determiD&tive, 1418-23. - demoutr&ti'Ye, 558-85; _ of, 1.2.-3a - relatift, 603-15; UBe of, 1.33-.5. - interrogative, 586 fr.; UBe of, 1#6 r. - indefinite, 586 fr., 599-601; _ of, 1#8-53 pronunciation of Greek, 9, 2.-69; et

ii':-

- butory of, a4- theories on, 24-

~m.

- ADKlo-Gel'lD&D,

points of dispute, fr. of eonanta, 26-53 (of dipbt.hoDge, 26 fr.); during V-VIwa A.D. so". of ooneonant&, 54-69; cif aapiratae & mediae, 54-63; of liquids, 64-9. in eome N dialect., a4. meane of determining, 25, 2S4. and eoripi, as. ErMmian, 9, 24-69; miaued, 24 [2].

2.

.3.

- traaitional, 9, 24-69. proparoxytone, 8 1b. proparoxytoneefa,8I b proper names with article, I:IOS f. properiapomenon equal to paroxytoDe, 105 proaodic.ymbola, 17", 29 It, App.li. u.

3.

[a].

by participles, 2157 fF.; b:r ida.. a078 f., '09<t- fr.; by TOii + iDIiD., 1337,2076 f.. App. 'Ii. 23 f. Q, origin of, 2, 11. qualitative genitive, 1302-6. quali.tlve met&phonr, 167. quality. d8lllOllllQo. adj. of, 58 - nOUD8 of, 1045 fF.

by

rel&~

claaEI, ZOIo, 2010 fF. ;

724

Digitized by

Google

""

n.

INDEX OF BUBJEC'l'S.
ii. 16 ; fOl'lllll of, lb.; breathiDp,70" 72 ; _ta, 7Ot, 76 W. ; 1topI, 70s ; ether aigu, 70,. receiving, ...erlll of, 2~ 1'. receMive - t , 3a"" S4 f. reciprocal pronouJIB, 550 f. reciprocal verba, 1475 W. - with middle form, 1457. - admit of ~"0IIf or dAAor 4UOI', etc., 1476 f reoonoiliDg. upr. of, 1371 W. redumon of _ta, 126, 753, 755, App. i. '3, IS, 17. - due to Itree8 _nt, App. i. 13. - miltakeo for illHrDal augmat, 753. 755 redupUcated pr.eota et noUDa, 737 ; in N. ib. - ,..-verlll, 928, 945 W. reduplicatiou. 728-40, 741 tt; in preIMIIlt, ?2S, 945 W.; P-N, 736-4. - of an initial ..pirate, 730' - Attio. 735. - of oompoUDd ...erbe, 741-55; in N. 7521 before preflxea, 148 ; initial & interDal, 750, 751 ; enerna1, 750. -repl. by aupat, 731, 733; by.l-. - prevented by dillimilatiOll, 736. - dropped, 736 f., 740- miupplled, 738. - uuknown to N. 740n f _ , _tive of, 1369 fI'. reftezive prou01lJl8, 544-9. - _ of, 142-13 ; direCt, 1401 t; iD~ 1""4 - for perloual pronouJIB, 1406 f. refuatng. nrbe of, 18u, 2087 1'. f'eg;., frry6r, 341 3511. Nlative c1au.., 2010-26. - detlnite (delcriptive, uplanatory), 1010, lOll. - fudefiDit8, 2010, 1013-26; caU811l, 1013; CODII8C1Iti...., 2014-9; ftoal. 2010-2; OOIIditional, 2023 It - with a redundant deDlOlllV., 1439. - tor partielple of 3rd deol 338, 2105, 2I 10, 1166, App. iD. 13. - for cond. pro*-. 1977 d, 1023 f. nlati1'e dative, 1369 f.; _ dative. r.1ao re1at;ive pronoun., 603-15; _ pronOUI1l, relative. - _ of. 1433-45. -lIIIimilated or a~, 1441-5. - ~ by art;icle, UI9 f, 1718. - rapl. by poetpoaiti.... article, 1438; by adverba, 1011. nlativ.., mere onnneetiv., 1439. - omitted or replaced, 1+4+ - .. fntanopti...ea, 1440, 1446f., 1038

qurJi'Y, adj. of lutiDg, 10540 1056. - Interrog. adj. of, 601. - relat. prouOUJIB of, 614 r. quantitative metaphony, 168. qUaDtitative proaody, App. n. 3 o. I. quantity, demousu. adj. of, 582. - interrog. adJ. of,60I. - relat. pron. of, 614 f. , qnantity , (metrical), no name for it iD .d, App. it 8; datea since G, ib. - .ymbola of, 17", 29 1'., 86 W., App. ii. 16..& r3); oomplematary, 7, App. u. 1(;. - otber marb of, 70., APP. n. 9 fr., 16 & [3). - nature of, 1,10, 86 It, App. ii; _ alIo proeody. - definition of, App. n. I. - origin of, I7 b, 29 W., 89, 123, App. it 8,9 W. - degreea & vanet.i.. of. App. ii. I, 3,5- metath..ia of, 168", "'pp. ii. 8, 14- with aneieD' ~., ApP. ii. 2. - iD Plato'. time, 41. - phouetio, 20 G, App. I f.; unknown in Greek, 89, .tpp. li. I, 16; generally dieoarded. App. n. 15". - technical, :18 G W., 86 It, App. if. 6, I) W.; amfloial, ib. - grammatical, 28 G fr., 76 tt, App. it 2. - accentual, ApP. H. 3 6, 10 I. - naturr.1, ApP. ii. 710, 15. -- antagonistic to accent, App. U. 8, - ADd rhY'hm, App. if. 17. - and atreBB-_l, ApP. H. 17. quarrtllliug, expr. of, 1371 W. fJIf'ui oe gw. 7' 'p' ora, 59'. question, direct, 2035; tor oondiUonal protasla, 1991 G. - indirect, :1035. - double, 1042 f. - alteroatin, 205 I. -'why" 20# f. - how answered, 201\6-61. fill eI, 3t1CllE, 6 .t, 1718. fa icUm, 171S quotb,' 978. quotation markl, how indicated In Greek, So, 2032 r.

n.

734

rather,' upr. by comparative, J 190'rathertban,'.+aoc..1614W.; "pd, 1647. - referriDg to tame word, 1189. reachiDg, ...erbe of, 1300 f. nadiDg ligna, 70-80, App. n. 16; ablMlll. from ..4., 70; aD AlUandrian inveDtiOD, ib.; t8D In n1lD1her, 70, App.

725

Digitized by

Google

n.

INDEX OF SUBJECTS.
Rome influenced by Greece, 0140 022; New - , _ Byuntinm &; Constantinople. 'ruliDg over,' OXprSODI denotiDg a,
1294. RUBSian verae, App. ii. 19.

(in direct queatiODl, 2038): preceded by T6, 2038b, 2041. rememberiJlg, verba of: with gen., 1294; with accue., 1296, 1295. reminding, verba of, 1279 fr. removal, verbs of, 1.~16 f. rentoing, verbs of, 1338 If. repetitoion, verbal endings of, 1095 t. {tOI, 2. restrictive participle, 2155; _ conoessive participle. result, endings denoiing a, loa3 f.; a designed, 1950 a. retrenchment of worda, 133-4'; aph. aereIIia, 133, 133b If.; syncope, 136 fr.; hyphaereaia, 138; elision, 139 fr.; apocope, 141. Reuchlin (J.), an ant.i-Erumian, ,+ Reuoblinian pronUDciat.ion, 2+ Reuchliniana, a4. reveot.ion, 132b. revective, '-, 13a b , '25. Rhodel, ancient dialect of, 03 A. - present dialect; of, 029; fond of final " (n6pal'), a2l; prel8rVeI T4r, 561 ; knows syllabic augment only, 721; -(CI')_'I', 777: /J6.J.Jw, Cl'fGA AOI,905. rhythm in.A, independent of 18D8e, ... pp. i. 24. - aole guide in A verse, App. n. 8 " [ ... 8]. - and quantity, App. ii. - pu"" of, 85'. rhythmical beat, 85 b. rhythmiciana (- metricians), App. ii. 8 " [5 &; 8]. "ga (fll'rii), 996... rigaa (/H.,fr), 9g6p.. rlgo (/H"(Gi), gg6,... rigomen (/H"(Gi~I'), 996ae. 'riven,' gender of, 241 ; in N, 245. Romaic, 022; _ N, Romaios'" Christian Greek,' 016. Roman alphabet, origin of, 5. Roman and Greek churches, 023, oas. Roman empel'Olll Hellenized, 015,023 ; Christianized, ib. Roman iDftueDOB on Greek, 010, oao; _ La'iniama. Roman prosody borrowed from Greek,

rUBtic

IIJMl8Ch. 05.

".aA,

I'.

""''ni, App.vI. 18; oomparat.ive, 610: ., __, ., ho,"or,6u i_also LatiniDftuenoe, Latiniluut, &!Id Italian inft~ Romanio verae, App. n. 18. Romani, character of, oaa. - Belleni&ed, 010, on &; [2]. - Romanizing Gaul 11: Spain, 022 [a].
Romanio influence:

APJl. ii.

a c, a'.

'](01

-e- in early Greek, _ in Greek index. -. clOlM a word, 218 , a19. - dropped in South Italian, aI9b ; in Tsaconio, ib. 'Saini'l day,' a, how ezpreBB8d,IUC), 12,6; 'on St. George'. (day),' 12 a9Sarn. (Samuel), 1040 [I]. 'lI&Dle,' ., aWdt, 1419aa_.U, tfi, a. Samothraoe, ita p1W8Dt. dialect drape p, 18,.... a, 3, 616,., 617; ita JIl- in alphabet, 3,6131. - ita nnmerical value, 6131 ._, Cl'ani, as cipher, a, 616Sanakrit, how far iDfteotoionai,3'o," [3]. - verb 3 2cl [3]. - verae, App. ii. 3 c, 3', ...pp. i. u " [3]. - iDftuenoed by Greek, App. i. u (3]; _ a1ao Indian. - i " w, how tranIoribed in Greek, 35-. tranIoriptioDl into and from, 35&. - lee alao Indian. ICU'aItlG (~), 639. aarraos"" Cl'apO.'fGPO", 59 c. 'save,' 'oxoept,' 644. saying, terma of, 1353 f. saying, verbs of, 2035, 2083, 2085 f. - with infin., 4pp. vi. 3. - with hi, App. vi. 13 : for iD1in.., ib. acalG, ~'1, 59 c. -te ollOnanta, 3a" 145 ft IC&IIDing (aoomt.), 85 b, App. ii. 8 11: [5]; adopted from N, App. ii. 15b [I]. 1C&DII.0n, 85 b. acholastic apelling, 6, a9, App. ii. u. , I8hool' undentood, 1280. lChoolll in early G_, 4~.' 'aciencea,' preoeded by article, laOl. -lOO, -CI'_, looS. aoript., 1-9; forma or, a,s, 9; ctirec&ica of, 4; history of, 1 fr., 4b - aboriginal orpre-Phoenician, I , l l . - as t.eat of BODDd, 35. as". - &!Id grammatical function, aSe .c:ript_ 001II'", 8, aso, 79IOWn"", '55. aecondary acoent., _ acoenL

-t-

A" ea.,

726

Digitized by

Google

II. INDEX OF SUBJEC'l'S.

-dary .ubj1DlOtive, lee lubjllDOtlve,
IIeCOndary. IIeCOndary teDIeI, lee teDaeI, 1IICOIldary. Meing. verb. of, a036. - with part., 2133 f. - with /IT' for part., .&pp. vi. 13 f. - with _ , 1751, 1755, 1942, .&pp. vi. 1+ 'eeem' (to), COIIIt.r.. 1355 f. '1eIf',' a6r6t, 1418. telling, verb. of. 1338 fr. Bending, verb. of, 1353 f., 2095. ' - , ' verb. denotiug aotion of the, 13a5 fr. Bentenoe-queatiolll, 2033 b, 2046 tt -tenoes. - c1a1lBel. - Bimple, 1900 fr. - compound, 19a9 fr. . I8tUielltU _60, aoa8 f., a085 f., :11 33 tt, al36 fr.; lee alBo perception. Beparable partiol.. in compoa., 1118-23. Beparat.i.on, gen. of, 1316-27; verb. of, 1316 f. Sepiuagint, language of, 013, 017; et neuter pL, u~ tt .-.,.14,6621' Iize,' demollltr. IIdj. denoting, 582. - interrog. &dj. of, 601. - rela'- f.ron. of, 614 f. - gen. 0, 130a. Bnu, IIII8Ci for paper,01. SlaVliDG-, ou [I): t.heirinftU8JlCe on Greek, 022, 1040 0 [a). Imooth _ u t e , u. '10 . . to,' 1949 f., 1951. ' 10 t.hat,' 15)49, 1951. - _ , 00000000, 1716110ft IODaIlta, 144-

liDgular (number), in verb, 667; after

paaalm.
lIIICluenoe upreaed by predic. &dj., u83 f. - of moods, 1934, .&pp. v. 7. Serbian vene, App. it 19. , &erVe ' (to), COIIIt.r., 1355 f. 81"" al-,ptJ, a. , abort.' ayllabl.., 87 IF., ApP. if. I; In Greek, ib. 5; _ qlWlti'Y. - vowels, 17 f., 8g; lee qllAlltity. mora... of vowels, symbol of, 70, 70., .&pp. ii. 16; _ quanti'Y and prOIOdy. , mould' ell.pr. by imprf., 1849, 1901 ; by + infin., App. iv. 7 ; by N + imprf. or aor., App. iv. 13. 'abould like,' 1978. abowing, verb. of, US4 f. libilant (a), 22. libilanta in Phoenioian, 3; in Greek, ib. n1ben.ciiAktKi (in VerBe), .&pp. ii. 34. , 1Iimi1ar,' how ooIIItr., 1357 W. IIImDarity, &dj. of, 1065. - &dj. 41 &dv. of, 1357 fr., 1371. Simonidee malt.. early UBe of 'I and 01, .&pp.li. 13; of articular infin., a072, APp'- vi. :10. IimpliCl'y in popular .peeoh, .&pp. vi. 5. '1inoe,'1737, 1776, 1807 b , Binoe when' upr. by ICCUI., 1277; by gen.,I34I. Iingular (number) in noan., uS; inN, :130. - of lit deol. in P-N, :165; ita indeoI., 266, 330 f. fluenoe OD

.r"oJ'

am

BODaDt, meaning of, u b ; lee BODaDtI. BODaIlRlm (vocalilm), 13", 144-68b : extent of. 144 ; phonodynamio 146..54 ; .yniaem, 155 ; COnBODantbation, 155'; Vocalizlltion, 155" fr.; oontraction, 156 fr.; cnaia, 159 fr.; antectula, 163 fr. ; metaphony, 166 fr. - in Homer, 30, 134, .&pp. it 7. - iD dialecta, 124, .&pp. it 7. - terminlll, 218, App. iii. 2. -In lOut.hern N, 030. - in northern N, 030. BOlWlta (vowels 41 diphthonga), interchange of, a6. - pronllJlCliation of, a6-51. - relative power o~ 146 fr. - homophonoUl, 148 f - heterophonoUl, 149 It -cUm, 1736 Bophoolea, poet 41 oompoeer, ApP. t 24. - atyle of, 05; et ~. lOund, how far indicated by IIIlript, as" - and grammatical function, as". Bounde (in Greek), primitive, 16", 35", 144; in N, ib. - their number in ..I., 16"; in N, 16", 35". BOuthern N, oa9 f.; n _ t to A, 032. South Italian N, oa9, 031; ita pronllDOlation, 24; palata1isee 11 before , to J, 56"; reliata aynizelia. 155 cl; ~ (nxra), ('tn'), 17H X.ipo (x,'''''), 505; TU, vi, 590; .(a)w (impr'-), 813 41 [I] i 'OJ'TG, 8:1:1 f.; '"'' !)8s [1); prea.forfut., IS36",App.iv.a i UXC -,pIIJforrv., IS7S. South baly,Byzantine ooloniltlin, oag. apace, aoollB. of, 1274 fr. Spain Bomaniled, 033 [:I]. Spaneu, an early Jl poem, 0:1+ - lanpage ~ .&pp. iii. 9.

lIOleoiBmB, _ -mama. ' tome,' v",4" 594-

-e,

a.ua,

,ani

727

Digitized by

Google

n.
SpaDiah accent, '1'1".

INDEX. OF SUBJECTS.
Rem of noun., 252 ; in aM deoL, 33443 2 - of verba, 694 if. stem chancter, 253, 694Stoic philoeophy and grammar, 25'" 'Itop, full; 70a; . . atopL atopa (, i), 22, 70a. - invention of, 79- form of, 70a. - oaeof, 79. - in inaoriptiona, 79-inMSS,'19
lItreAoa~

'paruco, '155.

speaking accent, 85 a, 85". 'apeciee,' preoed~ by article, 1201. specification, accus. of, 1369 fr.; in N,
13 73.

8peeCh, common, 05 f., 25"; . . colloquial Greek. apelling, IS, 25 fr.; Attic, ..lpp. if. I I, 14 ; . . allo orthography. - e'ymologioal or historical, 032, 254 r. - correct,' ISe. - Eucleidian, 6, ..lpp. D. 12 [2], 13

BlzeII&"haiDg, verb 8DdiDp deDO&iDga,

1095 f.

12,13 &; [I]. - objtd of, 18 fr., .lpp. 12 f. - account of, ..lpp. B. 12 [3]. Sphakian dialect, . . uudir Crete. apirant (0'),22. - pronunciation of, 9- Phonopa~y of, 204-8. 'pinto, "'twO, I36s spiritoa on diphthongs, 78 f. spiritoa uper, 7~ '11, '12 fr. - one of the trpotl.,atcu, 'lOt, ..lpp. i. 22. - how symbolized, 2,5 [2], 72 tt DO Dame for it in .A, 72. - Indo-Europeu, 73". - in Aeo1ic, '12, 8+ - in .d inlCl'iptioOl, '12. - irngular uu of, Z2 &; [2 &; 31, '/3 - over initial p, ,/1 ; over pp, ib. - after p A 'Y F, '12. - preventa not elision, 'l2. - Plato &; ~ on, '1 2 ...,.. in MSS, '14; a dimtlo mark, ib.; geaera1 recepiioa of, ib.,
-

spelliDg reform at Athens, 6, ..lpp. n.

&;

[1].

in Greek, 3r, 76, 771>, 85 if., App. i. 8 if., ii. 17 if. - theory of, App. i. 8-a~. - argumentl for, ApP. i. 9; apiJuIt, App. i. 10 tt - in Teutoniolugaagea,7'1",App. i.17,

over diphthonga, 78 fr. of, '11 fr.; muical, .lpp. I. :12. spiritoa Iellia, 'lOt, '1 1 , 75. - one of the trpotl.,alcu, 7Ot. - abaen' from inacr. &; ~, 75. -mute, '11. -inMBS, 'Is. - over diphUlonp, '18 if.
-IOUnd

'I7~'

- objtd of. '15. IIpODdee, origin of, 85. Spondee (northera), preeent dialecta of, 029; fond of final -If (tlT6,.,,), 221, ..lpp. qtJIO, 755 SpuriODl', 19a, 20-, App. n. 9 &; 14. spuriOUI diphthonga, 19 b, 2~ b; _ diplathOaga. lIGbdIiat, ~, 249".

B. 1'1. - and '1uantity, ..lpp. ii. 1'1. 'etroke or' blow,' how ~ in B-N,IOI'l tlldii wrba, 2087 it .ubject, 1160 if.; ita poaitIoa, n 58; in interrogatioDl,2034- Nods in the nom., 1160; by the accua., 2064; by a pnpoaiUOIIal turn, 1313. - omitted, 1161-'1, 1065 subjective gaddve, 1288 ... I. lubjllJlotive, pn.af'J, 676. - bDiatoion of, 771 tt; with I/O for '1/" ..lPf- ii. 12 [I]. - attnoMd by indio., '179Cl. lubjunouve,pri_,." uee of, 190912 - intarrog., 1909 fr.; IIfter /JoIIAn or 'iAtR,Ib.; in the 3rd.-... 1910; int.rocl. by &a, 1911; npl. by infin.. 2093. "PP- vL 1'1 Co - hortatoive, I91:Hi; for imprt., 1919 tt, ..lpp. v. 16 f.. :10; by &"'ft, ~. ao., 1913; by ...., 1ea1W, etc., 1914; by rl'll, 1914"; by if &; at, 1!)I5. 1919f. - deeiderMive, 1919 f. - prohibitive, 1917 C.; b baprt., 1 9 1 9. - utalllion of, App. v. 1, 13, 19 f. - grea~ frequency of, ..lpp. T. 19- fCll' rut. indio.. 1921 f. .&pp. v. 18, 10; introd. by iN, No 19:1:1, App. iv. u - for 2ndary nbj., 1920, App. v. 11,15,10.

mw.

728

Digitized by

Google

D. INDEX OF SUBJEO'l'S.
lubj~e,

IL aubjlDlCtive,
-

- P-B bil.,. of, App. v. 1 fr.; II1IIIIIIIed up. ib. :10; abieS! with IN, ib. 19; &be IIGT' llox1P mood, ib.

P"f/IUIf'Y, for potent. 2Ddarylubj.+4v,App. 20.

V.lt

G.

b. -

~ or ptM [optativel, 677; wby ca1Ied o~tive, lb., 19~4, AP~ v. 5. endiDgI ~f, 802; m P-B, 805. A.ttic, 827. retreata in P-N, 6790 2038 ft, ApP. iv. 6 It aubjUllGtive, ~ry, ita uae in fndep. - - . 1923-5. deaiderative, 19:13 fr.; In NT, 1924 [I]. potential, 1925. with"" 19211 fr. without h. 1923 It with fJl., "-,Gp, M, 1923. in (mild) OOIIIJIIaDcia, App. V. 12 A. lubjunctive, ~,." ita U18 in dapeDdent cIau-, 1933-2061. in decl. olau., 1940-2. in C&IlI&l olaDl88, 1945 I. in &nal olau_, 1952, 1956 f., 1962; miIuaed, 195310. iD oondiL olauteII, 1971 fr., 1975. IgB4; in NT, APP. v. 10. in tempanl ___, 1997, 1999,

'lUftloe' (to), OODBV., 1355 f. sufBx, U7, 1009; in verb. 709, 760-823. luperiority, gen. of, 1328 f. - verba deaotiDg a, 2132 f. I. auperJative (degree) of adj., 524; of adverba, 508". - abaolute, 490; of adverbl in _.
51~

...s.-

- in nlM. ala.., :IOU fF. - in ~ diaeoune, 2027. - in interrog. cla1lll8, 2037 ,20~9 I.; mNT, 2039 I., App. V. 8 Ill. aubjunot1ve, - w " biItory of, App. v. 6 It - cUaadvan..,. of, App. V. 7. - uaimilatedto2ndaryteD-,7QI. - dilap~g iD NT, App. V. 8Y, f. - longen ~ of, App. V. 10, 12,
repL by primary aubj., App. v. 10, 14 f. .

:aoos-

15-

ubordinate I8IIteDoI8, _

- retnata. App. v. 6 It
ola--.

dependent

luboldinaWig partiolea, 1737 fr. lubordinatioa makael'OODl for oo-onlfu. aubacrip' " 2od; dropped, Id'; apurioua in t, Ig-. - in OI'IIIiI, 160. aubataDtival iD&ui$ive. 1062. 1071-7; _ in&nitive. aullRaDtive RI :and oomponent, 1144 f. lubataDtivee, derivative, 1012-49; from verbl, 1018-27; &om .bat., 1028-44; from adJ., 10045-9-

ticm, u~+

- elative, 4900 1191. 1194- peripbnatio, 509-15. - repL by oomprt., 514 f.; by poaitive, 1192 (. - ezpr. by poait. repeated, 5 1 3. 521. 2. luperlative, UN of, 1191 fr. - abeolute, repL by poaitive, 1192 f. -ltreDgtbeaed by M, 11.." oiOl, 119411II'DIIDIa upr. by .ari "'" 1591. 8U11Ceptibility, .aj. of, 1050'>, 1052 f. _abkt1i, 127. 131. IWearing petiolel, 1260. . 8WeariDg. verba 01, 208610, App. vi. 3. Sybilla, artificial __a of, App. ii. + syllabic augment, 710 It; see augment. - repl. by tempanl, 720. - for tempanl, 721. - for reduplicatlOll, 731. - in N, 713. .,.uabioatioa. 91 It - prinoipl. of, 91. - aDOient preoepta on, 91. - in inIoriptioDe, 30,91, 92 - in papyri. 30, 91. - of worde, 9a. syllable, , H,l. - coDltitutiOD of, 91. -long, 86 It, App. ii. 51> fr., 9ft.; _ort, ib. syllabometrio v_, App. ii. 3 G. Iyllabometry, App. it 17. Syme, ita preeent dialeet kDoWIl1l1abio augmantoDly, 721; /UJJoaI,II~, 905. Iynoopated liquid Item. aM denl., 350; in N. 386. - tena., 080, App. i. 13, 16 f synoope, 38D, 136 fr., 138 (cp 48 f.), App. i. 16, ii. 9> 1+ -due knr--', 1361., App.i.13, 16. - impeded, 137. synenclilil, 107 f. ~ (1IWnqpr,lJ'fr), 7gB. .,..-.., 155, App. i. 14. - inBUeJIoe of, 155 G fr. - _ t in, 155 6 fr. - reaiIted in N dialecta, 155 d. syntactical compoaition, IllS f. poai$ioa of worda, 1158. Iyntu, 1158-2170.

i,

OOIDJ:::e:

.,m.otioa1

729

Digitized by

Google

11. INDEX OF SUBJECTS.

T( = tramitional period, A.D. 300-600), p. xiv, 03 B, 014.018; et pusim. tablets used in writiDg, 07. takiDg hold of, verba of, 1300 f. Taru, ancient dialect of, 03 A. talltiug, verba of, 1298 f., 1310. tau, TIlV, 3. teaching, verba of, I a79 fr. temple,' undentood, 1389. temporal augment, 710, 714 ft; _

augment.
- Hound iD, 7ao. - for .ylIable, 7ao.

- for reduplication, 733. - repL by.,.llabie, 731. - disadvantagee of, 717. - diacarded in N, 718. temporal clau_, 1995-aOO9- their panicles, 19?5. - coDBtr., 1995 fr.; In P-N, 1999 f. - definite, 1995, 199fi f. - inde&nite, 19950 1997. - iu Polybioa, ApP. v. 8. temporal particles, 177~S. - relative, 1777; with h, ib.; with ra, 1786. temporal participle, 31.17-9; _ pe!'" ticiple. - preced. by Gpa etc., a147; in P-B, 31 49. - repl. by &nite clau.., aJ49; by I., T ("m T~) with inSD., aI49. - resolved by av_, ISrar, ~' 01. etc., U49 teMpH, )(p6ror, App. ii. 8 [a]. TenOll, ancient dialect of, 03 A; ~t, oa9ten., how IYIDbolized in.A, 617. - how formed, 639. - + uniY. 640 ft teJlleoOharacter, 756. 1. teuea, 683-93; how formed, 709"8a31>; in N, 603. 99fi do - number of. 683 t. - limple, 687; in N, 688. - compound, 687; in N, 688 j origin of, u39 f. - _nd. 907-161>. - primary, how formed, 69a. 709"8a3b,193a. - IMICOndary. 69a, 193a; how formed. 709-8a3 b ; MlimjlMeci in form,
2. ten.., DIe of, 1829-9a; JII'8IIII1t, 1831-46 ; imperfect, 1847-50; aoriat, 1851-61; perfect, 186a75 ; pluperfect, 1876-80 j future, 1881-99. tenues (It T tr), u; uplOllive upizateB,
171

tenues (n tr), before upiratae, 170. terminal IOUDda in Greek. aIS-aa.. , App.ill. terminatiOlll, asa j _ endinp. tu"";" (TIITITG,.,f), 637' T.tamenta PaWiarcbarnm. style of, ou j et pusim. tIItl, 6ijva. a. tetMnemfto. (Tfr"",,'-). 179. Teutonio langu.-, accent iD, 77", App. i. 17. ii 17. I + 1 in Greek. 9, a4, 56 ft that,' u re1at.. 143l1-' the and that of, ua6. 'the mOlt.' 490t IJ9I. , the ODe referred to,' 14ao. , the laid,' 1418b. 1430. , the whiob,' 6u. thematio vowel or IOIIaDt, 698. i 58,

xn

1106.

- olDitied, 6Qo. Tbemi8tiOll. afyle of, 013 j aud often. TMR-clauae. I~" 1967. Tb~tca, hie vone artifioial, App. ii.4Theodoroe of Crete, hie vone arti&ciaI, App. ii. 4Tbeodo1'Oll ProciromOl, _ ProdromoL Tb~ mU. fim DIe of ariioular iufin., 207a, App. vi. 20. Tbeophanee, style of, Ou; et pusim. - oontinuatUl, atyle of. OaJ ; et~. theoriay (ancient) OIl pron1lJlCimoD. as; value of their precept., 25

&[1].

Thera, present dialeot of, 019; palataliaeI It before e' to ., S6b ; fond of iempoml aDgment. (.-,,..). 7ao; -(IT)OUI"'. 777; ....-Ior ..... 754thelia (fa metre), 89 f. - indicated by the acute, App.1L 8. - confounded with ani&, 89". Theaaly, ancient. dialecU of. 03 A; _ fIT for fII, 177 j ignore " aud .,

789-

of, oa9. 1098. t.hetfo vowel-lYJllboll, 17, 19 it in Greek. 118a Go , .' verba of, 1004t 1018, a083. a08s f., ApP. vi. 3. - with iDfin a039, a085 fF., App. 4,7 - with ISTI. I7sa, 1940-4. aoa9, App. vi. 13 f. - withriir, _67'1. ~APP- ri. 17 t thouaanda, how Iymoow ID A, 617. TIara., ~t dialeota of, 019; ---. 1098 'ttu.tim' (to). 00IIItr 13eS f. t.hnateniDg. verba 04 ao86 f.

~t dialect

ApP.

n. 7b

:t!:f::;mtted

n.

730

Digitized by

Google

n.

INDEX OF SUBJECTS.

- his writings metorle&l t. ~5 [I] C. - on Aru",.of &; Np.6r. 47. Pi.. (TImothy), 1040 [I]. time. adj. of. 106~ f. - accua. of. I ~74 fr. - gen. o~ 13t4- apr. by predio. adj., I1S3 f. - expr. by relal olauae. 2010. tirM. xp6"or. ApP. ii. S [~]. tmeeia. n3S f. 'to' (unto). expr. by dat. 1353 ft Tom (Thomas), 1040 [I).
tomo au-, S5 a.

Thuoydidel. Ryle of. 05; et pauim.

"tIde. cipher. 3. 11111'111~ - ..

2.

TurkiUl rule. ita influen08 on Greek. 026 f.; on N. 032; on Pontic N. 24a - ita policy. 025. 027. - condition of Greek under. 027. t.. (Latin). -'1'01. 1052. 'two.' buia of dual, 631b. - how .ubtracted from tau, 642.

toJ:lool;:'~;I08b.

-u .9.fo97fF. - .. enoliu8. 9.fo 101-6. - .. eyBenolilia. 107 fr. - &; Teutonio aooentuation, l08b t.onoolitiOB, 94b, 97 ft. 102. touching. vert. of. 1300 f. 'towards.' upr. by clal. 1353 fF. , toWJUl. gender of. 24~; in N, ~45. 'trade,' endings denoting a, 1044- ~r. by .,... lOOg. traditionaf pronunciation. 9, 24 fr. - ip811ing. 254f _ hiatorie&l 8pe11iDg. tngediane, language of, 05; et pauim. traneoriptione (from &; into Latin), .. teetB pronunciation. ~5. vauitional period. p. DV. 03 B, 014. 01S; et puaim. tnmaitive vert.. 12 57, 1454. - .. caUl&tiv88. 1455 f., 1460. - u intranl., 1264. 1455 ft - in Eng1ilh intraua.. 125S, tranBpoBition in relative olau888, I44~. Trapezuntian dIaleot : V'lIeS". etc., 5S4b ; _ Pont.oe. I w-.' gender of, ~4~; in N. 245. hww (TpcGn-Cl), 639tribal period of Greece, 4 &; [t1. triayllabio accentuation in Greek, 3~a" 324; in Latin, ApP. i. 11 [2]. torIayllabotony, 3~,1,. 33 4, SI; in Latin. App. i. JI [~J; preservative of Greek infleotion, 33 fr., SI. "pp. i.

rHOuncl, primitive &; N. 16-, 35b 144. - never 'lIhort,' 28&. - relative power of, 146. - overpowered. 136. u+e=lI. 146, 153. _+_-11,146. I..j.8. Gin.d, ~. 321' U b ; in N. 35b ; in Pontic N. 24. .uccio, -06..01. -oVrO'OI, I040b.

u. .. in Greek repr.fr., 53. 16 f., 34 by by 34

11,

b,

124;

011.

Uebellaut. cl....",la. 166 [I] ...110, !lAOI. -ClIIAcSr. -cWA'I'. 1059ultima. SI

or

uIUl. IIAof. -ouAcSr. oIlA",. 1059. um-, German preJb:. 166 r11. UfIIlaut. 166 f. .\ [I]. 166". _,... (negative), cl-, b-. 1129 f.

".Ta.-Ia.

unoiale in MSS. form of, 9, unWon' in Greek malic, App. i. ~4unite. how .ymbolized in...4.. 617. - + tau. 640 ft 'unlike.' conRr., 1371. 'until,' 1787.

.,..piS".

oyoVpI'G, I 55b 1JII8f'ul.ooDBtr 1357 f. .t (Latin), Toil + infin

-rtI4,

_,"",,-Cl m.~. ~052,

influen088

r"", 1762.

~077.

,_. -oVrIlO'. 1040b

' .cI.

lit'.

in Greek 0lI0II.011.
,oUrllor. I040b

ouIJ. 52.

Y or tI, U OODIOlI&Jlt, IS. 1911 !J in Greek apr. by 11 arll, 52 f.

I' (Latin) tranIoribed by 011. 1;3. _ n d in Greek, 9, 14. 57&:, 61 fr. Y 4COOritia. IOio 0 4. Val (Valentine), 1040 [I]. value. gen. of. 1302. - upr. by cl.eS, 1511. valninJr. verba of. 133S ft variable' IIYllabl88. SS; vowel&, 17. Varro on aooenta. App. i. I VG_, 1i"fGlAlll'. ~. II. 61~; - F. VediOvene,App. ii. 311; _Sanskrit. Veller (J.), infl~enoe of his grammar 239. V elvendoa, present dialect of. 030 r.

11.

troohaio endlnga, how aooented in N, 347.

- rhythm in enclieia, IOSa. traR' (to), conetr 1355 f. 'try' (to). IS4I. IS..j.8. kying. vert. of. 1300 f. U in N. ~03. 205; in B-1t mIaBpelt Tuoonio dialect _ v far ., ~4a; reeiRB aynizeBle. 1554 ; . ., -fa for ., .t&. ~71; rCl for 1Ac&, IS7-; 571.

.,.'.1040 06 [I].

,."H,

731

Digitized by

Google

n.

INDEX OF SUBJECl'S.
village,' indicated by article (rol), lu8. , virtues,' expr. with article, 1201 f. Nflrgfl, 56. flitfl./JVra, 24 [I). Vitae Eplpbanii, Ityle of; on; et pal8im. NI in N becameR -tryGI, -IJ-ro>. 861. vocaliam, 124. 144; see SOllA1tUam. vocative (caae), 231. - llAlDe .. nom., 349. 356 377; in common speech, 280. - accentuation of, 257 b, 260; in compound bal'ytone., 353. - singular in ut deol., 269t; in JId deol., 383b. - uae of, 1353 IF. voicea of verb, 66Q; originally two I, 1478; in A-N thne, ib. U88 of, 1454-86; ..rt.ive. 1454-60; pusive, 1461-5; middle, 1~; see also verb(II). volAtalization of guttuaJe (')' X), 155; see guttural conaonanta. lIOUG, /JoM., 118, 131,651. "O"""'flU. _ha. 2087 tr. 'vow' (to), collltr., 1355 f. vowelreduct.ion, 126, 753. 755. AJIP. I. 13, 15. 17; due to 1tnI8-_$, App. i. 13 vowel BOunds, number 0( 16 f. - their paucity in Greek, 16b f.; _ of, ib. - relative power of, sao" 146 fr. - in modem languagea, 16" [I]. vowell, 16,17 fr.; _ al80 _ _ & vowe1lO11Dds. - abient in Phoeniaian. s. - of Greek origiD. 3. - five in. all. l6bb& ~I); ~ ..ven, 16; 111 N, 16 ; 111 Latin, lb. - .. coll8Onante, 19, aa"" 51, 781>, 155- 1 55". - prepoeitive, 19, 3a. - poet.poaitive, 19 i., 3a; ac\ III 00IIsonante, 19,32"., 51, 78b - 'Ihort,' 17 fr., ApP. ii. 7 ft:; ru--udbig or 'bad,' 35 [I) a & 11. - 'long,' 17 fI'., 38ft:, 86, ..lpp. ii. 7 fr.; pleuiDg, 35 [I) fI & d. - 'common,' , doubtful,' I variable,' etc., 17, 17"& [a), 88. - ' abort & loug,' 17, 17" & (2], 89. vulgar or common Jaaauage, 020. vn1gariam8, oao.
I

Venetian rule, 025. - ita inftuence on Greek, 025, 031 ; on Cretan dialeot, 025 [2]. verb in Greek, 967-1006; l1li compared with Sanskrit, Latin and Gothic, 321 [3] ; see also verbs.. - peraon endings of, 760-833. - number in, 668. - character of, 69i' - conjugation of, fl97. - .. 2nd component, 11 50. - a~ with its Bubject, u68; in numbPr, lJ68-80; diaagrees,1J74,
I17~b.

in dual, 1173 f. after a collective lubjeot, 117+ omitted, 1979. see allO verbs.. ".,hfl cleclarattdi, 128.., 2038 f., 3035 f., 3085 r., 2135 fI'. - collltr., 2079, 2586, ..lpp. vi. 13 r. - with infin., 2085 f., App. vi. 7. - with 3rl, App. vi. 13 f. Nrhfl cleclarflftdi et ."Undi, 2085 f. _ha .entindi, con8tr., 3028 r., U33f1'. - with infiD., ..lpp. vi. 7. - with IWI, ..lpp. vi. 13 f. - with, tlNTtwl, "'r, 1751, 1755, 19.j.3, ..lpp. vi. 13 r. "erba "ol"ntflt;' .t .tudii, 3087 ft: verbal infinitive, 3078-99; see infini tive. verbal noUIII, 680 r.; in N, 681. verbs, 667-1006; see also verb. - claa8ified, 694""9' - barytone, 700 if. - contracted, 824-863. - IOnantic, 695. - colllOllantal, 6J)6, 864 ft: -liquid, 86.., 891""906. - mute. 865-Sgo. - of monosyllabic .tel1lll, 834, 835 & [2]; in P-N, 835 & (3]. - deponent, 674,1000 ft: - irregular in IClI'ID, 996; in meaniag, 997-100+ - deriYat.ion o( 1083-1101; from nOUll8, 1084""93; from verbs, 10941101. - see also verb. vernacular Greek, 05 f.; see coUoqufal Greek. verse in early Greek aaooiated with mwnc, App. L 2+ - quantitative, App. ii. 3 C, 3b ; see prosody.

-epoken and Bung, App.ii. 19. 'very,' how expr. in Greek, 1191. t:deratlU, oWfIG"&', 1361' 'vices,' espr. with article, 1201 r.

warring, expreaaiOll8 of, 1371 tL wu-bcarda, uaed in writiq, 07weight, gen. of, 1303 fr. whatever,' 14331.

732

Digitized by

Google

U. INDEX OF SUBJECTS.
'when,' expr. by r.ccUI., U75. 1342; by gen.,IMI. whenever,' 1997. 'where" ezpr. by r.ccua., 1275. whether,' d, 2054 f. ' - or,' 2054 f. 'which,' the, 612. 'who,' interrog., 585; relat., 603 fr., ]4331' I whoever,' ]433,. I whosoever,' ]433tI why,' how expr., 20# f. I why not,' 2059. WiU (WilUam), ]040 [I). will, verba expreMing, 2087 fF. I willy Dilly,' 2146. winde,' gender o~ 241 ; in N, 245. I wish,' BOurce of optative, 677. 192'" App. v. 10'. - unattainable, ]904 fr. - verba denoting a, 2087 fr. 'with. view to,' 2094 fF. withdrawal, verba of, 1318 f. tro'\l, 1828. word-queetioDl, 2033 s. 'would,' how expr. in ~, 1849, 1901 ; , would,' expr. by imprf., 1849 ; by .1)(111' + infin., App. iv.7; by..a + imprf. or .or., App. iv. 13I would that,' OQ6, ... writing, art i f., 4"; direction of, 4 ; _ also acripi.

in G-B, App. iv. 5, 7.

or;

yallallCir&' or Greek mpt, App. L II [31. 'y88,' how upr. in Greek, 52911, 2057 if. ~eld' (to), con.Itr., 1355 f. Ylelding, verba of, 1316 f. god, Wnz, 2.

rod or Jod, - -Ulwned, Il. 'youth,' a, 1041 [I).

Xenophon, Biyle ssgi_,

or, 05; et pMIIim.

-..ound in Greek, 6g.

sd'BOund al C, 6g. Zend.Av8llta, metre al, Apt': ii. 3 s. Zop1lO1 of Herao1er., "pp. li. 11.

\rina,

2.

7'33

Digitized by

Google

INDEX Ill.
PASSAGES EMENDED OR CRITICALLY DISCUSSED.
[For an explauation of the abbreviated DUI. and titl. found in thia index Bee ander pp. uxiii-uxriii.]

In A-P compositions

ou 1Ar}

stands for oU

"qll. IS27 f.
IDtCT1n5

811CTtOll

Acta Andreae 129. 15 & I7S, IS . . . . . 717[1] Acta Petri et Pa.uli 6. 16 717 [1] Acta Phil. in Hellad. 23 . 176-4 Acta Pila.u A 14. 2. 16. 717[1] 6 & 7 . -- P I . . .. . 717 [I] Acta Thomae 15. 15 . 99611 - - 16. IS . IS36 17.9 717 [1] 19, 29 . 9~., 27, 35 717[IJ --33,40 . ~"

Ari8toxenos 7, 17. App. ii 2 tJ At1aanasio8 i. 361 D So5

Barnabu 10, 4 & 15,5.. 1991 --74SB . . 2038 Beltha.ndros et Chrysantsa SI 1608 Bull. Corr. Hell IS94 p. 145, 4. "pp. v. 8 0

n.

796 I4S3 Acta Xanthippae 63, 36 717 [I] 64, 35 . . 996 Aeschylos Eum. 367 152 [I - - Sep. 62S 152 [I AlchemIsts 21, 24. 1570 - - 32 ,9. . . . . I607s - - 305, 16. . . . App. iv. 8 Anut. Sin. 240A . . 1774.{I] Antiphon 5, 21 ISIS [I] & 2032 Apoca.lypsis Mariae 124, 14 996287 Apollon. De Conj. 510 & 512 1741 ApophtAegmata. Patrum. 120 B 666 - - 124 A . . App. V. 15 b - - 2So 0 99611 345 0 1867b - - 380A 191 5 ArcadioBlS7, 15& 19. App.i.199 190),. 13 & 20. App. i. 19 9 Aristid. I.luint. S9 5~ A,iatotle Elen. Soph. 4,2 App. i 4 [ It - - Poet. 20 19 [Probl.] 20, 20 (iv. 210) 736 [2]

- - 43, 39 & 44, 26

- - 36, 31
2

996.,

- - 77,

.,

CalUnicos 67, 8 2040 - - 74, 32 . 2086 "pp. iv. lOb CGL 33, 32 - - 23 2, I . 1988 642,20. . 798 [IJ 648 & 649,6 "pp. v. 15 Choer. 707, 27. . . 8:ZO CIA ill. 2746, 3 . 26:1 (J [IJ CIG 5760 ~.5. & "pp. v. 15 Clem. Rom. I, 44 (Migne I, 297 B). 79~ Codino8 8S, 9 . "pp. V. 14 Cone. Quin. Can. 65. "pp. V. 14b Cramer'sAnecd.iii279. 2061 [I] Cnmno8 Frg. 43 ~ CyrilLH.Procat.17 So5&APPv.IS
Diodor08 IS, 4, 4 Isn Dion. H. iii 1445, 4 "pp. v. IS - - DeComp.136, 4 "pp. i 19 c --164,2 . 25 [I] /J - - 172, 6f 69 --176, I ' .. 5~ "pp. U.2 --178,15 --ISo, 3 &6 "pp. it 2b Ducas 165, 12 1767 Cl Epictetos 2, 2, 16 . - - 3, 3, 9 4, I, 73 1758 Cl [I] 1716

1944

734

Digitized by

Google

PASSAGES EMENDED OR CRITICALLY DISCUSSED.

IIIICTIO,",

EpipAani08 i. 413 B. 1953b - - i. 421 0 ApP. v. 160 ll. 480. . . 1607} Eur. Hel. 1124 & Med. 955 152 [I - - Ion 7)8 App. V. 2 Eusebio8 U. 891 A 805 & App. V. ~b Ew8tathiOl 759 & 1750 736 [I] Evang. Tho. A 14, 3. 2032 A 19,4 717 [x]

ucnOlr

Gr. Pap. Br. MUI. p. 23, 31 791 96, 395 850b Gr. Urk. Berlin 183,24 App. ill. 22b - - 223, 3 & 230, 3 37 [Greg. Nu.] ii. 712 A 96x Hermaa Sim. 9, 11, 1 x836 - - 9, 12, 4 . 1991 Via. I, 1,3 & 2, 1,2. 9590 Hermogene8 D~pll3e"''r&/A.a p. 2~I 25 [I?d HerodianHist.6, 7,7 1583s I] Herodotos I, 205 152 I] Huyc1aioBB. v.'np''r.v~a, App.iv.9 o{,x woiawl App. iv. 9 Homer 11. 4 359, Z 344H 434, 164, A 153, N 675, 0635, 0 789 App. ll. 7 [I] Z 170, M 280, Z 153, 'P'150 . . 152 [1] Od. 3 226, '1107, &l08, " 512, 71' 203. App. ii.7 [I] JJejunator 1929 0 2119 Ignat. ad Smyrn. 9. I 152 [I] IGS 18u 1538 GKaibelepigr. add. 646 0 KUhnerBlaaB ii. 55 . CLeemans 15,3 Leo Gram. 3540 22 361, 8. Leont. Neap. V. J. 10, -30,8 -46,6 -65,2 -- v. S. 1681 A 16880. - - 1701A. IalHnIu 187 Louvre Pap. 20, 15 1786 791

Malalas 51, 15 1672 -95,8 1438 102, 3 X211}, 1438 - - 102, 4 1438 - - 116, 5 7500 - - 455, 20 1640 461}, 17 I57~ - - 483, 10 I 565ti Mart. Pauli 108, 3 1566 - - 112, 10 App. v. 80 1I7, ~. . 717 [I] Mart. Petn 82, 11. 1991 84, 19. . 717 [1] Mart. Petri et Pauli 120, 5 1991 - - 132 14 1991 - - 136, 5 App. iv.8 - - 140, 4 & 146, 16 1991 - 1 91, 2 . 796 KMeiBterhans' 15,6, b 26t a [I] MittAeilungen 19, 252,59 App. v.8o - - 19, 254. 101 ft' App.v.8 0 Moeria 366 . 996JOT JMoachoB 3077 D 99011

Narratio J08ephi 2, 3 . 717 NalTatio Zo8imi 102, 22 717 I]

- - 106, 35

(I]

App. iv. 6

NEW TBSTA.ElIIT :

App. V. 80 1915 99611 10. 2145 791 717

996, 7go 796

App.

.794 9 16;'0
IV.

Malalaa 26,4 -26, 18

996'1

17580

Paaaim lCpilfO), 071'0""1..(..)_ 894 [1] Acta I, 6 . 2055 2, 12 App. v. 10 5,15. 1991 -7, I . 2055 - - 7,7 . 779 7, 34 894 [I] --8,31 1991 -19,2. 2055 -21,24 X991 21, 37 2055 22, 25 2055 -23,9 2055 - - 25, 16 . App. v. 10 - - 25. 26 App. V. 80 26, 29 1925 1 Cor. 3, 17. 6, 3,6,14 . 894 [I] -6, 2 2055 6, 9 2050, 2055 - - 9, 11 & 140 5. . 1Q91 - - 14, 15 894 LI] 2050, 20.55 140 36 2 Cor. 9,10 894 (1] 1I, 7. . 2050 - - u, 23 I685b & 1980b Eph3,16. 996.. - 4 0 10 1360

735

Digitized by

Google

INDEX

m.

PASSA.GES EKENDED
DC'I'I'OII

RCTIOJl

Gal. 6, 10. . 152 [I] Rev. 7, 17 894 [1] - - 8,3 996at - - 6, 12 1991 10, 9 894 [1] Hebr. 7, 5. 85 1 - - 12, 6. 13, IS 779 Jas. 40 5 20.50 - - 14, 13 19.91 S, 15. . 894 [I] 19, 15 894 LI] John 2, 19 894 '" 1977 Rom. 3, 29 2050 - - 2, 20& 3, 36 .894[1] --6,3 2050 - - 5, 20 779 --7, I ~5 --8,36 l~I --7, 13. 2124 140 17 . . 894 [I] 2050, 2055 1I, 2. - - 15, 16 . 9966~ - - 14, 8 . 1991 - - 16, 13, 140 15, 25 894 [IJ 15, 9 . . . 894 [1] -17,3 779 I Theaa. 2, 19 2050 - - 20, 23 960 - - 3, 8 1991 21, 19 2040 5, 4 1758 Cl [1] 1 John 2, 12. 960 3, 17 894 [I] Nicaenum Concilium ii. 700 D .&pp. v. 1511 3,25. 13 1' - - 744 D 805 & App. V. 1511 -5,20 . I~ Luke 5, 20, 23 7,48,49 960 Notices et Extraita voL 23 P29O - - 11,12 1991 II, 49. 12, 18 894 [11 - - l3, 13 750 b Palladi08 (Laua.) 1042 D. 1221 - - 13, 23 2055 - - 107~ c. . . . . . 8.51 - - 17, 33 . . 1744 Cl Parad. Pilati 3. 717 [I] 19,43. 21,12 894[1] S. Pelagia p. 56 App. iii 25 Mark 4,29 996.1 Philo i. 496. 36 App. v. 14b - - 8,23.. 2055 Philologua 52P.16I,6 1274[1] 9, 30 App. v. 80 '" Ph,."nCh08 27 989 App. vi. 12 B Cl 51 506 [2] 894 [I] 160 627 --13. 2 7 1145 - - 14,10 App. v. 80 - - 172 185. 631 [1] --140 II 2040 & App. V. SO 17II Plato Cmt.396 Do 398o-D 41 14,41 779 399 D App. i. 2 [I] -15,20 . 16, 17 & 18 894 [I] 400 C. 405 Do 406 A. 20.55 407 D, D. 408 A, Do 409 B- - 22,49 Matt. 2, 6. 4, 6 894 [1] 410 C. 415 C, D. 416 B. --7,6 41 77~ 4180.... 61 - 42 7A - - n, 10. 13,41 894 [I 2164--12,10 2055 Gorg. 471 A. 2055 Legg. 888 D. --13,3 1175 --13,32 . 8.51 - - Rep. ill. 394 A 152 [I] .894 [I) -Tim. 28 D&32D 41 - - 13, 42& 50 779 Plut. G. Grae. 15, 3 APP.vi.21 18, 19 App.vi. 21 2055 - - T. Grae. 14, 2 19, 3 1918 - 2 0 , 15 20.55. Polemo 202. 894 [I] Polyb.3, 58, 8. 736 [2J - - 23, 34- 24t 31 App.v. IS 171 I POrpb. Cer. 217 -26,45 1500 26, 53 20.50 - - 4 12, 13 PhiL 1,25 894 [1] 463, 7 . 853' --2,II 779 ;40 , 17 & 541, 5 1565. 894 [I) Priacl&n i. 11 56 [IJ Rev. 2, 27. 3, 5 996at Procfrom08 1,35 13~ --3,9 1608 --6,11 1991 - 2 , 19 736

Digitized by

Google

-.--;-

...

OR CRITICALLY DISCUSSED.
narlOlf

SECTlOK

Prodrom08 3, 86 - 6 , 76 --6,119 -6,276 Protev. Jac. 9, 3 --13,1

-14, I

15,1 &2. -19.3 --22,3 . --2403 . .

App. iii 25 App. iv. 12 1795 I7~ App. V.I..S 717 LI] .2040 & 204 1 717 [I] 894 [I] 2040 717 [I]

&crates r.cholasticUB 5. 16 Sopb. Ai. 442 . O. C. 1639 - - O. R. 1248 Tr. 266 & 525 GSpata 90 122. Strabo 14, 14

1741 152111 152 I 152 I 152 I 75 2 532 e

200

Schol. Ar. Ran. 303 85 App.ii.2/ SchoL rnon.~. 798 - - 798 (five times) APP.ii. 29 -799 (thrice) App.ii.2g 800 (twice) App.ii.2h SchoL Eur. Or. 279 85 Sept. 0- misspelt for GiI- in a11fD1ent, as ~'"'" 6}(lJptlHTlIII, 'EoPo"oyiiT'O, ttm0p8ovp."", etc.-paaaim 717 [11 Gen. 6, 13 1836 28, 3 & 20 996.r Deut. 7, 19. 7.91 I Macc. 3,7 717 [I] --11,40 ~ Ps. 17 (18), 50 ~J!~ 50 (51), 7 1556 90 (91), 12 894 [I] 120 (121), 3. 996'1 - - Ruth 1,!1. . 1920 S.US 19, 9. 64t 5 65,31 1774 [I] Sikeloa'inscription 1274 [I]

Tatian. 22 App. V. 22 Test. xii. 1073 A App. iv. 6 T1aeodoretos iv. 368 D APP. V. I4b Theophanes 21, 19 I22t - - 182, 12 App. v. 15 p. 734. 717 [1] Theoph. Continuatus 242, 2 I SOO Theophr. Hiat. 6, 2, 4 . 1513 [I] Theophylactoe, 327. 9 805 & App.V.I5b - - 136, 16 I953b Thucydides 3 23,5 1952
Vita Epipb. 49 A. App. iv. lob - - 64A & B 1914 & App. iv. 8 -&}A 823

CWesaely Prolegomena 65 793 - - ZmdHlrpapyri L 17. App. v. 80 NZaub. 25, 445 1988 App. iv.8 Xen. An. 2, 2, 12 1754 [1] - - Hell. 3, 2, 14 --Mem.3, 2, 3. 195 2

Zo.rimos 11, 15

App. v.14b

. 737

Digitized by

Google

--~-....,

oxroan:

HOL\CB IL\IIT

I'RJIITIIII TO THE IJ1IIVIIIISITY

Digitized by

Google

MA.ILLAI & co. 'I 100KI FOR CLAlllCAL lTUDEITI.

Syntax of the lloods and Tenses of the Greek Verb. By
Sw.
Pria 141.
WILLIAK W. GoODWIN, Ph. D., Eliot Professor of Greek Literature in Harvard College. Second Edition, revised and enlarged.

OXFORD MAGAZrNE.-' Few books in Enllish onGraaunar ha... been 10 ItimnlatiDc and intaestinl as Pro/'eaor Goodwin'. original book was, and the new one is eWlll more 80.'

C,.""", Sw. Pria 61.

A Greek Grammar. By WILLIAM W.

GooDWIN,

ATHENAEUM.-'It is tbe best en... e r . - of ita Iize in the EII&Iish Ianguace, and oqht to meet with a wide c:Ir<:uIation OD this aide the Atlantic.

fessor of Grt:ek in Harvard College; Author of I Syntax of the Moods and Tenses of the Greek Verb,' &co New Edition, reviled and ea1arged. Thirteenth Thousand.

LL.D., Eliot Pr0-

C,.""", Sw. hiee 61.

A Greek Grammar for Schools and Colleges. By JAMES

HADLEY.

Revised and in part rewritten by FUDIUUC DE FOIlEST ALLEN. Profe&llOr in Harvard College.

SATURDAY REYIEW~'TblOaghODt the accidence Homeric: forms are l'reeIygiftD at the foot of each page. The rules of synta;< are for the most put .,.,dearly -eel, and an appendix contains a scheme of the yarions Greek metra.'

C,.""", Sw. Pria JOI. 6t/. A Short Manual of Comparative PhUology for Claaalca1 Students.

By P. GILES, M.A., Fellow and Lecturer of Emmanuel College, and Reader in Comparative Philology in the Uuivenity of Cambridge.
Sf/D.

TrMES.-' A...., dear account of comparatiYe DhUolol)' as applied to Greek and Latin, accordiDl to the best standards of praent day knowledge.'

/+ke

ISI.
th~

The New Phrynicbua. By the Rev. W. G. RUTHERFORD, MA, LL.D.,

Headmaster of Westminster. Being a Reviled Text of the Ecloga of Grammarian Phrynichus. with Introduction. and Commentary.

ACA DEMY.-' Mr. Rntherford has seen the n_ DIe to which his anthor could he applied, and the result is a moo_tal addition to the mMterpieces or EII&Iish scholanhip.'

(tlassfcal ~fbrarll. Bn'ng SlaIIdan/ Greell and LIJi" Te:rlt, EdiletI/ fIIiIA InIrotlflttilm and Notes,/or tile 1111 of AtlrJtmeetl Strutmlt. Sw.
AellChyla. The S1!lPPU-, A Revised Tut with Tr&DIIatiOD. ByT. G. TucKS., M.A. .0I.6d. The Seven ~ Thebn. With TruWation. By A. W. V.UAL&. Litt.D. 1" 611. - Acame-. With TrauIation. By the-. 'aI. Choepbori. With Translation. By the _me. I~'. Arlatot1e. The PoUU. A Revised Text, with Introduction, and Com. meDtar)'._ By F. SUHIIUIL &Dd R. D. HICK&. BonIcs I-V. .8 - Arlatot1e'e COoatltatlOD 01 AtbellL A ReYised Text, with &D Introduction, Critical and Explanatory N~ Tati. monia. &Dd Indic:eL By]. E. SANDY" LitLD. 'SI. Babril1L With Lexicon. Br the Rev. W. G. RUTHIIRroRD, M.A., LL.D. .2 M. Cicero. The Aca4eml4:a. By J. S. Ram, Litt.D. ~._ E1U'IpideL Blede.. Edited by A. W. Vu. ~ LitLD. 7" 611. !pDlpDia ID A1IIIL Edited by E. B. ~IIOLAIID, MA 7" 6tI. BerodotuL Boob I-m. TheADcIeDt Emplree ortbe Eat. Edited by A. H. SAYCII. .61. BooIuI IV-VL Edited by R. W. MACAII, B_er. The mad. By WALTU LUF. Litt.D. IIooU I-XIL '41. IIooU XIIIXXIV. '41PIDdar. The _ _ 04_ By]. B. BUllY, M.A. 'aI. The IetbmlaD Odee. By the _
MA. wls.__ ~.

Anal,.,

""t.

Plato. Pbaedo. By R. D. Aaca_HIIID,

-

.0I.6tI.

PllDy.

TimaeIlL With Translation. By R. D. A8CHIla-HIIID, MA .61. C~eDce wItb Tn,tan. C. P1iDii Caicilii SeatDdi Epistulae ad TraiaDwn Imperatorem CIlIII Eillldem
Responsis. By E. G. H.uD\', M.A.

M.A. 81.6d.

TacltuL The ADDaI& By G. O. Ho,," 8.00~~.A. With MaDL .61. The lIlatorleL By the Rev. W. A. StooD., MA With Introdnctioos. .61. ThllcycU4eL BoolI: vm. By H. c.Goo~ RAft, MA 91.

'01. 6d.

MACMILLAN 4: CO., Ltd., LONDON.

Digitized by

Google

MACMILLAI "CO.'I 100KI FOR UlllCAL lTUDEITI.

Pauaanias. Description of Greece. Translated with a Commentary by
J. G. }<'RAZER, M.A., LLD. (Glasgow), Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge, Anthor of The Golden Bough.' With numerous Maps and ntustrations. 6 vols. 8vo. Siz g'II;neas .,. [ItIItIUfli4IeI~. In this important work, the fruit or maoy 'f"MI' labour, Hr. Fruer'1 aim has beea to lift &rot

a faithful aDd idiomatic readerial{ or Pausamu, aDd secoDCl a commentary which sbaIl Wasuaae his description oC ancieat Greece by the IiKht or modem research.

Marcus Aurelius Antonmus to Himself. Being a new Translation,

with Introduction and Notes ofthe Meditations,' by G. H. R!tHDALL, M.A., Principal of University College, Liverpool. Crown 8vo. [I~~.
CI'tIfIm 8110.

Prke 71. rut.

Some Aspects of the Greek GeniUL By S. H. BUTCHER, Litt.D.,

LL.D., Professor of Greek in the University of Edinburgh, formerly Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge, and of UniYellity College. Oxford.

ST. '.lAMES'S GAZETTE~' Professor Batcher writes 10 flaeotly and brightly, that in readial these _,.. we are in danger or overloakiDc his solid attaiameDts and 8CCQI'ate scholarohip.'

CI'tIfIm 8110. Prke 6.s.

A Companion to School ClaBSiCL By JAMBS GoW, M.A., Litt.D.,

Head Master of the High School, Nottingham; late Fellow of Trinity CoUege, Cambridge. Third Edition, revised.

CLASSICAL REVIEW.-Tbis is a remarkable little book, which, ul_ we are mach mistaken, will be W&nIIiy received by c\aaical teachers, and will be or DO .....u use to IIIIUl7 adYaDCed .tudents and IChol8n:

CI'tIfIm 8110.

Pri 71.

The Growth and Intluence of Classical Greek Poetry. Lectures

delivered in 1893 in the Johns Hopkinl University. By R. C. JEBB, Litt.D., M.P., Regius Professor of Greek and Fellow of Trinity College in the UniveJSity of Cambridge.

the ....ity of judcmeat IUId grace

of Profeoosor Jebli.'

OXFORD MAGAZINE.-It is hardly n - . y to oay that the nbject is hIIDdIed with or Ityle which we are accustomed to usociate with the work

8110.

l'f*e 351.

The Attic Orators from Antiphon to Isaeus. By ~ C. JUB, Litt.D.,

IUIIOIII' the fint Hviac Greek scholars, bat himself an artist UDderia\cen to interpret the earlieot prose artists of G - . '

ReJdus Professor of Greek and Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge, and. M.P. for the University. Second Edition. 3 'fOb. QUARTERLY REYUIW.-'It i. a happy coojuoctioo by which OIIe who is DOt 0017

or

ID

EacIioh prwe, shoaId ba_

CI'tIfIm 8110. Prke 71. 6d.

A Companion to the Diad for English Readers. By WALTER LEAP'.

Litt.D., formerly Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge.
TIMES.-Formo IUI Important coatn'batloa to H~ literature, and hiPly Yalaed by adVllDl*lotadeats or Homeric poems.'
ODe

which will be

De"'7811O. PlVe 141.

The Elder PUny's Chapters on the History of Art. Translated by

tional Notes coutributed by Dr. HEIMIlICH LVDWIG URLICHS.

K. JEXoBLAK&, Classical Lecturer at Glrton College, Cambridge. With Commentary and Historical Introduction by E. SELL&RS, former StudeDt of Girtou College, Cambridge, and of the British School at Athens; and Addi-

TIMES.,...Of the _Iatlon _ may My in a "11&1. word that it is exc:eIImt; 01 doe Iatrodactioa and COIIUIImtary that they are OD the !enl of the h~ ocholanhip of the ~ . In the haDdo or an,. studeat or arcIiMoICIIY, lach as are bepnaiill( to aboaad in the Uaioreratleo, it will DOt oo1yexplaiD Pliay bat wW bti a Yalaable lessoa in modem methods of~'

MACMlLLAN A CO., Ltd., LONDON.

Digitized by

Google

-MACMILLAI & CO.'I 100KI FOR CLAlllCAL ITUaEITI.

Sw. .Price ofS. 6d. tlld, Pari. A History of Classical Greek Literature. By the Rev. J. P.
MAHAFFY, M.A., D.D., Fellow and Professor of Ancient History in 'trinity Coller.' Dublin, and Hon. Fellnw of Queen'. College, Oxford. In 2 vols. VoL. THE POETICAL WRITERS. In two Parts. Part I. EPIC AND LYIlIC. Part 11. DRAMATIC. Third Edition, revised and en1arR:ed. Vol. 11. PROSE WRITERS. Part L HnoDOTUS TO PLATO. Part IsoCRATES TO AIlISTOTLL

C,_

n.

LITERARY WORLD.-' It is brightly written. and Hms the uaef'1ll purpose of informin, the En,lIsh reader of the latest German views OD every point.'

CrtIfIIII 8w. .Price 91. The Social Life of the Greeks. L Social Life in Greece (rom Homer to Menander. By the Rev.

J. P. MAHAFFY, M.A., D.D.

Seventh Edition.

as a whole

hom&life of the ancient Greeks. and undertakes to explain how they reasoned and felt and loved; why they IaUChed and why they wept; how they taught and wbat they learned. Tbe booIc is feally a valuable addiuon to the cIIissicaI Ubrary.'

SATURDA Y REYIEW.-' He gives us a series of thoughtful and intelligent pictures of the

Second Etlilitm. CrtnIm 8f1O. .Price nl. 6t/. The Social Life of the Greeks. U. Greek Life and Thought from
the Age of AleUDder to the Roman Conquest. By the Rev. M.A., D.D.
of DO common order.'

1. P. MAHAFFY,

CAMBRIDGE REYIEW'.-'Tbia booIc will certainly be read by all with profit and ID_

Extra CrtIfIIII 8f1O. Priu 61.

ASarveyofGreekClvilization. BytheRev.J. P.MAHAFFY,M.A.,D.D.

no case has he written _

MORNING POST.-' Much has been written by Profeaor Mabalfy on Greek culture, but in admirably than in the preICIlt volume.'

C"""" 8w. Price 61.

The Student'. Companion to Latin Authors. ByGBORGE MIDDLKTON, M.A., Lecturer in Latin, Aberdeen University, late Scholar of Emmanuel College, Cambridge; and THOMAS R. MILLS, M.A., late Lecturer
in Greek, Aberdeen University, and Clasaica1 Lecturer, Owen. College, Manchester, formerly Scholar of Wadham College,_ Oxford. With an Introductory Note by Prot W. M. RAMSAY, D.C.L, LLD., Aberdeen University.
ACADEMY.-' A volume which not only W111 be f'oand extremely uaef'1ll and rim_vine for pll1'JlOlCS of reference, but which can be read with ptofit aDd with interest &om c:ovw to cover.'

NI7II Etli#m.
Claui~

GiIJIJI 8110. .Price 5"

Euaya. By F. W. H. MVERS.

[E'lIw,,/q Swie".

CONTENTS: Greek Oracles, Vlrgil, Marcua Ame11u AntoninUlo

ATHENAEUM.-'They are the independent Judgments of a man wboIC kDOwledp is always first band, aDd whOH power of creatine ideas is above rather than below his power of expnuinc them. ,

Exl", CrtnIm 8f1O. .Pric, 8s. 6t1. Plat;eU:d or:!!n~co~eg~eri~dO~

Marilll the Epicurean,' 8tc.

~=e:,f br~ p!'::"

01'

DAILY TELEGRAPH.-'A booIc which even th... who knowUttl. of cul, philollOphy, the old Greek culture, can read with pleasure and profit.'

Greek Studies. A

Series of Essays. By WALTER PATER, late Fellow oC Bruenoae College. Prepared Cor the Press by CHAIlLES L. SHADW&L-.,
Fellow of Oriel College.
~ACMILLAN

Exl", CTfIfIIII 8w.

.Pric, 101. 6d.

-------

& CO., Ltd., LONDON.

Digitized by

Google

MA.ILLAI &CO.'I 100KI FOR CLAlllCAL ITDDEITI.

ARCHAEOLOGY AND ANTIQUITIES.
In I7IItI paris. Extra fftIfIIII 81'0. Price SS. 1"Parts I and n, complete in I vol. Price IOS.

A Handbook of Greek Sculpture. By ERNEST ARTHUR

GARDNER.

M.A., late Fellow of Gonville and Caius College, Cambridge, and formedy Director of the British School of Archaeology at AtheDI, Vatea Professor of Archaeology in University College, London.
ACA DEMY.-' The book is foil of illustrations, Uld wriueD in scholarlr, though by no pedantic, style. The chapter on the Puthenou Uld the Erec:theam is parncoIarly iDteratia&:

111_

Sculptured Tombs of Hellas. By

Super rt/7a18r1o.

Prilt 2SS.

",t.

PERCY GARDNER,

Litt.D., Lincoln

and Merton Professor of Archaeology and Art in the University of Orlord. With 30 Plates and 87 Engravings in the text.
TIMES.-'ProfeooorGudner's YOIame isYer)'dear aDd orderly iD design; it is expooitor)', as Iec:turer's work shoold be; the illustrations .re _11 chosen aDd well executed. The style is simp'licity itself. Professor Gardner. concIudiDC chapters ou the ....uoleulll aDd OD the magmficent sucopbagi which were found not tIWIy yean &CO at Sidoa are or peat inte.-..

C _ 81'0. Pric, 16s.

lIIythology and lIIonuments of Ancient Athens. Being a translation

of a portion of the Attica' of Pausanias. By MAIlGAIlET DE G. VZIULU.L With an Introductory Essay and Archaeol~cal Commentary by J ANII: E. ILu1JSON, author of' Myths of the Od,.sey, Introductory Studies in Greek Art.' With Illustrations and Plans.

Iocicsl works. A souud aod scholarlyattelllpl towards the IOlucion or a vvy diftii:ult probl.III: Est,. , _ 81'0. Priet 7'. M.

SPEAKER.-'This book is a

Ill. . .

_ICOIIIe addition to the KUlty lilt

or EnJdisb

archaeo-

Select Paaaages from Ancient Writers Dlaatrative of the History

of Greek Sculpture. Edited, with a Translation and Notes, by H. STUAIlT JONJ!S, M.A., Fellow of Trinity College, Orlord, late Craven Uniftl'llity !<'ellow, formerly Student of the Hritilh School at Athens.

SPECTATOR.-'We can .rely rec:oIIlIIIeDd Mr. ].".. book to the c:uefid ltUdy or the lover Hellenic: Uterature as well as the c:altivator Of art, and hope to _ more Crom. a writer who has exhibited 10 IIIuch industry, learniDc, and aood taste:

or

or

Ftlllri" EdiIitm.

Crnm 81'0. Prkl

IOS.

6tJ.
MABAFFY,

Ramblea and Stadiea in Greece. By the Rev. T. P.

D.D., Fellow and Profeuor of Ancient Hiatory in 'rrinity College, Dublin, and HOD. Fellow of Queen'. College, Orlord.

MA,

ATHENAEUM.-' A slnplarly instnlc:Uft aod acr-b1e YOImue..' 06i4t1g D. Prie, 211. M. Atla. of Classical Antiquities. By TH. SCHREIBER.

English use by Professor W. C. F. A!"DEIlSON, Firth College, Sbeflie1d. With a Preface by Profeuor PEIlCY GAIlDNU.

Edited for
the Illad,.

TIMES.-' An atlas like that cIauicaI archaeoIocy.

or

Dr. Sc:JueaDer'. is allllost indispensable

to

or

4111. Prie, 24J. The lIIycenaean Age. A Study of the Monuments and Culture of
Pre-historic Greece. By Dr. CHIlJ!STOS TSOUNTAS, Ephor of Antiquities and Director of Excavations at Mycenae, and J. hVING MANATT, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor of Greek Literature and History in Brown Uniftnity. With .. Introduction by Dr. OOB.PFELD.

1'hi1 work is based on the Greek publication or Dr. TlOIIDw' -hied M~ .al1M CmlhtUUm, rewritten and eularced by ProC__ MIUlatt. TIMES.-' PatieDt iDvestigations lllaDy schoJ.n have during the past tweuty' ,...s bodl creatl,. added to Dr. SchIienaalln'. discoveries aod have put his theories oa a aoand looting. Of what bu been done in this -1 no better or more trustworthy account exists than the book wbidl ProCessor Maoatt has publisbed, chiefly buioa it, as _ ha... said, upon the work or Dr. T _ '
M~_

or

MACMILLAN

a co.,

Ltd., LONDON.

Digitized by

Google

Digitized by

Google

Digitized by

Google

Digitized by

Google

RMS MAJESTIC
New York Harbour 1896 [Image Credit: August Loeffler (May 1865 1946)] The RMS Majestic is the vessel aboard which, en route from Southampton to New York, Antonios Nikolaou Jannaris died on 26 April 1909. The RMS Majestic, which had departed Southampton on 21 April, then calling at Queenstown (westbound) and Plymouth (eastbound), docked in New York on 29 April. Jannaris was buried at sea. A ship of the White Star Line, the RMS Majestic was under the command of Edward John Smith from 1895 to 1904. Smith, in 1912, was captain of the RMS Titanic.

Digitized by

Google